1.001.000001549107--06-302021FYfalsefalsetruefalsefalsetrueManchester United plcP4Y000.00050.6667001100000200000017000002500000319000003180000039200000389000000001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USmanu:DeferredRevenueMember2021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxCreditsMember2021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnrealisedForeignExchangeGainsLossesMember2021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2021-06-300001549107country:US2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2018-06-3000015491072021-04-012022-09-300001549107manu:TrustsAndOtherEntitiesControlledByDescendantsOfMalcolmGlazerMember2021-06-300001549107manu:TrustsAndOtherEntitiesControlledByDescendantsOfMalcolmGlazerMember2020-06-300001549107manu:TrustsAndOtherEntitiesControlledByDescendantsOfMalcolmGlazerMembermanu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:TrustsAndOtherEntitiesControlledByDescendantsOfMalcolmGlazerMembermanu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:TrustsAndOtherEntitiesControlledByDescendantsOfMalcolmGlazerMembermanu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:TrustsAndOtherEntitiesControlledByDescendantsOfMalcolmGlazerMembermanu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMember2021-09-012021-09-300001549107manu:SeniorSecuredNotesMemberifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:SeniorSecuredNotesMemberifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMember2020-06-300001549107manu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:AdidasMember2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ShorttermBorrowingsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LongtermBorrowingsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ShorttermBorrowingsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LongtermBorrowingsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:AdidasMember2015-08-010001549107ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherProvisionsMemberifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherProvisionsMemberifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:NonCurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:NonCurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:USD2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:EUR2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:USD2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:EUR2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:USD2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:EUR2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:USD2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMembercurrency:EUR2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMembermanu:IFRSLongPositionMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMembermanu:IFRSLongPositionMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballLimitedMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:OtherTypeOfConditionMember2021-06-300001549107manu:MufcAppearancesTeamSuccessNewContractMember2021-06-300001549107manu:InternationalAppearancesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:AwardsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:OtherTypeOfConditionMember2020-06-300001549107manu:MufcAppearancesTeamSuccessNewContractMember2020-06-300001549107manu:InternationalAppearancesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:AwardsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:AdidasMember2015-08-012015-08-010001549107manu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMemberifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMemberifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:FreeholdPropertyAcquiredAfter1August1999Member2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ComputerSoftwareMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:BrandNamesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMember2017-08-310001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:SponsorshipMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:RetailMerchandisingApparelAndProductsLicensingMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:MatchdayMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:CustomerCMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:CustomerBMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:CustomeraMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:CommercialMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingOtherMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingEuropeanCompetitionsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingDomesticCompetitionsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107currency:USD2020-07-012021-06-300001549107currency:EUR2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:SponsorshipMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:RetailMerchandisingApparelAndProductsLicensingMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:MatchdayMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CustomerDMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CustomerBMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CustomeraMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CommercialMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingOtherMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingEuropeanCompetitionsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingDomesticCompetitionsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107currency:USD2019-07-012020-06-300001549107currency:EUR2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:SponsorshipMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:RetailMerchandisingApparelAndProductsLicensingMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:MatchdayMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:CustomerCMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:CustomerBMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:CustomeraMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:CommercialMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingOtherMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingEuropeanCompetitionsMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:BroadcastingDomesticCompetitionsMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107currency:USD2018-07-012019-06-300001549107currency:EUR2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballShareholderLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballJuniorLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballJointVentureLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballHoldingsLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RedFootballFinanceLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RamlUsaLlcMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:MutvLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:MuRamlLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:MuFinancePlcMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:MuCommercialHoldingsLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:MuCommercialHoldingsJuniorLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:Mu099LimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:ManchesterUnitedWomenSFootballClubLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:ManchesterUnitedLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:ManchesterUnitedInteractiveLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:ManchesterUnitedFootballClubLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:AlderleyUrbanInvestmentsLimitedMember2021-06-302021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMembermanu:PlantAndMachineryMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMembermanu:PlantAndMachineryMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMembermanu:PlantAndMachineryMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMembermanu:PlantAndMachineryMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMembermanu:PlantAndMachineryMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMembermanu:PlantAndMachineryMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2019-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ProvisionForTaxesOtherThanIncomeTaxMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherProvisionsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherPriceRiskMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:GrossShareBasedPaymentAwardsMembermanu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:GrossShareBasedPaymentAwardsMembermanu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:GrossShareBasedPaymentAwardsMembermanu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:RevolvingFacilityMembermanu:FourApril2025Member2021-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityAndSeniorSecuredNotesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityAndSeniorSecuredNotesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:TradeAndOtherPayablesExcludingSocialSecurityAndOtherTaxesMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107manu:TradeAndOtherPayablesExcludingSocialSecurityAndOtherTaxesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:TradeAndOtherPayablesExcludingSocialSecurityAndOtherTaxesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:TradeAndOtherPayablesExcludingSocialSecurityAndOtherTaxesMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107manu:TradeAndOtherPayablesExcludingSocialSecurityAndOtherTaxesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:TradeAndOtherPayablesExcludingSocialSecurityAndOtherTaxesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LeaseLiabilitiesMemberifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMembercurrency:USD2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMembercurrency:USD2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ShorttermBorrowingsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LongtermBorrowingsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMembercurrency:USD2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsBorrowingsMembercurrency:USD2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ShorttermBorrowingsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LongtermBorrowingsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:IfrsCashAndCashEquivalentsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ShorttermBorrowingsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LongtermBorrowingsMember2019-06-300001549107manu:IncreaseDecreaseDueToApplicationOfIfrs16Member2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:NotMeasuredAtFairValueInStatementOfFinancialPositionButForWhichFairValueIsDisclosedMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:NotMeasuredAtFairValueInStatementOfFinancialPositionButForWhichFairValueIsDisclosedMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMemberifrs-full:InternallyGeneratedMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMemberifrs-full:InternallyGeneratedMember2021-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMembermanu:RegistrationsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:GoodwillMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMembermanu:RegistrationsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMemberifrs-full:InternallyGeneratedMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMemberifrs-full:InternallyGeneratedMember2020-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMembermanu:RegistrationsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:GoodwillMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMembermanu:RegistrationsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMembermanu:RegistrationsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:GoodwillMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMembermanu:RegistrationsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMemberifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2019-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GoodwillMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GoodwillMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMembermanu:FinancialAssetsPastDueAndImpairedMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMembermanu:FinancialAssetsNotPastDueButImpairedMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMemberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsPastDueButNotImpairedMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMemberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsNeitherPastDueNorImpairedMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMembermanu:FinancialAssetsPastDueAndImpairedMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMembermanu:FinancialAssetsNotPastDueButImpairedMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMemberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsPastDueButNotImpairedMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMemberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsNeitherPastDueNorImpairedMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember2018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2018-06-3000015491072021-06-302021-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMemberifrs-full:OtherDisposalsOfAssetsMember2021-07-012021-09-200001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GoodwillMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:GoodwillMember2020-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashOutflowMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashOutflowMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashOutflowMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2021-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashInflowMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashOutflowMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashOutflowMemberifrs-full:LaterThanTwoYearsAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashOutflowMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashInflowMemberifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember2020-06-300001549107manu:DerivativesCashInflowMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:HedgingInstrumentsMemberifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:HedgingInstrumentsMemberifrs-full:ForwardContractMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ForwardContractMembermanu:BuyEuroMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FinancialLiabilitiesAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossCategoryMembermanu:EmbeddedForeignExchangeDerivativesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FinancialLiabilitiesAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossCategoryMemberifrs-full:ForwardContractMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:HedgingInstrumentsMemberifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossCategoryMembermanu:EmbeddedForeignExchangeDerivativesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossCategoryMemberifrs-full:ForwardContractMember2021-06-300001549107manu:EmbeddedForeignExchangeDerivativesMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:HedgingInstrumentsMemberifrs-full:ForwardContractMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ForwardContractMembermanu:BuyEuroMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossCategoryMembermanu:EmbeddedForeignExchangeDerivativesMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossCategoryMemberifrs-full:ForwardContractMember2020-06-300001549107manu:EmbeddedForeignExchangeDerivativesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:FreeholdPropertyAcquiredBefore1August1999Member2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxLossesMember2021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:PropertyFairValueAdjustmentMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:NonQualifyingPropertyMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:UnusedTaxLossesMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAndAmortisationMember2021-06-300001549107country:GB2021-06-300001549107country:USmanu:DeferredRevenueMember2020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxLossesMember2020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxCreditsMember2020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnrealisedForeignExchangeGainsLossesMember2020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2020-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:PropertyFairValueAdjustmentMember2020-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:NonQualifyingPropertyMember2020-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2020-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2020-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAndAmortisationMember2020-06-300001549107country:US2020-06-300001549107country:GB2020-06-300001549107country:USmanu:DeferredRevenueMember2019-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxCreditsMember2019-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnrealisedForeignExchangeGainsLossesMember2019-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2019-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2019-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2019-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:PropertyFairValueAdjustmentMember2019-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:NonQualifyingPropertyMember2019-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2019-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2019-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAndAmortisationMember2019-06-300001549107country:US2019-06-300001549107country:GB2019-06-300001549107country:USmanu:DeferredRevenueMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxLossesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxCreditsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnrealisedForeignExchangeGainsLossesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:PropertyFairValueAdjustmentMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:NonQualifyingPropertyMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:UnusedTaxLossesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAndAmortisationMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:USmanu:DeferredRevenueMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxLossesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnusedTaxCreditsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:UnrealisedForeignExchangeGainsLossesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:USifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:PropertyFairValueAdjustmentMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:GBmanu:NonQualifyingPropertyMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:IntangibleAssetsOtherThanGoodwillMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:GBifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAndAmortisationMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMemberifrs-full:TradeReceivablesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:OtherThanUKAndUSMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:OtherThanUKAndUSMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:OtherThanUKAndUSMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MultiemployerDefinedBenefitPlansMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:NonCurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:NonCurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:NonCurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2019-06-300001549107manu:CurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:CurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:CurrentContractAssetsAndContractLiabilitiesMember2019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:SeparateMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107currency:EUR2021-06-300001549107currency:EUR2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-06-3000015491072019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2018-06-3000015491072018-06-300001549107ifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2020-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberifrs-full:FloatingInterestRateMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:SeniorSecuredNotesMemberifrs-full:FixedInterestRateMember2021-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberifrs-full:TopOfRangeMemberifrs-full:FloatingInterestRateMember2021-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMemberifrs-full:FloatingInterestRateMember2021-06-300001549107manu:SeniorSecuredNotesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityMember2021-06-300001549107manu:RevolvingFacilityMember2021-06-300001549107manu:AccruedInterestMember2021-06-300001549107currency:USD2021-06-300001549107manu:SeniorSecuredNotesMember2020-06-300001549107manu:SecuredTermLoanFacilityMember2020-06-300001549107manu:RevolvingFacilityMember2020-06-300001549107manu:AccruedInterestMember2020-06-300001549107currency:USD2020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMembermanu:IFRSLongPositionMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:InterestRateSwapContractMembermanu:IFRSLongPositionMember2020-06-300001549107manu:MarketingAndAdvertisingDepartmentMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:FootballTechnicalAndCoachingMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:FootballPlayersMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:CommercialMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:AdministrationAndOtherDepartmentsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:MarketingAndAdvertisingDepartmentMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:FootballTechnicalAndCoachingMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:FootballPlayersMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:CommercialMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:AdministrationAndOtherDepartmentsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:MarketingAndAdvertisingDepartmentMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:FootballTechnicalAndCoachingMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:FootballPlayersMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:CommercialMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:AdministrationAndOtherDepartmentsMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ForwardContractMembermanu:BuyEuroMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ForwardContractMembermanu:BuyEuroMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-06-300001549107country:GB2023-04-012023-04-300001549107country:USsrt:ScenarioForecastMember2021-07-012021-07-010001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:US2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:GB2020-07-012021-06-300001549107country:US2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:GB2019-07-012020-06-300001549107country:US2018-07-012019-06-300001549107country:GB2018-07-012019-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:SeparateMember2018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:UKAndUSMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:UKAndUSMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:UKAndUSMember2018-07-012019-06-3000015491072018-07-012019-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:PlantAndMachineryMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:LandAndBuildingsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:FixturesAndFittingsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMemberifrs-full:MajorPurchasesOfAssetsMember2021-07-012021-09-200001549107manu:RegistrationsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107manu:RegistrationsMember2019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:OtherIntangibleAssetsMember2019-07-012020-06-3000015491072019-07-012020-06-300001549107ifrs-full:ProvisionForTaxesOtherThanIncomeTaxMember2020-07-012021-06-300001549107ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherProvisionsMember2020-07-012021-06-3000015491072021-06-3000015491072020-06-300001549107manu:ClassBOrdinarySharesMember2021-06-300001549107manu:ClassAordinarySharesMember2021-06-300001549107dei:BusinessContactMember2020-07-012021-06-3000015491072020-07-012021-06-30iso4217:EURmanu:EquityInstrumentsmanu:segmentmanu:itemmanu:componentmanu:personmanu:Votexbrli:sharesiso4217:GBPxbrli:pureiso4217:EURiso4217:GBPiso4217:USDiso4217:GBPmanu:employeeiso4217:GBPxbrli:sharesiso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:shares

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended 30 June 2021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-35627

MANCHESTER UNITED plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Cayman Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Sir Matt Busby Way, Old Trafford,

Manchester, England, M16 0RA

(Address of principal executive offices)

Edward Woodward

Executive Vice Chairman

Sir Matt Busby Way, Old Trafford,

Manchester, England, M16 0RA Telephone No. 011 44 (0) 161 868 8000

E-mail: ir@manutd.co.uk

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class

    

Trading Symbol(s)

    

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share

MANU

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

43,286,805 Class A ordinary shares

119,707,613 Class B ordinary shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  No 

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board 

Other 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  Item 18 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  No 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

GENERAL INFORMATION

ii

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

ii

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

ii

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

iv

PART I

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

1

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

1

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

1

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

25

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

51

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

51

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

70

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

79

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

81

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

82

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

82

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

88

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

89

PART II

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

91

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

91

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

91

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

92

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

92

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

92

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

93

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER

93

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

93

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

93

ITEM 16H.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

94

PART III

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

95

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

95

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

95

MANCHESTER UNITED PLC GROUP HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

i

Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION

In this annual report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”), references to “Manchester United,” “the Company,” “our Company,” “our business,” “we,” “us” and “our” are, as the context requires, to Manchester United plc together with its consolidated subsidiaries as a consolidated entity.

Throughout this Form 20-F, we refer to the following football leagues and cups:

the English Premier League (the “Premier League”);
the Emirates FA Cup (the “FA Cup”);
the English Football League Cup (the “EFL Cup”);
the Union of European Football Associations Champions League (the “Champions League”); and
the Union of European Football Associations Europa League (the “Europa League”); and
the Union of European Football Associations Europa Conference League (the “Europa Conference League”).

The term “Matchday” refers to all domestic and European football match day activities from Manchester United men’s games at Old Trafford, the Manchester United football stadium, along with receipts for domestic cup (such as the EFL Cup and the FA Cup) games not played at Old Trafford plus receipts from Manchester United women’s home games. Fees for arranging other events at the stadium are also included as Matchday revenue.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We report under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”), and IFRS Interpretations Committee interpretations. None of the financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

All references in this Annual Report to (i) “pounds sterling,” “pence,” “p” or “£” are to the currency of the United Kingdom, (ii) “US dollar,” “USD” or “$” are to the currency of the United States, and (iii) “Euro” or “€” are to the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains estimates and forward-looking statements. Our estimates and forward-looking statements are mainly based on our current expectations and estimates of future events and trends, which affect or may affect our businesses and operations. Although we believe that these estimates and forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including the effects of the novel coronavirus COVID-19 (“COVID-19”) pandemic, and are made in light of information currently available to us. Many important factors, in addition to the factors described in this Annual Report, may adversely affect our results as indicated in forward-looking statements. You should read this Annual Report completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different and worse from what we expect.

All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “seek,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “contemplate,” “possible” and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements.

Our estimates and forward-looking statements may be influenced by various factors, including without limitation:

risks related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the severity and duration of the outbreak, impacts from variants, actions taken by government authorities to contain the outbreak or treat its impact, the impact on our fans, sponsors and suppliers, other impacts to the business, and the Company’s ability to sufficiently manage and mitigate the strategic and operational impact of such events;

ii

Table of Contents

the effect of adverse economic conditions on our operations;
maintaining, enhancing and protecting our brand and reputation in order to expand our follower and sponsorship base;
our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including players;
our dependence on the performance and popularity of our men’s first team;
our ability to renew or replace key commercial agreements on similar or better terms or attract new sponsors;
the negotiation, pricing and terms of key media contracts, which are outside of our control;
our reliance on European competitions as a source of future income;
the impact of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union (the “EU”) on the movement of players or other regulations;
our dependence on relationships with certain third parties;
our relationship with merchandising, licensing, sponsor and other commercial partners;
our exposure to credit related losses in connection with key media, commercial and transfer contracts;
our dependence on Matchday revenue;
our exposure to competition, both in football and the various commercial markets in which we do business;
our ability to protect ourselves from and resolve and remediate following having experienced cyber-attacks and data breaches on our IT systems;
actions taken by other Premier League clubs that are contrary to our interests;
our relationship with the various leagues to which we belong and the application of their respective rules and regulations;
our ability to execute a digital media strategy that generates the revenue we anticipate;
the impact resulting from serious injuries or losses of the playing staff;
our ability to maintain, train and build an effective international sales and marketing infrastructure, and manage the risks associated with such an expansion;
uncertainty with regard to exchange rates, our tax rate and our cash flow;
brand impairments resulting from failures to adequately protect our intellectual property and curbing sales of counterfeit merchandise;
our ability to adequately protect against media piracy and identity theft of our followers’ account information;
our exposure to the effects of seasonality in our business;
maintaining our match attendance at Old Trafford;
any natural disasters, terrorist incidents or other events beyond our control that adversely affect our operations;

iii

Table of Contents

the effect of our indebtedness on our financial health and competitive position;
estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements; and
the future trading prices of our Class A ordinary shares and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices.

Other sections of this Annual Report include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance, principally “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This Annual Report contains industry, market, and competitive position data that are based on the industry publications and studies conducted by third parties listed below as well as our own internal estimates and research. These industry publications and third-party studies generally state that the information that they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications and third-party studies is reliable, we have not independently verified the market and industry data obtained from these third-party sources. While we believe our internal research is reliable and the definition of our market and industry are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

References to our “1.1 billion fans and followers” are based on the Survey commissioned by us, conducted by Kantar Media (Media Division of Kantar and division of WPP plc) (“Kantar”) in 2019, and paid for by us. As in the Survey conducted by Kantar, we defined the term “fans” as those individuals who answered survey questions, unprompted, with the answer that Manchester United was their favorite football team in the world and the term “followers” as those individuals who answered survey questions, unprompted, with the answer that Manchester United is a football team that they proactively follow in addition to their favorite football team. For example, we directed Kantar to include in the definition of “follower” a respondent who watched live Manchester United matches, followed highlights coverage or read or talked about Manchester United regularly.

The Survey was conducted during the first six months of 2019 and included over 54,000 respondents across 39 countries. It repeated a similar 2011 survey, also conducted by Kantar, to ensure comparability of approach, methodology and results. The Survey included questions on:

demographics, age, gender and socio-economic background;
viewership of Manchester United matches, social media following and engagement;
relationship, awareness and attitudes to commercial partners; and
interest in Manchester United products, including merchandise.

The Survey indicated that Manchester United has 1.1 billion combined fans and followers worldwide, comprised of 467 million fans and 635 million followers (compared to 277 million and 382 million, respectively, in 2011), including:

a total of 731.7 million fans and followers in the Asia Pacific region (compared to 324.7 million in 2011);
a total of 296.1 million fans and followers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (compared to 262.9 million in 2011); and
a total of 74 million fans and followers in the Americas (compared to 71.7 million in 2011).

iv

Table of Contents

We expect there to be differences in the level of engagement with our brand between “followers” and “fans”, as defined in the Survey. We have not identified any practical way to measure these differences in consumer behavior and any references to our fans and followers should be viewed in that light.

To calculate the number of fans and followers from the approximately 54,000 responses, Kantar applied assumptions based on third-party data sets covering certain factors including population size, country specific characteristics such as wealth and GDP per capita, and affinity for sports and media penetration. Kantar then extrapolated the results to the rest of the world, representing an extrapolated adult population of 5 billion people. However, while Kantar believes the extrapolation methodology was robust and consistent with consumer research practices, as with all surveys, there are inherent limitations in extrapolating survey results to a larger population than those actually surveyed. As a result of these limitations, our number of followers and fans may be significantly less or significantly more than the extrapolated survey results. Kantar’s extrapolated results also accounted for non-internet users. To do so, Kantar had to make assumptions about the preferences and behaviors of non-internet users in those countries surveyed. For surveyed markets with especially low internet penetration, these assumptions reduced the number of our followers in those countries and there is no guarantee that the assumptions applied are accurate. Survey results also account only for claimed consumer behavior rather than actual consumer behavior and as a result, survey results may not reflect real consumer behavior with respect to football or the consumption of our content and products. The Survey indicates that the information that it contains has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that the survey results are reliable, we have not independently verified the data contained in the survey.

In addition to the Survey, this Annual Report references the following industry publications and third-party studies:

television viewership data compiled by futures sports + entertainment—Mediabrands International Limited for the 2020/21 season and the 2019/20 season matches played in the current financial year (the “Futures Data”); and
a paper published by AT Kearney, Inc. in 2014 entitled “Winning in the Business of Sports” (“AT Kearney”).

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated financial data (including statement of profit or loss data, other data and balance sheet data) presented as of and for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto (our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended 30 June 2018 and 2017 are not included in this Annual Report). Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes as of 30 June 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

v

Table of Contents

Unless otherwise specified, all financial information included in this Annual Report has been stated in pounds sterling.

Year ended 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Statement of profit or loss data:

(£’000, unless otherwise indicated)

Revenue from contracts with customers (1)

494,117

509,041

627,122

589,758

581,254

Analyzed as:

Commercial revenue

232,205

279,044

275,093

275,835

275,521

Broadcasting revenue

 

254,815

 

140,203

 

241,210

 

204,137

 

194,098

Matchday revenue

 

7,097

 

89,794

 

110,819

 

109,786

 

111,635

Operating expenses — before exceptional items

 

(538,424)

 

(522,204)

 

(583,337)

 

(562,089)

 

(516,068)

Analyzed as:

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Employee benefit expenses

 

(322,600)

 

(284,029)

 

(332,356)

 

(295,935)

 

(263,464)

Other operating expenses

 

(76,467)

 

(92,876)

 

(108,977)

 

(117,019)

 

(117,942)

Depreciation and impairment

 

(14,959)

 

(18,543)

 

(12,850)

 

(10,755)

 

(10,228)

Amortization

 

(124,398)

 

(126,756)

 

(129,154)

 

(138,380)

 

(124,434)

Operating expenses — exceptional items

 

 

 

(19,599)

 

(1,917)

 

4,753

Total operating expenses

 

(538,424)

 

(522,204)

 

(602,936)

 

(564,006)

 

(511,315)

Operating (loss)/profit before profit on disposal of intangible assets

 

(44,307)

 

(13,163)

 

24,186

 

25,752

 

69,939

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

 

7,381

 

18,384

 

25,799

 

18,119

 

10,926

Operating (loss)/ profit

 

(36,926)

 

5,221

 

49,985

 

43,871

 

80,865

Finance costs

 

(36,411)

 

(27,391)

 

(25,470)

 

(24,233)

 

(25,013)

Finance income

 

49,310

 

1,352

 

2,961

 

6,195

 

736

Net finance income/(costs)

 

12,899

 

(26,039)

 

(22,509)

 

(18,038)

 

(24,277)

(Loss)/profit before income tax

 

(24,027)

 

(20,818)

 

27,476

 

25,833

 

56,588

Income tax expense(2)

 

(68,189)

 

(2,415)

 

(8,595)

 

(63,462)

 

(17,379)

(Loss)/profit for the year(1)/(2)

 

(92,216)

 

(23,233)

 

18,881

 

(37,629)

 

39,209

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (thousands)

 

162,939

 

164,253

 

164,526

 

164,195

 

164,025

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (thousands)(3)

 

162,939

 

164,253

 

164,666

 

164,195

 

164,448

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (pence) (1)/(2)

 

(56.60)

 

(14.14)

 

11.48

 

(22.92)

 

23.90

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence) (1)/(2)/(3)

 

(56.60)

 

(14.14)

 

11.47

 

(22.92)

 

23.84

(1) Revenue for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 has been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and governmental measures to manage the spread of the disease.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, the Old Trafford Stadium, Museum and Stadium Tour operations remained closed to visitors throughout the financial year until part way through the fourth fiscal quarter. In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. All matches prior to this were played behind closed doors. Furthermore, the first team’s pre-season tour, scheduled for the start of fiscal 2021, had to be cancelled due to travel restrictions and the Old Trafford Megastore was closed for parts of the year due to government-imposed restrictions. The impact of the above is a reduction in Matchday and Commercial revenues for the year ended 30 June 2021. This has been partially offset by increased Broadcasting revenues due to the men’s first team’s participation in the UEFA Champions League, strong performance in both the Premier League and the UEFA Europa League, and the impact of completing the 2019/20 domestic and UEFA competitions at the start of fiscal 2021 as well as a decrease in other operating expenses due to reduced business activity as a result of COVID-19. The Group has not relied on the government furlough scheme available during the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, the above resulted in a loss for the year ended 30 June 2021 and basic and diluted loss per share.

For the year ended 30 June 2020, government-imposed restrictions resulted in the suspension of all Premier League, FA Cup and UEFA Europa League matches beginning 13 March 2020. The Premier League and FA Cup resumed in June 2020 and the UEFA Europa League resumed in August 2020. All remaining matches were played behind closed doors. The postponement resulted in the deferral of a number of matches, originally expected to be played in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as well as the remaining matches being played behind closed doors, the impact of which was to reduce Broadcasting and Matchday revenues for the year ended 30 June 2020. Broadcasting revenue was further impacted by rebates due to broadcasters following disruption of the 2019/20 competitions. Further, Old Trafford and its flagship Megastore operations as well as Museum, Stadium Tour and Red Café operations were closed in mid-March 2020. The Old Trafford Megastore re-opened during June 2020 with a variety of safety measures in place in line with Government guidance. The stadium and Museum and Stadium Tour operations remained closed.

vi

Table of Contents

This has been partially offset by a decrease in other operating expenses due to reduced business activity as a result of COVID-19. The Group has not relied on the government furlough scheme available during the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, the above resulted in a loss for the year ended 30 June 2020 and basic and diluted loss per share.

(2) During the fourth quarter of the year ended 30 June 2021, the UK Corporation tax rate increase from 19% to 25%, effective April 2023, was substantively enacted, necessitating a remeasurement of the existing UK deferred tax liability position. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax charge of £11.2 million in the period. Furthermore, given the current US federal corporate income tax rate of 21%, we expect future US tax liabilities to be sheltered by future foreign tax credits arising from UK tax paid. Consequently, we have written down the existing US deferred tax asset, on the basis it is no longer expected to give rise to a future economic benefit. This has resulted in a further non-cash deferred tax charge of £66.6 million in the period. Future increases in the US federal corporate income tax rate could result in a reversal of the US deferred tax asset write down.

The US federal corporate income tax rate reduced from 35% to 21% following the substantive enactment of US tax reform on 22 December 2017. This necessitated a re-measurement of the existing US deferred tax position in the period to 31 December 2017. As a result, the tax expense for the year ended 30 June 2018 included a non-cash tax accounting write off of £49.0 million. Accordingly, this resulted in a loss for the year ended 30 June 2018 and basic and diluted loss per share.

(3) For the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2018, potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive, as their inclusion in the diluted loss per share calculation would reduce the loss per share, and hence have been excluded. For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2017, potential ordinary shares have been treated as dilutive, as their inclusion in the diluted earnings per share calculation decreases earnings per share.

Year ended 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Other data:

(£’000, unless otherwise indicated)

Commercial revenue

232,205

279,044

275,093

275,835

275,521

Analyzed as:

  

  

  

  

Sponsorship revenue

140,209

 

182,709

 

173,010

 

172,982

 

171,530

Retail, merchandising, apparel & products licensing revenue

91,996

 

96,335

 

102,083

 

102,853

 

103,991

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

95,050

 

132,136

 

185,789

 

176,804

 

199,848

 

 

Dividends declared per share ($)

0.09

 

0.18

 

0.18

 

0.18

 

0.18

Dividends declared per share (£ equivalent)

0.07

0.14

0.14

 

0.13

 

0.14

As of 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Balance sheet data:

(£’000)

Cash and cash equivalents

110,658

51,539

307,637

242,022

290,267

Total assets

 

1,260,310

 

1,383,466

 

1,496,525

 

1,545,744

 

1,533,652

Total liabilities

 

987,798

 

1,032,234

 

1,081,323

 

1,118,640

 

1,053,565

Total equity

 

272,512

 

351,232

 

415,202

 

427,104

 

480,087

Twelve months ended 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

2020/21
Season

2019/20
carryover

2019/20
Season

2018/29
Season

2017/18
Season

2016/17
Season

Home games played(5):

Premier League

19

3

16

19

19

19

European Games

 

7

 

1

 

4

 

5

4

 

7

Domestic Cups

 

4

 

 

4

 

2

3

 

5

Away games played(5):

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Premier League

 

19

 

3

 

16

 

19

19

 

19

European Games

 

8

 

2

 

5

 

5

5

 

8

Domestic Cups

 

4

 

1

 

6

 

3

6

 

5

Total games played(5):

Premier League

 

38

 

6

 

32

 

38

38

 

38

European Games

 

15

 

3

 

9

 

10

9

 

15

Domestic Cups

 

8

 

1

 

10

 

5

9

 

10

vii

Table of Contents

(4) We define Adjusted EBITDA as profit for the year before depreciation and impairment, amortization, profit on disposal of intangible assets, exceptional items, net finance income/costs, and tax. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure and not a uniformly or legally defined financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA is not a substitute for IFRS measures in assessing our overall financial performance. Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with IFRS, and is susceptible to varying calculations, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is included in this Annual Report because it is a measure of our operating performance and we believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to our management and investors as a measure of comparative operating performance from year to year and among companies as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect operating performance, and it removes the effect of our asset base (primarily depreciation, impairment and amortization), material volatile items (primarily profit on disposal of intangible assets and exceptional items), capital structure (primarily finance income/costs), and items outside the control of our management (primarily taxes). Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and financial projections. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for an analysis of our results as reported under IFRS as issued by the IASB.

(5) As a direct consequence of COVID-19, and the resulting government-imposed restrictions, all Premier League, FA Cup and UEFA Europa League matches were suspended beginning 13 March 2020. The Premier League and FA Cup resumed in June 2020 and completed in July 2020 and August 2020 respectively. The UEFA Europa League resumed and completed in August 2020. The temporary postponement of all competitions resulted in four home and six away matches relating to 2019/20 competitions being played at the start of the 2020/21 financial year. This includes three home and three away Premier League matches, the FA Cup semi-final, one Europa League home match and the Europa League single-leg quarter-final and semi-final. From June 2020 until mid-May 2021, all matches were played behind closed doors. The final home match of the 2020/21 season and the UEFA Europa League final were played with fans in attendance at a reduced capacity.

The following is a reconciliation of (loss)/profit for the years presented to Adjusted EBITDA:

Year ended 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

(£’000)

(Loss)/profit for the year

(92,216)

(23,233)

18,881

(37,629)

39,209

Adjustments:

Tax expense

68,189

2,415

8,595

63,462

17,379

Net finance (income)/costs

 

(12,899)

 

26,039

 

22,509

 

18,038

 

24,277

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

 

(7,381)

 

(18,384)

 

(25,799)

 

(18,119)

 

(10,926)

Exceptional items(a)

 

 

 

19,599

 

1,917

 

(4,753)

Amortization

 

124,398

 

126,756

 

129,154

 

138,380

 

124,434

Depreciation and impairment

 

14,959

 

18,543

 

12,850

 

10,755

 

10,228

Adjusted EBITDA

 

95,050

 

132,136

 

185,789

 

176,804

 

199,848

(a) See notes 2.7 and 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

viii

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A.

RESERVED

B.

CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

Not applicable.

C.

REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

D.

RISK FACTORS

Investment in our Class A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. We expect to be exposed to some or all of the risks described below in our future operations. Any of the risk factors described below, as well as additional risks of which we are not currently aware, could affect our business operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flow and prospects and cause the value of our shares to decline. Moreover, if and to the extent that any of the risks described below materialize, they may occur in combination with other risks which would compound the adverse effect of such risks on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flow and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and may continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We continue to closely monitor the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on all aspects of our business, including how it will impact our commercial and Matchday operations, our sponsorship and credit agreements, and our employees, fans, sponsors, customers and suppliers. COVID-19 continued to have a significant adverse impact on our reported results for the year ended 30 June 2021. The impact is primarily due to a reduction in commercial and Matchday revenues following the cancellation of the first team’s pre-season tour at the start of fiscal 2021 due to travel restrictions, COVID-19 related variations and all matches prior to the final home match of the season played behind closed doors in line with regulatory and organizational mandates set forth by governing bodies. Fans were welcomed back to the Old Trafford stadium at a reduced capacity of 10,000 for the final home match of the season. Further, Museum and Stadium Tour operations remained closed to visitors throughout the financial year until part way through the fourth fiscal quarter and the Old Trafford Megastore was closed for part of the year due to government-imposed restrictions. There can be no certainty that the currently lifted UK government-imposed restrictions and present full capacity at Old Trafford stadium will continue. The nature of the ongoing pandemic, including as a result of variants, may result in government restrictions being re-imposed in the future or reduced fan attendance based on individuals’ risk tolerance. The extent to which our operations may continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic will depend largely on future developments including, without limitation, continuation of matches played in front of a crowd and at full capacity, which are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. The continued impact from the COVID-19 outbreak, including from variants, and actions by government authorities to contain the outbreak or treat its impact may further impact our operations. As such, we are unable to predict with certainty the ultimate further impact that COVID-19 may have on our business, future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We are also unable to predict with certainty the impact that COVID-19 may continue to have on our fans, sponsors, customers, and suppliers; however, any material effect on these parties could negatively impact us. In addition, if there is a future resurgence of COVID-19 following its initial containment, the negative impacts on our business may be exacerbated. If we are unable to sufficiently manage and mitigate the strategic and

1

Table of Contents

operational impact of COVID-19, in the short- and medium-term, the future results of our business may be materially negatively impacted. Though we continue to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic closely, this situation is changing rapidly and additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently. Moreover, to the extent that the COVID-19 pandemic harms our business and operations, many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section should be interpreted as heightened risks.

If we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand and reputation, particularly in new markets, or if events occur that damage our brand and reputation, our ability to expand our follower base, sponsors, and commercial partners or to sell significant quantities of our products may be impaired.

The success of our business depends on the value and strength of our brand and reputation. Our brand and reputation are also integral to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our follower base, sponsors and commercial partners. To be successful in the future we believe we must preserve, grow and leverage the value of our brand across all of our revenue streams. For instance, we have in the past experienced, and we expect that in the future we will continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage. Unfavorable publicity regarding our men’s first team’s performance in league and cup competitions or their behavior off the field, our ability to attract and retain certain players and coaching staff or actions by or changes in our ownership, could negatively affect our brand and reputation. Failure to respond effectively to negative publicity could also further erode our brand and reputation. In addition, events in the football industry, even if unrelated to us, may negatively affect our brand or reputation. As a result, the size, engagement and loyalty of our follower base and the demand for our products may decline. Damage to our brand or reputation or loss of our followers’ commitment for any of these reasons could impair our ability to expand our follower base, sponsors and commercial partners or our ability to sell significant quantities of our products, which would result in decreased revenue across our revenue streams and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our brand and reputation.

In addition, maintaining and enhancing our brand and reputation may require us to make substantial investments. We cannot assure you that such investments will be successful. Failure to successfully maintain and enhance the Manchester United brand or our reputation or excessive or unsuccessful expenses in connection with this effort could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

Our business is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including players.

We are highly dependent on members of our management, coaching staff and our players. Competition for talented players and staff is, and will continue to be, intense. Our ability to attract and retain the highest quality players for our men’s first team and youth academy, as well as coaching staff, is critical to our men’s first team’s success in league and cup competitions, increasing popularity and, consequently, critical to our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Our success and many achievements over the last twenty years does not necessarily mean that we will continue to be successful in the future, whether as a result of changes in player personnel, coaching staff or otherwise. A downturn in the performance of our men’s first team could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain coaches and players. Further, on 31 January 2020, the United Kingdom formally left the EU at 11:00 p.m. GMT after which it entered the transition period specified in the withdrawal agreement, which ended on 31 December 2020. The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the EU means that following the transition period, we are no longer able to rely on European regulations relating to the movement of players between the United Kingdom and the European Economic Area (“EEA”). See “—The departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union may adversely affect our operations and financial results.” In addition, our popularity in certain countries or regions may depend, at least in part, on fielding certain players from those countries or regions. While we enter into employment contracts with each of our key personnel with the aim of securing their services for the term of the contract, the retention of their services for the full term of the contract cannot be guaranteed due to possible contract disputes or approaches by other clubs. Our failure to attract and retain key personnel could have a negative impact on our ability to effectively manage and grow our business.

We are dependent upon the performance and popularity of our men’s first team.

Our revenue streams are driven by the performance and popularity of our men’s first team. Significant sources of our revenue are the result of historically strong performances in English domestic and European competitions, specifically the Premier League, the FA Cup, the EFL Cup, the Champions League and the Europa League. Our revenue varies significantly depending on our men’s first team’s participation and performance in these competitions. Our men’s first team’s performance can affect all four of our revenue streams:

sponsorship revenue through sponsorship relationships;

2

Table of Contents

retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing revenue through product sales;
Broadcasting revenue through the frequency of appearances, performance based share of league broadcasting revenue, Champions League/Europe League distributions and MUTV distribution through linear and digital platforms; and
Matchday revenue through ticket sales.

Our men’s first team currently plays in the Premier League, the top football league in England. Our performance in the Premier League directly affects, and a weak performance in the Premier League could adversely affect, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. For example, our revenue from the sale of products, media rights, tickets and hospitality would fall considerably if our men’s first team were relegated from, or otherwise ceased to play in, the Premier League, the Champions League or the Europa League.

We cannot ensure that our men’s first team will be successful in the Premier League or in the other leagues and tournaments in which it plays. Relegation from the Premier League or a general decline in the success of our men’s first team, particularly in consecutive seasons, would negatively affect our ability to attract or retain talented players and coaching staff, as well as supporters, sponsors and other commercial partners, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

It may not be possible to renew or replace key commercial agreements on similar or better terms, or attract new sponsors.

Our Commercial revenue for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 represented 47.0%, 54.8%, and 43.9% of our total revenue, respectively. The substantial majority of our Commercial revenue is generated from commercial agreements with our sponsors, and these agreements have finite terms. When these contracts expire, we may not be able to renew or replace them with contracts on similar or better terms or at all. Our most important commercial contracts include contracts with global, regional and supplier sponsors representing industries including remote connectivity software, airline, spirits, automotive, entertainment centers, hotels, betting and kitchen and bathroom fixtures and generators, which typically have contract terms of two to five years.

If we fail to renew or replace these key commercial agreements on similar or better terms, we could experience a material reduction in our Commercial revenue. Such a reduction could have a material adverse effect on our overall revenue and our ability to continue to compete with the top football clubs in England and Europe.

As part of our business plan, we intend to continue to grow our commercial portfolio by developing and expanding our product categorized approach, which will include partnering with additional sponsors. We may not be able to successfully execute our business plan in promoting our brand to attract new sponsors. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing our business plan or that our Commercial revenue will continue to grow at the same rate as it has in the past or at all. Any of these events could negatively affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

The underlying probability of being unable to renew or replace key contracts on similar or more favorable terms, or to partner with additional sponsors, has increased as the impact of COVID-19 is felt across the global economy. As a result, there may be a shift in focus for the majority of companies in the short- to medium-term, as these companies reduce perceived “excess” spend on marketing in favor of protecting the operational and financial stability of the entity. See “—The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.”

Negotiation, pricing and terms of key media contracts are outside of our control and those contracts may change in the future.

For each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, 67.5%, 80.3% and 60.6% of our Broadcasting revenue, respectively, was generated from the media rights for Premier League matches, and 29.0%, 12.0% and 34.5% of our Broadcasting revenue, respectively, was generated from the media rights for UEFA matches. Contracts for these media rights and certain other revenue for those competitions (both domestically and internationally) are negotiated collectively by the Premier League and the Union of European Football Associations (“UEFA”) respectively. We are not a party to the contracts negotiated by the Premier League and UEFA. Further, we do not participate in and therefore do not have any direct influence on the outcome of contract negotiations. As a result, we may be subject to media rights contracts with media distributors with whom we may not otherwise contract or media rights contracts that are not as favorable to us as we might otherwise be able to negotiate individually with media distributors. Furthermore,

3

Table of Contents

the limited number of media distributors bidding for Premier League and UEFA club competition media rights may result in reduced prices paid for those rights and, as a result, a decline in revenue received from media contracts.

In addition, although an agreement has been reached for the sale of Premier League domestic broadcasting rights through the end of the 2024/25 football season and for the sale of UEFA club competition broadcasting rights through the end of the 2023/24 football season, future agreements may not maintain our current level of Broadcasting revenue. Furthermore, existing broadcasting agreements have been and may continue to be, and future broadcasting agreements may also be, adversely impacted as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. See “—The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.”

Future intervention by the European Commission (“EC”), the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”), UK authorities, or other competent authorities and courts having jurisdiction may also have a negative effect on our revenue from media rights in the EEA. Enforcement of competition laws and changes to copyright regimes may require changes to sales models that could negatively affect the amount which copyright holders, such as the Premier League, are able to derive from the exploitation of rights within the EU. As a result, our Broadcasting revenue from the sale of those rights could decrease.

It is likely that there will be future regulatory intervention by the EC relating to the grant of exclusive licenses of content on a territorial basis within the EEA insofar as they prohibit or limit the cross-border provision by satellite or internet transmission of retail pay-TV services in response to unsolicited demand (so-called “passive sales”). In the cases of the Premier League & others vs. QC Leisure & Others / Karen Murphy vs. Media Protection Services, the CJEU ruled that EU free movement rules prevented enforcement of national laws to prevent importation and sale of decoding devices marketed in other Member States. It is an open question whether this finding is confined to broadcasting by satellite. The CJEU held further that EU competition rules prohibit any agreement designed to guarantee absolute territorial exclusivity by restricting passive sales within the EU (i.e. by obliging broadcasters not to meet unsolicited demand for decoding devices enabling access to the right holder’s protected subject-matter with a view to their use outside the territory covered by the license agreement).

Subsequently, in January 2014 the EC launched a competition investigation into exclusive licensing arrangements between US Studios and various platforms in Europe (the major platform in each of the five largest Member States). In July 2015, the EC issued a Statement of Objections in Case COMP/40023 – Cross-border access to pay-TV setting out its preliminary view that certain provisions in the license agreements between the studios and Sky UK would eliminate cross-border competition and constitute a violation of EU competition rules. According to the EC, these provisions require Sky UK to block or limit access to films through geo-blocking its online services or through its satellite pay-TV services to consumers outside of the United Kingdom and Ireland (and thus prevent Sky UK from responding to passive sales requests). The EC was carrying out parallel investigations into cross-border access to pay-TV services in France, Italy, Germany and Spain. Studios and platforms argue that EU law does not preclude enforcement of their copyright and that the restrictions are necessary to ensure adequate financing of content creation because content value varies considerably across Member States.

On 22 April 2016, the EC announced that Paramount, while not agreeing with the concerns expressed in the Statement of Objections, had offered to settle the case by offering a series of commitments, including an undertaking not to enter into pay-TV agreements that prohibit their licensees from responding to passive sales requests. The commitments cover both linear pay-TV services and (when covered by the broadcaster’s licenses) subscription video-on-demand services. The EC accepted these commitments on 27 July 2016. On 8 December 2016, the French TV broadcaster Groupe Canal + brought an action seeking annulment of the EC’s decision to accept the commitments. On 12 December 2018, the EU General Court dismissed the appeal and upheld the EC decision as lawful in identifying competition concerns and finding the commitments suitable to resolve them. Shortly before and on the same and following day of the General Court’s judgment, Disney, NBC Universal, Sony Pictures, Warner Bros. and Sky also offered commitments, which the EC accepted on 7 March 2019 and closed the investigation. The commitments foresee that the restrictive clauses will not be applied nor re-introduced in the film licensing contracts, without prejudice to the studios’ rights under copyright law or the Portability Regulation. On 15 February 2019, Canal + appealed the General Court’s judgment before the CJEU and on 19 June 2019, it also appealed before the General Court the EC decision accepting the commitments by Sky and four Hollywood studios.

On 20 December 2020, the CJEU overturned the General Court’s judgment of 12 December 2018; the CJEU found that the General Court had erred in law in its assessment of the proportionality of the adverse effects on the interests of third parties, such as Canal +, resulting from the EC acceptance of the commitments offered by Paramount. In particular, the CJEU considered that the General Court could not refer such contracting partners to the national courts in order to have their contractual rights enforced; national courts could not decide contrary to an EC decision by declaring the relevant clauses compatible or requiring an operator to

4

Table of Contents

breach its commitments which have been made binding by that decision. Instead, the CJEU found that when assessing commitments proposed the EC must also assess the proportionality of adverse effects of the commitments on the interests of third parties so that those third parties’ rights are not rendered meaningless - which was the case for the contractual rights of Canal + vis-à-vis Paramount. Consequently, the CJEU set aside the General Court’s judgment and gave final judgment in the matter by annulling the EC decision accepting Paramount’s commitments. On 31 March 2021 the EC withdraw its decision of 7 March 2019 accepting the commitments by Sky and four Hollywood studios and closed the proceedings in the case, since the scope of commitments was essentially identical to the annulled commitments by Paramount; and the pending appeal by Canal + against the now withdrawn decision was closed without need for adjudication by the General Court on 6 May 2021. While these investigations had targeted film content, any future decision could be applicable to any pay-TV content, including sport.

In addition to this regulatory action, the EU as part of its Digital Single Market (“DSM”) strategy adopted on 8 June 2017 the Portability Regulation, which is designed to enable consumers to access their content services while travelling across Europe. The Portability Regulation became applicable on 20 March 2018. The EU has also adopted a regulation on unjustified geo-blocking, which became applicable on 3 December 2018. Copyright protected content is excluded but the EC must review and report on the exclusion. On 30 November 2020, the EC published this report. The report identified potential benefits of extending the scope of the regulation to cover audio-visual content, depending on copyright-licensing practices and on copyright-law considerations. However, it also identified the challenges and potential impact of such an extension on the overall dynamics of the audio-visual sector. Therefore, the EC would launch a stakeholder dialogue with the sector to discuss concrete ways of improve consumers’ access to audiovisual content across the EU, before considering any follow-up measures. A further stock-taking exercise should be planned for 2022, the outcome of which will determine any EC proposal for any legislative amendments or follow-up actions. This may lead to proposals for inclusion of content protected by copyright and neighbouring rights.

As part of the DSM initiative, the EC has also sought to modernize EU copyright rules to allow for wider access to online content across the EU, including by extending rights clearance mechanisms in the Satellite and Cable Directive. The EC published its proposal for a Regulation on Online Transmissions on 14 September 2016, which in particular contains the proposal that the country of origin principle be extended to online broadcast services. In practice, this would mean that licenses for simulcast and catch-up rights, for example, for the United Kingdom would be construed as covering the entire EEA (as long as the United Kingdom remains subject to EU law). The European Parliament and the Council have both agreed to turn the draft Regulation on Online Transmissions into a Directive and to include substantial amendments limiting the country of origin principle. As a result, the country of origin principle will apply to radio broadcasts, but not to television broadcasts of sports events. In parallel, the revised Copyright Directive has inter alia strengthened the position of rights owners by making online platforms responsible for taking certain actions against user-uploaded content which violates copyright. Both Directives were adopted in April 2019 and Member States have 24 months from their publication to transpose them into national law.

In addition, also as part of the DSM initiative, the European Parliament and the Council adopted on 6 November 2018, a revision of the Audiovisual Media Services Directive and Member States have 21 months from its entering into force to transpose it into national law. This Directive applies to traditional TV broadcasters, with the revision inter alia extending the scope for some provisions to also cover video-sharing platforms. The revision has not affected Article 14 on the possibility of national measures ensuring the non-exclusive broadcast of events of major importance for society.

Finally , as part the DSM initiative and following stakeholder consultations, on 15 December 2020, the EC proposed two legislative initiatives to upgrade rules governing digital services in the EU: the Digital Services Act (“DSA”) and the Digital Markets Act (“DMA”). The DSA seeks to update the rules concerning e-commerce, for instance, by providing for enforceable obligations and increased accountability rules for all digital services that connect consumers to goods, services, or content, in relation to, for example, users’ safety and trust, harmful/illegal online content, content moderation and removal, and advertisement targeting. These rules would be enforced by designated national competent authorities. The DMA, which would be enforced by the EC, seeks to address market imbalances associated with large online platforms acting as gatekeepers, defined under certain criteria. To this end, the DMA foresees obligations on their daily operations, for example, by enabling transparency for advertisers, ensuring interoperability with competing third-party software in certain cases, and prohibiting gatekeepers to block users from un-installing software or apps. In contrast, the EC will not pursue separately the possible introduction of a broader ex ante new competition tool addressing structural competition problems in a timely and effective manner. The two legislative proposals will undergo the EU legislative process to be negotiated between and agreed upon by the European Parliament and the Council, with the possibility to be amended significantly or rejected altogether. At this stage, the exact content of these legislative initiatives is being discussed by the European Parliament and the Council, in consultation with the EC various stakeholders. Therefore, the future potential impact and relevance to our business cannot be accurately determined.

5

Table of Contents

European competitions cannot be relied upon as a source of income.

Qualification for the Champions League is largely dependent upon our men’s first team’s performance in the Premier League and, in some circumstances, the Champions League or Europa League in the previous season. Qualification for the Champions League cannot, therefore, be guaranteed. Failure to qualify for the Champions League would result in a material reduction in revenue for each season in which our men’s first team did not participate. To help mitigate this impact the majority of playing contracts for our men’s first team include step-ups in remuneration which are contingent on participation in the group stage of the Champions League. Our men’s first team finished in third place in the 2019/20 Premier League season and therefore qualified for the 2020/21 Champions League. Inclusive of Broadcasting revenue, prize money and Matchday revenue, our combined Broadcasting and Matchday revenue related to European competitions was £73.8 million, £20.9 million and £93.1 million for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the knock-out stages of the 2019/20 Europa League competition were deferred to August 2020 and are therefore reflected in the revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021. This includes one Round of 16 Europa League home match and the single-leg quarter-final and semi-final away matches. All European competition home games played during the 2020/21 financial year have been behind closed doors. As a result of our men’s first team performance during the 2020/21 season, our men’s first team will participate in the 2021/22 Champions League.

In addition, our participation in the Champions League or Europa League may be influenced by other factors beyond our control. For example, the number of places in each European competition available to the clubs of each national football association in Europe can vary from year to year based on a ranking system. If the performance of English clubs in Europe declines, the number of places in each European competition available to English clubs may decline and it may be more difficult for our men’s first team to qualify for European competition in future seasons. Further, the rules governing qualification for European competitions (whether at the European or national level) may change and make it more difficult for our men’s first team to qualify for European competition in future seasons.

We are a founder member of the European Club Association (“ECA”), an independent organization set up to work with football governing bodies to protect and promote the interests of football clubs at the European level.

UEFA implemented changes to the format of the Champions League and Europa League, which took effect from 2018/19. The key changes related to the access list for both competitions and the methodology for financial distributions. With respect to the Champions League, the top four clubs from the four top-ranked UEFA national associations (of which England is currently one) qualify automatically for the group stage of the Champions League. With respect to the financial distribution methodology, in addition to the previous three-pillar system (starting fee, performance fees and market pool), UEFA introduced a fourth pillar being the individual club coefficient. The individual club coefficient is determined by reference to past performance in UEFA club competitions over a ten-year period with additional points for historical winners of UEFA club competitions.

In addition, UEFA Club Competitions SA (“UCC SA”) was established by UEFA to advise and make recommendations to UEFA on strategic business matters and opportunities concerning club competitions. Half of the administration board is appointed by UEFA and the other half by the ECA.

In December 2018, UEFA approved the introduction of a third UEFA club competition to run alongside both the Champions League and Europa League. The competition, to be known as the UEFA Europa Conference League (“Europa Conference League”), has commenced in 2021/22. The competition will not have an impact on the Champions League but it will reduce the number of teams competing in the Europa League from 48 teams to 32. This will now result in three competitions being held with 32 teams competing in each, compared to the previous structure of 32 teams in the Champions League and 48 teams in the Europa League. The winner of the new competition will be entitled to enter the following season’s UEFA Europa League group stage. England’s overall access quota remains unchanged, but the quota will now apply across the three UEFA competitions. The top four clubs from the four top-ranked UEFA national associations will still automatically qualify for the Champions League group stage. The team finishing in fifth position in the Premier League and the FA Cup winners will qualify for the Europa League group stage, unless the FA Cup winners finish in positions one to five in the Premier League, in which case the team finishing in sixth position will also qualify for the Europa League group stage. The EFL Cup winners will qualify for the Europa Conference League play-offs unless they have already qualified for the Champions League or Europa League, in which case the team finishing in sixth position (or seventh position if the sixth has already qualified for the Champions League or Europa League) will take their place. Financial distribution methods for the Champions League and the Europa League remain unchanged.

Moreover, because of the prestige associated with participating in the European competitions, particularly the Champions League, failure to qualify for any European competition, particularly for consecutive seasons, could negatively affect our ability to attract and

6

Table of Contents

retain talented players and coaching staff, as well as supporters, sponsors and other commercial partners. Failure to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons would also reduce annual payments under the agreement with adidas by 30% of the applicable payment for the year in which the second or other consecutive season of non-participation falls. Any one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flow.

Our business depends in part on relationships with certain third parties.

We consider the development of our commercial assets to be central to our ongoing business plan and a driver of future growth. For example, our current contract with adidas that began with the 2015/16 season provides them with certain global technical sponsorship and dual-branded licensing rights. While we expect to be able to continue to execute our business plan in the future with the support of adidas, we remain subject to these contractual provisions and our business plan could be negatively impacted by non-compliance or poor execution of our strategy by adidas. Further, any interruption in our ability to obtain the services of adidas or other third parties or deterioration in their performance could negatively impact this portion of our operations. Furthermore, if our arrangement with adidas is terminated or modified against our interest, we may not be able to find alternative solutions for this portion of our business on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us or at all.

In the future, we may enter into additional arrangements permitting third parties to use our brand and trademarks. The steps we take to carefully select our partners may not lead to successful arrangements. Our partners may fail to fulfill their obligations under their agreements or have interests that differ from or conflict with our own. For example, we are dependent on our sponsors and commercial partners to effectively implement quality controls over products using our brand and/or trademarks. The inability of such sponsors and commercial partners to meet our quality standards, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could negatively affect consumer confidence in the quality and value of our brand, which could result in lower product sales. Any one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flow.

We are exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to Premier League and UEFA media contracts as well as our key commercial and transfer contracts.

We derive the substantial majority of our Broadcasting revenue from media contracts negotiated by the Premier League and UEFA with media distributors, and although the Premier League obtains guarantees to support certain of its media contracts, typically in the form of letters of credit issued by commercial banks, it remains our single largest credit exposure. We derive our Commercial and sponsorship revenue from certain corporate sponsors, including global, regional and supplier sponsors (which includes new businesses operating in emerging markets) in respect of which we may manage our credit risk by seeking advance payments, installments and/or bank guarantees where appropriate. The substantial majority of this revenue is derived from a limited number of sources. We are also exposed to other football clubs globally for the payment of transfer fees on players. Depending on the transaction, some of these fees are paid to us in installments. We try to manage our credit risk with respect to those clubs by requiring payments in advance or, in the case of payments on installment, requiring bank guarantees on such payments in certain circumstances. However, we cannot ensure these efforts will eliminate our credit exposure to other clubs. A change in credit quality at one of the media broadcasters for the Premier League or UEFA, one of our sponsors or a club to whom we have sold a player can increase the risk that such counterparty is unable or unwilling to pay amounts owed to us. The failure of a major television broadcaster for the Premier League or UEFA club competitions to pay outstanding amounts owed to its respective league or the failure of one of our key sponsors or a club to pay outstanding amounts owed to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

The residual counterparty credit risk from our commercial partnerships or the failure of any significant customer or another club, and non-fulfillment of contractual obligations, has increased as a result of certain global and regional partners requesting payment deferrals while dealing with the fallout of COVID-19. This has the potential to significantly impact club operations if a major commercial partner were to defer or default on payments. See “—The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.”

Matchday revenue from our supporters is a significant portion of overall revenue.

A significant amount of our revenue derives from ticket sales and other Matchday revenue for our men’s first team matches at Old Trafford and our share of gate receipts from domestic cup matches. In particular, the revenue generated from ticket sales and other Matchday revenue at Old Trafford will be highly dependent on the continued attendance at matches of our individual and corporate supporters as well as the number of home matches we play each season. During each of the 2020/21, 2019/20 and 2018/19 seasons, we played 34, 24 and 26 home matches respectively and our Matchday revenue was £7.1 million, £89.8 million and £110.8 million for

7

Table of Contents

the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Matchday revenue for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 has been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. For the year ended 30 June 2021, 33 of our 34 home matches were played behind closed doors. Fans were in attendance for the final home match of the season at a reduced capacity in line with government guidelines. For the year ended 30 June 2020, government-imposed restrictions from mid-March 2020 resulted in the deferral of a number of matches to the 2020/21 financial year, as well as all remaining matches being played behind closed doors. Match attendance is influenced by a number of factors, some of which are partly or wholly outside of our control. These factors include the success of our men’s first team, broadcasting coverage and general economic conditions in the United Kingdom, which affect personal disposable income and corporate marketing and hospitality budgets. A reduction in Matchday attendance, including as an ongoing result of the COVID-19 pandemic and related regulations to contain it, could continue to have a material adverse effect on our Matchday revenue and our overall business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. See “—The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.”

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, both within Europe and internationally, and increased competition could cause our profitability to decline.

We face competition from other football clubs in England and Europe. In the Premier League, investment from wealthy team owners has led to teams with deep financial backing that are able to acquire top players and coaching staff, which could result in improved performance from those teams in domestic and European competitions. As the Premier League continues to grow in popularity, the interest of wealthy potential owners may increase, leading to additional clubs substantially improving their financial position. Competition from European clubs also remains strong. Despite the adoption of the UEFA financial fair play initiative, a set of financial monitoring rules on clubs participating in the Champions League and Europa League, and the Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules, a similar set of rules monitoring Premier League clubs, European and Premier League football clubs are spending substantial sums on transfer fees and player salaries. Competition from inside and outside the Premier League has led to higher salaries for our players as well as increased competition on the field. The increase in competition could result in our men’s first team finishing lower in the Premier League than we have in the past and jeopardizing our qualification for or results in European competitions. Competition within England could also cause our men’s first team to fail to advance in the FA Cup and EFL Cup.

In addition, from a commercial perspective, we actively compete across many different industries and within many different markets. We believe our primary sources of competition, both in Europe and internationally, include, but are not limited to:

other businesses seeking corporate sponsorships and commercial partners such as sports teams, other entertainment events and television and digital media outlets;
providers of sports apparel and equipment seeking retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing opportunities;
digital content providers seeking consumer attention and leisure time, advertiser income and consumer e-commerce activity;
other types of television programming seeking access to broadcasters and advertiser income; and
alternative forms of corporate hospitality and live entertainment for the sale of Matchday tickets such as other live sports events, concerts, festivals, theater and similar events.

All of the above forms of competition could have a material adverse effect on any of our four revenue streams and our overall business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

A cyber-attack on, or disruption to, our IT systems or other systems utilized in our operations could compromise our operations, adversely impact our reputation and subject us to liability.

As a high-profile brand we are susceptible to the risk of a cyber-attack on our IT systems or other third-party systems utilized in our operations. We experience cyber-attacks and other security incidents of varying degrees from time to time. For example, we experienced such an attack in or about November 2020, which resulted in certain non-consumer data being compromised and the disruption of our enterprise systems and applications, prior to restoration of secure computing operations. In response to the attack, we have implemented further controls and planned for and taken other preventative actions to further strengthen our systems against future attacks. However, we cannot assure you that such measures will provide absolute security, that we will be able to react in a

8

Table of Contents

timely manner, or that our remediation efforts following any past or future attacks will be successful. A cyber-attack could disable the information technology systems we use or depend on to operate our business and give rise to the loss of significant amounts of personal data or other sensitive information, potentially subjecting us to criminal or civil sanctions or other liability. See “—We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, data security and safeguarding. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.” Similarly, any disruption to or failures in our IT systems or other third-party systems utilized in our operations could have an adverse impact on our ability to operate our business and lead to reputational damage. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Furthermore, as attempted attacks continue to evolve in scope and sophistication, we may incur significant costs in modifying or enhancing our IT security systems and processes in an attempt to defend against such attacks. There can be no assurance, however, that any security systems or processes we currently have in place or that we may implement in the future will be successful in preventing or mitigating the harm from such attacks.

We are subject to special rules and regulations regarding insolvency and bankruptcy.

We are subject to, among other things, special insolvency or bankruptcy-related rules of the Premier League and the Football Association (the “FA”). Those rules empower the Premier League board to direct certain payments otherwise due to us to the FA and its members, associate members and affiliates, certain other English football leagues and certain other entities if it is reasonably satisfied that we have failed to pay certain creditors including other football clubs, the Premier League and the Football League.

If we experience financial difficulty, we could also face sanctions under the Premier League rules, including suspension from the Premier League, European competitions, the FA Cup and certain other competitions, the deduction of league points from us in the Premier League or Football League and loss of control of player registrations. For example, the Premier League could prevent us from playing, thereby cutting off our income from ticket sales and putting many of our other sources of revenue at risk. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition, or cash flow, as well as our ability to meet our financial obligations.

Premier League voting rules may allow other clubs to take action contrary to our interests.

The Premier League is governed by its 20 club shareholders with most rule changes requiring the support of a minimum of 14 of the clubs. This allows a minority of clubs to block changes they view as unfavorable to their interests. In addition, it allows a concerted majority of the clubs to pass rules that may be disadvantageous to the remaining six clubs. Our interests may not always align with the majority of clubs and it may be difficult for us to effect changes that are advantageous to us. At the same time, it is possible that other clubs may take action that we view as contrary to our interests. If the Premier League clubs pass rules that limit our ability to operate our business as we have planned or otherwise affect the payments made to us, we may be unable to achieve our goals and strategies or increase our revenue.

Our digital media strategy may not generate the revenue we anticipate.

We maintain contact with, and provide entertainment to, our global follower base through a number of digital and other media channels, including the internet, mobile services and applications, and social media. While we have attracted a significant number of followers to our digital media assets, including our website and mobile application, the associated future revenue and income potential is uncertain. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the challenges, risks and difficulties we may encounter in this new and rapidly evolving market, including:

our ability to retain our current global follower base, build our follower base and increase engagement with our followers through our digital media assets, particularly those on third-party digital media platforms;
our ability to enhance the content offered through our digital media assets and increase our subscriber base;
our ability to effectively generate revenue from interaction with our followers through our digital media assets;
our ability to attract new sponsors and advertisers, retain existing sponsors and advertisers and demonstrate that our digital media assets will deliver value to them;
our ability to develop our digital media assets in a cost effective manner and operate our digital media services profitably and securely;

9

Table of Contents

our ability to identify and capitalize on new digital media business opportunities; and
our ability to compete with other sports and other media for users’ time.

In addition, as we expand our digital and other media channels, including mobile services, applications, and social media, revenue from our other business sectors may decrease, including our Broadcasting revenue. As a consequence of our utilization of third-party media platforms, particularly social media, we are subject to third-party algorithms which we do not have control over. A change to these algorithms or the business strategy and operating models of these platforms may have a knock-on impact on our business. Moreover, the increase in subscriber base in some of these digital and other media channels may limit the growth of the subscriber base and popularity of other channels. Further, governmental or other regulatory actions against social media platforms could result in a loss of some or all of our social media followers on such platform. Failure to successfully address these risks and difficulties could affect our overall business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, liquidity and prospects.

Serious injuries to or losses of playing staff may affect our performance, and therefore our results of operations and financial condition.

Injuries to members of the playing staff, particularly if career-threatening or career-ending, could have a detrimental effect on our business. Such injuries could have a negative effect upon our men’s first team’s performance and may also result in a loss of the income that would otherwise have resulted from a transfer of that player’s registration. In addition, depending on the circumstances, we may write down the carrying value of a player on our balance sheet and record an impairment charge in our operating expenses to reflect any losses resulting from career-threatening or career-ending injuries to that player. Our strategy is to maintain a squad of men’s first team players sufficient to mitigate the risk of player injuries. However, this strategy may not be sufficient to mitigate all financial losses in the event of an injury, and as a result such injury may affect the performance of our men’s first team, and therefore our business, results of operations financial condition and cash flow.

Inability to renew our insurance policies could expose us to significant losses.

We insure against the accidental death (including death by natural causes) or permanent disablement (resulting in an inability to continue their playing career with Manchester United and/or any other club in one of the top five European leagues) of certain members of our men’s first team, although typically not at such player’s full market value. Such insurance also excludes incidents which occur while playing matches or training. We also have catastrophe coverage in the event of an incident (such as travel or terrorist related incidents) that results in the accidental death or permanent disablement of multiple members of our men’s first team playing squad. We also carry non-player related insurance typical for our business (including combined liability, property damage, business interruption, terrorism and directors and officers insurance). When any of our insurance policies expire, it may not be possible to renew them on the same terms, or at all. In such circumstances, some of our business activities and/or assets may be uninsured. If any of these uninsured business activities or assets were to suffer damage, we could suffer a financial loss. Our most valuable tangible asset is the Old Trafford stadium. An inability to renew insurance policies covering our players, Old Trafford, the Carrington training ground (“Carrington”) or other valuable assets could expose us to significant losses.

In addition to the above, for the period ending 31 December 2022, the Fédération Internationale de Football Association (“FIFA”) has confirmed that it will provide insurance coverage for loss of wages (temporary disablement), subject to a maximum period of 365 days (excluding the first 28 days) and a cap of €7.5 million per claim per player, paid by the club to our players subsequent to an injury incurred while playing for their senior national team in a match played under the FIFA international match calendar. Neither FIFA nor national football associations are obliged to provide accidental death or permanent disablement insurance coverage for players while on international duty. These terms are subject to review when the policy is due for renewal.

Our international expansion and operations in foreign markets expose us to risks associated with international sales and operations.

We intend to continue to expand internationally and operate in select foreign markets. Managing a global organization is difficult, time consuming and expensive. Our inexperience in operating the club’s businesses globally increases the risk that any future international expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to risks such as the lack of familiarity with and unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements; difficulties in managing and staffing international operations; fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; potentially adverse tax consequences, including foreign value added tax systems, and restrictions on repatriation of earnings; the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and legal standards; increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; the lack of strong intellectual property regimes and

10

Table of Contents

political, social and economic instability abroad. Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

In many foreign countries, particularly in certain developing economies, it is not uncommon to encounter business practices that are prohibited by certain regulations, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws. Our and our subsidiaries’ efforts undertaken to comply with respect to these laws may not prevent our employees, contractors and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations from taking actions in violation of such policies and procedures. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our or our subsidiaries’ policies and procedures or the law, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, financial condition and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our functional and reporting currency is pounds sterling and substantially all of our costs are denominated in pounds sterling. However, Broadcasting revenue from our participation in UEFA club competitions, as well as certain other revenue, is generated in Euros. We also occasionally enter into transfer agreements, commercial partner agreements and other contracts which are payable in Euros. In addition, we have US dollar foreign exchange exposure relating to our secured term loan facility and senior secured notes as well as Commercial revenue from certain sponsors. We hedge the foreign exchange risk on our future US dollar revenues using a portion of our US dollar denominated secured term loan facility and senior secured notes as the hedging instrument. While we incurred foreign exchange losses in our statement of profit or loss on our unhedged US dollar denominated secured term loan facility and senior secured notes of £4.4 million and £2.7 million for the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 respectively, we recorded a gain of £48.0 million for the year ended 30 June 2021. For the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 approximately 15.0%, 3.3% and 13.3% of our total revenue was generated in Euros, respectively, and approximately 9.0%, 22.9% and 19.2% of our total revenue was generated in US dollars, respectively. We may also enter into foreign exchange contracts to hedge a portion of this transactional exposure. We offset the value of our non-sterling revenue and the value of the corresponding hedge before including such amounts in our overall revenue. Our results of operations have in the past and will in the future fluctuate due to movements in exchange rates and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may result in further volatility.

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and curb the sale of counterfeit merchandise could injure our brand.

Like other popular brands, we are susceptible to instances of brand infringement (such as counterfeiting and other unauthorized uses of our intellectual property rights). We seek to protect our brand assets by ensuring that we own and control certain intellectual property rights in and to those assets and, where appropriate, by enforcing those intellectual property rights. For example, we own the copyright in our logo, and our logo and trade name are registered as trademarks (or are the subject of applications for registration) in a number of jurisdictions in Europe, Asia Pacific, Africa, North America and South America. However, it is not possible to detect all instances of brand infringement. Additionally, where instances of brand infringement are detected, we cannot guarantee that such instances will be prevented as there may be legal or factual circumstances which give rise to uncertainty as to the validity, scope and enforceability of our intellectual property rights in the brand assets. Furthermore, the laws of certain countries in which we license our brand and conduct operations, particularly those in Asia may not offer the same level of protection to intellectual property rights holders as those in the United Kingdom, the rest of Europe and the United States, or the time required to enforce our intellectual property rights under these legal regimes may be lengthy and delay recovery. For example, the unauthorized use of intellectual property is common and widespread in Asia and enforcement of intellectual property rights by local regulatory agencies is inconsistent. If we were to fail or be unable to secure, protect, maintain and/or enforce the intellectual property rights which vest in our brand assets, then we could lose our exclusive right to exploit such brand assets. Infringement of our trademark, copyright and other intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our business. We also license our intellectual property rights to third parties. In an effort to protect our brand, we enter into licensing agreements with these third parties which govern the use of our intellectual property and which require our licensees to abide by quality control standards with respect to such use. We cannot assure you that our efforts to police our licensees’ use of our intellectual property will be sufficient to ensure their compliance. The failure of our licensees to comply with the terms of their licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, data security and safeguarding. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

We are subject to diverse laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security, including the United Kingdom data protection regime consisting primarily of the UK General Data Protection Regulation and the UK Data Protection Act 2018 and, in the EEA,

11

Table of Contents

Regulation 2016/679, known as the EEA General Data Protection Regulation. New global privacy rules are being enacted and existing ones are being updated and strengthened. We are likely to be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with these laws and regulations. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights or breached our data protection obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

We collect and process personal data from our followers, customers, members, suppliers, business contacts and employees as part of the operation of our business (including online merchandising), and therefore we must comply with data protection and privacy laws in the United Kingdom and, in certain situations, other jurisdictions where we operate or where our followers reside. The United Kingdom’s data protection regime imposes stringent operational requirements for controllers of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data (including, in certain circumstances for marketing and other follower engagement), more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention of information, additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data, and certain restrictions when transferring personal data outside of the UK. The EEA General Data Protection Regulation imposes similarly onerous obligations for our operations in the EEA. In addition, we are exposed to the risk that the personal data we control could be wrongfully accessed and/or used, whether by employees, followers or other third parties, or otherwise lost or disclosed or processed in breach of data protection regulations. If we or any of the third-party service providers on which we rely fail to process such personal data in a lawful or secure manner or if any theft or loss of personal data were to occur, we could face liability under data protection laws, and we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to change the way we use personal data and/or fines of up to £17.5 million (in the UK)/20 million Euros (in the EU) or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. In addition to statutory enforcement and other administrative penalties, a personal data breach can lead to compensation claims by affected individuals, negative publicity and a potential loss of business.

In recent years, US and European lawmakers and regulators have expressed concern over electronic marketing and the use of third-party cookies, web beacons and similar technology for online behavioral advertising. In the United Kingdom, marketing is defined broadly to include any promotional material and the rules specifically on electronic marketing are currently set out in the ePrivacy Directive (which is implemented in the United Kingdom by the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations; this remains in force following the United Kingdom’s departure from the European Union), which requires informed consent for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device and for certain direct electronic marketing. The regime also imposes conditions on obtaining valid consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked consents and a requirement to ensure separate consents are sought for each type of cookie or similar technology. Further regulation or more stringent enforcement of cookies and similar technologies, and any decline of cookies or similar online tracking technologies as a means to identify and potentially target users, may lead to broader restrictions on our online activities, including efforts to understand followers’ internet usage and promote ourselves to them.

We are also subject to legislation associated with child protection, adult protection, safeguarding and the rights of children. We aim to operate in compliance with the guiding principles of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (“UNCRC”) which sets out the civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights of every child, regardless of their race, religion or abilities.

Both in the United Kingdom and internationally there have been increases in disclosures of institutional sexual abuse, most notably by the Football Association (England), US Gymnastics (USA) and Oxfam (Haiti/ United Kingdom), where the outcome has been significant fines, reductions in funding and sponsorship, and substantial media reputational damage along with a lack of trust in those organizations. We are required to demonstrate to government and regulatory bodies our processes and systems to demonstrate what proactive steps we take to ensure the safety and well-being of children and adults at risk in our duty of care, as well as managing any civil liability or other claims by individuals against historical abuse disclosures.

We collect, process and retain personal data associated with safeguarding cases and criminal records in order to take steps to safeguard children and adults at risk, and create a safer culture for them to thrive and for staff/volunteers to work within, in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements. Safeguarding legislation is in flux with the key focus that the welfare of the child and/or adult at risk is paramount. Failure to maintain compliance with these changes could harm our business.

Piracy and illegal live streaming may adversely impact our Broadcasting revenue.

For each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, Broadcasting revenue constituted 51.6%, 27.6% and 38.4%, respectively, of our total revenue. Our Broadcasting revenue is principally generated by the broadcasting of our matches on pay and

12

Table of Contents

free-to-air television channels as well as content delivered over the internet and through our own television channel, MUTV. In recent years, piracy and illegal live streaming of subscription content over the internet has caused, and is continuing to cause, lost revenue to media distributors showing our matches. For example, the Premier League previously initiated litigation against Google and YouTube for facilitating piracy and illegal streaming of subscription content. While this litigation matter has been settled there can be no guarantee that this or similar actions will prevent or limit future piracy or illegal streaming of subscription content. If these trends increase or continue unabated, they could pose a risk to subscription television services. The result could be a reduction in the value of our share of football broadcasting rights and of our online and MUTV services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

Changes in consumer viewing habits and the emergence of new content distribution platforms could adversely affect our business.

The manner in which consumers view televised sporting events is changing rapidly with the emergence of alternative distribution platforms. Digital cable, internet and wireless content providers are continuing to improve technologies, content offerings, user interface, and business models that allow consumers to access video-on-demand or internet-based tools with interactive capabilities including start, stop and rewind. Such developments may impact the profitability or effectiveness of our existing media contracts and strategy, including our television channel, MUTV. If we are unsuccessful in adapting our licensing practices and/or media platforms as consumer viewing habits change, our viewership levels (whether on traditional or new platforms), our Broadcasting revenue and/or the value of our advertising and sponsorship contracts may decrease, which could have a material adverse effect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, even if we are able to successfully adapt, we will be subject to risks associated with these alternative distribution platforms. Delivery of video programming over the internet is done through a series of carriers, and any point of failure in this distribution chain may disrupt or degrade the quality of our services. Service disruption or degradation for any reason, including as a result of a cyber-attack, natural disaster or other failure in our or a third-party’s IT systems, could diminish the overall attractiveness of our services to subscribers, causing us to lose subscribers and/or credit subscribers affected by such disruption, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to seasonality.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal variation, limiting the overall comparability and predictability of interim financial periods. The seasonality of our operating results is primarily attributable to the number of games played in each financial period and therefore Matchday and Broadcasting revenue recognized. Similarly, certain of our costs derive from hosting games at Old Trafford, and these costs will also vary based on the number of games played in the period. We have historically generated higher revenue in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. Our business might be affected by our men’s first team reaching the later stages of European and domestic competitions, which would generally generate significant additional Broadcasting and Matchday revenue during the fourth quarter of our fiscal years. Our cash flow may also vary among interim periods due to the timing of significant payments from major commercial and player transfer agreements. The seasonality we have experienced in our business, as described above, has been, and may continue to be, further exaggerated by the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, our interim results and any quarterly financial information that we publish should not be viewed as an indicator of our performance for the fiscal year.

We are subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions, and changes in tax laws (or in the interpretations thereof) in the United States, United Kingdom or in other jurisdictions could have an adverse effect on us.

Although we are incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company, we report as a US domestic corporation for US federal income tax purposes and we are subject to US federal corporate income tax (currently at a statutory rate of 21%) on our worldwide income. As the majority of the Group is UK tax resident, then we are also subject to UK corporation tax (currently at a statutory rate of 19% but due to increase to 25% from April 2023). We expect to utilize a credit in the United States for UK taxes paid and therefore we do not expect to be double taxed on our income.

In addition, we are subject to income and other taxes in various other jurisdictions. The amount of tax we pay is subject to our interpretation and application of tax laws in jurisdictions in which we operate. Changes in current or future laws or regulations, or the imposition of new or changed tax laws or regulations or new related interpretations by taxing authorities in the US, UK or foreign jurisdictions, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. For example, the Biden administration and members of Congress have proposed various changes to the US federal tax regime. The most significant impact on our financial statements is expected to be the proposal to increase the US federal corporate income tax rate from the current 21% rate to, in various proposals, 26.5% or 28%. These changes, if enacted, would impact the recognition of the US deferred tax asset in the

13

Table of Contents

future, among other impacts. Congress is currently working on draft legislation, that may include the proposed or other changes to the US federal tax law; however, it is not yet clear what changes will be made or when, or what impact any such changes will have on us.

We establish tax provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to (and recovered from) tax authorities and, as a result, changes in tax laws (or in the interpretations thereof) could have an adverse effect on us.

Tax is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries where we operate and generate taxable income. We establish provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to (or recovered from) the tax authorities. From time to time we are involved in discussions with tax authorities in relation to ongoing tax matters and, where appropriate, provisions are made based on our assessment of each case. We are currently in active discussions with UK tax authorities over a number of tax areas in relation to arrangements with players and players’ representatives. It is possible that in the future, as a result of these discussions, as well as discussions that UK tax authorities are holding with other stakeholders within the football industry, interpretations of applicable rules will be challenged, which could result in liabilities in relation to these matters. The future income tax expense or credit may be higher or lower than estimates made when we determined whether it was appropriate to record a provision and the amount to be recorded. Furthermore, changes in the legislative framework or applicable tax case law (or in the interpretation thereof) could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

Business interruptions due to natural disasters, terrorist incidents and other events, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic or any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease, could adversely affect us and Old Trafford.

Our operations can be subject to natural disasters, terrorist incidents and other events beyond our control, such as earthquakes, fires, power failures, telecommunication losses, acts of war and pandemics, epidemics or any other outbreak of an infectious disease, including fluctuations in the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and any resulting restrictions on business activity and operations, which may vary significantly by country and/or region. Such events, whether natural or manmade, could cause severe destruction or interruption to our operations, and as a result, our business could suffer serious harm. Our men’s first team regularly tours the world for promotional matches, visiting various countries with a history of terrorism and civil unrest, and as a result, we and our players could be potential targets of terrorism when visiting such countries. In addition, any prolonged business interruption at Old Trafford could cause a decline in Matchday revenue. See “—The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and may continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.” Our business interruption insurance only covers some, but not all, of these potential events, and even for those events that are covered, it may not be sufficient to compensate us fully for losses or damages that may occur as a result of such events, including, for example, loss of market share and diminution of our brand, reputation and client loyalty. Any one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flow.

We are subject to risks relating to weather and climate change.

Extreme weather conditions may cause property damage or interrupt our matchday operations both at Old Trafford and at other away match locations, which could harm our business and results of operations. Climate change may affect the frequency or severity of these conditions. Our property and business interruption insurance coverage for certain conditions is subject to deductibles and limits on maximum benefits, including limitation on the coverage period for business interruption, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to fully insure such losses or fully collect, if at all, on claims resulting from such conditions.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

The planned growth of our commercial operations may place a significant strain on our management and on our operational and financial resources and systems. To manage growth effectively, we will need to maintain a system of management controls and attract and retain qualified personnel, as well as, develop, train and manage management-level and other employees. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to over-invest or under-invest in infrastructure, and result in losses or weaknesses in our infrastructure, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have a negative effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals and strategies.

14

Table of Contents

Non-compliance with health and safety legislation could lead to physical harm.

The safety, health, and well-being of all our employees and customers is fundamental to delivering sustainable and positive economic performance. We are obligated to comply with various rules and conditions imposed by government and regulatory bodies, including but not limited to those set out by the Sports Ground Safety Authority (SGSA), ISO 45001 Certification (Health & Safety Management Standard), fire safety measures and our requirement to maintain compliance with COVID-19 protocols on both matchday and non-matchday. Any incident involving non-compliance with respect to health and safety could potentially not only affect staff but also others at the stadium including contractors, fans and visitors. Depending on the severity of the non-compliance and the impact on those affected parties, this could lead to possible accident or injury claims, fines, damage to the brand and reputation and prosecution, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. In an effort to mitigate these risks, we have dedicated significant resources to establishing health and safety policies and procedures, ongoing employee training protocols, and monthly departmental compliance and affirmation reporting obligations. Incidents involving non-compliance may still occur despite our efforts, and it is possible that these and any similar actions we may take in the future to mitigate these risks may divert resources away from our revenue-generating activities without yielding a corresponding benefit.

Risks Related to Our Industry

An economic downturn or other adverse economic conditions may harm our business.

Economic downturns and other adverse conditions in the United Kingdom and markets globally, including the current economic downturn and adverse conditions caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, have negatively affected, and any further downturns or other adverse conditions that occur in the future may also negatively affect, our operations. Our Matchday and Broadcasting revenue in part depend on personal disposable income and corporate marketing and hospitality budgets. Further, our Commercial revenue is contingent upon the expenditures of businesses across a wide range of industries. Any economic downturn or other deterioration in economic conditions, such as inflation, slower growth, unemployment levels, credit availability, fuel prices, interest rates, tax rates, trade relations and regulations, or other factors, whether resulting from geopolitical issues and uncertainty, the impact of pandemics, epidemics or other outbreaks of infectious disease, or any number of other conditions or events outside of our control, are likely to have a negative impact on consumer and corporate discretionary spending and otherwise lead companies in affected industries to cut costs in response to these changed circumstances. As a result, any economic downturn or other weakening in economic conditions could cause a reduction in our Commercial revenue, as well as our Broadcasting and Matchday revenue, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

The departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union may adversely affect our operations and financial results.

Following a national referendum and enactment of legislation by the government of the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom formally withdrew from the EU on 31 January 2020 and entered into a transition period during which complex negotiations with the EU relating to the future trading relationship between the parties were conducted. The transitional period ended on 31 December 2020, and negotiations remain ongoing between the two parties regarding the future composition of such relationships. While a number of significant agreements were ratified during the transitional period or shortly thereafter, there remains a degree of political and economic uncertainty regarding whether the terms of these new relationships will differ materially from the terms prior to withdrawal.

These developments may continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings have been and may continue to be subject to increased market volatility. Lack of clarity about future UK laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determines which EU laws to replace or replicate could decrease foreign direct investment in the United Kingdom, increase costs, depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flow and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Furthermore, although it is unknown what the terms of the United Kingdom’s future relationship with the EU, if any, will be, or which EU laws the United Kingdom will replace or replicate, it is possible that there will be greater restrictions on imports and exports between the United Kingdom and EU member states, greater restrictions on the movement of players between the United Kingdom and EU member states, and other increased regulatory complexities. Beginning 1 January 2021, any player (coach or manager) that the club is seeking to register must receive a Governing Body Endorsement (“GBE”) from The Football Association. The FA will grant a GBE if the player’s senior international appearances meet certain “auto-pass” percentages, the auto-pass thresholds being determined

15

Table of Contents

by the FIFA ranking of the player’s national association. If the player does not meet the auto-pass threshold, a points system based on a number of football-related criteria (in addition to senior international appearances) is used to determine whether a GBE will be granted. If the player does not achieve the number of points required, the club may request (up to the end of the Summer 2021 transfer window) that an Exceptions Panel considers the application if the club can evidence that exceptional circumstances (e.g. injury) prevented the player from achieving the required number of points or for youth players if the club can demonstrate that the player has the potential and sufficient quality to enhance the game in England. In addition to the new GBE criteria, with respect to the FIFA rules which prohibit the international transfer of players under the age of 18 (subject to certain limited exceptions), with effect from 1 January 2021 we are no longer able to rely on the exception that permits the transfer of players between the ages of 16 and 18 within the territory of the EU or the EEA (subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions).

An increase in the relative size of salaries or transfer costs could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain the highest quality players and coaching staff. As a result, we are obliged to pay salaries generally comparable to our main competitors in England and Europe. Any increase in salaries may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

Other factors that affect player salaries, such as changes in personal tax rates, changes to the treatment of income or other changes to taxation in the United Kingdom and the relative strength of pounds sterling, may make it more difficult to attract top players and coaching staff from Europe or elsewhere or require us to pay higher salaries to compensate for higher taxes or less favorable exchange rates. In addition, if our revenue falls and salaries remain stable (for example, as a result of fixed player or coaching staff salaries over a long period) or increase, our results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

An increase in transfer fees would require us to pay more than expected for the acquisition of players’ registrations in the future. In addition, certain players’ transfer values may diminish after we acquire them, and we may sell those players for transfer fees below their net book value, resulting in a loss on disposal of players’ registrations. Net transfer costs could also increase if levies imposed by FIFA, the Premier League or any other organization in respect of the transfer of players’ registrations were to increase.

We remain committed to attracting and retaining the highest quality players and key football management staff for our men’s first team. Our average annual net registrations cash outflow over the last five years has been £132.4 million and we continue to expect it to vary significantly from period to period. We may explore new player acquisitions in connection with future transfer periods that may materially increase the amount of our net capital expenditure on intangible assets. As part of any material increase in net capital expenditure on intangible assets, we may also experience a material increase in our expenditure for player salaries. The actual amount of cash we use on player acquisitions will also depend, in part, on the amount of any cash we receive as a result of the sale of any players. Any increase in net capital expenditure on intangible assets compared to historic levels will also result in an increase in amortization expenses in future periods.

UEFA, Premier League and FIFA regulations could negatively affect our business.

As the primary governing body of European football, UEFA continually evaluates the dynamics in the football industry and considers changes to the regulatory framework governing European football clubs. As an example, clubs participating in UEFA club competitions are subject to the UEFA Club Licensing and Financial Fair Play regulations (“FFP regulations”). Breaches in the rules may result in, among other things, withholding of prize money, bans on registering new players for UEFA club competitions and ultimately disqualification from UEFA club competitions. Amongst other things, these rules are intended to discourage clubs from continually operating at a loss and to ensure that clubs settle their football, staff and tax creditors on time. Breaches of FFP regulations, for example, where relevant costs (which includes all wage costs and the amortization of player capital expenditures, but excludes depreciation of tangible fixed assets, youth development, women’s team and community expenditure) exceed revenues on a cumulative basis over a three-year period, or serious delays in settling creditors, have resulted in clubs being punished by way of significant fines and even exclusion from UEFA club competitions.

The Premier League also operates under regulations that aim to promote sustainability through profitability. The Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules contain a break-even test, similar to that in UEFA’s FFP regulations. Our most recent submission was based on the fiscal years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 and provided a positive result. Wide-ranging sanctions, including significant fines, player transfer restrictions and Premier League points deduction, may be imposed by the Premier League for a breach of these regulations.

16

Table of Contents

There is a risk that application of, or any future changes to, the FFP regulations and Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules could have a material adverse effect on the performance of our men’s first team and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

The club is also bound by FIFA and Premier League regulations in respect of the status and transfer of players’ registrations across all age groups internationally and domestically. Sanctions for significant non-compliance or breaches could include restrictions on incoming player transfers and monetary fines, which could have a material adverse effect on the performance of our men’s first team and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

We could be negatively affected by current and future Premier League, FA, UEFA, FIFA or other regulations.

Future changes to the Premier League, FA, UEFA, FIFA or other regulations may adversely affect our results of operations. These regulations could cover various aspects of our business, such as the format of competitions, the eligibility of players, the operation of the transfer market and the distribution of Broadcasting revenue. FIFA is currently going through a process of reforming the regulations which govern the transfer of player registrations, including: (a) how clubs involved in the training of a professional player are compensated for their contribution to the development of that player when that player’s registration is transferred from one club to another; (b) the transfer of players on a temporary basis (so-called player loans); and (c) the activities and remuneration of intermediaries (so-called football agents) with respect to player transfers. It is possible that this regulatory reform will impact our ability to acquire players and/or increase our costs with respect to the recruitment and retention of players. In addition, changes are being considered to address the financial sustainability of clubs such as more robust ownership rules and tests in relation to board directors and significant shareholders. In particular, changes to football regulations designed to promote competition could have a significant impact on our business. Such changes could include changes to the distribution of broadcasting income, changes to the relegation structure of English football and restrictions on player spending. In addition, rules designed to promote the development of local players, such as the Home Grown Player Rule, which requires each Premier League club to include at least eight “home grown” (i.e. players that have been registered for at least three seasons at an English or Welsh club between the ages of 16 and 21) players in their squads, could limit our ability to select players. Any of these changes could make it more difficult for us to acquire top quality players and, therefore, adversely affect the performance of our men’s first team.

Changes in the format of the league and cup competitions in which our men’s first team plays, or might in the future play, could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

Changes in the wider regulatory framework for English football could impact our business, following the Fan-led Review of Football Governance initiated by the UK Government in April 2021. Preliminary findings from the Review were published in July 2021 and included a recommendation for the creation of an Independent Regulator for English Football, established by legislation, to take over some responsibilities currently held by the FA. It was proposed that such a body would likely oversee matters, including financial regulation, corporate governance and ownership. While the Club has positively engaged with the Review and supports many of its objectives, the creation of an Independent Regulator could result in new restrictions and requirements for our business. These could include cost controls, minimum governance standards and revised tests for owners and directors.

There could be a decline in our popularity or the popularity of football.

There can be no assurance that football will retain its popularity as a sport around the world and its status in the United Kingdom as the so-called “national game,” together with the associated levels of media coverage. In addition, we could suffer a decline in popularity. Any decline in popularity could result in lower ticket sales, Broadcasting revenue, sponsorship revenue, a reduction in the value of our players or our brand, or a decline in the value of our securities, including our Class A ordinary shares. Any one of these events or a combination of such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

17

Table of Contents

Risk Related to Our Indebtedness

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and competitive position.

As of 30 June 2021, we had total indebtedness of £530.2 million. Our indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. It could also have effects on our business. For example, it could:

limit our ability to pay dividends;
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
require us to dedicate a material portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund the hiring and retention of players and coaching staff, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the football industry;
affect our ability to compete for players and coaching staff; and
limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

In addition, our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes contain, and any agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness may contain, certain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in certain activities that are in our long-term best interests. See “— Our indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.” We have not previously breached and are not in breach of any of the covenants under any of these facilities; however our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.

To service our indebtedness, we require cash, and our ability to generate cash is subject to many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to the performance and popularity of our men’s first team as well as general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control, including the COVID-19 pandemic and any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Failure to refinance our indebtedness on terms we believe to be acceptable could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Our indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

Our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes limit our ability, among other things, to:

incur additional indebtedness;
pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our shares;
make investments;
sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

18

Table of Contents

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
enter into transactions with our affiliates; and
incur liens.

Our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control. If we breach any of these covenants or restrictions, we could be in default under our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes. This would permit the lending banks under our revolving facilities and our secured term loan facility to take certain actions, including declaring all amounts that we have borrowed under our revolving facilities, secured term loan facility and other indebtedness to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. This would also result in an event of default under the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes. Furthermore, lending banks could refuse to extend further credit under the revolving facilities. If the debt under our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility, the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes or any other material financing arrangement that we enter into were to be accelerated, our assets, in particular liquid assets, may be insufficient to repay our indebtedness. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly, as well as risks related to the phasing out of LIBOR.

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our revolving facilities and our secured term loan facility, which bear interest at variable rates. Interest rate changes could impact the amount of our interest payments, and accordingly, our future earnings and cash flow, assuming other factors are held constant. We have entered into an interest rate swap related to a portion of our secured term loan facility that involves the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. As of 30 June 2021, we had £162.8 million of variable rate indebtedness outstanding under our secured term loan facility and £60.0 million of variable rate indebtedness outstanding under our revolving facilities. We cannot assure you that any hedging activities entered into by us will be effective in fully mitigating our interest rate risk from our variable rate indebtedness.

In addition, the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and certain other interest “benchmarks” may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current and future debt agreements to perform differently than in the past or cause other unanticipated consequences. The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, has announced the cessation of GBP LIBOR rates (in addition to 1-week and 2-month USD LIBOR) immediately after 31 December 2021 and all other USD LIBOR rates immediately after 30 June 2023. While the agreements governing our revolving facilities and our secured term loan facility provide for an alternate method of calculating our interest rates in the event that a LIBOR rate is unavailable, when LIBOR ceases to exist or when the methods of calculating LIBOR change from their current form, there may be adverse impacts on the financial markets generally and interest rates on borrowings under our revolving facilities and our secured term loan facility may be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Ordinary Shares

Because of their increased voting rights, the holders of our Class B shares will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Trusts and other entities controlled by six lineal descendants of Mr. Malcolm Glazer collectively own 5.34% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and all of our issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 96.70% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – A. Major Shareholders.” Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share and is not convertible into any other class of shares. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes per share and is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time. In addition, our Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon certain transfers and other events, including upon the date when holders of all Class B ordinary shares cease to hold Class B ordinary shares representing at least 10% of the total number of Class A and Class B ordinary shares outstanding. For special resolutions, which require the vote of two-thirds of the votes cast, at any time that Class B ordinary shares remain outstanding, the voting power permitted to be exercised by the holders of the Class B

19

Table of Contents

ordinary shares will be weighted such that the Class B ordinary shares shall represent, in the aggregate, 67% of the voting power of all shareholders. As a result, the holders of our Class B shares will be able to exert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs and control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of the holders of our Class B shares might not coincide with the interests of the other shareholders. This concentration of voting power in our Class B shares may harm the value of our Class A ordinary shares, among other things:

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company;
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our Company; or
causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all shareholders.

As a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance rules, we are permitted to, and we do, rely on exemptions from certain of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards and shareholder approval requirements. Our reliance on such exemptions may afford less protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

The New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance rules require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of independent board members and independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. Additionally, the New York Stock Exchange’s rules require that a listed company obtain, in specified circumstances, (1) shareholder approval to adopt and materially revise equity compensation plans, as well as (2) shareholder approval prior to an issuance (a) of more than 1% of its common stock (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power to related parties, (b) of more than 20% of its outstanding common stock (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power or (c) that would result in a change of control. As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we do, follow home country practice in lieu of the foregoing requirements. As long as we rely on the foreign private issuer exemptions under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a majority of the directors on our board of directors are not required to be independent directors, our remuneration committee is not required to be comprised entirely of independent directors, we are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee, and shareholder approval is neither required for equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans nor the issuance of more than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power, the issuance of 20% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power or an issuance that would result in a change of control. Therefore, our board of directors’ approach to governance and securities issuances may be different from that of a board of directors consisting of a majority of independent directors, and, as a result, the management oversight of our Company may be more limited than if we were subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards and shareholder approval requirements.

Accordingly, our shareholders do not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards and shareholder approval requirements, and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced.

The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention.

As a public company in the United States, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations increases our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increases demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of such internal control. Even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which such controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to generate revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

20

Table of Contents

Furthermore, the demands of being a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to continue to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we have taken, and will continue to take, may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to continue to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on 31 December 2021.

In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our shareholders, directors or management are US citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. Although we have elected to comply with certain US regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under US securities laws as a US domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on US domestic issuer forms with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy, objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. We will also have to mandatorily comply with US federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with US domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on US stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Cayman Islands law may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders, which could depress the price of our Class A ordinary shares and prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. In particular, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit our board of directors to issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors could also authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction. We are also subject to certain provisions under Cayman Islands law which could delay or prevent a change of control. In particular, any merger, consolidation or amalgamation

21

Table of Contents

of the Company would require the active consent of our board of directors. Our board of directors may be appointed or removed by the holders of the majority of the voting power of our ordinary shares (which is controlled by the holders of our Class B ordinary shares). Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares.

The price of our Class A ordinary shares might fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Volatility in the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may prevent investors from being able to sell their Class A ordinary shares at or above the price they paid for such shares. The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

performance of our men’s first team;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
industry related regulatory developments;
issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;
additions or departures of key personnel;
investor perceptions of us and the football industry, changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
sale of our Class A ordinary shares by us, our principal shareholders or members of our management;
general economic conditions, including the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease;
changes in interest rates; and
availability of capital.

These and other factors might cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to fluctuate substantially, which might limit or prevent investors from readily selling their Class A ordinary shares and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Accordingly, the price of our Class A ordinary shares could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our Company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Future sales of our Class A ordinary shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A ordinary shares, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our Class A ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. As of 1 September 2021 we had 43,286,805 Class A ordinary shares outstanding. The Class A ordinary shares are freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any of our Class A ordinary shares that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

22

Table of Contents

All of our Class A ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this Annual Report may be sold in the public market by existing shareholders, subject to applicable Rule 144 volume limitations and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws.

In the future, we may also issue our securities if we need to raise capital in connection with a capital raise or acquisition. The amount of our Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding Class A ordinary shares.

Our ability to pay regular dividends is subject to restrictions in our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility, the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes, results of operations, distributable reserves and solvency requirements; our Class A ordinary shares have no guaranteed dividends and holders of our Class A ordinary shares have no recourse if dividends are not declared.

In fiscal year 2021, we paid one semi-annual cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share. Dividends paid in the year ended 30 June 2021 amounted to $14.7 million ($0.09 per share), the pounds sterling equivalent of which was £10.7 million (£0.07 per share). A further semi-annual cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share was paid at the start of fiscal year 2022, on 30 July 2021 and amounted to $14.7 million ($0.09 per share), the pounds sterling equivalent of which was £10.7 million (£0.07 per share). The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors or a committee thereof and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, distributable reserves, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law, capital requirements and other factors our board of directors (or such committee thereof) deems relevant. Furthermore, neither our Class A ordinary shares nor our Class B ordinary shares have any guaranteed dividends and holders of our Class A ordinary shares and holders of our Class B ordinary shares have no recourse if dividends are not declared. Our ability to pay dividends on the Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares is limited by our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes, which contain restricted payment covenants. The restricted payment covenants allow dividends in certain circumstances, including to the extent dividends do not exceed 50% of the cumulative consolidated net income of Red Football Limited and its restricted subsidiaries, provided there is no event of default and Red Football Limited is able to meet the principal and interest payments on its debt under a fixed charge coverage test. Our ability to pay dividends may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future debt or preferred securities. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. As a consequence of these limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our Class A ordinary shares. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your Class A ordinary shares after price appreciation in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell your Class A ordinary shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment. Additionally, any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. See “Item 8. Financial Information – A. Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information – Dividend Policy.”

The rules of the Premier League and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association impose certain limitations on shareholders’ ability to invest in more than one football club.

The rules of the Premier League prohibit any person who holds an interest of 10% or more of the total voting rights exercisable in a Premier League or English Football League (“EFL”) football club from holding an interest in voting rights exercisable in any other Premier League football club or EFL football club. As a result, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prohibit the acquisition of (i) 10% or more of our Class A ordinary shares if they hold any interest in voting rights exercisable in another Premier League football club and (ii) any Class A ordinary shares if they hold an interest of 10% or more of the total voting rights exercisable in another Premier League football club. In addition, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if any shareholder is determined by us, at our absolute discretion, to be holding any Class A ordinary shares in violation of this rule or the rules of certain other relevant governing bodies, we have the right to repurchase shares from such person or direct that shareholder to transfer those shares to another person.

Exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect the foreign exchange value of the Class A ordinary shares and any dividends.

Our Class A ordinary shares are quoted in US dollars on the New York Stock Exchange. Our financial statements are prepared in pounds sterling. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pounds sterling and the US dollar will affect, among other matters, the US dollar value of the Class A ordinary shares and of any dividends.

23

Table of Contents

The rights afforded to shareholders are governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Our corporate affairs and the rights afforded to shareholders are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and by the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”) and common law of the Cayman Islands, and these rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical US corporations. In particular, the laws of the Cayman Islands relating to the protection of the interests of minority shareholders differ in some respects from those established under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. The laws of the Cayman Island provide only limited circumstances under which shareholders of companies may bring derivative actions and (except in limited circumstances) do not afford appraisal rights to dissenting shareholders in the form typically available to shareholders of a US corporation other than in limited circumstances in relation to certain mergers. A summary of Cayman Islands law on the protection of minority shareholders is set out in “Item 10. Additional Information — B. Memorandum and Articles of Association and Other Share Information.”

We report as a US domestic corporation for US federal corporate income tax purposes.

As discussed more fully under “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation,” due to the circumstances of our formation and the application of Section 7874 of the Code, we report as a US domestic corporation for all purposes of the Code. As a result, we are subject to US federal income tax on our worldwide income. In addition, if we pay dividends to a Non-US Holder, as defined in the discussion “Item 10. Additional Information — E. Taxation,” we will be required to withhold US federal income tax at the rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable income tax treaty. Each investor should consult its own tax adviser regarding the US federal income tax position of the Company and the tax consequences of holding the Class A ordinary shares.

Withholding under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act may apply to our dividends.

Under legislation incorporating provisions referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax will generally apply to certain types of payments, including US source dividends made to “foreign financial institutions” (as defined under those rules) and certain other non-US entities, unless such foreign financial institutions or other entities comply with requirements under FATCA. Because we report as a US domestic corporation for all purposes of the Code, including for purposes of FATCA, our dividends paid to a foreign financial institution or other non-US entity may be subject to potential withholding under FATCA. Under the applicable US Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our Class A ordinary shares. While withholding under FATCA would have also applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after 1 January 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our industry. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock, our share price will likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our Class A ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

It may be difficult to enforce a US judgment against us, our directors and officers and certain experts named in this Annual Report outside the United States, or to assert US securities law claims outside of the United States.

The majority of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States, and the majority of our assets and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for investors to effect service of process upon us within the United States or other jurisdictions, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. Additionally, it may be difficult to assert US securities law claims in actions originally instituted outside of the United States. Foreign courts may refuse to hear a US securities law claim because foreign courts may not be the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if a foreign court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides, and not US law, is applicable to the claim. Further, if US law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable US law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would still be governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides.

24

Table of Contents

In particular, investors should be aware that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize and enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or management as well as against the selling shareholder predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands courts against us or our directors or officers as well as against the selling shareholder predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us, you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by either a US or foreign court.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

Our Company — Manchester United

Manchester United Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, was incorporated on 30 April 2012. On 8 August 2012, Manchester United Ltd. changed its legal name to Manchester United plc. The principal executive office address is Sir Matt Busby Way, Old Trafford, Manchester M16 0RA, United Kingdom.

The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov. We also make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 20-F and the text of our reports on Form 6-K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as certain other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website address is https://ir.manutd.com/. The information contained on or through our website, or any other website referred to herein, is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

We are one of the most popular and successful sports teams in the world, playing one of the most popular spectator sports on Earth. Through our 143-year heritage we have won 66 trophies, including a record 20 English league titles, enabling us to develop what we believe is one of the world’s leading sports brands and a global community of 1.1 billion fans and followers. Our large, passionate community provides us with a worldwide platform to generate significant revenue from multiple sources, including sponsorship, merchandising, product licensing, broadcasting and Matchday. We attract leading global companies such as adidas, TeamViewer and Kohler that want access and exposure to our community of followers and association with our brand.

Our global community of followers engages with us in a variety of ways:

Premier League games at our home stadium, Old Trafford, played in front of a crowd, have been virtually sold out since the 1997/98 season. In the 2020/21 season, due to COVID-19 and associated government restrictions, 33 of our 34 home games were played behind closed doors. In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. At the start of the 2021/22 season, Old Trafford stadium welcomed back fans at full capacity.
We undertake exhibition games and promotional tours on a global basis, enabling our worldwide followers to see our team play. These games are in addition to our competitive matches and take place during the summer months or during gaps in the football season. Over the last 6 years, we have played 24 exhibition games in Australia, China, Ireland, Norway, Singapore, Sweden, the United States and the United Kingdom. Due to COVID-19 and competition delays resulting in the deferral of a number of 2019/20 Premier League, FA Cup and Europa League matches to July and August 2020, no promotional tour was undertaken in the summer of 2020. During the summer of 2021, as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we did not undertake a promotional overseas tour and instead we played four domestic games, two of which were held at Old Trafford.
Our customer relationship management (“CRM”) database, a proprietary data repository that includes contact and transactional details of followers and customers around the globe, enables us to analyze and better understand prospects and customers to drive revenues. As of 30 June 2021, we estimate that the CRM database holds approximately 50.0 million records.
As of 30 June 2021, we also had more than 176.1 million total social connections. Last year we reported a year-end figure as of 30 June 2020 of 164.0 million total social connections (a 7.4% increase). Total social connections include the following:
o We have a very popular brand page on Facebook with approximately 73.2 million connections as of 30 June 2021. In comparison, each of the New York Yankees and Dallas Cowboys had approximately 8.3 million Facebook

25

Table of Contents

connections as of 30 June 2021. Furthermore, we have more Facebook connections than the official pages of the NBA, NFL, NHL and MLB combined and we are the most followed Facebook page registered in the United Kingdom according to www.socialbakers.com.
o As of 30 June 2021, our Twitter accounts had more than 29.3 million followers, an increase of 15.8% from 30 June 2020.
o We have over 41.2 million followers on Instagram as of 30 June 2021, an increase of 14.7% from 30 June 2020. We continue to be the most-followed Premier League club on Instagram.
o As of 30 June 2021, our YouTube channel had over 4.0 million subscribers. Since June 2020, according to YouTube we became the fastest sports club to reach 4.0 million subscribers on YouTube.
o In October 2020 we continued our development on social media with our launch on the short-form global video platform TikTok.
o We also have a significant presence on Chinese social media. This season we launched on two Chinese platforms: Douyin and Toutiao. We continue to be the most-followed football club on Sina Weibo, with over 10.7 million followers as of 30 June 2021.
In May 2018, we launched our new website (www.manutd.com) and, in August 2018, we launched our first free global mobile application, which reached number one in the App Store’s sports category download charts in 98 markets around the world and was top ten within the sports category in 163 markets. The free global mobile application has monthly active users in over 230 markets globally. (Markets are defined to reflect regional mobile application availability).
We have expanded the reach of our in house television network, MUTV, by launching a direct to consumer (“D2C”) proposition on iOS, Android, AppleTV, Roku, Amazon Fire and Xbox. Our linear television network continues to be the most subscribed football channel in the United Kingdom.
During fiscal year 2021, according to Futures Data, our 2020/21 season games and the remaining 10 games related to the 2019/20 season (played in fiscal year 2021 due to delays resulting from the impact of COVID-19) generated a cumulative audience reach of over 3.2 billion viewers; thus on a per game basis our 71 games attracted an average cumulative audience reach of over 45.2 million viewers.
We have one of the strongest online global brands providing us with significant opportunities to further engage with our followers and develop our media assets and revenue streams.

Our Business Model and Revenue Drivers

We operate and manage our business as a single reporting segment – the operation of professional sports teams. However, we review our revenue through three principal sectors – Commercial, Broadcasting and Matchday.

·

Commercial: Within the Commercial revenue sector, we monetize our global brand via two revenue streams: sponsorship and retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing.

·

Sponsorship: We monetize the value of our global brand and community of followers through marketing and sponsorship relationships with leading international and regional companies around the globe. To better leverage the strength of our brand, we have developed a segmentation sponsorship strategy. Our sponsorship revenue was £140.2 million, £182.7 million and £173.0 million, for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was impacted by the first team’s pre-season tour, scheduled for Summer 2020, being cancelled due to COVID-19 related travel restrictions and the impact of COVID-19 related variations.

·

Retail, Merchandising, Apparel & Product Licensing: We market and sell sports apparel, training and leisure wear and other clothing featuring the Manchester United brand on a global basis. In addition, we also sell other licensed products, from coffee mugs to bed spreads, featuring the Manchester United brand and trademarks. These products are distributed

26

Table of Contents

through Manchester United branded retail centers and e-commerce platforms, as well as our partners’ wholesale distribution channels. Our retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing revenue was £92.0 million, £96.3 million and £102.1 million for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Revenue for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 was impacted by COVID-19 and the partial closure of the Old Trafford Megastore.

Our Commercial revenue was £232.2 million, £279.0 million and £275.1 million for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Our other two revenue sectors, Broadcasting and Matchday, ordinarily provide predictable cash flow and global media exposure that enables us to continue to invest in the success of the teams and expand our brand.

·

Broadcasting: We benefit from the distribution of live football content directly from the revenue we receive and indirectly through increased global exposure for our commercial partners. Broadcasting revenue is derived from the global television rights relating to the Premier League, UEFA club competitions and other competitions. In addition, our wholly-owned global television channel, MUTV, delivers Manchester United programming to territories around the world. In addition to our broadcasting channel, we have also launched a MUTV D2C subscription mobile application which is available on iOS, Android, Amazon Fire, Apple TV, Roku and Xbox. Broadcasting revenue including, in some cases, prize money received by us in respect of various competitions, will vary from year to year as a result of variability in the amount of available prize money and the performance of our men’s first team in such competitions. Our Broadcasting revenue was £254.8 million, £140.2 million and £241.2 million for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 includes the impact of ten matches related to 2019/20 competitions played at the start of fiscal 2021 following the deferral of all competitions as a result of COVID-19.

·

Matchday: We believe Old Trafford is one of the world’s iconic sports venues. It seats 74,239 (currently reduced to 72,800 as a result of COVID-19 measures in place), inclusive of accessible platforms accommodating 556 disabled supporters’, and is the largest football club stadium in the United Kingdom. We have averaged over 99% of attendance capacity for our Premier League matches played in front of a crowd in each of the last 23 years. Matchday revenue will vary from year to year as a result of the number of home games played and the performance of our men’s first team in various competitions. Our Matchday revenue was £7.1 million, £89.8 million and £110.8 million for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. COVID-19 has had a significant impact on Matchday revenue for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020. During the year ended 30 June 2021, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. All matches prior to this were played behind closed doors including 29 home matches relating to 2020/21 competitions and 4 home matches relating to 2019/20 competitions which were deferred to the start of the 2020/21 financial year. During the year ended 30 June 2020, all competitions were suspended in mid-March 2020 and following the resumption of play in June 2020, all matches were played behind closed doors.

Total revenue for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 was £494.1 million, £509.0 million and £627.1 million, respectively.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe our key competitive strengths are:

·

One of the most successful sports teams in the world: Founded in 1878, Manchester United is one of the most successful sports teams in the world — playing one of the world’s most popular spectator sports. We have won 66 trophies in nine different leagues, competitions and cups since 1908. Our ongoing success is supported by our highly developed football infrastructure and global scouting network.

·

A globally recognized brand with a large, worldwide following: Our 143-year history, our success and the global popularity of our sport have enabled us to become, we believe, one of the world’s most recognizable brands. We enjoy the support of our worldwide community of 1.1 billion fans and followers. The composition of our follower base is far reaching and diverse, transcending cultures, geographies, languages and socio-demographic groups, and we believe the strength of our brand goes beyond the world of sports.

27

Table of Contents

·

Ability to successfully monetize our brand: The popularity and quality of our globally recognized brand make us an attractive marketing partner for companies around the world. Our community of followers is strong in emerging markets, especially in certain regions of Asia, which enables us to deliver media exposure and growth to our partners in these markets.

·

Well established marketing infrastructure driving Commercial revenue growth: We have a large global team dedicated to the development and monetization of our brand and to the sourcing of new revenue opportunities. The team has considerable experience and expertise in sponsorship sales, customer relationship management, marketing execution, advertising support and brand development. In addition, we have developed an increasing range of case studies, covering multiple sponsorship categories and geographies, which in combination with our many years’ experience enables us to demonstrate and deliver an effective set of marketing capabilities to our partners on a global and regional basis. Our team is dedicated to the development and monetization of our brand and to the sourcing of new revenue opportunities.

·

Sought-after content capitalizing on the proliferation of digital and social media: We produce content that is followed year-round by our global community of fans and followers. Our content distribution channels are international and diverse, and we actively adopt new media channels to enhance the accessibility and reach of our content. We believe our ability to generate proprietary and exclusive content, which we distribute on our own global platforms as well as via popular third-party social media platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, YouTube, Sina Weibo and others, constitute an ongoing growth opportunity. We continue to grow our dominant presence on social media. Over the 2020/21 season, we generated over 1.5 billion interactions (an increase of 38% compared to the previous season), gained 14.3 million net new followers (an increase of 27% compared to the previous season) and drew 3.2 billion video views (an increase of 26% compared to previous season). We are the most-followed Premier League club on all major social media platforms. Following the successful D2C launch of MUTV on iOS, Android, and MUTV.com, and building on the global success of its linear distribution, in July 2018 we launched MUTV applications on ‘connected TV’ platforms – namely, AppleTV, Roku, Amazon Fire and Xbox. This gives our fans the ability to watch MUTV without a cable subscription. Existing subscribers to the MUTV mobile application and web platforms can access these new platforms for free via a universal login feature which allows the same credentials to be used across several devices. This continued expansion provides MUTV access to a new demographic of the club’s fan base. Recent figures show that connected TV usage is highest amongst young Millennials (born 1980 - 1995) and Generation Z (born after 1995), representing a growing trend of younger audiences accessing programming on over the top (“OTT”) platforms in place of traditional linear television.

·

Seasoned management team and committed ownership: Our senior management has considerable experience and expertise in the football, commercial, media and finance industries.

Our Strategy

We aim to increase our revenue and profitability by expanding our high growth businesses that leverage our brand, global community and marketing infrastructure. The key elements of our strategy are:

·

Continue to invest in our team, facilities and other brand enhancing initiatives: Dating back to our first league championship in 1908 through present day, where we have earned a record number of English League titles, we have enjoyed a rich tradition of football excellence. We believe our many years of on field success coupled with an iconic stadium and high level of fan engagement has driven our leading global brand. We are well positioned to continue reinvesting our free cash flow in brand enhancing initiatives. Our brand begins with strong on-field performance, and we remain committed to attracting and retaining the highest quality players for our first teams and coaching staff. To maintain our high standard of performance we will continue to invest in our team. We will also continue to invest in our facilities, including the Old Trafford Stadium, to maintain the quality of service, enhance the fan experience and drive their high level of engagement and loyalty. We have undertaken several initiatives at Old Trafford to enhance our Matchday fan experience, revenue and profitability including restructuring the composition of our stadium, with a particular emphasis on developing premium seating and hospitality facilities. Furthermore, we have recently installed barrier seating at Old Trafford to provide a future opportunity for safe standing for fans, subject to potential legislation being passed. Our commitment to the fan experience has resulted in strong fan loyalty with over 99% average attendance for all of our Premier League games played in front of a crowd since the 1997/98 season. In the 2020/21 season, due to COVID-19 and associated government restrictions, 33 of our 34 home games were played behind closed doors (this includes 4 home games relating to 2019/20 competitions which were deferred to the start of the 2020/21 financial year.) In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. We have also introduced digital ticketing which enables reduced risk of virus transmission,

28

Table of Contents

reduced environmental impact of posting and ticket waste, reduced risk of ticket loss and enhanced stadium security. Furthermore, we continue to invest in several other areas including our digital media assets and emerging markets to grow our global fan base and increase our ability to engage with our fans in multiple ways. We remain committed to investing in our team, our facilities and other initiatives to continue our many years of success and enhance our brand globally. We expect these initiatives will continue to be key drivers of our sales, profit and leading brand recognition going forward.

·

Expansion and renewal of sponsors: We are well-positioned to continue to secure sponsorships with leading brands and further develop our relationships with existing sponsors. We have historically implemented a proactive approach to identifying, securing and supporting sponsors, including expanding our sponsorship team to bolster our analytical capabilities and effectiveness. We continue to place great emphasis on working with our existing sponsors and maintaining a strong renewals base. During fiscal year 2021, we announced a new principal shirt partnership with TeamViewer, as well as extensions to two global partnerships and one regional partnership.

·

Further develop our retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing business: Currently, we have a 10-year agreement with adidas with respect to our global technical sponsorship and dual-branded licensing rights, which began on 1 August 2015. The agreement with adidas does not include the rights with respect to mono-branded licensing rights or the right to create and operate Manchester United branded soccer schools, physical retail channels and e-commerce retail channels. In the future, we plan to invest to expand our portfolio of product licensees to enhance the range of product offerings available to our followers. Additionally, we may also seek to refine how we segment the different elements of this business. We may also increase our focus on developing these rights more proactively, alone or with other partners.

Our e-commerce platform, ‘United Direct’ is currently operated under license by Fanatics in close partnership with Manchester United. We believe that the reach and engagement of our Media platform, when combined with our segmented product range, provides the platform for growth in this business.

·

Exploit digital media opportunities: The rapid shift of media consumption towards digital, mobile and social media platforms presents us with multiple growth opportunities and new revenue streams. Our digital media platforms, applications and social media channels, are expected to become one of the primary methods by which we engage and transact with our fans around the world. We continue to evolve our media team’s capability to address these opportunities. Moreover, since 2013, we have wholly owned MUTV ensuring that we have both a greater degree of control over the production, distribution and quality of our proprietary content and better insight into how to evolve our digital media strategy as we continue to develop and roll out carefully targeted new products and services.

We maintain a D2C subscription mobile application on iOS, Android, MUTV.com, AppleTV, Roku, Amazon Fire and Xbox. MUTV enables our fans to watch our men’s first team tour matches live, our academy and selected women’s team matches live, as well as exclusively produced original productions and interviews with players and our team manager. These applications have enabled us to directly access new overseas territories and develop our fan base further domestically.

The launch of MUTV D2C gave access to new demographics of the club’s fan base. Recent figures show that connected TV usage is highest amongst young Millennials (born 1985-1995) and Generation Z (born after 1995), representing a growing trend of younger audiences accessing programming on OTT platforms and services in place of traditional linear television.

We publish content on a daily basis onto the club’s website and mobile application. Our website provides commercial benefits for our business with greater e-commerce opportunities and more digital inventory for our commercial partners to benefit from.

In addition, the proliferation of mobile devices has resulted in a need for our content to be consumed ‘on the go’ and in real time. The official mobile application builds upon the aforementioned benefits of the new website and increases the distribution of our content. We constantly iterate and improve the functionality of the club website and club mobile application, using fan insight and data to drive improvements which ultimately enhance our engagement with our fan base. Since launch, we have reached number one in the App Store’s sports category download charts in 98 markets around the world, top ten within the sports category in 163 markets and currently have active users in over 230 markets globally.

In addition to developing our own digital properties, we intend to leverage third-party media platforms and other social media as a means of further engaging with our fans and creating a source of traffic for our digital media assets. Our digital media offerings are in the early stages of development and present opportunities for future growth.

29

Table of Contents

Further, we continue to monitor the development of emerging technologies and how we can capitalize on these to create engaging fan experiences, which, in turn, can lead to new monetization opportunities. This could be achieved through harnessing the existing expertise of our partners, as has been demonstrated with HCL’s development of our award-winning mobile application and website, as well as signing new partners who offer new fields of expertise. Such technological developments may include gaming, blockchain, betting, NFTs and cryptocurrency.

·

Enhance the reach and distribution of our broadcasting rights: We are well-positioned to benefit from any increased value and related growth in club distributions associated with the Premier League, the Champions League and other competitions. Season 2019/20 was the first year of a new Premier League broadcasting rights three-year cycle. Of seven live UK packages, four were sold to Sky Sports, two to BT Sport and the final one to Amazon Prime Video, a new entrant in the domestic Premier League rights market. The overall value generated from the sale of the seven packages was not publicly disclosed, but was a slight reduction on the previous rights deal. The previous deal, which saw an increase of over 70% for the 2016/17 to 2018/19 cycle compared to the 2013/14 to 2015/16 cycle, represented the largest UK TV rights deal ever signed. The international broadcasting rights for the current three-year cycle (2019/20 to 2021/22) represent an approximate 30% uplift on the previous cycle. The Premier League also implemented a change to the distribution method for international broadcasting rights in 2019/20. International broadcast monies were previously split equally among Premier League clubs. From 2019/20, clubs share equally an inflation-adjusted amount on the previous three-year cycle, with any growth in international rights distributed based on league finishing position at the end of the season. In the current cycle, the ratio between the maximum and minimum broadcasting revenue that a club can receive from the Premier League in a season is capped at 1.8:1. It was announced in May 2021 that the Premier League had renewed the domestic broadcasting rights for the 2022/23 to 2024/25 cycle with the incumbent broadcasters at the same value as the current cycle subject to an exclusion order in respect of competition law being formally concluded with the UK Government in the coming months. It was announced in August 2021 that the Government will grant the Exclusion Order.

The UEFA club competition’s three-year media rights agreement which commenced in the 2018/19 season was worth €3.2 billion per season, marking an increase of 33% on the previous contract. For season 2021/22, UEFA are entering a new three-year cycle, which is worth € 3.5 billion per season, marking an increase of 9% on the previous contract. We believe these contracts underline the continuing demand for, and popularity of, live sports content and football in particular. Unlike other television programming, the unpredictable outcomes of live sports ensures that individuals consume sports programming in real time and in full, resulting in higher audiences and increased interest from television broadcasters and advertisers.

Furthermore, MUTV, our global broadcasting platform, delivers Manchester United programming to territories around the world. We plan to continue to expand the distribution of MUTV supported by improving the quality of its content and its production capabilities.

COVID-19 resulted in the postponement of the 2019/20 Premier League, FA Cup and UEFA Europa League competitions with matches suspended from 13 March 2020. This resulted in the deferral of nine remaining Premier League matches, one scheduled Round of 16 Europa League match and the final matches of the FA Cup. The 2019/20 Premier League season resumed on 17 June 2020 (with three of the deferred matches played during June 2020 and the remaining six matches deferred to the start of the 2020/21 financial year). The delay to 2019/20 season completion, and broadcast schedule changes to the season as a whole, had implications for the agreements between the Premier League and both UK and international broadcasters, resulting in a rebate due to broadcasters on the annual fees for the 2019/20 Season. The mechanism for allocating the impact of the rebate on individual clubs was approved by the 20 Premier League clubs and resulted in a reduction of approximately £10 million to amounts we typically would have earned. The Premier League are deducting the cash impact of this rebate from distributions to clubs in seasons 2021/22 and 2022/23. UEFA announced in its circular letter 75/2020 that gross revenues from the 2019/20 club competitions were adversely impacted by COVID-19 by a total amount of approximately €566 million, representing 16% of total revenues. As a result, UEFA confirmed that this shortfall will be recouped against distributions to clubs who participate in their competitions over the five seasons from 2019/20 through to 2023/24. The reduction for each individual club will be calculated in proportion to each individual club’s related revenue and will therefore be dependent upon competition participation and progress. The 2019/20 reduction was approximately 3.6% of revenues and the 2020/21 reduction approximately 4.3% of revenues. Based upon our performance in the 2020/21 UEFA competitions, we have estimated that our share of the 2020/21 reduction will be approximately €3.6 million compared to the amounts we believe we would have otherwise earned.

During the year ended 30 June 2021, Manchester United Football Club Limited announced its intended participation and subsequent withdrawal from the European Super League. A goodwill settlement has been agreed with UEFA, including a

30

Table of Contents

one-off donation to an affiliated charity of UEFA and a five percent reduction of UEFA revenues generated in a single season. A further goodwill settlement has been agreed with the Premier League and the FA, which will be reinvested into football related good causes. It has been announced that the above mentioned costs will be borne by our majority shareholders.

·

Diversify revenue and improve margins: We aim to increase the revenue and operating margins of our business as we further expand our high growth commercial businesses, including sponsorship, retail, merchandising and licensing.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that we are one of the world’s most recognizable global brands with a community of 1.1 billion fans and followers. Manchester United is at the forefront of live football, which is a key component of the global sports market.

Other markets driving our business include the global advertising market, the global pay television market and the global apparel market.

While our business represents only a small portion of our addressable markets and may not grow at a corresponding rate, we believe our global reach and access to emerging markets position us for continued growth.

Our Men’s Team’s History

Founded in 1878 as Newton Heath L&YR Football Club, our club has operated for over 143 years. The team first entered the English First Division, then the highest league in English football, for the start of the 1892/93 season. Our club name changed to Manchester United Football Club in 1902, and we won the first of our 20 English League titles in 1908. In 1910, we moved to Old Trafford, our current stadium.

In the late 1940s, we returned to on-field success, winning the FA Cup in 1948 and finishing within the top four league positions during each of the first five seasons immediately following the Second World War. During the 1950s, we continued our on-field success under the leadership of manager Sir Matt Busby, who built a popular and famous team based on youth players known as the “Busby Babes.”

In February 1958, an airplane crash resulted in the death of eight of our men’s first team players. Global support and tributes followed this disaster as Busby galvanized the team around such popular players as George Best, Bobby Charlton and Denis Law. Rebuilding of the club culminated with a victory in the 1968 European Cup final, becoming the first English club to win this title.

This storied history preceded the highly successful modern era of Manchester United which began in earnest in 1986 when the club appointed Sir Alex Ferguson as manager, and in 1990 we won the FA Cup and began a long period of sustained success winning the Premier League title a record 13 times. In total, we have won a record 20 English League titles, 12 FA Cups, 5 EFL Cups, 3 European/Champions League Cups, 1 European Europa League Cup, and 1 FIFA Club World Cup, making us one of the most successful clubs in England.

At the end of the 2012/13 season, Sir Alex Ferguson retired as team manager. Sir Alex remains a key member of the club as he is a director of Manchester United Football Club Limited.

Our current team manager, Ole Gunnar Solskjaer, was appointed on 28 March 2019 on a three-year contract. In July 2021, Ole Gunnar Solskjaer extended his contract until at least the end of the 2023/24 season, with an option for a further year. Solskjaer scored 126 goals in 366 appearances for our men’s first team between 1996 and 2007 and also managed the club’s reserve team until the end of 2010.

Since the inception of the Premier League in 1992, our club has enjoyed consistent success and growth with popular players such as Bryan Robson, Ryan Giggs, Eric Cantona, David Beckham, Paul Scholes, Cristiano Ronaldo and Wayne Rooney. The popularity of these players, our distinguished tradition and history, and the on-field success of our men’s first team have allowed us to expand the club into a global brand with an international follower base.

Our Old Trafford stadium, commonly known as “The Theatre of Dreams,” was originally opened on 19 February 1910 with a capacity of approximately 80,000. During the Second World War, Old Trafford was used by the military as a depot, and on 11 March

31

Table of Contents

1941 was heavily damaged by a German bombing raid. The stadium was rebuilt following the war and re-opened on 24 August 1949. The addition of floodlighting, permitting evening matches, was completed in 1957 and a project to cover the stands with roofs was completed in 1959. After a series of additions during the 1960s, 1970s and early 1980s, capacity at Old Trafford reached 56,385 in 1985. The conversion of the stadium to an all-seater reduced capacity to approximately 44,000 by 1992, the lowest in its history. Thereafter, we began to expand capacity throughout the stadium, bringing capacity to approximately 58,000 by 1996, approximately 68,000 by 2000, and over 74,000 in 2006. Old Trafford seats 74,239, however, capacity is currently reduced to 72,800 as a result of COVID-19 measures in place.

The following chart shows the historical success of our men’s first team by trophies won:

TROPHIES WON

Premier League/Football League

  

  

Division One

FA Charity/Community Shield

1908

    

1965

    

1997

    

2007

1908

    

1967

    

1996

    

2011

1911

 

1967

 

1999

 

2008

 

1911

1977

1997

2013

1952

 

1993

 

2000

 

2009

 

1952

1983

2003

2016

1956

 

1994

 

2001

 

2011

 

1956

1990

2007

1957

 

1996

 

2003

 

2013

 

1957

1993

2008

 

1965

1994

2010

FA Cup

 

EFL/Football League Cup

1909

 

1977

 

1990

 

1999

1992

2010

1948

 

1983

 

1994

 

2004

2006

2017

1963

 

1985

 

1996

 

2016

2009

European Cup/Champions League

 

Europa League

1968

 

1999

 

2008

 

2017

FIFA Club World Cup

 

UEFA Super Cup

2008

 

1991

European Cup Winners’ Cup

 

Intercontinental Cup

1991

 

1999

Industry Overview

Football is one of the most popular spectator sports on Earth and global follower interest has enabled the sport to commercialize its activities through sponsorship, retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing, broadcasting, and Matchday. As a consequence, football constitutes a significant portion of the overall global sports industry, according to AT Kearney.

Football’s growth and increasing popularity is primarily a product of consumer demand for and interest in live sports, whether viewed in person at the venue or through television and digital media. The sport’s revenue growth has been driven by the appetite among consumers, advertisers and media distributors for access to and association with these live sports events, in particular those featuring globally recognized teams.

The major football leagues and clubs in England, Germany, Spain, Italy and France have established themselves as the leading global entities due to their history as well as their highly developed television and advertising markets, according to AT Kearney. The combination of historical success and media development in the core European markets has helped to drive revenue, which in turn enables those leagues to attract the best players in the world, further strengthening their appeal to followers.

As television and digital media such as broadband internet and mobile extend their reach globally, the availability of and access to live games and other content of the leading European leagues has increased and live games are now viewed worldwide. In addition, advances in new technology continue to both improve the television and digital media user experience and the effectiveness of sponsorships and advertising on these platforms. These trends further strengthen the commercial benefit of associating with football for media distributors and advertisers and increase the global opportunities for the sport.

32

Table of Contents

League Structure

Manchester United is a member of the English Premier League, the top league in the United Kingdom, which has been, for a long time, and continues to be, one of the elite leagues in the world.

The Premier League is a private company wholly-owned by its 20 member clubs, with responsibility for the competition, its Rule Book, the centralized broadcasting rights and other commercial rights. The Premier League works proactively with the member clubs and other football authorities domestically and internationally including the Football Association, UEFA and FIFA. Each member club is an independent shareholder of the Premier League and works within the rules of football defined by the various governing bodies.

Governing Bodies

Manchester United operates under three different levels of governing bodies, ranging from worldwide to continental to national jurisdiction.

FIFA is the international governing body of football around the world. Headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland, FIFA is responsible for the regulation, promotion and development of football worldwide. All football played at any level must abide by the Laws of the Game, as set forth by FIFA. FIFA’s rules and regulations are decided by the International Football Association Board (“IFAB”) and reviewed on an annual basis. FIFA also sets the international fixture calendar which, along with European and domestic cup dates, takes precedence over the domestic football league.

UEFA is a competition organizer and is responsible for the organization and regulation of cross-border football in Europe. UEFA is primarily known for its European club competitions, the Champions League, the Europa League, and more recently the Europa Conference League. Currently the Premier League gets four teams into the Champions League, two into the Europa League and one into the Europa Conference League. The representative structures for UEFA are primarily national association-based with the FA representing English football on numerous committees.

The FA is the national governing body for football in England and is responsible for sanctioning competition Rule Books, including the Premier League’s, and regulating on-field matters. The FA also organizes the FA Cup competition, in which the 20 Premier League member clubs participate. The FA is a special shareholder of the Premier League that has the ability to exercise a vote on certain specific issues, but has no role in the day-to-day running of the league. Each year the Premier League submits its rules to the FA for approval and sanction. For the Premier League, the FA ensures that throughout the season the Laws of the Game are applied on the field by officials, clubs and players including on- and off-field discipline. The FA is also involved in refereeing, youth development and the United Kingdom’s largest sports charity, the Football Foundation.

Our Football Operations

Our football operations are primarily comprised of the following activities: our men’s first team, our youth academy, our global scouting networks, our women’s team and other operations such as our sport science, medical and fitness operations at Carrington.

Men’s first team

Our men’s first team plays professional football in the Premier League, domestic cup competitions in England including the FA Cup and EFL Cup and, subject to qualifying, international cup competitions, including the Champions League.

Our men’s first team is led by our manager Ole Gunnar Solskjaer, supported by his Assistant Manager Mike Phelan and Football Director John Murtough. They are all supported by a team of over 170 individuals, including coaches and scouts for our men’s first team and youth academy, medical and physiotherapy staff, sports science and performance and match analysis staff.

We have 68 players under contract of whom 41 have made an appearance for our men’s first team. The remaining players may play for the youth academy teams but are being developed such that they may make it to a starting position on our men’s first team or the first team of other clubs. This structure has been put in place with the aim of developing some of the world’s best football players and maximizing our men’s first team’s chances of winning games, leagues and tournaments.

Domestic transfers of players between football clubs are governed by the Premier League Rules and the FA Rules, which allow a professional player to enter into a contract with and be registered to play for any club, and to receive a signing-on fee in connection

33

Table of Contents

with such contract. Players are permitted to move to another club during the term of their contract if both clubs agree on such transfer. In such circumstances a compensation fee may be payable by the transferee club. FIFA Regulations on the Status and Transfer of Players (the “FIFA Regulations”) govern international transfers of players between clubs and may require the transferee club to distribute 5% of any compensation fee to the clubs that trained the relevant player. In addition, a 4% levy on any such compensation fee would also be payable to the Premier League. The transferor club in an international transfer may also be entitled to receive payment of “training compensation” under the FIFA Regulations when certain conditions are met. If an out-of-contract player (i.e. a player whose contract with a club has expired or has been terminated) wishes to play for another club, the player’s former club will be entitled to a compensation fee if certain conditions are satisfied. For a domestic transfer, these include conditions regarding the player’s age and requiring the former club to offer the player a new contract on terms which are no less favorable than his current contract. For an international transfer, these include conditions regarding the player’s age only. Subject to limited exceptions, transfers of professional players may only take place during one of the “transfer windows,” which for the Premier League is ordinarily a mid-season winter transfer window during the month of January, and a post-season summer transfer window spanning a maximum of twelve weeks throughout June to August. The summer 2021 transfer window began on 9 June 2021 and ran through until 31 August 2021.

Our players enter into contracts with us that follow a prescribed model based on FA and Premier League rules. Players on our men’s first team typically also enter into an image rights agreement with us, which grants us enhanced rights and protections with respect to use of their image. Our men’s first team players generally enter into contracts of between two and five years’ duration.

34

Table of Contents

As of 1 September 2021, our men’s first team(1) was comprised of the following players:

Player

    

Position

    

Nationality

    

Age

    

Apps(2)

    

Caps(3)

 

David de Gea

Goalkeeper

Spanish

30

444

45

Lee Grant

Goalkeeper

English

38

2

0

Tom Heaton

Goalkeeper

English

35

0

3

Dean Henderson

Goalkeeper

English

24

26

1

Eric Bailly

Defender

Ivorian

27

106

38

Diogo Dalot

Defender

Portuguese

22

36

2

Phil Jones

Defender

English

29

224

27

Victor Lindelof

Defender

Swedish

27

163

45

Harry Maguire

Defender

English

28

110

37

Teden Mengi

Defender

English

19

1

0

Luke Shaw

Defender

English

26

189

16

Alex Telles

Defender

Brazilian

28

24

4

Axel Tuanzebe (4)

Defender

English

23

37

0

Raphael Varane

Defender

French

28

1

79

Aaron Wan-Bissaka

Defender

English

23

103

0

Brandon Williams (4)

Defender

English

20

50

0

Amad Diallo

Midfielder

Ivorian

19

8

3

Bruno Fernandes

Midfielder

Portuguese

26

83

33

Frederico Rodrigues de Paula Santos (Fred)

Midfielder

Brazilian

28

124

16

James Garner (4)

Midfielder

English

20

7

0

Jesse Lingard

Midfielder

English

28

211

29

Juan Mata

Midfielder

Spanish

33

273

41

Nemanja Matic

Midfielder

Serbian

33

159

48

Scott McTominay

Midfielder

Scottish

24

135

26

Hannibal Mejbri

Midfielder

Tunisian

18

1

3

Facundo Pellestri(4)

Midfielder

Spanish & Uruguayan

19

0

0

Andreas Pereira (4)

Midfielder

Brazilian

25

75

1

Paul Pogba

Midfielder

French

28

209

84

Donny van de Beek

Midfielder

Dutch

24

36

19

Edinson Cavani

Forward

Uruguayan

34

40

123

Tahith Chong(4)

Forward

Dutch

21

16

0

Anthony Elanga

Forward

Swedish

19

2

0

Mason Greenwood

Forward

English

19

108

1

Anthony Martial

Forward

French

25

261

27

Marcus Rashford

Forward

English

23

271

46

Cristiano Ronaldo

Forward

Portuguese

36

292

179

Jadon Sancho

Forward

English

21

3

22

Shola Shoretire

Forward

English

17

3

0

(1)The table includes all men’s first team players as of 1 September 2021.
(2)Apps means appearances for our men’s first team through 1 September 2021.
(3)Caps means appearances for senior national football team through 1 September 2021.
(4)Currently out on loan to other clubs.

Women’s team

The club launched its first professional women’s team in the 2018/19 season, winning the FA Women’s Championship in their first season thereby securing promotion to the FA Women’s Super League (the top tier in England). The team has finished in 4th position in both the 2019/20 and 2020/21 seasons, establishing itself as one of the leading clubs in the English game. The 2019/20 season was suspended in March 2020 as a result of COVID-19 related government-imposed restrictions and was not subsequently completed. Currently led by Head Coach Marc Skinner, our aims are to contribute to the growth of the women’s game, to develop a team capable of competing at the highest level in the women’s game both domestically and in Europe which has a core consisting of

35

Table of Contents

players who have graduated from our long-established and highly successful Manchester United Girls’ Regional Talent Club, and to offer academy players a clear route to top level football within the club.

Youth academy

The aim of our youth academy is to create a flow of talent from the youth teams up to our men’s first team, thereby saving us the expense of purchasing those players in the transfer market. Our youth academy has allowed us to have a home grown player in every game for the last eighty years. Players in our youth academy may be loaned to other clubs in order to develop and gain first team experience with those other clubs and enhance their transfer value. Players from our youth academy who do not make it into our men’s first team frequently achieve a place at another professional football club, thereby generating income from player loans and transfer fees. As a result, our youth academy has developed more players in the top two tiers of English football than any other.

Our youth academy program consists of 10 junior teams ranging from under 9s to under 23s. Each team consists of 15 to 30 players, each of whom takes part in an age specific elite player development and games program during the season.

Scouting network

Together with our youth academy, our scouting system is another source of our football talent. Through our scouting system, we recruit players for both our men’s first team and youth academy. Our scouting system consists of a professional network of staff who scout in general and for specific positions and age groups.

As well as being an established domestic network that allows us to identify and attract the best talent within Manchester and England, we have over the past 5 years enhanced our scouting infrastructure, so that we now have a presence in all major footballing nations. We believe this will enhance our ability to identify and recruit the best players for our academy and first team for many years to come.

Training facilities

We have invested significant resources into developing a performance center which contains advanced sports and science equipment. We have highly experienced training staff working at the performance center, where we provide physiotherapy, bio-mechanical analysis and nutritional guidance to our players as part of our drive to ensure that each player is able to achieve peak physical condition. We believe the quality of our performance center differentiates our club from many of our competitors.

We spent approximately £1.0 million in the year ended 30 June 2021 in connection with further updating our training facility, Carrington.

Revenue Sectors

Commercial

Within the Commercial revenue sector, we monetize our brand via two revenue streams: sponsorship; and retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing. The primary source of revenue in this sector comes from sponsorship, which allows highly diverse and global companies to partner with Manchester United, regionally or internationally, in order to realize sponsorship benefits and associate themselves with our brand.

Sponsorship

Our sponsorship agreements are negotiated directly by our commercial team. Our sponsors are granted various rights, which can include:

·

rights in respect of our brand, logo and other intellectual property;

·

rights in respect of our player and manager imagery;

·

exposure on our television platform, MUTV;

36

Table of Contents

·

exposure on our website and mobile application;

·

exposure on our club branded social media channels;

·

exposure on digital perimeter advertising boards at Old Trafford;

·

exposure on interview backdrops; and

·

the right to administer promotions targeted at customers whose details are stored on our CRM database.

Any use of our intellectual property rights by sponsors is under license. However, we retain the ownership rights to our intellectual property.

Sponsorship development and strategy

We pursue our sponsorship deals through a developed infrastructure for commercial activities. We have a dedicated sales team that focuses on developing commercial opportunities and sourcing new sponsors. We target potential sponsors that we believe will benefit from association with our brand and have the necessary financial resources to support an integrated marketing relationship. By cultivating strong relationships with our sponsors, we generate significant revenue and leverage our sponsors’ co-branded marketing strategies to further grow our brand. We are successful in executing a geographic and product categorized approach to selling our sponsorship rights.

We offer category exclusivity on a global basis to companies within particular industries, such as airline, beverage, logistics and hotels. We also offer sponsorship exclusivity within a particular geography for certain industries, such as travel.

In seeking any individual partnership, we aim to establish an indicative value for that sponsorship based on the prospective sponsor’s industry and marketing objectives. We will only pursue a sponsorship if we believe it reflects the value that we deliver. Our current strategy is to focus more closely on larger, established global brands rather than regional partnerships.

We believe that certain key sectors play an active role in sports sponsorship. We have sponsors in a number of these sectors and we believe that there is significant potential to expand this platform by selectively targeting companies within the remaining sectors and by growing revenue in existing sectors through additional sponsorship arrangements. High growth markets such as Asia, which we expect to be a key focus for many of our prospective sponsors, are an important element of our sponsorship efforts.

Our sponsors

The following graph shows our annual sponsorship revenue for each of the last five fiscal years:

Sponsorship Revenue

GRAPHIC

37

Table of Contents

Note: Sponsorship revenue does not include revenue generated from our agreement with adidas. As a result of COVID-19 and the resulting cancellation of the 2020/21 pre-season tour as well as COVID-19 related variations, sponsorship revenue has decreased in fiscal 2021.

The table below highlights some of our global and regional sponsors as of 1 July 2021:

Sponsor

   

Type of sponsorship

   

Product category

Aeroflot

Global sponsor

Commercial airline

Apollo Tyres

Global sponsor

Tyres

Canon Medical Systems

Global sponsor

Medical scanners

Chivas

Global sponsor

Spirits

Concha y Toro

Global sponsor

Wine

DHL

Global sponsor

Logistics

Ecolab

Global sponsor

B2B Hygiene Products, Food Safety, Pest Management and Water Treatment Services

General Motors (Chevrolet)

Global sponsor

Automobiles

Gulf Oil International

Global sponsor

Lubricant oil and fuel retail

Harves Entertainment

Global sponsor

Entertainment centers

HCL

Global sponsor

Digital platform development

HTH

Global sponsor

Gambling

Kohler

Global sponsor (sleeve)

Kitchen and bathroom fixtures and generators

Konami

Global sponsor

Football computer games

Malta Tourism

Global sponsor

Destination Partner

Marriott

Global sponsor

Hotels

Maui Jim

Global sponsor

Eyewear

Melitta

Global sponsor

Coffee

Mlily

Global sponsor

Mattresses and pillows

Mondelez

Global sponsor

Confectionary, sweet biscuits, cakes and savory crackers

Renewable Energy Group

Global sponsor

Biofuel, Blended Biofuel and Glycerin

Spectrum (Remington)

Global sponsor

Electronic grooming

TAG Heuer

Global sponsor

Watches

TeamViewer

Global sponsor (shirt)

Remote Connectivity Software

Clarity Sports

Regional sponsor

Travel

Hong Kong Jockey Club

Regional sponsor

Racecourses and private members’ clubs

Global, regional and supplier sponsors

In addition to revenue from our shirt sponsor, training kit and training facilities partner, we generated a further £81.0 million in the year ended 30 June 2021 from other global, regional and other sponsors. The length of these sponsorship deals is generally between two and five years. The majority of these sponsorship deals have minimum revenue guarantees and some have additional revenue sharing arrangements.

Global sponsors are granted certain marketing and promotional rights with respect to our brand and intellectual property as well as exposure on our media, such as digital perimeter boards at Old Trafford, MUTV and our website. These rights are granted on a global basis and are exclusive by category. Regional sponsors are granted certain marketing and promotional rights and media exposure, however, these rights are granted for a limited number of territories. Regional sponsors are able to use the rights in their designated territory on an exclusive basis, however they are not granted global category exclusivity.

Financial services affinity sponsorship

There is a significant growth opportunity to further develop Manchester United branded financial services products. These financial services products include credit cards and debit cards, which we believe represent key commercial opportunities within the financial services sector, and also serve as a means of follower expression and loyalty. Depending on the product category, we may pursue affinity agreements on a territory specific or regional basis. Examples of our financial services affinity sponsors include Co-

38

Table of Contents

operative Bank (Myanmar), Emirates NBD Bank (UAE), Eurobank (Serbia), Guild Technology Inc. (US), ICICI (India), Lay Buy Holdings (UK), Maybank Group (Malaysia) and National Bank of Egypt (Egypt).

Exhibition games and promotional tours

We conduct exhibition games and promotional tours on a global basis. Our promotional tours enable us to engage with our followers, support the marketing objectives of our sponsors and extend the reach of our brand in strategic markets. The tour matches are broadcast and/or streamed live to subscribers of MUTV. These promotional tours are in addition to our competitive matches and take place during the summer months or during gaps in the football season. Over the last 6 years, we played 24 exhibition games in Australia, China, Ireland, Norway, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States.

We normally receive a guaranteed fee for such tours. We also generate revenue from tour sponsorship opportunities sold to existing and new partners. Due to COVID-19 and competition delays resulting in the deferral of a number of 2019/20 Premier League, FA Cup and Europa League matches to July and August 2020, no promotional tour was undertaken in the summer of 2020. During the summer of 2021, as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we did not undertake a promotional overseas tour and instead we played four domestic games, two of which were held at Old Trafford. We believe promotional tours represent a growth opportunity as we continue to play exhibition games around the world.

Commercial income from the Premier League

In addition to revenue from contracts that we negotiate ourselves, we receive revenue from commercial arrangements negotiated collectively by the Premier League on behalf of its member teams. Income from these commercial contracts negotiated by the Premier League is shared equally between the clubs that are to be in the Premier League for the season to which the income relates. Our pro rata income received from the other commercial contracts negotiated by the Premier League is not material to the Company’s results of operations.

Retail, Merchandising, Apparel & Product Licensing

Unlike American teams in the NFL, MLB and NHL, Manchester United retains full control of the use and monetization of its intellectual property rights worldwide in the areas of retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing.

Our retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing business includes the sale of sports apparel, training and leisure wear and other clothing featuring Manchester United brands as well as other licensed products from high fashion and luxury watches to children’s toys and household items such as mugs and bedspreads. These products are distributed on a global basis through Manchester United branded retail stores and e-commerce platform, as well as through our partners’ wholesale distribution channels.

We have a 10-year agreement with adidas with respect to our global technical sponsorship and dual-branded licensing rights, which began on 1 August 2015. The minimum guarantee payable by adidas over the term of the agreement is equal to £750 million, subject to certain adjustments. Payments due in a particular year may increase if our men’s first team wins the Premier League, FA Cup or Champions League, or decrease if our men’s first team fails to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons, with the maximum possible increase being £4 million per year and the maximum possible reduction being 30% of the applicable payment for the year in which the second or other consecutive season of non-participation falls. If the men’s first team fails to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons, then the reduction is applied as from the year in which the second consecutive season of non-participation falls. In the event of a reduction in any year due to the failure to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons, the remaining payments revert back to the original ‎terms upon the men’s first team participating again in the Champions League. Any increase or decrease in a particular year would have the effect of increasing or decreasing the minimum guarantee amount of £750 million payable over the 10-year term of the agreement.

The minimum guarantee from adidas does not include mono-branded licensing rights or the right to create and operate Manchester United branded soccer schools, physical retail channels and e-commerce retail channels, which rights may generate additional revenue for the club. We may also benefit from additional royalty payments upon exceeding a threshold of sales.

The agreement with adidas is subject to reciprocal termination provisions in respect of material breach and insolvency. Adidas may reduce the applicable payments for a year by 50% if the men’s first team is not participating in the English Premier League during that year. In addition, adidas may terminate the agreement by giving one full-season’s notice if the men’s first team is relegated

39

Table of Contents

from the English Premier League or if it is otherwise determined that the men’s first team shall not be participating in the Premier League or the top English league.

The Manchester United match jerseys and training wear collections are completely redesigned for each season by adidas. The annual launch of the new jerseys is always a much-anticipated day for our global community of followers. The result is a robust adidas collection apparel business.

In addition to our adidas collection, we have a number of premium brands utilizing Manchester United intellectual property for the creation of dual-branded merchandise, where we receive a royalty payment and a sponsorship fee from the partner.

Retail

We operate our flagship retail store at the Old Trafford stadium, which ordinarily trades year round, and not just on Matchdays. As a result of COVID-19, the Old Trafford Megastore was closed for part of fiscal 2021 in line with government-imposed restrictions. In addition to the Old Trafford store, we have a Manchester United branded retail location in Macau (which is operated under franchise by a third-party licensee), and a further retail presence in John Lewis, within the Trafford Centre, Manchester (operated by MU RAML Ltd).

We have agreed a long term strategic partnership with Harves Entertainment for the creation of a series of Manchester United Experience Centers in China. Each venue will feature interactive and immersive experiences, using state-of the-art technology to bring Manchester United to life in this market. The first of these centers opened in (the prestigious Tiananmen district in) Beijing in May 2021, with further venues in Changsha and Shenyang scheduled to open later this year.

Merchandising & product licensing

We grant product licenses across a wide range of Manchester United products which are highly sought after by our followers around the world. Under our product licensing agreements, we receive royalties from the sales of specific Manchester United branded products. Under some product licensing agreements, we receive a minimum guaranteed payment from the licensee. The majority of licenses are granted on a non-exclusive rights basis for specific product categories, within a specific country or geographic region.

E-commerce

We currently have arrangements in place whereby Fanatics has been granted separate licenses to use our brand and/or trademarks to operate the official online store, branded as “United Direct”, in the United States and the rest of the world. The online store sells a range of Manchester United branded merchandise including official replica kit and other clothing from adidas. In addition, the online store offers a broad range of other apparel, equipment such as balls, luggage and other accessories, homewares such as bedroom, kitchen and bathroom accessories, and collectibles, souvenirs and other gifts. We currently receive a percentage of net sales from the online store as a royalty payment.

We believe there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our e-commerce capabilities through improved leverage of our digital media platform, and focusing on delivering a tailored digital shopping experience at a regional level. Specifically, we intend to improve our ability to offer targeted merchandise to our followers, complemented by more efficient fulfillment mechanics,including product delivery, availability and payment methods. Our e-commerce business saw growth in fiscal year 2021, driven by increased online demand in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the related closure of retail stores for part of the year.

Broadcasting

Central Media

We benefit from the distribution and broadcasting of live football content directly from the revenue we receive and indirectly through increased global exposure for our commercial partners. Broadcasting revenue is derived from the centrally negotiated domestic and international television and radio rights to the Premier League, the Champions League and other competitions. In addition, our wholly-owned global television channel, MUTV, delivers Manchester United programming to territories around the world.

40

Table of Contents

The Premier League and UEFA negotiate their own media rights contracts independently of the participating clubs. In respect of the Premier League, media agreements are typically three years in duration (although some longer deals have been agreed in certain overseas territories) and are centrally negotiated and entered into with media distributors by the Premier League on behalf of the member clubs. Under the agreements, Broadcasting revenue for each season is typically shared between the clubs that are to be in the Premier League for that season and a part-share for the clubs that were relegated from the Premier League in the previous four seasons. After certain deductions approved by the Premier League (for example, donations to “grass roots” football development and other causes), the income from the sale of the domestic broadcasting rights is allocated to the current and relegated clubs according to a formula based on, among other things, finishing position in the league and the number of live television appearances. Under the previous Premier League broadcasting cycle, revenue from the sale of the rights to televise Premier League matches internationally by overseas broadcasters and radio was shared equally between the current clubs and a part-share for the clubs that were relegated from the Premier League in the previous four seasons. Under the current Premier League broadcasting cycle which commenced in the 2019/20 season, international broadcasting rights are fixed at the previous cycle’s equal share adjusted for inflation. Any increase in rights values above this are then allocated to the twenty Premier League clubs based upon finishing position in the league.

COVID-19 resulted in the postponement of the 2019/20 Premier League, UEFA competitions and FA Cup competition with matches suspended from 13 March 2020. This resulted in the deferral of nine remaining Premier League matches, one scheduled Round of 16 Europa League match and the final matches of the FA Cup. The 2019/20 Premier League season resumed on 17 June 2020 (with three of the deferred matches played during June 2020 and the remaining six matches deferred to the start of the 2020/21 financial year). The delay to 2019/20 season completion, and broadcast schedule changes to the season as a whole, had implications for the agreements between the Premier League and both UK and international broadcasters, resulting in a rebate due to broadcasters on the annual fees for the 2019/20 Season. The mechanism for allocating the impact of the rebate on individual clubs was approved by the 20 Premier League clubs and resulted in a reduction of approximately £10 million to amounts we typically would have earned. The Premier League are deducting the cash impact of this rebate from distributions to clubs in seasons 2021/22 and 2022/23.

In the Champions League and Europa League, media agreements are also typically three years in duration and are collectively negotiated and entered into by UEFA on behalf of the participating clubs. Each club receives a fixed amount for qualifying for the group stage plus bonuses based on performance. Further fixed amounts are received for participation in the knock-out rounds; round of 32 (Europa League only), round of 16, quarter-final, and semi-final. The runner-up and winner of the competition also earn additional amounts.

A comparison of the Champions League distributions to each club under the new 3-year agreement (commencing in the 2021/22 season) and the previous 3-year agreement (which commenced in the 2018/19 season) is as follows:

Champions  

Champions  

League (“UCL”)

League (“UCL”)

    

2021/22 - 2023/24

    

2018/19 - 2020/21

€’million

€’million

Bonus for group stage participation (UCL - 32 teams)

15.64

15.25

Bonus for each group stage win (maximum 6)

2.80

2.70

Bonus for each group stage draw(1)

0.99

0.90

Bonus for round of 16 participation

9.60

9.50

Bonus for quarter-final participation

10.60

10.50

Bonus for semi-final participation

12.50

12.00

Runner-up bonus (inclusive of ticketing revenue share)

15.50

15.00

Winner bonus (inclusive of ticketing revenue share)

20.00

19.00

Maximum total of the above

85.14

82.45

(1) In the event of a draw, the non-distributed balance will be aggregated and split among the clubs that won matches at the group stage in proportion to the number of matches won.

In August of each season, the previous season’s Champions League winner and Europa League winner will play in the UEFA Super Cup where each team can expect to receive a further €3.5 million participation fee, with the winner receiving an additional €1.0 million.

For the three-year cycle 2021/22 – 2023/24, total fixed distribution amounts for the Champions League are approximately €1.1 billion per annum.

41

Table of Contents

In addition to the above fixed distribution amounts, UEFA allocates monies to a market pool which is also distributed to clubs who reach the group-stage and beyond. The total market pool for the Champions League for the three-year cycle 2021/22 – 2023/24 is €300 million per annum. The market pool for each country is calculated based on the proportional value of its broadcasting agreements with UEFA relative to the total value of broadcasting agreements from all countries represented at the group stage. The total English market pool for the 2020/21 competition was approximately €33 million. This amount can vary from season to season subject to the composition of the clubs taking part in the group stage. 50% of each country market pool is distributed to its group-stage representatives based on each club’s domestic performance in the previous season. For the Champions League this is based on league finishing position. Any club which qualifies for the Champions League group-stage by virtue of winning the Europa League in the previous season does not receive a distribution of the 50% market pool based on domestic performance in the previous season. The remaining 50% of the market pool is distributed based on the number of games played in the current competition relative to teams from the same country.

Further, UEFA also allocates monies to a coefficient ranking. The total coefficient ranking allocation for the three-year cycle 2021/22 – 2023/24 is €600 million per annum. The individual club coefficient is determined by reference to past performance in UEFA club competitions over a ten-year period with additional points for historical winners of UEFA club competitions. On the basis of these parameters, a ranking has been established. The total Champions League amount of €600.06 million is divided into ‘coefficient shares’, with each share worth €1.137 million. The lowest-ranked team will receive one share (€1.137 million). One share will be added to every rank and so the highest-ranked team will receive 32 shares (€36.38 million).

Amounts for the Europa League and the Europa Conference League are reduced. Total distributions for Champions League group stage onwards are €2.002 billion. Amounts for the Europa League group stage onwards are €465 million while amounts for the Europa Conference League group stage onwards are €235 million.

Broadcasting revenue including, in some cases, prize money received by us in respect of various competitions, will vary from year to year as a result of variability in the amount of available prize money and the performance of our men’s first team in such competitions.

UEFA announced in its circular letter 75/2020 that gross revenues from the 2019/20 club competitions were adversely impacted by COVID-19 by a total amount of approximately €566 million, representing 16% of total revenues. UEFA confirmed that this shortfall will be recouped against distributions to clubs who participate in their competitions over the five seasons from 2019/20 through to 2023/24. As a result, going forward through to season 2023/24, we expect approximately a 3.2% annual reduction to the above distributions. The reduction for each individual club will be calculated in proportion to each individual club’s related revenue and will therefore be dependent upon competition participation and progress.

During the year ended 30 June 2021, Manchester United Football Club Limited announced its intended participation and subsequent withdrawal from the European Super League. A goodwill settlement has been agreed with UEFA, including a one-off donation to an affiliated charity of UEFA and a five percent reduction of UEFA revenues generated in a single season. A further goodwill settlement has been agreed with the Premier League and the FA, which will be reinvested into football related good causes. It has been announced that the above mentioned costs will be borne by our majority shareholders.

Digital media

Our website, www.manutd.com, is published in 7 languages and is available globally. We use our website, which incorporates e-commerce services and venue microsites (United Events, Exec Club, Foundation, Matchday VIP), to communicate with our followers, promote the Manchester United brand and provide a platform for our sponsors to reach a global audience. Our website is designed with a mobile first approach, with content including exclusive articles, exclusive videos, real-time match updates, live blogging capabilities, social integration and sharing capabilities, improved search and discoverability, content recommendations, fan polls, voting trivia and statistics.

The proliferation of digital television, broadband and fiber internet, smartphones, mobile applications and social media globally provides our business with many opportunities to extend the reach of our content. Specifically, we intend to use our digital media platforms to generate value through extended sponsor positioning, driving e-commerce, and direct-to-consumer opportunities, including selling premium services such as video and exclusive content subscriptions. We will also continue to leverage our digital media platform to generate customer data and information as well as follower profiles of commercial value to us, our sponsors and our media partners. We believe that in the future, digital media will be one of the primary means through which we engage and interact

42

Table of Contents

with our follower base. Recent measures to improve the fan digital experience include: single sign-on (SSO), requiring only one user ID per fan to access all club platforms; and digital ticketing, improving security and reducing our environment footprint.

Content and localization

Our digital media properties are an increasingly important means through which we engage with our fan base, domestically and internationally. To take advantage of that opportunity, we are constantly developing our premium, localized and exclusive content to enhance the proposition for our followers, members and paid subscribers around the world.

Our followers generally prefer to consume our content in their language and context. We believe we can effectively deliver tailored services to our followers globally through various language offerings, geographic targeting and personalized content. Our mobile application is available in Simplified Chinese. We also currently have international language websites in English, Spanish, French, Arabic, Simplified Chinese, Korean and Japanese. On our social channels we have international language feeds in English, Spanish, Arabic, Simplified Chinese, Korean, Japanese, Malay and Thai. This enables us to engage with our followers in their native language and to produce content that is specific to each region.

Mobile services and applications

There has been a significant increase in the prevalence of broadband and video-enabled mobile devices in recent years. Mobile devices running the iOS or Android operating system enable consumers to browse websites, watch video, share content, access dedicated applications and conduct e-commerce. As a consequence we are seeing the majority of our followers now accessing our website and digital content via their mobile devices.

At the start of the 2018/19 season we launched our first free global mobile application. This application has been developed in conjunction with our website to provide benefits to our fans, through a clean and easy navigation interface. We believe our mobile application also provides significant benefits to our business through better e-commerce functionality and more digital inventory for our commercial partners to benefit from. During the 2020/21 season we developed significant enhancements to our mobile application, including a ‘Predictions’ feature, allowing fans to predict a number of outcomes of games (including final score, man of the match, first goal-scorer and the line-up). This feature, amongst others, has driven data acquisition and enhanced our personalization capabilities within the mobile application. We believe our focus on our owned and operated products will lead to an improved customer experience via the mining of owned data, which will lead to more personalization and a more engaged fan base, as users spend more time on our platforms and return regularly.

We also provide the MUTV channel on a direct-to-consumer basis. This enables fans to purchase MUTV on a subscription basis without an existing satellite or cable subscription.

We launched a free content section allowing all fans access to our exclusive programming, with subscribers then having access to our full range of programming, including both on demand and linear experiences around full match commentary for all Premier League, Champions League and domestic cup matches, as well as live tour matches and coverage. Subscribers can also view pre- and post-match analysis for all matches by club legends, exclusive interviews with the team manager and men’s first team players, award winning documentaries, celebrity features, and live broadcasts of academy team matches and more recently women’s team matches.

We intend to continue developing the functionality of our mobile applications to facilitate greater engagement and to satisfy global demand.

Video on demand

The proliferation of broadband internet and mobile access also allows us to offer video on demand to our followers around the world. Through our new website, official club mobile application and the MUTV D2C applications, we provide live video and video on demand to our followers in a variety of formats and commercial models. Some video on demand content is free to all users, some content is only accessible upon registration and some content, as in the case of live pre-season tour matches, is available on a subscription basis.

Depending on the market, going forward we may offer video on demand services via our media partners as part of a comprehensive suite of content rights, as well as on a direct-to-consumer basis.

43

Table of Contents

Social media

With a global fan base, we believe there is a significant opportunity to leverage the capabilities of social media platforms to augment our relationships with our followers around the world. By establishing an official presence on these platforms, we believe we will be able to deepen the connections with our follower base and improve our ability to market and sell products and services to our followers.

As of 30 June 2021 we had over 176.1 million social connections including approximately 73.2 million connections on our Facebook page, over 41.2 million followers on Instagram and over 29.3 million followers to our Twitter accounts. For the 2020/21 season we generated over 1.5 billion interactions on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter.

We use our social footprint as a means to communicate news and other club updates, engage with our followers, identify active followers, solicit feedback from our users, tailor future digital media offerings and enhance the overall follower experience.

We intend to continue to expand our reach through new and different social media and mobile chat platforms by launching additional Manchester United branded presences on global platforms as well as regional and language-specific platforms.

We believe this continuous expansion will enable us to broaden the reach of our brand and the content we produce, enhance our engagement with followers in many of our key international and emerging markets as well as opening up a new demographic of fans.

While there is no guarantee that our social connections will continue to grow at comparable rates in the future, we believe the combination of platforms on which we have an official presence will provide an increasing source of traffic to our club branded digital media services and e-commerce properties, enhance our ability to convert users into customers through video and exclusive content subscriptions and e-commerce, and continue to provide extensive positioning opportunities for our partners.

Customer relationship management

One of our ongoing strategic objectives is to further develop our understanding of and deepen the relationships with our fans and followers. We operate a CRM database in order to better understand the size, location, demographics and characteristics of our fan and follower base on an aggregated basis. We believe our CRM database enables us to more effectively deliver targeted communications to our fan base which ultimately leads to upsell opportunities through our product and service offerings such as digital subscription services, merchandise and tickets. A deep understanding of our follower base is also valuable to sponsors and media partners who seek to access specific customer categories with targeted and relevant advertising.

MUTV

MUTV is our wholly-owned global television channel and is broadcast in numerous countries. MUTV broadcasts a wide variety of content which is compelling to our global community of followers, including live first team football from our pre-season tours, academy and women’s team live football, club news, game highlights, and exclusive “behind the scenes” coverage of our club.

Depending on the market, we may offer MUTV as a single product to television distributors for distribution to our fans on a linear television basis or directly to our fans on a D2C basis which allows them to subscribe directly to the club via our OTT offering. MUTV is currently available in 195 markets globally. (Markets are defined to reflect regional mobile application availability).

For example, in our domestic territory, the United Kingdom, MUTV is offered to consumers through the Sky and Virgin Media distribution platforms and on a D2C basis via a subscription on MUTV mobile applications on iOS and GooglePlay App stores and ‘Connected TV’ applications on platforms such as Roku, Amazon Fire, AppleTV and Xbox. In addition, MUTV is available on MUTV.com.

Outside the United Kingdom, we offer MUTV through distribution partners as part of a suite of media rights, which can be purchased on a bundled or selective basis, and can include certain promotional rights, and via the OTT offerings (both on mobile application and Connected TVs).

44

Table of Contents

MUTV features a range of content, the primary categories of which are:

·

highlights from games and other time-delayed game footage (including full matches), both of which are subject to certain holdback periods under the agreements between media distributors, the participating clubs and the Premier League and UEFA;

·

live coverage of promotional tours and exhibition games;

·

lifestyle programming and other behind the scenes content profiling the club, our history, our manager and our players;

·

live coverage of womens team games;

·

live coverage of academy and youth games;

·

live Managers Press Conference before relevant mens first team fixtures; and

·

various other award winning shows and documentaries.

Matchday

Our stadium, which we fully own, is called Old Trafford and is known as “The Theatre of Dreams.” We believe Old Trafford is one of the most famous and historic stadiums in the world. Football followers travel from all over the world to attend a match at Old Trafford, which is the largest football club stadium in the United Kingdom, with a capacity of 74,239 (currently reduced to 72,800 as a result of COVID-19 measures in place). During fiscal 2021, due to COVID-19 and associated government restrictions, 33 of our 34 home games were played behind closed doors. In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. The 2021/22 season has commenced at full stadium capacity following the relaxation of government restrictions. The stadium has approximately 8,000 executive club seats, including 133 luxury boxes, 24 restaurants and 4 sports bars.

We have one of the highest capacity utilizations among English clubs, with an average attendance for our home Premier League matches played in front of a crowd of over 99% for each season since the 1997/98 season. The substantial majority of our tickets are sold to both general admission and executive season ticket holders, the majority of whom pay for all their tickets in advance of the first game of the season.

Other Matchday revenue includes Matchday catering (including the sale of hospitality packages, food and drink), event parking, program sales as well as membership and travel, Manchester United Museum revenue and a share of the ticket revenue from away matches in domestic cup competitions. Matchday revenue also includes revenue from other events hosted at Old Trafford, including other sporting events (including the annual Rugby Super League Grand Final), music concerts and entertainment events. As a result of COVID-19, Old Trafford, along with its Museum, Stadium Tour and Red Café operations remained closed to visitors throughout the fiscal year 2021 until part way into the fourth fiscal quarter, when re-opening was subject to modified participant levels in line with government-imposed restrictions. Such restrictions have since been lifted in July 2021.

We operate a membership program for our supporters. Individuals who become official members have the opportunity to apply for tickets to all home matches. Adult Official Members pay £25 per season to join our Lite Membership or £35 to join the Full Official Membership scheme. A new Premium Membership product has been introduced for the 2021/22 season, priced at £60. At the end of the 2020/21 season we had over 141,000 members. This represents a significant decrease compared to the previous season due to the impact of COVID-19 which resulted in virtually all home games being played behind closed doors and consequently a lack of match ticket availability (a key driver of demand for Membership).

The Manchester United Museum is located within Old Trafford. It chronicles Manchester United’s 143-year history and houses the club’s most precious artifacts and trophies. The Manchester United Museum reopened on 21 May 2021 after more than a year of closures and disruption due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

We have frozen general admission season ticket prices for a tenth consecutive season ahead of the 2021/22 season to support fans in attending our games. We aim to maximize ticket revenue by enhancing the mix of experiences available at each game and by providing a range of options from general admission tickets to multi-seat facilities and hospitality suites. In particular, we have

45

Table of Contents

recently increased overall Matchday revenue by restructuring the composition of our stadium, with an emphasis on developing hospitality facilities which sell at a higher price and improve our margins. As part of this effort, we have invested in new and refurbished multi-seat hospitality suites as well as improvements to our single-seat facilities. We expect our enhancements to our hospitality facilities to continue to be a key driver of our profit from Matchday sales going forward. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, seasonal facility sales for the 2020/21 season were lapsed. Given the recent lifting of government restrictions and return of fans to the stadium, 2021/22 season tickets have sold out.

UEFA Club Licensing and Financial Fair Play Regulations

UEFA oversees the FFP regulations, which are intended to ensure the financial self-sufficiency and sustainability of football clubs by discouraging them from continually operating at a loss, introduce more discipline and rationality on club finances, ensure that clubs settle their liabilities on a timely basis and encouraging long term investment in youth development and sporting infrastructure.

The FFP regulations contain a “break-even” rule aimed at encouraging football clubs to operate on the basis of their own revenue. Therefore, owner investments of equity will be allowed only within the acceptable deviation thresholds, as described below. In addition, the FFP regulations provide that football clubs who are granted a UEFA license by their national association, based largely on physical infrastructure and personnel criteria set out by UEFA, and who then qualify for a UEFA club competition based on sporting grounds, will then be required to comply with a “monitoring” process. The monitoring process involves the submission of certain financial information (a break-even test and payables analysis) to the Club Financial Control Body (“CFCB”). The CFCB is part of UEFA’s Organs for the Administration of Justice and comprises a team of independent financial and legal experts. The CFCB will review financial submissions and decide what sanctions, if any, to apply to non-compliant clubs. Any appeal must be made directly to the Court of Arbitration for Sport. Potential sanctions for non-compliance with the FFP regulations include a reprimand/warning, withholding of prize money, fines, prohibition on registering new players for UEFA club competitions and ultimately exclusion from UEFA club competitions.

The monitoring process includes so called ‘breach indicators’ which if in existence trigger additional reporting requirements to UEFA such as accelerated reporting of audited financial information and projections for the competition season and future seasons. Breach indicators include an auditor going concern qualification, a worsening balance sheet net liabilities position, a break-even deficit in any individual year and sustainable debt and player transfer balance indicators. The sustainable debt indicator is triggered if debt at the reporting date is greater than €30 million and greater than seven times the average of relevant earnings (as defined by UEFA). The player transfer balance indicator is triggered if a club incurs a deficit on net player transfers in excess of €100 million in any transfer window within the license season.

Ahead of registration for UEFA club competitions for the 2021/22 season we submitted our payables analysis and break-even assessment under the FFP regulations. The break-even test result, initially assessed on the cumulative sum of the financial information for the two years ended 30 June 2020 (but which would ordinarily have been extended to the cumulative sum of the financial information for the three years ended 30 June 2020 should there have been any breach indicators) was positive (i.e. a surplus). The payables analysis is typically carried out at 30 June prior to the competition season and is required in respect of payments to other clubs for transfer fees, payments to staff including players and football staff and payments to tax authorities. UEFA has already imposed sanctions on clubs who have breached the Licensing and FFP regulations, ranging from monetary fines, restrictions on wages and first team squad size and limitation on transfer expenditures, to exclusion from UEFA club competitions.

With respect to the break-even assessment, a club must demonstrate that its relevant “football” income is equal to or exceeds its “football” expenses. The permitted level of deficit is limited over the three-year assessment period to just €5 million, although a larger deficit of up to €30 million is permitted provided it is reduced to the €5 million acceptable deviation by equity contributions from equity participants and/or related parties. Any club which exceeds the €30 million limit will automatically be in breach of the break-even rule, unless it has sufficient surpluses in the two years prior to the assessment period, irrespective of any equity contributions.

Due to the reduced revenues and financial implications caused by COVID-19, UEFA have revised the rules for Financial Fair Play submissions relating to participation in UEFA competitions going forward. The standard submission is a break-even result over a two-year period, extended to a three-year period in the result of a breach indicator (being the two preceding financial years and the current financial year) with an allowable loss of €5 million before equity injection. Given the impact of COVID-19, for a licensee to compete in UEFA competitions in 2021/22, the break-even result has been revised to a three-year period reflecting the aggregate of the two years ended 30 June 2019, plus the year ended 30 June 2020. Going forward, a combined position of the two years ended 30 June 2021 will be assessed as one year. Moreover, the allowable loss has been extended to be the measurable impact of COVID-19 on the club, calculated by the reduction in revenues (excluding UEFA revenues) from the year ended 30 June 2019 to the average of the

46

Table of Contents

years ended and ending 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021, respectively. We do not anticipate any issues in complying with these requirements.

European clubs reported operating profits for the seventh consecutive year in 2018/19 at €0.9 billion, an increase on the 2017/18 value of €0.7 billion. European clubs have generated operating profits averaging £0.7 billion per annum in the eight fiscal years post implementation of Financial Fair Play Regulations. This is compared with operating losses averaging €0.3 billion per annum during the period from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2011 prior to the implementation of Financial Fair Play Regulations.

In 2015, UEFA announced some changes to the FFP regulations aimed primarily at clubs undergoing a business restructuring. Instead of breaching the FFP regulations and being subject to sanctions, the amended regulations enable clubs to voluntarily approach the CFCB with a business plan which demonstrates how they are going to remedy their short-term breach of FFP regulations and achieve break-even compliance over a four-year time period. If the business plan is approved by the CFCB the club would not be subject to sanctions for the restructuring year which results in a breach of the FFP regulations.

We support and operate within the financial fair play regulations, and do not believe it will adversely impact our ability to continue to attract some of the best players in the coming years.

Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules

The Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules were introduced during the 2015/16 season, implementing a break-even rule similar to the break-even test of the UEFA Club Licensing and Financial Fair Play Regulations and aimed at encouraging Premier League clubs to operate within their means. Potential sanctions for non-compliance with the profitability and sustainability regulations include significant fines, player transfer restrictions and Premier League points deduction.

Our most recent break-even assessment under the Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules was submitted in March 2021, based on our fiscal year 2019 and fiscal year 2020 audited financial statements. The break-even test is based on a club’s audited pre-tax earnings. If the break-even test results are positive, no further action is required until the next break-even test. If the initial test is negative, a club is re-tested, using the UEFA definition of “adjusted earnings before tax,” which allows credit for depreciation of tangible fixed assets and expenditure on youth development and community programs. If these second test results are negative by £15 million or less, no further action is required. If a club’s losses exceed £15 million but are not more than £105 million, the club’s ownership must provide secure funding to avoid sanctions. If these results are negative by more than £105 million, regardless of ownership funding, Premier League sanctions will apply. Our break-even test result submitted in March 2021 was positive.

Consistent with UEFA, due to the reduced revenues and financial implications caused by COVID-19, the Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules have been revised. Our March 2021 submission was based on our fiscal year 2019 and fiscal year 2020 audited financial statements. For the submission in 2021, the allowable loss amount was increased to an amount equivalent to the measurable impact of COVID-19 on the club. For the submission in 2022, the three-year period will be fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2019 plus the average of fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2021, adjusted for the measurable impact of COVID-19.

As with the UEFA Club Licensing and Financial Fair Play Regulations, we support and operate within the Premier League Profitability and Sustainability Rules, and do not believe it will adversely impact our ability to continue to attract some of the best players in the coming years.

Social Responsibility

Manchester United Foundation

We are committed to a wide-ranging corporate social responsibility program through Manchester United Foundation (the “Foundation”). The associated charity of Manchester United, the Foundation uses football to engage and inspire young people to build a better life for themselves and unite the communities in which they live. Dedicated staff deliver football coaching, educational programs and personal development, providing young people with opportunities to change their lives for the better. The Foundation has partnerships with 27 high schools across Greater Manchester, with a presence in all ten boroughs, in which full-time coaches are based to work with the pupils, feeder primary schools and within the local community to build lasting relationships. Other initiatives, such as Street Reds evening football sessions, girls’ development provision, and a disability and inclusion program, provide free football, alternative activities, qualifications and work experience opportunities for young people across Greater Manchester. The

47

Table of Contents

Foundation fulfils all charitable activity for Manchester United, including promotion of the Sir Bobby Charlton Foundation (finding innovative solutions to create a landmine-free world), and managing the club’s long-term partnership with global children’s organization Unicef. The United for Unicef partnership is the longest running of its kind and since the start of the partnership in 1999 has had a positive impact on the lives of millions of children across the globe. The Foundation also supports external charities by providing signed items for their own fundraising purposes.

As our communities began to emerge from national and local lockdowns in the 2020/21 season resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, the Foundation continued to work with club and external partners to offer additional provision and meet the needs of those in our community who are most vulnerable. Working closely with FareShare Greater Manchester, the club and Foundation sourced, cooked and distributed over 80,000 meals and 383,000 food items to the most vulnerable families in our communities. This initiative was the largest food poverty activation by any club in the UK. This was followed by 21,304 hampers of ambient food distributed throughout the school holidays (February-April) where 383,472 food items were delivered. Over the winter period 7,000 activity packs were gifted to children and, with the ongoing impact of COVID-19 on youth mental health, the Foundation distributed over 5,000 well-being books, balls, and resources to schools across Greater Manchester. The Foundation continues to assess the needs of its communities and be a consistent presence across Greater Manchester.

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

We are committed to equality, diversity and inclusion, with the club’s activity in these areas falling with its wide-ranging All Red All Equal initiative.

Key developments over the past season have included Manchester United becoming a signatory to the FA’s Football Leadership Diversity Code, which sets targets for diversifying the club’s leadership and coaching teams.

We have also launched a strategic partnership with LGBT+ equality charity Stonewall. The partnership with Stonewall saw the club sign up to the ‘Diversity Champions’ programme, which helps employers embed LGBT+ inclusion in the workplace, and gain access to expert consultation, training and resource from Stonewall. The club’s work was recognized by the LGBT+ inclusion organisation OUTstanding, who named Group Managing Director Richard Arnold as one of its Top 50 LGBT+ Executive Allies for the third year running.

This year, the club also launched SEE RED, a new campaign to confront the scourge of racism and discrimination in the game. SEE RED included a thought-provoking video which challenges fans to think ‘Without diversity, who would we be? What would the club’s history books say?’ The multi-channel campaign also calls on fans to take responsibility for reporting incidents of racism or other hate crimes and to stand up for those who may be on the receiving end of discriminatory abuse. Fans can report online discriminatory abuse via the SEE RED reporting platform on the club website. The campaign was launched with extensive media and social media coverage, as well as a physical presence via games and giant banners installed across the lower tiers of Old Trafford.

We have also continued to support football-wide campaigns and initiatives within the lens of All Red All Equal such as the Premier League’s ‘No Room for Racism’ initiative.

A range of active Employee Networks are in place which promote inclusion at Manchester United both internally and externally. This year, an International Women’s Day event was organised for partners and internal colleagues. It featured a range of speakers debating issues impacting women today plus a range of content focusing on cultural awareness at the club.

From an overarching perspective, the club’s diversity and inclusion strategy outlines the club’s plans to further develop equality, diversity and inclusion across all areas of the business and ensure that Old Trafford remains a welcoming and inclusive environment to all.

Sustainability

We recognize the need to move towards a more sustainable economy. We have taken steps to reduce the amount of waste we produce and divert all operational waste away from landfills. We also aim to minimize the use of non-renewable materials, improve our recycling rates and use more recycled materials. We have achieved the Carbon Trust Standard, which recognizes organizations that take a best practice approach to measuring and managing their environmental impacts, and through our Reds Go Green initiative we will continue to build on our carbon and renewable energy strategy to improve our performance further. We have also achieved the

48

Table of Contents

Gold Standard in Green Tourism Business Certification, which recognizes the commitment of tourism businesses that are actively working to become more sustainable.

Intellectual Property

We consider intellectual property to be important to the operation of our business and critical to driving growth in our Commercial revenue, particularly with respect to sponsorship revenue. Certain of our commercial partners have rights to use our intellectual property. In order to protect our brand we generally have contractual rights to approve uses of our intellectual property by our commercial partners.

We consider our brand to be a key business asset and therefore have a portfolio of Manchester United related registered trademarks and trademark applications. The historic emphasis has been on seeking and maintaining trademark registrations for the words “Manchester United” and the club crest but that emphasis was then extended to cover the devil device and the words “MUTV” and “Man Utd”. We also actively procure copyright protection and copyright ownership of materials such as literary works, logos, photographic images and audio visual footage.

Enforcement of our trademark rights is important in maintaining the value of the Manchester United brand. There are numerous instances of third parties infringing our trademarks, for example, through the manufacture and sale of counterfeit products. While it would be cost-prohibitive to take action in all instances, our aim is to consistently reduce the number of Manchester United related trademark infringements by carrying out coordinated, cost-effective enforcement action on a global basis following investigation of suspected trademark infringements. Enforcement action takes a variety of forms. In the United Kingdom, we work with enforcement authorities such as trading standards and customs authorities to seize counterfeit goods and to stop the activities of unauthorized sellers. Overseas enforcement action is taken by approved lawyers and investigators. Those lawyers and investigators are instructed to work with, where feasible, representatives of other football clubs and brands that are experiencing similar issues within the relevant country in order that our enforcement action costs can be minimized as far as possible. We also work with the Premier League in respect of infringements that affect multiple Premier League clubs, in particular in Asia. We also take direct legal action against infringers, for example, by issuing cease and desist letters or seeking compensation when we consider that it is appropriate to do so.

In relation to materials for which copyright protection is available (such as literary works, logos, photographic images and audio visual footage), our current practice is generally to secure copyright ownership where possible and appropriate. For example, where we are working with third parties and copyright protected materials are being created, we generally try to secure an assignment of the relevant copyright as part of the commercial contract. However, it is not always possible to secure copyright ownership. For example, in the case of audio visual footage relating to football competitions, copyright will generally vest in the competition organizer and any exploitation by Manchester United Football Club of such footage will be the subject of a license from the competition organizer.

As part of our ongoing investment into intellectual property, we have implemented a program to detect intellectual property infringement in a digital environment and which facilitates taking action against infringers.

Competition

From a business perspective, we compete across a wide variety of industries and within many different markets. We believe our primary sources of competition include, but are not limited to:

·

Football clubs: We compete against other football clubs in the Premier League for match attendance and Matchday revenue. We compete against football clubs around Europe and the rest of the world to attract the best players and coaches in the global transfer and football staff markets.

·

Television media: We receive media income primarily from the Premier League and UEFA media contracts, each of which is collectively negotiated. Further details of such arrangements are set out in the section headed “ — Revenue Sectors — Broadcasting.” On a collective level, and in respect of those media rights we retain, we compete against other types of television programming for broadcaster attention and advertiser income both domestically and in other markets around the world.

·

Digital media: We compete against other digital content providers for consumer attention and leisure time, advertiser income and consumer e-commerce activity.

49

Table of Contents

·

Merchandise and apparel: We compete against other providers of sports apparel and equipment.

·

Sponsorship: As a result of the international recognition and quality of our brand, we compete against many different outlets for corporate sponsorship and advertising income, including other sports and other sports teams, other entertainment and events, television and other traditional and digital media outlets.

·

Live entertainment: We compete against alternative forms of live entertainment for the sale of Matchday tickets, including other live sports, concerts, festivals, theatre and similar events.

As a result, we do not believe there is any single market for which we have a well-defined group of competitors.

Real Property

We own or lease property dedicated to our football and other operations. The most significant of our real properties is Old Trafford. The following table sets out our key owned and leased properties. In connection with our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility and the senior secured notes, several of our owned properties, including Old Trafford are encumbered with land charges as security for all obligations under those agreements, although the Manchester International Freight Terminal and the Carrington training ground are not encumbered.

Key properties and locations

    

Primary function

    

Owned/leased

    

Area

(approx. m2)

Old Trafford Football Stadium, Manchester

 

Football stadium

 

Owned (freehold)

 

205,000

Carrington training ground, Carrington, Trafford

 

Football training facility

 

Owned (freehold)

 

440,000

Littleton Road Training Ground, Salford

 

Football training facility

 

Owned (freehold)

 

84,000

The Cliff, Lower Broughton Road, Salford

 

Football training facility

 

Owned (freehold)

 

28,000

Manchester International Freight Terminal, Westinghouse Road Trafford Park, Manchester

 

Investment properties

 

Leased (through March 2071)

 

107,000

Land and buildings at Wharfside, Trafford Park, Manchester

 

Investment properties

 

Owned (freehold)

 

27,100

Land and buildings on the southwest side of Trafford Wharf Road, Manchester

 

Offices and Car Parking

 

Owned (freehold)

 

23,000

Land and buildings at Canalside, Trafford Park, Manchester

 

Investment properties

 

Owned (freehold)

 

10,800

Land and buildings at Castlemore Retail Park, Trafford Park, Manchester

 

Investment properties

 

Owned (freehold)

 

3,969

Office space, Chester Road, Manchester

 

Offices

 

Leased (through November 2021)

 

1,176

Office space, central London

 

Offices

 

Leased (through March 2022)

 

1,100

Office space, Maryland, United States

 

Offices

 

Leased (through May 2024)

 

653

The above properties are owned or leased by Manchester United Football Club Limited, apart from Castlemore Retail Park and Manchester International Freight Terminal which are owned or leased by Alderley Urban Investments Limited.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various routine legal proceedings incident to the ordinary course of our business. We believe that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. Further, we believe that the probability of any material losses arising from these legal proceedings is remote.

Subsidiaries

Our directly or indirectly wholly-owned principal subsidiaries are: Red Football Finance Limited, Red Football Holdings Limited, Red Football Shareholder Limited, Red Football Joint Venture Limited, Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, Alderley Urban Investments Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited, Manchester United Women’s Football Club Limited, Manchester United Interactive Limited, MU Commercial Holdings Limited, MU Commercial Holdings Junior Limited, MU Finance Limited, MU RAML Limited, MUTV Limited and RAML USA LLC. All of the above are

50

Table of Contents

incorporated and operate in England and Wales, with the exception of Red Football Finance Limited which is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and RAML USA LLC which is incorporated in the state of Delaware in the United States.

Customers

See “Item 3.D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We are exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to Premier League and UEFA media contracts as well as our key commercial and transfer contracts.” Our top customer was the Premier League, who represented 35.9%, 23.2% and 24.1% of our total revenue in each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our second largest customer was adidas, who represented 15.7%, 15.3% and 12.6% of our total revenue in each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We are one of the most popular and successful sports teams in the world, playing one of the most popular spectator sports on Earth. Through our 143-year heritage we have won 66 trophies, including a record 20 English league titles, enabling us to develop what we believe is one of the world’s leading sports brands and a global community of 1.1 billion fans and followers. Our large, passionate community provides Manchester United with a worldwide platform to generate significant revenue from multiple sources, including sponsorship, merchandising, product licensing, broadcasting and Matchday. We attract leading global companies such as adidas, TeamViewer and Kohler that want access and exposure to our community of followers and association with our brand.

As a direct consequence of COVID-19, and the government-imposed restrictions, the Old Trafford Stadium, Museum and Stadium Tour operations remained closed to visitors throughout the fiscal year 2021 until part way into the fourth fiscal quarter. In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. All matches prior to this were played behind closed doors. Furthermore, the first team’s pre-season tour, scheduled for the start of fiscal 2021, was cancelled due to travel restrictions and the Megastore was closed for parts of the year as a result of the Government-imposed restrictions.

The impact of the above is a reduction in Matchday and Commercial revenues for the year ended 30 June 2021. This has been partially offset by increased Broadcasting revenues as a result of the men’s first team’s participation in the UEFA Champions League, strong performance in both the Premier League and the UEFA Europa League, and the impact of completing the 2019/20 domestic and UEFA competitions during the current first fiscal quarter.

The ongoing crisis has had a significant impact on full year revenues, operating profit and cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2021. Whilst the majority of remaining UK government-imposed restrictions have now been lifted following the end of fiscal 2021 and Old Trafford stadium has welcomed back fans at full capacity, we expect that the wider impact of COVID-19 on future revenue streams and cash flows will vary, but will generally depend on potential future UK and international governmental measures to manage the spread of the disease, including variants, the length of time that such measures remain in place, their impact on future consumer behavior, our ability to play football matches and continuation of matches played in front of a crowd and at full capacity. See also “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Business — The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.”

How We Generate Revenue

We operate and manage our business as a single reporting segment — the operation of professional sports teams. We review our revenue through three principal sectors — Commercial, Broadcasting and Matchday — and within the Commercial revenue sector, we have two revenue streams which monetize our global brand: sponsorship revenue; and retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing revenue.

51

Table of Contents

Revenue Drivers

Commercial

Commercial revenue is derived from sponsors and commercial partners. We generate our Commercial revenue with low fixed costs and small incremental costs for each additional sponsor, making our commercial operations a relatively high margin and scalable part of our business and a driver of growth for our overall profitability. Total Commercial revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £232.2 million.

Sponsorship

We monetize the value of our global brand and community of followers through sponsorship relationships with leading international and regional companies around the globe. To better capitalize on the strength of our brand, we have developed a segmentation sponsorship strategy. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Revenue Sectors — Commercial – Sponsorship – Our Sponsors” for some of our global and regional sponsors as at 1 July 2021.

A partnership with Manchester United provides corporations with the ability to associate themselves with the highly popular Manchester United brand and a global marketing platform to quickly and effectively amplify their brand and message to their potential customers.

For the 2020/21 season, our shirt sponsor was General Motors (Chevrolet), and our training facilities and training kit partner was Aon. We have signed a new agreement with TeamViewer as our shirt sponsor, commencing with the 2021/22 season. TeamViewer is one of Europe’s fastest-growing software companies and the partnership will introduce Manchester United and its fans to new technology, drawing on TeamViewer’s expertise in remote connectivity services.

Total sponsorship revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £140.2 million. Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was impacted by cancellation of the first team’s 2020/21 pre-season tour due to travel restrictions and COVID-19 related variations.

Retail, Merchandising, Apparel & Product Licensing

Our retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing business includes the sale of sports apparel, training and leisure wear and other clothing featuring the Manchester United brand as well as other licensed products from coffee mugs to bedspreads. These products are distributed on a global basis through Manchester United branded retail stores and e-commerce platform, as well as through our partners’ wholesale distribution channels.

We have a 10-year agreement with adidas with respect to our global technical sponsorship and dual-branded licensing rights, which began on 1 August 2015. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Revenue Sectors — Commercial – Retail, Merchandising, Apparel & Product Licensing” for additional information regarding our agreement with adidas.

Total retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £92.0 million. Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was impacted by COVID-19 and the partial closure of the Old Trafford Megastore during the year due to government-imposed restrictions.

Broadcasting

We benefit from the distribution of live football content directly from the revenue we receive and indirectly through increased global exposure for our commercial partners. Broadcasting revenue is derived from our share of the global broadcasting rights relating to the Premier League, Champions League and other competitions. The growing popularity of the Premier League and Champions League in international markets and the associated increases in media rights values have been major drivers of the increase in our overall Broadcasting revenue in recent years.

Season 2019/20 was the first year of a new Premier League broadcasting rights three-year cycle. Of seven live UK packages, four were sold to Sky Sports, two to BT Sport and the final one to Amazon Prime Video, a new entrant in the domestic Premier League rights market. The overall value generated from the sale of the seven packages was not publicly disclosed, but was a slight reduction on the previous rights deal. The previous deal, which saw an increase of over 70% for the 2016/17 to 2018/19 cycle compared to the 2013/14 to 2015/16 cycle, represented the largest UK TV rights deal ever signed. The international broadcasting rights for the current

52

Table of Contents

three-year cycle are a 30% uplift on the previous cycle. The Premier League also implemented a change to the distribution method for international broadcasting rights in 2019/20. International broadcast monies were previously split equally among Premier League clubs. From 2019/20, clubs share equally an inflation-adjusted amount on the previous three-year cycle, with any growth in international rights distributed based on league finishing position at the end of the season. In the current cycle, the ratio between the maximum and minimum broadcasting revenue that a club can receive from the Premier League in a season is capped at 1.8:1. It was announced in May 2021 that the Premier League had renewed the domestic broadcasting rights for the 2022/23 to 2024/25 cycle with the incumbent broadcasters at the same value as the current cycle subject to an exclusion order in respect of competition law from the UK Government. It was announced in August 2021 that the Government will grant the Exclusion Order.

Our share of the revenue under the Premier League broadcasting rights contract amounted to £172.0 million, £112.5 million and £146.3 million for the 2020/21, 2019/20 and 2018/19 seasons, respectively, and our share of the revenue from broadcasting rights for UEFA club competitions amounted to £73.8 million, £16.8 million and £83.1 million for the 2020/21, 2019/20 and 2018/19 seasons, respectively. Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 was impacted by COVID-19 with the deferred completion of the 2019/20 season resulting in ten home and away matches across all 2019/20 competitions being played during the first quarter of the fiscal year 2021.

Our participation in the Premier League and Champions League or Europa League (and consequently, our receipt of the revenue generated by these broadcasting contracts) is predicated on the success of our men’s first team, and if our men’s first team fails to qualify for these UEFA club competitions or is relegated from the Premier League in any given season, our Broadcasting revenue for that and subsequent fiscal years will be adversely impacted, partially offset by lower operating expenses.

In addition, MUTV delivers Manchester United programming and other content to territories around the world. MUTV generated total revenue of £6.3 million, £7.9 million and £10.1 million for each of the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Total Broadcasting revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £254.8 million.

Matchday

Matchday revenue is a function of the number of games played in front of a crowd at Old Trafford, the size and seating composition of Old Trafford, attendance at our matches and the prices of tickets and hospitality sales. A significant driver of Matchday revenue is the number of home games we play at Old Trafford in front of a crowd, which is ordinarily based on 19 Premier League matches and any additional matches resulting from the success of our men’s first team in the FA Cup, EFL Cup and UEFA club competitions. Our participation in the Premier League and UEFA club competitions (and consequently, our receipt of the revenue generated by these matches) is predicated on the success of our men’s first team, and if our men’s first team fails to qualify for UEFA club competitions or is relegated from the Premier League in any given season, our Matchday revenue for that and subsequent fiscal years will be adversely impacted, partially offset by lower resulting expenses. Average attendance for our home Premier League matches played in front of a crowd has been over 99% for each season since the 1997/98 season, with strong attendance for UEFA club competitions, FA Cup and EFL Cup matches. Total Matchday revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £7.1 million. As a result of COVID-19, all of our home matches, prior to the final home match of the season, were played behind closed doors. The final home match of the season was played with fans in attendance at a reduced capacity in line with government guidelines.

Other Factors That Affect Our Financial Performance

Employee benefit expenses

Player and staff compensation comprise the majority of our operating costs. Of our total operating costs, player costs, which consist of salaries, bonuses, benefits and national insurance contributions are the primary component. Compensation to non-player staff, which includes our manager and coaching staff, also accounts for a significant portion. Competition from top clubs in the Premier League and Europe has resulted in increases in player and manager salaries, forcing clubs to spend an increasing amount on player and staff compensation, and we expect this trend to continue. In addition, as our commercial operations grow, we expect our headcount and related expenses to increase as well. The Group has not relied on the government furlough scheme available during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Other operating expenses

Our other operating expenses generally include certain variable costs such as Matchday catering, policing, security stewarding and cleaning at Old Trafford, visitor gateshare for domestic cups, and costs related to the delivery on media and commercial

53

Table of Contents

sponsorship contracts. Other operating expenses also include certain fixed costs, such as property costs, maintenance, human resources, training and developments costs, and professional fees. As a result of COVID-19 and the associated reduced business activity, other operating expenses for the year ended 30 June 2021 have decreased compared to the prior year. This includes the impact of no 2020/21 pre-season tour, all matches prior to the final home match of the season being played behind closed doors plus the impact of reduced costs related to the partial closure of the Old Trafford Megastore.

Amortization, depreciation and impairment

We amortize the capitalized costs associated with the acquisition of players’ and key football management staff registrations. These costs are amortized over the period of the employment contract agreed with a player/key football management staff. If a player or key football management staff extends his contract prior to the end of the pre-existing period of employment, the remaining unamortized portion of the acquisition cost is amortized over the period of the new contract. Changes in amortization of the costs of players’ and key football management staff registrations from year to year and period to period reflect additional fees paid for the acquisition of players and key football management staff, the impact of contract extensions and the disposal of registrations. As such, increased players’ and key football management staff registration costs in any period could cause higher amortization in that period and in future periods and have a negative impact on our results of operations. Moreover, to the extent that the player and key football management staff registration costs vary from period to period, this may drive variability in our results of operations. We also amortize the capitalized costs associated with the acquisition of other intangible assets over their estimated useful lives, which is typically between 3 and 10 years.

Depreciation primarily reflects a straight-line depreciation on investments made in property, plant and equipment. Depreciation over the periods under review results primarily from the depreciation of Old Trafford, including incremental improvements made to Old Trafford each season.

Impairment charges arise when an asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Exceptional items

Exceptional operating costs are those costs that in management’s judgment need to be separately disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence in order to provide a proper understanding of our results of operations and financial condition.

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

We recognize profits or losses on the disposal of intangible assets (primarily players’ registrations) in our statement of profit or loss. Acquisitions and disposals of players are discretionary and we make transfer decisions based upon the requirements of our first teams and the overall availability of players. These requirements and the availability of players, and resulting profits or losses on disposals, may vary from period to period, contributing to variability in our results of operations between periods.

Finance income/(costs)

A key component of our expenses during each of the past three fiscal years has been interest costs. We expect interest expense to continue to be a significant component of our expenses. See “Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Indebtedness.” For the year ended 30 June 2021, the underlying interest cost has been more than offset by unrealized foreign exchange gains on unhedged USD borrowings.

Taxes

During each of the three years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, our principal operating subsidiaries were tax residents in the United Kingdom. During the same years, we were subject to a weighted UK statutory tax rate of 19.0% each year.

Although we are organized as a Cayman Islands exempted company, we report as a US domestic corporation for US federal income tax purposes. As a result, our worldwide income is also subject to US taxes at the US statutory rate (currently 21%).

54

Table of Contents

In May 2021, a statutory tax rate of 25% was substantively enacted in the UK, which will take effect from April 2023. We expect to utilize a credit in the United States for UK taxes paid and therefore we do not expect to be double taxed on our income. We expect our future cash tax rate to align more closely to the UK statutory tax rate of 25% once this rate takes effect.

Following the inauguration of the new President in the US, the Biden administration have proposed various changes to the US federal tax regime. The most significant impact on the financial statements is expected to be the proposal to increase the US tax rate from 21% to 28%. These changes, if enacted, would impact the recognition of the US deferred tax asset in the future, among other impacts. Congress is currently working on draft legislation, including a budget bill, that may include the proposed or other changes to the US federal tax law; however, it is unclear what changes will be made or when, or what impact any such changes will have on us.

We may also be subject to US state and local income (franchise) taxes based generally upon where we are doing business. These tax rates vary by jurisdiction and the tax base. Generally, state and local taxes are deductible for US federal income tax purposes. Furthermore, because most of our subsidiaries are disregarded from their owner for US federal income tax purposes, we are not able to control the timing of much of our US federal income tax exposure. In calculating our liability for US federal income tax, however, certain of our deductible expenses are higher than the amount of those same expenses under UK corporation tax rules, owing to differences in the relevant rules of the two jurisdictions and the related difference in the opening book versus tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Finally, our UK tax liability can be credited against our US federal income tax liabilities, subject to US rules and limitations.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in our revenue and cash flow, limiting the overall comparability and predictability of interim financial periods. In any given interim period, our total revenue can vary based on the number of games played in that period, which affects the amount of Matchday and Broadcasting revenue recognized. Similarly, certain of our costs derive from hosting games at Old Trafford, and these costs will also vary based on the number of games played in the period. We historically recognize the most revenue in our second and third fiscal quarters due to the scheduling of matches. However, a strong performance by our men’s first team in UEFA club competitions and domestic cups could result in significant additional Broadcasting and Matchday revenue, and consequently we may also recognize the most revenue in our fourth fiscal quarter in those years. Our cash flow may also vary among interim periods due to the timing of significant payments from major commercial agreements. As such, though we report interim results of operations for our first, second and third fiscal quarters, in managing our business, setting goals and assessing performance we focus primarily on our full-year results of operations rather than our interim results of operations. Additionally, the seasonality we have experienced in our business has been further impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

A.OPERATING RESULTS

The following table shows selected audited consolidated statement of profit or loss data for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020. For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended 30 June 2019, including a year-to-year comparison between the

55

Table of Contents

years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019, refer to Part I, Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in our Annual Report Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2020.

    

Year ended 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

Statement of profit or loss data

(£’000)

Revenue

494,117

 

509,041

Analyzed as:

 

  

Commercial revenue

232,205

 

279,044

Broadcasting revenue

254,815

 

140,203

Matchday revenue

7,097

 

89,794

Operating expenses

(538,424)

 

(522,204)

Analyzed as:

 

  

Employee benefit expenses

(322,600)

 

(284,029)

Other operating expenses

(76,467)

 

(92,876)

Depreciation and impairment

(14,959)

 

(18,543)

Amortization

(124,398)

 

(126,756)

Operating loss before profit on disposal of intangible assets

(44,307)

 

(13,163)

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

7,381

 

18,384

Operating (loss)/ profit

(36,926)

 

5,221

Finance costs

(36,411)

 

(27,391)

Finance income

49,310

 

1,352

Net finance income/(costs)

12,899

 

(26,039)

Loss before income tax

(24,027)

 

(20,818)

Income tax expense

(68,189)

 

(2,415)

Loss for the year

(92,216)

 

(23,233)

Year Ended 30 June 2021 as Compared to the Year Ended 30 June 2020

Year ended 

30 June

% Change 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2021 over 2020

(in £ millions)

Revenue

494.1

 

509.0

 

(2.9)

%

Commercial revenue

 

232.2

 

279.0

 

(16.8)

%

Broadcasting revenue

 

254.8

 

140.2

 

81.7

%

Matchday revenue

 

7.1

 

89.8

 

(92.1)

%

Total operating expenses

 

(538.4)

 

(522.2)

 

3.1

%

Employee benefit expenses

 

(322.6)

 

(284.0)

 

13.6

%

Other operating expenses

 

(76.4)

 

(92.9)

 

(17.8)

%

Depreciation and impairment

 

(15.0)

 

(18.6)

 

(19.4)

%

Amortization

 

(124.4)

 

(126.7)

 

(1.8)

%

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

 

7.4

 

18.4

 

(59.8)

%

Net finance income/(costs)

 

12.9

 

(26.0)

 

Tax expense

 

(68.2)

 

(2.4)

 

2,741.7

%

Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £494.1 million, a decrease of £14.9 million, or 2.9%, compared to the year ended 30 June 2020, as a result of a decrease in revenue in our commercial and Matchday sectors and an increase in revenue in our broadcasting sector, as described below.

56

Table of Contents

Commercial revenue

Commercial revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £232.2 million, a decrease of £46.8 million, or 16.8%, over the year ended 30 June 2020.

·

Sponsorship revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £140.2 million, a decrease of £42.5 million, or 23.3%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, primarily due to no 2020/21 pre-season tour taking place as a result of COVID-19, COVID-19 related variations and a one-time sponsorship credit in the prior year; and

·

Retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £92.0 million, a decrease of £4.3 million, or 4.5%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, due to the closure of the Megastore for parts of the year in line with government-imposed restrictions and significantly reduced Megastore foot traffic given, prior to the final home match of the season, all home matches were played behind closed doors. This has been partially offset by the impact of an increase in online demand.

Broadcasting revenue

Broadcasting revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £254.8 million, an increase of £114.6 million, or 81.7%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, primarily due to participation in the UEFA Champions League in the current year, plus the impact of playing twenty additional home and away games in the current year, following the deferral of ten 2019/20 home and away games into the 2020/21 first fiscal quarter. The prior year was further impacted by an estimated Premier League rebate due to broadcasters, following delay and broadcast schedule changes to the 2019/20 season. This was partially offset by the impact of goodwill settlements agreed with UEFA as well as the Premier League and the FA in relation to the European Super League.

Matchday revenue

Matchday revenue for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £7.1 million, a decrease of £82.7 million, or 92.1%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, due to all matches prior to the final home match of the season being played behind closed doors. Twenty-three home games were played in the prior year period with fans in attendance, prior to the postponement of all competitions.

Total operating expenses

Total operating expenses (defined as employee benefit expenses, other operating expenses, depreciation and impairment, and amortization) for the year ended 30 June 2021 were £538.4 million, an increase of £16.2 million, or 3.1%, over the year ended 30 June 2020.

Employee benefit expenses

Employee benefit expenses for the year ended 30 June 2021 were £322.6 million, an increase of £38.6 million, or 13.6%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, primarily due to contracted increases in player salaries as a result of participation in the UEFA Champions League.

Other operating expenses

Other operating expenses for the year ended 30 June 2021 were £76.4 million, a decrease of £16.5 million, or 17.8%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, primarily due to reduced business activity as a result of COVID-19. This includes the impact of no 2020/21 pre-season tour, all matches prior to the final home match of the season being played behind closed doors, travel savings and reduced costs related to the fall in activity at the Old Trafford Megastore.

Depreciation and impairment

Depreciation and impairment for the year ended 30 June 2021 amounted to £15.0 million, a decrease of £3.6 million, or 19.4%, over the year ended 30 June 2020, primarily due to prior year impairment of investment property following the impact of COVID-19.

57

Table of Contents

Amortization

Amortization, primarily of registrations, for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £124.4 million, a decrease of £2.3 million, or 1.8%, over the year ended 30 June 2020. The unamortized balance of registrations as of 30 June 2021 was £328.0 million, of which £114.9 million is expected to be amortized in the year ending 30 June 2022. The remaining balance is expected to be amortized over the three years ending 30 June 2025. This does not take into account player acquisitions after 30 June 2021, which would have the effect of increasing the amortization expense in future periods, nor does it consider player departures subsequent to 30 June 2021, which would have the effect of decreasing future amortization charges. Furthermore, any contract renegotiations would also impact future charges.

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

Profit on disposal of intangible assets for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £7.4 million, compared to a profit of £18.4 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. The profit on disposal of intangible assets for the year ended 30 June 2021 primarily related to the disposal of Smalling (Roma) plus contingent fees relating to former players, partially offset by a loss on the disposal of Sanchez (Inter Milan). The profit on disposal of intangible assets for the year ended 30 June 2020 primarily related to the disposal of Lukaku (Inter Milan).

Net finance income/(costs)

Net finance income for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £12.9 million, compared to net finance costs of £26.0 million for the year ended 30 June 2020, primarily due to unrealized foreign exchange gains on unhedged USD borrowings in the current year compared to unrealized foreign exchange losses on unhedged USD borrowings in the prior year, partially offset by foreign exchange losses immediately reclassified from the hedging reserve for hedged future revenues no longer meeting the hedge accounting criteria due to a change in denomination of the contract currency.

Income tax

The income tax expense for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £68.2 million, compared to £2.4 million for the year ended 30 June 2021. During the fourth quarter of the year ended 30 June 2021, the UK Corporation tax rate increase from 19% to 25%, effective April 2023, was substantively enacted, necessitating a remeasurement of the existing UK deferred tax liability position. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax charge of £11.2 million in the period. Furthermore, given the current US federal corporate income tax rate of 21%, we expect future US tax liabilities to be sheltered by future foreign tax credits arising from UK tax paid. Consequently, we have written down the existing US deferred tax asset, on the basis it is no longer expected to give rise to a future economic benefit. This has resulted in a further non-cash deferred tax charge of £66.6 million in the period. Future increases in the US federal corporate income tax rate could result in a reversal of the US deferred tax asset write down.

The prior year tax expense on a loss before tax includes the impact of non-deductible expenses and re-measurement of the US deferred tax asset.

Safe Harbor

See the Section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Annual Report.

B.LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary cash requirements stem from the payment of transfer fees for the acquisition of players’ registrations, capital expenditure for the improvement of facilities at Old Trafford and Carrington, payment of interest on our borrowings, employee benefit expenses, other operating expenses and dividends on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Historically, we have met these cash requirements through a combination of operating cash flow and proceeds from transfer fees from the sale of players’ registrations. Our existing borrowings primarily consist of our secured term loan facility, our senior secured notes and outstanding drawdowns under our revolving facilities. We manage our cash flow interest rate risk where considered appropriate using interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting a portion of variable rate borrowings from floating to fixed rates. We have US dollar borrowings that we use to hedge our US dollar commercial revenue exposure. See “ — Indebtedness” We continue to evaluate our financing options and may, from time to time, take advantage of opportunities to repurchase or refinance all or a portion of our existing indebtedness to the extent such opportunities arise.

58

Table of Contents

The ongoing COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on full year cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2021. While the majority of remaining UK government-imposed restrictions have now been lifted following the end of fiscal 2021, we expect that the wider impact of COVID-19 on future revenue streams and cash flows will vary, but will generally depend on potential future UK and international governmental measures to manage the spread of the disease, including variants, the length of time that such measures remain in place, their impact on future consumer behavior, our ability to play football matches and continuation of matches played in front of a crowd and at full capacity. Given the ongoing uncertainty, we have taken several steps to preserve capital and increase liquidity, including closely monitoring the Company’s operating cost base and levels of uncommitted capital expenditures. We believe we are well placed with a strong balance sheet, including cash resources as at 30 June 2021 of £110.7 million. All funds are held as cash and cash equivalents and therefore available on demand. As at 30 June 2021, we also had access to undrawn revolving facilities of £140 million. However, we cannot assure you that our cash generated from operations, cash and cash equivalents or cash available under our revolving facilities will be sufficient to meet our long-term future needs, particularly in light of the ongoing nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and its continuing impact on the global economy and our business. We cannot assure you that we could obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all, including as a result of changes or volatility in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital, including as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

In fiscal year 2021, we paid a regular semi-annual cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share on 7 January 2021. A further semi-annual cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share was paid from our operating cash flows on 30 July 2021. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors or a committee thereof, and our expectations and policies regarding dividends are subject to change as our business needs, capital requirements or market conditions change. In fiscal 2020, the board of directors authorized a $35.0 million share repurchase program and we acquired treasury shares amounting to $26.3 million (approximately £21.3 million). The approximate value of shares that may yet be purchased under the program is £6.0m. We have suspended our share buy-back program due to the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Our business ordinarily generates a significant amount of cash from our Matchday revenues and commercial contractual arrangements at or near the beginning of our fiscal year, with a steady flow of other cash received throughout the fiscal year. In addition, we ordinarily generate a significant amount of our cash through advance receipts, including season tickets (which include general admission season tickets and seasonal hospitality tickets), most of which are received prior to the end of June for the following season. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, seasonal facility sales for the 2020/21 season were lapsed. Given the recent lifting of government restrictions and expected return of fans to the stadium, 2021/22 season tickets have sold out. Our Broadcasting revenue from the Premier League and UEFA are paid periodically throughout the season, with primary payments made in late summer, December, January and the end of the football season. Our sponsorship and other commercial revenue tends to be paid either quarterly or annually in advance. However, while we typically have a high cash balance at the beginning of each fiscal year, this is largely attributable to deferred revenue, the majority of which falls under current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, and this deferred revenue is unwound through the statement of profit or loss over the course of the fiscal year. Over the course of a year, we use our cash on hand to pay employee benefit expenses, other operating expenses, interest payments and other liabilities as they become due. This typically results in negative working capital movement at certain times during the year. In the event it ever became necessary to access additional operating cash, we also have access to cash through our revolving facilities. As of 30 June 2021, we had £60 million outstanding loans under our revolving facilities.

Pursuant to our contract with adidas, which began on 1 August 2015, the minimum guarantee payable by adidas over the 10-year term of the agreement is equal to £750 million, subject to certain adjustments. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Revenue Sectors — Commercial – Retail, Merchandising, Apparel & Product Licensing” for additional information regarding our agreement with adidas.

We also maintain a mixture of long-term debt and capacity under our revolving facilities in order to ensure that we have sufficient funds available for short-term working capital requirements and for investment in the playing squad and other capital projects.

Our cost base is more evenly spread throughout the fiscal year than our cash inflows. Employee benefit expenses and fixed costs constitute the majority of our cash outflows and are generally paid evenly throughout the 12 months of the fiscal year.

In addition, transfer windows for acquiring and disposing of registrations occur in January and the summer. During these periods, we may require additional cash to meet our acquisition needs for new players and we may generate additional cash through the sale of existing registrations. Depending on the terms of the agreement, transfer fees may be paid or received by us in multiple installments, resulting in deferred cash paid or received. Although we have not historically drawn on our revolving facilities during the summer

59

Table of Contents

transfer window, if we seek to acquire players with values substantially in excess of the values of players we seek to sell, we may be required to utilize cash available from our revolving facilities to meet our cash needs.

Acquisition and disposal of registrations also affects our trade receivables and payables, which affects our overall working capital. Our trade receivables include accrued revenue from sponsors as well as transfer fees receivable from other football clubs, whereas our trade payables include transfer fees and other associated costs in relation to the acquisition of registrations.

Capital expenditures at Old Trafford

Our stadium, Old Trafford, remains one of our key assets and a significant part of the overall experience we provide to our followers. Old Trafford has been our home stadium since 1910 and has undergone significant changes over the years. To maintain the quality of service, enhance the fan experience and increase Matchday revenue, we continually invest in the refurbishment and regeneration of Old Trafford. Following a substantial development prior to the 2006/07 season, we expanded seating capacity at Old Trafford from approximately 68,000 to 74,239 (currently reduced to 72,800 as a result of COVID-19 measures in place). In addition, we have continued to invest in improving hospitality suites and catering facilities through refurbishment programs.

We record these investments as capital expenditures. Capital expenditure at Old Trafford was 3.7 million, £18.4 million and £8.5 million for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This includes carrying out improvements at Old Trafford relating to the provision for supporters with disabilities. This follows consultation with organizations such as the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) and Manchester United Disabled Supporters’ Association (MUDSA) and includes the creation of new accessible viewing areas for disabled supporters.

In addition, we spent approximately £1.0 million, £1.9 million and £3.1 million for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively in connection with updating and expanding Carrington, our training facility.

Digital Media capital expenditure

We intend to continue investing in our digital media assets, including our website, mobile application and digital media capabilities.

Net intangible asset – registrations capital expenditure

Our average net intangible asset – registrations capital expenditure over the last 5 years has been a cash outflow of £132.4 million per fiscal year. However, net intangible asset – registrations capital expenditure has varied significantly from period to period, as shown in the table below, and while we expect that trend to continue, competition for talented players may force clubs to spend increasing amounts on player registration fees. We may explore new player acquisitions in connection with future transfer periods that may materially increase the amount of our net intangible asset – registrations capital expenditure. Actual cash used or generated from net intangible asset – registrations capital expenditure is recorded on our statement of cash flow under net cash outflow or inflow from investing activities.

60

Table of Contents

Last 5 Years Net Intangible Asset – Registrations Capital Expenditure(1)

GRAPHIC

(1) The net intangible asset – registrations capital expenditure data presented is the sum of all cash used for purchases of intangible assets – registrations and all cash generated from sales of intangible assets – registrations.

Working Capital

Our directors confirmed that, as of the date of this Annual Report, after taking into account our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flow from operating and financing activities, we believe that we have sufficient working capital for our present requirements.

Commitments

As of 30 June 2021, the Group had contracted capital expenditure relating to property, plant and equipment amounting to £1,240,000 and to other intangible assets amounting to £479,000. These amounts are not recognized as liabilities.

61

Table of Contents

Cash Flow

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Year ended 30 June

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

(in £ millions)

Cash flow from operating activities

  

 

  

 

  

Cash generated from operations

 

137.8

 

17.6

 

263.6

Interest paid

 

(20.5)

 

(20.5)

 

(19.0)

Interest received

 

 

1.3

 

2.9

Tax paid

 

(4.2)

 

(2.2)

 

(2.7)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

 

113.1

 

(3.8)

 

244.8

Cash flow from investing activities

 

 

  

 

  

Payments for property, plant and equipment

 

(6.2)

 

(21.3)

 

(13.7)

Payments for investment properties

 

 

 

(12.4)

Payments for intangible assets

 

(138.2)

 

(220.6)

 

(178.2)

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

 

46.0

 

29.0

 

43.0

Payments for derivative financial instruments

 

(0.9)

 

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

(99.3)

 

(212.9)

 

(161.3)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

 

  

 

  

Acquisition of treasury shares

 

 

(21.3)

 

Repayment of borrowings

 

 

 

(3.8)

Proceeds from borrowings

 

60.0

 

 

Principal elements of lease payments

 

(1.7)

 

(1.9)

 

Dividends paid

 

(10.7)

 

(23.2)

 

(23.3)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

 

47.6

 

(46.4)

 

(27.1)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(1)

 

61.4

 

(263.1)

 

56.4

(1)Excludes the effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents.

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash generated from operations represents our operating results and net movements in our working capital. Our working capital is generally impacted by the timing of cash received from the sale of tickets and hospitality and other Matchday revenues, broadcasting revenue from the Premier League and UEFA and commercial revenue. Cash generated from operations for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £137.8 million, an increase of £120.2 million from £17.6 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. This is primarily due to timing of cash receipts on commercial contractual arrangements, participation in the UEFA Champions League in the current year and the deferral of 2019/20 Broadcasting monies into fiscal 2021 upon completion of all competitions. This is partially offset by the deferral of VAT payments for the quarters ended February and May 2020 in line with UK government business support measures provided during COVID-19. Cash generated from operations for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £263.6 million.

Additional changes in net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities generally reflect our finance costs. We currently pay fixed rates of interest on our senior secured notes and variable rates of interest on our secured term loan facility. We use interest rate swaps to manage the cash flow interest rate risk. Such swaps have the economic effect of converting a portion of interest from variable rates to a fixed rate. Draw-downs from our revolving facilities are also subject to variable rates of interest.

Interest paid was £20.5 million for the year ended 30 June 2021, consistent with the year ended 30 June 2020. Interest on our senior secured notes is normally paid semi-annually, at the beginning of August and at the beginning of February. Interest paid for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £19.0 million.

Net cash inflow from operating activities was £113.1 million for the year ended 30 June 2021, an increase of £116.9 million compared to a net cash outflow of £3.8 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. Net cash inflow from operating activities for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £244.8 million.

62

Table of Contents

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Capital expenditure for the acquisition of intangible assets as well as for improvements to property, principally at Old Trafford and Carrington, are funded through cash flow generated from operations, proceeds from the sale of intangible assets and, if necessary, from our revolving facilities. Capital expenditure on the acquisition, disposal and trading of intangible assets tends to vary significantly from year to year depending on the requirements of our men’s first team, overall availability of players, our assessment of their relative value and competitive demand for players from other clubs. By contrast, capital expenditure on the purchase of property, plant and equipment tends to remain relatively stable as we continue to make improvements at Old Trafford and Carrington.

Net cash outflow from investing activities for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £99.3 million, a decrease of £113.6 million from £212.9 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. Net cash outflow from investing activities for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £161.3 million.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, net capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment was £6.2 million, a decrease of £15.1 million from net expenditure of £21.3 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. Net capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £13.7 million.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, net capital expenditure on investment properties was £nil, consistent with the year ended 30 June 2020. Net capital expenditure on investment properties for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £12.4 million.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, net capital expenditure on intangible assets was £92.2 million, a decrease of £99.4 million from net expenditure of £191.6 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. Net capital expenditure for the year ended 30 June 2021 was mainly comprised of payments made for the acquisitions of Wan-Bissaka, Fernandes, Lukaku and van de Beek, less payments received relating to the disposal of Lukaku.

Net capital expenditure for the year ended 30 June 2020 was mainly comprised of payments made for the acquisitions of Fernandes, Fred, Lukaku, Maguire, Matic and Wan-Bissaka, less payments received relating to the disposal of Lukaku.

Net capital expenditure on intangible assets for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £135.2 million and was mainly comprised of payments made for the acquisitions of Dalot, Fred, Lukaku and Pogba.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, net expenditure on derivative financial assets was £0.9 million, compared to £nil for the year ended 30 June 2020. Net expenditure on derivative financial assets for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £nil.

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net cash inflow from financing activities for the year ended 30 June 2021 was £47.6 million, an increase of £94.0 million compared to net cash outflow of £46.4 million for the year ended 30 June 2020. During the year ended 30 June 2021, we made a drawdown of £60.0 million on our revolving facilities and paid one semi-annual dividend amounting to £10.7 million.

During the year ended 30 June 2020, we acquired treasury shares amounting to £21.3 million and paid two semi-annual dividends amounting to £23.2 million in the aggregate.

Net cash outflow from financing activities for the year ended 30 June 2019 was £27.1 million. During the year ended 30 June 2019, we repaid the remaining balance of a secured bank loan amounting to £3.8 million and paid two semi-annual dividends amounting to £23.3 million in the aggregate.

Indebtedness

Our primary sources of indebtedness consist of our senior secured notes, our secured term loan facility and our revolving facilities. As part of the security for our senior secured notes, our secured term loan facility and our revolving facilities, substantially all of our assets are subject to liens and mortgages.

63

Table of Contents

Description of principal indebtedness

Senior secured notes

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Manchester United Football Club Limited, issued $425 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.79% senior secured notes (which we refer to throughout this Annual Report as the “senior secured notes”). As of 30 June 2021 the sterling equivalent of £304.5 million (net of unamortized issue costs of £3.1 million) was outstanding. The outstanding principal amount was $425.0 million. The senior secured notes mature on 25 June 2027.

The senior secured notes are guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited and MU Finance Limited and secured against substantially all of the assets of those entities and Manchester United Football Club Limited. These entities are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

The note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes contains a financial maintenance covenant requiring us to maintain consolidated profit for the period before depreciation, amortization of, and profit/(loss) on disposal of, intangible assets, exceptional items, net finance costs, and tax (“EBITDA”) of not less than £65 million for each 12 month testing period (with the flexibility to reduce this to £25 million during the period 31 March 2021 to 30 September 2022 inclusive). We are able to claim certain dispensations from complying with the consolidated EBITDA floor including up to twice (in non-consecutive financial years) during the life of the senior secured notes if we fail to qualify for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League. The impact of IFRS 16 is excluded for the purpose of covenant compliance testing. The covenant is tested on a quarterly basis and we were in compliance with the covenant for each quarter throughout the financial year.

The note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes contains events of default typical for securities of this type, as well as customary covenants and restrictions on the activities of Red Football Limited and each of Red Football Limited’s subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, the incurrence of additional indebtedness; dividends or distributions in respect of capital stock or certain other restricted payments or investments; entering into agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries; the sale or disposal of assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries; transactions with affiliates; the incurrence of liens; and mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of Red Football Limited’s assets. The covenants in the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes are subject to certain thresholds and exceptions described in the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes.

The senior secured notes may be redeemed in part, in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes then outstanding, or in full, at any time at 100% of the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium of an amount equal to the discounted value (based on the US Treasury rate) of the remaining interest payments due on the senior secured notes up to 25 June 2027.

Secured term loan facility

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Manchester United Football Club Limited, has a secured term loan facility with Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as lender. As of 30 June 2021 the sterling equivalent of £160.6 million (net of unamortized issue costs of £2.2 million) was outstanding. The outstanding principal amount was $225.0 million. The remaining balance of the secured term loan facility is repayable on 6 August 2029, although the Group has the option to repay the secured term loan facility at any time before then.

Loans under the secured term loan facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to US dollar LIBOR (provided that if the rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero) plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin, if no event of default has occurred and is continuing, means the following:

    

Margin %

Total net leverage ratio (as defined in the secured term loan facility agreement)

    

(per annum)

Greater than 3.5

 

1.75

Greater than 2.0 but less than or equal to 3.5

 

1.50

Less than or equal to 2.0

 

1.25

While any event of default is continuing, the applicable margin shall be the highest level set forth above.

64

Table of Contents

Our secured term loan facility is guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, MU Finance Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited and secured against substantially all of the assets of those entities. These entities are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

The secured term loan facility contains a financial maintenance covenant requiring us to maintain consolidated profit for the period before depreciation, amortization of, and profit/(loss) on disposal of, intangible assets, exceptional items, net finance costs, and tax (“EBITDA”) of not less than £65 million for each 12 month testing period (with the flexibility to reduce this to £25 million during the period 31 March 2021 to 30 September 2022 inclusive). We are able to claim certain dispensations from complying with the consolidated EBITDA floor including up to twice (in non-consecutive financial years) during the life of the secured term loan facility if we fail to qualify for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League. The impact of IFRS 16 is excluded for the purpose of covenant compliance testing. The covenant is tested on a quarterly basis and we were in compliance with the covenant for each quarter throughout the financial year.

Our secured term loan facility contains events of default typical in facilities of this type, as well as typical covenants including restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness, paying dividends or making other distributions or repurchasing or redeeming our stock, selling assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, entering into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, consolidating, merging, selling or otherwise disposing of all or substantially all of our assets, entering into sale and leaseback transactions, entering into transactions with our affiliates and incurring liens. Certain events of default and covenants in the secured term loan facility are subject to certain thresholds and exceptions described in the agreement governing the secured term loan facility.

Revolving facilities

Our revolving facilities agreement originally dated 22 May 2015 (as amended on 7 October 2015, amended and restated on 4 April 2019 and on 4 March 2021) (the “initial revolving facility”) allows Manchester United Football Club Limited (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Red Football Limited that becomes a borrower thereunder) to borrow up to £150 million from a syndicate of lenders with Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as agent and security trustee. As of 30 June 2021, we had £45 million in outstanding loans and £105 million in borrowing capacity under our revolving facilities agreement.

The initial revolving facility is scheduled to expire on 4 April 2025. Any amount still outstanding at that time will be due in full immediately on the applicable expiry date.

Subject to certain conditions, we may voluntarily prepay and/or permanently cancel all or part of the available commitments under the initial revolving facility by giving not less than three business days’ prior notice to the agent under the facility. Any loan drawn under the initial revolving facility is required to be repaid on the last day of each of its interest periods. Amounts repaid may (subject to the terms of the revolving facilities agreement) be re-borrowed.

Loans under the initial revolving facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (or in relation to a loan in euros, EURIBOR) (provided that if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR or, as the case may be, EURIBOR, shall be deemed to be zero) plus the applicable margin.

The applicable margin, if no event of default has occurred and is continuing, means the following:

    

Margin %

Total net leverage ratio (as defined in the revolving facilities agreement)

    

(per annum)

Greater than 3.5

 

1.75

Greater than 2.0 but less than or equal to 3.5

 

1.50

Less than or equal to 2.0

 

1.25

While any default is continuing, the applicable margin shall be the highest level set forth above.

A commitment fee is payable on the available but undrawn amount of the initial revolving facility, at a rate equal to 40% per annum of the applicable margin.

65

Table of Contents

Our initial revolving facility is guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, MU Finance Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited and secured against substantially all of the assets of those entities. These entities are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

In addition to the general covenants described below, the initial revolving facility contains a financial maintenance covenant requiring us to maintain consolidated EBITDA of not less than £65 million for each 12 month testing period (with the flexibility to reduce this to £25 million during the period 31 March 2021 to 30 September 2022 inclusive). We are able to claim certain dispensations from complying with the consolidated EBITDA floor including up to twice (in non-consecutive financial years) during the life of the initial revolving facility if we fail to qualify for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League. In addition, in the event that the financial covenant is not complied with, such non-compliance may also be cured with the cash proceeds of additional shareholder funding or subordinated shareholder funding no later than the end of the period 20 business days following the earlier of the date on which the compliance certificate setting out the calculations in respect of the relevant covenant determination is required to be delivered and the date on which it is delivered under the terms of the revolving facilities agreement, and no equity cures may be made in consecutive financial quarters or on more than four occasions over the life of the initial revolving facility. The impact of IFRS 16 is excluded for the purpose of covenant compliance testing.

Our initial revolving facility contains events of default typical in facilities of this type, as well as typical covenants including restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness, paying dividends or making other distributions or repurchasing or redeeming our stock, making investments, selling assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, entering into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, consolidating, merging, selling or otherwise disposing of all or substantially all of our assets, entering into sale and leaseback transactions, entering into transactions with our affiliates and incurring liens. Certain events of default and covenants in the initial revolving facility are subject to certain thresholds and exceptions described in the agreement governing the initial revolving facility.

Our revolving facility agreement originally dated 14 October 2020 (as amended and restated on 4 March 2021) (the “new revolving facility”) allows Manchester United Football Club Limited (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Red Football Limited that becomes a borrower thereunder) to borrow up to £50 million from Santander UK plc as original lender and with Santander UK plc as agent and with Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as security trustee. The general covenants under the new revolving facility agreement are consistent with the initial revolving facilities agreement. As of 30 June 2021, we had £15 million in outstanding loans and £35 million in borrowing capacity under our revolving facility agreement.

The new revolving facility has a maturity date of 4 July 2025.

Subject to certain conditions, we may voluntarily prepay and/or permanently cancel all or part of the available commitments under the new revolving facility by giving not less than three business days’ prior notice to the agent under the facility. Any loan drawn under the new revolving facility is required to be repaid on the last day of each of its interest periods. Amounts repaid may (subject to the terms of the revolving facility agreement) be re-borrowed.

Loans under the new revolving facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (provided that if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero) plus a margin of 2.5% per annum.

A commitment fee is payable on the available but undrawn amount of the new revolving facility, at a rate equal to 50% per annum of the above margin.

Our new revolving facility is guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, MU Finance Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited and secured against substantially all of the assets of those entities. These entities are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

In addition to the general covenants described below, the new revolving facility contains a financial maintenance covenant requiring us to maintain consolidated EBITDA of not less than £65 million for each 12 month testing period (with the flexibility to reduce this to £25 million during the period 31 March 2021 to 30 September 2022 inclusive). We are able to claim certain dispensations from complying with the consolidated EBITDA floor including up to twice (in non-consecutive financial years) during the life of the new revolving facility if we fail to qualify for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League. In addition, in the event that the financial covenant is not complied with, such non-compliance may also be cured with the cash proceeds of additional shareholder funding or subordinated shareholder funding no later than the end of the period 20 business days following the earlier of the date on which the compliance certificate setting out the calculations in respect of the relevant

66

Table of Contents

covenant determination is required to be delivered and the date on which it is delivered under the terms of the revolving facilities agreement, and no equity cures may be made in consecutive financial quarters or on more than four occasions over the life of the new revolving facility. The impact of IFRS 16 is excluded for the purpose of covenant compliance testing.

Our new revolving facility contains events of default typical in facilities of this type, as well as typical covenants including restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness, paying dividends or making other distributions or repurchasing or redeeming our stock, making investments, selling assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, entering into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, consolidating, merging, selling or otherwise disposing of all or substantially all of our assets, entering into sale and leaseback transactions, entering into transactions with our affiliates and incurring liens. Certain events of default and covenants in the new revolving facility are subject to certain thresholds and exceptions described in the agreement governing the new revolving facility.

As of 30 June 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants in relation to indebtedness.

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of 30 June 2021:

    

    

    

    

    

Total per

Total 

 consolidated 

Less than 

1-3 

3-5

More than 

contractual 

financial 

    

1 year

    

years

    

 years

    

five years

    

cash flows(1)

    

statements

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Debt obligations(2)

77,203

 

33,292

 

28,496

 

489,983

 

628,974

 

530,236

Lease obligations(3)

 

1,562

 

978

 

100

 

3,642

 

6,282

 

4,340

Purchase obligations(4)

 

163,123

 

66,795

 

2,908

 

 

232,826

 

227,687

Total

 

241,888

 

101,065

 

31,504

 

493,625

 

868,082

 

762,263

(1) Total contractual cash flows reflect contractual non-derivative financial obligations including interest, lease payments on short-term and low value leases, purchase order commitments and capital commitments and therefore differs from the carrying amounts in our consolidated financial statements.
(2) As of 30 June 2021, we had $425.0 million of our senior secured notes outstanding, $225.0 million of our secured term loan facility outstanding and £60.0 million outstanding loans under our revolving facilities.
(3) We enter into leases in the normal course of business. The future lease obligations would change if we were to enter into additional new leases.
(4) Purchase obligations include current and non-current obligations related to the acquisition of registrations, purchase order commitments and capital commitments. Purchase obligations do not include contingent transfer fees of £92.0 million which are potentially payable by us if certain specific performance conditions are met.

Except as disclosed above and in note 31 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of 30 June 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 included elsewhere in this Annual Report, as of 30 June 2021, we did not have any material contingent liabilities or guarantees.

Off balance sheet arrangements

Transfer fees payable

Under the terms of certain contracts with other football clubs in respect of player transfers, additional amounts would be payable by us if certain specific performance conditions are met. As noted above, we estimate the fair value of any contingent consideration at the date of acquisition based on the probability of conditions being met and monitor this on an ongoing basis. The maximum additional amount that could be payable as of 30 June 2021 is £92.0 million.

67

Table of Contents

Transfer fees receivable

Similarly, under the terms of contracts with other football clubs for player transfers, additional amounts would be payable to us if certain specific performance conditions are met. In accordance with the recognition criteria for contingent assets, such amounts are only disclosed by the Company when probable and recognized when virtually certain. As of 30 June 2021, we believe receipt of £0.1 million to be probable.

Other commitments

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into capital commitments. These transactions are recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, and are more fully disclosed therein.

As of 30 June 2021, we had not entered into any other off-balance sheet transactions.

C.RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

We do not currently have, and have not had during the past three years, any research and development policies in place. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Intellectual Property” and note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for information about our intellectual property and licenses, respectively.

D.TREND INFORMATION

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events since 30 June 2021 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

E.CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of our financial information requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions concerning the future. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results.

For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, see note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 and for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

We believe that the following accounting policies reflect the most critical estimates and assumptions and are significant to the consolidated financial statements.

We do not consider there to be any significant judgments in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Recognition of revenue

Commercial

Commercial revenue (whether settled in cash or value in kind) comprises revenue receivable from the exploitation of the Manchester United brand through sponsorship and other commercial agreements, including minimum guaranteed revenue, revenue receivable from retailing Manchester United branded merchandise in the United Kingdom and licensing the manufacture, distribution and sale of such goods globally, and fees for the Manchester United men’s first team undertaking tours.

A number of our sponsorship contracts contain significant estimates in relation to our recognition of revenue in line with performance obligations. Minimum guaranteed revenue is recognized over the term of the sponsorship agreement in line with the performance obligations included within the contract and based on the sponsorship benefits enjoyed by the individual sponsor. In instances where the sponsorship rights remain the same over the duration of the contract, revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied evenly over time (i.e. on a straight-line basis).

68

Table of Contents

The minimum guarantee payable by adidas over the term of our agreement with them is equal to £750 million, subject to certain adjustments. Payments due in a particular year may increase if our men’s first team wins certain competitions or decrease if our men’s first team fails to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons, with the reduction being 30% of the applicable payment for the year in which the second or other consecutive season of non-participation falls. In the event of a reduction in any year due to the failure to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons, the remaining payments revert back to the original ‎terms upon the men’s first team participating again in the Champions League. Any increase or decrease in a particular year would have the effect of increasing or decreasing the minimum guarantee amount of £750 million payable over the term of the agreement. A critical estimate in the current and future financial years therefore will be management’s assessment as to whether or not our men’s first team is likely to fail to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons during the term of the agreement. Such assessments of future participation may differ from actual participation, which could result in a difference in the revenue recognized in a given year.

Broadcasting and Matchday

For our accounting policies relating to Broadcasting revenue and Matchday revenue, which management does not consider to involve critical estimates and judgments, see notes 4.3(ii) and (iii) to our audited consolidated financial statements as of 30 June 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Fair value of intangible assets — registrations

The costs associated with the acquisition of players’ and key football management staff registrations are capitalized as intangible assets at the fair value of the consideration payable, including an estimate of the fair value of any contingent consideration. Subsequent reassessments of the amount of contingent consideration payable are also included in the cost of the individual’s registration. The estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration payable requires management to assess the likelihood of specific performance conditions being met which would trigger the payment of the contingent consideration such as the number of player appearances. This assessment is carried out on an individual basis. Costs associated with the acquisition of players’ and key football management staff registrations include transfer fees, Premier League levy fees, agents’ fees and other directly attributable costs. These costs are amortized over the period covered by the individual’s contract. To the extent that an individual’s contract is extended, the remaining book value is amortized over the remaining revised contract life.

Recognition of deferred tax assets

We recognize deferred tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that the associated deductions will be available for use against future profits and that there will be sufficient future taxable profit available against which the temporary differences can be utilized, provided the asset can be reliably quantified. In estimating future taxable profit, management use “base case” approved forecasts which incorporate a number of assumptions, including a prudent level of future uncontracted revenue in the forecast period. In arriving at a judgment in relation to the recognition of deferred tax assets, management considers the regulations applicable to tax and advice on their interpretation. Future taxable income may be higher or lower than estimates made when determining whether it is appropriate to record a tax asset and the amount to be recorded. Furthermore, changes in the legislative framework or applicable tax case law may result in management reassessing the recognition of deferred tax assets in future periods.

69

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

The following table lists each of our current executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions as of the date of this Annual Report.

Name

    

Age

    

Position

    

Director Position Held Since

 

Avram Glazer

60

Executive Co-Chairman and Director

May 2012

Joel Glazer

54

Executive Co-Chairman and Director

May 2012

Edward Woodward (1)

49

Executive Vice Chairman and Director

April 2012

Richard Arnold

50

Group Managing Director and Director

August 2012

Cliff Baty

51

Chief Financial Officer and Director

December 2017

Kevin Glazer

59

Director

August 2012

Bryan Glazer

56

Director

August 2012

Darcie Glazer Kassewitz

53

Director

September 2012

Edward Glazer

51

Director

November 2012

Robert Leitão

58

Independent Director

August 2012

Manu Sawhney

54

Independent Director

September 2012

John Hooks

65

Independent Director

November 2012

(1) On 20 April 2021, it was announced that Executive Vice Chairman Edward Woodward will step down from his role during the 2021/22 financial year.

The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors:

Avram Glazer, aged 60, is Executive Co-Chairman and a Director of the Company. He is currently a director of Red Football Limited and Co-Chairman of Manchester United Limited. Mr. Glazer served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Zapata Corporation, a US public company from March 1995 to July 2009 and Chairman of the board of Zapata Corporation from March 2002 to July 2009. Mr. Glazer received a business degree from Washington University in St. Louis in 1982. He received a law degree from American University, Washington College of Law in 1985.

Joel Glazer, aged 54, is Executive Co-Chairman and a Director of the Company. He is currently a director of Red Football Limited and Co-Chairman of Manchester United Limited. Mr. Glazer is Co-Chairman of the Tampa Bay Buccaneers. Mr. Glazer is a member of the NFL Finance, International, Media, and Legalized Sports Betting Committees. Mr. Glazer graduated from American University in Washington, D.C., in 1989 with a bachelor’s degree.

Edward Woodward, aged 49, is Executive Vice Chairman and a Director of the Company. He was appointed to our board of directors on 30 April 2012 and is currently Executive Vice Chairman of Manchester United Limited, having been elected to its board of directors in February 2008. Mr. Woodward represents the club at meetings of the English Premier League’s shareholders. On joining the club in 2005 he initially managed the capital structure of the group and advised on the overall financial business plan. In 2007 he assumed responsibility for the commercial and media operations and developed and implemented a new overall commercial strategy for the club. This resulted in a new structured approach to commercializing the brand, including developing the sponsorship strategy. Mr. Woodward formerly worked as a senior investment banker within J.P. Morgan’s international mergers and acquisitions team between 1999 and 2005. Prior to joining J.P. Morgan, Mr. Woodward worked for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in the Accounting and Tax Advisory department between 1993 and 1999. He received a Bachelor of Science degree in physics from Bristol University in 1993 and qualified for his Chartered Accountancy in 1996.

Richard Arnold, aged 50, is the Group Managing Director and a Director of the Company. In his capacity as Group Managing Director, Mr. Arnold oversees all commercial and operational aspects of the Company. Mr. Arnold also serves as Chairman of the Manchester United Foundation. In his previous role as Commercial Director (until 30 June 2013) he was responsible for the management and growth of the Company’s sponsorship business, retail, merchandising, apparel & product licensing business, and digital media business. In this capacity he was nominated for SportBusiness International’s Sports innovator of the year list in 2011. In each of 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, Mr. Arnold has been named as an LGBT+ Executive Ally by the charity OUTstanding, in

70

Table of Contents

recognition of the work he has done to progress LGBT+ inclusion at Manchester United for employees and supporters. In addition to this, Mr. Arnold was named as Diversity Ally of the Year at the European Diversity Awards in 2019. Mr. Arnold was previously Deputy Managing Director of InterVoice Ltd responsible for the international channel sales and marketing division of InterVoice Inc., a NASDAQ listed technology company, between 2002 and 2007. He was nominated as a finalist for Young Director of the Year by the United Kingdom Institute of Directors in 2004 and 2005. Prior to InterVoice, he worked at Global Crossing Europe Ltd, a company in the technology sector, on its restructure between 1999 and 2002. Prior to this he was a senior manager in the telecommunications and media practice at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1993 to 1999, including working on the privatization of the Saudi Telecommunications Corporation and the Initial Public Offering of Orange in the United Kingdom. He received an honors Bachelor of Science degree in biology from Bristol University in 1993 and received his Chartered Accountancy qualification in 1996.

Cliff Baty, aged 51, is the Companys Chief Financial Officer and a Director of the Company. He was appointed to our board of directors on 14 December 2017. He is responsible for managing all aspects of financial reporting and financial control of the Company. Mr. Baty joined Manchester United in 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Baty served as Chief Financial Officer and member of the board of directors of Sportech plc, a leading pool betting operator and technology supplier, from 2013 to 2016. Prior to Sportech, he worked at Ladbrokes plc from 2006 to 2013 in a number of senior finance roles including Finance Director of its eGaming and International businesses, as well as Ladbrokes businesses in Spain, Italy and South Africa. Before that he was Group Financial Controller of Hilton Group plc from 2004 to 2006. He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Ernst & Young, where he worked for 10 years. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Chemistry from Oriel College, Oxford University in 1992.

Kevin Glazer, aged 59, is a Director of the Company. He is currently a director of Red Football Limited and a director of Manchester United Limited. He is currently the Chairman of Glazer Properties. Mr. Glazer graduated from Ithaca College in 1984 with a Bachelor of Arts degree.

Bryan Glazer, aged 56, is a Director of the Company. He is currently a director of Red Football Limited and Manchester United Limited. He is the Co-Chairman of the Tampa Bay Buccaneers and also serves on the NFL’s Digital Media Committee. Mr. Glazer serves on the board of directors of the Glazer Children’s Museum. He received a bachelor’s degree from the American University in Washington, D.C., in 1986 and received his law degree from Whittier College School of Law in 1989.

Darcie Glazer Kassewitz, aged 53, is a Director of the Company. She is currently a director of Red Football Limited. Ms. Glazer Kassewitz is the President of the Glazer Vision Foundation. She graduated cum laude from the American University in 1990 and received a law degree in 1993 from Suffolk Law School.

Edward Glazer, aged 51, is a Director of the Company. He is currently a non-executive director of Red Football Limited. He is Co-Chairman of the Tampa Bay Buccaneers, and Chairman of US Property Trust and US Auto Trust. Mr. Glazer received a bachelor’s degree from Ithaca College.

Robert Leitão, aged 58, is an Independent Director of the Company. He is Managing Partner of Rothschild & Co Gestion, the top holding company of the Rothschild & Co Group. Rothschild & Co Gestion is responsible for all aspects of the Rothschild & Co Group strategy, team and operations across its global network of 50+ offices. Robert is also Co-Chairman of the Rothschild & Co Group Executive Committee and Head of Global Advisory, the leading advisory firm in the world. He also serves as Chief Executive of NM Rothschild & Sons, Rothschild & Co’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom.

Manu Sawhney, aged 54, is an Independent Director of the Company. With over 29 years of rich experience in the sports, media, entertainment and consumer industry, Mr. Sawhney till recently served as the Chief Executive Officer of the International Cricket Council (ICC). ICC is the global governing body for the sport of cricket representing 105 members, the ICC governs and administrates the game and is responsible for the staging of major international tournaments including the ICC Men’s World Cup and Women’s World Cup and the ICC Men’s and Women’s T20 World Cups as well as all associated qualifying events. The ICC presides over the ICC Code of Conduct which sets the professional standards of discipline for international cricket, playing conditions, bowling reviews and other ICC regulations and appoints match officials. Mr. Sawhney prior to this role served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Singapore Sports Hub, one of the largest sporting Public-Private Partnerships in the world, and the city-state’s premier sporting, lifestyle and entertainment destination. Mr. Sawhney previously served as the Managing Director of ESPN STAR Sports (ESS), a 50:50 joint venture for Asia between ESPN and News Corp, and reported directly to the board of directors. He was responsible for the overall business leadership and P&L of the company across 24 countries in Asia. Mr. Sawhney led ESS’s growth and expansion across multiple platforms in various markets across Asia including business expansion in Taiwan, start-up of a new joint venture in South Korea, consolidation of business in China and securing long term strategic partnerships in India, Malaysia, Indonesia and Singapore. Prior to heading ESS’s Asia operations, Mr. Sawhney served as the Executive Vice President of Programming/Event

71

Table of Contents

Management/Marketing/ Network Presentation, wherein he negotiated and secured various multi-year renewals of key global and regional rights & affiliate deals. Mr. Sawhney also previously served as the Managing Director of ESS’s South Asia business based out of India. Before joining ESS, Mr. Sawhney worked for 3 years with ITC Global Holdings based out of Vietnam and India. Mr. Sawhney holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani, India, and received his Masters in International Business from the Indian Institute of Foreign Trade, New Delhi, India. Mr. Sawhney also served on the Steering Committee of the 28th South East Asian Games and is a member of the Young Presidents Organisation (YPO).

John Hooks, aged 65, is an Independent Director of the Company. He has been in the luxury fashion industry for over 40 years and has held positions in some of the sector’s most influential companies. After graduating from Oxford University, he entered the fashion industry through Gruppo Finanziario Tessile (GFT) in Turin, Italy. For three years he was the commercial director for the prêt-à-porter collection of Valentino. From 1988 to 1994, based in Hong Kong, he was responsible for the establishment of GFT’s regional subsidiaries in Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Australia as well as in mainland China (in 1988, the first major foreign fashion company to establish a direct presence in that country). From 1995 to 2000 he was Commercial and Regional Director of Jil Sander in Hamburg, Germany. In 2000, Mr. Hooks joined Giorgio Armani as Group Commercial and Marketing Director, considerably expanding the company’s global wholesale and retail network. He was subsequently appointed Deputy Chairman of the Giorgio Armani Group. From 2011 to 2014, he was Group President of Ralph Lauren Europe and Middle East. Mr. Hooks currently works as an independent consultant. He is also a senior adviser to McKinsey & Company and is on the board of Trussardi S.p.A.

Family Relationships

Our Executive Co-Chairmen and directors Avram Glazer and Joel Glazer, and directors Bryan Glazer, Kevin Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Edward Glazer are siblings.

Arrangements or Understandings

None of our executive officers or directors have any arrangement or understanding with our principal shareholders, customers, suppliers or other persons pursuant to which such executive officer or director was selected as an executive officer or director.

B.COMPENSATION

We set out below the amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind provided by us or our subsidiaries to our directors and members of the executive management for services in all capacities to our Company or our subsidiaries for the 2021 fiscal year, as well as the amount contributed by our Company or our subsidiaries to retirement benefit plans for our directors and members of the executive management board.

Directors and Executive Management Compensation

The compensation for each member of our executive management is comprised of the following elements: base salary, bonus, contractual benefits and pension contributions. The total amount of compensation (including share-based payments) paid or payable and benefits in kind provided to the members of our board of directors and our executive management employees for the fiscal year 2021 was £9,456,000. We do not currently maintain any bonus or profit-sharing plan for the benefit of the members of our executive management; however, certain members of our executive management are eligible to receive annual bonuses (including share-based awards) pursuant to the terms of their service agreements. The total amount set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors and our executive management employees with respect to the fiscal year 2021 was £5,000.

Employment or Service Agreements

We have entered into written employment or service agreements with each of the members of our executive management, which agreements provide, among other things, for benefits upon a termination of employment. In order to align the interests of our executive management with our shareholders, members of our executive management are eligible to receive annual share-based awards (or cash and share-based awards) pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “Equity Plan”). The amount of the awards will generally be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and our remuneration committee. In order to encourage retention, the awards are eligible to become vested over a multi-year period following the date of grant. In connection with their receipt of the awards, each member of our executive management will agree to hold a minimum of that number of Class A ordinary shares with a value equal to such member’s annual salary for so long as such member is employed by us.

72

Table of Contents

We have not entered into written employment or service agreements with our outside directors, including any member of the Glazer family. However, we may in the future enter into employment or services agreements with such individuals, the terms of which may provide for, among other things, cash or equity based compensation and benefits.

Share-Based Compensation Awards

We currently have one share-based compensation award plan, namely the 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan, established in 2012 (the “Equity Plan”).

The Equity Plan

The principal purpose of the Equity Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and non-employee directors through the granting of share-based and cash-based compensation awards. The principal features of the Equity Plan are summarized below.

During the year ended 30 June 2021, certain directors and members of executive management were awarded Class A ordinary shares, pursuant to the Equity Plan. These shares are subject to varying vesting schedules over a multi-year period. The fair value of these shares was the quoted market price on the date of award. Details of the share awards outstanding and therefore potentially issuable as new shares are as follows:

Number of Class A 

    

ordinary shares

Outstanding at beginning of the year

 

136,212

Awarded during the year

 

118,075

Vested during the year

 

(55,225)

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

199,062

The fair value of shares awarded during the year was $14.66 (£10.61) per share.

Share reserve

Under the Equity Plan, 16,000,000 Class A ordinary shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of share-based compensation awards, including share options, share appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, deferred share awards, deferred share unit awards, dividend equivalent awards, share payment awards and other share-based awards. Of these reserved shares, assuming the above outstanding share awards fully vest, 14,848,870 shares remain available for issuance as of 1 September 2021.

Administration

The remuneration committee of our board of directors (or other committee as our board of directors may appoint) administers the Equity Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, determines the types of awards to be granted, the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and makes all other determinations and can take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the Equity Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to the administration of the Equity Plan. Our board of directors has the authority at all times to remove the remuneration committee (or other applicable committee) as the administrator and reinstate itself as the authority to administer the Equity Plan.

Eligibility

The Equity Plan provides that share options, share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares and all other awards may be granted to individuals who will then be our non-employee directors, officers, employees or consultants or the non-employee directors, officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries.

73

Table of Contents

Awards

The Equity Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue share options, SARs, restricted shares, restricted share units, deferred shares, deferred share units, dividend equivalents, share payments and other share-based awards, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

·Share Options provide for the right to purchase Class A ordinary shares at a specified price, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and/or individual performance targets established by the administrator.

·Restricted Shares may be granted to any eligible individual selected by the administrator and are made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted shares, typically, are forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price (if applicable) if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. The Equity Plan provides that restricted shares generally may not be sold or otherwise transferred until the applicable restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted shares, unlike recipients of share options, have voting rights and have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse; however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until the restrictions are removed or expire.

·Restricted Share Units may be awarded to any eligible individual selected by the administrator, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. The Equity Plan provides that, like restricted shares, restricted share units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted shares, Class A ordinary shares underlying restricted share units are not issued until the restricted share units have vested, and recipients of restricted share units generally have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied and the Class A ordinary shares are issued.

·Deferred Share Awards represent the right to receive Class A ordinary shares on a future date. The Equity Plan provides that deferred shares may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until issued. Deferred shares are not issued until the deferred share award has vested, and recipients of deferred shares generally have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the Class A ordinary shares are issued. Deferred share awards generally will be forfeited, and the underlying Class A ordinary shares of deferred shares will not be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are not met.

·Deferred Share Unit Awards may be awarded to any eligible individual selected by the administrator, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Each deferred share unit award entitles the holder thereof to receive one share of our Class A ordinary shares on the date the deferred share unit becomes vested or upon a specified settlement date thereafter. The Equity Plan provides that, like deferred shares, deferred share units may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike deferred shares, deferred share units may provide that Class A ordinary shares in respect of underlying deferred share units will not be issued until a specified date or event following the vesting date. Recipients of deferred share units generally have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the Class A ordinary shares underlying the award have been issued to the holder.

·Share Appreciation Rights, or SARs, may be granted in the administrator’s discretion separately or in connection with share options or other awards. SARs granted in connection with share options or other awards typically provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our Class A ordinary shares over a set exercise price. There are no restrictions specified in the Equity Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom, although the Equity Plan provides that restrictions may be imposed by the administrator in the SAR agreements. SARs under the Equity Plan may be settled in cash or Class A ordinary shares, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

·Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per Class A ordinary share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of Class A ordinary shares covered by the award. The Equity Plan provides that dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or Class A ordinary shares and at such times as determined by the administrator.

74

Table of Contents

·Share Payments are payments made to employees, consultants or non-employee directors in the form of Class A ordinary shares or an option or other right to purchase Class A ordinary shares. Share payments may be made as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement and may be subject to a vesting schedule, including vesting upon the attainment of performance criteria, in which case the share payment will not be made until the vesting criteria have been satisfied. Share payments may be made in lieu of cash compensation that would otherwise be payable to the employee, consultant or non-employee director or share payments may be made as a bonus payment in addition to compensation otherwise payable to such individuals.

Change in control

The Equity Plan provides that the administrator may, in its discretion, provide that awards issued under the Equity Plan are subject to acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions. In addition, the administrator also has complete discretion to structure one or more awards under the Equity Plan to provide that such awards become vested and exercisable or payable on an accelerated basis in the event such awards are assumed or replaced with equivalent awards but the individual’s service with us or the acquiring entity is subsequently terminated within a designated period following the change in control event. A change in control event under the Equity Plan is generally defined as a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination in which we are involved, directly or indirectly (other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination which results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company’s outstanding voting securities) after which a person or group (other than our existing equity-holders) beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction, or the sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets.

Adjustments of awards

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of our assets to shareholders (other than normal cash dividends) or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares in our capital or the share price of our Class A ordinary shares that would require adjustments to the Equity Plan or any awards under the Equity Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the Equity Plan provides that the administrator may make equitable adjustments, as determined in its discretion, to the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the Equity Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and the terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards), and the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the Equity Plan.

Amendment and termination

The Equity Plan provides that our board of directors or the remuneration committee (with the approval of the board of directors) may terminate, amend or modify the Equity Plan at any time and from time to time. However, the Equity Plan generally requires us to obtain shareholder approval to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange law), including in connection with any amendments to increase the number of shares available under the Equity Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above).

Securities laws

The Equity Plan is designed to comply with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, to the extent applicable, any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder. The Equity Plan is administered, and stock options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. On 13 August 2012, we filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering Class A ordinary shares issuable under the Equity Plan.

UK Subplan

Our board of directors approved the 2012 UK Company Share Option UK Sub-Plan on 10 September 2013. This is a sub-plan to the Equity Plan which allows for the grant of stock options in a tax efficient manner to employees who are UK residents. It derives its powers and authority from the Equity Plan and does not create any enhanced or additional rights. This sub-plan does not increase the share reserve under the Equity Plan.

75

Table of Contents

C.BOARD PRACTICES

Board of directors

We currently have 12 directors on our board of directors, three of whom have been determined by the board of directors to qualify as “independent” pursuant to rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Any director on our board may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders or by our shareholders holding a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares by notice in writing to the Company. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that each director elected at a general meeting shall be elected to hold office for a one-year term and until the election of their respective successors in office or their earlier death, resignation or removal. Any vacancies on our board of directors or additions to the existing board of directors can be filled by the board of directors or by our shareholders holding a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares by notice in writing to the Company. For more information on the length of time each director has served, see “Item 6.A. Directors and Senior Management.”

Committees of the Board of directors and Corporate Governance

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a remuneration committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist with its responsibilities.

Audit committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. John Hooks , Robert Leitão and Manu Sawhney. Our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. John Hooks, Robert Leitão and Manu Sawhney is financially literate and satisfies the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Robert Leitão acts as chairman of our audit committee and has been determined by the board of directors to qualify as an audit committee financial expert as set forth under the applicable rules of the Exchange Act. A copy of our audit committee charter is available on our website at https://ir.manutd.com/. The information contained on or through our website, or any other website referred to herein, is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

·

selecting our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

·

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm any audit issues or difficulties and managements response;

·

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

·

reviewing major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of significant control deficiencies;

·

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

·

such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time; and

·

meeting separately and periodically with management, our internal auditors and our independent registered public accounting firm.

Remuneration committee

Our remuneration committee consists of Messrs. Joel Glazer, Avram Glazer and Robert Leitão. Mr. Joel Glazer is the chairman of our remuneration committee. A copy of our remuneration committee charter is available on our website at https://ir.manutd.com/. The

76

Table of Contents

information contained on or through our website, or any other website referred to herein, is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. The remuneration committee is responsible for, among other things:

·

determining the levels of remuneration for each of our executive officers and directors; however, no member of the remuneration committee will participate in decisions relating to his or her remuneration;

·

establishing and reviewing the objectives of our management compensation programs and compensation policies;

·

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of senior management, including annual and long-term performance goals and objectives;

·

evaluating the performance of members of senior management and recommending and monitoring the remuneration of members of senior management; and

·

reviewing, approving and recommending the adoption of any equity-based or non-equity based compensation plan for our employees or consultants and administering such plan.

We have availed ourselves of certain exemptions afforded to foreign private issuers under New York Stock Exchange rules, which exempt us from the requirement that we have a remuneration committee composed entirely of independent directors.

D.EMPLOYEES

Employees

The average monthly number of employees during the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, including directors, was as follows:

2021

2020

2019

    

Number

    

Number

    

Number

Average number of employees:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Football – men’s and women’s players

 

118

 

115

 

104

Football - technical and coaching

 

176

 

176

 

163

Commercial

 

131

 

129

 

114

Media

 

90

 

88

 

85

Administration and other

 

468

 

484

 

474

Average monthly number of employees

 

983

 

992

 

940

The table below sets out the average monthly number of employees during the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, including directors, by geography:

2021

2020

2019

    

Number

    

Number

    

Number

United Kingdom

 

926

 

928

 

885

Hong Kong

 

11

 

13

 

14

United States

 

3

 

3

 

3

Rest of World

 

43

 

48

 

38

Average monthly number of employees

 

983

 

992

 

940

We are not a signatory to any labor union collective bargaining agreement. We also engaged approximately 945, 3,593 and 3,340 temporary employees in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, on a regular basis to perform, among other things, catering, security, ticketing, hospitality and marketing services during Matchdays at Old Trafford. The reduction in temporary employees in fiscal 2021 is due to the COVID-19 pandemic and virtually all matches being played behind closed doors. Compensation to full-time and temporary employees is accounted for in our employee benefit expenses.

77

Table of Contents

E.SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table shows the number of shares owned by our directors and members of our executive management as of 1 September 2021:

    

Class A

    

Class B

% of Total

 

Ordinary

Ordinary

Voting

 

    

Shares

    

%  

    

Shares

    

%  

    

Power(1)

 

Avram Glazer(2)

 

 

16,606,979

13.87

%

13.39

%

Joel Glazer(3)

 

1,707,614

 

3.94

%

21,899,366

18.30

%

17.79

%

Edward Woodward

 

543,141

 

1.25

%

 

0.04

%

Richard Arnold

 

(*)

 

(*)

 

(*)

Cliff Baty

 

(*)

 

(*)

 

(*)

Kevin Glazer(4)

 

 

20,899,366

17.46

%

16.85

%

Bryan Glazer(5)

 

 

19,899,365

16.62

%

16.04

%

Darcie Glazer Kassewitz(6)

 

603,806

 

1.39

%

20,899,365

17.46

%

16.90

%

Edward Glazer(7)

 

 

19,503,172

16.29

%

15.73

%

Robert Leitão

 

 

 

Manu Sawhney

 

 

 

John Hooks

 

 

 

(1) Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A and Class B ordinary shares, as a single class. The holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 10 votes per share, and holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share.
(2) Shares owned by Avram Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Avram Glazer is the sole trustee, and Hamilton TFC LLC, of which Avram Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.
(3) Shares owned by Joel M. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Joel Glazer is the sole trustee, and RECO Holdings LLC, of which Joel M. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.
(4) Shares owned by Kevin Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Family Trust, of which Kevin Glazer is the sole trustee, and KEGT Holdings LLC, of which Kevin Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Family Trust is the sole member.
(5) Shares owned by Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Bryan Glazer is the sole trustee, BGGT Holdings LLC, of which Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member, and SCG Global Investment Holdings LLC, of which Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.
(6) Shares owned by Darcie S. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Darcie Glazer Kassewitz is the sole trustee.
(7) Shares owned by Edward S. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Edward Glazer is the sole trustee, and ESGT Holdings LLC, of which Edward S. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.

(*)

These directors and members of our executive management individually own less than 1% of our Class A ordinary shares.

78

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The following table shows our major shareholders (shareholders that are beneficial owners of 5% or more of each class of the Company’s voting shares) as of 1 September 2021, based on notifications made to the Company or public filings:

    

Class A

Class B

% of Total

 

Ordinary

Ordinary

Voting

 

    

Shares

    

%

    

Shares

    

%

     

Power(1)

 

Lindsell Train Limited(2)

 

11,567,199

 

26.72

%  

 

 

0.93

%

Baron Capital Group, Inc. (3)

 

11,358,742

 

26.24

%  

 

 

0.92

%

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (4)

 

2,449,084

 

5.66

%  

 

 

0.20

%

Avram Glazer(5)

 

 

 

16,606,979

 

13.87

%  

13.39

%

Joel M. Glazer(6)

 

1,707,614

 

3.94

%  

21,899,366

 

18.30

%  

17.79

%

Kevin Glazer(7)

 

 

 

20,899,366

 

17.46

%  

16.85

%

Bryan G. Glazer(8)

 

 

 

19,899,365

 

16.62

%  

16.04

%

Darcie S. Glazer(9)

 

603,806

 

1.39

%  

20,899,365

 

17.46

%  

16.90

%

Edward S. Glazer (10)

 

 

 

19,503,172

 

16.29

%  

15.73

%

(1) Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A and Class B ordinary shares, as a single class. The holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 10 votes per share, and holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share.
(2) Based on information reported on a Schedule 13G/A filed on 10 February 2021, each of Lindsell Train Limited (“LTL”), Michael James Lindsell and Nicholas John Train have shared and dispositive power over 11,567,199 shares of our Class A ordinary shares. Each of Messrs. Lindsell and Train own a significant membership interest in LTL and may be deemed to control shares held by LTL by virtue of their respective interests therein. The business address of LTL, Mr. Lindsell and Mr. Train is 66 Buckingham Gate, London SWIE 6AU, United Kingdom.
(3) Based on information reported on a Schedule 13G/A filed on 12 February 2021, each of Baron Capital Group, Inc. (“BCG”) and Ronald Baron have shared voting power over 10,754,761 of our Class A ordinary shares and shared dispositive power over 11,358,742 of our Class A ordinary shares, BAMCO, Inc. (“BAMCO”) has shared voting power over 10,151,375 of our Class A ordinary shares and shared dispositive power over 10,755,356 of our Class A ordinary shares, Baron Capital Management, Inc. (“BCM”) has shared voting and dispositive power over 603,386 of our Class A ordinary shares, Baron Growth Fund (“BGF”) has shared voting and dispositive power over 4,200,000 of our Class A ordinary shares and Baron Partners Fund (“BPF”) has shared voting and dispositive power over 5,000,000 of our Class A ordinary shares. BAMCO and BCM are subsidiaries of BCG. BGF is an advisory client of BAMCO. BPF is an advisory client of BAMCO and Ronald Baron owns a controlling interest in BCG. The business address of each of BCG, Mr. Baron, BAMCO, BCM, BGF and BPE is 767 Fifth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York NY 10153.
(4) Based on information reported on a Schedule 13G filed on 11 February 2021, Massachusetts Financial Services Company (“MFS”) has sole voting and dispositive power over 2,449,084 of our Class A ordinary shares. The business address of MFS is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199.
(5) Shares owned by Avram Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Avram Glazer is the sole trustee, and Hamilton TFC LLC, of which Avram Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.
(6) Shares owned by Joel M. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Joel Glazer is the sole trustee, and RECO Holdings LLC, of which Joel M. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.
(7) Shares owned by Kevin Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Family Trust, of which Kevin Glazer is the sole trustee, and KEGT Holdings LLC, of which Kevin Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Family Trust is the sole member.
(8) Shares owned by Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Bryan Glazer is the sole trustee, BGGT Holdings LLC, of which Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member, and SCG Global Investment Holdings LLC, of which Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.
(9) Shares owned by Darcie S. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Darcie Glazer Kassewitz is the sole trustee.

79

Table of Contents

(10) Shares owned by Edward S. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust, of which Edward Glazer is the sole trustee, and ESGT Holdings LLC, of which Edward S. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust is the sole member.

Since 1 September 2017 until 1 September 2021, the only significant changes of which we have been notified in the percentage ownership of our shares by our major shareholders described above were that:

·

on 13 February 2018, Lindsell Train Limited made a public filing that it held 7,737,017 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.60% of total voting power;

·

on 14 February 2018, Baron Capital Group, Inc. made a public filing that it held 14,297,879 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 1.12% of total voting power;

·

on 14 February 2018, Jupiter Asset Management Ltd. made a public filing that it held 2,836,210 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.22% of total voting power;

·

on 3 October 2018, Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP made a public filing that it held 2,679,315 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.21% of total voting power;

·

on 1 November 2018, Joel M. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust made a public filing that it beneficially owned 1,707,614 of our Class A ordinary shares and 21,899,366 of our Class B ordinary shares, representing 17.23% of total voting power;

·

on 1 November 2018, Bryan G. Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust made a public filing that it beneficially owned 19,899,365 of our Class B ordinary shares, representing 15.54% of total voting power;

·

on 1 February 2019, Jupiter Asset Management Limited made a public filing that it held 2,725,214 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.21% of total voting power;

·

on 13 February 2019, Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP made a public filing that it held 2,228,355 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.17% of total voting power;

·

on 14 February 2019, Lindsell Train Limited made a public filing that it held 10,928,016 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.85% of total voting power;

·

on 14 February 2019, Baron Capital Group, Inc. made a public filing that it held 13,540,541 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 1.06% of total voting power;

·

on 25 September 2019, Finsbury Growth & Income Trust PLC made a public filing that it held 2,055,000 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.16% of total voting power;

·

on 10 February 2020, Lindsell Train Limited made a public filing that it held 11,279,350 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.88% of total voting power;

·

on 13 February 2020, Jupiter Asset Management Limited made a public filing that it held 3,143,670 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.25% of total voting power;

·

on 14 February 2020, Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP made a public filing that it ceased to hold more than five percent of our Class A ordinary shares;

·

on 14 February 2020, Baron Capital Group, Inc. made a public filing that it held 12,516,419 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.98% of total voting power;

·

on 2 February 2021, Jupiter Asset Management Limited made a public filing that it ceased to hold more than five percent of our Class A ordinary shares;

·

on 10 February 2021, Lindsell Train Limited made a public filing that it held 11,567,199 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.90% of total voting power;

80

Table of Contents

·

on 11 February 2021, Massachusetts Financial Services Company made a public filing that it held 2,449,084 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.19% of total voting power;

·

on 12 February 2021, Baron Capital Group, Inc. made a public filing that it held 11,358,742 of our Class A ordinary shares, representing 0.89% of total voting power; and

·

on 16 March 2021, Avram Glazer Irrevocable Exempt Trust made a public filing that it beneficially owned 16,606,979 of our Class B ordinary shares, representing 13.39% of total voting power.

US Resident Shareholders of Record

As a number of our shares are held in book-entry form, we are not aware of the identity of all our shareholders. As of 1 September 2021, we had 43,212,249 Class A ordinary shares held by 3,375 US resident shareholders of record, representing approximately 3.48% of total voting power and 119,707,613 Class B ordinary shares held by 12 US resident shareholders of record, representing approximately 96.51% of total voting power.

Shareholders’ Arrangements

As of 1 September 2021, the Company was not aware of any shareholders’ arrangements which may result in a change of control of the Company.

B.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have entered into employment or service agreements with members of executive management. Information regarding these agreements may be found in this Annual Report under Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, members of management have received equity compensation. See also note 7.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for information about compensation paid or payable to key management for services, which is incorporated herein by reference.

There have been no other related party transactions since the beginning of our last full fiscal year that began on 1 July 2020 through the date of this Annual Report.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Consolidated Financial Statements

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal and Arbitration Proceedings

There have been no governmental, judicial or arbitration proceedings, including those relating to bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings and those involving any third party, (including any such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which we are aware) during the period between 1 July 2020 and the date of this Annual Report which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position and profitability.

Dividend Policy

In fiscal year 2021, we paid one semi-annual cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share. A further semi-annual cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share was paid on 30 July 2021. We currently intend to continue paying regular semi-annual cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares of $0.09 per share from our operating cash flows. The declaration and payment of any future dividends, however, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors or a committee thereof based on its consideration of numerous factors, including our operating results, financial condition and anticipated capital requirements, including the impact of the COVID 19 pandemic on such items, in addition to the various other considerations discussed below.

81

Table of Contents

If we do pay a cash dividend on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares in the future, we will pay such dividend out of our profits or share premium (subject to solvency requirements) as permitted under Cayman Islands law. Our board of directors has complete discretion regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, and the holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be able to influence our dividend policy.

The decision by our board of directors (or a committee thereof) to declare and pay dividends in the future and the amount of any future dividend payments we may make will depend on, among other factors, our strategy, future earnings, financial condition, cash flow, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and applicable provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any profits or share premium we declare as dividends will not be available to be reinvested in our operations. Moreover, we are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends, distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments, and the terms of our subsidiaries’ debt and other agreements restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends or other distributions to us. Specifically, pursuant to our revolving facilities, our secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing our senior secured notes, there are restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to us, and dividend distributions by our subsidiaries are the principal means by which we would have the necessary funds to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Indebtedness.” As a consequence of these limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares.

Any dividends we declare in the future on our ordinary shares will be in respect of both our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, and will be distributed such that a holder of one of our Class B ordinary shares will receive the same amount of the dividends that are received by a holder of one of our Class A ordinary shares. We will not declare any dividend with respect to the Class A ordinary shares without declaring a dividend on the Class B ordinary shares, and vice versa.

B.SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

Registrations

The playing registrations of certain footballers have been disposed of on a permanent or temporary basis, subsequent to 30 June 2021, for total proceeds, net of associated costs, of £23,328,000. The associated net book value was £12,222,000. Also subsequent to 30 June 2021, solidarity contributions, training compensation, sell-on fees and contingent consideration totaling £6,352,000 became receivable in respect of previous playing registration disposals.

Subsequent to 30 June 2021, the registrations of certain players and coaching staff were acquired or extended for a total consideration, including associated costs, of £141,098,000. Payments are due within the next 5 years. Also subsequent to 30 June 2021, sell-on fees and contingent consideration totaling £1,474,000 became payable in respect of previous playing registration acquisitions.

Dividend

An interim dividend of $14,670,000 (equivalent to $0.09 per share), the pounds sterling equivalent of which was £10,669,000, was paid on 30 July 2021.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

Markets

We are incorporated under the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, and our Class A ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MANU.” Our Class B ordinary shares are not listed to trade on any securities market. As of 1 September 2021 we had 43,286,805 Class A ordinary shares listed.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.SHARE CAPITAL

Not applicable.

82

Table of Contents

B.MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

A copy of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association is attached as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report. The information called for by this Item has been reported previously in our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-182535), filed with the SEC on 3 July 2012, as amended, under the heading “Description of Share Capital,” and is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

C.MATERIAL CONTRACTS

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than material contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we are or have been a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report:

·

Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to the Secured Term Facility Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Red Football Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company, as Agent and Lender. A copy of the agreement is included as Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report.

·

Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to the Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Red Football Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited, and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company, as Agent. A copy of the agreement is included as Exhibit 4.2 to this Annual Report.

·

Note Purchase Agreement, dated 27 May 2015, among MU Finance plc (now known as MU Finance Limited), the guarantors party thereto, the purchasers listed therein and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent. A copy of the agreement is included as Exhibit 4.3 to this Annual Report.

·

Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, and Consent No. 1, dated 14 June 2018, among MU Finance plc (now known as MU Finance Limited), the guarantors party thereto, the noteholders listed on the signature pages thereto and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent. A copy of the agreement is included as Exhibit 4.4 to this Annual Report.

·

Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Manchester United Football Club Limited, the guarantors party thereto, the noteholders listed on the signature pages thereto and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent. A copy of the agreement is included as Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report.

·

Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to the Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Red Football Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited and Santander UK plc, as Agent. A copy of the agreement is included as Exhibit 4.7 to this Annual Report.

·

2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan. A copy of the Plan is included as Exhibit 4.8 to this Annual Report.

·

Premier League Handbook, Season 2020/21. As a member of the Football Association Premier League, we are subject to the terms of the Premier League Handbook, Season 2020/21. A copy of the Handbook is included as Exhibit 4.9 to this Annual Report.

·

Premier League Handbook, Season 2021/22. As a member of the Football Association Premier League, we are subject to the terms of the Premier League Handbook, Season 2021/22. A copy of the Handbook is included as Exhibit 4.10 to this Annual Report.

D.EXCHANGE CONTROLS

There are no Cayman Islands exchange control regulations that would affect the import or export of capital or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our shares.

E.TAXATION

The following is a summary of material US federal income tax consequences relevant to US Holders and Non-US Holders (each as defined below) acquiring, holding and disposing of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares. This summary is based on the Code, final, temporary and proposed US Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations in effect as of the date hereof,

83

Table of Contents

all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Furthermore, we can provide no assurance that the tax consequences contained in this summary will not be challenged by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or will be sustained by a court if challenged.

This summary does not discuss all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be relevant to investors in light of their particular circumstances, such as investors subject to special tax rules, including without limitation the following, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below:

·

financial institutions;

·

insurance companies;

·

dealers in stocks, securities, or currencies or notional principal contracts;

·

regulated investment companies;

·

real estate investment trusts;

·

tax-exempt organizations;

·

partnerships and other pass-through entities, or persons that hold Class A ordinary shares through pass-through entities;

·

investors that hold Class A ordinary shares as part of a straddle, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for US federal income tax purposes;

·

US holders that have a functional currency other than the US dollar;

·

US expatriates and former long-term residents of the United States;

·

qualified foreign pension funds as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

·

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of income relating to our Class A ordinary shares being taken into account in an applicable financial statement.

This summary does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or non-income tax consequences, such as estate or gift tax consequences, and does not address state, local or non-US tax consequences. This summary only addresses investors that hold our Class A ordinary shares and not Class B ordinary shares, and it assumes that investors hold their Class A ordinary shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment).

For purposes of this summary, a “US Holder” is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares that is, for US federal income tax purposes:

·

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States,

·

a corporation created in, or organized under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

·

an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for US federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or

·

a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a US court and the control of one or more US persons or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a US person.

A “Non-US Holder” is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares that is not a US Holder.

If an entity or other arrangement treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holds the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities

84

Table of Contents

of the partnership. Partners of partnerships considering an investment in the Class A ordinary shares are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Class A ordinary shares.

Treatment of the Company as a Domestic Corporation for US Federal Income Tax Purposes

Even though the Company is organized as a Cayman Islands exempted company, due to the circumstances of its formation and the application of Section 7874 of the Code, the Company reports as a domestic corporation for US federal income tax purposes. This has implications for all shareholders; the Company is subject to US federal income tax as if it were a US corporation, and distributions made by the Company are generally treated as US-source dividends as described below and generally subject to US dividend withholding tax.

US Holders

Distributions

Distributions made by the Company in respect of its Class A ordinary shares will be treated as US-source dividends includible in the gross income of a US Holder as ordinary income to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under US federal income tax principles. To the extent the amount of a distribution exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares and thereafter as gain from the sale of such shares. Subject to applicable limitations and requirements, dividends received on the Class A ordinary shares generally should be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” available to corporate shareholders. A dividend paid by the Company to a non-corporate US Holder generally will be eligible for preferential rates if certain holding period requirements are met.

The US dollar value of any distribution made by the Company in foreign currency will be calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of the US Holder’s actual or constructive receipt of such distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on such date of receipt, the US Holder generally will not recognize foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, such US Holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other taxable disposition of the foreign currency generally will be US-source ordinary income or loss to such US Holder.

Sale or other disposition

A US Holder will recognize gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes upon a sale or other taxable disposition of its Class A ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized from such sale or disposition and the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares. A US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares generally will be the US Holder’s cost for the shares. Any such gain or loss generally will be US-source capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if, on the date of sale or disposition, such US Holder held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains derived by non-corporate US Holders are eligible for taxation at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of distributions on or proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares generally will be subject to information reporting, and they may be subject to backup withholding if a US Holder (i) fails to furnish such US Holder’s correct US taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), (ii) furnishes an incorrect US taxpayer identification number, (iii) is notified by the IRS that such US Holder has previously failed to properly report items subject to backup withholding, or (iv) fails to certify under penalty of perjury that such US Holder has furnished its correct US taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified such US Holder that it is subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a credit against a US Holder’s US federal income tax liability or will be refunded, if the US Holder furnishes the required information to the IRS in a timely manner.

85

Table of Contents

Non-US Holders

Distributions

Subject to the discussion under “ — Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” below, distributions treated as dividends (see “ — US Holders — Distributions”) by the Company to Non-US Holders will be subject to US federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, except as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of US federal withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-US Holder will be required to certify its entitlement to benefits under the treaty, including eligibility under the Limitation on Benefits provision in a given treaty (for non-individuals), generally on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable.

However, dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-US Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, where required by an income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-US Holder, are not subject to the withholding tax described in the previous paragraph, but instead are subject to US federal net income tax at graduated rates, provided the Non-US Holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, generally by providing a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI. Non-US Holders that are corporations may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate, except as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or other disposition

Subject to the discussion under “ — Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” below, a Non-US Holder will not be subject to US federal income tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other disposition of the Class A ordinary shares unless:

·

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-US Holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, where required by an income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-US Holder;

·

the Non-US Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

·

the Company is or has been a US real property holding corporation during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-US Holders holding period for the Class A ordinary shares.

Non-US Holders described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated US federal income tax rates and, if they are foreign corporations, may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-US Holders described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on any gain derived on the sale or other taxable disposition, which gain may be offset by certain US-source capital losses. The Company believes it is not, and does not currently anticipate becoming, a “US real property holding corporation” for US federal income tax purposes.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Generally, the Company must report annually to the IRS and to Non-US Holders the amount of distributions made to Non-US Holders and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those payments, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which a Non-US Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or tax information exchange agreement.

A Non-US Holder will generally not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends, provided the Company receives a properly completed statement to the effect that the Non-US Holder is not a US person and the Company does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a US person. The requirements for the statement will be met if the Non-US Holder provides its name and address and certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a US person (which certification may generally be made on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) or if a financial institution holding the Class A ordinary shares on behalf of the Non-US Holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, that such statement has been received by it and furnishes the Company or its paying agent with a copy of the statement.

Except as described below under “ — Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act”, the payment of proceeds from a disposition of Class A ordinary shares to or through a non-US office of a non-US broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup

86

Table of Contents

withholding unless the non-US broker has certain types of relationships with the United States. In the case of a payment of proceeds from the disposition of Class A ordinary shares to or through a non-US office of a broker that is either a US person or such a US-related person, US Treasury Regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-US Holder is not a US person and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-US Holder’s US federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), withholding taxes may apply to certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as defined under those rules) and certain other non-US entities. The failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in a withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain Non-US Holders. A 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A ordinary shares paid to a foreign financial institution or to a non-financial foreign entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity that is a passive non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial US owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial US owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (i) above, it generally must enter into an agreement with the US Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain US persons or US-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States concerning FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our Class A ordinary shares. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after 1 January 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares.

Material Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

There is, at present, no direct taxation in the Cayman Islands and interest, dividends and gains payable to the Company will be received free of all Cayman Islands taxes. The Company has received an undertaking from the Governor in Cabinet of the Cayman Islands to the effect that, for a period of twenty years from the date of such undertaking, no law that thereafter is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax or duty to be levied on profits, income or on gains or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, will apply to any property comprised in or any income arising under the Company, or to the shareholders thereof, in respect of any such property or income.

The Cayman Islands has enacted the International Tax Cooperation (Economic Substance) Law, 2018 (the “Economic Substance Law”) in response to the work of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) and the EU on fair taxation, and generally requires geographically mobile activities to have substance regardless of whether the activities are conducted in a no or nominal tax jurisdiction. The legislation requires relevant entities to notify the Cayman Islands tax authorities and meet an economic substance test. Under the law, as amended by the International Tax Co-Operation (Economic Substance) (Amendment of Schedule) Regulations 2019, the term “relevant entity” in principle includes a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands but does not include “an entity that is tax resident outside the Islands.” On the basis that the Company is treated as a domestic corporation for US federal income tax purposes and treated as if it were a US tax resident, the Company is not expected to be a relevant entity and therefore would not be subject to the abovementioned requirements in the Cayman Islands.

87

Table of Contents

F.DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

Not applicable.

G.STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS

Not applicable.

H.DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

We also make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 20-F and the text of our reports on Form 6-K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as certain other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website address is https://ir.manutd.com/. The information contained on or through our website, or any website referred to herein, is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

Our operations are exposed to a variety of financial risks that include foreign exchange risk, and cash flow and fair value interest rate risk. We review and agree policies for managing these risks, which are then implemented by our finance department. Please refer to note 30 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of 30 June 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a fuller quantitative and qualitative discussion on the market risks to which we are subject and our policies with respect to managing those risks. The policies are summarized below:

Foreign exchange risk

We are exposed to both translational and transactional risk of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. A significant foreign exchange risk we face relates to the revenue received in Euros as a result of participation in UEFA club competitions. We ordinarily seek to hedge economically the majority of the foreign exchange risk of this revenue either by using contracted future foreign exchange expenses (including player transfer fee commitments) or by placing forward contracts at the point at which it becomes reasonably certain that we will receive the revenue.

We also receive a significant amount of sponsorship revenue denominated in US dollars. We seek to hedge the foreign exchange risk on future US dollar revenues whenever possible using our US dollar net borrowings as the hedging instrument. The foreign exchange gains or losses arising on retranslation of our US dollar net borrowings used in the hedge are initially recognized in other comprehensive income, rather than being recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a hedging reserve are subsequently reclassified into the statement of profit or loss in the same accounting period, and within the same statement of profit or loss line (i.e. commercial revenue), as the underlying future US dollar revenues. The foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of our unhedged US dollar borrowings are recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately.

As of 30 June 2021, the amount accumulated in the hedging reserve relating to the above hedge was a credit of £1.3 million (this amount is stated gross before deducting related tax).

Based on exchange rates existing as of 30 June 2021, a 10% appreciation of pounds sterling compared to the US dollar would have resulted in a credit to the hedging reserve in respect of the above hedge of approximately £4.0 million for the year ended 30 June 2021. Conversely, a 10% depreciation of pounds sterling compared to the US dollar would have resulted in a debit to the hedging reserve in respect of the above hedge of approximately £4.9 million for the year ended 30 June 2021.

Payment and receipts of transfer fees may also give rise to foreign exchange exposures. Due to the nature of player transfers we may not always be able to predict such cash flow until the transfer has taken place. Where possible and depending on the payment profile of transfer fees payable and receivable we will seek to economically hedge future payments and receipts at the point it becomes

88

Table of Contents

reasonably certain that the payments will be made or the revenue will be received. When hedging revenue to be received, we also take account of the credit risk of the counterparty.

Further, we are exposed to cash flow risk on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of our unhedged US dollar borrowings are recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately and are subject to UK Corporation tax. From time to time, we may use foreign currency options to manage the unfavourable impact foreign exchange volatility may have on our cash flows.

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

Our cash flow and fair value interest rate risk relates to changes in interest rates for borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable interest rates expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose us to fair value interest rate risk. Our borrowings under our revolving facilities and our secured term loan facility bear interest at variable rates. As of 30 June 2021, we had £162.8 million of variable rate indebtedness outstanding under our secured term loan facility and £60 million of variable rate indebtedness outstanding under our revolving facilities. We manage our cash flow interest rate risk, where considered appropriate, using interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting a portion of variable rate borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. A hypothetical one percentage point increase in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness would not have a material impact on our annual interest expense.

Other than as disclosed herein, we have no additional hedging policies.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest rate swaps

We have interest rate swaps in place in respect of our secured term loan facility. As of 30 June 2021, the fair value of outstanding interest rate swaps was a liability of £5.1 million.

Foreign exchange forward contracts

We typically enter into foreign exchange forward contracts, as considered appropriate, to purchase and sell foreign currency in order to minimize the impact of foreign exchange movements on our financial performance primarily for our exposure to Broadcasting revenue received in Euros for our participation in UEFA club competitions, for transfer fees payable and receivable in foreign currency, and for operating expenses payable in foreign currency. As of 30 June 2021, the fair value of outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts was a liability of £0.1 million.

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

We have a number of foreign exchange based embedded derivatives in host Commercial revenue contracts. These are separately recognized in the financial statements at fair value since they are not closely related to the host contract. As of 30 June 2021, the fair value of such derivatives was an asset of £0.8 million and a liability of £0.5 million.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A.DEBT SECURITIES

Not applicable.

B.WARRANTS AND RIGHTS

Not applicable.

C.OTHER SECURITIES

Not applicable.

89

Table of Contents

D.AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

Not applicable.

90

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) under the supervision and the participation of the executive board of management, which is responsible for the management of the internal controls, and which includes the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon our evaluation as of 30 June 2021, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures (i) were effective at a reasonable level of assurance as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F in ensuring that information required to be recorded, processed, summarized and reported in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) were effective at a reasonable level of assurance as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F in ensuring that information to be disclosed in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the management of the Company, including the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our executive board of management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under the supervision of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly, reflect transactions and dispositions of assets, provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded in the manner necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are only carried out in accordance with the authorization of our executive board of management and directors, and provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of any unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets and that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control to future periods are subject to a risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our executive board of management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) 2013. Based on this assessment, our executive board of management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021 was effective.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on pages F-2 to F-5 of this Annual Report.

91

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the period covered by this Annual Report, we have not made any change to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Robert Leitão satisfies the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Robert Leitão qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all our employees, officers and directors, including our principal executive, principal financial and principal accounting officers. Our code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses, among other things, competition and fair dealing, conflicts of interest, financial matters and external reporting, company funds and assets, confidentiality and corporate opportunity requirements and the process for reporting violations of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, employee misconduct, conflicts of interest or other violations. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is intended to meet the definition of “code of ethics” under Item 16B of 20-F under the Exchange Act.

We intend to disclose on our website any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Conduct that applies to our directors or executive officers to the extent required under the rules of the SEC or the NYSE. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at https://ir.manutd.com/. The information contained on or through our website, or any other website referred to herein, is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) acted as our independent auditor for the fiscal years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020. The table below sets out the total amount billed to us by PwC, for services performed in the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020, and breaks down these amounts by category of service:

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Audit Fees

 

781

 

666

Audit-Related Fees

 

14

 

13

Tax Fees

 

35

 

446

All Other Fees

 

 

Total

 

830

 

1,125

Audit Fees

Audit fees for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020 were related to the audit of our consolidated and subsidiary financial statements and other audit or interim review services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including comfort letter work.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020 were related to the audit of the Group pension scheme financial statements.

Tax Fees

Tax fees for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020 were related to tax compliance and tax advice services.

92

Table of Contents

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The advance approval of the Audit Committee or members thereof, to whom approval authority has been delegated, is required for all audit and non-audit services provided by our auditors.

All services provided by our auditors are approved in advance by either the Audit Committee or members thereof, to whom authority has been delegated, in accordance with the Audit Committee’s pre-approval policy.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER

No repurchases of our Class A ordinary shares were made during the fiscal year ended 30 June 2021.

On 12 March 2020, we announced that our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to $35 million (approximately £27.7 million based on the exchange rate reported by NatWest Markets on such date) of our Class A ordinary shares, effective immediately. Pursuant to this share repurchase program, we may purchase our Class A ordinary shares from time to time in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, including under applicable U.S. federal securities laws such as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans and under Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. The timing and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including, among others, legal requirements, price and economic and market conditions. In May 2020, we suspended our repurchase program due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We are currently unable to estimate when, or if, the program will be restarted. Our board of directors may modify, extend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, and the share repurchase program has no expiration date. We will not purchase any shares from members of the Glazer family as part of this program.

As of 30 June 2021, a total of 1,682,896 shares have been repurchased. The average price paid per share was £12.66 and the approximate value of shares that may yet be purchased under the program is £6.0 million. Share repurchases made on the New York Stock Exchange have been translated into pounds sterling from U.S. dollars at the opening exchange rate reported by NatWest Markets for the week in which the respective transaction date occurred

All of the shares reported above were repurchased under this share repurchase program.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

None.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We are a “foreign private issuer” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b–4 under the Exchange Act), and our Class A ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. We believe the following to be the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to US companies under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In general, under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, foreign private issuers, as defined under the Exchange Act, are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of the corporate governance practices of the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, we follow certain corporate governance practices of our home country, the Cayman Islands, in lieu of certain of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Specifically, we do not have a board of directors composed of a majority of independent directors or a remuneration committee or nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. The rules of the New York Stock Exchange also require that a listed company obtain, in specified circumstances, (1) shareholder approval to adopt and materially revise equity compensation plans, as well as (2) shareholder approval prior to an issuance (a) of more than 1% of its common stock (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power to related parties, (b) of more than 20% of its outstanding common stock (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power or (c) that would result in a change of control, none of which require shareholder approval under the Cayman Islands law. We also follow our home country laws in determining whether shareholder approval is required.

93

Table of Contents

The foreign private issuer exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the New York Stock Exchange rules, which require that our audit committee be composed of three independent directors.

If at any time we cease to be a “foreign private issuer” under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the Exchange Act, as applicable, our board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with applicable New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules and shareholder approval requirements.

Due to our status as a foreign private issuer and our intent to follow certain home country corporate governance practices, our shareholders do not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards and shareholder approval requirements.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

94

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited consolidated financial statements as required under Item 18 are attached hereto starting on page F-1 of this Annual Report. The audit report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is included herein preceding the audited consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

1.1

    

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Manchester United plc dated as of 8 August 2012 (included as Exhibit 3.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (File No. 333-182535), filed with the SEC on 30 July 2012, as amended).

2.1

Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate of Manchester United plc (included as Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (File No. 333-182535), filed with the SEC on 30 July 2012, as amended).

2.2

Description of Share Capital of Manchester United plc (included as Exhibit 2.2 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-35627), filed with the SEC on 24 September 2019).

4.1

Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to the Secured Term Facility Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Red Football Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company, as Agent and Lender.

4.2

Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to the Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Red Football Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited, and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company, as Agent.

4.3

Note Purchase Agreement, dated 27 May 2015, among MU Finance plc (now known as MU Finance Limited), the guarantors party thereto, the purchasers listed therein and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent (included as Exhibit 4.3 to our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-206985), filed with the SEC on 17 September 2015).

4.4

Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, and Consent No. 1, dated June 14, 2018, among MU Finance plc (now known as MU Finance Limited), the guarantors party thereto, the noteholders listed on the signature pages thereto and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent (included as Exhibit 4.8 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-35627), filed with the SEC on 28 September 2018).

4.5

Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Manchester United Football Club Limited, the guarantors party thereto, the noteholders listed on the signature pages thereto and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent.

4.6

Form of 3.79% Senior Secured Note due June 26, 2027 (included as Exhibit 1 to Exhibit 4.3).

4.7

Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to the Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated 4 March 2021, among Red Football Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited and Santander UK plc, as Agent.

4.8

2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (included as Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-183277), filed with the SEC on 13 August 2012).

95

Table of Contents

4.9

Premier League Handbook, Season 2020/21 (included as Exhibit 4.9 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-35627), filed with the SEC on 23 October 2020).

4.10

Premier League Handbook, Season 2021/22.

8.1

List of significant subsidiaries (included in note 35 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report).

12.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer.

12.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer.

13.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated 20 September 2021.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

96

Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated financial statements

F-2

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-9

F-10

F-11

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the board of directors and shareholders of Manchester United plc

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manchester United plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 30 June 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Manchester United plc and its subsidiaries as of 30 June 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2021 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (continued)

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance

F-2

Table of Contents

regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Commercial sponsorship revenue recognition

As described in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group’s consolidated revenue recognized for the year ending 30 June 2021 was £494 million, of which £140 million relates to commercial sponsorship revenue. A number of sponsorship contracts contain significant estimates in relation to the recognition of revenue in line with performance obligations. In instances where the sponsorship rights remain the same over the duration of the contract, revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied evenly over time. Minimum guaranteed revenue is recognized over the term of the sponsorship agreement in line with the performance obligations included within the contract and based on the sponsorship benefits enjoyed by the individual sponsor. The most significant contract, representing £77 million of revenue recognized in the year is the Group’s 10-year agreement with adidas which began on 1 August 2015. The minimum guarantee payable by adidas over the term of the agreement is £750 million, subject to certain adjustments. Payments due in a particular year may increase if the club’s men’s first team wins the Premier League, FA Cup or Champions League, or decrease if the club’s men’s first team fails to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons, with the maximum possible increase being £4 million per year and the maximum possible reduction being 30% of the applicable payment for the year in which the second or other consecutive season of non-participation falls. Participation in the UEFA Champions League is typically secured via a top 4 finish in the Premier League or winning the UEFA Europa League. Revenue is currently being recognized based on management’s estimate at 30 June 2021 that the full minimum guarantee amount is the most likely amount that will be received, as management does not expect two consecutive seasons of non-participation in the Champions League.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (continued)

Critical Audit Matters (continued)

Commercial sponsorship revenue recognition (continued)

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to commercial sponsorship revenue recognition is a critical audit matter are that there were significant estimates and assumptions made by management when determining the future commercial revenue based on assumptions around the clubs participation in the Champions League. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s significant assumptions around the clubs participation in the Champions League. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge in evaluating the accounting treatment of complex contracts at the time of inception.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to commercial revenue recognition, including controls over the review of accounting treatment of complex contracts, and review and approval of management assumptions over future business performance. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for assessing the expected future performance of the first team in certain competitions, as well as the significant estimates made by management including the allocation of consideration to performance obligations, considering the estimates made over recognition of variable consideration within commercial contracts and review of related disclosures

F-3

Table of Contents

Fair value of intangible assets – registrations

As described in notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group’s consolidated intangible assets relating to player registrations for the year ending 30 June 2021 was £328 million. The costs associated with the acquisition of players’ and key football management staff registrations are capitalized as intangible assets at the fair value of the consideration payable, including an estimate of the fair value of any contingent consideration. The estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration payable requires management to assess the likelihood of specific performance conditions being met which would trigger the payment of the contingent consideration. This assessment is carried out on an individual basis. Management’s estimate over the probability of contingent consideration payable could impact the net book value of registrations and amortization recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to intangible assets - registrations is a critical audit matter are the involvement of management’s estimation over the contingent consideration payable to assess the likelihood of specific performance conditions being met, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in performing procedures to evaluate management’s significant estimates over the likelihood of specific performance conditions being met which would trigger the payment of the contingent consideration, such as the number of player appearances.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to intangible assets – registrations, including controls over the review of accounting treatment of complex player contracts, and review and approval of management assumptions over the likelihood of specific performance conditions being met. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for assessing the expected likelihood of specific performance conditions of the first team being met, assessing the reasonableness of factors considered and significant estimates made by management, considering the estimates made over recognition of contingent consideration within player registrations and review of related disclosures.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (continued)

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Manchester, United Kingdom

20 September 2021

We have served as the Company’s or its predecessors’ auditor since 2001.

F-4

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

Year ended 30 June

2021

2020

2019

    

Note

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Revenue from contracts with customers

4

    

494,117

    

509,041

    

627,122

Operating expenses

 

5

 

(538,424)

 

(522,204)

 

(602,936)

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

 

8

 

7,381

 

18,384

 

25,799

Operating (loss)/profit

 

  

 

(36,926)

 

5,221

 

49,985

Finance costs

 

  

 

(36,411)

 

(27,391)

 

(25,470)

Finance income

 

  

 

49,310

 

1,352

 

2,961

Net finance income/(costs)

 

9

 

12,899

 

(26,039)

 

(22,509)

(Loss)/profit before income tax

 

  

 

(24,027)

 

(20,818)

 

27,476

Income tax expense

 

10

 

(68,189)

 

(2,415)

 

(8,595)

(Loss)/profit for the year

 

  

 

(92,216)

 

(23,233)

 

18,881

(Loss)/earnings per share during the year

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (pence)

 

11

 

(56.60)

 

(14.14)

 

11.48

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence)(1)

 

11

 

(56.60)

 

(14.14)

 

11.47

(1) For the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2020, potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive, as their inclusion in the diluted loss per share calculation would reduce the loss per share, and hence have been excluded. For the year ended 30 June 2019, potential ordinary shares have been treated as dilutive, as their inclusion in the diluted earnings per share calculation decreases earnings per share.

The above consolidated statement of profit or loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-5

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Year ended 30 June

2021

2020

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

(Loss)/profit for the year

(92,216)

    

(23,233)

    

18,881

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

 

 

 

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

Movements on hedges (note 30.2)

 

22,698

 

2,877

 

(6,720)

Income tax (expense)/credit relating to movements on hedges (note 30.2)

 

(569)

 

102

 

(1,266)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of income tax

 

22,129

 

2,979

 

(7,986)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

 

(70,087)

 

(20,254)

 

10,895

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-6

Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet

As of 30 June

2021

2020

    

Note

    

£’000

    

£’000

ASSETS

    

  

    

  

    

  

Non-current assets

 

  

 

  

 

  

Property, plant and equipment

 

13

 

247,059

 

254,439

Right-of-use assets

14

4,383

4,559

Investment properties

 

15

 

20,553

 

20,827

Intangible assets

 

16

 

754,467

 

775,170

Deferred tax asset

 

17

 

 

58,362

Trade receivables

 

19

 

20,404

 

43,694

Derivative financial instruments

 

20

 

499

 

1,609

 

  

 

1,047,365

 

1,158,660

Current assets

 

  

 

 

  

Inventories

 

18

 

2,080

 

2,186

Prepayments

7,407

6,503

Contract assets – accrued revenue

4.2

40,544

45,966

Trade receivables

19

50,370

115,985

Other receivables

 

 

460

 

239

Income tax receivable

 

 

1,108

 

1,214

Derivative financial instruments

20

318

1,174

Cash and cash equivalents

 

21

 

110,658

 

51,539

 

  

 

212,945

 

224,806

Total assets

 

  

 

1,260,310

 

1,383,466

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-7

Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet (continued)

As of 30 June

2021

2020

    

Note

    

£’000

    

£’000

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

    

  

    

  

    

  

Equity

 

  

 

  

 

  

Share capital

 

22

 

53

 

53

Share premium

 

  

 

68,822

 

68,822

Treasury shares

23

(21,305)

(21,305)

Merger reserve

 

  

 

249,030

 

249,030

Hedging reserve

 

30.2

 

(10,436)

 

(32,565)

Retained (deficit)/earnings

 

  

 

(13,652)

 

87,197

Total equity

 

  

 

272,512

 

351,232

Non-current liabilities

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

17

 

35,546

 

31,337

Contract liabilities - deferred revenue

 

4.2

 

22,942

 

18,759

Trade and other payables

 

24

 

67,517

 

51,322

Borrowings

 

25

 

465,049

 

520,010

Lease liabilities

14

3,083

3,326

Derivative financial instruments

 

20

 

5,472

 

9,136

Provisions

26

4,157

 

  

 

603,766

 

633,890

Current liabilities

 

  

 

 

  

Contract liabilities - deferred revenue

 

4.2

 

117,984

 

171,574

Trade and other payables

 

24

 

192,661

 

216,093

Income tax liabilities

 

 

6,036

 

4,005

Borrowings

 

25

 

65,187

 

5,605

Lease liabilities

14

1,257

1,067

Derivative financial instruments

 

20

 

262

 

Provisions

26

645

 

  

 

384,032

 

398,344

Total equity and liabilities

 

  

 

1,260,310

 

1,383,466

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-8

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Retained

    

Share

    

Share

Treasury

    

Merger

    

Hedging

    

(deficit)/

    

Total

capital

premium

shares

reserve

reserve

earnings

equity

    

£’000

    

£’000

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Balance at 30 June 2018

53

 

68,822

 

249,030

 

(27,558)

 

136,757

 

427,104

Profit for the year

18,881

18,881

Cash flow hedges

(6,720)

(6,720)

Tax expense relating to movements on hedges

(1,266)

(1,266)

Total comprehensive income for the year

(7,986)

18,881

10,895

Equity-settled share-based payments (note 28)

699

699

Dividends paid (note 12)

(23,326)

(23,326)

Deferred tax expense relating to share-based payments (note 17)

(170)

(170)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

53

 

68,822

 

249,030

 

(35,544)

 

132,841

 

415,202

Loss for the year

(23,233)

(23,233)

Cash flow hedges

2,877

2,877

Tax credit relating to movements on hedges

102

102

Total comprehensive loss for the year

2,979

(23,233)

(20,254)

Acquisition of treasury shares (note 23)

(21,305)

(21,305)

Equity-settled share-based payments (note 28)

818

818

Dividends paid (note 12)

(23,229)

(23,229)

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

53

 

68,822

(21,305)

 

249,030

 

(32,565)

 

87,197

 

351,232

Loss for the year

(92,216)

(92,216)

Cash flow hedges

22,698

22,698

Tax charge relating to movements on hedges

(569)

(569)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

22,129

(92,216)

(70,087)

Equity-settled share-based payments (note 28)

2,085

2,085

Dividends paid (note 12)

(10,718)

(10,718)

Balance at 30 June 2021

53

68,822

(21,305)

249,030

(10,436)

(13,652)

272,512

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-9

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Year ended 30 June

2021

2020

2019

    

Note

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Cash flows from operating activities

    

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

Cash generated from operations

 

27

 

137,778

 

17,569

 

263,609

Interest paid

 

  

 

(20,542)

 

(20,456)

 

(18,986)

Interest received

 

  

 

3

 

1,247

 

2,857

Tax paid

 

  

 

(4,156)

 

(2,180)

 

(2,696)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

 

  

 

113,083

 

(3,820)

 

244,784

Cash flows from investing activities

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

Payments for property, plant and equipment

 

  

 

(6,241)

 

(21,291)

 

(13,737)

Payments for investment properties

 

  

 

 

 

(12,424)

Payments for intangible assets(1)

 

  

 

(138,189)

 

(220,577)

 

(178,175)

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets(1)

 

  

 

45,996

 

29,022

 

42,994

Payments for derivative financial assets

(939)

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

  

 

(99,373)

 

(212,846)

 

(161,342)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Acquisition of treasury shares

(21,305)

Proceeds from borrowings

60,000

Repayment of borrowings

 

  

 

 

 

(3,750)

Principal elements of lease payments

(1,641)

(1,865)

Dividends paid

 

  

 

(10,718)

 

(23,229)

 

(23,326)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

 

  

 

47,641

 

(46,399)

 

(27,076)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

  

 

61,351

 

(263,065)

 

56,366

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

  

 

51,539

 

307,637

 

242,022

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

  

 

(2,232)

 

6,967

 

9,249

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

21

 

110,658

 

51,539

 

307,637

(1) Payments and proceeds for intangible assets primarily relate to player and key football management staff registrations. When acquiring or selling players’ and key football management staff registrations it is normal industry practice for payments terms to spread over more than one year and consideration may also include non-cash items. Details of registrations additions and disposals are provided in note 16. Trade payables in relation to the acquisition of registrations at the reporting date are provided in note 24. Trade receivables in relation to the disposal of registrations at the reporting date are provided in note 19.

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-10

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1

General information

Manchester United plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) is a men’s and women’s professional football club together with related and ancillary activities. The Company incorporated under the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands. The address of its principal executive office is Sir Matt Busby Way, Old Trafford, Manchester M16 0RA, United Kingdom. The Company’s shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£’000) except when otherwise indicated.

These financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 20 September 2021.

2

Summary of significant accounting policies

This note provides a list of the significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements to the extent they have not been disclosed in the other notes below. The policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are for the Group consisting of Manchester United plc and its subsidiaries.

2.1

Basis of preparation

(i)

Compliance with IFRS

The consolidated financial statements of Manchester United plc have been prepared on a going concern basis and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS IC”) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

COVID-19 pandemic

Operationally, the impact of the ongoing pandemic and measures to prevent further spread has disrupted our businesses in a number of ways. The Old Trafford Stadium, Megastore, Museum and Stadium Tour operations remained closed to visitors throughout the financial year until part way through the fourth fiscal quarter. In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season. All matches prior to this were played behind closed doors. The Megastore and Museum and Stadium Tour operations also resumed during the fourth fiscal quarter.

The deferred completion of the 2019/20 season resulted in ten home and away matches across all 2019/20 competitions being played during the first quarter of the fiscal year 2021. All matches were played behind closed doors.

As a direct result, the 2020/21 Premier League season start was delayed until 19 September 2020, and matches played over a more condensed period with most of the current season shortfall being played in the third and fourth quarters. All matches prior to the final home match of the season were played behind closed doors.

Furthermore, the first team’s pre-season tour was cancelled this summer due to travel restrictions.

The impact of playing matches behind closed doors and the cancellation of the pre-season tour has had a significant impact on our Matchday and Commercial fiscal 2021 revenues. This has been partially offset by increased Broadcasting revenues compared to the prior year, reflecting the impact of the men’s first team’s participation in the UEFA Champions League in the current year, strong performance in both the Premier League and the UEFA Europa League, as well as the impact of playing the latter stages of the 2019/20 domestic and European competitions at the start of fiscal 2021.

F-11

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.1Basis of preparation (continued)

(i)Compliance with IFRS (continued)

The significant revenue impact of COVID-19 has been partially offset by reduced other operating expenses, principally in respect of matches played behind closed doors, cancellation of the 2020/21 pre-season tour, reduced travel and reduced costs related to the fall in activity at the Old Trafford Megastore.

Looking forward, the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to impact results. While the majority of remaining UK government-imposed restrictions have been lifted subsequent to the end of fiscal 2021 and Old Trafford stadium has welcomed back fans at full capacity, the nature of the ongoing pandemic may result in government restrictions being re-imposed in the future.

Despite the ongoing uncertainty, the Group remains well placed with a strong balance sheet, including cash resources as at 30 June 2021 of £110.7 million. All funds are held as cash and cash equivalents and therefore available on demand. As at 30 June 2021, the Group also has access to undrawn revolving facilities of £140 million.

The Group’s debt facilities include the $425 million senior secured notes and the $225 million secured term loan facility, the majority of which attract fixed interest rates. As at 30 June 2021 the Group also has £60 million outstanding loans under our revolving facilities. The Group’s revolving facilities, secured notes and term loan mature in 2025, 2027 and 2029 respectively. As at 30 June 2021, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

The evolving and uncertain nature of the situation makes it challenging for Management to estimate the future performance of our businesses, particularly over the near to medium term and the impact on our financial and operating results cannot be forecast with certainty at this time.

In light of these inherent uncertainties, Management has considered the potential impact of COVID-19 on the business (and its ability to continue as a going concern), including the impact of the stadium operating at a reduced fan capacity for 2021/22 competitions. Management has also considered the potential impact of COVID-19 combined with more prudent assumptions around the men’s first team’s performance.

As a result of this detailed assessment, including the various scenarios, and with reference to the Group’s balance sheet, existing committed facilities, but also acknowledging the inherent uncertainty of the current economic outlook, Management has concluded that the Group is able to meet its obligations when they fall due for a period of at least 12 months after date of this report. For this reason the Group continue to adopt the going concern basis for preparing the annual financial statements.

(ii)

Historical cost convention

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, as modified by the revaluation of certain financial assets and liabilities (including derivative financial instruments) which are recognized at fair value through profit and loss, unless hedge accounting applies.

(iii)

New and amended standards adopted by the Group

The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for the annual reporting period commencing 1 July 2020:

Phase 2 amendments to IFRS 9, “Financial instruments” for IBOR reform

Phase 2 amendments to IFRS 9, “Financial instruments” for IBOR reform are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021 with earlier application permitted. The Group has applied early adoption of the amendments.

F-12

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

(iv)

New and amended standards and interpretations not yet adopted

There are no other standards or interpretations that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group in the future reporting periods or on foreseeable future transactions.

F-13

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.2Principles of consolidation

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:

fair values of the assets transferred
liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business
equity interests issued by the Group
fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, and
fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of the:

consideration transferred,
the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and
acquisition date fair value of any previous interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognized directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

2.3

Segment reporting

The Group has one reportable segment, being the operation of a men’s and women’s professional football club. The chief operating decision maker (being the board of directors and executive officers of Manchester United plc), who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance obtains financial information, being the consolidated statement of profit or loss, consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of cash flows, and the analysis of changes in net debt, about the Group as a whole. The Group has investment properties, however, this is not considered to be a material business segment and is therefore not reported as such.

F-14

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.4

Foreign currency translation

(i)

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year-end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in other comprehensive income if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to unhedged borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs or finance income. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to transfer fees receivable from other football clubs are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within profit on disposal of intangible assets. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within operating expenses.

(iii)

Exchange rates

The most important exchange rates per £1.00 that have been used in preparing the financial statements are:

Closing rate

Average rate

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Euro

1.1651

1.0998

1.1170

1.1382

1.1391

1.1346

US Dollar

 

1.3820

 

1.2374

 

1.2718

 

1.3461

 

1.2633

 

1.2959

2.5

Revenue recognition

The Group’s accounting policies for revenue from contracts with customers are disclosed in note 4.

2.6

Employee benefits

(i)

Short-term obligations

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service, are recognized in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liabilities are presented as accruals and classified as current liabilities in the balance sheet.

(ii)

Football staff remuneration

Remuneration is charged to operating expenses on a straight-line basis over the contract periods based on the amount payable to players and key football management staff for that period. Any performance bonuses are recognized when the Company considers that it is probable that the condition related to the payment will be achieved.

Signing-on fees are typically paid to players and key football management staff in equal annual installments over the term of the contract. Installments are paid at or near the beginning of each financial year and recognized as prepayments. They are subsequently charged to profit or loss (as employee benefit expenses) on a straight-line basis over the financial year. Signing-on fees paid form part of cash flows from operating activities.

F-15

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.6Employee benefits (continued)

(ii)

Football staff remuneration (continued)

Loyalty fees are bonuses which are paid to players and key football management staff either at the beginning of a renewed contract or in installments over the term of their contract in recognition for either past or future performance. Loyalty bonuses for past service are typically paid in a lump sum amount upon renewal of a contract. These loyalty bonuses require no future service and are not subject to any claw-back provisions were the individual to subsequently leave the club during their new contract term. They are expensed once the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to make the payment. Loyalty bonuses for ongoing service are typically paid in arrears in equal annual installments over the term of the contract. These are paid at the beginning of the next financial year and the related charge is recognized within employee benefit expenses in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the current financial year.

(iii)

Post-employment pension obligations

The Group is one of a number of participating employers in The Football League Limited Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (‘the scheme’ — see note 29.1). The Group is unable to identify its share of the assets and liabilities of the scheme and therefore accounts for its contributions as if they were paid to a defined contribution scheme. The Group’s contributions into this scheme are reflected within the statement of profit or loss when they fall due. Full provision has been made for the additional contributions that the Group has been requested to pay to help fund the scheme deficit.

The Group also operates a defined contribution scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. The Group’s contributions into this scheme are recognized as an employee benefit expenses when they are due.

(iv)

Share-based payments

The Group operates a share-based compensation plan under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments of the Group.

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

For cash-settled share-based payments to employees, a liability is recognized for the services acquired, measured initially at the fair value of the liability. At each reporting date until the liability is settled, and at the date of settlement, the fair value of the liability is re-measured, with any changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss for the year. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of share-based transactions are set out in note 28.

2.7

Exceptional items

The Group’s accounting policies for exceptional items are disclosed in note 6.

F-16

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.8

Income tax

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax expense or credit is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Although the Company is organized as a Cayman Islands corporation, it reports as a US domestic corporation for US federal corporate income tax purposes and is subject to US federal corporate income tax on the Group’s worldwide income. In addition, the Group is subject to income and other taxes in various other jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to (or recovered from) the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only if it is probable that future taxable profit will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income, in which case the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income.

2.9

Dividend distribution

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognized when they become legally payable. In the case of interim dividends, this is when they are paid.

2.10

 Impairment of assets

Goodwill is not subject to amortization and is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate it might be impaired. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, and is calculated with reference to future discounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate when considered as part of a cash-generating unit. Assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period. If an impairment subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment charge been recognized for the asset in prior years.

Management does not consider that it is possible to determine the value in use of an individual player or key football management staff in isolation as that individual (unless via a sale or insurance recovery) cannot generate cash flows on their own. While management does not consider any individual can be separated from the single cash generating unit (“CGU”), being the operations of the Group as a whole, there may be certain circumstances where an individual is taken out of the CGU, when it becomes clear that they will not participate with the club’s men’s first team again, for example, a player sustaining a career threatening injury or is permanently removed from the men’s first team playing squad for another reason. If such circumstances were to arise, the carrying value of the individual would be assessed against the Group’s best estimate of the individual’s fair value less any costs to sell and an impairment charge made in operating expenses reflecting any loss arising.

F-17

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.11 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is initially measured at cost (comprising the purchase price, after deducting discounts and rebates, and any directly attributable costs) and is subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment.

Subsequent costs, for example, capital improvements and refurbishment, are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

The depreciation methods and periods used by the Group are disclosed in note 13.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

2.12 Leases

The Group’s accounting policy for leases is disclosed in note 14.

2.13 Investment properties

The Group’s accounting policy for investment properties is disclosed in note 15.

2.14 Intangible assets

The cost of and amortization methods and periods used by the Group for goodwill, registrations and other intangible assets are disclosed in note 16.

The assets’ useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Assets available for sale (principally players’ registrations) are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying value is expected to be recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered to be highly probable. Highly probable is defined as being actively marketed by the club, with unconditional offers having been received prior to the end of a reporting period. These assets would be stated at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

2.14 Intangible assets (continued)

Gains and losses on disposal of players’ and key football management staff registrations are determined by comparing the fair value of the consideration receivable, net of any transaction costs, with the carrying amount and are recognized separately in profit or loss within profit on disposal of intangible assets. Where a part of the consideration receivable is contingent on specified performance conditions, this amount is recognized in profit or loss when receipt is virtually certain.

Loan income on players temporarily loaned to other football clubs is recognized separately in profit or loss within profit on disposal of intangible assets.

2.15 Inventories

The Group’s accounting policy for inventories is disclosed in note 18.

F-18

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.16 Trade receivables

The Group’s accounting policy for trade receivables is disclosed in note 19.

2.17 Derivatives and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognized assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the economic relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged items. The Group documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions.

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 20. Movements in the hedging reserve are shown in the statement of changes in equity. The full fair value of a derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the item is more than 12 months, it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the item is less than 12 months.

(i)

Cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

The Group hedges the foreign exchange risk on a portion of contracted, and hence highly probable, future US dollar revenues whenever possible using a portion of the Group’s US dollar net borrowings as the hedging instrument. Foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of the Group’s US dollar net borrowings used in the hedge are initially recognized in other comprehensive income, rather than being recognized in profit or loss immediately. The foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of the Group’s unhedged US dollar borrowings are recognized in profit or loss immediately.

The Group hedges its cash flow interest rate risk where considered appropriate using interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting a portion of variable rate borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap is initially recognized in other comprehensive income, rather than being recognized in profit or loss immediately. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognized in profit or loss immediately.

Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve within equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example, when the forecast transaction that is hedged takes place).

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative deferred gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is reclassified when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

(ii)

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments are not designated as hedging instruments and consequently do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

F-19

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.18 Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, and, if applicable, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

2.19 Share capital and reserves

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds of the issue.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buy-back, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the owners of Manchester United plc as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

The merger reserve arose as a result of reorganization transactions and represents the difference between the equity of the acquired company (Red Football Shareholder Limited) and the investment by the acquiring company (Manchester United plc).

The hedging reserve is used to reflect the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.

2.20 Trade and other payables

The Group’s accounting policy for trade and other payables is disclosed in note 24.

2.21 Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case the fee is deferred until draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

2.22 Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is the pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as an interest expense.

F-20

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

3

Critical estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the actual results. Management also needs to exercise judgment in applying the Group’s accounting policies.

This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be wrong. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in other notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements.

3.1

Significant estimates and assumptions

The areas involving significant estimates are:

Estimate of minimum guarantee revenue recognition — see note 4.3(i)
Estimate of fair value of registrations — see note 16
Recognition of deferred tax assets — see note 17

Management does not consider there to be any significant judgments in the preparation of the financial statements.

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

4

Revenue from contracts with customers

4.1

Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers

The principal activity of the Group is the operation of men’s and women’s professional football clubs. All of the activities of the Group support the operation of the football clubs and the success of the men’s first team in particular is critical to the ongoing development of the Group. Consequently the chief operating decision maker regards the Group as operating in one material segment, being the operation of professional football clubs.

All revenue derives from the Group’s principal activity in the United Kingdom. Revenue can be analysed into its three main components as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Sponsorship

140,209

182,709

173,010

Retail, merchandising, apparel & products licensing revenue

91,996

96,335

102,083

Commercial

 

232,205

 

279,044

 

275,093

Domestic competitions

174,683

115,415

148,018

European competitions

73,827

16,836

83,138

Other

6,305

7,952

10,054

Broadcasting

 

254,815

 

140,203

 

241,210

Matchday

 

7,097

 

89,794

 

110,819

 

494,117

 

509,041

 

627,122

F-21

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4

Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

4.1

Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

Revenue derived from entities accounting for more than 10% of revenue in either 2021, 2020 or 2019 were as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Customer A

 

177,160

 

118,069

 

150,959

Customer B

 

77,426

 

77,852

 

78,813

Customer C

 

73,827

<10

%

83,138

Customer D

 

<10

%

52,269

<10

%

All non-current assets, other than US deferred tax assets, are held within the United Kingdom.

4.2

Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers

Details of movements on assets related to contracts with customers are as follows:

Current contract

assets — accrued

revenue

    

£’000

At 1 July 2019

39,532

Recognized in revenue during the year

44,383

Cash received/amounts invoiced during the year

(37,949)

At 30 June 2020

45,966

Recognized in revenue during the year

39,037

Cash received/amounts invoiced during the year

(43,973)

Loss allowance

(486)

At 30 June 2021

40,544

A contract asset (accrued revenue) is recognized if commercial, broadcasting or Matchday revenue performance obligations are satisfied prior to unconditional consideration being due under the contract.

F-22

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

4.2Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers (continued)

The Group considered the current and expected future economic impact surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and determined that there was no material impact on impairment of contract assets.

Details of movements on liabilities related to contracts with customers are as follows:

    

Current contract

    

Non-current

    

Total contract

liabilities –

contract liabilities –

liabilities –

deferred revenue

deferred revenue

deferred revenue

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

At 1 July 2019

 

(190,146)

(33,354)

(223,500)

Recognized in revenue during the year

 

183,186

183,186

Cash received/amounts invoiced during the year

 

(150,019)

(150,019)

Reclassified during the year

 

(14,595)

14,595

At 30 June 2020

 

(171,574)

(18,759)

(190,333)

Recognized in revenue during the year

 

135,560

135,560

Cash received/amounts invoiced during the year

 

(86,153)

(86,153)

Reclassified during the year

 

4,183

(4,183)

At 30 June 2021

 

(117,984)

(22,942)

(140,926)

Commercial, broadcasting and Matchday consideration which is received in advance of the performance obligation being satisfied is treated as a contract liability (deferred revenue). The deferred revenue is then recognized as revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied. The Group receives substantial amounts of deferred revenue prior to the previous financial year end which is then recognized as revenue throughout the current and, where applicable, future financial years.

4.3

Accounting policies and significant judgments

Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable from the Group’s principal activities excluding transfer fees and value added tax. The Group’s principal revenue streams are Commercial, Broadcasting and Matchday. The Group recognizes revenue when the transaction price can be determined; when it is probable that it will collect the consideration to which it is entitled; and when specific performance obligations have been met for each of the Group’s activities as described below.

In instances where the transaction price contains an element of variable or contingent consideration, revenue is recognized based on the most likely amount expected to be received, but only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable or contingent consideration is subsequently resolved.

(i)

Commercial

Commercial revenue (whether settled in cash or value in kind) comprises revenue receivable from the exploitation of the Manchester United brand through sponsorship and other commercial agreements, including minimum guaranteed revenue, revenue receivable from retailing Manchester United branded merchandise in the United Kingdom and licensing the manufacture, distribution and sale of such goods globally, and fees for the Manchester United men’s first team undertaking tours.

Revenue is recognized over the term of the sponsorship agreement in line with the performance obligations included within the contract and based on the sponsorship rights enjoyed by the individual sponsor. In instances where the sponsorship rights remain the same over the duration of the contract, revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied evenly over time (i.e. on a straight-line basis).

F-23

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4Revenue from contracts with customers  (continued)

4.3Accounting policies and significant judgments (continued)

(i)Commercial (continued)

Retail revenue is recognized when control of the products has transferred, being at the point of sale to the customer. License revenue in respect of right to access licences is recognized in line with the performance obligations included within the contract, in instances where these remain the same over the duration of the contract, revenue is recognized evenly on a time elapsed (i.e. straight-line) basis. Sales-based royalty revenue is recognized only when the subsequent sale is made.

Significant estimates

A number of sponsorship contracts contain significant estimates in relation to the recognition of revenue in line with performance obligations. Minimum guaranteed revenue is recognized over the term of the sponsorship agreement in line with the performance obligations included within the contract and based on the sponsorship benefits enjoyed by the individual sponsor. In instances where the sponsorship rights remain the same over the duration of the contract, revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied evenly over time (i.e. on a straight-line basis).

The Group has a 10-year agreement with adidas which began on 1 August 2015. The minimum guarantee payable by adidas over the term of the agreement is £750 million, subject to certain adjustments. Payments due in a particular year may increase if the club’s men’s first team wins the Premier League, FA Cup or Champions League, or decrease if the club’s men’s first team fails to participate in the Champions League for two or more consecutive seasons with the maximum possible increase being £4 million per year and the maximum possible reduction being 30% of the applicable payment for the year in which the second or other consecutive season of non-participation falls. Participation in the UEFA Champions League is typically secured via a top 4 finish in the Premier League or winning the UEFA Europa League. Revenue is currently being recognized based on management’s estimate at 30 June 2021 that the full minimum guarantee amount is the most likely amount that will be received, as management does not expect two consecutive seasons of non-participation in the Champions League.

(ii)

Broadcasting

Broadcasting revenue represents revenue receivable from all UK and overseas broadcasting contracts, including contracts negotiated centrally by the Premier League and UEFA.

Distributions from the Premier League comprise a fixed element (which is recognized evenly as each performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. as each Premier League match is played), facility fees for live coverage and highlights of domestic home and away matches (which are recognized when the respective performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. the respective match is played), and merit awards (which, being variable consideration, are recognized when each performance obligation is satisfied i.e. as each Premier League match is played, based on management’s estimate of where the men’s first team will finish at the end of the football season i.e. the most likely outcome).

Distributions from UEFA relating to participation in European competitions comprise market pool payments (which are recognized over the matches played in the competition, a portion of which reflects Manchester United’s performance relative to the other Premier League clubs in the competition), fixed amounts for participation in individual matches (which are recognized when the matches are played) and an individual club coefficient share (which is recognized over the group stage matches).

(iii)

Matchday

Matchday revenue is recognized based on matches played throughout the year with revenue from each match (including season ticket allocated amounts) only being recognized when the performance obligation is satisfied i.e. the match has been played. Revenue from related activities such as Conference and Events or the Museum is recognized as the event or service is provided or the facility is used.

F-24

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4Revenue from contracts with customers  (continued)

4.3Accounting policies and significant judgments (continued)

(iii)Matchday (continued)

Matchday revenue includes revenue receivable from all domestic and European match day activities from Manchester United games at Old Trafford, together with the Group’s share of gate receipts from domestic cup matches not played at Old Trafford, and fees for arranging other events at the Old Trafford stadium. As the Group acts as the principal in the sale of match tickets, the share of gate receipts payable to the other participating club and competition organizer for domestic cup matches played at Old Trafford is treated as an operating expense.

As a result of COVID-19, all matches played in fiscal 2021 prior to the final home match of the season have been played behind closed doors. In line with government guidelines, and with a variety of safety measures and protocols in place, including reduced fan capacity, Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back 10,000 supporters for the final home match of the season.

5

Operating expenses

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Employee benefit expenses (note 7)

 

(322,600)

 

(284,029)

 

(332,356)

Short-term and low value leases (2019: all operating lease costs)

 

(514)

 

(590)

 

(1,974)

Auditors’ remuneration: audit of parent company and consolidated financial statements

 

(30)

 

(30)

 

(28)

Auditors’ remuneration: audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

 

(646)

 

(636)

 

(489)

Auditors’ remuneration: audit-related services

(14)

(13)

Auditors’ remuneration: other audit services

 

(105)

 

 

(45)

Auditors’ remuneration: tax compliance and tax advice services

 

(35)

 

(446)

 

(160)

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains on operating activities

 

(874)

 

816

 

76

Depreciation - property, plant and equipment (note 13)

 

(12,987)

 

(12,735)

 

(11,569)

Depreciation – right-of-use assets (note 14)

(1,698)

(1,656)

Depreciation - investment properties (note 15)

 

(274)

 

(365)

 

(157)

Impairment - investment properties (note 15)

(3,787)

(1,124)

Amortization – intangible assets (note 16)

 

(124,398)

 

(126,756)

 

(129,154)

Sponsorship, other commercial and broadcasting costs

 

(10,861)

 

(20,097)

 

(23,092)

External Matchday costs

 

(9,022)

 

(19,196)

 

(20,317)

Property costs

 

(16,454)

 

(19,028)

 

(21,211)

Other operating expenses (individually less than £10,000,000)

 

(37,912)

 

(33,656)

 

(41,737)

Exceptional items (note 6)

 

 

 

(19,599)

 

(538,424)

 

(522,204)

 

(602,936)

6

Exceptional items

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Compensation paid for loss of office

 

 

 

(19,599)

 

 

 

(19,599)

Compensation paid for loss of office relates to amounts payable to a former men’s first team manager and certain members of the coaching staff.

F-25

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

6Exceptional items (continued)

(i) Accounting policy

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are material items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature or amount.

7

Employee benefit expenses

7.1Employee benefit expenses and average number of people employed

2021

2020

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Wages and salaries (including bonuses)

 

(283,463)

 

(249,564)

 

(293,424)

Social security costs

 

(33,773)

 

(29,743)

 

(34,799)

Share-based payments (note 28)

 

(2,002)

 

(1,435)

 

(1,251)

Pension costs - defined contribution schemes (note 29.2)

 

(3,362)

 

(3,287)

 

(2,882)

 

(322,600)

 

(284,029)

 

(332,356)

Details of the pension arrangements offered by the Company and the Group are disclosed in note 29.

The average number of employees during the year, including directors, was as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

Number

    

Number

    

Number

By activity:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Football – men’s and women’s players

 

118

 

115

 

104

Football - technical and coaching

 

176

 

176

 

163

Commercial

 

131

 

129

 

114

Media

 

90

 

88

 

85

Administration and other

 

468

 

484

 

474

Average number of employees

 

983

 

992

 

940

The Group also employs approximately 945 temporary staff to perform, among other things, catering, security, ticketing, hospitality and marketing services during Matchdays at Old Trafford (2020: 3,593; 2019: 3,340 ), the costs of which are included in the employee benefit expense above. The reduction in temporary employees in fiscal 2021 is due to the COVID-19 pandemic and virtually all matches being played behind closed doors.

7.2Key management compensation

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) of the Company. The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services, which is included in the employee benefit expense table above, is shown below:

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Short-term employee benefits

 

(8,326)

 

(9,507)

 

(9,961)

Share-based payments

 

(1,125)

 

(1,017)

 

(748)

Post-employment benefits

 

(5)

 

(20)

 

(20)

 

(9,456)

 

(10,544)

 

(10,729)

F-26

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Profit on disposal of registrations

 

4,601

 

15,664

 

24,720

Player loan income

 

2,780

 

2,720

 

1,079

 

7,381

 

18,384

 

25,799

9

Net finance income/(costs)

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

 

(1,952)

 

(1,038)

 

(1,162)

Interest payable on secured term loan facility, senior secured notes and revolving facilities

 

(17,262)

 

(19,485)

 

(18,351)

Interest payable on lease liabilities (note 14)

(109)

(131)

Amortization of issue costs on secured term loan facility and senior secured notes

 

(626)

 

(579)

 

(647)

Foreign exchange losses on retranslation of unhedged US dollar borrowings

 

 

(4,436)

 

(2,650)

Unwinding of discount relating to registrations

 

(892)

 

(1,508)

 

(2,280)

Reclassified from hedging reserve (1)

(14,631)

Hedge ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges

(119)

Fair value movements on derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

 

 

(95)

 

(380)

Foreign currency options

(939)

Total finance costs

 

(36,411)

 

(27,391)

 

(25,470)

Interest receivable on short-term bank deposits

3

1,352

2,822

Foreign exchange gains on retranslation of unhedged US dollar borrowings (2)

48,015

Hedge ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges

 

1,234

 

 

139

Fair value movement on derivative financial instruments:

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

58

Total finance income

49,310

1,352

2,961

Net finance income/(costs)

 

12,899

 

(26,039)

 

(22,509)

(1) Foreign exchange losses immediately reclassified from the hedging reserve for hedged future revenues no longer meeting the hedge accounting criteria due to a change in denomination of the contract currency.
(2) Unrealized foreign exchange gains on unhedged USD borrowings due to a favorable swing in foreign exchange rates.

F-27

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

10

Income tax expense

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

£’000

£’000

£’000

Current tax:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current tax on loss/profit for the year(1)

 

(3,972)

 

551

 

(498)

Adjustment in respect of previous years

 

490

 

(598)

 

229

Foreign tax

 

(688)

 

(942)

 

(214)

Total current tax expense

 

(4,170)

 

(989)

 

(483)

Deferred tax:

 

 

 

US deferred tax:

 

 

 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

3,831

 

4,591

 

(3,452)

Re-measurement of US deferred tax asset(2)

(66,561)

(3,916)

Adjustment in respect of previous years

 

973

 

(1,150)

 

776

Total US deferred tax expense (note 17)

 

(61,757)

 

(475)

 

(2,676)

UK deferred tax:

 

 

 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

9,762

 

2,452

 

(5,515)

Adjustment in respect of previous years

 

(800)

 

512

 

79

Impact of change in UK corporation tax rate(2)

 

(11,224)

 

(3,915)

 

Total UK deferred tax expense (note 17)

 

(2,262)

 

(951)

 

(5,436)

Total deferred tax expense

 

(64,019)

 

(1,426)

 

(8,112)

Total income tax expense

 

(68,189)

 

(2,415)

 

(8,595)

A reconciliation of the total income tax expense is as follows:

2021

2020

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

(Loss)/profit before income tax

 

(24,027)

 

(20,818)

 

27,476

Loss/(profit) before tax multiplied by weighted average US federal corporate income tax rate of 21.0% (2020: 21.0%; 2019: 21.0%)

 

5,046

 

4,372

 

(5,770)

Tax effects of:

 

 

 

  

Adjustment in respect of previous years

 

663

 

(1,236)

 

1,085

Difference in tax rates on non-US operations

 

216

 

26

 

63

Recognition of UK R&D tax claims in respect of previous years

537

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains on US dollar denominated tax basis

 

(3,146)

 

735

 

1,311

(Expenses not deductible for tax purposes)/income not taxable

 

(526)

 

757

 

(845)

Impact of change in UK Corporation tax rate(2)

(77,785)

Unrealized foreign exchange gains/(losses) not taxable in the US

7,343

(3,690)

(2,248)

Re-measurement of foreign tax credit US deferred tax asset

(3,916)

(2,191)

Total income tax expense

 

(68,189)

 

(2,415)

 

(8,595)

In addition to the amount recognized in the statement of profit or loss, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognized directly in other comprehensive income:

2021

2020

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

US deferred tax (note 17)

 

3,395

 

422

 

(2,208)

UK deferred tax (note 17)

 

(1,947)

 

1,479

 

2,842

Total deferred tax

 

1,448

 

1,901

 

634

Current tax(1)

 

(2,017)

 

(1,799)

 

(1,900)

Total income tax (expense)/credit recognized in other comprehensive income

 

(569)

 

102

 

(1,266)

(1) Tax payable has arisen in the year due to the impact of the UK anti-hybrid legislation which has resulted in the temporary disallowance of costs. The disallowed costs have been carried forward as losses which are forecast to be utilised in future periods.

F-28

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

10Income tax expense (continued)

(2) During the fourth quarter of the year ended 30 June 2021, the UK Corporation tax rate increase from 19% to 25%, effective April 2023, was substantively enacted, necessitating a remeasurement of the existing UK deferred tax liability position. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax charge of £11,224,000 in the period. Furthermore, given the current US federal corporate income tax rate of 21%, we expect future US tax liabilities to be sheltered by future foreign tax credits arising from UK tax paid. Consequently, we have written down the existing US deferred tax asset, on the basis it is no longer expected to give rise to a future economic benefit. This has resulted in a further non-cash deferred tax charge of £66,561,000 in the period. Future increases in the US federal corporate income tax rate could result in a reversal of the US deferred tax asset write down.

11

(Loss)/earnings per share

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

(Loss)/profit for the year (£’000)

(92,216)

(23,233)

18,881

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (pence)

 

(56.60)

 

(14.14)

 

11.48

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence)(1)

 

(56.60)

 

(14.14)

 

11.47

(i)

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

Basic (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by dividing the (loss)/profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the financial year.

(ii)

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company has one category of dilutive potential ordinary shares: share awards pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”). Share awards pursuant to the Equity Plan are assumed to have been converted into ordinary shares at the beginning of the financial year, or, if later, the date of issue of the potential ordinary shares.

(iii)

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator

    

2021

2020

2019

Number

Number

Number

    

‘000

    

‘000

    

‘000

Class A ordinary shares

 

41,939

 

40,573

 

40,526

Class B ordinary shares

 

122,683

 

124,000

 

124,000

Treasury shares

(1,683)

(320)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic (loss)/earnings per share

 

162,939

 

164,253

 

164,526

Adjustment for calculation of diluted (loss)/earnings per share assumed conversion into Class A ordinary shares(1)

 

 

 

140

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted (loss)/earnings per share(1)

 

162,939

 

164,253

 

164,666

(1) For the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020, potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive, as their inclusion in the diluted loss per share calculation would reduce the loss per share, and hence have been excluded. For the year ended 30 June 2019, potential ordinary shares have been treated as dilutive, as their inclusion in the diluted earnings per share calculation decreases earnings per share.

F-29

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

12

Dividends

Dividends paid in the year were $14,665,000 (2020: $29,554,000; 2019: $29,615,000) equivalent to $0.09 (2020: $0.18; 2019: $0.18) per share. The pounds sterling equivalents were £10,718,000 (2020: £23,229,000; 2019: £23,326,000) equivalent to £0.07 (2020: £0.14; 2019: £0.14) per share.

13

Property, plant and equipment

Freehold

Plant and

Fixtures

property

machinery

and fittings

Total

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

At 1 July 2019

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

268,981

 

34,845

 

64,806

 

368,632

Accumulated depreciation

 

(53,155)

 

(29,688)

 

(39,757)

 

(122,600)

Net book amount

 

215,826

 

5,157

 

25,049

 

246,032

Year ended 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

Opening net book amount

 

215,826

 

5,157

 

25,049

 

246,032

Additions

 

1,919

 

3,440

 

15,783

 

21,142

Depreciation charge

 

(3,280)

 

(2,836)

 

(6,619)

 

(12,735)

Closing net book amount

 

214,465

 

5,761

 

34,213

 

254,439

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

270,900

 

38,222

 

79,741

 

388,863

Accumulated depreciation

 

(56,435)

 

(32,461)

 

(45,528)

 

(134,424)

Net book amount

 

214,465

 

5,761

 

34,213

 

254,439

Year ended 30 June 2021

 

 

 

 

Opening net book amount

 

214,465

 

5,761

 

34,213

 

254,439

Additions

 

721

 

3,091

 

1,795

 

5,607

Transfers

 

7,366

 

 

(7,366)

 

Depreciation charge

 

(3,432)

 

(3,507)

 

(6,048)

 

(12,987)

Closing net book amount

 

219,120

 

5,345

 

22,594

 

247,059

At 30 June 2021

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

278,987

 

38,309

 

73,528

 

390,824

Accumulated depreciation

 

(59,867)

 

(32,964)

 

(50,934)

 

(143,765)

Net book amount

 

219,120

 

5,345

 

22,594

 

247,059

(i)

Assets pledged as security

Property, plant and equipment with a net book amount of £213,452,000 (2020: £211,296,000) has been pledged to secure the secured term loan facility and senior secured notes borrowings of the Group (see note 25).

(ii)

Depreciation methods and useful lives

Land is not depreciated. With the exception of freehold property acquired before 1 August 1999, depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate cost, net of residual values, over the estimated useful lives as follows:

Freehold property

75 years

Computer equipment and software (included within Plant and machinery)

3 years

Plant and machinery

4-5 years

Fixtures and fittings

7 years

Freehold property acquired before 1 August 1999 is depreciated on a reducing balance basis at an annual rate of 1.33%.

See note 2.11 for the other accounting policies relevant to property, plant and equipment, and note 2.10 for the Group’s policy regarding impairments.

F-30

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

13Property, plant and equipment (Continued)

(iii)

Capital commitments

See note 32.1 for disclosure of capital commitments relating to property, plant and equipment.

14

Leases

(i)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet

The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Right-of-use assets:

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Property

 

4,004

 

4,290

Plant and machinery

 

379

 

269

Total

 

4,383

 

4,559

Additions to right-of-use assets in the year amounted £1,522,000 (2020: £239,000).

Lease liabilities:

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Current

 

1,257

 

1,067

Non-current

 

3,083

 

3,326

Total lease liabilities

 

4,340

 

4,393

The following table provides an analysis of the movements in lease liabilities:

    

£’000

As at 1 July 2019

 

Recognized on adoption of IFRS 16

 

5,976

Cash flows

 

(1,953)

Acquisition

239

Accretion expense

131

As at 30 June 2020

4,393

Cash flows

(1,684)

Acquisition

1,522

Accretion expense

109

As at 30 June 2021

 

4,340

F-31

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

14

Leases (continued)

(ii)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss:

2021

2020

    

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets

 

  

 

  

Property

 

(1,534)

(1,530)

 

Plant and machinery

 

(164)

(126)

 

 

(1,698)

(1,656)

 

Interest expense (included in finance cost)

 

(109)

(131)

 

Expense relating to short-term leases (included in operating expenses)

 

(472)

(562)

 

Expense relating to low value leases (included in operating expenses)

 

(42)

(28)

 

(iii)

The group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for

The Group leases various offices and equipment. Until 30 June 2019, these leases of property, plant and equipment were classified and accounted for as operating leases and lease payments were charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. From 1 July 2019, all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value, are recognized as a right-of-use asset, with a corresponding lease liability, at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group.

The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the right-of-use assets that are held by the lessor. Right-of-use assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Lease liabilities are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of lease payments, less any lease incentives receivable. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, which is generally the case for leases of the Group, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost comprising the following:

the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
any initial direct costs; and
restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Payments associated with short-term leases of property, plant and equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less.

F-32

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

15

Investment properties

    

£’000

At 1 July 2019

 

Cost

 

32,193

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

 

(7,214)

Net book amount

 

24,979

Year ended 30 June 2019

 

Opening net book amount

 

24,979

Depreciation charge

 

(365)

Impairment charge

(3,787)

Closing net book amount

 

20,827

At 30 June 2020

 

Cost

 

32,193

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

 

(11,366)

Net book amount

 

20,827

Year ended 30 June 2021

 

Opening net book amount

 

20,827

Depreciation charge

 

(274)

Closing net book amount

 

20,553

At 30 June 2021

 

Cost

 

32,193

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

 

(11,640)

Net book amount

 

20,553

(i) Other amounts recognized in profit or loss for investment properties

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

£’000

£’000

£’000

Rental revenue

 

2,216

 

2,424

 

1,749

Direct operating expenses from properties, all of which generated rental revenue

 

761

 

305

 

416

The future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are disclosed in note 32.2.

(ii) Carrying value of investment properties

Investment properties are held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and are not occupied by the Group. Investment properties are initially measured at cost (comprising the purchase price, after deducting discounts and rebates, and any directly attributable costs) and are subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. Investment properties are depreciated using the straight-line method over 50 years.

Investment properties were externally valued as of 30 June 2021 in accordance with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (“RICS”) Valuation — Global Standards 2017 on the basis of Fair Value (as defined in the Standards). The fair value of investment properties as of 30 June 2021 was £24,700,000 (2020: £23,065,000). Fair value of investment properties is determined using inputs that are not based on observable market data, consequently the asset is categorized as Level 3.

(iii)

Contractual commitments

The Group had no material contractual commitments to purchase, construct or develop investment properties or for repairs, maintenance or enhancements (2020: not material).

F-33

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

16

Intangible assets

Other intangible

    

Goodwill

    

Registrations

    

assets

    

Total

    

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

At 1 July 2019

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

421,453

 

772,328

 

13,964

 

1,207,745

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(433,566)

 

(5,322)

 

(438,888)

Net book amount

 

421,453

 

338,762

 

8,642

 

768,857

Year ended 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

Opening net book amount

 

421,453

 

338,762

 

8,642

 

768,857

Additions

 

 

182,936

 

2,198

 

185,134

Disposals

 

 

(52,065)

 

 

(52,065)

Amortization charge

 

 

(122,761)

 

(3,995)

 

(126,756)

Closing book amount

 

421,453

 

346,872

 

6,845

 

775,170

At 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

421,453

 

831,275

 

14,797

 

1,267,525

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(484,403)

 

(7,952)

 

(492,355)

Net book amount

 

421,453

 

346,872

 

6,845

 

775,170

Year ended 30 June 2021

 

 

 

 

Opening net book amount

 

421,453

 

346,872

 

6,845

 

775,170

Additions

 

 

115,725

 

2,300

 

118,025

Disposals

 

 

(14,330)

 

 

(14,330)

Amortization charge

 

 

(120,280)

 

(4,118)

 

(124,398)

Closing book amount

 

421,453

 

327,987

 

5,027

 

754,467

At 30 June 2021

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

421,453

 

861,210

 

16,644

 

1,299,307

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(533,223)

 

(11,617)

 

(544,840)

Net book amount

 

421,453

 

327,987

 

5,027

 

754,467

(i)

Cost of and amortization methods and useful lives

Goodwill arose largely in relation to the Group’s acquisition of Manchester United Limited in 2005 and represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but it is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate it might be impaired. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

When goodwill is tested for impairment the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is determined based on a value-in-use calculation. This calculation requires the use of estimates, both in arriving at the expected future cash flows and the application of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of these flows. These calculations have been carried out in accordance with the assumptions set out below.

The value-in-use calculations have used pre-tax cash flow projections based on the financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. The budgets are based on past experience in respect of revenues, variable and fixed costs, registrations and other capital expenditure and working capital assumptions and also reflect the anticipated impact of COVID-19. For each accounting period, cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a terminal growth rate of 1.0% (2020: 1.5%), which does not exceed the long term average growth rate for the UK economy in which the cash generating unit operates.

Management considers there to be one material cash generating unit for the purposes of the annual impairment review, being the operation of professional football clubs.

F-34

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

16Intangible assets (continued)

(i)Cost of and amortization methods and useful lives (continued)

The other key assumptions used in the value in use calculations for each period are the pre-tax discount rate, which has been determined at 7.9% (2020: 7.5%) for each period,the assumption of the stadium operating at reduced fan capacity for 2021/22 competitions (based on a prudent assumption and the status of government restrictions in place at the time the impairment test was performed, which have since been lifted), certain assumptions around progression in domestic and UEFA club competitions, and registrations capital expenditure. COVID-19 is not considered to have a significant impact on the assessment of goodwill impairment as it is not anticipated to have a significant impact on the terminal year which is a key driver of our value in use calculations.

Management determined budgeted revenue growth based on historical performance and its expectations of market development. The discount rates are pre-tax and reflect the specific risks relating to the business.

The following sensitivity analysis was performed:

increase the discount rate by 1% (post-tax);
more prudent assumptions around the impact of COVID-19 including the impact of the stadium operating at a further reduced fan capacity for 2021/22 season matches; and
more prudent assumptions around qualification for European competitions.

In each of these scenarios the estimated recoverable amount substantially exceeds the carrying value for the cash generating unit and accordingly no impairment was identified.

Having assessed the future anticipated cash flows, management believes that any reasonably possible changes in key assumptions would not result in an impairment of goodwill.

The costs associated with the acquisition of players’ and key football management staff registrations are capitalized at the fair value of the consideration payable. Costs include transfer fees, Premier League levy fees, agents’ fees incurred by the club and other directly attributable costs. Costs also include the fair value of any contingent consideration, which is primarily payable to the player’s former club (with associated levy fees payable to the Premier League), once payment becomes probable. Subsequent reassessments of the amount of contingent consideration payable are also included in the cost of the player’s and key football management staff registration.

Registrations costs are fully amortized using the straight-line method over the period covered by the player’s and key football management staff contract. Where a contract is extended, any costs associated with securing the extension are added to the unamortized balance (at the date of the amendment) and the revised book value is amortized over the remaining revised contract life.

The Group will perform an impairment review on intangible assets, including player and key football management staff registrations, if adverse events indicate that the amortized carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. While no individual can be separated from the single cash generating unit (“CGU”), being the operations of the Group as a whole, there may be certain circumstances where an individual is taken out of the CGU, when it becomes clear that they will not participate with the club’s first team again, for example, a player sustaining a career threatening injury or is permanently removed from the first team squad for another reason. If such circumstances were to arise, the carrying value of the individual would be assessed against the Group’s best estimate of the individual’s fair value less any costs to sell.

F-35

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

16Intangible assets (continued)

(i)Cost of and amortization methods and useful lives (continued)

Other intangible assets comprise website, mobile applications, software and trademark registration costs and are initially measured at cost and are subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any provision for impairment. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to write-down assets to their residual value over the estimated useful lives as follows:

Website, mobile applications and software

    

3 years

Trademark registrations

10 years

See note 2.14 for the other accounting policies relevant to intangible assets, and note 2.10 for the Group’s policy regarding impairments.

Significant estimates — fair value of registrations

The costs associated with the acquisition of players’ and key football management staff registrations include an estimate of the fair value of any contingent consideration. The estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration payable requires management to assess the likelihood of specific performance conditions being met which would trigger the payment of the contingent consideration. This assessment is carried out on an individual basis. The maximum additional amount that could be payable as of 30 June 2021 is disclosed in note 31.1. The estimate over the probability of contingent consideration payable could impact the net book value of registrations and amortization recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

The unamortized balance of existing registrations as of 30 June 2021 was £328.0 million (2020: £346.9 million), of which £114.9 million (2020: £119.7 million) is expected to be amortized in the year ending 30 June 2022 (2020: year ending 30 June 2021). The remaining balance is expected to be amortized over the three years to 30 June 2025 (2020: four years to 30 June 2025). This does not take into account player additions following the end of the reporting period, which would have the effect of increasing the amortization expense in future periods, nor does it consider disposals subsequent to the end of the reporting period, which would have the effect of decreasing future amortization charges. Furthermore, any contract renegotiations would also impact future charges.

(ii)

Capital commitments

See note 32.1 for disclosure of capital commitments relating to other intangible assets.

(iii)

Internally generated other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include internally generated assets whose cost and accumulated amortization as of 30 June 2021 was £2,103,000 and £1,976,000 respectively (2020: £2,098,000 and £1,316,000 respectively).

17

Deferred tax

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after allowable offset):

    

2021

    

2020

£’000

£’000

US deferred tax assets

 

 

(58,362)

UK deferred tax liabilities

 

35,546

 

31,337

At 30 June

 

35,546

 

(27,025)

F-36

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

17Deferred tax (continued)

The movement in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities during the year is as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

£’000

£’000

At 1 July

 

(27,025)

 

(26,550)

Expensed to statement of profit or loss (note 10)

 

64,019

 

1,426

Credited to other comprehensive income (note 10)

 

(1,448)

 

(1,901)

At 30 June

 

35,546

 

(27,025)

The movement in US net deferred tax assets are as follows:

    

    

    

Unrealized

    

    

    

    

foreign

exchange

Net

and

Property,

    

Foreign

operating

derivative

Intangible

Deferred

plant and

tax credits

losses

movements

assets

revenue

equipment

Other

Total(1)

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

At 1 July 2019

 

(30,288)

 

 

(486)

 

(15,058)

 

(7,748)

 

3,732

(8,567)

 

(58,415)

Expensed/(credited) to statement of profit or loss (note 10)

 

2,793

 

(10,804)

 

(441)

 

5,988

 

1,917

 

(614)

1,636

 

475

(Credited)/expensed to other comprehensive income (note 10)

 

(320)

 

1,267

 

(1,369)

 

 

 

 

(422)

At 30 June 2020

 

(27,815)

 

(9,537)

 

(2,296)

 

(9,070)

 

(5,831)

 

3,118

(6,931)

 

(58,362)

Expensed/(credited) to statement of profit or loss (note 10)

 

31,779

 

6,328

 

1,577

 

9,070

 

5,831

 

241

6,931

 

61,757

(Credited)/expensed to other comprehensive income (note 10)

 

(3,964)

 

(150)

 

719

 

 

 

 

(3,395)

At 30 June 2021

 

 

(3,359)

 

 

 

 

3,359

 

(1) The deferred tax assets have been written down to the extent that they will not shelter profits arising from the unwind of the deferred tax liability. This is due to a change in the substantively enacted UK Corporation tax rate from 19% to 25%, effective April 2023. The current US federal corporate income tax rate is 21%. As a result of this change the US deferred tax asset is no longer forecast to give rise to a future economic benefit. It is expected that any future US tax payable will be sheltered by future foreign tax credits arising from UK tax payable. Future increases in the US federal corporate income tax rate could result in a reversal of the US deferred tax asset write down.

F-37

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

17

Deferred tax (continued)

The movement in UK net deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

    

    

    

    

Property

    

    

    

Accelerated

Non

fair

Net

    

tax

qualifying

value

operating

depreciation

Intangibles

property

adjustment

losses

Other(3)

Total(4)

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

At 1  July 2019

 

706

 

9,322

 

11,895

 

12,718

 

 

(2,776)

 

31,865

(Credited)/expensed to statement of profit or loss (note 10)

 

(98)

 

559

 

1,395

 

1,017

 

 

(1,922)

 

951

Credited to other comprehensive income (note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,479)

 

(1,479)

At 30 June 2020

 

608

 

9,881

 

13,290

 

13,735

 

 

(6,177)

 

31,337

Expensed/(credited) to statement of profit or loss (note 10) (2)

 

1

 

5,119

 

4,192

 

3,707

 

(12,180)

 

1,423

 

2,262

Expensed to other comprehensive income (note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,947

 

1,947

At 30 June 2021

 

609

 

15,000

 

17,482

 

17,442

 

(12,180)

 

(2,807)

 

35,546

(2) An increase in the UK Corporation tax rate from 19% to 25%, effective April 2023, was substantively enacted in May 2021. This has resulted in the re-measurement of the UK deferred tax liability from 19% to 25% resulting in an additional charge of £11,224,000.
(3) The “Other” deferred tax asset balance primarily comprises foreign exchange differences; fair value movements recognized in the hedging reserve; pensions not paid in the year and salaries not paid before 31 March 2022.
(4) Of the total deferred tax liability, £35,546,000 is expected to be settled after more than one year.

Following the inauguration of the new President in the US, the Biden administration have proposed various changes to the US federal tax regime. The most significant impact on the financial statements is expected to be the proposal to increase the US tax rate from 21% to 28%. These changes may impact the recognition of the US deferred tax asset, however, as they are only proposals at this stage the impact has not been quantified.

Significant estimates - recognition of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that the associated deductions will be available for use against future profits and that there will be sufficient future taxable profit available against which the temporary differences can be utilized, provided the asset can be reliably quantified. In estimating future taxable profit, management use “base case” approved forecasts which incorporate a number of assumptions, including a prudent level of future uncontracted revenue in the forecast period. In arriving at a judgment in relation to the recognition of deferred tax assets, management considers the regulations applicable to tax and advice on their interpretation. Future taxable income may be higher or lower than estimates made when determining whether it is appropriate to record a tax asset and the amount to be recorded. Furthermore, changes in the legislative framework or applicable tax case law may result in management reassessing the recognition of deferred tax assets in future periods.

F-38

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

17

Deferred tax (continued)

At 30 June 2021 there is an unrecognized US deferred tax asset of £97,187,000 which is detailed below (2020: £21,301,000 in respect of foreign tax credits in the US):

    

    

    

Unrealized

    

    

    

    

foreign

Net

exchange and

Foreign

operating

derivative

Intangible

Deferred

tax credits

losses

movements

assets 

revenue

Other

Total

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Unrecognized US deferred tax asset

56,275

23,956

1,674

4,865

3,913

6,504

97,187

At 30 June 2021, the Group had no unrecognized UK deferred tax assets (2020: £nil).

18

Inventories

    

2021

    

2020

£’000

£’000

Finished goods

 

2,080

 

2,186

(i)

Accounting policy

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods comprises cost of purchase and, where appropriate, other directly attributable costs. It excludes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

(ii)

Amounts recognized in profit or loss

Inventories recognized as an expense during the year ended 30 June 2021 amounted to £5,061,000 (2020: £6,433,000; 2019: £8,664,000). These were included in operating expenses.

Write down of inventories to net realizable value amounted to £194,000 (2020: £133,000; 2019: £22,000). These were recognized as an expense during the year and included in operating expenses.

Reversal of previous inventory write-down amounted to £127,000 (2020: £22,000 2019: £nil). These were recognized as a credit during the year and included in operating expenses.

19

Trade receivables

    

2021

    

2020

£’000

£’000

Trade receivables

 

75,745

 

172,829

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

 

(4,971)

 

(13,150)

Net trade receivables

 

70,774

 

159,679

Less: non-current portion

 

 

Trade receivables

 

20,404

 

43,694

Current trade receivables

 

50,370

 

115,985

F-39

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19

Trade receivables (continued)

(i)

Accounting policy

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value. The Group holds trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Details about the Group’s impairment policies and the calculation of the provision for impairment are provided in note 30.1(b). If collection is expected in one year or less, they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

(ii)

Amounts included in trade receivables

Net trade receivables include transfer fees receivable from other football clubs of £43,153,000 (2020: £57,726,000) of which £20,404,000 (2020: £43,694,000) is receivable after more than one year. Net trade receivables also include £19,032,000 (2020: £91,968,000) of deferred revenue that is contractually payable to the Group, but recorded in advance of the earnings process, with corresponding amounts recorded as contract liabilities — deferred revenue.

(iii)

Fair value of trade receivables

The fair value of net trade receivables as at 30 June 2021 was £71,819,000 (2020: £161,797,000) before discounting of cash flows.

(iv)

Impairment and risk exposure

Information about the impairment of trade receivables, their credit quality and the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and credit risk can be found in note 30.

20

Derivative financial instruments

The Group has the following derivative financial instruments:

2021

2020

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Used for hedging:

    

  

    

  

    

  

Interest rate swaps

 

(5,121)

 

 

(9,136)

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

(28)

 

223

 

At fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

 

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

 

809

(527)

 

150

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

8

(58)

 

2,410

 

 

817

(5,734)

 

2,783

 

(9,136)

Less non-current portion:

 

 

 

  

Used for hedging:

 

 

 

  

Interest rate swaps

 

(5,121)

 

 

(9,136)

At fair value through profit or loss:

 

 

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives

 

499

(351)

 

54

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

 

1,555

 

Non-current derivative financial instruments

 

499

(5,472)

 

1,609

 

(9,136)

Current derivative financial instruments

 

318

(262)

 

1,174

 

F-40

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

20Derivative financial instruments (continued)

(i)

Fair value hierarchy

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value. The different levels used in measuring fair value have been defined in accounting standards as follows:

Level 1 - the fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period.
Level 2 - the fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation techniques which maximize the use of observable market data and as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.
Level 3 - if one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3.

(ii)

Valuation techniques used to determine fair value

All of the financial instruments detailed above are included in level 2. Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:

The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on observable yield curves;
The fair value of embedded foreign exchange derivatives is determined as the change in the fair value of the embedded derivative at the contract inception date and the fair value of the embedded derivative at the end of the reporting period; the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined using forward exchange rates with the resulting value discounted to present value;
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period, with the resulting value discounted back to present value.

21

Cash and cash equivalents

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Cash at bank and in hand

 

110,658

 

51,539

Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows are as above.

22

Share capital

Number of

Ordinary

shares

shares

    

(thousands)

    

£’000

At 1 July 2019

 

164,571

 

53

Employee share-based compensation awards — issue of shares

 

51

 

At 30 June 2020

 

164,622

 

53

Employee share-based compensation awards — issue of shares

 

55

 

At 30 June 2021

 

164,677

 

53

F-41

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22

Share capital (continued)

The Company has two classes of ordinary shares outstanding: Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, each with a par value of $0.0005 per share. The rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share and is not convertible into any other shares. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes per share and is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time. In addition, Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon certain transfers and other events, including upon the date when holders of all Class B ordinary shares cease to hold Class B ordinary shares representing, in the aggregate, at least 10% of the total number of Class A and Class B ordinary shares outstanding. For special resolutions (which are required for certain important matters including mergers and changes to the Company’s governing documents), which require the vote of two-thirds of the votes cast, at any time that Class B ordinary shares remain outstanding, the voting power permitted to be exercised by the holders of the Class B ordinary shares will be weighted such that the Class B ordinary shares shall represent, in the aggregate, 67% of the voting power of all shareholders. All shares issued by the Company are fully paid.

As of 30 June 2021, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 44,969,701 (2020: 40,622,089) Class A ordinary shares and 119,707,613 (2020: 124,000,000) Class B ordinary shares. During the year ended 30 June 2021, 4,292,387 Class B ordinary shares were converted into an equivalent number of Class A ordinary shares.

1,682,896 Class A ordinary shares are currently held in treasury. Distributable reserves have been reduced by £21,305,000, being the consideration paid for these shares. See note 23.

23

Treasury shares

Number of shares

    

(thousands)

    

£’000

At 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020

 

(1,683)

 

(21,305)

24

Trade and other payables

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Trade payables

 

143,400

 

155,983

Other payables

 

22,297

 

8,526

Accrued expenses

 

61,990

 

70,638

Social security and other taxes

 

32,491

 

32,268

 

260,178

 

267,415

Less: non-current portion

 

 

Trade payables

 

66,778

 

50,065

Other payables

 

739

 

1,257

Non-current trade and other payables

 

67,517

 

51,322

Current trade and other payables

 

192,661

 

216,093

(i)

Accounting policy

Trade and other payables are liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year which are unpaid. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. They are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not they are presented as non-current liabilities.

F-42

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

24Trade and other payables (continued)

(ii)

Amounts included in trade payables

Trade payables include transfer fees and other associated costs in relation to the acquisition of registrations of £136,309,000 (2020: £149,134,000) of which £66,778,000 (2020: £50,065,000) is due after more than one year. Of the amount due after more than one year, £40,228,000 (2020: £26,396,000) is expected to be paid between 1 and 2 years, and the balance of £26,550,000 (2020: £23,669,000) is expected to be paid between 2 and 5 years.

(iii)

Amounts included in accrued expenses

Accrued expenses include £616,000 (2020: £1,259,000) related to share-based payment transactions expected to be cash-settled.

(iv)

Fair value of trade payables

The fair value of trade payables as at 30 June 2021 was £145,775,000 (2020: £158,464,000) before discounting of cash flows. The fair value of other payables is not materially different to their carrying amount.

(v)

Government assistance

The UK government has made available a range of business support measures during COVID-19. The Group has benefited directly from government assistance in the form of payment deferrals for VAT. The quarterly VAT payments for the periods ended 29 February 2020 and 31 May 2020, originally due 31 March 2020 and 30 June 2020 respectively, were deferred, with the payment due being spread over monthly instalments from March 2021 to January 2022. The amount deferred as at 30 June 2021 is £9,965,000.

25

Borrowings

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Senior secured notes

 

304,474

 

340,417

Secured term loan facility

 

160,575

 

179,593

Revolving facilities

 

60,000

 

Accrued interest on senior secured notes and revolving facilities

 

5,187

 

5,605

 

530,236

 

525,615

Less: non-current portion

 

 

Senior secured notes

 

304,474

 

340,417

Secured term loan facility

 

160,575

 

179,593

Non-current borrowings

 

465,049

 

520,010

Current borrowings

 

65,187

 

5,605

(i)

Secured borrowings and assets pledged as security

The senior secured notes of £304,474,000 (2020: £340,417,000) is stated net of unamortized issue costs amounting to £3,050,000 (2020: £3,044,000). The outstanding principal amount of the senior secured notes is $425,000,000 (2020: $425,000,000). The senior secured notes have a fixed coupon rate of 3.79% per annum and interest is paid semi-annually. The senior secured notes mature on 25 June 2027.

The Group has the option to redeem the senior secured notes in part, in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes then outstanding, or in full, at any time at 100% of the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium of an amount equal to the discounted value (based on the US Treasury rate) of the remaining interest payments due on the senior secured notes up to 25 June 2027.

F-43

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

25Borrowings (continued)

(i)Secured borrowings and assets pledged as security (continued)

The senior secured notes were issued by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Manchester United Football Club Limited, and are guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited and MU Finance Limited and are secured against substantially all of the assets of those entities and Manchester United Football Club Limited. These entities are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

The secured term loan facility of £160,575,000 (2020: £179,593,000) is stated net of unamortized issue costs amounting to £2,233,000 (2020: £2,241,000). The outstanding principal amount of the secured term loan facility is $225,000,000 (2020: $225,000,000). The secured term loan facility attracts interest of US dollar LIBOR plus an applicable margin of between 1.25% and 1.75% per annum and interest is paid monthly. The remaining balance of the secured term loan facility is repayable on 6 August 2029, although the Group has the option to repay the secured term loan facility at any time before then.

The secured term loan facility was provided to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Manchester United Football Club Limited, and is guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, MU Finance Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited and is secured against substantially all of the assets of each of those entities. These entities are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

The Group also has £60,000,000 (2020: £nil) in outstanding loans and £140,000,000 (2020: £150,000,000) in borrowing capacity under our revolving facilities. £150,000,000 of the facilities terminate on 4 April 2025 and the remainder terminates on 4 July 2025.

The revolving facilities are guaranteed by Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, MU Finance Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited and secured against substantially all of the assets of those entities. These entities are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Manchester United plc.

The Group’s revolving facilities, the secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes each contain certain covenants, including a financial maintenance covenant that requires the Group to maintain a consolidated profit/loss for the period before depreciation, amortization of, and profit on disposal of, registrations, exceptional items, net finance costs and tax (“EBITDA”) of not less than £65 million for each 12 month testing period (with the flexibility to reduce this to £25 million during the period 31 March 2021 to 30 September 2022 inclusive), as well as customary covenants, including (but not limited to) restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness; paying dividends or making other distributions, repurchasing or redeeming our capital stock or making other restricted payments; selling assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries; entering into agreements that restrict distributions of restricted subsidiaries; consolidating, merging, selling or otherwise disposing of all or substantially all assets; entering into sale and leaseback transactions; entering into transactions with affiliates; and incurring liens.

(ii)

Compliance with covenants

The Group has complied with all covenants under its revolving facilities, the secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes during the 2021 and 2020 reporting period.

F-44

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26Provisions

Other(1)

Tax(2)

Total

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

At 1 July 2020

 

 

 

Transfer from accruals(3)

695

4,094

4,789

(Credited)/charged to profit or loss:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Reassessment of provisions

(1,036)

(1,036)

Additional provisions recognized

 

27

 

1,022

 

1,049

At 30 June 2021

 

722

 

4,080

 

4,802

Less: non-current portion

Provisions

77

4,080

4,157

Current provisions

645

645

(1) Other provision

Other provision includes, amongst other items, make good provisions as the Group is required to restore the leased premises of its office spaces to their original condition at the end of the respective lease terms. A provision has been recognized based upon the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. The remaining term on such leased properties is between 5 months and 3 years.

(2) Tax provision

Provision in respect of player related tax matters. The timing of cash outflows is by its nature uncertain and therefore a reliable estimate of the expected timing of such cash outflows cannot be made.

(3) Amounts were previously disclosed in accruals due to being immaterial.

F-45

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

27

Cash flow information

27.1 Cash generated from operations

2021

2020

2019

    

Note

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

(Loss)/profit before income tax

 

  

 

(24,027)

 

(20,818)

 

27,476

Adjustments for:

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

13, 14, 15

 

14,959

 

14,756

 

11,726

Impairment charge

 

15

 

 

3,787

 

1,124

Amortization

 

16

 

124,398

 

126,756

 

129,154

Profit on disposal of intangible assets

 

8

 

(7,381)

 

(18,384)

 

(25,799)

Net finance (income)/costs

 

9

 

(12,899)

 

26,039

 

22,509

Non-cash employee benefit expense - equity-settled share-based payments

 

28

 

2,085

 

818

 

699

Foreign exchange losses/(gains) on operating activities

874

(816)

(76)

Reclassified from hedging reserve

2,239

12,180

6,250

Changes in working capital:

Inventories

106

(56)

(714)

Prepayments

 

  

 

(282)

 

6,527

 

(2,168)

Contract assets – accrued revenue

 

  

 

5,422

 

(6,434)

 

(1,514)

Trade receivables(1)

 

  

 

71,695

 

(83,197)

 

82,086

Other receivables

 

  

 

(221)

 

949

 

(1,081)

Contract liabilities – deferred revenue

 

  

 

(49,407)

 

(33,167)

 

5,903

Trade and other payables(1)

 

  

 

5,415

 

(11,371)

 

8,034

Provisions

4,802

Cash generated from operations

 

  

 

137,778

 

17,569

 

263,609

(1) These amounts exclude non-cash movements and movements in respect of items reported elsewhere in the consolidated statement of cash flows, primarily in investing activities (where the timing of acquisitions and disposals and related cash flows can differ), resulting in:
a decrease in changes to trade receivables of £17,210,000 (2020: decrease of £42,742,000; 2019: increase of £7,971,000); and
an increase in changes to trade and other payables of £12,652,000 (2020: decrease of £30,784,000; 2019: decrease of £70,732,000).

27.2

 Net debt reconciliation

Net debt is defined as non-current and current borrowings minus cash and cash equivalents. Net debt is a financial performance indicator that is used by the Group’s management to monitor liquidity risk. The Group believes that net debt is meaningful for investors as it provides a clear overview of the net indebtedness position of the Group and is used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in managing the business.

F-46

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

27Cash flow information (continued)

27.2 Net debt reconciliation (continued)

The following tables provide an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for each of the periods presented.

Non-current

Current

Cash and cash

borrowings

borrowings

equivalents

Total

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Net debt at 1 July 2019

 

505,779

 

5,453

 

(307,637)

 

203,595

Cash flows

 

(555)

 

(19,325)

 

263,065

 

243,185

Other changes

 

14,786

 

19,477

 

(6,967)

 

27,296

Net debt at 30 June 2020

520,010

5,605

(51,539)

474,076

Cash flows

(625)

42,321

(61,351)

(19,655)

Other changes

(54,336)

17,261

2,232

(34,843)

Net debt at 30 June 2021

 

465,049

 

65,187

 

(110,658)

 

419,578

Other changes largely comprise foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of the US dollar denominated secured term loan facility and senior secured notes, incurrence and amortization of debt issue costs and the movement on accrued interest on senior secured notes (which will be presented as operating cash flows in the statement of cash flows when paid), partially offset by foreign exchange gain or losses arising on translation of foreign currency denominated cash and cash equivalents.

28

Share-based payments

The Company operates a share-based award plan, the 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “Equity Plan”), established in 2012. Under the Equity Plan, 16,000,000 Class A ordinary shares have initially been reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of share-based awards, including share options, share appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, deferred share awards, deferred share unit awards, dividend equivalent awards, share payment awards and other share-based awards. Of these reserved shares, 14,848,870 remain available for issuance.

Certain directors, members of executive management and selected employees have been awarded Class A ordinary shares, pursuant to the Equity Plan. These shares are subject to varying vesting schedules over multi-year periods. Employees are not entitled to dividends until the awards vest. The fair value of these shares was the quoted market price on the date of award, adjusted where applicable for expected dividends i.e. the fair value of the awards was reduced. It is assumed that semi-annual dividends will be paid for the foreseeable future. The Company may choose whether to settle the awards wholly in shares or reduce the number of shares awarded by a value equal to the recipient’s liability to any income tax and social security contributions that would arise if all the shares due to vest had vested. Accordingly the awards may be either equity-settled or cash-settled.

Movements in the number of share awards outstanding and therefore potentially issuable as new shares are as follows:

Number of Class A ordinary shares

    

Gross award

    

Post net settlement

At 1 July 2020

 

256,147

136,212

Awarded

 

221,712

118,075

Vested

 

(103,886)

(55,225)

At 30 June 2021

 

373,973

199,062

The fair value of the shares awarded during the year was $14.66 (£10.61) (2020: $15.50 (£12.53)) per share.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, the Group recognized total expenses related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions of £1,386,000 (2020: £818,000; 2019: £699,000) and total expenses related to cash-settled share-based payment transactions of £616,000 (2020: £617,000; 2019: £552,000).

F-47

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29

Pension arrangements

29.1 Defined benefit scheme

The Group participates in the Football League Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (‘the Scheme’). The Scheme is a funded multi-employer defined benefit scheme, with 92 participating employers, and where members may have periods of service attributable to several participating employers. The Group is unable to identify its share of the assets and liabilities of the Scheme and therefore accounts for its contributions as if they were paid to a defined contribution scheme. The Group has received confirmation that the assets and liabilities of the Scheme cannot be split between the participating employers. The Group is advised only of the additional contributions it is required to pay to make good the deficit. These contributions could increase in the future if one or more of the participating employers exits the Scheme.

The last triennial actuarial valuation of the Scheme was carried out at 31 August 2017 where the total deficit on the ongoing valuation basis was £30.4 million. The accrual of benefits ceased within the Scheme on 31 August 1999, therefore there are no contributions relating to current accrual. The Group pays monthly contributions based on a notional split of the total expenses and deficit contributions of the Scheme.

The Group currently pays total contributions of £506,000 per annum and this amount will increase by 5% per annum from September 2021. Based on the actuarial valuation assumptions, this will be sufficient to pay off the deficit by 31 October 2023.

As of 30 June 2021, the present value of the Group’s outstanding contributions (i.e. its future liability) is £1,257,000 (2020: £1,745,000). This amounts to £518,000 (2020: £488,000) due within one year and £739,000 (2020: £1,257,000) due after more than one year and is included within other payables.

The funding objective of the Trustees of the Scheme is to have sufficient assets to meet the Technical Provisions of the Scheme. In order to remove the deficit revealed at the previous actuarial valuation (dated 31 August 2017), deficit contributions are payable by all participating clubs. Payments are made in accordance with a pension contribution schedule. As the Scheme is closed to accrual, there are no additional costs associated with the accruing of members’ future benefits. In the case of a club being relegated from the Football League and being unable to settle its debt then the remaining clubs may, in exceptional circumstances, have to share the deficit.

Upon the wind-up of the Scheme with a surplus, any surplus will be used to augment benefits. Under the more likely scenario of there being a deficit, this will be split amongst the clubs in line with their contribution schedule. Should an individual club choose to leave the Scheme, they would be required to pay their share of the deficit based on a proxy buyout basis (i.e. valuing the benefits on a basis consistent with buying out the benefits with an insurance company).

29.2 Defined contribution schemes

Contributions made to defined contribution pension arrangements are charged to the statement of profit or loss in the period in which they become payable and for the year ended 30 June 2021 amounted to £3,362,000 (2020: £3,287,000; 2019: £2,882,000). As at 30 June 2021, contributions of £475,000 (2020: £458,000) due in respect of the current reporting period had not been paid over to the pension schemes.

The assets of all pension schemes to which the Group contributes are held separately from the Group in independently administered funds.

F-48

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30

Financial risk management

30.1 Financial risk factors

This note explains the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how those risks could affect the Group’s future financial performance. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

The policy for each financial risk is described in more detail below.

a)Market risk

(i)Foreign exchange risk

The Group is exposed to the following foreign exchange risks:

Significant revenue received in Euros primarily as a result of participation in UEFA club competitions. During the year ended 30 June 2021 the Group recognized a total of €84.1 million of revenue denominated in Euros (2020: €19.2 million; 2019: €94.4 million). The Group ordinarily seeks to hedge the majority of the foreign exchange risk of this revenue either by using contracted future foreign exchange expenses (including player transfer fee commitments) or by placing forward contracts, at the point at which it becomes reasonably certain that it will receive the revenue.
Significant amount of commercial revenue denominated in US dollars. During the year ended 30 June 2021 the Group recognized a total of $59.6 million of revenue denominated in US dollars (2020: $147.5 million; 2019: $155.9 million). The foreign exchange risk on these US dollar revenues is hedged to the extent possible (see note 30.2 below).
Risks arising from the US dollar denominated secured term loan facility and senior secured notes (see note 25). At 30 June 2021 the secured term loan facility and senior secured notes included principal amounts of $650.0 million (2020: $650.0 million) denominated in US dollars. The foreign exchange risk on these US dollar borrowings (net of the Group’s US dollar cash balances) is hedged to the extent possible (see note 30.2 below). Interest is paid on these borrowings in US dollars. Foreign exchange gains exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of our unhedged US dollar borrowings are recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately and are subject to UK Corporation tax. From time to time, we may use foreign currency options to manage the unfavourable impact foreign exchange volatility may have on our cash flows.
Payments and receipts of transfer fees may also give rise to foreign exchange exposures. Due to the nature of player transfers the Group may not always be able to predict such cash flows until the transfer has taken place. Where possible and depending on the payment profile of transfer fees payable and receivable the Group will seek to hedge future payments and receipts at the point it becomes reasonably certain that the payments will be made or the income will be received. When hedging income to be received, the Group also takes account of the credit risk of the counterparty.
Payments of operating expenses may also give rise to foreign exchange exposures. We seek to hedge future payments either by using future foreign exchange revenue or by placing forward contracts.

It is the policy of the Group to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover specific foreign exchange payments and receipts. The following table details the forward foreign exchange contracts outstanding at the reporting date:

2021

2020

Average

Foreign

Notional

Fair

Average

Foreign

Notional

Fair

exchange

currency

value

value

exchange

currency

value

value

    

rate

    

€’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

rate

    

€’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Buy Euro

    

1.1573

    

(34,576)

    

(29,875)

    

(78)

    

1.1626

    

(46,976)

    

(40,405)

    

2,633

F-49

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30Financial risk management (continued)

30.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

a)Market risk (continued)

(i)Foreign exchange risk (continued)

The Group also has a number of embedded foreign exchange derivatives in host Commercial revenue contracts. These are recognized separately in the financial statements at fair value since they are not closely related to the host contract. As of 30 June 2021 the fair value of such derivatives was an asset of £809,000 and a liability of £527,000 (2020: asset of £150,000).

Further, we are exposed to cash flow risk on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of our unhedged US dollar borrowings are recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately and are subject to UK Corporation tax. From time to time, we may use foreign currency options to manage the unfavorable impact foreign exchange volatility may have on our cash flows.

The Group’s exposure to material foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in pounds sterling, was as follows:

2021

2020

Euro

US Dollar

Euro

US Dollar

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Contract assets — accrued revenue

    

4,477

    

2,499

    

2,945

    

2,277

Trade receivables

44,855

10,274

56,226

88,554

Cash and cash equivalents

57,004

17,290

24,219

2,642

Trade and other payables

(90,608)

(454)

(55,193)

(1,685)

Borrowings

 

 

(470,068)

 

 

(525,615)

Derivative financial liabilities

(5,121)

(9,136)

 

15,728

 

(445,580)

 

28,197

 

(442,963)

Sensitivity

As shown in the table above, the Group is primarily exposed to changes in Euro/GBP and USD/GBP exchange rates. The sensitivity of equity and post-tax profit as at 30 June 2021 was as follows:

if pounds sterling had strengthened by 10% against the Euro, with all other variables held constant, equity and post-tax profit for the year would have been £1.1 million lower (2020: £2.0 million lower).
if pounds sterling had weakened by 10% against the Euro, with all other variables held constant, equity and post-tax profit for the year would have been £1.7 million higher (2020: £2.5 million higher).
if pounds sterling had strengthened by 10% against the US dollar, with all other variables held constant, equity and post-tax profit for the year would have been £31.9 million higher (2020: £31.8 million higher).
if pounds sterling had weakened by 10% against the US dollar, with all other variables held constant, equity and post-tax profit for the year would have been £39.2 million lower (2020: £38.9 million lower).

(ii)

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group has no significant interest bearing assets other than cash on deposit which attracts interest at a small margin above UK base rates.

F-50

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30

Financial risk management (continued)

30.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

a)Market risk (continued)

(ii)

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk (continued)

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable interest rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group’s borrowings are denominated in US dollars and pounds sterling. Full details of the Group’s borrowings and associated interest rates can be found in note 25.

The Group manages its cash flow interest rate risk where considered appropriate using interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting a portion of variable rate borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. The impact on equity and post-tax profit of a 1.0% shift in interest rates would not be material to any periods presented. Details of the interest rate swaps committed to at the reporting date are provided in note 30.2 below.

b)Credit risk

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis and arises from contract assets, trade receivables, other receivables, favorable derivative financial instruments, and cash and cash equivalents.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected provision for impairment for all trade receivables, other receivables and contract assets. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables, other receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on shared risk characteristics and the days past due. Contract assets relate to unbilled revenue and have substantially the same risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the same types of contracts.

Gross trade receivables can be analysed by due date and whether or not impaired as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Neither past due nor impaired

 

58,579

 

154,946

Past due, not impaired

12,195

4,733

Not past due, impaired

549

2,559

Past due, impaired

 

4,422

 

10,591

Gross trade receivables

 

75,745

 

172,829

A substantial majority of the Group’s Broadcasting revenue is derived from media contracts negotiated by the Premier League and UEFA with media distributors, and although the Premier League obtains guarantees to support certain of its media contracts, typically in the form of letters of credit issued by commercial banks, it remains the Group’s single largest credit exposure. The Group derives commercial and sponsorship revenue from certain corporate sponsors, including global, regional, mobile, media and supplier sponsors in respect of which the Group may manage its credit risk by seeking advance payments, installments and/or bank guarantees where appropriate. The substantial majority of this revenue is derived from a limited number of sources. The Group is also exposed to other football clubs globally for the payment of transfer fees on players. Depending on the transaction, some of these fees are paid to the Group in installments. The Group tries to manage its credit risk with respect to those clubs by requiring payments in advance or, in the case of payments on installment, requiring bank guarantees on such payments in certain circumstances. However, the Group cannot ensure these efforts will eliminate its credit exposure to other clubs. A change in credit quality at one of the media broadcasters for the Premier League or UEFA, one of the Group’s sponsors or a club to whom the Group has sold a player can increase the risk that such counterparty is unable or unwilling to pay amounts owed to the Group. Derivative financial instruments and cash and cash equivalents are placed with counterparties with an investment grade Moody’s rating.

F-51

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30

Financial risk management (continued)

30.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

b)Credit risk (continued)

Credit terms offered by the Group vary depending on the type of sale. For seasonal match day facilities and sponsorship contracts, payment is usually required in advance of the season to which the sale relates. For other sales the credit terms typically range from 14 - 30 days, although specific agreements may be negotiated in individual contracts with terms beyond 30 days. For player transfer activities, credit terms are determined on a contract by contract basis. Of the net total trade receivable balance of £70,774,000 (2020: £159,679,000), £43,153,000 (2020: £57,726,000) relates to amounts receivable from various other football clubs in relation to player trading.

Management considers that, based on historical information about default rates, the current strength of relationships (a number of which are recurring long term relationships), and forward-looking information, the credit quality of trade receivables and other receivables that are neither past due nor impaired, and for contract assets, is good. Trade receivables that are past due but not impaired relate to independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default. Accordingly the identified provision for impairment for these receivables was immaterial. The identified provision for impairment of trade receivables that are past due and impaired is 100%.

Management has considered the current and expected future economic and market conditions surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic in determining the estimate of credit losses.

The closing provision for impairment of trade receivables as of 30 June 2021 reconciles to the opening provision for impairment as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

Provision as of 1 July

 

13,150

 

12,954

Increase/(decrease) in provision recognized in profit or loss during the year

 

1,054

 

(1,185)

Unused amount reversed – cash received

(188)

(5,125)

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible

 

(9,003)

 

(3,076)

Receivables offset against contract liabilities - deferred revenue

 

90

 

9,530

Foreign exchange gains on retranslation recognized in profit or loss during the year

 

(132)

 

52

Provision as of 30 June

 

4,971

 

13,150

Trade receivables and contact assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in ‘other operating expenses’ in the statement of profit or loss.

While other receivables, favorable derivative financial instruments, and cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, the identified provision for impairment on these items was immaterial.

c)Liquidity risk

The Group’s policy is to maintain a balance of continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of secured term loan facilities, senior secured notes and other borrowings as applicable. The annual cash flow is cyclical in nature with a significant portion of cash inflows ordinarily being received prior to the start of the playing season. COVID-19 has impacted the 2020/21 season Matchday cash receipts, with seasonal facility sales lapsed, due to all matches prior to the final home match of the season being played behind closed doors. Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the executive directors of Manchester United plc. The directors use management information tools including budgets and cash flow forecasts to constantly monitor and manage current and future liquidity.

F-52

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30

Financial risk management (continued)

30.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

c) Liquidity risk (continued)

Cash flow forecasting is performed on a regular basis which includes rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure that the Group has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants on any of its borrowing facilities. The Group’s borrowing facilities are described in note 25. Financing facilities have been agreed at appropriate levels having regard to the Group’s operating cash flows and future development plans.

Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above that required for working capital management are invested by Group finance in interest bearing current accounts or money market deposits. As of 30 June 2021, the Group held cash and cash equivalents of £110,658,000 (2020: £51,539,000).

The table below analyses the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows including interest and therefore differs from the carrying amounts in the consolidated balance sheet.

    

Less than 1

    

Between 1

    

Between 2

    

year

and 2 years

and 5 years

Over 5 years

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Trade and other payables excluding social security and other taxes(1)

 

160,375

 

41,794

 

27,908

 

Borrowings

77,203

16,646

45,142

489,983

Lease liabilities

 

1,488

 

493

 

487

 

3,642

 

239,066

 

58,933

 

73,537

 

493,625

Non-trading derivative financial instruments(2):

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

1,793

 

1,707

 

1,707

 

Cash inflow

 

(8)

 

 

 

At 30 June 2021

 

240,851

 

60,640

 

75,244

 

493,625

Trade and other payables excluding social security and other taxes(1)

 

184,116

 

27,738

 

25,805

 

Borrowings

 

18,640

 

18,640

 

53,341

 

563,757

Lease liabilities

1,164

436

804

3,701

 

203,920

 

46,814

 

79,950

 

567,458

Non-trading derivative financial instruments(2):

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

2,284

2,284

4,568

Cash inflow

 

(1,078)

 

(1,555)

 

 

At 30 June 2020

 

205,126

 

47,543

 

84,518

 

567,458

(1) Social security and other taxes are excluded from trade and other payables balance, as this analysis is required only for financial instruments.
(2) Non-trading derivatives are included at their fair value at the reporting date.

30.2 Hedging activities

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain exposures, and has designated certain derivatives as hedges of cash flows (cash flow hedge).

F-53

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30Financial risk management (continued)

30.2 Hedging activities (continued)

The Group hedges the foreign exchange risk on contracted future US dollar revenues whenever possible using the Group’s US dollar net borrowings as the hedging instrument. The foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of the Group’s US dollar net borrowings used in the hedge are initially recognized in other comprehensive income, rather than being recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve are subsequently reclassified into the statement of profit or loss in the same accounting period, and within the same statement of profit or loss line (i.e. commercial revenue), as the underlying future US dollar revenues, which given the varying lengths of the commercial revenue contracts will be between July 2021 to June 2025. The foreign exchange gains or losses arising on re-translation of the Group’s unhedged US dollar borrowings are recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately (within net finance income/costs). The table below details the net borrowings being hedged at the reporting date:

    

2021

    

2020

    

$’000

    

$’000

USD borrowings

 

650,000

 

650,000

Hedged USD cash

 

(23,700)

 

(3,025)

Net USD debt

 

626,300

 

646,975

Hedged future USD revenues

 

(61,453)

 

(177,524)

Unhedged USD borrowings(1)

 

564,847

 

469,451

Closing exchange rate

 

1.3820

 

1.2374

(1)    A further portion of the profit and loss exposure (within net finance income/costs) on unhedged USD borrowings is naturally offset by the fair value of foreign exchange based embedded derivatives in host Commercial revenue contracts.

The Group hedges its cash flow interest rate risk where considered appropriate using interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting a portion of variable rate borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap is initially recognized in other comprehensive income, rather than being recognized in the statement of profit or loss immediately. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve are subsequently reclassified into the statement of profit or loss in the same accounting period, and within the same statement of profit or loss line (i.e. finance costs), as the underlying interest payments, which given the term of the swap will be between July 2021 to June 2024. The following table details the interest rate swaps at the reporting date that are used to hedge borrowings:

    

2021

    

2020

Current hedged principal value of loan outstanding ($‘000)

 

150,000

 

150,000

Rate received

 

1 month $ LIBOR

 

1 month $ LIBOR

Rate paid

 

Fixed 2.032%

Fixed 2.032%

Expiry date

 

30 June 2024

 

30 June 2024

As of 30 June 2021, the fair value of the above interest rate swaps was a liability of £5,121,000 (2020: liability of £9,136,000).

The Group also ordinarily seeks to hedge the majority of the foreign exchange risk on revenue arising as a result of participation in UEFA club competitions, either by using contracted future foreign exchange expenses (including player transfer fee commitments) or by placing forward foreign exchange contracts, at the point at which it becomes reasonably certain that it will receive the revenue. The Group also seeks to hedge the foreign exchange risk on other contracted future foreign exchange expenses using available foreign exchange cash balances and forward foreign exchange contracts.

Management has considered the impact of COVID-19 on the cash flow hedges to determine if the hedged forecast cash flows remain ‘highly probable’ and does not believe that there is any material ineffectiveness as a result of COVID-19.

F-54

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30Financial risk management (continued)

30.2 Hedging activities (continued)

Details of movements on the hedging reserve are as follows:

    

Future

    

    

    

    

    

US dollar

Interest

Total,

Total,

revenues

rate swap

Other

before tax

Tax

after tax

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Balance at 1 July 2018

 

(26,991)

 

4,490

 

(212)

 

(22,713)

 

(4,845)

 

(27,558)

Exchange differences on hedged foreign exchange risks

 

(6,350)

 

 

168

 

(6,182)

 

 

(6,182)

Reclassified to profit or loss

 

6,004

 

 

246

 

6,250

 

 

6,250

Change in fair value

 

 

(6,788)

 

 

(6,788)

 

 

(6,788)

Tax relating to above

(1,266)

(1,266)

Movement recognized in other comprehensive income

 

(346)

 

(6,788)

 

414

 

(6,720)

 

(1,266)

 

(7,986)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

(27,337)

 

(2,298)

 

202

 

(29,433)

 

(6,111)

 

(35,544)

Exchange differences on hedged foreign exchange risks

 

(2,818)

 

 

353

 

(2,465)

 

 

(2,465)

Reclassified to profit or loss

 

12,214

 

 

(34)

 

12,180

 

 

12,180

Change in fair value

 

 

(6,838)

 

 

(6,838)

 

 

(6,838)

Tax relating to above

102

102

Movement recognized in other comprehensive income

 

9,396

 

(6,838)

 

319

 

2,877

 

102

 

2,979

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

(17,941)

 

(9,136)

 

521

 

(26,556)

 

(6,009)

 

(32,565)

Exchange differences on hedged foreign exchange risks

4,325

(2,490)

1,835

1,835

Reclassified to profit or loss

14,956

1,892

16,848

16,848

Change in fair value

4,015

4,015

4,015

Tax relating to above

(569)

(569)

Movement recognized in other comprehensive income

19,281

4,015

(598)

22,698

(569)

22,129

Balance at 30 June 2021

1,340

(5,121)

(77)

(3,858)

(6,578)

(10,436)

Based on exchange rates existing as of 30 June 2021, a 10% appreciation of the UK pounds sterling compared to the US dollar would have resulted in a credit to the hedging reserve in respect of future US dollar revenues of approximately £4,042,000 (2020: credit of £13,042,000) before tax. Conversely, a 10% depreciation of the UK pounds sterling compared to the US dollar would have resulted in a debit to the hedging reserve in respect of US dollar future revenues of approximately £4,941,000 (2020: debit of £15,941,000) before tax.

30.3 Capital risk management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the return to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. Capital is calculated as “equity” as shown in the balance sheet plus net debt. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings as shown in the balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents and is used by management in monitoring the net indebtedness of the Group. A reconciliation of net debt is shown in note 27.2.

As of 30 June 2021, the Group had total borrowings of £530.2 million (2020: £525.6 million). As described in note 25 above, the Group’s revolving facilities, the secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes each contain certain covenants that restrict the activities of Red Football Limited and its subsidiaries. As of 30 June 2021, the Group was in compliance with all covenants under its revolving facility, the secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes.

F-55

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

31

Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

31.1 Contingent liabilities

The Group had contingent liabilities at 30 June 2021 in respect of:

(i)

Transfer fees

Under the terms of certain contracts with other football clubs and agents in respect of player transfers, additional amounts, in excess of the amounts included in the cost of registrations, would be payable by the Group if certain substantive performance conditions are met. These excess amounts are only recognized within the cost of registrations when the Group considers that it is probable that the condition related to the payment will be achieved. The maximum additional amounts that could be payable is £91,993,000 (2020: £79,021,000). No material adjustment was required to the amounts included in the cost of registrations during the year (2020: no material adjustments) and consequently there was no material impact on the amortization of registration charges in the statement of profit or loss (2020: no material impact). As of 30 June 2021, the potential amount payable by type of condition and category of player was:

    

First team

    

    

squad

Other

Total

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Type of condition:

 

  

 

  

 

  

MUFC appearances/team success/new contract

 

39,480

 

8,842

 

48,322

International appearances

 

11,182

 

45

 

11,227

Awards

31,689

31,689

Other

312

443

755

 

82,663

 

9,330

 

91,993

As of 30 June 2020, the potential amount payable by type of condition and category of player was:

    

First team

    

    

squad

Other

Total

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Type of condition:

 

  

 

  

 

  

MUFC appearances/team success/new contract

 

21,667

 

10,499

 

32,166

International appearances

 

11,722

 

47

 

11,769

Awards

33,569

33,569

Other

699

818

1,517

 

67,657

 

11,364

 

79,021

(ii)

Tax matters

We are currently in active discussions with UK tax authorities over a number of tax areas in relation to arrangements with players and players’ representatives. It is possible that in the future, as a result of discussions between the Group and UK tax authorities, as well as discussions UK tax authorities are holding with other stakeholders within the football industry, interpretations of applicable rules will be challenged, which could result in liabilities in relation to these matters. The information usually required by IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’, is not disclosed on the grounds that it is not practicable to be disclosed.

F-56

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

31

Contingent liabilities and contingent assets (continued)

31.2

 Contingent assets

(i)

Transfer fees

Under the terms of certain contracts with other football clubs in respect of player transfers, additional amounts would be payable to the Group if certain specific performance conditions are met. In accordance with the recognition criteria for contingent assets, such amounts are only disclosed by the Group when probable and recognized when virtually certain. As of 30 June 2021, the amount of such receipt considered to be probable was £75,000 (2020: £4,026,000).

32

Commitments

32.1 Capital commitments

As of 30 June 2021, the Group had contracted capital expenditure relating to property, plant and equipment amounting to £1,240,000 (2020: £972,000) and to other intangible assets amounting to £479,000 (2020: £405,000). These amounts are not recognized as liabilities.

32.2

 Non-cancellable operating leases

(i)

The group as lessor

The Group leases out its investment properties. The minimum rentals in relation to non-cancellable operating leases are receivable as follows:

    

2021

    

2020

£’000

£’000

Within 1 year

 

1,888

 

1,542

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

 

4,256

 

3,298

Later than 5 years

 

11,390

 

11,409

 

17,534

 

16,249

33

Events occurring after the reporting period

33.1 Registrations

The playing registrations of certain footballers have been disposed of on a permanent or temporary basis, subsequent to 30 June 2021, for total proceeds, net of associated costs, of £23,328,000. The associated net book value was £12,222,000. Also subsequent to 30 June 2021, solidarity contributions, training compensation, sell-on fees and contingent consideration totalling £6,352,000, became receivable in respect of previous playing registration disposals.

Subsequent to 30 June 2021, the registrations of certain players and coaching staff were acquired or extended for a total consideration, including associated costs, of £141,098,000. Payments are due within the next 5 years. Also subsequent to 30 June 2021, sell-on fees and contingent consideration totalling £1,474,000, became payable in respect of previous playing registration acquisitions.

33.2 COVID-19

Subsequent to 30 June 2021, remaining government-imposed restrictions have been lifted and the Old Trafford Stadium welcomed back fans at full capacity.

F-57

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

33

Events occurring after the reporting period (continued)

33.3 Dividend

An interim dividend of $14,669,000 (equivalent to $0.09 per share), the pounds sterling equivalent of which was £10,669,000, was paid on 30 July 2021.

34

Related party transactions

Trusts and other entities controlled by six lineal descendants of Mr. Malcolm Glazer collectively own 5.34% (2020: 7.75%) of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and all of our issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 96.70% (2020: 97.19%) of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

35

Subsidiaries

The Group’s subsidiaries at 30 June 2021 are set out below. The proportion of ownership interest held equals the voting rights held by the Group.

    

    

% of ownership

Name of entity

Principal activity

interest

Red Football Finance Limited*

 

Finance company

100

Red Football Holdings Limited*

 

Holding company

100

Red Football Shareholder Limited

 

Holding company

100

Red Football Joint Venture Limited

 

Holding company

100

Red Football Limited

 

Holding company

100

Red Football Junior Limited

 

Holding company

100

Manchester United Limited

 

Holding company

100

Alderley Urban Investments Limited

 

Property investment

100

Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

Professional football club

100

Manchester United Women’s Football Club Limited

Professional football club

100

Manchester United Interactive Limited

 

Dormant company

100

MU 099 Limited

 

Dormant company

100

MU Commercial Holdings Limited

 

Holding company

100

MU Commercial Holdings Junior Limited

 

Holding company

100

MU Finance Limited

 

Dormant company

100

MU RAML Limited

 

Retail and licensing company

100

MUTV Limited

 

Media company

100

RAML USA LLC

 

Retail company

100

* Direct investment of Manchester United plc, others are held by subsidiary undertakings.

All of the above are incorporated and operate in England and Wales, with the exception of Red Football Finance Limited which is incorporated and operates in the Cayman Islands and RAML USA LLC which is incorporated in the state of Delaware in the United States. The registered office or principal executive office of all the above, with the exception of RAML USA LLC, is Sir Matt Busby Way, Old Trafford, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom. The registered office of RAML USA LLC is Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, USA.

F-58

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

36

Additional information - Financial Statement Schedule I

Schedule I has been provided pursuant to the requirements of Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Regulation S-X Rule 12-04(a), which require condensed financial information as to financial position, cash flows and results of operations of a parent company as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements have been presented, as the restricted net assets of Manchester United plc’s consolidated subsidiaries as of 30 June 2021 exceeded the 25% threshold.

As of 30 June 2021, the Group had total borrowings of £530.2 million (2020: £525.6 million). As described in note 25 above, the Group’s revolving facilities, the secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes each contain certain covenants that restrict the activities of Red Football Limited and its subsidiaries, including restricted payment covenants. The restricted payment covenants allow dividends in certain circumstances, including to the extent dividends do not exceed 50% of the cumulative consolidated net income of Red Football Limited and its restricted subsidiaries, provided there is no event of default and Red Football Limited is able to meet the principal and interest payments on its debt under a fixed charge coverage test. As of 30 June 2021, the Group was in compliance with the restricted payment covenants and all other covenants under its revolving facility, the secured term loan facility and the note purchase agreement governing the senior secured notes.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards have been condensed or omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information only and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The condensed financial information has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the consolidated financial statements, except that investments in subsidiaries are included at cost less any provision for impairment in value.

As of 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 there were no material contingencies, significant provisions of long-term obligations, mandatory dividend or redemption requirements of redeemable stocks or guarantees of the Company, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, if any.

During the year ended 30 June 2021, cash dividends equivalent to $0.09 (2020: $0.18; 2019: $0.18) per share were declared and paid by the Company. The pounds sterling equivalents were £0.07 (2020: £0.14; 2019: £0.14) per share.

Condensed statement of profit or loss of the Company

Year ended 30 June

2021

2020

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Operating expenses

 

(4,253)

 

(2,964)

 

(3,455)

Income from shares in group undertakings

 

10,718

 

44,534

 

23,326

Finance income

82

Profit before income tax

 

6,465

 

41,652

 

19,871

Income tax expense

 

(1)

 

(9)

 

Profit for the year

 

6,464

 

41,643

 

19,871

There were no items of other comprehensive loss or income in the years ended 30 June 2021, 2020 or 2019 and therefore no statement of comprehensive income has been presented.

F-59

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

36Additional information - Financial Statement Schedule I (continued)

Condensed balance sheet of the Company

As of 30 June

2021

2020

    

£’000

    

£’000

ASSETS

    

  

    

  

Non-current assets

 

  

 

  

Investment in subsidiaries

 

319,265

 

319,265

 

319,265

 

319,265

Current assets

 

  

 

  

Other receivables

 

1,197

 

1,197

Cash and cash equivalents

 

148

 

197

 

1,345

 

1,394

Total assets

 

320,610

 

320,659

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

 

  

 

  

Equity

 

  

 

  

Share capital

 

53

 

53

Share premium

 

68,822

 

68,822

Treasury shares

(21,305)

(21,305)

Retained earnings

 

262,113

 

264,282

 

309,683

 

311,852

Current liabilities

 

  

 

  

Other payables

 

10,927

 

8,807

 

10,927

 

8,807

Total equity and liabilities

 

320,610

 

320,659

Condensed statement of changes in equity of the Company

    

Share

    

Share

    

Treasury

Retained

    

capital

premium

shares

earnings

Total equity

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Balance at 1 July 2018

 

53

 

68,822

 

247,806

 

316,681

Profit for the year

 

 

 

19,871

 

19,871

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

19,871

 

19,871

Equity-settled share based payments

 

 

 

699

 

699

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(23,326)

 

(23,326)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

53

 

68,822

 

245,050

 

313,925

Profit for the year

 

 

 

41,643

 

41,643

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

41,643

 

41,643

Acquisition of treasury shares

(21,305)

(21,305)

Equity-settled share based payments

 

 

 

818

 

818

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(23,229)

 

(23,229)

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

53

 

68,822

 

(21,305)

264,282

 

311,852

Profit for the year

 

 

 

6,464

 

6,464

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

6,464

 

6,464

Equity-settled share based payments

 

 

 

2,085

 

2,085

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(10,718)

 

(10,718)

Balance at 30 June 2021

 

53

 

68,822

 

(21,305)

262,113

 

309,683

F-60

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

36Additional information - Financial Statement Schedule I (continued)

Condensed statement of cash flows of the Company

Year ended 30 June

2021

2020

2019

    

£’000

    

£’000

    

£’000

Cash flows from operating activities

    

  

    

  

    

  

Profit before income tax

 

6,465

 

41,652

 

19,871

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

Non-cash employee benefit expense — equity-settled share-based payments

 

2,085

 

818

 

699

Foreign exchange losses/(gains) on operating activities

 

263

 

(102)

 

(37)

Changes in working capital:

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

(89)

 

206

Other payables

 

2,120

 

2,243

 

2,326

Tax paid

(1)

(9)

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

10,932

 

44,513

 

23,065

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

Acquisition of treasury shares

(21,305)

Dividends paid

 

(10,718)

 

(23,229)

 

(23,326)

Net cash outflow from financing activities

 

(10,718)

 

(44,534)

 

(23,326)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

214

 

(21)

 

(261)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

197

 

116

 

340

Exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents

 

(263)

 

102

 

37

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

148

 

197

 

116

The following reconciliations are provided as additional information to satisfy the Schedule I SEC requirements for parent-only financial information.

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

£’000

£’000

£’000

IFRS (loss)/profit reconciliation:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Parent only — IFRS profit for the year

 

6,464

 

41,643

 

19,871

Additional loss if subsidiaries had been accounted for on the equity method of accounting as opposed to cost

 

(98,680)

 

(64,876)

 

(990)

Consolidated IFRS (loss)/profit for the year

 

(92,216)

 

(23,233)

 

18,881

 

  

 

  

 

  

IFRS equity reconciliation:

 

 

 

Parent only — IFRS equity

 

309,683

 

311,852

 

313,925

Additional (loss)/profit if subsidiaries had been accounted for on the equity method of accounting as opposed to cost

 

(37,171)

 

39,380

 

101,277

Consolidated — IFRS equity

 

272,512

 

351,232

 

415,202

F-61

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Manchester United plc

(Registrant)

Date: 20 September 2021

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

Name:

Edward Woodward

Title:

Executive Vice Chairman

95

Exhibit 4.1

FIFTH AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

DATED 4 MARCH 2021

relating to a

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT

dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to amendment and restatement agreements dated 11 August 2014 and 15 May 2015, an amendment letter dated 26 June 2015, an amendment letter dated 11 September 2015, an amendment and restatement agreement dated 14 June 2018 and an amendment and restatement agreement dated 5 August 2019

between

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

as Company

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

as Borrower

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

as Agent

and

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

as Lender

MALI BNP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause No.

Page No.

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

2

2

AMENDMENTS TO AND RESTATEMENT OF THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

3

3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3

4

EFFECTIVE DATE

3

5

FEES AND EXPENSES

4

6

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

4

7

MISCELLANEOUS

4

8

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

5

9

GOVERNING LAW

5

SCHEDULE 1 - Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

6

SCHEDULE 2 – Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

7


This FIFTH AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT (“Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement”) is made the 4 March 2021 among:

(1)

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “Company”);

(2)

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 00095489) (the “Borrower”);

(2)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company) (the “Agent”); and

(3)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company) (the “Lender”).

BACKGROUND:

(A)

By a term facility agreement dated 20 May 2013 (the “Original Facility Agreement”) between the Company, the Original Agent and Bank of America, N.A. as the Original Lender, the Original Lender agreed to make available a term facility to MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance plc), as Original Borrower, on the terms and conditions set out in the Original Facility Agreement.

(B)

Pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014 and an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015 the parties amended and restated the Original Facility Agreement and pursuant to an amendment letter dated 26 June 2015 and an amendment letter dated 11 September 2015 the parties made further amendments to the Original Facility Agreement and pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 14 June 2018 and an amendment and restatement agreement dated 5 August 2019 the parties further amended and restated the Original Facility Agreement (the Original Facility Agreement as amended and restated and subsequently amended being the “Facility Agreement”).

(D)

Pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Obligors’ Agent) of the Facility Agreement, each Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appointed the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorised the Company to effect amendments, supplements and variations to the Finance Documents notwithstanding that they may affect an Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor.

(E)

The parties to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement wish to further amend and restate the Facility Agreement to reflect certain changes agreed between them.

IT IS AGREED as follows:


1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement:

1.1.1

Unless defined in this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a term defined in the Facility Agreement has the same meaning in this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.1.2

Effective Date” means the date on which the Agent provides the confirmation pursuant to Clause 4 (Effective Date) below.

1.1.3

Facility Agreement” has the meaning given to the term in the Background hereto.

1.1.4

Restated Facility Agreement” means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Amended and Restated Facility Agreement) (subject to any further amendments and changes made after the date of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement mutually agreed between the Lender and the Agent).

References in the Facility Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and expressions of similar import shall be deemed to be references to the Facility Agreement (as amended and restated by this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2

Interpretation

1.2.1

Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement a reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is a reference to a Clause or a Schedule, as the case may be, in or of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement. Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2.2

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement will be deemed to be set out in full in this agreement, mutatis mutandis, but as if references in that clause to the Facility Agreement were references to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2.3

It is agreed that this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement will constitute a Finance Document for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and a Debt Document under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.


2.

AMENDMENTS TO AND RESTATEMENT OF THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

2.1

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Amended and Restated Facility Agreement) (subject to any further amendments and changes made after the date of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement mutually agreed between the Lender and the Agent) so that the rights and obligations of the parties to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to their performance on and after the Effective Date under the Facility Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the terms of the Restated Facility Agreement.

2.2

The Facility Agreement is amended only to the extent set out in the Restated Facility Agreement. In all other respects the terms of the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect.

2.3

The parties to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement agree that, with effect on and from the Effective Date, they shall have the rights and take on the obligations ascribed to them under the Restated Facility Agreement.

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Company represents and warrants to the Agent that the Repeating Representations are true and accurate in all respects (or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects) as at the date of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as at the Effective Date.

4.

EFFECTIVE DATE

4.1

The provisions of Clause 2 (Amendments to and Restatement of the Facility Agreement) of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall come into effect on the Effective Date when the Agent has confirmed in writing to the Company that (i) it has received or (ii) it has waived the requirement to receive, unless stated otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably), all of the documents and evidence referred to in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date) to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.  The Agent shall provide such confirmation to the Company and the Lender promptly upon being so satisfied.

4.2

If the Effective Date does not occur on or before the date falling 30 Business Days after the date of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement or such later date as the Company and the Agent may agree, then this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall lapse and be of no further effect and none of the parties to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall be under any liability under this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement (save in respect of


Clause 5 (Fees and Expenses)) and the Facility Agreement shall be read and construed as if this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement had never been entered into.

5.

FEES AND EXPENSES

The Borrower shall, or shall procure that a member of the Group will:

5.1

pay to the Agent an amendment fee in the amount, manner and at the times agreed in a fee letter dated on or about the date hereof (the “Amendment Fee Letter”); and

5.2

reimburse the Agent promptly on demand for all reasonable charges and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal advisors (subject to an agreed cap in writing (if any)) which are incurred by the Agent in connection with this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Facility Agreement and the arrangements contemplated thereby, whether or not the Effective Date occurs.

6.

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

The Company on behalf of the Guarantors hereby consents, acknowledges and agrees to the amendments and other matters set forth in this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and hereby confirms and ratifies in all respects the guarantee in Clause 25 (Guarantee and Indemnity) in the Facility Agreement (including without limitation the continuation of each Guarantor’s payment and performance obligations thereunder upon and after the effectiveness of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and the enforceability of such guarantee against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

7.

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1

The provisions of Clause 39 (Notices), Clause 41 (Partial Invalidity), Clause 42 (Remedies and Waivers) and Clause 48 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement as if set out in this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, mutatis mutandis, but as if references in those Clauses to the Facility Agreement were references to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

7.2

This Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument, and which counterparts may be delivered by electronic means (including .pdf format).

7.3

The parties hereto intend this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall take effect as a deed, notwithstanding that a party to it may only execute it under hand.


8.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

8.1

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a person who is not a party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (or any analogous provision under any applicable law) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

8.2

Notwithstanding any term of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party is not required to amend, rescind or otherwise vary this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement at any time.

9.

GOVERNING LAW

This Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement has been duly executed as a deed and has been delivered by each of the parties on the date first above written.


SCHEDULE 1

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

1.

Corporate authorisations

(a)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company and the Borrower:

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement on its behalf; and

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

(b)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and related documents.

(c)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company, and the Borrower certifying that its constitutional documents as previously delivered to the Agent and each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

2.

Transaction Documents

(a)

This Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement executed by the Company and the Borrower.

(b)

The Amendment Fee Letter executed by the Borrower.

3.

Legal opinion

A legal opinion of McGuireWoods London LLP as to English law, addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders.

4.

Other documents and evidence

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees, which shall be paid in full within 5 Business Days after receipt of a written invoice by the Company) then due pursuant to Clause 5 (Fees and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date.


SCHEDULE 2

Amended and Restated Facility Agreement


EXECUTION PAGES

THE COMPANY

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED for and on behalf of itself and each Obligor

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

/s/ Christopher Rodi

Witness

THE BORROWER

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Chairman

/s/ Christopher Rodi

Witness

[Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement – Signature Page]


THE AGENT

For and on behalf of

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

/s/ Kevin Day

Vice President

THE LENDER

For and on behalf of

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

/s/ Michael Reynolds

Vice President

[Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement – Signature Page]


DATED 20 MAY 2013 AS AMENDED AND RESTATED PURSUANT TO AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 11 AUGUST 2014, AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 15 MAY 2015, AN AMENDMENT LETTER DATED 26 JUNE 2015, AN AMENDMENT LETTER DATED 11 SEPTEMBER 2015, AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 14 JUNE 2018, AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 5 AUGUST 2019 AND AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 4 MARCH 2021

BETWEEN

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED
AS ORIGINAL BORROWER

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

AND

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

AS AGENT

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT

GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SECTION 1 INTERPRETATION

1

1.

Definitions and Interpretation

1

SECTION 2 THE FACILITY

40

2.

The Facility

40

3.

Purpose

41

4.

Conditions of Utilisation

41

SECTION 3 UTILISATION

43

5.

Utilisation

43

6.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44

7.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44

8.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44

9.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44

10.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44

11.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44

SECTION 4 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

45

12.

Repayment

45

13.

Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation

45

14.

Mandatory Prepayment

46

15.

Restrictions

49

SECTION 5 COSTS OF UTILISATION

51

16.

Interest

51

17.

Interest Periods

52

18.

Changes to the Calculation of Interest

53

19.

Fees

56

SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

57

20.

Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities

57

21.

Increased Costs

68

22.

Other Indemnities

70

23.

Mitigation by the Lenders

72

24.

Costs and Expenses

73

SECTION 7 GUARANTEE

74

25.

Guarantee and Indemnity

74

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SECTION 8 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

78

26.

Representations

78

27.

Information Undertakings

86

28.

Financial Covenant

91

29.

General Undertakings

98

30.

Events of Default

105

SECTION 9 CHANGES TO PARTIES

110

31.

Changes to the Lenders

110

32.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

116

33.

Changes to the Obligors

116

SECTION 10 THE FINANCE PARTIES

120

34.

Role of the Agent

120

35.

Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties

131

36.

Sharing among the Finance Parties

131

SECTION 11 ADMINISTRATION

134

37.

Payment Mechanics

134

38.

Set-Off

137

39.

Notices

138

40.

Calculations and Certificates

141

41.

Partial Invalidity

141

42.

Remedies and Waivers

142

43.

Amendments and Waivers

142

44.

Confidentiality

146

45.

Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

151

46.

Counterparts

152

SECTION 12 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

153

47.

Governing Law

153

48.

Enforcement

153

49.

USA PATRIOT ACT

154

SCHEDULE 1 THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

155

PART 1 THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

155

PART II THE LENDERS

156

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

157

PART I CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION

157

PART II CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR

160

SCHEDULE 3 REQUESTS

162

PART I UTILISATION REQUEST

162

PART II SELECTION NOTICE

164

SCHEDULE 4 WIRING INFORMATION

165

SCHEDULE 5 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

166

SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

170

SCHEDULE 7 FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

174

SCHEDULE 8 AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

179

SCHEDULE 9 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

185

SCHEDULE 10 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

189

SCHEDULE 11 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

192

SCHEDULE 12 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

193

SCHEDULE 13 MATERIAL COMPANIES

194

SCHEDULE 14 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

195

SCHEDULE 15 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

196

SCHEDULE 16 TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

197

SCHEDULE 17 RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

198

-iii-


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014, an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015, an amendment letter dated 26 June 2015, an amendment letter dated 11 September 2015, an amendment and restatement agreement dated 14 June 2018, an amendment and restatement agreement dated 5 August 2019 and an Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated 4 March 2021 and made between:

(1)

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “Company”);

(2)

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 00095489) (the “Original Borrower”);

(4)

THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), including without limitation MANCHESTER UNITED LIMITED (registration number 02570509) (“MUL”) and MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 00095489) (“MUFC”), as original guarantors (together with the Company, the “Original Guarantors”);

(5)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY) as lender (the “Original Lender”); and

(6)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY) as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Acceleration Event” means, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is then continuing the Agent:

(i)

giving a notice of acceleration pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (b) or (d) (but only if such notice relates to the enforcement of Transaction Security) of Clause 30.13 (Acceleration); or

(ii)

having previously placed any part of a Facility on demand pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a) or (c) of Clause 30.13 (Acceleration), making a demand for payment as referred to therein,

which notice or demand has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect.


Acceptable Bank” means:

(a)

a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or

(b)

any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent.

Accession Deed” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Accession Deed).

Accounting Reference Date” means 30 June.

Additional Borrower” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Loan” means a Loan in the aggregate amount of $7,892,500 that the Lenders made available to the Original Borrower on the First Amendment Effective Date.

Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Additional Shareholder Funding” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company of:

(a)

any subscription for shares in the capital of the Company or capital contribution to the Company that does not result in the occurrence of a Change of Control; and/or

(b)

any debt advanced to the Company by any direct or indirect Holding Company of the Company or any Investor Affiliate provided after the Closing Date and subordinated on the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein) or on other terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably).

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles set out in Schedule 8 (Agreed Security Principles).

Agreement” means this Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the

2


Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as further amended and/or amended and restated from time to time

Alternative Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Alternative Base Reference Banks:

(a)

(other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(b)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

Alternative Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Amendment Effective Date Lender” means Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company).

Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 27 (Information Undertakings).

Anti-Corruption Lawsmeans all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to each Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means all applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements and money laundering statutes in all jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency.

Article 55 BRRD means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Assigned Account” means any Mandatory Prepayment Account (as defined in any Debt Document (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) and any other account that may from time to time be identified in writing as an Assigned Account by the Security Trustee and the Company in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Security Documents, including any renewal or redesignation of such accounts.

3


Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or another electronic platform) agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee provided that if that other form does not contain the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) it shall not be a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

Auditors” means an accounting firm of international standing appointed by the Company (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the auditors of the Group as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date).

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period” means: (a) the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of (i) the date falling 90 days thereafter and (ii) the first Utilisation Date to occur after the date of this Agreement; and (b) in relation to an Additional Loan, the date falling two Business Days after (but not including) the First Amendment Effective Date.

Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Commitment during the Availability Period or on the First Amendment Effective Date, as applicable.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation” means:

(a)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation  as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

Base Case Model” means the financial model including profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Restricted Group.

Base Currency” means U.S. Dollars.

Base Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference Banks:

4


(a)

(other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(b)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

Base Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Borrowers” means the Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Borrowings” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

(a)

the interest excluding the Margin which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Budget” means any budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 27.4 (Budget).

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York and (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

Capital Expenditure” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

5


Cash” means cash in hand and credit balances or amounts on deposit in an account in the name of a member of the Restricted Group with an Acceptable Bank which are freely transferable and freely convertible and accessible by a member of the Restricted Group within 30 days so long as repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any person or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the making of a withdrawal request by a member of the Restricted Group where that member of the Restricted Group is freely able to make such a request at its discretion and without any restriction) and that cash is not subject to any Security (other than Transaction Security) and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any amount standing to the credit of any Mandatory Prepayment Account.

Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time:

(a)

certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

(b)

any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which:

(i)

matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(ii)

is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

provided that the relevant issuer or guarantor is rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 by Fitch Ratings or P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

(c)

open market commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

(i)

for which a recognised trading market exists;

(ii)

issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

(iii)

which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(iv)

which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its unsecured and non credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

(d)

sterling bills of exchange issued eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

6


(e)

investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

(i)

have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited; and

(ii)

invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

(f)

any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

in each case, to which any member of the Restricted Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Restricted Group or subject to any Security (other than the Transaction Security Documents).

Cashflow” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions)

Certain Funds Default” means a Default arising under or in connection with one of the following Clauses:

(a)

Clause 30.1(Non-payment);

(b)

Clause 30.3 (Other obligations) as it relates to:

(i)

Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants); and

(ii)

Clause 4 (Liens) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

(c)

Clause 30.4 (Misrepresentation) as it relates to Clause 26.1 (Status), Clause 26.2 (Binding obligations), Clause 26.3 Non-conflict with other obligations), Clause 26.4 (Power and authority), and Clause 26.7 (Governing law and enforcement);

(d)

Clause 30.6 (Insolvency);

(e)

Clause 30.7 (Insolvency proceedings);

(f)

Clause 30.8 (Creditors’ process);

(g)

Clause 30.9 (Unlawfulness and invalidity); and

(h)

Clause 30.11 (Repudiation).

CFC means a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

CFC Obligor means an Obligor that is a CFC.

Champions League” means the UEFA Champions League and any successor or replacement competition.

7


Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet” means the spreadsheet delivered pursuant to Schedule 1 (Conditions to the Effective Date) of the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Champions League Non Qualification Event” means the failure by the first team of Manchester United Football Club to qualify (in any season) for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League.

Change of Control” means a “Change of Control” as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

Closing Date” means the date on which the Agent gives the Company and the Lenders the notification required under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

Commitment” means:

(a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Original Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Lenders) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(b)

in relation to the Amendment Effective Date Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Additional Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Lenders) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(c)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents from either:

(a)any member of the Group or any of their advisers; or

(b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of their advisers,

8


(c)

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

(i)information that:

(A)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 (Confidentiality); or

(B)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of their advisers; or

(C)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group or their advisers and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

(ii) any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA at the relevant time or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

Consolidated EBITDA” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Consolidated Net Finance Charges” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

CTA” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Current Assets” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Current Liabilities” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Debt Document” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 30 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default provided that any such event which is subject to a qualification as to materiality or requires a determination to be made shall not constitute a Default unless such qualification is satisfied or such determination is made, as the case may be.

9


Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Trustee.

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

(a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

(b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

(i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Dormant Subsidiary” means a member of the Restricted Group which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, assets which (excluding loans made to other members of the Restricted Group) in aggregate have a value of £2,500,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies or, in the case of loans made to other members of the Restricted Group, which in aggregate have a value of £2,500,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies.

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway and any other country that becomes a member of the European Economic Area on or after the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

Environment” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

(a)

air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

(b)

water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

(c)

land (including, without limitation, land under water).

Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law” means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

10


(a)

the pollution or protection of the Environment;

(b)

the conditions of the workplace; or

(c)

the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.

Environmental Permits” means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Restricted Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any member of the Restricted Group.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the LMA (or any successor person) from time to time.

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 30 (Events of Default).

Exceptional Items” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Excluded Subsidiary” means:

(a)

MUTV;

(b)

Alderley Urban Investments Limited (a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03132053);

(c)

each member of the New Holdco Group;

(d)

provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of holding one or more assets or properties that are to be financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) incurred pursuant to paragraph (e) or (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants) if the only assets and properties (other than assets that are de minimis in value) owned by such Restricted Subsidiary are financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (e) or (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants) for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)); and

11


(e)

provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date as a result of the acquisition of such Person by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Red Football Junior Limited) where such Person will have outstanding, following the consummation of such acquisition, Indebtedness as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants) permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (m) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants) and such Person would be required to obtain the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to become an Additional Guarantor or grant Transaction Security, for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Person (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Person, such Person shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)).

Existing Notes” means the $425,000,000 83/8% senior secured notes due 2017.

Existing Security Documents” means:

(a)

the English law debenture dated  29 January 2010 between the Company, Red Football Junior Limited, MUL, MUFC and the Original Borrower and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (the “Existing Debenture”);

(b)

the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

(c)

the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUFC and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited; and

(d)

the English law mortgage dated 23 April 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited.

Existing RCF Facilities Agreement” means the revolving facilities agreement dated 29 January 2010 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as agent and security trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as alternative L/C fronting bank, and the lenders listed therein.

Facility” means the term loan facilities made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Fallback Interest Period” means one Month.

12


FATCA” means:

(a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date” means:

(a)

in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

(b)

in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

"FATCA Exempt Party" means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Original Agent and the Company and/or the Original Lender and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 19 (Fees).

Fifth Amendment Effective Date” means the “Effective Date” as defined in the Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated on or about [_________] 2021 and made between the Company, the Agent and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Lender.

Finance Document” means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, the Second Amendment Letter, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request, the First Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Fifth Amendment and Restatement Agreement and any other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company.

13


Finance Lease” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Finance Party” means the Agent or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of, and without double counting:

(a)

monies borrowed or raised (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding provided by the Original Investors);

(b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by a bill discounting or factoring credit facility;

(c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

(d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

(e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

(f)

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account, together with the effect of any applicable netting arrangement);

(g)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

(h)

any amount raised by the issue of shares in the Company or any other member of the Restricted Group which is not held by another member of the Restricted Group which by their terms are redeemable (mandatorily or at the holder’s option);

(i)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement in respect of a fixed asset if such agreement was demonstrably entered into primarily as a method of raising finance;

(j)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement but not in relation to deferred payments for players) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

(k)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this definition.

Financial Quarter” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

14


Financial Stability Board” means the Financial Stability Board (or any successor or replacement organisation from time to time).

Financial Year” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

First Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated 11 August 2014, and made between the Company, the Agent and the Original Lender.

First Amendment Effective Date” means 11 August 2014.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

Football Creditors” has the meaning given to such term in rule E.35 (or any equivalent provision) of the Premier League Handbook.

Fourth Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated 5 August 2019 and made between, inter alia, the Company, the Agent and the Amendment Effective Date Lender.

Fourth Amendment Effective Date” means the “Effective Date” as defined in the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 18.4 (Cost of Funds).

Funds Flow Statement” means a funds flow statement in agreed form.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United Kingdom, as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012 for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.  At any time after the date of the Facility Agreement, the Company may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Schedule, in lieu of GAAP, and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP will be thereafter be construed to mean IFRS, as in effect as of the date of such election; provided that (i) any such election once made will be irrevocable, (ii) in addition to (and without prejudice to) any other reporting requirements in the Finance Documents, all financial statements and reports required to be provided, after such election, pursuant to the Finance Documents will be prepared on the basis of IFRS, as in effect from time to time (including that, upon first reporting its fiscal year results under IFRS, the Company will restate its financial statements on the basis of IFRS, for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of IFRS) and (iii) after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Schedule will be computed in conformity with IFRS. For the avoidance of doubt,

15


the making of an election referred to in this definition will not be treated as resulting in an incurrence of Indebtedness.

Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being.

Group Structure Chart” means the group structure chart showing the Group in the agreed form.

Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

(a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

(b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; or

(c)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

(ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that this is the case.

Insolvency Event” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

(a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

16


(d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

(e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

(i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

(ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

(f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

(g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

(i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

(j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

(k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Intellectual Property” means:

(a)

any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, inventions, knowhow and other

17


intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

(b)

the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Restricted Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated 29 January 2010, as amended and restated on or about the Second Amendment Effective Date (as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time) and made between, among others, the Company, the Debtors, the Security Trustee (as Security Trustee), the Agent (as a Creditor Representative), the Hedge Counterparties and the Intra-Group Lenders (as each term is defined therein).

Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 17 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 16.3 (Default interest).

Interpolated Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)

the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

(b)

the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each for the currency of that Loan and each of which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which is less than the Interest Period for that Loan; and

(b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

ITA” means the Income Tax Act 2007.

Investor Affiliate” means each Original Investor, each “Affiliate” (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) of an Original Investor, any trust of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been established for at least six Months solely for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or controlled independently from all other

18


trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies shall not constitute an Investor Affiliate.

Lease” means any present or future lease, underlease, sub-lease, licence, tenancy or right to occupy all or any part of the Real Property and any agreement for the grant of any of the foregoing.

Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Legal Reservations” means:

(a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

(c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(d)

any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

Lender” means:

(a)

any Original Lender;

(b)

the Amendment Effective Date Lender; and

(c)

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders);

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan, the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and a period comparable to the Interest Period of that Loan, provided that if that rate is less than zero, then LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan, which shall include, without limitation, the Additional Loan.

19


Major Event of Default” means:

(a)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.1 (Non-payment);

(b)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.2 (Breach of Certain Obligations);

(c)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.3 (Other Obligations), only with regards to a failure to deliver financial statements under Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements) or a failure to deliver a Compliance Certificate under paragraph (a) of Clause 27.2 (Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate), in each case in compliance with Clause 27.2 (Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate) (in the case of non-compliance with paragraph (b), excluding any non-compliance resulting from minor or typographical errors contained in a Compliance Certificate);

(d)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.6 (Insolvency);

(e)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.7 (Insolvency Proceedings) that has not been remedied or waived within 10 days of becoming an Event of Default;

(f)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.8 (Creditors’ Process) that has not been remedied or waived within 10 days of becoming an Event of Default;

(g)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.9 (Unlawfulness and Invalidity) that has not been remedied or waived within 30 days of becoming an Event of Default;

(h)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.10 (Intercreditor Agreement); and

(i)

an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.11 (Repudiation).

Majority Lenders” means:

(a)

(for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 43.2 (Required Consents) in the context of a waiver in relation to a proposed Utilisation of the condition in Clause 4.2 (Further Conditions Precedent)), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; and

(b)

(in any other case), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

Mandatory Prepayment Account” means an interest-bearing account:

(a)

held in England by the Borrowers with the Agent;

(b)

identified in a letter between the Company and the Agent as a Mandatory Prepayment Account;

(c)

subject to Security in favour of the Agent which Security is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

20


(d)

from which no withdrawals may be made by any members of the Group except as contemplated by this Agreement,

as the same may be redesignated, substituted or replaced from time to time.

Margin” means, in relation to any Loan, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio as set forth below in the column opposite that range:

Level

    

Total Net Leverage Ratio

    

% per annum

1

Greater than 3.50:1

1.75%

2

Greater than 2.00:1 but less than or equal to 3.50:1

1.50%

3

Less than or equal to 2.00:1

1.25%

However:

(i)

any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “reset date”) which is the date of delivery to the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate);

(ii)

if, following receipt by the Agent of the annual audited financial statements of the Restricted Group and related Compliance Certificate, those statements and Compliance Certificate do not confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then the provisions of Clause 16.2 (Payment of interest) shall apply and the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined using the table above and the revised Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated using the figures in the Compliance Certificate;

(iii)

while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin shall be determined at Level 1; and

(iv)

for the purpose of determining the Margin, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Margin for the period from the Second amendment Effective Date through and including the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Agent for the Relevant Period ending 30 June 2015 shall be Level 2.

Material Adverse Effect” means an event or circumstance:

(a)

which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets of the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) or financial condition of the Restricted Group (taken as a whole); or

21


(b)

which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) to perform its payment or financial covenant obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(c)

affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents in a manner which is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties.

Material Company” means, at any time:

(a)

the Company;

(b)

each Obligor; and

(c)

any member of the Restricted Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which:

(i)

has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing 5 per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA (but excluding the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of Excluded Subsidiaries); or

(ii)

has gross assets (excluding intra-Restricted Group items) representing 5 per cent. or more of the gross assets of the Restricted Group (excluding the gross assets of the Excluded Subsidiaries),

in each case calculated on a consolidated basis.

Compliance with the conditions set out in sub-paragraphs (c)(i) and (ii) shall be determined by reference to the latest audited financial statements to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements).

However if a Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or business has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared, the financial statements shall be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary or business (that adjustment being certified by a director of the Company as representing an accurate reflection of the revised Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Restricted Group (not including any Excluded Subsidiaries)).

A report by the Auditors of the Company that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Material Disposal” means any disposal in respect of which the disposal proceeds exceed £5.0 million (or equivalent).

Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

22


(a)

(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(c)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

MU Interactive” means Manchester United Interactive Limited (registration number 04365059), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

MUTV” means MUTV Limited (registration number 03418853), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

New Holdco” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of MUL and that is the (direct or indirect) Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries.

New Holdco Business” means:

(a)

the retail, merchandising, apparel, intellectual property licensing and soccer school business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ticket sales (including season tickets), and match day concessions, parking or hospitality);

(b)

any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business; and/or

(c)

the digital, media and mobile or any other similar business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any centrally negotiated broadcasting rights with the Premier League (in relation to domestic and international television and radio broadcasting rights) and UEFA (in relation to European club competition television and radio broadcasting rights) and (ii) any domestic cup television and radio broadcasting rights),

in each case, of or in relation to the Group and/or the first team of MUFC.

New Holdco Group” means New Holdco and each New Holdco Subsidiary.

New Holdco Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any New Holdco Business or acting as a direct or indirect Holding Company of another member of the New Holdco Group, including holding any assets or properties in relation thereto.

23


Note Documents” means the Senior Note Documents (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Notes” means the Senior Notes (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Obligors’ Agent” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Obligors’ Agent).

Original Agent” means Bank of America, N.A.

Original Financial Statements” means:

(a)

in relation to the Company, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012;

(b)

in relation to MUL, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012;

(c)

in relation to MUFC, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012; and

(d)

in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Original Investors” means all or any of the following persons (with such proportionate interests all taken together, as they may determine):

(a)

Red Football Limited Partnership;

(b)

Linda Glazer, the widow of Malcolm I. Glazer, and any children of Malcolm I. Glazer;

(c)

any of the children and remoter issue and the spouses, widowers and widows (whether or not such widowers and widows have remarried) of such children and remoter issue of any of the persons referred to in (b) above; and

(d)

any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other collective entity which is 50.1 per cent. or more controlled by any or all of the persons referred to above whether the control is exercised or the economic interest is held directly or indirectly through any number of additional trusts, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other collective entities or any combination thereof.

Original Obligor” means the Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Pari Passu Debt” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

24


Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Permitted Change of Borrower” means an arrangement approved by all the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and permitted as Pari Passu Debt whereby the Loan is transferred to a Holding Company of the Company (such entity, the “New Borrower”) whereby the New Borrower shall become a Borrower under the Facility, provided that following such permitted reorganisation the Indebtedness under the Facility shall continue to be secured by a Lien and have the benefit of Guarantees on the same basis as the Obligors' other senior secured creditors.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

Permitted Reorganisation” means:

(a)

an amalgamation, merger, demerger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate restructuring or reconstruction of a member of the Restricted Group or involving the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Restricted Group or any other transfer or disposition of the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Restricted Group (a “Reorganisation”), in each case, on a solvent basis, where:

(i)

all of the assets of that member remain within the Restricted Group and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member of the Restricted Group held by any person which is not a member of the Restricted Group is not increased; and

(ii)

if its assets or the shares in it were subject to security in favour of the Lenders immediately prior to such Reorganisation, the Company certifies that the Lenders (taken as a whole) will, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, enjoy the same or substantially equivalent guarantees from such member of the Restricted Group (or its successor, if any) and the same or substantially equivalent security over the same assets (except the shares in the entity that is not the successor entity, provided that the shares in the successor entity (if any) are subject to equivalent security) and over the shares in it (or in each case its successor, if any) after such Reorganisation (ignoring for the purpose of assessing such equivalency any limitations in Clause 25 (Guarantee and Indemnity) and/or required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and any new or restarted hardening periods);

(b)

any Reorganisation and/or any other step, action and/or event undertaken by any member of the Restricted Group to enable, facilitate and/or implement any of the following:

(i)

the establishment, formation and/or organisation of any member of the New Holdco Group;

25


(ii)

the transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the New Holdco Business and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; and/or

(iii)

the transfer, assignment or novation of MUTV and/or MU Interactive (including its assets) or all or any portion of the business of MUTV and/or MU Interactive and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts,

provided that, in each case under this paragraph (b):

(A)

(1) New Holdco shall, at all times, remain the direct or indirect Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries; and (2) subject to the Agreed Security Principles, within the later of 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of (x) the date of it becoming a member of the Restricted Group and (y) the Second Amendment Effective Date (unless an existing Transaction Security Document is effective to create Security over such shares), Security shall be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s shares (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares);

(B)

New Holdco and Sponsorship Newco shall, at all times, remain Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C)

any direct or indirect Holding Company of Sponsorship Newco that is also a Subsidiary of New Holdco, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

(D)

any Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of Sponsorship Newco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements of the Group (which, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Sponsorship Subsidiary”);

(E)

any member of the Restricted Group and any member of the New Holdco Group that enters into or, as the case may be, has transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

(F)

there shall be no transfer, assignment, novation, amendment, modification, restatement, extension or replacement (prior to the expiration of their respective terms) of the Specified Contracts or any other sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered

26


into by any member of the Restricted Group prior to the date of this Agreement that results in any member of the New Holdco Group becoming a party to or entitled to compensation, rights or benefits under any such Specified Contract or other such sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; and

(G)

to the extent there is any transfer, assignment or novation of any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Restricted Group on or after the date of this Agreement to the New Holdco Group, such sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall be transferred, assigned or novated (as applicable) to a member of the Restricted Group, Sponsorship Newco and/or a Sponsorship Subsidiary only (for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Restricted Group may enter into sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements from time to time); or

(c)

any action or reorganisation permitted by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, Etc.) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(d)

any other reorganisation of one or more members of the Restricted Group approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably),

in each case not in breach of any applicable law and provided that the surviving entity is an entity that is incorporated in a Permitted Jurisdiction (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)).

Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities” means activities, assets and liabilities:

(a)

incurred for or in connection with Taxes and administrative activities desirable to maintain Tax status in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)

in connection with making claims (and the receipt of any related proceeds) for rebates or indemnification in respect of Taxes;

(c)

in connection with any litigation or court or other proceedings that are, in each case, being contested in good faith;

(d)

arising under the issue of fully paid shares at par to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding £1.0 million (or its equivalent) in aggregate at any time;

(e)

arising from the payment of fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration, land and other Taxes incurred in connection with the Transaction Documents;

(f)

arising from entering into and performing any rights or obligations in respect of (i) agreements with rating agencies and (ii) engagement letters and reliance letters in respect of legal, accounting and other advice or reports received or commissioned by it, in each case, in relation to transactions which are not prohibited by this Agreement;

27


(g)

incurred as a result of operation of law; or

(h)

permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

Premier League” means The Football Association Premier League (and any successors) or any replacement league.

Premier League Handbook” means the Premier League Handbook (as updated and/or amended from time to time) published by The Football Association Premier League Limited or any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20 (Tax gross-up and indemnities).

Quarter Date” means the last day of a Financial Quarter.

Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

(a)

(if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period; or

(b)

(for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

RCF Facilities” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

RCF Facilities Agreement” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Real Property” means:

(a)

any freehold, leasehold or immovable property, (including the freehold and leasehold property in England and Wales specified in the Transaction Security Documents); and

(b)

any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold or immovable property.

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

Redemption Notes” means the Notes to be redeemed out of the proceeds of this Facility, as such Notes are more particularly described in the Officers’ Certificate (as defined in the Existing Note Indenture (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) and the notice of redemption related thereto.

28


Reference Bank Quotation” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank.

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Equity” means new equity or Subordinated Shareholder Funding invested into the Restricted Group by any Principal or any Related Party or their respective Affiliates and applied within one Business Day of the date of such investment (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of the Notes, any Replacement Debt or other Term Debt).

Relevant Interbank Market” means in relation to euro, the European interbank market and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor:

(a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)

any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

(c)

any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and

(d)

the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Relevant Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 26.1 (Status) to Clause 26.4 (Power and authority), Clause 26.7 (Governing law and enforcement), Clause 26.12 (No misleading information), paragraph ‎(c) of Clause 26.13 (Financial statements), Clause 26.19 (Ranking), 26.23 (Shares), Clause 26.29 (Centre of main interests and establishments), and 26.32 (Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions).

Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

(a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

29


(i)

the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

(ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

(b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

(c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Replacement Debt” means Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the proceeds are applied within one Business Day of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of (a) the Notes, the Existing Notes or any Term Debt; or (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

Representative” means, with respect to any person, such person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such person and of such person’s Affiliates.

Resignation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Resignation Letter).

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Restricted Group” means the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time:

(a)

any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state or any other relevant sanction authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business;

30


(b)

any Person located, operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; or

(c)

any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business.

Screen Rate” means, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02  of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters.  If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, on or after the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, in relation to a Screen Rate:

(a)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, materially changed;

(b)

(i)

(A)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

(B)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(ii)

the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

31


(iv)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used;

(c)

the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company) temporary; or

(ii)

that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the period opposite that Screen Rate in Schedule 18 (Screen Rate contingency periods); or

(d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated on or about 13 May 2015 and made between the Company, the Original Agent, the Agent and the Effective Date Lender.

Second Amendment Effective Date” means on or about 26 June 2015, the date on which the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement became effective.

Second Amendment Letter” means letter the dated 6 May 2015 between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. relating to, among other things, the payment of certain fees detailed therein.

Secured Parties” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Trustee” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 17 (Interest Periods).

Senior Management” means the group managing director, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer or the executive vice chairman of the Restricted Group (or any person holding an equivalent management position) from time to time.

Senior Unsecured Note Issuer” means a special purpose entity incorporated for the purpose of issuing or borrowing Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and which has, on or prior to issue date (howsoever described) of the relevant Senior Unsecured Notes, become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer.

Specified Contract” means:

32


(a)

up to (and including) its expiry or termination, the sponsorship agreement dated 3 November 2000, with effect on 1 August 2002, and entered into between Manchester United Merchandising Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Nike), MUL (named Manchester United PLC at time of signing of the contract) and MUFC (named Manchester United Football Club PLC at time of signing of the contract) (the “Nike Agreement”);

(b)

from (and including) its effective date, the sponsorship agreement dated 18 June 2014 between adidas (UK) Limited and MUFC (as may be amended and/or restated, novated, modified or supplemented from time to time) (the “adidas Agreement”) or any replacement or successor contract thereof; and

(c)

(i) the global sponsorship agreement dated 27 July 2011 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC and (ii) the shirt sponsorship agreement dated 26 July 2012 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC or, in each case, any replacement or successor contract thereof.

Specified Time” means approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day prior to the commencement of any utilisation or Interest Period (as applicable) of a Loan.

Sponsorship Newco” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business of the Group (which, for the purpose of this definition, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

Stadium” means the football stadium at Old Trafford Stadium, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester M16 0RA, England owned by MUL.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

Super Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 90 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 90 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Term Debt” means, on any date, Financial Indebtedness with a scheduled maturity date 12 Months or more from the date on which such Financial Indebtedness was incurred (and for the avoidance of doubt excludes the Facility and the RCF Facilities).

Terminating Hedge Agreements” means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG,

33


London Branch and National Westminster Bank plc dated 29 January 2010 (as may be amended and/or restated, supplemented or modified from time to time).

Termination Date” means, in relation to the Facility, the date falling on the tenth anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated on or about 14 June 2018 and made between, inter alia, the Company, the Agent and the Effective Date Lender.

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being as at the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, $225,000,000.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Transaction Documents” means the Finance Documents, the Senior Note Documents, each Hedging Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and each other Debt Document.

Transaction Security” means the security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

(a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

UEFA” means the Union of European Football Associations and any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

UK Bail-In Legislation” means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

34


Unrestricted Subsidiaries” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

U.S. Obligor means an Obligor that is a U.S. Person.

“USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

U.S. Tax Obligor” means:

(c)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the U.S. or otherwise treated as a United States person (or a disregarded entity whose owner is a United States person) for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

(d)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Utilisation” means a utilisation of the Facility.

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices).

VAT” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

Working Capital” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

(a)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

(b)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

35


(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

(c)

in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

(i)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

1.2

Construction

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears a reference in any Finance Document to:

(i)

the “Agent”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Trustee” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the Security Trustee, any person for the time being appointed as Security Trustee or Security Trustees in accordance with the Finance Documents;

(ii)

a document in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent;

(iii)

assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iv)

a “Finance Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

(v)

guarantee” means (other than in Clause 25 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

36


(vi)

indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(vii)

a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(viii)

a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(ix)

the “date of this Agreement” (as referred to herein only) means 20 May 2013;

(x)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

(xi)

a time of day is a reference to London time.

(b)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

(c)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(d)

A Default and an Event of Default (other than a Major Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived.

(e)

A Major Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

(f)

This Clause 1.2 (Construction) shall not apply to the provisions of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

1.3

Currency Symbols and Definitions

£” and “sterling” denotes lawful currency of the United Kingdom and “$” and “dollars” denote lawful currency of the United States of America.

1.4

Terms defined in the Restrictive Covenants Schedule

Unless a contrary intention appears, capitalised terms used in this Agreement which are not defined in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) have the meaning given to them in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

37


1.5

Third party rights

(a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

(b)

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

1.6

Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs

To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any hedging agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, "QFC Credit Support", and each such QFC, a "Supported QFC"), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the "U.S. Special Resolution Regimes") in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support:

(a)

In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a "Covered Party") becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(i)

As used in this Clause 1.6, the following terms have the following meanings:

(ii)

"BHC Act Affiliate" of a party means an "affiliate" (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

38


(iii)

"Covered Entity" means any of the following:  (i) a "covered entity" as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a "covered bank" as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a "covered FSI" as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

(iv)

"Default Right" has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

(v)

"QFC" has the meaning assigned to the term "qualified financial contract" in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

39


SECTION 2
THE FACILITY

2.

THE FACILITY

2.1

The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

2.2

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

(a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

(c)

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

2.3

Obligors’ Agent

(a)

Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

(i)

the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

(ii)

each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

40


(b)

Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

3.

PURPOSE

3.1

Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it in or towards the general corporate purposes of the Group.

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence:

(a)

with respect to the initial Utilisation only, listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) hereof; or

(b)

with respect to the Utilisation on the First Amendment Effective Date only, listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date) of the First Amendment and Restatement Agreement,

in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

4.2

Further conditions precedent

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent) and Clause 4.3 (Certain Funds), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation) in relation to a Utilisation if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

(a)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

(b)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true and accurate by reference to the facts then subsisting and will remain true and accurate immediately after the making of the Utilisation.

41


4.3

During the Availability Period, unless a Certain Funds Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan, neither the Agent nor any of the Lenders shall:

(a)

invoke any condition set out in Clause 4.2 (Further Conditions Precedent) as a ground for refusing to make the Loan available;

(b)

exercise any right, power or discretion to terminate or cancel the obligation to make the Loan, other than under Clause 13.1 (Illegality); or

(c)

take any step under Clause 30.13 (Acceleration).

However, as soon as the Availability Period ends, all those rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available even though they have not been exercised or available during the Availability Period.

42


SECTION 3
UTILISATION

5.

UTILISATION

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request

(a)

Such Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i)

it identifies the Borrower of the Loan;

(ii)

in the case of:

(A)

the initial Utilisation, the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; or

(B)

the Utilisation on the First Amendment Effective Date, the First Amendment Effective Date itself is a Business Day, as applicable;

(iii)

it identifies the currency of the Utilisation, and the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

(iv)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 17 (Interest Periods).

(b)

Only one Utilisation may be requested by a Borrower during the Availability Period referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof, and only one Utilisation may be requested by a Borrower on the First Amendment Effective Date.

5.3

Currency and amount

(a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be a Base Currency.

(b)

The aggregate amount for the Borrowers of the proposed Utilisation shall be equal to the Available Facility.

5.4

Lenders’ participation

(a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

43


(b)

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment under the Facility to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

6.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

7.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

8.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

9.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

10.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

11.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

44


SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

12.

REPAYMENT

12.1

Repayment of Loans

Each Borrower shall repay all outstanding Loans on the Termination Date.

13.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

13.1

Illegality

If, at any time, it is or will become unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation:

(a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

(c)

each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

13.2

Voluntary cancellation

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (but if in part, being a minimum amount of $1.0 million) of the Available Facility.  Any cancellation under this Clause 13 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

13.3

Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations

A Borrower may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Utilisation by a minimum amount of $1.0 million) or, where the prepayment is made at the same time as an equivalent amount of the Facility is permanently reduced, in the order set out in Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) (assuming for this purpose that the prepayment was required by Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds) and that no Lender has declined the prepayment), as applicable.

13.4

Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender

(a)

If:

45


(i)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up);

(ii)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 20.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 21.1 (Increased costs); or

(iii)

any Lender invokes Clause 18.3 (Market Disruption),

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations, provided that this Clause 13.4(a) shall not apply while there is only one Lender under the Facility.

(b)

On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(c)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

14.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

14.1

Exit

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Facility will be cancelled and all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable.

14.2

Insurance Proceeds

(a)

For the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds), Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) and Clause 14.4 (Mandatory Prepayment Accounts):

Excluded Insurance Proceeds” means any proceeds of an insurance claim which relate to any insurance drawn for business interruption or third party liability or any insurance relating to player or which:

(i)

the Company notifies the Agent are, or are to be, applied:

(A)

to meet a third party claim in respect of business interruption, loss of earnings or a similar claim;

(B)

in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or to the purchase of replacement assets useful to the business; or

(C)

which are, or are to be, applied or reinvested in substantially similar assets used in the Restricted Group’s business,

46


in each case within 365 days, or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree (or, in the case of an insurance claim relating to damage to the Stadium, for such longer period as members of the Restricted Group are using all reasonable endeavours to replace, repair or reinstate the Stadium as soon as reasonably practicable and are using or intend to use the relevant proceeds to fund such replacement, repair or reinstatement (and, at the reasonable request of the Agent at any time or times at which the Company is relying on this provision, the Company will promptly certify that the requirements of the provision have been and are being met)) after receipt; or

(ii)

when aggregated with the proceeds of other such insurance claims received in any Financial Year of the Company, are less than £1.0 million.

Insurance Proceeds” means the net proceeds of any insurance claim under any insurance maintained by any member of the Restricted Group except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Restricted Group to persons who are not members of the Group.

(b)

The Company shall ensure that each Borrower offers to prepay Utilisations in an amount equal to Insurance Proceeds at the times and in the order of application contemplated by Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) after giving effect to any commitment, cancellation or prepayments in accordance with Clause 14.2(b) (Excess Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds) of the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement.

(c)

Any Lender may, within 3 Business Days of receipt of an offer of prepayment under paragraph (b) of Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds), decline all or part of its share in that prepayment (and, to the extent that a Lender declines part of a prepayment, the amount of the prepayment to be made in respect of that Lender’s Commitments will be reduced accordingly and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Lender’s share in that prepayment that is not declined within 3 Business Days of receipt of the offer of that prepayment will be deemed to have been accepted by that Lender.

14.3

Application of mandatory prepayments

(a)

A prepayment made under Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds) shall be applied in prepayment of Loans pro rata.

(b)

Unless the Company makes an election under paragraph (c) below, each Borrower shall offer to prepay Utilisations, in the case of any prepayment relating to the amounts of Insurance Proceeds, promptly upon receipt of those Insurance Proceeds; and if such offer is accepted, the prepayment will be made on the day falling 5 Business Days after the date of such offer.

(c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Company may, by giving the Agent not less than 2 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, elect that any prepayment due under Clause 14.2

47


(Insurance Proceeds) be made on the last day of the Interest Period relating to the Loan.  If the Company makes that election then an amount of the Loan equal to the amount of the relevant prepayment will be cancelled and, if applicable, be due and payable on the last day of its Interest Period.

(d)

If the Company has made an election under paragraph (c) above but a Default has occurred and is continuing, that election shall no longer apply and the amount of the relevant prepayment shall be immediately due and payable (unless the Majority Lenders otherwise agree in writing).

14.4

Mandatory Prepayment Accounts

(a)

The Company shall ensure that Insurance Proceeds in respect of which the Company has made an election under paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) are paid into a Mandatory Prepayment Account as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by a member of the Restricted Group.

(b)

The Company and the Borrowers irrevocably authorise the Agent to apply amounts credited to the Mandatory Prepayment Account to pay amounts due and payable under Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) and otherwise under the Finance Documents.

(c)

A Lender or Agent with which a Mandatory Prepayment Account is held acknowledges and agrees that (i) interest shall accrue at normal commercial rates on amounts credited to those accounts and that the account holder shall be entitled to receive such interest (which shall be paid in accordance with the mandate relating to such account) unless a Default is continuing and (ii) each such account is subject to the Transaction Security.

14.5

Excluded proceeds

Where Excluded Insurance Proceeds include amounts which are intended to be used for a specific purpose within a specified period (as set out in the definition of Excluded Insurance Proceeds), the Company shall ensure that those amounts are used for that purpose and, if requested to do so by the Agent (acting reasonably), shall promptly deliver a certificate to the Agent at the time of such application and at the end of such period confirming the amount (if any) which has been so applied within the requisite time periods provided for in the relevant definition.

14.6

Limitation on prepayments

All prepayments referred to in Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds) are subject to permissibility under local law (including financial assistance, corporate benefit restrictions on upstreaming of cash intra-Restricted Group and the fiduciary and statutory duties of the directors of the relevant members of the Restricted Group).  There will be no requirement to make any such prepayment where the tax cost to the Restricted Group of making that payment or making funds available to another member of the Restricted Group to enable such prepayment to be made is disproportionate to the amount to be prepaid (where the cost exceeds 5% of the amount). The Restricted Group will use its reasonable endeavours to overcome any restrictions and/or minimise

48


any costs of prepayment pending which an amount equal to that which would otherwise have been prepaid shall be paid into a blocked account, secured in favour of the Security Trustee.  If at any time those restrictions are removed, any relevant proceeds will be applied in prepayment and cancellation of the Facility at the end of the next Interest Period.

15.

RESTRICTIONS

15.1

Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

Any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 13 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) or Clause 14.4 (Mandatory Prepayment Accounts) shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders) and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

15.2

Interest and other amounts

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to payment of any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

15.3

No reborrowing of Facility

After the First Amendment Effective Date, a Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

15.4

Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

A Borrower may not repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

15.5

No reinstatement of Commitments

After the First Amendment Effective Date, no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

15.6

Agent’s receipt of Notices

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 13 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation) or an election under paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

15.7

Prepayment elections

The Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as possible of any proposed prepayment or cancellation under Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds).

49


15.8

Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

If all or part of a Utilisation is repaid or prepaid, an amount of the Commitments (equal to the amount of the Utilisation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.  Any cancellation under this Clause 15.8 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

50


SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION

16.

INTEREST

16.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

(a)

Margin; and

(b)

LIBOR.

16.2

Payment of interest

(a)

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

(b)

If the annual audited financial statements of the Restricted Group and related Compliance Certificate received by the Agent show that a higher Margin should have applied during a certain period, then the Company shall (or shall ensure the Borrower shall) promptly upon request by the Agent pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders in the position they would have been in had the appropriate rate of the Margin applied during such period.

16.3

Default interest

(a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).  Any interest accruing under this Clause 16.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

(b)

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

(i)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

(ii)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

51


(c)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

16.4

Notification of rates of interest

(a)

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

17.

INTEREST PERIODS

17.1

Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

(a)

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan (or any segment thereof) in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

(b)

Each Selection Notice for a Loan (or any segment thereof) is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the Borrower) not later than the Specified Time.

(c)

If a Borrower (or the Company) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month.

(d)

Subject to this Clause 17, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Borrower (or the Company) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

(e)

An Interest Period for a Loan (or any segment thereof) shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

(f)

Each Interest Period for a Loan (or any segment thereof) shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

(g)

There shall be no more than twenty separate Interest Periods at any one time with respect to the Loan.

17.2

Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

52


18.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

18.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)

Interpolated Screen Rate:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(b)

Shortened Interest Period:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

(i)

the currency of that Loan; or

(ii)

the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the Interest Period of that Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable LIBOR for that shortened Interest Period shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition.

(c)

Shortened Interest Period and Historic Screen Rate: If the Interest Period of a Loan is, after giving effect to paragraph (b) above, either the applicable Fallback Interest Period or shorter than the applicable Fallback Interest Period and, in either case, no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

(i)

the currency of that Loan; or

(ii)

the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Historic Screen Rate for that Loan.

(d)

Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Screen Rate: If paragraph (c) above applies but no Historic Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(e)

Base Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (d) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to paragraph (b) above, revert to its previous length and the applicable LIBOR shall be the Base Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(f)

Alternative Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (e) above applies but no Base Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period the applicable LIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(g)

Cost of funds: If paragraph (f) above applies but no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no

53


LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 18.4 (Cost of Funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

18.2

Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Base Reference Bank Rate but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Base Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

(b)

If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Base Reference Bank supplies a quotation, there shall be no Base Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

(c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate but an Alternative Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Alternative Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Alternative Reference Banks.

(d)

If before close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day none or only one of the Alternative Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Alternative Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

18.3

Market Disruption

(a)

If LIBOR is determined otherwise than on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then the applicable LIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and if no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 18.4 (Cost of Funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

(b)

If LIBOR is determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the date falling four Business Days after the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period of the Loan, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 40 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 18.4 (Cost of Funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

54


18.4

Cost of funds

(a)

If this Clause 18.4 applies, the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i)

the Margin; and

(ii)

the weighted average of the rates notified to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)

If this Clause 18.4 applies and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

(c)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

(d)

If this Clause 18.4 applies pursuant to Clause 18.3 (Market Disruption) and:

(i)

a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

(ii)

a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

(e)

If this Clause 18.4 applies pursuant to Clause 18.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate) but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

18.5

Break Costs

(a)

Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

(b)

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

55


19.

FEES

19.1

Commitment fee

(a)

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate per annum of 35 per cent. of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s undrawn and available Commitment under the Facility from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (and including) the first Utilisation Date to occur after the date of this Agreement.

(b)

The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of the Availability Period.

19.2

Up-Front fee

The Company shall pay to the Original Lender an up-front fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

56


SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

20.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

20.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

(a)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, the Original Lender provides its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence to the Borrower on the date of this Agreement and where the Borrower is the Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs  within 30 days of the date of this Agreement or where the Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

(b)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is a New Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, and where the Borrower is the Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date or where the Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Qualifying Lender” means:

(a)

a Lender (other than a Lender within paragraph (b) below) which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

(i)

a Lender:

(A)

which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

(B)

in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within

57


the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

(ii)

a Lender which is:

(A)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(B)

a partnership each member of which is:

(1)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(2)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(C)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

(iii)

a UK Treaty Lender; or

(b)

a building society (as defined for the purposes of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into

58


account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 20.3 (Tax indemnity).

Treaty Lender” means a UK Treaty Lender or a U.S. Treaty Lender as appropriate.

UK Non-Bank Lender” means where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party.

UK Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the UK Treaty;

(b)

does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

(c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the UK Treaty by residents of that UK Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Borrower, subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

UK Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “UK Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

U.S. Person” means a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Qualifying Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is a U.S. Person;

(b)

is not a U.S. Person but is entitled to complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payable to it in respect of a Loan;

(c)

is a U.S. Treaty Lender; or

(d)

would have fallen within either paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above but for any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.

59


U.S. Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is treated as a resident of a U.S. Treaty State for the purposes of the U.S. Treaty;

(b)

does not carry on a business in the United States through a permanent establishment with which that Lender's participation in the Loan or Alternative Loan is effectively connected; and

(c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the U.S. Treaty by residents of that U.S. Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest or other amounts payable under this Agreement imposed by the United States subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

U.S. Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “U.S. Treaty”) with the United States which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United States on interest or other amounts payable under this Agreement.

Withholding Form” means U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form and, in each case, attached to an IRS Form W-8IMY if required) or any other U.S. Internal Revenue Service form by which a person may claim a complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments to that person and, in the case of a person claiming an exemption under the “portfolio interest exemption”, a statement certifying that such person is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 per cent. shareholder” of the Original Borrower (or its “regarded owner” for U.S. federal income tax purposes) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to the Original Borrower (or its “regarded owner” for U.S. federal income tax purposes) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 20 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

20.2

Tax gross-up

(a)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

(b)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender.  If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender, it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

(c)

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after

60


making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

(d)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

(i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

(ii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

(A)

an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

(B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

(iii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

(A)

the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

(B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

(iv)

the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (i) or (j) (as applicable) below.

(e)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

(i)

that Lender has not complied with its obligations to complete and sign the relevant Withholding Forms under paragraph (f) below;

61


(ii)

that Lender was not a U.S. Qualifying Lender on the date it first became a Lender; or

(iii)

that Lender is not or has ceased to be a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

(f)

Each U.S. Qualifying Lender shall submit to the Original Borrower and the Agent two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form no later than 5 days before the date on which the first payment of interest is to be made to such U.S. Qualifying Lender (or if a transfer is to be made to a new U.S. Qualifying Lender within 5 days of a payment of interest, as soon as reasonably practicable after the transfer and in any event prior to the date on which first payment of interest is to be made to such U.S. Qualifying Lender).

(g)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(h)

Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(i)

Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction and, in particular, a Treaty Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, make and file an appropriate application for relief under the relevant Treaty.

(ii)(A)A UK Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence to the relevant Borrower on the date of the Agreement; and

(B)

a New Lender that is a UK Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement which it executes,

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

(i)

If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above and:

62


(i)

a Borrower has not made a Borrower DTTP filing in respect of that Lender; or

(ii)

a Borrower has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

(A)

that Borrower DTTP filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

(B)

HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

and in each case the Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

(j)

If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above, no Obligor shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

(k)

Each Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of the Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

(l)

A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

(m)

A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

20.3

Tax indemnity

(a)

The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

63


(B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up);

(B)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not entitled to be so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up) applied; or

(C)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

(d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 20.3, notify the Agent.

20.4

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part,  to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

(b)

that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

20.5

Lender Status Confirmation

(a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

(i)

not a Qualifying Lender;

(ii)

a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);

64


(iii)

a UK Treaty Lender; or

(iv)

a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

If a New Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 20.5 then such New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender or a U.S. Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 20.5.

(b)

The Original Lender confirms for the benefit of each Obligor that it is both a Qualifying Lender and a U.S. Qualifying Lender at the date of this Agreement.

20.6

Stamp taxes

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

20.7

VAT

(a)

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT provided that such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party.

(b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT charged.  The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the

65


relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(d)

Any reference in this Clause 20.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

20.8

Survival

Each party’s obligations under this Clause 20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

20.9

FATCA Deduction

(a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

20.10

FATCA Information

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

(A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

66


(B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

(iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

(b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)

any law or regulation;

(ii)

any fiduciary duty; or

(iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

(d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

(e)

If a Borrower is a U.S. Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

(i)

where a Borrower is a U.S. Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the Fourth Amendment and Restatement Effective Date;

(ii)

where a Borrower is a U.S. Tax Obligor on a date on which any other Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, that date;

(iii)

the date a new U.S. Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

(iv)

where a Borrower is not a U.S. Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

67


(A)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

(B)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

(f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.

(g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent).  The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.

(h)

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraph (e), (f) or (g) above.

21.

INCREASED COSTS

21.1

Increased costs

(a)

Subject to Clause 21.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (ii) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation or (iii) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be such a change in law in accordance with this paragraph (a), regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

68


(b)

In this Agreement:

Increased Costs” means:

(i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital or liquidity;

(ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

(iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document; and

Basel III” means:

(i)

the agreement on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International frame for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(iv)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(v)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

21.2

Increased cost claims

(a)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of

(b)

the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

(c)

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

21.3

Exceptions

(a)

Clause 21.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

69


(i)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

(ii)

compensated for by Clause 20.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 20.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 20.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

(iii)attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

(iv)attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

(v)attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(b)

In this Clause 21.3 reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 20.1 (Definitions).

22.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

22.1

Currency indemnity

(a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

(i)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

(ii)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

70


22.2

Other indemnities

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Agent, each Lender, each other Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) and each Representative of any of the foregoing persons against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

(a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 36 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

(c)

the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Finance Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Representatives only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

(d)

any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Company or any other Obligor;

(e)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone); and

(f)

a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

22.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Company shall promptly on written demand (and in any event, within five Business Days of such written demand) indemnify the Agent against:

(a)

any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

(i)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

(ii)

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or

(iii)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

(b)

any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by

71


reason of the Agent's fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

22.4

Redemption Notes Indemnity

The Company shall, within three Business Days of written demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each of their respective Affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) against any cost, expense, loss or liability (including legal fees) incurred by that Indemnified Party (otherwise than by reason of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that indemnified Party) related to, arising out of or in connection with:

(a)

the redemption of the Redemption Notes; or

(b)

the use of proceeds of the Loan.

22.5

Survival

Each Party’s obligations under this Clause 22 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

23.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

23.1

Mitigation

(a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with and at the request of the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 13.1 (Illegality), Clause 20 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 21 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

23.2

Limitation of liability

(a)

The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by such Finance Party under Clause 23.1 (Mitigation).

(b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 23.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

72


24.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

24.1

Transaction expenses

The Company shall promptly on written demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees up to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

(a)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and

(b)

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

24.2

Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 37.9 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within three Business Days of written demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

24.3

Enforcement and preservation costs

The Company shall, within three Business Days of written demand, pay to each Finance Party and/or Receiver or Delegate Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Trustee as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

73


SECTION 7
GUARANTEE

25.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

25.1

Guarantee and indemnity

(a)

Subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 25 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

(i)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

(iii)

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 25 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

(b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Finance Document, with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor, no CFC Obligor shall guarantee the U.S. Obligor’s obligations herein or under any Finance Document.

25.2

Continuing Guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

25.3

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 25 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

74


25.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 25 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 25, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 25 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

(a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

(b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Restricted Group;

(c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

(e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

25.5

Guarantor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 25.4 (Waiver of defences) but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 25 or any Accession Deed by which it became a guarantor, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

75


25.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 25.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

25.7

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 25.

25.8

Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

(a)

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 25:

(i)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

(ii)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

(iii)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

(iv)

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 25.1 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

(v)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

76


(vi)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

(b)

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust (to the extent it is to do so in accordance with any applicable law to it) for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same, but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 25 or any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment mechanics).

25.9

Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

(a)

that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

(b)

each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

25.10

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

25.11

Additional Guarantee Limitations

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

77


SECTION 8
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

26.

REPRESENTATIONS

Save as expressly stated to the contrary, each Obligor and the Company make the following representations and warranties to each Finance Party at the times specified in Clause 26.33 (Times at which representations are made) and the Company acknowledges that the Finance Parties have entered into this Agreement in reliance on these representations and warranties:

26.1

Status

(a)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company is a person, in each case duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

(b)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company has the power to own its property and other assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

26.2

Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

26.3

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the granting of the Transaction Security do not and will not conflict with:

(a)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

(b)

its constitutional documents; or

(c)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Restricted Group or any of its or any member of the Restricted Group’s assets (other than on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Existing Notes, the Terminating Hedge Agreements and other agreements relating thereto) to the extent or in a manner that such conflict has a Material Adverse Effect.

26.4

Power and authority

(a)

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

78


(b)

No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party.

26.5

Validity and admissibility in evidence

(a)

All Authorisations required or desirable:

(i)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

(ii)

to make the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect.

(b)

All Authorisations required to carry on its business in the ordinary course and in all material respects have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect except to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

26.6

Insolvency

No:

(a)

corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 30.7 (Insolvency proceedings); or

(b)

creditors’ process described in Clause 30.8 (Creditors’ process),

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in relation to a member of the Restricted Group and none of the circumstances described in Clause 30.6 (Insolvency) applies to a member of the Restricted Group.

26.7

Governing law and enforcement

(a)

Subject to the Legal Reservations:

(i)

the choice of New York law as the governing law of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants) will be recognised and enforced in their Relevant Jurisdictions; and

(ii)

the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents (save for Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) will be recognised and enforced in their Relevant Jurisdictions.

(b)

Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

79


26.8

No filing

Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in connection with the Transaction Security or notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement or in the case of an Additional Guarantor prior to its accession to such Finance Documents.

26.9

Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:

(a)

a Qualifying Lender:

(i)

falling within paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

(ii)

except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

(iii)

falling within paragraph (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender or;

(b)

a UK Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

26.10

No Default

No Default is continuing.

26.11

Base Case Model

The Company:

(a)

does not regard as unreasonable or unattainable in any material respect any of the forecasts or projections in relation to the Restricted Group set out in the Base Case Model;

(b)

believes the assumptions taken as a whole upon which the forecasts and projections in relation to the Restricted Group contained in the Base Case Model were reasonable at the time they were made; and

(c)

has not withheld from any persons responsible for preparing the Base Case Model any material facts requested from it and known to it on the date the relevant request was made.

80


26.12

No misleading information

From the date of this Agreement, all other written factual information provided pursuant to the Finance Documents (including any amendment or waiver thereof) by any member of the Restricted Group (including its advisers) to the Agent in its capacity as such (other than any factual information contained in any financial statements which information is the subject of any representation or warranty given pursuant to Clause 26.13 (Financial statements)) was as at the date it was provided true, complete and accurate in all material respects and is not misleading in any material respect.

26.13

Financial statements

(a)

To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(b)

To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) give a true and fair view of (or fairly represent in all material respects, where unaudited) its consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant period.

(c)

As at the date provided, each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 27.1 (Financial statements) gives a true and fair view of (in the case of audited financial statements) or fairly represents in all material respects (in the case of unaudited financial statements) its financial condition and operations as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

26.14

No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect have been (to the best of its knowledge and belief) started or threatened against it.

26.15

No breach of laws

(a)

It has not (and none of its Restricted Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any member of the Restricted Group which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

26.16

Environmental and other laws

(a)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws to which it is or they are subject where non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

81


(b)

To the best of the Company’s knowledge and belief after due enquiry, all Environmental Permits necessary in connection with the ownership and operation of its business as it is currently being conducted and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ business and the absence of which would have a Material Adverse Effect have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(c)

To the best of the Company’s knowledge and belief after due enquiry, there are no circumstances which could reasonably be expected to prevent it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries being in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permit in a manner or to an extent which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)

To the best of the Company’s knowledge and belief after due enquiry, there are no past or present acts or omissions of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or events, state of facts or circumstances which have resulted in (or could reasonably be expected to result in) any third party taking any legal proceedings against it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, including remedial action or the revocation, suspension, variation or non-renewal of any Environmental Permit where in any such case non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)

Neither it nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received any statutory notice of any complaints, demands, civil claims, enforcement proceedings, requests for information, or of any action required by any regulatory authority and there are no investigations pending or (to the best of its knowledge and belief after due enquiry) threatened in relation to the failure of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain any Environmental Permit or comply with any Environmental Law, which in any such case relate to matters or circumstances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

26.17

Taxation

Other than those being contested in good faith and where such payment may be lawfully withheld (provided that appropriate cash reserves have been set aside for such payment), no claim is being or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), is reasonably likely to be asserted against it (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against it which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect.

26.18

Security and Financial Indebtedness

(a)

No Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Restricted Group other than:

(i)

any Security permitted by this Agreement; and

(ii)

on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, Security securing the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

82


(b)

No member of the Restricted Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than (i) as permitted by this Agreement and (ii) on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, Financial Indebtedness under the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

26.19

Ranking

Subject to the Legal Reservations and applicable Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Security which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security ranks or will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

26.20

Transaction Security

Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Transaction Security Document to which it is a party validly creates the Security which is expressed to be created by that Transaction Security Document and evidences the Security it is expressed to evidence provided that no representation or warranty is given concerning whether any Security is of a fixed or floating nature.

26.21

Good title to assets

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, it and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

26.22

Legal and beneficial ownership

(a)

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document it is the sole legal and beneficial owner or lessee or licensee of or is otherwise entitled to use all of the material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted (including, in the case of any shares of any member of the Restricted Group which are the subject of the Transaction Security, but subject to any registrations required to be made by the board of directors of such member of the Restricted Group absolute legal and (where relevant) beneficial ownership thereof).

(b)

As at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document the entire share capital of MUL is legally and beneficially owned by the Company and Red Football Junior Limited free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

26.23

Shares

The shares of any member of the Restricted Group (other than Dormant Subsidiaries) which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

83


26.24

Intellectual Property

In the case of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, so far as it is aware there are no adverse circumstances relating to the validity, subsistence or use of any of the Restricted Group’s Intellectual Property which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

26.25

Group Structure

As of 20 May 2013 and as of the Closing Date, the Group Structure Chart is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

26.26

Obligors

(a)

All Material Companies which are members of the Restricted Group (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), Holding Companies of Material Companies (other than the Holding Company of the Company) and any member of the Restricted Group that is a guarantor in respect of the Notes on the Second Amendment Effective Date, are Guarantors; and

(b)

Subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 29.14 (Guarantors), the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Restricted Group, in each case calculated by reference to the Original Financial Statements of the Company.

26.27

Holding Subsidiary

Except as permitted under Clause 12 (Limitation on Holding Company Activities) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants), neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited have traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future).

26.28

Accounting reference date

The accounting reference date of each member of the Restricted Group is the Accounting Reference Date.

26.29

Centre of main interests and establishments

(a)

It has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”) in England or Wales;

(b)

It has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any jurisdiction.

26.30

No adverse consequences

(a)

It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

84


(i)

in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document other than pursuant to Clause 20 (Tax gross up and indemnities); or

(ii)

by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

(b)

No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

26.31

Pensions

Except for the Football League Limited Pension and Life Assurance Scheme and the Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme (and in the case of the Company only in so far as it is aware:

(a)

neither it nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or has at any time been an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pension Schemes Act 1993); and

(b)

neither it nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or has at any time been “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 39 and 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

26.32

Anti-Corruptions Law and Sanctions

(a)

The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents affiliates and representatives with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b)

The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Company, their respective employees, agents, affiliates and representatives are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company or its Subsidiaries being designated as a Sanctioned Person.

(c)

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers, or to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

85


(d)

No Utilisation, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or applicable Sanctions.

(e)

Any provision of this Clause 26.32 shall not apply to any person if and to the extent that it is or would be unenforceable by or in respect of that person by reason of breach of any applicable Blocking Law (as defined in Clause 29.10 (Sanctions)).

26.33

Times at which representations are made

(a)

Save where otherwise specified below, all the representations and warranties in this Clause 26 are made to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

(b)

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement, the date of each Utilisation Request and on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period.

(c)

The Repeating Representations and each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 26.5 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), Clause 26.8 (No filing), Clause 26.16 (Environmental and other laws), Clause 26.17 (Taxation), Clause 26.18 (Security and Financial Indebtedness), Clause 26.20 (Transaction Security), Clause 26.22 (Legal and beneficial ownership) and Clause 26.31 (Pensions) are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor to each Finance Party on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor.

(d)

Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is made.

27.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 27 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

In this Clause 27:

Annual Financial Statements” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 27.1 (Financial statements).

Quarterly Financial Statements” means the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 27.1 (Financial statements).

27.1

Financial statements

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(a)

within 150 days after the end of each of the Company’s Financial Years (commencing with the Financial Year ending 30 June 2013), annual reports containing the following information with a level of detail that is substantially comparable and similar in scope to the offering memorandum for the Notes

86


(with appropriate revisions, as reasonably determined by the Company to reflect segment reporting): (i) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company or its predecessors as of the end of the two most recent Financial Years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the three most recent Financial Years, including complete footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the Company’s independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such annual report relates; (iii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations (including a discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources, and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; and (iv) a description of all material affiliate transactions and a description of all material debt instruments; and

(b)

within 60 days following the end of each of the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year of the Company (commencing with the Financial Year ending on or about 30 June 2016), its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that Financial Quarter and such quarterly financial statements shall contain the following information: (i) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Company for the quarterly and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for the Company, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and any material change between the current quarterly period and the corresponding period of the prior year; and

(c)

promptly after the closing of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (in each case, excluding players unless publicly announced), or any senior management (other than the club manager unless publicly announced) changes at the Company or any Guarantor, or change in auditors of the Company, or any other material event that the Company announces publicly, in each case, a report containing a description of such event.

87


27.2

Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

(a)

The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its audited consolidated Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly Financial Statements.

(b)

Each Compliance Certificate shall set out the matters, calculations and figures required by the form of Compliance Certificate attached in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

(c)

Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an authorised signatory of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders (unless it is such Auditors’ policy not to issue such reports).

27.3

Requirements as to financial statements

(a)

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 27.1 (Financial statements) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(b)

Contemporaneously with the furnishing of each such financial statement discussed above, the Company will also (i) file a press release with the appropriate internationally recognised wire services in connection with such report and (ii) post such report on a publicly accessible website of the Company.

27.4

Budget

(a)

For so long as the Original Lender and the Amendment Effective Date Lender collectively hold Commitments representing 50 per cent. or more of the original Total Commitments, the Company shall supply to the Agent for the Original Lender (and once the Original Lender has transferred its Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Amendment Effective Date Lender) only, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 75 days after the start of each of its Financial Years, an annual Budget for that Financial Year.

(b)

The Company shall ensure that each Budget:

(i)

is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

(ii)

is prepared in accordance with GAAP and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 27.1 (Financial statements); and

(iii)

is accompanied by a reasonably detailed commentary from the Senior Management of the Restricted Group.

27.5

Meetings

The Company will invite the Lenders to all public calls (to the extent held) for the holders of any of the Notes and give the Lenders reasonable notice of such calls

88


provided that no Lender (or any other Finance Party) may speak during such calls other than to register their attendance.

27.6

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

If any Subsidiaries of the Company have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the information delivered under Clauses 27.1 (Financial statements) will include reasonably detailed information, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Restricted Group separate from that of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

27.7

Information: miscellaneous

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

(a)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or dispatched by the Company or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

(b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, to the extent not covered by paragraph (c) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements), the details of any matter that has resulted in or could reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)

promptly upon becoming aware of it, details of a Change of Control; and

(d)

promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

27.8

Notification of default

(a)

The Company and each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

(b)

Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors on its behalf certifying (without personal liability) that no Event of Default is continuing (or if an Event of Default is continuing, specifying the Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

27.9

“Know your customer” checks

(a)

If:

(i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

89


(ii)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)

Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Company shall, by not less than 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

(d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Restricted Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

90


28.

FINANCIAL COVENANT

28.1

Financial definitions

In this Agreement:

“Amendment Period” means the period beginning on 31 March 2021 and ending on (and including) 30 September 2022 (or such earlier date as the Company or the Borrower shall have notified in writing to the Agent).

Borrowings” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (including any capitalised interest accretions in respect of any instrument issued at a discount and any other similar amount) of any Financial Indebtedness (other than under paragraph (f) of the definition thereof provided that the principal component of the arrangement to be put in place in connection with unwinding the hedging transactions entered into under the Existing Hedging Agreements will be included in “Borrowings”).

Capital Expenditure means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which, in accordance with GAAP, is treated as capital expenditure.

Cashflow means, in respect of any Financial Year, Consolidated EBITDA for that Financial Year after:

(a)

adding the amount of any decrease (and deducting the amount of any increase) in Working Capital for that Financial Year;

(b)

adding the amount of any cash receipts (and deducting the amount of any cash payments) during that Financial Year in respect of any Exceptional Items not already taken account of in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for that Financial Year;

(c)

adding the amount of any cash receipts during that Financial Year in respect of any Tax rebates or credits and deducting the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of Taxes during that Financial Year by any member of the Restricted Group;

(d)

adding (to the extent not already taken into account in determining Consolidated EBITDA) the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions received in cash by any member of the Group during that Financial Year from any entity which is itself not a member of the Group and deducting (to the extent not already deducted in determining Consolidated EBITDA) the amount of any dividends paid in cash during the Financial Year to minority shareholders in members of the Restricted Group;

(e)

adding the amount of any increase in provisions, other non-cash debits and other non-cash charges (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) and deducting the amount of any non-cash credits (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing Consolidated EBITDA; and

91


(f)

deducting the amount of any Capital Expenditure actually made in cash during that Financial Year by any member of the Restricted Group except (in each case) to the extent funded from the proceeds of any Disposal or insurance claims permitted to be retained for this purpose,

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any Relevant Period, the consolidated profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

(a)

before deducting any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets (including goodwill) or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets;

(b)

before deducting any Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

(c)

before deducting any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents;

(d)

before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;

(e)

before taking into account any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Restricted Group;

(f)

before taking into account any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;

(g)

before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations;

(h)

after deducting the amount of any profit of any member of the Restricted Group which is attributable to minority interests;

(i)

after deducting the amount of any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Restricted Group) in which any member of the Restricted Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Restricted Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Restricted Group through distributions by such investment or entity;

(j)

after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period; and

(k)

after deducting, to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature,

92


in each case, to the extent added, deducted, taken into account or excluded, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation.

Consolidated Net Finance Charges” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest, all regular or periodic commission, fees or discounts in the nature of interest accrued in respect of Borrowings of the Restricted Group in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

(a)

excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Restricted Group;

(b)

including the interest element whether paid or payable, in respect of leasing and hire purchase payments under lease or hire purchase arrangements which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as finance or capital leases;

(c)

including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments paid or payable by any member of the Restricted Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

(d)

deducting any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments owing to or received by any member of the Restricted Group under any interest rate hedging instrument;

(e)

deducting any accrued interest owing to or received by any member of the Restricted Group on any deposit or bank account or in respect of Cash Equivalent Investments; and

(f)

excluding any up-front arrangement fees, up-front underwriting fees, up-front commitment fees, up-front participation fees or up-front agency fees paid in connection with the Facility, the RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes issued on the Second Amendment Effective Date or the Existing Notes issued on the Closing Date by any member of the Restricted Group (except where any such fee is in excess of a reasonable market rate).

COVID-19 means the disease known as coronavirus disease or COVID-19, the virus known as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-COV-2) and (in each case) any evolutions, mutations or variants thereof and whether or not such evolution, mutation or variant is known, or referred to, as coronavirus or COVID-19.

Current Assets means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Restricted Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding Cash) expected to be realised within twelve months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

(a)

receivables in relation to Tax;

(b)

Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

(c)

insurance claims; and

93


(d)

any interest owing to any member of the Restricted Group.

Current Liabilities means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Restricted Group expected to be settled within twelve months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

(a)

liabilities for Borrowings and Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

(b)

liabilities for Tax;

(c)

Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

(d)

insurance claims; and

(e)

liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Company or by a member of the Restricted Group in favour of a person which is not a member of the Restricted Group.

Exceptional Items means any exceptional, one off, non-recurring or extraordinary items which represent gains or losses including those arising on:

(a)

the restructuring of the activities of an entity and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring;

(b)

disposals, revaluations, write downs or impairment of non-current assets or any reversal of any write down or impairment; and

(c)

disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations.

Finance Lease” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

Financial Quarter” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

Financial Year” means the annual accounting period of the Restricted Group ending on or about 30 June in each year.

Football Season Disruption Event” means:

(a)

for each Relevant Period ending on or before 30 June 2021 the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club due to ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19; and

(b)

for each Relevant Period ending on or after 31 March 2021 and on or before the end of the Amendment Period, (i) the inability to operate the Stadium at full capacity at any time during the Amendment Period and/or (ii) the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club at any time during the

94


Amendment Period, in each case due to ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19.

Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

Relevant Period” means each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.

Total Net Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Restricted Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings but:

(a)

excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Restricted Group;

(b)

Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall not be included in Borrowings;

(c)

including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof; and

(d)

deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Restricted Group at that time,

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.

Working Capital” means, on any date, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

28.2

Financial condition

Subject to Clause 28.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event), the Company shall ensure that, for each Relevant Period, Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period is not less than £65,000,000 or if a Football Season Disruption Event occurs during the Amendment Period, £25,000,000 for each Relevant Period ending during the Amendment Period.

28.3

Financial testing

Subject to Clause 28.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) below, the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate).

28.4

Champions League Non Qualification Event

(a)

For the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition), if a Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, the Company may elect, at any time prior to the end of the Financial Year in which such Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, to adjust the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for each Financial Quarter falling in the

95


Financial Year in respect of which the first team of MUFC is not in the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League by adding back an amount equal to “X” in each such Financial Quarter (the “Adjusted Quarters”) where:

X” corresponds to the amount set out in Schedule 16 (Table of Values for X) for that Financial Quarter minus the following:

(i)

the net amount received by the Restricted Group in that Financial Quarter in respect of matches (both home and away) and media payments relating to UEFA cup performances; and

(ii)

the net amount of any reduction to player salaries in that Financial Quarter arising out of the existing contractual provisions as a result of the Champions League Non Qualification Event.

(b)

At the same time as the Company makes an election under paragraph (a), it shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by a director of the Company (i) confirming the value of X and the amount of each Adjustment and setting out (in reasonable detail) computation of those amounts and (ii) attaching a copy of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet (following the Adjustments).

(c)

If the Majority Lenders give notice to the Agent that they do not agree with the calculations of any of the Adjustments contained in the certificate described in paragraph (b) above (acting reasonably), the Company and the Agent will consult in good faith for a period of not more than 10 Business Days with a view to correcting the calculations of the Adjustments.

(d)

If agreement has not been reached within the 10 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c) above then, at the request of the Majority Lenders (and at the expense of the Company), the Agent may appoint an auditor of international repute (in consultation with the Company) to determine the amount of the Adjustments (and, consequently, the value of “X”) and such determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Parties.

(e)

For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) only, Consolidated EBITDA in any Relevant Period which contains one or more Adjusted Quarters shall be calculated using the adjusted values of Consolidated EBITDA set out in paragraph (a) above for each such Adjusted Quarter.

(f)

The above election may only be made twice over the life of the Facility and may not be made during two consecutive Financial Years.

28.5

Equity Cure

(a)

In relation to a Relevant Period ending during the Amendment Period, no Event of Default under this Clause 28 insofar as it relates to a failure to comply with Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) will occur if all or part of the cash proceeds (the “Equity Investment”) received by the Company pursuant to any Additional Shareholder Funding or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding,

96


during or after the end of that Relevant Period but no later than 20 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which the relevant Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate) and (ii) the date on which it is delivered to the Agent, may be designated in writing by the Company to the Agent as being provided for the purposes of this Clause 28.5 (the “Equity Cure Amount”), and if designated as such shall have the effect that the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) is calculated or, as the case may be, recalculated as if the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group had been increased by an amount equal to the Equity Investment and any Equity Investment so made in respect of a Relevant Period ending during the Amendment Period shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the last date of such Relevant Period.

(b)

There shall be no restriction on the amount of any Equity Investment exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition), provided that, the amount of the Equity Cure Amount exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) shall be as soon as reasonably practicable applied to permanently repay or prepay any Senior Secured Debt.

(c)

Subject to paragraph (b) above, there shall be no requirement to apply any Equity Cure Amount in prepayment of any Facility.

(d)

Any Equity Cure Amount and any adjustments made under this Clause 28.5 shall not apply when calculating the applicable Margin for any Relevant Period.

(e)

Any Equity Cure Amount shall not count towards any other permission or usage or purpose (including in respect of the baskets relating to Restricted Payments (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) as set out in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) for so long as the Equity Cure Amount continues to be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA as set out in paragraph (i) below.

(f)

In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided prior to the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period shall set out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period and confirm that such Equity Cure Amount has been provided.

(g)

In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided following the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, promptly following receipt of the Equity Cure Amount by the Company, the Company shall deliver a revised Compliance Certificate to the Agent setting out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period.

(h)

If, after giving effect to the adjustment referred to in paragraph (a) above, the financial covenant in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) would have been met, then the requirements of Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) shall be deemed to have been satisfied as at the relevant original date of determination and any

97


breach of any term of the Finance Documents, Default or Event of Default occasioned thereby shall be deemed to have been permanently remedied and cured for all purposes under the Finance Documents.

(i)

For the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Cure Amount shall be deemed to be included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of the financial covenant in Clause 28.2 (Financial condition) until the date on which the Equity Cure Amount deemed to have been invested into the Group falls out of any subsequent Relevant Period.

(j)

Notwithstanding any provision of the Facility Agreement and in particular Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) to the Facility Agreement, the Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment during the Amendment Period if at the time of such Restricted Payment Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Period immediately preceding the date of  such Restricted Payment is less than £65,000,000.

29.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 29 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

29.1

Restrictive Covenants

Each Obligor shall comply with the covenants set out in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

29.2

Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

(a)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

(b)

supply (on request), certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

(i)

enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)

subject to the Legal Reservations, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document; and

(iii)

enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary course except to the extent failure to do so has a Material Adverse Effect.

98


29.3

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject, where failure so to comply has a Material Adverse Effect.

29.4

Senior Unsecured Notes

The Company shall ensure that:

(a)

no scheduled principal payments with respect to Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fall due prior to the date falling six months after the Termination Date;

(b)

any Senior Unsecured Notes are not secured by any Security over any shares in any member of the Group or any asset of any member of the Group other than security over (i) the shares in the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer and any direct Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and which is subject to, and is treated in all respects for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement as Shared Security (as defined therein);

(c)

no member of the Group owes any Financial Indebtedness to a Senior Unsecured Issuer other than pursuant to a Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

(d)

the Company shall ensure that any Senior Unsecured Notes are only issued or borrowed by the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer which is (and which remains at all times when any Senior Unsecured Notes issued or borrowed by it remain outstanding):

(i)

a Guarantor;

(ii)

not a Borrower or the issuer or borrower of any Senior Secured Debt; and

(iii)

other than Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities, has no assets, liabilities or business other than as permitted by this Clause 29 or in connection with the Senior Unsecured Notes (including any Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Loan) or reasonably incidental thereto and which does not directly or indirectly own any shares or equivalent ownership interests in any member of the Group; and

(e)

no member of the Group transfers any assets or makes any payment to a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer other than (without double counting):

(i)

as permitted by Clause 6.3 (Permitted Senior Unsecured Note Payments) and Clause 10.2(b) (Permitted Payments: Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(ii)

(if no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the making of the relevant payment) payments reasonably required to allow the

99


Senior Unsecured Issuer to pay when due amounts payable by it (A) with respect to Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities or (B) permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

29.5

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

29.6

Taxation

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes (or, where payments of Taxes must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated Tax (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period) imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

(a)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

(b)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them to the extent required by GAAP;

(c)

such payment can be lawfully withheld; and

(d)

no Obligor may change its residence for Tax purposes where to do so would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

29.7

Change of business

The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on by the Restricted Group at the date of this Agreement.

29.8

Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party held against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies and the Group’s Football Creditors in relation to matters set out in the Premier League Handbook.

29.9

Insurance

(a)

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group will) maintain insurances (other than in respect of permanent disability for players occurring when players are playing, practising or training for a member of the Restricted Group) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

100


(b)

All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

29.10

Sanctions

(a)

The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b)

A Borrower will not request any Utilisation, and a Borrower shall not use, and the Company shall procure that no Obligor and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives and, to the extent it has the power to so procure, joint venture partners shall not use, the proceeds of any Utilisation:

(i)

in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws;

(ii)

for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or

(iii)

in any manner that would result in the violation of  any Sanctions applicable to any Party hereto.

(c)

Any provision of this Clause 29.10 shall not apply to any person if and to the extent that it is or would be unenforceable by or in respect of that person by reason of breach of any applicable Blocking Law.

(d)

For the purposes of this Clause 29.10 and Clause 26.32 (Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions), “Blocking Law” means:

(i)

any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom);

(ii)

section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung); or

(iii)

any similar blocking or anti-boycott law implemented by a Sanctions Authority.

29.11

Access

While an Event of Default is continuing (or where the Agent reasonably suspects an Event of Default is continuing) each Obligor shall and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group (subject to any confidentiality or secrecy

101


obligations under this Agreement and all applicable laws) will permit the Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent to have access at all reasonable times during normal business hours (excluding match days) and on reasonable notice (for a reasonable period) at the reasonable cost of the Company to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its Senior Management and independent public accountants, provided that in exercising such right, the Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contracts (as appropriate) of the Agent shall have regard for the need to keep disruption to the business to a minimum.

29.12

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

29.13

Amendments

In the period prior to the Original Lender making any assignment, transfer or sub-participation of any of its Commitments under this Agreement on its own accord (and such assignment, transfer or sub-participation is not at any Obligor’s request), no Obligors shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Restricted Group will) amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of:

(a)

the Note Documents, so as to bring forward the maturity or any amortisation of the Notes or reduce the Weighted Average Life to Maturity (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) of the Notes;

(b)

the RCF Facilities Agreement; or

(c)

the Existing Hedging Agreements,

except in a way which is not reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders.

29.14

Guarantors

(a)

The Company shall ensure that at all times:

(i)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, all Material Companies which are members of the Restricted Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), Holding Companies of Material Companies (other than the Holding Company of the Company) and any member of the Restricted Group that is or becomes a guarantor in respect of the Notes, are Guarantors (in the case of any member of the Restricted Group that is or becomes a guarantor in respect of the Notes, simultaneously to becoming guarantors in respect of the Notes); and

(ii)

subject to paragraph (d) below, the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and

102


consolidated gross assets of all members of the Restricted Group ((in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries)), in each case calculated by reference (i) to the Original Financial Statements of the Company prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) thereafter, with each set of audited annual financial statements delivered under Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements) (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”).

(b)

The Company shall not have any obligation to procure that any member of the Restricted Group becomes an Additional Guarantor unless the Annual Financial Statements demonstrate that the same would be necessary in order to comply with the requirements of this Clause 29.14.

(c)

If the Guarantor Coverage Test is not complied with as at the time of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements, no Default will occur provided that (subject to the Agreed Security Principles), the Company procures that additional members of the Group become Guarantors within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of the delivery of such Compliance Certificate so that, when retested at the end of such 30 Business Day period (or if agreed, such longer period) by reference to the Annual Financial Statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate, the Guarantor Coverage Test is complied with.

(d)

The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (a) above, to the extent it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

(e)

Any member of the Restricted Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that becomes a Material Company and any Material Company (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) acquired in accordance with this Agreement after the Second Amendment Effective Date shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become a Guarantor and grant Security as the Agent may require and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the audited annual financial statements delivered under Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements) or within 20 Business Days of its acquisition, as the case may be.

(f)

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Excluded Subsidiary to accede as a Guarantor for so long as it is an Excluded Subsidiary.

103


29.15

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

29.16

Further assurance

(a)

For the benefit of the Finance Parties, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) at all times promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):

(i)

to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

(ii)

to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

(iii)

to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

(b)

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) at all times take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, to the extent it is not unlawful and would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.

29.17

Sponsorship Contracts and Arrangements

The Company shall ensure no Unrestricted Subsidiary will:

(a)

enter into any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; or

(b)

have transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement by any member of the Restricted Group.

104


For the avoidance of doubt, sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall not include contracts and/or arrangements relating to (i) paragraphs (a) and (c) of the definition of New Holdco Business or (ii) the provision or supply of content, services or other products.

30.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 30 (save for Clause 30.13 (Acceleration)) is an Event of Default.

30.1

Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay:

(a)

on the due date any amount of principal payable pursuant to a Finance Document; or

(b)

within 30 days of the due date, any other amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document,

at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless, in the case of a payment of principal, its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event.

30.2

Breach of certain obligations

Subject to Clause 28.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) and Clause 28.5 (Equity Cure), any requirement of Clause 28 (Financial covenant) is not satisfied.

30.3

Other obligations

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 30.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 30.2 (Breach of certain obligations)) unless such non-compliance is capable of remedy and is remedied within 60 days of the earlier of the Agent giving written notice thereof to the Company or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

30.4

Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or in any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading (in the case of any representation or statement which is not subject to a materiality threshold in accordance with its terms, in any material respect) when made or deemed to be made and, if the circumstances causing such misrepresentation are capable of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 60 days after the earlier of the Agent giving written notice to the Company or the Company becoming aware of such misrepresentation.

105


30.5

Cross default

(a)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

(b)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(c)

Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Restricted Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

(d)

Any creditor of any member of the Restricted Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(e)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 30.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than £25.0 million (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

30.6

Insolvency

(a)

A Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or is declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts as they fall due or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

(b)

Any Material Company is or is deemed to be insolvent under any applicable law (other than Section 123(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986) or (save the extent the same is frivolous or vexatious or is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement) or where written demand is made in respect of an aggregate amount of not less than £5.0 million (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

(c)

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Company.

30.7

Insolvency proceedings

(a)

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other formal procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(i)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of

106


any Material Company which is not an Obligor or a Permitted Reorganisation;

(ii)

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material Company;

(iii)

the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Material Company which is not an Obligor or a Permitted Reorganisation), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Company or any of its assets having an aggregate value of £5.0 million or greater;

(iv)

enforcement of any Security over any assets having an aggregate value of £3.0 million or greater of any Material Company,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

(b)

Paragraph (a) shall not apply to:

(i)

any procedure or step in relation to a Dormant Subsidiary;

(ii)

any winding-up petition or (to the extent relevant) other procedural step in relation to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or similar officer (but not excluding the actual appointment thereof) which is frivolous or vexatious or is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 60 days of commencement; or

(iii)

any application for the appointment of an administrator is discharged at least five days prior to the first hearing of that application.

30.8

Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (including enforcement of Security) or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of Material Companies having an aggregate value of £25.0 million and is not discharged within 60 days.

30.9

Unlawfulness and invalidity

(a)

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or, in the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, a member of the Restricted Group, to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Finance Documents, or any of the Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be valid or becomes unlawful.

(b)

Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents or any member of the Restricted Group under the Intercreditor Agreement are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable (other than as provided in the

107


Legal Reservations) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

(c)

Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

30.10

Intercreditor Agreement

(a)

Any member of the Restricted Group or Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fails to comply with the provisions of, or does not perform its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(b)

a representation or warranty given by a member of the Restricted Group or Subordinated Creditor in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect,

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

30.11

Repudiation

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

30.12

Material adverse change

Any event or circumstance occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect.

30.13

Acceleration

Subject to Clause 4.3 (Certain Funds), on and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

(a)

cancel all or part of the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

(b)

declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

(c)

declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

108


(d)

exercise or direct the Security Trustee to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

109


SECTION 9
CHANGES TO PARTIES

31.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

31.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 31 a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

(a)

assign any of its rights;

(b)

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or

(c)

enter into a sub-participation in relation to its rights and obligations,

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets or to any other person (the “New Lender”), which in each case, unless an Event of Default is continuing, is a U.S. Qualifying Lender (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Definitions)).

31.2

Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)

The consent of the Company is required for an assignment, transfer or sub-participation by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment, transfer or sub-participation is:

(i)

to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

(ii)

if the Existing Lender disposing of its interest by sub-participation in any commitments or undertakings retains (x) all of the voting rights with respect to such commitments or undertakings and (y) more than two thirds of the economic interest in the commitments or undertakings; or

(iii)

made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

(b)

The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Company will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time in accordance with this paragraph (b).

(c)

Unless the Company and the relevant Existing Lender otherwise agree in respect of transfers between Existing Lenders and their Affiliates a transfer of part of a Commitment or Commitments by the Existing Lender must be of a minimum amount of $1.0 million, provided that if the Existing Lender retains any Commitment or Commitments it is (or they are) of a minimum amount of $1.0 million in aggregate across the Facility.

(d)

In determining whether the requirements of paragraph ‎(c) above as to the minimum amount in respect of the Facility to be retained by an Existing Lender

110


are satisfied, the amount of any Commitment or Commitments of any Affiliate of the relevant Existing Lender to be retained shall be aggregated with the Commitment or Commitments of the Existing Lender to be transferred and/or retained (as the case may be).

(e)

An assignment will only be effective on:

(i)

receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

(ii)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(iii)

the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(f)

A transfer will only be effective on:

(i)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii)

procedure set out in Clause 31.5 (Procedure for transfer) being complied with.

(g)

If:

(i)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

(ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 20 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 21 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.  This paragraph (g) shall not apply in relation to Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up), to a Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii)(B) of Clause ‎20.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Treaty Lender.

111


(h)

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

31.3

Assignment or transfer fee

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer (i) to an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) to a Related Fund, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500.

31.4

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

(ii)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

(iii)

the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Restricted Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

(iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

(i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

(ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

112


(c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)

accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 31; or

(ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

31.5

Procedure for transfer

(a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 31.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and update the Register in accordance with Clause 34.19 (Register). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

(b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 31.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and other members of the Restricted Group party to any Finance Document and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

(ii)

each of the Obligors and other members of the Restricted Group party to any Finance Document and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Restricted Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; and

(iii)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

113


31.6

Procedure for assignment

(a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 31.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 31.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

(ii)

the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

(iii)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

(d)

Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 31.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the Company or unless in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by each Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 31.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

31.7

Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

31.8

Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 31, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or

114


otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(b)

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

(i)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(ii)

require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

31.9

Pro rata interest settlement

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 31.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 31.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(a)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(b)

the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

(i)

when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

(ii)

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 31.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

115


32.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

33.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

33.1

Assignment and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor or any other member of the Restricted Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents (save in the case of a Permitted Change of Borrower).

33.2

Additional Borrowers

(a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 27.9 (“Know your customer checks), the Company may request that any of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Restricted Group becomes an Additional Borrower.  That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

(i)

all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

(ii)

the Company and that Subsidiary delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed;

(iii)

the Company confirms that no Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

(iv)

the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(b)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent).

(c)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph ‎(b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

33.3

Resignation of a Borrower

(a)

The Company may request that a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

(b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

(i)

the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter; and

116


(ii)

the relevant Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower.

33.4

Additional Guarantors

(a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 27.9 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request that any of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Restricted Group become a Guarantor.

(b)

A member of the Restricted Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

(i)

the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed; and

(ii)

the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(c)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

(d)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph ‎(c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

33.5

Resignation of a Guarantor

(a)

In this Clause 33.5 and Clause 33.7 (Resignation and release of Security on disposal), “Third Party Disposal” means the disposal of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Restricted Group where that disposal is permitted under this Agreement (and the Company has confirmed this is the case) or made with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

(b)

The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company and (for so long as it directly owns any shares in MUL) Red Football Junior Limited) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

(i)

that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal or a Permitted Reorganisation;

(ii)

that Guarantor has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

117


(iii)

the Guarantor is subject to a merger and/or consolidation not prohibited under Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(iv)

all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

(c)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

(i)

the Company has confirmed that no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter; and

(ii)

no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 25.1 (Guarantee and indemnity).

(d)

Subject to paragraph (e) below, upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

(e)

The resignation of a Guarantor which is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Guarantor will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

33.6

Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Restricted Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (c) of Clause 26.33 (Times at which representations are made) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

33.7

Resignation and release of Security on disposal

Without prejudice to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if a Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal or a Permitted Reorganisation or if there is a disposal of Charged Property (including pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation) or that is permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement then:

(a)

where that Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Trustee (including the assets or business of any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Trustee was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Guarantor (or any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee shall, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement;

118


(b)

the resignation of that Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become effective until the date of that disposal or Permitted Reorganisation, as applicable; and

(c)

if the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation of that Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

119


SECTION 10
THE FINANCE PARTIES

34.

ROLE OF THE AGENT

34.1

Appointment of the Agent

(a)

Each of the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.  The provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and no Obligor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.  It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Finance Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law.  Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(b)

Each of the Lenders authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

34.2

Duties of the Agent

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(b)

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

(c)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d)

If the Agent receives written notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(e)

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(g)

The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Finance Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent.  The Agent and any such sub-agent

120


may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Representatives. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Representatives of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the Facility provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.  The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that the Agent acted with gross negligence or wilful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

34.3

No fiduciary duties

(a)

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

(b)

The Agent shall not be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

34.4

Business with the Group

The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

34.5

Rights and discretions

(a)

The Agent may rely on:

(i)

any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorized, and shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (A) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document, (B) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (C) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, or (D) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Finance Document; and

(ii)

any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

(b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received written notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

(i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 30.1 (Non-payment));

(ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised;

121


(iii)

any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors;

(iv)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

(v)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked.

(c)

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

(d)

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

(e)

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

(f)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(g)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (h) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(h)

The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(i)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent (acting in such role) is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

34.6

Instructions

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: (A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender

122


decision; (B) Lenders comprising 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision of the Lenders comprising 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and (C) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

(b)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Trustee.

(d)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

(e)

In the absence of instructions from the required Lender or group of Lenders, the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

(f)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents.

(g)

The Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Finance Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any insolvency or similar proceedings.

34.7

Responsibility for documentation

The Agent:

(a)

is not responsible or liable for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement,

123


arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(b)

is not responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

(c)

is not responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

34.8

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

(b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

(c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

34.9

Exclusion of liability

(a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 37.10 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.)), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:

(i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

(iii)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

124


(B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this paragraph subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

(d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to carry out any “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent.

(e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent's liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss.  In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

34.10

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any

125


other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 37.10 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

34.11

Resignation of the Agent

(a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

(b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after, to the extent reasonably practicable, consultation with the Company for no more than 5 Business Days) may appoint a successor Agent.

(c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(d)

If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 34 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with the current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

(f)

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 34.  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

126


(h)

After, to the extent reasonably practicable, consultation with the Company for not more than 5 Business Days, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.  In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Company.

(i)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 20.10 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 20.10 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

(iii)

the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

34.12

Replacement of the Agent

(a)

After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders), replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

(c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 34 (and any agency fees

127


for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

(d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

34.13

Confidentiality

(a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

(c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

34.14

Relationship with the Lenders

(a)

Subject to Clause 31.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

(i)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

(ii)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Trustee to perform its functions as Security Trustee.  Each Lender shall deal with the Security Trustee exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Trustee.

(c)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 39.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required

128


to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 39.5 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

34.15

Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

(a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(c)

whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(d)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

(e)

the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

34.16

Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 22.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 24 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 34.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 19 (Fees).

129


34.17

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

34.18

Reliance and engagement letters

Each Finance Party confirms that the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Agent) any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

34.19

Register

(a)

The Agent, on behalf of each Borrower, shall maintain a register (the “Register”) for the registration and transfer of the Loans, and shall enter the names and addresses of the registered holders of the Loans, the transfers, of the Loan and the names and addresses of the transferees (including all assignees, successors and participants) of the Loans.

(b)

Each Borrower shall be provided reasonable opportunities to inspect the Register from time to time.

(c)

Each Borrower shall treat any registered holder as the absolute owner of any Loans held by such holder, as indicated in the Register (absent manifest error), for the purpose of receiving payment of all amounts payable with respect to such Loans and for all other purposes.

(d)

The Loans are registered obligations and the right, title and interest of any Lender and its assignees in and to such Loans, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(e)

Solely for the purposes of this Clause 34.19 the Agent shall be the Borrowers’ agent for purposes of maintaining the Register.

(f)

This Clause 34.19 shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations  (and any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).

130


34.20

Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

(a)

No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

(b)

No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c)

No Party (other than the relevant Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 34.20 subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

34.21

Third party Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

A Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 34.20 (Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks) and Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) subject to Clause ‎‎1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

35.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

(b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

36.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

36.1

Payments to Finance Parties

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

(a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

131


(b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Partial payments).

36.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 37.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

36.3

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 36.2 (Redistribution of payments), of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

36.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

(b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

36.5

Exceptions

(a)

This Clause 36 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

132


(b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)

it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

(ii)

the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

133


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

37.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

37.1

Payments to the Agent

(a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency pursuant to the wiring instructions listed in Schedule 4 or such substitute wiring instructions as the Agent may notify the relevant Obligor by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice.

37.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 37.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 37.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

37.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 38 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

37.4

Clawback

(a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

134


37.5

Impaired Agent

(a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents.  In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

(b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

(c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 37.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

(d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 34.12 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 37.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 37.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

37.6

Partial payments

(a)

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

(i)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent;

(ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

(iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

(iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

135


(b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

(c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

37.7

Set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of, and without condition or any deduction for) set-off, counterclaim, defense or recoupment.

37.8

Business Days

(a)

Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

(b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

37.9

Currency of account

(a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the applicable Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)

A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

(c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

(d)

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

37.10

Change of currency

(a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

136


(ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

37.11

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

(a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

(b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

(c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers);

(e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever  (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 37.11; and

(f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

38.

SET-OFF

Whilst an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency

137


of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

39.

NOTICES

39.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by electronic mail, fax or letter.

39.2

Addresses

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

(a)

in the case of the Company, a Borrower or any Guarantor, that identified with its name below;

(b)

in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

(c)

in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

or any substitute address, email address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

39.3

Delivery

(a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

(i)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

(ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 39.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

138


(c)

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

(d)

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 39.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

39.4

Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, email address or fax number or change of address, email address or fax number pursuant to Clause 39.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address, email address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

39.5

Electronic communication

(a)

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Obligor:

(i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

(ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

(b)

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or an Obligor to the Agent and/or any member of the Restricted Group only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

39.6

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly.  This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

39.7

Use of websites

(a)

The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

139


(i)

the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

(ii)

both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

(iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

(b)

The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

(c)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

(i)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

(ii)

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

(iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

(iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

(v)

the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d)

Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  The Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

140


39.8

English language

(a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

(i)

in English; or

(ii)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, (acting reasonably), accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

40.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

40.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

40.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

40.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

40.4

Personal Liability

If an individual signs a certificate on behalf of any member of the Group and the certificates proves to be incorrect, the individual will incur no personal liability as a result, unless the individual acted fraudulently or with gross negligence in giving the certificate.  In this case any liability of the individual will be determined in accordance with applicable law.

41.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

141


42.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents.  No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

43.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

43.1

Intercreditor Agreement

This Clause 43 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

43.2

Required consents

(a)

Subject to Clause 43.3 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents (other than the Mandate Letter) may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43.

(c)

Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 which is agreed to by the Company.  This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

43.3

Exceptions

(a)

An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(i)

the definitions of “Majority Lenders” and “Super Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

(ii)

an extension to the date of scheduled payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(iii)

an extension of the Availability Period;

(iv)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable (other than as a result of the application of the Margin ratchet);

(v)

a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(vi)

an increase in or an extension of any Commitment or Total Commitments;

142


(vii)

a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors);

(viii)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

(ix)

Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 29.13 (Amendments), Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 36 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) or this Clause 43; or

(x)

subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed;

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

(b)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or, a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any) or Alternative Reference Bank (to the extent there is any), as the case may be.

(c)

Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to:

(i)

subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the nature or scope of the Charged Property (except insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

(ii)

the nature or scope of or release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 25 (Guarantee and indemnity) or, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

(iii)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of the Super Majority Lenders (save for this Clause 43);

may only be made with the consent of the Super Majority Lenders.

(d)

Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to a change to Clause 14 (Mandatory prepayments) (including, subject to compliance by the Lenders and the Agent with any “know your client” or other requirements, the definition of “Change of Control”) may only be made with the consent of a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

143


(e)

If a Lender does not accept or reject a request for consent within 15 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made and Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments have given their consent, its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Facility when ascertaining whether the requisite level of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request.

43.4

Replacement of Screen Rate

Subject to Clause 43.3(b) (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

(a)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

(b)

(i)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

(ii)

enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

(iii)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

(iv)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

(v)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company.

43.5

Replacement or repayment of Lender

(a)

If at any time while there are at least two Lenders:

(i)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below);

144


(ii)

an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Increased Costs) or Clause 20.2 (Tax gross-up) to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to the other Lenders generally; or

(iii)

any Lender that invokes Clause 18.3 (Market Disruption),

then the Company may, on 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, prepay or replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender's participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

(iii)

in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 20 Business Days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Company and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Company;

(iv)

in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender immediately following the transfer of a transferring Lender's participations to the Replacement Lender, unanimous consent to the request for consent, waiver or amendment will be obtained; and

(v)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)

In the event that:

(i)

the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

145


(ii)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

(iii)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender” on the date falling 10 Business Days after the date on which such consent, waiver or amendment was requested.

44.

CONFIDENTIALITY

44.1

Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 44.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

44.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a)

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b)

to any person:

(i)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

(ii)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or

146


more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

(iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 34.14 (Relationship with the Lenders));

(iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

(v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 31.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

(vii)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(viii)

who is a Party; or

(ix)

with the consent of the Company;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

(A)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

(B)

in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is

147


informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

(c)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii)above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

(d)

to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and

(e)

the size and term of the Facility and the name of each of the Obligors to any investor or a potential investor in a securitisation (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Lender’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

44.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

(i)

names of Obligors;

(ii)

country of domicile of Obligors;

(iii)

place of incorporation of Obligors;

(iv)

date of this Agreement;

(v)

the names of the Agent;

(vi)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

(vii)

amount of Total Commitments;

148


(viii)

currencies of the Facility;

(ix)

type of Facility;

(x)

ranking of Facility;

(xi)

Termination Date for Facility;

(xii)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

(xiii)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

(c)

Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price sensitive information.

(d)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

(i)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

(ii)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

44.4

Entire agreement

This Clause 44 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

44.5

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

149


44.6

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

(a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 (Confidentiality).

44.7

Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 44 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

(a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

(b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

150


45.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

45.1

Confidentiality and Disclosure

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)

The Agent may disclose:

(i)

any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to a Borrower (or the Company) pursuant to Clause 16.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

(ii)

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)

The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

(i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this subparagraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

(ii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

151


(iii)

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)

The Agent's obligations in this Clause 45.1 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 16.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

45.2

Related Obligations

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

(b)

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be:

(i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 45.1 (Confidentiality and Disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 45.2.

45.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 30.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of a member of the Group’ failure to comply with this Clause 45.

46.

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

152


SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

47.

GOVERNING LAW

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

(b)

Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants) of this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the laws of the State of New York.

48.

ENFORCEMENT

48.1

Jurisdiction of English courts

(a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity) or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (a “Dispute”).

(b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

48.2

Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

153


49.

USA PATRIOT ACT

Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.  Each Obligor agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

154


SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

PART 1

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

Name of Borrower

    

Place of Incorporation

    

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

Manchester United Football Club Limited

England & Wales

00095489

Name of Original Guarantor

    

Place of Incorporation

    

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

Red Football Limited

England & Wales

5370076

Manchester United Limited

England & Wales

2570509

Red Football Junior Limited

England & Wales

5370078

Manchester United Football Club Limited

England & Wales

00095489

MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance plc)

England & Wales

07088267

155


PART II

THE LENDERS

Name of Lender

    

Total Facility
Commitment as of the
Fifth Amendment
Effective Date ($)

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company)

$225,000,000

Total

$225,000,000

156


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

PART I

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION

1.

Obligors

(a)

A copy of the Constitutional Documents and of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

(b)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or, if applicable, a committee of the board) of each Original Obligor:

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(iv)

in the case of an Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

(c)

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Original Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (b) above.

(d)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

(e)

A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Original Guarantor is a party.

(f)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

(g)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

(h)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and each Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I

157


of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

2.

Transaction Documents

(a)

A certified copy of the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

(b)

A certified copy of the Existing Note Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date.

(c)

A certified copy of the Senior Note Guarantee as in effect on the Closing Date.

(d)

A certified copy of each Transaction Security Document as in effect on the Closing Date.

(e)

A certified copy of the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to that Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

(f)

A certified copy of each Specified Contract as in effect on the Closing Date.

3.

Finance Documents

(a)

This Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to this Agreement.

(b)

The Fee Letter executed by the Company.

(c)

The Creditor Intercreditor Accession Undertaking duly executed by all parties or such other document required to enable the Lenders to become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Pari Passu Creditor.

4.

Legal opinions

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent and the Original Lender:

(a)

a legal opinion of McGuireWoods London LLP, legal advisers to the Agent and the Original Lender as to English law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lender prior to signing this Agreement; and

(b)

a legal opinion of McGuireWoods LLP as to New York law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lender prior to signing this Agreement.

5.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

The Funds Flow Statement.

(b)

The Group Structure Chart.

(c)

The Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet.

(d)

The Base Case Model.

(e)

A copy of the Original Financial Statements (if any) of each Obligor.

158


(f)

A Certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company addressed to the Finance Parties confirming which companies within the Restricted Group are Material Companies and that (i) the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA), the aggregate gross assets and the aggregate turnover of the Original Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) exceeds 90 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA, the consolidated gross assets and consolidated turnover of all the members of the Restricted Group (ii) or that the conditions set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.14 (Guarantors) are met.

(g)

“know your customer” information in respect of the Original Obligors.

(h)

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 19 (Fees), and Clause 24 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

(i)

A copy of each document required for the redemption of the Redemption Notes, including without limitation the Officers’ Certificate (as defined in the Existing Note Indenture) and the notice of redemption.

(j)

A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

159


PART II

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE
DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR

1.

An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

2.

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor.

3.

A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:

(a)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is a party;

(b)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

(c)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(d)

authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

4.

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above.

5.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

6.

A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Obligor is a party.

7.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Obligor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6 above.

8.

A certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Additional Obligor confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

9.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

160


10.

A copy of any other authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

11.

If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor.

12.

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders:

(a)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

(b)

If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 26.29 (Centre of main interests and establishments)) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “Applicable Jurisdiction”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

13.

Any security documents which are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Obligor.

14.

Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

15.

If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland evidence that the Additional Obligor has done all that is necessary (including, without limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to comply with sections 677 to 683 of the Companies Act 2006 in order to enable that Additional Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

161


SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS

PART I

UTILISATION REQUEST

From:

[Borrower] [Company]*

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent

Adi Khambata/Kevin Gubb

Loan Services

26 Elmfield Road

Bromley, BR1 1QA

United Kingdom

44 208 695 3389 (telephone)

44 208 313 2149 (fax)

Adi.khambata@baml.com

Kevin.d.gubb@baml.com

emealoanoperations@baml.com

Dated:

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the Agreement)

Dear Sirs:

1.

We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2.

We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

(a)

Borrower:

[]

(b)

Proposed Utilisation Date:

[] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

(c)

Currency of Loan:

U.S. Dollars

(d)

Amount:

$[]1

(e)

Interest Period:

[]

3.

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.


1

Aggregate amount drawn by the Borrower must be equal to the Available Facility.

162


4.

[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]].

5.

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

…………………………………

authorised signatory for

[the Company on behalf of] [insert name of Borrower]*

NOTES:

*

Amend as appropriate.  The Utilisation Request can be given by a Borrower or by the Company.

163


PART II

SELECTION NOTICE

From:

[Borrower] [Company]*

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent

Adi Khambata/Kevin Gubb

Loan Services

26 Elmfield Road

Bromley, BR1 1QA

United Kingdom

44 208 695 3389 (telephone)

44 208 313 2149 (fax)

Adi.khambata@baml.com

Kevin.d.gubb@baml.com

emealoanoperations@baml.com

Dated:

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Agreement”)

Dear Sirs:

1.

We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Section Notice.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in the Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

2.

We refer to the following Loan in [identify currency] with an Interest Period ending on [_______].

3.

We request that the next Interest Period for the above Loan is [_______].

4.

We request that the above Loan is denominated in the same currency for the next Interest Period.

5.

This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

…………………………………

authorised signatory for

[the Company on behalf of] [name of Borrower]

164


SCHEDULE 4

WIRING INFORMATION

Bank Payment Instructions

USD

Bank Name:

Bank of America, N.A., New York

Address:

335 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA

SWFIT:

BOFAUS3N

Acct Name:

Bank of America, N.A., London Branch

SWIFT:

BOFAGB22

Favour of:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company

Acct No:

10985218

IBAN:

GB65 BOFA 1650 5010 9852 18

Attn:

Loan Service / 047 / Manchester United

165


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent and [] as Security Trustee

From:

[The Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [The New Lender] (the New Lender)

Dated:

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement).  This agreement (as amended, the “Agreement”) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

We refer to Clause 31.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facility Agreement:

(a)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facility Agreement.

(b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [].

(c)

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

3.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 31.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Facility Agreement.

4.

The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

166


(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender];*

and that it is also

(d)

a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

5.

[The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that Company.]

[5./6.]

[The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [    ] 2, so that interest payable to it by each Borrower is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Company notify each Borrower that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]3

[6./7.]   [We refer to Clause [19.5] (Change of RCF Lender) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as a [Pari Passu] Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [Pari Passu] Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a [Pari Passu] Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.]


*

Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within, and also that it is a US Qualifying Lender.

2

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

3

Include if New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.

167


[7./8.]

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

[8./9.]

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[9./10.]

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note:

The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lenders interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lenders Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

168


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

By:

By:

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [].

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company, as Agent

By:

[Security Trustee]

By:

169


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent, [] as Security Trustee and Red Football Limited as Company for and on behalf of each Obligor

From:

[the Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [the New Lender] (the New Lender)

Dated:

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement). This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (as amended, the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

We refer to Clause 31.6 (Procedure for assignment) of the Facility Agreement:

(a)

The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facility Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

(b)

The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement specified in the Schedule.

(c)

The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

3.

The proposed Transfer Date is [].

4.

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

(a)

party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

(b)

party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [Pari Passu] Creditor.

170


5.

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

6.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 31.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Facility Agreement.

7.

The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (i)(A) [or paragraph (ii)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender;]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender];

and that it is also

(d)

a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

8.

[The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]

[8./9.]

[The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [    ]4, so that interest payable to it by each Borrower is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Company notify each Borrower that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]


4

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

171


[9./10.] [We refer to Clause [19.5] (Change of RCF Lender) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as a [Pari Passu] Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [Pari Passu] Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a [Pari Passu] Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.]

[10./11.]     This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 31.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

[11./12.]     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

[12./13.]     This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[13./14.]     This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note:

The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lenders interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lenders Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

172


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment,

release and accession

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

By:

By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [].

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company, as Agent

By:

[Security Trustee]

By:

173


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent and [] as Security Trustee for itself and each of the other parties to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below

From:

[Restricted Subsidiary] and Red Football Limited

Dated:

Dear Sirs:

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement.  This deed (the “Accession Deed”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and as a Debtor Accession Deed for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1 to 3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

2.

[Restricted Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to [Clause 33.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[Clause 33.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Facility Agreement.  [Restricted Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number [                   ].

3.

[The Company confirms that no Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of [Subsidiary] becoming an Additional Borrower.] 5

4.

[Restricted Subsidiary’s] administrative details for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement are as follows:

Address:

Fax No.:

Attention:


5

Include in the case of an Additional Borrower.

174


5.

[Restricted Subsidiary] (for the purposes of this paragraph 5, the “Acceding Debtor”) intends to [incur Liabilities under the following documents]/[give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of Liabilities under the following documents]:

[Insert details (date, parties and description) of relevant documents]

the “Relevant Documents”.

175


IT IS AGREED as follows:

(a)

Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 5.

(b)

The Acceding Debtor and the Security Trustee agree that the Security Trustee shall hold:

(i)

[any Security in respect of Liabilities created or expressed to be created pursuant to the Relevant Documents;

(ii)

all proceeds of that Security; and]

(iii)

all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Acceding Debtor to pay amounts in respect of the Liabilities to the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Acceding Debtor (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) in favour of the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties,

on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms and conditions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(c)

The Acceding Debtor confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a Debtor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d)

[In consideration of the Acceding Debtor being accepted as an Intra-Group Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Debtor also confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an Intra-Group Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement].

[5]/[6] This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

176


THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of the Security Trustee (for the purposes of paragraph 5 above only), signed on behalf of the Company and executed as a deed by [Restricted Subsidiary] and is delivered on the date stated above.

[Restricted Subsidiary]

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

)

By: [Subsidiary]

)

Director

Director/Secretary

OR

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

By: [Subsidiary]

Signature of Director

Name of Director

in the presence of

Signature of witness

Name of witness

Address of witness

Occupation of witness]

The Company

Red Football Limited

By:

177


The Security Trustee

[Full Name of Current Security Trustee]

By:

Date:

178


SCHEDULE 8

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

1.Security Principles

(a)

The guarantees and Security to be provided will be given in accordance with the principles set out in this Schedule. This Schedule addresses the manner in which the principles will impact on the guarantees and Security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

(b)

The principles in this Schedule embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining guarantees and Security from members of the Group in their respective jurisdiction of incorporation. In particular:

(i)

general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, fraudulent conveyance, "thin capitalisation" and “capital maintenance” rules, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or Security or may require that the guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise;

(ii)

notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no obligation under this Agreement or under any Finance Document of a U.S. Obligor may be, directly or indirectly, (A) secured by any assets of a CFC (including any shares held directly or indirectly by a CFC); or (B) secured by a pledge in excess of 65% of the share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) of a CFC.  In no event shall any CFC Obligor grant or be permitted to grant Security over any assets of such CFC Obligor with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor;

(iii)

in the case of any joint venture or non-wholly owned subsidiary all guarantees and security will be limited to comply with restrictions in the joint venture, shareholders' or other agreement or by law provided that the Company will use reasonable endeavours to avoid or overcome such restrictions;

(iv)

the Security and extent of its perfection will be agreed taking into account whether, in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably), the cost to the Group of providing Security is disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Lenders (including where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only);

(v)

any assets subject to third party arrangements which are permitted or not prohibited by the Finance Documents and which prevent those assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant Transaction Security provided that reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to

179


charging any such assets shall be used by the relevant member of the Group if the relevant asset is material to the Group as a whole;

(vi)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into Transaction Security Documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant member of the Group or that would conflict with the fiduciary duties of their directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such obstacle;

(vii)

perfection of Security, when required, and other required legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the relevant time periods specified in the Finance Documents or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Finance Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

(viii)

unless granted under a global Transaction Security Document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable Obligor or under English law all Security (other than any Security granted over certain of its subsidiaries as agreed) shall be governed by the law of and secure assets located in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Obligor;

(ix)

only floating security will be granted over the hedging agreements entered into by members of the Group;

(x)

the Security Trustee will hold one set of security for all Lenders unless local law requires separate ranking security for different classes of debt; and

(xi)

no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA

For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or Affiliates.

2.

Guarantors and Security

(a)

To the extent possible, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee and Security will be for all liabilities of the relevant chargor under the Finance Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the principles set out in this Schedule in each relevant jurisdiction.

180


(b)

To the extent possible, all security shall be given in favour of the Security Trustee and not the Finance Parties individually. "Parallel debt" provisions will be used where necessary. To the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Lender transfers any of its participation in the Facility to a new Lender.

(c)

No guarantees or security shall be granted by an Excluded Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(d)

Security may only be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) and no security will be granted over the assets of New Holdco  and/or any Subsidiary of New Holdco (including for the avoidance of doubt over any shares of a Subsidiary of New Holdco).

3.

Terms of Security Documents

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as part of this transaction:

(a)

the Security will be first ranking to the extent possible;

(b)

Security will not be enforceable until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing;

(c)

rights of set off (other than for netting purposes) will not be exercisable until an Event of Default occurs and is continuing;

(d)

the provisions of each Transaction Security Document will not be unduly burdensome on the relevant Obligor or interfere unreasonably with the operation of its business, will be limited to those required by applicable local law to create or perfect security and will not impose commercial obligations;

(e)

in the Transaction Security Documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in any Finance Document including those relating to notices, costs and expenses, indemnities, tax gross-up, distribution of proceeds and release of security; representations and undertakings shall be included in the Transaction Security Documents only to the extent relating to title to assets or required by local law in order to create or perfect the security expressed to be created thereby;

(f)

security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured;

(g)

the Transaction Security Documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are permitted or not prohibited under the Finance Documents.

4.

Bank Accounts

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, each Obligor shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be entitled to receive, withdraw or

181


otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted (other than any Assigned Account).

(b)

No Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any Assigned Account except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) or as permitted or not prohibited pursuant to the terms of the Debt Documents.

(c)

After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, no Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably).

(d)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the account bank within 5 Business Days of the Security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 30 Business Days provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant account bank has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant account bank indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to Assigned Accounts in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

5.

Fixed Assets

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its fixed assets it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business.

(b)

Subject to any requirements under the Existing Security Documents, no notice whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets shall be prepared or given until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

6.

Insurance

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its insurance policies it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those policies in the course of its business.

(b)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the insurance provider within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the

182


expiry of the specified 30 Business Day period provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant insurance provider has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant insurance provider indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to an Insurance Policy (as that term is in the Existing Debenture) in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

7.

Intellectual Property

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intellectual property it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business).

8.

Intercompany receivables

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intercompany receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

(b)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the relevant lender within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection if the service of notice would prevent the Obligor from dealing with an intercompany receivable in the course of its business no notice of security shall be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing. This provision does not apply to intercompany receivables charged under the Existing Debenture in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

9.

Trade receivables

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its trade receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

(b)

No notice of security may be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

183


10.

Shares

(a)

Fixed charges and/or pledges over shares in joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or over minority interests shall not be required.

(b)

The Transaction Security Document will be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured and not by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Obligor granting the security.

(c)

Until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing, the charging Obligor will be permitted to retain and to exercise the voting rights to any shares and the company whose shares have been charged will be permitted to pay dividends.

(d)

Unless the restriction is required by law or regulation or such restriction is only applicable if certain conditions have not been met, the constitutional documents of the company whose shares have been charged will be amended to remove any restriction on the transfer or the registration of the transfer of the shares on the taking or enforcement of the security granted over them.

11.

Excluded assets

For the avoidance of doubt, any assets excluded from the Transaction Security existing as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to, the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington, Manchester (title number GM785864), shall not be subject to any Transaction Security.

12.

Release of Security

Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the security shall be released should not be dealt with in individual Transaction Security Documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Intercreditor Agreement.

184


SCHEDULE 9

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent

Matt Wyche

Senior Vice President

214 N. Tryon Street

21st Floor

Charlotte, NC 28255

United States of America

(980) 388-3826 (telephone)

(704) 208-2794 (fax)

Matt.wyche_iv@baml.com

Fiona Malitsky

EMEA Legal Entity Credit Risk

Bank of America Merrill Lynch
2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ, United Kingdom

+44 207 996 0462

fiona.malitsky@baml.com

From:

Red Football Limited

Dated:

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the Facility Agreement)

Dear Sirs:

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2.

We confirm that Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [] and we set out in the Schedule (Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, Total Net Leverage Ratio) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

3.

[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

4.

[We confirm that the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Facility Agreement: [].]

185


5.

[We confirm that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Restricted Group ((in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries)).]

6.

We confirm that the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [] and we set out in the Schedule (Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, Total Net Leverage Ratio) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

Signed

.......................................................

    

.......................................................

[_________]

[_________]

of

of

Red Football Limited

Red Football Limited

[insert applicable certification language]

…………………………..

for and on behalf of [name of auditors of Red Football Limited]

NOTES:

*

If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

186


THE SCHEDULE

CALCULATION OF CONSOLIDATED EBITDA, TOTAL NET LEVERAGE RATIO

1.Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA

Relevant line item

Amount (£)

The consolidated profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period

[·]

including any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets

[·]

including any Consolidated Net Finance Charges

[·]

including any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents

[·]

including any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items

[·]

including any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Restricted Group

[·]

including any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt

[·]

including any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations

[·]

deducting any profit of any member of the Restricted Group which is attributable to minority interests

[·]

deducting any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Restricted Group) in which any member of the Restricted Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Restricted Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Restricted Group through distributions by such investment or entity

[·]

after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant

[·]

187


Relevant line item

Amount (£)

Period

after deducting to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature

[·]

Consolidated EBITDA

[·]

2.Calculation of Total Net Leverage Ratio

Relevant line item

Amount (£)

the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Restricted Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings

[·]

excluding obligations to any other member of the Restricted Group

[·]

excluding Subordinated Liabilities

[·]

including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof

[·]

deducting aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Restricted Group at that time

[·]

Consolidated EBITDA

[·]

Total Net Leverage Ratio

[·]: 1.00

188


SCHEDULE 10

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

To:

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent

Matt Wyche

Senior Vice President

214 N. Tryon Street

21st Floor

Charlotte, NC 28255

United States of America

(980) 388-3826 (telephone)

(704) 208-2794 (fax)

Matt.wyche_iv@baml.com

Fiona Malitsky

EMEA Legal Entity Credit Risk

Bank of America Merrill Lynch
2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ, United Kingdom

+44 207 996 0462

fiona.malitsky@baml.com

From:

[resigning Obligor] and [Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited / Manchester United Football Club Limited – $225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

2.

Pursuant to [Clause 33.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[Clause 33.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower/Guarantor] under the Facility Agreement and the Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).

3.

We confirm that:

(a)

no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; [and]

(b)

no payment is due from [resigning Obligor]; [and]

(c)

[this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [resigning Obligor];[ and]*

189


(d)

[]**

4.

This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

5.

The Company agrees to indemnify the Finance Parties and any Receivers or Delegates for any costs, expenses, or liabilities which would have been payable by [resigning Obligor] in connection with the Finance Documents but for the release set out in paragraph 1 above.

[Company]

[resigning Obligor]

By:

By:

190


NOTES:

*

Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.

**

Insert any other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

191


SCHEDULE 11

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

192


SCHEDULE 12

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

193


SCHEDULE 13
MATERIAL COMPANIES

Red Football Limited

Red Football Junior Limited

Manchester United Limited

Manchester United Football Club Limited

MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance plc)

194


SCHEDULE 14

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

195


SCHEDULE 15

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

196


SCHEDULE 16

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

1.

The value of X in any Financial Year will be the amount determined using the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet and set out in the row labelled “EBITDA” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year after the following adjustments (the “Adjustments”) have been made in the electronic version of the spreadsheet (and, for the avoidance of doubt, with no other adjustments):

(a)

the figure in the Total Match Day income row of the spreadsheet for a Financial Year (the “Relevant Year”) will be determined by: (i) adjusting the revenue in the line item entitled “European Cups” in the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent Financial Year in which the first team of MUFC participated in the Champions League (the “Previous Year”) to reflect any increase or decrease in ticket prices announced prior to the start of the Relevant Year that would be applicable in the Relevant Year; (ii) aggregating the amount described in paragraph (i) above with the revenue (increased or decreased for the then prevailing rate (RPI) of inflation or deflation) in the line items entitled “Hospitality – Match Day” and “Catering (match day)” (minus any intra-Restricted Group items) in the Annual Financial Statements for the Previous Year; (iii) dividing the sum of the amount described in paragraph (ii) by the number of Champions League matches played at the Stadium in the Previous Year; and (iv) multiplying the product of paragraph (iii) by four;

(b)

any increase or decrease in the Sterling Equivalent (as defined in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants)) of Media and sponsorship revenues that would have been received by the Restricted Group from UEFA in respect of the Champions League (or, in each case, any replacement body or competition) had the first team of MUFC finished third in the Premier League (or any replacement competition) and qualified for the first knock-out stage of the Champions League will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “European TV & Radio” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year; and

(c)

any increase or decrease in the portion of revenue from the Specified Contracts described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition thereof (as applicable) (or any replacement contract) that is dependent on the first team of MUFC qualifying for the Champions League in a Financial Year will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “Nike” (in relation to the Nike Agreement) and the row labelled “Adidas” (in relation to the adidas Agreement) in the column corresponding to that Financial Year.

2.

The add back in respect of each Financial Year shall be applied according to the following quarterly schedule:

Financial Quarter Ending

    

Percentage Application

September

20.0%

December

45.0%

March

35.0%

June

0.0%

197


SCHEDULE 17

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

1.

ASSET SALES

1.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(a)

the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(b)

at least 75 per cent. of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(i)

any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

(ii)

any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

(iii)

Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company, in each case that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries following such Asset Sale are released from any guarantee of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in connection with such Asset Sale;

(iv)

consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company which is either repaid in full or cancelled in connection with such Asset Sale; and

(v)

any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in paragraphs (b) or (d) of Clause 1.2 below,

provided that, in no event will the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Specified Asset other than to an Obligor.

198


1.2

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

(a)

to repay, repurchase, prepay or redeem (i) outstanding amounts of the Facility, (ii) Indebtedness of any Obligor incurred pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 3.2 below that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Obligors hereunder (including without limitation Clause 25 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (iii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to the extent that such Indebtedness is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facility and any guarantee thereof, (iv) the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, to the date of purchase (a “Notes Offer”), or (v) obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks equal to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Facility and any guarantee thereof and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Lenders hereunder (including without limitation Clause 25 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, concurrently with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer;

(b)

to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(c)

to make a capital expenditure; or

(d)

to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) other assets (other than Capital Stock) that are not classified as current assets under IFRS and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business,

provided, however, that, pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Finance Documents.

1.3

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Clause 1.2 above will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds £15.0 million, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer”) to the Lenders and may make an offer to all holders of the Notes or other Indebtedness that is

199


pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Agreement with respect to offers to purchase, prepay, cancel or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with this Clause 1 (Asset Sales) to purchase, prepay, redeem or cancel the maximum principal amount of and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or cancel the Facility, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid, redeemed or cancelled out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer will be equal to 100 per cent of the principal amount of all such Indebtedness offered to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of prepayment or cancellation. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate principal amount of the Facility, the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof tendered into (or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled in connection with) such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, or if the aggregate principal amount of the Facility exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds to be so applied, such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to prepay the Facility, such Notes and such other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof to be prepaid on a pro rata basis based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled. For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such Indebtedness not denominated in U.S. Dollars, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amounts into their U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer is announced. Upon completion of each Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

2.

RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

2.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a)

declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(b)

purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(c)

make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any

200


Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof (excluding (i) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility or the guarantee thereof purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal instalment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement);

(d)

make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

(e)

make any Restricted Investments;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(i)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(ii)

the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) below; and

(iii)

such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Second Amendment Effective Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by paragraphs (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (m) and (n) of Clause 2.2  (Restricted Payments)) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A)

50 per cent. of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after 30 June 2015 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100 per cent. of such deficit); plus

(B)

100 per cent. of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Second Amendment Effective Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from Subordinated

201


Shareholder Funding or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company (including such cash proceeds received in connection with any such conversion or exchange) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), excluding, in each case, any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity; plus

(C)

to the extent that Restricted Investments which were made after the Second Amendment Effective Date are sold for cash and/or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash and/or Cash Equivalents, the lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investments (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments; plus

(D)

to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Second Amendment Effective Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date; plus

(E)

upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a guarantee made by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such guarantee; plus

(F)

the initial amount of any Restricted Investment made after the Second Amendment Effective Date in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(G)

100 per cent. of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

2.2

If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment, the provisions of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) will not prohibit:

(a)

the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or

202


notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b)

the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to the Company; (excluding any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity) provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilised for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 above;

(c)

the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Facility or any guarantee thereof (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Issuer) upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreements governing such Indebtedness, but only if, prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness, (x) the Company shall have complied with its obligations under Clause 1 (Asset Sales) and shall have prepaid the full principal amount of the Facility required to be prepaid under Clause 1 (Asset Sales) and (y) the Obligors shall have otherwise complied with the terms of this Agreement;

(d)

the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreements, or similar agreements or stock option plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed £3.0 million in any twelve month period; but provided, further, that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to paragraph (iii) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) and do not constitute Relevant Equity;

(e)

the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Entity deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(f)

the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any

203


preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(g)

payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(h)

the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(i)

payments pursuant to any tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes among the Company and its Subsidiaries and other Persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a part of a group for tax purposes; provided, however, that such payments will not exceed the amount of tax that the Company and its Subsidiaries would owe on a standalone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries are relieved thereby;

(j)

the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, or the making of loans, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Entity in amounts and at times required to pay:

(i)

franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity;

(ii)

general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Entity to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration of such Parent Entity, including (i) fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors; and (ii) payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees of any such Parent Entity, not to exceed £3.0 million in any calendar year;

(iii)

any income taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, United Kingdom corporation tax), to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income or ownership of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income or ownership of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(iv)

costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws,

204


rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Finance Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the U.S. Securities Act, U.S. Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

(v)

fees and expenses of any Parent Entity incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (B) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent Entity will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

(k)

so long as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company is equal to or greater than £250.0 million for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, any Restricted Payment;

(l)

following a Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company up to 6 per cent. per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company in any such Public Equity Offering or any subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock, or the net cash proceeds of any such Public Equity Offering or subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock of any Parent Entity that are contributed in cash to the Company’s equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); provided that if such Public Equity Offering was of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity, the net proceeds of any such dividend are used to fund a corresponding dividend in equal or greater amount on the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity;

(m)

to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganisation, including without limitation the transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; or

(n)

other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed £160.0 million since the Second Amendment Effective Date.

2.3

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

205


3.

INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK

3.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not, and will not permit any other Obligor to, issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a)

subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, the Obligors (other than the Company) may issue Disqualified Stock, and the Obligors (other than the Company) and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Indebtedness is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(b)

if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Obligors, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred is less than 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become parties to the

206


Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

3.2

Subject to Clause 3.3 below, Clause 3.1 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, the “Permitted Debt”):

(a)

the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Facility;

(b)

the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness provided that, on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date the Indebtedness of the Obligors evidenced by the Existing Notes and guaranteed pursuant to the Existing Note Guarantees shall be repaid in full;

(c)

the incurrence by the Company and the Obligors of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantee;

(d)

Indebtedness under the RCF Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed £150.0 million;

(e)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, lease, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which were used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (e), not to exceed £50.0 million at any time outstanding;

(f)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Finance Documents to be incurred under Clause 3.1 or any of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (m) of this Clause 3.2;

(g)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(i)

if any Obligor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not an Obligor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Facility and the Finance Documents; and

207


(ii)

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this paragraph (g);

(h)

the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(i)

any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(ii)

any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this paragraph (g);

(i)

the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(j)

the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Clause 3.2; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(k)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, customs, VAT and other tax guarantees, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(l)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honouring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(m)

Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred to provide all or any portion of the funds used to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of

208


the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided, however, with respect to this paragraph (1), that at the time of the acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred the Company would have been able to incur £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this paragraph (l);

(n)

Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(o)

the incurrence by New Holdco, Sponsorship Newco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco of Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or Subordinated Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and

(p)

the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed £50.0 million;

provided, however, that New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) shall not be permitted to incur Indebtedness pursuant to paragraphs (d), (e) and (p) of this Clause 3.2.

3.3

No Obligor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Facility and any guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

3.4

For purposes of determining compliance with this Clause 3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in paragraphs (a) through (p) of Clause 3.2 above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Clause 3.  The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortisation of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends

209


on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Clause 3; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Clause 3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

3.5

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(a)

the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(b)

the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

(c)

in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(i)

the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(ii)

the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

(d)

For purposes of determining compliance with any sterling-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Sterling Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than sterling, and such refinancing would cause the applicable sterling-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such sterling-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to an agreement intended to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness, if denominated in sterling, will be the amount of the principal payment required to be made under such currency agreement and, otherwise, the Sterling Equivalent of such amount plus the Sterling Equivalent of any premium which is at such time due and payable but is not covered by such currency agreement.

4.

LIENS

The Company will not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or

210


become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, Permitted Liens and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

5.

LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS

5.1

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any Obligor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(a)

such Obligor could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) above and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Clause 4 (Liens);

(b)

the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(c)

the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales).

6.

DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

6.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a)

pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b)

make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c)

sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

6.2

The restrictions in Clause 6.1 above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Facility or any other agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Second Amendment Effective Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that

211


the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

(b)

the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees, the RCF Facilities, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents;

(c)

agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Finance Documents;

(d)

applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(e)

any agreement or instrument of or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such agreement or instrument was entered into or incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of any such agreement or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (i) no more restrictive or (ii) not materially less favourable as determined in good faith by the Company, than the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in such instrument at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

(f)

customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(g)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in paragraph (c) of Clause 5 (Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions);

(h)

any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(i) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not

212


materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(j)

Liens permitted to be incurred under Clause 4 (Liens) that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(k)

provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment) entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(l)

restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

Hedging Obligations entered into from time to time;

(n)

any mortgage financing or mortgage refinancing that imposes restrictions on the real property (including any heritage building rights) securing such Indebtedness; and

(o)

agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, provided that any encumbrance or restriction in any such agreement is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any other Person, other than such Restricted Subsidiary or its property or assets.

7.

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ETC.

7.1

The Company and Red Football Junior Limited, will not, directly or indirectly: (x) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (y) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a)

either:

(i)

the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL is the surviving corporation; or

(ii)

the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction;

213


(b)

the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL under the Finance Documents to which the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

(c)

immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d)

the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) would be permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was prior to such transaction; and

(e)

the Company delivers to the Agent an Officers’ Certificate and opinion of counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and assumption of obligations under the Finance Documents comply with this Clause 7.1.

7.2

Except as otherwise provided in this Clause 7.2, no Obligor (other than an Obligor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with this Agreement) may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Obligor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than a sale or disposal to, or consolidation or merger with or into, the Company or another Obligor unless:

(i)

either (x) such Obligor is the surviving Person, or (y) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Obligor) (A) is organized under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction and (B) assumes all the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents to which such Obligor is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); provided that, in either case, immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or

(ii)

in the case only of an Obligor that is not a Borrower, the Company or Red Football Junior Limited, the Net Proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents.

7.3

In addition, no Obligor will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

214


7.4

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither this Clause 7 nor Clause 11.2 will restrict the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of (w) the Company or any Obligor with, into or to any Obligor, (x) any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to the Company or any Obligor or with, into or to any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any Permitted Reorganisation and (z) paragraph (d) of Clause 7.1 will not apply to any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company or any Obligor with, into or to an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Obligor in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons, provided that any such transaction is consummated in accordance with the terms hereunder.

8.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

8.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(a)

the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favourable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(b)

the Company delivers to the Agent:

(i)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Clause 8 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or, if there are no disinterested directors in respect of such Affiliate Transaction, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing; and

(ii)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing.

8.2

Provided, however, that, the following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8:

215


(a)

any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, consultant agreement, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(b)

transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(d)

payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e)

any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(f)

Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Clause 2 (Restricted Payments);

(g)

Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments described in paragraphs (c), (m) and (o) of the definition thereof);

(h)

transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by, any agreement in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date and transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than the original agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

(i)

transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Finance Documents that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favourable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person;

(j)

any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing or arrangement and payment does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; and

216


(k)

Permitted Reorganisations.

9.

LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES OF INDEBTEDNESS

9.1

The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Obligors, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as a borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such specified Restricted Subsidiary shall simultaneously accede to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

9.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without becoming a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 9, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock).

9.3

Such Additional Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default is existing or would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Additional Guarantor that would have resulted in the requirement that such Additional Guarantor become an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 9.

10.

DESIGNATION OF RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

10.1

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

10.2

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Agent by filing with the Agent a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Clause 2 (Restricted Payments).  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Finance

217


Documents and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock) the Company will be in default of such covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

11.

LIMITATION ON ISSUER ACTIVITIES

11.1

The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien over any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure Indebtedness, except for Liens to secure the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, the RCF Facilities, the Facility or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness are permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents.

11.2

The Issuer will not (i) merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in one or more related transactions, other than, (A) in the case of clause (i) or clause (ii), in accordance with Section 7 hereof, or (B) solely in the case of clause (ii), in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Collateral Lien.

11.3

Until the date on which all Commitments under (and as defined in) the Agreement have been cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Facility have been fully repaid, none of the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will commence or take any action or facilitate a winding-up, liquidation or other analogous proceeding in respect of the Issuer.

12.

LIMITATION ON HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES

12.1

The Company will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, the Carrington Premises, Capital Stock in Red Football Junior Limited and MUL, assets that will be used to make a Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted by Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) promptly following receipt thereof by the Company and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

Red Football Junior Limited will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than Capital Stock in MUL and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

12.2

In addition, neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited will trade, undertake any activity, carry on any business, own any assets, enter into any arrangement or incur any liability other than:

218


(a)

the ownership of shares of MUL and, in the case of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any other direct Subsidiary of the Company and/or Red Football Junior Limited (an “Additional Subsidiary”) that is a member of the Group, in each case to the extent such shares are subject to Transaction Security and provided that any Additional Subsidiary is the only member of the Group (other than Red Football Junior Limited) in which the Company directly owns shares;

(b)

the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries and the receipt of any amounts related thereto to the extent expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement;

(c)

incurring Indebtedness permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) (including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under the Finance Documents);

(d)

rights and obligations arising under the Note Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), the Transaction Security Documents, the RCF Facilities, the Existing Note Documents, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, any Finance Document or any other agreement existing on the Second Amendment Effective Date to which it is a party relating to the issue and sale of the Notes issued on or the application of the proceeds therefrom;

(e)

directly related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence; or

(f)

the holding of bank accounts and the making of loans (including activities reasonably incidental thereto) permitted by the Finance Documents, and the entry into any agreement in relation thereto.

13.

GOVERNING LAW

13.1

This Schedule is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

13.2

This Schedule constitutes an integral part of the Facility Agreement and the obligations under the Facility Agreement constitute an integral part of this Schedule.

219


Definitions in this Schedule:

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a)

Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(b)

Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Amounts” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Second Amendment Effective Date).

Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and, with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

Affiliate Transaction” is defined in Clause 8 (Transactions with Affiliates).

Agent” means the “Agent” under and as defined in the Facility Agreement.

Asset Sale” means:

(a)

the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Clause 14 (Mandatory Prepayment) of the Facility Agreement and/or Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, Etc.) of this Schedule and not by the provisions of Clause 1 (Asset Sales); and

(b)

the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(a)

any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than £1.0 million;

220


(b)

a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in accordance with Clause 1.3 (Asset Sales);

(d)

the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

(e)

licenses and sublicenses by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software in the ordinary course of business;

(f)

any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

(g)

the granting of Liens not prohibited under Clause 4 (Liens);

(h)

the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(i)

a Restricted Payment that does not violate Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) or a Permitted Investment;

(j)

the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(k)

the sale, lease, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations;

(l)

any licence or other right of occupation that allows the beneficiary to attend one or more sporting events (including without limitation association football matches) or other events in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

any licence or other right of use of any intellectual property or other right if entered into in connection with the commercial exploitation of such intellectual property or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

(n)

the monetisation of any contract or arrangement related to (l) and (m) above;

(o)

the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(p)

the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into an Affiliate solely for purposes of reincorporating the Issuer in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided any such transaction is consummated in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Merger, Consolidation, Etc.); and

221


(q)

the transfer of employees and assets in accordance with the definition of “Permitted Reorganisation”.

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” below.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors” means:

(a)

with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorised to act on behalf of such board;

(b)

with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(c)

with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(d)

with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalised on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

222


Capital Stock” means:

(a)

in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b)

in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(c)

in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(d)

any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Carrington Premises” means the property known as the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington Manchester (title number GM785864), including any real property and fixtures related thereto but not any personal property.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a)

direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of a Permitted Jurisdiction, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of such Permitted Jurisdiction, and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option;

(b)

overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organised under, or authorised to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of £500.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or “A–” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognised rating agency;

(c)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;

(d)

commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

223


(e)

money market funds at least 95 per cent. of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in paragraph (a) to (d) of this definition.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)

the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

(b)

the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(c)

the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Principal and/or any of its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 per cent. of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(d)

the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; provided, however, that this paragraph (d) shall not apply to members of the Board of Directors nominated or re-elected by employees pursuant to co-determination and similar statutes providing for employee representatives on supervisory or similar boards;

(e)

the first day on which (i) the Company fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of MUL or (ii) MUL fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of the Issuer;

(f)

Manchester United plc (alone or together with one or more Affiliates controlled by it) ceases to own (directly or indirectly) a larger percentage than does any other Person of the share capital in and shareholder loans to, the Company; or

(g)

The Original Investors cease to have the power to control more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company or appoint or remove a majority of directors of the Company or give directions with respect to operating and financial policies of Parent.

Collateral” means any and all assets from time to time in which a security interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Transaction Security Document to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Obligors under the Finance Documents.

Company” means Red Football Limited (registration number 05370076).

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(a) all gains (losses) realised in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain; plus

224


(b)

provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c)

the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d)

depreciation, amortisation (including amortisation of intangibles but excluding amortisation of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortisation of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness to the extent such costs and premiums were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(f)

any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains or losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; minus

(h)

non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue or the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)

the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortisation of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates

225


(excluding any non-cash interest expense on Subordinated Shareholder Funding); plus

(b)

the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalised during such period; plus

(c)

any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Lien is called upon; plus

(d)

the product of (i) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that:

(a)

the net income (loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and the net income (if negative) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary will be included only to the extent that such loss has been funded with cash by the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

(b)

solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (iii)(A) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders; except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

226


(c)

the net income (loss) arising from the sale, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations will be excluded;

(d)

any extraordinary or exceptional gain, loss or charge or any profit or loss on Asset Sales, asset impairments or early extinguishment of Indebtedness, or any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, integration or severance or any expenses, charges, reserves or other costs related to acquisitions will be excluded;

(e)

non-cash tax charges that are set off by group relief by a Parent Entity will be excluded;

(f)

the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

(g)

any intangible asset impairment charge and amortisation of player registrations and amortisation of goodwill will be excluded.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of the Company on such date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ CSSLR Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

(a)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, or that are to

227


be made on the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(b)

the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(c)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

(d)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

continuing” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(a)

was a member of such Board of Directors on the Second Amendment Effective Date; or

(b)

was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

Default” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require an Obligor to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the relevant Obligor may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Clause 2 (Restricted Payments).  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Finance Documents will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

228


Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Event of Default” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Excess Proceeds” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4.

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4 (Asset Sales).

Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Second Amendment Effective Date from (a) contributions to its common equity capital or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be designated no later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by the Company), the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payment).

Existing Hedging Agreementsmeans the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and Bank of America, N.A, on 25 October 2013, in each case documented under and subject to the terms of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) and Schedule thereto dated as of 20 May 2013 (as may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

Existing Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Second Amendment Effective Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, until such amounts are repaid.

Existing Note Documents” means the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees (whether contained in the Existing Note Indenture or otherwise).

Existing Note Guarantees” means the “Note Guarantees” as defined in the Existing Note Indenture.

Existing Note Indenture” means the indenture governing the Existing Notes dated on or about May 20, 2013, and made between, among others, the Existing Note Trustee, the Security Trustee, MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance plc) and the senior note guarantors.

Existing Note Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Existing Note Indenture.

Existing Notes” means the senior notes due 2017 issued or to be issued by MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance plc) under the Existing Note Indenture.

Facility” means the facility made available under the Facility Agreement.

229


Facility Agreement” means this Agreement, as amended by the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as further amended and/or amended and restated from time to time.

Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

Finance Documents” has the meaning give to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Finance Parties” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “FCCR Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(a)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the FCCR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(b)

the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(c)

the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and

230


ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the FCCR Calculation Date;

(d)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(e)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(f)

if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the FCCR Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the FCCR Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).

Governmental Authority” means

(a)

the government of

(i)

the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

(ii)

any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Parent Subsidiary, or

(b)

any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

Guarantors” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(a)

interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

231


(b)

other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(c)

other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

Holding Company” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Issuer” means Manchester United Football Club Limited (registration number 00095489), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Schedule, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS contained in this Schedule shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(a)

in respect of borrowed money;

(b)

evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c)

in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(d)

representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(e)

representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

(f)

representing any Hedging Obligations;

(g)

representing Attributable Debt; and

(h)

representing liabilities under the Existing Hedging Agreements,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock), Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3

232


(Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) will not be considered incremental Indebtedness.

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include:

(a)

in connection with the purchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

(b)

any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

(c)

Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

Intellectual Property” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS.  If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2.3 (Restricted Payments).  The acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2.3 (Restricted Payments).  Except as otherwise provided in the Finance Documents, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

233


Issuer” means Manchester United Football Club Limited (registration number 00095489).

Lenders” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

Material Company” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

MUL” means Manchester United Limited (registration number 02570509).

Make-Whole Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Second Amendment Effective Date).

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS.

Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(a)

as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

(b)

as to which the holders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

Note Documents” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Representative Deed and the Transaction Security Documents.

Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement.

Notes Offer” is defined in Clause 1.2 (Asset Sales).

Note Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement dated as of on or around the Second Amendment Effective Date entered into by, among others, the Issuer, and relating to the Notes.

234


Notes” means the 3.79% senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 due on or about 24 June 2027 issued on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Obligor” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief of Staff, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Managing Director, Director or any Vice-President of such Person.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Issuer or other Obligor, as applicable, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent company or entity of the Company.

Parent Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company, including the Issuer.

Permitted Business” means (i) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (ii) any other business or activity which is ancillary, reasonably related or complementary thereto.

Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

(a)

Liens on the Collateral to secure the Finance Documents;

(b)

Liens on the Collateral to secure the Existing Notes (or the Existing Note Guarantees) and the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) until the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); provided further that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis;

(c)

Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness: (i) under the RCF Facilities; (ii) permitted by paragraph (e) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) or paragraph (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); and (iii) permitted by Clause 3.1 of (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing

235


Indebtedness), provided that, in each case, all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Facility and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

(d)

Liens on the Collateral securing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under (i) Hedging Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations in respect of commodity prices and only to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral) permitted by paragraph (i) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock), and (ii) the Existing Hedging Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that the assets and properties securing such Indebtedness will also secure the Facility or any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

(e)

Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of paragraphs (d), (g), (h), (i), (l), (n) and (o) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Trustee to enforce any Lien over the Collateral; and

(f)

Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed £5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation from the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business.

Permitted Debt” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock).

Permitted Investments” means:

(a)

any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(b)

any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c)

any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(i)

such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

236


(ii)

such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(d)

any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Clause 1 (Assets Sales);

(e)

any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(f)

any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including settlement of delinquent obligations pursuant to any plan of reorganisation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of, or other foreclosure with respect to, any trade creditor or customer; or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(g)

Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(h)

Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(i)

loans or advances to officers, directors or employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed £5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(j)

repurchases of the Notes in accordance with section 8 (Payment and Prepayment of the Notes) of the Note Purchase Agreement;

(k)

any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(l)

any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Second Amendment Effective Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Second Amendment Effective Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Second Amendment Effective Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(m)

Investments acquired after the Second Amendment Effective Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, Etc.) after the Second Amendment Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation

237


and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(n)

Investments made with the Excluded Contributions;

(o)

other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (o) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed £50.0 million, provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Clause 10 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries), such Investment, if applicable, shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this paragraph.

Permitted Jurisdiction means (a) the United Kingdom, (b) the United States of America or any state thereof, (c) Switzerland, (d) Canada, (e) the Cayman Islands and (f) any country that was a member of the European Union on April 30, 2004 (other than Greece Spain, Italy or Portugal).

Permitted Liens” means:

(a)

Liens in favour of the Obligors;

(b)

Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(d)

Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

(e)

Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by paragraph (e) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

238


(f)

Liens existing on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

(g)

Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS has been made therefor;

(h)

Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i)

survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(j)

Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and the RCF Facilities;

(k)

Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents; provided, however, that:

(i)

the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(ii)

the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(l)

bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(m)

Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(n)

Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

239


(o)

any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensee under any operating lease, license or sublicense, as applicable;

(p)

Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(q)

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(r)

Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(s)

Liens to secure Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted by Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); and

(t)

Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not exceed £25.0 million at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(a)

the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(b)

such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(c)

if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents on terms at least as favourable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(d)

such Indebtedness is incurred either by an Obligor (if the Obligor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced,

240


defeased or discharged) or by the Restricted Subsidiary that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organisation, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Principal” means the six lineal descendants of Malcom Glazer who are Avram Glazer, Joel Glazer, Bryan Glazer, Edward Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Kevin Glazer.

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (i) a public offering registered under the U.S. Securities Act or (ii) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale. The term Public Debt (i) shall not include the Notes and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than 10 Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the RCF Facilities Agreement, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” under the U.S. Securities Act.

Public Equity Offering” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Entity, either:

(a)

pursuant to a flotation on the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognised stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the European Union; or

(b)

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit plan).

Relevant Equity” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Public Market” means any time after:

(a)

a Public Equity Offering has been consummated; and

(b)

at least 20 per cent. of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares or common equity of the Company or a Parent Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Principals or any of their respective Affiliates or any

241


other direct or indirect shareholders of the Company as of the Second Amendment Effective Date pursuant to one or more Public Equity Offerings.

Related Party” means:

(a)

Red Football Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed in the State of Nevada, U.S.;

(b)

the parents or spouse of a Principal, the parents of a Principal’s spouse and any of a Principal’s, his or her spouse’s or their parents’ direct descendants; or

(c)

any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1 per cent. or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph (b).

Representative Deed” means the representative deed dated on or about the Second Amendment Effective Date between, among others, the Purchasers and the Creditor Representative (each as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement).

Restricted Group” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiaries” means a Subsidiary of the Company other an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Schedule” means this Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

Second Amendment Effective Date” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or other applicable Obligor.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien and Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

Specified Asset” means Old Trafford Stadium and grounds and any real property related thereto.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any instalment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Sterling” or “£” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

242


Sterling Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than sterling, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent, the amount of sterling obtained by converting such currency other than sterling involved in such computation into sterling at the spot rate for the purchase of sterling with the applicable currency other than sterling as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a)

any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(b)

any partnership or limited liability company of which (i) more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity or any Principal or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

(a)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortisation or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date (other than through conversion or exchange of any such security or instrument for Qualified Capital Stock or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition);

(b)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date;

(c)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date;

243


(d)

is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

(e)

is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Facility in the event of any default, bankruptcy, reorganisation, liquidation, winding up or other disposition of assets of the Company at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are subordinated to the Facility under the Intercreditor Agreement;

(f)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes, the Facility or the RCF Facilities or compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Note Documents, the Finance Documents and the Finance Documents (as defined in the RCF Facilities Agreement);

(g)

does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and

(h)

is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

provided, however, that any event or circumstance that results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

Tax” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding imposed by a Governmental Authority, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax. “Taxes” and “Taxation” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

Transaction Security Documents” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Transaction Security” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

U.S. Dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than U.S. Dollars involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase

244


of U.S. Dollars with the applicable currency other than U.S. Dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

U.S. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

U.S. Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, MUTV and MU Interactive and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Obligor or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Clause 10 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries), but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(a)

has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(b)

except as permitted under Clause 8 (Transactions with Affiliates), is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favourable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(c)

is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(d)

has not guaranteed, pledged any of its Subsidiaries’ shares or other of its assets or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a)

the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining instalment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(b)

the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

245


SCHEDULE 18

SCREEN RATE CONTINGENCY PERIODS

Screen Rate

Period

LIBOR

One Month

246


SIGNATURES

[NOT RESTATED]

247


EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit 4.2

SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

DATED 4 MARCH 2021

between

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

as Company

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

as Borrower

and

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

as Agent

relating to a

REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT
dated 22 May 2015 as amended pursuant to an amendment letter dated 7 October 2015 and as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 4 April 2019

GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause No.

Page No.

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

2

2

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

3

3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3

4

EFFECTIVE DATE

3

5

FEES AND EXPENSES

4

6

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

4

7

MISCELLANEOUS

4

8

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

5

9

GOVERNING LAW

5

SCHEDULE 1 - Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

6

SCHEDULE 2 – Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

7


This SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT (the “Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement”) is made the  4 March 2021 among:

(1)

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “Company”);

(2)

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 00095489) (the “Borrower”); and

(3)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company) as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

BACKGROUND:

(A)

By a revolving facilities agreement dated 22 May 2015 as amended pursuant to an amendment letter dated 7 October 2015 (the “Original Facility Agreement”) between, among others, the Company, the Original Lenders (as defined therein), Bank of America, N.A. as Arranger and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as Agent, the Original Lenders agreed to make available a revolving facility to MU Finance Limited (formerly known as known as MU Finance plc), as Borrower, on the terms and conditions set out in the Original Facility Agreement.

(B)

Pursuant to an amendment letter dated 7 October 2015 the parties amended the Original Facility Agreement and pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 4 April 2019 the parties further amended and restated the Original Facility Agreement (the Original Facility Agreement as amended and restated and subsequently amended being the “Facility Agreement”).

(C)

Pursuant to Clause 2.5 (Obligors’ Agent) of the Facility Agreement, each Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appointed the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorised the Company to effect amendments, supplements and variations to the Finance Documents notwithstanding that they may affect an Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor.

(D)

The parties to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement wish to further amend and restate the Facility Agreement to reflect certain changes agreed between them.

(E)

Pursuant to clause 41.2 (Required consents) of the Facility Agreement, the Agent has been irrevocably authorised and instructed by the Majority Lenders to enter into the amendments contemplated by this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1


IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement:

1.1.1

Unless defined in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a term defined in the Facility Agreement has the same meaning in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.1.2

Effective Date” means the date on which the Agent provides the confirmation pursuant to Clause 4 (Effective Date) below.

1.1.3

Facility Agreement” has the meaning given to the term in the Background hereto.

1.1.4

Restated Facility Agreement” means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Second Amended and Restated Facility Agreement).

References in the Facility Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and expressions of similar import shall be deemed to be references to the Facility Agreement (as amended by this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2

Interpretation

1.2.1

Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement a reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is a reference to a Clause or a Schedule, as the case may be, in or of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement. Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2.2

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement will be deemed to be set out in full in this agreement, mutatis mutandis, but as if references in that clause to the Facility Agreement were references to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2.3

It is agreed that this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement will constitute a Finance Document for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and a Debt Document under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

2


2.

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

2.1

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Amended and Restated Facility Agreement) (subject to any further amendments and changes made after the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement agreed between the Majority Lenders and the Company) so that the rights and obligations of the Parties relating to their performance on and after the Effective Date under the Facility Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the terms of the Restated Facility Agreement.

2.2

The Facility Agreement is amended only to the extent set out in the Restated Facility Agreement. In all other respects the terms of the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect.

2.3

The parties to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement agree that, with effect on and from the Effective Date, they shall have the rights and take on the obligations ascribed to them under the Restated Facility Agreement.

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Company represents and warrants to the Agent that the Repeating Representations are true and accurate in all respects (or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects) as at the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as at the Effective Date.

4.

EFFECTIVE DATE

4.1

The provisions of Clause 2 (Amendment and Restatement) of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall come into effect on the Effective Date when the Agent has confirmed in writing to the Company that (i) it has received or (ii) it has waived the requirement to receive, unless stated otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably), all of the documents and evidence referred to in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date) to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.  The Agent shall provide such confirmation to the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

4.2

If the Effective Date does not occur on or before the date falling 30 Business Days after the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement or such later date as the Company and the Agent may agree, then this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall lapse and be of no further effect and none of the parties to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall be under any liability under this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement (save in

3


respect of Clause 5 (Fees and Expenses)) and the Facility Agreement shall be read and construed as if this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement had never been entered into.

5.

FEES AND EXPENSES

The Borrower shall, or shall procure that a member of the Group will:

5.1

pay to the Lenders that have consented to the amendments herein an upfront fee in the amount, manner and at the times agreed in a fee letter dated on or about the date hereof (the “Amendment Fee Letter”); and

5.2

reimburse the Agent promptly on demand for all reasonable charges and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal advisors (subject to an agreed cap in writing (if any)) which are incurred by the Agent in connection with this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Facility Agreement and the arrangements contemplated thereby, whether or not the Effective Date occurs.

6.

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

The Company on behalf of the Guarantors hereby consents, acknowledges and agrees to the amendments and other matters set forth in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and hereby confirms and ratifies in all respects the guarantee in Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity) in the Facility Agreement (including without limitation the continuation of each Guarantor’s payment and performance obligations thereunder upon and after the effectiveness of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and the enforceability of such guarantee against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

7.

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1

The provisions of Clause 37 (Notices), Clause 39 (Partial Invalidity), Clause 40 (Remedies and Waivers) and Clause 46 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement as if set out in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, mutatis mutandis, but as if references in those Clauses to the Facility Agreement were references to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

7.2

This Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument, and which counterparts may be delivered by electronic means (including .pdf format).

4


7.3

The parties hereto intend this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall take effect as a deed, notwithstanding that a party to it may only execute it under hand.

8.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

8.1

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a person who is not a party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (or any analogous provision under any applicable law) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

8.2

Notwithstanding any term of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party is not required to amend, rescind or otherwise vary this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement at any time.

9.

GOVERNING LAW

This Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement has been duly executed as a deed and has been delivered by each of the parties on the date first above written.

5


SCHEDULE 1

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

1.

Corporate authorisations

(a)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company and the Borrower:

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement on its behalf; and

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

(b)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and related documents.

(c)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and the Borrower certifying that its constitutional documents as previously delivered to the Agent and each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

2.

Transaction Documents

(a)

This Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement executed by the Company and the Borrower.

(b)

The Amendment Fee Letter executed by the Borrower.

3.

Legal opinion

A legal opinion of McGuireWoods London LLP as to English law, addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders.

4.

Other documents and evidence

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees, which shall be paid in full within 5 Business Days after receipt of a written invoice by the Company) then due pursuant to Clause 5 (Fees and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date

6


SCHEDULE 2

Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

7


EXECUTION PAGES

THE COMPANY

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED for and on behalf of itself and each Obligor

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

/s/ Christopher Rodi

Witness

THE BORROWER

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Chairman

/s/ Christopher Rodi

Witness

[Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement – Signature Page]


THE AGENT

For and on behalf of

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY as Agent of the other Finance Parties

/s/ Kevin Day

Vice President

[Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement – Signature Page]


DATED 22 MAY 2015 AS AMENDED PURSUANT TO AN

AMENDMENT LETTER DATED 7 OCTOBER 2015, AS AMENDED

AND RESTATED PURSUANT TO AN AMENDMENT AND

RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 4 APRIL 2019 AND AS

FURTHER AMENDED AND RESTATED PURSUANT TO AN

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 4 MARCH

2021

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED
as the Company

arranged by

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
as Arranger

with

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY

COMPANY

NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH

as Original Lenders as of the First Amendment and Restatement

Effective Date

and

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY

COMPANY

as Agent and Security Trustee

REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT

GRAPHIC

99 Bishopsgate
London EC2M 3XF
United Kingdom
Tel: +44.20.7710.1000

www.lw.com


CONTENTS

Clause

Page

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

2.

THE FACILITIES

46

3.

PURPOSE

53

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

53

5.

UTILISATION - LOANS

56

6.

UTILISATION - LETTERS OF CREDIT

57

7.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

62

8.

OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

67

9.

ANCILLARY FACILITIES

67

10.

REPAYMENT

75

11.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

76

12.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

79

13.

RESTRICTIONS

80

14.

INTEREST

82

15.

INTEREST PERIODS

83

16.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

83

17.

FEES

87

18.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

90

19.

INCREASED COSTS

101

20.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

104

21.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

105

22.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

106

23.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

108

24.

REPRESENTATIONS

113

25.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

120

26.

FINANCIAL COVENANT

128

27.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

133

28.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

140

29.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

147

30.

RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

154

31.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

155

32.

ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK AND OTHERS

161

33.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

174

34.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

174


35.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

177

36.

SET-OFF

181

37.

NOTICES

181

38.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

185

39.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

185

40.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

185

41.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

185

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY

191

43.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

196

44.

COUNTERPARTS

197

45.

GOVERNING LAW

198

46.

ENFORCEMENT

198

47.

USA PATRIOT ACT

199

SCHEDULE 1

200

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

SCHEDULE 2

202

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SCHEDULE 3

207

REQUESTS AND NOTICES

SCHEDULE 4

211

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

SCHEDULE 5

216

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 6

220

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7

224

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

SCHEDULE 8

227

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

SCHEDULE 9

229

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 10

233

TIMETABLES

SCHEDULE 11

236

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

SCHEDULE 12

239

MATERIAL COMPANIES


SCHEDULE 13

240

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

SCHEDULE 14

242

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

SCHEDULE 15

243

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

SCHEDULE 16

282

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SCHEDULE 17

283

FORM OF ADDITIONAL FACILITY LENDER ACCESSION NOTICE

SCHEDULE 18

287

ADDITIONAL FACILITY NOTICE

SCHEDULE 19

290

FORM OF SUBSTITUTE AFFILIATE LENDER DESIGNATION NOTICE

SCHEDULE 20

293

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

SCHEDULE 21

296

SCREEN RATE CONTINGENCY PERIODS


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 22 May 2015 as amended pursuant to an amendment letter dated 7 October 2015, as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 4 April 2019 and as further amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 4 March 2021 and made between:

(1)

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “Company”);

(2)

MU FINANCE LIMITED (FORMERLY KNOWN AS MU FINANCE PLC) (registration number 07088267) (“MUF”) as original borrower (the “Original Borrower”);

(3)

THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (together with the Company, the “Original Guarantors”);

(4)

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as mandated lead arranger (the “Arranger”);

(5)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”);

(6)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY) as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”);

(7)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY) as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security Trustee”); and

(8)

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY) as Issuing Bank (as defined below).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Acceleration Event” means, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is then continuing

(a)

the Agent:

(i)

giving a notice of acceleration pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a)(ii), (a)(iv), (a)(vi) or (a)(viii) (but only if such notice relates to the enforcement of Transaction Security) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration); or

(ii)

having previously placed any part of a Facility on demand pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a)(iii), (a)(v) or (a)(vii) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration), making a demand for payment as referred to therein,

1


which notice or demand has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect; or

(b)

any amount becoming immediately and automatically due and payable pursuant to paragraph (b) of 28.9 (Acceleration) unless prior to such amount becoming immediately and automatically due and payable the operation of paragraph (b) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) is waived by the Majority Lenders.

Acceptable Bank” means:

(a)

a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

(b)

any Finance Party or an Affiliate of a Finance Party; or

(c)

any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (acting reasonably).

Accession Deed” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Accession Deed).

Accounting Principles” means:

(a)

in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Group, IFRS; and

(b)

in relation to any member of the Group, generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant member of the Group or IFRS.

Accounting Reference Date” means 30 June.

Additional Borrower” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Facility” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities).

Additional Facility Borrower” means a member of the Group which becomes an Additional Borrower in respect of an Additional Facility in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Facility Commencement Date” means, in respect of an Additional Facility, the date specified as the “Commencement Date” in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility.

Additional Facility Commitment” means:

(a)

in relation to an original Additional Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name in any Additional Facility Notice and the amount of any other Additional Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)

in relation to any other Additional Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Additional Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

2


Additional Facility Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities).

Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 17 (Form of Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice) or any other form agreed by the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Additional Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under an Additional Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Additional Facility Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 18 (Form of Additional Facility Notice) or any other form agreed by the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Additional Shareholder Funding” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company of:

(a)

any subscription for shares in the capital of the Company or capital contribution to the Company that does not result in the occurrence of a Change of Control; and/or

(b)

any debt advanced to the Company by any direct or indirect Holding Company of the Company or any Investor Affiliate provided after the Closing Date and subordinated on the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein) or on other terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably).

Adjustments” means “Adjustments” as defined in Schedule 14 (Table of values for X).

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company; provided that in relation to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, the term "Affiliate" shall not include:

(a)

the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty's Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers, employees or entities thereof); or

(b)

any persons or entities controlled by or under common control with the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof (including Her Majesty's Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings (as defined in the Companies Act 2006).

Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.8 (Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders).

Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent's spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles set out in Schedule 4 (Agreed Security Principles).

Alternative Reference Bank Rate” means:

3


(a)

the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Alternative Base Reference Banks:

(i)

in relation to LIBOR:

(A)

(other than where paragraph (i)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(B)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

(ii)

in relation to EURIBOR:

(A)

(other than where paragraph (ii)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or

(B)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

Alternative Reference Banks” means:

(a)

in relation to a Loan in a currency other than euro, the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity;

(b)

in relation to a Loan in euro, the principal Amsterdam, Brussels, Frankfurt, London, Luxembourg or Paris offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity; or

(c)

such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Ancillary Commencement Date” means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period for the Facility.

Ancillary Commitment” means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed

4


(whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under Clause 9 (Ancillary Facilities), to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.

Ancillary Document” means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility.

Ancillary Facility” means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender in accordance with Clause 9 (Ancillary Facilities).

Ancillary Lender” means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 9 (Ancillary Facilities).

Ancillary Outstandings” means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility then in force the aggregate of the equivalents (as determined by such Ancillary Lender acting reasonably) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility:

(a)

the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on-demand short term loan facility (net of any credit balances on any account of any Borrower of an Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender or any Affiliate of the Ancillary Facility Lender making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that the credit balances are freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility);

(b)

the face amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility (net of any cash cover provided in respect thereof to the extent that such cash cover is freely available to be applied by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility in respect of such guarantee, bond or letter of credit); and

(c)

the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility,

in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender, acting reasonably in accordance with its normal banking practice and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document.

Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 25 (Information Undertakings).

Anti-Corruption Lawsmeans all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means all applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements and money laundering statutes in all jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency.

Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

5


Assigned Account” means any Mandatory Prepayment Account (as defined in any Debt Document (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) and any other account that may from time to time be identified in writing as an Assigned Account by the Security Trustee and the Company in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Security Documents, including any renewal or redesignation of such accounts.

Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor, assignee

and the Company provided that if that other form does not contain the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) it shall not be a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

Auditors” means an accounting firm of international standing appointed by the Company (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the auditors of the Group as of the Closing Date).

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period” means:

(a)

in relation to the Initial Facility, the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the date falling one month prior to the Initial Termination Date; and

(b)

in relation to any Additional Facility, as set out in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility (or as otherwise agreed by the relevant Borrower(s) and the Additional Facility Lender(s) under that Additional Facility from time to time).

Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender's Commitment under that Facility minus (subject to Clause 9.8 (Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders) and as set out below):

(a)

the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations under that Facility and the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments; and

(b)

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date and the Base Currency Amount of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitment in relation to any new Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

For the purposes of calculating a Lender's Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation the following amounts shall not be deducted from a Lender's Commitment under that Facility:

(i)

that Lender's participation in any Utilisations that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and

(ii)

that Lender's (or its Affiliate's) Ancillary Commitments to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

6


Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation” means:

(a)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation  as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

BAML Facility” means the facility made available to the Issuer and documented by the BAML Facility Agreement

BAML Facility Agreement” means the term loan agreement dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014 and an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, the Issuer, Bank of America, N.A. (as original lender) and Bank of America, N.A. (as agent).

Bank Levy” means:

(a)

the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011;

(b)

the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz) (as amended);

(c)

the French taxe bancaire de risque systémique as set out under article 235 ter ZE of the French Tax Code; and

(d)

any other levy or tax of a similar nature in force (or formally announced) as at the date of this Agreement and imposed in any jurisdiction by reference to the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions and in relation to which a Lender would reasonably be able to quantify the relevant cost of compliance as at the date of this Agreement.

Base Case Model” means the financial model including profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Group.

Base Currency” means sterling.

Base Currency Amount” means:

(a)

in relation to a Utilisation, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by (or on behalf of) a Borrower for that Utilisation (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) and, in the case of a Letter of Credit, as adjusted under Clause 6.8 (Revaluation of Letters of Credit); and

(b)

in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 9.2 (Availability) (or, if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted

7


             into the Base Currency at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or, if later, the date the Agent receives the notice of the Ancillary Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement),

as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of a Utilisation, or (as the case may be) cancellation or reduction of an Ancillary Facility.

Base Reference Bank Rate” means:

(a)

the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference Banks:

(i)

in relation to LIBOR:

(A)

(other than where paragraph (i)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(B)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

(ii)

in relation to EURIBOR:

(A)

(other than where paragraph (ii)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or

(B)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

Base Reference Banks” means:

(a)

in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity;

(b)

in relation to EURIBOR, the principal Amsterdam, Brussels, Frankfurt, London, Luxembourg or Paris offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity; or

8


(c)

such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Borrower” means the Original Borrower, MUFC or an Additional Borrower unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors) and, in respect of an Ancillary Facility only, any Affiliate of a Borrower that becomes a borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the approval of the relevant Ancillary Lender or Affiliate of an Ancillary Facility Lender pursuant to Clause 9.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers).

Borrowings” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

(a)

the interest excluding the Margin which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Budget” means:

(a)

in relation to the period beginning on 1 July 2014 and ending on 30 June 2015, the Base Case Model in agreed form to be delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent); and

(b)

in relation to any other period, any budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 25.4 (Budget).

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and New York:

(a)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

(b)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day.

Cash” means cash in hand and credit balances or amounts on deposit in an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank which are freely transferable and freely convertible and accessible by a member of the Group within 30 days so long as repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any person or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the making of a withdrawal request by a member of the Group where that member of the Group is freely able to make such a request at its discretion and without any restriction) and that cash is not subject to any Security (other than Transaction Security, Permitted Liens or Permitted Collateral Liens).

Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time:

(a)

certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

9


(b)

any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which:

(i)

matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(ii)

is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

provided that the relevant issuer or guarantor is rated at least BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

(c)

open market commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

(i)

for which a recognised trading market exists;

(ii)

issued by an issuer incorporated in the U.S., the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

(iii)

which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(iv)

which has a credit rating of either BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its unsecured and non credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

(d)

sterling bills of exchange issued eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

(e)

investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

(i)

have a credit rating of either BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited; and

(ii)

invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

(f)

any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

in each case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security (other than the Transaction Security Documents).

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

CFC Obligor” means an Obligor that is a CFC.

Champions League” means the UEFA Champions League and any successor or replacement competition.

Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet” means the spreadsheet delivered pursuant to Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

10


Champions League Non Qualification Event” means the failure by the first team of Manchester United Football Club to qualify (in any season) for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League.

Change of Control” means:

(a)

a Note Change of Control as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(b)

where the Original Investors cease to, directly or indirectly, beneficially hold in aggregate issued share capital having the right to cast more than 30 per cent of the votes capable of being cast at a general meeting of the Company; or

(c)

where any shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert (other than the Original Investors) acquire (directly or indirectly) issued share capital having the right to cast a greater percentage of the votes capable of being cast at a general meeting of the Company than is, directly or indirectly, beneficially held in aggregate by the Original Investors.

For the purposes of this definition, “acting in concert” means, a group of shareholders who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

Closing Date” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

Commitment” means an Initial Facility Commitment or an Additional Facility Commitment.

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or any other form agreed by the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Company, any Investor Affiliate, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

(a)

any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers; or

(b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers or in breach of any duty of confidentiality,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes

(i)

information that:

11


(A)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 42 (Confidentiality); or

(B)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers; or

(C)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group, the Investor Affiliates or any of their respective advisers and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

(ii)

any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA at the relevant time or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting reasonably), which, in each case, is addressed to, or capable of being relied upon by, the Company without requiring its signature by virtue of reliance on the Third Parties Act and is not capable of being materially amended without the Company’s prior written consent (acting reasonably).

Consolidated EBITDA” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Consolidated Net Finance Charges” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

CTA” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Debt Document” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debt Purchase Transaction” means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

(a)

purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

(b)

enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

(c)

enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 28 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default provided that any such event which is subject to a qualification as to materiality or requires a determination to be made shall not constitute a Default unless such qualification is satisfied or such determination is made, as the case may be.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender (other than a Lender which is an Investor Affiliate):

12


(a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) or has failed to provide cash collateral (or has notified the Issuing Bank or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender);

(b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document;

(c)

which is an Issuing Bank which has failed to issue a Letter of Credit (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent)) that it will not issue a Letter of Credit (as the case may be) in accordance with Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letter of Credit) or which has failed to pay a claim (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not pay a claim) in accordance with (and as defined in) Clause 7.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit); or

(d)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

(ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the other Lenders that this is the case.

Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Trustee.

Designated Gross Amount” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.2 (Availability).

Designated Net Amount” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.2 (Availability).

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

(a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with a Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

(b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

(i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

13


and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway and any other country that becomes a member of the European Economic Area on or after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

Environment” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

(a)

air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

(b)

water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

(c)

land (including, without limitation, land under water).

Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceedings or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law” means any applicable law or regulation of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business and which is binding on that member of the Group and which relates to:

(a)

the pollution or protection of the Environment;

(b)

the conditions of the workplace; or

(c)

the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the LMA (or any successor person) from time to time.

EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan in euro:

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate;

(b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan)  the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

(c)

if:

(i)

no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan; and

(ii)

it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

the Base Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in each case the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, EURIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 28 (Events of Default).

14


Excluded Subsidiary” means:

(a)

MUTV;

(b)

Alderley Urban Investments Limited (a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03132053);

(c)

each member of the New Holdco Group;

(d)

provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of holding one or more assets or properties that are to be financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) incurred pursuant to paragraph (d) or (n) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) if the only assets and properties (other than assets that are de minimis in value) owned by such Restricted Subsidiary are financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (d) or (n) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)); and

(e)

provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition of such Person by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Red Football Junior Limited) where such Person will have outstanding, following the consummation of such acquisition, Indebtedness as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (l) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and such Person would be required to obtain the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to become an Additional Guarantor or grant Transaction Security, for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Person (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Person, such Person shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)).

Existing Facility” means the facility made available to the Company, MUL and MUFC documented by the Existing Facility Agreement.

Existing Facility Agreement” means the revolving facilities agreement dated 29 January 2010 (as amended from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as agent and security trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as alternative L/C fronting bank and the lenders listed therein.

Existing Notes” means the $425,000,000 83/8% senior secured notes due 2017.

Existing Security Documents” means:

15


(a)

the English law debenture dated  29 January 2010 between the Company, Red Football Junior Limited, MUL, MUFC and MUF and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (the “Existing Debenture”);

(b)

the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

(c)

the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUFC and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited; and

(d)

the English law mortgage dated 23 April 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited.

Expiry Date” means, for a Letter of Credit, the last day of its Term.

Facility” means an Initial Facility or any Additional Facility.

Facility Office” means:

(a)

in respect of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the office or offices notified by that Lender or Issuing Bank to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender or a Issuing Bank (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

(b)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

Fallback Interest Period” means one Month.

FATCA” means:

(a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date” means:

(a)

in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

(b)

in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

"FATCA Deduction" means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

16


"FATCA Exempt Party" means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter” means:

(a)

any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement including between the Arranger and the Company and/or the Original Lenders and the Company and/or the Agent and the Company and/or the Security Trustee and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 17 (Fees); and

(b)

any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in Clause 17.6 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit) or Clause 17.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities) of this Agreement or under any other Finance Document.

Finance Document” means this Agreement, the First Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the First Amendment Letter, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Ancillary Document, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Confirmation Deed, any Resignation Letter, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request, any Additional Facility Notice, any Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and any other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company.

Finance Party” means the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, a Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender.

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of, and without double counting:

(a)

monies borrowed or raised (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding and/or Additional Shareholder Funding);

(b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by a bill discounting or factoring credit facility;

(c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

(d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

(e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

(f)

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account, together with the effect of any applicable netting arrangement);

(g)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

17


(h)

any amount raised by the issue of shares in the Company or any other member of the Group which is not held by another member of the Group which by their terms are redeemable (mandatorily or at the holder's option);

(i)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement in respect of a fixed asset if such agreement was demonstrably entered into primarily as a method of raising finance;

(j)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement but not in relation to deferred payments for players) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

(k)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this definition.

Financial Quarter” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Financial Stability Board” means the Financial Stability Board (or any successor or replacement organisation from time to time).

Financial Year” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

First Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement relating to this Agreement dated 4 April 2019 and made between, inter alia, the Company and the Agent.

First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date” means the Effective Date as defined in the First Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

First Amendment Letter” means the amendment letter relating to this Agreement dated 7 October 2015 and made between, the Company and the Agent.

Football Creditors” has the meaning given to such term in rule E.35 (or any equivalent provision) of the Premier League Handbook.

Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds).

Funds Flow Statement” means a funds flow statement delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and which shall be a purely mechanical and administrative statement and which will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or the Lenders.

Group” means the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time.

Group Structure Chart” means the group structure chart in the agreed form delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

18


Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

(a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

(b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document or expresses an intention to do so;

(c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

(d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

(ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that this is the case.

Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 20 (Form of Increase Confirmation) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (in each case acting reasonably).

Increase Date” means, in relation to an increase, the later of:

(a)

the proposed Increase Date specified in the relevant Increase Confirmation; and

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Increase Confirmation.

Increase Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).

Industrial Competitor” means a person (or an Affiliate of a person):

(a)

who in the ordinary course of business is in direct competition with the Group (which shall include Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the purposes of the definition of Industrial Competitor only) in any of its business activities carried on by the Group (including, without limitation, any owner of, controlling shareholder or any shareholder who has the right to appoint a director to the board (or equivalent body) of any professional football club); or

(b)

who has the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting (or equivalent) of an entity

19


             which falls within paragraph (a) above or who holds beneficially more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within paragraph (a) above (any such person, a “Competitor Shareholder”), any Affiliate of a Competitor Shareholder, any trust of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates.

Initial Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities).

Initial Facility Commitment” means:

(a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Initial Facility Commitment” in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Initial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and

(b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Initial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Initial Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Initial Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Initial Termination Date” means in respect of the Initial Facility, the date falling six years after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

Insolvency Event” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

(a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

(d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

(e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

20


(i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

(ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

(f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

(g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

(i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

(j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

(k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Intellectual Property” means:

(a)

any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, inventions, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

(b)

the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated 29 January 2010, as amended and restated on or about the Closing Date (as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time) and made between, among others, the Company, the Debtors, the Security Trustee (as Security Trustee), the Agent (as RCF Agent), the Lenders (as RCF Lenders), the Arranger (as Arranger), the Ancillary Lenders (as RCF Lenders), the Hedge Counterparties and the Intra-Group Lenders (as each term is defined therein).

Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 15 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 14.3 (Default interest).

Interpolated Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

21


(a)

the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

(b)

the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each for the currency of that Loan and each of which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to EURIBOR or LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which is less than the Interest Period for that Loan; and

(b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

Investor Affiliate” means each Original Investor, each “Affiliate” (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) of an Original Investor, any trust of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been established for at least six Months solely for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or controlled independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies shall not constitute an Investor Affiliate.

Issuer” means MUFC.

Issuing Bank” means Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company) or other any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has agreed to the Company's request to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (and if more than one Lender has so agreed, such Lenders shall be referred to, whether acting individually or together, as the “Issuing Bank”) provided that, in respect of a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the “Issuing Bank” shall be the Issuing Bank which has issued or agreed to issue that Letter of Credit.

ITA” means the Income Tax Act 2007.

L/C Proportion” means in relation to a Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit, the proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by that Lender's Available Commitment under the Facility under which such Letter of Credit is issued to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of that Letter of Credit, adjusted to reflect any assignment or transfer under this Agreement to or by that Lender.

Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors) or otherwise in accordance with the terms of any Finance Document.

22


Legal Reservations” means:

(a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b)

the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim;

(c)

the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterised as a floating charge or that Security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterised as a charge;

(d)

the principle that additional interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

(e)

the principle that an English court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant;

(f)

the principle that the creation or purported creation of Security over any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which Security has purportedly been created;

(g)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(h)

any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

Lender” means:

(a)

any Original Lender;

(b)

any Additional Facility Lender; and

(c)

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Letter of Credit” means:

(a)

a letter of credit (i) substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of Letter of Credit), with any minor amendments approved by the Agent (acting reasonably) which do not adversely affect the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, or (ii) in any other form requested by the Company and agreed by the Issuing Bank; or

(b)

any guarantee, indemnity or other instrument in a form requested by a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) and agreed by the Issuing Bank (acting reasonably).

LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan:

23


(a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

(b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

(c)

if:

(i)

no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

(ii)

no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

the Base Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in each case, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

Loan” means an Initial Facility Loan or an Additional Loan.

“Majority Lenders” means:

(a)

(for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 41.2 (Required consents) in the context of a waiver in relation to a proposed Utilisation of the condition in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; and

(b)

(in any other case), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

Margin” means:

(a)

in relation to any Initial Facility Loan, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio as set forth below in the column opposite that range:

Total Net Leverage Ratio

    

% per annum

Greater than 3.50:1

1.75 

Greater than 2.00:1 but less than or equal to 3.50:1

1.50 

Less than or equal to 2.00:1

1.25 

(b)

However:

(i)

any increase or decrease in the Margin for an Initial Facility Loan shall take effect on the date which is the date of delivery to the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate);

24


(ii)

if, following receipt by the Agent of the Annual Financial Statements of the Group and related Compliance Certificate, those Annual Financial Statements and Compliance Certificate demonstrate that (i) the Margin should have been reduced in accordance with the above table or (ii) the Margin should not have been reduced or should have been increased in accordance with the above table, the next payment of interest following receipt of the relevant Annual Financial Statements by the Agent shall be increased or reduced (as the case may be) by such amount as is necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders or the relevant Borrower in the position they should have been in had the appropriate rate of Margin been applied at the time (provided that any such reduction or increase shall only apply to the extent the Lender which received the overpayment or underpayment of interest remains a Lender as at the date of such adjustment);

(iii)

while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin shall be 1.75 per cent. per annum however, once that Event of Default is remedied or waived, the Margin will be re-calculated on the basis of the most recently delivered accounts and the Margin (on the assumption that as at the date such accounts were delivered no Event of Default had occurred or was continuing) will apply with effect from that remedy or waiver; and

(iv)

for the purpose of determining the Margin, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above (other than sub-paragraph (iii) above), the determination of the Margin in relation to a Loan for the period from the Closing Date through and including the first business day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Agent for the Relevant Period ending 30 June 2015 shall be 1.50 per cent. per annum; and

(c)

in relation to any Additional Facility, as set out in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility (or as otherwise agreed by the relevant Additional Facility Borrower(s) and the Additional Facility Lender(s) under that Additional Facility from time to time).

Material Adverse Effect” means an event or circumstance (taking into account all the resources, including funds, insurance and other claims and indemnities, available to the Group):

(a)

which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets of the Group (taken as a whole) or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole); or

(b)

which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group (taken as a whole) to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(c)

which, subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, affects the validity or the enforceability of any of the Transaction Security Documents in a manner which is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties and, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Company becoming aware of the issue or being given notice of the issue by the Agent.

Material Company” means, at any time:

25


(a)

the Company;

(b)

any other Obligor; and

(c)

any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which:

(i)

has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding intra-Group items but otherwise on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing five per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA (but excluding intra-Group items and the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of Excluded Subsidiaries); or

(ii)

has gross assets (excluding intra-Group items and calculated on an unconsolidated basis) representing five per cent. or more of the gross assets of the Group (excluding intra-Group items and the gross assets of the Excluded Subsidiaries); and

(d)

a member of the Group (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary) that is the direct Holding Company of any company that is a Material Company pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) above.

Compliance with the conditions set out in paragraph (c) shall be determined by reference to the latest audited financial statements to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements).

However if a Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or business has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared, the financial statements shall be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary or business (that adjustment being certified by a director of the Company as representing an accurate reflection of the revised Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group (not including any Excluded Subsidiaries)).

A report by the Auditors of the Company that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Material Disposal” means any disposal in respect of which the disposal proceeds exceed £5,000,000 (or its equivalent).

Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

(a)

(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(c)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

26


The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

MUFC” means Manchester United Football Club limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 00095489.

MU Interactive” means Manchester United Interactive Limited (registration number 04365059), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

MUL” means Manchester United Limited (registration number 02570509), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

MUTV” means MUTV Limited (registration number 03418853), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

New Holdco” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of MUL and that is the (direct or indirect) Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries.

New Holdco Business” means:

(a)

the retail, merchandising, apparel, intellectual property licencing and soccer school business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ticket sales (including season tickets) and match day concessions, parking or hospitality);

(b)

any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business; and/or

(c)

the digital, media and mobile or any other similar business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any centrally negotiated broadcasting rights with the Premier League (in relation to domestic and international television and radio broadcasting rights) and UEFA (in relation to European club competition television and radio broadcasting rights) and (ii) any domestic cup television and radio broadcasting rights),

in each case, of or in relation to the Group (which, for the purposes of this definition,

shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

New Holdco Group” means New Holdco and each New Holdco Subsidiary.

New Holdco Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any New Holdco Business or acting as a direct or indirect Holding Company of another member of the New Holdco Group, including holding any assets or properties in relation thereto.

Non-Acceptable L/C Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

(other than an Original Lender or an Affiliate of an Original Lender) has a rating (or the Holding Company of which has a rating) for its long-term unsecured and credit-enhanced debt obligations below BBB by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Rating or Baa 2 by Moody's Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency (or other such rating as the Lenders and the Issuing Bank may agree) (other than a Lender which each Issuing Bank has agreed is acceptable to it notwithstanding that fact); or

(b)

is a Defaulting Lender; or

(c)

has failed to make (or has notified the Agent that it will not make) a payment to be made by it under Clause 7.3 (Indemnities) or Clause 32.11 (Lenders' indemnity to the

27


             Agent) or any other payment to be made by it under the Finance Documents to or for the account of any other Finance Party in its capacity as Lender by the due date for payment unless the failure to pay falls within the description of any of those items set out at (c)(i)-(ii) of the definition of Defaulting Lender.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 41.3 (g)(vii)(Replacement or repayment of Lender).

Note Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement dated as of on or around the Closing Date entered into by, among others, the Issuer and the Original Guarantors, and relating to the Notes.

Notes” means the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.

Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates).

Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Obligors' Agent” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.5 (Obligors' Agent).

Optional Currency” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3(a) (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).

Original Financial Statements” means:

(a)

in relation to the Company, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

(b)

in relation to MUL, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

(c)

in relation to MUFC, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

(d)

in relation to MUF, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

(e)

in relation to Red Football Junior Limited, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014; and

(f)

in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Original Investors” means collectively:

(a)

the Principals (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)); and

(b)

any Related Party (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) of any Principal.

Original Obligor” means the Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Pari Passu Debt” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

28


Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Perfection Requirements” means the making of appropriate registrations, filings, endorsements, stampings, intimation in accordance with local laws, notations in stock registries, notarisations,

legalisation, notices and other actions and steps in any relevant jurisdiction in order to perfect the Security created or purported to be created pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents or in order to achieve the relevant priority for such Transaction Security.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Permitted Reorganisation” means:

(a)

an amalgamation, merger, demerger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganisation, winding up or corporate restructuring or reconstruction of a member of the Group or involving the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Group or any other transfer or disposition of the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Group (a “Reorganisation”), in each case, on a solvent basis, where:

(i)

all of the assets of that member remain within the Group and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member of the Group held by any person which is not a member of the Group is not increased; and

(ii)

if its assets or the shares in it were subject to security in favour of the Lenders immediately prior to such Reorganisation, the Company certifies that the Lenders (taken as a whole) will, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, enjoy the same or substantially equivalent guarantees from such member of the Group (or its successor, if any) and the same or substantially equivalent security over the same assets (except the shares in the entity that is not the successor entity, provided that the shares in the successor entity (if any) are subject to equivalent security) and over the shares in it (or in each case its successor, if any) after such Reorganisation (ignoring for the purpose of assessing such equivalency any limitations in Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity) and/or required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and any new or restarted hardening periods);

(b)

any Reorganisation and/or any other step, action and/or event undertaken by any member of the Group to enable, facilitate and/or implement any of the following:

(i)

the establishment, formation and/or organisation of any member of the New Holdco Group;

(ii)

the transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Group of all or any portion of the New Holdco Business and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; and/or

(iii)

the transfer, assignment or novation of MUTV and/or MU Interactive (including its assets) or all or any portion of the business of MUTV and/or

29


             MU Interactive and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts,

provided that, in each case under this paragraph (b):

(A)

(1) New Holdco shall, at all times, remain the direct or indirect Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries; and (2) subject to the Agreed Security Principles, within the later of 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of (x) the date of it becoming a member of the Group and (y) the Closing Date (unless an existing Transaction Security Document is effective to create Security over such shares), Security shall be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s shares (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares);

(B)

New Holdco and Sponsorship Newco shall, at all times, remain Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C)

any direct or indirect Holding Company of Sponsorship Newco that is also a Subsidiary of New Holdco, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

(D)

any Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of Sponsorship Newco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements of the Group (which, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Sponsorship Subsidiary”);

(E)

any member of the Group and any member of the New Holdco Group that enters into or, as the case may be, has transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

(F)

there shall be no transfer, assignment, novation, amendment, modification, restatement, extension or replacement (prior to the expiration of their respective terms) of the Specified Contracts or any other sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement that results in any member of the New Holdco Group becoming a party to or entitled to compensation, rights or benefits under any such Specified Contract or other such sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; and

(G)

to the extent there is any transfer, assignment or novation of any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Group on or after the date of this Agreement to the New Holdco Group, such sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall be transferred, assigned or novated (as applicable) to a member of the Group, Sponsorship Newco and/or a Sponsorship Subsidiary only (for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Group may enter into sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements from time to time);

(c)

any action or reorganisation permitted by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, etc) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); or

30


(d)

any other reorganisation of one or more members of the Group approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably),

provided that the Company (or its successor) is an entity that is incorporated in England and Wales.

Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities” means activities, assets and liabilities:

(a)

incurred for or in connection with Taxes and administrative activities desirable to maintain Tax status in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)

in connection with making claims (and the receipt of any related proceeds) for rebates or indemnification in respect of Taxes;

(c)

in connection with any litigation or court or other proceedings that are, in each case, being contested in good faith;

(d)

arising under the issue of fully paid shares at par to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding £1,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate at any time;

(e)

arising from the payment of fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration, land and other Taxes incurred in connection with the Transaction Documents;

(f)

arising from entering into and performing any rights or obligations in respect of (i) agreements with rating agencies and (ii) engagement letters and reliance letters in respect of legal, accounting and other advice or reports received or commissioned by it, in each case, in relation to transactions which are not prohibited by this Agreement;

(g)

incurred as a result of operation of law; or

(h)

permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

Premier League” means The Football Association Premier League (and any successors) or any replacement league.

Premier League Handbook” means the Premier League Handbook (as updated and/or amended from time to time) published by The Football Association Premier League Limited or any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Quarter Date” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

(a)

(if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period;

(b)

(if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or

(c)

(for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given

31


by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

Reconciliation Statement” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements).

Reference Bank Quotation” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank.

Regulations T, U and X” means, respectively, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”) means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Interbank Market” means in relation to euro, the European interbank market and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor:

(a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)

any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

(c)

any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and

(d)

the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Relevant Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Renewal Request” means in relation to a Letter of Credit, a written notice delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.6(a) (Renewal of a Letter of Credit)

Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 24.1 (Status) to Clause 24.6 (Governing law and enforcement) and paragraph ‎(c) of Clause 24.9 (Financial statements).

Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

(a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

(i)

the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

32


(ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

(b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

(c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Resignation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Letter).

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rollover Loan” means one or more Utilisations:

(a)

made or to be made on the same day that:

(i)

a maturing Loan is due to be repaid; or

(ii)

a demand by the Agent pursuant to a drawing in respect of a Letter of Credit is due to be met;

(b)

the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit;

(c)

in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency)) or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; and

(d)

made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of:

(i)

refinancing that maturing Loan; or

(ii)

satisfying the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time:

(a)

any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state or any other relevant sanction authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business;

33


(b)

any Person located, operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; or

(c)

any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business.

Screen Rate” means:

(a)

in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate); and

(b)

in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate),

or in each case, displayed on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, on or after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, in relation to a Screen Rate:

(a)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, materially changed;

(b)

(i)

(A)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

(B)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(ii)

the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

34


(iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

(iv)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used;

(c)

the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company) temporary; or

(ii)

that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the period opposite that Screen Rate in Schedule 21 (Screen Rate contingency periods); or

(d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement relating to this Agreement dated on or about [·] 2021 and made between, inter alia, the Company and the Agent.

Second Amendment and Restatement Effective Date” means the Effective Date as defined in the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Secured Parties” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Confirmation Deed” means the deed of confirmation dated on or about the date of the First Amendment and Restatement Agreement, entered into between, the Chargors (as defined therein) and Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company as security trustee.

Senior Note Documents” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Notes” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Debt” means the Senior Notes and any Pari Passu Debt but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Senior Unsecured Note Issuer” means a special purpose entity incorporated for the purpose of issuing or borrowing Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and which has, on or prior to issue date (howsoever described) of the relevant Senior Unsecured Notes, become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer.

Separate Loan” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Loans).

Solvent” means with respect to a U.S. Obligor incorporated in the U.S. and its Subsidiaries as of any date, that as of such date:

35


(a)

the fair value of the assets of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis;

(b)

the present fair saleable value of the assets of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, on the debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;

(c)

such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and

(d)

such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have unreasonably small capital.

(e)

For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability as determined in good faith by the Company.

Specified Contracts” means:

(a)

up to (and including) its expiry or termination, the sponsorship agreement dated 3 November 2000, with effect on 1 August 2002, and entered into between Manchester United Merchandising Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Nike), MUL (named Manchester United PLC at time of signing of the contract) and MUFC (named Manchester United Football Club PLC at time of signing of the contract) (the “Nike Agreement”);

(b)

from (and including) its effective date, the sponsorship agreement dated 18 June 2014 between adidas (UK) Limited and MUFC (as may be amended and/or restated, novated, modified or supplemented from time to time) (the “adidas Agreement”) or any replacement or successor contract thereof; and

(c)

(i) the global sponsorship agreement dated 27 July 2011 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC and (ii) the shirt sponsorship agreement dated 26 July 2012 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC or, in each case, any replacement or successor contract thereof.

Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 (Timetables).

Sponsorship Newco” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business of the Group (which, for the purpose of this definition, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

Stadium” means the football stadium at Old Trafford Stadium, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester M16 0RA, England owned by MUL.

Structural Adjustment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 41.3 (Exceptions).

36


Subordinated Shareholder Funding” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

Super Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Term” means, in relation to any Letter of Credit, each period determined under this Agreement for which the Issuing Bank is under a liability under a Letter of Credit.

Terminating Hedge Agreements” means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and National Westminster Bank plc dated 29 January 2010 (as may be amended and/or restated, supplemented or modified from time to time).

Termination Date” means:

(a)

in respect of the Initial Facility, the Initial Termination Date; and

(b)

in respect of an Additional Facility, the date specified in the Additional Facility Notice for that Additional Facility (or as otherwise agreed by the relevant Borrower(s) and the Additional Facility Lender(s) under that Additional Facility from time to time).

Third Party Disposal” means the disposal (directly or indirectly) of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group where that disposal:

(a)

is permitted or not prohibited under Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) or any applicable term of this Agreement; or

(b)

is made with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Total Initial Facility Commitments and all Additional Facility Commitments, being as at the Second Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, £150,000,000.

Total Initial Facility Commitments” means the aggregate of the Initial Facility Commitments, being £150,000,000 at the Second Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

37


Transaction Documents” means the Finance Documents, Senior Note Documents, each Hedging Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and each other Debt Document.

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” means the Existing Security Documents, each of the documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in paragraph 4 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) and any document required to be delivered to the Agent under paragraph 15 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents.

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

(a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

UEFA” means the Union of European Football Associations and any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

UK Bail-In Legislation” means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

U.S.” means the United States of America.

U.S. Bankruptcy Law” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) and any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

U.S. Borrower” means a Borrower that is a U.S. Person.

U.S. Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a U.S. Person.

U.S. Obligor” means a U.S. Borrower or U.S. Guarantor.

U.S. Person” means “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and includes an entity whose sole owner is a U.S. Person if the entity is disregarded as being

38


an entity separate from such owner for US federal tax purposes. As of the date of this Agreement, each of the Original Guarantors (other than MUF) is treated as a U.S. Person.

U.S. Tax Obligor” means:

(a)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the U.S. or otherwise treated as a United States person (or a disregarded entity whose owner is a United States person) for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

(b)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

“USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Utilisation” means a Loan or a Letter of Credit.

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made or the relevant Letter of Credit is to be issued as applicable.

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices).

VAT” means:

(a)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

(b)

any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

(a)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

(c)

in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

39


(i)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

Yield” means the applicable margin, original issue discount (“OID”) fees and upfront fees but excluding arrangement fees not generally shared with lenders (where such OID fees and upfront fees are equated to interest on the basis of an assumed three-year life to maturity of the applicable Additional Facility).

1.2

Construction

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears a reference in any Finance Document to:

(i)

the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Issuing Bank”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Trustee” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents and, in the case of the Security Trustee, any person for the time being appointed as Security Trustee or Security Trustees in accordance with the Finance Documents;

(ii)

a document in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent (acting reasonably);

(iii)

assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iv)

a “Finance Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

(v)

guarantee” means (other than in Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

(vi)

including” means including without limitation and “includes” and “included” shall be construed accordingly;

(vii)

indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

40


(viii)

the “Interest Period” of a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the Term of that Letter of Credit;

(ix)

a Lender's “participation” in relation to a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the relevant amount that is or may be payable by a Lender in relation to that Letter of Credit;

(x)

a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(xi)

a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law being one with which it is the practice of the relevant person to comply with) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(xii)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

(xiii)

a time of day is a reference to London time;

(xiv)

words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

(xv)

the “date of this Agreement” (as referred to herein only) means 22 May 2015;

(xvi)

the “equivalent” in any currency (the “first currency”) of any amount in another currency (the “second currency”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day (or at or about such time and on such date as the Agent may from time to time reasonably determine to be appropriate in the circumstances).

(b)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

(c)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any  Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(d)

A Borrower providing “cash cover” for a Letter of Credit or an Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Letter of Credit (or, as the case may be, the Ancillary Facility) to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions being met:

(i)

the account is with the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender (or, in each case, any Affiliate which is an Acceptable Bank) for which that cash cover is to be provided (or, if such person so agrees, with the Security Trustee);

(ii)

subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 7.5 (Cash cover by Borrower), until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility, withdrawals from the account (other than accrued interest) may only be made to pay the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender for which the cash cover

41


             is to be provided amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; and

(iii)

the Borrower has executed a security document over that account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Ancillary Lender (and where it is to hold the relevant security, the Security Trustee) with which that account is held (each acting reasonably), creating a first ranking security interest, but in any event on terms no more onerous than the existing Transaction Security Documents, over that account,

unless an Acceleration Event has occurred, any interest accruing on any such account will be paid to the order of the relevant Borrower.

(e)

A Default and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived.

(f)

For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that any Default or Event of Default arising from a failure to deliver a document or perform an act within a period of time or on or by a specified date shall be capable of remedy and shall cease to be continuing once that document has been delivered or act performed.

(g)

A Borrower “repaying” or “prepaying” a Letter of Credit, or Ancillary Outstandings means:

(i)

that Borrower providing cash cover for that Letter of Credit or in respect of the Ancillary Outstandings;

(ii)

the maximum amount payable under the Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms;

(iii)

the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender (each acting reasonably) being satisfied that it has no further liability under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; or

(iv)

in the case of a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit expires in accordance with its terms or is otherwise returned by the beneficiary with its written confirmation that it is released and cancelled,

and the amount by which a Letter of Credit is, or Ancillary Outstandings are, repaid or prepaid under paragraphs (f)(i) to (f)(iv) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover or reduction.

(h)

An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised by way of Letter of Credit or under an Ancillary Facility.

(i)

A Lender funding its participation in a Utilisation includes a Lender participating in a Letter of Credit.

(j)

An outstanding amount of a Letter of Credit at any time is the maximum amount that is or may be payable by the relevant Borrower in respect of that Letter of Credit at that time.

(k)

For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the provisions of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default), in the context of Clause 24 (Representations), Clause 27 (General Undertakings) or Clause 28 (Events of Default)) a reference to an amount (or its equivalent in another currency or

42


            currencies) shall be determined by reference to the rate of exchange (determined in accordance with the definition of equivalent pursuant to paragraph (a)(xv) above) on the date of commitment, incurrence or making of a particular disposal, acquisition, investment, lease, loan, debt or guarantee or taking any other relevant action and any subsequent exchange rate fluctuation shall not cause a Default or an Event of Default or the breach of any provision of Clause 27 (General Undertakings) or misrepresentation in respect of any provision of Clause 24 (Representations).

(l)

Unless specifically provided to the contrary a reference to “Subsidiary” or “Material Company” or “member of the Group” excludes each Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(m)

Without limiting the definition of “Accounting Principles”, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Original Financial Statements of the Company for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in the Accounting Principles relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes.

1.3

Currency Symbols and Definitions

$”, “USD” and “dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America “£”, “GBP” and “sterling” denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom and “”, “EUR” and “euro” denote the single currency of the Participating Member States.

1.4

Terms defined in the Restrictive Covenants Schedule

Unless a contrary intention appears, capitalised terms used in this Agreement which are not defined in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) have the meaning given to them in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

1.5

Third party rights

(a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of any Finance Document.

(b)

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary any Finance Document at any time.

1.6

Lender Affiliates and Facility Office

(a)

In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Borrower (“Designated Loans”) a Lender (a “Designating Lender”) may at any time and from time to time (but, in the case of a designation made after receipt by the Agent of a Utilisation Request for a Loan, no later than the next Business Day following the Quotation Day for that Loan) designate (by written notice to the Facility Agent and the Company):

(i)

a substitute Facility Office from which it will make Designated Loans (a “Substitute Facility Office”); or

(ii)

nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a “Substitute Affiliate Lender”).

(b)

A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in Schedule 19 (Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice) and be

43


            countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Lender.

(c)

The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement. The Obligors, the Agent, the Security Trustee and the other Finance Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Facility Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender. In particular the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.

(d)

Save as mentioned in paragraph (c) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under the Finance Documents and having a Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.

(e)

A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the Agent and the Company provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender.

(f)

If a Designating Lender designates a Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender in accordance with this Clause 1.6:

(i)

any Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be treated for the purposes of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) as having become a Lender on the date of the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice; and

(ii)

subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), the provisions of Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) shall not apply to or in respect of any Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender.

1.7

Acknowledgment Regarding any Supported QFCs

To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any hedging agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, "QFC Credit Support", and each such QFC, a "Supported QFC"), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the "U.S. Special Resolution Regimes") in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support:

(a)

In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a "Covered Party") becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer

44


               would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b)

As used in this Clause 1.7, the following terms have the following meanings:

(i)

"BHC Act Affiliate" of a party means an "affiliate" (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

(ii)

"Covered Entity" means any of the following:  (i) a "covered entity" as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a "covered bank" as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a "covered FSI" as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

(iii)

"Default Right" has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

(iv)

"QFC" has the meaning assigned to the term "qualified financial contract" in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

45


SECTION 2

THE FACILITIES

2.

THE FACILITIES

2.1

The Facilities

(a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a multicurrency revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount the Base Currency Amount of which is equal to the Total Initial Facility Commitments;

(b)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, one or more Additional Facilities may be established and made available pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities).

(c)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to any of the Borrowers in place of all or part of its Commitments.

2.2

Increase

(a)

The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of:

(i)

the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 11.6 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

(ii)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Illegality),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the applicable currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:

(A)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other persons (each an “Increase Lender”) selected by the Company including, without limitation, any Investor Affiliate (so long as any such assumption by any Investor Affiliate is in compliance with and treated as a debt purchase transaction the subject of Clause 30 (Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions)) and each of which confirms (in its absolute discretion) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, a Lender is not under any obligation to assume any increase in its commitment;

(B)

each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

(C)

each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

46


(D)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

(E)

any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

(b)

An increase in the Total Commitments pursuant to this Clause 2.2 will only be effective on:

(i)

the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender, which the Agent shall execute promptly on request;

(ii)

in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase:

(A)

the Increase Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(B)

the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company, the Increase Lender and each Issuing Bank; and

(iii)

the relevant Issuing Bank consenting to the identity of the relevant Increase Lender (unless that Increase Lender is a person with a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB or Baa2 (as applicable) according to at least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, in which case no consent of such Issuing Bank shall be required).

(c)

Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

(d)

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees, the Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 29.3 (Assignment or transfer fee) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

(e)

The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

(f)

Clause 29.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

(i)

an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

(ii)

the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and

47


(iii)

a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.

(g)

The Finance Parties shall be required to enter into any amendment to the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, in relation to any changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security) required by the Company in order to facilitate or reflect any of the matters contemplated by this Clause 2.2. The Agent and the Security Trustee are each authorised and instructed by each Finance Party to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Documents (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

2.3

Additional Facilities

(a)

The Company may at any time or times notify the Agent by delivery of an Additional Facility Notice that it wishes to add one or more additional facilities under the Finance Documents, either as a new facility and/or as an additional tranche of any existing facility (each an “Additional Facility”).

(b)

The Company shall offer the Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender, any Lender who has at any time been a Defaulting Lender and any Lender that is not an Acceptable Bank under paragraph (a) of the definition thereof (such Lenders being the “Excluded Lenders”)) at the relevant time (pro rata to their share of the Total Commitments (excluding for this purpose the Commitments of the Excluded Lenders)) the first opportunity to provide any Additional Facility, provided that if none of those Lenders agrees to lend such Additional Facility on terms satisfactory to the Company within any time limit specified by the Company in such offer to those Lenders (being not less than 10 Business Days) and subject to compliance with the terms of this Clause 2.3, any other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets may arrange and underwrite such Additional Facility.

(c)

No consent of any Lender is required to establish an Additional Facility (other than any Lender which is to provide that Additional Facility) provided that:

(i)

the maximum aggregate principal amount of Additional Facility Commitments established pursuant to this Clause 2.3 may not over the life of the Facilities exceed £25,000,000 (or its equivalent);

(ii)

the Additional Facility is a revolving credit facility;

(iii)

the Additional Facility is not being provided by a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(iv)

the Yield in respect of any Additional Facility established on or prior to the date falling 12 months from the Closing Date may not exceed the original Yield in respect of the Initial Facility by more than 1.00 per cent. per annum (unless, simultaneously with such Additional Facility becoming effective, the Yield in respect of the Initial Facility is increased (including at each level of the margin ratchet) such that the Yield in respect of that Additional Facility does not exceed the Yield in respect of the Initial Facility by more than 1.00 per cent. per annum) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph (iv) shall not apply to any Additional Facility established after the date falling 12 months after the Closing Date);

48


(v)

the Termination Date for an Additional Facility (for the avoidance of doubt excluding any prepayment in accordance with the terms of such Additional Facility) may not fall prior to the Initial Termination Date;

(vi)

the Additional Facility ranks equally with the Initial Facility in right and priority of payment unless and to the extent otherwise set out in this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(vii)

no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise when such Additional Facility is established;

(d)

No Additional Facility Notice will be regarded as having been duly completed unless it specifies the following matters in respect of such Additional Facility:

(i)

the proposed Borrower(s) in respect of the Additional Facility and confirmation that the proposed Lender is not a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(ii)

the persons to become Additional Facility Lenders in respect of the Additional Facility;

(iii)

the amount of the Additional Facility (specified in the Base Currency) being made available;

(iv)

the Yield applicable to the Additional Facility (including any applicable Margin and margin ratchet);

(v)

the Termination Date for the Additional Facility;

(vi)

the currency or currencies in which the Additional Facility is available for utilisation; and

(vii)

the Additional Facility Commencement Date for the Additional Facility,

without prejudice to the rights of the Agent to request any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in relation to such Additional Facility (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the provision of such information shall not be a condition to the establishment of such Additional Facility).

(e)

Subject to the conditions set out in paragraph (c) above being satisfied, following receipt by the Agent of a duly completed Additional Facility Notice and with effect from the relevant Additional Facility Commencement Date (or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (f) below are satisfied):

(i)

the Lender(s) in respect of the relevant Additional Facility (each an “Additional Facility Lender”) shall make available that Additional Facility in the aggregate amount set out in the Additional Facility Notice;

(ii)

each of the Obligors and each such Additional Facility Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and such Additional Facility Lenders would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Facility Lenders been Original Lenders;

(iii)

in the case of each such Additional Facility Lender who is not already a Party as a Lender, each such Additional Facility Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”;

49


(iv)

each such Additional Facility Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as those Additional Facility Lenders and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Facility Lenders been Original Lenders; and

(v)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect.

(f)

The establishment of an Additional Facility will only be effective on:

(i)

receipt by the Agent of an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice from each person referred to in the relevant Additional Facility Notice as an Additional Facility Lender that is not already a Lender;

(ii)

the Additional Facility Lender performing all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar identification checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the provision of its Additional Facility Commitments to the relevant Additional Facility Borrower, the completion of which the Additional Facility Lender shall promptly notify to the Agent and the Company; and

(iii)

in relation to an Additional Facility Lender which is not already a Lender, the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar identification checks that the Agent is required to perform under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that Additional Facility Lender making available an Additional Facility, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company.

(g)

Each Obligor irrevocably authorises the Company to sign each Additional Facility Notice on its behalf and each Finance Party irrevocably authorises and instructs:

(i)

the Agent to acknowledge and confirm acceptance of each Additional Facility Notice; and

(ii)

the Agent and the Security Trustee to acknowledge, execute and confirm acceptance of each Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice.

The Agent shall as soon as reasonably practicable send to the Company a copy of each executed Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice.

(h)

The Finance Documents shall at the request of the Company be amended (including, without limitation, in relation to any changes to, taking of, or release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security) required to give effect to an Additional Facility by the Agent and/or the Security Trustee (on behalf of the then existing Finance Parties) and the Company entering into such documentation as is necessary, desirable, consequential on or incidental to implementing that Additional Facility (including any documentation to incorporate any additional terms and conditions of the Additional Facility in the Finance Documents). The Agent and the Security Trustee are each authorised and instructed by each Finance Party to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Document (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

(i)

Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the terms applicable to any Additional Facility will be those agreed by the Additional Facility Lenders in respect of that Additional Facility and the Company. If there is any inconsistency between any such term agreed in respect of an Additional Facility and any term of this Agreement, the

50


term agreed in respect of the Additional Facility shall prevail (without prejudice to paragraph (c) above).

(j)

Each Additional Facility Lender, by executing an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the relevant Additional Facility becomes effective.

(k)

Each Obligor confirms:

(i)

the authority of the Company to agree, implement and establish an Additional Facility in accordance with this Agreement; and

(ii)

in the case of any Additional Facility which the Company has elected will benefit from the guarantees granted under the Finance Documents and/or Transaction Security (as the case may be), that its guarantee and indemnity recorded in Clause 23 (Guarantees and Indemnity) (or any applicable Accession Deed or other Finance Document) and/or, as the case may be, the relevant Transaction Security granted by it will, subject only to any applicable limitations set out in the Finance Documents, extend to include the relevant obligations arising under or in respect of the relevant Additional Facility.

(l)

For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender will have any obligation to participate in an Additional Facility (unless it has executed and delivered an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice in respect of that Additional Facility).

(m)

The Agent is authorised (but not obliged) to disclose the terms of any Additional Facility Notice to any of the other Finance Parties.

(n)

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause 2.3 are without prejudice to any rights of the Group under Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

2.4

Finance Parties' rights and obligations

(a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

(c)

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

2.5

Obligors' Agent

(a)

Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

51


(i)

the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

(ii)

each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

(b)

Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors' Agent or given to the Obligors' Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors' Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors' Agent shall prevail.

3.

PURPOSE

3.1

Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Initial Facility, any Letter of Credit and any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group (other than (a) the prepayment of any Senior Secured Debt or (b) in the case of any such utilisation of any Ancillary Facility, towards prepayment of any Utilisation). For the avoidance of doubt amounts borrowed under this Agreement may be used towards the making of acquisitions (including, but not limited to, the acquisition of players).

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

(a)

No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received (or waived the requirement to receive on the instructions of the Majority Lenders under the relevant Facility or is otherwise satisfied (acting reasonably) that it will receive such documents and evidence on or prior to the first Utilisation Date) (i) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) (other than the documents listed in paragraphs 2(a) and 6(a) in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent)), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and (ii) all of the documents and other evidence listed in paragraphs 2(a) and 6(a) in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) which, for the avoidance of

52


doubt, will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

(b)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.2

Further conditions precedent

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) in relation to a Utilisation if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

(a)

in the case of any Utilisation other than a Rollover Loan:

(i)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

(ii)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all respects by reference to the facts then subsisting or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects; and

(b)

in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Acceleration Event has occurred.

4.3

Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

(a)

A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Utilisation if:

(i)

it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation; and

(ii)

it is euro or dollars or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders under the relevant Facility) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Utilisation.

(b)

If the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above in relation to a Facility, the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time:

(i)

whether or not all the Lenders under the relevant Facility have granted their approval; and

(ii)

if approval has been granted, the minimum amount for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

4.4

Maximum number of Utilisations

(a)

A Borrower (or the Company) may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

(i)

more than 20 Initial Facility Loans would be outstanding; and

53


(ii)

in relation to an Additional Facility, more than the maximum number of Additional Facility Loans set out in the Additional Facility Notice (if any) would be outstanding.

(b)

Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

(c)

Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

(d)

A Borrower (or the Company) may not request that a Letter of Credit be issued or made under:

(i)

the Initial Facility if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, more than 15 Letters of Credit would be outstanding under the Initial Facility; and

(ii)

an Additional Facility, if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, more than the maximum number of Letters of Credit (if any) set out in the Additional Facility Notice would be outstanding in respect of the relevant Additional Facility.

54


SECTION 3

UTILISATION

5.

UTILISATION - LOANS

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may utilise a Facility by way of a Loan by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans

(a)

Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i)

it identifies the Facility or Facilities to be utilised;

(ii)

it identifies the Borrower of the Loan;

(iii)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the relevant Facility;

(iv)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

(v)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 15 (Interest Periods).

(b)

Multiple Utilisations may be requested in a Utilisation Request where the proposed Utilisation Date is the Closing Date. Only one Utilisation may be requested in each subsequent Utilisation Request.

5.3

Currency and amount

(a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

(b)

The amount of the proposed Utilisation must be:

(i)

if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of £1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility;

(ii)

if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of €1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility;

(iii)

if the currency selected is dollars, a minimum of $2,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility; or

(iv)

if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or dollars, the minimum amount specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility.

55


5.4

Lenders' participation

(a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Loans), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by no later than 2.30pm on the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

(b)

The amount of each Lender's participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment under the Facility under which such Loan is being made to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

(c)

The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan and, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in cash by the Specified Time.

5.5

Cancellation of Commitment

(a)

The Total Initial Facility Commitments shall be immediately cancelled if the Closing Date has not occurred 60 days after the date of this Agreement (or such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) and the Company may agree).

(b)

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

6.

UTILISATION - LETTERS OF CREDIT

6.1

The Facilities

(a)

The Facilities may be utilised by way of Letters of Credit.

(b)

Other than Clause 5.5 (Cancellation of Commitment), Clause 5 (Utilisation - Loans) does not apply to utilisations by way of Letters of Credit.

(c)

In determining the amount of Available Facility and a Lender’s L/C Proportion of a proposed Letter of Credit for the purposes of this Agreement the Available Commitment of a Lender will be calculated ignoring any cash cover provided for outstanding Letters of Credit.

6.2

Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request a Letter of Credit to be issued by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

6.3

Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit

Each Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(a)

it specifies that it is for a Letter of Credit;

(b)

it identifies the Borrower of the Letter of Credit;

(c)

it identifies the Issuing Bank which has agreed to issue the Letter of Credit;

56


(d)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the relevant Facility;

(e)

the currency and amount of the Letter of Credit comply with Clause 6.4 (Currency and amount);

(f)

the form of Letter of Credit is attached;

(g)

the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit falls on or before the relevant Termination Date (unless the Issuing Bank and the Lenders otherwise agree and the relevant Borrower provides cash cover for the Letter of Credit on the relevant Termination Date);

(h)

the Term of the Letter of Credit is 12 Months or less (unless the Issuing Bank  and the Lenders under the Facility pursuant to which the Letter of Credit is issued otherwise agree and the relevant Borrower provides cash cover for the Letter of Credit on the date falling 12 Months after the date of the issue of the Letter of Credit);

(i)

the delivery instructions for the Letter of Credit are specified; and

(j)

the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit is identified and approved by the Issuing Bank (acting reasonably and having regard only to legal and regulatory restrictions (if any) and its formal internal policies applicable to letters of credit).

6.4

Currency and amount

(a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

(b)

The amount of the proposed Letter of Credit must be an amount whose Base Currency Amount is not more than the Available Facility under the relevant Facility and which is:

(i)

if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of £1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility;

(ii)

if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of €1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility;

(iii)

if the currency selected is dollars, a minimum of $2,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility; or

(iv)

if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or dollars, the minimum amount specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility.

6.5

Issue of Letter of Credit

(a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall issue the requested Letter of Credit on the Utilisation Date.

(b)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), the Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above in relation to a Letter of Credit, if on the date of the Utilisation Request or Renewal Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

57


(i)

in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with paragraph (c) of Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit), no Acceleration Event has occurred; and

(ii)

in the case of any other Utilisation by way of Letter of Credit:

(A)

no Default is continuing; and

(B)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing are true in all respects, or in the case of such representations and warranties which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are true in all material respects.

(c)

The amount of each Lender's participation in each Letter of Credit will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitments under the Facility under which the Letter of Credit is issued to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of the Letter of Credit.

(d)

The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit which is to be issued in an Optional Currency and shall notify the Issuing Bank and each Lender of the details of the requested Letter of Credit and its participation in that Letter of Credit by the Specified Time.

(e)

The Issuing Bank has no duty to enquire of any person whether or not any of the conditions set out in paragraph (b) above have been met. The Issuing Bank may assume that those conditions have been met unless it is expressly notified to the contrary by the Agent. The Issuing Bank will have no liability to any person for issuing a Letter of Credit based on such assumption.

(f)

The Issuing Bank is solely responsible for the form of the Letter of Credit that it issues. The Agent has no duty to monitor the form of that document.

(g)

Subject to Clause 32.6(a)(i) (Rights and discretions), each of the Issuing Bank and the Agent shall provide the other with any information reasonably requested by the other that relates to a Letter of Credit and its issue.

(h)

The Issuing Bank may issue a Letter of Credit in the form of a SWIFT message or other form of communication customary in the relevant market but has not obligation to do so.

6.6

Renewal of a Letter of Credit

(a)

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request that any Letter of Credit issued on behalf of that Borrower be renewed by delivery to the Agent of a Renewal Request in substantially similar form to a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit by the Specified Time.

(b)

Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letter of Credit), the Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit except that the condition set out in paragraph (f) of Clause 6.3 (Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit) shall not apply.

(c)

The terms of each renewed Letter of Credit shall be the same as those of the relevant Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, except that:

58


(i)

its amount may be less than the amount of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal; and

(ii)

its Term shall start on the date which was the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, and shall end on the proposed Expiry Date specified in the Renewal Request.

(d)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall amend and re-issue any Letter of Credit pursuant to a Renewal Request.

6.7

Reduction of a Letter of Credit

(a)

If, on the proposed Utilisation Date of a Letter of Credit, any of the Lenders is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and:

(i)

that Lender has failed to provide cash collateral to the Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender); and

(ii)

either:

(A)

the Issuing Bank has not required the relevant Borrower to provide cash cover pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Cash cover by Borrower); or

(B)

the relevant Borrower has failed to provide cash cover to the Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Cash cover by Borrower),

the Issuing Bank may reduce the amount of that Letter of Credit by an amount equal to the amount of the participation of that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender in respect of that Letter of Credit and that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender shall be deemed not to have any participation (or obligation to indemnify the Issuing Bank) in respect of that Letter of Credit for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

(b)

The Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent and the Company of each reduction made pursuant to this Clause 6.7.

(c)

This Clause 6.7 shall not affect the participation of each other Lender in that Letter of Credit.

6.8

Revaluation of Letters of Credit

(a)

If any Letters of Credit are denominated in an Optional Currency, the Agent shall at six monthly intervals after the date of this Agreement recalculate the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit by notionally converting into the Base Currency the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit on the basis of the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of calculation. The Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the amount, if any, by which any Letter of Credit exceeds the Base Currency Amount of such Letter of Credit.

(b)

The Company shall, if requested by the Agent within 7 Business Days of any calculation under paragraph (a) above, ensure that within ten Business Days of the revaluation date sufficient Utilisations are prepaid (which may be effected as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of Clause 1.2 (Construction)) to prevent the Base Currency Amount of the Utilisations exceeding the Total Commitments (after deducting the total Ancillary Commitments) following any adjustment to a Base Currency Amount under paragraph (a) of this Clause 6.8.

59


6.9

Appointment of additional Issuing Banks

Any Lender which has agreed to the Company’s request to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall become an Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement upon notifying the Agent and the Company that it has agreed to be an Issuing Bank and on making that notification that Lender shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement as an Issuing Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, there may be more than one Issuing Bank at any time under this Agreement.

7.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

7.1

Immediately payable

(a)

If a Letter of Credit or any amount outstanding under a Letter of Credit is expressed to be immediately payable, the Borrower that requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) the issue of that Letter of Credit shall repay or prepay that amount promptly on demand by the relevant Issuing Bank.

(b)

Each Issuing Bank shall immediately notify the Agent of any demand received by it under and in accordance with any Letter of Credit (including details of the Letter of Credit under which such demand has been received and the amount demanded). The Agent shall immediately on receipt of any such notice notify the Company, the Borrower for whose account that Letter of Credit was issued and each of the Lenders under the Facility.

7.2

Claims under a Letter of Credit

(a)

Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Issuing Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Letter of Credit requested by it (or requested by the Company on its behalf) and which appears on its face to be in order (in this Clause 7, a “claim”).

(b)

Each Borrower that requested the relevant Letter of Credit shall immediately on demand or, if such payment is being funded by a Loan, shall within five Business Days of demand, pay to the Agent for the Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of any claim provided that if such drawing is for the same amount and in the same currency as such Letter of Credit then it shall be treated as a Rollover Loan.

(c)

Each Borrower acknowledges that the Issuing Bank:

(i)

is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a claim; and

(ii)

deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any person.

(d)

The obligations of a Borrower under this Clause 7 will not be affected by:

(i)

the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or

(ii)

any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document.

60


7.3

Indemnities

(a)

Each Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank's fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct or wilful breach of any Finance Document) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit requested by (or on behalf of) that Borrower.

(b)

Each Lender shall (according to its L/C Proportion) immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank's fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct or wilful breach of any Finance Document) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit (unless the Issuing Bank has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

(c)

If any Lender is not permitted (by its constitutional documents or any applicable law) to comply with paragraph (b) above, then that Lender will not be obliged to comply with paragraph (b) and shall instead be deemed to have taken, on the date the Letter of Credit is issued (or if later, on the date the Lender's participation in the Letter of Credit is transferred or assigned to the Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), an undivided interest and participation in the Letter of Credit in an amount equal to its L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit.  On receipt of demand from the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above, that Lender shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Issuing Bank) an amount equal to its L/C Proportion of the amount demanded.

(d)

The Borrower which requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) a Letter of Credit shall promptly on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment it makes to the Issuing Bank under this Clause 7.3 in respect of that Letter of Credit except to the extent arising out of the fraud, gross negligence, wilful misconduct of, or wilful breach of the terms of this Agreement in relation to such Letter of Credit by, such Lender.

(e)

The obligations of each Lender or Borrower under this Clause 7.3 are continuing obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by that Lender or Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

(f)

If a Borrower has provided cash cover in respect of a Lender’s participation in a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall seek reimbursement from that cash cover before making a demand of that Lender under paragraph (b) above. Any recovery made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to that cash cover will reduce that Lender’s liability under paragraph (b) above.

(g)

The obligations of any Lender or Borrower under this Clause 7.3 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 7.3, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 7.3  (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any other person) including:

(i)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person;

(ii)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor or any member of the Group;

61


(iii)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(iv)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person;

(v)

any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security;

(vi)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security; or

(vii)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

7.4

Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender

(a)

If, at any time, a Lender is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, the Issuing Bank may, by notice to that Lender, request that Lender to pay and that Lender shall pay, on or prior to the date falling three Business Days after the request by the Issuing Bank, an amount equal to that Lender's L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of any Letter of Credit and in the currency of each such Letter of Credit to an interest-bearing account held in the name of that Lender with the Issuing Bank.

(b)

The Non-Acceptable L/C Lender to whom a request has been made in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall enter into a security document or other form of collateral arrangement over the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (acting reasonably), as collateral for any amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents by that Lender to the Issuing Bank in respect of that Letter of Credit.

(c)

Subject to paragraph (f) below, until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit, withdrawals from the account referred to in paragraph (a) above may only be made to pay to the Issuing Bank amounts due and payable to the Issuing Bank by the Non-Acceptable L/C Lender under the Finance Documents in respect of that Letter of Credit.

(d)

Each Lender shall notify the Agent and the Company:

(i)

on the date of this Agreement or on any later date on which it becomes such a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) whether it is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; and

(ii)

as soon as practicable upon becoming aware of the same, that it has become a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender,

and an indication in a Transfer Certificate or in an Assignment Agreement to that effect will constitute a notice under paragraph (d)(i) to the Agent and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate

62


Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company), to the Company.

(e)

Any notice received by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall constitute notice to the Issuing Bank of that Lender's status and the Agent shall, upon receiving each such notice, promptly notify the Issuing Bank of that Lender's status as specified in that notice.

(f)

If a Lender who has provided cash collateral in accordance with this Clause 7.4:

(i)

ceases to be a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; and

(ii)

no amount is due and payable by that Lender in respect of a Letter of Credit,

that Lender may, at any time it is not a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, by notice to the Issuing Bank request that an amount equal to the amount of the cash provided by it as collateral in respect of that Letter of Credit (together with any accrued interest) standing to the credit of the relevant account held with the Issuing Bank be returned to it and the Issuing Bank shall pay that amount to the Lender within three Business Days after the request from the Lender (and shall cooperate with the Lender in order to procure that the relevant security or collateral arrangement is released and discharged).

7.5

Cash cover by Borrower

(a)

If a Lender which is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender fails to provide cash collateral (or notifies the Issuing Bank that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender), the Issuing Bank shall notify the Company (with a copy to the Agent) that it requires the Borrower of the relevant Letter of Credit or proposed Letter of Credit to provide cash cover to an account with the Issuing Bank in an amount equal to that Lender's L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit and in the currency of that Letter of Credit then that Borrower shall do so within five Business Days (or such longer date as is agreed with the Issuing Bank, acting reasonably) after the notice is given.

(b)

Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of Clause 1.2 (Construction) the Issuing Bank shall agree to the withdrawal of amounts up to the level of that cash cover from the account if:

(i)

the relevant Lender is no longer a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and has given notice to this effect to the Issuing Bank;

(ii)

the relevant Lender's obligations in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit are transferred to a New Lender that is not a Non-Acceptable Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

(iii)

an Increase Lender has agreed to undertake the obligations in respect of the relevant Lenders’ L/C Proportion of the Letter of Credit.

(c)

To the extent that a Borrower has complied with its obligations to provide cash cover in respect of a Letter of Credit in accordance with this Clause 7.5, the relevant Lender's L/C Proportion in respect of that Letter of Credit will remain (but that Lender's obligations in relation to that Letter of Credit may be satisfied in accordance with paragraph (d)(ii) of Clause 1.2 (Construction)).  However, the relevant Borrower's obligation to pay any Letter of Credit fee in relation to the relevant Letter of Credit to the Agent (for the account of that Lender) in accordance with paragraph

63


(b) of Clause 17.6 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit) will be reduced proportionately as from the date on which it complies with that obligation to provide cash cover (and for so long as the relevant amount of cash cover continues to stand as collateral).

(d)

The relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of the extent to which a Borrower provides cash cover pursuant to this Clause 7.5 and of any change in the amount of cash cover so provided.

7.6

Rights of contribution

No Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 7.

8.

OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

8.1

Selection of currency

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall select the currency of a Utilisation in a Utilisation Request.

8.2

Unavailability of a currency

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

(a)

a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

(b)

a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower or Company to that effect by the Specified Time on that day.  In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 8.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender's proportion of the Base Currency Amount, or in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender's proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

8.3

Agent's calculations

Each Lender's participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation).

9.

ANCILLARY FACILITIES

9.1

Type of Facility

An Ancillary Facility may be by way of:

(a)

an overdraft facility;

(b)

a cheque clearing facility;

(c)

a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility;

64


(d)

a short term loan facility;

(e)

a derivatives facility;

(f)

a BACS facility;

(g)

a foreign exchange facility;

(h)

a credit card facility;

(i)

a derivatives or hedging facility;

(j)

an automated payments or other current account facility; or

(k)

any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Company and an Ancillary Lender.

9.2

Availability

(a)

If the Company and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Lender may provide an Ancillary Facility on a bilateral basis in place of all or part of that Lender's unutilised Commitment under a Facility (which shall (except for the purposes of determining the Majority Lenders and of Clause 41.3(g)(vii) (Replacement or repayment of Lender)) be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under that Ancillary Facility).

(b)

An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than three Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for an Ancillary Facility (or, in the case of any Ancillary Facility to be made available on the Closing Date, on or before the Closing Date) the Agent has received from the Company:

(i)

a notice in writing of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying:

(A)

the proposed Borrower(s) (or Affiliates of a Borrower which is a member of the Group) which may use the Ancillary Facility;

(B)

the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility;

(C)

the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided;

(D)

the proposed Ancillary Lender;

(E)

the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, if the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account its maximum gross amount (that amount being the “Designated Gross Amount”) and its maximum net amount (that amount being the “Designated Net Amount”); and

(F)

the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (if not denominated in the Base Currency);

(ii)

a copy of the proposed Ancillary Facility Document; and

(iii)

any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility.

65


The Agent shall promptly notify the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility.

No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 9.2).  In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and waivers will apply.

(c)

Subject to compliance with paragraph (b) above:

(i)

the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and

(ii)

the Ancillary Facility will be available,

with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.

9.3

Terms of Ancillary Facilities

(a)

Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Company.

(b)

However, those terms:

(i)

must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement);

(ii)

may allow only Borrowers (or Affiliates of Borrowers nominated pursuant to Clause 9.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers)) to use the Ancillary Facility;

(iii)

may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment (and where the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility);

(iv)

may not allow the Ancillary Commitment of a Lender to exceed the Available Commitment of that Lender in relation to the relevant Facility; and

(v)

must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to nil, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid (or cash cover provided in respect of all the Ancillary Outstandings) not later than the relevant Termination Date (or such earlier date as the Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) under the relevant Facility is reduced to zero), unless such Ancillary Outstandings are cash covered or it is agreed between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Company that such Ancillary Facility will continue independently of this Agreement.

(c)

If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (i) Clause 38.3 (Day count convention) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility; (ii) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts; and (iii) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the

66


law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

(d)

Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 17.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities).

9.4

Repayment of Ancillary Facility

(a)

An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the relevant Termination Date or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement unless the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of such Ancillary Facility are cash covered or it is agreed between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Company that such Ancillary Facility will continue independently of this Agreement.

(b)

If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and its Commitment shall be increased accordingly) unless the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of such Ancillary Facility are cash covered or it is agreed between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Company that such Ancillary Facility will continue independently of this Agreement.

(c)

No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any amounts or demand cash cover for any liabilities made available or incurred by it under its Ancillary Facility (except where the Ancillary Facility is provided on a net limit basis to the extent required to bring any gross outstandings down to the net limit) unless:

(i)

the Total Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Utilisations under the Initial Facility have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or the Agent has declared all outstanding Utilisations immediately due and payable, or the expiry date of the Ancillary Facility occurs; or

(ii)

it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility; or

(iii)

the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under that Ancillary Facility can be refinanced by a Utilisation and the Ancillary Lender gives sufficient notice to the Company and the Agent to enable a Utilisation to be made to refinance those Ancillary Outstandings.

(d)

For the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under an Ancillary Facility mentioned in paragraph (c)(iii) above can be refinanced by a Utilisation:

(i)

the Commitment of the Ancillary Lender under the relevant Facility will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment; and

(ii)

the Utilisation may (so long as paragraph (c)(i) above does not apply) be made irrespective of whether an Event of Default or Default is outstanding or any other applicable condition precedent is not satisfied (but only to the extent that the proceeds are applied in refinancing those Ancillary Outstandings) and irrespective of whether Clause 4.4 (Maximum number of Utilisations) or paragraph (a)(iv) of Clause 5.2 (Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans) applies.

67


(e)

On the making of a Utilisation to refinance Ancillary Outstandings:

(i)

each Lender will participate in that Utilisation in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Utilisations then outstanding under the relevant Facility bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Utilisations then outstanding under the relevant Facility as its Commitment bears to the total Commitments under the relevant Facility; and

(ii)

the relevant Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled.

(f)

In relation to an Ancillary Facility which comprises an overdraft facility where a Designated Net Amount has been established, the Ancillary Lender providing that Ancillary Facility shall only be obliged to take into account for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount those credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by the then current law and regulations in relation to its reporting of exposures to the Financial Conduct Authority or other applicable regulatory authorities as netted for capital adequacy purposes.

9.5

Ancillary Outstandings

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender agrees with and for the benefit of each Lender that:

(a)

the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility provided by that Ancillary Lender shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility and where the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility; and

(b)

where all or part of the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, the Ancillary Outstandings (calculated on the basis that the words in brackets in paragraph (a) of the definition of that term were deleted) shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Ancillary Facility.

9.6

Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration

In this Clause 9.6:

Outstandings” means, in relation to a Lender and a Facility, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of (i) its participation in each Utilisation then outstanding under the relevant Facility (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Lender), and (ii) if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) under the relevant Facility (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as an Ancillary Lender in respect of the Ancillary Facility).

Total Outstandings” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate of all Outstandings under that Facility.

(a)

If a notice is served under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) (other than a notice declaring Utilisations to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary Lender shall promptly adjust by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Facilities and each Ancillary Facility to ensure that after such transfers the Outstandings of each Lender under a Facility bear the same proportion to the Total Outstandings under the relevant Facility

68


as such Lender's Commitment bears to the total Commitments under the relevant Facility, each as at the date the notice is served under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration).

(b)

If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (a) above, then each Lender and Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability.

(c)

Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Clause 9.6, an Ancillary Lender that has provided an overdraft comprising more than one account under an Ancillary Facility shall set-off any liabilities owing to it under such overdraft facility against credit balances on any account comprised in such overdraft facility.

(d)

Any transfer of rights and obligations relating to Outstandings made pursuant to this Clause 9.6 shall be made for a purchase price in cash, payable at the time of transfer, in an amount equal to those Outstandings.

(e)

All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 9.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders.

9.7

Information

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

9.8

Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders

(a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Lender may become an Ancillary Lender.  In such case, the Lender and its Affiliate shall be treated as a single Lender whose Commitment is the amount set out opposite the relevant Lender's name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and/or the amount of any Commitment transferred to or assumed by that Lender under this Agreement, to the extent (in each case) not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.  For the purposes of calculating the Lender's Available Commitment under each Facility, the Lender's Commitment shall be reduced to the extent of the aggregate of the Ancillary Commitments of its Affiliates.

(b)

The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Lender in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 9.2 (Availability) (any such notice specifying an Affiliate of a Lender, an “Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice”).

(c)

An Affiliate of a Lender which becomes an Ancillary Lender shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Ancillary Lender and any person which so accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement shall, at the same time, become a party to this Agreement as an Ancillary Lender in accordance with clause 21.13 (Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d)

If a Lender assigns all of its rights and benefits or transfers all of its rights and obligations to a New Lender (as defined in Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders)), its

69


Affiliate shall cease to have any obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

(e)

Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on an Ancillary Lender and the relevant Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Lender which is not a party to that document, the relevant Lender shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

9.9

Affiliates of Borrowers

(a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Borrower which is a member of the Group may with the approval of the relevant Lender become a borrower with respect to an Ancillary Facility.

(b)

The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Borrower in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 9.2 (Availability).

(c)

If a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower), any Affiliate designated as the Affiliate of such Borrower pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

(d)

Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on a Borrower under an Ancillary Facility and the relevant Borrower is an Affiliate of a Borrower which is not a party to that document, the relevant Borrower shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

(e)

Any reference in this Agreement or any other Finance Document to a Borrower being under no obligations (whether actual or contingent) as a Borrower under such Finance Document shall be construed to include a reference to any Affiliate of a Borrower being under no obligations under any Finance Document or Ancillary Document.

9.10

Commitment amounts

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Commitment under each Facility is not less than the aggregate of:

(a)

its Ancillary Commitment in respect of that Facility; and

(b)

the Ancillary Commitment of its Affiliate in respect of that Facility.

70


SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

10.

REPAYMENT

10.1

Repayment of Loans

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

(b)

Without prejudice to each Borrower's obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

(i)

on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

(ii)

in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

(iii)

in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan,

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:

(A)

if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

(I)

the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

(II)

each Lender's participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and

(B)

if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

(I)

the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

(II)

each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds that Lender's participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender's participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the maturing Loan.

(c)

At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the relevant Termination Date in relation to the Facilities and will be treated as separate Loans (the “Separate Loans”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

71


(d)

A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving five Business Days' prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

(e)

Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Defaulting Lender on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan.

(f)

The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

11.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

11.1

Illegality

If, after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party), it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation or it becomes after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party) unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

(a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall promptly notify the Company after receiving such notice;

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately reduced and cancelled to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws or avoid the relevant unlawfulness; and

(c)

to the extent that the Lender’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 41.3(g)(vii) (Replacement or repayment of Lender), each Borrower shall repay that Lender's reduced or cancelled participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower (or procure the transfer of that Lender’s participation at par to another Lender willing to accept such transfer) on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

11.2

Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank

If after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Issuing Bank became a Party), it becomes unlawful for an Issuing Bank to issue or leave outstanding any Letter of Credit, then:

(a)

that Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall promptly notify the Company after receiving such notice;

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Issuing Bank, shall not be obliged to issue any Letter of Credit to the extent such issuance would be unlawful;

(c)

to the extent it would be unlawful for any such Letter of Credit to remain outstanding the Company shall procure that each Obligor shall use all reasonable endeavours to

72


procure the release of each Letter of Credit affected by such change in law issued by that Issuing Bank and outstanding at such time on or before the date specified by that Issuing Bank in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law); and

(d)

unless any other Lender under the relevant Facility has agreed to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the relevant Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of Letters of Credit for so long as no other Lender under that Facility has agreed to be an Issuing Bank (in the case of Letters of Credit).

11.3

Voluntary cancellation

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (but if in part, being a minimum amount of £1,000,000) of the Available Facilities. Any cancellation under this Clause 11.3 shall reduce the Available Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.

11.4

Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations

A Borrower to which a Utilisation has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than three Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or part of a Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Utilisation by a minimum amount of £1,000,000).

11.5

Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender or Issuing Bank

(a)

If:

(i)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up);

(ii)

any Lender or Issuing Bank claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 19.1 (Increased costs); or

(iii)

any Lender invokes Clause 16.3 (Market disruption),

then:

(A)

if the circumstance relates to a Lender, the Company may:

(I)

require the transfer or assignment in accordance with this Agreement of all (but at par only) of that Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Utilisations to a person nominated by the Company willing to accept that transfer or assignment; or

(II)

give the Agent notice of cancellation of all or any part of the Commitments of that Lender and the Company’s intention to procure the repayment of all of that Lender’s participations in the Utilisations, whereupon the relevant part of the Commitments of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero;

(B)

if the circumstance relates to an Ancillary Lender, the Company may give the Agent notice of cancellation of all or any part of that person’s

73


Ancillary Commitment and the Company’s intention to procure the repayment of all of the utilisations of any Ancillary Facility granted by that person, whereupon the relevant part of that Ancillary Commitment of that person shall immediately be reduced to zero; and

(C)

if the circumstance relates to an Issuing Bank:

(I)

the Company may give the Agent notice of cancellation of its appointment as Issuing Bank under this Agreement in relation to any Letters of Credit to be issued in the future and the Company’s intention to procure either the reduction to zero of that Issuing Bank’s contingent liability under any Letter of Credit or the provision of full cash cover in respect of that Issuing Bank’s maximum contingent liability under each outstanding Letter of Credit or to otherwise repay in full each Letter of Credit issued by that Issuing Bank; and

(II)

if the Company gives notice under paragraph (C)(1) above, the Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of Letters of Credit by the relevant Issuing Bank.

(b)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under paragraph (a)(A), (a)(B) or (a)(C)(1) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Utilisation or utilisation of an Ancillary Facility is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation or the utilisation of the Ancillary Facility granted by that Ancillary Lender (or, if applicable, the relevant part thereof) together with, in each case, all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents or, as the case may be, provide full cash cover in respect of any Letter of Credit issued by that Issuing Bank (or, if applicable, otherwise repay the relevant Letter of Credit).

11.6

Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

(a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent three Business Days' notice of cancellation of the Available Commitments in relation to each Facility of that Lender.

(b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitments in relation to each Facility of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

12.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

12.1

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

(a)the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of a Change of Control and the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders thereafter (the “Agent’s Notice”); and

74


(b)

provided that such request is made prior to the date falling 30 days after the date of  the Agent’s Notice, if any Lender so requires:

(i)

the Agent shall promptly notify the Company (the “Notice to the Company”) that the Commitment of that Lender shall be cancelled on the date falling 30 days (or if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) after the date of the Notice to the Company; and

(ii)

the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and that Lender’s participation in all outstanding Utilisations and that Lender’s Ancillary Outstandings, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued to that Lender under the Finance Documents, shall become due and payable, and shall be repaid in full, in each case, on the date falling 30 days (or if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) after the date of the Notice to the Company.

13.

RESTRICTIONS

13.1

Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 11 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders) and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

(b)

In the event that the Borrower or the Company delivers, in relation to a voluntary prepayment and/or cancellation only, a conditional notice and/or revocable notice of cancellation and/or prepayment under this Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be permitted to do), unless the Borrower or the Company (as applicable) gives notice to the Agent of at least one Business Day prior to the date on which the cancellation and/or prepayment was to be made, the Borrower or the Company (as applicable) shall be liable for any Break Costs if the relevant cancellation and/or prepayment is not made.

13.2

Interest and other amounts

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to payment of any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

13.3

Reborrowing of Facility

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facilities which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

13.4

Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

75


13.5

No reinstatement of Commitments

Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase) and Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

13.6

Agent's receipt of Notices

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 11 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

13.7

Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

If all or part of a Utilisation under a Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Utilisation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.  Any cancellation under this Clause 13.7 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.

76


SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

14.

INTEREST

14.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

(a)

Margin; and

(b)

LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR;

14.2

Payment of interest

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

14.3

Default interest

(a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).  Any interest accruing under this Clause 14.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

(b)

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

(i)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

(ii)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

(c)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

14.4

Notification of rates of interest

(a)

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

77


15.

INTEREST PERIODS

15.1

Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

(a)

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

(b)

Subject to this Clause 15, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the relevant Borrower (or the Company) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

(c)

An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the relevant Termination Date.

(d)

A Loan has one Interest Period only.

15.2

Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

16.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

16.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)

Interpolated Screen Rate:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(b)

Shortened Interest Period:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for:

(i)

the currency of a Loan; or

(ii)

the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the Interest Period of that Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR for that shortened Interest Period shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition.

(c)

Shortened Interest Period and Historic Screen Rate: If the Interest Period of a Loan is, after giving effect to paragraph (b) above, either the applicable Fallback Interest Period or shorter than the applicable Fallback Interest Period and, in either case, no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable EURIBOR for:

(i)

the currency of that Loan; or

(ii)

the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Historic Screen Rate for that Loan.

78


(d)

Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Screen Rate: If paragraph (c) above applies but no Historic Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(e)

Base Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (d) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to paragraph (b) above, revert to its previous length and the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Base Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(f)

Alternative Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (e) above applies but no Base Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(g)

Cost of funds: If paragraph (f) above applies but no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or EURIBOR for that Loan and Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

16.2

Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Base Reference Bank Rate but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Base Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

(b)

If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Base Reference Bank supplies a quotation, there shall be no Base Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

(c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, if LIBOR or EURIBOR is to be determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate but an Alternative Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Alternative Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Alternative Reference Banks.

(d)

If before close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day none or only one of the Alternative Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Alternative Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

16.3

Market disruption

(a)

If LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is determined otherwise than on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR then the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to

79


the Interest Period of that Loan and if no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or, as the case may be, EURIBOR for that Loan and Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

(b)

If LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the date falling four Business Days after the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period of the Loan, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 40 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR then Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

16.4

Cost of funds

(a)

If this Clause 16.4 applies, the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i)

the Margin; and

(ii)

the weighted average of the rates notified to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)

If this Clause 16.4 applies and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

(c)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lenders) and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

(d)

If this Clause 16.4 applies pursuant to Clause 16.3 (Market disruption) and:

(i)

a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR; or

(ii)

a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR or, in relation to a Loan in euro, EURIBOR.

(e)

If this Clause 16.4 applies pursuant to Clause 16.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate) but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

80


16.5

Break Costs

(a)

Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

(b)

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

17.

FEES

17.1

Commitment fee

(a)

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency:

(i)

computed at the rate per annum of 40 per cent. of the applicable Margin on that Lender's Available Commitment under the Initial Facility from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (and including) the last day of the Availability Period applicable to the Initial Facility; and

(ii)

in respect of any Additional Facility, the rate specified in the Additional Facility Notice delivered by the Company in accordance with Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities) on that Lender’s Available Commitment under that Additional Facility for the Availability Period applicable to that Additional Facility.

(b)

The accrued commitment fee is payable:

(i)

on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period;

(ii)

on the last day of the relevant Availability Period; and

(iii)

on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

(c)

No commitment fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

(d)

No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

17.2

Arranger fee

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Arranger an arranger fee in the amount and at times agreed in a Fee Letter. No arranger fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

17.3

Upfront fee

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Original Lenders  an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No upfront fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

81


17.4

Agency fee

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No agency fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

17.5

Security Trustee fee

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Security Trustee (for its own account) a security trustee fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No security trustee fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

17.6

Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit

(a)

Each Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee at the rate of 0.125 per cent. per annum (or such other amount as is agreed between the Company and the relevant Issuing Bank) on the outstanding amount of any Letter of Credit which is counter-indemnified by the Lenders other than by the Issuing Bank or any of its Affiliates requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date.

(b)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, each Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a Letter of Credit fee in the Base Currency (computed at the rate equal to the Margin applicable to a Loan) on the outstanding amount of each Letter of Credit requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date. This fee shall be distributed according to each Lender's L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit.

(c)

The accrued fronting fees and Letter of Credit fee on a Letter of Credit shall be payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months (or such shorter period as shall end on the Expiry Date for that Letter of Credit) starting on the Closing Date.  The accrued fronting fees and Letter of Credit fee are also payable to the Agent on the cancelled amount of any Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective if that Commitment is cancelled in full and the Letter of Credit is prepaid or repaid in full.

(d)

If a Borrower cash covers any part of a Letter of Credit then:

(i)

in respect of that part of such Letter of Credit that cash cover has been provided for, 50 per cent of the Letter of Credit fee under paragraph (b) above shall be payable. No other Letter of Credit fee under paragraph (b) above shall be payable but, unless otherwise agreed with the relevant Issuing Bank, the fronting fee payable to the Issuing Bank shall continue to be payable until the expiry of the Letter of Credit; and

(ii)

each Borrower will be entitled to withdraw the interest accrued on the cash cover to pay the fees set out in sub paragraph (i) above.

(e)

The Company may pay (or may procure the payment of) on behalf of each Borrower to the Issuing Bank (for its own account) an issue/administration fee (if any) in the amount and at the times specified as may be agreed in a Fee Letter.

(f)

No fees are payable under this Clause 17.6 prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

82


17.7

Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms.

83


SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

18.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

18.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs' Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

(a)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender's name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), and

(i)

where the Borrower is the Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

(ii)

where the Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

(b)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is a New Lender, an Increase Lender, an Additional Facility Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that UK Treaty Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice, and

(i)

where the Borrower is a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or Increase Date (or date on which an Additional Facility Commitment or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice takes effect) is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date (or date on which the increase in Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation, the Additional Facility Commitment in the Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice takes effect); or

(ii)

where the Borrower is not a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or Increase Date (or date on which an Additional Facility Commitment or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice takes effect), is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Qualifying Lender” means:

(a)

a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

(i)

a Lender:

84


(A)

which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payment apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

(B)

in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance;

(ii)

a Lender which is:

(A)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(B)

a partnership each member of which is:

(1)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(2)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

(C)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

(iii)

a UK Treaty Lender; or

(b)

a building society (as defined for the purposes of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

85


(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity).

Treaty Lender” means a UK Treaty Lender or a US Treaty Lender as appropriate.

UK Non-Bank Lender” means where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party.

UK Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the UK Treaty;

(b)

does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender's participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

(c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the UK Treaty by residents of that UK Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower, subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

UK Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “UK Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

US Qualifying Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is a U.S. Person;

(b)

is not a U.S. Person but is entitled to complete exemption from withholding of US federal income tax on interest payable to it in respect of a Loan or Commitment;

(c)

is a US Treaty Lender; or

(d)

would have fallen within either paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above but for any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.

US Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is treated as a resident of a US Treaty State for the purposes of the US Treaty;

(b)

does not carry on a business in the United States through a permanent establishment with which that Lender's participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

86


(c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the US Treaty by residents of that US Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest or other amounts payable under this Agreement imposed by the United States subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

US Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “US Treaty”) with the United States which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United States on interest or other amounts payable under this Agreement.

Withholding Form” means the US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form and, in each case, attached to an IRS Form W-8IMY if required) or any other US Internal Revenue Service form by which a person may claim an exemption from withholding of US federal income tax on interest payments to that person and, in the case of a person claiming an exemption under the “portfolio interest exemption”, a statement certifying that such person is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B), a “10 per cent. shareholder” of the Borrower (or its “regarded owner” for U.S. federal income tax purposes) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to the Borrower (or its “regarded owner” for U.S. federal income tax purposes) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 18 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

18.2

Tax gross-up

(a)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

(b)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender or Issuing Bank.  If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender or Issuing Bank it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

(c)

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

(d)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

(i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

(ii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

87


(A)

an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

(B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

(iii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

(A)

the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

(B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

(iv)

the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (i) or (j) below.

(e)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

(i)

that Lender has not complied with its obligations under paragraph (f) below;

(ii)

that Lender was not a US Qualifying Lender on the date it first became a Lender; or

(iii)

that Lender is not or has ceased to be a US Qualifying Lender.

(f)

Each US Qualifying Lender shall submit to the Borrower and the Agent two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of such Borrower or the Agent, as applicable, or on or before the expiration, obsolescence or invalidity of any previously delivered Withholding Form). If the Agent is not a U.S. Person, such Agent shall provide US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY to the Borrower indicating its applicable status, together with any required attachments, on or before it becomes the Agent and from time to time thereafter upon the expiration of the previously delivered form.

(g)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(h)

Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party

88


that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(i)

(i)

Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction and, in particular, a Treaty Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, make and file an appropriate application for relief under the relevant Treaty.

(ii)

(A)

a UK Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties); and

(B)

a New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender that is a UK Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which it executes,

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

(j)

If a UK Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii) above and:

(i)

a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

(ii)

a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

(A)

that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

(B)

HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

and in each case, the Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

(k)

If a UK Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph ‎(i)(ii) above, no Obligor

89


shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender's Commitment(s) or its participation in any Utilisation unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

(l)

A Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

(m)

A UK Non-Bank lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

(n)

A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

18.3

Tax indemnity

(a)

The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up); or

(B)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) applied;

(C)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(D)

is attributable to any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy); or

(iii)

with respect to any failure to make a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due paragraph (e)(i), (ii) or (iii) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) applied to the Lender concerned.

90


(c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

(d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 18.3, notify the Agent.

18.4

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

(b)

that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

18.5

Lender Status Confirmation

(a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement in respect of an advance to an Obligor incorporated in the United Kingdom, after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

(i)

not a Qualifying Lender;

(ii)

a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender); or

(iii)

a UK Treaty Lender.

(b)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement in respect of an advance to an Obligor incorporated in the U.S., after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, whether or not it is a US Qualifying Lender.

(c)

If a New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 18.5 then such New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender or US Qualifying Lender (as appropriate) until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 18.5.

91


18.6

FATCA Deduction

(a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

18.7

Stamp taxes

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, other than in respect of any transfer, assignment or sub-participation by a Lender (unless such transfer, assignment or sub-participation is made at the written request of the Company).

18.8

VAT

(a)

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

(b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT.  The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably

92


determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(d)

Any reference in this Clause 18.8 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

18.9

FATCA Information

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

(A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

(B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

(iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

(b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)

any law or regulation;

(ii)

any fiduciary duty; or

(iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

(d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as

93


the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

(e)

If a Borrower is a U.S. Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

(i)

where a Borrower is a U.S. Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date;

(ii)

where a Borrower is a U.S. Tax Obligor on a date on which any other Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, that date;

(iii)

the date a new U.S. Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

(iv)

where a Borrower is not a U.S. Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

(A)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

(B)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

(f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.

(g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent).  The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.

(h)

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraph (e), (f) or (g) above.

19.

INCREASED COSTS

19.1

Increased costs

(a)

Subject to Clause 19.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within five Business Days of a written demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

(i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date it became a Party to this Agreement;

94


(ii)

compliance with any law or regulation made after the date it became Party to this Agreement;

(iii)

the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV; or

(iv)

application of, or compliance with, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith.

(b)

In this Agreement:

(i)

Increased Costs” means (without double counting):

(A)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facilities or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

(B)

an additional or increased cost; or

(C)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is directly attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document or Letter of Credit;

(ii)

Basel III” means:

(A)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(B)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”; and

(iii)

CRD IV” means:

(A)

Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012; and

(B)

Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the

95


prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

19.2

Increased cost claims

(a)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) shall as soon as reasonably practicable notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim and whether it intends to make a claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

(b)

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate (giving reasonable details of the circumstances giving rise to such claim and of the calculation of Increased Cost) confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

19.3

Exceptions

(a)

Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

(i)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

(ii)

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(iii)

compensated for by Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

(iv)

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or any terms of the Finance Documents;

(v)

attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates);

(vi)

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates) but only to the extent that such cost was known (or could reasonably be expected to have been known) by the relevant Finance Party as at the date it became Party to this Agreement; or

(vii)

attributable to any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy).

(b)In this Clause 19.3 reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

96


20.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

20.1

Currency indemnity

(a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

(i)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

(ii)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

20.2

Other indemnities

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Arranger and each other Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

(a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 34 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

(c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone);

(d)

issuing or making arrangements to issue a Letter of Credit requested by the Company or a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not issued by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or gross negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone); or

(e)

a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

20.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Company shall promptly on written demand (and in any event, within five Business Days of such written demand) indemnify the Agent against:

(a)any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

97


(i)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

(ii)

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or

(iii)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

(b)

any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent's fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

21.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

21.1

Mitigation

(a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 11.1 (Illegality) (or, in respect of the Issuing Bank Clause 11.2 (Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank)), Clause 18 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

21.2

Limitation of liability

(a)

The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 21.1 (Mitigation).

(b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 21.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be materially prejudicial to it.

22.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

22.1

Transaction expenses

The Company shall within five Business Days after receipt of the corresponding invoice pay the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and the Security Trustee the amount of all third party costs and expenses (including legal fees up to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:

(a)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and

(b)

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

22.2

Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 35.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within five Business Days

98


after receipt of the corresponding invoice, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Trustee for the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Trustee (and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

22.3

Enforcement and preservation costs

The Company shall, within five Business Days of written demand, pay to the Arranger and each other Finance Party and/or Receiver or Delegate Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees (subject to any agreed cap)) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Trustee as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

22.4

Transfer costs and expenses

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents, if a Finance Party assigns, transfers or sub-participates any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Finance Documents no member of the Group shall be required to pay any fees, costs, expenses or other amounts relating to, or arising in connection with, that assignment, transfer or sub-participation (including, without limitation, any Taxes, Increased Costs and any amounts relating to the perfection or amendment of any Transaction Security).

22.5

No deal, no fees

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, no fees, costs or expenses will be payable to the Finance Parties (other than reasonably incurred legal fees up to an amount agreed between counsel to the Finance Parties and the Company) in connection with the Finance Documents unless and until the Closing Date occurs.

99


SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

23.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

23.1

Guarantee and indemnity

(a)

Subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

(i)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

(iii)

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 23 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

(b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Finance Document, with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor, no CFC Obligor shall guarantee the U.S. Obligor’s obligations herein or under any Finance Document.

23.2

Continuing Guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

23.3

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 23 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

23.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 23 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 23, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 23 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

100


(a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

(b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

(e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

23.5

Guarantor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 23.4 (Waiver of defences) but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents (including pursuant to a Structural Adjustment or the establishment of an Additional Facility), including without limitation, for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

23.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 23.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

23.7

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

101


(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor's liability under this Clause 23.

23.8

Deferral of Guarantors' rights

(a)

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 23:

(i)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

(ii)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(iii)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

(iv)

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 23.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

(v)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

(vi)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

(b)

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust (to the extent it is able to do so in accordance with any law applicable to it) for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same, but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 (Payment mechanics).

23.9

Release of Guarantors' right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

(a)that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a

102


contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

(b)

each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

23.10

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

23.11

Guarantee Limitations – U.S.

(a)

Each U.S. Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the guarantee under this Clause 23, the Agent and each other Finance Party hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such persons that the guarantee under this Clause 23 does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law of any relevant jurisdiction in the United States to the extent applicable the guarantee under this Clause 23 and the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor hereunder.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Agent, each other Finance Party and the U.S. Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 23 at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 23 not constituting a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or unlawful financial assistance after giving full effect to the liability under such guarantee set forth this Clause 23 and its related contribution rights but before taking into account any liabilities under any other guarantee by such U.S. Guarantor. For purposes of the foregoing, all guarantees of such U.S. Guarantor other than the guarantee under this Clause 23 will be deemed to be enforceable and payable after the guarantee under this Clause 23.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Clause 23.11  shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each U.S. Guarantor and not for the benefit of such U.S. Guarantor or the holders of any equity interest in such U.S. Guarantor.

(b)

Each Guarantor agrees that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 23 may at any time and from time to time be incurred or permitted in an amount exceeding the maximum liability of such U.S. Guarantor under paragraph (a) above without impairing the guarantee contained in Clause 23 or affecting the rights and remedies of any of the Agent or each other Finance Party hereunder.

23.12

Additional Guarantee Limitations

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

103


SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

24.

REPRESENTATIONS

Save as expressly stated to the contrary, each Obligor and the Company make the following representations and warranties to each Finance Party at the times specified in Clause 24.28 (Times at which representations are made).

24.1

Status

(a)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company is a limited liability corporation, limited partnership or a company with limited liability duly incorporated, registered or established and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment.

(b)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company has the power to own its property and other assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted save to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.2

Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

24.3

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles do not and will not conflict with:

(a)

any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect;

(b)

its constitutional documents; or

(c)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group's assets (other than on or prior to the Closing Date, the Existing Facility Agreement, the Existing Notes, the Terminating Hedge Agreements and other agreements relating thereto) to the extent or in a manner that such conflict has a Material Adverse Effect.

24.4

Power and authority

(a)

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken or will, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case by the time required, take all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into and performance of, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

(b)

No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party.

104


24.5

Validity and admissibility in evidence

(a)

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, all Authorisations required:

(i)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its material obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

(ii)

to make the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect, or subject to the Agreed Security Principles and Perfection Requirements, will be obtained or effected or will be in full force and effect when required.

(b)

All Authorisations required to carry on its business in the ordinary course and in all material respects have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are (or will by the required date be) in full force and effect except to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.6

Governing law and enforcement

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements:

(a)

the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(b)

any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and be enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction.

24.7

Insolvency

No:

(a)

corporate action, legal proceeding or other legal procedure or step described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default); or

(b)

creditors' process described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default),

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened (and in each case is outstanding) in relation to any Material Company and none of the circumstances described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) applies to any Material Company.

24.8

No Default

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be reasonably be expected to result from the entry into or performance of any Finance Document.

24.9

Base Case Model

Save as disclosed to the Arranger prior to the date of this Agreement, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the Company, the Base Case Model has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof and the

105


financial projections (taken as a whole) contained in the Base Case Model were prepared on the basis of recent historical information and based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by the Company at the time made.

24.10

Financial statements

(a)

To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless otherwise referred to in such Original Financial Statements (or notes thereto or as expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing prior to the date of this Agreement).

(b)

To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) give a true and fair view of (or fairly represent in all material respects, where unaudited) its consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant period.

(c)

As at the date provided, each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) gives a true and fair view of (in the case of audited financial statements) or fairly represents in all material respects (in the case of unaudited financial statements) its financial condition and operations as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

24.11

No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect have been (to the best of its knowledge and belief) started or threatened against it.

24.12

No breach of laws

(a)

It has not (and none of its Restricted Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief, threatened against any member of the Group which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.13

Environmental and other laws

(a)

It and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws to which it is or they are subject where non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group (other than frivolous or vexatious claims) which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (taking into account reserves made or the benefit of warranties, indemnities or insurance cover in respect thereof).

24.14

Taxation

Other than those being contested in good faith and where such payment may be lawfully withheld (provided that adequate reserves have been set aside for such payment), no claim is being or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is reasonably likely to be asserted against it (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim

106


against it which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.15

Security and Financial Indebtedness

(a)

No Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than:

(i)

any Security permitted by this Agreement; and

(ii)

on or prior to the Closing Date, Security securing the Existing Facility, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

(b)

No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than (i) as permitted by this Agreement and (ii) on or prior to the Closing Date, Financial Indebtedness under the Existing Facility, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

24.16

Ranking

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements and applicable Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Security which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security ranks or will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security, other than that which is stated in the respective Transaction Security Document or any other Finance Document.

24.17

Good title to assets

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, it and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Company has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business (taken as a whole) as presently conducted, where failure to do so has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.18

Legal and beneficial ownership

(a)

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document it is the sole legal and beneficial owner or lessee or licensee of or is otherwise entitled to use all of the material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted (including, in the case of any shares of any member of the Group which are the subject of the Transaction Security, but subject to any registrations required to be made by the board of directors of such member of the Group absolute legal and (where relevant) beneficial ownership thereof).

(b)

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document the entire share capital of MUL is legally and beneficially owned by the Company and Red Football Junior Limited free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

24.19

Shares

The shares of any Obligor which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

107


24.20

Intellectual Property

In the case of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, so far as it is aware there are no adverse circumstances relating to the validity, subsistence or use of any of the Group's Intellectual Property which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.21

Group Structure

As of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, the Group Structure Chart is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

24.22

Holding Companies

Except as permitted under Clause 12 (Limitation on Holding Company Activities) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants), neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited have traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future).

24.23

Centre of main interests and establishments

It has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”) in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation)) in any other jurisdiction.

24.24

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

(a)

The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents affiliates and representatives with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b)

The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Company, their respective employees, agents, affiliates and representatives are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company or its Subsidiaries being designated as a Sanctioned Person.

(c)

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers, or to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

(d)

No Utilisation, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

(e)

Any provision of this Clause 24.24 shall not apply to any person if and to the extent that it is or would be unenforceable by or in respect of that person by reason of breach of any applicable Blocking Law (as defined in Clause 27.16 (Sanctions).

24.25

Federal Reserve Regulations

The Company represents and warrants that:

108


(a)

no Obligor is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock; and

(b)

none of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Financial Indebtedness that was originally incurred to buy or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which might cause all or any Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a "purpose credit" within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

In this Clause 24.25, “Margin Stock” means margin stock or "margin security" within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

24.26

U.S. Obligors

(a)

On each date that a U.S. Borrower incorporated in the U.S. utilises a Utilisation, immediately following and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, each U.S. Obligor incorporated in the U.S. and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

(b)

On the date an Additional Guarantor that is a U.S. Guarantor incorporated in the U.S. accedes to this Agreement in accordance with Clause 31.4 (Additional Guarantors), immediately following and after giving effect to such accession, such U.S. Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

24.27

Investment Company Status

No Obligor is an “investment company” as defined in, or is required to be registered under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

24.28

Times at which representations are made

(a)

Save where otherwise specified below, all the representations and warranties in this Clause 24 are made to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement and, if different, on the Closing Date.

(b)

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor to each Finance Party on each Utilisation Date, on the first day of each Interest Period and in the case of a Letter of Credit only, each date (other than an Expiry Date) a payment is made in accordance with Clause 17.6(c) (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit).

(c)

The representation under paragraph (a) of Clause 24.26 (U.S. Obligors) is deemed to be made by each U.S. Obligor incorporated in the U.S. to each Finance Party on each date a U.S. Borrower incorporated in the U.S. utilises a Utilisation.

(d)

The Repeating Representations and each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 24.14 (Taxation), Clause 24.15 (Security and Financial Indebtedness) and Clause 24.18 (Legal and beneficial ownership) are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor and the representation under paragraph (b) of Clause 24.26 (U.S. Obligors) is deemed to be made by an Additional Guarantor that is a U.S. Guarantor incorporated in the U.S. on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor.

109


(e)

Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is made.

25.INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 25 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. The undertakings in this Clause 25 shall be subject to the provisions of Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting) and Clause 25.12 (Disclosure Requirements).

In this Clause 25:

Annual Financial Statements” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and/or Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting).

Quarterly Financial Statements” means the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and/or Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting).

25.1

Financial statements

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(a)

within 150 days after the end of each of the Company’s Financial Years its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year, and subject to Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting), such annual financial statements shall contain the following information: (i) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company or its predecessors as of the end of the two most recent Financial Years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the three most recent Financial Years, including complete footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the Company's independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such annual report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations (including discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; and

(b)

within 60 days following the end of each of the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year of the Company (commencing in respect of the Financial Year of the Company ending on or about 30 June 2016), its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that Financial Quarter and, subject to Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting), such quarterly financial statements shall contain the following information: (i) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Company for the quarterly and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for the Company, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions

110


of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and any material change between the current Financial Quarter and the corresponding period in the prior Financial Year.

25.2

Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

(a)

The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly Financial Statements.

(b)

Each Compliance Certificate shall set out the matters, calculations and figures required by the form of Compliance Certificate attached in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

(c)

Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company's Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders (unless it is such Auditors' policy not to issue such reports).

25.3

Requirements as to financial statements

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Financial statements):

(a)

shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied (unless otherwise referred to in such financial statements, or the notes thereto, and to the extent appropriate in the context of Quarterly Financial Statements):

(i)

in the case of the Company, in the preparation of the Base Case Model; and

(ii)

in the case of any Obligor, in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor (if any),

unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Company notifies the Agent that there has been a change as regards the accounting principles or accounting practices applied by the Company or the relevant Obligor when compared to the Accounting Principles applied to the Original Financial Statements and that change is material and, if requested by the Agent, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a statement (the “Reconciliation Statement”) containing:

(A)

a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect in all material respects the Accounting Principles or accounting practices upon which the Base Case Model or, as the case may be, that Obligor's Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared; and

(B)

sufficient information (to the extent not addressed by the description referred to in sub-paragraph (A) above) to (1) enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 26 (Financial Covenant) has been complied with, to determine the Margin as set out in the definition of "Margin", provided that, for the avoidance of doubt and unless

111


otherwise agreed pursuant to this Clause, the financial covenant in Clause 26 (Financial Covenant) and the definition of Margin shall continue to be calculated in all material respects in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof (subject to any adjustments made by or in accordance with this Agreement, including Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) and (2) make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Base Case Model (in the case of the Company) or that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements (if any) (in the case of an Obligor).

(b)

If the Company notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (a) above, then the Company and Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing:

(i)

whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement; and

(ii)

if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in either the Finance Parties or the Obligors being in a worse position in relation to the determination of the Margin and compliance with the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) if the change had not been made; and

(iii)

any other amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the adoption by the Group of such different accounting basis does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the rights and/or obligations of any Obligor in the Finance Documents (including more onerous information reporting requirements),

and if any amendments satisfactory to the Agent and the Company are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

(c)

If no such agreement is reached within 30 Business Days of that notification of change (or it is not agreed that no such amendments are required), the Company shall:

(i)

(if a Reconciliation Statement is required by the Agent under paragraph (a) above) ensure that each set of relevant financial statements is accompanied by a Reconciliation Statement or, at the option of the Company, provide financial statements prepared on the basis most recently agreed in accordance with this Agreement; or

(ii)

instruct the Auditors of the Company to determine any amendment to Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions), the Margin computations set out in the definition of "Margin" and any other terms of this Agreement which the Auditors (acting as experts and not arbitrators) consider appropriate to ensure the change does not result in either the Finance Parties or the Obligors being in a worse position than if the change had not been made. Those amendments shall take effect when so determined by the Auditors. The cost and expense of the Auditors shall be for the account of the Company.

(d)

If and for so long as no agreement or determination is reached in respect of any of the required amendments to this Agreement pursuant to this Clause 25.3, the Company must comply with requests by the Agent for Reconciliation Statements to be delivered in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

112


25.4

Budget

(a)

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests), as soon as the same become available but in any event within 75 days following the start of each of its Financial Years an annual Budget for that Financial Year (commencing in respect of the Financial Year of the Company to end on or about 30 June 2017).

(b)

The Company shall ensure that each Budget referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition thereof:

(i)

is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

(ii)

is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 25.1 (Financial statements); and

(iii)

is accompanied by a reasonably detailed commentary from the senior management of the Group.

25.5

Meetings

The Company will invite the Lenders to all public calls (to the extent held) for the holders of any of the Notes and give the Lenders reasonable notice of such calls provided that no Lender (or any other Finance Party) may speak during such calls other than to register their attendance.

25.6

Year-end

The Company shall not change its Accounting Reference Date.

25.7

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

If any Subsidiaries of the Company have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the information delivered under Clauses 25.1 (Financial statements), 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate) and 25.4 (Budget) will include reasonably detailed information as to the financial condition of the Group separate from that of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

25.8

Information: miscellaneous

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

(a)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them);

(b)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents which the Company or any Obligor delivers to its creditors generally (or any class of them); and

(c)

promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

113


25.9

Notification of default

(a)

The Company and/or each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default that is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless the Company and/or that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by the Company and/or another Obligor).

(b)

If the Agent or any Lender has reasonable grounds for believing that a Default has occurred and is continuing, promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors on its behalf certifying (without personal liability) that no Event of Default is continuing (or if an Event of Default is continuing, specifying the Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

25.10

“Know your customer” checks

(a)

If:

(i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

(ii)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)

Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Company shall, by not less than 5 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

(d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your

114


customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Restricted Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

25.11

Alternative Reporting

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents (including this Clause 25), delivery to the Agent of accounts and/or financial statements for any period which comply with the terms of any Senior Notes (the “Notes Accounts”) shall satisfy all requirements of Clauses 25.1 (Financial statements) and 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary) in relation to the same period such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and Clause 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) in relation to that period other than the Quarterly Financial Statements for the final Financial Quarter of each Financial Year, provided that if the Company delivers any accounts and/or financial statements in reliance on this Clause 25.11:

(a)

where applicable, the Company shall still be required to comply with any obligation to deliver a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate);

(b)

if there has been any change as regards the accounting principles or accounting practices applied by the Company in the Notes Accounts when compared to the Accounting Principles applied to the Original Financial Statements of the Company and that change is material and impacts upon the manner provided in this Agreement for determining the "Margin" or compliance with the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition), the Company shall notify the Agent accordingly (unless the Agent has been notified of the relevant change in relation to a previous set of accounts and/or financial statements) and, if requested by the Agent, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a Reconciliation Statement as contemplated by paragraph (a) of Clause 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) (in which case the Company shall be entitled to require the operation of any of the provisions set out in paragraphs (b) and/or (c) of that Clause); and

(c)

where applicable, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a copy of any report delivered pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement in relation to:

(i)

any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring;

(ii)

any senior management (other than a club manager) changes at the Company (unless publicly announced);

(iii)

any change in the Auditors; or

(iv)

any other material event that the Company or any other Obligor announces publicly.

115


25.12

Disclosure Requirements

(a)

No Obligor shall be required to disclose information pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 25.8 (Information: miscellaneous), paragraph (c) of Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting) (other than sub-paragraph (iii) thereof) or Clause 27.9 (Access) if:

(i)

the Company determines, after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding Clause 42 (Confidentiality), it would be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof; or

(ii)

notwithstanding Clause 42 (Confidentiality), the Company is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon the Company and not entered into in contemplation of this Clause 25.12, provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favour the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information.

(b)

Promptly after determining that an Obligor is not permitted to disclose any information as a result of the limitations described in this Clause 25.12, the Company will provide the Agent with an Officer’s Certificate (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) describing generally the requested information that the Obligor is prohibited from disclosing pursuant to this Clause 25.12 and the circumstances under which the Obligor is not permitted to disclose such information.

26.

FINANCIAL COVENANT

26.1

Financial definitions

In this Agreement:

Amendment Period” means the period beginning on 31 March 2021 and ending on (and including) 30 September 2022 (or such earlier date as the Company or a Borrower shall have notified in writing to the Agent).

Borrowings” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (including any capitalised interest accretions in respect of any instrument issued at a discount and any other similar amount) of any Financial Indebtedness (other than under paragraph (f) of the definition thereof).

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any Relevant Period, the consolidated profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

(a)

before deducting any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets (including goodwill) or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets;

(b)

before deducting any Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

(c)

before deducting any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents;

116


(d)

before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;

(e)

before taking into account any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Group;

(f)

before taking into account any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;

(g)

before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations;

(h)

after deducting the amount of any profit of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests;

(i)

after deducting the amount of any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by such investment or entity;

(j)

after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period; and

(k)

after deducting, to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature,

in each case, to the extent added, deducted, taken into account or excluded, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation.

Consolidated Net Finance Charges” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest, all regular or periodic commission, fees or discounts in the nature of interest accrued in respect of Borrowings of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

(a)

excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Group;

(b)

including the interest element whether paid or payable, in respect of leasing and hire purchase payments under lease or hire purchase arrangements which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as finance or capital leases;

(c)

including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments paid or payable by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

(d)

deducting any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments owing to or received by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging instrument;

(e)

deducting any accrued interest owing to or received by any member of the Group on any deposit or bank account or in respect of Cash Equivalent Investments; and

(f)

excluding any up-front arrangement fees, up-front underwriting fees, up-front commitment fees, up-front participation fees or up-front agency fees paid in connection with the Facilities or the Notes issued on the Closing Date by any member of the Group (except where any such fee is in excess of a reasonable market rate).

117


COVID-19” means the disease known as coronavirus disease or COVID-19, the virus known as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-COV-2) and (in each case) any evolutions, mutations or variants thereof and whether or not such evolution, mutation or variant is known, or referred to, as “coronavirus” or “COVID-19”.

Financial Quarter” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

Financial Year” means the annual accounting period of the Group ending on or about 30 June in each year.

Football Season Disruption Event” means:

(a)

for each Relevant Period ending on or before 30 June 2021 the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club due to ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19; and

(b)

for each Relevant Period ending on or after 31 March 2021 and on or before the end of the Amendment Period, (i) the inability to operate the Stadium at full capacity at any time during the Amendment Period and/or (ii) the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club at any time during the Amendment Period, in each case, due to ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19.

Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

Relevant Period” means each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.

Total Net Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings but:

(a)

excluding (to the extent constituting Borrowings) any such obligations to any other member of the Group;

(b)

excluding any Subordinated Shareholder Funding and Additional Shareholder Funding;

(c)

including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof; and

(d)

deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time,

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.

118


26.2

Financial condition

Subject to Clause 26.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event), the Company shall ensure that, for each Relevant Period, Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period is not less than £65,000,000 or if a Football Season Disruption Event occurs during the Amendment Period, £25,000,000 until the end of the Amendment Period.

26.3

Financial testing

Subject to Clause 26.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) below, the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate).

26.4

Champions League Non Qualification Event

(a)

For the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial Covenant), if a Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, the Company may elect, at any time prior to the end of the Financial Year in which such Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, to adjust the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for each Financial Quarter falling in the Financial Year in respect of which the first team of MUFC is not in the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League by adding back an amount equal to “X” in each such Financial Quarter (the “Adjusted Quarters”) where:

X” corresponds to the amount set out in Schedule 14 (Table of Values for X) for that Financial Quarter minus the following:

(i)

the net amount received by the Group in that Financial Quarter in respect of matches (both home and away) and media payments relating to UEFA cup performances; and

(ii)

the net amount of any reduction to player salaries in that Financial Quarter arising out of the existing contractual provisions as a result of the Champions League Non Qualification Event.

(b)

At the same time as the Company makes an election under paragraph (a), it shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by a director of the Company (i) confirming the value of X and the amount of each Adjustment and setting out (in reasonable detail) computation of those amounts and (ii) attaching a copy of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet (following the Adjustments).

(c)

If the Majority Lenders give notice to the Agent that they do not agree with the calculations of any of the Adjustments contained in the certificate described in paragraph (b) above (acting reasonably), the Company and the Agent will consult in good faith for a period of not more than 10 Business Days with a view to correcting the calculations of the Adjustments.

(d)

If agreement has not been reached within the 10 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c) above then, at the request of the Majority Lenders (and at the expense of the Company), the Agent may appoint an auditor of international repute (in consultation with the Company) to determine the amount of the Adjustments (and, consequently, the value of “X”) and such determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Parties.

119


(e)

For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) only, Consolidated EBITDA in any Relevant Period which contains one or more Adjusted Quarters shall be calculated using the adjusted values of Consolidated EBITDA set out in paragraph (a) above for each such Adjusted Quarter.

(f)

The above election may only be made twice over the life of the Facilities and may not be made during two consecutive Financial Years.

26.5

Equity Cure

(a)

No Event of Default under this Clause 26 insofar as it relates to a failure to comply with Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) will occur if all or part of the cash proceeds (the “Equity Investment”) received by the Company pursuant to any Additional Shareholder Funding or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding, during or after the end of that Relevant Period but no later than 20 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which the relevant Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate) and (ii) the date on which it is delivered to the Agent, may be designated in writing by the Company to the Agent as being provided for the purposes of this Clause 26.5 (the “Equity Cure Amount”), and if designated as such shall have the effect that the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) is calculated or, as the case may be, recalculated as if the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group had been increased by an amount equal to the Equity Investment and any Equity Investment so made in respect of any Relevant Period shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the last date of such Relevant Period.

(b)

The Company shall not be entitled to exercise its rights under this Clause 26.5 (an “Equity Cure Right”) on more than four occasions prior to the Termination Date or in respect of consecutive Financial Quarters, except that any exercise of an Equity Cure Right during the Amendment Period shall not be included in the restrictions set out in this paragraph (b).

(c)

There shall be no restriction on the amount of any Equity Investment exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant), provided that, the amount of the Equity Cure Amount exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) shall be as soon as reasonably practicable applied to permanently repay or prepay any Senior Secured Debt.

(d)

Subject to paragraph (d) above, there shall be no requirement to apply any Equity Cure Amount in prepayment of any Facility.

(e)

Any Equity Cure Amount and any adjustments made under this Clause 26.5 shall not apply when calculating the applicable Margin for any Relevant Period.

(f)

Any Equity Cure Amount shall not count towards any other permission or usage or purpose (including in respect of the baskets relating to Restricted Payments (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) as set out in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) for so long as the Equity Cure Amount continues to be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA as set out in paragraph (k) below.

(g)

In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided prior to the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, the Compliance Certificate

120


for that Relevant Period shall set out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period and confirm that such Equity Cure Amount has been provided.

(h)

In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided following the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, promptly following receipt of the Equity Cure Amount by the Company, the Company shall deliver a revised Compliance Certificate to the Agent setting out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period.

(i)

If, after giving effect to the adjustment referred to in paragraph (a) above, the financial covenant in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) would have been met, then the requirements of Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) shall be deemed to have been satisfied as at the relevant original date of determination and any breach of any term of the Finance Documents, Default or Event of Default occasioned thereby shall be deemed to have been permanently remedied and cured for all purposes under the Finance Documents.

(j)

For the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Cure Amount shall be deemed to be included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of the financial covenant in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) until the date on which the Equity Cure Amount deemed to have been invested into the Group falls out of any subsequent Relevant Period.

(k)

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and in particular Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants), the Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment during the Amendment Period if at the time of such Restricted Payment Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Period immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment is less than £65,000,000.

27.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 27 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

27.1

Restrictive Covenants

Each Obligor shall comply with the covenants set out in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

27.2

Authorisations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

(a)

enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(b)

subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and

(c)

enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary course except to the extent failure to do so has a Material Adverse Effect.

121


27.3

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject, where failure so to comply has a Material Adverse Effect.

27.4

Taxation

(a)

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) duly and punctually (subject to any grace periods) pay and discharge all Taxes  (or, where payments of Taxes must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated Tax (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period) imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring material penalties unless and only to the extent that:

(i)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

(ii)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes;

(iii)

such payment can be lawfully withheld; or

(iv)

failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No Borrower may change its residence for Tax purposes where to do so would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

27.5

Change of business

The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

27.6

Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party held against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies and the Group’s Football Creditors in relation to matters set out in the Premier League Handbook.

27.7

Insurance

(a)

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances (other than in respect of permanent disability for players occurring when players are playing, practising or training for a member of the Group) on and in relation to its business and material assets of an insurable nature against those risks and to the extent as is usual for other companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business in each case where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

All insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above, must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

122


27.8

Pensions

The Company shall ensure that the pension schemes operated by the Group including any employee benefit plan as defined in section 3(3) of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 are at all times funded to the extent required by, and operated and maintained in accordance with, applicable law, save to the extent where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.9

Access

While an Event of Default is continuing under Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) or in respect of Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) each Obligor shall and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group (subject to any confidentiality or secrecy obligations under this Agreement and all applicable laws) will permit the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent or Security Trustee to have access at all reasonable times during normal business hours (excluding any match days) and on reasonable notice (for a reasonable period) at the reasonable cost of the Company to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its senior management, provided that in exercising such right, the Agent or Security Trustee and/or representatives, delegates, agents, professional advisers and contracts (as appropriate) of the Agent or the Security Trustee shall have regard for the need to keep disruption to the business to a minimum.

27.10

Intellectual property

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall):

(a)

take all reasonable action to preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property which are material to the business of the relevant Group member; and

(b)

not use or permit that Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of that Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and,

other than where the failure to comply with any of the above undertakings would have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.11

Senior Secured Debt

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

(a)

amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of any Senior Secured Debt so as to bring forward the maturity of such Senior Secured Debt to a date prior to the date falling three months after the Initial Termination Date; or

(b)

issue or incur any Senior Secured Debt which matures prior to the date falling three months after the Initial Termination Date.

27.12

Senior Unsecured Notes

The Company shall ensure that:

123


(a)

no scheduled principal payments with respect to Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fall due prior to the date falling six months after the Initial Termination Date;

(b)

any Senior Unsecured Notes are not secured by any Security over any shares in any member of the Group or any asset of any member of the Group other than security over (i) the shares in the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer and any direct Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and which is subject to, and is treated in all respects for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement as Shared Security (as defined therein);

(c)

no member of the Group owes any Financial Indebtedness to a Senior Unsecured Issuer other than pursuant to a Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan;

(d)

the Company shall ensure that any Senior Unsecured Notes are only issued or borrowed by the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer which is (and which remains at all times when any Senior Unsecured Notes issued or borrowed by it remain outstanding):

(i)

a Guarantor;

(ii)

not the Borrower or the issuer or borrower of any Senior Secured Debt; and

(iii)

other than Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities, has no assets, liabilities or business other than as permitted by this Clause or in connection with the Senior Unsecured Notes (including any Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Loan) or reasonably incidental thereto and which does not directly or indirectly own any shares or equivalent ownership interests in any member of the Group; and

(e)

no member of the Group transfers any assets or makes any payment to a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer other than (without double counting):

(i)

as permitted by clause 6.3 (Permitted Senior Unsecured Note Payments) and clause 10.2(b) (Permitted Payments: Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(ii)

(if no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the making of the relevant payment) payments reasonably required to allow the Senior Unsecured Issuer to pay when due amounts payable by it (A) with respect to Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities or (B) permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

27.13

Guarantors

(a)

The Company shall ensure that, subject to the Agreed Security Principles and subject to the below paragraphs of this Clause, all Material Companies (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which are members of the Group are Guarantors and that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the U.S. Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors and the U.S. Guarantors, (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Group (in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries), in each case calculated by reference to (A) the Original

124


Financial Statements of the Company prior to the Closing Date; and (B) thereafter, with each set of Annual Financial Statements (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”).

(b)

The Company shall not have any obligation to procure that any member of the Group becomes an Additional Guarantor unless the Annual Financial Statements demonstrate that the same would be necessary in order to comply with the requirements of this Clause 27.13.

(c)

If the Guarantor Coverage Test is not complied with as at the time of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements, no Default will occur provided that (subject to the Agreed Security Principles), the Company procures that additional members of the Group become Guarantors within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of the delivery of such Compliance Certificate so that, when retested at the end of such 30 Business Day period (or if agreed, such longer period) by reference to the Annual Financial Statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate, the Guarantor Coverage Test is complied with.

(d)

The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (a) above, to the extent it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person's directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

(e)

Any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that becomes a Material Company and any Material Company (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) acquired in accordance with this Agreement after the Closing Date shall become, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, a Guarantor and grant Security as the Agent may reasonably require and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements.

(f)

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Excluded Subsidiary to accede as a Guarantor for so long as it is an Excluded Subsidiary.

27.14

Further assurance

(a)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) following the Closing Date promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):

(i)

to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

125


(ii)

to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

(iii)

following the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

(b)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) at all times take all such action as is reasonably requested by the Security Trustee (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, to the extent it is not unlawful and would not result in personal liability for that person's directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.

27.15

Centre of main interests and establishments

No Obligor whose jurisdiction of incorporation is a member state of the European Union will take any step which is intended to change its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that of its jurisdiction of incorporation where to do so would materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders as a whole under the relevant Facility.

27.16

Sanctions

(a)

The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b)

No Borrower will request any Utilisation, and no Borrower shall use, and the Company shall procure that no Obligor and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives and, to the extent it has the power to so procure, joint venture partners shall not use, the proceeds of any Utilisation:

(i)

in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws;

(ii)

for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or

(iii)

in any manner that would result in the violation of  any Sanctions applicable to any Party hereto.

(c)

Any provision of this Clause 27.16 shall not apply to any person if and to the extent that it is or would be unenforceable by or in respect of that person by reason of breach of any applicable Blocking Law.

126


(d)

For the purposes of this Clause 27.16 and Clause 24.24 (Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions), “Blocking Law” means:

(i)

any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom);

(ii)

section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung); or

(iii)

any similar blocking or anti-boycott law implemented by a Sanctions Authority.

27.17

Federal Reserve Regulations

No part of the proceeds of any Utilisation will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for “buying” or “carrying” any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of “buying” or “carrying” any Margin Stock (in each case within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X) or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

27.18

Sponsorship Contracts and Arrangements

The Company shall ensure no Unrestricted Subsidiary will:

(a)

enter into any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; or

(b)

have transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement by any member of the Group.

For avoidance of doubt, sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall not include contracts and/or arrangements relating to (i) paragraphs (a) and (c) of the definition of New Holdco Business or (ii) the provision or supply of content, services or other products.

28.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 28 (save for Clause 28.9 (Acceleration), Clause 28.10 (Clean-up Period) and Clause 28.11 (Excluded Matters)) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) is an Event of Default.

28.1

Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay:

(a)

on the due date any amount of principal payable pursuant to a Finance Document; or

(b)

within 30 days of the due date, any other amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document,

at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless, in the case of a payment of principal:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

(ii)

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

127


28.2

Breach of certain obligations

Subject to Clause 26.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) and Clause 26.5 (Equity Cure), any requirement of Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) is not satisfied.

28.3

Other obligations

An Obligor does not comply with any provision  of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 28.2 (Breach of certain obligations)) unless such non-compliance is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 Business Days, of the earlier of the Agent giving notice thereof to the Company or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

28.4

Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or in any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading (in the case of any representation or statement which is not subject to a materiality threshold in accordance with its terms, in any material respect) when made or deemed to be made and, if the circumstances causing such misrepresentation are capable of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 Business Days after the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Company or the Company becoming aware of such misrepresentation.

28.5

Cross default

(a)

Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group with respect to any Senior Secured Debt due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(b)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is:

(i)

declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

(ii)

in respect of principal amounts or, in the case of any Senior Notes or Pari Passu Debt only, in respect of any amounts, not paid by the later of when due and payable and the expiry of any applicable grace period provided in respect of such Financial Indebtedness as at the date of such non-payment default.

(c)No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 28.5 if: (i) the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) and (b) above is equal to £25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or less; or (ii) the Financial Indebtedness is (A) owed by one member of the Group to another member of the Group, (B) owed by any member of the Group to any direct or indirect shareholder of the Company provided that such Financial Indebtedness is subordinated as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or on terms otherwise acceptable to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably), or (C) supported by a Letter of Credit (or a bank guarantee or letter of credit issued under an Ancillary Facility).

128


28.6

Unlawfulness and invalidity

(a)

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or, in the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, a member of the Group, to perform any of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any of the Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be valid or becomes unlawful and the cessation or unlawfulness individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

(b)

Any obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents or any member of the Group that is party to the Intercreditor Agreement are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations or Perfection Requirements) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

(c)

Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations or Perfection Requirements) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

28.7

Intercreditor Agreement

(a)

Any member of the Group or Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fails to comply in any material respect with the provisions of, or does not perform in any material respect its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(b)

a representation or warranty given by a member of the Group or Subordinated Creditor in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect,

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 30 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

28.8

Repudiation

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

28.9

Acceleration

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

(i)

cancel all or part of the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

(ii)

declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

129


(iii)

declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

(iv)

declare that cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit is immediately due and payable at which time it shall become immediately due and payable;

(v)

declare that the cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit is payable on demand at which time it shall immediately become due and payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

(vi)

declare all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities to be immediately due and payable at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

(vii)

declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

(viii)

exercise or direct the Security Trustee to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

(b)

With respect to any U.S. Obligor upon an Event of Default that is continuing with respect to such U.S. Obligor of the type described in Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) (or other similar laws under a state of the U.S.), no such direction or written notice shall be required under paragraph (a) above and any Commitments to lend to such U.S. Obligor shall, subject to paragraph (b) of the definition of Acceleration Event, be automatically terminated and all of the Utilisations of such U.S. Obligor shall become immediately and automatically due and payable without requirement of notice or any other formality, provided that the occurrence of such event in relation to such U.S. Obligor shall not result in any Utilisations being accelerated without a notice having been given pursuant to paragraph (a) above to any other Borrower (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other U.S. Borrower with respect to which no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of the type described in Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) (or other similar laws under a state of the U.S.)).

(c)

If:

(i)

an Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable under an Ancillary Facility; or

(ii)

an Ancillary Lender makes a demand for sums due under an Ancillary Facility; or

(iii)

any such sum is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable (other than pursuant to this Clause 28.9) under any Ancillary Facility,

that non-payment, declaration, demand or due and payable sum shall not give rise to an Event of Default for the purposes of Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) or Clause 28.5 (Cross default), the Agent and the Lenders shall not exercise any rights under this Clause 28.9 and the Security Trustee shall not take any steps to enforce the

130


Transaction Security Documents in respect of that non-payment, declaration, demand or due and payable sum if:

(A)

that non payment is remedied or declaration, demand or due and payable sum is satisfied in full within 20 Business Days of the date of that non-payment or demand; and

(B)

no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing during that period.

For the avoidance of doubt but subject to Clause 28.10 (Clean-Up Period) and Clause 28.11 (Excluded matters), (x) if any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders may exercise all their rights under this Clause 28.9 and the Security Trustee may enforce the Transaction Security Documents in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, including in respect of the amount so demanded by the Ancillary Lender, and (y) for the purposes of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent), a Borrower shall, during the applicable grace periods allowed by paragraph (A) above, be entitled to draw under any Facility to repay an Ancillary Facility notwithstanding such non-payment, declaration or demand.

28.10

Clean-up Period

(a)

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, in respect of an acquisition permitted or not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement (the “Approved Acquisition”) and made on or after the Closing Date, from the date of closing of the Approved Acquisition to the date falling ninety days thereafter (the “Clean-up Period”), if any matter or circumstance that exists in respect of any person, undertaking or business which is the direct or indirect subject of the Approved Acquisition would constitute a breach of a representation, an undertaking or any other term or condition under the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default (a “Relevant Default”) then subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Clean-up Period that Relevant Default shall not constitute a breach of a representation, undertaking or any other term or condition under the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default and the Agent shall not be entitled to give any notice under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) with respect to that Relevant Default until (if that Relevant Default is then continuing) the date immediately after the end of the Clean-up Period.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply with respect to any Relevant Default to the extent that it:

(i)

is not capable of being cured or, if the Company is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable steps are not being used to cure the same;

(ii)

has been procured by or approved by a member of the Group (provided that knowledge of the Relevant Default does not equate to procurement or approval by that member of the Group);

(iii)

has, or could reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or

(iv)

is continuing at the end of the Clean-up Period (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Relevant Default is continuing at the end of the Clean-up Period, the Lenders shall then be entitled to exercise any available rights in relation to that continuing Relevant Default).

131


(c)

For the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (a) above shall not restrict the Agent’s right to give any notice under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) with respect to any Event of Default which is not a Relevant Default.

(d)

Promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, the Company shall notify the Agent of any Event of Default that is continuing at the end of a Clean-up Period (together with the related event or circumstance and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

28.11

Excluded Matters

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document:

(a)

prior to the end of the Closing Date, no inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or breach of any undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default (however described) under) any document relating to the existing financing arrangements of any member of the Group (including, without limitation, the Existing Facility, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements) arising as a direct or indirect result of any person entering into and/or performing its obligations under any Transaction Document (or carrying out the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents) shall; and

(b)

other than in the case of any payment default under an Ancillary Document constituting an Event of Default under Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) or Clause 28.5 (Cross default) and subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration), no inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or breach of any undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default (however described) under) an Ancillary Document shall,

in any case, constitute, or result in, (x) any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made under any Finance Document being deemed to be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made, (y) a breach of any undertaking or other term in any Finance Document or (z) a Default or an Event of Default (other than where an Obligor fails to pay on the due date, after the expiry of any applicable grace period, any amount payable by it to a Finance Party under a Finance Document (other than an Ancillary Document) in accordance with the provisions of Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) or in the case of any payment default under an Ancillary Document constituting an Event of Default under Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) or Clause 28.5 (Cross default) and subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration)) and each such event shall be expressly permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents.

132


SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

29.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

29.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 29 a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

(a)

assign any of its rights;

(b)

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or

(c)

enter into a sub-participation in relation to its rights and obligations,

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets or to any other person (the “New Lender”) which in each case, unless an Event of Default is continuing, is a US Qualifying Lender (as defined in Clause 18.1).

29.2

Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)

The written consent of the Company is required for an assignment, transfer or sub-participation (where any voting rights pass or may pass) by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment, transfer or such sub-participation is:

(i)

to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

(ii)

if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender; or

(iii)

made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

(b)

The consent of the Company to an assignment, transfer or sub-participation may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that, it shall not be unreasonable for the Company to withhold consent in relation to any transfer, assignment or sub-participation (where voting rights pass or may pass) to, with, involving or in favour of any person which is:

(i)

not a bank with a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB or Baa2 (as applicable) according to at least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; or

(ii)

an entity established for the primary purpose or main purpose of being a distressed debt fund.

The Company will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless such consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time in accordance with this paragraph (b).

(c)Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any transfer or assignment to or sub-participation or any other debt purchase transaction with an Industrial Competitor shall require the prior written consent of the Company (to be granted or withheld in its sole discretion).

133


(d)

If the consent of the Company is required for any assignment or transfer, for all purposes under the Finance Documents that assignment or transfer shall only become effective if the prior written consent of the Company has been granted.

(e)

If an assignment or transfer is carried out in breach of this Clause 29.2, such assignment or transfer shall be void and deemed not to have occurred.

(f)

The consent of the Issuing Bank (if one has been appointed) (with such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) is required for any assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under the Facilities.

(g)

Unless the Company and the relevant Existing Lender otherwise agree in respect of transfers between Existing Lenders and their Affiliates a transfer of part of a Commitment or Commitments by the Existing Lender must be of a minimum amount of £1,000,000, provided that if the Existing Lender retains any Commitment or Commitments it is (or they are) of a minimum amount of £1,000,000 in aggregate across the Facilities.

(h)

In determining whether the requirements of paragraph ‎(g) above as to the minimum amount in respect of any Facility or Facilities to be retained by an Existing Lender are satisfied, the amount of any Commitment or Commitments of any Affiliate of the relevant Existing Lender to be retained shall be aggregated with the Commitment or Commitments of the Existing Lender to be transferred and/or retained (as the case may be).

(i)

An assignment will only be effective on:

(i)

receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

(ii)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(iii)

the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(j)

A transfer will only be effective on:

(i)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii)

procedure set out in Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) being complied with.

(k)

If:

(i)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

134


(ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 18 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities) or Clause 19 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (k) shall not apply in relation to Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up), to a UK Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii)(B) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

(l)

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

29.3

Assignment or transfer fee

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer to an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,500.

29.4

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

(ii)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

(iii)

the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

(iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

(i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

135


(ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

(c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)

accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 29; or

(ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

29.5

Procedure for transfer

(a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and update the Register in accordance with Clause 32.21 (Register).  The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

(b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 29.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and other members of the Group party to any Finance Document and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

(ii)

each of the Obligors and other members of the Group party to any Finance Document and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

(iii)

the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, the New Lender, the other Lenders, the Issuing Bank and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, the Issuing Bank and any

136


relevant Ancillary Lender and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

29.6

Procedure for assignment

(a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 29.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

(ii)

the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

(iii)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

(d)

Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 29.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the Company or unless in accordance with Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by each Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

29.7

Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement, an Increase Confirmation, an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or received an Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice (as the case may be) provided that, in relation to a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary

137


Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which includes an indication that the New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility Lender, Affiliate Ancillary Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement, the Agent shall send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice (as applicable) promptly (and in any event within one Business Day) after the Transfer Date, Increase Date or effective date (as the case may be).

29.8

Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 29, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(b)

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

(i)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(ii)

require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

29.9

Pro rata interest settlement

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 29.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(a)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(b)

the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

(i)

when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

138


(ii)

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 29.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

30.

RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

30.1

Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group

The Company shall not, and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction.

30.2

Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates

(a)

For so long as an Investor Affiliate:

(i)

beneficially owns a Commitment; or

(ii)

has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated,

(A)

in ascertaining:

(I)

the Majority Lenders; or

(II)

whether (x) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments or (y) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment shall be deemed to be zero; and

(B)

for the purpose of Clause 41.3 (Exceptions), such Investor Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement shall be deemed not to be a Lender (unless in the case of a person not being an Investor Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially owning the relevant Commitment).

(b)

Each Lender shall, unless such Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with an Investor Affiliate (a “Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction”), such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 13 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).

(c)

A Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which it is a party:

(i)

is terminated; or

(ii)

ceases to be with an Investor Affiliate,

such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 13 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).

139


(d)

Each Investor Affiliate that is a Lender agrees that:

(i)

in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Agent or, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

(ii)

in its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the request of, or on the instructions of, the Agent or one or more of the Lenders.

(e)

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Finance Documents, any Investor Affiliate which is the assignee or transferee of a participation in a Loan and/or any Commitment shall be deemed to be an entity which satisfies the requirements of Clause 29.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders) and Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

31.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

31.1

Assignment and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor or any other member of the Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

31.2

Additional Borrowers

(a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 25.10 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries which is a member of the Group becomes a Borrower in relation to a Facility.  That Subsidiary shall become a Borrower under that Facility if:

(i)

it is:

(A)

incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower under that Facility, the United States or a jurisdiction agreed upon between the Company and all the Lenders under that Facility (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Defaulting Lender under that Facility) (acting reasonably); or

(B)

in the case of a member of the Group which will borrow under an Ancillary Facility only, approved by the relevant Ancillary Lender;

(ii)

the Company and that Restricted Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed;

(iii)

the Restricted Subsidiary is (or, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming an Additional Borrower;

(iv)

the Company confirms that no Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

(v)

if required, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

140


(b)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied (acting reasonably) that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

(c)

In the event that an Additional Borrower is resident outside the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes or the United States of America for U.S. tax purposes, the Company and the Lenders undertake to negotiate in good faith such changes to be made to the definition of Qualifying Lender and to any other relevant provision in this Agreement in relation to any exemptions from withholding or similar taxes in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is resident as will give an equivalent level of protection for the Additional Borrower and the Lenders as that afforded in respect of Borrowers resident in the United Kingdom under the existing definition of Qualifying Lender or Borrowers resident in the United States of America under the existing definition of US Qualifying Lender (as appropriate) (insofar as is commercially appropriate given the differences between the withholding tax regime in the UK and/or U.S. (as appropriate) and that in such other jurisdiction).

(d)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph ‎(b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

31.3

Resignation of a Borrower

(a)

The Company may request that a Borrower (other than MUFC) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

(i)

that Borrower is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

(ii)

all the Lenders under that Facility have consented to the resignation of that Borrower.

(b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if:

(i)

the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

(ii)

the Borrower is (or shall, following its disposal, a Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) be) under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents; and

(iii)

where the Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been or will be accepted in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be, subject to the Legal Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations) and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Company has confirmed this is the case).

(c)Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of a Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower

141


(d)

The resignation of a Borrower which is subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Borrower will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

(e)

The Agent (acting reasonably) may, at the cost and expense of the Company, require a legal opinion from counsel to the Agent confirming the matters set out in paragraph (b)(iii) above and the Agent shall be under no obligation to accept a Resignation Letter until it has obtained such opinion in form and substance satisfactory to it.

31.4

Additional Guarantors

(a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 25.10 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request that any of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Group become a Guarantor.

(b)

A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

(i)

the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed; and

(ii)

if required the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

(c)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

(d)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph ‎(c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

31.5

Resignation of a Guarantor

(a)

The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company and (for so long as it directly owns any shares in MUL) Red Football Junior Limited) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

(i)

that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal or Permitted Reorganisation;

(ii)

that Guarantor has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(iii)

the Guarantor is subject to a merger and/or consolidation not prohibited under Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(iv)

all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

142


(b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

(i)

the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

(ii)

no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 23.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); and

(iii)

where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is (or shall, following its disposal, reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) be) under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower).

(c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

(d)

The resignation of a Guarantor which is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Guarantor will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

31.6

Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Restricted Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (c) of Clause 24.28 (Times at which representations are made) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

31.7

Resignation and release of Security on disposal

(a)

Without prejudice to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if a Borrower or Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal, a Permitted Reorganisation or there is a Disposal of Charged Property (including pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation) or that is otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement:

(i)

where that Borrower or Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Trustee (including the assets or business of any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation) or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Trustee was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Borrower or Guarantor (or any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee shall, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement;

(ii)

the resignation of that Borrower or Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become

143


effective until the date of that disposal or Permitted Reorganisation (as applicable); and

(iii)

if the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation of that Borrower or Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Borrower or Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Borrower or Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Borrower or Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

(b)

Without prejudice to the foregoing, if requested by the Company in connection with any Structural Change, increase in the Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase) (or as otherwise permitted or contemplated by this Agreement), establishment of an Additional Facility, repayment in full of the Initial Facility or where otherwise provided for in this Agreement (including any Third Party Disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee and the other Finance Parties shall (at the cost of the Obligors and in the manner contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement) promptly execute any guarantee, security or other release and/or any amendment, supplement or other documentation relating to the Transaction Security Documents required in order to complete or otherwise facilitate that step or transaction (and the Security Trustee is authorised to execute, and will (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) execute if required by the Company, without need for any further authority from the Secured Parties, any such release or document on behalf of the Secured Parties) provided that, in the case of any release of Transaction Security requested by the Company pursuant to this Clause 31.7 as part of a Structural Adjustment, an increase in the Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase) and/or the establishment of an Additional Facility (a “Permitted Transaction”), that release shall be without prejudice to any obligation under this Agreement to provide, subject to the Agreed Security Principals, replacement security (where applicable) and the Security Trustee shall not be required to execute that release unless the Company has provided a certificate to the Security Trustee that it has determined in good faith (taking into account any applicable legal limitations and other relevant considerations in relation to the Permitted Transaction) that it is either not possible or not desirable to implement that Permitted Transaction on terms satisfactory to the Company by instead granting additional Transaction Security and/or amending the terms of the existing Transaction Security.

144


SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

32.

ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK AND OTHERS

32.1

Appointment of the Agent

(a)

Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

(b)

Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

32.2

Duties of the Agent

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(b)

Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company) and paragraph (e) of Clause 7.4 (Cash Collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement, any Increase Confirmation or any Additional Facility Notice.

(c)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(e)

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)

The Agent shall provide to the Company within five Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out

the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

145


(g)

Upon the Agent becoming an Impaired Agent, the Agent shall promptly provide to each Lender and the Company a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date on which such list is provided.

(h)

The Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(i)

The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

32.3

Role of the Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

32.4

No fiduciary duties

(a)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent and/or the Issuing Bank as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

(b)

None of the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

32.5

Business with the Group

The Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and each Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

32.6

Rights and discretions

(a)

The Agent and the Issuing Bank may:

(i)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document (including, without limitation, any notice given by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates)) believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

(ii)

rely on any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;

(iii)

assume that:

(A)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

(B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iv)

rely on certificate from any person:

146


(A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

(B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that this is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

(i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 28.1 (Non-payment));

(ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised;

(iii)

any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors; and

(iv)

no Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction:

(A)

has been entered into;

(B)

has been terminated; or

(C)

has ceased to be with an Investor Affiliate.

(c)

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(d)

Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

(e)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (d) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders.

(f)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent, the Arranger or the Issuing Bank is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(g)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (h) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(h)

The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

147


(i)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent (acting in such role) is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

32.7

Instructions

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: (A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; (B) Super Majority Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a Super Majority Lender decision; and (C) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

(b)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Trustee.

(d)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

(e)

In the absence of instructions from the required Lender or group of Lenders, the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

(f)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents.

32.8

Responsibility for documentation

None of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender:

(a)

is responsible or liable for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, an Ancillary Lender, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance

148


Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(b)

is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

(c)

is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

32.9

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

(b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

(c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

32.10

Exclusion of liability

(a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender), none of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender will be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:

(i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

(iii)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

(B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs,  losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any

149


Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)

No Party (other than the Agent, the Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender may rely on this Clause 32.10 subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

(d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out:

(i)

any “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other checks in relation to any person; or

(ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

(e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent's liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss.  In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

32.11

Lenders' indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

150


32.12

Resignation of the Agent

(a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

(b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving at least 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

(c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(d)

If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 32 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate

trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

(f)

The Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(h)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 18.9 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.9 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

151


(iii)

the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

32.13

Replacement of the Agent

(a)

After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days' notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

(c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

(d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

32.14

Confidentiality

(a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

(c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

32.15

Relationship with the Lenders

(a)

Subject to Clause 29.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

152


(i)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

(ii)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Trustee to perform its functions as Security Trustee.  Each Lender shall deal with the Security Trustee exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Trustee.

(c)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 37.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

32.16

Credit appraisal by the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lender confirms to the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and each Ancillary Lender that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

(a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(c)

whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(d)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other

153


agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

(e)

the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

32.17

Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

If a Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank (or, if a Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank.

32.18

Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 20.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 22 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 32.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 17.4 (Agency fee).

32.19

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

32.20

Reliance and engagement letters

Each Finance Party confirms that the Arranger and the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arranger or Agent) any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

32.21

Register

(a)

The Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain a register (the “Register”) for the registration and transfer of the Loans, and shall enter the names and addresses of the registered holders of the Loans, the transfers, of the Loan and the names and addresses of the transferees (including all assignees, successors and participants) of the Loans.

(b)

The Borrower shall be provided reasonable opportunities to inspect the Register from time to time.

(c)

The Borrower shall treat any registered holder as the absolute owner of any Loans held by such holder, as indicated in the Register (absent manifest error), for the purpose of receiving payment of all amounts payable with respect to such Loans and for all other purposes.

154


(d)

The Loans are registered obligations and the right, title and interest of any Lender and its assignees in and to such Loans, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(e)

Solely for the purposes of this Clause 32.21 the Agent shall be the Borrowers' agent for purposes of maintaining the Register.

(f)

This Clause 32.21 shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations (and any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).

32.22

Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

(a)

No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

(b)

No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c)

No Party (other than the relevant Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 32.22 subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

32.23

Third party Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

A Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 32.22 (Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks) and Clause 43 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) subject to Clause ‎‎1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

33.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

(b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

34.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

34.1

Payments to Finance Parties

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with

155


Clause 35 (Payment mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

(i)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

(ii)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 35 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(iii)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 35.6 (Partial payments).

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by an Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender in respect of any cash cover provided for the benefit of that Issuing Bank or that Ancillary Lender.

34.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 35.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

34.3

Recovering Finance Party's rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 34.2 (Redistribution of payments), of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

34.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

(b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

156


34.5

Exceptions

(a)

This Clause 34 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

(b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)

it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

(ii)

the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

34.6

Ancillary Lenders

(a)

This Clause 34 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration).

(b)

Following service of notice under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration), this Clause 34 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction from the Designated Gross Amount for an Ancillary Facility to its Designated Net Amount.

157


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

35.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

35.1

Payments to the Agent

(a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Agent) with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

35.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 35.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 35.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party).

35.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 36 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

35.4

Clawback

(a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

35.5

Impaired Agent

(a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 35.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that

158


amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents.  In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

(b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

(c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 35.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

(d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 32.13 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 35.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 35.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

35.6

Partial payments

(a)

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

(i)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and the Security Trustee under those Finance Documents;

(ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

(iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents and any amount due but unpaid under Clause 7.2(a) (Claims under a Letter of Credit), Clause 7.3 (Indemnities); and

(iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

(c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

35.7

Set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made, save to the extent contemplated in Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Loans) and Clause 18.4 (Tax Credit), without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

159


35.8

Business Days

(a)

Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

(b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

35.9

Currency of account

(a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)

A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

(c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

(d)

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

35.10

Change of currency

(a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

(ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

35.11

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

(a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or

160


administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

(b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

(c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has

occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 41 (Amendments and Waivers);

(e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever  (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 35.11; and

(f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

36.

SET-OFF

(a)

Whilst an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

(b)

Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms.

37.

NOTICES

37.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by electronic mail, fax or letter.

37.2

Addresses

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

(a)

in the case of the Company or the Company, that identified with its name below;

161


(b)

in the case of each Lender, the Issuing Bank, each Ancillary Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

(c)

in the case of the Agent or the Security Trustee, that identified with its name below,

or any substitute address, email address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

37.3

Delivery

(a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

(i)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

(ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Trustee will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent's or Security Trustee's signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify for this purpose).

(c)

The Company may make and/or deliver, as agent of each Obligor, notices and/or requests on behalf of each Obligor.

(d)

Unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent, all notices from or to an Obligor and/or the Company shall be sent through the Agent.

(e)

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 37.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

(f)

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 6.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day (unless sent by electronic mail).

37.4

Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, email address or fax number or change of address, email address or fax number pursuant to Clause 37.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address, email address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

37.5

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be

162


made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly.  This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

37.6

Electronic communication

(a)

Any communication to be made between the Agent or the Security Trustee and a Lender or Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent, the Security Trustee and the relevant Lender or Obligor:

(i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

(ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

(b)

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security Trustee or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or an Obligor to the Agent or the Security Trustee and/or any member of the Group only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify for this purpose.

37.7

Use of websites

(a)

The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

(i)

the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

(ii)

both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

(iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event the Company shall, if requested by the Agent, at its own cost, supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

(b)

The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

(c)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

163


(i)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

(ii)

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

(iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

(iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

(v)

the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d)

Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  The Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

37.8

English language

(a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

(i)

in English; or

(ii)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent (acting reasonably), accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

38.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

38.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

38.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

164


38.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

38.4

Personal Liability

If an individual signs a certificate on behalf of any member of the Group and the certificates proves to be incorrect, the individual will incur no personal liability as a result, unless the individual acted fraudulently or with gross negligence in giving the certificate.  In this case any liability of the individual will be determined in accordance with applicable law.

39.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

40.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

41.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

41.1

Intercreditor Agreement

This Clause 41 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

41.2

Required consents

(a)

Subject to Clause 41.3 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 41.

(c)

Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 41 which is agreed to by the Company.  This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

41.3

Exceptions

(a)

An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(i)

the definitions of “Majority Lenders”, and “Super Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

(ii)

the definition of “Structural Adjustment”

165


(iii)

a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors);

(iv)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

(v)

Clause 2.4 (Finance Parties' rights and obligations), Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 34 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), Clause 45 (Governing law) or this Clause 41;

(vi)

subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement or the manner in which proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, in each case, to the extent such amendment is expected to be adverse to the priority of a Commitment;

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders, except in any such case amendments or waivers consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or reflect a Structural Change or an Additional Facility (where in each case no Lender consent shall be required).

(b)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Security Trustee, Base Reference Bank, Alternative Base Reference Bank or any Ancillary Lender (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Security Trustee, Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any),

Alternative Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any) or, as the case may be, that Ancillary Lender.

(c)

Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to:

(i)

subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the nature or scope of the Charged Property (except insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

(ii)

the nature or scope of or release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, of any Transaction Security unless permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or pursuant to the resignation of an Obligor in accordance with Clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower) or Clause 31.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor); or

(iii)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of the Super Majority Lenders (save for this Clause 41),

may only be made with the consent of the Super Majority Lenders , except in any such case amendments or waivers consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or reflect a Structural Change or an Additional Facility (where in each case no Lender consent shall be required).

(d)

Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to the definition of “Change of Control” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) may only be made with

166


the consent of a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 80 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregate 80 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

(e)

If a Lender does not accept or reject a request for consent within 10 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made, its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Facilities when ascertaining whether the requisite level of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request.

(f)

A Structural Adjustment may be approved with the consent of:

(i)

each Lender that is to assume an additional or increased commitment in the relevant tranche or facility or that is to extend a commitment or its availability or maturity or redenominate a commitment or to whom any amount is owing which is to be reduced, deferred or redenominated or that is to receive a reduced Margin, fee or commission or that is to lend to a replacement Borrower (as the case may be) (the “Participating Lender”); and

(ii)

(A) the Super Majority Lenders (for which purpose the existing Commitments of each Participating Lender will be taken into account) in the case of a Structural Adjustment resulting in an increase of Financial Indebtedness in the form of Credit Facility Lender Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (B) the Majority Lenders (for which purpose the existing Commitments of each Participating Lender will be taken into account) in all other cases.

(g)

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Structural Adjustment” means an amendment, waiver or variation that results in or is intended to result from or has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(i)

the introduction of an additional loan, commitment or facility or any tranche of the Facility, in each case, in any currency or currencies (including by way of subdivision of an existing tranche or the Initial Facility) under this Agreement which ranks pari passu with, or junior to, the Initial Facility other than in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities);

(ii)

any increase in, or addition to or extension of any Commitment or Total Commitment of any Lender other than in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) and Clause 2.3 (Additional Facilities);

(iii)

any redenomination into another currency of any Commitment of any Lender;

(iv)

any extension to the date of payment of any amount owing or payable to a Lender;

(v)

any amendment or change in the currency of any payment of principal, interest, fees, commission or other amount owing or payable to a Lender; or

(vi)

any change (including changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Security and/or guarantees and changes to and/or additional intercreditor arrangements), consequential on, incidental to or required to

167


implement or effect or reflect any of the adjustments referred to in paragraphs (i) to (v) above (inclusive).

(vii)

Subject to paragraphs (b) of Clause 41.3 (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

(A)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

(B)

(I)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

(II)

enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

(III)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

(IV)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

(V)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company.

41.4

Replacement or repayment of Lender

(a)

If at any time:

(i)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below);

(ii)

an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) or Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 18.3 (Tax Indemnity) to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to the other Lenders generally; or

(iii)

any Lender that invokes Clause 16.3 (Market disruption),

then the Company may, on 5 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, prepay or replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part

168


only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company, and which is acceptable to (in the case of any transfer of a Commitment) the Issuing Bank if one has been appointed (provided such approval by the Issuing Bank shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender's participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

(iii)

in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 60 Business Days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Company and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Company;

(iv)

a member of the Group may only prepay a Non-Consenting Lender using the proceeds of (A) Additional Shareholder Funding or Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (B) any amounts available for a Restricted Payment (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants))  pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); and

(v)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)

In the event that:

(i)

the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

(ii)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders or Super Majority Lenders; and

(iii)

the Majority Lenders have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender” on the earlier of (1) the date on which such Lender notifies the Agent or any member of the Group that it does not consent or agree to such amendment or waiver and (2) the date falling 10 Business Days after the date on which such consent, waiver or amendment was requested.

169


41.5

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

(a)

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments in relation to each Facility.

(b)

For the purposes of this Clause 41.5, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

(i)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

(ii)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

41.6

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

(a)

The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 5 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

(i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(ii)

require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or

(iii)

require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facilities,

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company, and which is acceptable to (in the case of any transfer of a Commitment) the Issuing Bank (if one has been appointed) acting reasonably, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender's participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents (or such lesser amount as the transferor and transferee may agree).

(b)

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

170


(i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

(iii)

the transfer must take place no later than 20 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

(iv)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY

42.1

Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 42.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 42.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

42.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a)

to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b)

to any person:

(i)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

(ii)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

(iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 32.15 (Relationship with the Lenders));

171


(iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

(v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 29.8 (Security over Lenders' rights);

(vii)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(viii)

who is a Party; or

(ix)

with the consent of the Company;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party (acting in good faith) shall consider appropriate if:

(A)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

(B)

in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

(c)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii)above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party; and

172


(d)

to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

42.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

(i)

names of Obligors;

(ii)

country of domicile of Obligors;

(iii)

place of incorporation of Obligors;

(iv)

date of this Agreement;

(v)

Clause 45 (Governing law);

(vi)

the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

(vii)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

(viii)

amounts of, and names of, the Facility (and any tranches);

(ix)

amount of Total Commitments;

(x)

currencies of the Facilities;

(xi)

type of Facility;

(xii)

ranking of Facility;

(xiii)

Termination Date for Facility;

(xiv)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

(xv)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

(c)

Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price sensitive information.

173


(d)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

(i)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors; and

(ii)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

42.4

Entire agreement

This Clause 42 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

42.5

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

42.6

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

(a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 42.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 42.

42.7

Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 42 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

(a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

(b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

43.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

43.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)

The Agent may disclose:

174


(i)

any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 14.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

(ii)

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)

The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

(i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this subparagraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

(ii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(iii)

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)

The Agent's obligations in this Clause 43.1 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 14.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

175


43.2

Related obligations

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

(b)

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be:

(i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 43.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 43.2.

43.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 28.3  (Other obligations) by reason only of a member of the Groups failure to comply with this Clause 43.

44.

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

176


SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

45.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law provided that Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)  and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without prejudice to the fact that the Agreement is governed by English law and that Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) shall also be enforced in accordance with English law.

46.

ENFORCEMENT

46.1

Jurisdiction of English courts

(a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (a “Dispute”).

(b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

(c)

This Clause 46.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only.  As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

46.2

Service of process

(a)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

(i)

irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any  Finance Document (and the Company, by its execution of this Agreement accepts that appointment); and

(ii)

agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of that process will invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b)

If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably). Failing this, the Agent (acting in good faith and in consultation with the Company) may appoint another agent for this purpose.

46.3

Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

177


(a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

47.

USA PATRIOT ACT

Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.  Each Obligor agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

178


SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

Part 1

The Original Obligors

Name of Original Borrower

Place of Incorporation

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance PLC)

England & Wales

07088267

Name of Original Guarantor

Place of Incorporation

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

Red Football Limited

England & Wales

05370076

Manchester United Limited

England & Wales

02570509

Red Football Junior Limited

England & Wales

05370078

Manchester United Football Club Limited

England & Wales

00095489

MU Finance Limited (formerly known as MU Finance PLC)

England & Wales

07088267

179


Part 2

The Original Lenders

Name of Original Lender

Initial Facility
Commitment (£) as of
the Second Amendment
and Restatement
Effective Date

Treaty Passport Scheme
reference number and
jurisdiction of tax residence (if
applicable)

Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company)

75,000,000

N/A

National Westminster Bank plc

60,000,000

N/A

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

15,000,000

N/A

______________

Total

150,000,000

180


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Part 1

Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation

1.

Original Obligors

(a)

A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

(b)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or, if applicable, a committee of the board) of each Original Obligor:

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(iv)

in the case of an Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

(c)

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Original Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (b) above.

(d)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

(e)

A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Original Guarantor is a party.

(f)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

(g)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

(h)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and each Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

2.

Note Documents

(a)

An executed copy of the Note Purchase Agreement (which will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or any of the Lenders).

181


3.

Finance Documents

(a)

This Agreement executed by the Original Obligors.

(b)

The Fee Letters, as set out in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof, executed by the Company.

(c)

The amendment and restatement deed relating to the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the parties thereto and including the accessions to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to therein (the “ICA ARA”).

4.

Transaction Security Documents

(a)

An English law governed supplemental debenture executed by the Original Obligors party thereto.

(b)

An English law governed supplemental mortgage executed by MUL.

(c)

An English law governed supplemental mortgage executed by MUFC.

(d)

An English law governed mortgage executed by MUL.

5.

Legal opinions

A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP as to English law and addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Original Lenders.

6.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

The Funds Flow Statement.

(b)

The Group Structure Chart.

(c)

The Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet.

(d)

The Base Case Model.

(e)

A copy of the Original Financial Statements.

(f)

Know your customer” information in respect of the Original Obligors provided such documentation or information is requested no later than five Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement.

(g)

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees) then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 17 (Fees) and Clause 22 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

(h)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company dated the Closing Date confirming that the Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 (or its equivalent) have been issued on or prior to the Closing Date.

(i)

Evidence that the outstanding Existing Notes have been satisfied and discharged in accordance with Article 12 (Satisfaction and Discharge) of the indenture relating to the Existing Notes (the “Existing Notes Indenture”), it being agreed that delivery of a copy of an officer’s certificate of the Issuer addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon (as trustee of the Existing Notes) pursuant to: (i) section 12.01 of the Existing Notes Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Existing

182


Notes and (ii) section 3.01 of the Existing Notes Indenture relating to the redemption of the Existing Notes, will be sufficient evidence for the purposes of this paragraph (i).

(j)

Notice of prepayment and/or cancellation providing for the prepayment and/or cancellation of all outstanding amounts under the Existing Facility on or before the Closing Date executed by the Company.

(k)

Evidence that the Terminating Hedging Agreements have been (or will be) terminated, or as the case may be, closed-out in whole on or before the Effective Date (as defined in the ICA ARA).

(l)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company dated the Closing Date confirming that the Total Commitments under, and as defined in, the BAML Facility Agreement have been prepaid and cancelled to an aggregate principal amount of $225,000,000 (or its equivalent) on or prior to the Closing Date.

(m)

Evidence that the Termination Date (as defined in the BAML Facility Agreement) has been (or will be) amended on or before the Closing Date to a date falling at least three months after the Initial Termination Date.

183


Part 2

Conditions Precedent required to be

delivered by an Additional Obligor

1.

An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

2.

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor.

3.

A copy of a good standing certificate with respect to any Additional Obligor that is incorporated in the U.S., issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of Additional Obligor's jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

4.

A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:

(a)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is a party;

(b)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

(c)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(d)

authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

5.

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above.

6.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

7.

A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

8.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6 above.

9.

A certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Additional Obligor confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

10.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part 2 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

11.

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

184


12.

If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor.

13.

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders:

(a)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

(b)

If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 24.23 (Centre of main interests and establishments)) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “Applicable Jurisdiction”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

14.

If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 46.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor.

15.

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, any security documents which are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Obligor.

16.

Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

17.

If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland evidence that the Additional Obligor has done all that is necessary (including, without limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to comply with sections 677 to 683 of the Companies Act 2006 in order to enable that Additional Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

185


SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS AND NOTICES

Part 1

Utilisation Request Loans

From:

[Borrower] [Company]*

To:

[Agent]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2.

We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

(a)Borrower:

[]

(b)Proposed Utilisation Date:

[] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

(c)Facility to be utilised:

[Initial Facility] / [Additional Facility]

(d)Currency of Loan:

[]

(e)Amount:

[] or, if less, the Available Facility

(f)Interest Period:

[]

3.

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

4.

[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]].

5.

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

…………………………………

authorised signatory for

[the Company on behalf of] [insert name of Borrower]*

186


NOTES:

*Amend as appropriate.  The Utilisation Request can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

187


Part 2

Utilisation Request - Letters of Credit

From:

[Borrower] [Company]*

To:

[Agent]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2.

We wish to arrange for a Letter of Credit to be [issued]/[renewed] by the Issuing Bank specified below (which has agreed to do so) on the following terms:

(a)Borrower:

[]

(b)Issuing Bank:

[]

(c)Proposed Utilisation Date:

[] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

(c)Facility to be utilised:

[Initial Facility] / [Additional Facility]

(d)Currency of Letter of Credit:

[]

(e)Amount:

[] or, if less, the Available Facility:

(f)Term:

[]

3.

We confirm that each condition specified in paragraph (b) (or, to the extent applicable, paragraph (c)) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

4.

We attach a copy of the proposed Letter of Credit.

5.

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

6.

Delivery instructions:

[Specify delivery instructions.]

188


Yours faithfully,

………………………………

authorised signatory for

[the Company on behalf of] [insert name of relevant Borrower]*

NOTES:

*Amend as appropriate.  The Utilisation Request can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

189


SCHEDULE 4

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

1.

Security Principles

(a)

The guarantees and Security to be provided will be given in accordance with the principles set out in this Schedule. This Schedule addresses the manner in which the principles will impact on the guarantees and Security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

(b)

The principles in this Schedule embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining guarantees and Security from members of the Group in their respective jurisdiction of incorporation. In particular:

(i)

general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, fraudulent conveyance, "thin capitalisation" and “capital maintenance” rules, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or Security or may require that the guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise;

(ii)

notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no obligation under this Agreement or under any Finance Document of a U.S. Obligor may be, directly or indirectly, (A) secured by any assets of a CFC (including any shares held directly or indirectly by a CFC); or (B) secured by a pledge in excess of 65% of the share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) of a CFC.  In no event shall any CFC Obligor grant or be permitted to grant Security over any assets of such CFC Obligor with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor;

(iii)

in the case of any joint venture or non-wholly owned subsidiary all guarantees and security will be limited to comply with restrictions in the joint venture, shareholders' or other agreement or by law provided that the Company will use reasonable endeavours to avoid or overcome such restrictions;

(iv)

the Security and extent of its perfection will be agreed taking into account whether, in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably), the cost to the Group of providing Security is disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Lenders (including where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only);

(v)

any assets subject to third party arrangements which are permitted or not prohibited by the Finance Documents and which prevent those assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant Transaction Security provided that reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to charging any such assets shall be used by the relevant member of the Group if the relevant asset is material to the Group as a whole;

(vi)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into Transaction Security Documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant member of the Group or that would conflict with the fiduciary duties of their directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the

190


relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such obstacle;

(vii)

perfection of Security, when required, and other required legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the relevant time periods specified in the Finance Documents or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Finance Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

(viii)

unless granted under a global Transaction Security Document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable Obligor or under English law all Security (other than any Security granted over certain of its subsidiaries as agreed) shall be governed by the law of and secure assets located in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Obligor;

(ix)

only floating security will be granted over the hedging agreements entered into by members of the Group;

(x)

the Security Trustee will hold one set of security for all Lenders unless local law requires separate ranking security for different classes of debt; and

(xi)

no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA.

For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or Affiliates.

2.

Guarantors and Security

(a)

To the extent possible, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee and Security will be for all liabilities of the relevant chargor under the Finance Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the principles set out in this Schedule in each relevant jurisdiction.

(b)

To the extent possible, all security shall be given in favour of the Security Trustee and not the Finance Parties individually. "Parallel debt" provisions will be used where necessary. To the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Lender transfers any of its participation in the Facilities to a new Lender.

(c)

No guarantees or security shall be granted by an Excluded Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(d)

Security may only be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) and no security will be granted over the assets of New Holdco  and/or any Subsidiary of New Holdco (including for the avoidance of doubt over any shares of a Subsidiary of New Holdco).

3.

Terms of Security Documents

191


The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as part of this transaction:

(a)

the Security will be first ranking to the extent possible;

(b)

Security will not be enforceable until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing;

(c)

rights of set off (other than for netting purposes) will not be exercisable until an Event of Default occurs and is continuing;

(d)

the provisions of each Transaction Security Document will not be unduly burdensome on the relevant Obligor or interfere unreasonably with the operation of its business, will be limited to those required by applicable local law to create or perfect security and will not impose commercial obligations;

(e)

in the Transaction Security Documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in any Finance Document including those relating to notices, costs and expenses, indemnities, tax gross-up, distribution of proceeds and release of security; representations and undertakings shall be included in the Transaction Security Documents only to the extent relating to title to assets or required by local law in order to create or perfect the security expressed to be created thereby;

(f)

security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured;

(g)

the Transaction Security Documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are permitted or not prohibited under the Finance Documents.

4.

Bank Accounts

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, each Obligor shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted (other than any Assigned Account).

(b)

No Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any Assigned Account except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) or as permitted or not prohibited pursuant to the terms of the Debt Documents.

(c)

After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, no Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably).

(d)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the account bank within 5 Business Days of the Security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 30 Business Days provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant account bank has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant account bank indicates it no longer

192


agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to Assigned Accounts in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

5.

Fixed Assets

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its fixed assets it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business.

(b)

Subject to any requirements under the Existing Security Documents, no notice whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets shall be prepared or given until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

6.

Insurance

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its insurance policies it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those policies in the course of its business.

(b)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the insurance provider within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of the specified 30 Business Day period provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant insurance provider has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant insurance provider indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to an Insurance Policy (as that term is in the Existing Debenture) in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

7.

Intellectual Property

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intellectual property it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business).

8.

Intercompany receivables

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intercompany receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

(b)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the relevant lender within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection if the service of notice would prevent the Obligor from dealing with an intercompany receivable in the course of its business no notice of security shall be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing. This provision does not apply to

193


intercompany receivables charged under the Existing Debenture in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

9.

Trade receivables

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its trade receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

(b)

No notice of security may be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

10.

Shares

(a)

Fixed charges and/or pledges over shares in joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or over minority interests shall not be required.

(b)

The Transaction Security Document will be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured and not by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Obligor granting the security.

(c)

Until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing, the charging Obligor will be permitted to retain and to exercise the voting rights to any shares and the company whose shares have been charged will be permitted to pay dividends.

(d)

Unless the restriction is required by law or regulation or such restriction is only applicable if certain conditions have not been met, the constitutional documents of the company whose shares have been charged will be amended to remove any restriction on the transfer or the registration of the transfer of the shares on the taking or enforcement of the security granted over them.

11.

Excluded assets

For the avoidance of doubt, any assets excluded from the Transaction Security existing as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to, the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington, Manchester (title number GM785864), shall not be subject to any Transaction Security.

12.

Release of Security

Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the security shall be released should not be dealt with in individual Transaction Security Documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Intercreditor Agreement.

194


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:

[] as Agent and [] as Security Trustee

From:

[The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

Dated:

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement).  This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

We refer to Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facilities Agreement:

(a)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender's Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facilities Agreement.

(b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [].

(c)

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the Facilities Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

3.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Facilities Agreement.

4.

The New Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender].*

5.

The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not] an Investor Affiliate.

6.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:


*

Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

195


(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that Company.]1

7.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [   ]2, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date,

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.] 3

[7./8.]The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]** a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender.

[8./9.][The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender] 4.

[9./10.] We refer to clause [21.5] (Change of RCF Lender) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as an RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

[11./12.] This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.


1

Include only if New Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

2

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

3Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

**

Delete as applicable.

4Delete as applicable – Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

196


[12./13.] This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[13./14.] This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note:The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

197


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

By:

By:

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [].

[Agent]

By:

[Security Trustee]

By:

198


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

To:

[] as Agent, [] as Security Trustee and [] as Company for and on behalf of each Obligor

From:

[the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

Dated:

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement). This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

We refer to Clause 29.6 (Procedure for assignment) of the Facilities Agreement:

(a)

The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facilities Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facilities Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

(b)

The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule.

(c)

The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

3.

The proposed Transfer Date is [].

4.

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

(a)

party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

(b)

party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender.

5.

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the Facilities Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

6.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Facilities Agreement.

199


7.

The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender]. *

8.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 5

9.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [   ]6, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date,

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.] 7

[9./10.]The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]* an Investor Affiliate.


*

Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

5Include only if New Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

6

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

7Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

*Delete as applicable.

200


[10./11.]The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]** a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender.

[11./12.][The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender] 8.

[12./13.] We refer to clause [19.5] (Change of RCF Lender) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as an RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

[13./14.]This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

[14./15.]This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

[15./16.]This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[16./17.]This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note:The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.


**Delete as applicable.

8

Delete as applicable – Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

201


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment,

release and accession

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

By:

By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [].

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

[Agent]

By:

[Security Trustee]

By:

202


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

To:

[            ] as Agent and [             ] as Security Trustee for itself and each of the other

parties to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below

From:

[Restricted Subsidiary] and [Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement.  This deed (the “Accession Deed”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and as a Debtor Accession Deed for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the  Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1 to 3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

2.

[Restricted Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to clause [31.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[clause 31.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Facilities Agreement.  [Restricted Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number [                   ].

3.

[Restricted Subsidiary's] administrative details for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement are as follows:

Address:

Fax No.:

Attention:

4.

[Restricted Subsidiary] (for the purposes of this paragraph 4, the “Acceding Debtor”) intends to [incur Liabilities under the following documents]/[give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of Liabilities under the following documents]:

[Insert details (date, parties and description) of relevant documents]

the “Relevant Documents”.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

(a)

Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 4.

(b)

The Acceding Debtor and the Security Trustee agree that the Security Trustee shall hold:

203


(i)

[any Security in respect of Liabilities created or expressed to be created pursuant to the Relevant Documents;

(ii)

all proceeds of that Security; and]

(iii)

all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Acceding Debtor to pay amounts in respect of the Liabilities to the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Acceding Debtor (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) in favour of the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties,

on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms and conditions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(c)

The Acceding Debtor confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a Debtor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d)

[In consideration of the Acceding Debtor being accepted as an Intra-Group Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Debtor also confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an Intra-Group Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement].

[4]/[5] This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of the Security Trustee (for the purposes of paragraph 4 above only), signed on behalf of the Company and executed as a deed by [Restricted Subsidiary] and is delivered on the date stated above.

[Restricted Subsidiary]

[EXECUTED AS A DEED     )

By: [Subsidiary]      )

Director

Director/Secretary

OR

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

By: [Subsidiary]

Signature of Director

Name of Director

in the presence of

204


Signature of witness

Name of witness

Address of witness

Occupation of witness]

The Company

[Company]

By:

The Security Trustee

[Full Name of Current Security Trustee]

By:

Date:

205


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

To:

[] as Agent

From:

[resigning Obligor] and [Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

2.

Pursuant to [clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[clause 31.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Facilities Agreement and the Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).

3.

We confirm that:

(a)

no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

(b)

[this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [resigning Obligor];]*

(c)

[]***

4.

This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

5.

The Company agrees to indemnify the Finance Parties and any Receivers or Delegates for any costs, expenses, or liabilities which would have been payable by [resigning Obligor] in connection with the Finance Documents but for the release set out in paragraph 1 above.

[Company]

[resigning Obligor]

By:

By:

206


NOTES:

*Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.

**Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.  Amend as appropriate, e.g. to reflect agreed procedure for payment of proceeds into a specified account.

***Insert any other conditions required by the Facilities Agreement.

207


SCHEDULE 9

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:

[] as Agent

From:

[Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2.

We confirm that Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [] and we set out in the Schedule (Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA and Total Net Leverage Ratio) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

3.

[We confirm that no Default is continuing. 1]

4.

[We confirm by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered under the terms of the Facilities Agreement that [the Guarantor Coverage Test [is satisfied]/[will be satisfied by the following members of the Group acceding as Additional Guarantors in accordance with Clause 27.13 (Guarantors):

5.

[].]**

6.

We confirm that the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [] and therefore Margin in relation to  the [Initial]/[Additional]*** Facility should be [•] per cent. per annum. We set out in the Schedule (Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA and Total Net Leverage Ratio) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

Signed

.......................................................

.......................................................

Director

Director

of

of

[Company]

[Company]

[insert applicable certification language]

……………………..

for and on behalf of

[name of auditors of the Company]

1. If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being

taken to remedy it.

208


NOTES:

** Only for Compliance Certificate delivered with the Annual Financial Statements.

*** Revise as appropriate.

209


THE SCHEDULE

CALCULATION OF CONSOLIDATED EBITDA AND TOTAL NET LEVERAGE RATIO

1.

Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA

Relevant line item

Amount (£)

The consolidated profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period

[]

Including any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets

[]

Including any Consolidated Net Finance Charges

[]

Including any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents

[]

Including any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items

[]

Including any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Group

[]

Including any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt

[]

Including any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations

[]

Deducting any profit of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests

[]

Deducting any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by such investment or entity

[]

After excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period

After deducting to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature

[]

Consolidated EBITDA

[]

2.

Calculation of  Total Net Leverage Ratio

Relevant line item

Amount (£)

210


The aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings

[]

Excluding obligations to any other member of the Group

[]

Excluding Subordinated Shareholder Funding and Additional Shareholder Funding

[]

Including in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof

[]

Deducting aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time

[]

Consolidated EBITDA

[]

Total Net Leverage Ratio

[]: 1.00

211


SCHEDULE 10

TIMETABLES

Part 1

Loans

Utilisation on the Closing Date

Loans in sterling

Loans in euro

Loans in other currencies

Agent notifies the Company if a currency is approved as an Optional Currency in accordance with Clause 4.3(a) (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies)

-

-

-

U-4

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))

U-1

11.00am

U-1

11.00am

U-3

11.00am

U-3

11.00am

Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) and notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation)

U-1

2.00pm

U-1

2.00pm

U-3

2.00pm

U-3

2.00pm

Agent receives a notification from a Lender under Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency)

-

-

Quotation Day

9.30am

Quotation Day

9.30am

Agent gives notice in accordance with Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency)

-

-

Quotation Day

noon

Quotation Day

noon

LIBOR or EURIBOR is fixed

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Quotation Day as of 11.00am in respect of LIBOR and as of 11.00am (Brussels time) in respect of EURIBOR

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Base Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

212


accordance with Clause 16.2 (Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate)

in respect of LIBOR and as of 11.00am (Brussels time) in respect of EURIBOR

Alternative Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 16.2 (Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate)

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day

Close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day

Close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day

“U”=date of Utilisation

“U - X”=X Business Days prior to date of Utilisation

213


Part 2

Letters of Credit

Letters of Credit

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 6.2 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit))

U-3 9.30am

Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Letter of Credit if required under paragraph (d) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letter of Credit) and notifies the Issuing Bank and Lenders of the Letter of Credit in accordance with paragraph (d) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letter of Credit).

U-1 noon

Delivery of duly completed Renewal Request (Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit))

U-3 9.30am

“U”=date of utilisation, or, if applicable, in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with Clause 6.6(c) (Renewal of a Letter of Credit), the first day of the proposed term of the renewed Letter of Credit

“U-X”=Business Days prior to date of utilisation

214


SCHEDULE 11

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

To:[Beneficiary](the “Beneficiary”)

Date

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit no. []

At the request of [], [Issuing Bank] (the “Issuing Bank”) issues this irrevocable standby Letter of Credit (“Letter of Credit”) in your favour on the following terms and conditions:

1.

Definitions

In this Letter of Credit:

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in [London].*

Demand” means a demand for a payment under this Letter of Credit in the form of the schedule to this Letter of Credit.

Expiry Date” means [].

Total L/C Amount” means [].

2.

Issuing Bank's agreement

(a)

The Beneficiary may request a drawing or drawings under this Letter of Credit by giving to the Issuing Bank a duly completed Demand.  A Demand must be received by the Issuing Bank by no later than [] p.m. ([London] time) on the Expiry Date.

(b)

Subject to the terms of this Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to the Beneficiary that, within 5 Business Days of receipt by it of a Demand, it must pay to the Beneficiary the amount demanded in that Demand.

(c)

The Issuing Bank will not be obliged to make a payment under this Letter of Credit if as a result the aggregate of all payments made by it under this Letter of Credit would exceed the Total L/C Amount.

3.

Expiry

(a)

The Issuing Bank will be released from its obligations under this Letter of Credit on the date (if any) notified by the Beneficiary to the Issuing Bank as the date upon which the obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Letter of Credit are released.

(b)

Unless previously released under paragraph (a) above, on [] p.m.([London] time) on the Expiry Date the obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Letter of Credit will cease with no further liability on the part of the Issuing Bank except for any Demand validly presented under the Letter of Credit that remains unpaid.

(c)

When the Issuing Bank is no longer under any further obligations under this Letter of Credit, the Beneficiary must return the original of this Letter of Credit to the Issuing Bank.

4.

Payments

215


All payments under this Letter of Credit shall be made in [•] and for value on the due date to the account of the Beneficiary specified in the Demand.

5.

Delivery of Demand

Each Demand shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by letter, fax or telex and must be received in legible form by the Issuing Bank at its address and by the particular department or office (if any) as follows:

[•]

6.

Assignment

The Beneficiary's rights under this Letter of Credit may not be assigned or transferred.

7.

ISP

Except to the extent it is inconsistent with the express terms of this Letter of Credit, this Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices (ISP 98), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590.

8.

Governing Law

This Letter of Credit [and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it][is/are] governed by English law.

9.

Jurisdiction

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Letter of Credit (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Letter of Credit).

Yours faithfully

[Issuing Bank]

By:

NOTES:

*This may need to be amended depending on the currency of payment under the Letter of Credit.

216


THE SCHEDULE

FORM OF DEMAND

To:[Issuing Bank]

[Date]

Dear Sirs

Standby Letter of Credit no. [] issued in favour of [Beneficiary] (the “Letter of Credit”)

We refer to the Letter of Credit.  Terms defined in the Letter of Credit have the same meaning when used in this Demand.

1.

We certify that the sum of [•] is due [and has remained unpaid for at least [•] Business Days] [under [set out underlying contract or agreement]].  We therefore demand payment of the sum of [•].

2.

Payment should be made to the following account:

Name:

Account Number:

Bank:

3.

The date of this Demand is not later than the Expiry Date.

Yours faithfully

(Authorised Signatory)

(Authorised Signatory)

For

[Beneficiary]

217


SCHEDULE 12

MATERIAL COMPANIES

Red Football Limited

Red Football Junior Limited

Manchester United Limited

Manchester United Football Club Limited

MU Finance Limited

218


SCHEDULE 13

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

Part 1

Form of Notice on entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction

To:[             ] as Agent

From:[The Lender]

Dated:

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to paragraph (b) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates) of the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

2.

We have entered into a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction.

3.

The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

Commitment

Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)

[insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]

[Lender]

By:

219


Part 2

Form of Notice on Termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction / Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Investor Affiliate

To:[             ] as Agent

From:[The Lender]

Dated:

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to paragraph (c) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates) of the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

2.

A Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction which we entered into and which we notified you of in a notice dated [] has [terminated]/[ceased to be with an Investor Affiliate].*

3.

The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

Commitment

Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)

[insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]

[Lender]

By:


*

Delete as applicable

220


SCHEDULE 14

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

1.

The value of X in any Financial Year will be the amount determined using the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet and set out in the row labelled “EBITDA” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year after the following adjustments (the “Adjustments”) have been made in the electronic version of the spreadsheet (and, for the avoidance of doubt, with no other adjustments):

(a)

the figure in the Total Match Day income row of the spreadsheet for a Financial Year (the “Relevant Year”) will be determined by: (i) adjusting the revenue in the line item entitled “European Cups” in the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent Financial Year in which the first team of MUFC participated in the Champions League (the “Previous Year”) to reflect any increase or decrease in ticket prices announced prior to the start of the Relevant Year that would be applicable in the Relevant Year; (ii) aggregating the amount described in paragraph (i) above with the revenue (increased or decreased for the then prevailing rate (RPI) of inflation or deflation) in the line items entitled “Hospitality – Match Day” and “Catering (match day)” (minus any intra-Group items) in the Annual Financial Statements for the Previous Year; (iii) dividing the sum of the amount described in paragraph (ii) by the number of Champions League matches played at the Stadium in the Previous Year; and (iv) multiplying the product of paragraph (iii) by four;

(b)

any increase or decrease in the Sterling Equivalent (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) of media and sponsorship revenues that would have been received by the Group from UEFA in respect of the Champions League (or, in each case, any replacement body or competition) had the first team of MUFC finished third in the Premier League (or any replacement competition) and qualified for the first knock-out stage of the Champions League will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “European TV & Radio” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year; and

(c)

any increase or decrease in the portion of revenue from the Specified Contracts described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition thereof (as applicable) (or any replacement contract) that is dependent on the first team of MUFC qualifying for the Champions League in a Financial Year will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “Nike” (in relation to the Nike Agreement) and the row labelled “Adidas” (in relation to the adidas Agreement) in the column corresponding to that Financial Year.

2.

The add back in respect of each Financial Year shall be applied according to the following quarterly schedule:

Financial Quarter Ending

Percentage Application

September

20.0%

December

45.0%

March

35.0%

June

0.0%

221


SCHEDULE 15

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

Defined terms used in this Schedule shall have the meanings given to them in this Schedule 15 unless the context requires otherwise.  The provisions of this Schedule 15 are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

1.

Asset Sales

1.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(a)

the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(b)

at least 75 per cent. of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(i)

any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

(ii)

any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

(iii)

Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company, in each case that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries following such Asset Sale are released from any guarantee of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in connection with such Asset Sale;

(iv)

consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company which is either repaid in full or cancelled in connection with such Asset Sale; and

(v)

any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in paragraphs (b) or (d) of Clause 1.2 below,

provided that, in no event will the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Specified Asset other than to an Obligor.

222


1.2

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

(a)

to repay, repurchase, prepay or redeem (i) Indebtedness under the Facilities and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (ii)  Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to the extent that such Indebtedness is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof, (iii) the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, to the date of purchase (a “Notes Offer”) or (iv) obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness  (other than the Notes) that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks equal to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Facilities and any guarantee thereof and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facility hereunder or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, concurrently with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer;

(b)

to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(c)

to make a capital expenditure; or

(d)

to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) other assets (other than Capital Stock) that are not classified as current assets under IFRS and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business,

provided, however, that pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Finance Documents.

1.3

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Clause 1.2 will constitute “Excess Proceeds”.

1.4

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds £15,000,000, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer”) to the Lenders and may make an offer to all holders of the Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof  containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Agreement with respect to offers to purchase, prepay, cancel or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with this Clause 1 (Asset Sales) to purchase, prepay, redeem or cancel the maximum principal amount of and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or cancel the Facilities, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid, redeemed or cancelled out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer will be equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of prepayment or cancellation. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those

223


Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate principal amount of the Facilities, the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof tendered into (or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled in connection with) such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, or if the aggregate principal amount of the Facilities exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds to be so applied, such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to prepay  the Facilities, such Notes and such other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof to be prepaid on a pro rata basis based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled. For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such Indebtedness not denominated in U.S. Dollars, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amounts into their U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer is announced. Upon completion of each Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

2.

Restricted Payments

2.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a)

declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(b)

purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(c)

make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof (excluding (i) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facilities or the guarantee thereof purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement);

(d)

make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

(e)

make any Restricted Investments,

(all such payments and other actions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

224


(i)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(ii)

the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) below; and

(iii)

such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by paragraphs (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (m) and (n) of Clause 2.2 (Restricted Payments)) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A)

50 per cent. of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after  June 30, 2015 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100 per cent. of such deficit); plus

(B)

100 per cent. of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from Subordinated Shareholder Funding or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company (including such cash proceeds received in connection with any such conversion or exchange) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), excluding, in each case, any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity; plus

(C)

to the extent that Restricted Investments which were made after the Closing Date are sold for cash and/or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash and/or Cash Equivalents, the lesser of (x) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investments (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments; plus

(D)

to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Closing Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

(E)

upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a guarantee made by the Company or one of its Restricted

225


Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such guarantee; plus

(F)

the initial amount of any Restricted Investment made after the Closing Date in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(G)

100 per cent. of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

2.2

If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment, the provisions of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) will not prohibit:

(a)

the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b)

the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to the Company; (excluding any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity) provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 above;

(c)

the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities or any guarantee thereof (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Company) upon a Note Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreements governing such Indebtedness, but only if, prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness, (x) the Company shall have complied with its obligations under Clause 1 (Asset Sales) and shall have prepaid the full principal amount of the Facilities required to be prepaid under Clause 1 (Asset Sales) and (y) the Obligors shall have otherwise complied with the terms of this Agreement;

(d)

the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreements, or similar agreements or stock option plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed £3,000,000 in any twelve month period; but provided, further, that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent

226


Entity to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to paragraph (iii) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) and do not constitute Relevant Equity;

(e)

the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Entity deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(f)

the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(g)

payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (x) the exercise of options or warrants or (y) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(h)

the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(i)

payments pursuant to any tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes among the Company and its Subsidiaries and other Persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a part of a group for tax purposes; provided, however, that such payments will not exceed the amount of tax that the Company and its Subsidiaries would owe on a standalone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries are relieved thereby;

(j)

the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, or the making of loans, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Entity in amounts and at times required to pay:

(i)

franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity;

(ii)

general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Entity to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration of such Parent Entity, including (i) fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors; and (ii) payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees of any such Parent Entity, not to exceed £3,000,000 in any calendar year;

(iii)

any income taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, United Kingdom corporation tax), to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income or ownership of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income or ownership of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

227


(iv)

costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Finance Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

(v)

fees and expenses of any Parent Entity incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (B) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent Entity will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

(k)

so long as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company is equal to or greater than £250,000,000 for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, any Restricted Payment;

(l)

following a Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company up to 6 per cent. per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company in any such Public Equity Offering or any subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock, or the net cash proceeds of any such Public Equity Offering or subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock of any Parent Entity that are contributed in cash to the Company’s equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); provided that if such Public Equity Offering was of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity, the net proceeds of any such dividend are used to fund a corresponding dividend in equal or greater amount on the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity; or

(m)

to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganisation, including without limitation the transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts;

(n)

other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed £160,000,000 since the Closing Date.

2.3

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

3.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

3.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain

228


directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not, and will not permit any other Obligor to, issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a)

subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, the Obligors (other than the Company) may issue Disqualified Stock, and the Obligors (other than the Company) and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0,  in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Indebtedness is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(b)

if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Obligors, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred is less than 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

3.2

Subject to Clause 3.3 below, Clause 3.1 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, the “Permitted Debt”):

(a)

the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Agreement;

229


(b)

the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness provided that, on or prior to the Closing Date the Indebtedness of the Obligors evidenced by the Existing Notes and guaranteed pursuant to the Existing Note Guarantees shall be repaid in full;

(c)

the incurrence by the Company and the Obligors of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantee;

(d)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, lease, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which were used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (d), not to exceed £50,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(e)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Finance Documents to be incurred under Clause 3.1 or any of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) or (l) of this Clause 3.2;

(f)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(i)

if any Obligor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not an Obligor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Facilities and the Finance Documents; and

(ii)

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this paragraph (f);

(g)

the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(i)

any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(ii)

any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

230


will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this paragraph (g);

(h)

the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(i)

the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Clause 3.2; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(j)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, customs, VAT and other tax guarantees, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(k)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(l)

Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred to provide all or any portion of the funds used to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided, however, with respect to this paragraph (1), that at the time of the acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred the Company would have been able to incur £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this paragraph (l);

(m)

Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(n)

the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed £50,000,000; and

(o)

the incurrence by New Holdco, Sponsorship Newco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco of Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined in the

231


Intercreditor Agreement) or Subordinated Liabilities (as defined by the Intercreditor Agreement),

provided, however, that New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) shall not be permitted to incur Indebtedness pursuant to paragraphs (a), (d) and (n) of this Clause 3.2.

3.3

No Obligor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

3.4

For purposes of determining compliance with this Clause 3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in paragraphs (a) through (o) of Clause 3.2 above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Clause 3.  Indebtedness under the Facilities will be deemed to have been incurred under paragraph (a) of Clause 3.2 only. The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Clause 3; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Clause 3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

3.5

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(a)

the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(b)

the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

(c)

in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(i)

the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(ii)

the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

(d)

for purposes of determining compliance with any sterling-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Sterling Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than

232


sterling, and such refinancing would cause the applicable sterling-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such sterling-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to an agreement intended to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness, if denominated in sterling, will be the amount of the principal payment required to be made under such currency agreement and, otherwise, the Sterling Equivalent of such amount plus the Sterling Equivalent of any premium which is at such time due and payable but is not covered by such currency agreement.

4.

Liens

The Company will not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (a) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, Permitted Liens and (b) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

5.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

5.1

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any Obligor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(a)

such Obligor could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) above and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Clause 4 (Liens);

(b)

the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(c)

the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales).

6.

Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

6.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a)

pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

233


(b)

make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c)

sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

6.2

The restrictions in Clause 6.1 above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a)

agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Facilities or any other agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Closing Date;

(b)

the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees, the Existing Facility Agreement, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the BAML Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents;

(c)

agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Finance Documents;

(d)

applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(e)

any agreement or instrument of or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such agreement or instrument was entered into or incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of any such agreement or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (i) no more restrictive or (ii) not materially less favorable as determined in good faith by the Company, than the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in such instrument at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

(f)

customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(g)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in paragraph (c) of Clause 5 (Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions);

(h)

any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company

234


that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(i)

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(j)

Liens permitted to be incurred under Clause 4 (Liens) that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(k)

provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment) entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(l)

restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

Hedging Obligations entered into from time to time;

(n)

any mortgage financing or mortgage refinancing that imposes restrictions on the real property (including any heritage building rights) securing such Indebtedness; and

(o)

agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (n) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, provided that any encumbrance or restriction in any such agreement is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any other Person, other than such Restricted Subsidiary or its property or assets.

7.

Merger, Consolidation, etc.

7.1

The Company and Red Football Junior Limited, will not, directly or indirectly: (x) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (y) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a)

either:

(i)

the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL is the surviving corporation; or

(ii)

the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction;

(b)

the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes

235


all the obligations of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL under the Finance Documents to which the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

(c)

immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d)

the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) would be permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was prior to such transaction; and

(e)

the Company delivers to the Agent an Officers’ Certificate and opinion of counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and assumption of obligations under the Finance Documents comply with this Clause 7.1.

7.2

Except as otherwise provided in this Clause 7, no Obligor (other than an Obligor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with this Agreement) may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Obligor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than a sale or disposal to, or consolidation or merger with or into, the Company or another Obligor unless:

(a)

either:

(i)

such Obligor is the surviving Person; or

(ii)

the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Obligor) (A) is organized under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction and (B) assumes all the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents to which such Obligor is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders),

provided that, in either case, immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or

(b)

in the case only of an Obligor that is not the Borrower, the Company or Red Football Junior Limited, the Net Proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents.

7.3

In addition, no Obligor will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

7.4

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither this Clause 7 nor Clause 11.2 will restrict the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of (a) the Company or any Obligor with, into or to any Obligor, (b) any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to the Company or any Obligor or with, into or to any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any Permitted Reorganisation and (d) paragraph (d) of Clause 7.1

236


above will not apply to any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company or any Obligor with, into or to an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Obligor in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided that any such transaction is consummated in accordance with the terms hereunder.

8.

Transactions with Affiliates

8.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(a)

the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(b)

the Company delivers to the Agent:

(i)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £10,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Clause 8 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or, if there are no disinterested directors in respect of such Affiliate Transaction, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing; and

(ii)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £20,000,000, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing.

Provided, however, that, the following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8:

(c)

any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, consultant agreement, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d)

transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e)

transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

237


(f)

payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g)

any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(h)

Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Clause 2 (Restricted Payments);

(i)

Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments described in paragraphs (c), (m) and (o) of the definition thereof);

(j)

transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by, any agreement in effect on the Closing Date and transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(k)

transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person;

(l)

any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing or arrangement and payment does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; and

(m)

Permitted Reorganisations.

9.

Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness

9.1

The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Obligors, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as a borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such specified Restricted Subsidiary shall simultaneously accede to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

9.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without becoming a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 9, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary

238


(including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock).

9.3

Such Additional Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Additional Guarantor that would have resulted in the requirement that such Additional Guarantor become an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 9.

10.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

10.1

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

10.2

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Agent by filing with the Agent a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Clause 2 (Restricted payments).  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Finance Documents and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) the Company will be in default of such covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

11.

Limitation on Issuer Activities

11.1

The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien over any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure Indebtedness, except for Liens to secure the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, the BAML Facility, the Facility or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness are permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents.

11.2

The Issuer will not (i) merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in

239


one or more related transactions, other than (A) in the case of clause (i) or clause (ii), in accordance with Section 7 hereof, or (B) solely in the case of clause (ii), in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Collateral Lien.

11.3

Until the date on which all Commitments have been cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Facility have been fully repaid, none of the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will commence or take any action or facilitate a winding-up, liquidation or other analogous proceeding in respect of the Issuer.

12.

Limitation on Holding Company Activities

12.1

The Company will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, the Carrington Premises, Capital Stock in Red Football Junior Limited and MUL, assets that will be used to make a Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted by Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) promptly following receipt thereof by the Company and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

12.2

Red Football Junior Limited will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than Capital Stock in MUL and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

12.3

In addition, neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited will trade, undertake any activity, carry on any business, own any assets, enter into any arrangement or incur any liability other than:

(a)

the ownership of shares of MUL and, in the case of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any other direct Subsidiary of the Company and/or Red Football Junior Limited (an “Additional Subsidiary”) that is a member of the Group, in each case to the extent such shares are subject to Transaction Security and provided that any Additional Subsidiary is the only member of the Group (other than Red Football Junior Limited) in which the Company directly owns shares;

(b)

the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries and the receipt of any amounts related thereto to the extent expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement;

(c)

incurring Indebtedness permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) (including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under the Finance Documents);

(d)

rights and obligations arising under the Debt Documents;

(e)

directly related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence; or

(f)

the holding of bank accounts and the making of loans (including activities reasonably incidental thereto) permitted by the Finance Documents, and the entry into any agreement in relation thereto.

Definitions in this Schedule:

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

240


(a)

Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(b)

Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Amounts” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Closing Date).

Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and, with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

Affiliate Transaction” is defined in Clause 8 (Transactions with Affiliates).

Asset Sale” means:

(a)

the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, etc.) and not by the provisions of Clause 1 (Asset Sales); and

(b)

the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(a)

any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than £1,000,000;

(b)

a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in accordance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales);

(d)

the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

241


(e)

licenses and sublicenses by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software in the ordinary course of business;

(f)

any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

(g)

the granting of Liens not prohibited under Clause 4 (Liens);

(h)

the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(i)

a Restricted Payment that does not violate Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) or a Permitted Investment;

(j)

the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(k)

the sale, lease, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations;

(l)

any license or other right of occupation that allows the beneficiary to attend one or more sporting events (including without limitation association football matches) or other events in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

any license or other right of use of any intellectual property or other right if entered into in connection with the commercial exploitation of such intellectual property or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

(n)

the monetization of any contract or arrangement related to (l) and (m) above;

(o)

the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(p)

the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into an Affiliate solely for purposes of reincorporating the Issuer in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided any such transaction is consummated in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Merger, Consolidation, Etc.); and

(q)

the transfer of employees and assets in accordance with the definition of Permitted Reorganisation.

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” below.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the Closing Date, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities,

242


whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors” means:

(a)

with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(b)

with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(c)

with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(d)

with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Closing Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Capital Stock” means:

(a)

in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b)

in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(c)

in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(d)

any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Carrington Premises” means the property known as the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington Manchester (title number GM785864), including any real property and fixtures related thereto but not any personal property.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a)

direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of a Permitted Jurisdiction, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of such Permitted Jurisdiction and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option;

243


(b)

overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of £500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or “A–” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency;

(c)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;

(d)

commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

(e)

money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in paragraph (a) to (d) of this definition.

Closing Date” means 24 June 2015 or such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to 30 June 2015 as may be agreed upon by the Issuer and the purchasers under the Note Purchase Agreement.

Collateral” means any and all assets from time to time in which a security interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Transaction Security Document to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Obligors under the Finance Documents.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(a)

all gains (losses) realized in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain; plus

(b)

provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c)

the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d)

depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

244


(e)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness to the extent such costs and premiums were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(f)

any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains or losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; minus

(h)

non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue or the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)

the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (excluding any non-cash interest expense on Subordinated Shareholder Funding); plus

(b)

the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(c)

any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Lien is called upon; plus

(d)

the product of (i) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that:

245


(a)

the net income (loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and the net income (if negative) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary will be included only to the extent that such loss has been funded with cash by the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

(b)

solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (iii)(A) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders; except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

(c)

the net income (loss) arising from the sale, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations will be excluded;

(d)

any extraordinary or exceptional gain, loss or charge or any profit or loss on Asset Sales, asset impairments or early extinguishment of Indebtedness, or any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, integration or severance or any expenses, charges, reserves or other costs related to acquisitions will be excluded;

(e)

non-cash tax charges that are set off by group relief by a Parent Entity will be excluded;

(f)

the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

(g)

any intangible asset impairment charge and amortization of player registrations and amortization of goodwill will be excluded.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of the Company on such date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “CSSLR Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence,

246


assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

(a)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(b)

the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(c)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

(d)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(a)

was a member of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date; or

(b)

was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company or any Guarantor to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Note Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer or any Obligor may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions

247


unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Clause 2 (Restricted Payments).  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Finance Documents will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Excess Proceeds” is defined in Clause 1.3 (Asset Sales).

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4 (Asset Sales).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date from (a) contributions to its common equity capital or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be designated no later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by the Company), the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments).

Existing Hedging Agreements” means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., on October 25, 2013, documented under and subject to the terms of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) and Schedule thereto, dated as of May 20, 2013.

Existing Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, until such amounts are repaid.

Existing Note Documents” means the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees (whether contained in the Existing Note Indenture or otherwise).

Existing Note Guarantees” means the “Note Guarantees” as defined in the Existing Note Indenture.

Existing Note Indenture” means the indenture governing the Existing Notes dated on or about May 20, 2013, and made between, among others, the Existing Note Trustee, the Security Trustee, MUF and the senior note guarantors.

Existing Note Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Existing Note Indenture.

Existing Notes” means the senior notes due 2017 issued or to be issued by MUF under the Existing Note Indenture.

Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

248


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “FCCR Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(a)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the FCCR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(b)

the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(c)

the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the FCCR Calculation Date;

(d)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(e)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(f)

if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the FCCR Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the FCCR Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).

Governmental Authority” means

249


(a)

the government of

(i)

the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

(ii)

any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Parent Subsidiary, or

(b)

any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(a)

interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(b)

other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(c)

other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

holder” or “Holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Issuer pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Schedule, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS contained in this Schedule shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Closing Date.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(a)

in respect of borrowed money;

(b)

evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c)

in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(d)

representing Capital Lease Obligations;

250


(e)

representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

(f)

representing any Hedging Obligations;

(g)

representing Attributable Debt; and

(h)

representing liabilities under the Existing Hedging Agreements,

(i)

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

(j)

In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

(k)

In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock), Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) will not be considered incremental Indebtedness.

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include:

(a)

in connection with the purchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

(b)

any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

(c)

Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS.  If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2 (Restricted

251


Payments).  The acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments).  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Issuer” means MUFC.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

Make-Whole Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Closing Date).

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS.

Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(a)

as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

(b)

as to which the holders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

Note Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)

the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

(b)

the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(c)

the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Principal and/or any of its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 per cent. of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

252


(d)

the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; provided, however, that this paragraph (d) shall not apply to members of the Board of Directors nominated or re-elected by employees pursuant to co-determination and similar statutes providing for employee representatives on supervisory or similar boards;

(e)

the first day on which (i) the Company fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of MUL or (ii) MUL fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of the Issuer;

(f)

Manchester United plc (alone or together with one or more Affiliates controlled by it) ceases to own (directly or indirectly) a larger percentage than does any other Person of the share capital in, and shareholder loans to, the Company; or

(g)

the Original Investors cease to have the power to control more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company or appoint or remove a majority of directors of the Company or give directions with respect to operating and financial policies of the Company.

Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement.

Note Documents” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Representative Deed and the Transaction Security Documents.

Note Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement dated as of on or around the Closing Date entered into by, among others, the Issuer, and relating to the Notes.

Notes Offer” is defined in Clause 1.2 (Asset Sales).

Notes” means the 3.79% guaranteed senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 due 24 June 2027 issued on the Closing Date.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief of Staff, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Managing Director, Director or any Vice-President.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Issuer or other Obligor, as applicable, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent company or entity of the Company.

Parent Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company, including the Issuer.

Permitted Business” means (i) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and (ii) any other business or activity which is ancillary, reasonably related or complementary thereto.

Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

(a)

Liens on the Collateral to secure the Finance Documents;

(b)

Liens on the Collateral to secure the Existing Notes (or the Existing Note Guarantees) and the Existing Facility Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) until the Closing Date,

253


the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); provided further that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis;

(c)

Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness: (i) under the BAML Facility; (ii) permitted by paragraph (d) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) or paragraph (n) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); and (iii) permitted by Clause 3.1 of (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that, in each case, all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

(d)

Liens on the Collateral securing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under (i) Hedging Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations in respect of commodity prices and only to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral) permitted by paragraph (h) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock), and (ii) the Existing Hedging Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that the assets and properties securing such Indebtedness will also secure the Facilities or any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis; provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

(e)

Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of paragraphs (d), (g), (h), (i), (k), (m) and (n) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Trustee to enforce any Lien over the Collateral; and

(f)

Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed £5,000,000 at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation from the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business.

Permitted Debt” is defined in Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock).

Permitted Investments” means:

(a)

any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

254


(b)

any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c)

any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(i)

such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(ii)

such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(d)

any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales);

(e)

any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(f)

any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including settlement of delinquent obligations pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of, or other foreclosure with respect to, any trade creditor or customer; or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(g)

Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(h)

Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(i)

loans or advances to officers, directors or employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed £5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(j)

repurchases of the Notes in accordance with section 8 (Payment and Prepayment of the Notes) of the Note Purchase Agreement;

(k)

any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(l)

any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Closing Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(m)

Investments acquired after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, etc.) after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

255


(n)

Investments made with the Excluded Contributions;

(o)

other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (o) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed £50,000,000, provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Clause 10 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries), such Investment, if applicable, shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this paragraph.

Permitted Jurisdiction” means:

(a)

the United Kingdom;

(b)

the U.S. or any state thereof;

(c)

Switzerland;

(d)

Canada;

(e)

the Cayman Islands; and

(f)

any country that was a member of the European Union on April 30, 2004 (other than Greece Spain, Italy or Portugal).

Permitted Liens” means:

(a)

Liens in favor of the Obligors;

(b)

Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(d)

Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

(e)

Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by paragraph (d) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(f)

Liens existing on the Closing Date;

256


(g)

Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS has been made therefor;

(h)

Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i)

survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(j)

Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents; provided, however, that:

(i)

the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(ii)

the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(k)

bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(l)

Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(m)

Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(n)

any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensee under any operating lease, license or sublicense, as applicable;

(o)

Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(p)

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q)

Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (n) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

257


(r)

Liens to secure Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted by paragraph (b) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); and

(s)

Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not exceed £25,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(a)

the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(b)

such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(c)

if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(d)

such Indebtedness is incurred either by an Obligor (if the Obligor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged) or by the Restricted Subsidiary that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

Principal” means the six lineal descendants of Malcom Glazer who are Avram Glazer, Joel Glazer, Bryan Glazer, Edward Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Kevin Glazer.

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration

258


rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.  The term Public Debt (x) shall not include the Notes and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than 10 Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” under the Securities Act.

Public Equity Offering” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Entity, either:

(a)

pursuant to a flotation on the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the European Union; or

(b)

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit plan).

Public Market” means any time after:

(a)

a Public Equity Offering has been consummated; and

(b)

at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares or common equity of the Company or a Parent Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Principals or any of their respective Affiliates or any other direct or indirect shareholders of the Company as of the Closing Date pursuant to one or more Public Equity Offerings.

Qualified Capital Stock” means Capital Stock other than Disqualified Stock.

Related Party” means:

(a)

Red Football Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed in the State of Nevada, U.S.;

(b)

the parents or spouse of a Principal, the parents of a Principal’s spouse and any of a Principal’s, his or her spouse’s or their parents’ direct descendants; or

(c)

any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1 per cent. or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph (b).

Relevant Equity” means new equity or Subordinated Shareholder Funding invested into the Restricted Group by any Principal or any Related Party or their respective Affiliates and applied within one Business Day of the date of such investment (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of the Notes, any Replacement Debt or other Term Debt).

259


Replacement Debt” means Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the proceeds are applied within one Business Day of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of (a) the Notes, the Existing Notes or any Term Debt; or (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

Representative Deed” means the representative deed dated on or about the Closing Date between, among others, the Purchasers (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) and Structured Finance Management Limited as creditor representative thereunder.

Restricted Group” means the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment” is defined in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments).

Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States.

Securities” or “Security” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

“Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or other applicable Obligor.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien and Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

Specified Asset” means the Stadium and grounds and any real property related thereto.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Sterling” or “£” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Sterling Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than sterling, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent, the amount of sterling obtained by converting such currency other than sterling involved in such computation into sterling at the spot rate for the purchase of sterling with the applicable currency other than sterling as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity or any Principal or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital

260


Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

(a)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes (other

than through conversion or exchange of any such security or instrument for Qualified Capital Stock or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition);

(b)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

(c)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

(d)

is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

(e)

is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Facilities in the event of any default, bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, winding up or other disposition of assets of the Company at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are subordinated to the Facilities under the Intercreditor Agreement;

(f)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Facilities, Notes or the BAML Facility or compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Note Documents, the Finance Documents and the Finance Documents (as defined in the BAML Facility Agreement);

(g)

does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and

(h)

is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

provided, however, that any event or circumstance that results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a)

any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

261


(b)

any partnership or limited liability company of which (i) more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Tax” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding imposed by a Governmental Authority, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax. “Taxes” and “Taxation” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

U.S. Dollar”, “Dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than U.S. Dollars involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable currency other than U.S. Dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) as of the Closing Date, MUTV and MU Interactive and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Obligor or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Clause 10 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries), but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(a)

has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(b)

except as permitted under Clause 8 (Transactions with Affiliates), is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(c)

is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(d)

has not guaranteed, pledged any of its Subsidiaries’ shares or other of its assets or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

262


Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a)

the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(b)

the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

263


SCHEDULE 16

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Defined terms used in this Schedule 16 shall bear the meanings given to them in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) unless the context requires otherwise. The provisions of this Schedule 16 are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

1.

Events of Default

1.1

Each of the following will be an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

(a)

any member of the Restricted Group (i) admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction (other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor or, for the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Reorganisation on a solvent basis), (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing;

(b)

a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, without consent by any member of the Restricted Group, enters an order appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of any member of the Restricted Group, or any such petition shall be filed against any member of the Restricted Group and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(c)

any event occurs with respect to any member of the Restricted Group which under the laws of any jurisdiction is analogous to any of the events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, provided that the applicable grace period, if any, which shall apply shall be the one applicable to the relevant proceeding which most closely corresponds to the proceeding described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

264


SCHEDULE 17

FORM OF ADDITIONAL FACILITY LENDER ACCESSION NOTICE

To:[] as Agent and [] as Security Trustee

From:[Proposed Additional Facility Lender] (the “Additional Facility Lender”)

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement and a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

1.

[Name of Additional Facility Lender] (the “New Additional Facility Lender”) of [address/registered office] agrees to become an Additional Facility Lender and to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement as a Lender under [Details of relevant Additional Facility].

2.

On the date the Additional Facility referred to above becomes effective (the “Commencement Date”):

(a)

the New Additional Facility Lender shall become party to the Facilities Agreement as a Lender;

(b)

the New Additional Facility Lender assumes all of the rights and obligations of a  Lender in relation to the Additional Facility Commitments under the Facilities Agreement specified in the schedule to this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice (the “Schedule”) in accordance with the terms of the Facilities Agreement; and

(c)

the Additional Facility Lender shall become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender (as defined therein).

3.

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the New Additional Facility Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

4.

[The New Additional Facility Lender confirms that it is not a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.]

5.

We further refer to clause [21] (Changes to the Parties) to the Intercreditor Agreement. In consideration of the New Additional Facility Lender being accepted as an RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Additional Facility Lender confirms that, as from the Commencement Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

6.

[Other relevant details (if any)]

265


7.

The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such New Additional Facility Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender]. *

8.

[The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such New Additional Facility Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that New Additional Facility Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 9

9.

[The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such New Additional Facility Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [•]) and is tax resident in [•]10, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Commencement Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower the Commencement Date,

that it wishes that scheme apply to the Facilities Agreement.]

10.

[The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender].11


*

Delete as applicable - each New Additional Facility Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

9Include only if the New Additional Facility Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

10

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

11Delete as applicable – Each New Additional Facility Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

266


11.

It is intended that this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice takes effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only execute this document under hand.

12.

This Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and it and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

267


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Additional Facility Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the New Additional Facility Lender

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

EXECUTED as a DEED

[New Additional Facility Lender]

By:

This Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice is accepted as an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and as a [Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking] for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee and the Commencement Date is confirmed as [].

Agent

By:

Security Trustee

By:

13.

268


SCHEDULE 18

ADDITIONAL FACILITY NOTICE

To:[] as Agent

From:[The Company] [Borrower] [Additional Facility Lender]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Additional Facility Notice. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Additional Facility Notice unless given a different meaning in this Additional Facility Notice.

1.

We wish to establish an Additional Facility on the following terms:

(a)

Borrower(s):

(b)

Additional Facility Lender(s):

(c)

Amount (£):

(d)

Margin (including any applicable margin ratchet):

(e)

Termination Date:

(f)

Currency/currencies of utilisation:

(g)

Additional Facility Commencement Date:

[together with any other information, requests or directions included at the option of the Company.]

2.

The proposed Additional Facility Lender(s) [is]/[are] not a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

3.

On the [date the Additional Facility referred to above becomes effective]/[Additional Facility Commencement Date], the Additional Facility Lender assumes all of the rights and obligations of a Lender in relation to the Additional Facility Commitments under the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule to this Additional Facility Notice in accordance with the terms of the Facilities Agreement.

4.

It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only execute this document under hand.

5.

This Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and it and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law..

Yours faithfully

269


authorised signatory for

[the Company] [Borrower]

270


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Additional Facility Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Additional Facility Lender

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

EXECUTED as a DEED

[Additional Facility Lender]

By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Additional Facility Notice for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent and the Commencement Date is confirmed as [].

Agent

By:

Security Trustee

By:

271


SCHEDULE 19

FORM OF SUBSTITUTE AFFILIATE LENDER DESIGNATION NOTICE

To:[        ] (as Agent); and

[[                              ] (as Security Trustee)]

for itself and each of the other parties to the Facilities Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below.

Copy:[The Company]

From:[Designating Lender] (the “Designating Lender”)

Countersigned by [Substitute Affiliate Lender] (the “Substitute Affiliate Lender”)

Dated:[]

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice.

2.

We hereby designate our Affiliate details of which are given below as a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of any Loans required to be advanced to [specify name of borrower or refer to all borrowers in a particular jurisdiction etc.] (“Designated Loans”).

3.

The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Substitute Affiliate Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender];

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender]. 12

4.

[The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Substitute Affiliate Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or


12Delete as applicable – each Substitute Affiliate Lender is required to confirm which one or more of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

272


(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA)

the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 13

5.

[The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Substitute Affiliate Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number []) and is tax resident in []14, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the date of this Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the date of this Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice,

that it wishes that scheme apply to the Facilities Agreement.]15

6.

[The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender].

7.

The details of the Substitute Affiliate Lender are as follows:

Name:

Facility Office:

Fax Number:

Attention:

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

8.

By countersigning this notice below the Substitute Affiliate Lender agrees to become a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of Designated Loans as indicated above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement accordingly.

9.

This Designation Notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.


13

Include only if Substitute Affiliate Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

14

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

15

Include if the Substitute Affiliate Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

273


For and on behalf of

[Designating Lender]

274


SCHEDULE 20

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

To:[·] as Agent and as Security Trustee, [·] as Issuing Bank and [·] as Company, for and on behalf of the Company and each Obligor

From: [the Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)

Dated:

Red Football Limited – Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facilities Agreement and particularly Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement). This is an Increase Confirmation. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement [and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)]. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.

3.

The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase Date”) is [·].

4.

On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes:

(a)

party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

(b)

party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a RCF Lender (as defined therein).

5.

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

6.

The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 2.2 (Increase).

7.

The Increase Lender confirms, in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);]

(b)

[not a Qualifying Lender; or]

(c)

[a UK Treaty Lender.] *


*

Delete as applicable - each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

275


8.

[The Increase Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom;

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(iii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 16

9.

[The Increase Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ]*, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Increase Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Increase Date,

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.]**

10.

[The Increase Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender]. 17

11.

The Increase Lender confirms that it is not an Investor Affiliate.

12.

The Increase Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]** a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender.


16

Include only if Increase Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

* Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

** Include if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

17

Delete as applicable – Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

276


13.

[We further refer to clause [21] (Changes to the Parties) of the Intercreditor Agreement. In consideration of the Increase Lender being accepted as a RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the Increase Lender confirms that, as from the Increase Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.]

14.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

15.

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note: The execution of this Increase Confirmation may not be sufficient for the Increase Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the Increase Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent [and the Issuing Bank], and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee and the Increase Date is confirmed as [·].

Agent

[Issuing Bank

By:

By:

]**

Security Trustee

By:

]

NOTES:

**

Delete as applicable.

277


SIGNATURES

[Signature pages not restated]

278


SCHEDULE 21

SCREEN RATE CONTINGENCY PERIODS

Screen Rate

Period

LIBOR

One Month

EURIBOR

One Month

279


Execution Version

Exhibit 4.5

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

Old Trafford

Sir Matt Busby Way

Manchester M16 0RA

United Kingdom


AMENDMENT NO. 2

Under the Within-

Mentioned Note Purchase Agreement


As of March 4, 2021

Each Noteholder Named
on the Signature Pages Hereof

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 27, 2015, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated June 14, 2018 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), by and between Manchester United Football Club Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (the “Company”) and each of (i) Red Football Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (the “Parent”), (ii) Manchester United Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“MUL”), and (iii) Red Football Junior Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“RFJ”), and (iv) MU Finance Limited (formerly MU Finance plc), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“MUF”, and together with Parent and MUL and RFJ being sometimes referred to herein, each individually, as a “Guarantor” and, collectively, as the “Guarantors” and the Guarantors and the Company together, the “Note Parties”), The Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent and the several institutional investors named therein from time to time, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of its 3.79% Guaranteed Senior Secured Notes due June 26, 2027, in the aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 (the “Notes”).

On the date hereof, the Notes are held by the respective Holders named on the signature pages hereof.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this amendment (this “Amendment”) shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Note Purchase Agreement.

RECITALS

A.Section 18.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement provides that the Note Purchase Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term thereof may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders.


B.Section 10.13(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement provides that the Parent will not permit, for any Relevant Period, Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period to be less than £65,000,000 (the “EBITDA Requirement”).

C.The Company is seeking to amend the EBITDA Requirement during the period beginning on March 31, 2021 and ending on and including September 30, 2022.

D.Therefore, the Company and the Guarantors have requested, and the Required Holders have agreed, to amend the Note Purchase Agreement on the terms and conditions provided herein and in connection with the consents, amendments and agreements further set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

I.Amendments to the Note Purchase Agreement and Covenants of the Company.

(a)Section 10.13(a) shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Parent will not permit, for any Relevant Period, Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period to be less than (i) £65,000,000 or (ii) if a Football Season Disruption Event occurs during the Amendment Period, £25,000,000, from the date of such Football Season Disruption Event until the end of the Amendment Period, in each case subject, however, to Section 10.13(c) and Section 10.16.”

(b)A new Section 10.16 shall be added immediately after Section 10.15 to read in its entirety as follows:

Section 10.16     Equity Cure.

(a)In relation to any Relevant Period ending during the Amendment Period, if (i) cash proceeds (an “Equity Investment”) are received by the Parent pursuant to any Additional Shareholder Funding or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding, during or after the final day of such Relevant Period but no later than 20 Business Days after the earlier of (A) the date on which the interim or annual financial statements and related compliance certificate (a “Compliance Certificate”) is required to be delivered to the Holders pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), as applicable, and (B) the date on which such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are actually delivered to the Holders (such date, the “Outside Cure Date”) and (ii) such Equity Investment actually received by the Parent on or before the Outside Cure Date shall be designated in writing by the Parent to the Holders as being provided for the purposes of this Section 10.16(a) (as so designated, the “Equity Cure Amount”), then the financial covenant set out in Section 10.13(a) shall be calculated or, as the case may be, recalculated (x) as if any such Equity Investment so made in respect of a Relevant Period ending during the Amendment Period had been made immediately prior to the last date of such Relevant Period and (y) the Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA of the Group shall be increased by an amount equal to such Equity Cure Amount.  No Event of Default shall have deemed to have occurred or result from a failure to achieve Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA of £25,000,000 for such Relevant Period in accordance

2


with Section 10.13(a)  if any such Equity Cure Amount is sufficient to increase Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to an amount that is equal to or exceeds £25,000,000 for such Relevant Period.

(b)Unless required to be applied to the prepayment of Senior Secured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.16(c) hereof, any Equity Cure Amount shall be retained and applied by the Parent first, to the payment of the next regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest with respect to each class of Senior Secured Indebtedness pro rata and second, to the satisfaction of other obligations and expenses incurred by the Parent in the ordinary course of business as permitted by the Note Documents.

(c)There shall be no restriction on the amount of any Equity Investment  exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy Section 10.13(a) during the Amendment Period, provided that, any Equity Cure Amount exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any such failure to satisfy Section 10.13(a) during the Amendment Period shall be as soon as reasonably practicable applied to permanently repay or prepay any Senior Secured Indebtedness instead of being applied in accordance with Section 10.16(b).  Other than pursuant to Section 10.16(b) and this Section 10.16(c), there shall be no requirement to apply any Equity Cure Amount in prepayment of any Senior Secured Indebtedness.

(d)Any Equity Cure Amount shall not count towards any other permission, usage or purpose under the Note Documents, including without limitation with respect to the making of any Restricted Payment, for so long as the Equity Cure Amount continues to be included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA in accordance with Section 10.16(h).

(e)      In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided prior to the date of delivery of a Compliance Certificate with respect to any Relevant Period, the Compliance Certificate for such Relevant Period shall include the revised financial covenant calculations for such Relevant Period and confirm that such Equity Cure Amount has been provided in an amount sufficient to increase Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to an amount that equals or exceeds £25,000,000 for such Relevant Period.

(f)In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided following the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, promptly following receipt of such Equity Cure Amount, the Parent shall deliver a revised Compliance Certificate for such Relevant Period to the Holders which shall include the revised financial covenant calculations for such Relevant Period and confirm that such Equity Cure Amount has been provided in an amount sufficient to increase Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to an amount that equals or exceeds £25,000,000 for such Relevant Period.

(g)       If an Equity Cure Amount has been provided in an amount sufficient to increase Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to an amount that equals or exceeds £25,000,000 for any Relevant Period in accordance with Section 10.16(a), then the requirements of Section 10.16(a) shall be deemed to have been satisfied as at the relevant original date of determination and any breach of any term of the Note Documents, Default or Event of Default occasioned thereby shall

3


be deemed to have been permanently remedied and cured for all purposes under the Note Documents.

(h)For the avoidance of doubt, any Equity Cure Amount shall be deemed to be included in Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of Section 10.16(a) until the date on which such Equity Cure Amount is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 10.16(a) is no longer a date that is included within the Relevant Period being tested pursuant to Section 10.16(a).

(c)The following definitions shall be added to Schedule B:

Additional Shareholder Funding” means the net cash proceeds received by the Parent of:

(a) any subscription for shares in the capital of the Parent or capital contribution to the Parent that does not result in the occurrence of a Change of Control; and/or

(b) any debt advanced to the Parent by any direct or indirect Holding Company of the Parent or any Investor Affiliate provided after the Closing Date and subordinated on the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein) or on other terms acceptable to the Required Holders (acting reasonably).

Amendment Period” means the period beginning on March 31, 2021 and ending on and  including September 30, 2022 (or such earlier date as the Parent or the Company shall have notified in writing to the Noteholders).

Covid-19” means the disease known as coronavirus disease or COVID-19, the virus known as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-COV-2) and (in each case) any evolutions, mutations or variants thereof and whether or not such evolution, mutation or variant is known, or referred to, as “coronavirus” or “COVID-19.”

Football Season Disruption Event” means:

(a)for each Relevant Period ending on or before June 30, 2021, the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club due to ongoing restrictions related to Covid-19; and

(b)for each Relevant Period ending on or after March 31, 2021 and on or before the end of the Amendment Period, (i) the inability to operate the Stadium at full capacity at any time during the Amendment Period and/or (ii) the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club at any time during the Amendment Period, in each case due to ongoing restrictions related to Covid-19.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

4


Investor Affiliate” means each Original Investor, each Affiliate of an Original Investor, any trust of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been established for at least six months solely for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or controlled independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies shall not constitute an Investor Affiliate.

Manchester United Football Club” means the Manchester United Premier League football team.

(d)The Parent hereby covenants and agrees that it will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment during the Amendment Period if, at the time of such Restricted Payment, Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Period immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment is less than £65,000,000.

II.Representations and Warranties of the Note Parties.

In connection with the waiver, consents and amendments provided for herein, the Note Parties hereby represent and warrant to each Holder that:

(1)as of the date hereof no Default or Event of Default has occurred, exists and is continuing under the Note Documents, and, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(2)the execution and delivery by the Note Parties of the Amendment and the performance and observance by the Note Parties of the provisions of the Amendment do not and will not (i) violate (A) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to any Note Party, (B) any of the organizational documents of any Note Party, or (C) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on any Note Party, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any contractual obligation of any Note Party, or (iii) require any approval or consent of any Person, except for approvals and consents which have been obtained as of the date hereof; and

(3)this Amendment constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of each Note Party, enforceable against each Note Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

III.Conditions to Effectiveness.

This Amendment shall become effective on the first date (the “Effective Date”) when all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied:

5


(a)This Amendment shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Note Parties and the Required Holders.

(b)The lenders under that certain Term Facility Agreement (the “Term Facility Agreement”) originally dated May 20, 2013 and most recently amended and restated as of August 5, 2019 by and among the Company, the Parent, Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company) as Agent and Lender (as defined therein), shall have (i) consented to the amendment of the corresponding provisions of the Term Facility Agreement on terms substantially similar to, or no more onerous to the Company than, those contained in this Amendment, all to the reasonable satisfaction of the Required Holders (acting in good faith) and (ii) received a fee with respect to such amendment in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) 0.05% times (y) the aggregate Total Commitments under, and as defined in, the Term Facility Agreement.

(c)The lenders under that certain Revolving Facilities Agreement (the “RCF Facilities Agreement”) originally dated May 22, 2015 and amended and restated as of April 4, 2019 by and among the Parent, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent and Security Trustee (as defined therein), shall have (i) consented to the amendment of the corresponding provisions of the RCF Facilities Agreement on terms substantially similar to, or no more onerous to the Company than, those contained in this Amendment, all to the reasonable satisfaction of the Required Holders (acting in good faith) and (ii) received a fee with respect to such amendment in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) 0.05% times (y) the Total Commitments under, and as defined in, the RCF Facilities Agreement.

(d)The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section III hereof shall be true and correct on and with respect to the date hereof.

(e)In accordance with Section 16.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company shall have paid all costs and expenses of the Holders in connection with this Amendment, including fees and expenses of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, special counsel to the Holders.

(f)The Company shall have paid to each Holder an amendment fee equal to the product of (x) 0.05% times (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder.

IV.Miscellaneous.

(a)The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall constitute a “Note Document” for all purposes of the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Documents.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, all provisions of the Note Documents shall remain in full force and effect and be unaffected hereby.

(b)The Note Parties hereby acknowledge and agree, by their execution and delivery of this Amendment, that all obligations of each Note Party under the Note Documents to which it is a party are hereby ratified, confirmed and affirmed in all respects, except as expressly modified by this Amendment.

6


(c)This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York excluding choice of law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

(d)Other than such as is expressly waived or otherwise modified hereunder, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to waive, limit, prejudice or otherwise adversely affect any of the rights, powers or privileges of the Holders or the Security Trustee, or any Default or Event of Default or any of the remedies available to the Holders or the Security Trustee under any of the Note Documents by statute, at law or in equity. The Holders and the Security Trustee expressly reserve all their rights to enforce any or all of their rights and remedies under the Note Documents against the Note Parties or any other Person or entity, by statute, at law or in equity. Except in respect of facts and circumstances to which the waiver contained herein apply, the holders and the Security Trustee expressly reserve the right to exercise remedies in the future based on facts and circumstances that presently exist or that may exist in the future.

(e)The Note Parties hereby waive and release the Security Trustee and each Holder from any and all claims, offsets, defenses and counterclaims that the Note Parties may have, whether or not any Note Party is aware of such claims, offsets, defenses or counterclaims, that currently exist or that can now or may hereafter be asserted to reduce or eliminate all or any part of any Note Party’s obligations under the Note Documents, such waiver and release being with full knowledge and understanding of the circumstances and effect thereof and after having consulted legal counsel with respect thereto.

(f) Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(g)This Amendment may be executed and accepted in any number of separate counterparts, and by each party hereto on a separate counterpart, each of which counterparts shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or transmitted electronically in either Tagged Image File Format (“TIFF”) or Portable Document Format (“PDF”) shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile, TIFF or PDF shall also deliver a manually executed counterpart hereof, but failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability, or binding effect of this Amendment.

7


AMENDMENT UNDER NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF MARCH 4, 2021:

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR THE NOTE PARTIES

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of acceptance on the accompanying counterparts of this Amendment and return one of the same to the Company.

Very truly yours,

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

RED FOOTBALL JUNIOR LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

MANCHESTER UNITED LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

MU FINANCE LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

8


AMENDMENT UNDER NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF MARCH 4, 2021

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR HOLDERS (1 of 1)

This Amendment is accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

THE VARIABLE ANNUITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA

By:

AIG Asset Management (U.S.) LLC, Investment Adviser

/s/ Jason Young

Managing Director

9


MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Adviser

/s/ James Moore

Managing Director

CM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Adviser

/s/ James Moore

Managing Director

10


THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE

INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

Northwestern Mutual Investment Management Company, LLC, its Investment Adviser

/s/ David A. Barras

Managing Director

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, for its Group Annuity
Separate Account

/s/ David A. Barras

Authorized Representative

11


USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., as investment manager

/s/ R. Marshall Merriman

Managing Director

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., as investment manager

/s/ R. Marshall Merriman

Managing Director

12


THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware

Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact

/s/ Frank LaTorraca

Managing Director

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By:Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware

Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact

/s/ Frank LaTorraca

Managing Director

13


VOYA RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

RELIASTAR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Voya Investment Management LLC, as Agent

/s/ Fitzhugh L. Wickham III

Vice President

VENERABLE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

(f/k/a VOYA INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY)

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY

AMERICAN FIDELITY ASSURANCE COMPANY

By:Voya Investment Management Co. LLC, as Agent

/s/ Fitzhugh L. Wickham III

Vice President

14


TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC, its investment manager

/s/ Bill Henricksen

Vice President

15


PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

/s/ Cathy L. Schwartz

Assistant Vice President

16


UNUM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

By:Provident Investment Management, LLC, its Agent

/s/ Ben Vance

Vice President, Senior Managing Director

COLONIAL LIFE & ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

By:Provident Investment Management, LLC, its Agent

/s/ Ben Vance

Vice President, Senior Managing Director

17


GENWORTH LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE

COMPANY

/s/ Kumrija Ganic

Investment Officer

18


THE GUARDIAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

/s/ Adam Gossett

Senior Director

19


HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY

HARTFORD LIFE AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

THE HARTFORD RETIREMENT PLAN TRUST FOR U.S. EMPLOYEES

TALCOTT RESOLUTION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (f/k/a Hartford Life Insurance Company)

By:Hartford Investment Management Company

Their investment manager

/s/ Kenneth Day

Vice President

20


LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE SOUTHWEST

By:   Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.

/s/ Paul Koenig

Head of Portfolio Management

21


EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit 4.7

4 March 2021

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED
(as Company)

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED
(as Borrower)

and

SANTANDER UK PLC
(as Agent)

AMENDMENT AND
RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

relating to a

REVOLVING FACILITY AGREEMENT

originally dated 14 October 2020

GRAPHIC

99 Bishopsgate
London EC2M 3XF
United Kingdom
Tel: +44.20.7710.1000

www.lw.com


CONTENTS

Clause

Page

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

2.

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

2

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2

4.

EFFECTIVE DATE

2

5.

FEES AND EXPENSES

2

6.

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

3

7.

MISCELLANEOUS

3

8.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

4

9.

GOVERNING LAW

4

SCHEDULE 1

5

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

SCHEDULE 2

6

AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

i


This AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT (the “Amendment and Restatement Agreement”) is made on 4 March 2021 among:

(1)

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “Company”);

(2)

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 00095489) (the “Borrower”); and

(3)

SANTANDER UK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

BACKGROUND:

(A)

By a revolving facility agreement dated 14 October 2020 (the “Facility Agreement”) between, among others, the Company and Santander UK plc as Original Lender and Agent, the Original Lender agreed to make available a revolving facility to Manchester United Football Club Limited as Borrower, on the terms and conditions set out in the Facility Agreement.

(B)

Pursuant to Clause 2.4 (Obligors’ Agent) of the Facility Agreement, each Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appointed the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorised the Company to effect amendments, supplements and variations to the Finance Documents notwithstanding that they may affect an Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor.

(C)

The parties to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement wish to amend and restate the Facility Agreement to reflect certain changes agreed between them.

(D)

Pursuant to clause 41.2 (Required consents) of the Facility Agreement, the Agent has been irrevocably authorised and instructed by the Majority Lenders to enter into this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Amendment and Restatement Agreement:

Unless defined in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a term defined in the Facility Agreement has the same meaning in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Effective Date” means the date on which the Agent provides the confirmation pursuant to Clause 4 (Effective Date) below.

Facility Agreement” has the meaning given to the term in the Background hereto.

Restated Facility Agreement” means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Amended and Restated Facility Agreement).

References in the Facility Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and expressions of similar import shall be deemed to be references to the Facility Agreement (as amended by this Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

1.2

Interpretation

1


(a)

Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement a reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is a reference to a Clause or a Schedule, as the case may be, in or of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement. Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

(b)

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement will be deemed to be set out in full in this agreement, mutatis mutandis, but as if references in that clause to the Facility Agreement were references to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

(c)

It is agreed that this Amendment and Restatement Agreement constitutes a Finance Document for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and a Pari Passu Debt Document under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

2.

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

2.1

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Amended and Restated Facility Agreement) so that the rights and obligations of the Parties relating to their performance on and after the Effective Date under the Facility Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the terms of the Restated Facility Agreement.

2.2

The Facility Agreement is amended only to the extent set out in the Restated Facility Agreement. In all other respects the terms of the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect.

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Company represents and warrants to the Agent that the Repeating Representations are true and accurate in all respects (or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects) as at the date of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as at the Effective Date and as if each reference in those representations and warranties to “this Agreement” or “the Finance Documents” includes a reference to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

4.

EFFECTIVE DATE

4.1

The provisions of Clause 2 (Amendment and Restatement) of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall come into effect on the Effective Date when the Agent has confirmed in writing to the Company that (i) it has received or (ii) it has waived the requirement to receive, unless stated otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably), all of the documents and evidence referred to in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date) to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement. The Agent shall provide such confirmation to the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

4.2

If the Effective Date does not occur on or before the date falling 30 Business Days after the date of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement or such later date as the Company and the Agent may agree, then this Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall lapse and be of no further effect and none of the parties to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall be under any liability under this Amendment and Restatement Agreement (save in respect of Clause 5 (Fees and Expenses), Clause 8 (Third Party Rights) and Clause 9 (Governing Law)).

5.

FEES AND EXPENSES

The Borrower shall, or shall procure that a member of the Group will:

2


(a)

pay to the Lenders that have consented to the amendments herein a consent fee in the amount, manner and at the times agreed in a fee letter dated on or about the date hereof (the “Consent Fee Letter”); and

(b)

reimburse the Agent promptly on demand for all reasonable charges and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal advisors (subject to an agreed cap in writing (if any)) which are incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Facility Agreement and the arrangements contemplated thereby, whether or not the Effective Date occurs.

6.

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

The Company on behalf of itself and each other Obligor hereby consents, acknowledges and agrees to the amendments and other matters set forth in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement and hereby confirms and ratifies in all respects, without prejudice to the terms of any Finance Document:

(a)

in each such Finance Document, a reference to the “Agreement” or “Facility Agreement” shall mean the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

(b)

nothing contained in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall discharge the liability of any Obligor to meet any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

(c)

each Finance Document remains in full force and effect and each Obligor's obligations, including but not limited to any Security and/or guarantee created or given by an Obligor, under the Finance Documents continue to be legal, valid and binding and enforceable subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements;

(d)

the guarantee in Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity) in the Facility Agreement and, on and from the Effective Date, the Restated Facility Agreement, (in each case, including without limitation the continuation of each Guarantor’s payment and performance obligations thereunder upon) and the enforceability of such guarantee against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms; and

(e)

acknowledges and agrees that the entry by the Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) into this Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall not be construed as to establish or indicate any course of dealing on the part of the Finance Parties including the providing of any notice or the requesting of any consent, acknowledgement or confirmation not otherwise expressly provided for in any Finance Document with respect to any future amendment, waiver, restatement supplement or other modification of any Finance Document.

7.

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1

The provisions of Clause 37 (Notices), Clause 39 (Partial Invalidity), Clause 40 (Remedies and Waivers) and Clause 46 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement as if set out in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement, mutatis mutandis, but as if references in those Clauses to the Facility Agreement were references to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

7.2

This Amendment and Restatement Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument, and which counterparts may be delivered by electronic means (including .pdf format).

3


7.3

The parties hereto intend this Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall take effect as a deed, notwithstanding that a party to it may only execute it under hand.

8.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

8.1

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this Amendment and Restatement Agreement, and other than the Finance Parties, a person who is not a party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (or any analogous provision under any applicable law) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

8.2

Notwithstanding any term of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party is not required to amend, rescind or otherwise vary this Amendment and Restatement Agreement at any time.

9.

GOVERNING LAW

This Amendment and Restatement Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Amendment and Restatement Agreement has been duly executed as a deed and has been delivered by each of the parties on the date first above written.

4


SCHEDULE 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

1.

CORPORATE AUTHORISATIONS

(a)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company and the Borrower:

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Amendment and Restatement Agreement and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform this Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Amendment and Restatement Agreement on its behalf; and

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

(b)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to this Amendment and Restatement Agreement and related documents.

(c)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and the Borrower certifying that its constitutional documents as previously delivered to the Agent and each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

2.

TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

(a)

This Amendment and Restatement Agreement executed by the Company and the Borrower.

(b)

The Consent Fee Letter executed by the Borrower.

3.

OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees, which shall be paid in full within 5 Business Days after receipt of a written invoice by the Company) then due pursuant to Clause 5 (Fees and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date

5


SCHEDULE 2

AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

6


EXECUTION PAGES

THE COMPANY

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY
RED FOOTBALL LIMITED for and on behalf of itself and each Obligor

/s/ Joel Glazer

Director

/s/ Christopher Rodi

Witness

The BORROWER

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY
MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

/s/ Joel Glazer

Chairman

/s/ Christopher Rodi

Witness

[Amendment and Restatement Agreement – Signature Page]


THE AGENT

For and on behalf of
SANTANDER UK PLC as Agent of the other Finance Parties
acting by its attorney pursuant to a power of attorney dated 6 January 2021

/s/ Christopher Longsdale

Associate Director

[Amendment and Restatement Agreement – Signature Page]


Dated 14 October 2020

(as amended and restated on the Effective Date)

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

as the Company

with

SANTANDER UK PLC

as Original Lender

SANTANDER UK PLC

as Agent

and

BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY

COMPANY

as Security Trustee

REVOLVING FACILITY AGREEMENT

GRAPHIC

99 Bishopsgate London EC2M 3XF

United Kingdom Tel: +44.20.7710.1000

www.lw.com


CONTENTS

Clause

Page

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

2.

THE FACILITY

36

3.

PURPOSE

39

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

39

5.

UTILISATION – LOANS

41

6.

[RESERVED]

42

7.

[RESERVED]

42

8.

[RESERVED]

42

9.

[RESERVED]

42

10.

REPAYMENT

43

11.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

44

12.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

46

13.

RESTRICTIONS

47

14.

INTEREST

48

15.

INTEREST PERIODS

49

16.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

49

17.

FEES

51

18.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

53

19.

INCREASED COSTS

63

20.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

66

21.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

67

22.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

67

23.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

69

24.

REPRESENTATIONS

73

25.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

78

26.

FINANCIAL COVENANT

85

27.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

89

28.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

95

29.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

100

30.

RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

105

31.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

107

32.

ROLE OF THE AGENT AND OTHERS

112

33.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

122

34.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

123

35.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

125

i


36.

SET-OFF

128

37.

NOTICES

128

38.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

131

39.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

131

40.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

132

41.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

132

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY

138

43.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

141

44.

COUNTERPARTS

143

45.

GOVERNING LAW

144

46.

ENFORCEMENT

144

47.

USA PATRIOT ACT

145

SCHEDULE 1

146

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

SCHEDULE 2

148

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SCHEDULE 3

152

REQUESTS AND NOTICES

SCHEDULE 4

153

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

SCHEDULE 5

158

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 6

162

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE 7

166

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

SCHEDULE 8

169

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

SCHEDULE 9

171

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 10

174

TIMETABLES

SCHEDULE 11

175

SCHEDULE 12

176

[RESERVED]

SCHEDULE 13

177

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

ii


SCHEDULE 14

179

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

SCHEDULE 15

180

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

SCHEDULE 16

222

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SCHEDULE 17

223

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

SCHEDULE 18

226

SCREEN RATE CONTINGENCY PERIODS

iii


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 14 October 2020 (as amended and restated on the Effective Date) and made between:

(1) RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registered number 5370076) (the “Company”);
(2) MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registered number 00095489) (“MUFC”) as original borrower (the “Original Borrower”);
(3) THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (together with the Company, the “Original Guarantors”);
(4) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lender (the “Original Lender”);
(5) SANTANDER UK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”); and
(6) BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (FORMERLY KNOWN AS BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY) as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security Trustee”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

2015 Closing Date” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Acceleration Event” means, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is then continuing

(a)

the Agent:

(i)

giving a notice of acceleration pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a)(ii) or (a)(iv) (but only if such notice relates to the enforcement of Transaction Security) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration); or

(ii)

having previously placed any part of the Facility on demand pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration), making a demand for payment as referred to therein,

which notice or demand has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect; or

(b)

any amount becoming immediately and automatically due and payable pursuant to paragraph (b) of 28.9 (Acceleration) unless prior to such amount becoming immediately and automatically due and payable the operation of paragraph (b) of Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) is waived by the Majority Lenders.

Acceptable Bank” means:

1


(a)

a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

(b)

any Finance Party or an Affiliate of a Finance Party; or

(c)

any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (acting reasonably).

Accession Deed” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Accession Deed).

Accounting Principles” means:

(a)

in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Group, IFRS; and

(b)

in relation to any member of the Group, generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant member of the Group or IFRS.

Accounting Reference Date” means 30 June.

Additional Borrower” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Additional Shareholder Funding” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company of:

(a)

any subscription for shares in the capital of the Company or capital contribution to the Company that does not result in the occurrence of a Change of Control; and/or

(b)

any debt advanced to the Company by any direct or indirect Holding Company of the Company or any Investor Affiliate provided after the Closing Date and subordinated on the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein) or on other terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably).

Adjustments” means “Adjustments” as defined in Schedule 14 (Table of values for X).

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles set out in Schedule 4 (Agreed Security Principles).

Alternative Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Alternative Reference Banks:

2


(a)

(other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(b)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

Alternative Reference Banks” means:

(a)

the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity; or

(b)

such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement relating to this Agreement between, among others, the Company and the Agent dated on or around the Effective Date.

Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 25 (Information Undertakings).

Anti-Corruption Lawsmeans all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means all applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements and money laundering statutes in all jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency.

Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Assigned Account” means any Mandatory Prepayment Account (as defined in any Debt Document (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) and any other account that may from time to time be identified in writing as an Assigned Account by the Security Trustee and the Company in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Security Documents, including any renewal or redesignation of such accounts.

Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor, assignee and the Company provided that if that other form does not contain the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) it shall not be a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

3


Auditors” means an accounting firm of international standing appointed by the Company (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the auditors of the Group as of the Closing Date).

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period” means, in relation to the Facility, the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the date falling one month prior to the Termination Date.

Available Commitment” means, in relation to the Facility, a Lender’s Commitment minus:

(a)

the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations; and

(b)

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation that Lender’s participation in any Utilisations that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment.

Available Facility” means, in relation to the Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation” means:

(a)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation  as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

BAML Facility” means the facility made available to the Issuer and documented by the BAML Facility Agreement.

BAML Facility Agreement” means the term loan agreement dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014, an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015, an amendment letter dated 26 June 2015, an amendment letter dated 11 September 2015 and an amendment and restatement agreement dated 14 June 2018 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, MUFC, Bank of America, N.A. (as original lender) and Bank of America, N.A. (as agent).

Bank Levy” means:

(a)

the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011;

(b)

the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz) (as amended);

4


(c)

the French taxe bancaire de risque systémique as set out under article 235 ter ZE of the French Tax Code; and

(d)

any other levy or tax of a similar nature in force (or formally announced) as at the date of this Agreement and imposed in any jurisdiction by reference to the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions and in relation to which a Lender would reasonably be able to quantify the relevant cost of compliance as at the date of this Agreement.

Base Case Model” means the financial model including profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Group.

Base Currency” means sterling.

Base Currency Amount” means in relation to a Utilisation, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Utilisation as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of a Utilisation.

Base Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference Banks:

(a)

(other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(b)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

Base Reference Banks” means:

(a)

the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity; or

(b)

such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Borrower” means the Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Borrowings” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

(a)

the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

5


(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Budget” means any budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 25.4 (Budget).

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

Cash” means cash in hand and credit balances or amounts on deposit in an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank which are freely transferable and freely convertible and accessible by a member of the Group within 30 days so long as repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any person or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the making of a withdrawal request by a member of the Group where that member of the Group is freely able to make such a request at its discretion and without any restriction) and that cash is not subject to any Security (other than Transaction Security, Permitted Liens or Permitted Collateral Liens).

Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time:

(a)

certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

(b)

any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which:

(i)

matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(ii)

is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

provided that the relevant issuer or guarantor is rated at least BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

(c)

open market commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

(i)

for which a recognised trading market exists;

(ii)

issued by an issuer incorporated in the US, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

(iii)

which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(iv)

which has a credit rating of either BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its unsecured and non credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

(d)

sterling bills of exchange issued eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

6


(e)

investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

(i)

have a credit rating of either BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited; and

(ii)

invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

(f)

any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

in each case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security (other than the Transaction Security Documents).

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) for US federal income tax purposes.

CFC Obligor” means an Obligor that is a CFC.

Champions League” means the UEFA Champions League and any successor or replacement competition.

Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet” means the spreadsheet delivered pursuant to Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

Champions League Non Qualification Event” means the failure by the first team of Manchester United Football Club to qualify (in any season) for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League.

Change of Control” means:

(a)

a Note Change of Control as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(b)

where the Original Investors cease to, directly or indirectly, beneficially hold in aggregate issued share capital having the right to cast more than 30 per cent of the votes capable of being cast at a general meeting of the Company; or

(c)

where any shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert (other than the Original Investors) acquire (directly or indirectly) issued share capital having the right to cast a greater percentage of the votes capable of being cast at a general meeting of the Company than is, directly or indirectly, beneficially held in aggregate by the Original Investors.

For the purposes of this definition, “acting in concert” means, a group of shareholders who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

Closing Date” means the date on which the Agent has confirmed in writing to the Company it has received (or waived the requirement to receive on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in accordance with Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

7


Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

Commitment” means:

(a)

in relation to the Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties)

and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and

(b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or any other form agreed by the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Company, any Investor Affiliate, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

(a)

any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers; or

(b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers or in breach of any duty of confidentiality,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes

(i)

information that:

(A)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 42 (Confidentiality); or

(B)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers; or

(C)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group, the Investor Affiliates or any of their respective advisers and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

(ii)

any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

8


Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA at the relevant time or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting reasonably), which, in each case, is addressed to, or capable of being relied upon by, the Company without requiring its signature by virtue of reliance on the Third Parties Act and is not capable of being materially amended without the Company’s prior written consent (acting reasonably).

Consent Fee Letter” has the meaning given to such term in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Consolidated EBITDA” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Consolidated Net Finance Charges” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

CTA” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Debt Document” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debt Purchase Transaction” means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

(a)

purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

(b)

enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

(c)

enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 28 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default provided that any such event which is subject to a qualification as to materiality or requires a determination to be made shall not constitute a Default unless such qualification is satisfied or such determination is made, as the case may be.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender (other than a Lender which is an Investor Affiliate):

(a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation);

(b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

(c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

9


(B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

(ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the other Lenders that this is the case.

Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Trustee.

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

(a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

(b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

(i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway and any other country that becomes a member of the European Economic Area on or after the date of this Agreement.

Effective Date” has the meaning given to that term in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Environment” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

(a)

air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

(b)

water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

(c)

land (including, without limitation, land under water).

Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceedings or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law” means any applicable law or regulation of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business and which is binding on that member of the Group and which relates to:

(a)

the pollution or protection of the Environment;

10


(b)

the conditions of the workplace; or

(c)

the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the LMA (or any successor person) from time to time.

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 28 (Events of Default).

Excluded Subsidiary” means:

(a)

MUTV;

(b)

Alderley Urban Investments Limited (a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03132053);

(c)

each member of the New Holdco Group;

(d)

provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of holding one or more assets or properties that are to be financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) incurred pursuant to paragraph (f) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) if the only assets and properties (other than assets that are de minimis in value) owned by such Restricted Subsidiary are financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (f) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)); and

(e)

provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition of such Person by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Red Football Junior Limited) where such Person will have outstanding, following the consummation of such acquisition, Indebtedness as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (n) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and such Person would be required to obtain the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to become an Additional Guarantor or grant Transaction Security, for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Person (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Person, such Person shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)).

11


Existing Facility” means the facility made available to MUFC and as documented by the Existing Facility Agreement.

Existing Facility Agreement” means the revolving facilities agreement dated 22 May 2015 (as amended pursuant to a first amendment and restatement agreement dated 4 April 2019) between, amongst others, the Company, Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (formerly known as Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company) as agent and security trustee and the lenders listed therein.

Existing Security Documents” means:

(a)

the English law debenture dated 29 January 2010 between the Company, Red Football Junior Limited, MUL, MUFC and MUF and originally J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (and subsequently replaced, on or about the 2015 Closing Date, by the Security Trustee) (the “Existing Debenture”);

(b)

the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUL and originally J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (and subsequently replaced, on or about the 2015 Closing Date, by the Security Trustee);

(c)

the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUFC and originally J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (and subsequently replaced, on or about the 2015 Closing Date, by the Security Trustee);

(d)

the English law mortgage dated 23 April 2010 between MUL and originally J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (and subsequently replaced, on or about the 2015 Closing Date, by the Security Trustee);

(e)

the English law supplemental debenture dated 26 June 2015 between the Company, Red Football Junior Limited, MUL, MUFC and MUF and the Security Trustee;

(f)

the English law supplemental mortgage dated 26 June 2015 between MUL and the Security Trustee;

(g)

the English law supplemental mortgage dated 26 June 2015 between MUFC and the Security Trustee;

(h)

the English law mortgage dated 26 June 2015 between MUL and the Security Trustee;

(i)

the English law security agreement (charge over registered shares) dated 31 July 2015 between MUL and the Security Trustee;

(j)

the English law supplemental mortgage dated 1 July 2017 between MUFC and the Security Trustee; and

(k)

the English law supplemental mortgage dated 4 July 2018 between MUFC and the Security Trustee.

Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Facility).

Facility Office” means:

(a)

in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

12


(b)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

Fallback Interest Period” means one Month.

FATCA” means:

(a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date” means:

(a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

(b)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement including between the Company and the Original Lender and the Security Trustee and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 17 (Fees).

Finance Document” means this Agreement, the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, the Consent Fee Letter, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request and any other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company.

Finance Party” means the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender.

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of, and without double counting:

(a)

monies borrowed or raised (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding and/or Additional Shareholder Funding);

(b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by a bill discounting or factoring credit facility;

(c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

13


(d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

(e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

(f)

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account, together with the effect of any applicable netting arrangement);

(g)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

(h)

any amount raised by the issue of shares in the Company or any other member of the Group which is not held by another member of the Group which by their terms are redeemable (mandatorily or at the holder’s option);

(i)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement in respect of a fixed asset if such agreement was demonstrably entered into primarily as a method of raising finance;

(j)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement but not in relation to deferred payments for players) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

(k)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this definition.

Financial Quarter” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Financial Stability Board” means the Financial Stability Board (or any successor or replacement organisation from time to time).

Financial Year” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Football Creditors” has the meaning given to such term in rule E.31 (or any equivalent provision) of the Premier League Handbook.

Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds).

Funds Flow Statement” means a funds flow statement delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and which shall be a purely mechanical and administrative statement and which will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or the Lenders.

Group” means the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time.

Group Structure Chart” means the group structure chart in the agreed form delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

14


Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

(a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

(b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document or expresses an intention to do so;

(c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

(d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

(ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that this is the case.

Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 17 (Form of Increase Confirmation) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (in each case acting reasonably).

Increase Date” means, in relation to an increase, the later of:

(a)

the proposed Increase Date specified in the relevant Increase Confirmation; and

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Increase Confirmation.

Increase Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).

Industrial Competitor” means a person (or an Affiliate of a person):

(a)

who in the ordinary course of business is in direct competition with the Group (which shall include Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the purposes of the definition of Industrial

15


Competitor only) in any of its business activities carried on by the Group (including, without limitation, any owner of, controlling shareholder or any shareholder who has the right to appoint a director to the board (or equivalent body) of any professional football club); or

(b)

who has the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within paragraph (a) above or who holds beneficially more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within paragraph (a) above (any such person, a “Competitor Shareholder”), any Affiliate of a Competitor Shareholder, any trust of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates.

Insolvency Event” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

(a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

(d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

(e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

(i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

(ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

(f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

(g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

16


(h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

(i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

(j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

(k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Intellectual Property” means:

(a)

any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, inventions, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

(b)

the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated 29 January 2010, as amended and restated on 26 June 2015 and amended on 4 April 2019 (as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time) and made between, among others, the Company, the Debtors, the Security Trustee (as Security Trustee), RCF Agent, the RCF Lenders, the Hedge Counterparties and the Intra-Group Lenders (as each term is defined therein).

Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 15 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 14.3 (Default interest).

Interpolated Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)

the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

(b)

the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each for the currency of that Loan and each of which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

Interpolated Screen Rate” means the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which is less than the Interest Period for that Loan; and

17


(b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

Investor Affiliate” means each Original Investor, each “Affiliate” (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) of an Original Investor, any trust of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been established for at least six Months solely for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or controlled independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies shall not constitute an Investor Affiliate.

Issuer” means MUFC.

ITA” means the Income Tax Act 2007.

Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors) or otherwise in accordance with the terms of any Finance Document.

Legal Reservations” means:

(a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b)

the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim;

(c)

the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterised as a floating charge or that Security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterised as a charge;

(d)

the principle that additional interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

(e)

the principle that an English court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant;

(f)

the principle that the creation or purported creation of Security over any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which Security has purportedly been created;

(g)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(h)

any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

18


Lender” means:

(a)

the Original Lender; and

(b)

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan:

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

(b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

(c)

if:

(i)

no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

(ii)

no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

the Base Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in each case, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Majority Lenders” means:

(a)

(for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 41.2 (Required consents) in the context of a waiver in relation to a proposed Utilisation of the condition in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; and

(b)

(in any other case), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 662/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

Margin” means, in relation to any Loan, 2.50 per cent. per annum.

Material Adverse Effect” means an event or circumstance (taking into account all the resources, including funds, insurance and other claims and indemnities, available to the Group):

19


(a)

which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets of the Group (taken as a whole) or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole); or

(b)

which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group (taken as a whole) to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(c)

which, subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, affects the validity or the enforceability of any of the Transaction Security Documents in a manner which is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties and, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Company becoming aware of the issue or being given notice of the issue by the Agent.

Material Company” means, at any time:

(a)

the Company;

(b)

any other Obligor; and

(c)

any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which:

(i)

has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding intra-Group items but otherwise on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing five per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA (but excluding intra-Group items and the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of Excluded Subsidiaries); or

(ii)

has gross assets (excluding intra-Group items and calculated on an unconsolidated basis) representing five per cent. or more of the gross assets of the Group (excluding intra-Group items and the gross assets of the Excluded Subsidiaries); and

(d)

a member of the Group (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary) that is the direct Holding Company of any company that is a Material Company pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) above.

Compliance with the conditions set out in paragraph (c) shall be determined by reference to the latest audited financial statements to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements).

However if a Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or business has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared, the financial statements shall be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary or business (that adjustment being certified by a director of the Company as representing an accurate reflection of the revised Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group (not including any Excluded Subsidiaries)).

A report by the Auditors of the Company that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Material Disposal” means any disposal in respect of which the disposal proceeds exceed £5,000,000 (or its equivalent).

20


Minimum Committed Additional Financing” means, in addition to the Commitments and without double counting monies borrowed or made available for borrowing under the Existing Facility Agreement or any additional revolving credit facility (including one which replaces in whole or in part the Existing Facility Agreement) which need not be fully drawn at such time but must be:

(a)

unconditional (other than customary drawdown conditions, as determined by the Company, comprising (x) compliance with repeating representations (if applicable), (y) a no default, no event of default or acceleration event condition and (z) illegality provisions (if applicable)) and committed;

(b)

in place with an Acceptable Bank (which for this purpose shall include any lender under the Existing Facility Agreement as at the date of this Agreement); and

(c)

offered to the Original Borrower as sole or joint borrower.

Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

(a)

(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(c)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

MU Interactive” means Manchester United Interactive Limited a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 04365059.

MU RAML” means MU RAML Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09656323.

MU Junior” means MU Commercial Holdings Junior Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09655543.

MUF” means MU Finance Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 07088267.

MUL” means Manchester United Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 02570509.

MUTV” means MUTV Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03418853.

New Holdco” means MU Commercial Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09655284.

New Holdco Business” means:

21


(a)

the retail, merchandising, apparel, intellectual property licencing and soccer school business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ticket sales (including season tickets) and match day concessions, parking or hospitality);

(b)

any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business; and/or

(c)

the digital, media and mobile or any other similar business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any centrally negotiated broadcasting rights with the Premier League (in relation to domestic and international television and radio broadcasting rights) and UEFA (in relation to European club competition television and radio broadcasting rights) and (ii) any domestic cup television and radio broadcasting rights),

in each case, of or in relation to the Group (which, for the purposes of this definition,

shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

New Holdco Group” means New Holdco and each New Holdco Subsidiary.

New Holdco Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any New Holdco Business or acting as a direct or indirect Holding Company of another member of the New Holdco Group, including holding any assets or properties in relation thereto.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 41.4 (Replacement or repayment of Lender).

Note Purchase Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Notes” means the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) issued by the Issuer on the 2015 Closing Date.

Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates).

Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Obligors’ Agent” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.4 (Obligors’ Agent).

Original Financial Statements” means:

(a)

in relation to the Company, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2019;

(b)

in relation to MUL, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2019;

(c)

in relation to MUFC, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2019;

(d)

in relation to MUF, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2019;

22


(e)

in relation to Red Football Junior Limited, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2019; and

(f)

in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

Original Investors” means collectively:

(a)

the Principals (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)); and

(b)

any Related Party (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) of any Principal.

Original Obligor” means the Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Pari Passu Debt” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Perfection Requirements” means the making of appropriate registrations, filings, endorsements, stampings, intimation in accordance with local laws, notations in stock registries, notarisations, legalisation, notices and other actions and steps in any relevant jurisdiction in order to perfect the Security created or purported to be created pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents or in order to achieve the relevant priority for such Transaction Security.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Permitted Reorganisation” means:

(a)

an amalgamation, merger, demerger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganisation, winding up or corporate restructuring or reconstruction of a member of the Group or involving the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Group or any other transfer or disposition of the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Group (a “Reorganisation”), in each case, on a solvent basis, where:

(i)

all of the assets of that member remain within the Group and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member of the Group held by any person which is not a member of the Group is not increased; and

(ii)

if its assets or the shares in it were subject to security in favour of the Lenders immediately prior to such Reorganisation, the Company certifies that the Lenders (taken as a whole) will, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, enjoy the same or substantially equivalent guarantees from such member of the Group (or its successor, if any) and the same or substantially equivalent security over the same assets (except the shares in the entity that is not the successor entity, provided that the shares in the successor entity (if any) are subject to equivalent security) and over the shares in it (or in each case its successor, if any) after such Reorganisation (ignoring for the purpose of assessing such equivalency any limitations in Clause 23 (Guarantee and

23


Indemnity) and/or required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and any new or restarted hardening periods);

(b)

any Reorganisation and/or any other step, action and/or event undertaken by any member of the Group to enable, facilitate and/or implement any of the following:

(i)

the establishment, formation and/or organisation of any member of the New Holdco Group;

(ii)

the transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Group of all or any portion of the New Holdco Business and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; and/or

(iii)

the transfer, assignment or novation of MUTV and/or MU Interactive (including its assets) or all or any portion of the business of MUTV and/or MU Interactive and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts,

provided that, in each case under this paragraph (b):

(A)

(1) New Holdco shall, at all times, remain the direct or indirect Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries; and (2) subject to the Agreed Security Principles, Security shall be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s shares (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares);

(B)

New Holdco and Sponsorship Newco shall, at all times, remain Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C)

any direct or indirect Holding Company of Sponsorship Newco that is also a Subsidiary of New Holdco, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

(D)

any Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of Sponsorship Newco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements of the Group (which, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Sponsorship Subsidiary”);

(E)

any member of the Group and any member of the New Holdco Group that enters into or, as the case may be, has transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

(F)

there shall be no transfer, assignment, novation, amendment, modification, restatement, extension or replacement (prior to the expiration of their respective terms) of the Specified Contracts or any other sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement that results in any member of the New Holdco Group becoming a party to or entitled to compensation, rights or benefits under any such Specified Contract or other such sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; and

24


(G)

to the extent there is any transfer, assignment or novation of any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Group on or after the date of this Agreement to the New Holdco Group, such sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall be transferred, assigned or novated (as applicable) to a member of the Group, Sponsorship Newco and/or a Sponsorship Subsidiary only (for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Group may enter into sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements from time to time);

(c)

any action or reorganisation permitted by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, etc) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(d)

any other reorganisation of one or more members of the Group approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably),

provided that the Company (or its successor) is an entity that is incorporated in England and Wales.

Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities” means activities, assets and liabilities:

(a)

incurred for or in connection with Taxes and administrative activities desirable to maintain Tax status in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)

in connection with making claims (and the receipt of any related proceeds) for rebates or indemnification in respect of Taxes;

(c)

in connection with any litigation or court or other proceedings that are, in each case, being contested in good faith;

(d)

arising under the issue of fully paid shares at par to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding £1,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate at any time;

(e)

arising from the payment of fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration, land and other Taxes incurred in connection with the Transaction Documents;

(f)

arising from entering into and performing any rights or obligations in respect of (i) agreements with rating agencies and (ii) engagement letters and reliance letters in respect of legal, accounting and other advice or reports received or commissioned by it, in each case, in relation to transactions which are not prohibited by this Agreement;

(g)

incurred as a result of operation of law; or

(h)

permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

Premier League” means The Football Association Premier League (and any successors) or any replacement league.

Premier League Handbook” means the Premier League Handbook (as updated and/or amended from time to time) published by The Football Association Premier League Limited or any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities).

Quarter Date” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

25


Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined the first day of that period.

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

Reconciliation Statement” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements).

Reference Bank Quotation” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank.

Regulations T, U and X” means, respectively, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”) means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor:

(a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)

any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

(c)

any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and

(d)

the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Relevant Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions).

Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 24.1 (Status) to Clause 24.6 (Governing law and enforcement) and paragraph ‎(c) of Clause 24.10 (Financial statements).

Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

(a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

(i)

the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

(ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

26


(b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

(c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Resignation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Letter).

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rollover Loan” means one or more Utilisations:

(a)

made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid

(b)

the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan;

(c)

in the same currency as the maturing Loan; and

(d)

made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing that maturing Loan.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time:

(a)

any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury or the US Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state or any other relevant sanction authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business;

(b)

any Person located, operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; or

(c)

any Person owned or directly or indirectly controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the US government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury or the US Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business.

Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate)

27


or displayed on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, on or after the date of this Agreement, in relation to a Screen Rate:

(a)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, materially changed;

(b)

(i)

(A)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

(B)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(ii)

the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

(iv)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used;

(c)

the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company) temporary; or

(ii)

that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the period opposite that Screen Rate in Schedule 18 (Screen Rate contingency periods); or

(d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

Secured Parties” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

28


Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Senior Note Documents” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Notes” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Debt” means the Senior Notes and any Pari Passu Debt but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Senior Unsecured Note Issuer” means a special purpose entity incorporated for the purpose of issuing or borrowing Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and which has, on or prior to issue date (howsoever described) of the relevant Senior Unsecured Notes, become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer.

Separate Loan” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Loans).

Solvent” means with respect to a US Obligor incorporated in the US and its Subsidiaries as of any date, that as of such date:

(a)

the fair value of the assets of such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis;

(b)

the present fair saleable value of the assets of such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, on the debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;

(c)

such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and

(d)

such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which such US Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have unreasonably small capital.

(e)

For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability as determined in good faith by the Company.

Specified Contracts” means:

(a)

from (and including) its effective date, the sponsorship agreement dated 18 June 2014 between adidas (UK) Limited and MUFC (as may be amended and/or restated, novated, modified or supplemented from time to time) (the “adidas Agreement”) or any replacement or successor contract thereof; and

(b)

(i) the global sponsorship agreement dated 27 July 2011 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC and (ii) the shirt sponsorship agreement dated 26 July 2012 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC or, in each case, any replacement or successor contract thereof.

29


Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 (Timetables).

Sponsorship Newco” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business of the Group (which, for the purpose of this definition, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

Stadium” means the football stadium at Old Trafford Stadium, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester M16 0RA, England owned by MUL.

Structural Adjustment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 41.3 (Exceptions).

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

Subsidiary” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

Super Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Termination Date” means 4 July 2025.

Third Party Disposal” means the disposal (directly or indirectly) of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group where that disposal:

(a)

is permitted or not prohibited under Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) or any applicable term of this Agreement; or

(b)

is made with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being £50,000,000 at the Effective Date.

Transaction Documents” means the Finance Documents, Senior Note Documents, each Hedging Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and each other Debt Document.

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” means the Existing Security Documents and any document required to be delivered to the Agent under paragraph 15 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents.

30


Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

(a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

UEFA” means the Union of European Football Associations and any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

UK Bail-In Legislation” means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

US” means the United States of America.

US Bankruptcy Law” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) and any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

US Borrower” means a Borrower that is a US Person.

US Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a US Person.

US Obligor” means a US Borrower or US Guarantor.

US Person” means “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and includes an entity whose sole owner is a US Person if the entity is disregarded as being an entity separate from such owner for US federal tax purposes. As of the date of this Agreement, each of the Original Guarantors is treated as a US Person.

US Tax Obligor” means:

(a)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the US or otherwise treated as a United States person (or a disregarded entity whose owner is a United States person) for US federal income tax purposes; or

(b)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

“USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

31


Utilisation” means a Loan.

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices).

VAT” means:

(a)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

(b)

any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tax levied in accordance with the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

(a)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

(c)

in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation;

(i)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

1.2

Construction

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears a reference in any Finance Document to:

32


(i)

the “Agent”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Trustee” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents and, in the case of the Security Trustee, any person for the time being appointed as Security Trustee or Security Trustees in accordance with the Finance Documents;

(ii)

a document in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent (acting reasonably);

(iii)

assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iv)

a “Finance Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

(v)

guarantee” means (other than in Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or

any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

(vi)

including” means including without limitation and “includes” and “included” shall be construed accordingly;

(vii)

indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(viii)

a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(ix)

a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law being one with which it is the practice of the relevant person to comply with) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(x)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

(xi)

a time of day is a reference to London time;

(xii)

words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(xiii)

the “date of this Agreement” (as referred to in this Agreement only) means 14 October 2020; and

33


(xiv)

the “equivalent” in any currency (the “first currency”) of any amount in another currency (the “second currency”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day (or at or about such time and on such date as the Agent may from time to time reasonably determine to be appropriate in the circumstances).

(b)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

(c)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(d)

A Default and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived.

(e)

For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that any Default or Event of Default arising from a failure to deliver a document or perform an act within a period of time or on or by a specified date shall be capable of remedy and shall cease to be continuing once that document has been delivered or act performed.

(f)

For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the provisions of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default), in the context of Clause 24 (Representations), Clause 27 (General Undertakings) or Clause 28 (Events of Default)) a reference to an amount (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) shall be determined by reference to the rate of exchange (determined in accordance with the definition of equivalent pursuant to paragraph (a)(xiv) above) on the date of commitment, incurrence or making of a particular disposal, acquisition, investment, lease, loan, debt or guarantee or taking any other relevant action and any subsequent exchange rate fluctuation shall not cause a Default or an Event of Default or the breach of any provision of Clause 27 (General Undertakings) or misrepresentation in respect of any provision of Clause 24 (Representations).

(g)

Unless specifically provided to the contrary a reference to “Subsidiary” or “Material Company” or “member of the Group” excludes each Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(h)

Without limiting the definition of “Accounting Principles”, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Original Financial Statements of the Company for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in the Accounting Principles relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes.

1.3

Currency Symbols and Definitions

£”, “GBP” and “sterling” denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

1.4

Terms defined in the Restrictive Covenants Schedule

Unless a contrary intention appears, capitalised terms used in this Agreement which are not defined in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) have the meaning given to them in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

34


1.5

Third party rights

(a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of any Finance Document.

(b)

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary any Finance Document at any time.

35


SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

2.

THE FACILITY

2.1

The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a sterling revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount which is equal to the Total Commitments.

2.2

Increase

(a)

The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of:

(i)

the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 11.5 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

(ii)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Illegality),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:

(A)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other persons (each an “Increase Lender”) selected by the Company including, without limitation, any Investor Affiliate (so long as any such assumption by any Investor Affiliate is in compliance with and treated as a debt purchase transaction the subject of Clause 30 (Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions)) and each of which confirms (in its absolute discretion) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender in respect of those Commitments. For the avoidance of doubt, a Lender is not under any obligation to assume any increase in its commitment;

(B)

each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume;

(C)

each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume;

(D)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

36


(E)

any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later

date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

(b)

An increase in the Total Commitments pursuant to this Clause 2.2 will only be effective on the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender, which the Agent shall execute promptly on request, provided that:

(i)

the Increase Confirmation is duly completed, appears on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and is delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

(ii)

the Agent is satisfied that is has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender.

(c)

Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as it would have been had it been an Original Lender.

(d)

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees, the Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 29.3 (Assignment or transfer fee) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

(e)

The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

(f)

Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find an Increase Lender and in no event shall any Lender whose Commitment is replaced by an Increase Lender be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(g)

Clause 29.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

(i)

an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

(ii)

the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and

(iii)

a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.

(h)

The Finance Parties shall be required to enter into any amendment to the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, in relation to any changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security) required by the Company in order to facilitate or reflect any of the matters contemplated by this Clause 2.2. The Agent and the Security Trustee are each authorised and instructed by

37


each Finance Party to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Documents (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

2.3

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

(a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

(c)

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

2.4

Obligors’ Agent

(a)

Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

(i)

the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

(ii)

each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

(b)

Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

38


3.

PURPOSE

3.1

Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group (other than the prepayment of any Senior Secured Debt). For the avoidance of doubt amounts borrowed under this Agreement may be used towards the making of acquisitions (including, but not limited to, the acquisition of players).

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

(a)

No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received (or waived the requirement to receive on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or is otherwise satisfied (acting reasonably) that it will receive such documents and evidence on or prior to the first Utilisation Date) (i) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) (other than the document listed in paragraphs 4(a) and 4(e) in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent)), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably) and (ii) all of the documents and other evidence listed in paragraphs 4(a) and 4(e) in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

(b)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.2

Further conditions precedent

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to a Utilisation if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

(a)

in the case of any Utilisation other than a Rollover Loan:

(i)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

(ii)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all respects by reference to the facts then subsisting or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects; and

(b)

in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Acceleration Event has occurred.

39


4.3

Maximum number of Utilisations

(a)

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than 10 Loans would be outstanding.

(b)

Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.3.

40


SECTION 3

UTILISATION

5.

UTILISATION - LOANS

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by way of a Loan by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans

(a)

Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i)

it identifies the Borrower of the Loan;

(ii)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

(iii)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

(iv)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 15 (Interest Periods).

(b)

Multiple Utilisations may be requested in a Utilisation Request where the proposed Utilisation Date is the Closing Date. Only one Utilisation may be requested in each subsequent Utilisation Request.

5.3

Currency and amount

(a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency.

(b)

The amount of the proposed Utilisation must be a minimum of £1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility.

5.4

Lenders’ participation

(a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Loans), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available on the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

(b)

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

5.5

Cancellation of Commitment

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

41


6.

[RESERVED]

7.

[RESERVED]

8.

[RESERVED]

9.

[RESERVED]

42


SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

10.

REPAYMENT

10.1

Repayment of Loans

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

(b)

Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if:

(i)

one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

(A)

on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

(B)

in the same currency as the maturing Loan; and

(C)

in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan; and

(ii)

the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan to the amount of that maturing Loan is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the new Loans to the aggregate amount of those new Loans,

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:

(I)

if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

(1)

the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

(2)

each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and

(II)

if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

(1)

the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

(2)

each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as

43


having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan.

(c)

At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the relevant Termination Date in relation to the Facility and will be treated as separate Loans (the “Separate Loans”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

(d)

A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

(e)

Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Defaulting Lender on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan.

(f)

The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

11.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

11.1

Illegality

If, after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party), it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation or it becomes after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party) unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

(a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall promptly notify the Company after receiving such notice;

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately reduced and cancelled to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws or avoid the relevant unlawfulness; and

(c)

to the extent that the Lender’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 41.4 (Replacement or repayment of Lender), each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s reduced or cancelled participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower (or procure the transfer of that Lender’s participation at par to another Lender willing to accept such transfer) on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

11.2

Voluntary cancellation

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (but if in part, being a minimum amount of £1,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation

44


under this Clause 11.2 shall reduce the Available Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

11.3

Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations

A Borrower to which a Utilisation has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Utilisation by a minimum amount of £1,000,000).

11.4

Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender

(a)

If:

(i)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up);

(ii)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 19.1 (Increased costs); or

(iii)

any Lender invokes Clause 16.3 (Market disruption),

then the Company may:

(A)

require the transfer or assignment in accordance with this Agreement of all (but at par only) of that Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Utilisations to a person nominated by the Company willing to accept that transfer or assignment in accordance with paragraph (c) below; or

(B)

give the Agent notice of cancellation of all or any part of the Commitments of that Lender and the Company’s intention to procure the repayment of all of that Lender’s participations in the Utilisations, whereupon the relevant part of the Commitments of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(b)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment shall be immediately cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

(c)

If paragraph (a)(A) above applies, the Company may on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of the transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(d)

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (c) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

45


(i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent;

(ii)

neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a Replacement Lender;

(iii)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (c) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

(iv)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (c) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

(e)

A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (d)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (c) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

11.5

Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

(a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent three Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Available Commitments in relation to each Facility of that Lender.

(b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitments in relation to each Facility of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

12.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

(a)

the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of a Change of Control and the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders thereafter (the “Agent’s Notice”); and

(b)

provided that such request is made prior to the date falling 30 days after the date of the Agent’s Notice, if any Lender so requires:

(i)

the Agent shall promptly notify the Company (the “Notice to the Company”) that the Commitment of that Lender shall be cancelled on the date falling 30 days (or if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) after the date of the Notice to the Company; and

(ii)

the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and that Lender’s participation in all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued to that Lender under the Finance Documents, shall become due and payable, and shall be repaid in full, in each case, on the date falling 30 days (or if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) after the date of the Notice to the Company.

46


13.

RESTRICTIONS

13.1

Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 11 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders) and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

(b)

In the event that the Borrower or the Company delivers, in relation to a voluntary prepayment and/or cancellation only, a conditional notice and/or revocable notice of cancellation and/or prepayment under this Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be permitted to do), unless the Borrower or the Company (as applicable) gives notice to the Agent of at least one Business Day prior to the date on which the cancellation and/or prepayment was to be made, the Borrower or the Company (as applicable) shall be liable for any Break Costs if the relevant cancellation and/or prepayment is not made.

13.2

Interest and other amounts

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to payment of any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

13.3

Reborrowing of Facility

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

13.4

Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

13.5

No reinstatement of Commitments

Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

13.6

Agent’s receipt of Notices

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 11 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

13.7

Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

If all or part of a Utilisation under the Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Utilisation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this Clause 13.7 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

47


SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

14.

INTEREST

14.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

(a)

Margin; and

(b)

LIBOR.

14.2

Payment of interest

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

14.3

Default interest

(a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 14.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

(b)

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

(i)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

(ii)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

(c)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

14.4

Notification of rates of interest

(a)

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

48


15.

INTEREST PERIODS

15.1

Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

(a)

A Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

(b)

Subject to this Clause 15, a Borrower may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the relevant Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

(c)

An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the relevant Termination Date.

(d)

A Loan has one Interest Period only.

15.2

Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

16.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

16.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)

Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(b)

Shortened Interest Period: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

(i)

the currency of a Loan; or

(ii)

the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the Interest Period of that Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable LIBOR for that shortened Interest Period shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition.

(c)

Shortened Interest Period and Historic Screen Rate: If the Interest Period of a Loan is, after giving effect to paragraph (b) above, either the applicable Fallback Interest Period or shorter than the applicable Fallback Interest Period and, in either case, no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

(i)

the currency of that Loan; or

(ii)

the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Historic Screen Rate for that Loan.

(d)

Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Screen Rate: If paragraph (c) above applies but no Historic Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

49


(e)

Base Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (d) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to paragraph (b) above, revert to its previous length and the applicable LIBOR shall be the Base Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(f)

Alternative Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (e) above applies but no Base Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period the applicable LIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(g)

Cost of funds: If paragraph (f) above applies but no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

16.2

Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Base Reference Bank Rate but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Base Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

(b)

If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Base Reference Bank supplies a quotation, there shall be no Base Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

(c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate but an Alternative Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Alternative Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Alternative Reference Banks.

(d)

If before close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day none or only one of the Alternative Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Alternative Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

16.3

Market disruption

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 16.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

16.4

Cost of funds

(a)

If this Clause 16.4 applies, the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i)

the Margin; and

50


(ii)

the weighted average of the rates notified to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)

If this Clause 16.4 applies and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

(c)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lenders) and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

(d)

If this Clause 16.4 applies pursuant to Clause 16.3 (Market disruption) and:

(i)

a Lender’s Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

(ii)

a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

(e)

If this Clause 16.4 applies pursuant to Clause 16.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate) but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

16.5

Break Costs

(a)

Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

(b)

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

17.

FEES

17.1

Commitment fee

(a)

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate per annum of 50 per cent. of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Facility from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (and including) the last day of the Availability Period.

(b)

The accrued commitment fee is payable:

(i)

on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period;

51


(ii)

on the last day of the Availability Period; and

(iii)

on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

(c)

No commitment fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

(d)

No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

17.2

Upfront fee

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Original Lender an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No upfront fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

17.3

Security Trustee fee

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Security Trustee (for its own account) a security trustee fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No security trustee fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

52


SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

18.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

18.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

(a)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is the Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), and

(i)

where the Borrower is the Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

(ii)

where the Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

(b)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is a New Lender, an Increase Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that UK Treaty Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, and

(i)

where the Borrower is a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or Increase Date is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date (or date on which the increase in Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation takes effect); or

(ii)

where the Borrower is not a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or Increase Date, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Qualifying Lender” means:

(a)

a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

(i)

a Lender:

(A)

which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payment apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

53


(B)

in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance;

(ii)

a Lender which is:

(A)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(B)

a partnership each member of which is:

(1)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(2)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

(C)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

(iii)

a UK Treaty Lender; or

(b)

a building society (as defined for the purposes of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

54


Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity).

Treaty Lender” means a UK Treaty Lender or a US Treaty Lender as appropriate.

UK Non-Bank Lender” means where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party.

UK Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the UK Treaty;

(b)

does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

(c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the UK Treaty by residents of that UK Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower, subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

UK Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “UK Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

US Qualifying Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is a US Person;

(b)

is not a US Person but is entitled to complete exemption from withholding of US federal income tax on interest payable to it in respect of a Loan or Commitment;

(c)

is a US Treaty Lender; or

(d)

would have fallen within either paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above but for any change after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date on which such Lender became a Lender) in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.

US Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

(a)

is treated as a resident of a US Treaty State for the purposes of the US Treaty;

(b)

does not carry on a business in the United States through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

(c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the US Treaty by residents of that US Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest or other amounts payable under this Agreement imposed by the United States subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

55


US Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “US Treaty”) with the United States which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United States on interest or other amounts payable under this Agreement.

Withholding Form” means the US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form and, in each case, attached to an IRS Form W-8IMY if required) or any other US Internal Revenue Service form by which a person may claim an exemption from withholding of US federal income tax on interest payments to that person and, in the case of a person claiming an exemption under the “portfolio interest exemption”, US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN and a statement certifying that such person is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B), a “10 per cent. shareholder” of the Borrower (or its “regarded owner” for US federal income tax purposes) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to the Borrower (or its “regarded owner” for US federal income tax purposes) within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 18 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

18.2

Tax gross-up

(a)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

(b)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

(c)

Subject to the limitations and exclusions herein, if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

(d)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

(i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

(ii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

(A)

an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making

56


the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

(B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

(iii)

the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

(A)

the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

(B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

(iv)

the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (i) or (j) below.

(e)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

(i)

that Lender has not complied with its obligations under paragraph (f) below;

(ii)

that Lender was not a US Qualifying Lender on the date it first became a Lender; or

(iii)

that Lender is not or has ceased to be a US Qualifying Lender.

(f)

Each US Qualifying Lender shall submit to the Borrower and the Agent two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of such Borrower or the Agent, as applicable, or on or before the expiration, obsolescence or invalidity of any previously delivered Withholding Form). The Agent shall submit to the Borrower properly completed copies of Withholding Forms certifying that it is either a US Person, a “US branch” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)(A) or a “Qualifying Intermediary” that assumes primary withholding responsibility under Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 of the Code and for Form 1099 reporting and backup withholding) and update such form (to the extent it is legally entitled to do so) from time to time thereafter upon the request of such Borrower or the Facility Agent, as applicable, or on or before the expiration, obsolescence or invalidity of any previously delivered Withholding Form.

(g)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(h)

Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under

57


section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(i)

(i)

Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction and, in particular, a Treaty Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, make and file an appropriate application for relief under the relevant Treaty.

(ii)

(A)

a UK Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties); and

(B)

a New Lender or Increase Lender that is a UK Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes,

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

(j)

If a UK Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii) above and:

(i)

a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

(ii)

a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

(A)

that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

(B)

HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing;

(C)

HM Revenue & Customs has given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction but such authority has subsequently been revoked or expired,

and in each case, the Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

58


(k)

If a UK Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph ‎(i)(ii) above, no Obligor shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Utilisation unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

(l)

A Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

(m)

A UK Non-Bank lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

(n)

A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

18.3

Tax indemnity

(a)

The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) or if that Tax is considered a franchise tax (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) or a branch profits or similar tax by that Finance Party; or

(ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up); or

(B)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) applied;

(C)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(D)

is attributable to any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy); or

(iii)

with respect to any failure to make a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a

59


Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due paragraph (e)(i), (ii) or (iii) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) applied to the Lender concerned.

(c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

(d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 18.3, notify the Agent.

18.4

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

(b)

that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

18.5

Lender Status Confirmation

(a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement in respect of an advance to an Obligor incorporated in the United Kingdom, after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

(i)

not a Qualifying Lender;

(ii)

a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender); or

(iii)

a UK Treaty Lender.

(b)

In addition, each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement in respect of an advance to an Obligor that is a US Person (for the avoidance of doubt, including each of the Company and the Original Borrower), after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, whether or not it is a US Qualifying Lender (other than a US Treaty Lender) or a US Treaty Lender.

(c)

If a New Lender or Increase Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 18.5 then such New Lender or Increase Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender or US Qualifying Lender (as appropriate) until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 18.5.

60


18.6

FATCA Deduction

(a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

18.7

Stamp taxes

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, other than in respect of any transfer, assignment or sub-participation by a Lender (unless such transfer, assignment or sub-participation is made at the written request of the Company).

18.8

VAT

(a)

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

(b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably

61


determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(d)

Any reference in this Clause 18.8 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

18.9

FATCA Information

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

(A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

(B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

(iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

(b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)

any law or regulation;

(ii)

any fiduciary duty; or

(iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

(d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as

62


the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

(e)

If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

(i)

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is the Original Lender, the Closing Date;

(ii)

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a date on which any other Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, that date;

(iii)

the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

(iv)

where a Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

(A)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

(B)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

(f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.

(g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.

(h)

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraph (e), (f) or (g) above.

19.

INCREASED COSTS

19.1

Increased costs

(a)

Subject to Clause 19.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within five Business Days of a written demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

(i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date it became a Party to this Agreement;

63


(ii)

compliance with any law or regulation made after the date it became Party to this Agreement;

(iii)

the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV; or

(iv)

application of, or compliance with, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith.

(b)

In this Agreement:

(i)

Increased Costs” means (without double counting):

(A)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

(B)

an additional or increased cost; or

(C)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is directly attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;

(ii)

Basel III” means:

(A)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(B)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”; and

(iii)

CRD IV” means:

(A)

Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012; and

(B)

Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the

64


prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

19.2

Increased cost claims

(a)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) shall as soon as reasonably practicable notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim and whether it intends to make a claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

(b)

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate (giving reasonable details of the circumstances giving rise to such claim and of the calculation of Increased Cost) confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

19.3

Exceptions

(a)

Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

(i)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

(ii)

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(iii)

compensated for by Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 18.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

(iv)

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or any terms of the Finance Documents;

(v)

attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates);

(vi)

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates) but only to the extent that the relevant Increased Cost can be calculated with sufficient accuracy by the relevant Finance Party as at the date it became Party to this Agreement; or

(vii)

attributable to any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy).

(b)

In this Clause 19.3 reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

65


20.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

20.1

Currency indemnity

(a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

(i)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

(ii)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

20.2

Other indemnities

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

(a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 34 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

(c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone); or

(d)

a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

20.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Company shall promptly on written demand (and in any event, within five Business Days of such written demand) indemnify the Agent against:

(a)

any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

(i)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

(ii)

instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or

66


(iii)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

(b)

any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

21.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

21.1

Mitigation

(a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 11.1 (Illegality), Clause 18 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

21.2

Limitation of liability

(a)

The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 21.1 (Mitigation).

(b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 21.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be materially prejudicial to it.

22.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

22.1

Transaction expenses

The Company shall within five Business Days after receipt of the corresponding invoice pay the Agent, the Original Lender and the Security Trustee the amount of all third party costs and expenses (including legal fees up to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:

(a)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and

(b)

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

22.2

Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 35.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within five Business Days after receipt of the corresponding invoice, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Trustee for the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Trustee (and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

67


22.3

Enforcement and preservation costs

The Company shall, within five Business Days of written demand, pay to each Finance Party and/or Receiver or Delegate Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees (subject to any agreed cap)) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Trustee as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

22.4

Transfer costs and expenses

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents, if a Finance Party assigns, transfers or sub-participates any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Finance Documents no member of the Group shall be required to pay any fees, costs, expenses or other amounts relating to, or arising in connection with, that assignment, transfer or sub-participation (including, without limitation, any Taxes, Increased Costs and any amounts relating to the perfection or amendment of any Transaction Security).

22.5

No deal, no fees

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, no fees, costs or expenses will be payable to the Finance Parties (other than reasonably incurred legal fees up to an amount agreed between counsel to the Finance Parties and the Company) in connection with the Finance Documents unless and until the Closing Date occurs.

68


SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

23.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

23.1

Guarantee and indemnity

(a)

Subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

(i)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

(iii)

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 23 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

(b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Finance Document, with respect to any obligation of a US Obligor, no CFC Obligor shall guarantee the US Obligor’s obligations herein or under any Finance Document.

23.2

Continuing Guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

23.3

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 23 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

23.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 23 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 23, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 23 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

69


(a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

(b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

(e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

23.5

Guarantor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 23.4 (Waiver of defences) but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents (including pursuant to a Structural Adjustment), including without limitation, for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

23.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 23. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

23.7

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

70


(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 23.

23.8

Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

(a)

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 23:

(i)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

(ii)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

(iii)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

(iv)

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 23.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

(v)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

(vi)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

(b)

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust (to the extent it is able to do so in accordance with any law applicable to it) for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same, but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 (Payment mechanics).

23.9

Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

(a)

that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a

71


contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

(b)

each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

23.10

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

23.11

Guarantee Limitations – US

(a)

Each US Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the guarantee under this Clause 23, the Agent and each other Finance Party hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such persons that the guarantee under this Clause 23 does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of the US Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law of any relevant jurisdiction in the United States to the extent applicable the guarantee under this Clause 23 and the obligations of each US Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Agent, each other Finance Party and the US Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each US Guarantor under this Clause 23 at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such US Guarantor under this Clause 23 not constituting a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or unlawful financial assistance after giving full effect to the liability under such guarantee set forth this Clause 23 and its related contribution rights but before taking into account any liabilities under any other guarantee by such US Guarantor. For purposes of the foregoing, all guarantees of such US Guarantor other than the guarantee under this Clause 23 will be deemed to be enforceable and payable after the guarantee under this Clause 23. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Clause 23.11 shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each US Guarantor and not for the benefit of such US Guarantor or the holders of any equity interest in such US Guarantor.

(b)

Each Guarantor agrees that the obligations of each US Guarantor under this Clause 23 may at any time and from time to time be incurred or permitted in an amount exceeding the maximum liability of such US Guarantor under paragraph (a) above without impairing the guarantee contained in Clause 23 or affecting the rights and remedies of any of the Agent or each other Finance Party hereunder.

23.12

Additional Guarantee Limitations

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

72


SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

24.

REPRESENTATIONS

Save as expressly stated to the contrary, each Obligor and the Company make the following representations and warranties to each Finance Party at the times specified in Clause 24.28 (Times at which representations are made).

24.1

Status

(a)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company is a limited liability corporation, limited partnership or a company with limited liability duly incorporated, registered or established and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment.

(b)

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company has the power to own its property and other assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted save to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.2

Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

24.3

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles do not and will not conflict with:

(a)

any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect;

(b)

its constitutional documents; or

(c)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets to the extent or in a manner that such conflict has a Material Adverse Effect.

24.4

Power and authority

(a)

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken or will, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case by the time required, take all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into and performance of, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

(b)

No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party.

73


24.5

Validity and admissibility in evidence

(a)

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, all Authorisations required:

(i)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its material obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

(ii)

to make the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect, or subject to the Agreed Security Principles and Perfection Requirements, will be obtained or effected or will be in full force and effect when required.

(b)

All Authorisations required to carry on its business in the ordinary course and in all material respects have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are (or will by the required date be) in full force and effect except to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.6

Governing law and enforcement

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements:

(a)

the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(b)

any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and be enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction.

24.7

Insolvency

No:

(a)

corporate action, legal proceeding or other legal procedure or step described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default); or

(b)

creditors’ process described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default),

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened (and in each case is outstanding) in relation to any Material Company and none of the circumstances described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) applies to any Material Company.

24.8

No Default

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be reasonably be expected to result from the entry into or performance of any Finance Document.

24.9

Base Case Model

Save as disclosed to the Original Lender prior to the date of this Agreement, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the Company, the Base Case Model has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof and the

74


financial projections (taken as a whole) contained in the Base Case Model were prepared on the basis of recent historical information and based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by the Company at the time made.

24.10

Financial statements

(a)

To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless otherwise referred to in such Original Financial Statements (or notes thereto or as expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing prior to the date of this Agreement).

(b)

To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) give a true and fair view of (or fairly represent in all material respects, where unaudited) its consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant period.

(c)

As at the date provided, each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) gives a true and fair view of (in the case of audited financial statements) or fairly represents in all material respects (in the case of unaudited financial statements) its financial condition and operations as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

24.11

No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect have been (to the best of its knowledge and belief) started or threatened against it.

24.12

No breach of laws

(a)

It has not (and none of its Restricted Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief, threatened against any member of the Group which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.13

Environmental and other laws

(a)

It and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws to which it is or they are subject where non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group (other than frivolous or vexatious claims) which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (taking into account reserves made or the benefit of warranties, indemnities or insurance cover in respect thereof).

24.14

Taxation

Other than those being contested in good faith and where such payment may be lawfully withheld (provided that adequate reserves have been set aside for such payment), no claim is being or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is reasonably likely to be asserted against it (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim

75


against it which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.15

Security and Financial Indebtedness

(a)

No Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than any Security permitted by this Agreement.

(b)

No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

24.16

Ranking

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements and applicable Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Security which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security ranks or will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security, other than that which is stated in the respective Transaction Security Document or any other Finance Document.

24.17

Good title to assets

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, it and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Company has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business (taken as a whole) as presently conducted, where failure to do so has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

24.18

Legal and beneficial ownership

(a)

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document it is the sole legal and beneficial owner or lessee or licensee of or is otherwise entitled to use all of the material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted (including, in the case of any shares of any member of the Group which are the subject of the Transaction Security, but subject to any registrations required to be made by the board of directors of such member of the Group absolute legal and (where relevant) beneficial ownership thereof).

(b)

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document the entire share capital of MUL is legally and beneficially owned by the Company and Red Football Junior Limited free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

24.19

Shares

The shares of any Obligor which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

24.20

Intellectual Property

In the case of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, so far as it is aware there are no adverse circumstances relating to the validity, subsistence or use of any of the Group’s Intellectual Property which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

76


24.21

Group Structure

As of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, the Group Structure Chart is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

24.22

Holding Companies

Except as permitted under Clause 12 (Limitation on Holding Company Activities) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants), neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited have traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future).

24.23

Centre of main interests and establishments

It has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast) (the “Regulation”) in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation)) in any other jurisdiction.

24.24

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

(a)

The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents affiliates and representatives with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b)

The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Company, their respective employees, agents, affiliates and representatives are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company or its Subsidiaries being designated as a Sanctioned Person.

(c)

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers, or to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

(d)

No Utilisation, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

(e)

Any provision of this Clause 24.24 shall not apply to any person if and to the extent that it is or would be unenforceable by or in respect of that person by reason of breach of any applicable Blocking Law (as defined in Clause 27.16 (Sanctions)).

24.25

Federal Reserve Regulations

The Company represents and warrants that:

(a)

no Obligor is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock; and

(b)

none of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Financial Indebtedness that was originally incurred to buy or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which

77


might cause all or any Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

In this Clause 24.25, “Margin Stock” means margin stock or “margin security” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

24.26

US Obligors

(a)

On each date that a US Borrower incorporated in the US utilises a Utilisation, immediately following and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, each US Obligor incorporated in the US and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

(b)

On the date an Additional Guarantor that is a US Guarantor incorporated in the US accedes to this Agreement in accordance with Clause 31.4 (Additional Guarantors), immediately following and after giving effect to such accession, such US Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

24.27

Investment Company Status

No Obligor is an “investment company” as defined in, or is required to be registered under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

24.28

Times at which representations are made

(a)

Save where otherwise specified below, all the representations and warranties in this Clause 24 are made to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement and, if different, on the Closing Date.

(b)

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor to each Finance Party on each Utilisation Date, on the first day of each Interest Period.

(c)

The representation under paragraph (a) of Clause 24.26 (US Obligors) is deemed to be made by each US Obligor incorporated in the US to each Finance Party on each date a US Borrower incorporated in the US utilises a Utilisation.

(d)

The Repeating Representations and each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 24.14 (Taxation), Clause 24.15 (Security and Financial Indebtedness) and Clause 24.18 (Legal and beneficial ownership) are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor and the representation under paragraph (b) of Clause 24.26 (US Obligors) is deemed to be made by an Additional Guarantor that is a US Guarantor incorporated in the US on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor.

(e)

Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is made.

25.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 25 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. The undertakings in this Clause 25 shall be subject to the provisions of Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting) and Clause 25.12 (Disclosure Requirements).

In this Clause 25:

78


Annual Financial Statements” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and/or Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting).

Quarterly Financial Statements” means the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and/or Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting).

25.1

Financial statements

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(a)

within 150 days after the end of each of the Company’s Financial Years its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year, and subject to Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting), such annual financial statements shall contain the following information: (i) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company or its predecessors as of the end of the two most recent Financial Years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the three most recent Financial Years, including complete footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the Company’s independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such annual report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations (including discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; and

(b)

within 60 days following the end of each of the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year of the Company (commencing from the Financial Quarter ending 30 September 2020), its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that Financial Quarter and, subject to Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting), such quarterly financial statements shall contain the following information: (i) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Company for the quarterly and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for the Company, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and any material change between the current Financial Quarter and the corresponding period in the prior Financial Year.

25.2

Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

(a)

The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly Financial Statements.

79


(b)

Each Compliance Certificate shall set out the matters, calculations and figures required by the form of Compliance Certificate attached in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

(c)

Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders (unless it is such Auditors’ policy not to issue such reports).

25.3

Requirements as to financial statements

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Financial statements):

(a)

shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied (unless otherwise referred to in such financial statements, or the notes thereto, and to the extent appropriate in the context of Quarterly Financial Statements):

(i)

in the case of the Company, in the preparation of the Base Case Model; and

(ii)

in the case of any Obligor, in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor (if any),

unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Company notifies the Agent that there has been a change as regards the accounting principles or accounting practices applied by the Company or the relevant Obligor when compared to the Accounting Principles applied to the Original Financial Statements and that change is material and, if requested by the Agent, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a statement (the “Reconciliation Statement”) containing:

(A)

a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect in all material respects the Accounting Principles or accounting practices upon which the Base Case Model or, as the case may be, that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared; and

(B)

sufficient information (to the extent not addressed by the description referred to in sub-paragraph (A) above) to (1) enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 26 (Financial Covenant) has been complied with, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt and unless otherwise agreed pursuant to this Clause, the financial covenant in Clause 26 (Financial Covenant) shall continue to be calculated in all material respects in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof (subject to any adjustments made by or in accordance with this Agreement, including Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) and (2) make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Base Case Model (in the case of the Company) or that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements (if any) (in the case of an Obligor).

(b)

If the Company notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (a) above, then the Company and Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing:

80


(i)

whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement; and

(ii)

if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in either the Finance Parties or the Obligors being in a worse position in relation to compliance with the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) if the change had not been made; and

(iii)

any other amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the adoption by the Group of such different accounting basis does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the rights and/or obligations of any Obligor in the Finance Documents (including more onerous information reporting requirements),

and if any amendments satisfactory to the Agent and the Company are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

(c)

If no such agreement is reached within 30 Business Days of that notification of change (or it is not agreed that no such amendments are required), the Company shall:

(i)

(if a Reconciliation Statement is required by the Agent under paragraph (a) above) ensure that each set of relevant financial statements is accompanied by a Reconciliation Statement or, at the option of the Company, provide financial statements prepared on the basis most recently agreed in accordance with this Agreement; or

(ii)

instruct the Auditors of the Company to determine any amendment to Clause 26.1 (Financial definitions) and any other terms of this Agreement which the Auditors (acting as experts and not arbitrators) consider appropriate to ensure the change does not result in either the Finance Parties or the Obligors being in a worse position than if the change had not been made. Those amendments shall take effect when so determined by the Auditors. The cost and expense of the Auditors shall be for the account of the Company.

(d)

If and for so long as no agreement or determination is reached in respect of any of the required amendments to this Agreement pursuant to this Clause 25.3, the Company must comply with requests by the Agent for Reconciliation Statements to be delivered in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

25.4

Budget

(a)

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests), as soon as the same become available but in any event within (i) five Business Days of the date of this Agreement (in respect of the Financial Year of the Company to end on or about 30 June 2021) and (ii) 75 days following the start of each of its subsequent Financial Years thereafter, an annual Budget for that Financial Year.

(b)

The Company shall ensure that each Budget referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition thereof:

(i)

is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

(ii)

is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof and the accounting practices and

81


financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 25.1 (Financial statements); and

(iii)

is accompanied by a reasonably detailed commentary from the senior management of the Group.

25.5

Meetings

The Company will invite the Lenders to all public calls (to the extent held) for the holders of any of the Notes and give the Lenders reasonable notice of such calls provided that no Lender (or any other Finance Party) may speak during such calls other than to register their attendance.

25.6

Year-end

The Company shall not change its Accounting Reference Date.

25.7

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

If any Subsidiaries of the Company have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the information delivered under Clauses 25.1 (Financial statements), 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate) and 25.4 (Budget) will include reasonably detailed information as to the financial condition of the Group separate from that of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

25.8

Information: miscellaneous

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

(a)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them);

(b)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents which the Company or any Obligor delivers to its creditors generally (or any class of them); and

(c)

promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

25.9

Notification of default

(a)

The Company and/or each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default that is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless the Company and/or that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by the Company and/or another Obligor).

(b)

If the Agent or any Lender has reasonable grounds for believing that a Default has occurred and is continuing, promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors on its behalf certifying (without personal liability) that no Event of Default is continuing (or if an Event of Default is continuing, specifying the Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

25.10

“Know your customer” checks

(a)

If:

82


(i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

(ii)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)

Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Company shall, by not less than 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors).

(d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

25.11

Alternative Reporting

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents (including this Clause 25), delivery to the Agent of accounts and/or financial statements for any period which comply with the terms of any Senior Notes (the “Notes Accounts”) shall satisfy all requirements of Clauses 25.1 (Financial statements) and 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any

83


accompanying information, statements and management commentary) in relation to the same period such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and Clause 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) in relation to that period other than the Quarterly Financial Statements for the final Financial Quarter of each Financial Year, provided that if the Company delivers any accounts and/or financial statements in reliance on this Clause 25.11:

(a)

where applicable, the Company shall still be required to comply with any obligation to deliver a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate);

(b)

if there has been any change as regards the accounting principles or accounting practices applied by the Company in the Notes Accounts when compared to the Accounting Principles applied to the Original Financial Statements of the Company and that change is material and impacts upon the manner provided in this Agreement for compliance with the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition), the Company shall notify the Agent accordingly (unless the Agent has been notified of the relevant change in relation to a previous set of accounts and/or financial statements) and, if requested by the Agent, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a Reconciliation Statement as contemplated by paragraph (a) of Clause 25.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) (in which case the Company shall be entitled to require the operation of any of the provisions set out in paragraphs (b) and/or (c) of that Clause); and

(c)

where applicable, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a copy of any report delivered pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement in relation to:

(i)

any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring;

(ii)

any senior management (other than a club manager) changes at the Company (unless publicly announced);

(iii)

any change in the Auditors; or

(iv)

any other material event that the Company or any other Obligor announces publicly.

25.12

Disclosure Requirements

(a)

No Obligor shall be required to disclose information pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 25.8 (Information: miscellaneous), paragraph (c) of Clause 25.11 (Alternative Reporting) (other than sub-paragraph (iii) thereof) or Clause 27.9 (Access) if:

(i)

the Company determines, after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding Clause 42 (Confidentiality), it would be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof; or

(ii)

notwithstanding Clause 42 (Confidentiality), the Company is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon the Company and not entered into in contemplation of this Clause 25.12, provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favour the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information.

84


(b)

Promptly after determining that an Obligor is not permitted to disclose any information as a result of the limitations described in this Clause 25.12, the Company will provide the Agent with an Officer’s Certificate (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) describing generally the requested information that the Obligor is prohibited from disclosing pursuant to this Clause 25.12 and the circumstances under which the Obligor is not permitted to disclose such information.

26.

FINANCIAL COVENANT

26.1

Financial definitions

In this Agreement:

Amendment Period” means the period beginning on 31 March 2021 and ending on (and including) 30 September 2022 (or such earlier date as the Company or a Borrower shall have notified in writing to the Agent).

Borrowings” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (including any capitalised interest accretions in respect of any instrument issued at a discount and any other similar amount) of any Financial Indebtedness (other than under paragraph (f) of the definition thereof).

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any Relevant Period, the consolidated profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

(a)

before deducting any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets (including goodwill) or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets;

(b)

before deducting any Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

(c)

before deducting any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents;

(d)

before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;

(e)

before taking into account any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Group;

(f)

before taking into account any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;

(g)

before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations;

(h)

after deducting the amount of any profit of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests;

(i)

after deducting the amount of any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax)

85


received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by such investment or entity;

(j)

after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period; and

(k)

after deducting, to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature,

in each case, to the extent added, deducted, taken into account or excluded, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation.

Consolidated Net Finance Charges” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest, all regular or periodic commission, fees or discounts in the nature of interest accrued in respect of Borrowings of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

(a)

excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Group;

(b)

including the interest element whether paid or payable, in respect of leasing and hire purchase payments under lease or hire purchase arrangements which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as finance or capital leases;

(c)

including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments paid or payable by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

(d)

deducting any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments owing to or received by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging instrument;

(e)

deducting any accrued interest owing to or received by any member of the Group on any deposit or bank account or in respect of Cash Equivalent Investments; and

(f)

excluding any up-front arrangement fees, up-front underwriting fees, up-front commitment fees, up-front participation fees or up-front agency fees paid in connection with the Facility on the Closing Date by any member of the Group (except where any such fee is in excess of a reasonable market rate).

COVID-19” means the disease known as coronavirus disease or COVID-19, the virus known as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-COV-2) and (in each case) any evolutions, mutations or variants thereof and whether or not such evolution, mutation or variant is known, or referred to, as “coronavirus” or “COVID-19”.

Financial Quarter” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

Financial Year” means the annual accounting period of the Group ending on or about 30 June in each year.

Football Season Disruption Event” means:

(a)

for each Relevant Period ending on or before 30 June 2021 the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club due to ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19; and

86


(b)

for each Relevant Period ending on or after 31 March 2021 and on or before the end of the Amendment Period, (i) the inability to operate the Stadium at full capacity at any time during the Amendment Period and/or (ii) the cancellation or postponement of five or more scheduled home matches of the men’s first team representing Manchester United Football Club at any time during the Amendment Period, in each case, due to ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19.

Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

Relevant Period” means each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.

26.2

Financial condition

Subject to Clause 26.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) below, the Company shall ensure that, commencing with the Relevant Period ending on 30 September 2020, Consolidated EBITDA for each Relevant Period is not less than £65,000,000 or if a Football Season Disruption Event occurs during the Amendment Period, £25,000,000 until the end of the Amendment Period.

26.3

Financial testing

Subject to Clause 26.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) below, the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 25.1 (Financial statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate).

26.4

Champions League Non Qualification Event

(a)

For the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial Covenant), if a Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, the Company may elect, at any time prior to the end of the Financial Year in which such Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, to adjust the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for each Financial Quarter falling in the Financial Year in respect of which the first team of MUFC is not in the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League by adding back an amount equal to “X” in each such Financial Quarter (the “Adjusted Quarters”) where:

X” corresponds to the amount set out in Schedule 14 (Table of Values for X) for that Financial Quarter minus the following:

(i)

the net amount received by the Group in that Financial Quarter in respect of matches (both home and away) and media payments relating to UEFA cup performances; and

(ii)

the net amount of any reduction to player salaries in that Financial Quarter arising out of the existing contractual provisions as a result of the Champions League Non Qualification Event.

(b)

At the same time as the Company makes an election under paragraph (a), it shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by a director of the Company (i) confirming the value of X and the amount of each Adjustment and setting out (in reasonable detail) computation of those amounts and (ii) attaching a copy of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet (following the Adjustments).

87


(c)

If the Majority Lenders give notice to the Agent that they do not agree with the calculations of any of the Adjustments contained in the certificate described in paragraph (b) above (acting reasonably), the Company and the Agent will consult in good faith for a period of not more than 10 Business Days with a view to correcting the calculations of the Adjustments.

(d)

If agreement has not been reached within the 10 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c) above then, at the request of the Majority Lenders (and at the expense of the Company), the Agent may appoint an auditor of international repute (in consultation with the Company) to determine the amount of the Adjustments (and, consequently, the value of “X”) and such determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Parties.

(e)

For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) only, Consolidated EBITDA in any Relevant Period which contains one or more Adjusted Quarters shall be calculated using the adjusted values of Consolidated EBITDA set out in paragraph (a) above for each such Adjusted Quarter.

(f)

The above election may only be made twice over the life of the Facility and may not be made during two consecutive Financial Years.

26.5

Equity Cure

(a)

No Event of Default under this Clause 26 insofar as it relates to a failure to comply with Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) will occur if all or part of the cash proceeds (the “Equity Investment”) received by the Company pursuant to any Additional Shareholder Funding or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding, during or after the end of that Relevant Period but no later than 20 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which the relevant Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate) and (ii) the date on which it is delivered to the Agent, may be designated in writing by the Company to the Agent as being provided for the purposes of this Clause 26.5 (the “Equity Cure Amount”), and if designated as such shall have the effect that the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) is calculated or, as the case may be, recalculated as if the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group had been increased by an amount equal to the Equity Investment and any Equity Investment so made in respect of any Relevant Period shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the last date of such Relevant Period.

(b)

The Company shall not be entitled to exercise its rights under this Clause 26.5 (an “Equity Cure Right”) on more than four occasions prior to the Termination Date or in respect of consecutive Financial Quarters, except that any exercise of an Equity Cure Right during the Amendment Period shall not be included in the restrictions set out in this paragraph (b).

(c)

There shall be no restriction on the amount of any Equity Investment exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant), provided that, the amount of the Equity Cure Amount exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 26.2 (Financial covenant) shall be as soon as reasonably practicable applied to permanently repay or prepay any Senior Secured Debt.

(d)

Subject to paragraph (c) above, there shall be no requirement to apply any Equity Cure Amount in prepayment of any Facility.

88


(e)

Any Equity Cure Amount shall not count towards any other permission or usage or purpose (including in respect of the baskets relating to Restricted Payments (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) as set out in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) for so long as the Equity Cure Amount continues to be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA as set out in paragraph (i) below.

(f)

In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided prior to the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period shall set out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period and confirm that such Equity Cure Amount has been provided.

(g)

In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided following the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, promptly following receipt of the Equity Cure Amount by the Company, the Company shall deliver a revised Compliance Certificate to the Agent setting out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period.

(h)

If, after giving effect to the adjustment referred to in paragraph (a) above, the financial covenant in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) would have been met, then the requirements of Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) shall be deemed to have been satisfied as at the relevant original date of determination and any breach of any term of the Finance Documents, Default or Event of Default occasioned thereby shall be deemed to have been permanently remedied and cured for all purposes under the Finance Documents.

(i)

For the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Cure Amount shall be deemed to be included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of the financial covenant in Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) until the date on which the Equity Cure Amount deemed to have been invested into the Group falls out of any subsequent Relevant Period.

(j)

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and in particular Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants), the Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment during the Amendment Period if at the time of such Restricted Payment Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Period immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment is less than £65,000,000.

26.6

Minimum Committed Additional Financing

The Company shall ensure that at all times it has in place Minimum Committed Additional Financing in a principal amount of at least £75,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

27.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 27 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

27.1

Restrictive Covenants

Each Obligor shall comply with the covenants set out in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants).

89


27.2

Authorisations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

(a)

enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(b)

subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and

(c)

enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary course where failure to do so has a Material Adverse Effect.

27.3

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject, where failure so to comply has a Material Adverse Effect.

27.4

Taxation

(a)

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) duly and punctually (subject to any grace periods) pay and discharge all Taxes (or, where payments of Taxes must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated Tax (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period) imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring material penalties unless and only to the extent that:

(i)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

(ii)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes;

(iii)

such payment can be lawfully withheld; or

(iv)

failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

No Borrower may change its residence for Tax purposes where to do so would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

27.5

Change of business

The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

27.6

Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party held against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies and the Group’s Football Creditors in relation to matters set out in the Premier League Handbook.

90


27.7

Insurance

(a)

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances (other than in respect of permanent disability for players occurring when players are playing, practising or training for a member of the Group) on and in relation to its business and material assets of an insurable nature against those risks and to the extent as is usual for other companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business in each case where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)

All insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above, must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

27.8

Pensions

The Company shall ensure that the pension schemes operated by the Group including any employee benefit plan as defined in section 3(3) of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 are at all times funded to the extent required by, and operated and maintained in accordance with, applicable law, save to the extent where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.9

Access

While an Event of Default is continuing under Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) or in respect of Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) each Obligor shall and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group (subject to any confidentiality or secrecy obligations under this Agreement and all applicable laws) will permit the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent or Security Trustee to have access at all reasonable times during normal business hours (excluding any match days) and on reasonable notice (for a reasonable period) at the reasonable cost of the Company to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its senior management, provided that in exercising such right, the Agent or Security Trustee and/or representatives, delegates, agents, professional advisers and contracts (as appropriate) of the Agent or the Security Trustee shall have regard for the need to keep disruption to the business to a minimum.

27.10

Intellectual property

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall):

(a)

take all reasonable action to preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property which are material to the business of the relevant Group member; and

(b)

not use or permit that Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of that Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property,

in each case where the failure to comply with any of the above undertakings would have a Material Adverse Effect.

91


27.11

Senior Secured Debt

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

(a)

amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of any Senior Secured Debt so as to bring forward the maturity of such Senior Secured Debt to a date prior to the date falling three months after the Termination Date; or

(b)

issue or incur any Senior Secured Debt which matures prior to the date falling three months after the Termination Date.

27.12

Senior Unsecured Notes

The Company shall ensure that:

(a)

no scheduled principal payments with respect to Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fall due prior to the date falling six months after the Termination Date;

(b)

any Senior Unsecured Notes are not secured by any Security over any shares in any member of the Group or any asset of any member of the Group other than security over (i) the shares in the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer and any direct Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and which is subject to, and is treated in all respects for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement as Shared Security (as defined therein);

(c)

no member of the Group owes any Financial Indebtedness to a Senior Unsecured Issuer other than pursuant to a Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan;

(d)

the Company shall ensure that any Senior Unsecured Notes are only issued or borrowed by the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer which is (and which remains at all times when any Senior Unsecured Notes issued or borrowed by it remain outstanding):

(i)

a Guarantor;

(ii)

not the Borrower or the issuer or borrower of any Senior Secured Debt; and

(iii)

other than Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities, has no assets, liabilities or business other than as permitted by this Clause or in connection with the Senior Unsecured Notes (including any Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Loan) or reasonably incidental thereto and which does not directly or indirectly own any shares or equivalent ownership interests in any member of the Group; and

(e)

no member of the Group transfers any assets or makes any payment to a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer other than (without double counting):

(i)

as permitted by clause 6.3 (Permitted Senior Unsecured Note Payments) and clause 10.2(b) (Permitted Payments: Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(ii)

(if no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the making of the relevant payment) payments reasonably required to allow the Senior Unsecured Issuer to pay when due amounts payable by it (A) with respect to Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities or (B) permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

92


27.13

Guarantors

(a)

The Company shall ensure that, subject to the Agreed Security Principles and subject to the below paragraphs of this Clause, all Material Companies (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which are members of the Group are Guarantors and that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the US Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors and the US Guarantors, (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Group (in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries), in each case calculated by reference to (A) the Original Financial Statements of the Company prior to the Closing Date; and (B) thereafter, with each set of Annual Financial Statements (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”).

(b)

The Company shall not have any obligation to procure that any member of the Group becomes an Additional Guarantor unless the Annual Financial Statements demonstrate that the same would be necessary in order to comply with the requirements of this Clause 27.13.

(c)

If the Guarantor Coverage Test is not complied with as at the time of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements, no Default will occur provided that (subject to the Agreed Security Principles), the Company procures that additional members of the Group become Guarantors within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of the delivery of such Compliance Certificate so that, when retested at the end of such 30 Business Day period (or if agreed, such longer period) by reference to the Annual Financial Statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate, the Guarantor Coverage Test is complied with.

(d)

The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (a) above, to the extent it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management. Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability. This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed. The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

(e)

Any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that becomes a Material Company and any Material Company (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) acquired in accordance with this Agreement after the Closing Date shall become, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, a Guarantor and grant Security as the Agent may reasonably require and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements.

(f)

Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Excluded Subsidiary to accede as a Guarantor for so long as it is an Excluded Subsidiary.

27.14

Further assurance

(a)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) following the Closing Date promptly do all such acts or execute all

93


such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):

(i)

to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

(ii)

to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

(iii)

following the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

(b)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) at all times take all such action as is reasonably requested by the Security Trustee (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, to the extent it is not unlawful and would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management. Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.

27.15

Centre of main interests and establishments

No Obligor whose jurisdiction of incorporation is a member state of the European Union will take any step which is intended to change its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that of its jurisdiction of incorporation where to do so would materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders as a whole under the relevant Facility.

27.16

Sanctions

(a)

The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b)

No Borrower will request any Utilisation, and no Borrower shall use, and the Company shall procure that no Obligor and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives and, to the extent it has the power to so procure, joint venture partners shall not use, the proceeds of any Utilisation:

94


(i)

in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws;

(ii)

for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or

(iii)

in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any Party hereto.

(c)

Any provision of this Clause 27.16 shall not apply to any person if and to the extent that it is or would be unenforceable by or in respect of that person by reason of breach of any applicable Blocking Law.

(d)

For the purposes of this Clause 27.16 and Clause 24.24 (Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions), “Blocking Law” means:

(i)

any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 (or any law or regulation implementing such Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom);

(ii)

section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung); or

(iii)

any similar blocking or anti-boycott law implemented by a Sanctions Authority.

27.17

Federal Reserve Regulations

No part of the proceeds of any Utilisation will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for “buying” or “carrying” any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of “buying” or “carrying” any Margin Stock (in each case within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X) or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

27.18

Sponsorship Contracts and Arrangements

The Company shall ensure no Unrestricted Subsidiary will:

(a)

enter into any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; or

(b)

have transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement by any member of the Group.

For avoidance of doubt, sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall not include contracts and/or arrangements relating to (i) paragraphs (a) and (c) of the definition of New Holdco Business or (ii) the provision or supply of content, services or other products.

28.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 28 (save for Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) and Clause 28.10 (Clean-up Period)) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) is an Event of Default.

95


28.1

Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay:

(a)

on the due date any amount of principal payable pursuant to a Finance Document; or

(b)

within 30 days of the due date, any other amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document,

at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless, in the case of a payment of principal:

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

(ii)

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

28.2

Breach of certain obligations

(a)

Subject to Clause 26.4 (Champions League Non Qualification Event) and Clause 26.5 (Equity Cure), any requirement of Clause 26.2 (Financial condition) is not satisfied.

(b)

The requirements of Clause 26.6 (Minimum Committed Additional Financing) is not complied with unless such non-compliance is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice thereof to the Company or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply. Promptly following such remedy, the Company shall deliver a revised Compliance Certificate to the Agent setting out whether or not it has in place the Minimum Committed Additional Financing.

28.3

Other obligations

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 28.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 28.2 (Breach of certain obligations)) unless such non-compliance is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 Business Days, of the earlier of the Agent giving notice thereof to the Company or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

28.4

Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or in any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading (in the case of any representation or statement which is not subject to a materiality threshold in accordance with its terms, in any material respect) when made or deemed to be made and, if the circumstances causing such misrepresentation are capable of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 Business Days after the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Company or the Company becoming aware of such misrepresentation.

28.5

Cross default

(a)

Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group with respect to any Senior Secured Debt due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

96


(b)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is:

(i)

declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

(ii)

in respect of principal amounts or, in the case of any Senior Notes or Pari Passu Debt only, in respect of any amounts, not paid by the later of when due and payable and the expiry of any applicable grace period provided in respect of such Financial Indebtedness as at the date of such non-payment default.

(c)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 28.5 if: (i) the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) and (b) above is equal to £25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or less; or (ii) the Financial Indebtedness is (A) owed by one member of the Group to another member of the Group or (B) owed by any member of the Group to any direct or indirect shareholder of the Company provided that such Financial Indebtedness is subordinated as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or on terms otherwise acceptable to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably).

28.6

Unlawfulness and invalidity

(a)

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or, in the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, a member of the Group, to perform any of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any of the Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be valid or becomes unlawful and the cessation or unlawfulness individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

(b)

Any obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents or any member of the Group that is party to the Intercreditor Agreement are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations or Perfection Requirements) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

(c)

Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations or Perfection Requirements) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

28.7

Intercreditor Agreement

(a)

Any member of the Group or Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fails to comply in any material respect with the provisions of, or does not perform in any material respect its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(b)

a representation or warranty given by a member of the Group or Subordinated Creditor in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect,

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 30 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

97


28.8

Repudiation

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

28.9

Acceleration

(a)

At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

(i)

cancel all or part of the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

(ii)

declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

(iii)

declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

(iv)

exercise or direct the Security Trustee to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

(b)

With respect to any US Obligor upon an Event of Default that is continuing with respect to such US Obligor of the type described in Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) (or other similar laws under a state of the US), no such direction or written notice shall be required under paragraph (a) above and any Commitments to lend to such US Obligor shall, subject to paragraph (b) of the definition of Acceleration Event, be automatically terminated and all of the Utilisations of such US Obligor shall become immediately and automatically due and payable without requirement of notice or any other formality, provided that the occurrence of such event in relation to such US Obligor shall not result in any Utilisations being accelerated without a notice having been given pursuant to paragraph (a) above to any other Borrower (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other US Borrower with respect to which no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of the type described in Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) (or other similar laws under a state of the US)).

28.10

Clean-up Period

(a)

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, in respect of an acquisition permitted or not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement (the “Approved Acquisition”) and made on or after the Closing Date, from the date of closing of the Approved Acquisition to the date falling ninety days thereafter (the “Clean-up Period”), if any matter or circumstance that exists in respect of any person, undertaking or business which is the direct or indirect subject of the Approved Acquisition would constitute a breach of a representation, an undertaking or any other term or condition under the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default (a “Relevant Default”) then subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Clean-up Period that Relevant Default shall not constitute a breach of a representation, undertaking or any other term or condition under the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default and the Agent shall not be entitled to give any notice under Clause 28.9

98


(Acceleration) with respect to that Relevant Default until (if that Relevant Default is then continuing) the date immediately after the end of the Clean-up Period.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply with respect to any Relevant Default to the extent that it:

(i)

is not capable of being cured or, if the Company is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable steps are not being used to cure the same;

(ii)

has been procured by or approved by a member of the Group (provided that knowledge of the Relevant Default does not equate to procurement or approval by that member of the Group);

(iii)

has, or could reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or

(iv)

is continuing at the end of the Clean-up Period (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Relevant Default is continuing at the end of the Clean-up Period, the Lenders shall then be entitled to exercise any available rights in relation to that continuing Relevant Default).

(c)

For the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (a) above shall not restrict the Agent’s right to give any notice under Clause 28.9 (Acceleration) with respect to any Event of Default which is not a Relevant Default.

(d)

Promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, the Company shall notify the Agent of any Event of Default that is continuing at the end of a Clean-up Period (together with the related event or circumstance and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

99


SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

29.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

29.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 29 a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

(a)

assign any of its rights;

(b)

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or

(c)

enter into a sub-participation in relation to its rights and obligations,

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets or to any other person (the “New Lender”) which in each case, unless an Event of Default is continuing, is a US Qualifying Lender and a Qualifying Lender (each as defined in Clause 18.1).

29.2

Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)

The written consent of the Company is required for an assignment, transfer or sub-participation (where any voting rights pass or may pass) by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment, transfer or such sub-participation is:

(i)

to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

(ii)

if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender; or

(iii)

made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

(b)

The consent of the Company to an assignment, transfer or sub-participation may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that, it shall not be unreasonable for the Company to withhold consent in relation to any transfer, assignment or sub-participation (where voting rights pass or may pass) to, with, involving or in favour of any person which is:

(i)

not a bank with a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB or Baa2 (as applicable) according to at least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; or

(ii)

an entity established for the primary purpose or main purpose of being a distressed debt fund.

The Company will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless such consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time in accordance with this paragraph (b).

(c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any transfer or assignment to or sub-participation or any other debt purchase transaction with an Industrial Competitor shall require the prior written consent of the Company (to be granted or withheld in its sole discretion).

100


(d)

If the consent of the Company is required for any assignment or transfer, for all purposes under the Finance Documents that assignment or transfer shall only become effective if the prior written consent of the Company has been granted or deemed to have been granted (as applicable).

(e)

If an assignment or transfer is carried out in breach of this Clause 29.2, such assignment or transfer shall be void and deemed not to have occurred.

(f)

Unless the Company and the relevant Existing Lender otherwise agree in respect of transfers between Existing Lenders and their Affiliates a transfer of part of a Commitment or Commitments by the Existing Lender must be of a minimum amount of £1,000,000, provided that if the Existing Lender retains any Commitment or Commitments it is (or they are) of a minimum amount of £1,000,000 in aggregate across the Facility.

(g)

In determining whether the requirements of paragraph ‎(f) above as to the minimum amount in respect of any Facility to be retained by an Existing Lender are satisfied, the amount of any Commitment or Commitments of any Affiliate of the relevant Existing Lender to be retained shall be aggregated with the Commitment or Commitments of the Existing Lender to be transferred and/or retained (as the case may be).

(h)

An assignment will only be effective on:

(i)

receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was the Original Lender;

(ii)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(iii)

the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(i)

A transfer will only be effective on:

(i)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii)

procedure set out in Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) being complied with.

(j)

If:

(i)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

(ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 18 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities) or Clause 19 (Increased Costs),

101


then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (k) shall not apply in relation to Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up), to a UK Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii)(B) of Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

(k)

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

29.3

Assignment or transfer fee

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer to an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,500.

29.4

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

(ii)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

(iii)

the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

(iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

(i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

(ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

102


(c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)

accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 29; or

(ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

29.5

Procedure for transfer

(a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and update the Register in accordance with Clause 32.20 (Register). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

(b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 29.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and other members of the Group party to any Finance Document and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

(ii)

each of the Obligors and other members of the Group party to any Finance Document and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

(iii)

the Agent, the Security Trustee, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been the Original Lender with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent and the Security Trustee and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

103


29.6

Procedure for assignment

(a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 29.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

(ii)

the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

(iii)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

(d)

Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 29.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the Company or unless in accordance with Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by each Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

29.7

Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Company

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation (as the case may be) provided that, in relation to a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which includes an indication that the New Lender or Increase Lender wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement, the Agent shall send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation (as applicable) promptly (and in any event within one Business Day) after the Transfer Date, Increase Date or effective date (as the case may be).

29.8

Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 29, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or

104


otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(b)

any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

(i)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(ii)

require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

29.9

Pro rata interest settlement

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 29.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(a)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(b)

the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

(i)

when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

(ii)

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 29.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

30.

RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

30.1

Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group

The Company shall not, and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction.

105


30.2

Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates

(a)

For so long as an Investor Affiliate:

(i)

beneficially owns a Commitment; or

(ii)

has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated,

(A)

in ascertaining:

(I)

the Majority Lenders; or

(II)

whether (x) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments or (y) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment shall be deemed to be zero; and

(B)

for the purpose of Clause 41.3 (Exceptions), such Investor Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement shall be deemed not to be a Lender (unless in the case of a person not being an Investor Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially owning the relevant Commitment).

(b)

Each Lender shall, unless such Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with an Investor Affiliate (a “Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction”), such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 13 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).

(c)

A Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which it is a party:

(i)

is terminated; or

(ii)

ceases to be with an Investor Affiliate,

such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 13 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).

(d)

Each Investor Affiliate that is a Lender agrees that:

(i)

in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Agent or, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

(ii)

in its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the request of, or on the instructions of, the Agent or one or more of the Lenders.

106


(e)

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Finance Documents, any Investor Affiliate which is the assignee or transferee of a participation in a Loan and/or any Commitment shall be deemed to be an entity which satisfies the requirements of Clause 29.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders) and Clause 29.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

31.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

31.1

Assignment and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor or any other member of the Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

31.2

Additional Borrowers

(a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 25.10 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries which is a member of the Group becomes a Borrower in relation to the Facility. That Subsidiary shall become a Borrower under the Facility if:

(i)

all the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender under the Facility) (acting reasonably) approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

(ii)

the Company and that Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed;

(iii)

the Subsidiary is (or, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming an Additional Borrower;

(iv)

the Company confirms that no Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

(v)

if required, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied (acting reasonably) that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

(c)

In the event that an Additional Borrower is resident outside the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes or the United States of America for US tax purposes, the Company and the Lenders undertake to negotiate in good faith such changes to be made to the definition of Qualifying Lender and to any other relevant provision in this Agreement in relation to any exemptions from withholding or similar taxes in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is resident as will give an equivalent level of protection for the Additional Borrower and the Lenders as that afforded in respect of Borrowers resident in the United Kingdom under the existing definition of Qualifying Lender or Borrowers resident in the United States of America under the existing definition of US Qualifying Lender (as appropriate) (insofar as is commercially appropriate given the differences between the withholding tax regime in the UK and/or US (as appropriate) and that in such other jurisdiction).

107


(d)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph ‎(b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

31.3

Resignation of a Borrower

(a)

The Company may request that a Borrower (other than MUFC) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

(i)

that Borrower is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

(ii)

all the Lenders under the Facility have consented to the resignation of that Borrower.

(b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if:

(i)

the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

(ii)

the Borrower is (or shall, following its disposal, a Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) be) under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents; and

(iii)

where the Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been or will be accepted in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be, subject to the Legal Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations) and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Company has confirmed this is the case).

(c)

Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of a Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower

(d)

The resignation of a Borrower which is subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Borrower will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

(e)

The Agent (acting reasonably) may, at the cost and expense of the Company, require a legal opinion from counsel to the Agent confirming the matters set out in paragraph (b)(iii) above and the Agent shall be under no obligation to accept a Resignation Letter until it has obtained such opinion in form and substance satisfactory to it.

108


31.4

Additional Guarantors

(a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 25.10 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request that any of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Group become a Guarantor.

(b)

A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

(i)

the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed; and

(ii)

if required the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

(c)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

(d)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph ‎(c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

31.5

Resignation of a Guarantor

(a)

The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company and (for so long as it directly owns any shares in MUL) Red Football Junior Limited) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

(i)

that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal or Permitted Reorganisation;

(ii)

that Guarantor has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(iii)

the Guarantor is subject to a merger and/or consolidation not prohibited under Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); or

(iv)

all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

(b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

(i)

the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

(ii)

no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 23.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); and

(iii)

where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is (or shall, following its disposal, reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) be) under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower).

109


(c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

(d)

The resignation of a Guarantor which is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Guarantor will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

31.6

Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Restricted Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (c) of Clause 24.28 (Times at which representations are made) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

31.7

Resignation and release of Security on disposal

(a)

Without prejudice to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if a Borrower or Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal, a Permitted Reorganisation or there is a Disposal of Charged Property (including pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation) or that is otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement:

(i)

where that Borrower or Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Trustee (including the assets or business of any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation) or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Trustee was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Borrower or Guarantor (or any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee shall, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement;

(ii)

the resignation of that Borrower or Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become effective until the date of that disposal or Permitted Reorganisation (as applicable); and

(iii)

if the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation of that Borrower or Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Borrower or Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Borrower or Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Borrower or Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

(b)

Without prejudice to the foregoing, if requested by the Company in connection with any Structural Change, increase in the Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase) (or as otherwise permitted or contemplated by this Agreement), repayment in full of the Facility or where otherwise provided for in this Agreement (including any Third Party

110


Disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee and the other Finance Parties shall (at the cost of the Obligors and in the manner contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement) promptly execute any guarantee, security or other release and/or any amendment, supplement or other documentation relating to the Transaction Security Documents required in order to complete or otherwise facilitate that step or transaction (and the Security Trustee is authorised to execute, and will (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) execute if required by the Company, without need for any further authority from the Secured Parties, any such release or document on behalf of the Secured Parties) provided that, in the case of any release of Transaction Security requested by the Company pursuant to this Clause 31.7 as part of a Structural Adjustment and/or an increase in the Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase) (a “Permitted Transaction”), that release shall be without prejudice to any obligation under this Agreement to provide, subject to the Agreed Security Principals, replacement security (where applicable) and the Security Trustee shall not be required to execute that release unless the Company has provided a certificate to the Security Trustee that it has determined in good faith (taking into account any applicable legal limitations and other relevant considerations in relation to the Permitted Transaction) that it is either not possible or not desirable to implement that Permitted Transaction on terms satisfactory to the Company by instead granting additional Transaction Security and/or amending the terms of the existing Transaction Security.

111


SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

32.

ROLE OF THE AGENT AND OTHERS

32.1

Appointment of the Agent

(a)

Each of the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

(b)

Each of the Lenders authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

32.2

Duties of the Agent

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(b)

Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Company), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Increase Confirmation.

(c)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(e)

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Security Trustee) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)

The Agent shall provide to the Company within five Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

(g)

Upon the Agent becoming an Impaired Agent, the Agent shall promptly provide to each Lender and the Company a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date on which such list is provided.

112


(h)The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
(i)The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

32.3

No fiduciary duties

(a)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

(b)

Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

32.4Business with the Group

The Agent and the Security Trustee may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

32.5

Rights and discretions

(a)

The Agent may:

(i)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document (including, without limitation, any notice given by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates)) believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

(ii)

rely on any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;

(iii)

assume that:

(A)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

(B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iv)

rely on certificate from any person:

(A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

(B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that this is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

113


(i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 28.1 (Non-payment));

(ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised;

(iii)

any notice or request made by the Company is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors; and

(iv)

no Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction:

(A)

has been entered into;

(B)

has been terminated; or

(C)

has ceased to be with an Investor Affiliate.

(c)

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(d)

Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

(e)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (d) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders.

(f)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(g)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (h) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(h)

The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(i)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent (acting in such role) is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

32.6

Instructions

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: (A) all Lenders if the

114


relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; (B) Super Majority Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a Super Majority Lender decision; and (C) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

(b)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Trustee.

(d)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

(e)

In the absence of instructions from the required Lender or group of Lenders, the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

(f)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents.

32.7

Responsibility for documentation

The Agent is not:

(a)

responsible or liable for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(b)

responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

(c)

responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

115


32.8

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

(b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

(c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

32.9

Exclusion of liability

(a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent, will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:

(i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

(iii)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

(B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 32.9 subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

116


(c)

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

(d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to carry out:

(i)

any “know your customer”, USA PATRIOT Act or other checks in relation to any person; or

(ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent.

(e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

32.10

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

32.11

Resignation of the Agent

(a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

(b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving at least 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

(c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

117


(d)

If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 32 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

(f)

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(h)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 18.9 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.9 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

(iii)

the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

32.12

Replacement of the Agent

(a)

After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any

118


shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

(c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

(d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

32.13

Confidentiality

(a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

(c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

32.14

Relationship with the Lenders

(a)

Subject to Clause 29.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

(i)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

(ii)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Trustee to perform its functions as Security Trustee. Each Lender shall deal with the Security Trustee exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Trustee.

119


(c)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 37.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

32.15

Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

(a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(c)

whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(d)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

(e)

the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

32.16

Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

If a Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank (or, if a Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank.

120


32.17

Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 20.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 22 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 32.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders.

32.18

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

32.19

Reliance and engagement letters

Each Finance Party confirms that the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Agent) any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

32.20

Register

(a)

The Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain a register (the “Register”) for the registration and transfer of the Loans, and shall enter the names and addresses of the registered holders of the Loans, the transfers, of the Loan and the names and addresses of the transferees (including all assignees, successors and participants) of the Loans.

(b)

The Borrower shall be provided reasonable opportunities to inspect the Register from time to time.

(c)

The Borrower shall treat any registered holder as the absolute owner of any Loans held by such holder, as indicated in the Register (absent manifest error), for the purpose of receiving payment of all amounts payable with respect to such Loans and for all other purposes.

(d)

The Loans are registered obligations and the right, title and interest of any Lender and its assignees in and to such Loans, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(e)

Solely for the purposes of this Clause 32.20 the Agent shall be the Borrowers’ agent for purposes of maintaining the Register.

(f)

This Clause 32.20 shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations (and any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).

121


32.21

Sub-participant Register

Each Lender that sells a sub-participation in a Loan or other obligation of the Borrower under a Finance Document shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each sub-participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each sub-participant’s interest in such Loans or other obligations (for the purposes of this provision, the “Participant Register”); provided that no such Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any sub-participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or other obligations under any Finance Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) and Proposed Section 1.163-5(b) of the US Treasury Regulations (or, in each case, any amended or successor version). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such sub-participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

32.22

Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

(a)

No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

(b)

No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c)

No Party (other than the relevant Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 32.22 subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

32.23

Third party Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

A Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 32.22 (Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks) and Clause 43 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) subject to Clause ‎‎1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

33.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

(b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

122


34.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

34.1

Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 35 (Payment mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

(a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

(b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 35 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 35.6 (Partial payments).

34.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 35.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

34.3

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 34.2 (Redistribution of payments), of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

34.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

(b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

123


34.5

Exceptions

(a)

This Clause 34 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

(b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)

it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

(ii)

the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

124


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

35.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

35.1

Payments to the Agent

(a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)

Payment shall be made to such account in London with such bank as the Agent specifies.

35.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 35.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 35.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in London.

35.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 36 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

35.4

Clawback

(a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

35.5

Impaired Agent

(a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 35.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties

125


beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

(b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

(c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 35.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

(d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 32.12 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 35.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 35.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

35.6

Partial payments

(a)

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

(i)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee under those Finance Documents;

(ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

(iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

(iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

(c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

35.7

Set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made, save to the extent contemplated in Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Loans) and Clause 18.4 (Tax Credit), without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

35.8

Business Days

(a)

Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

126


(b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

35.9

Currency of account

(a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)

A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

(c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

(d)

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

35.10

Change of currency

(a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

(ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the London interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

35.11

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

(a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

(b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

127


(c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 41 (Amendments and Waivers);

(e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 35.11; and

(f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

36.

SET-OFF

Whilst an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

37.

NOTICES

37.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by electronic mail, fax or letter.

37.2

Addresses

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

(a)

in the case of the Company or the Company, that identified with its name below;

(b)

in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

(c)

in the case of the Agent or the Security Trustee, that identified with its name below,

or any substitute address, email address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

37.3

Delivery

(a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

128


(i)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

(ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Trustee will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s or Security Trustee’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify for this purpose).

(c)

The Company may make and/or deliver, as agent of each Obligor, notices and/or requests on behalf of each Obligor.

(d)

Unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent, all notices from or to an Obligor and/or the Company shall be sent through the Agent.

(e)

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 37.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

(f)

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 6.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day (unless sent by electronic mail).

37.4

Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, email address or fax number or change of address, email address or fax number pursuant to Clause 37.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address, email address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

37.5

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

37.6

Electronic communication

(a)

Any communication to be made between the Agent or the Security Trustee and a Lender or Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent, the Security Trustee and the relevant Lender or Obligor:

(i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

(ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

129


(iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

(b)

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security Trustee or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or an Obligor to the Agent or the Security Trustee and/or any member of the Group only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify for this purpose.

37.7

Use of websites

(a)

The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

(i)

the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

(ii)

both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

(iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall, if requested by the Agent, at its own cost, supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

(b)

The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

(c)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

(i)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

(ii)

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

(iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

(iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

(v)

the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each

130


Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d)

Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

37.8

English language

(a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

(i)

in English; or

(ii)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent (acting reasonably), accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

38.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

38.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

38.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

38.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days.

38.4

Personal Liability

If an individual signs a certificate on behalf of any member of the Group and the certificates proves to be incorrect, the individual will incur no personal liability as a result, unless the individual acted fraudulently or with gross negligence in giving the certificate. In this case any liability of the individual will be determined in accordance with applicable law.

39.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

131


40.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

41.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

41.1

Intercreditor Agreement

This Clause 41 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

41.2

Required consents

(a)

Subject to Clause 41.3 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 41.

(c)

Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 41 which is agreed to by the Company. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

41.3

Exceptions

(a)

An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(i)

the definitions of “Majority Lenders”, and “Super Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

(ii)

the definition of “Structural Adjustment”

(iii)

a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the Obligors);

(iv)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

(v)

Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 34 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), Clause 45 (Governing law) or this Clause 41;

(vi)

subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement or the manner in which proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, in each case, to the extent such amendment is expected to be adverse to the priority of a Commitment;

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders, except in any such case amendments or waivers consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or reflect a Structural Change (where no Lender consent shall be required).

132


(b)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Trustee, Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Security Trustee, Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any) or, as the case may be, Alternative Reference Bank (to the extent there is any).

(c)

Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to:

(i)

subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the nature or scope of the Charged Property (except insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

(ii)

the nature or scope of or release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 23 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, of any Transaction Security unless permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or pursuant to the resignation of an Obligor in accordance with Clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower) or Clause 31.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor); or

(iii)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of the Super Majority Lenders (save for this Clause 41),

may only be made with the consent of the Super Majority Lenders , except in any such case amendments or waivers consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or reflect a Structural Change (where no Lender consent shall be required).

(d)

Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to the definition of “Change of Control” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) may only be made with the consent of a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 80 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregate 80 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

(e)

If a Lender does not accept or reject a request for consent within 10 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made, its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Facility when ascertaining whether the requisite level of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request.

(f)

A Structural Adjustment may be approved with the consent of:

(i)

each Lender that is to assume an additional or increased commitment in the relevant tranche or facility or that is to extend a commitment or its availability or maturity or redenominate a commitment or to whom any amount is owing which is to be reduced, deferred or redenominated or that is to receive a reduced Margin, fee or commission or that is to lend to a replacement Borrower (as the case may be) (the “Participating Lender”); and

(ii)

(A) the Super Majority Lenders (for which purpose the existing Commitments of each Participating Lender will be taken into account) in the case of a

133


Structural Adjustment resulting in an increase of Financial Indebtedness in the form of Credit Facility Lender Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (B) the Majority Lenders (for which purpose the existing Commitments of each Participating Lender will be taken into account) in all other cases.

(g)

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Structural Adjustment” means an amendment, waiver or variation that results in or is intended to result from or has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(i)

the introduction of an additional loan, commitment or facility or any tranche of the Facility, in each case, in any currency or currencies (including by way of subdivision of an existing tranche or the Facility) under this Agreement which ranks pari passu with, or junior to, the Facility other than in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase);

(ii)

any increase in, or addition to or extension of any Commitment or Total Commitment of any Lender other than in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase);

(iii)

any redenomination into another currency of any Commitment of any Lender;

(iv)

any extension to the date of payment of any amount owing or payable to a Lender;

(v)

any amendment or change in the currency of any payment of principal, interest, fees, commission or other amount owing or payable to a Lender; or

(vi)

any change (including changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Security and/or guarantees and changes to and/or additional intercreditor arrangements), consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or effect or reflect any of the adjustments referred to in paragraphs (i) to (v) above (inclusive).

(vii)

Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 41.3 (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

(A)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

(B)

(I)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

(II)

enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

(III)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

134


(IV)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

(V)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company.

(viii)

If, as at 1 November 2021 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Company and the Agent (acting reasonably) to start negotiations), this Agreement provides that the rate of interest for a Loan in sterling is to be determined by reference to the Screen Rate for LIBOR:

(A)

a Screen Rate Replacement Event shall be deemed to have occurred on that date in relation to the Screen Rate for sterling; and

(B)

the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to sterling in place of that Screen Rate from and including a date no later than 30 December 2021, or, if earlier, the first Interest Period after the agreement of the Replacement Benchmark,

provided that, no Obligor or member of the Group shall be required to pay any fee to a Finance Party in relation to this paragraph (viii).

41.4

Replacement or repayment of Lender

(a)

If at any time:

(i)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below);

(ii)

an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Increased costs) or Clause 18.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 18.3 (Tax Indemnity) to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to the other Lenders generally; or

(iii)

any Lender that invokes Clause 16.3 (Market disruption),

then the Company may, on 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, prepay or replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase

135


price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(b)

The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

(iii)

in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 60 Business Days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Company and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Company;

(iv)

a member of the Group may only prepay a Non-Consenting Lender using the proceeds of (A) Additional Shareholder Funding or Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (B) any amounts available for a Restricted Payment (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants); and

(v)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)

In the event that:

(i)

the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

(ii)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders or Super Majority Lenders; and

(iii)

the Majority Lenders have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender” on the earlier of (1) the date on which such Lender notifies the Agent or any member of the Group that it does not consent or agree to such amendment or waiver and (2) the date falling 10 Business Days after the date on which such consent, waiver or amendment was requested.

41.5

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

(a)

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments in relation to each Facility.

136


(b)

For the purposes of this Clause 41.5, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

(i)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

(ii)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

41.6

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

(a)

The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

(i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(ii)

require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or

(iii)

require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facility,

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents (or such lesser amount as the transferor and transferee may agree).

(b)

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

(iii)

the transfer must take place no later than 20 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

137


(iv)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY

42.1

Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 42.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 42.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

42.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a)

to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b)

to any person:

(i)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

(ii)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

(iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 32.14 (Relationship with the Lenders));

(iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

(v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

138


(vi)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 29.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

(vii)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(viii)

who is a Party; or

(ix)

with the consent of the Company;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party (acting in good faith) shall consider appropriate if:

(A)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

(B)

in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

(c)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii)above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party; and

(d)

to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

139


42.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

(i)

names of Obligors;

(ii)

country of domicile of Obligors;

(iii)

place of incorporation of Obligors;

(iv)

date of this Agreement;

(v)

Clause 45 (Governing law);

(vi)

the name of the Agent;

(vii)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

(viii)

amounts of, and names of, the Facility (and any tranches);

(ix)

amount of Total Commitments;

(x)

currencies of the Facility;

(xi)

type of Facility;

(xii)

ranking of Facility;

(xiii)

Termination Date for Facility;

(xiv)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

(xv)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

(c)

Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price sensitive information.

(d)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

(i)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

(ii)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

140


42.4

Entire agreement

This Clause 42 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

42.5

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

42.6

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

(a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 42.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 42.

42.7

Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 42 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

(a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

(b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

43.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

43.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)

The Agent may disclose:

(i)

any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 14.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

(ii)

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to

141


provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)

The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

(i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this subparagraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

(ii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(iii)

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)

The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 43.1 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 14.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

43.2

Related obligations

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

142


(b)

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be:

(i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 43.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 43.2.

43.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 28.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of a member of the Groups failure to comply with this Clause 43.

44.

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

143


SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

45.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law provided that Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without prejudice to the fact that the Agreement is governed by English law and that Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) and Schedule 16 (Additional Events of Default) shall also be enforced in accordance with English law.

46.

ENFORCEMENT

46.1

Jurisdiction of English courts

(a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (a “Dispute”).

(b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

(c)

This Clause 46.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

46.2

Service of process

(a)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

(i)

irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document (and the Company, by its execution of this Agreement accepts that appointment); and

(ii)

agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of that process will invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b)

If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably). Failing this, the Agent (acting in good faith and in consultation with the Company) may appoint another agent for this purpose.

46.3

Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

144


(a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

47.

USA PATRIOT ACT

Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. Each Obligor agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

145


SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

Part 1

The Original Obligors

Name of Original Guarantor

Place of Incorporation

Registered Number
(or equivalent, if any)

Manchester United Limited

England & Wales

02570509

Red Football Junior Limited

England & Wales

05370078

Manchester United Football Club Limited

England & Wales

00095489

MU Finance Limited

England & Wales

07088267

146


Part 2

The Original Lender

Name of Original Lender

Commitment (£)

Treaty Passport Scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence (if applicable)

SANTANDER UK PLC

50,000,000

N/A

Total

50,000,000

147


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Part 1

Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation

1.

Original Obligors

(a)

A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

(b)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or, if applicable, a committee of the board) of each Original Obligor:

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(iv)

in the case of an Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

(c)

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Original Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (b) above.

(d)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

(e)

A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Original Guarantor is a party.

(f)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each member of the Group that is a corporate shareholder of each Original Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

(g)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

(h)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and each Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

2.

Finance Documents

(a)

This Agreement executed by the Original Obligors.

148


(b)

The Fee Letter with the Original Lender executed by the Company.

3.

Transaction Security Documents

A deed of confirmation relating to the Existing Security Documents executed by each Original Obligor.

4.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

The Funds Flow Statement.

(b)

The Group Structure Chart.

(c)

The Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet.

(d)

The Base Case Model.

(e)

A copy of the Original Financial Statements (for information purposes only).

(f)

Know your customer” information in respect of the Original Obligors provided such documentation or information is requested no later than five Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement.

(g)

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees) then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 17 (Fees) and Clause 22 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

149


Part 2

Conditions Precedent required to be

delivered by an Additional Obligor

1.

An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

2.

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor.

3.

A copy of a good standing certificate with respect to any Additional Obligor that is incorporated in the US, issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of Additional Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

4.

A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:

(a)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is a party;

(b)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

(c)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(d)

authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

5.

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above.

6.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

7.

A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

8.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6 above.

9.

A certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Additional Obligor confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

10.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part 2 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

11.

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

150


12.

If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor.

13.

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders:

(a)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

(b)

If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 24.23 (Centre of main interests and establishments)) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “Applicable Jurisdiction”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

14.

If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 46.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor.

15.

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, any security documents which are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Obligor.

16.

Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

17.

If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland evidence that the Additional Obligor has done all that is necessary (including, without limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to comply with sections 677 to 683 of the Companies Act 2006 in order to enable that Additional Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

151


SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS AND NOTICES

Part 1

Utilisation Request Loans

From:[Borrower]

To:[Agent]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2.

We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

(a)Borrower:

[·]

(b)Proposed Utilisation Date:

[·] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

(c)Currency of Loan:

[·]

(d)Amount:

[·] or, if less, the Available Facility

(e)Interest Period:

[·]

3.

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

4.

[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]].

5.

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

…………………………………

authorised signatory for

[insert name of Borrower]

152


SCHEDULE 4

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

1.

Security Principles

(a)

The guarantees and Security to be provided will be given in accordance with the principles set out in this Schedule. This Schedule addresses the manner in which the principles will impact on the guarantees and Security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

(b)

The principles in this Schedule embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining guarantees and Security from members of the Group in their respective jurisdiction of incorporation. In particular:

(i)

general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, fraudulent conveyance, “thin capitalisation” and “capital maintenance” rules, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or Security or may require that the guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise;

(ii)

notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no obligation under this Agreement or under any Finance Document of a US Obligor may be, directly or indirectly, (A) secured by any assets of a CFC (including any shares held directly or indirectly by a CFC); or (B) secured by a pledge in excess of 65% of the share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) of a CFC. In no event shall any CFC Obligor grant or be permitted to grant Security over any assets of such CFC Obligor with respect to any obligation of a US Obligor;

(iii)

in the case of any joint venture or non-wholly owned subsidiary all guarantees and security will be limited to comply with restrictions in the joint venture, shareholders’ or other agreement or by law provided that the Company will use reasonable endeavours to avoid or overcome such restrictions;

(iv)

the Security and extent of its perfection will be agreed taking into account whether, in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably), the cost to the Group of providing Security is disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Lenders (including where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only);

(v)

any assets subject to third party arrangements which are permitted or not prohibited by the Finance Documents and which prevent those assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant Transaction Security provided that reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to charging any such assets shall be used by the relevant member of the Group if the relevant asset is material to the Group as a whole;

(vi)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into Transaction Security Documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant member of the Group or that would conflict with the fiduciary duties of their directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the

153


relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such obstacle;

(vii)

perfection of Security, when required, and other required legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the relevant time periods specified in the Finance Documents or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Finance Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

(viii)

unless granted under a global Transaction Security Document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable Obligor or under English law all Security (other than any Security granted over certain of its subsidiaries as agreed) shall be governed by the law of and secure assets located in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Obligor;

(ix)

only floating security will be granted over the hedging agreements entered into by members of the Group;

(x)

the Security Trustee will hold one set of security for all Lenders unless local law requires separate ranking security for different classes of debt; and

(xi)

no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA.

For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or Affiliates.

2.

Guarantors and Security

(a)

To the extent possible, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee and Security will be for all liabilities of the relevant chargor under the Finance Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the principles set out in this Schedule in each relevant jurisdiction.

(b)

To the extent possible, all security shall be given in favour of the Security Trustee and not the Finance Parties individually. “Parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary. To the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Lender transfers any of its participation in the Facility to a new Lender.

(c)

No guarantees or security shall be granted by an Excluded Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(d)

Security may only be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) and no security will be granted over the assets of New Holdco and/or any Subsidiary of New Holdco (including for the avoidance of doubt over any shares of a Subsidiary of New Holdco).

3.

Terms of Security Documents

154


The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as part of this transaction:

(a)

the Security will be first ranking to the extent possible;

(b)

Security will not be enforceable until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing;

(c)

rights of set off (other than for netting purposes) will not be exercisable until an Event of Default occurs and is continuing;

(d)

the provisions of each Transaction Security Document will not be unduly burdensome on the relevant Obligor or interfere unreasonably with the operation of its business, will be limited to those required by applicable local law to create or perfect security and will not impose commercial obligations;

(e)

in the Transaction Security Documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in any Finance Document including those relating to notices, costs and expenses, indemnities, tax gross-up, distribution of proceeds and release of security; representations and undertakings shall be included in the Transaction Security Documents only to the extent relating to title to assets or required by local law in order to create or perfect the security expressed to be created thereby;

(f)

security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured;

(g)

the Transaction Security Documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are permitted or not prohibited under the Finance Documents.

4.

Bank Accounts

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, each Obligor shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted (other than any Assigned Account).

(b)

No Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any Assigned Account except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) or as permitted or not prohibited pursuant to the terms of the Debt Documents.

(c)

After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, no Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably).

(d)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the account bank within 5 Business Days of the Security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 30 Business Days provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant account bank has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant account bank indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to Assigned

155


Accounts in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

5.

Fixed Assets

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its fixed assets it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business.

(b)

Subject to any requirements under the Existing Security Documents, no notice whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets shall be prepared or given until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

6.

Insurance

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its insurance policies it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those policies in the course of its business.

(b)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the insurance provider within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of the specified 30 Business Day period provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant insurance provider has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant insurance provider indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to an Insurance Policy (as that term is in the Existing Debenture) in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

7.

Intellectual Property

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intellectual property it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business).

8.

Intercompany receivables

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intercompany receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

(b)

If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the relevant lender within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection if the service of notice would prevent the Obligor from dealing with an intercompany receivable in the course of its business no notice of security shall be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing. This provision does not apply to intercompany receivables charged under the Existing Debenture in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

156


9.

Trade receivables

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its trade receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

(b)

No notice of security may be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

10.

Shares

(a)

Fixed charges and/or pledges over shares in joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or over minority interests shall not be required.

(b)

The Transaction Security Document will be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured and not by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Obligor granting the security.

(c)

Until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing, the charging Obligor will be permitted to retain and to exercise the voting rights to any shares and the company whose shares have been charged will be permitted to pay dividends.

(d)

Unless the restriction is required by law or regulation or such restriction is only applicable if certain conditions have not been met, the constitutional documents of the company whose shares have been charged will be amended to remove any restriction on the transfer or the registration of the transfer of the shares on the taking or enforcement of the security granted over them.

11.

Excluded assets

For the avoidance of doubt, any assets excluded from the Transaction Security existing as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to, the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington, Manchester (title number GM785864), shall not be subject to any Transaction Security.

12.

Release of Security

Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the security shall be released should not be dealt with in individual Transaction Security Documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Intercreditor Agreement.

157


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:[·] as Agent and [·] as Security Trustee

From:[The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

Dated:

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement). This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

We refer to Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facility Agreement:

(a)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facility Agreement.

(b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

(c)

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

3.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Facility Agreement.

4.

The New Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender].*

5.

The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not] an Investor Affiliate.

6.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:


*

Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

158


(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that Company.]1

7.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ]2, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date,

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.] 3

[7./8.][The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower that is a US Person that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender] 4.

[8./9.] We refer to clause [21.4] (Accession of Pari Passu Creditors and Creditor Representatives) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as Pari Passu Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Pari Passu Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a Pari Passu Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

[11./12.]This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

[12./13.]This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.


1

Include only if New Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

2

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

3

Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.

4

Delete as applicable – Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower that is a US Person.

159


[13./14.]This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note:The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

160


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

By:

By:

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [·].

[Agent]

By:

[Security Trustee]

By:

161


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

To:[·] as Agent, [·] as Security Trustee and [·] as Company for and on behalf of each Obligor

From:[the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

Dated:

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement). This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

We refer to Clause 29.6 (Procedure for assignment) of the Facility Agreement:

(a)

The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facility Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

(b)

The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement specified in the Schedule.

(c)

The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

3.

The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

4.

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

(a)

party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

(b)

party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender.

5.

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

6.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Facility Agreement.

7.

The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

162


(a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);]

(b)

[a UK Treaty Lender;]

(c)

[not a Qualifying Lender]. *

8.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(c)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 5

9.

[The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ]6, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date,

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.] 7

[9./10.]The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not] an Investor Affiliate.

[10./11.][The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower that is a US Person that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender] 8.


*

Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

5

Include only if New Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

6

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

7

Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.

8

Delete as applicable – Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower that is a US Person.

163


[11./12.] We refer to clause [21.4] (Accession of Pari Passu Creditors and Creditor Representatives) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as a Pari Passu Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Pari Passu Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a Pari Passu Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

[12./13.]This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Company), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

[13./14.]This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

[14./15.]This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

[15./16.]This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note:The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

164


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment,

release and accession

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

By:

By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [·].

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

[Agent]

By:

[Security Trustee]

By:

165


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

To:[                   ] as Agent and [                  ] as Security Trustee for itself and each of the other parties to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below

From:[Restricted Subsidiary] and [Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement. This deed (the “Accession Deed”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and as a Debtor Accession Deed for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1 to 3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

2.

[Restricted Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to clause [31.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[clause 31.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Facility Agreement. [Restricted Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number [           ].

3.

[Restricted Subsidiary’s] administrative details for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement are as follows:

Address:

Fax No.:

Attention:

4.

[Restricted Subsidiary] (for the purposes of this paragraph 4, the “Acceding Debtor”) intends to [incur Liabilities under the following documents]/[give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of Liabilities under the following documents]:

[Insert details (date, parties and description) of relevant documents]

the “Relevant Documents”.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

(a)

Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 4.

(b)

The Acceding Debtor and the Security Trustee agree that the Security Trustee shall hold:

166


(i)

[any Security in respect of Liabilities created or expressed to be created pursuant to the Relevant Documents;

(ii)

all proceeds of that Security; and]

(iii)

all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Acceding Debtor to pay amounts in respect of the Liabilities to the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Acceding Debtor (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) in favour of the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties,

on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms and conditions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(c)

The Acceding Debtor confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a Debtor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d)

[In consideration of the Acceding Debtor being accepted as an Intra-Group Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Debtor also confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an Intra-Group Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement].

[4]/[5] This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of the Security Trustee (for the purposes of paragraph 4 above only), signed on behalf of the Company and executed as a deed by [Restricted Subsidiary] and is delivered on the date stated above.

[Restricted Subsidiary]

[EXECUTED AS A DEED)

By: [Subsidiary])

​ ​Director

​ ​Director/Secretary

OR

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

By: [Subsidiary]

​ ​Signature of Director

​ ​Name of Director

in the presence of

167


​ ​Signature of witness

​ ​Name of witness

​ ​Address of witness

​ ​

​ ​

​ ​

​ ​Occupation of witness]

The Company

​ ​[Company]

By:

The Security Trustee

​ ​[Full Name of Current Security Trustee]

By:

Date:

168


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

To:[·] as Agent

From:[resigning Obligor] and [Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

2.

Pursuant to [clause 31.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[clause 31.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Facility Agreement and the Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).

3.

We confirm that:

(a)

no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

(b)

[this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [resigning Obligor];]*

(c)

[·]***

4.

This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

5.

The Company agrees to indemnify the Finance Parties and any Receivers or Delegates for any costs, expenses, or liabilities which would have been payable by [resigning Obligor] in connection with the Finance Documents but for the release set out in paragraph 1 above.

[Company]

[resigning Obligor]

By:

By:

169


NOTES:

*Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.

**Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal. Amend as appropriate, e.g. to reflect agreed procedure for payment of proceeds into a specified account.

***Insert any other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

170


SCHEDULE 9

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:[·] as Agent

From:[Company]

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2.

We confirm that Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [·] and we set out in the Schedule (Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

3.

We confirm that the Minimum Committed Additional Financing is [not] less than £75,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

4.

[We confirm that no Default is continuing. 2]

5.

[We confirm by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered under the terms of the Facility Agreement that [the Guarantor Coverage Test [is satisfied]/[will be satisfied by the following members of the Group acceding as Additional Guarantors in accordance with Clause 27.13 (Guarantors):

6.

[·].]*

Signed

.......................................................

.......................................................

Director

Director

of

of

[Company]

[Company]

[insert applicable certification language]

……………………..

for and on behalf of

[name of auditors of the Company]

1 If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being

taken to remedy it.

171


NOTES:

*Only for Compliance Certificate delivered with the Annual Financial Statements.

172


THE SCHEDULE

CALCULATION OF CONSOLIDATED EBITDA

Relevant line item

Amount (£)

The consolidated profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period

[·]

Including any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets

[·]

Including any Consolidated Net Finance Charges

[·]

Including any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents

[·]

Including any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items

[·]

Including any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Group

[·]

Including any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt

[·]

Including any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations

[·]

Deducting any profit of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests

[·]

Deducting any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by such investment or entity

[·]

After excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period

After deducting to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature

[·]

Consolidated EBITDA

[·]

173


SCHEDULE 10

TIMETABLES

Part 1

Loans

Loans in sterling

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))

U-1

11.00am

Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) and notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)

U-1

2.00pm

LIBOR is fixed

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Base Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 16.2 (Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate)

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

Alternative Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 16.2 (Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate)

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

“U”=date of Utilisation

“U - X”=X Business Days prior to date of Utilisation

174


SCHEDULE 11

[RESERVED]

175


SCHEDULE 12

[RESERVED]

176


SCHEDULE 13

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

Part 1

Form of Notice on entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction

To:[             ] as Agent

From:[The Lender]

Dated:

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to paragraph (b) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates) of the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

2.

We have entered into a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction.

3.

The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

Commitment

Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)

[insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]

[Lender]

By:

177


Part 2

Form of Notice on Termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction / Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Investor Affiliate

To:[             ] as Agent

From:[The Lender]

Dated:

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to paragraph (c) of Clause 30.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates) of the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

2.

A Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction which we entered into and which we notified you of in a notice dated [·] has [terminated]/[ceased to be with an Investor Affiliate].*

3.

The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

Commitment

Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)

[insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]

[Lender]

By:


*

Delete as applicable

178


SCHEDULE 14

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

1.

The value of X in any Financial Year will be the amount determined using the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet and set out in the row labelled “EBITDA” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year after the following adjustments (the “Adjustments”) have been made in the electronic version of the spreadsheet (and, for the avoidance of doubt, with no other adjustments):

(a)

the figure in the Total Match Day income row of the spreadsheet for a Financial Year (the “Relevant Year”) will be determined by: (i) adjusting the revenue in the line item entitled “European Cups” in the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent Financial Year in which the first team of MUFC participated in the Champions League (the “Previous Year”) to reflect any increase or decrease in ticket prices announced prior to the start of the Relevant Year that would be applicable in the Relevant Year; (ii) aggregating the amount described in paragraph (i) above with the revenue (increased or decreased for the then prevailing rate (RPI) of inflation or deflation) in the line items entitled “Hospitality – Match Day” and “Catering (match day)” (minus any intra-Group items) in the Annual Financial Statements for the Previous Year; (iii) dividing the sum of the amount described in paragraph (ii) by the number of Champions League matches played at the Stadium in the Previous Year; and (iv) multiplying the product of paragraph (iii) by four;

(b)

any increase or decrease in the Sterling Equivalent (as defined in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants)) of media and sponsorship revenues that would have been received by the Group from UEFA in respect of the Champions League (or, in each case, any replacement body or competition) had the first team of MUFC finished third in the Premier League (or any replacement competition) and qualified for the first knock-out stage of the Champions League will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “European TV & Radio” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year; and

(c)

any increase or decrease in the portion of revenue from the Specified Contract described in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof (as applicable) (or any replacement contract) that is dependent on the first team of MUFC qualifying for the Champions League in a Financial Year will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “Adidas” (in relation to the adidas Agreement) in the column corresponding to that Financial Year.

2.

The add back in respect of each Financial Year shall be applied according to the following quarterly schedule:

Financial Quarter Ending

Percentage Application

September

20.0%

December

45.0%

March

35.0%

June

0.0%

179


SCHEDULE 15

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

Defined terms used in this Schedule shall have the meanings given to them in this Schedule 15 unless the context requires otherwise. The provisions of this Schedule 15 are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

1.

Asset Sales

1.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(a)

the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(b)

at least 75 per cent. of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(i)

any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

(ii)

any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

(iii)

Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company, in each case that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries following such Asset Sale are released from any guarantee of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in connection with such Asset Sale;

(iv)

consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company which is either repaid in full or cancelled in connection with such Asset Sale; and

(v)

any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in paragraphs (b) or (d) of Clause 1.2 below,

provided that, in no event will the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Specified Asset other than to an Obligor.

180


1.2

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

(a)

to repay, repurchase, prepay or redeem (i) Indebtedness under the Facility and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (ii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to the extent that such Indebtedness is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facility and any guarantee thereof, (iii) the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, to the date of purchase (a “Notes Offer”) or (iv) obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness (other than the Notes) that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks equal to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Facility and any guarantee thereof and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facility hereunder or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, concurrently with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer;

(b)

to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(c)

to make a capital expenditure; or

(d)

to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) other assets (other than Capital Stock) that are not classified as current assets under IFRS and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business,

provided, however, that pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Finance Documents.

1.3

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Clause 1.2 will constitute “Excess Proceeds”.

1.4

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds £15,000,000, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer”) to the Lenders and may make an offer to all holders of the Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Agreement with respect to offers to purchase, prepay, cancel or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with this Clause 1 (Asset Sales) to purchase, prepay, redeem or cancel the maximum principal amount of and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or cancel the Facility, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid, redeemed or cancelled out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer will be equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of prepayment or cancellation. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate

181


principal amount of the Facility, the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof tendered into (or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled in connection with) such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, or if the aggregate principal amount of the Facility exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds to be so applied, such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to prepay the Facility, such Notes and such other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof to be prepaid on a pro rata basis based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled. For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such Indebtedness not denominated in US Dollars, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amounts into their US Dollar Equivalent determined as of the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer is announced. Upon completion of each Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

2.

Restricted Payments

2.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a)

declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(b)

purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

(c)

make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof (excluding (i) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility or the guarantee thereof purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement);

(d)

make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

(e)

make any Restricted Investments,

(all such payments and other actions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(i)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

182


(ii)

the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) below; and

(iii)

such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by paragraphs (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (m) and (n) of Clause 2.2 (Restricted Payments)) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A)

50 per cent. of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after June 30, 2015 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100 per cent. of such deficit); plus

(B)

100 per cent. of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the 2015 Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from Subordinated Shareholder Funding or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company (including such cash proceeds received in connection with any such conversion or exchange) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), excluding, in each case, any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity; plus

(C)

to the extent that Restricted Investments which were made after the 2015 Closing Date are sold for cash and/or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash and/or Cash Equivalents, the lesser of (x) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investments (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments; plus

(D)

to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the 2015 Closing Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the 2015 Closing Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the 2015 Closing Date; plus

(E)

upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a guarantee made by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such guarantee; plus

183


(F)

the initial amount of any Restricted Investment made after the 2015 Closing Date in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(G)

100 per cent. of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the 2015 Closing Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

2.2

If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment, the provisions of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) will not prohibit:

(a)

the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b)

the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to the Company; (excluding any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity) provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 above;

(c)

the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Facility or any guarantee thereof (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Company) upon a Note Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreements governing such Indebtedness, but only if, prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness, (x) the Company shall have complied with its obligations under Clause 1 (Asset Sales) and shall have prepaid the full principal amount of the Facility required to be prepaid under Clause 1 (Asset Sales) and (y) the Obligors shall have otherwise complied with the terms of this Agreement;

(d)

the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreements, or similar agreements or stock option plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed £3,000,000 in any twelve month period; but provided, further, that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to the extent the cash

184


proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to paragraph (iii) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) and do not constitute Relevant Equity;

(e)

the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Entity deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(f)

the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the 2015 Closing Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(g)

payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (x) the exercise of options or warrants or (y) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(h)

the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(i)

payments pursuant to any tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes among the Company and its Subsidiaries and other Persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a part of a group for tax purposes; provided, however, that such payments will not exceed the amount of tax that the Company and its Subsidiaries would owe on a standalone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries are relieved thereby;

(j)

the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, or the making of loans, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Entity in amounts and at times required to pay:

(i)

franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity;

(ii)

general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Entity to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration of such Parent Entity, including (i) fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors; and (ii) payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees of any such Parent Entity, not to exceed £3,000,000 in any calendar year;

(iii)

any income taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, United Kingdom corporation tax), to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income or ownership of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income or ownership of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(iv)

costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any

185


governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Finance Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

(v)

fees and expenses of any Parent Entity incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (B) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent Entity will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

(k)

so long as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company is equal to or greater than £250,000,000 for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, any Restricted Payment;

(l)

following a Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company up to 6 per cent. per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company in any such Public Equity Offering or any subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock, or the net cash proceeds of any such Public Equity Offering or subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock of any Parent Entity that are contributed in cash to the Company’s equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); provided that if such Public Equity Offering was of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity, the net proceeds of any such dividend are used to fund a corresponding dividend in equal or greater amount on the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity;

(m)

to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganisation, including without limitation the transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; or

(n)

other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed £160,000,000 since the 2015 Closing Date.

2.3

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

3.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

3.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not, and will not permit

186


any other Obligor to, issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a)

subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, the Obligors (other than the Company) may issue Disqualified Stock, and the Obligors (other than the Company) and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Indebtedness is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(b)

if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Obligors, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred is less than 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

3.2

Subject to Clause 3.3 below, Clause 3.1 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, the “Permitted Debt”):

(a)

the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Agreement;

(b)

the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

187


(c)

Indebtedness under the BAML Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $225.0 million (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies);

(d)

the incurrence by the Company and the Obligors of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantee;

(e)

Indebtedness under the Existing Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed £150.0 million;

(f)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, lease, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which were used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (f), not to exceed £50,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(g)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Finance Documents to be incurred under Clause 3.1 or any of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (m) of this Clause 3.2;

(h)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(i)

if any Obligor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not an Obligor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations then due with respect to the Facility and the Finance Documents; and

(ii)

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this paragraph (h);

(i)

the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(i)

any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

188


(ii)

any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this paragraph (i);

(j)

the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(k)

the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Clause 3.2; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(l)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, customs, VAT and other tax guarantees, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(n)

Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred to provide all or any portion of the funds used to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided, however, with respect to this paragraph (1), that at the time of the acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred the Company would have been able to incur £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this paragraph (n);

(o)

Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and

(p)

the incurrence by New Holdco, Sponsorship Newco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco of Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or Subordinated Liabilities (as defined by the Intercreditor Agreement),

189


provided, however, that New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) shall not be permitted to incur Indebtedness pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (f) of this Clause 3.2.

3.3

No Obligor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Facility and any guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

3.4

For purposes of determining compliance with this Clause 3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in paragraphs (a) through (p) of Clause 3.2 above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Clause 3. Indebtedness under the Facility will be deemed to have been incurred under paragraph (a) of Clause 3.2 only. The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Clause 3; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Clause 3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

3.5

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(a)

the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(b)

the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

(c)

in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(i)

the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(ii)

the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

(d)

for purposes of determining compliance with any sterling-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Sterling Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than sterling, and such refinancing would cause the applicable sterling-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such sterling-denominated restriction will be deemed

190


not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to an agreement intended to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness, if denominated in sterling, will be the amount of the principal payment required to be made under such currency agreement and, otherwise, the Sterling Equivalent of such amount plus the Sterling Equivalent of any premium which is at such time due and payable but is not covered by such currency agreement.

4.

Liens

The Company will not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (a) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, Permitted Liens and (b) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

5.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

5.1

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any Obligor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(a)

such Obligor could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) above and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Clause 4 (Liens);

(b)

the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(c)

the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales).

6.

Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

6.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a)

pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b)

make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c)

sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

191


6.2

The restrictions in Clause 6.1 above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a)

agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and any agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Closing Date;

(b)

the Existing Facility, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the BAML Facility, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents;

(c)

agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Finance Documents;

(d)

applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(e)

any agreement or instrument of or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such agreement or instrument was entered into or incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of any such agreement or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (i) no more restrictive or (ii) not materially less favorable as determined in good faith by the Company, than the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in such instrument at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

(f)

customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(g)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in paragraph (c) of Clause 5 (Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions);

(h)

any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(i)

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

192


(j)

Liens permitted to be incurred under Clause 4 (Liens) that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(k)

provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment) entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(l)

restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

Hedging Obligations entered into from time to time;

(n)

any mortgage financing or mortgage refinancing that imposes restrictions on the real property (including any heritage building rights) securing such Indebtedness; and

(o)

agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (o) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, provided that any encumbrance or restriction in any such agreement is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any other Person, other than such Restricted Subsidiary or its property or assets.

7.

Merger, Consolidation, etc.

7.1

The Company and Red Football Junior Limited, will not, directly or indirectly: (x) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (y) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a)

either:

(i)

the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL is the surviving corporation; or

(ii)

the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction;

(b)

the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL under the Finance Documents to which the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

(c)

immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d)

the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company,

193


Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) would be permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was prior to such transaction; and

(e)

the Company delivers to the Agent an Officers’ Certificate and opinion of counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and assumption of obligations under the Finance Documents comply with this Clause 7.1.

7.2

Except as otherwise provided in this Clause 7, no Obligor (other than an Obligor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with this Agreement) may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Obligor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than a sale or disposal to, or consolidation or merger with or into, the Company or another Obligor unless:

(a)

either:

(i)

such Obligor is the surviving Person; or

(ii)

the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Obligor) (A) is organized under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction and (B) assumes all the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents to which such Obligor is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders),

provided that, in either case, immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or

(b)

in the case only of an Obligor that is not the Borrower, the Company or Red Football Junior Limited, the Net Proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents.

7.3

In addition, no Obligor will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

7.4

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither this Clause 7 nor Clause 11.2 will restrict (a) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of (i) the Company or any Obligor with, into or to any Obligor or (ii) any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to the Company or any Obligor or with, into or to any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Permitted Reorganisation. Paragraph (d) of Clause 7.1 above will not apply to any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company or any Obligor with, into or to an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Obligor in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided that any such transaction is consummated in accordance with the terms hereunder.

8.

Transactions with Affiliates

194


8.1

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(a)

the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(b)

the Company delivers to the Agent:

(i)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £10,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Clause 8 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or, if there are no disinterested directors in respect of such Affiliate Transaction, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing; and

(ii)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £20,000,000, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing.

Provided, however, that, the following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8:

(c)

any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, consultant agreement, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d)

transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e)

transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(f)

payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g)

any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(h)

Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Clause 2 (Restricted Payments);

195


(i)

Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments described in paragraphs (c), (m) and (o) of the definition thereof);

(j)

transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by, any agreement in effect on the Closing Date and transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(k)

transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person;

(l)

any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing or arrangement and payment does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; and

(m)

Permitted Reorganisations.

9.

Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness

9.1

The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Obligors, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as a borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such specified Restricted Subsidiary shall simultaneously accede to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

9.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without becoming a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 9, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock).

9.3

Such Additional Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Additional Guarantor that would have resulted in the requirement that such Additional Guarantor become an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 9.

10.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

196


10.1

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

10.2

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Agent by filing with the Agent a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Clause 2 (Restricted payments). If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Finance Documents and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

11.

Limitation on Issuer Activities

11.1

The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien over any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure Indebtedness, except for Liens to secure the Existing Facility, the Notes, the BAML Facility, the Facility or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness are permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents.

11.2

The Issuer will not (i) merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in one or more related transactions, other than (A) in the case of clause (i) or clause (ii), in accordance with Section 7 hereof, or (B) solely in the case of clause (ii), in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Collateral Lien.

11.3

Until the date on which all Commitments have been cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Facility have been fully repaid, none of the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will commence or take any action or facilitate a winding-up, liquidation or other analogous proceeding in respect of the Issuer.

12.

Limitation on Holding Company Activities

12.1

The Company will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, the Carrington Premises, Capital Stock in Red Football Junior Limited and

197


MUL, assets that will be used to make a Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted by Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) promptly following receipt thereof by the Company and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

12.2

Red Football Junior Limited will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than Capital Stock in MUL and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

12.3

In addition, neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited will trade, undertake any activity, carry on any business, own any assets, enter into any arrangement or incur any liability other than:

(a)

the ownership of shares of MUL and, in the case of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any other direct Subsidiary of the Company and/or Red Football Junior Limited (an “Additional Subsidiary”) that is a member of the Group, in each case to the extent such shares are subject to Transaction Security and provided that any Additional Subsidiary is the only member of the Group (other than Red Football Junior Limited) in which the Company directly owns shares;

(b)

the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries and the receipt of any amounts related thereto to the extent expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement;

(c)

incurring Indebtedness permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) (including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under the Finance Documents);

(d)

rights and obligations arising under the Debt Documents;

(e)

directly related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence; or

(f)

the holding of bank accounts and the making of loans (including activities reasonably incidental thereto) permitted by the Finance Documents, and the entry into any agreement in relation thereto.

198


Definitions in this Schedule:

2015 Closing Date” means 26 June 2015.

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a)

Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(b)

Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Amounts” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the 2015 Closing Date).

Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and, with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

Affiliate Transaction” is defined in Clause 8 (Transactions with Affiliates).

Asset Sale” means:

(a)

the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, etc.) and not by the provisions of Clause 1 (Asset Sales); and

(b)

the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(a)

any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than £1,000,000;

(b)

a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in accordance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales);

(d)

the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable

199


judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

(e)

licenses and sublicenses by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software in the ordinary course of business;

(f)

any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

(g)

the granting of Liens not prohibited under Clause 4 (Liens);

(h)

the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(i)

a Restricted Payment that does not violate Clause 2 (Restricted Payments) or a Permitted Investment;

(j)

the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(k)

the sale, lease, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations;

(l)

any license or other right of occupation that allows the beneficiary to attend one or more sporting events (including without limitation association football matches) or other events in the ordinary course of business;

(m)

any license or other right of use of any intellectual property or other right if entered into in connection with the commercial exploitation of such intellectual property or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

(n)

the monetization of any contract or arrangement related to (l) and (m) above;

(o)

the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(p)

the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into an Affiliate solely for purposes of reincorporating the Issuer in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided any such transaction is consummated in accordance with Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, Etc.); and

(q)

the transfer of employees and assets in accordance with the definition of Permitted Reorganisation.

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” below.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the 2015 Closing Date, except that in calculating the

200


beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors” means:

(a)

with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(b)

with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(c)

with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(d)

with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the 2015 Closing Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Capital Stock” means:

(a)

in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b)

in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(c)

in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(d)

any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Carrington Premises” means the property known as the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington Manchester (title number GM785864), including any real property and fixtures related thereto but not any personal property.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a)

direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of a

201


Permitted Jurisdiction, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of such Permitted Jurisdiction and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option;

(b)

overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of £500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or “A–” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency;

(c)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;

(d)

commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

(e)

money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in paragraph (a) to (d) of this definition.

Collateral” means any and all assets from time to time in which a security interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Transaction Security Document to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Obligors under the Finance Documents.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(a)

all gains (losses) realized in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain; plus

(b)

provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c)

the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d)

depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

202


(e)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness to the extent such costs and premiums were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(f)

any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains or losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; minus

(h)

non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue or the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)

the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (excluding any non-cash interest expense on Subordinated Shareholder Funding); plus

(b)

the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(c)

any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Lien is called upon; plus

(d)

the product of (i) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that:

203


(a)

the net income (loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and the net income (if negative) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary will be included only to the extent that such loss has been funded with cash by the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

(b)

solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (iii)(A) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders; except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

(c)

the net income (loss) arising from the sale, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations will be excluded;

(d)

any extraordinary or exceptional gain, loss or charge or any profit or loss on Asset Sales, asset impairments or early extinguishment of Indebtedness, or any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, integration or severance or any expenses, charges, reserves or other costs related to acquisitions will be excluded;

(e)

non-cash tax charges that are set off by group relief by a Parent Entity will be excluded;

(f)

the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

(g)

any intangible asset impairment charge and amortization of player registrations and amortization of goodwill will be excluded.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of the Company on such date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “CSSLR Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence,

204


assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

(a)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(b)

the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(c)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

(d)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(a)

was a member of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date; or

(b)

was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company or any Guarantor to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Note Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer or any Obligor may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions

205


unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Clause 2 (Restricted Payments). The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Finance Documents will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Excess Proceeds” is defined in Clause 1.3 (Asset Sales).

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4 (Asset Sales).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the 2015 Closing Date from (a) contributions to its common equity capital or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be designated no later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by the Company), the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 (Restricted Payments).

Existing Hedging Agreements” means the interest rate transactions entered into between MUFC and Bank of America, N.A., on October 25, 2013, documented under and subject to the terms of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) and Schedule thereto, dated as of May 20, 2013 as supplemented by a deed of novation dated July 31, 2018.

Existing Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, until such amounts are repaid, other than Indebtedness under the BAML Facility and the Existing Facility and Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantee.

Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “FCCR Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the

206


use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(a)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the FCCR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(b)

the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(c)

the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the FCCR Calculation Date;

(d)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(e)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(f)

if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the FCCR Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the FCCR Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).

Governmental Authority” means

(a)

the government of

(i)

the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

(ii)

any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Parent Subsidiary, or

(b)

any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

207


Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(a)

interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(b)

other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(c)

other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

holder” or “Holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Issuer pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Schedule, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS contained in this Schedule shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the 2015 Closing Date.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(a)

in respect of borrowed money;

(b)

evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c)

in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(d)

representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(e)

representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

(f)

representing any Hedging Obligations;

(g)

representing Attributable Debt; and

(h)

representing liabilities under the Existing Hedging Agreements,

208


(i)

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

(j)

In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

(k)

In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock), Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) will not be considered incremental Indebtedness.

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include:

(a)

in connection with the purchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

(b)

any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

(c)

Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS. If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments). The acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Issuer” means MUFC.

209


Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

Make-Whole Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS.

Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(a)

as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

(b)

as to which the holders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

Note Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)

the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

(b)

the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(c)

the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Principal and/or any of its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 per cent. of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(d)

the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; provided, however, that this paragraph (d) shall not apply to members of the Board of Directors nominated or re-elected by employees pursuant to co-determination and similar statutes providing for employee representatives on supervisory or similar boards;

(e)

the first day on which (i) the Company fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of MUL or (ii) MUL fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of the Issuer;

210


(f)

Manchester United plc (alone or together with one or more Affiliates controlled by it) ceases to own (directly or indirectly) a larger percentage than does any other Person of the share capital in, and shareholder loans to, the Company; or

(g)

the Original Investors cease to have the power to control more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company or appoint or remove a majority of directors of the Company or give directions with respect to operating and financial policies of the Company.

Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement.

Note Documents” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Representative Deed and the Transaction Security Documents.

Note Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement dated 27 May 2015 (as amended pursuant to amendment no. 1 and consent no. 1 dated 14 June 2018) entered into by, among others, the Issuer, and relating to the Notes.

Notes Offer” is defined in Clause 1.2 (Asset Sales).

Notes” means the 3.79% guaranteed senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 due 24 June 2027 issued on the 2015 Closing Date.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief of Staff, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Managing Director, Director or any Vice-President.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Issuer or other Obligor, as applicable, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent company or entity of the Company.

Parent Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company, including the Issuer.

Permitted Business” means (i) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and (ii) any other business or activity which is ancillary, reasonably related or complementary thereto.

Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

(a)

Liens on the Collateral to secure the Finance Documents;

(b)

Liens on the Collateral to secure the Existing Facility Agreement (or any guarantee thereof), the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); provided further that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Facility and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis;

211


(c)

Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness: (i) under the BAML Facility; (ii) permitted by paragraph (f) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); and (iii) permitted by Clause 3.1 of (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that, in each case, all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Facility and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

(d)

Liens on the Collateral securing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under (i) Hedging Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations in respect of commodity prices and only to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral) permitted by paragraph (i) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock), and (ii) the Existing Hedging Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that the assets and properties securing such Indebtedness will also secure the Facility or any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis; provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

(e)

Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of paragraphs (d), (g), (h), (i), (l), (n) and (o) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Trustee to enforce any Lien over the Collateral; and

(f)

Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed £5,000,000 at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation from the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business.

Permitted Debt” is defined in Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock).

Permitted Investments” means:

(a)

any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(b)

any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c)

any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(i)

such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(ii)

such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

212


(d)

any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Clause 1 (Asset Sales);

(e)

any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(f)

any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including settlement of delinquent obligations pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of, or other foreclosure with respect to, any trade creditor or customer; or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(g)

Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(h)

Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(i)

loans or advances to officers, directors or employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed £5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(j)

repurchases of the Notes in accordance with section 8 (Payment and Prepayment of the Notes) of the Note Purchase Agreement;

(k)

any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(l)

any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Closing Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(m)

Investments acquired after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Clause 7 (Merger, Consolidation, etc.) after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(n)

Investments made with the Excluded Contributions;

(o)

other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (o) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed £50,000,000, provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Clause 10 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries), such Investment, if applicable, shall thereafter be deemed to have been

213


made pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this paragraph.

Permitted Jurisdiction” means:

(a)

the United Kingdom;

(b)

the US or any state thereof;

(c)

Switzerland;

(d)

Canada;

(e)

the Cayman Islands; and

(f)

any country that was a member of the European Union on April 30, 2004 (other than Greece Spain, Italy or Portugal).

Permitted Liens” means:

(a)

Liens in favor of the Obligors;

(b)

Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c)

Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(d)

Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

(e)

Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by paragraph (f) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(f)

Liens existing on the Closing Date;

(g)

Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS has been made therefor;

(h)

Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i)

survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar

214


purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(j)

Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees), the BAML Facility and the Existing Facility;

(k)

Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents; provided, however, that:

(i)

the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(ii)

the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(l)

bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(m)

Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(n)

Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(o)

any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensee under any operating lease, license or sublicense, as applicable;

(p)

Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(q)

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(r)

Liens to secure Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted by paragraph (b) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); and

(s)

Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not exceed £25,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to

215


renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(a)

the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(b)

such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(c)

if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(d)

such Indebtedness is incurred either by an Obligor (if the Obligor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged) or by the Restricted Subsidiary that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

Principal” means the six lineal descendants of Malcom Glazer who are Avram Glazer, Joel Glazer, Bryan Glazer, Edward Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Kevin Glazer.

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale. The term Public Debt (x) shall not include the Notes and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than 10 Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the Existing Facility Agreement, the BAML Facility Agreement, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” under the Securities Act.

216


Public Equity Offering” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Entity, either:

(a)

pursuant to a flotation on the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the European Union; or

(b)

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit plan).

Public Market” means any time after:

(a)

a Public Equity Offering has been consummated; and

(b)

at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares or common equity of the Company or a Parent Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Principals or any of their respective Affiliates or any other direct or indirect shareholders of the Company as of the Closing Date pursuant to one or more Public Equity Offerings.

Qualified Capital Stock” means Capital Stock other than Disqualified Stock.

Related Party” means:

(a)

Red Football Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed in the State of Nevada, US;

(b)

the parents or spouse of a Principal, the parents of a Principal’s spouse and any of a Principal’s, his or her spouse’s or their parents’ direct descendants; or

(c)

any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1 per cent. or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph (b).

Relevant Equity” means new equity or Subordinated Shareholder Funding invested into the Restricted Group by any Principal or any Related Party or their respective Affiliates and applied within one Business Day of the date of such investment (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of the Notes, any Replacement Debt or other Term Debt).

Replacement Debt” means Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the proceeds are applied within one Business Day of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of (a) the Notes or any Term Debt; or (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

Representative Deed” means the representative deed dated on or about the 2015 Closing Date between, among others, the Purchasers (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) and Structured Finance Management Limited as creditor representative thereunder.

Restricted Group” means the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

217


Restricted Payment” is defined in Clause 2 (Restricted Payments).

Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States.

Securities” or “Security” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

“Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or other applicable Obligor.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien and Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

Specified Asset” means the Stadium and grounds and any real property related thereto.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the 2015 Closing Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Sterling” or “£” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Sterling Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than sterling, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent, the amount of sterling obtained by converting such currency other than sterling involved in such computation into sterling at the spot rate for the purchase of sterling with the applicable currency other than sterling as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity or any Principal or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

(a)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of any such security or instrument for Qualified Capital Stock or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition);

(b)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

218


(c)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

(d)

is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

(e)

is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Facility in the event of any default, bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, winding up or other disposition of assets of the Company at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are subordinated to the Facility under the Intercreditor Agreement;

(f)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Facility, Notes, the Existing Facility or the BAML Facility or compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Note Documents, the Finance Documents and the Finance Documents (as defined in each of the Existing Facility Agreement and the BAML Facility Agreement);

(g)

does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and

(h)

is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

provided, however, that any event or circumstance that results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(a)

any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(b)

any partnership or limited liability company of which (i) more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Tax” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding imposed by a Governmental Authority, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to

219


tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax. “Taxes” and “Taxation” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

Term Debt” means on any date, Indebtedness with a scheduled maturity date twelve (12) months or more from the date on which such Indebtedness was incurred and which once repaid cannot be reborrowed.

US Dollar”, “Dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

US Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than US Dollars, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent the amount of US Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than US Dollars involved in such computation into US Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of US Dollars with the applicable currency other than US Dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) as of the Closing Date, MU RAML, MU Junior, MUTV and MU Interactive and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Obligor or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Clause 10 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries), but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(a)

has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(b)

except as permitted under Clause 8 (Transactions with Affiliates), is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(c)

is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(d)

has not guaranteed, pledged any of its Subsidiaries’ shares or other of its assets or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a)

the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

220


(b)

the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

221


SCHEDULE 16

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Defined terms used in this Schedule 16 shall bear the meanings given to them in Schedule 15 (Restrictive Covenants) unless the context requires otherwise. The provisions of this Schedule 16 are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

1.

Events of Default

1.1

Each of the following will be an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

(a)

any member of the Restricted Group (i) admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction (other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor or, for the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Reorganisation on a solvent basis), (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing;

(b)

a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, without consent by any member of the Restricted Group, enters an order appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of any member of the Restricted Group, or any such petition shall be filed against any member of the Restricted Group and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(c)

any event occurs with respect to any member of the Restricted Group which under the laws of any jurisdiction is analogous to any of the events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, provided that the applicable grace period, if any, which shall apply shall be the one applicable to the relevant proceeding which most closely corresponds to the proceeding described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

222


SCHEDULE 17

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

To:[·] as Agent and as Security Trustee and [·] as Company, for and on behalf of the Company and each Obligor

From: [the Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)

Dated:

Red Football Limited – £50,000,000 Revolving Facility Agreement

dated [  ] 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

1.

We refer to the Facility Agreement and particularly Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement). This is an Increase Confirmation. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facility Agreement [and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)]. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

2.

The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment”) as if it was the Original Lender under the Facility Agreement.

3.

The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase Date”) is [·].

4.

On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes:

(a)

party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

(b)

party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a RCF Lender (as defined therein).

5.

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

6.

The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (g) of Clause 2.2 (Increase).

7.

The Increase Lender confirms, in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

(a)

[a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);]

(b)

[not a Qualifying Lender; or]

(c)

[a UK Treaty Lender.] *


*

Delete as applicable - each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

223


8.

[The Increase Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

(a)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

(b)

a partnership each member of which is:

(i)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom;

(ii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

(iii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 9

9.

[The Increase Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ]*, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

(a)

each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Increase Date; and

(b)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Increase Date,

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.]**

10.

[The Increase Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower that is a US Person that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender]. 10

11.

The Increase Lender confirms that it is not an Investor Affiliate.


9

Include only if Increase Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 (Definitions).

*

Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

**

Include if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.

10

Delete as applicable – Each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower that is a US Person.

224


12.

[We further refer to clause [21.4] (Accession of Pari Passu Creditors and Creditor Representatives) of the Intercreditor Agreement. In consideration of the Increase Lender being accepted as a Pari Passu Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the Increase Lender confirms that, as from the Increase Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Pari Passu Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a Pari Passu Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.]

13.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

14.

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Note: The execution of this Increase Confirmation may not be sufficient for the Increase Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the Increase Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee and the Increase Date is confirmed as [·].

Agent

By:​ ​

Security Trustee

By:​ ​]

225


SCHEDULE 18

SCREEN RATE CONTINGENCY PERIODS

Screen Rate

Period

LIBOR

One Month

226


Exhibit 4.10

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_01.GIF

Handbook Season 2021/ 22


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_02.GIF

The Football Association Premier League Limited Season 2021/22 Board of Directors (as at August 2021) Gary Hoffman (Chair) Richard Masters (Chief Executive) Kevin Beeston (Non-Executive Director) Auditors Deloitte LLP 1 New Street Square London EC4A 3BZ Bankers Barclays Bank plc 27th Floor 1 Churchill Place London E14 5HP Registered Office Brunel Building 57 North Wharf Road London W2 1HQ Regd. No. 02719699 Telephone 020 7864 9000 Website www.premierleague.com Published by The Football Association Premier League Limited © The Football Association Premier League Limited 2021


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_03.GIF

Club Directory Fixtures Rules Premier League Rules Premier League Forms Youth Development Rules Youth Development Forms Appendices to the Rules 79 259 349 437 479 Match Officials Memorandum & Articles of Association Miscellaneous Statistics 643 613 585 579 63 43 01


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_04.GIF

Club Directory


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_05.GIF

Arsenal Highbury House 75 Drayton Park London N5 1BU Operations Director Hywel Sloman Stadium and Facilities Director John Beattie Shirt Sponsor Emirates Kit Manufacturer adidas Venue Director Tom McCann Ground Capacity at start of the Season 60,704 Main Switchboard: 020 7619 5003 Contact Centre / Ticket Office: 020 7619 5000 www.arsenal.com Supporter Liaison Officer Mark Brindle Disability Liaison Officer Caroline Lemmon Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Stanley Kroenke Josh Kroenke Richard Carr Lord Harris of Peckham Tim Lewis Chief Executive Officer Vinai Venkatesham Director of Football Operations Richard Garlick Disability Access Officer Alun Francis Acting Club Secretary Zayna Perkins Chief Financial Officer Stuart Wisely Event Safety and Security Manager Sharon Cicco Medical Director Dr Gary O’Driscoll MBBS, BSc, DipSEM, FFSEM Official Company Name and Number The Arsenal Football Club Plc No. 109244 First Team Manager Mikel Arteta Assistant Coaches Albert Stuivenberg Stephen Round General Counsel Svenja Geissmar People Director Karen Ann Josephides Grounds Manager, Stadium and Hale End Paul Ashcroft National Diploma in Turf, Science and Grounds Management Commercial Director Peter Silverstone Technical Director Edu Gaspar Communications Director and Community Affairs Mark Gonnella Academy Manager Per Mertesacker Managing Editor (Publications) Andy Exley Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 Shirts: Red and White Shorts: White Socks: White and Red Shirts: Dark Blue Shorts: Dark Blue Socks: Dark Blue Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Yellow Socks: Yellow Shirts: Green Shorts: Green Socks: Green Shirts: Orange Shorts: Orange Socks: Orange Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Yellow Socks: Yellow 3 4 Club Directory: Arsenal


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_06.GIF

Head of Foundation and Community Partnerships Guy Rippon Shirt Sponsor Cazoo Kit Manufacturer Kappa Aston Villa Park Birmingham B6 6HE Villa Head of Security and Crowd Safety Keith Wiseman Ground Capacity at start of the Season 42,749 Main Switchboard: 0121 327 2299 Ticket Office No: 0333 323 1874 postmaster@avfc.co.uk www.avfc.co.uk Supporter Liaison Manager Lee Preece Disability Access Officer Anthony Richards Head of Safeguarding and Welfare Christine Kane Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Nassef Sawiris Wesley Edens Christian Purslow Joint Chairmen Nassef Sawiris Wesley Edens Chief Commercial Officer Nicola Ibbetson Communications Director Tommy Jordan Team Doctor Dr Ricky Shamji MBChB, MRCGP, FFSEM (UK), DipSEM (UK), DFSRH Official Company Name and Number Aston Villa FC Limited No. 2502822 Chief Executive Officer Christian Purslow Physiotherapist Alan Smith BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy and AACP Acupuncture Association of Chartered Physiotherapy Head Groundsman Karl Prescott NVQ Level 1,2,3 4 Sports Turf and NVQ level 4 in Sports Turf Management Editorial Content Manager Drew Williams Head of Football Administration Sharon Barnhurst Head Coach Dean Smith Academy Manager Mark Harrison Marketing Manager Adam Lowe Head of Ticketing Operations Lynne O’Reardon Head of Facilities and Estates Troy Griffin Finance Director Ian Hopson Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Claret with Pinstripe and Azure/Claret Sleeves Shorts: White Socks: Azure Shirts: White with Claret Pinstripe Shorts: Claret Socks: White Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Yellow Socks: Yellow Shirts: Green Shorts: Green Socks: Green 5 6 Club Directory: Aston Villa


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_07.GIF

Brentford FC Brentford Community Stadium Lionel Road South Brentford TW8 0RU Correspondence Address: 6th Floor, 27 Great West Road, Brentford,Middlesex TW8 9BW Communications Director Chris Wickham 0208 380 9934 Operations Director Alan Walsh 0208 380 9907 Shirt Sponsor Hollywood Bets Kit Manufacturers Umbro Ground Capacity at start of the Season 17,250 Safety Officer Barney McGhee Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Cliff Crown FCA Donald Kerr Nity Raj Phil Giles Rasmus Ankersen Monique Choudhuri Mike Power Stewart Purvis Preeti Shetty Deji Adam Davies Main Switchboard: 0208 847 2511 Ticket Office No: 0333 005 8521 enquiries@brentfordfc.com www.brentfordfc.com Marketing Services Director Steve Watts Senior Safeguarding Manager Sally Stephens 0208 380 9933 Chairman Cliff Crown FCA B Team Technical Lead Allan Steele Head of Medical Neil Greig Designated Safeguarding Officer Jon Burr 0208 380 9921 Chief Executive Jon Varney Head of Diversity and Inclusion Kevin Coleman Club Secretary Lisa Skelhorn 0208 380 9913 Head Coach Thomas Frank Co-Directors of Football Phil Giles and Rasmus Ankersen Team Doctor Dr Stephen Thompson Official Company Name and Number Brentford FC Limited No. 3642327 Finance Director David Joyes 0208 380 9905 Commercial Director James Parkinson 0208 380 9930 Head of Recruitment Lee Dykes Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Red and White Stripes Shorts: Black Socks: Black with Red and White Trim Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Yellow Socks: Yellow Shirts: Blue Shorts: Blue Socks: Blue Shirts: Pink Shorts: Pink Socks: Pink 7 8 Club Directory: Brentford FC


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_08.GIF

Supporter Liaison Officer Sarah Gould 01273 668855 (Option 1) Head of Safety and Security Adrian Morris 07785 460346 Shirt Sponsor American Express Kit Manufacturers Nike Brighton & Hove The American Express Community Stadium Village Way, Falmer Brighton, East Sussex BN1 9BL Albion Ground Capacity at start of the Season 31,780 Albion in the Community Chairman Martin Perry 01273 878248 Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Tony Bloom (Chairman) Paul Barber (Chief Executive and Deputy Chairman) Ray Bloom Derek Chapman Robert Comer Adam Franks Peter Godfrey Marc Sugarman Michelle Walder Paul Mullen Main Switchboard: 01273 668855 Ticket Office No: 0844 3271901 supporter.services@bhafc.co.uk www.brightonandhovealbion.com Disability Liaison Officer Millie Crowhurst 01273 668855 option 1 Head of Medicine and Performance Adam Brett BSc (Hons) Sports Science, BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy, MSc Sports Physiotherapy, MCSP, MACPSEM (Gold Level) Chairman Tony Bloom Ticket Office Manager Joel Spicer 01273 668855 (Option 1) Chief Executive and Deputy Chairman Paul Barber Head of Media and Communications Paul Camillin 07747 773692 Club Secretary Brett Baker 07557 419009 Head Coach Graham Potter Team Doctor Dr. Stephen Lewis BSc (Hons), MBBS, AFRCSEd, MScSEM, MFSEM (UK), PGDipMedUS Technical Director Dan Ashworth Head of Commercial Russell Wood 07879 428274 Official Company Name and Number The Brighton and Hove Albion Football Club Limited No. 81077 Groundsman Steve Winterburn IOG Diploma (Intermediate) Academy Manager John Morling General Counsel To be advised Finance and Operations Director To be advised Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 Shirts: Blue and White Stripes with Gold Trim Shorts: Blue with Gold Trim Socks: White Shirts: Hyper Turq Shorts: Black Socks: Hyper Turq Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Blue Socks: Yellow Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black Shirts: Volt Yellow Shorts: Volt Yellow Socks: Volt Yellow Shirts: Orange Shorts: Orange Socks: Orange 9 10 Club Directory: Brighton & Hove Albion


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_09.GIF

Head of Operations/Covid-19 Officer Doug Metcalfe 01282 700021 Shirt Sponsor Spreadex Kit Manufacturer Umbro Burnley Turf Moor Harry Potts Way Burnley Lancashire BB10 4BX Safety and Security Officer Julian Bowran 01282 446800 Ground Capacity at start of the Season 21,744 Media and Publications Manager Darren Bentley 01282 704701 Disability/Supporter Liaison Officer Anita Goodenough 01282 704 717 Medical Officer Dr Simon Morris M.B., Ch.B., Dip SEM, AREA Course Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Alan Pace (Chairman) John Banaszkiewicz Mike Smith Stuart Hunt Dave Checketts Prof. Antonio Dávila Mike Garlick General Enquiries: 01282 446800 Ticket Enquiries: 01282 446800 option 2 or 3 info@burnleyfc.com www.burnleyfc.com Chairman Alan Pace Finance Director Ian Hargreaves 01282 704714 Head of Commercial Partnerships Ella Cummins 01282 700007 Chief Operating Officer/ Club Secretary Matt Williams Head Physiotherapist Alasdair Beattie BSc Hons Physiotherapy, MCSP, SRP AREA Course Official Company Name and Number Burnley Football & Athletic Company Limited (The) No. 54222 Manager Sean Dyche Assistant Manager Ian Woan Academy Manager To be advised Head of Marketing Nick Taylor 01282 704717 Stadium Head Groundsman Barry O’Brien NVQ Level 3 Sports Turf, Pa1, Pa2 and Pa6 Pesticide Certificates Ticket Office Manager Elaine Clare 01282 700020 Home kit Home Goalkeeper Shirts: Claret with Sky Blue and White Sleeves Shorts: Sky Blue and Claret Socks: Sky Blue and Claret Shirts: White with Black and White Sleeves Shorts: Black Socks: Black and White 11 12 Club Directory: Burnley


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_10.GIF

Chelsea Stamford Bridge Fulham Road London SW6 1HS Correspondence Address: 60 Stoke Road, Stoke D’Abernon, Cobham, Surrey, KT11 3PT Head Groundsman Jason Griffin NVQ Levels 1 & 2 Safety Officer Chris Baker 020 7957 8267 Shirt Sponsor Three Kit Manufacturer Nike Ground Capacity at start of the Season 40,267 Head of Ticketing and Supporter Liaison Officer Graham Smith 020 7958 2166 Pitch Dimensions Length: 103 metres Width: 67.5 metres Directors Bruce Buck Marina Granovskaia Eugene Tenenbaum Guy Laurence David Barnard Main Switchboard: 0371 811 1955 Call Centre / Ticket Sales: 0371 811 1905 enquiries@chelseafc.com www.chelseafc.com Head of Ticket Operations Kelly Webster 020 7915 1941 Director of Operations and Disability Access Officer Paul Kingsmore 07799 895100 Chairman Bruce Buck Member of Board of Directors in Charge of Football Marina Granovskaia Director of Communications and Public Affairs Steve Atkins 01932 596 108 Director of Finance Paul Ramos 020 7565 1472 First Team Doctor Dr Dimitris Kalogiannidis MBBS, MRCEM, FRCEM, MSc SEM Official Company Name and Number Chelsea Football Club Limited No. 01965149 Facilities Manager Jamie Gray 020 7386 3375 Chief Executive Officer Guy Laurence Director of Football Operations David Barnard Head Coach Thomas Tuchel Head of Youth Development Neil Bath Head of Publishing Simon Meehan 07715 813082 Head Physiotherapist Jason Palmer BPHTY, BHMS (Ed) Hons, MCSP Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Rush Blue Shorts: Rush Blue Socks: White Shirts: Opti Yellow Shorts: Black Socks: Opti Yellow Shirts: Ghost Grey Shorts: Ghost Grey Socks: Ghost Grey Shirts: Green Spark Shorts: Green Spark Socks: Green Spark 13 14 Club Directory: Chelsea


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_11.GIF

Crystal Palace Selhurst Park Stadium London SE25 6PU Head of Security and Safety Officer Ben Collins 020 8768 6082 Operations Director Sharon Lacey 020 8634 5416 Production Manager Terry Byfield 020 8768 6020 Shirt Sponsor W88 Kit Manufacturer PUMA Main Switchboard: 020 8768 6000 Ticket Office: 0871 200 0071 info@cpfc.co.uk www.cpfc.co.uk Supporter Liaison Officer Nicola Gibbons 020 8634 5114 Ground Capacity at start of the Season 25,486 Pitch Dimensions Length: 101 metres Width: 68 metres Disability Access Officer Guy Wickett 020 8768 6000 Head of Sports Medicine Dr Zafar Iqbal MBBS, BSc, DCH, DRCOG, MRCGP, MSc (SEM), MFSEM (UK), DIP PCR Directors Steve Parish David Blitzer Joshua Harris Chairman Steve Parish Chief Financial Officer Sean O’Loughlin 020 8768 6030 Chief Executive Officer Phil Alexander Club Secretary Christine Dowdeswell Official Company Name and Number CPFC Limited No. 7270793 Head of Content and Production James Woodroof 020 8768 6083 Head of Consumer Sales Mike Pink 07903 593836 Head of Ticketing Dan Clarke 0208 768 6084 Head of Grounds and Estates Bruce Elliot 020 8768 6000 Commercial Director Barry Webber 020 8634 6053 Press Officer Harriet Edkins 0208 634 5262 Manager Patrick Vieira Assistant Manager To be advised Academy Director Gary Issott Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 Shirts: Red and Blue Diagonal Stripes Shorts: Blue Socks: Blue with Red Top Shirts: Yellow with Red and Blue Vertical Stripe Shorts: Yellow Socks: Yellow with Red and Blue Stripe Shirts: Sky Blue and White Shorts: Sky Blue Socks: Sky Blue and White Shirts: Green Shorts: Green Socks: Green Shirts: Pink Shorts: Pink Socks: Pink Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black 15 16 Club Directory: Crystal Palace


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_12.GIF

Head of Security and Stadium Safety Officer David Lewis Operations Director Alan Bowen Everton Goodison Park Goodison Road Liverpool L4 4EL Correspondence Address: 7th Floor, Royal Liver Building, Pier Head, Liverpool Waterfront, Liverpool, L3 1HU Shirt Sponsor Cazoo Kit Manufacturer Hummel Ground Capacity at start of the Season 39,414 Head of Engagement and Communications Scott McLeod Pitch Dimensions Length: 100.48 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Bill Kenwright CBE (Chairman) Alexander Ryazantsev (Chief Finance and Commercial Officer) Dr Denise Barrett-Baxendale (Chief Executive) Marcel Brands (Director of Football) Main Switchboard: 0151 556 1878 Ticket Office: 0151 556 1878 Credit Card Bookings: 0151 556 1878 everton@evertonfc.com www.evertonfc.com Fan Engagement Manager Christine Prior Accessibility Advisor Rachael Lomax Club Doctor John Hollingsworth Bsc MB ChB, FRCSEd (A&E) FRCEM, Dip SEM Chairman Bill Kenwright CBE Finance Director Grant Ingles Official Company Name and Number Everton Football Club Company Limited No. 36624 Chief Executive Dr Denise Barrett-Baxendale MBE BA (Hons) MBA, EdD, FRSA Club Secretary/ Director of Football Operations David Harrison Director of Marketing, Communications and Community Richard Kenyon Chief Finance and Commercial Officer Alexander Ryazantsev Director of Medical Services Daniel Donachie BSc (Hons), CSP, HCPC Head Groundsman Bob Lennon OND, NDH, RHS Head of Marketing and Ticketing Tom Rowell Broadcast and Liaison Manager Darren Griffiths Manager Rafael Benítez Community Chief Executive Richard Kenyon Director of Academy David Unsworth Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 Shirts: Blue Shorts: White Socks: White Shirts: Black with Orange stripe Shorts: Black Socks: Black Shirts: White with Navy stripe Shorts: Navy Socks: Navy Shirts: Black with Yellow stripes Shorts: Black Socks: Black Shirts: Green Shorts: Green Socks: Green Shirts: Orange Shorts: Orange Socks: Orange 17 18 Club Directory: Everton


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_13.GIF

Website Editor and Social Media Manager Craig Wilson 0113 367 6170 Shirt Sponsor SBOTOP Leeds Elland Road Leeds LS11 0ES United Kit Manufacturer adidas Head of Ticketing and Matchday Operations Katie Holmes 0113 367 6167 Ground Capacity at start of the Season 37,678 Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Andrea Radrizzani Angus Kinnear Paraag Marathe Massimo Marinelli Sandro Mencucci Peter Lowy Main Switchboard: 0871 334 1919 Ticket Office: 0871 334 1992 Enquiries: 0330 3331521 tickets@leedsunited.com www.leedsunited.com Head of Facilities and IT Mark Broadley 0113 367 6415 Foundation CEO John Mallalieu 0113 367 6341 Chairman Andrea Radrizzani Finance Director Fay Greer 0113 367 6471 Supporter Liaison Officer Diane Ingleby 0113 367 6026 Vice Chairman Paraag Marathe Chief Executive Officer Angus Kinnear Executive Director Paul Bell 0113 367 5303 Head of Commercial Stuart Dodsley 0113 367 6150 Official Company Name and Number Leeds United Football Club Limited No. 06233875 Disability Liaison Officer Nicola Connolly 0113 367 6178 Head of Safeguarding and Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Helen Evans 0113 367 6026 Head of Retail Development Simon Moss 0113 367 6101 Director of Football Victor Orta Club Secretary Hannah Cox Head Coach Marcelo Bielsa Head of Communications James Mooney 0113 367 6425 Global Head of Digital Aaron Duckmanton 0113 3676191 Academy Manager Adam Underwood Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: White with Limellow Shorts: White with Limellow Socks: White with Limellow Shirts: Mystery Ink and Navy Shorts: Mystery Ink Socks: Mystery Ink Shirts: Bold Aqua Shorts: Bold Aqua Socks: Navy with Aqua Stripes Shirts: Acid Orange Shorts: Acid Orange Socks: Orange with Black Stripes 19 20 Club Directory: Leeds United


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_14.GIF

Health and Safety Manager and Stadium Safety Officer Paul Cook 0116 229 4534 Shirt Sponsor FBS Trade Online Kit Manufacturer adidas Leicester King Power Stadium Filbert Way Leicester LE2 7FL City Ticketing Manager Vishal Dayal 0116 229 4400 Ground Capacity at start of the Season 32,261 Main Switchboard: 0344 815 5000 Ticket Office No: 0344 815 5000 Option 1 Credit Card Bookings: 0344 815 5000 Options 1, 2 & 3 www.lcfc.com Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Aiyawatt Srivaddhanaprabha (Chairman) Apichet Srivaddhanaprabha (Vice Chairman) Shilai Liu (Vice Chairman) Susan Whelan (Chief Executive) Communications Director Anthony Herlihy 0116 229 4931 Supporter Liaison and Disability Access Officer Jim Donnelly 0116 229 4555 Head of Medicine Bryan English MB ChB FSEM Chairman Aiyawatt Srivaddhanaprabha Manager Brendan Rodgers Assistant Manager Chris Davies Vice Chairman Apichet Srivaddhanaprabha Chief Executive Susan Whelan 0116 229 4523 Director of Football Jon Rudkin 0116 497 2891 Football Operations Director Andrew Neville 0116 497 2870 Academy Manager Ian Cawley 0116 497 2875 Grounds Manager John Ledwidge NVQ Level 3 Sports Turf Management Official Company Name and Number Leicester City Football Club Limited No. 4593477 Finance Director Simon Capper 0116 229 4737 Operations Director Anthony Mundy 0116 229 4582 Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Blue Shorts: White Socks: Blue Shirts: Mint Shorts: Navy Socks: Mint Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black Shirts: Green Shorts: Green Socks: Green 21 22 Club Directory: Leicester City


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_15.GIF

Head of Ticketing and Hospitality Phil Dutton 0151 237 5963 Stadium Manager Stuart Baker Liverpool Anfield Road Anfield Liverpool L4 0TH Correspondence Address: PO Box 1959, Liverpool L69 3JL Shirt Sponsor Standard Chartered Kit Manufacturer Nike Ground Capacity at start of the Season 53,394 Safety Officer Chris Markey 0151 264 2494 Pitch Dimensions Length: 101 metres Width: 68 metres Directors John Henry Tom Werner Billy Hogan Andy Hughes Michael Gordon Mike Egan Sir Kenny Dalglish Main Switchboard: 0151 263 2361 Ticket Office / Booking Line: 0843 170 5555 Customer Services / Memberships: 0843 170 5000 customerservices@liverpoolfc.com www.liverpoolfc.com Director of Communications Susan Black 0151 907 9307 Supporter Liaison Officer Yonit Sharabi 0151 9079354 Chairman Tom Werner Chief Executive Officer Billy Hogan Managing Director Andy Hughes Senior Manager, Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Rishi Jain Sporting Director Michael Edwards Official Company Name and Number The Liverpool Football Club & Athletic Grounds Limited No. 35668 Team Doctor Dr Jim Moxon Head Groundsman Dave McCulloch NVQ level 3 in Sports Turf Management Assistant Sporting Director Julian Ward Assistant Managers Peter Krawietz Pepijn Lijnders Club Secretary Danny Stanway Manager Jurgen Klopp Director of First Team Communications Matt McCann Academy Director Alex Inglethorpe Programme Editor Will Hughes, Trinity Mirror Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Red Shorts: Red Socks: Red Shirts: Fossil Shorts: Black Socks: Fossil Shirts: Green Spark Shorts: Green Spark Socks: Green Spark Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black 23 24 Club Directory: Liverpool


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_16.GIF

Manchester Etihad Stadium Etihad Campus Manchester M11 3FF City Head of Safety and Security Steve McGrath 0161 444 1894 Director of Football Communications Simon Heggie 0161 444 1894 Programme Editor David Clayton 0161 438 7861 Shirt Sponsor Etihad Airways Correspondence Address: City Football Group, 400 Ashton New Road, City Football Academy, Etihad Campus, Manchester M11 4TQ Kit Manufacturer PUMA Supporter Liaison Officer Lisa Eaton 0161 444 1894 Ground Capacity at start of the Season 55,017 Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Main Switchboard: 0161 444 1894 Ticket Office: 0161 444 1894 Credit Card Bookings: 0161 444 1894 mancity@mancity.com www.mancity.com Access Manager Jon Dyster 0161 444 1894 Club Doctor Dr Max Sala Doctor of Medicine & Surgery (University of Ferrara, Italy) with a specialisation in Sports Medicine (University of Pavia) Directors H.E. Khaldoon Al Mubarak Simon Pearce Martin Edelman John MacBeath Mohamed Al Mazrouei Alberto Galassi Abdulla Al Khouri Chairman H.E. Khaldoon Al Mubarak Director of Football Txiki Begiristain Chief Executive Officer Ferran Soriano Managing Director (Operations) Danny Wilson Finance Director Martyn Hawkins Director of Marketing Heather Leigh 0161 444 1894 Director of Commercial Jonathan Lingham Head of Physiotherapy James Baldwin BSc (Hons) MCSP SRP, MSc Sports Physiotherapy Official Company Name and Number Manchester City Football Club Limited No. 40946 Head of Football Administration Andrew Hardman Head Groundsman Lee Jackson NVQ Level 2, 3 & 4 Sportsturf, Foundation Degree in Sportsturf Science, Pa 1, 2 & 6 Chemical Application Licences Manager Pep Guardiola Assistant Manager Juan Manuel Lillo Facilities Director Clive Wilton 0161 444 1894 Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Team Light Blue Shorts: Team Light Blue Socks: Team Light Blue Shirts: White Shorts: White Socks: White Shirts: Amazon Green Shorts: Amazon Green Socks: Amazon Green Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black 25 26 Club Directory: Manchester City


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_17.GIF

Manchester Sir Matt Busby Way Old Trafford Manchester M16 0RA United Head of Stadium Safety and Security Craig Thompson 0161 868 8116 Director of Communications Charlie Brooks 0161 868 8148 Shirt Sponsor TeamViewer Kit Manufacturer adidas Ground Capacity at start of Season 74,140 Correspondence Address: Group Logistics, PO Box 548, Manchester M16 6FU Supporter Liaison Manager Michael Leneghan 0161 676 7770 Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Joel Glazer (Co-Chairman) Avram Glazer (Co-Chairman) Bryan Glazer Kevin Glazer Edward Glazer Darcie Glazer Kassewitz Ed Woodward Richard Arnold Sir Bobby Charlton CBE David Gill CBE Sir Alex Ferguson CBE Michael Edelson Main Switchboard: 0161 868 8000 Ticket Office: 0161 868 8000 Option 1 Credit Card Bookings: 0161 868 8000 Option 1 enquiries@manutd.co.uk www.manutd.co.uk Disability Access Officer To be advised Head of Football Medicine and Science Dr Steve McNally B.Med Sci BM BS MRCGP DCH DRCOG DOccMed Dip.SEM.GB&I FFSEM MFSEM(UK) Co-Chairmen Joel Glazer Avram Glazer Group Managing Director Richard Arnold 0161 868 8211 Executive Vice Chairman Ed Woodward Club Secretary Rebecca Britain Chief Financial Officer Cliff Baty 0161 868 8650 Head of Ticketing and Membership Sam Kelleher 0161 676 7770 Facilities Manager Craig Jepson 0161 868 8388 First Team Lead Physiotherapist Richard Merron BSC, MSC, CSP Grounds Manager Anthony Sinclair Intermediate Diploma in Sportsground Staff 0161 868 8365 Programme Editor, United Review Paul Davies 0161 868 8551 Manager Ole Gunnar Solskjaer Official Company Name and Number Manchester United Football Club Limited No. 95489 Assistant Manager Michael Phelan Head of Academy Nick Cox Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Red Shorts: White Socks: Black Shirts: Light Blue and White Shorts: Royal Blue Socks: Light Blue and White Shirts: Solar Yellow Shorts: Solar Yellow Socks: Solar Yellow Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black 27 28 Club Directory: Manchester United


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_18.GIF

Head of Media and Content Lee Marshall 0191 238 1021 Supporter Liaison Officer Lee Marshall 0191 238 1021 Newcastle St James’ Park Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 4ST United Shirt Sponsor Fun88 Kit Manufacturer Castore Ground Capacity at start of the Season 52,305 Main Switchboard: 0344 372 1892 Ticket Office: 0344 372 1892 (Option 1) admin@nufc.co.uk www.nufc.co.uk Senior Physiotherapist Derek Wright Qualifications: MSCP DipRGRT PG Dip Sport Ex Med. Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Lee Charnley Head Groundsman Michael Curran City & Guilds - Levels 1, 2, 3: Amenity Horticulture & Groundsmanship, IOG NPC, IOG NTC Foundation Manager Steve Beharall 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8477) Official Company Name and Number Newcastle United Football Company Limited No. 31014 Managing Director Lee Charnley Head of Commercial Dale Aitchison 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8436) Box Office Manager Stephen Tickle 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8455) Head Coach Steve Bruce Head of Football Administration Richard Hines Interim Academy Manager Steve Harper Head of Finance Claire Alexander 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8464) Club Doctor Dr Paul Catterson Qualifications: MBBS, MRCP, FCEM, Dip SEM, MFSEM, Dip MSK US Facilities Manager Eddie Rutherford 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8558) Safety Officer Dave Gregory 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8528) Programme Editor Rory Mitchinson St James’ Park, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 4ST 0344 372 1892 (Extn 8407) Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Black and White Stripes Shirts: Black Shirts: Violet Shorts: Violet Socks: Violet Shirts: Apricot Shorts: Apricot Socks: Apricot Shorts: Black Socks: Black with White Turnover Shorts: Black Socks: Black with Gold Turnover 29 30 Club Directory: Newcastle United


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_19.GIF

Head of Operations and Projects Greg Pillinger 01603 218769 (DDI) Norwich Carrow Road Norwich NR1 1JE City Head Groundsperson Gary Kemp Shirt Sponsor Lotus Community Sports Foundation Chief Executive Officer Ian Thornton 01603 761122 Kit Manufacturer Joma Main Switchboard: 01603 721902 Ticket Office No: 01603 721902 (opt. 1) reception@canaries.co.uk www.canaries.co.uk Ground Capacity at start of the Season 27,359 Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Stadium Events Operations Manager Andy Batley 01603 218204 (DDI) Disability Liaison Officer Stephen Graham Supporter Liaison Officer Caroline Ellis Sporting Director Stuart Webber Chief Operating Officer To be advised Chief Financial Officer Anthony Richens 01603 218709 (DDI) Head of Communications Dan Houlker 07932 401048 Directors Delia Smith Michael Wynn Jones Tom Cooper Smith Michael Foulger Stephan Phillips Inclusion and Anti-Discriminatory Officer/ Head of Safeguarding Gary Dack 07931 235513 Business and Project Director Zoe Ward Official Company Name and Number Norwich City Football Club plc No. 154044 Website and Systems Manager Sarah Cullum 01603 218721 (DDI) Club Secretary Andrew Blofeld 01603 810760 (ext. 2001) Head Coach Daniel Farke Team Doctor Nick Wilford MB BS BMedSci(Hons) MScSEM MFSEM Head Physiotherapist Chris Burton BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy. MCSP. HCPC Head of Marketing Gavin Beard 01603 218 725 (DDI) Head of Ticketing Danny Casey 01603 218703 (DDI) Academy Manager Jennifer Rice Head of Performance Chris Domogalla Head of Football Development Steve Weaver Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 M M M M M M M M M M M M PRPROODDUCTUCTOO ORORIIGINGINAALL ORIGIORIGINNALAL PRPRODUCODUCTT ORIGINORIGINALAL PPRRODUCTODUCT PPRRODUCTODUCTOO ORIGINORIGINALAL PRPRODUCODUCTTOO ORIGINORIGINAALL ORIORIGIGINNAALL PRPRODODUCTUCT ORIORIGGIINNAALL PRPRODODUUCCTT PRPRODUCTODUCTOO ORIGORIGININAALL PRPRODUODUCTCTOO ORORIGIIGINNALAL ORORIGINIGINALAL PRPRODUODUCTCT PRPRODODUCTUCTOO ORIGINORIGINALAL ORIGINORIGINALAL PRPRODODUCTUCT PPRRODUCTODUCTOO ORIGINORIGINALAL ORIGINORIGINALAL PPRRODUCTODUCT Shirts: Yellow with Green Trim Shirts: Black with Mint Shirts: Coral with Black Trim Shorts: Coral with Black Trim Socks: Coral with Black Trim Shirts: Fluo Blue Shorts: Fluo Blue Socks: Fluo Blue Shirts: Fluo Pink Shorts: Fluo Pink Socks:Fluo Pink Shirts: Fluo Green Shorts: Fluo Green Socks: Fluo Green Shorts: Green with Yellow Trim Green Trim Socks: Yellow with Green Trim Shorts: Black with Mint Green Trim Socks: Black with Mint Green Trim 31 32 Club Directory: Norwich City


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_20.GIF

Southampton St Mary’s Stadium Britannia Road Southampton SO14 5FP Supporter Liaison Officer/ Disability Access Officer Khali Parsons 0845 688 9448 Team Doctor Dr Iñigo Sarriegui BM BSc DipSEM MRCGP MFSEM (UK) DipMSKUS Shirt Sponsor Sportsbet.io Kit Manufacturer Hummel Ground Capacity at start of the Season 32,384 Main Switchboard: 0845 688 9448 Ticket Office: 0845 688 9288 Credit Card Bookings: 02381 780780 www.southamptonfc.com Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Mr Jisheng Gao Ms Nelly Gao Martin Semmens Toby Steele David Thomas Tim Greenwell Matt Crocker Physiotherapists Steve Wright BSc (Hons), KCMT MCSP, HCPC Kevin Mulholland MSc, BSc, BA (Hons), ACPSEM, MCSP, HCPC, ICSP Grounds Manager John Wright Chairman Jisheng Gao Chief Commercial Officer David Thomas Managing Director Toby Steele Ticket Office Manager Matthew Silvester 02380 727796 Club Secretary Ros Wheeler 02380 711931 Manager Ralph Hasenhüttl Official Company Name and Number Southampton Football Club Limited No. 53301 Safety Officer Lee Davidson 0845 688 9448 Club Spokesman Jordan Sibley 0845 688 9448 Assistant Manager Richard Kitzbichler Academy Director Matt Hale Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 Shirts: Red and White Stripes Shorts: Black Socks: White Shirts: Yellow and Blue Shorts: Blue Socks: Yellow Shirts: Black and Red Shorts: Black Socks: Black Shirts: Blue Shorts: Blue Socks: Blue Shirts: Orange Shorts: Orange Socks: Orange Shirts: Pink Shorts: Pink Socks: Pink 33 34 Club Directory: Southampton


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_21.GIF

Venue Director Andy O’Sullivan 020 8365 5080 Stadium Director Jon Babbs 020 8365 5039 Tottenham Lilywhite House 782 High Road Tottenham London N17 0BX Hotspur Head of Playing Surfaces and Estates Darren Baldwin City & Guilds in Groundsmanship & Sports Turf Management Head of Publications Jon Rayner 020 3544 8538 Senior Safety Officer Eileen Williams MBE 020 3946 4016 Main Switchboard: 0344 499 5000 Ticket Office: 0344 844 0102 supporterservices@tottenhamhotspur.com www.tottenhamhotspur.com Shirt Sponsor AIA Supporter Liaison Officer Levi Harris Disability Access Officer Simon Blewett Kit Manufacturer Nike Ground Capacity at start of the Season 62,850 Chairman Daniel Levy Academy Manager Dean Rastrick Head of Medicine and Sports Science Geoff Scott MSc, MBA, MCSP Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Director of Football Administration and Governance Rebecca Caplehorn Head of Finance Paul English 020 8365 5029 Directors Daniel Levy Matthew Collecott Donna-Maria Cullen Rebecca Caplehorn Fabio Paratici Steve Hitchen Todd Kline Official Company Name and Number Tottenham Hotspur Football & Athletic Co Ltd No. 00057186 First Team Doctor Dr Chris Hughes BSc (Hons) MBBS FFSEM (UK) FFSEM (Eire) MRCGP MSc (SEM) PGCME PGDip (ETCP) FHEA First Team Physiotherapist Stuart Campbell Football Secretary Jennifer Urquhart 020 3544 8667 Head Coach Nuno Espírito Santo Senior Brand Manager Samantha Valentine 0208 365 5083 Head of Ticketing and Membership Ian Murphy 0344 844 0102 Assistant Head Coach Ian Cathro Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: White Shorts: Binary Blue Socks: Binary Blue Shirts: Black Shorts: Black Socks: Black Shirts: Green Spark Shorts: Green Spark Socks: Green Spark Shirts: Electro Orange Shorts: Electro Orange Socks: Electro Orange 35 36 Club Directory: Tottenham Hotspur


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_22.GIF

Watford Vicarage Road Stadium Watford Hertfordshire WD18 0ER Operations Manager (Event Safety) Andy Jenkins 01923 496355 Head of Injury Prevention and Rehabilitation Alvaro Garcia Shirt Sponsor Stake.com Kit Manufacturer KELME Ground Capacity at start of the Season 22,200 Team Doctor Dr Chris Mogekwu MBBS, BSc, MSc (SEM), MRCGP Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Directors Scott Duxbury David Fransen (Non-executive director) Stuart Timperley (Non-executive director) Main Switchboard: 01923 496000 Ticket Office: 01923 223023 www.watfordfc.com Academy Director Richard Johnson Academy Head of Technical Development Jimmy Gilligan Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Scott Duxbury Football Secretary Gayle Vowels Ticket Office Manager Dave Newman 01923 496254 EDI Lead Sam Gillings 01923 496262 Official Company Name and Number The Watford Association Football Club Limited No. 104194 Head of Safeguarding Kim Pearce 01923 496246 Head Coach Xisco Muñoz EDI and Disability Access Officer Dave Messenger 01923 496397 Commercial Director Paul O’Brien 01923 496233 Head of Operations and Facilities Ian Pope 01923 496232 Head Groundsman Scott Tingley Kit Manager DJ Walter Publications Manager Steve Scott 01923 496279 Finance Director Emiliano Russo 01923 496241 Head of Communications and Media Relations Richard Walker 07881 658415 Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Black Socks: Yellow Shirts: Red Shorts: Red Socks: Red Shirts: Purple Shorts: Purple Socks: Purple Shirts: Aqua Green Shorts: Aqua Green Socks: Aqua Green 37 38 Club Directory: Watford


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_23.GIF

Head of Communications Ben Campbell 07548 259926 Shirt Sponsor Betway West Ham United London Stadium Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park London E20 2ST Kit Manufacturer Umbro Ground Capacity at start of the Season 60,000 Medical Officers Dr Richard Weiler MBChB, FFSEM (UK), MRCGP, MSc SEM, PGCME, FHEA Dr Daniel Broman MBChB, MSc, MRCP(UK), DipSEM, PGCME, PGCert(US), FHEA, FFSEM(UK) Head of Medical Services Richard Collinge MCSP, SRP, MSc Sports Physiotherapy, BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Main Switchboard: 020 8548 2748 Ticket Office: 0333 030 1966 supporterservices@westhamunited.co.uk www.whufc.com Directors David Sullivan David Gold Baroness Brady CBE Andy Mollett Daniel Harris Tara Warren J. Albert Smith Emma Benton-Hughes David Sullivan Jr. Daniel Cunnigham Charles Cross Official Company Name and Number West Ham United Football Club Limited No. 66516 Joint Chairmen David Sullivan and David Gold Chief Financial Officer Andy Mollett 020 8548 2768 Vice Chairman Baroness Brady CBE Head of Supporter Services Jake Heath 020 8114 2324 Commercial Director Nathan Thompson Head of Matchday Operations Ben Illingworth Club Secretary Andrew Pincher Executive Director (CCO, CMO and CDAO) Tara Warren 020 8586 8234 Director of Ticketing Nicola Keye 020 8548 2736 Disability Access Officer Julie Pidgeon 0333 030 0174 Head Groundsman Dougie Robertson HNC in Sports Turf Science Manager David Moyes Academy Manager Ricky Martin Director of Health, Safety and Compliance (London Stadium) Peter Swordy 07377 361925 Programme Editor Rob Pritchard 07595 821867 Home kit Alternative kit 1 Alternative kit 2 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Goalkeeper Alt kit 2 Shirts: Claret with Sky Blue Shorts: White with Sky Blue Socks: Claret with Sky Blue and White turnover Shirts: Sky Blue and White Shorts: Sky Blue Socks: White with Sky Blue and Claret turnover Shirts: Navy with Sky Blue and Claret trim Shorts: Navy with Sky Blue and Claret trim Socks: Navy with Sky Blue and Claret turnover Shirts: Green Shorts: Green Socks: Green Shirts: Cobalt Blue Shorts: Cobalt Blue Socks: Cobalt Blue Shirts: Yellow Shorts: Yellow Socks: Yellow 39 40 Club Directory: West Ham United


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_24.GIF

Supporter Liaison Officer Dave Wood Shirt Sponsor ManBetX Wolverhampton Molineux Stadium Waterloo Road Wolverhampton West Midlands WV1 4QR Wanderers Head of Operations Steve Sutton 01902 687067 Head of Foundation Will Clowes 01902 687033 Kit Manufacturer Castore Ground Capacity at start of the Season 32,050 Pitch Dimensions Length: 105 metres Width: 68 metres Main Switchboard: 0371 222 2220 Ticket Office No: 0371 222 1877 info@wolves.co.uk www.wolves.co.uk Disability Liaison Laura Wright Directors Jeff Shi John Bowater John Gough Official Company Name and Number Wolverhampton Wanderers Football Club (1986) Ltd No. 01989823 Head of Performance and Medicine Rob Chakraverty First Team Physiotherapist Oliver Leaper Executive Chairman Jeff Shi General Manager - Commercial Operations Vinny Clark Head Groundsman Wayne Lumbard Technical Director Scott Sellars Head of Football Administration Matt Wild Head of Ticketing James Davies 01902 687078 Head of Media Max Fitzgerald Head Coach Bruno Lage General Manager - Marketing and Commercial Growth Russell Jones Head of Finance Adam Beevers Home kit Alternative kit 1 Home Goalkeeper Goalkeeper Alt kit 1 Shirts: Wolves Gold and Black Shirts: India Ink, Turbulance Shirts: Silver and Yellow Shorts: Silver and Black Socks: Silver and Black Shirts: Pink and India Ink Shorts: Pink and India Ink Socks: Pink and India Ink Shorts: Black and Wolves Gold and Black Socks: Wolves Gold and Black Shorts: India Ink and Black Socks: India Ink and Black 41 42 Club Directory: Wolverhampton Wanderers


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_25.GIF

Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_26.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Please be aware that fixtures are always subject to change and these will appear in the national press and on premierleague.com. You are welcome to contact our Public Information Line (020 7864 9000) for up to date fixtures. Kick off times for weekend and Bank Holidays - 15:00 unless stated otherwise. Kick off times for midweek matches - 19:45 unless stated otherwise. Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Monday 23 August 2021 West Ham United v Leicester City 20:00 Sky Sports Saturday 28 August 2021 Manchester City Aston Villa Brighton & Hove Albion Newcastle United Norwich City v v v v v Arsenal Brentford Everton Southampton Leicester City 12:30 BT Sport Friday 13 August 2021 Brentford v Arsenal 20:00 Sky Sports Saturday 14 August 2021 Manchester United Burnley Chelsea v v v Leeds United Brighton & Hove Albion Crystal Palace 12:30 Sky Sports West Ham United Liverpool v v Crystal Palace Chelsea 17:30 Sky Sports Sunday 29 August 2021 Burnley Tottenham Hotspur Wolverhampton Wanderers Everton Leicester City Watford Norwich City v v v v Southampton Wolverhampton Wanderers Aston Villa Liverpool v v v Leeds United Watford Manchester United 14:00 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports 17:30 Sky Sports Saturday 11 September 2021 Crystal Palace Arsenal Sunday 15 August 2021 Newcastle United Tottenham Hotspur v v Tottenham Hotspur Norwich City 12:30 BT Sport v v West Ham United Manchester City 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Brentford Leicester City Manchester United Southampton Watford Chelsea v v v v v v Brighton & Hove Albion Manchester City Newcastle United West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers Aston Villa Saturday 21 August 2021 Liverpool Aston Villa Crystal Palace v v v Burnley Newcastle United Brentford 12:30 BT Sport 17:30 Sky Sports Leeds United Manchester City Wolverhampton Wanderers Brighton & Hove Albion v v v v Everton Norwich City Tottenham Hotspur Watford Sunday 12 September 2021 Leeds United v Liverpool 16:30 Sky Sports 17:30 Sky Sports Monday 13 September 2021 Everton Sunday 22 August 2021 Southampton Arsenal v Burnley 20:00 Sky Sports v v Manchester United Chelsea 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Friday 17 September 2021 Newcastle United v Leeds United 20:00 Sky Sports 45 46 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_27.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Saturday 18 September 2021 Wolverhampton Wanderers Burnley Liverpool Manchester City Norwich City Sunday 3 October 2021 Crystal Palace West Ham United v v v v v Brentford Arsenal Crystal Palace Southampton Watford 12:30 BT Sport v v Leicester City Brentford 14:00 14:00 Sky Sports Liverpool v Manchester City 16:30 Sky Sports Saturday 16 October 2021 Watford Aston Villa v Everton 17:30 Sky Sports v Liverpool 12:30 BT Sport Aston Villa Leicester City Manchester City Norwich City Southampton Brentford v v v v v v Wolverhampton Wanderers Manchester United Burnley Brighton & Hove Albion Leeds United Chelsea Sunday 19 September 2021 Brighton & Hove Albion v Leicester City 14:00 West Ham United Tottenham Hotspur v v Manchester United Chelsea 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Saturday 25 September 2021 17:30 Sky Sports Chelsea Everton Leeds United Leicester City Manchester United v v v v v Manchester City Norwich City West Ham United Burnley Aston Villa 12:30 BT Sport Sunday 17 October 2021 Everton Newcastle United v v West Ham United Tottenham Hotspur 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Monday 18 October 2021 Arsenal Watford Brentford v v Newcastle United Liverpool v Crystal Palace 20:00 Sky Sports 17:30 Sky Sports Friday 22 October 2021 Arsenal Sunday 26 September 2021 v Aston Villa 20:00 Sky Sports Southampton Arsenal v v Wolverhampton Wanderers Tottenham Hotspur 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Saturday 23 October 2021 Chelsea Crystal Palace Everton v v v Norwich City Newcastle United Watford 12:30 BT Sport Monday 27 September 2021 Crystal Palace v Brighton & Hove Albion 20:00 Sky Sports Leeds United Southampton Brighton & Hove Albion v v v Wolverhampton Wanderers Burnley Manchester City Saturday 2 October 2021 Manchester United v Everton 12:30 BT Sport 17:30 Sky Sports Burnley Chelsea Leeds United Tottenham Hotspur Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v v v Norwich City Southampton Watford Aston Villa Newcastle United Sunday 24 October 2021 Brentford West Ham United Manchester United v v v Leicester City Tottenham Hotspur Liverpool 14:00 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Brighton & Hove Albion v Arsenal 17:30 Sky Sports 47 48 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_28.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Saturday 30 October 2021 Leicester City Burnley Liverpool Manchester City Newcastle United Tottenham Hotspur Watford Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v Leeds United Manchester United Burnley v v v v v Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Crystal Palace Chelsea 12:30 BT Sport Saturday 27 November 2021 Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea v v v v v Newcastle United Everton Leeds United Tottenham Hotspur Manchester United Watford Tottenham Hotspur v v Southampton Manchester United 17:30 Sky Sports Sunday 31 October 2021 Norwich City Aston Villa v v Leeds United West Ham United 14:00 16:30 Sky Sports Sky Sports Crystal Palace Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Norwich City v v v v v Aston Villa Watford Southampton West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers Monday 1 November 2021 Wolverhampton Wanderers v Everton 20:00 Sky Sports Saturday 6 November 2021 Tuesday 30 November 2021 Aston Villa Everton Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Chelsea Crystal Palace Everton v v v v v v Watford Norwich City Newcastle United Burnley Wolverhampton Wanderers Tottenham Hotspur v v Manchester City Liverpool Leeds United Watford West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers Manchester United v v v v v Crystal Palace Chelsea Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Arsenal Leeds United Manchester United Southampton West Ham United v v v v Leicester City Manchester City Aston Villa Liverpool 20:00 Wednesday 1 December 2021 Newcastle United Southampton v v Norwich City Leicester City Saturday 20 November 2021 Aston Villa Burnley Leicester City Liverpool Tottenham Hotspur v Brentford v v v v Brighton & Hove Albion Crystal Palace Chelsea Arsenal Saturday 4 December 2021 Aston Villa v Leicester City Everton Leeds United Manchester United Newcastle United v v v v Arsenal Brentford Crystal Palace Burnley Manchester City Newcastle United Norwich City v v v Everton Brentford Southampton 49 50 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_29.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Southampton Tottenham Hotspur Watford West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v v v Brighton & Hove Albion Norwich City Manchester City Chelsea Liverpool Manchester United Newcastle United Southampton Tottenham Hotspur Watford West Ham United v v v v v v Brighton & Hove Albion Manchester City Brentford Liverpool Crystal Palace Norwich City Saturday 11 December 2021 Arsenal Brentford Wolverhampton Wanderers v Chelsea v v Southampton Watford Sunday 26 December 2021 Aston Villa v Chelsea Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea Crystal Palace Leicester City Liverpool v v v v v v Tottenham Hotspur West Ham United Leeds United Everton Newcastle United Aston Villa Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Liverpool Manchester City Newcastle United Norwich City v v v v v v Brentford Everton Leeds United Leicester City Manchester United Arsenal Manchester City Norwich City v v Wolverhampton Wanderers Manchester United Tottenham Hotspur West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v Crystal Palace Southampton Watford Tuesday 14 December 2021 Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Leicester City v v v v v West Ham United Manchester United Wolverhampton Wanderers Watford Tottenham Hotspur Tuesday 28 December 2021 Arsenal Brentford Chelsea Crystal Palace v v v v Wolverhampton Wanderers Manchester City Brighton & Hove Albion Norwich City Norwich City Crystal Palace v v Aston Villa Southampton 20:00 Everton Leeds United Leicester City Manchester United Southampton Watford v v v v v v Newcastle United Aston Villa Liverpool Burnley Tottenham Hotspur West Ham United Wednesday 15 December 2021 Chelsea Liverpool Manchester City v v v Everton Newcastle United Leeds United 20:00 20:00 20:00 Saturday 18 December 2021 Aston Villa Everton Leeds United Saturday 1 January 2022 Arsenal Brentford v v v Burnley Leicester City Arsenal v v Manchester City Aston Villa Chelsea v Liverpool 51 52 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_30.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Crystal Palace Everton Leeds United Leicester City Manchester United Southampton v v v v v v West Ham United Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Norwich City Wolverhampton Wanderers Newcastle United Burnley Norwich City v v Manchester United Crystal Palace West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v Watford Arsenal Wednesday 9 February 2022 Newcastle United Tottenham Hotspur Liverpool Manchester City v v v v Everton Southampton Leicester City Brentford Watford v Tottenham Hotspur Saturday 15 January 2022 Aston Villa 20:00 20:00 v Manchester United Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Liverpool Manchester City Newcastle United Norwich City v v v v v v Crystal Palace Leicester City Brentford Chelsea Watford Everton Saturday 12 February 2022 Brentford Burnley Chelsea v v v Crystal Palace Liverpool Arsenal Everton Leicester City Manchester United Newcastle United Norwich City Tottenham Hotspur v v v v v v Leeds United West Ham United Southampton Aston Villa Manchester City Wolverhampton Wanderers Tottenham Hotspur West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v Arsenal Leeds United Southampton Saturday 22 January 2022 Arsenal Brentford Chelsea Crystal Palace v v v v Burnley Wolverhampton Wanderers Tottenham Hotspur Liverpool Watford v Brighton & Hove Albion Saturday 19 February 2022 Arsenal Aston Villa Brighton & Hove Albion Crystal Palace Leeds United Liverpool v v v v v v Brentford Watford Burnley Chelsea Manchester United Norwich City Everton Leeds United Leicester City Manchester United Southampton Watford v v v v v v Aston Villa Newcastle United Brighton & Hove Albion West Ham United Manchester City Norwich City Manchester City Southampton West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v v Tottenham Hotspur Everton Newcastle United Leicester City Tuesday 8 February 2022 Aston Villa Brighton & Hove Albion v v Leeds United Chelsea 53 54 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_31.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Saturday 19 March 2022 Aston Villa Burnley Leicester City Saturday 26 February 2022 Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Chelsea v v v Arsenal Southampton Brentford v v v v Liverpool Newcastle United Aston Villa Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Newcastle United Norwich City Tottenham Hotspur Watford v v v v v v Manchester United Brighton & Hove Albion Crystal Palace Chelsea West Ham United Everton Crystal Palace Everton Leeds United Manchester United Southampton West Ham United v v v v v v Burnley Manchester City Tottenham Hotspur Watford Norwich City Wolverhampton Wanderers Wolverhampton Wanderers v Leeds United Saturday 2 April 2022 Brighton & Hove Albion Saturday 5 March 2022 Aston Villa v Norwich City v Southampton Burnley Chelsea Crystal Palace Leeds United Liverpool Manchester United v v v v v v Manchester City Brentford Arsenal Southampton Watford Leicester City Burnley Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Newcastle United Norwich City v v v v v v Chelsea Leeds United West Ham United Manchester United Brighton & Hove Albion Brentford Tottenham Hotspur West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v Newcastle United Everton Aston Villa Tottenham Hotspur Watford Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v Everton Arsenal Crystal Palace Saturday 9 April 2022 Arsenal Aston Villa Brentford Everton Saturday 12 March 2022 Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Chelsea Crystal Palace v v v v Brighton & Hove Albion Tottenham Hotspur West Ham United Manchester United v v v v v Leicester City Burnley Liverpool Newcastle United Manchester City Leicester City Manchester City Newcastle United Norwich City Southampton Watford v v v v v v Crystal Palace Liverpool Wolverhampton Wanderers Burnley Chelsea Leeds United Everton Leeds United Manchester United Southampton West Ham United v v v v v Wolverhampton Wanderers Norwich City Tottenham Hotspur Watford Aston Villa 55 56 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_32.GIF

Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Premier League Fixture List Season 2021/22 Saturday 7 May 2022 Saturday 16 April 2022 Aston Villa Everton Leeds United Manchester United v v v v Liverpool Crystal Palace Chelsea Norwich City Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea v v v v v Leeds United Southampton Manchester United Aston Villa Wolverhampton Wanderers Newcastle United Southampton Tottenham Hotspur Watford West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v v v v Leicester City Arsenal Brighton & Hove Albion Brentford Burnley Manchester City Crystal Palace Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Norwich City v v v v v Watford Everton Tottenham Hotspur Newcastle United West Ham United Saturday 23 April 2022 Arsenal Brentford Sunday 15 May 2022 Aston Villa Everton Leeds United v v Manchester United Tottenham Hotspur v v v Crystal Palace Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea Crystal Palace Leicester City v v v v v Southampton Wolverhampton Wanderers West Ham United Leeds United Aston Villa Manchester United Newcastle United Southampton Tottenham Hotspur Watford v v v v v Chelsea Arsenal Liverpool Burnley Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Norwich City v v v Everton Watford Newcastle United West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v Manchester City Norwich City Sunday 22 May 2022 Saturday 30 April 2022 Aston Villa Everton Leeds United Manchester United Newcastle United v v v v v Norwich City Chelsea Manchester City Brentford Liverpool Arsenal Brentford Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea Crystal Palace v v v v v v Everton Leeds United West Ham United Newcastle United Watford Manchester United 16:00 16:00 16:00 16:00 16:00 16:00 Southampton Tottenham Hotspur Watford West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers v v v v v Crystal Palace Leicester City Burnley Arsenal Brighton & Hove Albion Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Norwich City v v v v Southampton Wolverhampton Wanderers Aston Villa Tottenham Hotspur 16:00 16:00 16:00 16:00 57 58 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_33.GIF

England’s Full International Fixture List 2020/21 (all dates subject to change) FIFA World Cup European Qualifying 2021/22 UEFA Club Competition Dates 2021/22 (all dates subject to change) Hungary England Poland Andorra England England San Marino v v v v v v v England Andorra England England Hungary Albania England Thursday 2 September 2021 Saturday 5 September 2021 Wednesday 8 September 2021 Saturday 9 October 2021 Tuesday 12 October 2021 Friday 12 November 2021 Monday 15 November 2021 English Representatives UEFA Champions League – Manchester City, Manchester United, Liverpool, Chelsea UEFA Europa League – Leicester City, West Ham United UEFA Europa Conference League - Tottenham Hotspur UEFA Champions League 1st Qual. Round (1st Leg) 1st Qual. Round (2nd Leg) 2nd Qual. Round (1st Leg) 2nd Qual. Round (2nd Leg) 3rd Qual. Round (1st Leg) 3rd Qual. Round (2nd Leg) Play-Off (1st Leg) Play-Off (2nd Leg) Group Stage - Match 1 Group Stage - Match 2 Group Stage - Match 3 Group Stage - Match 4 Group Stage - Match 5 Group Stage - Match 6 Round of 16 (1st Leg) Round of 16 (2nd Leg) Quarter-finals (1st Leg) Quarter-finals (2nd Leg) Semi-finals (1st Leg) Semi-finals (2nd Leg) Final Tues/Wed 6/7 July 2021 Tues/Wed 13/14 July 2021 Tues/Wed 20/21 July 2021 Tues/Wed 27/28 July 2021 Tues/Weds 3/4 August 2021 Tues/Weds 10/11 August 2021 Tues/Wed 17/18 August 2021 Tues/Wed 24/25 August 2021 Tues/Wed 14/15 September 2021 Tues/Wed 28/29 September 2021 Tues/Wed 19/20 October 2021 Tues/Wed 2/3 November 2021 Tues/Wed 23/24 November 2021 Tues/Wed 7/8 December 2021 Tues/Wed 15/16 and 22/23 February 2022 Tues/Wed 8/9 and 15/16 March 2022 Tues/Wed 5/6 April 2022 Tues/Wed 12/13 April 2022 Tues/Wed 26/27 April 2022 Tues/Wed 3/4 May 2022 Saturday 28 May 2022 The Football Association Challenge Cup (all dates subject to change) Dates for Matches in Competition Proper - Season 2021/22 Round One Round Two Round Three Round Four Round Five Round Six Semi-finals Final Saturday* 6 November 2021 Saturday* 4 December 2021 Saturday* 8 January 2022 Saturday* 5 February 2022 Wednesday* 2 March 2022 Saturday* 19 March 2022 Saturday 16 and Sunday 17 April 2022 Saturday 14 May 2022 * games played over a range of days The English Football League Cup (all dates subject to change) Season 2021/22 Round One Round Two Round Three Round Four Round Five Semi-finals (1st Leg) Semi-finals (2nd Leg) Final Wednesday* 11 August 2021 Wednesday* 25 August 2021 Wednesday* 22 September 2021 Wednesday* 27 October 2021 Wednesday* 22 December 2021 Wednesday* 5 January 2022 Wednesday* 12 January 2022 Sunday 27 February 2022 * games played over a range of days 59 60 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_34.GIF

UEFA Europa League and UEFA Conference League 1st Qual. Round (1st Leg)* 1st Qual. Round (2nd Leg)* 2nd Qual. Round (1st Leg)* 2nd Qual. Round (2nd Leg)* 3rd Qual. Round (1st Leg)* 3rd Qual. Round (2nd Leg)* Play-Off (1st Leg) Play-Off (2nd Leg) Group Stage – Match 1 Group Stage – Match 2 Group Stage – Match 3 Group Stage – Match 4 Group Stage – Match 5 Group Stage – Match 6 Knockout Play-Off (1st Leg) Knockout Play-Off (2nd Leg) Round of 16 (1st Leg) Round of 16 (2nd Leg) Quarter-finals (1st Leg) Quarter-finals (2nd Leg) Semi-finals (1st Leg) Semi-finals (2nd Leg) Europa League – Final Europa Conference League – Final Thursday 8 July 2021 Thursday 15 July 20121 Thursday 22 July 2021 Thursday 29 July 2021 Thursday 5 August 2021 Thursday 12 August 2021 Thursday 19 August 2021 Thursday 26 August 2021 Thursday 16 September 2021 Thursday 30 September 2021 Thursday 21 October 2021 Thursday 4 November 2021 Thursday 25 November 2021 Thursday 9 December 2021 Thursday 17 February 2022 Thursday 24 February 2022 Thursday 10 March 2022 Thursday 17 March 2022 Thursday 7 April 2022 Thursday 14 April 2022 Thursday 28 April 2022 Thursday 5 May 2022 Wednesday 18 May 2022 Wednesday 25 May 2022 * UEFA Europa League only UEFA Super Cup Chelsea v Villarreal Wednesday 11 August 2021 61 62 Fixtures


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_35.GIF

Premier League Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_36.GIF

Rules of the Premier League Contents Contents Premier League Rules Definitions and Interpretation Power to Deduct Events of Insolvency Sporting Sanction General Profitability and Sustainability Owners’ and Directors’ Test Disqualifying Events Submission of Declaration Change of Director’s Circumstances Disqualification of a Director Disciplinary Provisions Suspension of the Club Appeal against Disqualification of a Director Persons Prohibited by Law from entering the United Kingdom etc Acquisition of Control Disclosure of Ownership and Other Interests Disclosure of Ownership and Other Interests Directors’ Reports Material Transactions Record of Material Transactions Transfer Policy Associations and Influence Associations between Clubs Club Officials Dual Interests Club Contracts Miscellaneous Employment of Officials Betting UEFA Club Licence Applicants Football Foundation 122 123 126 127 127 129 129 131 131 132 132 132 133 134 134 137 137 139 139 139 139 141 141 141 141 141 143 143 143 144 144 145 145 145 145 145 145 146 146 146 79 79 79 99 101 101 101 102 102 102 103 104 105 105 106 106 106 107 107 111 111 111 111 112 112 113 113 114 114 115 115 115 115 116 119 119 119 119 119 122 Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Definitions Interpretation The League: Governance, Operations and Finance Section F: Section B: The League – Governance Name and Membership Board Powers Procedure at General Meetings Relationship between Clubs and the League Football Association Representation Owners’ Charter The League Competition The League Competition Determination and Accreditation of Goals The League Championship Relegation Determination of League Table Placings Interruption to and/or Curtailment of a Competition The League – Finance Obligations of the League Obligations of Clubs Accounting Practice Operating and Other Expenses Transmission of League Matches Distribution of UK Broadcast Revenue Distribution of International Broadcast Revenue Distribution of Commercial Contract Revenue Distribution of Radio Contract Revenue Relegated Clubs Value Added Tax Distribution Account Assignments of Central Funds Financial Consequences of the Curtailment of a Competition Section C: Section G: Section H: Section D: Section I: Section J: Clubs: Operations Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Safety Certificate Ownership of Ground and Training Facilities Ground Sharing Ground Registration All Seater Grounds Ground Regulations Covered Stadia Clubs: Finance and Governance Section E: Clubs – Finance Power to Inspect Club Bank Accounts Submission of Club Accounts HMRC 65 66 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_37.GIF

Contents Contents Dressing Rooms Drug-testing Room Security The Pitch Pitch Protection Artificial Surfaces Goal Line Technology and Video Assistant Refereeing Trainers’ Bench Facilities Technical Areas Sanitary Facilities Facilities for Disabled Supporters CCTV Giant Screens Media Facilities – General Television Gantry UK TV Commentary Positions International TV Commentary Positions Radio Commentary Positions TV Broadcasters’ Pitchside Presentation Positions Tunnel Interview Positions Camera Positions: Match Coverage Camera Positions: Team and Supporter Arrivals Television Studios TV Broadcasters: Observer Seats Reporter, Floor Manager and Match Manager Positions Visiting Club Analyst Positions Mixed Zone Access to Tunnel Interview Positions Hardwiring Transmission of Pre-Match Media Conference Power Supply Car Park Spaces Outside Broadcast Compound Official Club Team Sheets Media Working Area Media Conference Room Press Seats Facilities for Photographers Content Sessions UK Content Sessions International Content Sessions Additional League Content Sessions Pre-Match Media Conference 146 146 146 147 148 148 148 149 149 149 149 149 150 150 152 153 153 154 154 154 156 156 156 157 157 158 158 159 159 160 160 160 160 161 161 162 162 162 163 164 166 168 169 Pre-Match Filming Interviews - General Match Day Pre-Match Interviews Dressing Room Filming Half-time Interviews Post-Match Interviews, Mixed Zone and Post-Match Media Conference League Champions Promotional Photographs and Footage Pre-Season Content Session Floodlights Fixtures Arranging Fixtures Arranging Other Matches Other Competitions Postponement of League Matches Failure to Play a League Match Replaying a League Match Match Delegate Full Strength Teams Minimum Age Team Sheet and Pre-Match Briefing Substitute Players Kick-Off Countdown to Kick-Off Use of Official Ball Occupation of the Technical Area Duration of League Matches Gate Statements Penalties Compensation for Postponed Matches Provision of Hospitality for Officials Players’ Identification and Strip Player Identification Home and Alternative Strips Strip Advertising Match Officials Appointment of Match Officials Rules Binding on Match Officials Payments to Match Officials Pre-Match Procedures Compliance with Instructions Post-Match Procedures 170 171 171 172 172 172 176 177 178 178 183 183 183 184 184 185 185 185 185 186 186 186 187 187 187 187 187 188 188 188 188 189 189 189 192 193 193 193 193 193 194 194 Section L: Section M: Section N: 67 68 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_38.GIF

Contents Contents Section O: Medical Doctors - General Team Doctor and Medical Coordinator Crowd Doctor Physiotherapists Medical and Safety Action Plan Attendance of Medical Personnel and Provision of Medical Facilities Concussive Injuries Medical Records Medical Insurance COVID-19 Protocols Injury Audit Managers Codes of Conduct Coaching Qualifications Contracts of Employment and Submission to the Board Contents of Contracts of Employment Meetings Re Refereeing and Other Matters Broadcasters and Media Disputes Assistant Manager/Head Coach Scouts Registration of Scouts Identification of Scouts Code of Conduct Supporter Relations Supporter Liaison Officer Policies Disability Access Officer Reporting Ticketing Merchandise Safeguarding and Mental Health Clubs’ Policies and Procedures Roles and Responsibilities Safeguarding Awareness Staff Parental Consent Notification of Referrals to External Agencies and Football Authorities Monitoring Safer Recruitment Publicity Mental and Emotional Wellbeing 195 195 195 196 196 197 197 198 199 199 199 199 201 201 201 201 201 201 202 202 202 203 203 203 203 205 205 205 205 205 205 208 209 209 209 210 211 211 Players – Contracts, Registrations and Transfers 215 215 215 215 215 215 216 216 216 216 217 217 217 217 218 218 218 218 218 219 219 219 219 221 221 222 222 222 222 223 223 223 224 224 225 225 226 227 227 227 229 229 Section T: Players – Contracts Approaches to Players Approaches by Players Public Statements Inducements Form of Contract Length of Contract Players’ Remuneration Signing-on Fees Lump Sum Payments Image Contracts Signing the Contract Reporting Fines etc. Submission to Board Mutual Termination Appeal against Termination Appeal against Disciplinary Decision Disputes between Clubs and Players Orders for Costs Appeal Effect of Termination Testimonial Matches Players – Registrations Requirement for Registration Types of Registration International Transfer Certificate Eligibility to Work in the United Kingdom Registration Procedure Multiplicity of Registrations Monthly Registrations Termination of Registrations New Registrations Requiring Consent List of Players Clubs Ceasing to be Members Prohibition of Third Party Investment Assignment of Entitlement to Compensation Fee or Loan Fee Players – Transfers of Registrations Transfer Windows Temporary Transfers Contract Players Retired Players Section P: Section Q: Section U: Section R: Section S: Section V: 211 212 213 213 214 69 70 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_39.GIF

Contents Contents Out of Contract Players The Player’s Options The Club’s Options The Compensation Fee Method of Payment Transfer Levy Solidarity – England and Wales Transfer Windows Disciplinary and Dispute Resolution 230 230 231 231 232 233 234 234 235 235 235 235 235 235 236 236 237 237 240 241 243 244 244 244 244 245 245 245 246 246 246 247 247 247 247 248 248 248 249 249 249 249 The Award Costs Challenging the Award Representation Waiver Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal Premier League Appeals Committee Jurisdiction Composition of the Committee Committee Procedures Fees and Expenses Committee’s Powers 249 250 250 250 250 251 251 255 255 255 255 257 257 Section Y: Section Z: Section W: Disciplinary Power of Inquiry Board’s Disciplinary Powers Fixed Penalty Procedure Summary Jurisdiction Provision of Information The Judicial Panel Appointing a Commission Commission Procedures Commission’s Powers Appeals Appeal Board’s Powers Admissibility of Evidence Legal Representation Publication and Privilege Ad Hoc Appointments Arbitration Definitions Agreement to Arbitrate Standing Commencement of the Arbitration Appointing the Arbitrators Appointing a Single Arbitrator Replacing an Arbitrator Communications Directions The Tribunal’s General Powers Duty of the Parties Default of the Parties The Hearing Remedies Majority Decision Provisional Awards Section X: 71 72 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_40.GIF

Contents Contents Premier League Forms Youth Development Rules General Definitions General Applications to Operate Academies Strategy, Leadership and Management of the Academy Strategic Documents Academy Performance Plan Performance Management Application Technical Board Effective Measurement Monitoring Productivity Profile Performance Management, Player Development and Progression Performance Clock Individual Learning Plans and Multi-disciplinary Reviews Staff General Academy Management Team Academy Manager Academy Operations Manager Academy Secretary Head of Academy Coaching Coaches Goalkeeping Coaches Senior Professional Development Coach Coaches: Qualifications and Professional Development Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine Academy Nutritionist Lead Sports Scientist Lead Strength and Conditioning Coaches Senior Academy Physiotherapist Physiotherapists and Sports Therapists Academy Doctor Performance Analysts Head of Education Head of Recruitment Interns Player Care Academy Psychologist Coaching Coaching Curriculum Coaching Hours Development Centres Form 1: Form 2: Form 3: Form 3A: Form 4: Form 5: Form 6: Form 7: Form 8: Form 9: Form 10: Form 11: Form 12: Form 13: Form 14: Form 15: Form 16: Form 17: Form 18: Form 19: Form 20: Form 21: Form 22: Form 23: Form 24: Form 25: Form 26: Form 27: Form 28: Form 29: List of Authorised Signatories (Rule A.1.18) Notification of Club Bank Account (Rule E.2) Appeal Under Rule E.34 Calculation of Aggregated Adjusted Earnings Before Tax (Rule E.45.3) Owners’ and Directors’ Declaration (Rules A.1.60, F.2, F.3 and F.4) Dual Interest Notice (Rules G.1 and G.4) Directors’ Report (Rules H.6, H.7, H.8 and H.9) Registration of Pitch Dimensions (Rule K.17) Team Sheet (Rule L.22) Gate Statement (Rule L.39) Notification of Shirt Numbers Allocated (Rule M.6) Registration of Strips (Rule M.17) Scout Registration Form (Rule Q.2) Safeguarding Roles and Responsibilities (Rules S.3, S.4 and S.21) English Football League Contract Premier League Contract Amateur Registration Form (Rule U.15) Offer of New Contract (Rule V.17.2) Application for Free Transfer (Rule V.20) Contingent Sum Notification (Rule V.36.2) Fixed Penalty Notice (Rule W.4) Summary Jurisdiction Notice (Rule W.9) Complaint (Rule W.21) Answer (Rule W.26) Appeal Against Fixed Penalty (Rule W.59) Appeal Against Commission Decision (Rule W.60) Request for Arbitration (Rules X.7 or Y.3) Appointment of Arbitrator (Rules X.9 or Y.6) Appointment of Single Arbitrator (Rule X.13.1) Notice of Preliminary Meeting (Rules X.18 or Y.13) 261 262 263 264 265 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 306 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 351 351 361 361 365 365 365 365 366 367 367 367 368 368 368 371 371 372 372 374 374 374 375 376 376 377 378 379 380 380 381 381 382 382 383 384 385 385 385 386 386 386 388 73 74 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_PDF1TO40_PAGE_41.GIF

Contents Contents Games Programme General Foundation Phase Games Programme Youth Development Phase Games Programme Professional Development Phase Games Programme Premier League 2 and Professional Development League Games Programme: Postponement etc. of Matches Duty of Care Education Reports on Educational Progression Delivery of the Education Programme Personal Development and Life Skills Plans Inductions and Transitions Academy Player and Parent Voice Safeguarding and Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Health and Safety Inclusion, Diversity and Equality Injury and Medical Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme Performance Analysis Talent Identification and Recruitment Scouts: Qualifications Scouts: Attendance at Matches Registrations and Provision of Information by the League Time/Distance Rules Trials Pre-Registration Agreements Registrations End of Season Procedure Termination of Registration Scholarships Approaches by and to Clubs and Inducements Facilities Facilities Finance and Expenses Finance Expenses Compensation Compensation 390 390 390 392 395 397 398 399 399 400 400 405 405 406 406 406 406 407 410 410 410 412 412 412 412 413 414 416 416 419 421 422 424 425 425 430 430 430 431 431 Youth Development Forms PLYD Form 1: PLYD Form 2: PLYD Form 3: PLYD Form 4: PLYD Form 5: PLYD Form 5A: PLYD Form 5B: PLYD Form 5C: PLYD Form 6: PLYD Form 7: PLYD Form 8: Scholarship Agreement Notification of Trialists’ Particulars (Youth Development Rule 236.2) Notice of Ending of Trial Period (Youth Development Rule 245) Pre-Registration Agreement (Youth Development Rule 249) Academy Player Registration Application (Youth Development Rule 258) Full Time Training Model (Youth Development Rule 188) Hybrid Training Model (Youth Development Rule 188) Change In Circumstances (Youth Development Rule 190) Academy Ethnicity Monitoring Questionnaire (Youth Development Rule 259) List of Academy Players (Youth Development Rule 267) Retention/Termination Notification for Academy Players Entering into Age Groups Under 10, Under 11 and Under 12 (Youth Development Rule 268.1 and 270.2.1) Retention/Termination Notification for Academy Players Entering into Age Groups Under 13 and Under 15 (Youth Development Rule 268.2 and 270.2.2) Academy Player’s Registration: Mutual Cancellation Notification (Youth Development Rule 273.2) Scholarship Offer (Youth Development Rule 284) Response to Scholarship Offer (Youth Development Rule 285) 439 454 456 457 460 464 466 468 470 471 472 PLYD Form 9: 473 PLYD Form 10: 474 PLYD Form 11: PLYD Form 12: 475 476 75 76 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_02.GIF

Contents Contents Appendices to the Rules Appendix 1: Appendix 2: Appendix 3: Appendix 4: Schedule of Offences (Rule F.1.5.3) Inclusion and Anti-Discrimination Policy (Rule J.4) Camera Positions (Rule K.60) Medical Examinations and Information to be Conducted/Collected on all Contract Players and Academy Players Registered on Scholarship Agreements (Rule O.22) Pocket Concussion Recognition Tool (Rule O.20) Code of Conduct for Managers (Rule P.1) Code of Conduct for Clubs (Rule P.2) Standard Clauses for Inclusion in Managers’ Contracts of Employment (Rule P.8.1) Code of Conduct for Scouts (Rule Q.7) Standard Clauses for inclusion in replica Strip manufacturers’ contracts (Rule R.16) Notice to Manufacturer Licensed to Manufacture and Distribute Club Replica Strip (Rule R.17) Regulations of the Professional Football Compensation Committee Code of Conduct for Clubs, Academy Players Registered on Plyd Form 5 and Their Parent(s) (the ‘Code’) (Youth Development Rule 198) Terms of Reference for the Judicial Panel COVID-19 – Season 2021/22 Training Protocols Government guidance – COVID-19: cleaning in non-healthcare settings outside the home Safeguarding Return to Club Activities Season 2021/22 Match Day Protocol (COVID-19) Calculation of Season 2019/20 Reduction Share Competition Interruption - Squad Management Protocol 481 482 483 489 Appendix 4A: Appendix 5: Appendix 6: Appendix 7: 491 493 496 497 Appendix 8: Appendix 9: 498 499 Appendix 10: 501 Appendix 11: Appendix 12: 502 507 Appendix 13: Appendix 14: Appendix 14.1: 510 515 538 Appendix 14.2: Appendix 15: Appendix 16: Appendix 17: 543 557 567 573 77 78 Rules Index


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_03.GIF

Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation it shall have the meaning set out in Rule X.1.1); costs (or estimated costs as the case may be) in respect of the following: of the costs of Players’ registrations); and which has been subject to independent audit; abuse or neglect and as a result of those care and support needs is unable to protect 79 80 Rules: Section A Definitions A.1. In these Rules: A.1.1. “Accounting Reference Period” means the period in respect of which Annual Accounts are prepared; A.1.2. “Activity” means any activity or series of activities, organised or arranged by or in the name of a Club, for Children and/or Adults at Risk (and/or to be attended by such individual(s)); A.1.3. “the Act” means the Companies Act 2006 (save for in Section X of these Rules, where A.1.4.“the 1986 Act” has the meaning set out in Rule E.23.1; A.1.5. “Adjusted Earnings Before Tax” means Earnings Before Tax adjusted to exclude (a) depreciation and/or impairment of tangible fixed assets, amortisation or impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (but excluding amortisation (b) Women’s Football Expenditure; (c) Youth Development Expenditure; (d) Community Development Expenditure; and (e) in respect of Seasons 2019/20, 2020/21, and 2021/22 only, COVID-19 Costs, Each of Youth Development Expenditure, Women’s Football Expenditure and Community Development Expenditure and COVID-19 Costs shall only be excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Earnings Before Tax if separately disclosed: (f) by way of notes to the Annual Accounts; or (g) by way of supplementary information which reconciles to the Annual Accounts A.1.6. “Adult at Risk” means an adult who has needs for care and support (whether or not the local authority is meeting any of those needs) and is experiencing, or is at risk of, himself/herself from either the risk of or the experience of abuse or neglect. This may include (but is not limited to) people with learning disabilities, sensory impairments, mental health needs, elderly people and people with a physical disability or impairment. It may also include people who are affected by the circumstances that they are living in, for example, experiencing domestic violence; A.1.7. “Amateur Player” means any player (other than an Academy Player) who is registered to play or intends to be registered to play for a Club and who is registered with The Football Association as an amateur in accordance with the FIFA Regulations on the Status and Transfer of Players; A.1.8. “Annual Accounts” means: (a) the accounts which each Club’s directors are required to prepare pursuant to section 394 of the Act; or (b) if the Club considers it appropriate or the Board so requests, the Group Accounts of the Group of which the Club is a member and which it is required to prepare pursuant to section 399 of the Act, or which it is required to deliver to the Registrar of Companies pursuant to section 400(2)(e) or section 401(2)(f) of the Act, provided that in either case the accounts are prepared to an accounting reference date (as defined in section 391 of the Act) which falls between 31 May and 31 July inclusive. If the accounting reference date falls at any other time, separate accounts for the Club or the Group (as appropriate) must be prepared for a period of twelve months ending on a date between 31 May and 31 July inclusive, and in such a case “Annual Accounts” means those accounts. Annual Accounts must be prepared and audited in accordance with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to accounts prepared pursuant to section 394 of the Act; A.1.9. “Appeal Board” means the body having appellate jurisdiction under these Rules appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel under the provisions of Rule W.57; A.1.10. “Appeals Panel” means the panel of individuals of that name appointed in accordance with the terms of reference of the Judicial Panel, set out at Appendix 13 to these Rules; A.1.11.“Approved Competition” means any of the following: (a) the UEFA Champions League; (b) the UEFA Europa League; (c) the UEFA Europa Conference League; (d) the UEFA Super Cup; (e) the FIFA World Club Cup; (f) the F.A. Cup; (g) the F.A. Community Shield; (h) the Football League Cup; and (i) any other competition, match or series of matches that the Board deems, at its discretion, to be an Approved Competition; A.1.12.“Approved Match(es)” means any match or short series of matches played solely during the Close Season or any match meeting the requirements of Rule L.8; A.1.13. “Articles” means the Articles of Association of the League and reference to a number following the word ‘Article’ is a reference to an article so numbered in the Articles; A.1.14. “Artificial Surface” means any playing surface which is not or not intended to be predominantly natural grass;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_04.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation disciplinary action under these Rules; 81 82 Rules: Section A A.1.15.“Associate” means, in relation to an individual, any other individual who is: (a) the spouse or civil partner of that individual; (b) a relative of that individual or of his/her spouse or civil partner; or (c) the spouse or civil partner of a relative of that individual or of their spouse or civil partner; A.1.16.“Associated Person” has the meaning given to it in Rule S.14; A.1.17. “Associated Undertaking” means an undertaking in which another undertaking has a participating interest and over whose operating and financial policy it exercises a significant influence, and which is not a Parent Undertaking or Subsidiary Undertaking; A.1.18. “Authorised Signatory” means an Official of a Club duly authorised by a resolution of its board of directors to sign Forms either as required by these Rules or in connection with a Club’s application for a UEFA Club Licence, whose particulars shall have first been submitted to the Board in Form 1; A.1.19. “Average Goals Per Game” means the figure calculated by dividing the total number of goals scored by the Club in a Competition by the number of League Matches played at that point; A.1.20.“Average Points Per Game” means the figure calculated as follows: (a) dividing the total number of points obtained by the Club in a Competition by the number of League Matches played at that point; (b) multiplying the resulting figure by 38; and (c) subtracting from the resulting figure any points deducted as a result of A.1.21.“Bankruptcy Order” means an order adjudging an individual bankrupt; A.1.22.“Bankruptcy Restriction Order” and “Interim Bankruptcy Restriction Order” mean orders made under the provisions of Schedule 4A of the 1986 Act; A.1.23.“Basic Award Fund” means the fund established out of UK Broadcast Revenue and distributed in accordance with Rule D.17.1; A.1.24.“Board” means the board of directors for the time being of the League (or its designee); A.1.25.“Board Directive” means a directive issued by the Board in accordance with Rule C.20; A.1.26.“Broadcaster” means a Radio Broadcaster, a UK Broadcaster or an International Broadcaster; A.1.27. “Cash Losses” means aggregate Adjusted Earnings Before Tax after: (a) write back of: (i) amortisation and/or impairment of Players’ registrations; and (ii) profit or loss on the transfer of Players’ registrations; and (b) inclusion of net cash flow in respect of transfers of Players’ registrations; A.1.28. “Chair of the Judicial Panel” means the individual appointed to that position in accordance with Rule W.14 and the terms of reference of the Judicial Panel, set out at Appendix 13 to these Rules; A.1.29.“Central Funds” has the meaning set out in Rule E.19.1; A.1.30.“Chairman” means the Person appointed as the Chairman pursuant to Article 42 of the Articles or any acting Chairman appointed pursuant to Article 57.1; A.1.31.“Champions’ Features” has the meaning set out in Rule K.105; A.1.32.“Child” and “Children” mean any Person or Persons under the age of 18 years; A.1.33. “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; A.1.34. “Close Season” means the period between the end of one Season (ie, from the end of the relevant Club’s final League Match of the Season or, if the relevant Club qualifies for the FA Cup Final in that Season, the end of the FA Cup Final) and the commencement of the next Season (ie, midnight on the day before the first League Match in that Season); A.1.35.“Club” means an association football club in membership of the League and: (a) for the purposes of Rules E.33 to E.42 inclusive includes any club which is entitled to be promoted from The Football League to the League; (b) for the purposes of Rules A.1.53, A.1.61, A.1.203, and Sections F and H of these Rules (including any Forms prescribed therein) includes any Associated Undertaking, Fellow Subsidiary Undertaking, Group Undertaking, or Parent Undertaking of such Club; and (c) for the purposes of Section G of these Rules, Rules I.1 to I.7 and Rule J.3 (and including any Forms prescribed therein) includes any Associated Undertaking, Fellow Subsidiary Undertaking, Group Undertaking, Parent Undertaking or Subsidiary Undertaking of such Club; A.1.36.“club” means an association football club not in membership of the League; A.1.37. “Club Radio Contract” means any contract upon terms complying in all respects with any directive issued by the League pursuant to Rule D.6 and made between any Club and the local or regional independent radio station or BBC local radio station within whose transmission area the Club’s Stadium is situated; A.1.38. “Club Shirt Sponsor Contract” means any contract between any Club and any Person (not being the manufacturer, producer or distributor of that Club’s Strip) providing for the exhibition upon that Club’s Strip of the agreed prime brand of that Person in accordance with Rule M.30; A.1.39. “Commercial Contract” means any contract entered into by the League relating to sponsorship or like transactions or other matters materially affecting the commercial interests of Clubs other than an International Broadcast Contract, a UK Broadcast Contract or a Radio Contract;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_05.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation entered into a written contract of employment with a Club; acquire, direct or indirect control over the policies, affairs and/or management of a without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, Control shall be deemed to exercise the voting rights applicable to, Shares in the Club (whether directly, Party) which confer in aggregate on the holder(s) thereof 30 per cent or more of powers of any Person will be attributed to any Connected Person to that Person; Guidance The Countdown to Kick-Off in respect of each League Match must be approved by the Premier League in advance. Where Clubs wish to engage in in-Stadium activity of any kind: (a) in the period between 15 minutes prior to kick-off and the kick-off itself; (b) during half-time and/or (c) in the period between the final whistle and 15 minutes following the conclusion of the League Match (whether by way of remembrance, tribute, celebration or otherwise), such activity must be notified to the League as far in advance of the League Match as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, no later than seven days prior to the League Match). Any such activity that is not notified to the League within that deadline will only be approved by the Board in exceptional circumstances. 83 84 Rules: Section A A.1.50.“Content Session” has the meaning set out in Rule K.90; A.1.51. “Contingent Sum” means any sum of money (exclusive of value added tax) additional to a Compensation Fee, payable upon the happening of a contingent event by a Transferee Club to a Transferor Club consequent upon the transfer of the registration of a player (whether that transfer is permanent or temporary); A.1.52.“Contract Player” means any player (other than an Academy Player) who has A.1.53.“Control” means the power of a Person to exercise, or to be able to exercise or Club, whether that power is constituted by rights or contracts (either separately or in combination) and having regard to the considerations of fact or law involved, and, include: (a) the power (whether directly or indirectly and whether by the ownership of share capital, by the possession of voting power, by contract or otherwise including without limitation by way of membership of any Concert Party) to appoint and/ or remove all or such of the members of the board of directors of the Club as are able to cast a majority of the votes capable of being cast by the members of that board; and/or (b) the holding and/or possession of the beneficial interest in, and/or the ability to indirectly (by means of holding such interests in one or more other persons) or by contract including without limitation by way of membership of any Concert the total voting rights exercisable at general meetings of the Club. For the purposes of the above, any rights or powers of a Nominee for any Person or of an Associate of any Person shall be attributed to that Person and any rights or A.1.54. “Conviction” means a finding by a court anywhere in the world that a Person has committed an offence or carried out the act for which he/she was charged, and Convicted shall be construed accordingly; A.1.55. “Countdown to Kick-Off” means, in respect of each League Match, the document agreed between the Home Club and the Match Manager (and approved by the League) in advance, setting out the timings according to which (among other things) the participating Clubs should line up in the tunnel area and process onto the pitch; A.1.40.“Commercial Contract Revenue” means revenue received by the League under any Commercial Contract; A.1.41. “Commission” means a commission appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel under the provisions of Rule W.16; A.1.42.“Community Development Expenditure” means: (a) net expenditure by a Club directly attributable to activities (whether in the United Kingdom or abroad) for the public benefit to promote participation in sport and advance social development; and (b) donations made by the Club: (i) to United Kingdom charities in a form recognised by such charities; and/or (ii) for foreign charitable purposes in a form which (had the donations been made to registered United Kingdom charities) would have been recognised as charitable; A.1.43. “Company Secretary” means the Person whose particulars are registered or registrable as the secretary of the League pursuant to section 276 of the Act, and shall include any joint, assistant or deputy secretary; A.1.44. “Compensation Fee” means any sum of money or other consideration (exclusive of value added tax) payable by a Transferee Club to a Transferor Club upon the permanent transfer of the registration of a Contract Player or in respect of an Out of Contract Player; A.1.45. “Compensation Fee Account” means the account bearing that name at Barclays Bank Plc into which Compensation Fees, Loan Fees (including, in both cases, instalments thereof) and Contingent Sums are payable as set out in Rule V.29; A.1.46. “Competition” means the men’s first team football competition called the ‘Premier League’, organised by the League and comprising the 380 League Matches required by Rule C.1, to be completed over the course of a Season, unless otherwise curtailed in accordance with these Rules; A.1.47. “Concert Party” means two or more Persons presumed to be acting in concert (unless the contrary is established) within the meaning of paragraphs (1) to (5) (inclusive) of the definition of “acting in concert” in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or would be so acting in concert if the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers applied in the relevant case; A.1.48.“Conditional Contract” means a playing contract between a Club and a Player which is determinable by the Player at any time; A.1.49. A Person (X) is a “Connected Person” to another Person (Y) (where that other Person (Y) is not a natural person) if that Person (X) directly or indirectly possesses or is entitled to acquire more than 30 per cent of: (a) the issued ordinary share capital of that other Person (Y); (b) the loan capital (save where loan capital was acquired in the ordinary course of the business of lending money) and issued share capital of that other Person (Y); or (c) the assets of that other Person (Y) which would be available for distribution to equity holders in the event of winding up of that other Person (Y);


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_06.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation accustomed to act, or a Person having Control over the Club, or a Person exercising (and only if): Guidance For the purposes of calculating the Fixed Central Funds Distribution Ratio, the ‘maximum’ referred to is the total that a Club would receive if it finished the Season as League Champions and received the highest possible number of facility fees. The ‘minimum’ is the total that a Club would receive if it finished in 20th position and received the lowest possible number of facility fees. The Football League; 85 86 Rules: Section A A.1.77. “The Football Association” means The Football Association Limited; A.1.78.“The Football Association Rules” means the rules and regulations for the time being of The Football Association; A.1.79.“Football Creditor” has the meaning set out in Rule E.29; A.1.80.“The Football League” means The Football League Limited and/or the league competitions organised by it, as appropriate; A.1.81.“The Football League Cup” means the cup competition organised by the board of A.1.56. “COVID-19 Costs” means lost revenues and/or exceptional costs incurred by a Club that are directly attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and that are identified and calculated in accordance with such guidance as issued by the Board; A.1.57. “Crowd Doctor” means the Official described in Rules O.9 to O.11; A.1.58. “Curtailment Resolution” means a Resolution tabled by the Board in accordance with Rule C.25, which would, if passed, bring an end to the Competition, notwithstanding that all of the League Matches referred to in Rule C.1 have not been played; A.1.59. “DBS” means the Disclosure and Barring Service, being a non-departmental public body of the Home Office which, amongst other things, processes requests for criminal records checks and barred list information, or any successor body which carries out its functions; A.1.60.“Declaration” means a declaration in Form 4; A.1.61. Subject to Rule A.1.62, “Director” means any Person occupying the position of director of a Club whose particulars are registered or registrable under the provisions of section 162 of the Act and includes a shadow director, that is to say, a Person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the Club are the powers that are usually associated with the powers of a director of a company; A.1.62.For the purposes of Rules H.1 to H.9: (a) a person shall be excluded from the definition of Director set out in Rule A.1.61 if (i) he/she falls within the said definition of Director solely because Rule A.1.53(b) applies to him/her; (ii) his/her aggregate interest (of the kind set out in Rule A.1.53(b)) in the Shares conferring voting rights exercisable at general meetings of the Club is less than 50%; and (b) the Official referred to in Rule J.1.1 shall be included in that definition; A.1.63. “Disciplinary Panel” means the panel of individuals of that name appointed in accordance with the terms of reference of the Judicial Panel, set out at Appendix 13 to these Rules; A.1.64.“Disclosure” means the service provided by the DBS to Persons registered with it; A.1.65.“Earnings Before Tax” means profit or loss after depreciation and interest but before tax, as shown in the Annual Accounts; A.1.66. “Equal Share Distribution Method” means, in respect of the League’s distribution of any element of Central Funds, the distribution of such funds in equal shares, with one share distributed to each Club; A.1.67. “Events of Insolvency” means the events set out in Rule E.23; A.1.68.“Facility Fees Fund” means the fund established out of UK Broadcast Revenue and distributed in accordance with Rule D.17.3; A.1.69.“Faculty” has the meaning set out in Rule O.10; A.1.70.“F.A. Cup” means the Football Association Challenge Cup competition; A.1.71. “Fair Market Value” means the amount for which an asset could be sold, licensed or exchanged, a liability settled, or a service provided, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction; A.1.72.“Feature Session” has the meaning set out in Rule K.103; A.1.73.“Fellow Subsidiary Undertaking” has the meaning set out in section 1161(4) of the Act; A.1.74.“FIFA” means the Fédération Internationale de Football Association; A.1.75. “Financial Institution” means any entity which is incorporated in, or formed under the law of any part of the United Kingdom, and which has permission under Part 4a of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 to carry on the regulated activity of accepting deposits (within the meaning of section 22 of that statute, taken with Schedule 2 and any order under section 22) but such definition shall not include: (a) a building society (within the meaning of section 119 of the Building Societies Act 1986); or (b) a credit union (within the meaning of section 31 of the Credit Unions Act 1979); A.1.76. “Fixed Central Funds Distribution Ratio” means a ratio reflecting the fact that, in respect of any one Season, the maximum possible Central Funds distribution that one Club could receive is an amount equal to 180% of the minimum possible Central Funds distribution that one Club could receive;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_07.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation prescribed in these Rules; Person possesses on his/her behalf or may be required to exercise at his/her direction 87 88 Rules: Section A A.1.82. “Force Majeure Event” means an event which is beyond the reasonable control of the Board and Clubs, including any strike, lock-out, or labour disputes, act of God, fire, flood, storm, war, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, epidemic or pandemic and which renders the staging of League Matches strictly in accordance with Sections K (Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements), L (Fixtures) and R (Supporter Relations) of these Rules impossible for a period of 14 clear days; A.1.83.“Form” means the appropriate form or substantially the same form as that A.1.84.“Future Financial Information” has the meaning set out in Rule E.11; A.1.85. “Gambling Related Agreement” means any agreement: (i) which concerns any advertising, marketing, promotion, supply or provision of betting, gaming, lottery or other gambling related products, services, brands or facilities (whether as part of a Club Shirt Sponsor Contract, the appointment of a gambling partner or otherwise); and/or (ii) where the business activities of any of the parties (or of an Associated Undertaking or Group Undertaking of any of the parties) to such agreement include the provision of betting, gaming, lottery or other gambling related products, services or facilities; A.1.86.“General Meeting” means any meeting of the members of the League duly called in accordance with the provisions of Article 18; A.1.87. “Goal Line Technology” means all necessary equipment for the purpose of assisting the referee to determine whether, in a League Match, a goal has been scored; A.1.88. “Group Accounts” mean accounts that a Club is required to prepare pursuant to section 399 of the Act, or which its Parent Undertaking is required to deliver to the registrar of companies pursuant to section 400(2)(e) or section 401(2)(f) of the Act; A.1.89.“Group Undertaking” has the meaning set out in section 1161(5) of the Act; A.1.90. “Hardwiring” means the permanent installation of cabling, to the League’s specification, to enable the uninterrupted live Transmission of League Matches and “Hardwired” shall be construed accordingly; A.1.91. “Head of Safeguarding” means the member of Staff appointed to that role by each Club in accordance with Rule S.4; A.1.92.“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs or such other government department(s) that may replace the same; A.1.93. “Holding” means the holding and/or possession of the beneficial interest in, and/or the ability to exercise the voting rights applicable to, Shares in the Club (whether directly, indirectly (by means of holding such interests in one or more other Persons) or by contract including without limitation by way of membership of any Concert Party) which confer any voting rights exercisable at general meetings of the Club. For the purposes of the above, any rights or powers of a Nominee for any Person shall be attributed to that Person, that is to say any rights or powers which another or on his/her behalf, and any rights or powers of any Person shall be attributed to any Connected Person to that Person; A.1.94. “Home Club” means the Club at whose Stadium a League Match is or was or should be or should have been played or, where the Clubs participating in that League Match share a Stadium, the Club whose name first appears in respect of that League Match on the League’s fixture list; A.1.95. “Home Grown Player” means a Player who, irrespective of his nationality or age, has been registered with any Club (or club) affiliated to The Football Association or the Football Association of Wales for a period, continuous or not, of three Seasons or 36 months prior to his 21st birthday (or the end of the Season during which he turns 21) and, for the purposes of this definition of “Home Grown Player”, a Season will be deemed to commence on the date on which the relevant Summer Transfer Window closes and expire on the date of the final League Match of the Season; A.1.96.“Host Broadcaster” has the meaning set out in Rule K.112.1; A.1.97. “Image Contract” means any contract whereby a Player transfers to any Person the right to exploit his image or reputation either in relation to football or non-footballing activities; A.1.98.“Image Contract Payment” means any payment made or liability incurred by or on behalf of a Club to such a Person in order to acquire that right; A.1.99.“Individual Voluntary Arrangement” means an arrangement made under the provisions of Part VIII of the 1986 Act; A.1.100. “Intermediary” means any Person who qualifies as an Intermediary for the purposes of the FA Regulations on Working with Intermediaries (as amended from time to time); A.1.101. “International Broadcaster” means a Person with which the League has entered into an International Broadcast Contract and which is entitled to effect the Transmission of League Matches in accordance with the terms of that contract; A.1.102. “International Broadcast Contract” means any contract entered into by the League for the Transmission of League Matches outside the United Kingdom, the Republic of Ireland, the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands; A.1.103.“International Broadcast Revenue” means revenue received by the League under any International Broadcast Contract; A.1.104. “International Broadcast Revenue Excess” means, in respect of any one Season, the Net Distributable International Broadcast Revenue in excess of the International Broadcast Threshold Amount; A.1.105. “International Broadcast Threshold Amount” means the figure notified to Clubs each Season, calculated to reflect an increase from the Season three years prior in accordance with the Three-Year Compound CPI Formula; A.1.106.“International Content Session” has the meaning set out in Rule K.98; A.1.107.“International Content Session Plus” has the meaning set out in Rule K.102;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_08.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation and Appeals Panel, appointed in accordance with the terms of reference of the each Club in accordance with Rule S.21; Guidance The appointment of a Match Manager in relation to a League Match does not absolve Clubs from compliance with their responsibilities under Rules L.30 and L.31 (which provide for prompt kick-offs and re-starts of League Matches) or with any of the provisions of Section K concerning Broadcaster access requirements. internal roles and responsibilities regarding mental and emotional wellbeing, and emotional wellbeing needs of employees (including Players) and such other designated that role in accordance with Rule S.23; 89 90 Rules: Section A A.1.129.“Match Officials” means referees, assistant referees, video assistant referees and assistant video assistant referees and includes reserve officials and fourth officials; A.1.130.“Material Transactions” has the meaning set out in Rule H.1; A.1.131.“Medical Coordinator” means the Official described in Rule O.7; A.1.132.“Memorandum” means the Memorandum of Association of the League; A.1.133.“Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Action Plan” means a document setting out internal initiatives and processes for support, education and monitoring the mental matters as advised by the Board from time to time; A.1.134.“Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Lead” means the board-level Official A.1.108. “International Loan Fee” means any sum of money (exclusive of value added tax) paid in connection with the temporary registration of a Player, whether by way of fixed fee or contingent payment, by a Club to club that is: (a) not affiliated to The FA; nor (b) has its registered address in Wales but is a member of the Football League; A.1.109. “International Transfer” means the transfer of the registration of a player to a Club in respect of which an international transfer certificate is required under the provisions of the FIFA Regulations on the Status and Transfer of Players; A.1.110.“International TV Commentary Positions” means the commentary positions more particularly described in Rules K.53 and K.54; A.1.111. “Interview Backdrops” means backdrops against which interviews must, where specified by these Rules, be conducted. The Interview Backdrops will be provided to Clubs from time to time by the League; A.1.112.“Judicial Panel” means the panel of individuals, comprising the Disciplinary Panel Judicial Panel, set out at Appendix 13 to these Rules; A.1.113.“Lead Disclosure Officer” means the member of Staff appointed to that role by A.1.114.“League” means The Football Association Premier League Limited; A.1.115.“League Champions” has the meaning set out in Rule C.11; A.1.116.“League Match” means a first team match played under the jurisdiction of the League; A.1.117.“League Office” means the registered office for the time being of the League; A.1.118.“League Table” means the table referred to in Rule C.3; A.1.119. “Licensing Manual” means the manual in which are set out procedures agreed between The Football Association and the League relating to applications for and the granting of licences enabling Clubs (or clubs) to play in UEFA Club Competitions; A.1.120.“Limited Return of Supporters” has the meaning set out in Appendix 15 to these Rules; A.1.121.“Loan Fee” means any sum of money (exclusive of value added tax) payable by a Transferee Club to a Transferor Club upon a Temporary Transfer; A.1.122.“Manager” means the Official of a Club responsible for selecting the Club’s first team; A.1.123.“Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal” has the meaning set out in Rule Y.1; A.1.124.“Mandatory Medical Equipment Form” means the document referred to Rule O.8, in such form as prescribed by the Board from time to time; A.1.125. “Match Day Information Sheet” means, in respect of each League Match, the administrative document produced by the League and distributed to the Home Club and Visiting Club in advance, containing relevant information for match day operations including (but not limited to) approved Strips, the identity of the relevant Match Officials, the Countdown to Kick-Off and the identities and contact details of the Match Manager and other League representatives; A.1.126.“Match Day Medical Requirements Form” means the document referred to Rule O.7, in such form as prescribed by the Board from time to time; A.1.127.“Match Day Protocol (COVID-19)” means the document of that name set out at Appendix 15 to the Rules; A.1.128. “Match Manager” means a representative of the League who may be appointed to act in relation to a League Match and whose responsibilities include (without limitation): (a) liaising with Clubs, Match Officials, Broadcasters and any Person with whom the League has entered into a Commercial Contract to promote the delivery by the League of all match day requirements and entitlements of Broadcasters and such Persons pursuant to these Rules; (b) assisting Clubs to comply with their obligations pursuant to Rule D.3 insofar as those obligations must be fulfilled at League Matches; and (c) working with Clubs and Broadcasters to enable the referee to ensure that the kick-off, and re-start after half-time, of each League Match take place promptly;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_09.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation 14 7 may be conducted after the conclusion of a League Match, as more particularly International Broadcast Revenue (ie, following the deductions referred to at Rules discretion; 91 92 Rules: Section A A.1.135. “Merit Based Distribution Method” means, in respect of the League’s Distribution of UK Broadcast Revenue and (if applicable) International Broadcast Revenue, the distribution of such funds in shares in accordance with the following table: End of Season Number of shares League position 120 219 318 417 516 615 714 813 912 1011 1110 129 138 156 165 174 183 192 201 A.1.136.“Merit Payments Fund” means the fund established out of UK Broadcast Revenue and distributed in accordance with Rule D.17.2; A.1.137.“Mixed Zone” means the area in which media interviews with Players and Managers described in Rules K.69 and K.70; A.1.138.“Monthly Contract” has the meaning set out in Rule T.11.2; A.1.139.“Net Distributable International Broadcast Revenue” means, in respect of any one Season, the total sum that is distributed to Clubs and Relegated Clubs out of D.18.1 and D.18.2 and adjusted to take account of any foreign exchange and/or gain); A.1.140.“New Registration” has the meaning set out in Rule U.14; A.1.141.“Nominee” means, in connection to any Person, another Person who possesses rights or powers on his/her behalf, or which he/she may be required to exercise at his/her A.1.142.“Official” means any director, secretary, servant or representative of a Club, excluding any Player, Intermediary or auditor; A.1.143.“Out of Contract Player” means a Contract Player whose contract of employment with a Club has expired; A.1.144.“Outside Broadcast Compound” means the area for the exclusive use of TV Broadcasters’ vehicles more particularly described at Rules K.79 to K.81; A.1.145.“Owners’ Charter” means the document of that name agreed by Clubs; A.1.146.“Parent” means a Person who has parental responsibility for a Child; A.1.147.“Parent Undertaking” has the meaning set out in section 1162 of the Act; A.1.148.“PAYE and NIC” means any and all payments required to be made by a Club in respect of income tax and national insurance contributions; A.1.149. “Person” includes any natural person, legal entity, firm or unincorporated association and in the case of a Person which is incorporated any of its Associated Undertaking, Fellow Subsidiary Undertaking, Group Undertaking, Parent Undertaking or Subsidiary Undertaking; A.1.150.“PGB” has the meaning set out in Rule B.23; A.1.151.“PGMOL” means the Professional Game Match Officials Limited; A.1.152.“Player” means any Contract Player, Out of Contract Player, Amateur Player or Academy Player who is registered to play for a Club; A.1.153. “Player’s Image” means the Player’s name, nickname, fame, image, signature, voice and film and photographic portrayal, virtual and/or electronic portrayal image or representation, reputation, replica and all other characteristics of the Player including his shirt number; A.1.154.“Post-Match Media Conference” has the meaning set out in Rules K.128 to K.131; A.1.155.“Pre-Match Media Conference” has the meaning set out in Rule K.106; A.1.156.“Pre-Match Positions” has the meaning set out in Rule K.108; A.1.157.“Premier League Appeals Committee” means the committee constituted in accordance with Rule Z.2; A.1.158. “Premier League Match Centre” means the facility, staffed by representatives of the League and PGMOL during each League Match, that provides support for all on-field football and the League’s match day operational matters; A.1.159.“Premier League Safeguarding Standards” means the document by that name published by the League from time to time; A.1.160.“Pre-Season Content Session” has the meaning set out in Rule K.139;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_10.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation following a reference to a Rule identifies the Section in which it is comprised and its may be delegated by the Head of Safeguarding in accordance with Rule S.6; or part-time basis and whether or not he is remunerated in any way for his services) the fixture list of the Competition and ending on the earlier of the following: (a) at completed; (b) immediately upon the passing of a Curtailment Resolution or (c) 80 accordance with Rule L.1.1), pursuant to Rule C.28; between: actually received by the League in respect of Season 2019/20, less the deductions 93 94 Rules: Section A A.1.172. “Relegated Club Shares” means: (a) one share of the Basic Award Fund; and (b) one share of all Net Distributable International Broadcast Revenue distributed to Clubs by the League in accordance with the Equal Share Distribution Method for the relevant Season. For the avoidance of doubt, it does not include any element of any International Broadcast Revenue distributed to Clubs by the League in accordance with the Merit Based Distribution Method; A.1.173. “Related Party Transaction” means a transaction disclosed in a Club’s Annual Accounts as a related party transaction or which would have been disclosed as such except for an exemption under the accounting standards under which the Annual Accounts were prepared; A.1.174. “Representation Contract” means an agreement to which a Club and an Intermediary are party and pursuant to which the Intermediary acts for the Club or a Player in the context of either the registration or transfer of the registration of a Player or the employment of a Player by a Club; A.1.175.“Resolution” has the meaning set out in Article 1; A.1.176.“Respondent” has the meaning set out in Rule W.19.2; A.1.177.“Retired Player” means a Player who has stopped playing competitive football; A.1.178.“Rules” means the rules for the time being of the League and a letter and a number number within that Section; A.1.179.“Safeguarding Officer” means the member of Staff to whom safeguarding duties A.1.180.“Scout” means any Person employed or engaged by a Club (whether on a full-time whose duties include identifying to his Club players whose registration his Club may wish to secure; A.1.181. A “Season” means the period commencing on the date of the first League Match on midnight on the date on which the last League Match of those referred to in Rule C.1 is clear days from the date of the last League Match in the Competition (scheduled in A.1.182.“Season 2019/20 Reduction” means an amount calculated as the difference (a) the Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue; and (b) the amount of UK Broadcast Revenue and International Broadcast Revenue referred to in Rules D.15 and D.18; A.1.183.“Section” means a Section of these Rules; A.1.161. “Professional Football Compensation Committee” means the committee constituted in accordance with the Regulations of the Professional Football Compensation Committee; A.1.162. “Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme” means the pension scheme organised by the Professional Footballers’ Association which provides benefits for Players and their dependants during their playing career and after they retire; A.1.163. “Professional Game Youth Fund” means the fund of that name managed by the League which shall award grants from the fund’s resources to qualifying Clubs and Football League clubs; A.1.164.“Promoted Club” means a Club which became a member of the League at the end of the previous Season pursuant to Rule B.4; A.1.165.“PSR Calculation” means, save as indicated below, the aggregation of a Club’s Adjusted Earnings Before Tax for T, T-1 and T-2. In respect of Season 2021/22, the PSR Calculation shall be the aggregation of: (a) the Adjusted Earnings Before Tax for T; (b) the mean of the Adjusted Earnings Before Tax of T-1 and T-2; and (c) the Adjusted Earnings Before Tax of T-3; A.1.166.“Radio Commentary Positions” means the commentary positions more particularly described in Rule K.55; A.1.167. “Radio Contract” means any contract entered into by the League other than an International Broadcast Contract or a UK Broadcast Contract for the Radio Transmission of League Matches; A.1.168.“Radio Contract Revenue” means revenue received by the League under any Radio Contract; A.1.169. “Radio Broadcaster” means a Person with which the League has entered into a Radio Contract and which is entitled to effect the Radio Transmission of League Matches in accordance with the terms of that contract; A.1.170. “Radio Transmission” means any terrestrial or satellite broadcast or transmission by cable of sounds of and/or commentary upon any League Match or inclusion thereof in a cable programme service and/or on the Internet and/or any relay of sound of and/or commentary upon any League Match whether to an open or closed user group by any means now existing or hereafter invented not consisting solely of storage and distribution of recorded sounds in tangible form whether such radio transmission is on a live or recorded basis in whole or as excerpts; A.1.171. “Relegated Club” means a Football League club which was relegated under the provisions of Rule C.14 at the end of any of the three previous Seasons and which remains relegated;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_11.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation through the Club’s share capital account or share premium reserve account; shares through the Club’s share capital account or share premium reserve account. between the Club and the equity participant and may if the Board so requires be guaranteeing company is of sufficient standing and (b) the terms of the satisfactory to the Board; Shares in the Club which confer in aggregate on the holder(s) thereof 10 per cent or Club. All or part of any such interest may be held directly or indirectly or by contract Guidance The Technical Specification is the detailed working document showing how the requirements of the Rules will be translated into working facilities at each Club’s Stadium on match days. For example, it will show the location of each of the required facilities, such as: • • • • • the television cameras; the dedicated rooms for Broadcasters such as the Television Studios; the location of the Mixed Zone; the location of the dedicated car park spaces; and the location of the Outside Broadcast Compound. 95 96 Rules: Section A A.1.184. “Secure Funding” means funds which have been or will be made available to the Club in an amount equal to or in excess of any Cash Losses which the Club has made in respect of the period from T-2 and is forecast to make up to the end of T+2. Secure Funding may not be a loan and shall consist of: (a) contributions that an equity participant has made by way of payments for shares (b) an irrevocable commitment by an equity participant to make future payments for This irrevocable commitment shall be evidenced by a legally binding agreement secured by one of the following: (i) a personal guarantee from the ultimate beneficial owner of the Club, provided that the Board is satisfied that (a) he/she is of sufficient standing and (b) the terms of the guarantee are satisfactory; (ii) a guarantee from the Club’s Parent Undertaking or another company in the Club’s Group, provided that the Board is satisfied that (a) the guarantee are satisfactory; (iii) a letter of credit from a Financial Institution of sufficient standing and an undertaking from the Club’s directors to the Premier League to call on the letter of credit in default of the payments from the equity participant being made; (iv) payments into an escrow account, to be paid to the Club on terms (v) such other form of security as the Board considers satisfactory; or (c) such other form of Secure Funding as the Board considers satisfactory; A.1.185.“Senior Safeguarding Lead” means the board-level representative appointed to that role by each Club in accordance with Rule S.3; A.1.186.“Shares” means shares or other equity securities; A.1.187.“Significant Interest” means the holding and/or possession of the legal or beneficial interest in, and/or the ability to exercise the voting rights applicable to, more of the total voting rights exercisable in respect of any class of Shares of the including, but not limited to, by way of membership of any Concert Party, and, for the purposes of determining whether an interest or interests amounts to a “Significant Interest”: (a) any rights or powers held by any Person shall be attributed to any Connected Person to that Person; and (b) any rights or powers held by an Associate or Nominee of any Person shall be attributed to that Person; A.1.188. “Signing-on Fee” means a lump sum payment payable under the terms of a contract between a Club and a Contract Player and which is expressed to be a signing-on fee; A.1.189. “Spent Conviction” means a conviction in respect of which the offender is treated as rehabilitated for the purposes of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 or, where this statute does not apply for any reason, a conviction which would be so treated had the provisions of the statute applied; A.1.190. “Squad List” means the list of up to a maximum of 25 Players eligible to participate in League Matches during a Season of whom a maximum of 17 may not be Home Grown Players; A.1.191.“Stadium” means the Club’s ground registered with the Board pursuant to Rule K.5; A.1.192. “Staff” means any employee of a Club or volunteer involved in any Activity on behalf of or with the authorisation of the Club and/or who works directly with (and/or has influence over) Children or Adults at Risk (or acts on their behalf in any way); A.1.193.“Stakeholders” has the meaning set out in Rule R.2; A.1.194.“Strip” means Players’ shirts, shorts and socks; A.1.195.“Subsidiary Undertaking” has the meaning set out in section 1162 of the Act; A.1.196.“Suitably Qualified Person” has the meaning given to it in Rule X.10; A.1.197.“Summer Transfer Window” has the meaning set out in Rule V.2; A.1.198.“T” means the Club’s Accounting Reference Period ending in the year in which assessment pursuant to Rules E.45 to E.52 takes place, and: (a) “T-1” means the Club’s Accounting Reference Period immediately preceding T; (b) “T-2” means the Club’s Accounting Reference Period immediately preceding T-1; (c) “T-3” means the Club’s Accounting Reference Period immediately preceding T-2; (d) “T+1” means the Club’s Accounting Reference Period immediately following T; and (e) “T+2” means the Club’s Accounting Reference Period immediately following T+1; A.1.199.“Team Doctor” means the Official described in Rules O.4 to O.5; A.1.200. “Technical Specification” means a specification, unique to each Club, showing how that Club will deliver each of the facilities, infrastructure requirements and services required of it pursuant to Rules K.43 to K.89 and K.133 to K.155 on the occasion of League Matches played at its Stadium;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_12.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation (including, for the avoidance of doubt such activities as they relate to female players 97 98 Rules: Section A A.1.215. “UK Broadcast Contract” means any contract entered into by the League for the Transmission of League Matches within the United Kingdom, the Republic of Ireland, the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands; A.1.216. “UK Broadcaster” means a Person with which the League has entered into a UK Broadcast Contract and which is entitled to effect the Transmission of League Matches in accordance with the terms of that Contract; A.1.217.“UK Broadcast Revenue” means revenue received by the League under any UK Broadcast Contract; A.1.218.“UK Content Session” has the meaning set out in Rule K.94; A.1.219.“UK TV Commentary Positions” means the commentary positions more particularly described in Rule K.52; A.1.220.“U21 Non-Home-Grown Player” means a Player who: (a) Is an Under 21 Player; (b) Is not a Home-Grown Player; and (c) Does not have a British passport or the right to work in the United Kingdom without a visa or such other valid form of right to remain; A.1.221. “Unapproved Competition” means any senior men’s first team football competition (not including any Approved Match(es)), whatever the format, scheduling or location, that is not an Approved Competition; A.1.222.“Under 21 Player” means a Player under the age of 21 as at 1 January in the year in which the Season concerned commences (i.e. for Season 2021/22 born on or after 1 January 2000); A.1.223.“VAR” has the meaning set out in Rule K.25; A.1.224. “Visiting Club” means the Club playing, which has played, which should play or which should have played a League Match at the Stadium of a Home Club or, where the Clubs participating in that League Match share a Stadium, the Club whose name last appears in respect of that League Match on the League’s fixture list; A.1.225.“Week by Week Contract” means a playing contract between a Club and a Player which is determinable by either party on seven days’ written notice; A.1.226.“Winter Transfer Window” has the meaning set out in Rule V.3; A.1.227.“Women’s Football Expenditure” means expenditure by a Club directly attributable to activities to train, educate and develop players involved in women’s football teams under the age of 18); A.1.228. “Working Day” means any day on which the League Office is open for normal business but excluding, unless the Board determines otherwise, a Saturday, a Sunday or a Bank or Public Holiday; A.1.201.“Television Gantry” means the television gantry more particularly described in Rules K.48 to K.50; A.1.202.“Temporary Transfer” has the meaning set out in Rule V.5; A.1.203. “Third Party Payment” means any payment made or liability incurred (other than Compensation Fees, remuneration or payments to or for the benefit of Intermediaries referred to in Rule H.1) by or on behalf of a Club in respect of a Player, including an Image Contract Payment; A.1.204. “Three-Year Compound CPI Formula” means, in respect of a three-Season period, a calculation compounding the consumer price index figure published by the Office of National Statistics for that three-year period; A.1.205. “Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue” means the total amount of UK Broadcast Revenue and International Broadcast Revenue payable to the League in respect of Season 2019/20, less the deductions referred to in Rules D.15 and D.18 and without giving effect to the Season 2019/20 Reduction; A.1.206.“Transfer Agreement” means an agreement between a Transferor Club and a Transferee Club for the permanent transfer of the registration of a Contract Player; A.1.207.“Transfer Window” has the meaning set out in Rule V.1; A.1.208. “Transferee Club” means a Club (or club) to which the registration of a Contract Player is, or is to be or has been transferred (including on the basis of a Temporary Transfer) or which, in the case of an Out of Contract Player, effects his New Registration; A.1.209. “Transferor Club” means a Club (or club) from which the registration of a Contract Player is, or is to be or has been transferred (including on the basis of a Temporary Transfer) or which, in the case of an Out of Contract Player, holds his registration under the provisions of Rule U.29.2; A.1.210. “Transmission” means any terrestrial or satellite broadcast of television or other moving pictures with or without sound or transmission by cable of moving pictures with or without sound or inclusion of moving pictures with or without sound in a cable programme service and/or on the Internet and/or relay of moving pictures with or without sound whether to an open or closed user group by any means now existing or hereafter invented not consisting solely of the storage and distribution of recorded pictures with or without sound in tangible form whether the said transmission is on a live or recorded basis in whole or as excerpts. “Transmitted” shall be construed accordingly; A.1.211.“TV Broadcaster” means a UK Broadcaster or an International Broadcaster; A.1.212.“UEFA” means the Union des Associations Européennes de Football; A.1.213.“UEFA Club Competition” means the club competitions organised by UEFA; A.1.214. “UEFA Club Licence” means the licence granted by The Football Association in accordance with the procedures set out in the Licensing Manual enabling Clubs (or clubs) to play in UEFA Club Competitions;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_13.GIF

Section A: Definitions and Interpretation Section A: Definitions and Interpretation must be guided at all times by the principles set out below, and Rules C.18 to C.30 the Competition, the Board and Clubs must always adhere to instructions from changes might impact upon the integrity of the Competition. These changes will 99 100 Rules: Section A A.8. In all matters relating to the consideration of any interruption to and/or the curtailment of a Competition and any consequential issues, the Board and Clubs shall be interpreted at all times in accordance with (and to give effect to) those principles: • The priority must always be to complete the relevant Competition if: (a) it is safe to do so; and (b) by completing the Competition, the subsequent Competition is not materially impacted. Curtailment of a Competition must always be a last resort; • In all matters related to the safety of staging League Matches and/or completing Government (or a competent public body, with powers delegated by Government); • Clubs must accept changes to normal playing conditions and schedules in order to ensure the completion of the Competition, notwithstanding the fact that such include (but not be limited to) those matters detailed at Rule C.18; and • The Board must have due regard to the collective interests of Clubs, together, the “Guiding Principles”; A.1.229.References to “written” or “in writing” shall be construed to include: (a) hard copy; (b) facsimile transmission; and (c) subject to any guidance issued by the Board, email (including any attachment to an email), but shall not include any form of electronic communication other than those listed in Rules (b) to (c) above. Where a communication is sent by email, the burden of proof of receipt shall be on the sender; A.1.230. “Youth Development Expenditure” means expenditure by a Club directly attributable to activities to train, educate and develop Academy Players net of any portion of Central Funds paid to Clubs solely for the purpose of such activities; and A.1.231.“Youth Development Rules” means the Youth Development Rules which accompany and are incorporated into these Rules. Interpretation A.2.Terms defined in Youth Development Rule 1 shall have the meanings set out in that rule. A.3. Unless the context otherwise requires: A.3.1. words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and A.3.2. words importing any particular gender shall include all other genders. A.4. References to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as they may be amended or re-enacted. A.5.The headings in these Rules are for convenience only and shall not affect their interpretation. A.6.Unless otherwise stated, the provisions of the Articles shall prevail in the event of any conflict with these Rules. A.7. These Rules shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law. Strictly without prejudice to the arbitration and other dispute resolution provisions of these Rules, disputes relating to these Rules shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_14.GIF

The League: Governance, Operations and Finance Section B: The League – Governance Section B: The League - Governance information to the Club may prejudice the interests of the League or one giving of a notice under Rule B.7, the Club giving such notice shall notify the Company the Board, such discretion, right or power shall, unless otherwise provided in these or as a sole right or power of the Board and shall when exercised be final and binding Chairman or the chief executive when the Board is required to exercise its function procedure for General Meetings as he/she thinks fit. Unless otherwise determined by item for inclusion on the agenda of a forthcoming General Meeting; and Guidance Pursuant to Rule B.7, by way of example, if a Club were to serve notice to resign during Season 2021/22, that resignation would only take effect from the end of Season 2024/25. Football Association shall vacate that office forthwith upon the giving of convened in accordance with the Articles or other working group or 101 102 Rules: Section B B.8. In the event that a Club gives notice under the provisions of Rule B.7: B.8.1. any Director of that Club who represents the League on the Council of The the notice; B.8.2. the Board may remove any Official of the Club from any committee advisory group; and B.8.3. the Board may restrict the Club’s access to confidential information of the League where it reasonably considers that disclosing such confidential or more other Club(s). B.9. Not earlier than the 1 March nor later than the 31 March in every year following the Secretary in writing whether such notice is confirmed or withdrawn. If no such notice is given in any year, the notice under Rule B.7 shall be deemed to have been withdrawn. B.10. Without prejudice to the powers contained in Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary), any Club purporting to resign otherwise than in accordance with Rules B.7 and B.9 shall on demand indemnify the League on behalf of itself and the Clubs remaining in membership of the League against all losses, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses whatsoever suffered or incurred by the League or such Clubs resulting directly or indirectly from such purported resignation including without limitation loss of income or profits from any Commercial Contract, UK Broadcast Contract, International Broadcast Contract or Radio Contract. Board Powers B.11.Where a discretion, right or power is expressed in these Rules to be exercisable by Rules or the Articles, be exercisable by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion and not subject to appeal. B.12.The Board may appoint any Person who is not an Official to deputise for either the under either Rules T.29, T.30, T.31, W.1 or Youth Development Rules 291, 292 and 294. Procedure at General Meetings B.13.Subject to the provisions of the Articles and the Act, the Chairman may regulate the the Chairman: B.13.1.Clubs must give to the League not less than 28 clear days’ notice of any B.13.2.two representatives from each Club may attend General Meetings, each of whom may speak but only one of whom shall be entitled to vote. Relationship between Clubs and the League B.14. Membership of the League shall constitute an agreement between the League and Club (both on its own behalf and on behalf of its Officials) and between each Club to be bound by and comply with: B.14.1.the Laws of the Game (and any protocols issued by the International Football Association Board); B.14.2.The Football Association Rules; B.14.3.the Articles; B.14.4.these Rules; Name and Membership B.1. The Competition shall consist of teams of those association football clubs playing in England and Wales not exceeding 20 in number which are from time to time members of the League. B.2. Each member Club shall on request give to the League the address of its registered office and shall provide to the League certified true copies of: B.2.1. its certificate of incorporation; B.2.2. its memorandum of association; B.2.3. its articles of association; and B.2.4. any amendments to the above documents. B.3. Subject to Rules C.25 to C.30, at the end of each Season the Board shall require each of the Clubs relegated in accordance with Rule C.14 to execute an instrument transferring its ordinary share in the League to such of the three clubs promoted to the League from The Football League as the Board directs. B.4. Upon such share transfers being registered in accordance with the Articles each of the Promoted Clubs will become a member of the League. B.5. A Club shall cease to be entitled to be a member of the League (and upon registration in accordance with the Articles of the transfer of its ordinary share in the League shall cease to be a member thereof) following: B.5.1. its relegation in accordance with Rule C.14; B.5.2. the receipt of a notice by the Board under the provisions of Article 10.1; B.5.3. its expulsion under the provisions of Rule B.6; or B.5.4. its resignation under the provisions of Rules B.7. B.6. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 27, the League may expel a Club from membership upon a special Resolution to that effect being passed by a majority of not less than three-quarters of such members as (being entitled to do so) vote by their representatives or by proxy at a General Meeting of which notice specifying the intention to propose the Resolution has been duly given. B.7. Any Club intending to resign as a member of the League may do so only with effect from midnight on the last day of the third Season following the Season in which notice is given.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_15.GIF

Section B: The League - Governance Section B: The League - Governance to the Council of The Football Association. The identity of such individual shall be the representative subject to ratification by Clubs in General Meeting. of The Football Association board of directors. The identity of such individual shall of the board of directors of The Football Association. The Board shall appoint the directors of The Football Association appointed in accordance with Rule B.21) two of the appointed PGB members shall be Football Association Council eligible for appointment: Guidance Where the Director is not a natural person, it must ensure that the individual signing the Owners’ Charter on its behalf is duly authorised to do so. formal position on any committee, advisory group, working group or similar entity (each a “Representative Body”) they will provide details to the League and Clubs Body where reasonably requested to do so and provided that the provision of such Body or place them in conflict or breach with any obligation owed to such 103 104 Rules: Section B B.25.Each Club shall ensure that, where any of its Officials or Directors is elected to a constituted by any domestic or international footballing body (including but not limited to The Football Association, UEFA, FIFA or the European Clubs’ Association) of meetings, agendas, points of discussion and decisions by the Representative information does not in any way prejudice their position on the Representative Representative Body. B.20.Under the articles of association of The Football Association, the League and The Football League are entitled to annually appoint a mutually agreed representative determined following consultation between the League and The Football League and appointed by the Board subject to ratification by the Clubs in General Meeting. B.21. Under the articles of association of The Football Association, the League is entitled to appoint annually one member of The Football Association board of directors. Any Person who is a Football Association council representative appointed in accordance with Rule B.19 or, if a representative of a regional division of The Football Association, a Person who is an Official, shall be eligible for appointment. The Board shall appoint B.22.Under the articles of association of The Football Association, the League and The Football League are entitled to appoint annually a mutually agreed upon member be determined following consultation between the League and The Football League and appointed by the Board subject to ratification by Clubs in General Meeting. B.23.Under the articles of association of The Football Association, the League is entitled to appoint four members of the Professional Game Board (the “PGB”), a committee four members of the PGB (one of whom shall always be the member of the board of subject to ratification by Clubs in General Meeting. Provided always that at least representatives appointed in accordance with Rule B.19, the following shall be B.23.1. an Official; B.23.2.a Football Association council representative appointed in accordance with Rule B.19; and B.23.3. a director or officer of the League. Owners’ Charter B.24.Each Director must, no later than 14 days before the commencement of each Season, provide to the League a copy of the Owners’ Charter signed by them. B.14.5.the statutes and regulations of FIFA; B.14.6.the statutes and regulations of UEFA; and B.14.7. the Regulations of the Professional Football Compensation Committee, each as amended from time to time. B.15. In all matters and transactions relating to the League each Club, Official and Director shall behave towards each other Club, Official, Director and the League with the utmost good faith. For the avoidance of doubt and by way of example only, it shall be a breach of the duties under this Rule to: B.15.1act dishonestly towards the League or another Club; or B.15.2engage in conduct that is intended to circumvent these Rules or obstruct the Board’s investigation of compliance with them. B.16.No Person bound by these Rules, including any Club (either by itself, its registered Players, Officials, Directors, employees or agents), shall do any of the following: (a) conduct itself in an abusive, derogatory, insulting, intimidating or offensive manner towards any (other) Club or the League or (where applicable in either case) any of its registered Players, Officials, Directors, employees or agents; (b) commit any act (or omission) or make any statement that is discriminatory by means of race, religion, gender, sexuality, colour or national or ethnic origin; or (c) commit any act (or omission) or make any statement that brings the game of football, the League, its competition, a Club, a Broadcaster or a party to a Commercial Contract into disrepute. B.17. No Club, Official or Director shall, without the Board’s prior written consent, either during the relevant Club’s membership of the League or at any time after its membership has terminated, disclose or divulge, either directly or indirectly, to any Person whatsoever or otherwise make use of any confidential information as to the business or finances of the League or any other Club or any of their dealings, transactions or affairs or as to any other matters which may come to its knowledge by reason of its membership, save to statutory and regulatory authorities or as may be required by law or to such Officials and Auditors of that Club to whom such disclosure is strictly necessary for the purpose of their duties and then only to the extent so necessary. For the avoidance of doubt, references to confidential information in this Rule shall be deemed to include all information and documents relating to any General Meeting or meeting of a committee convened in accordance with the Articles or other working group or advisory group (whether disclosed prior to, during or after such meeting). B.18. Without prejudice to the League’s powers of inquiry under Rule W.1, each Club shall comply promptly and in full with any request for information made by the League (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such request made pursuant to a demand from a statutory or regulatory authority). Football Association Representation B.19. Under the articles of association of The Football Association, the League is entitled to appoint annually seven representatives to the Council of The Football Association. Any Person who is an Official or a director or officer of the League shall be eligible for appointment. Six such representatives shall be elected by Clubs in General Meeting and one shall be appointed by the Board subject to ratification by Clubs in General Meeting.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_16.GIF

The League: Governance, Operations and Finance Section C: The League Competition Section C: The League Competition Matches against each other Club in the Competition during each Season, being the League Match. (COVID-19) and the Home Club is unable to secure a safety certificate in respect of the date, the time and the venue of which shall be determined by the Board. Guidance Rule A.1.94 defines the Home Club as ‘the Club at whose Stadium a League Match is or was or should be or should have been played or, where the Clubs participating in that League Match share a Stadium, the Club whose name first appears on the League’s fixture list ’ (emphasis added). Accordingly, save where specifically expressed to the contrary in these Rules, the rights and obligations set out in these Rules in respect to the Home Club shall remain in place, irrespective of whether the League Match(es) to which they relate are required to be held at a neutral ground in accordance with Rule C.1B. League Match which is drawn shall score one point. containing, in respect of each Club, the following information: Competition during that Season; the Competition during that Season; and scored in the Competition during that Season, the Club having scored the highest lowest number of points being at the bottom. League Table shall be determined on goal difference, that is to say, the difference in the Competition during that Season (“Goal Difference”), and the higher or Goal Difference the higher or highest placed Club shall be the Club having scored 105 106 Rules: Section C C.2. The winner of a League Match shall score three points. Each Club participating in a C.3. The results of League Matches shall be recorded by the Board in the League Table C.3.1. the number of League Matches played in the Competition during that Season; C.3.2. the number of League Matches won, drawn and lost as a Home Club in the C.3.3. the number of League Matches won, drawn and lost as a Visiting Club in the Competition during that Season; C.3.4. the number of goals scored in League Matches by and against that Club in C.3.5. the number of points scored in the Competition during that Season. C.4. The position of Clubs in the League Table shall be determined by the number of points number of points being at the top of the League Table and the Club having scored the C.5. If any two or more Clubs have scored the same number of points their position in the between the total number of goals scored by and against a Club in League Matches highest placed Club shall be the Club with the higher or highest Goal Difference. C.6. If any two or more Clubs have scored the same number of points and have the same the most goals in League Matches in the Competition during that Season. The League Competition C.1. Subject to Rules C.1A, C.1B, C.18 and C.25 to C.30, each Club shall play two League Home Club in respect of one such League Match and the Visiting Club in respect of the other. C.1A.In respect of Season 2021/22, the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19) shall apply to each C.1B.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol that specific League Match, that League Match will be played on a neutral ground, C.7. Subject to Rule C.17, if any two or more Clubs have scored the same number of points, have the same Goal Difference and have scored the same number of goals in League Matches in the Competition during that Season, they shall be deemed to occupy the same position in the League Table. Determination and Accreditation of Goals C.8. Goal Line Technology shall be utilised at League Matches (save that, for the avoidance of doubt, a League Match shall proceed even if Goal Line Technology is unavailable for part or all of it). The referee’s decision as to whether a goal has been scored shall be final. C.9. The League shall keep a record of the scorer of each goal in each League Match. C.10. The Board will review all goals scored in every League Match, and if there are any in respect of which the identity of the scoring Player is in doubt, then the issue shall be resolved by such means as the Board determines in advance of each Season. The League Championship C.11.Subject to Rules C.25 to C.30, the Club which is at the top of the League Table following the completion of the Competition shall be the League Champions. C.12. The League Champions shall receive a trophy which it shall return to the Board in good order and condition not later than three weeks before its final League Match of the subsequent Competition. C.13. The League Champions shall further receive 40 commemorative medals to be presented by the Club to its Manager and to such of its Players and Officials as it thinks fit provided that any Player who has entered the field of play in a minimum of five of its League Matches that Season shall receive from the Club a commemorative medal. Additional medals may only be presented with the consent of the Board which shall only be given if the total number of Players who have entered the field of play that Season in a minimum of five of the Club’s League Matches exceeds 39. Relegation C.14. Subject to Rules C.15 and C.25 to C.30, the bottom three Clubs in the League Table following the completion of the Competition shall be relegated to The Football League. C.15. If any Club ceases during the Season to be a member of the League, the record of the League Matches in which it has participated in that Season’s Competition shall be expunged from the League Table and, subject to Rules C.25 to C.30, the number of Clubs to be relegated following the completion of the Competition shall be reduced so as to maintain at 20 (or, if less, as near thereto as may be) the number of Clubs in membership of the League at the beginning of the next Season. C.16. If any Club ceases to be a member of the League other than by reason of relegation following the completion of the Competition but before the Board has fixed the dates of League Matches for the next Competition, the Board may invite the relegated club which attained the highest position in the League Table referred to in Rule C.3 following the completion of the previous Competition to rejoin the League.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_17.GIF

Section C: The League Competition Section C: The League Competition Directive is necessary to resolve an issue concerning the that is not adequately provided for in the Rules or Articles in Governance) or D (The League – Finance). revoke a Board Directive where: of the issuance of the Board Directive, that it/they wish to challenge the absolute discretion considers appropriate, that the decision to issue the which had applied its mind properly to the issues that formed the basis of invalidate any actions taken pursuant to the Board Directive prior to such revocation. the Board, provided that prior to tabling such a Curtailment Resolution the Board has: (the length and terms of which shall be in its absolute discretion); and 107 108 Rules: Section C C.20.1.disapplying the automatic consequences for any breach of the Rules by a Club (or any Person bound by the Rules); or C.20.2.modifying, limiting or adding to the requirements of the Rules, (in each case, a “Board Directive”). C.21.The Board: C.21.1.may only issue a Board Directive: C.21.1.1. for a specified period; and C.21.1.2. where it can demonstrate that the issuance of the Board interruption to, completion or curtailment of a Competition force at the relevant time; C.21.2.may not issue a Board Directive in respect of Sections B (The League – C.22.A Board Directive may be revoked: C.22.1.by the Board, by notice to Clubs in writing; C.22.2.by written notice signed by a simple majority of Clubs; or C.22.3.by the Chairman of the Judicial Panel in accordance with Rule C.23. C.23.The Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or his/her designee) shall have the power to C.23.1.he/she receives notice, signed by one or more Clubs, within two clear days Board Directive; and C.23.2.he/she determines, in accordance with such process as he/she in his/her Board Directive could not have been reached by any reasonable Board the Board Directive. C.24.Revocation of a Board Directive by any of the means referred to in Rule C.22 shall not C.25.A Curtailment Resolution may be tabled at any time during the course of a Season by C.25.1.engaged in a period of consultation with Clubs and relevant stakeholders C.25.2. determined that, after giving due consideration to the Guiding Principles, the tabling of a Curtailment Resolution is appropriate in all the circumstances. C.26.Where the Board intends to table a Curtailment Resolution, it shall convene a General Meeting at no fewer than two days’ notice for that purpose. C.27.For the avoidance of doubt, no Club (or group of Clubs) may table a Curtailment Resolution at any time. Determination of League Table Placings C.17. Notwithstanding Rules C.25 to C.30, if following the completion of the Competition either the League Champions or the Clubs to be relegated or the question of qualification for other competitions cannot be determined because two or more Clubs are equal on points, Goal Difference and goals scored, the relative position in the League Table of the Clubs will be determined by the following means: C.17.1. the total points scored by the relevant Clubs in the League Matches in that Season’s Competition contested by those Clubs (“Head-to-Head Matches”), with the Club having scored the highest number of points in Head-to-Head Matches occupying the highest position in the League Table and the Club having scored the lowest number of points in Head-to-Head Matches occupying the lowest position in the League Table; C.17.2. if the Clubs cannot be separated by operation of Rule C.17.1, the Club scoring the higher number of goals whilst the Visiting Club in Head-to-Head Matches occupying the higher position in the League Table; and C.17.3. if two Clubs cannot be separated by operation of Rule C.17.1 and C.17.2, a play-off on a neutral ground, the format, timing and venue of which shall be determined by the Board. Interruption to and/or Curtailment of a Competition C.18. Where the Board, acting reasonably, considers it necessary in order to ensure the completion of the Competition, it shall have the power to require any of the following (and shall have the power to disapply or modify such Rules as are necessary to give effect to these powers): C.18.1.Clubs to stage League Matches without spectators being admitted to the Stadium; C.18.2. that a League Match be played on a neutral ground, the date, the time and the venue of which shall be determined by the Board, where a safety certificate cannot be obtained for the staging of the League Match at the Home Club’s Stadium; C.18.3.Clubs to participate in a League Match, notwithstanding the fact that Goal Line Technology and/or VAR will not be utilised; C.18.4. having given due consideration to the health and safety of participating Players, that Clubs must participate in League Matches at more frequent intervals than initially scheduled in accordance with Rule L.1; and C.18.5. Clubs to comply with such protocols (whether in respect of training or staging of League Matches) as it deems necessary in the circumstances, including the Competition Interruption – Squad Management Protocol at Appendix 17 to these Rules. C.19. Where the Board intends to exercise any of the powers conferred on it under Rule C.18, it will confirm the same to all Clubs in writing, following which any failure by a Club to comply with the requirements under Rule C.18 shall be a breach of these Rules, liable to be dealt with under the provisions of Section W (Disciplinary). C.20. Without prejudice to the powers conferred on the Board pursuant to Rule C.18, where a Force Majeure Event occurs, in order to ensure the completion of the Competition, the Board may, by written notice to all Clubs and subject to Rule C.21, issue a directive:


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_18.GIF

Section C: The League Competition Section C: The League Competition 109 110 Rules: Section C C.28. The Board may, at the same time as it tables a Curtailment Resolution, table a further Resolution to determine (if Clubs approve the Curtailment Resolution) the sporting consequences of such a decision. Such Resolution may, depending on its terms, require The FA’s consent, in accordance with Article 7. C.29.Where a Competition remains uncompleted 80 clear days after the date of the last League Match in the Competition as scheduled pursuant to Rule L.1.1: C.29.1. the Competition shall be deemed automatically curtailed as at that point (and for the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement for any further formalities to effect such curtailment including, without limitation, the tabling and approval of a Curtailment Resolution); and C.29.2. the Board shall convene a General Meeting within 14 clear days to determine the sporting consequences of that curtailment. C.30. Where, following the curtailment of a Competition (whether pursuant to Rule C.25 or Rule C.29), sporting consequences fall to be considered by Clubs, each Club’s relative place in the League Table as at the point of curtailment shall be determined as follows: C.30.1.by reference to Average Points Per Game; C.30.2. if Clubs cannot be separated by operation of Rule C.30.1, by reference to Goal Difference (and the higher or highest placed Club shall be the Club with the higher or highest Goal Difference); C.30.3. if Clubs cannot be separated by operation of Rules C.30.1 or C.30.2, by reference to Average Goals Per Game (and the higher or highest placed Club shall be the Cub with the higher or highest Average Goals Per Game); and C.30.4. if Clubs cannot be separated by operation of Rules C.30.1, C.30.2 or C.30.3, by reference to the processes detailed at Rules C.17.1, C.17.2 and C.17.3.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_19.GIF

The League: Governance, Operations and Finance Section D: The League – Finance Section D: The League – Finance to time enforce any such obligation by setting off against amounts payable by the limitation setting off against payments of the type referred to in Rule D.25) or (if the any such Club, Relegated Club or Promoted Club to make a payment to the League. writing by the League. 111 112 Rules: Section D D.9. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Rule D.8, advances received or early payment of other contracted accounts may be treated as income of the financial period in which they are received provided that in each case a Resolution is passed to that effect. D.9A. For Season 2019/20 only, the allocation of UK Broadcast Revenue and International Broadcast Revenue in accordance with this Section D (The League – Finance) will have been subject to a reduction in the sum of the Season 2019/20 Reduction, which shall be borne by (i) Clubs in membership of the League in Season 2019/20; (ii) Relegated Clubs in Season 2019/20; and (iii) Promoted Clubs in Seasons 2020/21 and 2021/22, with each Club’s (and club’s) share calculated in accordance with Appendix 16. D.9B. The share of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by any Club, any Relegated Club and any Promoted Club shall be a financial obligation and shall be in the respective amounts calculated pursuant to Appendix 16. The League may from time League to any such Club, Relegated Club or Promoted Club (including without League is unable to enforce such obligations in full by set-off in this way) by requiring Operating and Other Expenses D.10. The operating and other expenses of the League shall be paid, at the discretion of the Board, out of International Broadcast Revenue, Commercial Contract Revenue, Radio Contract Revenue or any other income of the League excluding UK Broadcast Revenue. D.11. Subject to the prior approval of Clubs in General Meeting, the Board shall be empowered to require Clubs to pay to the League from time to time any sum by which its income, excluding UK Broadcast Revenue, falls short of the operating and other expenses of the League. D.12. Each Club and Relegated Club shall contribute to the Professional Game Youth Fund and to the Premier League Charitable Fund and other community and charitable initiatives and obligations such sum as is approved by a General Meeting, such contributions to be deducted from the distributions for the Basic Award Fund made pursuant to Rule D.17.1. Transmission of League Matches D.13.No Transmission shall be made of any League Match except: D.13.1.in accordance with any UK Broadcast Contract or International Broadcast Contract; D.13.2.as permitted by Rules K.37 and K.38; or D.13.3.in accordance with the terms of any express license or permission issued in D.14.No Radio Transmission shall be made of any League Match except in accordance with: D.14.1.any Radio Contract; D.14.2.any Club Radio Contract; or D.14.3.the terms of any express licence or permission issued in writing by the League. Obligations of the League D.1. Subject to the provisions of Article 49, the League shall enter into Commercial Contracts, UK Broadcast Contracts, International Broadcast Contracts and Radio Contracts with the intention in the case of each UK Broadcast Contract for the live Transmission of League Matches that each Club shall participate in at least one live televised League Match each Season. D.2. Each Club and each Contract Player shall comply with any reasonable request made on behalf of the League to allow the Player’s Image to be used to enable the League to fulfil its Commercial Contracts, UK Broadcast Contracts, International Broadcast Contracts and Radio Contracts, provided that, where the size of the product permits, the League shall not use the images of less than four Contract Players, each from a different Club, on any one product. Obligations of Clubs D.3. Subject to Rule D.7, Clubs shall provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the League to fulfil its Commercial Contracts, UK Broadcast Contracts, International Broadcast Contracts and Radio Contracts and shall not by any act or omission infringe any exclusive rights granted thereunder or otherwise cause any breach thereof to occur. For the avoidance of doubt only the League may enforce this Rule against a Club and no other Person shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to so enforce it. D.4. Each Club shall indemnify the League against any liability the League may incur in the event of a finding by a court of law or other body of competent jurisdiction that the League induced the Club to breach a contract with a third party as a result of requiring the Club to comply with Rule D.3. D.5. Each Club shall provide such reasonable rights, facilities and services at each League Match taking place at its Stadium as are reasonably required and as are authorised by any directive issued by the League pursuant to Rule D.6 to enable the Visiting Club in respect of the said League Match to comply with the terms of any Club Radio Contract to which it is party. D.6. The League shall issue from time to time directives to Clubs setting out those rights which may and may not be granted by any Club in any Club Radio Contract and each Club shall comply in all respects with any such directive. D.7.In the case of a Commercial Contract a Club shall not be bound to comply with Rule D.3 if: D.7.1. to do so would result in the Club being in breach of a contractual obligation entered into before the date of the Article 49 Resolution authorising or approving the Commercial Contract; or D.7.2. such Commercial Contract has not been entered into by the League within six months of the Article 49 Resolution relating to it. Accounting Practice D.8. Subject to Rules D.9, D.9A and D.9B and Appendix 16, all income of the League shall be allocated to its financial periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_20.GIF

Section D: The League – Finance Section D: The League – Finance International Broadcast Threshold Amount will be distributed to Clubs by International Broadcast Threshold Amount: to Clubs by way of fees in accordance with the Merit Based that the Fixed Central Funds Distribution Ratio is reached, any Method) so as to ensure that the Fixed Central Funds to enable the League to fulfil any Commercial Contract, as soon as practicable balance of Commercial Contract Revenue shall be distributed by way of fees equally provision of perimeter advertising boards at Stadia shall be distributed to those board inventory provided. after the end of each Season, subject to Rules D.33, E.19 and E.28, the balance of 113 114 Rules: Section D D.19.Subject to Rules D.9A, D.9B and D.33, in respect of each Season: D.19.1.all Net Distributable International Broadcast Revenue up to the way of fees in accordance with the Equal Share Distribution Method; D.19.2.where the Net Distributable International Broadcast Revenue exceeds the D.19.2.1. the International Broadcast Revenue Excess will be distributed Distribution Method, subject to Rule D.19.2.2; and D.19.2.2. where, as a result of the methods of distribution of Central Funds referred to in Rules D.15 to D.25, the Board determines further International Broadcast Revenue Excess will be distributed by the League to Clubs in such shares (whether by the Equal Distribution Method or the Merit Based Distribution Distribution Ratio is maintained. Distribution of Commercial Contract Revenue D.20.The League shall pay out of Commercial Contract Revenue: D.20.1.its operating and other expenses in accordance with Rule D.10; and D.20.2.any other sum approved by a Resolution. D.21.In consideration of Clubs providing such rights, facilities and services as are required during or after the end of each Season, subject to Rules D.22, D.33, E.19 and E.28, the between Clubs. D.22.Commercial Contract Revenue derived from a Commercial Contract relating to the Clubs that provide such boards in proportion in each case to the amount of perimeter Distribution of Radio Contract Revenue D.23.The League shall pay out of Radio Contract Revenue: D.23.1.its operating and other expenses in accordance with Rule D.10; and D.23.2.any other sum approved by a Resolution. D.24.In consideration of Clubs providing such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the League to fulfil any Radio Contract, as soon as practicable during or Radio Contract Revenue shall be distributed by way of fees equally between Clubs. Distribution of UK Broadcast Revenue D.15.Subject to Rules D.9A, D.9B and D.33, the League shall pay out of UK Broadcast Revenue: D.15.1. such sums as may be agreed from time to time shall be payable to the Professional Footballers’ Association for Players’ educational, insurance and benevolent purposes; and D.15.2.any other sum approved by a Resolution. D.16.Subject to Rules D.9A, D.9B and D.33, the balance of UK Broadcast Revenue shall be divided so that: D.16.1. one half shall comprise the Basic Award Fund; D.16.2. one quarter shall comprise the Merit Payments Fund; and D.16.3. one quarter shall comprise the Facility Fees Fund. Each of the Basic Award Fund and the Merit Payments Fund shall be divided into such number of shares as shall be required in either case to put into effect the provisions of Rules D.17.1, D.17.2 and D.25 and the Facility Fees Fund shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Rule D.17.3. D.17. Subject to Rules D.9A, D.9B and D.33, in consideration of Clubs providing such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the League to fulfil any UK Broadcast Contract: D.17.1. subject to Rules E.19, E.28 and E.32, the Basic Award Fund shall be distributed by way of fees to Clubs in accordance with the Equal Share Distribution Method and distributed to each Relegated Club in accordance with Rule D.25; D.17.2. as soon as practicable after the end of each Season, subject to Rules E.19 and E.28, the Merit Payments Fund shall be distributed by way of fees to Clubs in accordance with the Merit Based Distribution Method; and D.17.3. the Board shall in respect of each Season determine the amounts to be paid to Clubs by way of facility fees for League Matches which are televised live or of which recorded excerpts are broadcast. During or after the end of each Season, subject to Rules E.19 and E.28, such facility fees shall be paid out of the Facility Fees Fund to those Clubs which have participated in each of such League Matches, whether as a Home Club or a Visiting Club. Distribution of International Broadcast Revenue D.18.Subject to Rules D.9A, D.9B and D.33, the League shall pay out of International Broadcast Revenue: D.18.1. its operating and other expenses in accordance with Rule D.10; and D.18.2. any other sum approved by a Resolution. Thereafter, in consideration of Clubs providing such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the League to fulfil any International Broadcast Contract, as soon as practicable during or after the end of each Season, subject to Rules E.19, E.28, E.32 and K.42, Net Distributable International Broadcast Revenue shall be distributed by way of fees so that each Club and each Relegated Club receives such number of shares as shall be required to put into effect the provisions of Rules D.19 and D.25.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_21.GIF

Section D: The League – Finance Section D: The League – Finance over the entirety of its assets and undertaking on usual commercial terms. Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, Rules D.25 and D.26 will not apply to any Relegated Club that was relegated in Season 2014/15, Season 2013/14 or Season 2012/13. Instead, the relevant fees to be received by such Relegated Clubs will be calculated in accordance with the equivalent provisions of the 2014/15, 2013/14 or 2012/13 edition of the Rules, as applicable. D.19, D.21, D.24 and D.25. D.25 shall be accompanied by an account showing how it has been computed. over all or part of its entitlement to future distributions of Central Funds, it shall: effect to such charge, assignment or other grant of security; whereby the lender will confirm that: distributions of Central Funds is subject to the provisions of the the generality of the foregoing) to Rules E.19, E.28 and E.22; League associated in any way with the League’s application and 115 116 Rules: Section D Value Added Tax D.27.Value added tax shall be added to each fee paid in accordance with Rules D.17, D.18, Distribution Account D.28.Each distribution made under the provisions of Rules D.17, D.18, D.19, D.21, D.22 and Assignments of Central Funds D.29.If a Club or a Relegated Club proposes to charge, assign or otherwise grant security D.29.1.disclose to the League the proposed documentation with the lender giving D.29.2. not enter into the said proposed documentation without the prior written consent of the League (not to be unreasonably withheld); and D.29.3. procure that it and its lender enter into an agreement with the League D.29.3.1.it understands that the Club’s entitlement to future Articles and these Rules and in particular (without prejudice to D.29.3.2. it waives any and all claims of whatever nature against the and/or enforcement of the Rules referred to at Rule D.29.3.1; D.29.3.3. the Club has disclosed to it the Club’s current and future liabilities to other Clubs (and clubs) and the League will confirm that such disclosure accords with its records of such liabilities. D.30.Rule D.29 shall not apply to any assignment, charge or other grant of security by a Club of its future entitlement to Central Funds as part of a fixed and floating charge D.31. Without the express, prior consent of the Board, no Club or Relegated Club may charge, assign or otherwise grant security over its entitlement to Central Funds in accordance with Rule D.29 to any Person other than a Financial Institution. D.32. Without prejudice to Rule D.31, above, the Board may still refuse to permit any proposed charge, assignment or grant of security under Rule D.29 by a Club or Relegated Club to a Financial Institution, where the ownership or structure of that Financial Institution conflicts with any of these Rules. Financial Consequences of the Curtailment of a Competition D.33. Where a Competition is curtailed in accordance with Rules C.25 or C.29, the methods of distribution of Central Funds to Clubs and Relegated Clubs detailed in Rules D.15 to D.26 shall be varied as necessary to give effect to the following process: D.33.1. The total amount of Central Funds that would have been payable in respect of that Competition, less any reduction as a result of the curtailment shall hereinafter be referred to as “Reduced Central Funds”; D.33.2. Reduced Central Funds shall be allocated to Clubs and Relegated Clubs as follows: D.33.2.1 each Club’s relative place in the League Table as at the point of curtailment shall be identified using the processes detailed in Rule C.30 (its “Forecast League Position”); D.33.2.2. the Board shall forecast the facility fees that would have been payable to each Club had the Competition been completed by: (a) pro-rating the number of its League Matches that had been televised live prior to curtailment; (b) pro-rating the number of League Matches that had been announced for live broadcast in the UK but not yet played prior to curtailment and (c) respecting the minimum Club guaranteed facility fee allocation as budgeted for that Competition (its “Forecast Live TV Picks”); D.33.2.3. the Board shall then calculate the percentage share of Central Funds that would have been allocated to each Club and Relegated Club for that Competition, had the Competition been completed (in the case of Clubs) by reference to its position in the League Table and Forecast Live TV Picks for the completed Competition (the “Forecast Central Funds Percentage”); D.33.2.4. the Reduced Central Funds shall then be allocated so that each Club and Relegated Club receives its Forecast Central Funds Percentage. D.34. For the avoidance of doubt, Central Funds distributed prior to the point of curtailment will form part of each Club’s (and Relegated Club’s) share of Reduced Central Funds resulting in a balancing amount due to or from the League to give effect to the process outlined in Rule D.33. Relegated Clubs D.25.Subject to Rules D.9A, D.9B, D.26, D.33, E.19, E.28, and E.32, each Relegated Club shall receive the following fees: D.25.1.in the first Season after being relegated, a sum equivalent to 55% of the Relegated Club Shares; D.25.2.in the second Season after being relegated, a sum equivalent to 45% the Relegated Club Shares; and D.25.3.in the third Season after being relegated, a sum equivalent to 20% of the Relegated Club Shares. D.26.A Relegated Club that was in membership of the League for only one Season immediately prior to being relegated will not receive the fee set out in Rule D.25.3.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_22.GIF

Section D: The League – Finance Section D: The League – Finance Guidance By way of example of the operation of Rule D.33.2, where: • • the Reduced Central Funds in respect of a Competition is £1 billion; using the methods referred to in Rule D.33.2.1, Club A’s place in the League Table is 10th, with 15 League Matches televised live and a further 3 League Matches due to be televised live; the Board determines that, had the Competition been completed as scheduled, Club A would have had 25 League Matches televised live and if finishing the Competition in 10th place in the League Table, the Club would have received 10% of the total Central Funds payable in respect of that Competition, • Club A will receive £100 million from the Reduced Central Funds. 117 118 Rules: Section D


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_23.GIF

Clubs: Finance and Governance Section E: Clubs – Finance Section E: Clubs – Finance regards the matters set out in Rule E.4; they relate; and auditors have issued anything other than an unqualified opinion without Season prove that, subject to Rule E.10: Transfer Agreement entered into prior to the preceding 31 December; and an Academy Manager, a Team Doctor and a senior physiotherapist Rule P.13 and a safety officer; and has been paid or the date for payment has been extended by means of a procedure of the League, The Football Association, UEFA or FIFA. 119 120 Rules: Section E E.7.2. be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles adopted in the preparation of the Club’s Annual Accounts; E.7.3. be presented in a similar format to the Annual Accounts including as E.7.4. include in the profit and loss account and cashflow statement comparative figures for the same period in the preceding year; E.7.5. include a balance sheet as of the end of the preceding financial year; E.7.6. be approved in writing by the board of directors of the company to which E.7.7. be reviewed or audited in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. E.8. Rule E.5 shall apply to the interim accounts (with appropriate modification) if the modification on them. E.9. Each Club must by 7 April (or such later date as the Board shall specify) in each E.9.1. no Compensation Fee, Loan Fee or Contingent Sum payable pursuant to a E.9.2.no sum payable to or in respect of an employee in relation to services provided prior to the preceding 31 December (including PAYE and NIC), is or was overdue as at the preceding 31 March. E.10. For the purpose of Rule E.9: E.10.1. “employee” means a Player, a Manager, any Official referred to in Rule J.1, referred to in Rule O.12, an assistant manager or head coach referred to in E.10.2. an amount shall not be treated as overdue as at 31 March if by that date it written agreement with the creditor or it is the subject of current litigation or arbitration proceedings or has been submitted to a dispute resolution E.11. By 31 March in each Season, each Club shall submit to the Board in respect of itself (or if the Club considers it appropriate or the Board so requests in respect of the Group of which it is a member) future financial information comprising projected profit and loss accounts, cash flow, balance sheets and relevant explanatory notes commencing from its accounting reference date or, if it has submitted interim accounts pursuant to Rule E.6, from the date to which those interim accounts were prepared and expiring on the next accounting reference date after the end of the following Season (“Future Financial Information”). The projected profit and loss accounts, cash flow and balance sheets shall be prepared at a maximum of quarterly intervals. Power to Inspect E.1. Without prejudice to its powers of inquiry under Rule W.1, the Board either by itself or by any Person appointed by it shall be empowered to inspect the financial records of any Club which it reasonably suspects has acted in breach of these Rules. Club Bank Accounts E.2. Each Club shall submit to the Board Form 2 signed by two Directors of the Club and specifying a bank account (which must be registered with a Financial Institution), to be in the name of and controlled by the Club, into which the League shall pay monies due to the Club from the League in accordance with and subject to these Rules save that if that Club has assigned its entitlement to such monies or any part of them, payment will be made by the League as directed in the assignment. Submission of Club Accounts E.3. Each Club shall by 1 March in each Season, submit to the Board a copy of its Annual Accounts in respect of its most recent financial year or if the Club considers it appropriate or the Board so requests the Group Accounts of the Group of which it is a member (in either case such accounts to be prepared and audited in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements) together with a copy of the directors’ report for that year and a copy of the auditors’ report on those accounts. E.4. The accounts referred to in Rule E.3 shall: E.4.1. include separate disclosure within the balance sheet or notes to the accounts, or by way of supplementary information separately reported on by its auditors by way of procedures specified by the Board, of the total sums payable and receivable in respect of Compensation Fees, Contingent Sums and Loan Fees; and E.4.2. include a breakdown within the profit and loss account or the notes to the accounts, or by way of supplementary information separately reported on by its auditors by way of procedures specified by the Board, of revenue in appropriate categories such as gate receipts, sponsorship and advertising, broadcasting rights, commercial income and other income. E.5. If the auditors’ report on the accounts submitted pursuant to Rule E.3 contains anything other than an unqualified opinion without modification, the Club shall at the Board’s request submit such further documentary evidence as the Board shall require (including, but not limited to, Future Financial Information). E.6. If the Annual Accounts of a Club or Group Accounts submitted pursuant to Rule E.3 are prepared to a date prior to 30 November in the Season of submission, such Club or Group shall by the following 31 March submit to the Board interim accounts covering the period commencing from its accounting reference date and ending on a date between the following 30 November and 1 March. E.7. The interim accounts shall: E.7.1. comprise a balance sheet, a profit and loss account, a cash flow statement and relevant explanatory notes;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_24.GIF

Section E: Clubs – Finance Section E: Clubs – Finance preparation of the Club’s Annual Accounts (except where the accounting the Annual Accounts and interim accounts submitted pursuant to Rules E.3 required to submit to the Board pursuant to Rules E.3, E.6 and E.9 by 1 Rules E.3 and E.4 or Rule E.13; Rule E.6 or Rule E.13; as required by Rule E.11 or Rule E.13; March; or the Group submitted pursuant to Rule E.3 and Rule E.6 respectively or modification; or the Club pursuant to Rules E.3 to E.13, and having taken into account any reasonable opinion it determines that the Club will not over the course of 121 122 Rules: Section E E.12. The Future Financial Information shall: E.12.1. be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles adopted in the principles and policies are to be changed in the subsequent Annual Accounts, in which case the new accounting principles and polices should be followed); E.12.2. be approved in writing by the board of directors of the company to which they relate; E.12.3. include in the explanatory notes thereto principal assumptions and risks; and E.12.4. include for comparison profit and loss accounts for the period covered by and E.6, a forecast for the current financial year and a balance sheet as at the date of the interim accounts submitted pursuant to Rule E.6. E.13. Each Promoted Club shall by 30 June in the year of its promotion submit to the Board: E.13.1. copies of the documents and other information that it would have been March of that year had it then been a member of the League; E.13.2. Future Financial Information commencing from 1 July in the year of its promotion and expiring on the Club’s next accounting reference date after the end of the following Season; and E.13.3. any further documentary evidence required pursuant to Rules E.5 and E.8. E.14. The Board shall have the powers set out in Rule E.15 if: E.14.1. the Club has failed to submit to the Board Annual Accounts as required by E.14.2. the Club has failed to submit to the Board interim accounts as required by E.14.3. the Club has failed to submit to the Board the Future Financial Information E.14.4. the Board has asked the Club to submit further documentary evidence pursuant to Rule E.5, Rule E.8 or Rule E.13 and the Club has failed to do so within such reasonable deadline that is specified by the League; E.14.5. the Club has failed to satisfy the Board that no sums of the kind set out in Rule E.9 (and subject to Rule E.10) were overdue as at the preceding 31 E.14.6. the auditors’ report on the Annual Accounts or interim accounts of the Club Rule E.13 contains anything other than an unqualified opinion without E.14.7. as a result of its review of all the documents and information submitted by failure of the Club to supply any such documents or information, in its the following Season be able to: E.14.7.1. pay its liabilities to the creditors listed in Rule E.21 (in so far as they are or will become creditors of the Club) and to its employees as they fall due; E.14.7.2. fulfil its obligation under Rule C.1 to play two League Matches against each other Club; or E.14.7.3. fulfil its obligations under Rule D.3 to provide such rights, facilities and services as are required to enable the League to fulfil its Commercial Contracts, UK Broadcast Contracts, International Broadcast Contracts and Radio Contracts. E.15. The powers referred to in Rule E.14 are: E.15.1. to require the Club to submit, agree and adhere to a budget which shall include, but not be limited to, the matters set out in Rule H.1.1 to H.1.3; E.15.2. to require the Club to provide such further information as the Board shall determine and for such period as it shall determine; and E.15.3. to refuse any application by that Club to register any Player or any new contract of an existing Player of that Club if the Board reasonably deems that this is necessary in order to ensure that the Club complies with its obligations listed in Rule E.14.7. HMRC E.16. Each Club shall provide quarterly certification in such form as the Board may request from time to time to confirm that its liabilities to HMRC in respect of PAYE and NIC are no more than 28 days in arrears. E.17.Each Club shall promptly on request from the Board: E.17.1. provide confirmation (to be signed by two Directors) as to whether it has any outstanding liabilities to HMRC, and if it has it shall provide the Board with full details thereof (including details of any agreements which are in place with HMRC as regards such liabilities); and E.17.2. provide HMRC with written permission in such form as HMRC may require for HMRC to share information about the Club’s liabilities to HMRC with the League. E.18. Where the Board reasonably believes that a Club’s liabilities in respect of PAYE & NIC are more than 28 days in arrears it may exercise the powers set out in Rule E.15. Power to Deduct E.19. If the Board is reasonably satisfied that a Club or Relegated Club (“the debtor Club”) has failed to make any payment due to any creditor of the description set out in Rule E.21, the Board shall be empowered to: E.19.1. deduct the amount of any such payment from any distribution of UK Broadcast Revenue, International Broadcast Revenue, Commercial Contract Revenue or Radio Contract Revenue (“Central Funds”) payable to the debtor Club, paying the same to the creditor to which it is due; and


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_25.GIF

Section E: Clubs – Finance Section E: Clubs – Finance to voluntarily wind it up; of the 1986 Act; of the 1986 Act; been submitted to and approved in writing by the Board; or outside England and Wales which is analogous with the insolvency E.26.2. any matches organised as part of the Games Programmes or matches in 123 124 Rules: Section E E.23.3.an ‘Administrative Receiver’ (as defined by section 251 of the 1986 Act), a ‘Law of Property Act Receiver’ (appointed under section 109 of the Law of Property Act 1925) or any ‘Receiver’ appointed by the court under the Supreme Court Act 1981 or any other ‘Receiver’ is appointed over any of its assets which, in the opinion of the Board, are material to the Club’s ability to fulfil its obligations as a member of the League; E.23.4. its shareholders pass a resolution pursuant to section 84(1) of the 1986 Act E.23.5.a meeting of its creditors is convened pursuant to section 95 or section 98 E.23.6.a winding up order is made against it by the court under section 122 of the 1986 Act or a provisional liquidator is appointed over it under section 135 E.23.7. it ceases or forms an intention to cease wholly or substantially to carry on its business save for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation or otherwise in accordance with a scheme of proposals which have previously E.23.8. it enters into or is placed into any insolvency regime in any jurisdiction regimes detailed in Rules E.23.1 to E.23.6 hereof. E.24. A Club shall forthwith give written notice to the Board upon the happening of any of the events referred to in Rule E.23. E.25. At the discretion of the Board exercised in accordance with Rule E.31, a suspension may take effect from the giving of the notice or it may be postponed subject to: E.25.1. a condition that while the suspension is postponed the Club may not apply to register or have transferred to it the registration of any Player; and E.25.2.such other conditions as the Board may from time to time during the postponement of the suspension think fit to impose. E.26. Unless a suspension is postponed, a suspended Club shall not play in: E.26.1. any League Match; the Professional Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Youth Development Rules); E.26.3.any Approved Competition; or E.26.4. any other match. E.27. For the purposes of the League competition, the Board shall have power to determine how the cancellation of a League Match caused by the suspension of one of the Clubs which should have participated in it shall be treated. E.19.2. withhold any distribution of Central Funds otherwise due to the debtor Club to the extent of any liabilities falling due from the debtor Club to any creditor of the description set out in Rule E.21 within the period of 60 days after the due date of the distribution of the Central Funds to the debtor Club, and pay the same to the creditor on the date when it is due to that creditor should the debtor Club fail to do so. E.20. The Board shall only have the powers set out in Rule E.19.2 if the debtor Club has failed to make any payment when due (whether or not paid thereafter) to a creditor of the description set out in Rule E.21 within the period of 120 days immediately prior to the due date of distribution of the Central Funds to the debtor Club. E.21. The creditors to which Rule E.19 applies are: E.21.1. another Club (or club); E.21.2. the League; E.21.3.any Associated Undertaking, Fellow Subsidiary Undertaking, Group Undertaking, or Subsidiary Undertaking of the League; E.21.4. any pension or life assurance scheme administered by or on behalf of the League; E.21.5.The Football League; E.21.6.any Associated Undertaking, Fellow Subsidiary Undertaking, Group Undertaking, or Subsidiary Undertaking of The Football League; or E.21.7. the Football Foundation. E.22. If any Transferee Club acts in breach of Rules V.29 or V.32 to V.36 inclusive: E.22.1. Rule V.37 shall apply; and E.22.2. out of any monies held by the Board for or on behalf of or to the order of that Transferee Club (whether in the Compensation Fee Account or otherwise), the Board shall have power to pay to its Transferor Club any amount not exceeding the sum due to it from the Transferee Club under the provisions of this Section of these Rules. Events of Insolvency E.23. Subject to Rule E.31, the Board shall have power to suspend a Club by giving to it notice in writing to that effect if it or its Parent Undertaking suffers an Event of Insolvency, that is to say: E.23.1. it enters into a ‘Company Voluntary Arrangement’ pursuant to Part 1 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (“the 1986 Act”) or a compromise or arrangement with its creditors under Part 26 of the 1986 Act or enters into any compromise agreement with its creditors as a whole; E.23.2. it or its shareholders or Directors lodge a ‘Notice of Intention to Appoint an Administrator’ or ‘Notice of Appointment of an Administrator at the Court’ in accordance with paragraph 26 or paragraph 29 of Schedule B1 to the 1986 Act or where it or its shareholders or Directors make an application to the court for an ‘Administration Order’ under paragraph 12 of Schedule B1 to the 1986 Act or where an Administrator is appointed or an ‘Administration Order’ is made in respect of it (‘Administrator’ and ‘Administration Order’ having the meanings attributed to them respectively by paragraphs 1 and 10 of Schedule B1 to the 1986 Act);


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_26.GIF

Section E: Clubs – Finance Section E: Clubs – Finance provisions of Rule D.17; under the provisions of Rules D.18 and D.19; provisions of Rule D.24. Football Association); the extent of such contribution. Creditors have been settled, the Board shall have power, subject to Rule E.31, to Enterprise Act 2002 as are relevant and then in force; shareholders and sponsors; association football generally; and 125 126 Rules: Section E E.28. While pursuant to this Section of these Rules a Club is suspended or its suspension is postponed, the Board shall have power, subject to Rule E.31, to make such payments as it may think fit to the Club’s Football Creditors out of: E.28.1. any UK Broadcast Revenue payable to the suspended Club under the E.28.2.any International Broadcast Revenue payable to the suspended Club E.28.3. any Commercial Contract Revenue payable to the suspended Club under the provisions of Rule D.21; and E.28.4. any Radio Contract Revenue payable to the suspended Club under the E.29. For the purposes of this Section of these Rules, Football Creditors shall comprise: E.29.1. The Football Association and clubs in full or associate membership thereof; E.29.2. Affiliated Associations (as defined by the articles of association of The E.29.3. the League and any subsidiary of it; E.29.4. The Football League, the National League, the Northern Premier League, the Southern Premier League and the Isthmian Football League; E.29.5. the Professional Footballers’ Association; E.29.6. the Football Foundation; E.29.7. any employee or former employee of the suspended Club to whom arrears of wages or salary are due, to the extent of such arrears; and E.29.8. any pension provider to which a pension contribution payable by the suspended Club in respect of its employees or former employees is due, to E.30.Upon being reasonably satisfied that a suspended Club’s liabilities to its Football withdraw the suspension of that Club by giving to it notice in writing to that effect. E.31. In exercising its powers under Rules E.23, E.28, E.30 and E.33 and its discretion under Rule E.25, the Board shall have regard to all the circumstances of the case and to: E.31.1. such of the provisions of the 1986 Act, the Competition Act 1998 and the E.31.2. the consideration (if any) given by the insolvent Club under the provisions of Rules D.17, D.18, D.19, D.21 and D.24; E.31.3.the interests of the insolvent Club’s Officials, Players, supporters, E.31.4. the interests of the insolvent Club’s other Football Creditors; E.31.5. the need to protect the integrity and continuity of the League competition; E.31.6. the reputation of the League and the need to promote the game of E.31.7. the relationship between the Club and its Parent Undertaking, in the event that the Parent Undertaking suffers the Event of Insolvency. E.32. Any distribution to a Relegated Club under the provisions of Rules D.17 or D.18 may be deferred if, on or before the date of the distribution, the Relegated Club has been given notice under article 4.5 of the articles of association of The Football League which has been suspended. Upon such notice being withdrawn the deferred distribution shall be paid but if in consequence of the notice the club to which it was due ceases to be a member of The Football League its amount shall be added to the next distribution made in accordance with these Rules. Sporting Sanction E.33. Upon a Club or its Parent Undertaking suffering an Event of Insolvency the Board shall have the power to impose upon the Club a deduction of nine points scored or to be scored in the League competition. If the Board exercises this power it shall forthwith give written notice to the Club to that effect. E.34. Subject to Rule E.35, the Club may appeal against the deduction of points by sending or delivering to the Board Form 3 so that it receives the same together with a deposit of £1,000 within seven days of the date of the notice given under the provisions of Rule E.33. E.35. The only ground upon which a Club may appeal in accordance with Rule E.34 is that: E.35.1. the Event of Insolvency was caused by and resulted directly from circumstances, other than normal business risks, over which it could not reasonably be expected to have had control; and E.35.2.its Officials had used all due diligence to avoid the happening of such circumstances. E.36. An appeal under the provisions of Rule E.34 shall lie to an appeal tribunal which shall hear the appeal as soon as reasonably practicable. The appeal tribunal shall be appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel and shall comprise three members of the Judicial Panel including: E.36.1. an authorised insolvency practitioner; and E.36.2. a legally qualified member who shall sit as chairman of the tribunal. E.37. The chairman of the appeal tribunal shall have regard to the procedures governing the proceedings of Commissions and Appeal Boards set out in Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary) but, subject as aforesaid, shall have an overriding discretion as to the manner in which the appeal is conducted. E.38. The Club shall have the burden of proving the matters set out in the appeal. The standard of proof shall be the balance of probabilities. E.39. The appeal tribunal shall make its decision unanimously or by majority. No member of the appeal tribunal may abstain. E.40. The appeal tribunal shall give written reasons for its decision.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_27.GIF

Section E: Clubs – Finance Section E: Clubs – Finance any consideration from Related Party Transactions having been adjusted (if calculation of its Adjusted Earnings Before Tax for each of T, T-1, T-2 and T-3. apply: considers sufficient; and the Board shall refer the breach to a Commission constituted pursuant to T-1, T-2 and T-3 in which the Club was in membership of The Football League. Guidance The Board will in due course consider the Annual Accounts for the Accounting Reference Period in respect of which information pursuant to Rule E.45.2 is submitted and in particular examine whether any material variances indicate that the estimated financial information was not prepared in accordance with Rule E.45.2.2. 127 128 Rules: Section E E.46. The Board shall determine whether consideration included in the Club’s Earnings Before Tax arising from a Related Party Transaction is recorded in the Club’s Annual Accounts at a Fair Market Value. If it is not, the Board shall restate it to Fair Market Value. E.47. The Board shall not exercise its power set out in Rule E.46 without first having given the Club reasonable opportunity to make submissions as to: E.47.1. whether the said consideration should be restated; and/or E.47.2. what constitutes its Fair Market Value. E.48. If the aggregation of a Club’s Earnings Before Tax for T-1, T-2 and T-3 results in a loss, appropriate) pursuant to Rule E.46, then the Club must submit to the Board the E.49. If the PSR Calculation results in a loss of up to £15m, then the Board shall determine whether the Club will, until the end of T+1, be able to pay its liabilities described in Rule E.14.7.1 and fulfil the obligations set out in Rules E.14.7.2 and E.14.7.3. E.50. If the PSR Calculation results in a loss of in excess of £15m then the following shall E.50.1. the Club shall provide, by 31 March in the relevant Season, Future Financial Information to cover the period commencing from its last accounting reference date (as defined in section 391 of the Act) until the end of T+2 and a calculation of estimated aggregated Adjusted Earnings Before Tax until the end of T+2 based on that Future Financial Information; E.50.2.the Club shall provide such evidence of Secure Funding as the Board E.50.3. if the Club is unable to provide evidence of Secure Funding as set out in Rule E.50.2, the Board may exercise its powers set out in Rule E.15. E.51. If the PSR Calculation results in losses of in excess of £105m: E.51.1. the Board may exercise its powers set out in Rule E.15; and E.51.2. the Club shall be treated as being in breach of these Rules and accordingly Section W of these Rules. E.52. The sum set out in Rule E.51 shall be reduced by £22m for each Season covered by E.41. The appeal tribunal shall have the following powers: E.41.1. to allow or dismiss the appeal; E.41.2. to order the deposit to be forfeited to the League or repaid to the appellant Club; and E.41.3. to order the appellant Club to pay or contribute to the costs of the appeal including the fees and expenses of members of the appeal tribunal. E.42. The decision of the appeal tribunal shall be final and binding on the appellant Club. General E.43. Each Club shall notify the League forthwith of any circumstances which may materially and adversely affect any of the information or representations submitted to the League pursuant to this Section E, and on consideration of those circumstances the Board may, if it considers it appropriate, amend any decision or determination that it made based on such information or representations. E.44. The information and representations referred to in Rule E.43 include, without limitation: E.44.1. Future Financial Information; E.44.2. the estimated profit and loss account submitted pursuant to Rule E.45.2; and E.44.3. information and undertakings provided to the League in connection with Secure Funding. Profitability and Sustainability E.45. Each Club shall by 1 March in each Season submit to the Board: E.45.1. copies of its Annual Accounts for T-1 (and T-2 if these have not previously been submitted to the Board) together with copies of the directors’ report(s) and auditors’ report(s) on those accounts; E.45.2. its estimated profit and loss account and balance sheet for T which shall: E.45.2.1. be prepared in all material respects in a format similar to the Club’s Annual Accounts; and E.45.2.2. be based on the latest information available to the Club and be, to the best of the Club’s knowledge and belief, an accurate estimate as at the time of preparation of future financial performance; and E.45.3. if Rule E.48 applies to the Club, the calculation of its aggregated Adjusted Earnings Before Tax for T, T-1 and T-2 in Form 3A.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_28.GIF

Clubs: Finance and Governance Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test voluntary arrangement); of the 1986 Act); County Courts Act 1984); Bankruptcy Restriction Order or a Bankruptcy Order (or any equivalent have been a Director of a Club which has suffered an Event of Insolvency if her having resigned as a Director of that Club); while he/she has been a Director of them, has suffered an Event of direct or indirect (for example a direction to Persons subject to the otherwise engage or retain the services of an individual); by a professional body including, without limitation, the Law Society, the Accountants of England and Wales or any equivalent body in any 129 130 Rules: Section F F.1.9. he/she becomes the subject of: F.1.9.1. an Individual Voluntary Arrangement (including any fast track F.1.9.2. a debt relief order (in accordance with the provisions of Part 7A F.1.9.3. an administration order (in accordance with Part 6 of the F.1.9.4. an enforcement restriction order (in accordance with the provisions of Part 6A of the County Courts Act 1984); F.1.9.5. a debt management scheme or debt repayment plan (in accordance with provisions of Chapter 4 of Part 5 of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007), or any equivalent provision in any other jurisdiction which has a substantially similar effect, and in each case as may be amended from time to time; F.1.10.he/she becomes the subject of an Interim Bankruptcy Restriction Order, a provisions in any jurisdiction which has a substantially similar effect); F.1.11. he/she is or has been a Director of a Club which, while he/she has been a Director of it, has suffered two or more unconnected Events of Insolvency in respect of each of which a deduction of points was imposed (and for the purposes of this Rule F.1.11 and Rule F.1.12 a Person shall be deemed to such Event of Insolvency occurred in the 30 days immediately following his/ F.1.12.he/she has been a Director of two or more Clubs (or clubs) each of which, Insolvency in respect of each of which a deduction of points was imposed; F.1.13. he/she is subject to a suspension or ban from involvement in the administration of a sport by any ruling body of a sport that is recognised by the International Olympic Committee, UK Sport, or Sport England, another of the home country sports councils, or any other national or international sporting association or governing body, whether such suspension or ban is jurisdiction of the ruling body that they should not employ, contract with or F.1.14. he/she is subject to any form of suspension, disqualification or striking-off Solicitors’ Regulation Authority, the Bar Council or the Institute of Chartered jurisdiction outside England and Wales, whether such suspension, disqualification or striking-off is direct or indirect (for example a direction to Persons subject to the jurisdiction of the professional body that they should not employ, contract with or otherwise engage or retain the services of an individual); F.1.15. he/she has been an Official at a Club (or held an equivalent role at a club) that has been expelled from either the League, the EFL, the National League, Isthmian League, Northern Premier League, Southern Football League, the FA Women’s Super League or the FA Women’s Championship whilst he/she was an Official of that Club (or held an equivalent role at a club) or in the 30 days immediately following his/her resignation from the Club (or club); Disqualifying Events F.1. A Person shall be disqualified from acting as a Director and no Club shall be permitted to have any Person acting as a Director of that Club if: F.1.1. he/she has been found by a Commission to have acted in breach of Rules B.24, or L.9; F.1.2. he/she has accepted a sanction proposed by the Board pursuant to Rule W.3.6 that he/she should be disqualified from acting as a Director of the Club, as a result of a breach of Rules B.24, or L.9; F.1.3. in relation to the assessment of his/her compliance with Rule F.1 (and/or any similar or equivalent rules of The Football League or The Football Association) at any time, he/she has: F.1.3.1. failed to provide all relevant information (including, without limitation, information relating to any other individual who would qualify as a Director but has not been disclosed, including where he/she or they are acting as a proxy, agent or nominee for another Person); or F.1.3.2. provided false, misleading or inaccurate information; F.1.4. either directly or indirectly he/she is involved in or has any power to determine or influence the management or administration of another Club or Football League club; F.1.5. either directly or indirectly he/she holds or acquires any Significant Interest in a Club while he/she either directly or indirectly holds any interest in any class of Shares of another Club; F.1.6. he/she becomes prohibited by law from being a director (including without limitation as a result of being subject to a disqualification order as a director under the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986 (as amended or any equivalent provisions in any jurisdiction which has a substantially similar effect) (“the CDDA”), or being subject to the terms of an undertaking given to the Secretary of State under the CDDA unless a court of competent jurisdiction makes an order under the CDDA permitting an appointment as a Director); F.1.7. he/she has a Conviction (which is not a Spent Conviction) imposed by a court of the United Kingdom or a competent court of foreign jurisdiction: F.1.7.1. in respect of which an unsuspended sentence of at least 12 months’ imprisonment was imposed; F.1.7.2. in respect of any offence involving any act which could reasonably be considered to be dishonest (and, for the avoidance of doubt, irrespective of the actual sentence imposed); F.1.7.3. in respect of an offence set out in Appendix 1 (Schedule of Offences) or a directly analogous offence in a foreign jurisdiction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, irrespective of the actual sentence imposed); F.1.8. in the reasonable opinion of the Board, he/she has engaged in conduct outside the United Kingdom that would constitute an offence of the sort described in Rules F.1.7.2 or F.1.7.3, if such conduct had taken place in the United Kingdom, whether or not such conduct resulted in a Conviction;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_29.GIF

Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test imposed), or has admitted breaching (irrespective of whether disciplinary or elsewhere). Guidance Where these Rules impose an obligation on a Director (or proposed Director) to submit a Declaration (whether under this Rule F.2 or Rule F.24) and the Director (or proposed Director) concerned is not a natural person, it must ensure that the individual signing the Declaration on its behalf is duly authorised to do so and to bind that Director to comply with the obligations placed upon it by these Rules. respect of each of its Directors signed as aforesaid. of doubt by virtue of being a shadow director but not including any instance where a a duly completed Declaration in respect of that Person signed by him/her by and subject to the Rules; Club whether or not he/she is liable to be disqualified as a Director under from the Board pursuant to Rule F.4.2 above that he/she is not liable to be 131 132 Rules: Section F F.3. Within 21 days of becoming a member of the League each Club promoted from The Football League shall likewise submit to the Board a duly completed Declaration in F.4. If any Person proposes to become a Director of a Club (including for the avoidance Person is proposing to acquire Control of the Club): F.4.1. the Club shall, no later than 10 Working Days prior to the date on which it is anticipated that such Person shall become a Director, submit to the Board and by an Authorised Signatory, at which point that Person shall be bound F.4.2. within five Working Days of receipt thereof the Board shall confirm to the the provisions in Rule F.1, and if he/she is so liable the Board will take the steps set out in Rule F.6; and F.4.3. he/she shall not become a Director until the Club has received confirmation disqualified as a Director under the provisions of Rule F.1. Change of Director’s Circumstances F.5. Upon the happening of an event which affects any statement contained in a submitted Declaration: F.5.1. the Director in respect of whom the Declaration has been made shall forthwith give full written particulars thereof to his/her Club; and F.5.2. the Club shall thereupon give such particulars in writing to the Board. F.1.16.he/she is required to notify personal information pursuant to Part 2 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003; or F.1.17. he/she is found to have breached (irrespective of any sanction actually proceedings were brought or not): F.1.17.1. Rule J.6; or F.1.17.2. any other rules in force from time to time in relation to the prohibition on betting on football (whether in England or Wales F.1.18.he/she is an Intermediary and/or is registered as an intermediary or agent pursuant to the regulations of any national member association of FIFA. Submission of Declaration F.2. Not later than 14 days before the commencement of each Season each Club shall submit to the Board a duly completed Declaration in respect of each of its Directors signed by the Director to which it refers and by an Authorised Signatory, who shall not be the same Person. Disqualification of a Director F.6. Upon the Board becoming aware by virtue of the submission of a Declaration or in the circumstances referred to in Rule F.5 or by any other means that a Person is liable to be disqualified as a Director under the provisions of Rule F.1, the Board will: F.6.1. give written notice to the Person that he/she is disqualified, giving reasons therefore, and (in the case of a Person who is a Director) require him/her forthwith to resign as a Director; and F.6.2. give written notice to the relevant Club that the Person is disqualified, giving reasons therefore, and (in the case of a Person who is a Director) in default of the Director’s resignation, it shall procure that within 28 days of receipt of such notice the Director is removed from his/her office as such. Disciplinary Provisions F.7. Any Club which fails to comply with its obligations under the foregoing provisions of this Section of these Rules or which submits a Declaration which is false in any particular shall be in breach of these Rules and will be liable to be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). F.8. Any Director who fails to comply with his/her obligations under the foregoing provisions of this Section of these Rules or who fails to complete and sign a Declaration and any Director or Authorised Signatory who signs a Declaration which is false in any particular shall likewise be in breach of these Rules and liable to be dealt with as aforesaid. Suspension of the Club F.9. If a Director who receives a notice under the provisions of Rule F.6.1 fails to resign and his/her Club fails to procure his/her removal from office as required, or if a Club proceeds with the appointment as a Director of a Person to whom Rule F.4 applies despite having received a notice under the provisions of Rule F.6.2, the Board shall have power to suspend the Club by giving to it notice in writing to that effect. F.10. A suspended Club shall not play in: F.10.1.any League Match; F.10.2. any matches organised as part of the Games Programmes or matches in the Professional Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Youth Development Rules); F.10.3. any Approved Competition; or F.10.4.any other match. F.11. For the purposes of the League competition, the Board shall have power to determine how the cancellation of a League Match caused by the suspension of one of the Clubs which should have participated in it shall be treated. F.12. Upon being reasonably satisfied that the Director of the suspended Club has resigned or has been removed from office, the Board shall have power to withdraw the suspension by giving to it notice in writing to that effect.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_30.GIF

Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test notice(s) will remain in full effect. of the date of that notice, send or deliver to the Board a notice of appeal, setting out of £1,000. or a finding of the conduct referred to in Rule F.1.8 or a suspension or ban by striking-off by a professional body under Rule F.1.14, or a finding of a breach finding, disqualification or striking-off, should not lead to disqualification; the notice of appeal, cease to exist; and 5 June 2009 for an offence which would not have led to disqualification period; or hear the appeal as soon as reasonably practicable. The appeal tribunal shall be the Judicial Panel including a legally qualified member who shall sit as chairman of complaint. The standard of proof shall be the balance of probabilities. of the appeal tribunal may abstain. 133 134 Rules: Section F Appeal against Disqualification of a Director F.13. Any Person or Club who receives notice under Rule F.6 has a right to appeal the disqualification notice(s) in accordance with the following Rules. However, for the avoidance of doubt, unless and until any such appeal is upheld, the disqualification F.14. Any Person or Club wishing to appeal a disqualification notice must, within 21 days full details of the grounds of appeal of that Person or Club, together with a deposit F.15.The only grounds upon which a Person or Club may appeal a disqualification notice are: F.15.1.none of the Disqualifying Events set out in Rule F.1 apply; F.15.2. in respect of a Conviction of a court of foreign jurisdiction under Rule F.1.7, a sport ruling body under Rule F.1.13, or a suspension, disqualification or of rule by a ruling body of football pursuant to Rule F.1.17.2, there are compelling reasons why that particular Conviction, suspension, ban, F.15.3. it can be proven that the Disqualifying Event has, or will within 21 days of F.15.4. the Disqualifying Event is a Conviction imposed between 19th August 2004 as a Director under the Rules of the League as they applied during that F.15.5. the Disqualifying Event is a Conviction which is the subject of an appeal which has not yet been determined and in all the circumstances it would be unreasonable for the individual to be disqualified as a Director pending the determination of that appeal. F.16. An appeal under the provisions of Rule F.13 shall lie to an appeal tribunal which shall appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel and shall comprise three members of the tribunal. F.17. The chairman of the appeal tribunal shall have regard to the procedures governing the proceedings of Commissions and Appeal Boards set out in Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary) but, subject as aforesaid, shall have an overriding discretion as to the manner in which the appeal is conducted. F.18.The Person or Club advancing the appeal shall have the burden of proving the F.19. The appeal tribunal shall make its decision unanimously or by majority. No member F.20. The appeal tribunal shall give written reasons for its decision. F.21. The appeal tribunal shall have the following powers: F.21.1. to allow the appeal in full; F.21.2. to reject the appeal; F.21.3. if it determines that a Disqualifying Event exists, to determine that the individual concerned should not be banned for that period during which they will remain subject to it and substitute such period as it shall reasonably determine, having regard to all of the circumstances of the case; F.21.4. to declare that no Disqualifying Event ever existed or that any Disqualifying Event has ceased to exist; F.21.5. to order the deposit to be forfeited to the League or to be repaid to the appellant person or Club; and F.21.6. to order the appellant Person or Club to pay or contribute to the costs of the appeal including the fees and expenses of members of the appeal tribunal. F.22. The decision of the appeal tribunal shall be final and binding on the appellant Person and Club. Persons Prohibited by Law from entering the United Kingdom etc F.23. No Person may acquire any Holding in a Club if, pursuant to the law of the United Kingdom or the European Union: F.23.1. he/she is prohibited from entering the United Kingdom; or F.23.2. no funds or economic resources may be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for his/her benefit. Acquisition of Control F.24.If any Person proposed to acquire Control of a Club: F.24.1. the Club and/or the Person shall, as far in advance of the proposed acquisition of Control as reasonably possibly and in any event no later than 10 Working Days prior to the date on which it is anticipated that such acquisition of Control will take place: F.24.1.1. submit to the Board a duly completed Declaration in respect of each Person who will become a Director upon the proposed acquisition of Control; and F.24.1.2. submit to the Board up-to-date Future Financial Information prepared to take into account the consequences of the acquisition of Control on the Club’s future financial position; and F.24.2. the Board shall have power to require the Club and/or the Person who proposed to acquire Control to appear before it and to provide evidence of the source and sufficiency of any funds which that Person proposes to invest in or otherwise make available to the Club. F.25. In relation to any proposed acquisition of Control of a Club by a Person, the Board shall have the powers set out in Rule E.15 and/or the ability to impose such other conditions as in each case it may determine in order to monitor and/or ensure compliance with Sections E, F, G and/or I of these Rules (and their successor or replacement provisions).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_31.GIF

Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test Section F: Owners’ and Directors’ Test 135 136 Rules: Section F F.26.No Person may acquire Control of a Club and no Club may permit a Person to acquire Control of it until such time as: F.26.1. the Board provides confirmation that all Persons that are required to do so have complied with the process set out in Rule F.24.1.1 and no such Persons are liable to be disqualified as a Director under the provisions of Rule F.1; F.26.2. the Board provides confirmation of its satisfaction with the information provided pursuant to Rule F.24.1.2; and F.26.3. the Club and Person proposing to acquire Control have acceded to any powers and/or accepted any conditions imposed pursuant to Rule F.25. F.27. Any Director or Official of a Club who (whether intentionally, negligently or recklessly) causes, allows or permits any Person to acquire Control of the Club in breach of Rule F.26 shall be in breach of these Rules and will be liable to be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). Without limitation to the foregoing, where any act of the Club, any Group Undertaking or any Director or Official thereof recognises: F.27.1. any Person as meeting the definition of Director; or F.27.2. any form of transfer (legal or beneficial) or any trust or joint ownership arrangements in relation to any share and the rights which may be exercised by a shareholder, without having first complied with Rule F.26 in full, it will constitute a breach of these Rules by that Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_32.GIF

Clubs: Finance and Governance Section G: Disclosure of Ownership and Other Interests Section G: Disclosure of Ownership and Other Interests determine how the cancellation of a League Match caused by the suspension of one 137 138 Rules: Section G G.9.At the discretion of the Board, a suspension may take effect forthwith or it may be postponed subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit to impose. G.10.Unless a suspension is postponed, a suspended Club shall not play in: G.10.1. any League Match; G.10.2. any matches organised as part of the Games Programmes or matches in the Professional Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Youth Development Rules); G.10.3. any Approved Competition; or G.10.4. any other match. G.11.For the purposes of the League competition, the Board shall have power to of the Clubs which should have participated in it shall be treated. G.12.The Board shall have power to remove a Club’s suspension imposed under Rule G.8 upon being satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to it are no longer extant. Disclosure of Ownership and Other Interests G.1.A Club shall forthwith give notice in Form 5 to the Board if any Person either directly or indirectly: G.1.1.holds; G.1.2.acquires; or G.1.3.having held or acquired, ceases to hold, any Significant Interest in the Club. G.2.A Club shall forthwith give notice to the Board if it either directly or indirectly: G.2.1.holds; G.2.2.acquires; or G.2.3.having held or acquired, ceases to hold, any Significant Interest in any other Club (or club) and in this Rule G.2, the definition of Significant Interest shall be deemed to apply to clubs in the same way as to Clubs. G.3.A Club shall forthwith give notice to the Board if it is aware or if it becomes aware that any holder of a Significant Interest in it either directly or indirectly: G.3.1.holds; G.3.2.acquires; or G.3.3.having held or acquired, ceases to hold, any Significant Interest in any other Club (or club) and in this Rule G.3, the definition of Significant Interest shall be deemed to apply to clubs in the same way as to Clubs. G.4.A notice given pursuant to the provisions of Rule G.1, G.2 and G.3 shall: G.4.1.identify the Person holding, acquiring or ceasing to hold the Significant Interest in question; G.4.2. set out all relevant details of the Significant Interest including without limitation the number of Shares, their description and the nature of the interest; and G.4.3. set out where appropriate the proportion (expressed in percentage terms) which the relevant Shares in respect of which the Significant Interest exists bear to the total number of Shares of that class in issue and of the total issued Shares. G.5.Each Club shall publish the identities of the ultimate owner of each Significant Interest in the Club. G.6. The Board shall maintain a register which shall include the particulars set out in Rule G.4 and the said register shall be available for inspection by any Club by prior appointment. G.7. Each Club shall forthwith give notice in writing to the Board if any Person identified in a notice given in accordance with Rule G.1.1 or Rule G.1.2 either directly or indirectly holds acquires or ceases to hold any Holding in the Club. G.8. The Board shall have power to suspend a Club if either directly or indirectly a Person acquires a Significant Interest in that Club while such Person either directly or indirectly holds any Holding in any class of Shares of another Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_33.GIF

Clubs: Finance and Governance Section H: Directors’ Reports Section H: Directors’ Reports part of it is false or misleading in any way and any Director noting his unwillingness misleading in any way will, in either case, be in breach of these Rules and will be liable 139 140 Rules: Section H H.7.Any Director who for any reason is unwilling to sign Form 6 shall nevertheless submit Form 6 to the League, noting his/her unwillingness to sign and giving full reasons. H.8.Any Director signing a Form 6 who knows or ought reasonably to know that it or any to sign a Form 6 knowing that such note or the reasons given by him/her are false or to be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). H.9.Managers, Players and Officials shall cooperate fully with the Directors of their Club in the preparation of Form 6. Material Transactions H.1. For the purposes of these Rules, Material Transactions shall comprise any payment or financial obligation (or any series of connected payments or financial obligations relating to the same transaction) made or undertaken by or to or in favour of a Club and recorded in its accounting and administration records which relates to any of the following: H.1.1. Compensation Fees, Contingent Sums or Loan Fees; H.1.2.remuneration of Players (including, for this purpose, any benefits they are entitled to receive); H.1.3. payments to or for the benefit of Intermediaries; or H.1.4. Third Party Payments, and remuneration of and payments to or for the benefit of Players or Intermediaries shall in each case include payments made by or on behalf of a Club to or for the benefit of a Player or Intermediary (as the case may be) including, for this purpose, to any company or trust in which the Player or Intermediary (as the case may be) has an interest. Record of Material Transactions H.2. Brief particulars of each Material Transaction sufficient to identify its date(s), its amount(s), the payer, the payee and the nature of it shall be recorded by a Club and the record shall be made available on demand to its Directors, its auditors and the League. H.3. Directors of a Club (including non-executive Directors) shall take such steps as are reasonably necessary to satisfy themselves that their Club’s record of Material Transactions is complete and correct. Transfer Policy H.4. Each Club shall formally adopt, and make available to the League at its request, a written transfer policy identifying who on its behalf has authority to negotiate and approve Material Transactions. H.5.Each Club shall ensure that all its Material Transactions are: H.5.1.negotiated and approved in accordance with its written transfer policy; and H.5.2.documented and recorded as required by relevant provisions of these Rules and The Football Association Rules. H.6.Each Club shall, if requested to do so by the League, submit to the League Form 6 signed and dated by each of the Directors of the Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_34.GIF

Clubs: Finance and Governance Section I: Associations and Influence Section I: Associations and Influence 141 142 Rules: Section I Associations between Clubs I.1.A Club shall not either directly or indirectly: I.1.1. apply to hold or hold any Holding in another Club or Football League club; I.1.2. issue any of its Shares or grant any Holding to another Club or Football League club; I.1.3. lend money to or guarantee the debts or obligations of another Club or Football League club; I.1.4. borrow money from another Club or Football League club or permit another Club or Football League club to guarantee its debts or obligations; I.1.5. be involved in or have any power to determine or influence the management or administration of another Club or Football League club; or I.1.6. permit any other Club or Football League club to be involved in or have any power to determine or influence its management or administration. Club Officials I.2. An Official of a Club shall not: I.2.1. be an Official of another Club or Football League club; or I.2.2. either directly or indirectly be involved in or have any power to determine or influence the management or administration of another Club or Football League club. I.3. A Club shall not appoint as an Official anybody who: I.3.1. is an Official of another Club or Football League club; or I.3.2. either directly or indirectly is involved in or has any power to determine or influence the management or administration of another Club or Football League club. Dual Interests I.4.No Person may either directly or indirectly be involved in or have any power to determine or influence the management or administration of more than one Club. I.5. No Person may either directly or indirectly hold or acquire any Significant Interest in a Club while such Person either directly or indirectly holds any Holding in another Club. I.6. A Club shall not either directly or indirectly issue Shares of any description or grant any Holding to any Person that either directly or indirectly already holds a Significant Interest in another Club. Club Contracts I.7. No Club shall enter into a contract which enables any other party to that contract to acquire the ability materially to influence its policies or the performance of its teams in League Matches, any matches in the Professional Development Phase Games Programme or the Professional Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Youth Development Rules) or in any Approved Competition.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_35.GIF

Clubs: Finance and Governance Section J: Miscellaneous Section J: Miscellaneous Programmes or Professional Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Official or Player of any Club; or any Person. made verbally or in writing) in or in connection with an application for a UEFA Club 143 144 Rules: Section J J.6. No Club, Official or Player may, in connection with betting on an event in, or on the result of, a League Match or a match in a competition which forms part of the Games the Youth Development Rules): J.6.1. offer or receive a payment or any form of inducement to or from any Club or J.6.2. receive or seek to receive any payment or other form of inducement from UEFA Club Licence Applicants J.7. Any Club, Authorised Signatory or other Official making a false statement (whether Licence or falsifying a document produced in support of or in connection with such an application shall be in breach of these Rules and shall be liable to be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). Football Foundation J.8. Each Club must make available one half page of advertising or editorial material in match programmes for the benefit of The Football Foundation. Employment of Officials J.1. Without limitation to the requirements to employ specific members of staff found elsewhere in these Rules, each Club shall employ and provide written terms of reference to: J.1.1. an Official who shall be responsible for running the daily business of the Club with the support of a sufficient number of administrative staff in suitable and appropriately equipped offices, who can be contacted during normal office hours; J.1.2. an Official who holds a nationally recognised qualification as an accountant or auditor, or who has sufficient experience to demonstrate his/her competence as such, who shall be responsible for the Club’s finances; J.1.3. a press or media officer who holds a nationally recognised qualification in journalism or who has sufficient experience to demonstrate his competence as a press or media officer; J.1.4. one or more supporter liaison officer(s), whose roles and responsibilities are set out in Rule R.1; and J.1.5. one or more disability access officer(s), whose roles and responsibilities are set out in Rule R.4. J.2. Each Club shall bind each of its Officials: J.2.1. to comply with these Rules during the period of their appointment or employment and in the case of Rule B.17 at all times thereafter; and J.2.2. to seek its permission before contributing to the media (whether on television, radio, online or otherwise). J.3. Save as otherwise permitted by these Rules, no Club shall directly or indirectly induce or attempt to induce any Player, Manager, assistant manager, head coach or other senior first team football coach of another Club (or Football League club) to terminate a contract of employment with that other Club (or Football League club) (whether or not by breach of that contract) or directly or indirectly approach any such employee with a view to offering employment without the consent of that other Club (or Football League club). J.4. Each Club shall adopt and each Club, Manager, Official, Player and Academy Player shall observe, comply with and act in accordance with the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Standard set out in Appendix 2 to these Rules. Betting J.5. Prior to entering into (or performing any aspect of) a Gambling Related Agreement, the Club shall procure that the other party (or parties) to the Gambling Related Agreement shall enter into an agreement with the League pursuant to which it shall agree with the League in the terms set out in Rules J.5.1 to J.5.2: J.5.1. it will provide accurate and complete information forthwith to the League in the event that the League is exercising its powers to enquire into any suspected or alleged breach of these Rules; and J.5.2. it will not permit any form of gambling on any game referred to in Youth Development Rules 1.16(b)(ii), 1.16(b)(iii), and 1.16(c) to (e) or on any match including a Club in the UEFA Youth League.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_36.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements the proposed location; and majority of which shall be covered, and there shall be no standing terraces. area of its Stadium with a fixed or moveable roof shall provide to the Board a copy League Match the playing area is covered or partially covered by a fixed or moveable any such approval the Board shall consult with all Clubs and shall take into account one for the Visiting Club) the minimum area of which in each case (excluding showers, or more additional dressing room(s) for Match Officials, ensuring suitable separate room which shall be near the Players’ and Match Officials’ dressing rooms and Officials, and representatives of Broadcasters and contractors of the League prior entrance; to the area between the team coach and the Players’ entrance; 145 146 Rules: Section K K.6.5. would not to any material extent adversely affect Clubs (or Football League clubs) having their registered grounds in the immediate vicinity of K.6.6. would enhance the reputation of the League and promote the game of association football generally. All Seater Grounds K.7. Spectators admitted to a Stadium shall be offered only seated accommodation, the Ground Regulations K.8.Each Club shall ensure that sufficient copies of the official notice entitled “Ground Regulations” published by the League are displayed prominently at its Stadium. Covered Stadia K.9. Any Club applying for planning permission to cover or partially cover the playing of its application together with copies of all submitted plans. K.10. No League Match shall take place at any Stadium where during the playing of the roof without the prior written approval of the Board. Before giving or refusing to give their representations. Dressing Rooms K.11. Each Club shall provide two dressing rooms for Players (one for the Home Club and baths and toilets) shall be 30 square metres. In addition, each Club shall provide one accommodation for any female Match Official appointed. Drug-testing Room K.12. Each Club shall provide accommodation capable of being used as a drug-testing inaccessible to the public and media. Security K.13. In order to safeguard the Players, Directors and Officials of each Club, Match to, during and after a League Match, each Home Club shall procure that: K.13.1. the Visiting Club’s team coach is able to park adjacent to the Players’ K.13.2. barriers are placed so as to prevent members of the public gaining access Safety Certificate K.1. Subject to Rule K.2, each Club shall hold a current safety certificate for its Stadium issued in accordance with the provisions of the Safety of Sports Grounds Act 1975. K.2. If a Club has a ground-sharing agreement in respect of its Stadium it shall be a term thereof that either the Club or the other party to the agreement shall hold a current safety certificate for that Stadium. Ownership of Ground and Training Facilities K.3. Each Club shall either own its Stadium and training facilities or have a legally enforceable agreement with its owner for its use by the Club, expiring not earlier than the end of the current Season. Ground Sharing K.4. No Club shall have or enter into a ground-sharing agreement in respect of its Stadium unless the agreement contains legally enforceable provisions to the effect that: K.4.1. the playing of the Club’s League Matches at the Stadium shall always take precedence over the activities of the other party to the agreement; and K.4.2. the Club shall have the ability to postpone other activities scheduled to take place on the pitch in the 48 hours immediately preceding the kick-off of a League Match where, in the reasonable opinion of the Club, there is a risk that such activity might result in the subsequent postponement or abandonment of the League Match. Ground Registration K.5. Each Club shall register its Stadium with the Board and, subject to Rule C.1B, must play all matches in the competitions listed in Rule A.1.11 for which it is the Home Club at the Stadium. No Club shall move to another Stadium (either on a permanent or temporary basis) without first obtaining the written consent of the Board, in accordance with Rule K.6, below. K.6. In considering whether to give any such consent, the Board shall have regard to all the circumstances of the case (including, but not limited to, the factors set out in this Rule K.6) and shall not consent unless reasonably satisfied that such consent: K.6.1. would be consistent with the objects of the League as set out in the Memorandum; K.6.2. would be appropriate having in mind the relationship (if any) between the locality with which by its name or otherwise the applicant Club is traditionally associated and that in which such Club proposes to establish its Stadium; K.6.3. would not to any material extent adversely affect such Club’s Officials, Players, supporters, shareholders, sponsors and others having an interest in its activities; K.6.4. would not have a material adverse effect on Visiting Clubs;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_37.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements K.13.5. access to the Match Officials dressing room is controlled in compliance Compound and each of the Hardwired camera positions. Guidance In order to assess whether policing and/or stewarding is ‘adequate’ for the purposes of this Rule, it is recommended that Clubs engage in appropriate risk assessments. shall be 105 metres and its breadth 68 metres. Season by giving written notice thereof in Form 7 to the Board. by an independent expert certifying its pitch dimensions. must be cut to the same height. The grass shall be cut so as to display straight, other form of pitch presentation (such as circular or diagonal patterns) is permitted. throughout the Season and the Board may require a Club to take such steps as the adequate standard. 147 148 Rules: Section K K.14.Each Home Club shall further procure that Players and Match Officials are provided with a safe and secure: K.14.1. means of access to and egress from the Stadium prior to and after the League Match; K.14.2. environment in which to play the League Match; and K.14.3. means of access to and egress from the pitch prior to the kick-off of a League Match, at the beginning and end of the half-time interval and upon the conclusion of the League Match. The Pitch K.15. Unless otherwise permitted by the Board, in League Matches the length of the pitch K.16. The Board shall only give permission to a Club for the dimensions of its pitch to be other than as set out in Rule K.15 if it is impossible for it to comply with Rule K.15 due to the nature of the construction of its Stadium. K.17. A Club shall register the dimensions of its pitch before the commencement of each K.18. The Board may at any time require a Club to obtain and submit to the Board a report K.19. No Club shall alter the dimensions of its pitch during the Season without the prior written consent of the Board. K.20. The height of the pitch grass shall not exceed 30mm and the entire playing surface parallel lines across the entire width of the pitch, perpendicular to the touchlines. No K.21. Each Club shall take all reasonable steps to maintain its pitch in good condition Board shall specify if it is not satisfied that the pitch is being maintained to an K.13.3. a parking area is provided for Officials of the Visiting Club and Match Officials close to their respective points of entry to the Stadium; K.13.4. the Players’ entrance as well as the parking area and the points of entry referred to are adequately policed or stewarded; and with guidance as issued by PGMOL and approved by the Board; and K.13.6. there is adequate policing and/or stewarding of the Outside Broadcast K.22. Each Club shall provide and maintain at its Stadium an undersoil heating system for its pitch and shall ensure, so far as is reasonably possible, that the pitch is playable on the occasion of each home League Match. Pitch Protection K.23. In order to protect the pitch, unless otherwise mutually agreed between both participating Clubs, the following procedures shall be adopted by Players and Officials in the periods immediately before and after a League Match and at half time: K.23.1. the pitch shall only be used for warming up or warming down by Players named on Form 8 plus an additional goalkeeper; K.23.2. pre-match warming up by either team shall not commence until 45 minutes before the kick-off time at the earliest, shall not last for more than 30 minutes, and shall end no later than 10 minutes before the kick-off time; K.23.3. if portable goals are provided they shall be used for all goalkeeping drills (other than crossing practice) and direct shooting drills; K.23.4. the goalmouth area shall be used by goalkeepers only if portable goals are not provided or for crossing practice (for not more than 20 minutes) or for the completion of a ‘pattern of play’ drill (for not more than 10 minutes); K.23.5. for the purposes of warming up and warming down each team shall use only part of the pitch between the edge of a penalty area and the half way line as directed by any ‘pitch map’ produced by the Home Club; K.23.6. all speed and stamina work shall be undertaken off the pitch parallel to the touchline opposite the side to be patrolled by the assistant referee or, in the absence of sufficient space, in that part of the pitch described in Rule K.23.5 above; K.23.7. Players using the pitch at half time shall give due consideration to any other activity or entertainment taking place on the pitch at the same time; K.23.8. the Home Club may water the pitch and/or carry out any remedial or repair work to the pitch at half time provided that it gives reasonable notice to the referee and the other Club that it intends to do so and that any such watering and/or remedial or repair work is carried out evenly over the entire length and width of the pitch; and K.23.9. any warming down after the conclusion of the League Match shall last for no longer than 20 minutes, no footballs shall be permitted and neither penalty area shall be used. Artificial Surfaces K.24. No League Match shall be played on an Artificial Surface. Goal Line Technology and Video Assistant Refereeing K.25. Each Club’s Stadium must have installed such Goal Line Technology as the Board shall specify from time to time and, in respect of each League Match, facilitate the installation of such equipment so as to enable the use of video assistant refereeing in accordance with any protocol issued by the International Football Association Board and/or the Board from time to time (“VAR”).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_38.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements properly maintained in accordance with all applicable requirements insofar of any Person appointed by the League pursuant to Rule K.26.2; supply, install, maintain and operate such Goal Line Technology and VAR halfway line, shall be under cover and shall each contain 16 seats. the sole use of coaching and medical staff of the Visiting Club. These positions must requirements and having regard to guidance issued by the Sports Ground Safety Guidance Assessment of compliance will be undertaken via self-assessment, inspections by the League or its appointees, and, if there is disagreement as to whether a Club complies with a particular requirement, by an independent audit. 149 150 Rules: Section K K.26. Each Club shall: K.26.1. ensure that the Goal Line Technology and VAR installed at its Stadium is as such maintenance is the responsibility of the Club and not the responsibility K.26.2. give all necessary cooperation to such Person appointed by the League to and to any Person properly authorised by the League or FIFA to test or certify the Club’s Goal Line Technology or VAR; and K.26.3. use Goal Line Technology and VAR only as specified by the Board from time to time.. K.27. For the avoidance of doubt, ownership of the Goal Line Technology installed and operated at each Club, and of all rights arising therefrom or in connection therewith, shall not belong to the Club. Trainers’ Bench Facilities K.28. Each Club shall provide separate trainers’ benches adjacent to the pitch for the sole use of team officials, medical staff and substitute Players of each of the Home Club and the Visiting Club. Such trainers’ benches shall be clearly marked ‘Home’ and ‘Away’, shall have direct access onto the pitch, shall be located equidistant from the K.29. In addition to the 16 positions situated in the Visiting Club’s trainers’ bench, each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium eight positions for be in one self-contained area with access to the Visiting Club’s trainers’ bench. K.30. The individuals occupying the trainers’ benches shall display throughout the League Match such identification as is required and provided by the Premier League. Technical Areas K.31. The technical areas shall include the trainers’ benches required by Rule K.28 and shall extend one metre either side of each and to within one metre of the touchline. K.32. The boundaries of each of the technical areas shall be clearly marked. Sanitary Facilities K.33. Each Club shall provide sufficient, bright, clean and hygienic toilet and washing facilities for male and female spectators in accordance with any local authority Authority. Facilities for Disabled Supporters K.34. Each Club shall provide sufficient and adequate facilities for disabled supporters. CCTV K.35. A Home Club may arrange for any League Match in which its team participates to be relayed by closed circuit television to other locations within its Stadium. K.36. Except at any time when any live Transmission of any League Match pursuant to a UK Broadcast Contract is in progress, a Visiting Club may arrange by agreement with the Home Club for the closed circuit television signal of a League Match in which it participates to be relayed to its Stadium only. In all such circumstances, the Visiting Club shall ensure that any such relay of any such signal shall be encrypted. Giant Screens K.37. Except with the prior written consent of the Board, giant screens or the like at a Club’s Stadium shall not be used to relay to spectators closed circuit pictures of the League Match at which they are present. K.38. Any consent given under the provisions of the above Rule shall be subject to the following conditions: K.38.1. the screen shall be located so that it does not interfere with the League Match at which it is used or distract the Players and Match Officials; K.38.2. it shall be operated by a responsible Person who is fully aware of the conditions governing its use; K.38.3. the Club has installed (to the League’s specification) such equipment as necessary to ensure that the ‘VAR information’ feed can be used on the giant screen; K.38.4. the screen may be used to show: K.38.4.1. live action; K.38.4.2. when the ball is not in play, action replays of positive incidents; or K.38.4.3. replays or still images of incidents determined by the video assistant referee, in accordance with any guidance issued by the Board, K.38.5. subject to Rule K.38.4.3 the screen shall not be used to show: K.38.5.1. action replays of negative or controversial incidents; K.38.5.2. any incident which may bring into question the judgment of a Match Official; K.38.5.3. the area of the trainers’ bench; K.38.5.4. until substitute boards have been displayed, pictures of any substitute Player warming up or preparing to enter the field of play; or K.38.5.5. any pictures which may tend to criticise, disparage, belittle or discredit the League, any Club or any Official, Player or Match Official or to bring the game into disrepute. Media Facilities – General K.39. Each Club shall provide to the League such information and access to its Stadium as the League may reasonably require in order to assess whether the Club complies, or will in due course comply, with the requirements of Rules K.43 to K.89 and Rules K.133 to K.155.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_39.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements capacity of 750 megabits per second, for the exclusive use of Broadcasters, of the League; and Guidance If the existing nature of a Club’s Stadium is such that it necessitates a longer lead time to put in place a facility required by these Rules, then it may apply to the Board for temporary dispensation from the relevant Rule. In extreme cases, it is recognised that it may be physically impossible to comply with a particular requirement. In such a case, the Board may waive compliance without the Club attracting sanction pursuant to Rule K.42 subject to whatever further action the Board considers appropriate to comply as much as reasonably practicable with the intent of the Rules. Any application for dispensation from any of the requirements in Rules K.43 to K.89 or Rules K.133 to K.155 will be judged on its own facts. Guidance The League shall notify Clubs of the connectivity specifications for the forthcoming Season by no later than the preceding 30 June. Board may: such time as it has demonstrated compliance; and/or required by the Board pursuant to Rule K.42.2, deal with the matter under date of each League Match to be played at its Stadium of the Match Manager wherever practically possible and, where not practically possible, will provide as Guidance When considering the location of the television gantry, Clubs should be aware of the need to position the gantry so as to ensure that the cameras positioned on it do not face directly into the sun. 151 152 Rules: Section K K.41. The details of how each Club will, subject to Rule K.42, comply with Rules K.43 to K.89 and Rules K.133 to K.155 shall be recorded in its Technical Specification. K.42. If a Club fails to comply with any of Rules K.43 to K.89 and Rules K.133 to K.155, the K.42.1. withhold from that Club part or all of its share of International Broadcast Revenue to which it would otherwise be entitled pursuant to Rule D.18 until K.42.2. require the Club to undertake such works as the Board considers necessary by such date as the Board may specify; and K.42.3. in the event of any continuing breach or failure to implement works as the provisions of Section W of these Rules. K.43. Subject to K.43A, the League will inform each Club no later than 14 days before the appointed to act at that League Match and whether, and if so to what extent, the Club is required to comply with the following Rules: K.43.1. Rules K.53 and K.54 (International TV Commentary Positions); K.43.2. Rule K.64 (Television Studios); K.43.3. Rule K.65 (seats for TV Broadcasters: Observer Seats); and K.43.4. Rule K.78 (car park spaces for the use of Broadcasters). K.43A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19) the League will meet the 14-day deadline referred to in Rule K.43 much notice as it can. K.44. Access to the facilities, areas and rooms described in this Section of the Rules shall, on the date of each League Match, be restricted to such personnel as are accredited by the League or Home Club and each Home Club shall ensure that such facilities, areas and rooms are stewarded in such a manner as to enforce this restriction. K.46. Each Club shall give the Match Manager all such assistance, and access to such facilities, areas and rooms, as may be reasonably required. K.47. Each Club shall: K.47.1. provide at its Stadium for the use of the League in relation to this Section K a network access facility within its Outside Broadcast Compound and provide such rights and access as is needed for its installation and maintenance; and K.47.2. ensure that for at least three hours before kick-off and two hours after the final whistle of each League Match at its Stadium, an appropriately competent Official is available to ensure as far as reasonably practicable uninterrupted use of the services set out at Rule K.45. Television Gantry K.48. Subject to Rule K.50, each Club shall ensure that its Stadium has a television gantry which: K.48.1. is situated so that cameras can be positioned on the half-way line; K.48.2. (where the gantry is constructed after 5 June 2019) is, subject to any dispensation granted by the Board, no higher than 18 metres from pitch level and no further than 30 metres behind the relevant touchline; K.48.3. is at least 19 metres wide and at least two metres deep; K.48.4. is able to accommodate at least three UK TV Commentary Positions and five cameras, allowing at least two metres by two metres per camera (in accordance with Rule K.60 and Appendix 3); K.48.5. permits the cameras to have a full and clear view of the whole pitch; and K.48.6. permits each camera position and UK Commentary Position to be easily accessible by technical personnel during the League Match without disturbing the cameramen or commentators. K.45. Each Club shall ensure that for each League Match played at its Stadium: K.45.1. the Stadium is supplied with internet connectivity with a total bandwidth accredited representatives of the media, data partners and representatives K.45.2. within that total bandwidth, the Club provides connections to the internet and permits the installation and maintenance by the League of connectivity in accordance with the specification notified to the Club in advance of each Season. K.40. Where a Club demonstrates to the League that it is unable to comply with one or more of the requirements of Rules K.43 to K.89 or Rules K.133 to K.155, despite its best endeavours, due to the nature of the construction and configuration of its Stadium, the League may suspend action for breach of such Rules for such period of time and subject to such further order as the League considers appropriate.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_40.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements (allowing at least two metres by two metres per camera), in which case accommodate at least one UK Commentary Position and two cameras Guidance Where the Rules specify that different Persons are entitled to each be placed as near to the half-way line as reasonably practicable, the Match Manager shall allocate actual positions. whom the Home Club or the Visiting Club has entered into a Club Radio Contract, Guidance A Club will not be penalised for a failure to provide a full and clear view of the whole pitch under these Rules if the permanent infrastructure of its Stadium is such that this is not possible (for example due to the presence of stanchions supporting the roof of a stand), provided that its inability to provide such a full and clear view is communicated to the Board in the Technical Specification. Notwithstanding this, there must be no temporary or movable installations restricting the view. the Television Gantry, provided that they are situated on the same side of receipt of the Broadcasters’ feeds to monitors), of which five must have Outside Broadcast Compound; and Guidance The mini-cameras referred to in Rule K.53.1 will be used to film commentators and not Match footage. 153 154 Rules: Section K International TV Commentary Positions K.53. Subject to Rule K.43, each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium: K.53.1. at least 15 International TV Commentary Positions (which need not be on the pitch as the Television Gantry and are sufficiently Hardwired for the capacity for video and audio to be transmitted via a mini-camera to the K.53.2. no fewer than five additional seats for the use of International Broadcasters’ technical staff. Radio Commentary Positions K.55. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium at least 15 Radio Commentary Positions for use by Radio Broadcasters and (subject to the priority over such seats of the Radio Broadcasters) by any radio broadcasters with and each such position shall: K.55.1. comprise one seat; K.55.2. be situated as close to the half-way line as reasonably practicable and in any event no further than 25m either side of it; K.55.3. have a clear view of a television monitor; and K.55.4. have mains power and a desk large enough to hold such commentary equipment as Radio Broadcasters may reasonably require. TV Broadcasters’ Pitchside Presentation Positions K.56. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium at least seven pitchside presentation positions (two for UK Broadcasters and five for International Broadcasters), each of which shall be: K.56.1. Hardwired; K.56.2. as close to the touchline as reasonably practicable; K.56.3. at least three metres wide; and K.56.4. available from at least four hours before kick-off until five minutes before kick-off, during half-time until at least five minutes before the re-start, and for at least one hour after the final whistle. Tunnel Interview Positions K.57. Subject to Rule K.59A, each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium at least five Hardwired tunnel interview positions, two of which shall be for the use of UK Broadcasters, and three of which shall be for the use of International Broadcasters, save that: K.49. Each UK TV Commentary Position and each camera position on the Television Gantry shall be Hardwired. K.50. A Club may fulfil the requirements set out in Rule K.48 across two gantries in close proximity to each other provided that: K.50.1. one is at least 12 metres wide and two metres deep and able to accommodate at least two UK Commentary Positions and three cameras Rule K.48.1 shall apply to this gantry; and K.50.2. the other is at least seven metres wide and two metres deep and able to (allowing at least two metres by two metres per camera). UK TV Commentary Positions K.51. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium at least three UK TV Commentary Positions on the Television Gantry, for use by UK Broadcasters’ commentators. K.52. Each UK TV Commentary Position shall: K.52.1. consist of three seats; K.52.2. be no less than three metres wide and one metre deep; K.52.3. have internet connectivity as set out in Rule K.45 and mains power; K.52.4. have a full and clear view of the whole pitch; and K.52.5. have a desk large enough to hold a monitor, two laptop computers and such commentary equipment as UK Broadcasters may reasonably require. K.54. Each International TV Commentary Position shall: K.54.1. be situated as close to the half-way line as reasonably practicable; K.54.2. consist of two seats for the use of commentators; K.54.3. be at least two metres wide and one metre deep; K.54.4. be Hardwired; K.54.5. have internet connectivity as set out in Rule K.45 and mains power; K.54.6. have a full and clear view of the whole pitch; and K.54.7. have a desk large enough to hold a monitor, two laptop computers and such commentary equipment as International Broadcasters may reasonably require.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_41TO80_PAGE_41.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements International Broadcasters will be in attendance, the Club must provide at which must be Hardwired). Guidance Where a Club is regularly required to provide additional tunnel interview positions, in accordance with Rules K.57.1 and K.57.2, it is recommended that it installs permanent Hardwiring to those positions, to be used as necessary. Guidance A pod is a pair of scaffolding tubes fixed (at an equal distance apart) to the front of the camera position to support a camera mount. A hoist is a rope and pulley system for lifting equipment from floor level to working height. When fitting pods, Clubs should consult the League who will offer guidance on the dimensions required. Guidance With respect to Rule K.62, ordinarily a ‘sufficient number’ of camera positions will be achieved by the provision of two separate camera positions per entry point to the Stadium (so if the Home Club and the Visiting Club arrive at the same point, two positions will be required, and if they arrive at different points, four positions will be required). Guidance Tunnel interview positions should be configured in such a way that the largest position is the one that Players and Managers arrive at first, where reasonably practicable. Clubs should use such sound proofing and/or partitions as is/are necessary to satisfy the requirement set out at Rule K.58.3. The size requirements of the additional tunnel interview positions required by Rules K.57.1 and K.57.2 will be agreed by the League and the relevant Club in each case. (COVID-19), the obligations at Rules K.57, K.58 and K.59 shall not apply and instead 155 156 Rules: Section K K.59A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol the Home Club may make available a suitable alternative, indoor or covered space in which it may elect (with the agreement of the League) to conduct the interviews required by Rules K.112 to K.125. K.63. Each Club shall permit TV Broadcasters to film coverage of supporters outside its Stadium before each League Match. Television Studios K.64. Subject to Rules K.40 and K.43, each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium at least two Hardwired studios for the use of Broadcasters and each such studio shall: K.64.1. measure at least five metres by five metres; K.64.2. be at least three metres high; and K.64.3. have a window which is at least three metres wide (or, if constructed after 1 August 2014, 4.5 metres wide) by 1.5 metres high and which gives a full and clear view of the majority of the pitch and the crowd, unobstructed by any permanent Stadium structure, such as the giant screen. Camera Positions: Team and Supporter Arrivals K.62. Each Club shall provide at its Stadium a sufficient number of separate and static Hardwired camera positions to enable the filming of the arrivals of each team before each League Match. K.58. Subject to Rule K.59A, the tunnel interview positions shall be: K.58.1. located in the same stand as, and in close proximity to, the tunnel and the Players’ dressing rooms; K.58.2. designed so that television interviews within them can be conducted against the Interview Backdrops; and K.58.3. configured and designed in such way so as to ensure that each position can be used simultaneously and without causing noise disturbance of any kind to the other positions. K.59. Subject to Rule K.59A, the following additional requirements apply in respect of any tunnel interview positions created by Clubs after 30 June 2016: K.59.1. one tunnel interview position must measure at least 2.5 metres by 2.5 metres; and K.59.2. with the exception of those interview positions required by Rules K.57.1 and K.57.2, all additional tunnel interview positions must measure at least 2 metres by 1.6 metres. K.57.1. where the League confirms to the Home Club no later than seven days prior to a League Match to be played at its Stadium that more than 12 International Broadcasters will be in attendance, the Club must provide at least six tunnel interview positions for the use of TV Broadcasters (five of which must be Hardwired); and K.57.2. where the League confirms to the Home Club no later than seven days prior to a League Match to be played at its Stadium that more than 15 least seven tunnel interview positions for the use of TV Broadcasters (five of Camera Positions: Match Coverage K.60. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium Hardwired positions for television cameras in accordance with the requirements of Appendix 3, save that in respect of all League Matches, the Home Club shall also provide a Hardwired fixed, unmanned camera position in the tunnel. K.61. Each Club shall: K.61.1. provide such pods and hoists as are necessary in order to ensure that all camera equipment can be installed in the required camera positions; and K.61.2. ensure there is safe access to and egress from (including in case of emergency) the required camera positions for all persons and equipment.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_02.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance With regard to the studio window, ideally the bottom of the window should be 50cm from the floor and the top of the window should be two metres from the floor. for use by the Host Broadcaster, the parameters and location of which will be agreed covered presentation space no fewer than 10 days in advance of the League Match. at its Stadium at least 25 seats for the use of accredited representatives of TV to the tunnel area and Mixed Zone and a clear view of a television monitor Guidance Where, due to the configuration of the Stadium, a Club is unable to provide three positions for the use of analysts of the Visiting Club, it may seek dispensation from the League to provide two such positions. Guidance These seats will be for the use of working personnel of TV Broadcasters. The tickets for these seats will be distributed by the League who will also monitor their use. Where necessary, Clubs shall take appropriate steps to ensure that any television monitors installed for accredited representatives of TV Broadcasters cannot be observed during the League Match by supporters of either participating Club. representatives of UK Broadcasters, International Broadcasters and the League. must provide a full, clear view of the whole pitch. Stadium, it must permit the League to install a system to facilitate such Guidance Where reasonably possible, Clubs should provide additional positions for the floor managers of the host broadcaster (where applicable) and the League, located in close proximity to the Match Manager’s position and so as to enable easy communication with the fourth official. It is envisaged that Broadcasters may use some of the seats allocated for reporters for technical equipment. References to “the League” in Rules K.66 and K.67 mean Premier League Productions, the League’s appointed production partner, which undertakes the broadcast of all League Matches on behalf of the League. 157 158 Rules: Section K Reporter, Floor Manager and Match Manager Positions K.66. Each Club shall provide at least eight seats (the positions of which shall be Hardwired) at each League Match played at its Stadium for the use of accredited Such seats shall be situated as near to the trainers’ benches as practicable and K.67. Each Club shall provide one position at each League Match played at its Stadium for the use of the Match Manager, which must be situated: K.67.1. sufficiently close to the position of the fourth official to enable the Match Manager to easily communicate with the fourth official during the League Match without needing to enter either technical area to do so; and K.67.2. so as to enable the Match Manager to easily communicate with the floor manager(s) of the League and the host broadcaster (where applicable) during a League Match. If the Club is unable to fulfil this requirement at its communication. Mixed Zone K.69. Subject to Rule K.71A, each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium a Mixed Zone in which media interviews with Players and Managers may be conducted. K.70. Subject to Rule K.71A, the Mixed Zone shall: K.70.1. be located between the Players’ dressing rooms and the Players’ point of exit from the Stadium; K.70.2. be accessible to Players, Managers, coaching staff and accredited representatives of Broadcasters; K.70.3. be large enough to accommodate at least 20 representatives of Broadcasters; and K.70.4. have lighting of a sufficient level to provide suitable conditions for the Transmission of interviews. K.71. Subject to Rule K.71A, each Home Club: K.71.1. shall permit into the Mixed Zone: K.71.1.1. accredited representatives of Broadcasters who wish to conduct interviews in the Mixed Zone (up to a maximum of 20), who shall have priority entry into the Mixed Zone over those listed in Rules K.71.1.2 and K.71.1.3; K.71.1.2. accredited representatives of radio broadcasters with whom it or the Visiting Club has entered into a Club Radio Contract; and K.71.1.3. such authorised representatives of it or the Visiting Club as either may reasonably require in order to provide commentary or reports on media services such as its website, social media accounts or television channel; and K.71.2. may, at its discretion, permit into the Mixed Zone such other accredited representatives of the media as it considers appropriate. K.64A.The Home Club shall, where possible, make available a covered presentation space by the League and the Home Club, where the Host Broadcaster requests such TV Broadcasters: Observer Seats K.65. Subject to Rule K.43, each Club shall make available at each League Match played Broadcasters, to be situated in close proximity to the half-way line, with easy access throughout the League Match. Visiting Club Analyst Positions K.68. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium three dedicated positions for the use of analysts of the Visiting Club, each of which shall: K.68.1. consist of one seat situated as near to the half-way line, the tunnel and the Visiting Club’s dressing room as reasonably practicable and provide a clear view of the whole pitch; K.68.2. be sufficiently Hardwired for the receipt of three separate Broadcaster feeds (the ‘world feed’, the ‘tactical feed’ and one ‘high behind’ feed) by monitors in place at the relevant position; K.68.3. have internet connectivity in accordance with Rule K.45 and mains power; and K.68.4. have a desk large enough to hold a monitor and a laptop computer (and such other equipment as the analyst(s) may reasonably require).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_03.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance Further discussions will be undertaken with Clubs about the branding of the Mixed Zone. The League’s preference is that Interview Backdrops should be used in Mixed Zones. Accreditation of representatives of the media will be undertaken by the League or its appointee (currently Football DataCo Limited) on behalf of the League and Clubs. Guidance Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the Pre-Match Media Conference shall take place virtually, meaning that no representatives of Broadcasters and other accredited representatives of the media will be present in the room in which the Conference is conducted, with the live feed to be provided to the League and Broadcasters by the Club. Guidance TV Broadcasters’ representatives are only permitted access to the tunnel interview positions for the filming of the exchange of team sheets, interviews, team arrivals, match reports, and to conduct unfilmed, informal discussions with coaching staff where the latter choose to speak to Broadcasters (and for the avoidance of doubt they are not obliged to engage in such informal discussions although they are encouraged to do so), and all other activities required by these Rules. with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), accredited representatives of TV out all activity permitted by these Rules, provided that such access is at all times Guidance Car park spaces that are not required by Broadcasters will be released back to the League no later than fourteen days before the date of the League Match pursuant to Rule K.43. area above the League’s and TV Broadcasters’ vehicles, network access facility within the Outside Broadcast Compound located at its Stadium. 159 160 Rules: Section K Outside Broadcast Compound K.79. At each League Match, the Home Club shall provide a secure, level area (with a hard surface suitable for the parking of TV Broadcasters’ vehicles) outside and adjacent to the Stadium of at least 1500m2 for the exclusive use of the League’s and TV Broadcasters’ vehicles. K.80. The Outside Broadcast Compound shall: K.80.1. have sufficient drainage, toilets and waste disposal facilities; and K.80.2. include sufficient working lights to enable complete illumination of the and each Club shall ensure that Broadcasters are given all requested access to the K.81. The Outside Broadcast Compound shall have an unobstructed view of the southern horizon such as to allow satellite uplinking or if the Outside Broadcast Compound does not have such unobstructed view, the Club must provide an additional area as close as reasonably practicable to the Outside Broadcast Compound to enable satellite uplinking. K.72A.Notwithstanding Rule K.59A, where a League Match is to be played in accordance Broadcasters shall be permitted access to the tunnel area to prepare for and carry compliant with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19). Hardwiring K.73. Each Club shall: K.73.1. ensure that, where required to do so by these Rules, it installs Hardwiring to the League’s specification; K.73.2. ensure that all Hardwiring at its Stadium is properly maintained and in good working order at all times when its use is required; and K.73.3. provide to the League a certificate in writing in advance of each Season confirming that the Hardwiring at its Stadium is in compliance with Rule K.73.1, such certificate to be provided by an independent Person experienced in the design and installation of permanent outside broadcast cable infrastructure. K.74. Each Club shall permit the installation of temporary cabling by Broadcasters sufficient to ensure the continuous Transmission of League Matches played at its Stadium in the event of the failure of any Hardwiring required by these Rules (in addition to any other measures that the League may specify in order to ensure such continuous Transmission). Power Supply K.76. Each Club shall provide at its Stadium and make available to Broadcasters, at their request, access to electricity supply on the day of each League Match sufficient to power the Broadcasters’ match day operations. K.77. At each League Match, the Home Club shall provide such facilities and access as is required by a Broadcaster to establish its own power supply for an Outside Broadcast Compound. Car Park Spaces K.78. Subject to Rule K.43, each Club shall make available to the League a minimum of 20 car park spaces as close to the Outside Broadcast Compound as reasonably practicable for each League Match played at its Stadium for the use by TV Broadcasters. K.71A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligations at Rules K.69, K.70 and K.71 shall not apply. Access to Tunnel Interview Positions K.72. Each Club shall at each League Match played at its Stadium permit accredited representatives of TV Broadcasters access to the tunnel interview positions referred to in Rule K.57 to K.59 to prepare for, set up and carry out all activity permitted by these Rules. The Match Manager will manage all such access to ensure that, as far as reasonably practicable, the Persons referred to in this Rule only have access to the tunnel interview positions when needed. Transmission of Pre-Match Media Conference K.75. Each Club shall permit the League to install such facilities as are required to allow Broadcasters to enable the Transmission of the Club’s Pre-Match Media Conference, where such facilities are not already in place (subject to any embargo implemented in accordance with Rule K.107).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_04.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance The identity of the suppliers of the relevant “network access facility” for the purpose of Rule K.80 will be notified to Clubs by the League in advance of each Season. With regard to Rule K.81, if an additional area is needed because satellite uplinking is not reasonably practicable from the Outside Broadcast Compound, then the additional area must be sufficiently large (approximately 120 m2) to accommodate six satellite news gathering trucks. Clubs should be aware of the additional provisions regarding the Outside Broadcast Compound at Rule K.47. the Home Club and the Visiting Club as soon as reasonably practicable after they Guidance This can be the same room as the media working area described in Rule K.84. With regard to Rule K.86.4, ideally the camera platform should be able to accommodate up to 10 cameras. Guidance Rule L.22 provides that at least 75 minutes before the kick-off, a representative of each Club must submit to the referee and their opponents a team sheet. The Match Manager will give copies of the team sheets to Broadcasters and to the League’s data providers. Clubs will remain responsible for distributing it to others (e.g. representatives of the written media). Guidance In respect of any League Match to which the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19) applies, where the media conference room referred to in Rule K.86 is not available as a result of the Club’s requirement to comply with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), an alternative location may be utilised for the relevant media conference, provided that the location is agreed in advance with the League. Guidance Publication of team sheets is strictly embargoed until 60 minutes before kick-off. The League will ensure that Broadcasters comply with this embargo. Stadium a working area for the use of accredited representatives of the media and Guidance Accreditation of representatives of the media will be undertaken by the League or its appointee (currently Football DataCo Limited) on behalf of the League and Clubs. Guidance Accredited representatives of the media and Broadcasters shall, on arrival, proceed directly to their allocated working position/seat. reasonable period before and after the League Match and during the half-time 161 162 Rules: Section K K.85. Refreshment facilities of a standard to be determined by the Home Club shall be made available to accredited representatives of the media and Broadcasters for a interval. K.88. Subject to Rule K.88A, the seats referred to in Rule K.87 shall have a desktop, electricity supply, a clear view of a television monitor, telephone point, and internet connectivity as set out in Rule K.45. K.88A. Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligation at Rule K.88 shall not apply. Instead, each Club shall use reasonable endeavours to provide such facilities to all 25 press seats. Facilities for Photographers K.89. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium facilities for photographers to the following minimum standards: K.89.1. pitch side access for 20 accredited photographers and messengers and appropriate pitch side wiring and wireless internet connectivity; Media Working Area K.84. Subject to Rule K.84A, each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Broadcasters, such area to be located in the same stand as the Players’ dressing rooms and comprising a room of minimum 50m2 and supplied with 25 individual or linked work stations, each of which shall have its own desk, chair, electricity supply and internet connectivity as set out in Rule K.45. K.84A. Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the area referred to at Rule K.84 shall not be used for the purpose detailed in Rule K.84 unless agreed by the League. Press Seats K.87. Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium a minimum of 50 seats for the use of accredited representatives of the media and the League’s data providers. Such seats must be located: (a) near the media working room; and (b) in a position enabling a clear view of the whole pitch. K.83. A Club playing in a League Match shall not publish the teams until 60 minutes before kick-off. K.86A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligation at Rule K.86.1 shall not apply. Official Club Team Sheets K.82. Each Home Club shall provide to the Match Manager the official team sheets of both have been submitted to the referee pursuant to Rule L.22. Media Conference Room K.86. Subject to Rule K.86A, each Club shall provide at each League Match at its Stadium a media conference room with the following minimum facilities: K.86.1. seating for 70 persons; K.86.2. lighting of a sufficient level for the filming and live Transmission of the Post-Match Media Conference; K.86.3. a podium at the front of the room and in clear view of the cameras, with table and chairs to seat three people; and K.86.4. a Hardwired camera platform at the rear of the room of sufficient size to accommodate at least two cameras and with an unobstructed view of the podium.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_05.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance The League may waive or vary the requirements set out in Rule K.93 (at its absolute discretion) in exceptional circumstances and upon request from a Club if, for example, the proximity in time between a match in the UEFA Europa League or UEFA Europa Conference League competition and the subsequent League Match and/or the location of the relevant UEFA Europa League or UEFA Europa Conference League Match makes it impracticable for the Club to arrange its Content Session at a time when its subsequent first team match is a League Match. A Club seeking a waiver or variation of these requirements from the League in respect of a particular Content Session must notify the League of that fact in good time and abide by the League’s decision as to whether or not to grant the Club’s request. In lieu of a conventional interview, any Broadcaster entitled to attend a Content Session may apply to the League for permission to use its allotted time in that Content Session for a background briefing with the Players(s) and/or the Manager who will be made available. Such an application will only be granted by the League with the permission of the Club concerned. Guidance Accreditation of photographers will be undertaken by the League or its appointee (currently Football DataCo Limited) on behalf of the League and Clubs. participating Club shall be required to make its Players and/or its Manager available the relevant UK Broadcaster will provide each participating Club (with a made available for the UK Content Session; K.97), each Club shall give the League and the relevant UK Broadcaster at available for the UK Content Session to which the League Match relates, participate in that UK Content Session due to illness, injury or other Broadcaster (with a copy to the League) as soon as reasonably possible, at Rule K.94.1, above, is made available as a replacement, or another Guidance In the event that any League Matches during Season 2021/22 are not played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), compliance with Rule K.92 will be assessed on a pro rata basis across Season 2021/22. 163 164 Rules: Section K UK Content Sessions K.94. In respect of a League Match to be Transmitted live by a UK Broadcaster, each for a Content Session with that UK Broadcaster (a “UK Content Session”), in accordance with the following requirements: K.94.1. in advance of the League Match to which the UK Content Session relates, copy to the League) with a shortlist of two Players that it wishes to be K.94.2. subject to Rule K.95, each participating Club must make (at least) one of the two Players included on the shortlist referred to at Rule K.94.1, above, available for the UK Content Session and must inform the relevant UK Broadcaster (with a copy to the League) which of the two Players it has selected when providing the notice referred to at Rule K.94.3; K.94.3. unless otherwise agreed by the League (and subject to Rules K.96 and least: (a) six days’ notice of the name(s) of the Player(s) who will be made selected in accordance with this Rule K.94; and (b) seven days’ notice of the date, time, and location of the UK Content Session; K.94.4. in the event that the Player selected by the Club becomes unable to exceptional circumstance, the Club must (a) inform the relevant UK and (b) ensure that the second Player included on the shortlist referred to suitable alternative is provided who is acceptable to the Broadcaster; and K.94.5. each participating Club must make its Manager available for each UK Content Session; and K.94.6. each participating Club must ensure that its Player(s) or Manager who is selected to participate in a UK Content Session is made available for a continuous period of no less than 15 minutes for filming and/or interview by the relevant UK Broadcaster. Content Sessions K.90. Unless otherwise agreed by the League, each Club shall ensure that, during the six days preceding the day of each League Match, there is a period of two hours during which TV Broadcasters (including such number of International Broadcasters as the League may determine) may conduct the discussions and/or record the content and/or conduct the interviews with Players and the Manager required by Rules K.94 to K.103 (“Content Session”). The Content Sessions required by Rules K.94 to K.103 may take place virtually, if so requested by the relevant Club and/or relevant Broadcaster(s), and agreed by the League. K.91. Each Club must ensure that its training ground includes a suitable, dedicated room in which (subject to Rules K.96 and K.102, below) the recording and interviews required by Rules K.94 to K.103 can be carried out. This room must measure no less than 2.5 metres by 2.5 metres and must be equipped with suitable facilities to enable the recording of interviews by TV Broadcasters, including, for example, mains power, sound proofing, black-out blinds and curtains on all windows and isolated air conditioning. K.92. Subject to Rule K.92A, at least once per calendar month (with the exception of June, July and August), each Club must permit TV Broadcasters to film and Transmit live at the TV Broadcasters’ request (through the presence of one or more on-site reporters, technicians and/or producers, if required) one uninterrupted period of no less than 15 minutes of a Club training session involving the first team squad. Clubs must give no less than 48 hours’ notice to the League of each such session and may limit the proximity of TV Broadcasters to a maximum of 30m from the pitch on which the training session is to take place. K.92A. In respect of any League Matches that are to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligation at Rule K.92 shall be amended so that where the relevant TV Broadcasters are unable to perform the filming referred to in Rule K.92, the Club shall instead itself film one uninterrupted period of no less than 15 minutes of a Club training session involving the first team squad and distribute the footage to the League and TV Broadcasters within 24 hours of filming. K.89.2. bibs bearing the word “Photographer” on the rear, numbered consecutively, the numbers appearing on both the front and rear of the bib; K.89.3. bibs of a different colour bearing the word “Messenger” on the rear and similarly numbered; and K.89.4. a working area or wire room of 20 square metres, internet connectivity as set out in Rule K.45, 16 power points, a television monitor, shelves to support laptop computers and refreshment facilities. K.93. Each Club shall ensure that, in each case, its Content Session takes place on a date when its subsequent first team match is a League Match.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_06.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance Broadcasters will be encouraged to provide the shortlist referred to at Rule K.94.1 as far in advance of the League Match in question as possible to allow Clubs sufficient time to meet their obligations under Rule K.94.3 (and, in any event, such shortlists should be sent to Clubs no later than 24 hours before the deadline set out in Rule K.94.3). Any delay in the submission of such shortlists by Broadcasters will be taken into account by the League when considering Clubs’ compliance with Rule K.94.3. The League recognises that there may be weeks in which Clubs play two (or indeed in exceptional cases more than two) League Matches, e.g. over the Christmas period, and the League will take account of this fact when monitoring compliance with these Rules. The League will monitor Broadcaster access during such times to ensure that unreasonable demands are not being placed on Clubs. throughout the Season is subject to the following: selected (by his inclusion on the shortlists referred to at Rule K.94.1); Guidance In the event that any League Matches during Season 2021/22 are played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), compliance with Rule K.97 will be assessed on a pro rata basis across Season 2021/22 (ie, if a fifth of the Club’s League Matches are played in accordance with the protocol, the Club will only be required to provide four of the Content Sessions of the type referred to in Rule K.97). Guidance By way of example, should a Player be shortlisted for UK Content Sessions on five occasions throughout the Season, he must be made available by the Club on four of those occasions. If it is determined at the end of the Season that a Player has been made available by his Club for fewer than 75% of the UK Content Sessions for which he has been shortlisted, that Club will be in breach of Rule K.95. Clubs are free to exceed the minimum requirements referred to at Rule K.95 (by, for example, making a Player available for more than six UK Content Sessions and/or more than 75% of the UK Content Sessions for which he has been shortlisted), should they wish to do so. Guidance There may be occasions in which a Club wishes to make a Player available for an International Content Session who does not meet the criteria specified in Rule K.98.3, but who is nevertheless editorially relevant (for example, a Player who has recently recovered from injury and/or who has been recently signed). In such circumstances, Clubs should consult with the League, which may provide dispensation from the requirements of Rule K.98.3, where it agrees with the editorial relevance of the Player. Guidance In the event that any League Matches during Season 2021/22 are played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), compliance with Rule K.96 will be assessed on a pro rata basis across Season 2021/22 (ie, if half of the Club’s League Matches are played in accordance with the protocol, the Club will only be required to provide three UK Content Sessions of the type referred to in Rule K.96). 165 166 Rules: Section K K.96. Each Club shall ensure that, on no fewer than six occasions per Season, its UK Content Session takes place at a location other than the dedicated room referred to at Rule K.91, above. The date of such UK Content Session and their location in each case shall be subject to the agreement of the Club and the relevant UK Broadcaster. International Content Sessions K.98. Subject to Rules K.101 and K.102 below, in respect of each League Match: K.98.1. both participating Clubs shall ensure the attendance of (at least) one Player and/or the Manager during the Content Session for discussion and/ or recording and/or interview by International Broadcasters, non-live UK Broadcasters and the League, for a period of no less than 45 minutes (an “International Content Session”); K.98.2. both participating Clubs shall give the League at least one weeks’ notice of the date, time and location of their respective International Content Session (subject to Rules K.101 and K.102) and the name(s) of the individual(s) who will be made available for the International Content Session, which may be amended in each case, subject to the agreement of the League, in exceptional circumstances and provided that no such amendment is made within 72 hours of the League Match to which the International Content Session relates; and K.98.3. any Player(s) to be made available by the Club for an International Content Session must have featured prominently in any of the Club’s previous three League Matches (assessed as at the date when the notice referred to in Rule K.98.2 is provided to the League). K.95.The selection of Players to be made available by Clubs for UK Content Sessions K.95.1. subject to Rules K.95.2 and K.95.3, below, each Player listed on a Club’s Squad List must be made available by the Club, in accordance with Rule K.94, for no fewer than 75% of the UK Content Sessions for which he is K.95.2. no Club will be required to make any Player available for two consecutive UK Content Sessions; K.95.3. no Club will be required to make any Player available for UK Content Sessions on more than six occasions per Season; and K.95.4. each Club is entitled to apply to the Board for special dispensation for a Player to be granted an exemption from the requirements of Rule K.94 for a period of up to four weeks. The Board will only grant such special dispensation in exceptional circumstances and only once per Season in respect of each Player. Should a Club wish to make an application for special dispensation in accordance with this Rule, it must do so in writing to the Board, citing reasons (and, where appropriate, supporting evidence) for its application. The Board’s decision as to whether or not to grant such special dispensation in each case is final and not subject to challenge. Where such dispensation is granted, the Board will confirm to the Club how that dispensation affects the Player’s remaining obligations under Rules K.94 to K.100 for the remainder of the Season. K.97. Each Club shall ensure that, on no fewer than five occasions per Season, it makes two or more of its Players available together for a UK Content Session. The date of such Content Session in each case shall be subject to the agreement of the Club and the relevant UK Broadcaster. Where it is agreed between the Club and the relevant UK Broadcaster that two or more Players will be made available together for a Content Session, the identity of the Players to be made available will be determined as follows: K.97.1. the relevant UK Broadcaster will provide the Club (with a copy to the League) with a shortlist of two Players, from which the Club will select one Player to be made available for the Content Session; K.97.2. subject to Rule K.95, once the identity of the first Player to be made available is confirmed by the Club to the relevant UK Broadcaster, the UK Broadcaster will then provide a further shortlist of two Players, which may include a Player included on the shortlist referred to at Rule K.97.1 above (with a copy to the League), from which the Club will select one Player to be made available for the Content Session; and K.97.3. in the event that the relevant UK Broadcaster and the Club agree that one or more further Player(s) will be made available for the Content Session, their identity in each case will be determined by means of the process referred to in Rule K.97.2, above.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_07.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance Regardless of the number of International Broadcasters present, Clubs are only required to provide (at least) one Player and the Manager for the 45 minutes specified in Rule K.98. However, Clubs should be aware that the requirement that the Player and/or Manager be made available for a 45 minute period during the International Content Session remains even in the event that no International Broadcasters are in attendance. In those circumstances, the League may use the full 45 minute entitlement, if necessary. Session is to take place) from which the Club will select the two or more Players who Guidance In the event that any League Matches during Season 2021/22 are played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), compliance with Rule K.101 will be assessed on a pro rata basis across Season 2021/22 (ie, if a third of the Club’s League Matches are played in accordance with the protocol, the Club will only be required to provide two of the International Content Sessions of the type referred to in Rule K.101). Guidance The League may grant dispensation to Clubs from the deadlines set out in Rule K.99 where training schedules and/or fixtures in other competitions make adhering to such deadline impracticable. In such circumstances, Clubs should seek such dispensation as far in advance of the relevant deadline as reasonably possible to allow the League to consider the request and its effect on Broadcasters. Guidance The International Content Sessions referred to at Rules K.101 and K.102 may be carried out in parallel, meaning that (subject to the agreement of the League) a Club may make more than one of its Players available for an International Content Session to take place away from the dedicated room referred to in Rule K.91. 167 168 Rules: Section K Additional League Content Sessions K.103. On no fewer than two occasions during each Season, in each case in lieu of its requirement to participate in an International Content Session in accordance with Rule K.98, above, each Club shall instead make available one Player or its Manager for a continuous period of no less than 60 minutes for the recording of additional ‘in-depth’ feature content by the League (the “Feature Session”), subject to the following: K.103.1. the Feature Session shall take place on either a Monday or a Tuesday at a date and time mutually agreed by the Club and the League; K.103.2. in advance of the Season, the League shall provide the relevant Club with a shortlist of four individuals (either Players and/or the Manager) from which the Club will select two who will be made available for the two Feature Sessions; and K.103.3. an individual’s participation in a Feature Session (whether a Player or the Manager) shall count towards the League’s assessment of compliance with Rule K.100. K.100.Over the course of each Season, each Club shall ensure that: K.100.1. its Manager is made available for International Content Sessions on no fewer than three occasions; K.100.2. each of its Players is made available for International Content Sessions as follows: K.100.2.1. if the Player has been included in his Club’s starting line-up in respect of 30 or more League Matches throughout the Season, that Player must have been made available by his Club for no fewer than three International Content Sessions; K.100.2.2. if the Player has been included in his Club’s starting line-up in respect of 20 or more League Matches throughout the Season, that Player must have been made available by his Club for no fewer than two International Content Sessions; K.100.2.3. if the Player has been included in his Club’s starting line-up in respect of 10 or more League Matches throughout the Season, that Player must have been made available by his Club for at least one International Content Session; and K.100.3. subject to Rules K.98 and K.100.1, every International Broadcaster that wishes to attend one of the Club’s International Content Sessions is permitted to do so and is given no less than 10 minutes of access to interview either: (a) one of the Club’s Players; or (b) its Manager. K.102. At least once per calendar month (with the exception of June and July), each Club must conduct an International Content Session at a location other than the dedicated room referred to at Rule K.91, above (an “International Content Session Plus”). The date and location of each such International Content Session Plus shall be subject to the agreement of the Club and the League in each case. K.101. On no fewer than three occasions during each Season (the dates of which are subject to the agreement of the Club and the League), a Club must make two or more of its Players available together for an International Content Session. In such cases, the League will provide the relevant Club with a shortlist of at least three Players (by no later than seven days prior to the date on which the relevant International Content will be made available for the International Content Session. K.99. In respect of each League Match, each International Content Session must take place by the following deadlines: Day of League Match Deadline for International Content Session Saturday, Sunday or Monday Within six days of the League Match, to start no later than 1.30pm on the immediately preceding Friday. Tuesday Within six days of the League Match, to start no later than 1.30pm on the immediately preceding Monday. Wednesday Within six days of the League Match, to start no later than 1.30pm on the immediately preceding Tuesday. Thursday Within six days of the League Match, to start no later than 1.30pm on the immediately preceding Wednesday. Friday Within six days of the League Match, to start no later than 1.30pm on the immediately preceding Thursday.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_08.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance Whilst not bound to comply with Rule K.104, Clubs that become members of the League in Seasons 2020/21 and 2021/22 are encouraged nevertheless to participate in a similar content session during their membership of the League. Broadcaster designated by the League (the “Champions’ Features”) in accordance the League and the UK Broadcaster designated by the League. Guidance In the event that the League Champions are required to participate in any other competitions during the week following the final League Match of the Season, making compliance with Rule K.105 impractical, the League and the Club will agree revised dates outside the deadline in Rule K.105 but as soon as possible thereafter. Guidance Examples of suitable Pre-Match Positions include the dugout(s), the Manager’s office, the Directors’ Box and/or the tunnel area. The League will ensure that only one Broadcaster at a time is permitted to film at the designated Pre-Match Position. the Home Club must agree with the UK Broadcaster the details of a continuous kick-off, when it can film and present for a continuous period of no less than 15 agreed between the UK Broadcaster and the Club). Guidance Where by reason of adverse weather conditions (or other exceptional circumstances), the filming referred to in Rule K.110 poses a risk to the condition of the pitch, the requirements of Rule K.110 may be waived with the agreement of the League. The League will monitor requests by UK Broadcasters to conduct the filming referred to in Rule K.110 to ensure: (a) that requests to do so are made sufficiently in advance of the League Match to enable the Club to properly plan and to ensure that the timing and location of the filming can be recorded in the documents circulated by the relevant Match Manager in the week leading up to the League Match; and (b) that the filming does not in any way impact upon pre-Match warm-ups by either team or negatively affect the quality of the pitch. 169 170 Rules: Section K K.109A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligations set out at Rules K.108 and K.109 shall not apply. K.110. Subject to Rule K.110A, prior to each League Match to be Transmitted live in the UK, period of 30 minutes, within the period between 120 minutes and 15 minutes prior to minutes from a location on the pitch (the exact pitch position(s) to be mutually Pre-Match Media Conference K.106. Subject to Rule K.107A, in addition to the requirements of Rules K.94 to K.100, each Club shall ensure that its Manager attends a media conference with Broadcasters and, at its discretion, such other accredited representatives of the media as the Club considers appropriate, to be scheduled as follows: Day of League Match Day of Pre-Match Media Conference Saturday, Sunday or Monday Thursday or Friday to start no later than 1.30pm (save for exceptional circumstances, to be managed and monitored by the League, e.g. in the case of late return from a fixture in the UEFA Europa League). Tuesday Monday to start no later than 1.30pm. Wednesday Monday or Tuesday to start no later than 1.30pm. Thursday Wednesday to start no later than 1.30pm. Friday Thursday to start no later than 1.30pm. K.105.Within a week of the final League Match of each Season, the League Champions for that Season must participate in five additional features with the League and the UK with the following conditions: K.105.1. of the five Champions’ Features, no fewer than three must include interviews with one or more Players who have played a significant role in the Club’s performance throughout the Season; and K.105.2.the content of each of the Champions’ Features must be agreed the Club, K.107. Subject to Rule K.107A, each Club must allow UK Broadcasters and the League access to the Pre-Match Media Conference for the Transmission of that conference. Clubs must not delay or otherwise restrict the Transmission of the Pre-Match Media Conference for any longer than 30 minutes after the commencement of that conference. K.107A. Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the Pre-Match Media Conference required by Rules K.106 and K.107 shall take place virtually. No representatives of Broadcasters and other accredited representatives of the media will be present in the room in which the Conference is conducted (save for one camera operator), with the live feed being provided to the League and Broadcasters by the Club. Pre-Match Filming K.108. Subject to Rule K.109A and in addition to the requirements of Rule K.113, by no later than two weeks prior to each Club’s first League Match of the Season, the Club and the League shall agree three positions within the Stadium that may be utilised by Broadcasters for pre-match filming prior to each League Match to be Transmitted live in the UK (“Pre-Match Positions”), one of which shall be the Home Club’s dressing room. K.109.Subject to Rule K.109A and by no later than two weeks prior to each League Match to be Transmitted live in the UK, the Home Club must notify the League: K.109.1. which of the Pre-Match Positions will be available to Broadcasters in advance of the League Match; and K.109.2. a continuous period of 60 minutes, within the period between five hours and two hours prior to kick-off (precise details to be agreed between the League and the Club), when filming can take place by Broadcasters at the designated Pre-Match Position. K.104. During the period covering Seasons 2019/20, 2020/21 and 2021/22, each Club that remains in membership of the League for that entire period shall use its best endeavours to deliver an additional extended content session to the League, the precise details of which (including the number and identity of the Players to be made available and the time, date and location of the session) shall be subject to the agreement of the Club and the League in each case.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_09.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements filming as set out at Rule K.110. Guidance Notwithstanding Rule K.110A, Clubs are encouraged to allow UK Broadcasters access to other areas of their Stadium, in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19). Guidance Access to the dressing rooms will be for no longer than five minutes and will be monitored by the Match Manager, who will ensure that only the necessary TV Broadcaster and/or League personnel are present. Any footage will not be Transmitted until after the official team sheets have been published. Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the Half-Time Interview (if conducted by the Manager) shall take in accordance with Rule K.111A. that it makes its Player(s) and/or Manager available for interview strictly in doubt the relevant interviewees must remain so available until the interviews are Guidance With regard to Rule K.112.1, it is appreciated that if the pre-match interview takes place before the announcement of the teams, the Club Official nominating a Player to take part may not be aware of the starting line-up due to timing issues. Clubs may accordingly prefer to ensure that such interviews take place after the announcement of the teams. The League reserves the right to investigate a breach of this provision if the nominated Player is one who could reasonably have been anticipated would not start the League Match, and/or if a Club persistently nominates Players none of whom go on to start the League Matches in question. If the Manager wishes to be interviewed before the announcement of the teams, this will be acceptable provided that the relevant TV Broadcaster (or the League) agrees, and provided that the Manager discloses his/her team selection to the relevant TV Broadcaster (or the League), who will keep this information strictly confidential until after the teams have been publicly announced which, as noted in Rule K.83, will not occur until 60 minutes before kick-off. Either of the interviews referred to at Rule K.112, above, may take place in the Club’s dressing room or any area proposed by the Host Broadcaster, subject to the agreement of the Club. ‘Super-Flash’ interviews 171 172 Rules: Section K K.117. Prior to the conclusion of each League Match, the Host Broadcaster may notify a participating Club of a shortlist of three Players who participated in the League Match and who the Host Broadcaster wishes to interview immediately after the conclusion of the League Match and before returning to the dressing room (the “Super-Flash Interview”). Post-Match Interviews, Mixed Zone and Post-Match Media Conference K.115. After the conclusion of each League Match, each participating Club must ensure accordance with the provisions of Rules K.117 to K.125, below. (For the avoidance of concluded, even if this is after the times stated below). K.116. No Player or Manager who has been sent-off in a League Match or is suspended for a League Match will be required to be made available for interview during or after that League Match. In such circumstances, the media obligations relating to a Club’s Manager shall be fulfilled by the Club’s assistant manager or another senior member of its coaching staff. K.113A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligation at Rule K.113 shall not apply. Half-time Interviews K.114. In respect of each League Match to be Transmitted live by a UK Broadcaster, the UK Broadcaster may request that the Manager (or a senior member of the coaching staff) of either or each participating Club provides an interview at the end of the half-time interval, before the re-start of the League Match. The Manager may elect to provide the interview requested or decline to do so, at his/her absolute discretion. Interviews - General K.111. If interpretation into English is required for any interview taking place pursuant to Rules K.94 to K.100 (Content Sessions) or K.112 (Match Day Pre-Match Interviews), then it must be provided by the Club. K.111A. Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), all interviews taking place pursuant to Rules K.112 to K.125 shall be carried out either at one of the pitchside positions set out at Rule K.56 or the location set out at Rule K.59A. Match Day Pre-Match Interviews K.112. Each Club shall ensure that the following are made available for an interview with one TV Broadcaster (or the League) within the period between 45 minutes and 120 minutes before the kick-off of the League Match: K.112.1. one of its Players (whose identity shall be confirmed by the Club to the Match Manager and UK Broadcaster filming the League Match (the “Host Broadcaster”) at least 15 minutes before the interview) who is to be in the starting line-up of the League Match (but who must not be the Player who was made available for interview prior to the previous League Match) who will be asked no more than three questions, all of which shall be related to that League Match; and K.112.2. its Manager, such interview to take place after the team sheets have been publicly announced, the exact time to be agreed with the TV Broadcaster and Match Manager (and to be adhered to by the Club and Manager once so agreed). K.110A.Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the UK Broadcaster shall not be permitted to carry out the on-pitch Dressing Room Filming K.113. Subject to Rule K.113A, in respect of each League Match to be Transmitted live by a UK Broadcaster, each participating Club shall permit the UK Broadcaster or the League to gain access to and film footage of its dressing room between the time that the Club’s Strip has been laid out for the Players and the time that the Players arrive at the Stadium.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_10.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the Super-Flash Interview shall take place in accordance with Rule K.111A and before the Players return to the dressing room. International Broadcasters and the League shortlisted Players to be made available for the Super-Flash Interview, together with Host Broadcaster but must have featured prominently in the League Match) who Guidance Where the shortlisted Player selected pursuant to Rule K.118 is unable to participate in the Super-Flash Interview due to a need to receive immediate medical treatment that becomes apparent to the Club after the conclusion of the League Match, the Club will not be in breach of Rules K.117 or K.118 in the event that it replaces that injured Player with another shortlisted Player who has already returned to the dressing room before being made available for the Super-Flash Interview. so, the League may do so). UK Broadcasters K.120. League Match, in accordance with the following requirements: in the League Match and who the UK Broadcaster wishes to interview Broadcaster, together with one further Player (who may or may not be featured prominently in the League Match) and the Club’s Manager; and interview: (a) within 20 minutes of the conclusion of the League Match for live; and (b) within 45 minutes of the conclusion of the League Match for Guidance In assessing compliance with the requirements of Rule K.120.3, the League will take account of whether the relevant UK Broadcaster submitted its shortlist to the Club prior to the conclusion of the League Match, as required. 173 174 Rules: Section K In respect of each UK Broadcaster that has the right to the Transmission of a League Match, that UK Broadcaster is entitled to interview two Players and the Manager from each participating Club (save where that Club has provided a Super-Flash Interview to that UK Broadcaster in accordance with Rule K.117) following each K.120.1. prior to the conclusion of the League Match, the UK Broadcaster may notify a participating Club of a shortlist of three Players who participated following the League Match; K.120.2. when in receipt of that shortlist, the relevant Club must select at least one of the shortlisted Players to be made available for interview with the UK one of the other Players shortlisted by the UK Broadcaster but must have K.120.3. the relevant Players and the Manager must be made available for interviews with a UK Broadcaster that has Transmitted the League Match all other UK Broadcasters. K.119. In the event that the Host Broadcaster does not wish to carry out the Super-Flash Interview to which it is entitled, any other UK Broadcaster present at the League Match may exercise that right (and in the event that no UK Broadcaster wishes to do K.118.When in receipt of that shortlist, the relevant Club must select at least one of the one further Player (who may or may not be one of the other Players shortlisted by the must also be made available for the Super-Flash Interview. K.121. In respect of each League Match, each participating Club must ensure that at least one of its Players who featured prominently in the League Match and/or its Manager is made available for interview by International Broadcasters in attendance at the League Match and the League (subject to Rule K.123 below), in accordance with the requirements set out in Rule K.124, below. K.122. Each participating Club is required to ensure that each International Broadcaster in attendance at the League Match and the League receive an interview by either a Player or its Manager in accordance with the deadlines set out in Rule K.124, below, save that a Club that has lost the League Match shall be required to provide such interviews to 15 International Broadcasters and the League (or more International Broadcasters, should they wish to do so). The interviews required by this Rule may take place virtually, if so requested by the relevant Broadcaster(s). K.123. The identity/ies of the individual(s) to be made available for interview in accordance with Rule K.121, above, may be determined by the Club concerned, however, where it receives one or more requests from International Broadcasters that its Manager be made available for an interview, it must ensure that it makes its Manager available in accordance with the following requirements: K.124. Each participating Club must make its Players and/or its Manager available for interviews with International Broadcasters and the League by the following deadlines: K.124.1. within 20 minutes of the conclusion of the League Match for the League save that: (a) where a Player has provided a Super-Flash Interview to the League, he is not required to provide a further post-match interview to the League, and (b) for each League Match that is broadcast live by a UK Broadcaster, this deadline is extended to 30 minutes for Players/the Manager from a Club that has lost the relevant League Match; K.124.2. within 30 minutes of the conclusion of the League Match for each International Broadcaster Transmitting the League Match live (save that this deadline is extended to 45 minutes for Players/the Manager from a Club that lost the relevant League Match); and K.124.3. within 45 minutes for each other International Broadcaster that has Transmitted the League Match. No. of requests by International Broadcasters Minimum no. of interviews for which Manager must be made available 1 1 2 1 3 2 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 or more 3


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_11.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Radio Broadcasters Guidance Clubs may withdraw a Player from walking through the Mixed Zone in exceptional circumstances, e.g. where the Player has suffered injury and needs medical treatment or is subject to doping control. each League Match (the “Post-Match Media Conference”). Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the interviews for Radio Broadcasters as required by Rule K.125 shall take place in accordance with Rule K.111A. For the avoidance of doubt, all Players selected for doping control following a League Match are still expected to comply with their obligations regarding Broadcaster access (save where the doping control officer refuses to allow the Player to depart from the doping control station as a result of, for example, a lack of available chaperones). However, where selection for doping control affects a Player’s ability to make himself available for interview within the deadlines stipulated by these Rules, that will be taken into account by the Board when determining whether a breach has occurred. With regard to Rule K.121, the League in this context means Premier League Productions, the League’s appointed production partner which undertakes the broadcast of all League Matches on behalf of the League. The League then distributes content to International Broadcasters. The League considers it extremely important that, wherever possible, International Broadcasters receive interviews from Players with relevant language skills. Rule K.121 requires Clubs to ensure that either a Player or the Manager is available after the League Match for interviews with the League and all International Broadcasters present. The League will monitor Broadcaster access to ensure a balance between appropriate language content for International Broadcasters and that unreasonable demands are not being placed on Clubs. Furthermore, Clubs should ensure that they make a sufficient number of Players available for interview by International Broadcasters and the League to ensure compliance with the deadlines set out at Rule K.124. For example, if a Club makes only one Player available for interview by International Broadcasters and the League, it is unlikely that all such Broadcasters will receive interviews within the relevant deadlines. In such circumstances, where the deadlines are missed as a result of too few Players being made available by a Club, that Club will be in breach of these Rules. “Radio Broadcasters” means for the purposes of this Rule UK and/or Irish radio broadcasters only. Interviews with TV Broadcasters which take place pursuant to Rules K.117 to K.121 may take place in any location agreed between the relevant Broadcaster and the relevant Club. Guidance Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the access referred to at Rule K.130 means access to the virtual Post-Match Press Conference. Guidance The Club’s own media channel may also conduct filming during the period referred to in Rule K.132. Where it chooses to do so, the Club and Host Broadcaster shall engage in good faith discussions in advance to ensure that both are able to carry out their media requirements in co-operation with each other. the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the obligations at Rule K.132 shall not apply. regarding additional post-Match access at the League Matches referred 175 176 Rules: Section K K.132A.Where the League Matches referred to at Rule K.132 are played in accordance with Instead: K.132A.1. the Club and Host Broadcaster shall engage in good faith discussions to in Rule K.132; and K.132A.2. the Club’s own media channel shall not be permitted to conduct the filming referred to in Rule K.132 but may film any additional agreed content in co-operation with the Host Broadcaster. K.126.Before 31 July each year, each Club must confirm to the League whether, in respect of each League Match throughout the Season: K.126.1.each of the Players listed on its team sheet will walk through the Mixed Zone when exiting the Stadium following the League Match; or K.126.2. a minimum of six of the Players listed on the team sheet will walk through the Mixed Zone when exiting the Stadium following the League Match and the Club will ensure that each Broadcaster in attendance in the Mixed Zone is able to interview at least one such Player. K.127. Having made the election referred to at Rule K.126, above, each Club must ensure that it complies with its chosen approach at each League Match. K.131.Each Club shall ensure that its Manager attends the Post-Match Media Conference. League Champions K.132. Subject to Rule K.132A, each Season, following the conclusion of each of the League Matches at which: (a) a Club’s result in that League Match guarantees that it will become League Champions; and (b) the trophy is awarded to that Club for becoming League Champions, the Club concerned shall grant access to the Host Broadcaster to its dressing room from the period between the conclusion of the League Match and 60 minutes after the conclusion of the League Match. K.128.Subject to Rule K.128A, each Home Club shall facilitate a media conference following K.128A. Where a League Match is to be played in accordance with the Match Day Protocol (COVID-19), the Post-Match Media Conference shall take place virtually. No representatives of Broadcasters and other accredited representatives of the media will be present in the room in which the Conference is conducted (save for one camera operator and one sound operator), with the live feed being provided to the League and Broadcasters by the Club. K.129.The Post-Match Media Conference shall take place in the media conference room referred to in Rule K.86. K.130. Each Home Club shall ensure that Broadcasters that wish to do so have access to the Post-Match Media Conference and may at its discretion give such access to accredited representatives of other media. K.125. Each Club participating in a League Match must ensure that each Radio Broadcaster that has the right to the Radio Transmission of that League Match is permitted to interview: (a) at least one Player who featured prominently in the League Match; and (b) the Manager, following the League Match.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_12.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Broadcasters and the League. Guidance The League will manage the requests for access made by Broadcasters under Rule K.138 to ensure that the demands made of Clubs or of individual Players and Managers are not too onerous. start of each Season (“Pre-Season Content Session”). The time, date and location of attendance shall be determined in accordance with Rules K.140 and K.141, below. Guidance Club media and broadcast channels are permitted to attend the session referred to in Rule K.133, above, provided that any additional filming or photography by such channels in no way interrupts or inhibits that session. group photograph of all of the Players included on its Squad List and any Under 21 League Matches in the forthcoming Season. Guidance The purpose of this requirement is primarily to provide footage of players to be used in dynamic line-ups by TV Broadcasters. In addition, photographs of players will be used by the League’s trading cards partner. The League will hold the copyright in these photographs and licence it to Clubs. In the event that the League or its appointee is unable to carry out the filming or photography of a Contract Player pursuant to Rule K.133 then the Club should provide to the League a front-on head and body photograph of the Contract Player wearing the Club’s home Strip. As squads change over the Season, the League will ask Clubs to give access to new Players pursuant to Rule K.133.2. While the League will work with Clubs to schedule these further sessions, they will need to be undertaken before any new Player plays in a League Match. Guidance Participation by a Player or Manager in a Pre-Season Content Session will be taken into account by the League in its assessment of Club compliance with Rules K.95 and K.100, as appropriate. League the results of a questionnaire (the form and content of which shall be indicating his/her hobbies and interests in each case, together with details of each 177 178 Rules: Section K K.137. By no later than its first League Match of the Season, each Club shall submit to the determined by the League) completed by each of its Contract Players and its Manager, language in which he/she is able to carry out any media duties required by these Rules. Floodlights K.142. On the day of each League Match, each Club shall ensure that its floodlights are operational and comply with the requirements of these Rules for such period as the Board may from time to time specify. K.143.A Club’s Stadium must have floodlights giving a maintained vertical illuminance of: K.143.1.an average of at least 1650 lux and a minimum of at least 1000 lux when measured towards the principal camera on the Television Gantry; and K.143.2. an average of at least 1000 lux and a minimum of at least 650 lux at any one location on the pitch when measured towards the four vertical planes at 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° as shown in the pitch lighting grid set out below; and K.143.3. an average of at least 1650 lux and a minimum of at least 1000 lux on the horizontal reference plane. K.135. Each Club shall make available at its Stadium or training ground suitable facilities, the details of which shall be agreed between the Club and the League in advance, with the benefit of mains electric power, for the purposes of the filming and photography referred to in Rule K.133. K.136.Each Club shall provide to the League by no later than 30 September each year a Players who in the Club’s reasonable opinion will play in a significant number of Pre-Season Content Session K.139.Each Club shall make no fewer than four Players and its Manager available for a Content Session, lasting for a continuous period of no less than 60 minutes, prior to the such Pre-Season Content Session, together with the identities of the Players in K.140. Each Club must ensure the participation of its captain at its Pre-Season Content Session and must ensure that the remaining Players participating in the Pre-Season Content Session include only Players who were listed in the Club’s starting line-up in no fewer than 20 League Matches during the preceding Season (save that the League may grant dispensation from this requirement at its discretion, for example, where the Club registers one or more new Players). K.141.By no later than the 10 July preceding each Season, each Club must: K.141.1. notify the League of the identities of the Players (in addition to its Manager) who will be made available for the Pre-Season Content Session; and K.141.2. agree with the League the time, date and location of the Pre-Season Content Session (which may run immediately prior to or following or concurrently with the period referred to in Rule K.133, above, provided that it in no way inhibits the ability of the League and/or any Broadcaster to carry out the photography or filming required under that Rule. K.138.Each Club shall ensure that, when reasonably requested to do so by the League, Players and Managers will take part in recordings for the promotional purposes of Promotional Photographs and Footage K.133.Each Club shall: K.133.1. select (and notify the League of) one half day period, no later than 48 hours before the start of each Season, during which its Contract Players and Manager may be photographed and/or filmed by the League or its appointee; and K.133.2. ensure that each of its Contract Players and its Manager is available for a continuous period of no less than 60 minutes during such half day period for the photography and filming referred to at Rule K.133.1. K.134.For the purposes of the photography and filming referred to in Rule K.133: K.134.1.each Contract Player shall wear each of the Strips registered by the Club pursuant to Rule M.17; and K.134.2.the Manager shall wear match day attire (such as the Club’s official training kit or blazer or suit).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_13.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance – Pitch Lighting Grid Guidance The average lux value referred to in Rule K.143.1 is calculated by adding together the readings in each direction taken from each of the 96 measurement points referred to in Rule K.145 and dividing them by 96. The average lux value referred to in Rule K.143.2 is calculated by adding together the readings taken in the same direction at each of the 96 measurement points referred to in Rule K.145 and dividing the total by 96. The average lux value referred to in Rule K.143.3 is calculated by adding together the readings taken in the same direction at each of the 96 measurement points referred to in Rule K.145 and dividing the total by 96. Clubs should also take measurements on the horizontal plane at all 96 measurements as referred to in Rule K.145 for reference. These measurements should be reported in the certificate required by Rule K.154. All measurements should be taken at 1m above the pitch surface. To illustrate what is meant by this, Clubs are requested to measure and report lux values using a grid as shown below demonstrating each point on the pitch at which a measurement must be taken and recorded: Guidance The requirements of Rule K.144 are often expressed by technical experts as “U1 values” and “U2 values” in the following manner: “Uniformity (U1 [min/max]) > 0.50 Uniformity (U2 [min/ave]) > 0.60” The certificate to be provided to the League pursuant to Rule K.154 must contain the outcome of the measurement of the lux values at each point and in each direction on the pitch in this format. As five measurements must be taken at each of the 96 points, a total of 480 measurements must be taken (or 576 if including an assessment of illuminance towards the main camera). comfortable, glare-free environment for spectators. 179 180 Rules: Section K K.147. The 12 rows of seating nearest to the pitch (save for such rows in the stand where the Television Gantry is situated) shall be illuminated such that they have a minimum vertical illuminance perpendicular to the pitch of at least 200 lux and provide a K.148. The illuminance referred to in Rule K.147 shall be measured by measurements taken at illuminance test reference points located at 10m intervals on the tenth row of seating around the pitch. The illuminance test reference points are required in all seating areas around the perimeter of the pitch save for areas adjacent to the Television Gantry. K.149.Floodlighting shall be installed and arranged so as not to cause undue glare to Players. K.145. Calculation, measurement and reporting of the lux values shall be undertaken on the pitch using 96 measurement points in a grid format and at an equal distance from each other on each axis. K.146.At each of the 96 measurement points referred to in Rule K.145, five measurements shall be taken at one metre above the pitch and in the following five directions: K.146.1. one measurement shall on the horizontal plane at each reference point as shown in the pitch lighting grid set out below; K.146.2. when necessary, one measurement shall be taken towards the main camera on the Television Gantry (represented at position no. 1 on Plan A of Appendix 3); and K.146.3. four measurements shall be taken in four directions. The measurements shall be taken at 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° planes as shown in the pitch lighting grid set out below. K.144. The floodlighting must provide uniformity of maintained vertical illuminance at all locations on the pitch such that the minimum illuminance is no less than half of the maximum illuminance and no less than 60% of the average illuminance.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_14.GIF

Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Section K: Stadium Criteria and Broadcasters’ Requirements Guidance This is especially important in the goalmouth area where it is recommended by the International Commission on Illumination that no floodlights are installed in the horizontal zone of 5º of either side of the goal line. being the average of three measurements taken in the middle of each 181 182 Rules: Section K K.150.Each Club’s floodlighting shall have: K.150.1. colour rendering index Re of greater than 80; K.150.2. an average colour temperature of between 5200kelvin and 6000kelvin, goal-line and on the centre spot; and K.150.3. flicker (as measured by flicker factor) of no more than 6% at any one or more of the 96 measurement points referred to in Rule K.145 when measured towards the principal camera on the Television Gantry. K.151. Each Club must have installed at or adjacent to its Stadium an alternative power source for the floodlights such that the floodlighting shall continue with a minimum average illuminance of greater than 800 lux on the horizontal plane in the event of the failure of the primary power source. K.152. Details of the alternative power source referred to in Rule K.151, the estimated time before floodlights are available again in the event of failure of the primary power source, and the lux value of the floodlights when powered by the alternative power source must be set out in the annual floodlighting report referred to in Rule K.154 and the procedure referred to in Rule K.156. K.153.Each Club shall ensure that the floodlighting installation and supporting services at its Stadium are properly designed and maintained. K.154. In advance of each Season, the League will notify each Club whether it is required to undergo an independent assessment of its compliance with the illuminance requirements of Rules K.143 and K.146 by a Person appointed by the League or, alternatively, whether it is required to provide a certificate signed by a Chartered Electrical Engineer, a member of the Institute of Lighting Professionals or a member of the Society of Light and Lighting (in this Rule “the Signatory”) certifying: K.154.1. the floodlights have been inspected by the Signatory and in his/her opinion comply with Rules K.143 to K.153; K.154.2. the illuminance meter used to measure compliance with Rule K.143 was: K.154.2.1. cosine corrected; K.154.2.2. suitable for use for measuring the illuminance of floodlighting; K.154.2.3.fitted with a wide-angle receptive light sensor; and K.154.2.4. calibrated at least once in the previous 12 months (and a copy of the most recent certificate of calibration shall be attached to the certificate required to be provided in accordance with this Rule); and K.154.3. the floodlighting installation and its supporting services have been designed to an appropriate standard in compliance with these Rules and have been properly maintained. K.155. If works are undertaken at a Club’s floodlighting installation and support services after the submission of the certificate referred to in Rule K.154 then the Club must provide a further such certificate to the League within four weeks of those works being concluded. K.156. Each Club must devise, implement and make available to the League on request, an operation procedure to ensure the minimum possible level of disruption in the event of a power failure at the Stadium (as referred to in Rule K.151) or a failure in any Stadium electrical system, which complies with such guidance as issued by the League from time to time.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_15.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section L: Fixtures Section L: Fixtures practicable prior to the commencement of each Season; and time of a League Match, and before exercising such power the Board will participating in the League Match in question and any other Club or Clubs upon which international matches will be played. Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be a breach of Rule L.9 (or any other Rule) for a Club, Official or Director to discuss with other Clubs or the Board amendments to existing competition formats and structures or potential new competition formats and structures, without engaging in any of the conduct referred to in Rule L.9. W (Disciplinary) of the Rules that a Club or any of its Officials or Directors has acted scored or to be scored in the League Table; sustained as a result of such breach; and Visiting Club is competing in a competition permitted by Rules A.1.11(a) to 183 184 Rules: Section L L.10. Where a Commission upholds a complaint brought by the Board pursuant to Section in breach of Rule L.9, it shall: L.10.1. where it is a first offence, impose on the Club a deduction of 30 points L.10.2. order that the Club in breach indemnifies the League for any and all loss L.10.3. impose such other order or sanction as it thinks fit. L.11. Each Club shall enter the F.A. Cup. L.12. Qualification for UEFA Club Competitions shall be on sporting merit through domestic competitions controlled or sanctioned by The Football Association. Clubs qualifying for a UEFA Club Competition must apply for a UEFA Club Licence in accordance with the Licensing Manual. Postponement of League Matches L.13. Subject to Rules C.25 and C.29, a League Match shall not be postponed or abandoned except: L.13.1. when on the date fixed for it to be played either the Home Club or the A.1.11(f); L.13.2. with the approval of or on the instructions of the officiating referee; Arranging Fixtures L.1. The Board shall: L.1.1. determine the dates and kick-off times of all League Matches as soon as L.1.2. have the power at any time thereafter to change the date and kick-off consult with and take into account any representations made by the Clubs which may be affected thereby. L.2.Each Club shall use its best endeavours to ensure that each League Match takes place on the date and at the time fixed for it. L.3. No fixtures shall be arranged on or on any of the six days preceding the four dates agreed between the League and The Football Association prior to each Season L.4. League Matches will be played on New Year’s Day unless it falls on a Thursday or Friday and F.A. Cup matches are scheduled to be played on the immediately following Saturday. L.5.All intellectual property and other rights in the League’s fixture list shall belong to the League. L.6. A Club engaged in any match played in a UEFA Club Competition on a Thursday evening and a League Match on the following Saturday may rearrange the League Match to the following Sunday, provided that: L.6.1. it gives notice to that effect to the Board and to the relevant opposing Club within 72 hours of the date of the UEFA Club Competition match being fixed (or, if the period of 72 hours expires on a day which is not a Working Day, by close of business on the first Working Day thereafter); L.6.2.there is no police objection; L.6.3. the rearrangement of the League Match does not result in the opposing Club having to play another League Match, F.A. Cup match or UEFA Club Competition match within two days of the rearranged League Match being played; and L.6.4. the kick-off time of the re-arranged League Match is the same as that of one of the League Matches (if any) which have been selected for live Transmission in the United Kingdom on that Sunday, or such other kick-off time as the Board may approve. L.7. A Club may apply to the Board for permission to rearrange any fixture so that it is played on a different date or at a different kick-off time. Arranging Other Matches L.8. A Club shall not arrange to play a friendly match during the Season: L.8.1.until the dates of League Matches for that Season have been fixed and published in accordance with Rule L.1; or L.8.2. so that it adversely affects a League Match. Other Competitions L.9. It shall be a breach of these Rules by a Club (acting through any of its Officials or Directors) or any of its Officials or its Directors themselves to (indirectly or directly) do any of the following without the prior written approval of the Board (not to be unreasonably withheld ot delayed): L.9.1. enter into any agreement of any kind (whether by correspondence, heads of terms or memorandum of understanding) whether legally binding or otherwise, which includes an intention that the Club will participate in an Unapproved Competition; L.9.2. contractually bind the Club to participate in any Unapproved Competition or instruct someone to do so on its/their behalf; L.9.3. acquire any share or equity stake of any kind in any Unapproved Competition that it/they intend the Club to participate in or instruct someone to do so on its/their behalf; L.9.4. publicly announce (or approve a third party to publicly announce) the intention of the Club to participate in any Unapproved Competition; or L.9.5. enter or play in any Unapproved Competition.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_16.GIF

Section L: Fixtures Section L: Fixtures effect; or assessment documentation; and chairman of the Club’s safety advisory group and ensure that the match in accordance with Rules L.13.1, L.13.2, L.13.3, or L.13.4 the Home Club shall forthwith Guidance Clubs are reminded of their obligation pursuant to Rule L.2 to use their best endeavours to ensure that all League Matches take place on the date and at the kick-off time fixed for them. Pursuant to this, Clubs are expected to do all they can to address any concerns raised by a statutory authority. Home Club shall ensure that he/she is allocated a prime seat and allowed access to 185 186 Rules: Section L Failure to Play a League Match L.16. Subject to Rules C.25 and C.29, except in the case of a League Match which, without either of the participating Clubs being at fault, is postponed or abandoned under the provisions of Rule L.13, any Club which causes the postponement or abandonment of a League Match on the date fixed under Rule L.1 or to which it is rearranged under Rules L.1.2, L.6 or L.7 will be in breach of these Rules. Replaying a League Match L.17. The Board shall have power to order that a League Match be replayed provided that a recommendation to that effect has been made by a Commission in exercise of its powers under Rule W.49. Match Delegate L.18. The League will appoint a match delegate to attend each League Match and the all areas of the Stadium. L.19. The match delegate will act as an official representative of the League at the League Match to which he/she is appointed and he/she will report thereon to the League. Full Strength Teams L.20. In every League Match each participating Club shall field a full strength team. L.13.3. by order of the police; L.13.4. by order of any other authority exercising its statutory powers to that L.13.5. on the instructions of or with the prior written consent of the Board. L.14. Where it is proposed to postpone a League Match pursuant to Rule L.13.4 on the grounds of safety, the appropriate Official of the Home Club shall: L.14.1. complete and make available on request to the League all relevant risk L.14.2. time permitting, consult with the officiating referee, the police and the delegate appointed to attend the League Match pursuant to Rule L.18 is fully briefed as to the reasons for the postponement L.15. Subject to Rules C.25 and C.29, upon a League Match being postponed or abandoned inform the Board, and the Board will thereupon exercise its power under Rule L.1.2 and fix a date and kick-off time of the re-arranged League Match. Minimum Age L.21. A Player who for the purpose of Youth Development Rule 2 is placed in an age group below Under 16 shall not be named in a Club’s team sheet for or participate in a League Match. Team Sheet and Pre-Match Briefing L.22. At least 75 minutes before the time fixed for the kick-off of a League Match, a representative of each participating Club shall submit a team sheet by such method as approved by the Board containing the following particulars: L.22.1. the shirt numbers and names of its Players (including substitute Players) who are to take part in that League Match; L.22.2. the colour of the Strip to be worn by its Players, including the goalkeeper; and L.22.3. the names and job titles of up to seven Officials who will occupy the trainer’s bench during that League Match. L.23. At least 60 minutes before the time fixed for the kick-off of a League Match, a member of the coaching staff listed in Rule L.22.3 of each participating Club shall attend a briefing with the referee. L.24. Any Club acting in breach of either Rule L.22 or Rule L.23 will pay a fixed penalty of £2,500 in respect of a first such breach, £5,000 in respect of a second such breach during a Season and £10,000 in respect of a third such breach during a Season. Any subsequent breach shall be dealt with under the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). L.25. If any Player (or substitute Player) named on a team sheet is injured or otherwise incapacitated after the submission of the team sheet but before kick-off, upon his Team Doctor or, if he/she is unavailable, another doctor certifying that the injury or incapacitation is such that the Player in question cannot reasonably be expected to play, the Club may add the name of another Player to the team sheet as a Player or substitute Player. L.26. Any amendment to the team sheet pursuant to Rule L.25 shall be communicated forthwith to the referee, the opposing Club and the Match Manager. L.27. No Player whose name does not appear on his Club’s team sheet shall take the field of play in that League Match. Substitute Players L.28. Subject to Rule L.28A, in any League Match a Club may include in its team sheet up to nine substitute Players of whom not more than three may take part in the League Match subject to the conditions set out in Law 3 of the Laws of the Game.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_17.GIF

Section L: Fixtures Section L: Fixtures Rule L.28, each Club shall also be permitted to utilise up to two ‘concussion International Football Association Board’s ‘Additional permanent concussion the League. Each Club must also provide the League with such information as is League Match from the time fixed or the re-start after the half-time interval shall be use only the official ball approved from time to time by the League. 187 188 Rules: Section L L.28A.In each League Match in Season 2021/22 to be played on or after such date as is notified by the Board to all Clubs, in addition to the three substitutions permitted by substitutes’ and/or two ‘additional substitutes’ (as appropriate) from those substitutes listed on the team sheet, strictly in accordance with the provisions of the substitutes – Protocol B’ (“IFAB Protocol”) and any associated guidance issued by necessary to ensure compliance with the IFAB Protocol. L.29.Not more than three substitute Players of each Club shall warm up at the same time on the perimeter of a pitch upon which a League Match is being played. Kick-Off L.30. Each Club participating in a League Match shall adhere to the kick-off time and the Home Club shall report any delay to the Board together with any explanation therefor. L.31. Any Club which without good reason causes to be delayed either the kick-off of a dealt with under the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). Countdown to Kick-Off L.32. Each Club participating in a League Match must comply with the terms of the relevant Countdown to Kick-Off. Use of Official Ball L.33. In all League Matches the Home Club shall provide and the participating Clubs shall Occupation of the Technical Area L.34. The technical area shall be occupied during a League Match only by substitute Players and Officials whose names appear on the team sheet. Only Officials whose names appear on the team sheet and who are situated in the technical area may communicate instructions to Players during a League Match. L.35. Any Player who is dismissed from the field of play shall proceed immediately to the dressing room and shall not occupy the technical area. Duration of League Matches L.36. Subject to the provisions of Law 7 of the Laws of the Game and Rule L.37, the duration of a League Match shall be 90 minutes. L.37. The Board may order a League Match which for whatever reason lasts for less than 90 minutes to count as a completed fixture or to be replayed either partially or in its entirety. L.38. The half-time interval in League Matches shall be 15 minutes. Gate Statements L.39. Within 10 Working Days of a League Match the Home Club shall submit Form 9 to the Board duly completed. Penalties L.40. Any Club acting in breach of Rule L.32 will pay a fixed penalty of £2,500 in respect of a first such breach, £5,000 in respect of a second such breach during a Season and £10,000 in respect of a third such breach during a Season. Any subsequent breach shall be dealt with under the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). Compensation for Postponed Matches L.41. Compensation shall be payable to a Home Club if a League Match in which it should participate is postponed, provided that: L.41.1. the postponement is caused by the Visiting Club on the date fixed for the League Match or on a date reasonably proximate thereto being engaged in an F.A. Cup match or a Football League Cup match; and L.41.2. on the date fixed for the League Match the Home Club is no longer engaged in the relevant competition. L.42. In the case of a postponement caused by an F.A. Cup match compensation shall be paid out of the F.A. Cup pool and in the case of a Football League Cup match out of the Football League Cup pool or in either case as the Board shall determine. L.43. In either case the amount of compensation shall be the sum (if any) by which the Home Club’s net revenue from the postponed League Match falls short of the Home Club’s average net revenue for League Matches played in that Season. Provision of Hospitality for Officials L.44. Each Home Club shall provide hospitality arrangements for the Directors and other Officials of the Visiting Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_18.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section M: Players’ Identification and Strip Section M: Players’ Identification and Strip the left sleeve of its shirt, a logo of the League shall appear on that sleeve as well. Guidance For Season 2021/22, the obligation on each Club to display the logo of the League on the right sleeve of each Player’s shirt will include an obligation to bear the ‘No Room for Racism’ logo beneath the League logo. League Match during the Season) by submitting to the Board Form 11 together with these Rules and a brief written description of each. The Board having entered the League and on the League’s website. these Rules: details of the changes required to achieve compliance; and the Club concerned intends to wear the changed Strip. to be worn) and the opposing Club (such notice to be accompanied by a 189 190 Rules: Section M M.16.Neither the home Strip shirt nor the shirt of either of the alternative Strips shall be of a colour or design alike or similar to the outfits of Match Officials. M.17.Not later than eight weeks before the commencement of each Season, each Club shall register its Strips (each of which must be available for the Club to wear in each samples of its home Strip, alternative Strip(s) and goalkeeper’s Strip complying with descriptions in a register will cause the same to be printed in the handbook of the M.18.Each Strip submitted for registration in accordance with Rule M.17 shall have on it: M.18.1.the shirt number and name of any Player in the Club’s first team squad, displayed as required by Rule M.7; and M.18.2.any advertisement for which the approval of the Board is either sought or has already been given under the provisions of Rule M.30.1. M.19.If pursuant to Rule M.17 a Club seeks to register a Strip which does not comply with M.19.1.the Board shall give to that Club notice in writing to that effect giving full M.19.2. the Strip in question shall not be worn by that Club’s Players in a League Match until a further sample has been submitted to and approved in writing by the Board. M.20. Subject to Rule M.21, Strips of the description thus registered shall be worn throughout the Season immediately following and no changes to it shall be made except with the prior written permission of the Board. Any request for such permission must be made to the Board no less than 14 days before the League Match in which M.21. On the occasion of a Club’s last home or away League Match in any Season a further Strip (i.e. not one registered by the Club in accordance with Rule M.17) may be worn provided that: M.21.1.at least seven days’ prior written notice of intention to do so is given to the Board (such notice to be accompanied by a sample of the Strip intended CAD drawing of the Strip intended to be worn); and M.21.2.the alternative Strip shall be subsequently registered as the Club’s home or alternative Strip for the following Season. M.15.The logo of the League shall appear on the right sleeve of both home Strip and alternative Strip shirts. Where the relevant Strip does not bear a sponsor’s logo on Player Identification M.1.Before the commencement of each Season each Club shall allocate a different shirt number to each member of its first team squad. M.2.A Club shall likewise allocate a shirt number to any Player joining its first team squad during the Season. M.3.Save with the prior written consent of the Board shirt numbers shall commence with the number one and shall be allocated consecutively. M.4.While he remains with the Club a Player will retain his shirt number throughout the Season for which it was allocated. M.5.Upon a Player leaving a Club the shirt number allocated to him may be re-allocated. M.6. Each Club shall forthwith provide to the Board on Form 10 full details in writing of shirt numbers allocated so that throughout each Season the Board is aware of the names of members of the first team squad of each Club and the shirt numbers allocated to them. M.7. When playing in League Matches each Player shall wear a shirt on the back of which shall be prominently displayed his shirt number so as to be clearly visible in accordance with guidelines laid down by the Board from time to time, and above that his surname or such other name as may be approved in writing by the Board. M.8.The Player’s shirt number shall also appear on the front of the left leg of his shorts. M.9. The size, style, colour and design of shirt numbers, lettering and the logo of the League appearing on a Player’s shirt or shorts and the material from which such numbers, lettering and logo are made shall be determined by the Board from time to time. M.10. The colour and design of the shirt and socks worn by the goalkeeper when playing in League Matches shall be such as to distinguish him from the other Players and from Match Officials. M.11.The captain of each team appearing in a League Match shall wear an armband provided by the League indicating his status as such. M.12. Any Club acting in breach of any of Rules M.1 to M.11 inclusive will be liable to pay to the League a fixed penalty of £2,500 for a first breach, £5,000 for a second breach during a Season and £10,000 for a third breach during a Season. Any subsequent breach may be dealt under the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). Home and Alternative Strips M.13. Each Club shall have a home Strip and up to a maximum of two alternative Strips which shall be registered with the Board and worn by its Players in League Matches in accordance with the provisions of these Rules. M.14.Each Strip registered with the Board by a Club must differ visibly from and contrast with each other Strip registered by the Club in that Season.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_19.GIF

Section M: Players’ Identification and Strip Section M: Players’ Identification and Strip home Strip; the two Clubs. In the event of the Match Officials not having distinguishing colours Guidance In respect of each League Match, the League will notify Clubs of the confirmed Strips to be worn by the Home Club and the Visiting Club (together with the uniform to be worn by the Match Officials) in the form of the Match Day Information Sheet. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the League’s power to resolve disputes arising between Clubs regarding Strips, the League may (if necessary) require one or both Clubs to wear different shirts and/or shorts and/or socks from more than one of their respective registered Strips to ensure sufficient contrast, as required by Rule M.22. Further, Clubs should be aware that, pursuant to Rule N.6.10, the Match referee is empowered, where there is a clash between the Strip(s) or one or more Clubs participating in a League Match and the ball assistants and/or stewards on duty at the League Match, to require that the ball assistants and/or stewards change their uniform(s) to remove the clash. Clubs are required to bear this in mind when selecting Strips. 191 192 Rules: Section M M.26.In the event of a dispute arising on the day of a League Match in relation to the Strip to be worn then the referee’s decision shall be final. M.27. Subject to Rule M.21, no Club shall participate in a League Match wearing a Strip other than its registered home Strip or alternative Strip or a combination of the same (in either case as instructed under Rule M.25 or Rule M.26) except with the prior written consent of the Board. M.22. Subject to Rules M.21 and M.23, when playing in League Matches the Players of each participating Club shall wear a Strip which is of a sufficient contrast that Match Officials, spectators and television viewers (including those with colour vision deficiency) will be able to distinguish clearly between the two teams. In selecting the choice of Strip the following order of precedence shall apply unless authorised by the Board: M.22.1.1st priority: the outfield players of the Home Club who shall wear their M.22.2.2nd priority: the outfield players of the Visiting Club; M.22.3.3rd priority: the Home Club goalkeeper; and M.22.4.4th priority: the Visiting Club goalkeeper. M.23.The Match Officials shall wear colours that distinguish them from the Strip worn by then the Visiting Club goalkeeper must change and if this is not possible the Home Club goalkeeper must do so. M.24. At least 10 days prior to each League Match the Visiting Club shall notify the Home Club and the League (by such means as advised by the Board from time to time) of the Strip it intends its Players (including for the avoidance of doubt its goalkeeper) to wear. M.25. The League, in consultation with PGMOL acting on behalf of the referee, will determine any disputes arising between Clubs and no later than three working days prior to each League Match notify both Clubs and the Match Officials of the colours to be worn. M.28. Each Club shall ensure that it has available at each League Match a replacement Strip for each Player named on the team sheet which can be used in the event of a Player requiring to change any part of his Strip. Each Player’s replacement Strip shall comply with Rules M.7 and M.8. M.29. When participating in a League Match no Player shall reveal undergarments that show political, religious or personal slogans, statements or images, or advertising other than a manufacturer’s logo. The Board may proceed under Section W against either the Player or his Club or both for any breach of this Rule. Strip Advertising M.30.Provided that: M.30.1.the content, design and area of the advertisement is approved by the Board; and M.30.2.it complies with The Football Association Rules for the time being in force, advertising on Strips shall be permitted.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_20.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section N: Match Officials Section N: Match Officials Match Officials eligible to be appointed to officiate at League Matches during that Officials so appointed who shall each forthwith acknowledge their appointment to Football Association Board); to officiate, the referee shall: not less than two hours before the advertised time of kick-off; Match be postponed or that the kick-off be delayed; and be re-marked; L.22; incapacitated as provided in Rule L.25; 193 194 Rules: Section N Appointment of Match Officials N.1.Prior to the commencement of each Season, PGMOL will compile and publish a list of Season. N.2.PGMOL shall be empowered to remove the name of any Match Official from its list at any time. N.3.PGMOL will appoint the Match Officials to officiate at each League Match. PGMOL will give notice of such appointment to the participating Clubs and to the Match PGMOL. Rules Binding on Match Officials N.4. Acknowledgement by a Match Official of an appointment made under Rule N.3 shall constitute an agreement with the League by such Match Official to be bound by and to comply with: N.4.1.the Laws of the Game (and any protocols issued by the International N.4.2.The Football Association Rules; and N.4.3.these Rules. Payments to Match Officials N.5.No Club or Official shall either directly or indirectly make or offer to make any payment to or confer or offer to confer any benefit upon any Match Official. Pre-Match Procedures N.6.Prior to the commencement of a League Match at which he/she has been appointed N.6.1.together with the other appointed Match Officials, arrive at the Stadium N.6.2.decide on the fitness of the pitch for the playing of the League Match and: N.6.2.1.if the referee considers it to be unfit, instruct that the League N.6.2.2. if the referee considers it to be necessary, instruct that the pitch N.6.3. receive the team sheets of the participating Clubs in accordance with Rule N.6.4. permit the amendment of a team sheet if a Player is injured or otherwise N.6.5.attend the briefing referred to at Rule L.22; N.6.6.check and approve any football to be used in the League Match; N.6.7.ensure that, if appropriate, the Home Club has made a coloured ball available; N.6.8. wear one of the match uniforms provided by PGMOL ensuring that it does not clash with the Strip worn by either of the participating teams; N.6.9. ensure that the Players’ Strip complies with the provisions of Section M of these Rules; N.6.10. ensure that the uniform worn by any ball assistant or steward does not clash with the Strip worn by either of the participating teams and if in his/ her opinion there is such a clash, he/she shall be authorised to request such ball assistant or steward to change his/her uniform or to leave the vicinity of the field of play; N.6.11. with the assistant referees, lead the participating teams onto the field of play in accordance with the provisions set out in the Countdown to Kick-Off; and N.6.12.take such other steps as may be agreed between the League and PGMOL from time to time. Compliance with Instructions N.7.Players and Officials shall comply with any lawful instruction given to them by a Match Official officiating at a League Match Post-Match Procedures N.8. By such method approved by PGMOL, the referee shall send the team sheets to and make the following reports to the Board as soon as practicable after officiating at a League Match: N.8.1.on the standard of facilities for Match Officials provided by the Home Club; N.8.2.on the late arrival at the Stadium of any of the Match Officials, giving reasons therefore; N.8.3.on the condition of the pitch; N.8.4.on the circumstances surrounding the kick-off or re-start being delayed; N.8.5.on either team commencing the League Match with less than a full complement of Players; N.8.6.on any change of Strip ordered; N.8.7.on the failure of a team to process together onto the field of play in accordance with the provisions set out in the Countdown to Kick-Off; N.8.8.on any breach of Rule L.33 by either Club; N.8.9.on any Player being cautioned or sent-off; N.8.10.on either assistant referee taking over as referee and stating the reason therefore; N.8.11.on any breach of these Rules by Clubs, Players, Officials, Managers and other Match Officials; and N.8.12.any other matter which the referee considers appropriate to bring to the Board’s attention. N.9.A referee shall likewise report to The Football Association any breach of The Football Association Rules.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_21.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section O: Medical Section O: Medical any way the obligations imposed on Clubs by statute and/or common law in the practice by the General Medical Council. Advanced Trauma Medical Management in Football qualification (“ATMMiF”) shall course that is recognised and approved by: (a) the Faculty of Pre-Hospital period). Guidance The FA has developed a number of new courses to replace the previously required qualifications: • • • • ATMMiF replaces the AREA; Introduction to First Aid in Football (“IFAiF”) replaces EA; Emergency First Aid in Football (“EFAiF”) replaces BFAS; and Intermediate Trauma Medical Management in Football (“ITMMiF”) replaces IFAS. Where an individual is required by these Rules to hold one of the new qualifications referred to above, it will be acceptable to hold the previous qualification referred to until that qualification has expired, at which point the new qualification will be required. identification and notification of concussive injuries; and professional qualification. 195 196 Rules: Section O Team Doctor and Medical Coordinator O.4.Each Club shall appoint at least one Team Doctor and at least one Medical Coordinator (who must be a doctor). O.5.Each doctor appointed by a Club whose responsibilities include giving medical treatment to Players must: O.5.1.hold a current ATMMiF; O.5.2.comply with any guidance issued by the Board in respect of the O.5.3.comply with the General Medical Council’s requirements concerning annual appraisal, scope of practice, indemnity and revalidation of doctors. O.6.The Team Doctor must hold a diploma in sports medicine or an equivalent or higher Doctors – General O.1.Nothing in this Section O or elsewhere in these Rules replaces, reduces or affects in fields of medicine, occupational health and/or health and safety. O.2.Each Club’s Team Doctor, Crowd Doctor and Medical Coordinator, and any other doctor appointed by the Club, shall be a registered medical practitioner licensed to O.3.References in these Rules to a requirement to hold a current Football Association mean that the individual concerned shall: O.3.1.have successfully undertaken the full ATMMiF course (or an equivalent Care as equivalent to the AREA Certificate; and (b) the Board) in the preceding 42 months; and O.3.2.have successfully undertaken the ATMMiF refresher course (or an equivalent course recognised and approved by the Board) in the preceding 22 months (unless he/she successfully undertook the full ATMMiF course or an equivalent course recognised and approved by the Board within that O.7.In respect of each League Match, the Medical Coordinator of the Home Club shall: O.7.1.by such method approved by the League, complete and sign the Match Day Medical Requirements Form in advance of each League Match; O.7.2. liaise with the Visiting Club’s Team Doctor prior to each League Match in order to explain to him/her the Home Club’s arrangements for emergency care; O.7.3. on the day of the League Match, be available to deal with any queries of the Visiting Club’s Team Doctor and ensure that the latter is given the opportunity to familiarise himself/herself with the Home Club’s medical facilities and to meet the paramedics present at the League Match pursuant to Rule O.19.4; O.7.4.at the request of either Team Doctor: O.7.4.1.assist with the treatment of injuries; O.7.4.2. care for and monitor any Player or Match Official who has left the field of play; O.7.4.3. assist with the identification and assessment of concussive injuries, whether through the use of pitch-side video technology or otherwise; and O.7.4.4. act as the lead point of liaison and co-ordination for all Players or Match Officials referred to hospital, including by liaising with the hospital and establishing contact with local ambulances and hospital emergency departments. O.8. In advance of each League Match, the Team Doctor of the Home Club shall, by such method approved by the League, complete and sign the Mandatory Medical Equipment Form and retain it for his/her records. Crowd Doctor O.9.Each Club shall appoint at least one Crowd Doctor. O.10.A Crowd Doctor shall either: O.10.1. hold the Diploma in Immediate Medical Care issued by the Royal College of Surgeons (Edinburgh) Faculty of Pre-Hospital Care (“Faculty”) or its equivalent; or O.10.2.have successfully undertaken the Faculty’s ‘Generic Crowd Doctor Training’ course or its equivalent. O.11.Each Crowd Doctor shall successfully undertake the Faculty’s ‘Generic Refresher and Skills Update Course’ at least once every five years. Physiotherapists O.12.Each Club shall employ a full time senior physiotherapist. O.13.The senior physiotherapist shall: O.13.1.be a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council; and O.13.2.hold a current ATMMiF.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_22.GIF

Section O: Medical Section O: Medical Coordinator, physiotherapist or therapist (who shall be qualified as be permitted to treat Players or Match Officials on the field of play; Mandatory Medical Equipment Form are available and present at the carry an emergency casualty and staffed by a Person or Persons qualified to transport any Player or Match Official requiring emergency treatment Visiting Club the emergency treatment protocol referred to in Rule O.16.2 received it. has sustained, or is suspected of having sustained, a concussive injury: and circumstances, be allowed to resume playing or training (as the case may been examined and declared fit to do so by his Team Doctor or, if he/she is welfare of the Player is paramount and the decision of the Team Doctor or or training shall be final. 197 198 Rules: Section O O.19.3. each participating Club’s Team Doctor and physiotherapist or therapist (who shall be qualified as required by these Rules) shall occupy that Club’s trainers’ bench during the League Match; O.19.4. the Home Club shall procure the attendance of at least two fully qualified and appropriately insured paramedics who shall be available to assist with on-field medical incidents; O.19.5. no Person other than a participating Club’s Team Doctor, Medical required by these Rules) or the paramedics referred to in Rule O.19.4 shall O.19.6.the Home Club shall ensure that all equipment and facilities listed in the Stadium; O.19.7. the Home Club shall ensure that throughout each League Match a fully equipped, dedicated and appropriately insured ambulance suitable to to perform essential emergency care en route is available at the Stadium to hospital; and O.19.8. the Home Club shall before each League Match make available to the and obtain the Visiting Club’s Team Doctor’s confirmation that he/she has Concussive Injuries O.20. Each Team Doctor, physiotherapist, therapist and Medical Coordinator shall, when present at a League Match or at any other match or at training, carry the pocket concussion tool (which is set out at Appendix 4A). O.21.Where a Player, whether engaged in a League Match, any other match or in training, O.21.1.the Club must comply with any concussion protocol issued by the League in respect of the treatment of that Player and any review of that treatment; O.21.2.notwithstanding Rule O.21.1 above, the Player shall not, under any be) that same day. Furthermore, he shall not be allowed to return to playing in matches or participating in training thereafter unless he has unavailable, by another medical practitioner. In such circumstances, the other medical practitioner as to whether the Player is fit to resume playing O.14.Any other physiotherapist employed by a Club shall: O.14.1.be a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council; and O.14.2. (where the duties of the physiotherapist concerned include being present in the technical area during League Matches in accordance with Rule L.34) hold a current ATMMiF. O.15. Any other sports therapist employed by a Club (where the duties of the therapist concerned include being present in the technical area during League Matches in accordance with Rule L.34) shall hold a current ATMMiF. Medical and Safety Action Plan O.16.Each Club shall prepare and make available to the League on request a Medical and Safety Action Plan, which shall: O.16.1. set out protocols for the assessment of risk and management of injuries to its employees in all areas of its business; O.16.2. set out protocols detailing the management of injuries to Players and Match Officials sustained during League Matches, other matches in which the Club participates and training (including a dedicated protocol for the emergency treatment of Players and Match Officials during League Matches played at its Stadium); and O.16.3. detail all first aid facilities and medical equipment maintained by the Club in the event that treatment of such injuries is necessary. O.17.The Medical and Safety Action Plan shall be: O.17.1. drawn up under the guidance of, and be regularly reviewed and if necessary amended by, the Team Doctor in consultation with the Medical Coordinator, senior physiotherapist, the Club’s safety officer and such other Persons as the Club may consider appropriate; and O.17.2.annually reported to and approved by the Club’s board. O.18.Each Club shall ensure that: O.18.1.it manages effectively all medical issues that may arise at a League Match; and O.18.2.its first aid facilities and medical equipment are properly maintained and are in full working order. Attendance of Medical Personnel and Provision of Medical Facilities O.19.At every League Match: O.19.1. each participating Club shall procure the attendance of its Team Doctor and the Home Club shall procure the attendance of its Crowd Doctor and Medical Coordinator. The Home Club’s Team Doctor, Crowd Doctor and Medical Coordinator shall be available throughout and for a reasonable time before and after the League Match; O.19.2. each participating Club shall procure the attendance of a physiotherapist or therapist who is qualified as required by these Rules;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_23.GIF

Section O: Medical Section O: Medical 199 200 Rules: Section O Medical Records O.22. Each Club shall carry out medical examinations on all its Contract Players and Academy Players registered on Scholarship Agreements (as defined in the Youth Development Rules) in accordance with the requirements laid down in Appendix 4 and keep medical records that comply with General Medical Council requirements. O.23. Where the transfer (including the Temporary Transfer) of the registration of a Contract Player is being negotiated between Clubs, the Club holding the registration shall, at the request of the other Club, and provided that the consent of the Contract Player has been obtained, provide to it the medical records of the Contract Player in question (including for the avoidance of doubt any records which the Club holds of the cardiac screening and/or concussion history of the Player). Medical Insurance O.24. During such time as there shall remain in force an agreement between the League and the Professional Footballers’ Association for the subsidising of Player insurance schemes, each Club shall cause each of its Contract Players and those of its Academy Players with whom it has entered into a Scholarship Agreement (as defined in the Youth Development Rules) to be insured under and in accordance with the terms of any private medical insurance scheme approved by the Board. In the case of such Academy Players such insurance may be limited to football related injuries. COVID-19 Protocols O.25.Each Club must comply with the Training Protocol set out at Appendix 14 to these Rules. Injury Audit O.26. Subject to any legal restrictions preventing disclosure, each Club shall comply promptly and in full with any request for information made by the League in connection with any injury audit operated by (or on behalf of) the League.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_24.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section P: Managers Section P: Managers 201 202 Rules: Section P Codes of Conduct P.1. Managers shall conduct themselves in accordance with the Code of Conduct for Managers set out in Appendix 5. P.2. Clubs shall conduct themselves in relation to Managers in accordance with the Code of Conduct for Clubs set out in Appendix 6. P.3. Any failure by Managers or Clubs to conduct themselves in accordance with their respective Codes of Conduct will constitute a breach of this Rule. Coaching Qualifications P.4. Each Manager shall either: P.4.1. hold, or have commenced and be actively engaged on the requisite course to obtain, a valid UEFA Pro Licence; or P.4.2. hold the Football Association Coaching Diploma; or P.4.3. hold, or have commenced and be actively engaged on the requisite course to obtain, a valid diploma of a similar standard issued by another national association. P.5. No Club shall employ any Person as a Manager who does not hold a qualification listed in Rule P.4. P.6. Rules P.4. and P.5. shall not apply to Managers until the expiry of 12 weeks from the date of their appointment as such. The Board shall have power to grant an extension of the 12 weeks period only if reasonably satisfied that a Manager is acting as a temporary replacement for another who is medically unfit to resume his/her duties. Contracts of Employment and Submission to the Board P.7. The terms of a Manager’s employment must be evidenced in a written contract, a copy of which must be submitted to the Board within seven days of its coming into full force and effect. Contents of Contracts of Employment P.8. Contracts of employment between a Club and a Manager shall: P.8.1. include the standard clauses set out in Appendix 7; and P.8.2. clearly set out the circumstances in which the contract of employment may be determined by either party. Meetings Re Refereeing and Other Matters P.9. All Managers are required to attend in person an annual pre-Season meeting organised by the League or PGMOL and failure to do so (save in exceptional circumstances) shall be a breach of these Rules. P.10. By no later than 25 June in advance of each Season, each Club must notify the League of two dates (each of which shall be before the Club’s first League Match of the Season) on which each of its Contract Players will be available for a meeting to be attended by the League and/or PGMOL. The League will then notify the Club as soon as possible thereafter on which of the two dates provided the meeting will take place. Failure to attend this meeting (in the case of a Contract Player) or to take reasonable steps to ensure the attendance of each of its Contract Players at this meeting (in the case of a Club), save in exceptional circumstances, shall be a breach of these Rules. Broadcasters and Media P.11. Each Manager shall when requested to do so attend in person and participate in the interviews, press conferences and other activity required of Managers pursuant to Section K of these Rules and failure to do so (save in exceptional circumstances) shall be a breach of these Rules. Such interviews shall not be arranged in such a manner as to interfere with the Manager’s primary Match Day responsibilities as regards team matters. Disputes P.12. Any dispute arising between the parties to a Manager’s contract with a Club shall be dealt with under the procedures set out in Section Y of these Rules (Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal). Assistant Manager/Head Coach P.13. A Club which applies for a UEFA Club Licence must, in addition to employing a Manager, employ an individual (such as an assistant manager or head coach) to assist the Manager in all football matters relating to the first team.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_25.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section Q: Scouts Section Q: Scouts 203 204 Rules: Section Q Registration of Scouts Q.1.The Board shall keep a register of Scouts. Q.2. Each Club upon employing or engaging a Scout shall within five days thereof apply to register him by duly completing Form 12 and submitting to the Board a copy of the document by which, in accordance with Rule J.2, the Club binds the Scout to comply with these Rules. Q.3.The Board shall register a Scout and shall notify the applicant Club to that effect upon being satisfied that: Q.3.1.the Club has complied with Rule Q.2. above; and Q.3.2.the Scout who is the subject of the application is not currently registered as the Scout of another Club. Q.4. Except during the period of five days mentioned in Rule Q.2. above, no Club shall employ a Scout who is not registered under the provisions of this Section of these Rules unless it has made an application to register him which has yet to be determined. Q.5. Upon a Club ceasing to employ or engage a registered Scout it shall within five days thereof give notice to that effect to the Board who shall thereupon remove the name of such Scout from the register. Identification of Scouts Q.6.Each Club shall issue to each of its registered Scouts a formal means of identification which shall include: Q.6.1.the name of the Club by which it is issued; Q.6.2.the signature of an Authorised Signatory of the issuing Club; Q.6.3.a photograph of the Scout; and Q.6.4.the Scout’s signature. Code of Conduct Q.7. Scouts shall conduct themselves in accordance with the Code of Conduct for Scouts set out in Appendix 8 and any failure to do so shall constitute a breach of this Rule. Each Club must ensure that its Scouts comply with the provisions of these Rules (and, where applicable, the Youth Development Rules) and Appendix 8.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_26.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section R: Supporter Relations Section R: Supporter Relations cheapest; restricted view of the goalmouth; local community; availability of seating for disabled spectators and their personal assistants (at least five per cent.) of them for sale to non-season ticket holders; and junior supporters. R.10, at each League Match, the Home Club shall make available to the Visiting Club of 10 per cent of the Home Club’s disabled spectator accommodation in each case): R.9.2. if the capacity of the Home Club’s Stadium is less than 30,000, such number Guidance It is recognised that Clubs may categorise disabled spectator accommodation in different ways. However, to ensure compliance with Rule R.9, it is expected that, at a minimum, the 10 per cent. allocation referred to should include 10 per cent. of the Home Club’s wheelchair accommodation and 10 per cent. of the Home Club’s ambulant disabled seating. 205 206 Rules: Section R R.6.3. facilitate wider access to League Matches by the public by allowing for a broad range of ticket prices, the more expensive effectively subsidising the R.6.4. allow for a reasonable reduction in the price of tickets for seats with a R.6.5. adopt a system of concessionary ticket prices tailored to the needs of the R.6.6. give details in an online format and/or other appropriate means of the and the pricing policy in relation thereto; R.6.7. set out particulars of any membership, loyalty, bond, debenture or similar scheme; R.6.8. make available a method of payment for season tickets by instalments at competitive rates of interest; R.6.9. promote the availability of tickets by reserving a reasonable proportion R.6.10. deal with the return and distribution of unwanted tickets; R.6.11. include the following provisions in respect of abandoned League Matches: R.6.11.1. abandonment after spectators admitted to the Stadium but before kick-off - free admission to the rearranged League Match; R.6.11.2. abandonment after kick-off - half price admission to the rearranged League Match; and R.6.12. refer to the obligations set out in Rules R.7 to R.12, below. R.7. Each Club shall provide an area of its Stadium for the exclusive use of family groups R.8. Concessionary ticket prices must be made available by each Club for: R.8.1. senior citizens; and R.8.2. junior supporters. R.9.Unless otherwise agreed by the Board or between the Clubs, and subject to Rule the following allocation of tickets (with such allocation to be inclusive of a minimum R.9.1. 3,000 tickets; or of tickets as is equal to 10 per cent of its Stadium capacity. Supporter Liaison Officer R.1. Each Club shall employ one or more appropriately senior Official(s) whose responsibilities shall include: R.1.1. the delivery of the Club’s policies regarding its supporters; R.1.2. ensuring that there is a regular point of contact within the Club for the Club’s supporters; and R.1.3. liaising regularly with the Club’s management (including on safety and security related issues as they affect supporters). Policies R.2. Each Club shall devise, document and publish: (a) a policy (or policies) with regard to ticketing, merchandise and relations with its supporters, season ticket holders and others having an interest in the activities of the Club (together in this Section of these Rules referred to as “Stakeholders”); and (b) a disability access statement. A copy of all such documents must be provided to the League before the start of the Season. R.3.A Club’s policy with regard to its Stakeholders should: R.3.1. provide for consultation with them on a structured and regular basis through forums, questionnaires and focus groups and by the publication of current policies on major issues in an easily digested format; and R.3.2. promote supporter and community liaison and provide for the establishment of liaison structures where none exist. Disability Access Officer R.4. Each Club shall employ one or more appropriately senior Official(s) whose responsibilities shall include: R.4.1. ensuring the provision by the Club of safe, inclusive, accessible facilities and services for disabled supporters; and R.4.2. liaising regularly with the Club’s management (including on issues related to disability access). Reporting R.5. Each Club shall notify the League on request of how each of its said policies has been implemented and the extent to which each has been achieved. Ticketing R.6.A Club’s ticketing policy should: R.6.1. provide general information to the public about ticket availability and pricing, giving the earliest possible notice of any changes and the reasons therefore; R.6.2. aim to promote greater accessibility by the adoption of flexible and imaginative ticketing schemes;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_27.GIF

Section R: Supporter Relations Section R: Supporter Relations blocks of seating (“Seating Blocks”) in the area of the Home Club’s segregation point shall be determined by the Board); located in one or more segregated, self-contained area(s) of the Stadium; basis (the sequence of release of Seating Blocks to the Visiting Club to be Rule R.12) at least four weeks before the League Match to which they (and not pay for) any unsold tickets in the final Seating Block for which it Club shall be conditional upon: either three working days after receipt from the Home Club or the date 207 208 Rules: Section R R.10. The tickets referred to in Rule R.9 must: R.10.1.be made available to the Visiting Club in blocks corresponding to the Stadium for supporters of the Visiting Club, such Seating Blocks to be designated by reference to the points at which segregation of supporters of the Home and Visiting Clubs can occur (and, for the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no maximum or minimum number of seats in a Seating Block and any question as to the size of a Seating Block or the location of a R.10.2. be allocated so as to ensure that supporters of the Visiting Club are and R.10.3. (subject to the approval of the relevant local authority) be allocated so as to ensure that, at a minimum, one Seating Block in which supporters of the Visiting Club will be located is situated ‘pitch-side’ (ie, the front row of such Seating Block is the row closest to the pitch in the relevant stand that is available for general admission). R.11. The Visiting Club: R.11.1.may order and sell tickets on a sequential Seating Block by Seating Block determined by the Home Club); R.11.2. must confirm its final order of tickets (subject to the conditions set out in relate; and R.11.3. shall pay for the entirety of the tickets so ordered save that it may return ordered tickets if it has sold 50% of the tickets in that Seating Block. R.12.Unless otherwise agreed, the provision by a Home Club of tickets for sale by a Visiting R.12.1. the Visiting Club making the tickets available for purchase by the later of that is four weeks before the date of the fixture; R.12.2. any unsold tickets being returned by the Visiting Club to the Home Club not later than 10 days before the date fixed for the League Match to which they relate; R.12.3. the proceeds of tickets sold and the value (to be pro-rated to the number of adult and concessionary tickets actually sold by the Visiting Club) of any unsold tickets not returned as aforesaid being paid by the Visiting Club to the Home Club within four days of the League Match taking place; and R.12.4. the Visiting Club paying to the Home Club daily interest at the rate of five per cent. per annum over the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank Plc on any amount not paid in accordance with Rule R.12.3. R.13. Each Club shall submit to the League details of its season ticket prices and ticket prices for individual League Matches no later than 48 hours before announcing the same publicly (and, in any event, before the start of each Season). Merchandise R.14. A Club’s merchandising policy should: R.14.1. allow for market research to be undertaken with regard to the frequency of Strip changes and to their design; R.14.2. identify the intervals at which Strip changes are intended to take place and the date of the next intended change; R.14.3.provide for swing tickets attached to replica Strip to state its launch date; and R.14.4. refer to the effect on the consumer of the obligations set out in Rules R.16 to R.19 below. R.15. Any numbers, lettering, badges and logos appearing on replica Strip shall be of the same style, colour and design as those appearing on Players’ Strip currently registered as required by Rule M.17. R.16. In any future contract to license a manufacturer to produce for retail sale replica Strip, each Club shall include the standard clauses set out in Appendix 9. R.17. Upon a Promoted Club becoming a member of the League in accordance with the provisions of Rule B.4, it shall give notice to any manufacturer licensed to manufacture and distribute its replica Strip in the terms set out in Appendix 10 and request such manufacturer to convey the substance of the notice to its dealers forthwith and advise them that: R.17.1. they are free to sell, advertise and display for sale replica Strip supplied by such manufacturer at whatever price they may choose; and R.17.2. they should inform the Competition and Markets Authority if they are concerned that a minimum resale price is being imposed. R.18. No Club shall cause or procure any manufacturer with which it has a licensing agreement for the manufacture of replica Strip to do any act or cause to be done anything which would constitute a breach of the standard clauses referred to in Rule R.16. R.19. Each Club shall provide the Competition and Markets Authority with such information as it may need in order to satisfy itself that Rules R.16 to R.18 above have been complied with.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_28.GIF

Clubs: Operations Section S: Safeguarding and Mental Health Section S: Safeguarding And Mental Health Club produces to accompany any Activity) to Children and Adults at Risk their Parents and carers at all reasonable times; of good practice and what they are required to do if they detect any sign taking place or if they otherwise have concerns as to the welfare of a concerns as to their welfare; and records of all allegations of abuse or poor practice (including, but not such allegations are resolved and any decisions reached. members of Staff (“Safeguarding Officer(s)”). In such circumstances, the Head of they are properly trained, and supported including, without limitation, by way of at Risk; training in the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk, approved by Guidance Clubs’ attention is drawn to Youth Development Rule 205 which requires that an Academy Safeguarding Officer must be appointed to undertake the functions set out in Rule S.5.8 with regard to the Academy. Head of Safeguarding) in the Club’s policies and procedures for the safeguarding of 209 210 Rules: Section S Safeguarding Awareness S.8. The following Persons shall be given regular training (in a form approved by the Children and Adults at Risk: S.8.1. each member of Staff; S.8.2. each member of the Club’s board of directors; S.8.3. each Player; and S.8.4. each Academy Player and their Parent(s). S.5.11. maintain the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk Staff register for each Activity in such format as approved by the League; S.5.12. be made known to all Staff, and (in any handbook or the like which the (and their Parents or carers) engaged in each Activity and be available in person or by telephone to Staff and to such Children and Adults at Risk, S.5.13. provide written instructions to Staff engaged in each Activity in respect of abuse of Children and Adults at Risk, if they suspect such abuse is Child or Adult at Risk; S.5.14. provide guidance to and support for any member of Staff engaged in each Activity who reports suspected abuse of a Child or Adult at Risk or S.5.15. be responsible for maintaining clear, comprehensive and up-to-date limited to, those subject to referral under S.13 and S.14), details of how S.6. The Head of Safeguarding may, in relation to a specific Activity, if appropriate, delegate any of the responsibilities listed in S.5.11 to S.5.14 to one or more other Safeguarding must supervise the work of Safeguarding Officer(s) and ensure that regular, minuted meetings with each Safeguarding Officer. S.7. Each Head of Safeguarding and Safeguarding Officer shall: S.7.1. be trained in all issues affecting the safeguarding of Children and Adults S.7.2. be given a job description that properly records their responsibilities; and S.7.3. undertake in each calendar year continuing professional development the League, and maintain a record thereof. Clubs’ Policies and Procedures S.1. Each Club shall prepare, implement, review regularly and have reviewed by its local authority (where the local authority is prepared to do so) written policies and procedures for the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk. S.2. Each Club’s policies and procedures for the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk shall: S.2.1. be in accordance with this Section of these Rules and shall have regard to any guidance issued by the League in respect of safe event management; S.2.2. meet the Premier League Safeguarding Standards; and S.2.3. comply with any other policy or guidance published by the League from time to time. Roles and Responsibilities S.3. Each Club shall designate a Senior Safeguarding Lead, who shall take leadership responsibility for the Club’s safeguarding provision (in consultation with the Club’s Head of Safeguarding) and actively champion safeguarding at board level. The name of the Club’s Senior Safeguarding Lead shall be notified by the Club to the League in Form 13. S.4. Each Club shall designate at least one full-time member of Staff with the necessary skills and expertise as its Head of Safeguarding. The name of the Club’s Head of Safeguarding shall be notified by the Club to the League in Form 13. S.5. The Head of Safeguarding shall: S.5.1. be dedicated full-time to that role as their sole responsibility; S.5.2. where possible, report directly to (and be managed by) the Senior Safeguarding Lead; S.5.3. provide strategic leadership on safeguarding provision and issues within the Club; S.5.4. review and approve the safeguarding provision for all Activities; S.5.5. act as the first point of contact for any report or suspicion of abuse or concern relating to the welfare of a Child or Adult at Risk engaged in an Activity; S.5.6. liaise regularly with and be guided by the advice of the relevant local and statutory authorities and the League with regard to issues concerning the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk; S.5.7. ensure strict compliance with the Club’s policies and procedures for the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk; S.5.8. promote awareness within the Club of safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk and encourage and monitor the adoption of best practice procedures in that regard; S.5.9. report on a regular basis on the effectiveness of, and the Club’s compliance with, its policies and procedures for the safeguarding of Children and Adults at Risk to the Senior Safeguarding Lead; S.5.10. act as the lead Club Official in any investigation of an allegation of abuse of a Child or Adult at Risk;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_29.GIF

Section S: Safeguarding And Mental Health Section S: Safeguarding And Mental Health League and The Football Association such further information as they may require former employee, volunteer or consultant of the Club or any affiliated participant in any activity organised by a Club’s affiliated community ‘unsuitable behaviour’ towards a Child or Adult at Risk involved in an agency (where such a referral is made). each such Person is given access to all records kept in accordance with the Guidance While the consent of a Parent (or carer) is not required where images or footage are taken of an Adult at Risk, as a matter of good practice, Clubs should ensure that where such images or footage are to be taken, the Adult at Risk understands the implications of the images or footage being taken, especially if the images or footage are to be used by the Club (or anyone else) for promotional purposes, or otherwise made publicly available. unsuitable behaviour towards a Child or Adult at Risk to any external agency 211 212 Rules: Section S Notification of Referrals to External Agencies and Football Authorities S.13.On making any referral of an allegation or incident of suspected abuse of or (including, without limitation, the police, the local authority, the Charity Commission, the Care Quality Commission, Ofsted or the DBS), the Head of Safeguarding or other Official making the referral shall notify the Senior Safeguarding Lead in writing and ensure that the Senior Safeguarding Lead is kept fully appraised of the progress of the referral and any subsequent investigation or action. S.14. The Club shall notify the League and The Football Association (through the submission of the Affiliated Football Safeguarding Referral Form) of, and give the in respect of: S.14.1. any allegation received by the Club regarding the abuse of, or unsuitable behaviour towards, a Child or Adult at Risk by any current, prospective or community organisation or foundation (an “Associated Person”), whether or not the evidence relates to: (a) conduct by a member of Staff in the performance of his/her duties as a member of Staff; or (b) a non-recent or recent allegation; S.14.2. a third (or subsequent) incident or allegation of ‘poor practice’ (as defined in Affiliated Football’s Safeguarding Procedures), whether similar in nature or otherwise, in relation to a Child or Adult at Risk involving the same Associated Person; S.14.3. any referral it has made to any external agency (as described in Rule S.13); and S.14.4. any allegation of abuse of a Child or Adult at Risk committed by an Academy Player (as defined in the Youth Development Rules) or a organisation or foundation; and S.14.5. any investigation by such an external agency into suspected abuse of or Activity of which the Club becomes aware, whether such investigation results from a referral made pursuant to Rule S.14.1 or otherwise, in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within 24 hours of the relevant evidence, incident or investigation being referred to the external Monitoring S.15. Each Club will permit the League to conduct at least three monitoring visits each Season to ensure compliance with this Section of these Rules, which will be attended by a Person appointed for this purpose by the League. Each Club shall ensure that requirements of this Section of these Rules and is able to meet Staff, Parents, Children, Academy Players, Adults at Risk and their carers. S.16. Such Person shall: S.16.1. give written feedback to the Club concerned on each monitoring visit made and, if appropriate, agree with the Club an action plan setting out actions to be taken by the Club to ensure compliance with this Section of these Rules; S.16.2. report on each visit in writing to the League; and S.16.3. at the end of each Season or as soon as practicable thereafter, present to the League and the Club a written annual report on the Club’s compliance with this Section of these Rules. Staff S.9. Staff shall in all dealings with and on behalf of Children and Adults at Risk do what is reasonable in the circumstances of the case for the purpose of safeguarding or promoting the safety and welfare of the relevant individual(s). S.10. Each member of Staff shall be given in writing: S.10.1. the name of the Club’s Head of Safeguarding; S.10.2. descriptions of what constitutes poor safeguarding practice, abuse or unsuitable behaviour towards a Child or Adult at Risk; S.10.3. details of what he/she is required to do if there is any sign of poor safeguarding practice, abuse or unsuitable behaviour towards a Child or Adult at Risk or if there is a suspicion that such conduct is taking place ; and S.10.4. the League’s ‘Guidance for Safer Working Practice’. S.11. No Person shall be appointed as a member of Staff unless: S.11.1. he/she has completed and submitted to the Club a written application; S.11.2. a written reference has been obtained by the Club from at least two referees named in the application; S.11.3. he/she has applied to the DBS for Disclosure; S.11.4. his/her Disclosure information has been received and the Club is satisfied that he/she is not unsuitable to work with Children and Adults at Risk; and S.11.5. his/her particulars have been entered in the Staff register referred to at Rule S.5.11. Parental Consent S.12. The written consent of a Child’s Parent shall be obtained: S.12.1. before the Child participates in an Activity (by the Parent completing and returning to the Head of Safeguarding a written parental consent form); and S.12.2. if the Child is under the age of 16, before any images or footage of him/ her are taken or used for any purpose whatsoever.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_30.GIF

Section S: Safeguarding And Mental Health Section S: Safeguarding And Mental Health League becomes aware of abuse of or unsuitable behaviour towards a Child or of these Rules and shall be entitled to meet Staff, Parents, Children, Adults at Risk to the Club concerned and/or propose such measures be put in place by the Club as 213 214 Rules: Section S S.17.Where, as a result of its monitoring of Clubs in accordance with Rule S.15, receipt of a referral or notification in accordance with Rules S.13 and S.14, or otherwise, the Adult at Risk by a member of Staff or otherwise holds concerns regarding a Club’s handling of a matter relating to safeguarding, it may (in its absolute discretion) conduct a case review, either on its own or in conjunction with The Football Association. Where such a case review is undertaken, the League shall be entitled to have access to all records kept in accordance with the requirements of this Section and their carers. Following such a case review, the League may make such directions it considers necessary, which must be adopted by the Club concerned in full. Safer Recruitment S.18. The League will undertake all matters connected with the use of the Disclosure service for those Clubs not registered with the DBS. S.19. Clubs not registered with the DBS agree to be bound by any guidance or policy on the issue of safer recruitment published by the League from time to time. S.20. Each Club shall prepare, implement and review regularly a safer recruitment policy, which shall: S.20.1. be in accordance with this Section of these Rules; and S.20.2.comply in full with any guidance or policy published by the League from time to time. S.21. Each Club shall designate a member of Staff as its Lead Disclosure Officer whose name shall be notified to the League in Form 13. The Lead Disclosure Officer shall: S.21.1. act as the Club’s principal point of contact with the League on all matters connected with safer recruitment and the use of the Disclosure service; S.21.2. liaise regularly with and be guided by the advice of the League on all matters concerning safer recruitment procedures and the use of the Disclosure service; and S.21.3.ensure strict compliance by the Club with its safer recruitment policies. Publicity S.22. Each Club shall publish in an easily accessible section of its website: S.22.1. a clear statement of the Club’s commitment to safeguarding; S.22.2.the name and contact details of the Club’s Head of Safeguarding; and S.22.3.a copy of the Club’s policies and procedures referred to at Rule S.1. Mental and Emotional Wellbeing S.23.Each Club shall ensure that: S.23.1. each Season, it makes each of its Contract Players available for a session of between 45 and 90 minutes in duration, to receive information regarding the support and resources available to promote mental and emotional wellbeing; S.23.2.it devises, implements and makes available to the League on request, a Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Action Plan; and S.23.3. designates an individual as its Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Lead, with responsibility for the Club’s mental emotional wellbeing provision and who actively champions mental and emotional wellbeing initiatives at board level.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_31.GIF

Players – Contracts, Registrations and Transfers Section T: Players – Contracts Section T: Players – Contracts of the League which are in Form 14, contracts between Clubs and Players shall be in Rule are: a Club and may only be registered as an Academy Player. whether in cash or in kind shall be set out in his contract (or any amendment to that that contract in a form approved by the Board) shall be strictly adhered to. been terminated by the Transferor Club by reason of the Contract Player’s that effect; 215 216 Rules: Section T T.9.2. no Player shall either directly or indirectly accept or cause or permit his Intermediary to accept any such offer as is described in this Rule. Form of Contract T.10.Save for any contracts entered into by a Promoted Club before it became a member Form 15 (save with the permission of the Board). Length of Contract T.11.Subject to the exceptions set out below, a contract between a Club and a Player may be for any period provided that its expiry date is 30 June. The exceptions to this T.11.1.contracts with Contract Players under the age of 18 years which must not be capable of lasting for more than three years; T.11.2.contracts no greater than one month in duration (a “Monthly Contract”); and T.11.3.Week by Week Contracts. T.12.A Player under the age of 17 years may not enter into a contract of employment with Players’ Remuneration T.13.Full details of a Player’s remuneration including all benefits to which he is entitled contract in a form approved by the Board). T.14.The terms of a contract between a Club and a Player (including any amendment to Signing-on Fees T.15.A Signing-on Fee may be paid only to a Contract Player whose contract: T.15.1.is for a period of not less than three months; and T.15.2.is not a Monthly Contract or a Conditional Contract or a Week by Week Contract. T.16.In the case of a contract between a Club and a Player lasting for more than one year, any Signing-on Fee shall be paid in equal annual instalments. T.17. If the registration of a Contract Player is transferred when any part of his Signing-on Fee remains unpaid, a sum equal to the unpaid balance thereof shall be paid to him forthwith by the Transferor Club unless: T.17.1. the transfer is consequent upon the Contract Player’s contract having breach of its terms and conditions; T.17.2. the transfer is consequent upon the Contract Player’s written request to Approaches to Players T.1. A Club shall be at liberty at any time to make an approach to a Player with a view to negotiating a contract with him: T.1.1. if he is an Out of Contract Player; or T.1.2. in the case of a Contract Player, with the prior written consent of the Club (or club) to which he is contracted. T.2. A Club shall be at liberty after the third Saturday in May in any year and before the subsequent 1 July to make such an approach to a Contract Player: T.2.1. who will become an Out of Contract Player on that 1 July; and T.2.2. who has received no offer from his Club under Rule V.17.2; or T.2.3. who has received but has declined such offer. T.3. Any Club which by itself, by any of its Officials, by any of its Players, by its Intermediary, by any other Person on its behalf or by any other means whatsoever makes an approach either directly or indirectly to a Contract Player except as permitted by either Rule T.1.2 or Rule T.2 shall be in breach of these Rules and may be dealt with under the provisions of Section W of these Rules (Disciplinary). T.4. For the purposes of Rules T.2 and T.3, “Contract Player” shall include a player who has entered into a written contract of employment with a Football League club. Approaches by Players T.5. An Out of Contract Player, or any Person on his behalf, shall be at liberty at any time to make an approach to a Club (or club) with a view to negotiating a contract with such Club (or club). T.6. Subject to Rule T.7, a Contract Player, either by himself or by any Person on his behalf, shall not either directly or indirectly make any such approach as is referred to in Rule T.5 without having obtained the prior written consent of his Club. T.7. After the third Saturday in May in any year and before the subsequent 1 July a Contract Player to whom Rule T.2 applies or any Person on his behalf may make such an approach as is referred to in Rule T.5. Public Statements T.8. A statement made publicly by or on behalf of a Club expressing interest in acquiring the registration of a Contract Player or by a Contract Player expressing interest in transferring his registration to another Club (or club) shall in either case be treated as an indirect approach for the purposes of Rules T.3 and T.6.. Inducements T.9.Except as may be provided in a Player’s contract: T.9.1. no Club shall induce or attempt to induce a Player to sign a contract by directly or indirectly offering him or any Person connected with him or his Intermediary a benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind; and


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_32.GIF

Section T: Players – Contracts Section T: Players – Contracts League Appeals Committee against the decision of the Board in this such agreement submitted to the Board) that the Contract Player’s payable by a Club to a Player during the first year of his employment as a Contract the amount from time to time permitted by HMRC to be paid for this Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, a sum payable in equal weekly or monthly instalments over the duration of the first year of a Contract Player’s employment will not constitute a ‘lump sum’ for the purposes of Rule T.18. in the contract with his Club. a contract between a Club and a Player shall be signed in each case in the presence the Player, and any notice given by a Club imposing a fine on a Player or suspending 217 218 Rules: Section T Image Contracts T.19.Particulars of any Image Contract Payment in respect of the Player shall be set out T.20. No Image Contract or other agreement entered into by a Club may vary or affect the rights and obligations set out in clause 4 of Form 15 (Standard Player’s Contract) to the extent that such rights and obligations relate to rights granted to the Premier League. Signing the Contract T.21.Save where an alternative method of execution is approved by the Board in advance, of a witness by: T.21.1. the Player; T.21.2.the Player’s Parent if the Player is under the age of 18 years; and T.21.3.an Authorised Signatory on behalf of the Club. Reporting Fines etc. T.22.A copy of any notice terminating a Player’s contract, whether given by the Club or him shall be sent forthwith by the Club to the League and to The Football Association. T.17.3. the Board, on the application of either the Transferor Club or the Contract Player, otherwise decides and either party may appeal to the Premier respect in accordance with the provisions of Section Z of these Rules ; or T.17.4. the Contract Player and Transferor Club agree in writing (with a copy of entitlement under this Rule T.17 to receive the unpaid balance is waived. Lump Sum Payments T.18.Unless otherwise agreed by the Board, no lump sum payment shall be paid or Player with that Club save for: T.18.1.a Signing-on Fee (which must be paid in accordance with Rules T.15 to T.17); or T.18.2.a sum paid in respect of the Player’s relocation expenses not exceeding purpose without income tax and national insurance liability. Submission to Board T.23.Each Club shall submit a completed Schedule 3 to Form 14 or 15 to the Board when it submits a copy of the Player’s contract pursuant to Rule T.24. T.24. Subject to the provisions of Rules U.17, U.19, U.21 and V.11.3, Clubs shall submit to the Board copies of all contracts with Players (including any amendments to contracts permitted by the Board) within five days of their execution. Mutual Termination T.25. If the parties thereto (and the Player’s Parent if the Player is under the age of 18 years) agree to terminate a Player’s contract before its expiry date they shall forthwith notify The Football Association and the Board to that effect and shall provide the Board with a copy of any compromise or other agreement recording that termination within five days of its coming into full force and effect. T.26. A Club shall be at liberty at any time to reach agreement with a Contract Player to amend the terms of his contract (save for paragraph 7 of Schedule 2 to Form 15). If such an agreement increases the Contract Player’s remuneration then, unless the agreement is made in the Close Season, it shall be a term thereof that the Contract Player’s current contract is extended by a minimum of one year. Appeal against Termination T.27. An appeal by a Player under the provisions of clause 10.3 of Form 14 or Form 15 or by a Club under the provisions of clause 11.2 of Form 14 or Form 15 shall be commenced by notice in writing addressed to the other party to the contract and to the Chairman of the Judicial Panel (with a copy provided to the Board). Appeal against Disciplinary Decision T.28. An appeal by a Player under the provisions of paragraph 3.3.2 of Schedule 1, Part 1, of Form 14 or Form 15 shall be commenced by notice in writing addressed to the Club and to the Chairman of the Judicial Panel (with a copy provided to the Board). T.29. Appeals pursuant to Rule T.27 or Rule T.28 shall be conducted in such manner as the Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or any member(s) of the Judicial Panel appointed by the Chairman to consider the appeal) may determine. T.30. The Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or any member(s) of the Judicial Panel appointed by the Chairman to consider the appeal) may allow or dismiss any such appeal and make such other order as it thinks fit. Disputes between Clubs and Players T.31. Any dispute or difference between a Club and a Player not otherwise expressly provided for in these Rules may be referred in writing by either party to the Board for consideration and adjudication in such manner as the Board may think fit. For the purpose of this Rule only, “Player” shall include one who was formerly employed by the Club with which the dispute or difference has arisen, whether or not he has been registered to play for another Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_33.GIF

Section T: Players – Contracts Section T: Players – Contracts 219 220 Rules: Section T Orders for Costs T.32. The Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or his/her appointee(s), as appropriate), shall have the power to make an order for costs: T.32.1.in determining appeals under Rule T.27 or Rule T.28; T.32.2.in making an adjudication under Rule T.31; and T.32.3.if any proceedings under Rule T.27 or Rule T.28 or Rule T.31, having been commenced, are withdrawn. T.33. The Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or his/her appointee(s), as appropriate), shall have the power to determine the amount of any such costs which may include, without limitation, those incurred by the League in the conduct of the proceedings. T.34. The Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or his/her appointee(s), as appropriate), shall have the power, at any time during the proceedings, to order one or several interim or final payments on account of the costs of the League. T.35.Costs ordered to be paid as aforesaid shall be recoverable: T.35.1.in the case of a Club, under the provisions of Rule E.19; or T.35.2.in any other case, as a civil debt. Appeal T.36. Within 14 days of a decision of the Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or his/her appointee(s), as appropriate), given under the provisions of either Rule T.30 or Rule T.31 either party may by notice in writing appeal against such decision to the Premier League Appeals Committee whose decision shall be final. Effect of Termination T.37. Upon the termination of a Player’s contract by a Club under the provisions of clause 10.1 of Form 14 or Form 15 becoming operative or upon the termination by a Player of his contract with his Club under the provisions of clause 11.1 of Form 14 or Form 15 becoming operative, the Club shall forthwith release the Player’s registration. T.38. Except in the case of a Retired Player to whom the provisions of Rule U.29.5 apply, upon a Player’s contract being terminated by mutual consent, his Club shall retain the Player’s registration for such period (if any) and on such terms (if any) as the parties may in writing agree. Should the Player sign for another Club (or Football League club) during that period, that Club (or Football League club) shall pay to the Club retaining the registration a Compensation Fee determined, in default of agreement, by the Professional Football Compensation Committee. Testimonial Matches T.39. Notwithstanding that it has no contractual obligation to do so, a Club in its absolute discretion and with the prior written consent of the Board may, in the case of a Player who has completed 10 or more years in its service as such, permit its Stadium to be used without charge for the purposes of a testimonial match.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_34.GIF

Players – Contracts, Registrations and Transfers Section U: Players – Registrations Section U: Players – Registrations effect from at least 75 minutes before kick-off and for League Matches to be played League’s confirmation by email to that effect. the League has confirmed to that Club that the Player is eligible to play for it. Form; and requisite Form. registration of a player at a date in the future from or to the Club or any U.8.2. any contract it proposes to enter into, save for a Representation Contract proposed contract the right to receive payments in respect of a Player. 221 222 Rules: Section U Requirement for Registration U.1. A Player shall not be named on the team sheet and/or play for a Club in a League Match unless that Club holds his registration (which shall include, in the circumstances set out in Rules U.3, U.12 and U.13, confirmation that he is eligible to play for it) with between the close of the Summer Transfer Window and the end of the Season either: U.1.1. his name is included on the Squad List; or U.1.2. he is an Under 21 Player. U.2.A Club shall be deemed to hold the registration of a Player upon receipt of the U.3.If a loan of a Player (whether by Temporary Transfer or otherwise) is cancelled by mutual consent, the Player shall not play for the Club to which he is returning unless U.4. A Club shall apply to: U.4.1. include a Player on its Squad List by submitting to the Board the requisite U.4.2. remove a Player from its Squad List by submitting to the Board the U.5.A Player shall be deemed to have been included or removed from a Club’s Squad List on receipt of the Board’s written confirmation. U.6.Changes to a Squad List may be made: U.6.1. during the period of a Transfer Window; or U.6.2. at other times only with the permission of the Board. U.7.Each application to register a Player shall be subject to the approval of the Board. U.8.In addition to the forms and documents specifically required by these Rules, a Club shall submit to the Board: U.8.1. any contract it proposes to enter into which gives the Club or any other party to the proposed contract any rights relating to the transfer of the rights relating to the employment of the player by the Club; or or an Image Contract, which gives the Club or any other party to the Any such proposed contract shall be subject to the approval of the Board. In deciding whether to give such approval the Board shall have regard to (without limitation) Rules I.4 and I.7 (regarding dual interests). Types of Registration U.9.There shall be four types of registration governed by this Section of these Rules, namely: U.9.1. amateur; U.9.2. contract; U.9.3. Monthly Contract; and U.9.4. temporary. U.10.The registration of Academy Players shall be governed by the Youth Development Rules. International Transfer Certificate U.11. A Player who last played (or was last registered to play) for a club affiliated to a national association other than that to which the Club which is applying to register him is affiliated shall not be registered unless the League has received written confirmation from the Club’s national association that an international transfer certificate has been issued in respect of the Player. U.12. A Player who is the subject of a loan to a Club or club affiliated to a national association other than that to which the loaning Club is affiliated may not play for the loaning Club following the termination of the loan until the League has received written confirmation from the Club’s national association that an international transfer certificate has been issued in respect of his return to his Club, and the League has confirmed to the Club in writing receipt thereof and that he is eligible to play for that Club. Eligibility to Work in the United Kingdom U.13. An application to register a Player shall be accompanied by such evidence as the League may require to demonstrate that the Player may take up employment in the United Kingdom, and the League shall not confirm that he is eligible to play for the Club applying to register him until the League has received such evidence. Registration Procedure U.14. For the purpose of this Section of these Rules the New Registration of a Player shall mean his registration at a time when no other Club (or club) holds his registration either because no previous application to register the Player has been made or because a previous registration has been cancelled or has terminated or has expired. U.15. The New Registration of an Amateur Player shall be effected by completion of and submission to the Board of Form 16 signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory. U.16.The registration of an Amateur Player is not transferable. U.17.The New Registration of a Contract Player shall be effected by completion and submission to the Board of a copy of the Player’s contract.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_35.GIF

Section U: Players – Registrations Section U: Players – Registrations effected by completion of and submission to the Board of Football Association Form of the Player’s contract. and submission to the Board of Football Association Form G(1) (Extension), signed made, a copy of the Player’s contract. thereof shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Rules V.6 to V.10. completed documents required by these Rules to effect the registration of a Player international transfer certificate and evidence of eligibility to take up employment in must be provided before the Player is eligible to play for a Club in a League Match). register that Player within a year except with the prior written consent of the Board. be extended under Rule U.21 provided that a Club intending to apply to extend the either the Club or the Player. 223 224 Rules: Section U U.18.The transfer of the registration of a Contract Player shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Rule V.11. U.19.The New Registration of a Contract Player on a Monthly Contract basis shall be G(1), signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory, together with a copy U.20.The transfer of the registration of a Contract Player on a Monthly Contract basis shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Rule V.11. U.21.A Monthly Contract registration may be extended by one month by completion of on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory, and, if any changes to it have been U.22.The Temporary Transfer of the registration of a Contract Player and any extension U.23.Subject to the provisions of Rule V.1, the deadline for receipt by the Board of all duly shall be 12 noon on the last Working Day before the date of the first League Match in which the Club making the application intends him to play, save that the the United Kingdom (in both cases if applicable) may be provided thereafter (but U.24.A Club which transfers or cancels the registration of a Player may not apply to Multiplicity of Registrations U.25.A Player shall not apply to be registered by more than one Club (or club) at any one time and the Board shall refuse any application made in breach of this Rule. Monthly Registrations U.26.There shall be no limit to the number of times a Monthly Contract registration may Monthly Contract registration of a Player for a third or subsequent time shall give to the Player not less than seven days’ notice of its intention to do so. U.27.Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule V.1, a Club may apply at any time to extend a Monthly Contract registration provided it has not been allowed to expire. Termination of Registrations U.28.The registration of an Amateur Player: U.28.1.shall expire at the end of the Season in which it commenced; U.28.2. may be terminated before its expiry by agreement to that effect between the Club and the Player, such agreement to be notified in writing forthwith by the Club to the Board; and U.28.3.may likewise be terminated by order of the Board on the application of U.29.Subject to the provisions of Rules T.38 and T.39, a contract registration shall terminate: U.29.1. in the case of a Contract Player, upon it being transferred in accordance with Rule V.11; U.29.2. in the case of an Out of Contract Player in respect of whom the conditions set out in Rule V.17 have been satisfied, upon a Transferee Club effecting his New Registration; U.29.3. in the case of an Out of Contract Player in respect of whom the said conditions have not been satisfied, upon the expiry of his contract; U.29.4. in the case of a Contract Player, upon his contract being terminated on the ground of his permanent incapacity; and U.29.5. in the case of a Retired Player, on the expiry of a period of 30 months commencing at the end of the Season in which he stops playing competitive football. New Registrations Requiring Consent U.30. An application for the New Registration of a Contract Player whose contract has been terminated by a Club (or club) on the ground of his permanent incapacity shall be refused unless that Club (or club) consents. U.31. An application for the New Registration of a Contract Player who has received a lump sum disability benefit under the terms of the League’s personal accident insurance scheme shall be refused unless, upon being satisfied that the circumstances of such application are exceptional, the Board consents. List of Players U.32. Except as provided in Rules U.33 and U.34, after the Winter Transfer Window in each year and on or before the subsequent third Saturday in May each Club shall confirm to the Board: U.32.1. whether the list of Players provided to it for these purposes is complete and accurate in all material particulars; U.32.2.details of any Players who are not included in the list referred to in Rule U.32.1 but who should be so included; U.32.3. in the case of each Contract Player whose registration it holds and whose contract expires on the 30 June in that year, whether or not the Club has: U.32.3.1. offered him a new contract under the provisions of Rule V.17.2; or U.32.3.2. implemented any option provision in respect of him; and U.32.4. in the case of each Academy Player whose registration it holds and with whom it has entered into a Scholarship Agreement (as defined in the Youth Development Rules), whether or not the Club has: U.32.4.1. (if the Academy Player is in the second year of his Scholarship Agreement), given him written notice, pursuant to clause 4.2 of the Scholarship Agreement, of the extension of the duration thereof by one year; and U.32.4.2. (if the Academy Player is in the second or third year of his Scholarship Agreement) given him written notice, pursuant to clause 6.7 of the Scholarship Agreement, of its intention to offer him a professional contract as a Contract Player.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_36.GIF

Section U: Players – Registrations Section U: Players – Registrations Academy Player with whom it has entered into a Scholarship Agreement pursuant to the FIFA Regulations for the Status and Transfer of Players and statutes or regulations of FIFA or any other football governing body from payments or liabilities; and assignment, the relevant Financial Institution confirms in a written agreement with express prior written consent of the League. 225 226 Rules: Section U U.38.4. by way of remuneration (including benefits in cash or kind and Image Contract Payments) to or for the benefit of a Contract Player whose registration it holds; U.38.5.by way of an allowance permitted by Youth Development Rule 287, to an (as defined in the Youth Development Rules); U.38.6. by way of payment to an Intermediary strictly in accordance with the terms of the The FA Regulations on Working with Intermediaries; U.38.7.by payment of incidental expenses arising in respect thereof; U.38.8. by payment or receipt of training compensation or solidarity payment any other levies or payments payable to or by a Club pursuant to the time to time, or otherwise properly due to or from such a governing body; U.38.9.by payment of value added tax payable in respect of any of the above U.38.10. in the case of a Transferor Club, by assignment of its entitlement to a Compensation Fee or Loan Fee to a Financial Institution. U.39. In respect of a player whom it applies to register as a Contract Player, a Club is permitted to make a payment to buy out the interest of a Person who, not being a Club or club, nevertheless has an agreement either with the club with which the player is registered, or with the player, granting it the right to receive money from a new Club or club for which that player becomes registered. Any such payment which is not dependent on the happening of a contingent event may be made either in one lump sum or in instalments provided that all such instalments are paid on or before the expiry date of the initial contract between the Club and the player. Any such payment which is payable upon the happening of a contingent event shall be payable within seven days of the happening of that event. Assignment of Entitlement to Compensation Fee or Loan Fee U.40.A Club may only assign its entitlement to a Compensation Fee or Loan Fee to a Financial Institution in accordance with Rule U.38.10 where, as a condition of such the Club that it will not further assign the entitlement to a third party without the U.33. The date by which each Club is required by Rule U.32 to give confirmation to the Board shall be extended in the case of a Club which on the third Saturday in May in any year is still participating in the F.A. Cup, the UEFA Champions League, the UEFA Europa League or the UEFA Europa Conference League or has yet to play a League Match the outcome of which could affect: U.33.1.Identification of the League Champions in accordance with Rule C.11; or U.33.2.Identification of the Clubs to be relegated in accordance with Rule C.14; or U.33.3.Qualification for a UEFA Club Competition. U.34. In the circumstances mentioned in Rule U.33, the Club shall give the Board the information required by Rule U.32 within four days of the last relevant F.A. Cup match, UEFA Champions League Match, UEFA Europa League match, UEFA Europa Conference League match or League Match having been played. U.35.The particulars contained in Clubs’ lists of Players shall be published by the Board by the second Saturday in June in each year. Clubs Ceasing to be Members U.36. Upon a Club (in this Rule and Rule U.37 called “the Former Member”) ceasing to be a member of the League under the provisions of Rule B.5 (other than by reason of its relegation from the League in accordance with Rule C.14), the registrations of its Players (except those held in consequence of a Temporary Transfer) shall vest in the League and thereupon the League shall be at liberty to transfer those registrations as it shall think fit and shall receive any Compensation Fees to which the Former Member would otherwise have been entitled under the provisions of Section V of these Rules (Players – Transfers of Registrations). U.37. Any Compensation Fees obtained in accordance with Rule U.36 shall belong to the League and out of them the Board shall have power to make a grant to either or both of: U.37.1.any Club to which Compensation Fees are owed by the Former Member; and U.37.2.the Former Member. Prohibition of Third Party Investment U.38. Unless otherwise agreed by the Board and subject to Rule U.39, a Club may only make or receive a payment or incur any liability as a result of or in connection with the proposed or actual registration (whether permanent or temporary), transfer of registration or employment by it of a Player in the following circumstances: U.38.1.by payment to a Transferor Club or receipt from a Transferee Club of a Compensation Fee, Contingent Sum, Loan Fee or sell-on fee; U.38.2.by payment of levy pursuant to Rules V.38, V.39 and V.40; U.38.3.by receipt of all or part of a Compensation Fee, Contingent Sum, Loan Fee or sell-on fee, in default of payment of it by the Transferee Club from which it is due, from: U.38.3.1. a financial institution or other guarantor; U.38.3.2. the League in accordance with the provisions of these Rules; or U.38.3.3. The Football League in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations of The Football League;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_37.GIF

Players – Contracts, Registrations and Transfers Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations in which the Transferor Club acquired the Player’s registration; Player shall not play against the Transferor Club; transferred permanently from the Transferor Club to the Transferee Club, League) that the Player shall not play against the Transferor Club for the discretion under Rule V.4.2, the minimum period of a Temporary Transfer period of a Temporary Transfer shall not extend beyond 30 June next after Guidance The Board will confirm the two issues of: (a) the date/time on which the Summer Transfer Window will open; and (b) whether or not the Summer Transfer Window will close at a date/time other than at 17:00 on the Thursday before the commencement of the relevant Season, at the first General Meeting of the preceding Season (for example, the opening and closing time and date of the 2021 Summer Transfer Window will be determined at the first General Meeting of Season 2021/22). or at such other date and time as the Board shall determine and shall end on 31 to be determined by the Board. conditions by which the Club making the application and the player shall Guidance For the avoidance of doubt, no Club that already has two Temporary Transfers registered at the same time may be permitted to register a further player whose permanent registration is held by a Club on a ‘sub-loan’. That is to say, if a player is loaned by a club based overseas (or to which Rules V.5 to V.7 do not otherwise apply), that player cannot then be ‘sub-loaned’ by the overseas club to another Club where that Club already has two Temporary Transfers registered at that time. An example of the circumstances in which the Board might exercise its discretion in Rule V.7.4 is where a Player subject to a Temporary Transfer is unable to represent the Club temporarily holding his registration, due to a long-term injury. In such circumstances, the Board might approve the termination of the Temporary Transfer on the condition that the Player is prohibited from making any first team appearances at the Club with which he re-registers, during the remaining period of the original Temporary Transfer. 227 228 Rules: Section V V.3. The Winter Transfer Window in any year shall commence at midnight on 31 December January next if a Working Day or, if not, on the first Working Day thereafter, at a time V.4. Outside a Transfer Window, the Board in its absolute discretion may: V.4.1. refuse an application to register a player; or V.4.2. grant an application to register a player and, if thought fit, impose be bound. Temporary Transfers V.5. A “Temporary Transfer” shall mean the transfer of a contract registration effected in accordance with Rules V.6 to V.10. V.6. Subject to the conditions set out below, a Temporary Transfer shall be permitted: V.6.1. between Clubs; and V.6.2. between a Club and a club in membership of The Football League, the National League, the Northern Premier League, the Isthmian League and the Southern League; and V.6.3. between a Club that has its registered address in Wales and a club in membership of the Welsh Premier League. V.7. The conditions referred to in Rule V.6 are: V.7.1. a Temporary Transfer to a Club may not take place in the Transfer Window V.7.2. during the period of the Temporary Transfer of his contract registration a V.7.3. if during the period of a Temporary Transfer the Player’s registration is the two Clubs may agree in writing (with such agreement copied to the remainder of the Season; V.7.4. subject to any conditions imposed by the Board in the exercise of its shall be the period between two consecutive Transfer Windows and the it was entered into, save that the Board may, in its absolute discretion, permit a Temporary Transfer to be terminated before the commencement of the second Transfer Window (subject to such conditions as the Board deems appropriate); V.7.5. the maximum number of Temporary Transfers to any one Club registrable in the same Season shall be four and in no circumstances shall more than one be from the same Transferor Club at any one time save there shall be excluded from these numbers any Temporary Transfer of the kind described in V.7.6.1 or V.7.6.2; V.7.6. not more than two Temporary Transfers shall be registered by a Club at the same time except that there shall be excluded from that number: V.7.6.1. any Temporary Transfer which become permanent; and V.7.6.2. the Temporary Transfer of a goalkeeper which in its absolute discretion the Board may allow in circumstances it considers to be exceptional; V.7.7. a Club may transfer the registration of no more than one of its goalkeepers by way of temporary Transfer to another Club each Season, subject to any further Temporary Transfer of one of its goalkeepers pursuant to Rule V.7.6.2; and V.7.8. any other conditions agreed between the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club or, in the exercise of its discretion, imposed by the Board. Transfer Windows V.1. “Transfer Windows” means the two periods in a year during which, subject to Rule V.4, a Club may apply for: V.1.1. the New Registration of a player; V.1.2. the registration of a player transferred to it; and V.1.3. the registration of a Temporary Transfer. V.2. The Summer Transfer Window in any year shall: V.2.1. conclude at 17:00 on the Thursday before the commencement of the relevant Season or at such other date and at such other time as the Board may determine in its discretion (which will only be exercised in the event of agreement by a simple majority of Clubs on an alternative date and time); and V.2.2. commence either: (1) at midnight on the last day of the Season; or (2) at midnight on the date 12 weeks prior to the date on which it is to conclude (in accordance with Rule V.2.1, above), whichever is the later.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_38.GIF

Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations in Football Association Form H.2 or H.3 (as appropriate) or in a supplementary or dates agreed between the parties, the latest of which must be no later than 30 Transfer expired. manner: Agreement signed on behalf of each Club by an Authorised Signatory in agreed between the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club and, except in relation to the transfer of the Contract Player’s registration whether the thereafter; together with a copy of the contract entered into between the Transferee V.11.4. the Transferee Club shall pay any Compensation Fee due to the Transferor of the Board. the League’s confirmation by email to that effect. 229 230 Rules: Section V V.8. The Loan Fee payable on a Temporary Transfer shall be such sum (if any) as shall have been agreed between the Transferee Club and the Transferor Club and set out agreement. V.9. Any Loan Fee (including any instalments thereof) shall be paid on or before the date June immediately following the conclusion of the Season in which the Temporary V.10. A Temporary Transfer shall be effected by submitting to the Board Football Association Form H.2 or Form H.3 duly completed and signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory. Contract Players V.11.The transfer of the registration of a Contract Player shall be effected in the following V.11.1. the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club shall enter into a Transfer which shall be set out full particulars of all financial and other arrangements as provided below, between the Transferor Club and the Contract Player same are to take effect upon completion of the transfer or at any time V.11.2. any such arrangements agreed between the Transferor Club and the Contract Player to which the Transferee Club is not privy may be omitted from the Transfer Agreement provided that they are forthwith notified in writing to the Board by the Transferor Club; V.11.3.the Transfer Agreement shall be sent by the Transferee Club to the Board Club and the Contract Player together with (if applicable) the evidence required by Rules U.12 and U.13; and Club under the terms of the Transfer Agreement in accordance with Rule V.29 and any levy payable under Rule V.38. V.12.All transfer arrangements in respect of Contract Players are subject to the approval V.13.The Transferee Club will hold the registration of the Contract Player upon receipt of Retired Players V.14. A Club that, pursuant to Rule U.29.5, holds the registration of a Retired Player who is under the age of 24 years, shall be entitled if his registration is transferred to be paid a Compensation Fee by the Transferee Club. Out of Contract Players V.15.An Out of Contract Player may seek to be registered by any Transferee Club. V.16. Upon receiving a formal written offer to effect the New Registration of an Out of Contract Player whose registration it holds, a Club shall forthwith notify the Player and the Board in writing to that effect. V.17. Provided that the following conditions are satisfied, a Compensation Fee shall be paid to a Transferor Club by a Transferee Club upon effecting the New Registration of an Out of Contract Player: V.17.1. the Out of Contract Player in question must be under the age of 24 years as at the 30 June in the year his contract of employment with a Club has expired; V.17.2. on or before the third Saturday in May in the year in which the Player’s contract is to expire or, in the circumstances mentioned in Rule U.33, within four Working Days of the last relevant F.A. Cup match, UEFA Champions League match, UEFA Europa League match, UEFA Europa Conference League match or League Match, in that year having been played, the Transferor Club must send to the Player Form 17 offering him a new contract on the terms therein set out, which must be no less favourable than those in his current contract; V.17.3. any offer made on Form 17 by a Club to a Player under the provisions of Rule V.17.2 shall remain open and capable of acceptance by the Player for a period of one month from the date upon which it was sent by the Club by ordinary first class post to his usual or last known address; and V.17.4. a copy of Form 17 must be sent forthwith to the Board. V.18. Contract terms shall be deemed to be no less favourable if, disregarding any provision for a Signing-on Fee in the Player’s current contract which is stated to be a once only payment, they are at least equal in value to the most favourable terms to which the Player was or is entitled in any year of his current contract. The Player’s Options V.19.Upon receiving an offer on Form 17 a Player may either: V.19.1. accept the same within one month of its date and enter into a new contract with his Club in the terms offered; or V.19.2. decline it in writing. V.20. If the Player considers that the terms offered by his Club and set out in Form 17 are less favourable than those in his current contract, he may give notice to that effect to his Club and the Board in Form 18 and apply for a free transfer. V.21.Such application shall be determined by the Board and if it succeeds: V.21.1.the Player’s Club will not be entitled to a Compensation Fee upon a Transferee Club effecting his New Registration; and V.21.2.the Player will receive severance pay in accordance with his contract.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_39.GIF

Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations in respect of any transfer of that Player, full details of any Compensation Fee and current rate) by the Transferee Club into the Compensation Fee Account by direct. pursuant to Rule U.38.10: such monies to the assignee upon their becoming due. Account the Board shall pay the same to the Transferor Club entitled to receive with value added tax at the then current rate shall be paid on or before the expiry Compensation Fee instalments shall be paid on or before the dates set out in the agreed between the Transferee Club and the Transferor Club, the Transferee Club Fee Account at least half the Compensation Fee offered to the Transferor Club and 231 232 Rules: Section V V.28.A Club which is a Transferor Club shall provide to any previous Club or Football League club with which a Player was registered, and which has a right to sell-on fee Contingent Sum(s) to which it becomes entitled. The Club receiving the information shall not disclose or divulge it directly or indirectly to any third party without the prior written consent of the Transferor Club save to statutory and regulatory authorities or as may be required by law or to its auditors. Method of Payment V.29. Subject to Rules V.30 and V.35, all Compensation Fees, Loan Fees (including in both cases instalments thereof) and Contingent Sums payable to a Club or to a Football League club shall be paid (together in each case with value added tax at the then telegraphic transfer or by such other means as the Board may from time to time V.30.If a Club assigns its entitlement to a Compensation Fee or Loan Fee instalment V.30.1. it shall procure by means of a legally enforceable agreement that monies payable by virtue of the assignment are paid into the Compensation Fee Account by the assignee; and V.30.2.it shall irrevocably and unconditionally instruct the Transferee Club to pay V.31.Subject to Rule V.37.2, forthwith upon receiving monies into the Compensation Fee them. V.32.A Transfer Agreement shall provide that the agreed Compensation Fee together date of the initial contract between the Transferee Club and the Contract Player. Transfer Agreement (and if any such date is not a Working Day then the instalment shall be paid on the Working Day which immediately precedes that date). V.33.Where any Compensation Fee payable under the provisions of Rule V.17 is not shall upon applying to register the Out of Contract Player pay into the Compensation the balance shall likewise be paid as determined by the Professional Football Compensation Committee under Rule V.27.2. V.34. If the registration of a Player is further transferred before the Compensation Fee in respect of an earlier transfer is paid in full, the Transferee Club in that earlier transfer shall forthwith pay the balance of such Compensation Fee into the Compensation Fee Account, save: V.34.1. where it has received an instruction in accordance with Rule V.30.2, in which case it shall pay such balance to the assignee named in the instruction on the date or dates when it becomes due under the Transfer Agreement pursuant to which it acquired the registration of the Player; or V.34.2. where the Board expressly approves an alternative arrangement for the payment of the balance of the Compensation Fee into the Compensation Fee Account. The Club’s Options V.22. If a Club makes an offer to a Player on Form 19 and the Player declines it, upon the expiry of the Player’s contract the Club may either: V.22.1. enter into a Conditional Contract with the Player in such financial terms as may be agreed; V.22.2. enter into a Week by Week Contract with the Player; or V.22.3. if neither a Conditional Contract nor a Week by Week Contract has been entered into or a Week by Week Contract has been determined by the Club, continue to pay the Player the amount of the basic wage under his expired contract, and in any such case the Club shall be entitled to a Compensation Fee upon a Transferee Club effecting the Player’s New Registration provided he then remains under the age of 24 years and the other conditions set out in Rule V.17 have been satisfied. V.23. The financial terms of a Week by Week Contract shall be those contained in the Player’s expired contract, excluding any Signing-on Fee, except that the Player shall be entitled to receive such incentives (if any) as are payable by the Club to its Contract Players with effect from the date of his new contract. V.24. An Out of Contract Player who continues to receive from his Club the amount of his basic wage under the provisions of Rule V.22.3 shall not be entitled to play for that Club. If such Out of Contract Player unreasonably refuses or other relevant circumstances exist whereby the Out of Contract Player will not accept an offer of employment by another Club (or club), his Club may make application to the Premier League Appeals Committee for an order that payments to the Out of Contract Player may cease without affecting his Club’s entitlement to a Compensation Fee. V.25. A Club which having continued to pay the Player the amount of his basic wage under Rule V.22.3 intends to cease making such payments shall give to the Player two weeks’ notice to that effect and upon a Transferee Club effecting the Player’s New Registration the Club shall not be entitled to a Compensation Fee. The Compensation Fee V.26. The Compensation Fee payable by a Transferee Club to a Transferor Club upon the transfer of the registration of a Contract Player to the Transferee Club shall be such sum as shall have been agreed between the Transferee Club and the Transferor Club and set out in the Transfer Agreement. V.27. The Compensation Fee likewise payable in respect of an Out of Contract Player under the provisions of Rule V.17 shall be: V.27.1. such sum as shall have been agreed between the Transferee Club and the Transferor Club or in default of agreement; or V.27.2. such sum as the Professional Football Compensation Committee on the application of either Club shall determine.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_40.GIF

Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations Section V: Players – Transfers of Registrations Guidance Where in the case of a proposed transfer of the type referred to in Rule V.40, above, the Board is of the view that the financial value attributed to either of the Players is materially below that Player’s true transfer value (with the effect that a reduced sum is payable by way of levy), the Board will request that the Transferor Club(s) restate(s) the declared transfer value and may exercise its power under Rule V.12 if necessary. under the Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme and any surplus shall be added Transfer of Players in relation to movement of players between: admission into membership of the League) in breach of the agreement set out in Guidance The cap on U21 Non-Home-Grown Players set out in Rule V.44 is applicable per Season (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Summer Transfer Window immediately prior to the Season). A Club shall be entitled to register U21 Non-Home-Grown Players without obtaining a governing body endorsement where such Players will be loaned out to clubs outside of the United Kingdom without first participating in League Matches. If at a later date that Club wishes such Players to participate in League Matches it must apply for a governing body endorsement in respect of the Player, who will then (if he is an Under 21 Player) be counted towards the cap on U21 Non-Home-Grown Players set out in Rule V.44 (and any subsequent cap on the number of new U21 Non-Home-Grown Players that the Club may register). 233 234 Rules: Section V V.41.The sums received by the League by way of levy shall be used to pay premiums due to the Professional Game Youth Fund. Solidarity – England and Wales V.42. Membership of the League shall constitute an agreement between each Club that they shall not make or continue any claim (to FIFA, the Football Association or any other relevant regulatory body of football and/or any judicial bodies exercising jurisdiction pursuant to any rules thereof) under Article 20 (Training Compensation) and/or Article 21 (Solidarity Mechanism) of the FIFA Regulations on the Status and V.42.1.Clubs (or clubs) affiliated to the Football Association; and V.42.2.Clubs (or clubs) affiliated to the Football Association of Wales but which participate in leagues sanctioned by the Football Association. V.43.Any Club that makes or continues any claim (including any claim made prior to Rule V.42 shall indemnify those Club(s) or club(s) that are the subject of the claim against any liability imposed by FIFA, the Football Association or any other relevant regulatory body of football and/or any judicial bodies exercising jurisdiction pursuant to any rules thereof. Transfer Windows V.44. During the Transfer Windows in each Season, no Club may register and secure governing body endorsements (in accordance with The FA’s Men’s Players Points Based System) for more than six new U21 Non-Home-Grown Players. V.35. An agreement for an International Transfer and a Transfer Agreement with a Transferor Club which is not in membership of the League or The Football League shall provide that the Compensation Fee, any instalments thereof and any Contingent Sums payable by the Transferee Club shall be paid (together with any value added tax payable in respect thereof) to The Football Association by telegraphic transfer or by such other means as the Board may from time to time direct for payment to the Transferor Club in accordance with The Football Association Rules. V.36. Upon the happening of a contingent event resulting in a Contingent Sum (including for the avoidance of doubt, contingent compensation payable pursuant to the Youth Development Rules) becoming payable: V.36.1. in the case of an International Transfer, the Transferee Club shall forthwith inform the Transferor Club in writing to that effect and shall pay such Contingent Sum by the date stipulated in the transfer agreement (which must be no later than the following 31 July) in accordance with Rule V.35; and V.36.2. in every other case, the Transferee Club shall forthwith inform the Transferor Club to that effect on Form 19 and shall pay such Contingent Sum by the date stipulated in the transfer agreement (which must be no later than the following 31 July) in accordance with Rule V.29. V.37. If any Transferee Club acts in breach of Rules V.29 or V.32 to V.36 inclusive: V.37.1. the Board shall have power to refuse any application by that Transferee Club to register any Player until any sums then payable to its Transferor Club are paid; V.37.2. the Board shall have the power set out at Rule E.22; V.37.3. the Board shall have power to impose a penalty in accordance with the tariff of applicable penalties which it shall from time to time notify to Clubs; and V.37.4. that Transferee Club shall pay to its Transferor Club interest on any part of a Compensation Fee or Contingent Sum not paid on its due date at the rate of five per cent over the base rate from time to time of Barclays Bank Plc from that date until the date of payment together with such other penalty as the Board in its discretion may decide. Transfer Levy V.38. Subject to Rule V.39, upon payment of a Compensation Fee, a Contingent Sum, International Loan Fee or a payment made pursuant to Rule U.39, a Club shall forthwith pay to the League a levy equal to four per cent of the sum paid (net of any value added tax) and in the case of a Compensation Fee or International Loan Fee payable by instalments, the levy upon the whole of it shall be paid as aforesaid upon the Transferee Club applying to register the Player to which it relates. V.39. Levy shall not be payable on a Loan Fee unless the registration of the Contract Player who is the subject of the Temporary Transfer is transferred on a permanent basis from the Transferor Club to the Transferee Club during, or within four months of the expiry of, the Temporary Transfer, in which case a levy equal to four per cent of the aggregate of any Loan Fee and Compensation Fee shall be paid to the League. V.40. Where a Transferee Club registers a Player and the relevant consideration tendered by the Transferor Club includes the registration of another Player or some other form of non-financial consideration or value-in-kind, the Transferee Club and Transferor Club shall attribute a financial value to the Player(s) transferred, which shall be noted in the Transfer Agreement(s), and upon which a levy equal to four per cent of such value shall be paid in each case.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_81TO120_PAGE_41.GIF

Disciplinary and Dispute Resolution Section W: Disciplinary Section W: Disciplinary as may be set out in any tariff of fines, or other penalty, agreed in writing between Club or Person allegedly in breach. addressed must either: constitute a breach of these Rules. right of inquiry under these Rules. No Club or Person shall be under an obligation to member of an appeal tribunal appointed thereunder; tribunals appointed thereunder; chairmen of Appeals Boards; and auditors, who shall be eligible to be members of Commissions appointed 235 236 Rules: Section W W.8.In exercising its summary jurisdiction the Board shall be entitled to impose a fine not exceeding £25,000 or, in the case of a breach of these Rules by a Manager, such sum the Board and the League Managers Association. The Board shall also be entitled to suspend any portion of any fine imposed in accordance with this Rule W.8. W.9.The Board shall exercise its summary jurisdiction by giving notice in Form 21 to the W.10.Within 14 days of the date of a notice in Form 21, the Club or Person to whom it is W.10.1.submit to the Board’s jurisdiction and pay the fine imposed; or W.10.2.elect to be dealt with by a Commission. W.11.Failure to comply with the requirement contained in a notice in Form 21 shall Provision of Information W.12. It shall be no answer to a request from the Board to disclose documents or information pursuant to Rule W.1 that such documents or information requested are confidential. All Clubs and Persons subject to these Rules must ensure that any other obligations of confidentiality assumed are made expressly subject to the League’s disclose any documents rendered confidential by either the order of a court of competent jurisdiction or by statute or statutory instrument. W.13.All Persons who are requested to assist pursuant to Rule W.1 shall provide full, complete and prompt assistance to the Board in its exercise of its power of inquiry. The Judicial Panel W.14. Subject to the approval of Clubs in a General Meeting, a Chair of the Judicial Panel shall be appointed to administer the Judicial Panel in accordance with its terms of reference, set out at Appendix 13 to these Rules. W.15.The Judicial Panel shall include: W.15.1.authorised insolvency practitioners eligible under Rule E.36 to sit as a W.15.2.legally qualified persons eligible: W.15.2.1. under Rule E.36 or Rule F.16 to sit as chairmen of appeal W.15.2.2. under Rule Y.7 to sit as chairmen of Managers’ Arbitration Tribunals; W.15.2.3. under Rule W.16 to sit as chairmen of Commissions; and/or W.15.3.Persons who have held judicial office eligible under Rule W.57 to sit as W.15.4.Persons who hold nationally recognised qualifications as accountants or to determine suspected or alleged breaches of Rules E.45 to E.51. Power of Inquiry W.1.The Board shall have power to inquire into any suspected or alleged breach of these Rules and for that purpose may require: W.1.1.any Manager, Match Official, Official or Player to appear before it to answer questions and/or provide information; and W.1.2.any such Person or any Club to produce documents. W.2. Any Manager, Match Official, Official or Player who fails to appear before or to produce documents to the Board when required to do so under Rule W.1 shall be in breach of these Rules. Board’s Disciplinary Powers W.3.The Board shall have power to deal with any suspected or alleged breach of these Rules by either: W.3.1.issuing a reprimand; W.3.2. imposing a fixed penalty or other sanction where such provision is made in these Rules; W.3.3.exercising its summary jurisdiction; W.3.4.referring the matter to a Commission appointed under Rule W.16; W.3.5.referring the matter to The Football Association for determination under The Football Association Rules; or W.3.6. concluding an agreement in writing with that Person in which it accepts a sanction (which may include any of the sanctions referred to at Rule W.49) proposed by the Board. Fixed Penalty Procedure W.4. Upon being satisfied that a fixed penalty is payable under the provisions of these Rules, the Board shall give notice in Form 20 to the Club or Person by whom it is payable. W.5.Within 14 days of the date of a notice in Form 20 the Club or Person to whom it is addressed must either: W.5.1.pay the fixed penalty; or W.5.2.appeal under the provisions of Rule W.56.1.1 against the imposition of the same. W.6. Failure to pay a fixed penalty as provided in Rule W.5.1 or within seven days, upon an appeal against the same being dismissed, shall in either case constitute a breach of these Rules. Summary Jurisdiction W.7. The Board’s summary jurisdiction shall extend to any suspected or alleged breach of these Rules (other than a breach for which a fixed penalty is prescribed) which in its absolute discretion the Board considers should not be referred to a Commission under Rule W.3.4 or to The Football Association under Rule W.3.5.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_02.GIF

Section W: Disciplinary Section W: Disciplinary the receipt of evidence of loss from the relevant Person, Club (or club) as well as heard evidence from both parties subsequently determines that no compensation is compensation in such circumstances may appeal that determination to an Appeal (or Relegated Club) will not be able to bring any further claim of any kind (whether to Rule W.28) the Respondent shall send to the Board and to the Commission (or the representations in which case, if the complaint is denied, the written written representations within 14 days of receipt of the answer (or such shorter time fully constituted) shall determine (in accordance with such procedure as they see fit) alone. fully constituted) shall have the power to amend the time periods set out in Rules W.26 such amendment. any mitigating factors (together with any supporting evidence) that it wishes to be and copies of any documents on which the Respondent relies shall be annexed. 237 238 Rules: Section W W.24. At any stage the Commission may indicate (either of its own accord or as a result of representations from a Person, Club (or club) and in any event in its sole discretion), that if the complaint is upheld, it may wish to exercise its power under Rule W.49.5 to award compensation to any Person or to any Club (or club). If the Commission so indicates, it shall notify the parties to the proceedings and the relevant Person, Club (or club) of this fact. The Commission may then make appropriate directions as to directions on the receipt of evidence in response from the parties to the proceedings. W.25.Where (in proceedings in which the Respondent is a Club or Relegated Club) the Commission makes the indication referred to at Rule W.24, above, and after having to be awarded in accordance with Rule W.49.5, the Club (or Relegated Club) claiming Board. If it fails to do so (or if the Appeal Board dismisses any such appeal) the Club for compensation, in damages or otherwise) against the Respondent Club arising out of the breach of these Rules in respect of which the Commission was appointed. W.26.Within 14 days of receipt of the complaint (or such shorter time as ordered pursuant Chair of the Judicial Panel if a Commission has not yet been fully constituted) by recorded delivery post a written answer in Form 23 in which the Respondent: W.26.1.shall either admit or deny the complaint; and W.26.2.may request that the complaint shall be determined by written representations shall be contained in the answer. W.27.The Board shall respond in writing to any request that the matter be determined by as ordered pursuant to Rule W.28), and if the request is contested by the Board, the Commission (or the Chair of the Judicial Panel if the Commission has not yet been whether the complaint shall be determined at a hearing or by written representations W.28.The Commission (or the Chair of the Judicial Panel if a Commission has not yet been and W.27 if there is a compelling reason why the proceedings before the Commission need to be concluded expeditiously and/or the parties are in agreement in respect of W.29.If the complaint is admitted, the Respondent may include in the answer details of taken into account by the Commission. W.30.If the complaint is denied, the Respondent’s reasons shall be set out in the answer Appointing a Commission W.16. Subject to Rule W.78, a Commission shall be appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel and shall comprise three members of the Disciplinary Panel of whom one, who shall be legally qualified, shall sit as chairman of the Commission. W.17. Subject to Rule W.78, a Commission appointed to deal with a suspected or alleged breach of Rules E.45 to E.51 shall include at least one member of the Disciplinary Panel qualified as set out in Rule W.15.4 (but who shall not sit as the chairman of the Commission, who shall be legally qualified as set out in Rule W.16). W.18. Subject to Rule W.78, and notwithstanding Rule W.16, where both parties are in agreement that the proceedings should be determined by a single member (rather than three members) of the Disciplinary Panel, the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall appoint a one-person Commission for that purpose. In such circumstances, this Section of the Rules shall be interpreted on the basis that the Commission comprises a single individual, who shall undertake the duties of chairman of the Commission. Commission Procedures W.19.The parties to proceedings before a Commission shall be: W.19.1.the Board; and W.19.2.the Club, Manager, Match Official, Official or Player allegedly in breach of these Rules (the “Respondent”). W.20.Proceedings before a Commission shall be commenced by a written complaint which shall be drafted by or on behalf of the Board. W.21. The complaint shall be in Form 22 and shall identify the Rule(s) allegedly breached, it shall contain a summary of the facts alleged and it shall have annexed to it copies of any documents relied upon by the Board in support of the complaint. W.22. The complaint shall be sent by recorded delivery post by the Board to the Respondent and the Chair of the Judicial Panel. In the case of a Respondent who is a Manager, an Official or a Player it shall be sent to them care of them Club. A complaint shall be deemed to have been received by a Respondent on the third day after the date of posting. No defect in the service of a complaint shall invalidate all or any part of the proceedings if it can be shown that it is likely that the complaint has come to the attention of the Respondent. W.23. As soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of a complaint, the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall appoint a Commission to hear the complaint, confirm the identities of the Commission members to the Board and the Respondent(s) and require each appointed individual to complete a statement of impartiality in such form as the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall prescribe. Where a party objects to one or more of the appointments made to the Commission, it must raise such objection within two Working Days of the relevant appointment(s), which shall be resolved by the Chair of the Judicial Panel in such manner as he/she thinks fit.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_03.GIF

Section W: Disciplinary Section W: Disciplinary hearing, such that neither party will be prejudiced by their submission. determined at a hearing. receipt of the answer the chairman of the Commission shall convene a meeting of its may give directions for the future conduct of the complaint addressed in writing to may be ordered pursuant to Rule W.49.5. parties by the chairman of the Commission. Commission to attend a hearing fails to do so, shall be in breach of these Rules. factors contained in the answer; 239 240 Rules: Section W W.31.Documentary evidence shall be admissible whether or not copies are attached to the complaint or the answer as long as such documents are: W.31.1.relevant; and W.31.2.submitted by a party to the Commission in sufficient time before the W.32If the Respondent fails to send an answer in accordance with Rule W.26, the Respondent shall be deemed to have denied the complaint which shall be W.33.If the complaint is to be determined by written representations, forthwith upon members at which the complaint will be determined. W.34.If the complaint is to be determined at a hearing, the chairman of the Commission the parties or require the parties to attend a directions hearing. W.35.A directions hearing shall be conducted by the chairman of the Commission sitting alone. He/she may give such directions as he/she thinks fit including directions for: W.35.1. the Board to give further particulars of the complaint; W.35.2. the Respondent to give further particulars of the answer; W.35.3. either or both parties to produce and exchange documents; W.35.4. the submission of expert evidence; W.35.5. lists of witnesses and lodging and exchange of witness statements; W.35.6. witnesses to be summoned to attend the hearing; W.35.7. prior notice to be given of any authorities relied on by the parties; W.35.8. the parties to lodge and exchange an outline of their submissions; and/or W.35.9. the assessment of the entitlement to and amount of compensation that W.36.Notice of the date, time and place of the hearing shall be given in writing to the W.37.If the Board or its representative fails to attend the hearing, the chairman of the Commission may either adjourn it or proceed in the Board’s absence. W.38.If the Respondent fails to attend the hearing, it shall proceed in the absence of the Respondent. W.39.Any witness who is bound by these Rules, and who having been summoned by a W.40.The chairman of the Commission shall have an overriding discretion as to the manner in which a hearing is conducted but, subject thereto: W.40.1. where the complaint has been admitted, he/she shall invite the Board or its representative to outline the facts of the complaint and shall give the Respondent the opportunity to provide further details of any mitigating W.40.2. where the complaint has been denied, witnesses shall be taken through their evidence in chief by the party tendering such evidence and may be subject to cross-examination by the opposing party (at its option) and re-examination if required. Witnesses may also be examined by the chairman of the Commission and its members; W.40.3. the parties shall be permitted to put questions to witnesses; W.40.4.witnesses may be examined on oath; and W.40.5. at the conclusion of the evidence the parties shall each be invited to address the Commission. W.41.The chairman of a Commission may order that a transcript of the proceedings be taken. W.42.The proceedings of a Commission shall be confidential and shall be conducted in private. W.43.The Board shall have the burden of proving the complaint. The standard of proof shall be on a balance of probabilities. W.44.The Commission shall make its decision unanimously or by majority. No member of the Commission may abstain. W.45. In the case of a determination by written representations the Commission’s decision shall forthwith be communicated in writing by the chairman of the Commission to the parties (and copied to the Chair of the Judicial Panel). W.46. In the case of a determination at a hearing the Commission’s decision shall be announced as soon as practicable thereafter and if possible at the end of the hearing and shall be confirmed in writing by the chairman of the Commission to the parties (and copied to the Chair of the Judicial Panel). W.47. In either case, unless the parties otherwise agree, the Commission shall give its reasons for its decision (a copy of which shall be provided to the Chair of the Judicial Panel). In the event of a majority decision no minority or dissenting opinion shall be produced or published. Commission’s Powers W.48.Upon finding a complaint to have been proved the Commission shall invite the Respondent to place any mitigating factors before the Commission. W.49.Having heard and considered such mitigating factors (if any) the Commission may: W.49.1.reprimand the Respondent; W.49.2. impose upon the Respondent a fine unlimited in amount and suspend any part thereof; W.49.3. in the case of a Respondent who is a Manager, Match Official, Official or Player, suspend him/her from operating as such for such period as it shall think fit; W.49.4.in the case of a Respondent which is a Club: W.49.4.1. suspend it from playing in League Matches or any matches in competitions which form part of the Games Programmes or Professional Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Youth Development Rules) for such period as it thinks fit;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_04.GIF

Section W: Disciplinary Section W: Disciplinary which may include the fees and expenses of members of the Commission; compensation, in accordance with Rules W.24 and W.25, the Commission may place on the issue of compensation after the complaint has been determined. entitled to be present at the hearing, but may only make submissions or advance Commission gives it leave. the Respondent such sum by way of costs as it shall think fit. matches in competitions which form part of the Games Programme or Professional under the provisions of Rule W.49.4.1, its opponents in such matches which should orders, shall be deemed to have won them. likewise be recoverable by the Person or Club entitled to receive it. recovered by the Board shall be used to defray the costs of the Commission. 241 242 Rules: Section W W.49.4.2. deduct points scored or to be scored in League Matches or such other matches as are referred to in Rule W.49.4.1; W.49.4.3. recommend that the Board orders that a League Match or such other match as is referred to in Rule W.49.4.1 be replayed; W.49.4.4. recommend that the League expels the Respondent from membership in accordance with the provisions of Rule B.6; W.49.5.order the Respondent to pay compensation unlimited in amount to any Person or to any Club (or club); W.49.6.cancel or refuse the registration of a Player registered or attempted to be registered in contravention of these Rules; W.49.7.impose upon the Respondent any combination of the foregoing or such other penalty as it shall think fit; W.49.8.order the Respondent to pay such sum by way of costs as it shall think fit and W.49.9.make such other order as it thinks fit. W.50.Where a Person, Club (or club) has been invited to address the Commission on adjourn the hearing to allow all relevant parties to make submissions, or if it considers that it is in the interest of justice that the determination of the complaint be resolved before the issue of compensation is addressed, direct that a further hearing take W.51.A Person, Club (or club) invited to make submissions on compensation shall be evidence or question witnesses if and to the extent that the chairman of the W.52.If the Board fails to prove a complaint a Commission may order the League to pay to W.53. Where a Respondent Club is suspended from playing in League Matches or any Development Leagues (as those terms are defined in the Youth Development Rules) have been played during the period of suspension, unless a Commission otherwise W.54.Fines and costs shall be recoverable by the Board as a civil debt; compensation shall W.55.Fines recovered by the Board shall be used towards the operating expenses of the League or, at the discretion of the Board, towards charitable purposes. Costs Appeals W.56.Either: W.56.1. a Club (or club) or Person that wishes to challenge: W.56.1.1. the decision of the Board to impose a fixed penalty; or W.56.1.2. the decision of a Commission before which such Club or Person appeared as Respondent; or W.56.1.3. the amount of compensation (if any) which a Commission has, pursuant to Rule W.49.5, ordered either that it shall pay or that shall be paid in its favour; or W.56.2. the Board, where it: W.56.2.1 wishes to challenge a decision taken by a Commission to dismiss a complaint; or W.56.2.2 considers a decision on sanction imposed by a Commission to be unduly lenient, may appeal in accordance with the provisions of these Rules against the decision, the penalty or the amount of compensation (as appropriate). W.57. An appeal shall lie to an Appeal Board which shall be appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel and, subject to Rule W.78, shall comprise three members of the Appeals Panel of whom one, who shall have held judicial office, shall sit as chairman of the Appeal Board. W.58.The parties to an appeal shall be: W.58.1. a Respondent to a complaint; and/or W.58.2. a Person, Club or club pursuant to Rule W.56.1.3; and/or W.58.3. the Board. W.59.An appeal against the decision of the Board to impose a fixed penalty shall be in Form 24. W.60.An appeal against the decision of a Commission shall be in Form 25. W.61. An appeal shall be commenced by the appellant sending or delivering to the Chair of the Judicial Panel Form 24 or Form 25, as the case may be, so that it is received together with a deposit of £1,000 within 14 days of the date of the decision appealed against (time being of the essence) unless a lesser period is ordered pursuant to Rule W.69. W.62. As soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of Form 24 or Form 25, as appropriate, the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall appoint an Appeal Board to hear the appeal, confirm the identities of the Appeal Board members to the parties and require each appointed individual to complete a statement of impartiality in such form as the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall prescribe. Where a party objects to one or more of the appointments made to the Appeal Board, it must raise such objection within two Working Days of the relevant appointment(s), which shall be resolved by the Chair of the Judicial Panel in such manner as he/she thinks fit. W.63. The Appeal Board (or the Chair of the Judicial Panel if an Appeal Board has not yet been fully constituted) shall have the power to abridge the time period set out in Rule W.61 if there is a compelling reason why the proceedings before the Appeal Board need to be concluded expeditiously. W.64. The Appeal Board may give directions as it thinks fit for the future conduct of the appeal, addressed in writing to the parties, or require the parties to attend a directions hearing.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_05.GIF

Section W: Disciplinary Section W: Disciplinary only be granted if it can be shown that the evidence was not available to the party time at which the Commission heard the complaint. the parties by the chairman of the Appeal Board. either adjourn it or proceed in the party’s absence. pursuant to Rule W.65, an appeal shall be by way of a review of the evidence adduced Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Rule, the Appeal Board shall have an such terms as to costs and otherwise as the Appeal Board shall determine. private. the Appeal Board may abstain. appeal hearing and if possible at the end thereof and shall be confirmed in writing provided to the Chair of the Judicial Panel). If the decision reached by the Appeal published. 243 244 Rules: Section W W.65.Any party to an appeal may apply for permission to adduce evidence that was not adduced before the Commission that heard the complaint. Such permission shall and could not have been obtained by such party with reasonable diligence, at the W.66.Notice of the date, time and place of the appeal hearing shall be given in writing to W.67.If a party fails, refuses or is unable to attend the hearing the Appeal Board may W.68.Except in cases in which the Appeal Board gives leave to adduce fresh evidence before the Commission and the parties shall be entitled to make oral representations. overriding discretion as to the manner in which the hearing is conducted. W.69.The Appeal Board may permit the appellant at any time to withdraw the appeal on W.70.The proceedings of an Appeal Board shall be confidential and shall be conducted in W.71.The Appeal Board shall make its decision unanimously or by majority. No member of W.72. The Appeal Board’s decision shall be announced as soon as practicable after the by the chairman of the Appeal Board to the parties, giving reasons (with a copy Board was by a majority, no minority or dissenting opinion shall be produced or Appeal Board’s Powers W.73.Upon the hearing of an appeal, an Appeal Board may: W.73.1.allow the appeal; W.73.2.dismiss the appeal; W.73.3.except in the case of a fixed penalty, vary any penalty imposed or order made at first instance; W.73.4.vary or discharge any order for compensation made by the Commission; W.73.5.order the deposit to be forfeited to the League or repaid to the appellant; W.73.6.order a party to pay or contribute to the costs of the appeal including the fees and expenses of members of the Appeal Board; W.73.7.remit the matter back to the Commission with directions as to its future disposal; or W.73.8. make such other order as it thinks fit. W.74.Subject to the provisions of Section X of these Rules (Arbitration), the decision of an Appeal Board shall be final. Admissibility of Evidence W.75. In the exercise of their powers under this Section of these Rules, a Commission or an Appeal Board shall not be bound by judicial rules governing the admissibility of evidence. Instead, facts relating to a breach of these Rules may be established by any reliable means. Legal Representation W.76. The parties to proceedings before a Commission or an Appeal Board shall be entitled to be represented by a solicitor or counsel provided that they shall have given to the other party and to the chairman of the Commission or of the Appeal Board as the case may be 14 days’ prior written notice to that effect identifying the solicitor or counsel instructed. Publication and Privilege W.77. Without prejudice in any event to any form of privilege available in respect of any such publication, whether pursuant to the Defamation Act 2013 or otherwise, the Board, a Commission and an Appeal Board shall be entitled to publish reports of their proceedings (including details of any submissions, oral or written statements or other evidence adduced in those proceedings), whether or not they reflect adversely on the character or conduct of any Club, Manager, Match Official, Official or Player. All Clubs and Persons bound by these Rules (and any Person required to observe these Rules as a result of any obligation whether to the League or to any third party) shall be deemed to have provided their full and irrevocable consent to such publication. Ad Hoc Appointments W.78. Notwithstanding Rules W.16 to W.18 and W.57 and any other Rules to the contrary, the Chair of the Judicial Panel may, in his/her absolute discretion, when appointing Commissions, Appeal Boards, tribunals and otherwise, as provided for in the Rules, appoint on an ad hoc basis individuals who are not members of the Judicial Panel but whom he/she considers would be suitable for the particular appointment (and for the period of their temporary appointment each such person will be considered a member of the Judicial Panel). It is anticipated that the Chair of the Judicial Panel will exercise this power only in exceptional circumstances.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_06.GIF

Disciplinary and Dispute Resolution Section X : Arbitration Section X: Arbitration its mind properly to the issues to be decided; the contemplation of the Board at the time that the decision was made as being invoke these arbitration provisions in respect of such a dispute, unless that party can and proper for them to have standing before the tribunal. serving upon the other party (and copied to the Board) a request in Form 26. notice in Form 27 addressed to the other party (and copied to the Board) appoint arbitration requested. And within 14 days of their appointment (ie, of the date of the who is both: accordance with these Rules the Board (or The Football Association if the League is 245 246 Rules: Section X X.5. In the case of a Board Dispute, the only grounds for review shall be that the decision: X.5.1. was reached outside the jurisdiction of the Board; X.5.2. could not have been reached by any reasonable Board which had applied X.5.3. was reached as a result of fraud, malice or bad faith; or X.5.4. was contrary to English law; and directly and foreseeably prejudices the interests of a Person or Persons who were in directly affected by it and who suffer loss as a result of that decision. Standing X.6. A Person who is not a party to a Disciplinary Dispute or a Board Dispute may not show that they are sufficiently affected by the outcome of the dispute that it is right Commencement of the Arbitration X.7. An arbitration shall be deemed to have commenced (and for the purpose of Rule X.2 a dispute shall be deemed to have arisen) upon the party requesting an arbitration Appointing the Arbitrators X.8.Subject to Rule X.13, the tribunal shall comprise three Suitably Qualified Persons (as defined in Rule X.10) and there shall be no umpire. X.9. Within 14 days of the party requesting an arbitration serving upon the other party (and copied to the Board) the Form 26 pursuant to Rule X.7, each party shall by one Suitably Qualified Person (as defined in Rule X.10), to act as an arbitrator in the second appointee being appointed) the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint another Suitably Qualified Person (as defined in Rule X.10) as the third arbitrator who shall sit as chair. If the two arbitrators so appointed fail to agree on the appointment of the third arbitrator the Board (or The Football Association if the League is a party) shall make the appointment giving notice in writing to that effect to each party. X.10. A Suitably Qualified Person for the purposes of this Section X shall be any individual X.10.1. a solicitor of no less than 10 years’ admission or a barrister of no less than 10 years’ call; and X.10.2. independent of the party appointing him/her and able to render an impartial decision. X.11.If a party refuses or fails to appoint an arbitrator when it is obliged to do so in a party) shall make the appointment giving notice in writing to that effect to each party. Definitions X.1. In this Section of these Rules: X.1.1.“the Act” means the Arbitration Act 1996 or any re-enactment or amendment thereof for the time being in force; X.1.2. “party” means a party to the arbitration; X.1.3. “the tribunal” means the arbitral tribunal; and X.1.4. “the chairman” means the chairman of the tribunal. Agreement to Arbitrate X.2. Membership of the League shall constitute an agreement in writing between the League and each Club, between the League and each Director of each Club and between each Club for the purposes of section 5 of the Act in the following terms: X.2.1. to submit all disputes which arise between them (including in the case of a Relegated Club any dispute between it and a Club or the League, the cause of action of which arose while the Relegated Club was a member of the League), whether arising out of these Rules or otherwise, to final and binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Act and this Section of these Rules; X.2.2. that the seat of each such arbitration shall be in England and Wales; X.2.3. that the issues in each such arbitration shall be decided in accordance with English law; and X.2.4. that no other system or mode of arbitration will be invoked to resolve any such dispute. X.3. Disputes subject to arbitration under this Section X will be deemed to fall into one of three categories, being: X.3.1. disputes arising from decisions of Commissions or Appeal Boards made pursuant to Rules W.1 to W.78 (Disciplinary) of these Rules (“Disciplinary Disputes”); X.3.2. disputes arising from the exercise of the Board’s discretion (“Board Disputes”); and X.3.3. other disputes arising from these Rules or otherwise. X.4. In the case of a Disciplinary Dispute, the only grounds for review of a decision of a Commission or Appeal Board by way of arbitration under this Section X shall be that the decision was: X.4.1. reached outside of the jurisdiction of the body that made the decision; X.4.2. reached as a result of fraud, malice or bad faith; X.4.3. reached as a result of procedural errors so great that the rights of the applicant have been clearly and substantially prejudiced; X.4.4. reached as a result of a perverse interpretation of the law; or X.4.5. one which could not reasonably have been reached by any Commission or Appeal Board which had applied its mind properly to the facts of the case.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_07.GIF

Section X: Arbitration Section X: Arbitration act and the party appointing him/her must nominate another arbitrator within a single arbitrator (who must be a Suitably Qualified Person) in which case: tribunal comprises a single arbitrator who shall undertake the duties of acting, is removed by order of a competent court or dies, the Board (or The Football the other and to the Board. chairman and shall be copied to the other party and the Board. for that purpose within 14 days of his/her appointment he/she shall either give mediation; relevance or weight of any material submitted by the parties on matters of submissions; 247 248 Rules: Section X X.12.Upon appointment all arbitrators must sign a statement of impartiality. Any arbitrator not signing such a statement within seven days of appointment may not seven days subject to the provisions in Rules X.8 to X.11. Appointing a Single Arbitrator X.13.Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule X.8, the parties shall be at liberty to appoint X.13.1. Form 28 shall be substituted for Form 27; and X.13.2. this Section of these Rules shall be interpreted on the basis that the the chairman. Replacing an Arbitrator X.14. If following his/her appointment an arbitrator refuses to act, becomes incapable of Association if the League is a party) shall appoint a replacement arbitrator (who must be a Suitably Qualified Person) to replace him/her. Communications X.15.All communications sent in the course of the arbitration by the arbitrators shall be signed on their behalf by the chairman. X.16. Such communications addressed by the arbitrators to one party shall be copied to X.17. Any communication sent by either party to the arbitrators shall be addressed to the Directions X.18.The chairman of the tribunal shall decide all procedural and evidential matters and directions for the conduct of the arbitration addressed in writing to each party or serve on each party Form 29 requiring their attendance at a preliminary meeting at which he/she will give directions. In either case the directions shall address without limitation: X.18.1. where appropriate, whether the proceedings should be stayed to permit the parties to explore whether the dispute may be resolved by way of X.18.2. whether and if so in what form and when statements of claim and defence are to be served; X.18.3. whether and if so to what extent discovery of documents between the parties is necessary; X.18.4. whether strict rules of evidence will apply and how the admissibility, fact or opinion shall be determined; X.18.5. whether and if so to what extent there shall be oral or written evidence or X.18.6. whether expert evidence is required; and X.18.7. whether and if so to what extent the tribunal shall itself take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and the law. The Tribunal’s General Powers X.19. The chairman of the tribunal shall have power to: X.19.1. allow either party upon such terms (as to costs and otherwise) as it shall think fit to amend any statement of claim and defence; X.19.2. give directions in relation to the preservation, custody, detention, inspection or photographing of property owned by or in the possession of a party to the proceedings; X.19.3. give directions as to the preservation of evidence in the custody or control of a party; X.19.4. direct that a witness be examined on oath; X.19.5. require each party to give notice of the identity of witnesses it intends to call; X.19.6. require exchange of witness statements and any expert’s reports; X.19.7. appoint one or more experts to report to it on specific issues; X.19.8. require a party to give any such expert any relevant information or to produce or provide access to any relevant documents or property; X.19.9. order that a transcript be taken of the proceedings; X.19.10. extend or abbreviate any time limits provided by this Section of these Rules or by its directions; X.19.11. require the parties to attend such procedural meetings as it deems necessary to identify or clarify the issues to be decided and the procedures to be adopted; and X.19.12. give such other lawful directions as it shall deem necessary to ensure the just, expeditious, economical and final determination of the dispute. Duty of the Parties X.20. The parties shall do all things necessary for the proper and expeditious conduct of the arbitration and shall comply without delay with any direction of the chairman of the tribunal as to procedural or evidential matters. Default of the Parties X.21.If either party is in breach of Rule X.20 the tribunal shall have power to: X.21.1. make peremptory orders prescribing a time for compliance; X.21.2. make orders against a party which fails to comply with a peremptory order; X.21.3. dismiss a claim for want of prosecution in the event of inordinate or inexcusable delay by a party which appears likely to give rise to a substantial risk that it will not be possible to have a fair resolution of the issues or will cause serious prejudice to the other party; and X.21.4. debar that party from further participation and proceed with the arbitration and make an award but only after giving that party written notice of its intention to do so.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_08.GIF

Section X: Arbitration Section X: Arbitration the award contains decisions on points of law or interpretation that the Chair of the the agreement of the parties to the arbitration, he/she may produce and circulate to arbitrators’ fees and expenses, the total amount of which shall be specified in the appropriate in relation to the whole or part of the costs. of appeal on a point of law under section 69 of the Act. In the event that a party to any written pleadings filed and/or evidence adduced as soon as reasonably 14 days’ prior written notice to that effect identifying the solicitor or counsel An Official shall not be prevented from representing his/her Club because he/she is proceeds with the arbitration without promptly stating its objection to such non-249 250 Rules: Section X X.31.The award shall be in writing and shall contain reasons for the tribunal’s decision. A copy of it shall be provided to the Board and to the Chair of the Judicial Panel. Where Judicial Panel considers to be of wider application or use to the Board and Clubs, with the Board (for distribution to Clubs) an anonymised summary of the award. Costs X.32.Until they are paid in full, the parties shall be jointly and severally liable to meet the award. X.33. The tribunal shall award costs on the general principle that costs should follow the event except where it appears to the tribunal that in the circumstances this is not X.34. The party in favour of which an order for costs is made shall be allowed, subject to Rule X.35, a reasonable amount in respect of all costs reasonably incurred, any doubt as to reasonableness being resolved in favour of the paying party. X.35.In appropriate cases the tribunal may award costs on an indemnity basis. X.36.The chairman shall have power to tax, assess or determine the costs if requested to do so by either party. Challenging the Award X.37. Subject to the provisions of sections 67 to 71 of the Act, the award shall be final and binding on the parties and there shall be no right of appeal. There shall be no right arbitration under this Section X challenges the award, whether in the English High Court or any other forum, it shall ensure that the League is provided with a copy of practicable after their/its filing. Representation X.38.A party may be represented before a tribunal by a solicitor or counsel provided that instructed is given to the other party and to the chairman. X.39. A Club which is a party may be represented before a tribunal by one of its Officials. or may be a witness in the proceedings. Waiver X.40. A party which is aware of non-compliance with this Section of these Rules and yet compliance to the chairman shall be deemed to have waived its right to object. The Hearing X.22. The chairman shall fix the date, time and place of the arbitration hearing and shall give the parties reasonable notice thereof. A representative of the Board shall be entitled to attend the hearing as an observer. X.23.At or before the hearing the chairman shall determine the order in which the parties shall present their cases. X.24.Any witness who gives oral evidence may be questioned by the representative of each party and by each of the arbitrators. X.25.The proceedings of an arbitration convened under this Section X shall be confidential and shall be conducted in private. Remedies X.26.The tribunal shall have power to: X.26.1. determine any question of law or fact arising in the course of the arbitration; X.26.2. determine any question as to its own jurisdiction; X.26.3. make a declaration as to any matter to be determined in the proceedings; X.26.4. order the payment of a sum of money; X.26.5. award simple or compound interest; X.26.6. order a party to do or refrain from doing anything; X.26.7. order specific performance of a contract (other than a contract relating to land); and X.26.8. order the rectification, setting aside or cancellation of a deed or other document. Majority Decision X.27. If the arbitrators fail to agree on any issue they shall decide by a majority and a majority decision shall be binding on all of them. No dissenting judgment shall be produced. Provisional Awards X.28. The tribunal shall have power to make provisional awards during the proceedings including, without limitation, requiring a party to make an interim payment on account of the claim or the costs of the arbitration. Any such provisional award shall be taken into account when the final award is made. The Award X.29. If before the award is made the parties agree on a settlement of the dispute the tribunal shall record the settlement in the form of a consent award. X.30. The tribunal may make more than one award at different times on different aspects of the matters in dispute.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_09.GIF

Disciplinary and Dispute Resolution Section Y: Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal Section Y: Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal Guidance Parties to such disputes are encouraged to seek resolution without recourse to arbitration through, for example, a pre-action meeting to discuss the matter, prior to issuing a Form 26. a deposit of £5,000 to the Board. That party will also send a copy of the Form 26 to members are eligible to sit as chair of the Tribunal. whom is eligible to sit as chair of the Tribunal) and there shall be no umpire. However, member of the Judicial Panel, in which case this Section of the Rules shall be member of the Judicial Panel) who shall undertake the duties of the chairman. Guidance Where the parties engage in mediation, each party should ensure that they are represented in person at such mediation by an individual with sufficient authority to reach a resolution of the dispute. which the parties shall present their cases. each party and by each of the arbitrators. 251 252 Rules: Section Y Y.18. At or before the hearing the chairman of the Tribunal shall determine the order in Y.19. Any witness who gives oral evidence may be questioned by the representative of Y.4. The party requesting such an arbitration shall send a copy of Form 26 together with the Chair of the Judicial Panel who shall forthwith send to each party particulars of those individuals who are members of the Judicial Panel and noting which of the Y.5. The Tribunal shall ordinarily comprise three members of the Judicial Panel (one of the parties are at liberty to agree that the matter be resolved by a single eligible interpreted on the basis that the Tribunal consists of a single arbitrator (an eligible Y.6. Within 14 days of service of the Chair of the Judicial Panel sending particulars of members of the Judicial Panel pursuant to Rule Y.4, each party shall by notice in Form 27 addressed to the Board (copied to the Chair of the Judicial Panel) appoint one eligible Judicial Panel member to act as an arbitrator in the arbitration requested, save where a single arbitrator is agreed pursuant to Rule Y.5, in which case the parties shall jointly confirm his/her identity to the Board (and the Chair of the Judicial Panel) in writing. Y.7. If a party refuses or fails to appoint an arbitrator in accordance with Rule Y.6 the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall make the appointment giving notice in writing to that effect to each party (copied to the Board). Y.8. Within 14 days of their appointment the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint a third arbitrator who shall be an eligible legally qualified member of the Judicial Panel and who shall sit as chairman of the Tribunal. If the two arbitrators so appointed fail to agree on the appointment of the third arbitrator the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall make the appointment giving notice in writing to that effect to each party (copied to the Board). Y.9. If following his/her appointment an arbitrator refuses to act, becomes incapable of acting, is removed by order of a competent court or dies, the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall appoint a member of the Judicial Panel to replace him/her (and provide notice of that appointment to the Board). Y.10. All communications sent in the course of the arbitration by the Tribunal shall be signed on its behalf by its chairman. Y.11. Such communications addressed by the Tribunal to one party shall be copied to the other and to the Board. Y.12. Any communications sent by either party to the Tribunal shall be addressed to its chairman and shall be copied to the other party and to the Board. Y.13. The chairman of the Tribunal shall decide all procedural and evidential matters and for that purpose within 14 days of his/her appointment he/she shall serve on each party Form 29 requiring their attendance at a preliminary meeting at which he/she will give directions including, but not limited to, those set out in Rule X.18. Y.14. The chairman of the Tribunal shall have the powers set out in Rule X.19. Y.15. The parties shall do all things necessary for the proper and expeditious conduct of the arbitration and shall comply without delay with any direction of the chairman of the Tribunal as to procedural or evidential matters. Y.16. If either party is in breach of Rule Y.15 the Tribunal shall have power to: Y.16.1. make peremptory orders prescribing a time for compliance; Y.16.2. make orders against a party which fails to comply with a peremptory order; Y.16.3. dismiss a claim for want of prosecution in the event of inordinate or inexcusable delay by a party which appears likely to give rise to a substantial risk that it will not be possible to have a fair resolution of the issues or will cause serious prejudice to the other party; and Y.16.4. debar that party from further participation and proceed with the arbitration and make an award but only after giving that party written notice of its intention to do so. Y.17. The chairman of the Tribunal shall fix the date, time and place of the arbitration hearing and shall give the parties reasonable notice thereof. A representative of the Board shall be permitted to attend the hearing as an observer. In order to allow the parties time in which to fulfil their obligation to attempt to reach a settlement of the dispute by mediation, the hearing shall not take place before the expiry of 42 days from the deemed commencement of the arbitration. Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal Y.1. Any dispute arising between the parties to a Manager’s contract of employment shall be determined by the Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal (in this Section of these Rules referred to as ”the Tribunal”). Y.2. The seat of each arbitration conducted by the Tribunal shall be in England and Wales. Each such arbitration shall be decided in accordance with English law. Y.3. Such an arbitration shall be deemed to have commenced upon the party requesting it serving on the other party a request in Form 26.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_10.GIF

Section Y: Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal Section Y: Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal 253 254 Rules: Section Y Y.20. Except for the power to order specific performance of a contract, the Tribunal shall have the powers set out in Rule X.26 together with the following additional powers: Y.20.1. to order the cancellation of the registration of the Manager’s contract of employment; Y.20.2. to order that the deposit be forfeited by or returned to the party paying it; and Y.20.3. to make such other order as it thinks fit. Y.21. The provisions of Rules X.27 to X.40 inclusive, substituting “Tribunal” for “tribunal” and “chairman of the Tribunal” for “chairman”, shall apply to proceedings of the Tribunal. In exercising its power to award costs the Tribunal shall have regard to the extent to which each of the parties fulfilled their obligation to attempt to reach a settlement of the dispute by mediation. Y.22. The proceedings of an arbitration convened under this Section Y shall be confidential and shall be conducted in private.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_11.GIF

Disciplinary and Dispute Resolution Section Z: Premier League Appeals Committee Section Z: Premier League Appeals Committee Judicial Panel (copied to the Board) identifying: Z.7.5. any documents relied upon, copies of which shall be annexed. is composed in accordance with Rule Z.2; chairman and members of the Committee; and (copied to the Board). Chair of the Judicial Panel (copied to the Board) by recorded delivery post a written together with a copy of any document annexed to: of the proceedings and shall give written notice of the date, time and place thereof adjourn it or proceed in their absence. 255 256 Rules: Section Z Z.6.3.in an application under Rule Z.1.4: Z.6.3.1.the applicant Club; and Z.6.3.2.the respondent Out of Contract Player. Z.7.Proceedings shall be commenced by an application in writing to the Chair of the Z.7.1.the respondent; Z.7.2.the Rule under the provisions of which the appeal or application is made; Z.7.3.the nature of the appeal or application and the facts surrounding it; Z.7.4.the remedy or relief sought; and Z.8.Except in the case of an application made by an Academy Player, an application made under the provisions of Rule Z.7 shall be accompanied by a deposit of £1,000. Z.9.Upon receipt of an application the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall: Z.9.1. procure that for the purpose of determining the application the Committee Z.9.2. send a copy of the application and any documents annexed to it to the Z.9.3. send a copy of the same by recorded delivery post to the respondent Z.10.Within 14 days of receipt of the copy application the respondent shall send to the response to the application, annexing thereto copies of any documents relied upon. Z.11.Upon receipt of the response the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall send a copy thereof Z.11.1.the chairman and members of the Committee; and Z.11.2.the party making the application. Z.12. The chairman of the Committee may give directions as he/she thinks fit for the future conduct of the proceedings addressed in writing to the parties with which the parties shall comply without delay. Z.13. The Committee by its chairman shall have power to summon any Person to attend the hearing of the proceedings to give evidence and to produce documents and any Person who is bound by these Rules and who, having been summoned, fails to attend or to give evidence or to produce documents shall be in breach of these Rules. Z.14.The Chair of the Judicial Panel shall make all necessary arrangements for the hearing to the parties. Z.15.If a party to the proceedings fails to attend the hearing the Committee may either Z.16.The chairman of the Committee shall have an overriding discretion as to the manner in which the hearing of the proceedings shall be conducted. Jurisdiction Z.1.The Premier League Appeals Committee (hereafter in this Section of these Rules called “the Committee”) shall determine the following matters: Z.1.1.an appeal by a Club or an Academy Player under the provisions of Youth Development Rule 298; Z.1.2. an appeal by a Club or a Contract Player under the provisions of Rule T.17.3 against a decision of the Board regarding payment of the balance of a Signing-on Fee to the Contract Player; Z.1.3. an appeal by a Club or a Contract Player under the provisions of Rule T.36 against a decision of the Chairman of the Judicial Panel (or his/her appointee(s), as appropriate), given under either Rule T.30 or Rule T.31; and Z.1.4. an application by a Club under the provisions of Rule V.24 that payments to an Out of Contract Player may cease without affecting the Club’s entitlement to a Compensation Fee. Composition of the Committee Z.2.The Committee shall be composed of: Z.2.1. an independent chairman who holds or has held judicial office and who, with the prior approval of the Professional Footballers’ Association, shall be appointed by the Board in such terms as it thinks fit; Z.2.2.a member of the Judicial Panel appointed by the Chair of the Judicial Panel; and Z.2.3. an appointee of the Professional Footballers’ Association provided that in cases where an officer or employee of that body is appearing before the Committee representing a party to the proceedings then the appointee shall not be an officer or employee of that body. Z.3. If the chairman of the Committee is unable to act or to continue acting as such in the determination of any matter, the Chair of the Judicial Panel shall appoint in his/her stead a member of the Judicial Panel who holds or has held judicial office. Z.4. If following his/her appointment any other member of the Committee is unable to act or to continue acting, his/her appointer may appoint a replacement so that the composition of the Committee is maintained as provided in Rule Z.2. Z.5.If the members of the Committee fail to agree on any issue, they shall decide by a majority. Committee Procedures Z.6.The parties to proceedings before the Committee shall be: Z.6.1.in an appeal under Rule Z.1.1, Z.1.2 or Z.1.3: Z.6.1.1.the appellant Club or Contract Player; and Z.6.1.2.the respondent Contract Player or Club; Z.6.2.in the determination of a dispute under Rule Z.1.3: Z.6.2.1.the applicant Club or Player; and Z.6.2.2.the respondent Player or Club;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_12.GIF

Section Z: Premier League Appeals Committee Section Z: Premier League Appeals Committee 257 258 Rules: Section Z Z.17.The Committee shall not be bound by any enactment or rule of law relating to the admissibility of evidence in proceedings before a court of law. Z.18.The hearing shall be conducted in private. Z.19. Each party shall be entitled to be represented at the hearing by a solicitor or counsel provided that they shall have given to the other party and to the chairman of the Committee 14 days’ prior written notice to that effect. Z.20. The Committee’s decision shall be announced as soon as practicable and if possible at the end of the hearing and shall be confirmed in writing to the parties (with a copy to the Board and the Chair of the Judicial Panel). Z.21.The Committee shall give reasons for its decision. Z.22.The decision of the Committee shall be final and binding. Fees and Expenses Z.23.The chairman and members of the Committee shall be entitled to receive from the League a reasonable sum by way of fees and expenses. Committee’s Powers Z.24.Upon determining an application made in accordance with the provisions of this Section of these Rules, the Committee may: Z.24.1. order the deposit required by Rule Z.8 to be forfeited to the League or repaid to the applicant; Z.24.2. order either party to pay to the other such sum by way of costs as it shall think fit which may include the fees and expenses of the chairman and members of the Committee paid or payable under Rule Z.23; and Z.24.3.make such other order as it shall think fit. Z.25.The proceedings of an appeal convened under this Section Z shall be confidential and shall be conducted in private.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_13.GIF

Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_14.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 1 Form 2 List of Authorised Signatories of ............................................. Football Club (Rule A.1.18) Notification of Club Bank Account (Rule E.2) To:The Board The Premier League To:The Board The Premier League We confirm on behalf of the board of …………………………....................................... Football Club that the following bank account is the Club’s bank account for the purposes of Rule E.2: The following Officials of the Club are Authorised Signatories: Print Name Position Signature Limit of Authority* (if any) Name of bank ……………………………………………………………......................... Name of account holder …………………………………………………………….... Title of account ……………………………………………………………...................... Sort code …………………………………………………………….................................. Account number …………………………………………………………….................... Signed by a Director of the Club …………………………………………………. Date …………………………………………………. Signed by a Director of the Club …………………………………………………. Date …………………………………………………. * In particular, please indicate if the individual is an Authorised Signatory for the purposes of an application for a UEFA Club Licence. Signed ……………………………................. Position …………………………… Date ………………………...................... 261 262 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_15.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 3 Form 3A Appeal Under Rule E.34 Calculation of Aggregated Adjusted Earnings Before Tax (Rule E.45.3) To:The Board The Premier League Date: ......................................... We, [insert name of Club] ......................................................... (the “Club”) hereby appeal against the deduction of nine points notified to us by the Board on [date] .............................. on the ground that the Event of Insolvency was caused by and resulted directly from circumstances, other than normal business risks, over which the Club could not reasonably be expected to have had control and its Officials had used all due diligence to avoid the happening of such circumstances. Brief details of the circumstances that led to the Event of Insolvency are set out on the attached sheet(s). A deposit of £1,000 is enclosed. Signed …………………………………………………………………………………….. Statement on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Club On behalf of the board of directors of …………………………………….. Football Club, I confirm in respect of the [Club’s] OR [the Group’s (of which the Club is a member)] accounting period of 36 months ended on ……………………… 20…......... that [with the exception(s) noted below]: Position …………………………………………………………………………………... 1. The above calculation of Adjusted Earnings Before Tax has been prepared in accordance with the Rules of the Premier League; 2. Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph 1 above, the estimated figures for T in the above calculation have been prepared: 2.1 2.2 in all material respects in a format similar to the Club’s Annual Accounts; and are based on the latest information available to the Club and are, to the best of the Club’s knowledge and belief, an accurate estimate as at the time of preparation of future financial performance. [The exception(s) referred to above is/are as follows: …………………………………………......................] For and on behalf of the board of directors of ……….……………………………………….. Football Club Signed ……………………………............... Name ……………………….......... Position ………………………................ To be signed by a director of the Club whose particulars are registered under the provisions section 162 of the Companies Act 2006. Date ..........................…....................... 263 264 Premier League Forms Reporting Period: 36 months ending on ………………………... 20……... T-2 T-1 T Total £ £ £ £ Actual / forecast profit / loss before tax Add back: Depreciation / impairment of tangible fixed assets Amortisation or impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (excluding amortisation of the costs of players’ registrations) Youth Development Expenditure Women’s Football Expenditure Community Development Expenditure Adjusted Earnings Before Tax


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_16.GIF

Premier League Form 4 Owners’ and Directors’ Declaration Form 4 Owners’ and Directors’ Declaration (Rules A.1.60, F.2, F.3 and F.4) To:The Board The Premier League 10. I have/have not* 10.1 been a Director of a Club which, while I have been a Director of it, suffered two or more unconnected Events of Insolvency; or I, (full name)......................................................................................................................................................of ..........................................................................................................................(post code) ................................ hereby declare that: 10.2 been a Director of a Club which, while I have been a Director of it, suffered two or more unconnected Events of Insolvency (and in this Declaration 10.2 the definitions of Director at Rule A.1.61. and Events of Insolvency at Rule A.1.67. shall be construed as if references to ‘the Club’ in those definitions were references to ‘the club’); 1. By signing and dating this declaration, I acknowledge and agree to be bound by the Premier League Rules (“Rules”) and agree to submit all disputes of whatever nature with the Premier League to arbitration in accordance with Section X (Arbitration) of the Rules. I further acknowledge and agree that, as a Director, I am/will become* a “Participant” as that term is defined in The Football Association Rules and, as such, will be bound by them; 11. I have/have not* been a Director of two or more Clubs or clubs each of which, while I have been a Director of them, has suffered an Event of Insolvency (and in this Declaration 11 the definitions of Director at Rule A.1.61. and Events of Insolvency at Rule A.1.67. shall be deemed to apply to clubs in the same way as to Clubs); 2. I am/propose to become* a Director of ...............................................................(“the Club”); 3. I am/am not* a person having Control over the Club; 12. I am/am not* subject to a suspension or ban from involvement in the administration of a sport as set out in Rule F.1.13; 4. I am/am not* either directly or indirectly involved in or have power to determine or influence the management or administration of another Club or Football League club; 13. I am/am not* subject to any form of suspension, disqualification or striking-off by a professional body as set out in Rule F.1.14; 5. I hold/do not hold* either directly or indirectly a Significant Interest in a Club while either directly or indirectly holding an interest in any class of Shares of another Club; 14. I have/have not* been an Official of a Club or club (and in this Declaration 14 the definition of Official at Rule A.1.142. shall be construed as if references to a ‘Club’ in that definition includes a ‘club’) that has been expelled from either the League, the EFL, the National League, Isthmian League, Northern Premier League, Southern Football League, the FA Women’s Super League or the FA Women’s Championship whilst I was an Official of that Club or club or in the 30 days immediately following my resignation from the Club or club; 6. I hold/do not hold* either directly or indirectly a Significant Interest in a club (and in this Declaration 6, Significant Interest shall be construed as if references to ‘the Club’ in that definition at Rule A.1.187, were references to ‘the club’). 7. I am/am not* prohibited by law from being a director as set out in Rule F.1.6; 15. I am/am not* required to notify personal information pursuant to Part 2 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003; 8. I have/have not* been Convicted of an offence as set out in Premier League Rule F.1.7 (nor have I otherwise engaged in conduct outside the United Kingdom that would constitute such an offence in the United Kingdom whether or not such conduct resulted in a Conviction); 16. I have/have not* been found to have breached any of the rules set out in Rule F.1.17; 17. I am/am not* an Intermediary and/or registered as an intermediary or agent pursuant to the regulations of any national member association of FIFA; 9. I have/have not* been the subject of any of the arrangements, orders, plans or provisions set out in Rule F.1.9 or F.1.10; 265 266 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_17.GIF

Premier League Owners’ and Directors’ Declaration Form 4 Form 5 Dual Interest Notice (Rules G.1 and G.4) 18. I have/have not* been found by a Commission to have acted in breach of Rules B.24, or L.9; To:The Board The Premier League Date: ................................................. 19. I have/have not* accepted a sanction proposed by the Board pursuant to Rule W.3.6 that I should be disqualified from acting as a Director of the Club, as a result of a breach of Rules B.24, or L.9; Pursuant to Rule G.1 we hereby give notice that a Person *holds *has acquired *has ceased to hold 20. I have provided to the Board of the Premier League all information relevant to its assessment of my compliance with Rule F.1; 21. I have not provided any false, misleading or inaccurate information to the Board of the Premier League relating to my compliance with Rule F.1; and a Significant Interest in ...................................................................................................... Football Club. The particulars required by Rule G.4 are as follows: 22. This Declaration is true in every particular. 1. The Person holding/acquiring/ceasing to hold* a Significant Interest in the Club is I acknowledge further to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that the Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this form for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. (name) ............................................................................................................................... of (address) ...................................................................................................................... 2. The details of the Significant Interest are as follows ........................................................................................................................................................................ I understand that the words “Convicted”, “Club”, “club”, “Control”, “Declaration”, “Director”, “Event of Insolvency”, “Intermediary”, “Shares” and “Significant Interest” (together with any other defined terms comprising any part of these definitions) have the meanings set out in the Rules of the Premier League. ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3. The proportion (expressed in percentage terms) which the Shares bear to the total number of Shares of that class in issue is ..............................% Signed by the Director/proposed Director ....................................................... 4. The proportion (expressed in percentage terms) which the Shares bear to the total number of issued Shares of the Club is ..............................% Date ........................................................ This notice is given on the basis that the words “Club” “Holding” “Person” “Shares” “Significant Interest” (together with any other defined terms comprising any part of the definitions set out therein) have the meanings set out in the Rules of the Premier League. Signed by an Authorised Signatory ….................................................................. Date ........................................................ Signed .................................................................... * delete as appropriate Position ................................................................. *delete as appropriate 267 268 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_18.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 6 Form 7 Directors’ Report (Rules H.6, H.7, H.8 and H.9) Registration of Pitch Dimensions by ................................................ Football Club (Rule K.17) To:The Football Association Premier League Limited (“the League”) To: The Board The Premier League In accordance with the requirements of Section H of the Rules of the League, we, the Directors of ..................................................... Football Club Limited (“the Club”), hereby report in respect of the Club’s accounting period of ................... months ended on ...........................20 ......... (“the Period of Review”) that [with the exception(s) noted below] all Material Transactions entered into by the Club during the Period of Review: The dimensions of our pitch at [address of ground] ............................................................... for Season 20.......... /20.......... are as follows: Length: .................................. yards (............... metres) Width: .................................... yards (............... metres) (1) were negotiated and approved in accordance with the Club’s written transfer policy; and Signed ……………………………............................ (2) have been documented and recorded as required by relevant provisions of these Rules and the Football Association Rules. Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ………………………...................................... [The exception(s) referred to above is/are as follows ................................] [Signature of each Director and date of signing] 269 270 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_19.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 8 Form 9 Team Sheet of .............................................................. Football Club (Rule L.22) Gate Statement (Rule L.39) Season 20...... 20...... Date .................................................................................................. Kick-off time .................................... Opponents .............................................................................. F.C. Referee ............................................... Date of Match ........................................................ Home Club ....................................................... F.C. Visiting Club ....................................................... F.C. Team Signed ……………………………............................ Substitutes Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ………………………...................................... * including hospitality ** net of VAT Officials occupyi the trainer’s bench Colour of strip Signed ……………………………................................... Position ……………………………………………....…...... 271 272 Premier League Forms RECEIPTS** Value of ticket sales £ £0 Tickets Issued and Attendance Home Club Visiting Club Total Total No. of tickets issued 0 No. of spectators attending* 0 Shirt No. Name Shirt No. Name Replaced Time ng Name Job Title Shirt Shorts Socks Goalkeeper’s Shirt Goalkeeper’s Socks


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_20.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 10 Form 11 Notification of Shirt Numbers Allocated by .................................................................. Football Club (Rule M.6) To:The Board The Premier League Registration of Strips by ...................................................... Football Club (Rule M.17) To: The Board The Premier League The shirt numbers allocated to members of our first team squad in Season 20........./20......... are as follows: I submit herewith samples of our home Strip, alternative Strip(s) and goalkeeper’s Strip for Season 20...... /20...... A brief description (colours) of each is as follows: Shirt No. 1 Name Home Strip Shirt Shorts Change Shorts (if applicable) Socks Change Socks (if applicable) : : : : : .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 2 3 4 5 6 Goalkeeper (shirt, shorts, socks) : 7 8 Alternative Strip 1 Shirt Shorts Change Shorts (if applicable) Socks Change Socks (if applicable) 9 : : : : : .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 10 11 12 13 14 Goalkeeper (shirt, shorts, socks) : 15 Alternative Strip 2* Shirt Shorts Change Shorts (if applicable) Socks Change Socks (if applicable) 16 : : : : : .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 17 18 19 20 21 Goalkeeper (shirt, shorts, socks) : 22 23 Additional Goalkeeper Strip(s) (shirt, shorts, socks) (if applicable) .......................................................................................................... I undertake to give your prompt notice of any deletions from or additions to the above list occurring during the Season. Signed ……………………………............................ Signed …………………………….................................... Position ……………………………………………....…................. Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ……………………….............................................. Date ………………………...................................... * delete if inapplicable 273 274 Premier League Forms Name Shirt No. 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_21.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 12 Form 13 Scout Registration Form (Rule Q.2) Safeguarding Roles and Responsibilities (Rules S.3, S.4 and S.21) Scout’s Particulars To:The Board The Premier League From: ............................................................. Football Club Surname ........................................................ Other name(s) ........................................................................ Address.................................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................................................................................... Post Code ..................................... Date of birth ................................................. The following member of Staff has been designated as the Senior Safeguarding Lead: Name ....................................................................... Application to Register We hereby apply for the above-named to be registered as a Scout whose registration is held by ........................................................ Football Club The following member of Staff has been designated as the Head of Safeguarding: Name ....................................................................... Signed ................................................................... Authorised Signatory The following member of Staff has been designated as Lead Disclosure Officer: Date ....................................................................... Name ....................................................................... Endorsement by Scout I hereby consent to the above application. I certify that the above particulars are correct. I agree to be bound by the Rules of the Premier League. Signed ……………………………............................ Signed ................................................................... Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ....................................................................... Date ………………………...................................... 275 276 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_22.GIF

Premier League Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract “Club Context” shall mean in relation to any representation of the Player and/or the Player’s Image a representation in connection or combination with the name colours Strip trade marks logos or other identifying characteristics of the Club (including trade marks and logos relating to the Club and its activities which trade marks and logos are registered in the name of and/or exploited by any Associated Company) or in any manner referring to or taking advantage of any of the same. “Club Rules” shall mean the rules or regulations affecting the Player from time to time in force and published by the Club. “Code of Practice” shall mean the Code of Practice from time to time in force and produced jointly by the Football Association Premier League Limited and the PFA in conjunction with the FA. “the FA Rules” shall mean the rules and regulations from time to time in force of the FA and including those of FIFA and UEFA to the extent they relate or apply to the Player or the Club. *The Player’s birth certificate must be provided to the League in the case of his first registration. “the FA” shall mean the Football Association Limited. “FIFA” shall mean the Fédération Internationale de Football Association. AN AGREEMENT made the (day) ......................... day of (month and year) ........................... “Gross Misconduct” shall mean serious or persistent conduct behaviour activity or omission by the Player involving one or more of the following: Between ............................................... Football Club/Company Limited/Plc whose registered office is at (address) ........................................................................................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................................................... Registered Company No ...................................................... (a) (b) (c) (d) theft or fraud; deliberate and serious damage to the Club’s property; use or possession of or trafficking in a Prohibited Substance; incapacity through alcohol affecting the Player’s performance as a player; breach of or failure to comply with of any of the terms of this contract (hereinafter referred to as “the Club”) of the one part and the above-named Player (hereinafter referred to as “the Player”) of the other part (e) WHEREBY it is agreed as follows: or such other similar or equivalent serious or persistent conduct behaviour activity or omission by the Player which the Board reasonably considers to amount to gross misconduct. 1. Definitions and Interpretation 1.1 The words and phrases below shall have the following meaning. “Holiday Year” shall mean a period of twelve months from 1st July in one year to 30th June in the next year. “Associated Company” shall mean any company which is a holding company or subsidiary (each as defined in Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) of the Club or of any holding company of the Club. “Intermediary” means any person who qualifies as an Intermediary for the purposes of the FA Regulations on Working with Intermediaries as they may be amended from time to time. “the Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Club for the time being or any duly authorised committee of such board of directors. 277 278 Premier League Forms Player’s surname Player’s forename(s) Present Postal Address Email address FA Copy League Copy Club Copy Player Copy No.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_23.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 “International Club” shall mean any association football club that does not participate in a league competition sanctioned by or otherwise affiliated to the FA. the President (“the President”) for the time being of the Royal College of Surgeons) (“the Further Opinion”) the Player will be unlikely by reason of such incapacity to play football to the same standard at which the Player would have played if not for such incapacity for a consecutive period of not less than twenty months commencing on the date of commencement of the incapacity PROVIDED that if the Initial Opinion and the Further Opinion disagree with one another then if the Further Opinion was given by a consultant nominated by the President it shall prevail but if not then a third opinion (“the Third Opinion”) from a consultant nominated by the President may be obtained on the application of either party and that opinion shall be final and binding for the purposes of this definition. “International Loan Agreement” shall mean a loan agreement signed between a Transferor Club and an International Club. “Internet” shall mean the global network of computer systems using TCP/IP protocols including (without limitation) the World Wide Web. “the Laws of the Game” shall mean the laws from time to time in force governing the game of association football as laid down by the International Football Association Board (as defined in the statutes of FIFA). “Player’s Image” shall mean the Player’s name nickname fame image signature voice and film and photographic portrayal virtual and/or electronic representation reputation replica and all other characteristics of the Player including his shirt number. “the League” shall mean the football league of which the Club is a member from time to time. “the League Rules” shall mean the rules or regulations from time to time in force of the League. “Player Injury” shall mean any injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) other than any injury or illness which is directly caused by or results directly from a breach by the Player of his obligations under clause 3.2.1 of this contract or of any other of his obligations hereunder amounting to Gross Misconduct. “Manager” shall mean the official of the Club responsible for selecting the Club’s first team. “Media” shall mean any and all media whether now existing or hereafter invented including but not limited to any print and/or paper medium broadcast satellite or cable transmission and any visual and/or audio medium and including but not limited to the Internet any television or radio channel Website webcast and/or any transmission made by any mobile or mobile telephony standard or technology or other media or broadcasting service. “Prohibited Substance” shall have the meaning set out in the FA Rules. “the Rules” shall mean the statutes and regulations of FIFA and UEFA the FA Rules the League Rules the Code of Practice and the Club Rules. “Strip” shall mean all versions from time to time of the Club’s official football clothing including shirts shorts socks and/or training kit track suits headwear and/or any other clothing displaying the Club’s name and/or official logo. “PFA” shall mean the Professional Footballers Association. “Permanent Incapacity” shall mean either (a) “Permanent Total Disablement” as defined in the League’s personal accident insurance scheme or (b) incapacity of the Player by reason of or resulting from any injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) where in the written opinion of an appropriately qualified medical consultant instructed by the Club (“the Initial Opinion”) and (if requested in writing either by the Club at any time or by the Player at any time but not later than twenty one days after receipt from the Club of notice in writing terminating this contract pursuant to clause 8.1) of a further such consultant approved or proposed by the Player (and in the absence of either an approval or proposal within 28 days of the request nominated on the application of either party by “UEFA” shall mean the Union des Associations Européennes de Football. “Website” shall mean a site forming part of the Internet with a unique URL/ domain name. 1.2 For the purposes of this contract and provided the context so permits: 1.2.1 the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and any gender includes any other gender; 279 280 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_24.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 1.2.2 references to person shall include any entity business firm or unincorporated association; and 3.1.4 to undertake such other duties and to participate in such other activities as are consistent with the performance of his duties under clauses 3.1.1 to 3.1.3 and as are reasonably required of the Player; 1.2.3 references to statutory enactments or to the Rules shall include re-enactments and amendments of substantially the same intent as the original referenced enactment or Rule. 3.1.5 that he has given all necessary authorities for the release to the Club of his medical records and will continue to make the same available as requested by the Club from time to time during the continuance of this contract; 1.3 The headings of this contract are for convenience only and not interpretation. 1.4 In the event of any dispute as to the interpretation of any of the provisions of this contract reference shall be made (where appropriate) for clarification to the Code of Practice but so that in the event of any conflict the provisions of this contract shall prevail. Subject thereto wherever specific reference to the Code of Practice is made in this contract the relevant terms and provisions thereof are deemed incorporated herein as if set out in full. 3.1.6 to comply with and act in accordance with all lawful instructions of any authorised official of the Club; 3.1.7 to play football solely for the Club or as authorised by the Club or as required by the Rules; 3.1.8 to observe the Laws of the Game when playing football; 2. Appointment and duration 3.1.9 to observe the Rules but in the case of the Club Rules to the extent only that they do not conflict with or seek to vary the express terms of this contract; 2 .1 The Club engages the Player as a professional footballer on the terms and conditions of this contract and subject to the Rules. 2.2 This contract shall remain in force until the date specified in clause 2 of Schedule 2 hereto subject to any earlier determination pursuant to the terms of this contract. 3.1.10 to submit promptly to such medical and dental examinations as the Club may reasonably require and to undergo at no expense to himself such treatment as may be prescribed by the medical or dental advisers of the Club or the Club’s insurers; 3. Duties and Obligations of the Player 3.1.11 on the termination of this contract for any cause to return to the Club in a reasonable and proper condition any property (including any car) which has been provided or made available by the Club to the Player in connection with his employment. 3.1 The Player agrees: 3.1.1 when directed by an authorised official of the Club: 3.1.1.1 to attend matches in which the Club is engaged; 3.2 The Player agrees that he shall not: 3.1.1.2 to participate in any matches in which he is selected to play for the Club; and 3.2.1 undertake or be involved in any activity or practice which will knowingly cause to be void or voidable or which will invoke any exclusion of the Player’s cover pursuant to any policy of insurance maintained for the benefit of the Club on the life of the Player or covering his physical well-being (including injury and incapacity and treatment thereof); 3.1.1.3 to attend at any reasonable place for the purposes of and to participate in training and match preparation; 3.1.2 to play to the best of his skill and ability at all times; 3.1.3 except to the extent prevented by injury or illness to maintain a high standard of physical fitness at all times and not to indulge in any activity sport or practice which might endanger such fitness or inhibit his mental or physical ability to play practise or train; 3.2.2 when playing or training wear anything (including jewellery) which is or could be dangerous to him or any other person; 3.2.3 except to the extent specifically agreed in writing between the Club and the Player prior to the signing of this contract use as his regular 281 282 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_25.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 place of residence any place which the Club reasonably deems unsuitable for the performance by the Player of his duties other than temporarily pending relocation; Club. No photograph of the Player taken pursuant to the provisions of this clause 4.1 shall be used by the Club or any other person to imply any brand or product endorsement by the Player. 3.2.4 undertake or be engaged in any other employment or be engaged or involved in any trade business or occupation or participate professionally in any other sporting or athletic activity without the prior written consent of the Club PROVIDED THAT this shall not: 4.2 Whilst he is providing or performing the services set out in this contract (including travelling on Club business) the Player shall: 4.2.1 wear only such clothing as is approved by an authorised official of the Club; and 3.2.4.1 prevent the Player from making any investment in any business so long as it does not conflict or interfere with his obligations hereunder; or 4.2.2 not display any badge mark logo trading name or message on any item of clothing without the written consent of an authorised official of the Club provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent the Player wearing and/or promoting football boots and in the case of a goalkeeper gloves of his choice. 3.2.4.2 limit the Player’s rights under clauses 4 and 6.1.8; 3.2.5 knowingly or recklessly do write or say anything or omit to do anything which is likely to bring the Club or the game of football into disrepute cause the Player or the Club to be in breach of the Rules or cause damage to the Club or its officers or employees or any match official. Whenever circumstances permit the Player shall give to the Club reasonable notice of his intention to make any contributions to the public media in order to allow representations to be made to him on behalf of the Club if it so desires; 4.3 Subject in any event to clause 4.4 and except to the extent of any commitments already entered into by the Player as at the date hereof or when on international duty in relation to the Players’ national football association UEFA or FIFA he shall not (without the written consent of the Club) at any time during the term of this contract do anything to promote endorse or provide promotional marketing or advertising services or exploit the Player’s Image either (a) in relation to any person in respect of such person’s products brand or services which conflict or compete with any of the Club’s club branded or football related products (including the Strip) or any products brand or services of the Club’s two main sponsors/commercial partners or of the League’s one principal sponsor or (b) for the League 3.2.6 except in the case of emergency arrange or undergo any medical treatment without first giving the Club proper details of the proposed treatment and physician/surgeon and requesting the Club’s consent which the Club will not unreasonably withhold having due regard to the provisions of the Code of Practice. 4.4 The Player agrees that he will not either on his own behalf or with or through any third party undertake promotional activities in a Club Context nor exploit the Player’s Image in a Club Context in any manner and/or in any Media nor grant the right to do so to any third party. 4. Community public relations and marketing 4.1 For the purposes of the promotional community and public relations activities of the Club and/or (at the request of the Club) of any sponsors or commercial partners of the Club and/or of the League and/or of any main sponsors of the League the Player shall attend at and participate in such events as may reasonably be required by the Club including but not limited to appearances and the granting of interviews and photographic opportunities as authorised by the Club. The Club shall give reasonable notice to the Player of the Club’s requirements and the Player shall make himself available for up to six hours per week of which approximately half shall be devoted to the community and public relations activities of the 4.5 Except to the extent specifically herein provided or otherwise specifically agreed with the Player nothing in this contract shall prevent the Player from undertaking promotional activities or from exploiting the Player’s Image so long as: 4.5.1 the said promotional activities or exploitation do not interfere or conflict with the Player’s obligations under this contract; and 4.5.2 the Player gives reasonable advance notice to the Club of any intended promotional activities or exploitation. 283 284 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_26.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 4.6 The Player hereby grants to the Club the right to photograph the Player both individually and as a member of a squad and to use such photographs and the Player’s Image in a Club Context in connection with the promotion of the Club and its playing activities and the promotion of the League and the manufacture sale distribution licensing advertising marketing and promotion of the Club’s club branded and football related products (including the Strip) or services (including such products or services which are endorsed by or produced under licence from the Club) and in relation to the League’s licensed products services and sponsors in such manner as the Club may reasonably think fit so long as: 4.10 For the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 nothing in this clause 4 is intended to nor does it give to the League any right to enforce any of its provisions against the Club or the Player. 4.11 Nothing in this clause 4 shall prevent the Club from entering into other arrangements additional or supplemental hereto or in variance hereof in relation to advertising marketing and/or promotional services with the Player or with or for all or some of the Club’s players (including the Player) from time to time. Any other such arrangements which have been agreed as at the date of the signing of this contract and any image contract or similar contract required to be set out in this contract by the League Rules are set out in Schedule 2 paragraph 13. 4.6.1 the use of the Player’s photograph and/or Player’s Image either alone or with not more than two other players at the Club shall be limited to no greater usage than the average for all players regularly in the Club’s first team; 5. Remuneration and expenses 5.1 Throughout his engagement the Club shall pay to the Player the remuneration and shall provide the benefits (if any) as are set out in Schedule 2. 4.6.2 the Player’s photograph and/or Player’s Image shall not be used to imply any brand or product endorsement by the Player; and 5.2 The Club shall reimburse the Player all reasonable hotel and other expenses wholly and exclusively incurred by him in or about the performance of his duties under this contract PROVIDED that the Player has obtained the prior authorisation of a director the Manager or the secretary of the Club and the Player furnishes the Club with receipts or other evidence of such expenses. 4.6.3 PROVIDED that all rights shall cease on termination of this contract save for the use and/or sale of any promotional materials or products as aforesaid as shall then already be manufactured or in the process of manufacture or required to satisfy any outstanding orders. 5.3 The Club may deduct from any remuneration payable to the Player: 4.7 In its dealings with any person permitted by the Club to take photographs of the Player the Club shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the copyright of the photographs so taken is vested in the Club and/or that no use is made of the said photographs without the Club’s consent and in accordance with the provisions of this contract. 5.3.1 any monies disbursed and/or liabilities incurred by the Club on behalf of the Player with the Players prior consent; 5.3.2 any other monies (but not claims for damages or compensation) which can be clearly established to be properly due from the Player to the Club. 4.8 The Player shall be entitled to make a responsible and reasonable reply or response to any media comment or published statements likely to adversely affect the Player’s standing or reputation and subject as provided for in clause 3.2.5 to make contributions to the public media in a responsible manner. 5.4 If at a Disciplinary hearing conducted under Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto a fine is imposed on a player calculated by reference to the Player’s weekly wage, the fine shall take the form of a forfeiture of wages of a corresponding amount so that the amount forfeit shall not become payable to the Player. The forfeiture shall take effect in relation to the monthly instalment of the Player’s remuneration falling due next after the date on which the notice of the decision is given to him (“Pay Day”). But see clause 5.5 dealing with appeals. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount forfeit is the gross amount of the weekly wage. 4.9 In this clause 4 where the context so admits the expression “the Club” includes any Associated Company of the Club but only to the extent and in the context that such company directly or indirectly provides facilities to or undertakes commercial marketing or public relations activities for the Club and not so as to require the consent of any Associated Company when consent of the Club is required. 285 286 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_27.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 5.5 If on Pay Day the time for appealing has not expired or if notice of appeal has been given, the reference to Pay Day shall be to the day on which the monthly instalment of remuneration becomes payable next after (i) the expiry of the time for appealing without any appeal having been made or (ii) if an appeal is made, the date on which the outcome of the appeal is notified to the Player. In the case of an appeal, the amount that is forfeit shall be the amount (if any) determined on appeal. 6.1.5 comply with all relevant statutory provisions relating to industrial injury and any regulations made pursuant thereto; 6.1.6 at all times maintain and observe a proper health and safety policy for the security safety and physical well being of the Player when carrying out his duties under this contract; 6.1.7 in any case where the Club would otherwise be liable as employer for any acts or omissions of the Player in the lawful and proper performance of his playing practising or training duties under this contract defend the Player against any proceedings threatened or brought against him at any time arising out of the carrying out by him of any such acts or omissions and indemnify him from any damages awarded and this obligation and indemnity shall continue in relation to any such acts or omissions during the currency of this contract notwithstanding its expiry or termination before such proceedings are threatened and/or brought; 6. Obligations of the Club 6.1 The Club shall: 6.1.1 observe the Rules all of which (other than the Club Rules) shall take precedence over the Club Rules; 6.1.2 provide the Player each year with copies of all the Rules which affect the Player and of the terms and conditions of any policy of insurance in respect of or in relation to the Player with which the Player is expected to comply; 6.1.8 give the Player every opportunity compatible with his obligations under this contract to follow any course of further education or vocational training which he wishes to undertake and give positive support to the Player in undertaking such education and training. The Player shall supply the Footballer’s Further Education and Vocational Training Society with particulars of any courses undertaken by him; and 6.1.3 promptly arrange appropriate medical and dental examinations and treatment for the Player at the Club’s expense in respect of any injury to or illness (including mental illness or disorder) of the Player save where such injury or illness is caused by an activity or practice on the part of the Player which breaches clause 3.2.1 hereof in which case the Club shall only be obliged to arrange and pay for treatment to the extent that the cost thereof remains covered by the Club’s policy of medical insurance or (if the Club does not maintain such a policy) then to the extent that it would remain covered by such a policy were one maintained upon normal industry terms commonly available within professional football and so that save as aforesaid this obligation shall continue in respect of any examinations and/ or treatment the necessity for which arose during the currency of this contract notwithstanding its subsequent expiry or termination until the earlier of completion of the necessary examinations and/ or prescribed treatment and a period of eighteen months from the date of expiry or termination hereof; 6.1.9 release the Player as required for the purposes of fulfilling the obligations in respect of representative matches to his national association pursuant to the statutes and regulations of FIFA. 6.2 The Club shall not without the consent in writing of the Player: 6.2.1 take or use or permit to be used photographs of the Player for any purposes save as permitted by clause 4; or 6.2.2 use or reveal the contents of any medical reports or other medical information regarding the Player obtained by the Club save for the purpose of assessing the Player’s health and fitness obtaining medical and insurance cover and complying with the Club’s obligations under the Rules. 6.1.4 The Club shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any policy of insurance maintained by the Club for the benefit of the Player continues to provide cover for any examinations and/or treatment as are referred to in clause 6.1.3 until completion of any such examinations and/or treatment; 287 288 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_28.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 7. Injury and Illness the Club shall be entitled to serve a notice upon the Player terminating this contract. 7.1 Any injury to or illness of the Player shall be reported by him or on his behalf to the Club immediately and the Club shall keep a record of such injury or illness. 8.2 The length of such notice shall be twelve months in the case of an incapacity by reason of a Player Injury and six months in every other case. 7.2 In the event that the Player shall become incapacitated from playing by reason of any injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) the Club shall pay to the Player during such period of incapacity or the period of this contract (whichever is the shorter) the following amounts of remuneration for the following periods: 8.3 The notice referred to in clause 8.1 may be served at any time after: 8.3.1 the date on which the Player is declared to be suffering Permanent Total Disablement under the terms of the League’s personal accident insurance scheme; or 7.2.1 in the case of a Player Injury his basic wage over the first eighteen months and one half of his basic wage for the remainder of his period of incapacity; 8.3.2 the date on which such Permanent Incapacity is established by the Initial Opinion; or 7.2.2 in the case of any other injury or illness his basic wage over the first twelve months and one half of his basic wage for the remainder of his period of incapacity. 8.3.3 in the case of any incapacity as is referred to in 8.1.2 the date on which the period of incapacity shall exceed eighteen months as aforesaid but so that the right to terminate pursuant to clause 8.1.2 shall only apply while such incapacity shall continue thereafter. 7.3 In each case specified in clause 7.2 above there shall be paid to the Player in addition to his basic wage all or the appropriate share of any bonus payments if and to the extent that payment or provision for continuation of the same is specifically provided for in Schedule 2 or in the Club’s Bonus Scheme. 8.4 In the event that after the service of any notice pursuant to clause 8.1.1 Permanent Incapacity is not confirmed by the Further Opinion (if requested) or (where relevant) by the Third Opinion then such notice shall lapse and cease to be of effect. 7.4 The payments made by the Club pursuant to clause 7.2 shall be deemed to include all and any statutory sick pay and/or any other state benefits payable by reference to sickness to which the Player may be entitled. 8.5 In the case of any notice of termination given under this clause 8 the Club shall be entitled by further notice on or after serving notice of termination to terminate this contract forthwith on paying to the Player at the time of such termination the remainder of his remuneration and any other sums properly due to him under this contract and the value of any other benefits which would be payable or available to the Player during the remainder of the period of his notice of termination provided always that the Club’s obligations pursuant to clause 6.1.3 shall continue to apply during the remainder of the said notice period and for any further relevant period as provided therein. 7.5 Nothing in this clause 7 shall reduce or vary the entitlement of the Player to signing on fees and/or loyalty payments or any other payments of a similar nature due to him under this Contract. 8. Permanent or Prolonged Incapacity 8.1 In the event that: 8.1.1 the Player shall suffer Permanent Incapacity; or 8.6 Where the Club has made payment to the Player during any period of incapacity owing to illness or injury and the Player’s absence is due to the action of a third party other than of another club player or match official in relation to any damage or injury sustained on or about the field of play or during training or practising giving the Player a right of recovery against that third party then if the Player makes any claim against such third party 8.1.2 the Player has been incapacitated from playing by reason of or resulting from the same injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) for a period (consecutive or in the aggregate) amounting to eighteen months in any consecutive period of twenty months; 289 290 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_29.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 the Player must where he is reasonably able to do so include as part of such claim from such third party a claim for recovery of any such payment and upon successful recovery repay to the Club the lesser of the total of the remuneration paid by the Club to the Player during the period of incapacity and the amount of any damages payable to or recovered by the Player in respect of such claim or otherwise by reference to loss of earnings under this contract under any compromise settlement or judgment. Any amounts paid by the Club to the Player in such circumstances shall constitute loans from the Club to be repaid to the Club to the extent aforesaid upon successful recovery as aforesaid. 10.4 If the Player exercises his right of appeal the termination of this contract by the Club shall not become effective unless and until it shall have been determined that the Club was entitled to terminate this contract pursuant to clause 10.1 but so that if it is so determined then subject only to clause 10.5.3 the Player shall cease to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits with effect from the expiration of the period of notice referred to in clause 10.3 and any payment made by the Club in respect thereof shall forthwith become due from the Player to the Club. 10.5 Pending the hearing and determination of such appeal the Club may suspend the Player for up to a maximum of six weeks from the date of notice of termination and if the Board so determine such suspension shall be without pay provided that: 9. Disciplinary Procedure Except in any case where the Club terminates the Player’s employment pursuant to the provisions of clause 10 hereof (when the procedure set out therein shall apply) the Club shall operate the disciplinary procedure set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto in relation to any breach or failure to observe the terms of this contract or of the Rules. 10.5.1 the payment due to the Player in respect of the fourteen days’ notice period under clause 10.1 is made to the Player forthwith; 10.5.2 pending the determination of the appeal an amount equal to the remuneration which would otherwise have been due to the Player but for the suspension without pay is paid to an escrow account held by the PFA as and when it would otherwise have become due for payment to the Player and following the determination of the appeal the PFA will either pay the money (including interest earned on the said account) to the Player or return it to the Club according to the appeal decision; 10. Termination by the Club 10.1 The Club shall be entitled to terminate the employment of the Player by fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Player if the Player: 10.1.1 shall be guilty of Gross Misconduct; 10.1.2 shall fail to heed any final written warning given under the provisions of Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto; or 10.5.3 all other benefits for the Player under the provisions of clauses 6.1.3 and 6.1.4 of this contract shall be maintained and remain in force while the appeal is pending; and 10.1.3 is convicted of any criminal offence where the punishment consists of a sentence of imprisonment of three months or more (which is not suspended). 10.5.4 during any such period of suspension the Club shall be under no obligation to assign to the Player any playing training or other duties and shall be entitled to exclude the Player from the Club’s premises including its ground and training ground. 10.2 If the Club terminates the Player’s employment for any reason under clause 10.1 the Club shall within seven days thereafter notify the Player in writing of the full reasons for the action taken. 10.3 The Player may by notice in writing served on the Club and the League at any time from the date of termination up to fourteen days after receipt by the Player of written notification under clause 10.2 give notice of appeal against the decision of the Club to the League and such appeal shall be determined in accordance with the procedures applicable pursuant to the League Rules. 10.6 Upon any termination of this contract by the Club becoming operative the Club shall forthwith release the Player’s registration. 11. Termination by the Player 11.1 The Player shall be entitled to terminate this contract by fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Club if the Club: 291 292 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_30.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 11.1.1shall be guilty of serious or persistent breach of the terms and conditions of this contract; or 15.Survival The provisions of this contract shall remain in full force and effect in respect of any act or omission of either party during the period of this contract notwithstanding the termination of this contract. 11.1.2fails to pay any remuneration or other payments or bonuses due to the Player or make available any benefits due to him as it or they fall due or within fourteen days thereafter and has still failed to make payment in full or make the benefits available by the expiry of the said fourteen days’ notice. 16.Confidentiality This contract is to be treated as being private and confidential and its contents shall not be disclosed or divulged either directly or indirectly to any person firm or company whatsoever either by the Club the Player or any Intermediary of the Club or the Player except: 11.2 The Club may within fourteen days of receipt of any notice of termination of this contract by the Player in accordance with clause 11.1 give written notice of appeal against such termination to the Player and to the League which shall hear such appeal in accordance with procedures applicable pursuant to the League Rules. 16.1 with the prior written agreement of both the Club and the Player; or 16.2 as may be required by any statutory regulatory governmental or quasi governmental authorities or as otherwise required by law or pursuant to the Rules including (where appropriate) any recognised stock exchange; or 11.3 If the Club exercises its right of appeal pursuant to clause 11.2 the termination of this contract shall not become operative unless and until it shall have been determined that the Player was entitled to terminate this contract pursuant to clause 11.1. 16.3 in the case of the Player to his duly appointed Intermediary and professional advisers including the PFA; or 16.4 in the case of the Club to its duly appointed Intermediary and its professional advisers or to such of its directors secretary servants or representatives or auditors to whom such disclosure is strictly necessary for the purposes of their duties and then only to the extent so necessary. 11.4 Upon any termination of this contract by the Player becoming operative the Club shall forthwith release the Player’s registration. 12.Grievance Procedure In the event that the Player has any grievance in connection with his employment under this contract the grievance procedures set out in Part 2 of the Schedule 1 hereto shall be available to the Player. 17.Arbitration Any dispute between the Club and the Player not provided for in clauses 9, 10, 11,12 and Schedule 1 hereof shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the League Rules or (but only if mutually agreed by the Club and the Player) in accordance with the FA Rules. 13.Representation of Player In any disciplinary or grievance procedure the Player shall be entitled to be accompanied by or represented by his Club captain or a PFA delegate and/or any officer of the PFA. 18.Specificity of Football The parties hereto confirm and acknowledge that this contract the rights and obligations undertaken by the parties hereto and the fixed term period thereof reflect the special relationship and characteristics involved in the employment of football players and the participation by the parties in the game of football pursuant to the Rules and the parties accordingly agree that all matters of dispute in relation to the rights and obligations of the parties hereto and otherwise pursuant to the Rules including as to termination of this contract and any compensation payable in respect of termination or breach thereof shall be submitted to and the parties hereto accept the jurisdiction and all appropriate determinations of such tribunal panel or other body (including pursuant to any appeal therefrom) pursuant to the provisions of and in accordance with the procedures and practices under this contract and the Rules. 14.Holidays For each Holiday Year the Player shall be entitled to take in the aggregate the equivalent of five weeks paid holiday to be taken at a time or times and for such days during the Holiday Year as shall be determined by the Club but so that (subject to the Club’s first team and any international commitments) the Club shall not unreasonably refuse to permit the Player to take three of such weeks consecutively. Holidays not taken during any Holiday Year (or subject to agreement by the Club within one month of the end of such Holiday Year) may not be carried forward into any subsequent Holiday Year. 293 294 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_31.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 19. Severance 20.4 For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998 the Player consents to the Club the League PFA and FA collecting Personal Data including Sensitive Personal Data (both as defined in the said Act) about the Player. The Club’s Data Protection Policy can be found in the Club’s employee handbook. 19.1 If the Player shall not make an application to an Employment Tribunal for compensation in respect of unfair dismissal or redundancy as a result of not being offered a new contract either on terms at least as favourable as under this contract or at all then the following provisions of this clause 19 shall take effect. 21.Jurisdiction and Law This contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the parties submit to the non exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts. 19.2 If by the expiry of this contract the Club has not made to the Player an offer of re-engagement on terms at least as favourable to the Player as those applicable over the last twelve months of this contract (or the length of this contract if shorter) then subject to clauses 19.1 and 19.3 the Player shall continue to receive from his Club (as a separate payment representing compensation as more particularly referred to in the Code of Practice) a payment equal to his weekly basic wage (at the average amount of his weekly wage over the preceding 12 months of this contract or the whole of this contract if shorter) for a period of one month from the expiry of this contract or until the Player signs for another club whichever period is the shorter provided that where the Player signs for another club within that period of one month at a lower basic wage than such average then such payment shall in addition include a sum equal to the shortfall in such basic wage for the remainder of such period; 19.3 The maximum amount payable to the Player under sub-clause 19.2 is double the maximum sum which an Employment Tribunal can award from time to time as a compensatory award for unfair dismissal. 20. Miscellaneous 20.1 This contract and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the Club and the Player and supersede any and all preceding agreements between the Club and the Player. 20.2 The further particulars of terms of employment not contained in the body of this contract which must be given to the Player in compliance with Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 are given in Schedule 2. 20.3 This contract is signed by the parties hereto in duplicate so that for this purpose each signed agreement shall constitute an original but taken together they shall constitute one agreement. 295 296 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_32.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 Schedule 1 Part 1 Disciplinary Procedure and Penalties 3.2 Disciplinary Hearing 3.2.1 If the Club decides to hold a disciplinary hearing about the matter complained of the Player will be given full details in writing of the complaint against him and reasonable notice of the date and time of the hearing. At the hearing the Player will be given an opportunity to state his case either personally or through his representative as provided for in clause 13 of this contract. 1. Introduction The disciplinary procedure aims to ensure that the Club behaves fairly in investigating and dealing with allegations of unacceptable conduct with a view to helping and encouraging all employees of the Club to achieve and maintain appropriate standards of conduct and performance. The Club nevertheless reserves the right to depart from the precise requirements of its disciplinary procedure where the Club considers it expedient to do so and where the Player’s resulting treatment is no less fair. 3.2.2 Subject as provided in paragraph 3.2.3 no disciplinary penalty will be imposed without first giving the Player the opportunity to state his case to the Manager or if the Player so requests to a director of the Club and where the Club considers it appropriate or where the Player requests the same without a disciplinary hearing. 2. Records 3.2.3 A disciplinary hearing may proceed in the Player’s absence and a disciplinary penalty may be imposed if he fails to appear at such hearing after having received proper notice thereof. All cases of disciplinary action under this procedure will be recorded and placed in the Club’s records until deleted in accordance with paragraph 4.2. A copy of the Club’s disciplinary records concerning the Player will be supplied to the Player at his request. 3.3 Appeals 3.3.1 The Player shall have a right of appeal to the Board against any disciplinary decision. The Player should inform the Board in writing of his wish to appeal within fourteen days of the date of notification to him of the decision which forms the subject of such appeal. The Board will conduct an appeal hearing as soon as possible thereafter at which the Player will be given a further opportunity to state his case. The decision of the Board will be notified to the Player in writing within seven days and subject to paragraph 3.3.2 will be final and binding under this procedure. 3. The Procedure The following steps will be taken as appropriate in all cases of disciplinary action: 3.1 Investigation No action will be taken before a proper investigation has been undertaken by the Club into the matter complained of. If the Club determines the same to be appropriate the Club may by written notice suspend the Player for up to fourteen days while the investigation takes place. If the Player is so suspended this contract will continue together with all the Player’s rights under it including the payment of the Player’s remuneration and benefits but during the period of suspension the Player will not be entitled to access to any of the Club’s premises except at the prior request or with the prior consent of the Club and subject to such conditions as the Club may impose. The decision to suspend the Player will be notified in writing to the Player by the Club. 3.3.2 In the event of any sanction being imposed or confirmed in excess of an oral warning the Player may by notice in writing served on the Club and the League within fourteen days of receipt by the Player of written notification of the decision of the Board give notice of appeal against it to the League who will determine the matter in accordance with the League Rules. 3.3.3 If the Player exercises any right of appeal as aforesaid any sanction imposed by the Club upon the Player shall not take effect until the appropriate appeal has been determined and the sanction confirmed varied or revoked as the case may be. 297 298 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_33.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 Schedule 2 – Insert Player’s Name…........................................... Supplemental Provisions and Employment Rights Act 1996 4. Disciplinary Penalties 4.1 At a disciplinary hearing or on an appeal against a disciplinary decision the Club may dismiss the allegation or if it is proved to the Club’s satisfaction may: The following provisions shall apply to supplement the provisions of this contract and the information as set out herein in order to comply with the requirements of Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996. 4.1.1 give an oral warning a formal written warning or after a previous warning or warnings a final written warning to the Player; 4.1.2 impose a fine not exceeding the amount of the Player’s basic wage for a period of up to two weeks for a first offence (unless otherwise approved by the PFA in accordance with the Code of Practice) and up to four weeks for subsequent offences in any consecutive period of twelve months but only in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Practice; 1. The Player’s employment with the Club began on 2. The date of termination of this contract is 30 June 20 3. No employment with a previous employer shall count as part of the Player’s continuous period of employment hereunder. 4.1.3 order the Player not to attend at any of the Club’s premises for such period as the Club thinks fit not exceeding four weeks; 4. The Player’s hours of work are such as the Club may from time to time reasonably require of him to carry out his duties and the Player shall not be entitled to any additional remuneration for work done outside normal working hours. 4.1.4 in any circumstances which would entitle the Club to dismiss the Player pursuant to any of the provisions of clause 10 of this contract dismiss the Player or impose such other disciplinary action (including suspension of the Player and/or a fine of all or part of the amount of the Player’s basic wage for a period not exceeding six weeks). 5. The place of employment shall be at the Club’s ground and training ground but the Club shall be entitled to require the Player to play and to undertake his duties hereunder at any other place throughout the world. 6. No contracting out certificate pursuant to the Pensions Scheme Act 1993 is in force in respect of the Player’s employment under this contract. 4.2 Any warning or sanction given under this disciplinary procedure will be deleted in the Club’s records after twelve months. 7. The Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme 7.1 Immediately on signing this contract, the Player shall: Part 2 Grievance Procedures 7.1.1 be automatically enrolled as; or 7.1.2 or continue to be; 1. The Player shall bring any grievance informally to the notice of the Manager in the first instance. The Player may be required by the Manager to put any such grievance in writing. Having enquired into such grievance the Manager will then notify the Player of his decision. a member of the 2011 Section of the Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme (the “Scheme”) and shall remain so during the continuance of his employment hereunder unless he: 7.1.3 notifies the Scheme Administrator in writing that he wishes to opt out of the Scheme; 2. If the grievance is not determined by the Manager to the Player’s satisfaction the Player may within fourteen days thereafter serve formal notice of the grievance in writing on the secretary of the Club and the matter shall thereupon be determined by the chairman of the Club or by the Board as soon as possible and in any event within four weeks of the receipt of the notice. 7.1.4 has previously registered with HM Revenue & Customs for Fixed or Enhanced Protection; or 299 300 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_34.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 7.1.5 joins an International Club on a temporary basis by way of International Loan Agreement (in which case his entitlement to membership of the Scheme shall be suspended for the duration of that International Loan Agreement); or 8. Remuneration The Player’s remuneration shall be: 8.1 Basic Wage: 7.1.6 is otherwise ineligible for membership of the Scheme in accordance with the terms of the Scheme’s definitive trust deed and rules as amended from time to time. £.........................per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear from....................................to.................................... £.........................per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear 7.2 For as long as the Player remains a member of the 2011 Section, an annual contribution (funded by the levy on transfer fees) will be paid into the Scheme for the benefit of the Player. The annual contribution shall be £6,000 or such other amount as determined by the Trustees of the Scheme from time to time. from....................................to.................................... £.........................per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear from....................................to.................................... 7.3 The Player shall not be required to contribute to the 2011 Section but may elect to contribute such amount as he notifies to the Scheme Administrator in writing. Where a Player decides to contribute to the 2011 Section he can agree with his Club and the Scheme Administrator for the contribution to be made through a salary sacrifice arrangement. £.........................per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear from....................................to.................................... £.........................per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear from....................................to.................................... 7.4 Where, by virtue of previous membership of the Scheme, the Player has built up benefits under its Cash Section and/or Income Section, those benefits are frozen and will be revalued until his retirement from the Scheme. The Player shall be entitled to such benefits (including death benefits) from each section of the Scheme in which he has participated on such conditions as are set out in the Scheme’s definitive trust deed and rules as amended from time to time. 8.2 Such of the bonuses and incentives as the Player shall be entitled to receive under the terms of the Club’s bonus and incentive scheme as are set out below/a copy of which is annexed hereto. .......................................................................................................................................................... 8.3 Any other payments as follows: 7.5 The Player further agrees that the Club may disclose his name, address, email address, gender, date of birth, National Insurance number, salary information and dates of commencement and termination of employment to the League and the administrators of the Scheme for the purposes of facilitating the administration of the Scheme. .......................................................................................................................................................... 9. Insurances (if any) maintained for the benefit of the Player subject to the terms and conditions thereof during currency of this contract the premiums of which are paid by the Club. Nature of Policy Amount ....................................................................... ....................................................................... 301 302 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_35.GIF

English Football League Contract Form 14 English Football League Contract Form 14 10. Benefits (if any) to be provided to the Player during the currency of this contract SIGNED by the Player ………………………………………………………............................ ....................................................................................................................................................................... in the presence of: ............................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... (Witness signature) ………………………………………………………………………………. ....................................................................................................................................................................... (Address) ............................................................................................................................... 11. The Player’s normal retirement age is 35 years. Occupation ............................................................................................................................ 12. The terms and conditions of this contract form part of a number of collective agreements between the Club (through the League) and the Player (through the PFA) affecting the Player’s employment and full details thereof are set out in the Code of Practice. SIGNED by the Player’s parent or guardian (if the player is under 18) ………………………………………………………..……………………………………………. 13 (If applicable) The following provisions which are additional or supplemental to those set out in clause 4 have been agreed between the Club and the Player as referred to in clause 4.11. in the presence of: ............................................................................................................... (Witness signature) ……………………………………………………………… (Address) ............................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... Occupation ............................................................................................................................ ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... SIGNED by (name)................................................................................................................ 14. Any other provisions: for and on behalf of the Club in the ....................................................................................................................................................................... presence of: ......................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... (Witness signature) ………………………………………………………………………………. ....................................................................................................................................................................... (Address) ............................................................................................................................... Occupation ............................................................................................................................ Did Player use the services of an Intermediary yes/no If yes, name of Intermediary............................................................................................................... Signature of Intermediary ……………………………………………………………….………………… Did the Club use the services of an Intermediary yes/no If yes, name of Intermediary ............................................................................................................... Signature of Intermediary………………………………………………………………. ………………… 303 304 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_36.GIF

Premier League English Football League Contract Form 14 Form 15 Schedule 3 Premier League Player Ethnicity Monitoring Questionnaire (Rule T.23) Premier League Contract What is your ethnic group? (Choose ONE section from A to F, then tick the appropriate box to indicate the ethnicity that you identify with from the list below) A Asian or Asian British C Mixed or Multiple ethnic groups E White Indian Pakistani Bangladeshi Chinese Any other Asian background English, Welsh, Scottish, Northern Irish or British Irish Gypsy or Irish Traveller Roma Eastern European Any other White background White and Black Caribbean White and Black African White and Asian Any other Mixed or Multiple ethnic background B Black, African, Caribbean or Black British *The Player’s birth certificate must be provided to the League in the case of his first registration. Caribbean African Any other Black, Black British or Caribbean background D Other ethnic groups F Undeclared Arab Any other ethnic group Prefer not to disclose my ethnic origin AN AGREEMENT made the (day) ......................... day of (month and year) ........................... Between ............................................... Football Club/Company Limited/Plc whose registered office is at (address) ........................................................................................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................................................... Registered Company No ...................................................... Name of Player ...................................................................................................................... Signed....................................................................... (Parent / Guardian to sign if Player is a minor) Date............................................. (hereinafter referred to as “the Club”) of the one part and the above-named Player (hereinafter referred to as “the Player”) of the other part 305 306 Premier League Forms Player’s surname Player’s forename(s) Present Postal Address Email address Date of Birth Place of Birth* Nationality National Insurance Number Club for which Player was last registered Club for which Player last played (excluding domestic trial) FA Copy League Copy Club Copy Player Copy No. USE OF INFORMATION Completion of this questionnaire is mandatory, as required under Rule T.23. If you provide the information it will be used as set out below and will not be used for selection or any other purposes. The information provided on this ethnicity questionnaire will be recorded on a computer system shared by the Football Association Premier League Limited (“Premier League”) (and The Football League Limited should the Player ever compete in the Football League) against the Player’s record and will be used: • To help the Premier League gain insight as to who is playing the game at this level • to help ensure compliance with the Premier League’s Inclusion and Anti-Discrimination Policy (a copy of which is in Appendix 2 of the Premier League’s Rules) • to compile aggregate statistics and reports - on a club by club basis which we may wish to share with the relevant club only and The Football Association Limited. - on a league basis which we may wish to publish for public interest and to share with other bodies that have a legitimate interest in equal opportunities such as the Professional Footballers Association and the Equality and Human Rights Commission.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_37.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 WHEREBY it is agreed as follows: (c) (d) use or possession of or trafficking in a Prohibited Substance; incapacity through alcohol affecting the Player’s performance as a player; breach of or failure to comply with of any of the terms of this contract 1. Definitions and Interpretation (e) 1.1 The words and phrases below shall have the following meaning. or such other similar or equivalent serious or persistent conduct behaviour activity or omission by the Player which the Board reasonably considers to amount to gross misconduct. “Associated Company” shall mean any company which is a holding company or subsidiary (each as defined in Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) of the Club or of any holding company of the Club. “Holiday Year” shall mean a period of twelve months from 1st July in one year to 30th June in the next year. “the Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Club for the time being or any duly authorised committee of such board of directors. “Intermediary” means any Person who qualifies as an Intermediary for the purposes of the FA Regulations on Working with Intermediaries as they may be amended from time to time. “Club Context” shall mean in relation to any representation of the Player and/or the Player’s Image a representation in connection or combination with the name colours Strip trade marks logos or other identifying characteristics of the Club (including trade marks and logos relating to the Club and its activities which trade marks and logos are registered in the name of and/or exploited by any Associated Company) or in any manner referring to or taking advantage of any of the same. “International Club” shall mean any association football club that does not participate in a league competition sanctioned by or otherwise affiliated to the FA. “International Loan Agreement” shall mean a loan agreement signed between a Transferor Club and an International Club. “Club Rules” shall mean the rules or regulations affecting the Player from time to time in force and published by the Club. “Internet” shall mean the global network of computer systems using TCP/IP protocols including (without limitation) the World Wide Web. “Code of Practice” shall mean the Code of Practice from time to time in force and produced jointly by the Football Association Premier League Limited and the PFA in conjunction with the FA. “the Laws of the Game” shall mean the laws from time to time in force governing the game of association football as laid down by the International Football Association Board (as defined in the statutes of FIFA). “the FA Rules” shall mean the rules and regulations from time to time in force of the FA and including those of FIFA and UEFA to the extent they relate or apply to the Player or the Club. “the League” shall mean the football league of which the Club is a member from time to time. “the FA” shall mean the Football Association Limited. “the League Rules” shall mean the rules or regulations from time to time in force of the League. “FIFA” shall mean the Fédération Internationale de Football Association. “Gross Misconduct” shall mean serious or persistent conduct behaviour activity or omission by the Player involving one or more of the following: “Manager” shall mean the official of the Club responsible for selecting the Club’s first team. (a) (b) theft or fraud; deliberate and serious damage to the Club’s property; 307 308 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_38.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 “Media” shall mean any and all media whether now existing or hereafter invented including but not limited to any print and/or paper medium broadcast satellite or cable transmission and any visual and/or audio medium and including but not limited to the Internet any television or radio channel Website webcast and/or any transmission made by any mobile or mobile telephony standard or technology or other media or broadcasting service. “Player Injury” shall mean any injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) other than any injury or illness which is directly caused by or results directly from a breach by the Player of his obligations under clause 3.2.1 of this contract or of any other of his obligations hereunder amounting to Gross Misconduct. “Prohibited Substance” shall have the meaning set out in the FA Rules. “PFA” shall mean the Professional Footballers Association. “the Rules” shall mean the statutes and regulations of FIFA and UEFA the FA Rules the League Rules the Code of Practice and the Club Rules. “Permanent Incapacity” shall mean either (a) “Permanent Total Disablement” as defined in the League’s personal accident insurance scheme or (b) incapacity of the Player by reason of or resulting from any injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) where in the written opinion of an appropriately qualified medical consultant instructed by the Club (“the Initial Opinion”) and (if requested in writing either by the Club at any time or by the Player at any time but not later than twenty one days after receipt from the Club of notice in writing terminating this contract pursuant to clause 8.1) of a further such consultant approved or proposed by the Player (and in the absence of either an approval or proposal within 28 days of the request nominated on the application of either party by the President (“the President”) for the time being of the Royal College of Surgeons) (“the Further Opinion”) the Player will be unlikely by reason of such incapacity to play football to the same standard at which the Player would have played if not for such incapacity for a consecutive period of not less than twenty months commencing on the date of commencement of the incapacity PROVIDED that if the Initial Opinion and the Further Opinion disagree with one another then if the Further Opinion was given by a consultant nominated by the President it shall prevail but if not then a third opinion (“the Third Opinion”) from a consultant nominated by the President may be obtained on the application of either party and that opinion shall be final and binding for the purposes of this definition. “Strip” shall mean all versions from time to time of the Club’s official football clothing including shirts shorts socks and/or training kit track suits headwear and/or any other clothing displaying the Club’s name and/or official logo. “UEFA” shall mean the Union des Associations Européennes de Football. “Website” shall mean a site forming part of the Internet with a unique URL/ domain name. 1.2 For the purposes of this contract and provided the context so permits: 1.2.1 the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and any gender includes any other gender; 1.2.2 references to person shall include any entity business firm or unincorporated association; and 1.2.3 references to statutory enactments or to the Rules shall include re-enactments and amendments of substantially the same intent as the original referenced enactment or Rule. 1.3 The headings of this contract are for convenience only and not interpretation. 1.4 In the event of any dispute as to the interpretation of any of the provisions of this contract reference shall be made (where appropriate) for clarification to the Code of Practice but so that in the event of any conflict the provisions of this contract shall prevail. Subject thereto wherever specific reference to the Code of Practice is made in this contract the relevant terms and provisions thereof are deemed incorporated herein as if set out in full. “Player’s Image” shall mean the Player’s name, nickname, fame, image, signature, voice and film and photographic portrayal, virtual and/or electronic representation, reputation, replica and all other characteristics of the Player including his shirt number. 309 310 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_39.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 2. Appointment and duration 3.1.9 to observe the Rules but in the case of the Club Rules to the extent only that they do not conflict with or seek to vary the express terms of this contract; 2.1 The Club engages the Player as a professional footballer on the terms and conditions of this contract and subject to the Rules. 3.1.10 to submit promptly to such medical and dental examinations as the Club may reasonably require and to undergo at no expense to himself such treatment as may be prescribed by the medical or dental advisers of the Club or the Club’s insurers; 2.2 This contract shall remain in force until the date specified in clause 2 of Schedule 2 hereto subject to any earlier determination pursuant to the terms of this contract. 3. Duties and Obligations of the Player 3.1.11 on the termination of this contract for any cause to return to the Club in a reasonable and proper condition any property (including any car) which has been provided or made available by the Club to the Player in connection with his employment. 3.1 The Player agrees: 3.1.1 when directed by an authorised official of the Club: 3.1.1.1 to attend matches in which the Club is engaged; 3.2 The Player agrees that he shall not: 3.1.1.2 to participate in any matches in which he is selected to play for the Club; and 3.2.1 undertake or be involved in any activity or practice which will knowingly cause to be void or voidable or which will invoke any exclusion of the Player’s cover pursuant to any policy of insurance maintained for the benefit of the Club on the life of the Player or covering his physical well-being (including injury and incapacity and treatment thereof); 3.1.1.3 to attend at any reasonable place for the purposes of and to participate in training and match preparation; 3.1.2 to play to the best of his skill and ability at all times; 3.1.3 except to the extent prevented by injury or illness to maintain a high standard of physical fitness at all times and not to indulge in any activity sport or practice which might endanger such fitness or inhibit his mental or physical ability to play practise or train; 3.2.2 when playing or training wear anything (including jewellery) which is or could be dangerous to him or any other person; 3.2.3 except to the extent specifically agreed in writing between the Club and the Player prior to the signing of this contract use as his regular place of residence any place which the Club reasonably deems unsuitable for the performance by the Player of his duties other than temporarily pending relocation; 3.1.4 to undertake such other duties and to participate in such other activities as are consistent with the performance of his duties under clauses 3.1.1 to 3.1.3 and as are reasonably required of the Player; 3.1.5 that he has given all necessary authorities for the release to the Club of his medical records and will continue to make the same available as requested by the Club from time to time during the continuance of this contract; 3.2.4 undertake or be engaged in any other employment or be engaged or involved in any trade business or occupation or participate professionally in any other sporting or athletic activity without the prior written consent of the Club PROVIDED THAT this shall not: 3.1.6 to comply with and act in accordance with all lawful instructions of any authorised official of the Club; 3.2.4.1 prevent the Player from making any investment in any business so long as it does not conflict or interfere with his obligations hereunder; or 3.1.7 to play football solely for the Club or as authorised by the Club or as required by the Rules; 3.2.4.2 limit the Player’s rights under clauses 4 and 6.1.8; 3.1.8 to observe the Laws of the Game when playing football; 311 312 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_40.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 3.2.5 knowingly or recklessly do, write or say anything or omit to do anything which is likely to bring the Club or the game of football into disrepute, cause the Player or the Club to be in breach of the Rules or cause damage to the Club or its officers or employees or any match official. Whenever circumstances permit the Player shall give to the Club reasonable notice of his intention to make any contributions to the public media in order to allow representations to be made to him on behalf of the Club if it so desires; 4.3 Subject in any event to clause 4.4 and except to the extent of any commitments already entered into by the Player as at the date hereof or when on international duty in relation to the Players’ national football association UEFA or FIFA, he shall not (without the written consent of the Club) at any time during the term of this contract do anything to promote, endorse or provide promotional marketing or advertising services or exploit the Player’s Image either (a) in relation to any person in respect of such person’s products brand or services which conflict or compete with any of the Club’s club branded or football related products (including the Strip) or any products, brand or services of the Club’s two main sponsors/commercial partners or of the League’s one principal sponsor or (b) for the League. 3.2.6 except in the case of emergency arrange or undergo any medical treatment without first giving the Club proper details of the proposed treatment and physician/surgeon and requesting the Club’s consent which the Club will not unreasonably withhold having due regard to the provisions of the Code of Practice. 4.4 The Player agrees that he will not either on his own behalf or with or through any third party, undertake promotional activities in a Club Context nor exploit the Player’s Image in a Club Context in any manner and/or in any Media nor grant the right to do so to any third party. 4. Community, public relations and marketing 4.1 For the purposes of the promotional, community and public relations activities of the Club and/or (at the request of the Club) of any sponsors or commercial partners of the Club and/or of the League and/or of any main sponsors of the League the Player shall attend at and participate in such events as may reasonably be required by the Club, including but not limited to, appearances and the granting of interviews and photographic opportunities as authorised by the Club. The Club shall give reasonable notice to the Player of the Club’s requirements and the Player shall make himself available for up to six hours per week of which approximately half shall be devoted to the community and public relations activities of the Club. No photograph of the Player taken pursuant to the provisions of this clause 4.1 shall be used by the Club or any other person to imply any brand or product endorsement by the Player. 4.5 Except to the extent specifically herein provided or otherwise specifically agreed with the Player, nothing in this contract shall prevent the Player from undertaking promotional activities or from exploiting the Player’s Image so long as: 4.5.1 the said promotional activities or exploitation do not interfere or conflict with the Player’s obligations under this contract; and 4.5.2 the Player gives reasonable advance notice to the Club of any intended promotional activities or exploitation. 4.6 The Player hereby grants to the Club the right to photograph the Player both individually and as a member of a squad and to use such photographs and the Player’s Image in a Club Context in connection with the promotion of the Club and its playing activities and the promotion of the League and the manufacture sale distribution licensing advertising marketing and promotion of the Club’s club branded and football related products (including the Strip) or services (including such products or services which are endorsed by or produced under licence from the Club) and in relation to the League’s licensed products, services and sponsors in such manner as the Club may reasonably think fit so long as: 4.2 Whilst he is providing or performing the services set out in this contract (including travelling on Club business), the Player shall: 4.2.1 wear only such clothing as is approved by an authorised official of the Club; and 4.2.2 not display any badge, mark, logo, trading name or message on any item of clothing without the written consent of an authorised official of the Club provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent the Player wearing and/or promoting football boots and, in the case of a goalkeeper, gloves of his choice. 4.6.1 the use of the Player’s photograph and/or Player’s Image either alone or with not more than two other players at the Club shall be limited to no greater usage than the average for all players regularly in the Club’s first team; 313 314 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_121-160_PAGE_41.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 4.6.2 the Player’s photograph and/or Player’s Image shall not be used to imply any brand or product endorsement by the Player; and 5.2 The Club shall reimburse the Player all reasonable hotel and other expenses wholly and exclusively incurred by him in or about the performance of his duties under this contract PROVIDED that the Player has obtained the prior authorisation of a director the Manager or the secretary of the Club and the Player furnishes the Club with receipts or other evidence of such expenses. 4.6.3 PROVIDED that all rights shall cease on termination of this contract save for the use and/or sale of any promotional materials or products as aforesaid as shall then already be manufactured or in the process of manufacture or required to satisfy any outstanding orders. 5.3 The Club may deduct from any remuneration payable to the Player: 4.7 In its dealings with any person permitted by the Club to take photographs of the Player the Club shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the copyright of the photographs so taken is vested in the Club and/or that no use is made of the said photographs without the Club’s consent and in accordance with the provisions of this contract. 5.3.1 any monies disbursed and/or liabilities incurred by the Club on behalf of the Player with the Players prior consent; 5.3.2 any other monies (but not claims for damages or compensation) which can be clearly established to be properly due from the Player to the Club. 4.8 The Player shall be entitled to make a responsible and reasonable reply or response to any media comment or published statements likely to adversely affect the Player’s standing or reputation and subject as provided for in clause 3.2.5, to make contributions to the public media in a responsible manner. 5.4 If at a Disciplinary hearing conducted under Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto a fine is imposed on a player calculated by reference to the Player’s weekly wage, the fine shall take the form of a forfeiture of wages of a corresponding amount so that the amount forfeit shall not become payable to the Player. The forfeiture shall take effect in relation to the monthly instalment of the Player’s remuneration falling due next after the date on which the notice of the decision is given to him (“Pay Day”). But see clause 5.5 dealing with appeals. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount forfeit is the gross amount of the weekly wage. 4.9 In this clause 4, where the context so admits the expression “the Club” includes any Associated Company of the Club but only to the extent and in the context that such company directly or indirectly provides facilities to or undertakes commercial marketing or public relations activities for the Club and not so as to require the consent of any Associated Company when consent of the Club is required. 5.5 If on Pay Day the time for appealing has not expired or if notice of appeal has been given, the reference to Pay Day shall be to the day on which the monthly instalment of remuneration becomes payable next after (i) the expiry of the time for appealing without any appeal having been made or (ii) if an appeal is made, the date on which the outcome of the appeal is notified to the Player. In the case of an appeal, the amount that is forfeit shall be the amount (if any) determined on appeal. 4.10 For the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 nothing in this clause 4 is intended to nor does it give to the League any right to enforce any of its provisions against the Club or the Player. 4.11 Nothing in this clause 4 shall prevent the Club from entering into other arrangements additional or supplemental hereto or in variance hereof in relation to advertising, marketing and/or promotional services with the Player or with or for all or some of the Club’s players (including the Player) from time to time. Any other such arrangements which have been agreed as at the date of the signing of this contract and any image contract or similar contract required to be set out in this contract by the League Rules are set out in Schedule 2 paragraph 13. 6. Obligations of the Club 6.1 The Club shall: 6.1.1 observe the Rules, all of which (other than the Club Rules) shall take precedence over the Club Rules; 5. Remuneration and expenses 6.1.2 provide the Player each year with copies of all the Rules which affect the Player and of the terms and conditions of any policy of insurance in respect of or in relation to the Player with which the Player is expected to comply; 5.1 Throughout his engagement the Club shall pay to the Player the remuneration and shall provide the benefits (if any) as are set out in Schedule 2. 315 316 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_02.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 6.1.3 promptly arrange appropriate medical and dental examinations and treatment for the Player at the Club’s expense in respect of any injury to or illness (including mental illness or disorder) of the Player, save where such injury or illness is caused by an activity or practice on the part of the Player which breaches clause 3.2.1 hereof, in which case the Club shall only be obliged to arrange and pay for treatment to the extent that the cost thereof remains covered by the Club’s policy of medical insurance or (if the Club does not maintain such a policy), then to the extent that it would remain covered by such a policy were one maintained upon normal industry terms commonly available within professional football and so that save as aforesaid this obligation shall continue in respect of any examinations and/ or treatment the necessity for which arose during the currency of this contract notwithstanding its subsequent expiry or termination until the earlier of completion of the necessary examinations and/ or prescribed treatment and a period of eighteen months from the date of expiry or termination hereof; 6.1.8 give the Player every opportunity compatible with his obligations under this contract to follow any course of further education or vocational training which he wishes to undertake and give positive support to the Player in undertaking such education and training. The Player shall supply the Footballer’s Further Education and Vocational Training Society with particulars of any courses undertaken by him; and 6.1.9 release the Player as required for the purposes of fulfilling the obligations in respect of representative matches to his national association pursuant to the statutes and regulations of FIFA. 6.2 The Club shall not, without the consent in writing of the Player: 6.2.1 take or use or permit to be used photographs of the Player for any purposes save as permitted by clause 4; or 6.2.2 use or reveal the contents of any medical reports or other medical information regarding the Player obtained by the Club save for the purpose of assessing the Player’s health and fitness obtaining medical and insurance cover and complying with the Club’s obligations under the Rules. 6.1.4 The Club shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any policy of insurance maintained by the Club for the benefit of the Player continues to provide cover for any examinations and/or treatment as are referred to in clause 6.1.3 until completion of any such examinations and/or treatment; 7. Injury and Illness 7.1 Any injury to or illness of the Player shall be reported by him or on his behalf to the Club immediately and the Club shall keep a record of such injury or illness. 6.1.5 comply with all relevant statutory provisions relating to industrial injury and any regulations made pursuant thereto; 7.2 In the event that the Player shall become incapacitated from playing by reason of any injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder), the Club shall pay to the Player during such period of incapacity or the period of this contract (whichever is the shorter) the following amounts of remuneration for the following periods: 6.1.6 at all times maintain and observe a proper health and safety policy for the security safety and physical well being of the Player when carrying out his duties under this contract; 6.1.7 in any case where the Club would otherwise be liable as employer for any acts or omissions of the Player in the lawful and proper performance of his playing, practising or training duties under this contract, defend the Player against any proceedings threatened or brought against him at any time arising out of the carrying out by him of any such acts or omissions and indemnify him from any damages awarded and this obligation and indemnity shall continue in relation to any such acts or omissions during the currency of this contract notwithstanding its expiry or termination before such proceedings are threatened and/or brought; 7.2.1 in the case of a Player Injury, his basic wage over the first eighteen months and one half of his basic wage for the remainder of his period of incapacity; 7.2.2 in the case of any other injury or illness, his basic wage over the first twelve months and one half of his basic wage for the remainder of his period of incapacity. 7.3 In each case specified in clause 7.2, above there shall be paid to the Player in addition to his basic wage all or the appropriate share of any bonus payments 317 318 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_03.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 if and to the extent that payment or provision for continuation of the same is specifically provided for in Schedule 2 or in the Club’s Bonus Scheme. 8.5 In the case of any notice of termination given under this clause 8 the Club shall be entitled by further notice on or after serving notice of termination to terminate this contract forthwith on paying to the Player at the time of such termination the remainder of his remuneration and any other sums properly due to him under this contract and the value of any other benefits which would be payable or available to the Player during the remainder of the period of his notice of termination, provided always that the Club’s obligations pursuant to clause 6.1.3 shall continue to apply during the remainder of the said notice period and for any further relevant period as provided therein. 7.4 The payments made by the Club pursuant to clause 7.2 shall be deemed to include all and any statutory sick pay and/or any other state benefits payable by reference to sickness to which the Player may be entitled. 7.5 Nothing in this clause 7 shall reduce or vary the entitlement of the Player to signing on fees and/or loyalty payments or any other payments of a similar nature due to him under this contract. 8.6 Where the Club has made payment to the Player during any period of incapacity owing to illness or injury and the Player’s absence is due to the action of a third party other than of another club, player or match official in relation to any damage or injury sustained on or about the field of play or during training or practising giving the Player a right of recovery against that third party, then if the Player makes any claim against such third party the Player must where he is reasonably able to do so include as part of such claim from such third party a claim for recovery of any such payment and upon successful recovery repay to the Club the lesser of the total of the remuneration paid by the Club to the Player during the period of incapacity and the amount of any damages payable to or recovered by the Player in respect of such claim or otherwise by reference to loss of earnings under this contract under any compromise settlement or judgment. Any amounts paid by the Club to the Player in such circumstances shall constitute loans from the Club to be repaid to the Club to the extent aforesaid upon successful recovery as aforesaid. 8. Permanent or Prolonged Incapacity 8.1 In the event that: 8.1.1 the Player shall suffer Permanent Incapacity; or 8.1.2 the Player has been incapacitated from playing by reason of or resulting from the same injury or illness (including mental illness or disorder) for a period (consecutive or in the aggregate) amounting to eighteen months in any consecutive period of twenty months, the Club shall be entitled to serve a notice upon the Player terminating this contract. 8.2 The length of such notice shall be twelve months in the case of an incapacity by reason of a Player Injury and six months in every other case. 8.3 The notice referred to in clause 8.1 may be served at any time after: 8.3.1 the date on which the Player is declared to be suffering Permanent Total Disablement under the terms of the League’s personal accident insurance scheme; or 9. Disciplinary Procedure Except in any case where the Club terminates the Player’s employment pursuant to the provisions of clause 10 hereof (when the procedure set out therein shall apply) the Club shall operate the disciplinary procedure set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto in relation to any breach or failure to observe the terms of this contract or of the Rules. 8.3.2 the date on which such Permanent Incapacity is established by the Initial Opinion; or 8.3.3 in the case of any incapacity as is referred to in 8.1.2, the date on which the period of incapacity shall exceed eighteen months as aforesaid but so that the right to terminate pursuant to clause 8.1.2 shall only apply while such incapacity shall continue thereafter. 10. Termination by the Club 10.1 The Club shall be entitled to terminate the employment of the Player by fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Player if the Player: 8.4 In the event that after the service of any notice pursuant to clause 8.1.1, Permanent Incapacity is not confirmed by the Further Opinion (if requested) or (where relevant) by the Third Opinion, then such notice shall lapse and cease to be of effect. 10.1.1 shall be guilty of Gross Misconduct; 10.1.2 shall fail to heed any final written warning given under the provisions of Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto; or 319 320 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_04.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 10.1.3is convicted of any criminal offence where the punishment consists of a sentence of imprisonment of three months or more (which is not suspended). 10.5.4 during any such period of suspension the Club shall be under no obligation to assign to the Player any playing training or other duties and shall be entitled to exclude the Player from the Club’s premises including its ground and training ground. 10.2 If the Club terminates the Player’s employment for any reason under clause 10.1, the Club shall within seven days thereafter notify the Player in writing of the full reasons for the action taken. 10.6Upon any termination of this contract by the Club becoming operative, the Club shall forthwith release the Player’s registration. 10.3 The Player may by notice in writing served on the Club and the League at any time from the date of termination up to fourteen days after receipt by the Player of written notification under clause 10.2, give notice of appeal against the decision of the Club to the League and such appeal shall be determined in accordance with the procedures applicable pursuant to the League Rules. 11. Termination by the Player 11.1 The Player shall be entitled to terminate this contract by fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Club if the Club: 11.1.1 shall be guilty of serious or persistent breach of the terms and conditions of this contract; or 10.4 If the Player exercises his right of appeal the termination of this contract by the Club shall not become effective unless and until it shall have been determined that the Club was entitled to terminate this contract pursuant to clause 10.1 but so that if it is so determined then subject only to clause 10.5.3 the Player shall cease to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits with effect from the expiration of the period of notice referred to in clause 10.3 and any payment made by the Club in respect thereof shall forthwith become due from the Player to the Club. 11.1.2 fails to pay any remuneration or other payments or bonuses due to the Player or make available any benefits due to him as it or they fall due or within fourteen days thereafter and has still failed to make payment in full or make the benefits available by the expiry of the said fourteen days’ notice. 11.2 The Club may, within fourteen days of receipt of any notice of termination of this contract by the Player in accordance with clause 11.1 give written notice of appeal against such termination to the Player and to the League which shall hear such appeal in accordance with procedures applicable pursuant to the League Rules. 10.5 Pending the hearing and determination of such appeal the Club may suspend the Player for up to a maximum of six weeks from the date of notice of termination and, if the Board so determine, such suspension shall be without pay provided that: 11.3 If the Club exercises its right of appeal pursuant to clause 11.2, the termination of this contract shall not become operative unless and until it shall have been determined that the Player was entitled to terminate this contract pursuant to clause 11.1. 10.5.1 the payment due to the Player in respect of the fourteen days’ notice period under clause 10.1 is made to the Player forthwith; 10.5.2 pending the determination of the appeal an amount equal to the remuneration which would otherwise have been due to the Player but for the suspension without pay is paid to an escrow account held by the PFA as and when it would otherwise have become due for payment to the Player and following the determination of the appeal the PFA will either pay the money (including interest earned on the said account) to the Player or return it to the Club according to the appeal decision; 11.4 Upon any termination of this contract by the Player becoming operative the Club shall forthwith release the Player’s registration. 12. Grievance Procedure In the event that the Player has any grievance in connection with his employment under this contract the grievance procedures set out in Part 2 of the Schedule 1 hereto shall be available to the Player. 10.5.3 all other benefits for the Player under the provisions of clauses 6.1.3 and 6.1.4 of this contract shall be maintained and remain in force while the appeal is pending; and 321 322 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_05.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 13. Representation of Player 17. Arbitration In any disciplinary or grievance procedure the Player shall be entitled to be accompanied by or represented by his Club captain or a PFA delegate and/or any officer of the PFA. Any dispute between the Club and the Player not provided for in clauses 9, 10, 11,12 and Schedule 1 hereof shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the League Rules or (but only if mutually agreed by the Club and the Player) in accordance with the FA Rules. 14. Holidays 18. Specificity of Football For each Holiday Year the Player shall be entitled to take in the aggregate the equivalent of five weeks paid holiday to be taken at a time or times and for such days during the Holiday Year as shall be determined by the Club but so that (subject to the Club’s first team and any international commitments) the Club shall not unreasonably refuse to permit the Player to take three of such weeks consecutively. Holidays not taken during any Holiday Year (or subject to agreement by the Club within one month of the end of such Holiday Year) may not be carried forward into any subsequent Holiday Year. The parties hereto confirm and acknowledge that this contract the rights and obligations undertaken by the parties hereto and the fixed term period thereof reflect the special relationship and characteristics involved in the employment of football players and the participation by the parties in the game of football pursuant to the Rules, and the parties accordingly agree that all matters of dispute in relation to the rights and obligations of the parties hereto and otherwise pursuant to the Rules, including as to termination of this contract and any compensation payable in respect of termination or breach thereof, shall be submitted to and the parties hereto accept the jurisdiction and all appropriate determinations of such tribunal panel or other body (including pursuant to any appeal therefrom) pursuant to the provisions of and in accordance with the procedures and practices under this contract and the Rules. 15. Survival The provisions of this contract shall remain in full force and effect in respect of any act or omission of either party during the period of this contract notwithstanding the termination of this contract. 19. Severance 16. Confidentiality 19.1 If the Player shall not make an application to an Employment Tribunal for compensation in respect of unfair dismissal or redundancy as a result of not being offered a new contract either on terms at least as favourable as under this contract or at all, then the following provisions of this clause 19 shall take effect. This contract is to be treated as being private and confidential and its contents shall not be disclosed or divulged either directly or indirectly to any person firm or company whatsoever either by the Club the Player or any Intermediary of the Club or the Player except: 16.1 with the prior written agreement of both the Club and the Player; or 19.2 If by the expiry of this contract the Club has not made to the Player an offer of re-engagement on terms at least as favourable to the Player as those applicable over the last twelve months of this contract (or the length of this contract if shorter) then subject to clauses 19.1 and 19.3 the Player shall continue to receive from his Club (as a separate payment representing compensation as more particularly referred to in the Code of Practice) a payment equal to his weekly basic wage (at the average amount of his weekly wage over the preceding 12 months of this contract or the whole of this contract if shorter) for a period of one month from the expiry of this contract or until the Player signs for another club, whichever period is the shorter, provided that where the Player signs for another club within that 16.2 as may be required by any statutory, regulatory, governmental or quasi governmental authorities or as otherwise required by law or pursuant to the Rules including (where appropriate) any recognised stock exchange; or 16.3 in the case of the Player to his duly appointed Intermediary and professional advisers including the PFA; or 16.4 in the case of the Club to its duly appointed Intermediary and its professional advisers or to such of its directors secretary servants or representatives or auditors to whom such disclosure is strictly necessary for the purposes of their duties and then only to the extent so necessary. 323 324 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_06.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 Schedule 1 Part 1 Disciplinary Procedure and Penalties period of one month at a lower basic wage than such average then such payment shall in addition include a sum equal to the shortfall in such basic wage for the remainder of such period; 19.3The maximum amount payable to the Player under sub-clause 19.2 is double the maximum sum which an Employment Tribunal can award from time to time as a compensatory award for unfair dismissal. 1. Introduction The disciplinary procedure aims to ensure that the Club behaves fairly in investigating and dealing with allegations of unacceptable conduct with a view to helping and encouraging all employees of the Club to achieve and maintain appropriate standards of conduct and performance. The Club nevertheless reserves the right to depart from the precise requirements of its disciplinary procedure where the Club considers it expedient to do so and where the Player’s resulting treatment is no less fair. 20. Miscellaneous 20.1 This contract and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the Club and the Player and supersede any and all preceding agreements between the Club and the Player. 20.2 The further particulars of terms of employment not contained in the body of this contract which must be given to the Player in compliance with Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 are given in Schedule 2. 2. Records 20.3 This contract is signed by the parties hereto in duplicate so that for this purpose each signed agreement shall constitute an original but taken together they shall constitute one agreement. All cases of disciplinary action under this procedure will be recorded and placed in the Club’s records until deleted in accordance with paragraph 4.2. A copy of the Club’s disciplinary records concerning the Player will be supplied to the Player at his request. 21. Privacy Notice 3. The Procedure For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) the Player acknowledges that the Club, the League, the PFA and The FA are collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about the Player including such data in this contract. The League’s, the PFA’s and The FA’s Player Privacy Notice will be provided to you directly during the registration process and/or will be available on their respective websites. The Club’s Data Protection Policy can be found in the Club’s employee handbook. The following steps will be taken as appropriate in all cases of disciplinary action: 3.1 Investigation No action will be taken before a proper investigation has been undertaken by the Club into the matter complained of. If the Club determines the same to be appropriate the Club may by written notice suspend the Player for up to fourteen days while the investigation takes place. If the Player is so suspended this contract will continue together with all the Player’s rights under it including the payment of the Player’s remuneration and benefits but during the period of suspension the Player will not be entitled to access to any of the Club’s premises except at the prior request or with the prior consent of the Club and subject to such conditions as the Club may impose. The decision to suspend the Player will be notified in writing to the Player by the Club. 22. Jurisdiction and Law This contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the parties submit to the non exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts. 325 326 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_07.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 3.2 Disciplinary Hearing 4. Disciplinary Penalties 3.2.1 If the Club decides to hold a disciplinary hearing about the matter complained of, the Player will be given full details in writing of the complaint against him and reasonable notice of the date and time of the hearing. At the hearing the Player will be given an opportunity to state his case either personally or through his representative as provided for in clause 13 of this contract. 4.1 At a disciplinary hearing or on an appeal against a disciplinary decision, the Club may dismiss the allegation or if it is proved to the Club’s satisfaction may: 4.1.1 give an oral warning a formal written warning or after a previous warning or warnings a final written warning to the Player; 4.1.2 impose a fine not exceeding the amount of the Player’s basic wage for a period of up to two weeks for a first offence (unless otherwise approved by the PFA in accordance with the Code of Practice) and up to four weeks for subsequent offences in any consecutive period of twelve months but only in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Practice; 3.2.2 Subject as provided in paragraph 3.2.3 no disciplinary penalty will be imposed without first giving the Player the opportunity to state his case to the Manager or if the Player so requests to a director of the Club and where the Club considers it appropriate or where the Player requests the same without a disciplinary hearing. 3.2.3 A disciplinary hearing may proceed in the Player’s absence and a disciplinary penalty may be imposed if he fails to appear at such hearing after having received proper notice thereof. 4.1.3 order the Player not to attend at any of the Club’s premises for such period as the Club thinks fit not exceeding four weeks; 4.1.4 in any circumstances which would entitle the Club to dismiss the Player pursuant to any of the provisions of clause 10 of this contract dismiss the Player or impose such other disciplinary action (including suspension of the Player and/or a fine of all or part of the amount of the Player’s basic wage for a period not exceeding six weeks). 3.3 Appeals 3.3.1 The Player shall have a right of appeal to the Board against any disciplinary decision. The Player should inform the Board in writing of his wish to appeal within fourteen days of the date of notification to him of the decision which forms the subject of such appeal. The Board will conduct an appeal hearing as soon as possible thereafter at which the Player will be given a further opportunity to state his case. The decision of the Board will be notified to the Player in writing within seven days and subject to paragraph 3.3.2 will be final and binding unwder this procedure. 4.2 Any warning or sanction given under this disciplinary procedure will be deleted in the Club’s records after twelve months. Part 2 Grievance Procedures 1. The Player shall bring any grievance informally to the notice of the Manager in the first instance. The Player may be required by the Manager to put any such grievance in writing. Having enquired into such grievance the Manager will then notify the Player of his decision. 3.3.2 In the event of any sanction being imposed or confirmed in excess of an oral warning, the Player may by notice in writing served on the Club and the League within fourteen days of receipt by the Player of written notification of the decision of the Board give notice of appeal against it to the League who will determine the matter in accordance with the League Rules. 2. If the grievance is not determined by the Manager to the Player’s satisfaction the Player may within fourteen days thereafter serve formal notice of the grievance in writing on the secretary of the Club and the matter shall thereupon be determined by the chairman of the Club or by the Board as soon as possible and in any event within four weeks of the receipt of the notice. 3.3.3 If the Player exercises any right of appeal as aforesaid, any sanction imposed by the Club upon the Player shall not take effect until the appropriate appeal has been determined and the sanction confirmed varied or revoked as the case may be. 327 328 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_08.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 7.1.4 has previously registered with HM Revenue & Customs for Fixed or Enhanced Protection; Schedule 2 – Insert Player’s Name ….......................................... Supplemental Provisions and Employment Rights Act 1996 7.1.5 joins an International Club on a temporary basis by way of International Loan Agreement (in which case his entitlement to membership of the Scheme shall be suspended for the duration of that International Loan Agreement); or The following provisions shall apply to supplement the provisions of this contract and the information as set out herein in order to comply with the requirements of Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996. 7.1.6 is otherwise ineligible for membership of the Scheme in accordance with the terms of the Scheme’s definitive trust deed and rules as amended from time to time. 1. The Player’s employment with the Club began on ................................. 2. The date of termination of this contract is 30 June 20........... 7.2 For as long as the Player remains a member of the 2011 Section, an annual contribution (funded by the levy on transfer fees) will be paid into the Scheme for the benefit of the Player. The annual contribution shall be £6,000 or such other amount as determined by the Trustees of the Scheme from time to time. 3. No employment with a previous employer shall count as part of the Player’s continuous period of employment hereunder. 4. The Player’s hours of work are such as the Club may from time to time reasonably require of him to carry out his duties and the Player shall not be entitled to any additional remuneration for work done outside normal working hours. 7.3 The Player shall not be required to contribute to the 2011 Section but may elect to contribute such amount as he notifies to the Scheme Administrator in writing. Where a Player decides to contribute to the 2011 Section he can agree with his Club and the Scheme Administrator for the contribution to be made through a salary sacrifice arrangement. 5. The place of employment shall be at the Club’s ground and training ground but the Club shall be entitled to require the Player to play and to undertake his duties hereunder at any other place throughout the world. 7.4 Where, by virtue of previous membership of the Scheme, the Player has built up benefits under its Cash Section and/or Income Section, those benefits are frozen and will be revalued until his retirement from the Scheme. The Player shall be entitled to such benefits (including death benefits) from each section of the Scheme in which he has participated on such conditions as are set out in the Scheme’s definitive trust deed and rules as amended from time to time. 6. No contracting out certificate pursuant to the Pensions Scheme Act 1993 is in force in respect of the Player’s employment under this contract. 7. The Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme 7.1 Immediately on signing this contract, the Player shall: 7.1.1 be automatically enrolled as; or 7.5 The Player further agrees that the Club may disclose his name, address, email address, gender, date of birth, National Insurance number, salary information and dates of commencement and termination of employment to the League and the administrators of the Scheme for the purposes of facilitating the administration of the Scheme. 7.1.2 or continue to be; a member of the 2011 Section of the Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme (the “Scheme”) and shall remain so during the continuance of his employment hereunder unless he: 7.1.3 notifies the Scheme Administrator in writing that he wishes to opt out of the Scheme; 329 330 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_09.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 8. Remuneration 12. The terms and conditions of this contract form part of a number of collective agreements between the Club (through the League) and the Player (through the PFA) affecting the Player’s employment and full details thereof are set out in the Code of Practice. The Player’s remuneration shall be: 8.1 Basic Wage: 13. (If applicable) The following provisions which are additional or supplemental to those set out in clause 4 have been agreed between the Club and the Player as referred to in clause 4.11. £ per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear from ......................... to ......................... £ per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear SEE ATTACHED from ......................... to ......................... 14. Any other provisions: £ per week/per annum payable by monthly instalments in arrear from ......................... to ......................... SEE ATTACHED 8.2 Such of the bonuses and incentives as the Player shall be entitled to receive under the terms of the Club’s bonus and incentive scheme as are set out below/a copy of which is annexed hereto. SEE ATTACHED 8.3 Any other payments as follows: SEE ATTACHED 9. Insurances (if any) maintained for the benefit of the Player subject to the terms and conditions thereof during currency of this contract the premiums of which are paid by the Club. Nature of Policy Amount N/A 10. Benefits (if any) to be provided to the Player during the currency of this contract SEE ATTACHED 11. The Player’s normal retirement age is 35 years. 331 332 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_10.GIF

Premier League Contract Form 15 Premier League Contract Form 15 Schedule 3 Premier League Player Ethnicity Monitoring Questionnaire (Rule T.23) SIGNED BY THE PLAYER Player signature: ........................................................................................................................ in the presence of: Witness signature:..................................................................................................................... Witness name: ............................................................................................................................ Witness address: ........................................................................................................................ Witness occupation: ................................................................................................................. SIGNED BY THE PLAYER’S PARENT OR GUARDIAN (if the player is under 18) Parent / Guardian signature: ............................................................................................... Parent / Guardian name: ....................................................................................................... What is your ethnic group? (Choose ONE section from A to F, then tick the appropriate box to indicate the ethnicity that you identify with from the list below) in the presence of: Witness signature:..................................................................................................................... A Asian or Asian British C Mixed or Multiple ethnic groups E White Witness name: ............................................................................................................................ Indian Pakistani Bangladeshi Chinese Any other Asian background English, Welsh, Scottish, Northern Irish or British Irish Gypsy or Irish Traveller Roma Eastern European Any other White background Witness address: ........................................................................................................................ White and Black Caribbean White and Black African White and Asian Any other Mixed or Multiple ethnic background Witness occupation: ................................................................................................................. SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE CLUB BY: Authorised signatory signature: .......................................................................................... B Black, African, Caribbean or Black British Authorised signatory name:.................................................................................................. in the presence of: Caribbean African Any other Black, Black British or Caribbean background D Other ethnic groups F Undeclared Witness signature:..................................................................................................................... Arab Any other ethnic group Prefer not to disclose my ethnic origin Witness name: ............................................................................................................................ Witness address: ........................................................................................................................ Witness occupation: ................................................................................................................. Name of Player Did Player use the services of an Intermediary yes/no ...................................................................................................................... If yes, name of Intermediary ................................................................................................ Signed....................................................................... (Parent / Guardian to sign if Player is a minor) Date............................................. Did the Club use the services of an Intermediary yes/no If yes, name of Intermediary ................................................................................................ 333 334 Premier League Forms USE OF INFORMATION Completion of this questionnaire is mandatory, as required under Rule T.23. If you provide the information it will be used as set out below and will not be used for selection or any other purposes. The information provided on this ethnicity questionnaire will be recorded on a computer system shared by the Football Association Premier League Limited (“Premier League”) (and The Football League Limited should the Player ever compete in the Football League) against the Player’s record and will be used: • To help the Premier League gain insight as to who is playing the game at this level • to help ensure compliance with the Premier League’s Inclusion and Anti-Discrimination Policy (a copy of which is in Appendix 2 of the Premier League’s Rules) • to compile aggregate statistics and reports - on a club by club basis which we may wish to share with the relevant club only and The Football Association Limited. - on a league basis which we may wish to publish for public interest and to share with other bodies that have a legitimate interest in equal opportunities such as the Professional Footballers Association and the Equality and Human Rights Commission.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_11.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 16 Form 17 Amateur Registration Form (Rule U.15) Offer Of New Contract (Rule V.17.2) Player’s Particulars To: [name and address of Out of Contract Player] ................................................................. Surname ........................................................ Other name(s) ........................................................................ Address.................................................................................................................................................................. ....................................................................................................................... Post Code ..................................... Date of birth ....................................................................... Nationality* ......................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................ Copy to: The Board The Premier League Under the provisions of Rule V.17.2 of the Rules of the Premier League .................................................................................................. Football Club hereby offers you a new contract to commence on the 1st July ............................................................ in the following terms: Application to Register We hereby apply for the above-named Player to be registered as an Amateur Player for ............................................................................................... Football Club Signed ................................................................... Authorised Signatory Date ....................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................. Endorsement by Player I consent to the above application and acknowledge further to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that The Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this Amateur Registration Form for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. I certify that the above particulars are correct. I agree to be bound by the Rules of the Premier League. [Having been registered as a Contract Player, I confirm that at least 30 days has elapsed since my contract registration terminated.]** ................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................. This offer remains open and capable of acceptance for a period of one month within which time you may either accept it and enter into a new contract in the terms offered or decline it in writing. If you consider that the terms offered are less favourable than those in your current contract you may give notice to that effect in Form 18. Signed ................................................................... Date ....................................................................... * if the player last played for a club affiliated to a national association other than The Football Association, this Form must be accompanied by written confirmation from The Football Association that an international registration transfer certificate has been issued in respect of the player. ** delete words in brackets if inapplicable Signed ……………………………............................ I hereby certify that I have this day registered (name of Player) ................................................... ................................…………………….................... as an Amateur Player whose registration is held by ................................…………………….................... Football Club. Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ………………………...................................... Signed ................................................................... Date ....................................................................... For and on behalf of the Board of The Premier League 335 336 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_12.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 18 Form 19 Application for Free Transfer (Rule V.20) Contingent Sum Notification (Rule V.36.2) To: [name of Club] ...................................................................... Football Club To: [name of Transferor Club] ................................................................. Football Club And to: The Board The Premier League Copy to: The Board The Premier League A Contingent Sum became payable to you on [date] by virtue of the Transfer Agreement between us relating to [name of Contract Player] ............................................................................. I acknowledge having received your offer of a new contract in Form 17 dated I consider that the terms offered are less favourable than those in my current contract dated ........................................................... and I hereby give notice to that effect and apply for a free transfer. The contingent event resulting in the Contingent Sum becoming payable was ............................................................................................................................................................................... Signed ……………………………............................ and the Contingent Sum which will be paid into the Compensation Fee Account within seven days of it becoming due amounts to £ ................................................... Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ………………………...................................... Signed on behalf of the Transferee Club .......................................................................... Position .............................……………………………………… Date ..............................…………………………………….. 337 338 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_13.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 20 Form 21 Fixed Penalty Notice (Rule W.4) Summary Jurisdiction Notice (Rule W.9) To: Date: ......................................... ......................................... To: ............................................................. Date: ............................................................. You are in breach of Rule .................................. in that on [date] .......................you [description of breach, indicating in appropriate cases whether it is a first, second or third breach of that Rule] ................................................................................ .......................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... You are in breach of Rule .......................................................... in that on [date] you ............................................................................................................................................... The Board intends to exercise its summary jurisdiction and to impose on you a fine of £ ........................................ You are required within 14 days of the date of this notice to pay a fixed penalty of £ ...................... Alternatively, you are entitled within that period to appeal under the provisions of Rule W.56.1.1. If you appeal and your appeal is dismissed the fixed penalty becomes payable forthwith. You are required within 14 days of the date of this notice to either: (1) (2) submit to the Board’s jurisdiction and pay the fine imposed; or elect to be dealt with by a Commission. Any such election should be in writing addressed to me at the League Office. Failure to pay the fixed penalty as required by this notice or forthwith upon any appeal being dismissed will constitute a breach of the Rules of the League in respect of which you will be liable to be dealt with under the provisions of Section W. Failure to comply with this requirement within the time limit will constitute a breach of the Rules of the League in respect of which you will be liable to be dealt with under the provisions of Section W. Signed …………………………….................................. For and on behalf of the Board Signed …………………………….................................. For and on behalf of the Board 339 340 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_14.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 22 Form 23 Complaint (Rule W.21) Answer (Rule W.26) To: ............................................................. To:The Board The Premier League Date: .................................................. Date: ............................................................. The Board’s complaint is that you are in breach of Rule ........................................ in that on [date] ............................................................. you [description of breach] .......................................................................................................................................................... I/We* acknowledge having received the complaint dated .............................................................. The complaint is admitted/denied*. I/We* request that the complaint be determined by written representations.* .......................................................................................................................................................... *[If the complaint is admitted] I/We*ask the Commission to take into account the following mitigation: ....................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................ § .......................................................................................................................................................... A summary of the facts alleged is as follows: ............................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... *[If the complaint is denied and is to be determined at a hearing] My/Our* reasons for denying the complaint are: ........................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................. § .......................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... *[If the complaint is denied and is to be determined by written representations] My/ Our*representations are as follows: ......................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................. § *Annexed hereto are copies of the following documents upon which the Board relies: ................................................................................................................................ Annexed hereto are copies of the following documents upon which I/We*rely: ................. .................................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................. § .......................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................... Signed ...................................................................... Position ................................................................. [for and on behalf of*] the Respondent In accordance with Rule W.26, within 14 days of receipt of this complaint you are required to send to me by recorded delivery post a written answer in Form 23. * § delete as appropriate continue on separate sheet if necessary Signed …………………………….................................. For and on behalf of the Board * delete if inapplicable 341 342 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_15.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 24 Form 25 Appeal Against Fixed Penalty (Rule W.59) Appeal Against Commission Decision (Rule W.60) To: The Board The Premier League Date: .................................................. To: The Board The Premier League Date: .................................................. I/We* hereby appeal against the fixed penalty imposed by the notice in Form 20 dated ............................................................ I/We* hereby appeal against the decision of the Commission before which I/We* appeared dated ....................................................................... My/our* appeal is * against the decision of the Board to impose the fixed penalty. * against the amount of the fixed penalty. * against the decision of the Board to impose the fixed penalty and its amount. My/our* appeal is * against the decision of the Commission * against the amount of the penalty * against the decision of the Commission and the penalty. * against the amount of compensation ordered by the Commission The grounds of my/our* appeal are: ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................... § The grounds of My/our* appeal are: .............................................................................................. ....................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................... § *I/We intend to apply at the appeal hearing for leave to adduce the following fresh evidence .................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................... § The reasons for such application are ............................................................................................ ....................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................... § A deposit of £1,000 is enclosed. Signed # ................................................................................... A deposit of £1,000 is enclosed. Position .................................................................................... [for and on behalf of*] the Respondent Signed # ................................................................................... *delete as appropriate § continue on separate sheet if necessary # state position if signed on behalf of a Club * delete whichever are inapplicable § continue on separate sheet if necessary # state position if signed on behalf of a Club 343 344 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_16.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 26 Form 27 Request for Arbitration (Rules X.7 or Y.3) Appointment of Arbitrator (Rules X.9 or Y.6) To: ................................................................................. ......................................................................................... ......................................................................................... ......................................................................................... From: .................................................................. ............................................................................... ............................................................................... ............................................................................... To: The Board The Premier League From: ............................................................... ............................................................... ............................................................... Pursuant to the request for arbitration made by ............................................................ and dated ...................................................................................................., I/we hereby appoint (name of appointee) .................................................................................... as an arbitrator in the arbitration requested. A dispute has arisen between us concerning (brief description of matters in dispute) ................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................ Signed ...................................................................... Position* ................................................................. Date .......................................................................... I/We wish to have the dispute settled by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section [ ]§ of the Rules of the Premier League and you are hereby required to appoint an arbitrator pursuant thereto. Copy to: (the other party) .......................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Signed ....................................................................... Position* ................................................................. Date ........................................................................... § insert “Y” if the arbitration is to be determined by the Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal; insert “X” in any other case. * to be completed if the Form is signed on behalf of the League or a Club. * to be completed if the Form is signed on behalf of the League or a Club. Copy to: The Board The Premier League 345 346 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_17.GIF

Premier League Premier League Form 28 Form 29 Appointment of Single Arbitrator (Rule X.13.1) Notice of Preliminary Meeting (Rules X.18 or Y.13) To: The Board The Premier League To: ............................................................................... ....................................................................................... ....................................................................................... ....................................................................................... From: ...................................................................... ................................................................................... ................................................................................... ................................................................................... Pursuant to the request for arbitration made by .............................................................. and dated ....................................................... we, the parties to the arbitration, hereby jointly appoint (name of appointee) ........................................................................................... as the single arbitrator in the arbitration requested. You are hereby required to attend a preliminary meeting at (place) ....................................... .................................................. on (date) .................................................. at (time) ..................................... when the tribunal will give directions for the conduct of the arbitration to which each of you is a party. Signed ................................................................. Signed ................................................................. on behalf of ...................................................... on behalf of ...................................................... Signed ………………………………………………………………….. Chairman Position* ............................................................ Position* ............................................................ Date .................................................................... Date .................................................................... Dated ............................................................................... * to be completed if the Form is signed on behalf of the League or a Club 347 348 Premier League Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_18.GIF

Youth Development Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_19.GIF

Youth Development Rules General General Note: throughout this document binding Premier League Rules are shaded in light grey. Guidance and other notes are also included for the assistance of Clubs. Such guidance and notes do not, however, form part of the Rules. Guidance It is emphasised that Academy Players aged 17 or older may no longer be classified as such only where the Board approves an application by the Club in light of all the circumstances relevant to the particular Academy Player and on such terms as the Board considers appropriate. The responsibilities of a Club in relation to Duty of Care continue. Clubs’ attention is drawn to Rule 74 which requires Clubs to develop and implement a procedure to enable the transition of Academy Players to the senior squad, and also to Rule 119.1 which provides that each Academy Player has access to coaching tailored to his individual needs. Any decision by a Club to cease treating an Academy Player as such where it is not reasonable to do so in light of his overall development and skill level may be treated at being a breach of this Rule. Rule 1 sets out definitions used in the Youth Development Rules. All other capitalised terms used in this section of the Rules are defined in Premier League Rule A.1. Guidance The term “employ” is used in the Rules with reference to Academy Staff, but it is accepted that the relationship need not necessarily be one of employment. For example, a Club may enter into a contract for services with Part Time youth coaches whereby no employment relationship will arise. Any references to “employ” or “employment” in this section of the Rules shall be interpreted accordingly. Academies; League meets the requirements of the FIFA Quality Programme for Football Turf and or applies to operate a Category 1 Academy must achieve the ‘FIFA Quality’ rating Guidance To achieve and maintain the ‘FIFA Quality’ rating under the FIFA Quality Programme for Football Turf, the Artificial Surface pitch needs to be certified on an annual basis by a FIFA accredited agent. Existing Artificial Surface pitches have a natural life span. Accordingly, as they reach the end of their natural life span, they should be replaced with pitches that achieve the necessary rating under the FIFA Quality Programme for Football Turf. preparation and trials therefor; registration: 351 352 Youth Development Rules 1.15.“Authorised Games” means: (a) international matches arranged by a national association including (b) matches in which the Academy Player plays for the Club holding his 1.13.“Academy Standards Application” means the online system: (a) through which Clubs are required to complete the self-assessment referred to in Rule 7, as part of the ISO process for the auditing of (b) through which the ISO provides feedback to Clubs as part of the multi-disciplinary assessment referred to in Rule 9.2; and (c) through which quantitative data can be provided to Clubs; 1.14. “Artificial Surface” means a playing surface which in the reasonable opinion of the any new outdoor or indoor Artificial Surface pitch installed by a Club which operates under the FIFA Quality Programme for Football Turf; 1.10.“Academy Psychologist" means the Official referred to in Rule 111; 1.11.“Academy Secretary” means the Official referred to in Rule 62; 1.12.“Academy Staff” means those Officials of a Club employed or otherwise engaged to work in the Club’s Academy; 1.In this section of the Rules the following terms shall have the following meanings: 1.1. “Academy” means an establishment for the coaching and education of Academy Players operated by a Club in accordance with the requirements of this Section of the Rules and licensed by the PGB pursuant to Rule 15; 1.2. “Academy Doctor” means the Official referred to in Rule 100; 1.3. “Academy Financial Information” means a budget for the following season, together with a comparison of the budgeted and actual figures for the previous season, all of which information shall be set out in the format to be prescribed by the League; 1.4. “Academy Management Team” has the meaning set out in Rule 51; 1.5. “Academy Manager” means the Official responsible for the strategic leadership and operation of a Club’s Academy, whose role and responsibilities are more particularly defined at Rules 53 to 59; 1.6. “Academy Nutritionist” means the Official referred to in Rule 89; 1.7. “Academy Operations Manager” means the Official referred to in Rule 61; 1.8. “Academy Performance Plan” means a document which sets out the goals, strategy and measurable short-term and long-term performance targets for all aspects of the work of the Club’s Academy, such strategy and performance targets to be consistent with the Club’s Vision Statement, Coaching Philosophy and Playing Philosophy and, where appropriate, details how the Academy will deliver and integrate its coaching, Education, Games and Sports Science and Medicine/ Performance Support Programmes; 1.9. “Academy Player” means a male player (other than an Amateur Player, Non-Contract Player (in The Football League) or a Trialist) who is in an age group between Under 9 to Under 21 and who is registered for and who is coached by, or plays football for or at a Club which operates an Academy pursuant to these Rules, save for any player who: (a) the Board is satisfied has developed technical, tactical, physical, psychological and social skills of such a level that he would not benefit from continued coaching in the Academy or participating or continuing to participate in its Games Programme (which includes, for the purpose of this definition, the league competition referred to in Rules 162 to 169); and (b) has entered into a written contract of employment in Form 15 with that Club; Definitions


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_20.GIF

General General in which is limited to Academy teams or which are sanctioned by set out in the Games Programme Schedule in which the Academy Player Independent Schools Football Association or an association affiliated to prior agreement of his Parents (in the case of an Academy Player under Academy Player to the Club holding his registration; issued by or on behalf of The Football Association; Guidance The BFAS will need to be renewed every three years (it is hoped as part of the renewal of the main Academy coaching qualifications). Guidance See further Rules 78 to 81. assigned in accordance with the criteria and procedures set out in this section of the provided by the League to the Parent of each Academy Player upon each occasion under section 162 of the Act; competencies and behaviours which the Club expects its Academy coaches to 353 354 Youth Development Rules 1.17.“Category” means one of the four categories into which each Academy shall be Rules, and “Category 1”, “Category 2”, “Category 3” and “Category 4” shall be construed accordingly; 1.18.“Charter for Academy Players and Parents” means the information to be of his registration for a Club and which will contain: (a) information about the consequences of the Academy Player becoming registered with a Club; and (b) a summary of the Club’s obligations to the Academy Player, and the Academy Player’s obligations to the Club; 1.19.“Chief Executive” means the Official referred to in Premier League Rule J.1.1; 1.20.“Club Board” means those Directors of the Club whose particulars are registered 1.21.“Coach Competency Framework” means a document which sets out the key possess and demonstrate; 1.27. “Development Centre” means an establishment operated by a Club in England or Wales for the coaching of Children which is not an Academy and includes any such establishment by whatever name or title it is known; 1.28. “Development Phase” means the Foundation Phase, the Youth Development Phase or the Professional Development Phase as the context requires, and “Development Phases” means all of the former; 1.29. “Duty of Care” means the responsibility of each Club to promote, protect and support the individual wellbeing of each Academy Player and member of Academy Staff, within the Academy, in accordance with the following pillars: (a) Education (see Rules 174 to 190); (b) Personal development and life skills (see Rules 191 to 194); (c) Inductions and transitions (see Rules 195 to 199); (d) Academy Player and Parent voice (see Rules 200 to 201); (e) Safeguarding and mental and emotional wellbeing (see Rules 202 to 205); (f) Health and safety (see Rules 206 to 207); (g) Inclusion, diversity and equality (see Rules 208 to 209); and (h) Injury and medical (see Rules 210 to 217); (i) in its first teams; (ii) which are comprised in a Games Programme; or (iii) which are comprised in Festivals or Tournaments, participation The Football Association or by a foreign national association; (c) friendly matches organised by the Club holding the Academy Player’s registration and played at an Academy, participation in which is limited to Academy Players registered at an Academy or Trialists but excluding matches between two teams consisting of one Club’s Academy Players; (d) friendly matches against any opposition played outside the season dates plays for the Club holding his registration; (e) matches organised by the English Schools Football Association or either of such Associations in which the Academy Player plays with the the age of 18 years), all participation in such matches to be notified by the (f) trial matches for other Clubs or Football League clubs in which the Academy Player plays with the prior written permission of the Club holding his registration; or (g) any other match authorised by the Board; 1.16.“Basic First Aid for Sport Qualification” means the qualification of that name 1.22.“Coaching Curriculum” means a Club’s coaching curriculum which must be set out in writing and include: (a) the technical, tactical, physical, psychological and social skills that the Club wishes its Academy Players to develop; (b) the appropriate means of coaching Academy Players in order that they develop those skills (having due regard to their age); and (c) specific coaching curricula for each Development Phase; 1.23. “Coaching Philosophy” means a written statement which sets out in detail (including by describing the content of individual coaching sessions for each Academy Player) the means by which the Club will coach its Academy Players in each age group so that they have the best opportunity to develop the technical, tactical, physical, psychological and social skills that the Club wishes players in each position on the pitch to acquire, as set out in the Club’s Playing Philosophy; 1.24. “Continued Professional Development” means ongoing training for Academy Staff, relevant to their discipline, of such quality, content and frequency as is necessary to ensure that each member of Academy Staff has the necessary knowledge and expertise in order to fulfil his/her role; 1.25. “Core Coaching Time” means between 8.30am and 5.30pm on Mondays to Fridays, save that in the Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase it also includes between 9am and 5pm on Saturdays; 1.26. “Development Action Plan” means an individualised plan, developed and implemented in accordance with these Rules, for the professional development of an Academy coach;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_21.GIF

General General role are being satisfactorily delivered. See further, by way of comparison, Rule 46 and the Guidance thereunder. education whereby the Academy Player’s academic education shall be into two sessions of two hours each) to take place within the Core following: coaching within the Core Coaching Time. The exact amount of be determined by the Club for each individual Academy Player. Guidance The FA Advanced Youth Award contains a specialist element relevant to each Development Phase. Coaches will be required to hold the specialism relevant to the age group that they coach. to Under 11 age groups as set out in Rules 135 to 139; the Club may require). A Full Time role may be fulfilled by more than one Official (e.g. Guidance A Club will not be penalised should a member of its Academy Staff fulfilling one of the roles required by these Rules to be Full Time if working slightly less than 35 hours per week provided that the required outputs of that 355 356 Youth Development Rules 1.38.“FA Youth Award” means the non-age specific qualification for Academy coaches awarded by The Football Association; 1.39. “Festival” means an event, which may be spread over more than one day, at which teams from three or more Clubs (or clubs) play a series of matches in an environment in which the matches are competitive but the results are not given any particular significance; 1.40.“Foundation Phase” means the Under 9 to Under 11 age groups inclusive; 1.41.“Foundation Phase Games Programme” means the games programmes organised by the League and the Football League for teams in each of the Under 9 1.42.“Full Time” means, when applied to a role specified under these Rules, one where the working hours are at least 35 hours per week (subject to such additional hours as on a job-share basis) provided that the minimum hours stated above are undertaken; 1.43. “Full Time Education” means the education provided for registered pupils at primary or secondary schools or full-time equivalent students at colleges of further education; 1.44.“Full Time Training Model” means: (a) in the Professional Development Phase, a programme of coaching and scheduled to enable four hours of coaching per day (which may be split Coaching Time; and (b) in the Youth Development Phase, a programme which complies with the (i) the Academy Player shall receive within the Core Coaching Time a minimum of twenty hours of education; (ii) the Academy Player shall receive a significant amount of such coaching to take place within the Core Coaching Time is to The Club shall demonstrate the amount of coaching is significantly more than the amount of coaching in the Core Coaching Time which the Club gives to its Academy Players engaged on the Hybrid Training Model. Full details must be set out in the Academy Player’s individual coaching plan referred to in Rule 119; (iii) no single coaching session shall endure for more than 90 minutes, and if there are two or more coaching sessions on a single day, there shall be a period of rest between each session sufficient to ensure that the Academy Player is fully rested, and of at least 90 minutes’ duration, unless the Academy Player’s individual coaching plan recognises that he may have shorter rest periods; and (iv) the Club’s delivery of the Full Time Training Model must comply with these Rules; 1.45. “Futsal” means the variant of association football that is played in accordance with the Futsal Laws of the Game as published from time to time by FIFA (with any such variation thereto as the League may from time to time determine), the current such Laws being available at: http://resources.fifa.com/mm/document/footballdevelopment/refereeing/51/44/50/ lawsofthegamefutsal2014_15_eneu_neutral.pdf 1.46. “Games Programme” means the Foundation Phase Games Programme, the Youth Development Phase Games Programme, or the Professional Development Phase Games Programme; 1.47.“Games Programme Schedule” means the period during which matches in the Games Programmes shall take place; 1.30. “Educational Adviser” means, in respect of any Club in membership of the Premier League, experts appointed by the Premier League to support the delivery of education to Academy Players, and, in respect of any Club in membership of the Football League, means the charity, League Football Education; 1.31.“Education Programme” has the meaning set out in Rule 174; 1.32. “EHOC” means the ‘Elite Heads of Coaching’ programme provided by the League for Heads of Coaching at Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3 Academies and in respect of which additional funding is available from the League in the event of Club participation; 1.33.“Elite Academy Managers Development Programme” or “EAM” means the development programme provided by the League for Academy Managers; 1.34.“Elite Player Performance Plan” means the document of that name dated May 2011 and presented to the General Meeting held on Thursday 2 June 2011; 1.35. “Emergency Action Plan” means a plan detailing the medical facilities and personnel who shall be available at each Club’s home matches in the Games Programmes and training venues, and the contingency plan for how any medical emergencies at such matches and training shall be dealt with; 1.36.“Emergency First Aid in Football” or “EFAiF” means the qualification of that name issued by or on behalf of The Football Association; 1.37.“FA Advanced Youth Award” means the advanced qualification for Academy coaches to be developed and awarded by The Football Association;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_22.GIF

General General Guidance The Games Programme Schedule incorporates two periods of “downtime” for matches in the Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase Games Programmes. The first such period generally encompasses the last two weeks of July and the first two weeks of August, and the second encompasses two weeks over Christmas. The exact dates for each season’s period of downtime will be set out in the Games Programme Schedule when it is published by the League in the preceding season. A provisional date of 31 January in each season has been set for the publication of the Games Programme Schedule (although it may be subject to amendment thereafter but before the start of the following season to accommodate, for example, newly-classified or re-classified Academies). The League will conduct regular consultation meetings with Clubs to consider the Games Programme Schedule for the following season. Guidance No minimum number of hours is specified for Part Time roles required under these Rules. This is left to Clubs’ discretion. However, the League and the ISO will require to be satisfied that the required outputs and results are achieved by a Club’s staffing structure. See further, by way of comparison, Rule 46 and the Guidance thereunder. Guidance Clubs’ attention is drawn to Rule 182.2, pursuant to which they must provide all necessary additional educational support so that the Academy Player’s education is not prejudiced as a result of being released from school to undertake coaching during the Core Coaching Time. setting out measurable objectives for the development that he needs to undertake each Club, agreed by the Technical Board, designed and implemented to support and whatever age group; the qualification of that name issued by or on behalf of The Football Association; standards organisation appointed from time to time by the PGB for the purposes of accordance with Rule 6 to Rule 13, including a process of self-assessment by each 357 358 Youth Development Rules 1.52.“Individual Learning Plan” means an individual plan for each Academy Player and the means by which he will obtain those objectives; 1.53.“Induction and Transition Strategy” means the documented plan in place at Academy Players in their arrival to and departure from the Club, for whatever reason 1.54.“Intermediate Trauma Medical Management in Football” or “ITMMiF” means 1.55.“ISO” means Professional Game Academy Audit Company or such other independent undertaking the ISO Audits; 1.56.“ISO Audit” means the process of independent auditing of Clubs’ Academies in Club, and a multi-disciplinary assessment by the ISO; 1.57. “Learning Management System” or “LMS” means the online system provided by the League for the upload and storage of educational data and information regarding Academy Players; 1.60.“Part Time Training Model” means a coaching curriculum whereby the coaching of an Academy Player does not require him to miss any part of the School Day; 1.61. “Performance Analysis” means the analysis of the physiological, technical and tactical performance of each individual Player and, in a game, of the team as a whole. Performance Analysis shall be undertaken by means of such video and/or IT technology as the League shall from time to time determine; 1.62.“Performance Analysts” means the Officials referred to in Rules 101 and 102; 1.63. “Performance Clock” means the application utilised for recording, measuring, monitoring and evidencing all aspects of an Academy Player’s progression and development in accordance with the format and procedures to be set by the League; 1.64. “Performance Management Application” means the online support service to be developed and maintained by the League and utilised by each Club for the purposes of assisting the management of the Academy and recording and analysing data. Such data shall include (without limitation): (a) each Academy Player’s Performance Clock; (b) such information as the League may from time to time require for the purposes of national or Category-wide benchmarking; and (c) data received from The Football Association in respect of an Academy Player who plays for, or who is coached by The Football Association with a view to playing for, an England representative side; 1.48.“Head of Academy Coaching” means the Official referred to in Rule 64; 1.49.“Head of Education” means the Official referred to in Rule 105; 1.50.“Head of Recruitment” means the Official referred to in Rule 107; 1.51. “Hybrid Training Model” means a programme of coaching and education whereby the coaching of an Academy Player primarily takes place outside the Core Coaching Time save that, subject to the provisions of these Rules, he may be released from attendance at school during the School Day for a maximum of half a day a week (if he is in the Foundation Phase) or two days a week (if he is in the Youth Development Phase); 1.58. “Multi-disciplinary Review” means a review of all aspects of an Academy Player’s football, athletic and educational performance and development and which shall include: (a) reports from all relevant Academy Staff (including from the coaching, education and sports science and medicine/performance support disciplines); (b) for Academy Players on the Full Time Training Model or the Hybrid Training Model, reports and educational data from the Academy Player’s school (and where the League requests, all Academy Players on the Part Time Training Model); (c) self-assessment by the Academy Player; and (d) short, medium and long-term targets for the Academy Player’s football, athletic and personal development; 1.59. “Part Time” means, when applied to a role specified under these Rules, one where the working hours are less than 35 hours per week. A Part Time role may be fulfilled by two or more Officials (e.g. on a job-share basis);


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_23.GIF

General General (b) health and nutrition; Guidance In addition to the above, Rule 209 requires all Clubs to deliver training to Academy Players and Academy Staff on equality, diversity and inclusion. technical, tactical, physical, psychological and social skills of players in controlled by the League; for analysing the registration and playing history of Players and, as a consequence Productivity Methodology, of each Club’s track record in developing Academy 359 360 Youth Development Rules 1.66. “Player Care” means the adoption of a holistic approach to personal and sporting development, supporting Academy Players to achieve their potential in and out of football; 1.67.“Playing Philosophy” means a written statement which sets out: (a) the principles, values, playing style and tactical approach of all of the Club’s teams (including its first team); and (b) profiles detailing, for each age group and the first team, the Club’s desired each position on the pitch; 1.68.“Premier League 2” means the League of that name managed, organised and 1.69.“Productivity Methodology” means the methodology developed by the League thereof, for producing each Club’s Productivity Profile; 1.70.“Productivity Profile” means an analysis, provided by the League using the Players, that is to say: (a) the extent to which Academy Players coached by or at its Academy have progressed to become established professional Players; and accordingly (b) the extent to which the Club is successful in contributing to the development of established professional Players; 1.65. “Personal Development and Life Skills Plan” means the individual development plan for each Academy Player delivered by his Club on an ongoing basis throughout the period of his registration and which will also include (without limitation) life skills training or coaching in the following areas: (a) mental and emotional wellbeing; (c) careers and further education advice; (d) transition support; (e) financial management; (f) use of social media; (g) dealing with the media; (h) anti-doping; (i) gambling, anti-corruption and sporting integrity; ( j) personal integrity; and (k) social skills. 1.71. “Professional Development Leagues” means the leagues of that name managed, organised and controlled by the League (in the case of Clubs operating Category 1 and Category 2 Academies) or by The Football League (in the case of Clubs operating Category 3 and Category 4 Academies) and “Professional Development League 1”, “Professional Development League 2” and “Professional Development League 3” shall be construed accordingly; 1.72.“Professional Development Phase” means the Under 17 to Under 21 age groups inclusive; 1.73. “Professional Development Phase Games Programme” means the games programmes organised by the League and Football League for teams in the Professional Development Phase as set out in Rules 155 to 161; 1.74.“Qualified Teacher Status” means the accreditation which an individual must obtain in order to teach in state-maintained schools in England and Wales; 1.75.“Scholarship Agreement” means an agreement made between a Club and an Academy Player in PLYD Form 1; 1.76.“School Day” means the times when the pupils of a school are required to attend that school as determined by its governors; 1.77.“Season 2020/21 Registration Extension” means an agreement between an Academy Player and a Club to extend his registration so that it expires on 11 December 2021; 1.78.“Senior Academy Physiotherapist” means the Official referred to in Rule 96; 1.79.“Senior Professional Development Coach” means the Official referred to in Rule 72; 1.80. “Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme” means an integrated, interdisciplinary programme for the provision of sports science, medical services, performance support and analysis as more particularly described in Rules 218 to 221; 1.81.“Sports Therapist” means a Person who holds at least an undergraduate degree in sports therapy; 1.82.“Technical Board” has the meaning set out in Rules 29 to 31; 1.83. “Tournament” means a grouping of competitive matches between three or more Clubs (or clubs) whose results are given significance (e.g. there may be a winner of the Tournament) and which are typically played together at one venue and over a short period of time (e.g. one day or a few days); 1.84. “Training Camp” means an event for the Academy Players of one Club and which lasts for one or more days and at which a variety of coaching and other on-pitch and off-pitch activities takes place; 1.85.“Training Model” means the Full Time Training Model, the Hybrid Training Model or the Part Time Training Model;


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_24.GIF

General General the Standards, in which case the ISO will issue an action plan to the Club to comply with which may (at the PGB’s absolute discretion, but subject to grant a licence to operate an Academy, the removal of an existing licence Academy; or Standards in full, in which case the Club shall maintain the Category status referred to at Rule 9, above, the ISO determines that the Club is failing to or has failed action plan to the Club for it to address any such failure(s), which must be followed by 10, the ISO may: take action, as a breach of these Rules; or consider awarding such higher Category status to the Club on a provisional basis 361 362 Youth Development Rules 8.The PGB, taking into account the advice of the ISO (which shall be provided following a review by the ISO of the submission referred to in Rule 7), shall determine whether each applicant Club adheres to the ISO’s ‘safe to operate’ conditions, the Rules and the Standards and notify each such Club of its determination by the deadline stipulated by the League. 9.The PGB shall determine that a Club either: 9.1. does not comply with the ISO’s ‘safe to operate’ conditions, the Rules and for it to address any breaches of the conditions, Rules or Standards, failure any action taken pursuant to Rules 10, 11 and 21) result in the refusal to to operate an Academy or the downgrading of the Category status of an 9.2. does comply with the ISO’s ‘safe to operate’ conditions, the Rules and the of its Academy and the ISO shall conduct a further multi-disciplinary assessment of the Club’s Academy over a three-year period across the following areas (utilising such assessment criteria as devised by the ISO from time to time): (a) leadership and management; (b) coaching; (c) medicine/performance support; (d) education and Player Care; and (e) pathway and productivity. 10.Where during or following the completion of the multi-disciplinary assessment to adequately fulfil any element of the assessment criteria, the ISO will issue an the Club. 11.Should a Club fail to promptly comply with any action plan issued pursuant to Rule 11.1.refer the Club to the League or the Football League (where applicable) to 11.2.refer the Club to the PGB who may take any of the steps set out in Rules 9 and/or 21. 12. Where a Club wishes to apply for its Academy to obtain a higher Category status: (a) it must indicate the same in the submission referred to at Rule 7, above; and (b) the assessment processes referred to in Rules 7 and 9 will take place over the course of one year, rather than three. Where a Club can demonstrate at the time of submission that it is compliant with all requirements of the higher Category status, the ISO may whilst the one-year assessment referred to in point (b) is undertaken. 1.86.“Trialist” means a player playing in age groups Under 9 to Under 21 who is attending an Academy on trial under the provisions of Rules 236 or 237; 1.87. “Vision Statement” means a written statement of the Club’s desired culture, values, ambitions and strategic aims, and the behaviours and activities which the Club has adopted and will adopt (including within its Academy) in order to achieve the same; 1.88.“Youth Development Phase” means the Under 12 to Under 16 age groups inclusive; and 1.89. “Youth Development Phase Games Programme” means the games programmes organised by the League and Football League for teams in each of the Under 12 to Under 16 age groups, full details of which are set out in Rules 140 to 154. 2.For the purposes of this section of these Rules: 2.1. Academy Players shall be placed in one of 13 age groups commencing with age group Under 9 and ending with age group Under 21; and 2.2. the age group into which each Academy Player shall be placed shall be determined by his age on 31 August in the year in question, save in the case of players in the Under 21 age group, who must be under the age of 21 as at 1 January in the year in which the Season concerned commences (i.e. for Season 2021/22 born on or after 1 January 2000). General 3.If a Club engages in the training and development of young players then it must: 3.1.obtain a licence to operate an Academy; and 3.2. operate its Academy in accordance with this section of the Rules. 4.The maximum term of a licence to operate an Academy shall be three years, unless revoked earlier in accordance with these Rules or extended by the PGB at its sole discretion. 5.There shall be four Categories of Academy. Applications to Operate Academies 6.Each Club which operates or applies to operate an Academy shall give the League and the ISO access to such facilities, personnel, documents and records as they reasonably require in order to undertake their responsibilities under these Rules. 7.In accordance with such timetable as issued by the League from time to time, a Club which wishes to operate (or continue to operate) an Academy must (a) submit its written application (signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory) to do so to the ISO, and (b) submit a self-assessment via the Academy Standards Application to demonstrate adherence with: 7.1. the ‘safe to operate’ conditions implemented by the ISO from time to time; 7.2. the Rules; and 7.3. the standards issued by the ISO from time to time in respect of the areas set out in Rule 9.2, below (the "Standards").


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_25.GIF

General General Guidance The circumstances referred to above include a change in ownership or strategic priority within the Club leading to a significantly high level of commitment to and investment in the Academy. The Club would need to demonstrate an improvement in performance against targets, not simply plans to improve performance. 20.3. an ISO Audit; or Guidance It is expected that the Club Officials who will attend the meeting with the ISO and the League referred to in Rule 14.2 will include the Academy Manager and the Chief Executive. and to the advice of the League, shall (where appropriate) issue all licences to it believes that the ISO Audit contains manifest error. have been clearly and substantially prejudiced; had applied its mind properly to the facts of the case. Guidance Failure to comply with any of the Rules in this section, other than those specified in Rule 22 above, will not ordinarily lead to liability to disciplinary action under Section W. However, such failure to comply may be dealt with pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Club’s Academy licence and may lead to the revocation, suspension or downgrading of that licence, or the withdrawal or suspension of central funding, pursuant to Rule 21. The League considers that the Rules specified in Rule 22 are of such a nature that breach should open the possibility of disciplinary action under Section W because they impact upon other people or entities, and in particular, Academy Players and/or other Clubs. 363 364 Youth Development Rules 15.The PGB, having given due consideration to a Club’s ISO Audit and recommendation operate Academies and shall determine the Category of each Academy in respect of which it grants a licence. 16.For the avoidance of doubt, a Club shall only have the right to make representations to the PGB in connection with its application for a licence to operate an Academy if 17. A Club may only appeal against the decision of the PGB not to issue it a licence to operate an Academy, or against the PGB’s determination of the Category of its Academy, if that decision was: 17.1.reached as a result of fraud, malice or bad faith; 17.2.reached as a result of procedural errors so great that the rights of the Club 17.3.reached as a result of a perverse interpretation of the law; or 17.4.one which could not reasonably have been reached by any tribunal which 18.Any appeal by a Club pursuant to Rule 17 shall be dealt with in accordance with Rule K (Arbitration) of the Rules of The Football Association. 19.A Club that has had a licence removed may not re-apply for a licence to operate an Academy within three years of the PGB’s determination unless: 19.1. the PGB is satisfied that there are exceptional circumstances which justify a further application; and 19.2. the Club bears any costs of the League, ISO and PGB reasonably incurred by any of those bodies in assessing and determining the Club’s further application. 20.Any Club or Official making a false statement (whether made verbally or in writing) or falsifying a document in connection with: 20.1.an application for a licence to operate an Academy; 20.2.the League’s annual evaluation undertaken pursuant to Rule 32.2; 20.4.any other provision of these Rules, shall be in breach of these Rules and shall be liable to be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of Section W of the Premier League Rules. 21. If, in breach of Rule 3.2, a Club fails to comply with any Rule in this section, or if a Club or Official makes a false statement or falsifies a document as set out in Rule 20, then the PGB may: 21.1.revoke the Club’s licence to operate an Academy; or 21.2. suspend the Club’s licence to operate an Academy for such time as it shall determine during which the Club shall have the opportunity to ensure it becomes compliant with the relevant Rule; or 21.3. determine that the Club’s Academy shall have a lower Category than its current Category; or 21.4. withdraw or suspend the Club’s entitlement to any central funding provided for the purposes of youth development; and 21.5.in any of the above cases require the ISO to undertake an ISO Audit of the Club’s Academy as soon as reasonably practicable. 22.Without prejudice to Rule 21, any breach of Rules 3.2, 6, 20, 27.2, 36 to 44, 48, 49, 50, 117 to 121, 124.2, 128 to 130, 132, 133, 138, 139, 152 to 154, 161 to 163, 171, 172, 174 to 190, 198, 216 to 229, 243, 245, 246, 249 to 252, 258, 264, 267, 268, 281, 284, 287 to 289, 299 to 302, 320, 323 or 327 shall be liable to be dealt with under the provisions of Section W of the Premier League Rules. 13. Each Club shall be given no less than one weeks’ notice of the dates of any element of an ISO Audit and may not change those dates save with the permission of the PGB, which shall only be granted if the PGB is satisfied there are exceptional circumstances which justify such a change. 14.Prior to any element of an ISO Audit being presented to the PGB, the ISO shall: 14.1.give to the Club a copy of it and of the ISO’s recommendation; 14.2.thereafter, if requested by the Club, hold a meeting with Officials of the Club and representatives of the League to discuss it; and 14.3. consider any representations made by the Club or the League about the Club’s ISO Audit and make all appropriate amendments to the ISO Audit consequent upon those representations.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_26.GIF

Youth Development Rules Strategy, Leadership and Management of the Academy Strategy, Leadership and Management of the Academy functions with which it is tasked by these Rules, and accordingly may include: Framework, and in the development, implementation and monitoring of the 365 366 Youth Development Rules Technical Board 29.Each Club which operates an Academy shall establish a Technical Board. 30.The membership of the Technical Board shall consist of such Officials as the Club Board deems necessary in order for the Technical Board to properly perform the 30.1.the Chief Executive; 30.2.the Manager; 30.3.the Academy Manager; 30.4.any technical, football or sporting director employed by the Club; 30.5.such Officials as can give input from the following functional areas: 30.5.1.recruitment; 30.5.2.coaching; and 30.5.3.Professional Development Phase coaching; and 30.6.any other Official that the Club deems appropriate. 31.The Technical Board shall provide technical advice and support in the development of the Club’s Playing Philosophy, Coaching Philosophy and Coach Competency Academy Performance Plan. Strategic Documents 23. Each Club which operates an Academy shall document and make available to the League and to the ISO its Vision Statement, Playing Philosophy and Coaching Philosophy each of which shall be: 23.1.drawn up by the Technical Board; and 23.2.annually reviewed and approved by the Club Board. Academy Performance Plan 24. Each Club which operates an Academy shall prepare and make available to the League and to the ISO, as part of the self-assessment process referred to at Rule 7, its Academy Performance Plan. 25. The Academy Performance Plan shall be drawn up under the guidance of the Academy Manager in consultation with such Officials as the Club may consider appropriate (including, by way of example only, the Manager, the Chief Executive, the Academy Management Team and the technical director if the Club has appointed one and the Technical Board) and shall be reviewed annually by the Academy Manager. 26.The Club Board shall: 26.1.annually review and approve the Academy Performance Plan; 26.2. ensure that the Academy Performance Plan is communicated to all relevant Officials; and 26.3. measure the performance of the Academy each year against the objectives, strategy and specific performance targets set out in the Academy Performance Plan and ensure that appropriate action is taken if the performance targets have not been met. Performance Management Application 27.Each Club which operates an Academy shall: 27.1. utilise the Performance Management Application from the date of its implementation by the League and record on it the data listed in Rule 1.64; 27.2. ensure that the data held on the Performance Management Application which is within the Club’s control is held securely and is only released to, or accessed by, those Persons who require access to it pursuant to any of these Rules; and 27.3. provide the League with such information as it may from time to time require for the purposes of analysing and benchmarking on a national or Category-wide basis any aspect of the performance of Academy Players or Clubs. 28.Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that the Performance Management Application is available for access by the following individuals: 28.1.relevant Academy Staff; and 28.2. Parents of its Academy Players aged 17 and younger, and the Academy Players themselves, in relation to information contained on the Performance Management Application which relates to that Academy Player (but excluding information which in the Club’s reasonable opinion ought not to be so disclosed).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_27.GIF

Youth Development Rules Effective Measurement Youth Development Rules Performance Management, Player Development and Progression Guidance 1. The Performance Clock records the the Academy Player's progress throughout his development. The Performance Clock is an embedded application in the Performance Management Application. Information is carried forward year on year (and from club to club) to build into a comprehensive record of the Academy Player's development. The Performance Clock should provide a breakdown of the time spent in individual and team technical and practical development, matches played, sports science and medicine (including psychological and social development) and educational progression. The Performance Clock logs qualitative information and evidence documented by both coach and Academy Player relating to an Academy Player's successful progression in the above areas. The Performance Clock also evidences the Academy Player’s Multi-disciplinary Reviews. It should be noted that while there is scope within the Performance Clock for the Academy Player to give feedback and comments, the primary responsibility to maintain Performance Clocks lies with the Club. Any Club which fails to maintain its Academy Players’ Performance Clocks, and make them available in accordance with Rule 35, may jeopardise its categorisation. 2. Guidance Neither the Academy Player nor his Parent need be present at the Multi-disciplinary Review. See however the Club’s obligations under Rules 38, 39 and 41 to 43. 367 368 Youth Development Rules 37. Each Multi-disciplinary Review shall assess the performance and development of the Academy Player against his performance targets set at previous Multi-disciplinary Reviews. At the end of each Multi-disciplinary Review the Club shall update the Academy Player’s Individual Learning Plan to take account of conclusions reached at the Multi-disciplinary Review. Individual Learning Plans and Multi-disciplinary Reviews 36. Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that it undertakes a Multi-disciplinary Review in respect of each Academy Player: 36.1.every 12 weeks (if he is in one of the Under 9 to Under 11 age groups); 36.2.every six weeks (if he is in one of the Under 12 to Under 18 age groups); and 36.3.with such frequency as is necessary according to his developmental needs (if he is one of the Under 19 to Under 21 age groups). Monitoring 32.The League shall conduct: 32.1.on-going monitoring of each Academy; and 32.2.an annual evaluation of each Academy which shall be made available to the Club, the ISO and, if required, the PGB. 33.A Club shall be entitled to publish the results of its ISO Audit and the Category of its Academy. Productivity Profile 34. Each year the League will provide each Club which operates an Academy with an up to date Productivity Profile, benchmarked (on an anonymised basis) against other Clubs (and, if appropriate, Football League clubs). Performance Clock 35. Each Club which operates an Academy shall maintain a Performance Clock for each of its Academy Players and ensure that it is made available to: 35.1.the Academy Player; 35.2. his Parent (and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Club shall provide to the Academy Player and his Parent a copy of his Performance Clock if he ceases to be registered with the Club); 35.3.the League; and 35.4.the ISO.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_28.GIF

Performance Management, Player Development and Progression Performance Management, Player Development and Progression 3. Similar protocols may be adopted for the meetings with Parents. Thus, it is recommended that the meeting is attended by the head coach for the Academy Player’s Development Phase, the Head of Education and any other relevant Academy Staff. Guidance It is recommended that one of the meetings referred to in Rule 41 is held at around the mid-season point and the other at the end of the season. The annual written report referred to in Rule 43 should form the basis of the end of season meeting. Regular reviews of all aspects of an Academy Player’s development are a key part of the Elite Player Performance Plan. Each periodic Multi-disciplinary Review will have input from each discipline within the Academy (coaching, education and welfare, and sports science and medicine/performance support). The following best practice recommendations are made, which supplement the above minimum requirements. 1. Multi-disciplinary Reviews should not only measure the Academy Player’s progression against his own performance targets, but also benchmark his development against that of his peers. The procedure for undertaking Multi-disciplinary Reviews with Academy Players should follow a standard protocol. The meeting should involve the head coach for the Academy Player’s Development Phase and the Head of Education (particularly if the Club is providing education to the Academy Player), plus any other relevant Academy Staff (e.g. sports scientists) as required. 2. 369 370 Youth Development Rules 38.Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that it conducts a meeting with each of its Academy Players: 38.1.no fewer than four times per Season (if he is in one of the Under 9 to Under 18 age groups); and 38.2.with such frequency as is necessary according to his development needs (if he is one of the Under 19 to Under 21 age groups). 39.At the meetings referred to in Rule 38, the Club shall: 39.1.discuss with the Academy Player his Individual Learning Plan; and 39.2. take all appropriate action (for example by way of amending his Individual Learning Plan to set mutually agreed performance targets and/or such individual coaching, athletic development or educational support as may be necessary). 40.Each Multi-disciplinary Review shall be recorded on the Academy Player’s Performance Clock. 41. Each Club which operates an Academy shall meet with the Parent of each Academy Player under the age of 18 at least twice a year and provide to and discuss with the Parent a detailed review of all aspects of the Academy Player’s performance and development based on his most recent Multi-disciplinary Reviews. 42.A written record of the discussion referred to in Rule 41 shall be given to the Parent and noted on the Academy Player’s Performance Clock. 43. Each Club which operates an Academy shall, between 1 May and 30 June in each year, provide to the Parent of each Academy Player under the age of 18 an annual written report on all aspects of the Academy Player’s performance and development over the preceding season. 44.Each Club shall permit a representative of the League to attend Multi-disciplinary Reviews if so requested by the League.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_29.GIF

Youth Development Rules Staff Staff Guidance It is envisaged that CPD will be delivered partly by Clubs and partly externally (e.g. by The Football Association). Team which shall: Guidance The functions covered by the mandatory posts must be delivered by all Clubs operating an Academy. However, the League acknowledges that Clubs should have flexibility in the organisation of their staffing structure provided that the structure that is adopted delivers the same outputs and results as if the mandatory posts were filled. The exceptions to this are the post of Academy Manager and the coaches set out in Rules 66 and 67: a Club must employ a Full Time Academy Manager in accordance with Rules 53 to 59 and coaches in accordance with Rules 66 and 67. Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. If a Club does not employ one of the Officials described in Rule 51.2, Clubs should consider including representation from the relevant functional area on the Academy Management Team. Employment Rights Act 1996; or referred to in Rule 48); and 371 372 Youth Development Rules 47.The Club shall document its staffing structure in an organisational chart which shall: 47.1.show the reporting lines of each member of Academy Staff; and 47.2.be made available to Academy Staff, the League and the ISO. 48.The relationship between a Club and each member of its Academy Staff shall be appropriately documented by way of: 48.1.an employment contract; 48.2.a statement of terms of employment pursuant to Section 1 of the 48.3.in the case of a non-employee, a contract for services. 49.Each member of Academy Staff shall be given: 49.1.a written job description (which may be contained in the document 49.2.an annual performance appraisal. 50.Each Club which operates an Academy shall: 50.1.provide Continued Professional Development to members of Academy Staff where required to do so pursuant to these Rules; and 50.2. take all reasonable steps to ensure that each member of Academy Staff who is required by these Rules to undertake Continued Professional Development does so. Academy Manager 53.Each Club which operates an Academy shall employ a Full Time Academy Manager. 54.The Academy Manager’s appointment shall be approved by the Club Board. 55.The Academy Manager shall report to the Chief Executive or to such other senior administrative Official of the Club as the Club Board shall approve. 56.The responsibilities of the Academy Manager shall include (unless otherwise approved by the Board): 56.1.guiding the development of the Club’s Playing Philosophy, Coaching Philosophy and Coaching Curriculum; 56.2.drawing up the Academy Performance Plan as set out in, and subject to the provisions of, Rule 25; 56.3.implementing the Academy Performance Plan; 56.4.advising the Club Board on: 56.4.1.whether the Academy has met the performance targets set out in the Academy Performance Plan; and 56.4.2.the action to be taken by the Club if the Academy has not met those performance targets; Academy Management Team 51.Each Club which operates an Academy shall establish an Academy Management 51.1.be led by the Academy Manager; and 51.2. in addition to the Academy Manager, consist of such other Officials as the Club Board deems necessary in order for the Academy Management Team to properly perform the functions with which it is tasked by these Rules and otherwise, and which may accordingly include the Head of Education, the Head of Sports Science and Medicine, the Head of Recruitment, the Head of Academy Coaching, the individual referred to at Rule 109, the Head of Safeguarding, the Academy Operations Manager and the Academy Secretary. 52. The Academy Management Team shall assist the Academy Manager in running the operations of the Academy in accordance with the Club’s Academy Performance Plan. General 45.Each Club which operates an Academy shall establish a staffing structure for its Academy which shall: 45.1.subject to Rule 46, include the mandatory posts required by this section of the Rules for the Category applicable to its Academy; and 45.2.have regard to the guidelines and best practice set out in the Elite Player Performance Plan. 46. Save for the Academy Manager and the coaches described in Rules 66 and 67, a Club need not employ those Academy Staff whose employment is mandatory for the Category of its Academy pursuant to these Rules provided that the Club is able to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the League, the ISO or the PGB (whichever body is appropriate), that its staffing structure includes the same expertise and achieves the same results as if all the mandatory posts required by this section of the Rules were filled.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_30.GIF

Staff Staff ensuring that all relevant data is recorded thereon; Curriculum; Head of Recruitment; and Guidance It is acknowledged that some Academy Managers may also have important roles as coaches and that the above responsibilities may limit the time they have for coaching. As a consequence, the Academy Manager will be entitled to delegate some of his/her functions to other staff at the Academy to enable him to continue to undertake coaching. Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. who shall: Guidance Any Academy Manager holding the BFAS qualification will be required to attain the Emergency First Aid in Football (EFAiF) qualification with effect from the date of expiry of the BFAS qualification. Any new Academy Manager appointed after 1st July 2018 not already holding BFAS must hold the EFAiF on appointment. enrols and participates fully in the Elite Academy Managers Development 373 374 Youth Development Rules 60.Each Club which operates an Academy must ensure that its Academy Manager Programme. Head of Academy Coaching 64.Each Club which operates an Academy shall employ a Head of Academy Coaching 64.1.report to the Academy Manager; 64.2.subject to Rule 56.6, have responsibility for delivery of the Academy’s Coaching Curriculum; 64.3. be responsible for designing and delivering the Club’s Continued Professional Development programme, which shall reflect the Club’s Playing Philosophy and Coaching Philosophy and each coach’s Coach Competency Framework for all the Club’s Academy coaches; 64.4. discharge the responsibilities with regard to Development Action Plans set out at Rules 79 to 81; 64.5. hold at least an up to date UEFA A Licence, an FA Youth Award, and an FA Advanced Youth Award; 64.6. hold a current Basic First Aid for Sport Qualification, current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board; 64.7.have recent and relevant experience of coaching Academy Players in an Academy (or of a comparable environment); 64.8. be employed Full Time in the case of a Head of Academy Coaching employed in a Category 1, Category 2 or Category 3 Academy and at least Part Time in the case of a Category 4 Academy; 64.9.attend at least five hours of in-service training to be provided by the League each year; 57.Subject to Rule 58, each Academy Manager must hold: 57.1.an up to date UEFA A Licence; 57.2.an FA Youth Award; and 57.3.an FA Advanced Youth Award. 58. A Club may appoint as Academy Manager a Person who does not hold the qualifications set out in Rule 57 provided that the Head of Academy Coaching: 58.1.holds these qualifications; 58.2.is tasked with overseeing the Coaching Curriculum; and 58.3.is a member of the Academy Management Team and sits on the Technical Board. 59. The Academy Manager must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. In addition, where the Academy Manager holds a qualification set out in Rule 57, he must attend such training provided by The Football Association as is necessary to maintain the validity of that qualification and at least five hours of in-service training to be provided by the League every year and hold a current BFAS, current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board. 56.5.ensuring the effective use by all appropriate Academy Staff of the Performance Management Application and Performance Clocks, including 56.6.the design, implementation and management of the Academy’s Coaching 56.7.ensuring that all Academy Staff undertake the Continued Professional Development required of them by this section of the Rules; 56.8.being the line manager of the Head of Education, Head of Coaching and 56.9.liaising with the Club’s Manager as appropriate. Academy Operations Manager 61. Each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall appoint an Academy Operations Manager, who shall be employed Full Time and shall have day-to-day responsibility for executive and operational issues within the Academy. Academy Secretary 62. Each Club which operates an Academy shall appoint an Academy Secretary who shall be employed Full Time in the case of a Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy or at least Part Time in the case of a Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy. 63.The Academy Secretary shall: 63.1.provide administrative support to the Academy Manager and the Academy Management Team; 63.2. act as the point of contact between the Academy and the League for all administrative matters, including the submission of required information; and 63.3. be familiar with all relevant provisions of these Youth Development Rules, as amended from time to time.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_31.GIF

Staff Staff Guidance The League has devised EHOC to provide a funded, elite development programme for Full Time Heads of Academy Coaching. Coaching must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Guidance It is recommended (and mandatory in the circumstances set out in Rule 58) that the Head of Academy Coaching will be a senior appointment in the Academy and a member of the Academy Management Team and sit on the Technical Board. This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. Full Time coaches for each Development Phase in accordance with the Category of Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy may) appoint a Senior Guidance For those Clubs which operate a Category 3 Academy, the Academy Manager may count towards the minimum numbers required under Rule 66. For those Clubs which operate a Category 4 Academy, the Academy Manager and Head of Academy Coaching may count towards the minimum numbers required under Rule 66. additional coaching staff (Full Time or Part Time) to ensure that the coach to 375 376 Youth Development Rules 67. In addition to the coaches set out in Rule 66 each Club shall employ sufficient Academy Players ratios set out in Rule 120 are maintained. Senior Professional Development Coach 72. Each Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy shall (and a Club Professional Development Coach who shall: 72.1.report to the Academy Manager; 72.2.liaise with the Manager; 72.3.hold a UEFA A Licence and the FA Advanced Youth Award with the age specific specialist element relevant to the Professional Development Phase; 72.4.oversee on a day-to-day basis the Coaching Curriculum for the Under 19 to Under 21 age groups; 72.5.manage the transition of Academy Players to the Club’s senior squad in accordance with the Club’s procedure for the same described in Rule 74; 72.6.contribute to the Multi-disciplinary Reviews of all Academy Players in the Professional Development Phase; and 72.7.manage the Club’s team which competes in the Professional Development League. Coaches 66.Each Club which operates an Academy shall employ as a minimum the number of its Academy as set out in the following table: Development Phase Foundation Phase Youth Development Phase Professional Category 1 2 3 3 Category 2 1 2 2 Category 3 1 1 2 Category 4 N/A N/A 2 65.In addition to the in-service training referred to in Rule 64.9, the Head of Academy Club. 68. Each Club shall appoint one Full Time coach in each Development Phase who shall be the lead coach for that phase and be responsible for managing the delivery of coaching within it, and who shall: 68.1. in respect of the Youth Development and Professional Development Phase, hold at least an up to date UEFA A Licence; and 68.2.in respect of the Foundation Phase, hold at least an up to date UEFA B Licence and the relevant age specific FA Advanced Youth Award. Goalkeeping Coaches 69. Each Club which operates an Academy shall employ, either on a Full Time or Part Time basis, such goalkeeping coaches as are necessary to ensure that each Academy Player who is a goalkeeper receives the required hours of coaching set out in Rule 117, subject to the following minimum requirements: 69.1. a Club operating a Category 1 Academy shall employ at least two Full Time goalkeeping coaches; and 69.2. a Club operating a Category 2 Academy shall employ at least one Full Time goalkeeping coach. 70. Each goalkeeping coach must: 70.1.attend at least five hours of in-service training to be provided by The Football Association each year; 70.2.attend the first aid training for Academy coaches provided by The Football Association at least once every three years; and 70.3.undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. 71. Each goalkeeping coach must hold an up to date UEFA B Licence and an FA Goalkeeping Coaching B Licence. 64.10. attend such training to be provided by The Football Association as is necessary to maintain the validity of the qualifications set out in Rule 64.5; and 64.11. in conjunction with each of the Club’s coaches, plan, deliver and monitor the delivery of individual development plans for each such coach.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_32.GIF

Staff Staff behaviours which he needs to develop, and the activities which he will undertake in Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. commencement of and throughout their employment hold: hold an up to date UEFA A Licence); element relevant to the Development Phase which they coach. Guidance These Rules require the following Academy Staff to hold an up to date UEFA A Licence: Guidance A Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy may choose to buy in support for this function on a Part Time basis. Clubs may elect to alternatively title this role ‘Head of Academy Performance’ or ‘Head of Academy Performance Support’. • • Head of Academy Coaching (Rule 64.5); and Senior Professional Development Coach (Rule 72.3). managing and delivering the Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Guidance The League, The Football League and The Football Association will establish and maintain a national database of qualifications of coaches, and the in-service training they have undertaken. 377 378 Youth Development Rules 78.Each Club which operates an Academy shall prepare a Coach Competency Framework, which must be approved by its Technical Board. 84.The Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine shall be responsible for Programme for all Academy Players registered with the Club. 85.The Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine: 85.1.shall be either: 85.1.1.a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council; 85.1.2. a registered medical practitioner licensed to practise by the General Medical Council (and shall comply with the General Medical Council’s requirements concerning annual appraisal, scope of practice, indemnity and revalidation of doctors) with a diploma in Sport and Exercise Medicine or equivalent or higher qualification; or 76. Each coach (including goalkeeping coaches) must attend at least five hours of in-service training to be provided by the Football Association or League each year and hold a current BFAS, current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board. 77.In addition to the in-service training referred to in Rule 76, each coach must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. Coaches: Qualifications and Professional Development 75.Each coach (excluding goalkeeping coaches to whom Rule 70 applies) must from the 75.1.an up to date UEFA B Licence (save where these Rules require a coach to 75.2.an FA Youth Award; and 75.3.an up to date FA Advanced Youth Award with the age-specific specialist 79. Each Club shall ensure that the Head of Academy Coaching provides to each of its Academy coaches (including goalkeeping coaches and the Senior Professional Development Coach) a Development Action Plan, that is to say the Head of Academy Coaching shall undertake an assessment of the competencies of each Academy coach and discuss this with him, and agree with him the competencies and order to develop them, and the timeframe within which he will undertake them, and record the same in writing and give a copy to the coach. 80. The Club must record evidence that the actions referred to in the Development Action Plan have been undertaken, and review those actions within an appropriate period with the coach, and amend the Development Action Plan if necessary. 81.The Club shall ensure that the Head of Academy Coaching reviews, and if necessary amends, each coach’s Development Action Plan with such frequency as is necessary. Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine 82. Each Club which operates a Category 1 and Category 2 Academy shall appoint a Full Time Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine who shall report to either the Academy Manager or the Official who is responsible for Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support for the entire Club (and whichever he/she reports to, he/she shall liaise closely with the other). 83. Each Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the League, the ISO or PGB (whichever body is appropriate) that its Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme for Academy Players is appropriately managed and delivered. 73. Each Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy that does not appoint a Senior Professional Development Coach in accordance with Rule 72 shall assign a member of the coaching staff responsible for the coaching of the Club’s professional players to act as a liaison coach who shall: 73.1.liaise with the Academy Manager; 73.2.liaise with the Manager; and 73.3.manage the transition of Academy Players to the Club’s senior squad in accordance with the Club’s procedure for the same described in Rule 74. 74.Each Club which operates an Academy shall develop, implement and provide evidence of a procedure to enable the transition of Academy Players to its senior squad.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_33.GIF

Staff Staff Guidance Under Rule 85.1.2, where the Academy Doctor is not head of department the further qualification is still necessary if the doctor is providing independent unsupervised management in the area of Sport and Exercise Medicine. Professions Council or a registered medical practitioner, a current AREA the Board; or Guidance For Clubs’ obligations generally regarding the provision of the Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support, see Rules 218 to 221. It is envisaged that the person appointed to this role will have recent, relevant experience (which will be assessed by the League and/or the ISO). A Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy may choose to buy in support for this function on a Part Time basis. This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. Guidance It is envisaged that the Person who is appointed to this role shall have had recent relevant experience (which will be assessed by the League and/or the ISO), including managerial experience in a sports science environment. This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. existing member of Academy Staff to the role of Academy Nutritionist who: 89.2. shall be responsible for devising and implementing plans to promote 89.3. shall provide advice to Academy Players and Staff on all aspects of 89.4. shall be on the Sport and Exercise Nutrition Register (“SENr”) or work the SENr. 379 380 Youth Development Rules Academy Nutritionist 89.Each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall appoint or designate an 89.1.shall be Part Time; nutrition and a healthy diet amongst Academy Players; nutrition; and under the direct management and supervision of an individual listed on Lead Strength and Conditioning Coaches 93.Each Club which operates a Category 1 or 2 Academy shall employ a Lead Strength and Conditioning Coach who shall: 93.1. in the case of a Category 1 Academy, be employed Full Time, and in the case of a Category 2 Academy, be employed at least Part Time; 93.2. be responsible for providing to the Club’s Academy Players appropriate strength and conditioning training and monitoring as part of the Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme; 93.3. hold at least a bachelor’s degree in sports science (or another relevant discipline) from a recognised university and have or be working towards British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences accreditation; 93.4. hold a current Basic First Aid for Sport Qualification, current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board; and 93.5. hold or be working towards accreditation by the UK Strength and Conditioning Association (or equivalent workshops run by any equivalent body). 94.The Lead Strength and Conditioning Coach must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. 86.The Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine shall hold either: 86.1.if he/she is a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care certificate, ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by 86.2.if he/she is neither of the above, a current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board. 87. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine is not a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council or a registered medical practitioner (as set out in Rule 86.1 and 86.2 respectively) then the primacy of decisions regarding the clinical treatment of Academy Players shall rest with a physiotherapist or registered medical practitioner. 88.The Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club or the League. 85.1.3. the holder of at least a master’s degree in sports science (or other relevant discipline) from a recognised university and have or be working towards British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences and/or British Psychological Society accreditation, and 85.2.shall have recent and relevant professional experience in a sports performance environment. Lead Sports Scientist 90.Each Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy shall appoint a Full Time Lead Sports Scientist who shall: 90.1.hold at least a bachelor’s degree in sports science (or another relevant discipline) from a recognised university; 90.2.have recent and relevant professional experience in a sports performance environment; 90.3.co-ordinate and lead the sports science services for the Academy; 90.4. hold a current Basic First Aid for Sport Qualification, current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board; and 90.5.hold or be working towards holding British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences accreditation. 91.Each Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the League, the ISO or the PGB (whichever body is appropriate) that it delivers sufficient and appropriate sports science services to its Academy Players. 92.The Lead Sports Scientist must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_34.GIF

Staff Staff Guidance It is recommended that Category 2 Academies employ the Lead Strength and Conditioning Coach on a Full Time basis, but the League acknowledges that this may not always be possible, therefore, the minimum role is stated to be Part Time. This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. requirements concerning annual appraisal, scope of practice, indemnity week (in addition to any attendance at matches); and Guidance 1. Whether the Academy Doctor should be Full Time or Part Time has not been specified, it being recognised that the role may be fulfilled by a doctor who also has responsibilities for the professional squad, or who has other professional responsibilities outside the Club. See also Rules 216 and 217 concerning the medical cover at coaching and matches. The League will gather and share best practice in relation to Emergency Action Plans. This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. 2. 3. 4. Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. Guidance For Category 2 Academies, the Performance Analysts could be, for example, a student undertaking a Masters degree in a sports science related field who is on a placement as part of their Masters course. 381 382 Youth Development Rules 103.The Performance Analysts shall undertake Performance Analysis of Academy Players registered with the Club. Physiotherapists and Sports Therapists 97. In addition to the Senior Academy Physiotherapist referred to at Rule 96, each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall employ at least two Full Time physiotherapists who shall each be a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council and (where their duties include clinical leadership at matches) hold a current ATMMiF or Football Association Advanced Resuscitation and Emergency Aid certificate. Each Club which operates a Category 2 Academy shall employ at least one such Full Time physiotherapist who meets these requirements. Performance Analysts 101.Each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall employ a minimum of three Full Time Performance Analysts. 102.Each Club which operates a Category 2 Academy shall employ a minimum of two Performance Analysts, one on a Full Time basis, and the other at least Part Time. Academy Doctor 100.Each Club which operates an Academy shall appoint an Academy Doctor who shall: 100.1.be a registered medical practitioner licensed to practise by the General Medical Council (and shall comply with the General Medical Council’s and revalidation of doctors); 100.2.be available to assess and, if appropriate, undertake the treatment of any playing injuries suffered by an Academy Player; 100.3.undertake Continued Professional Development; 100.4.be available for consultation at the Academy on at least one occasion per 100.5.be responsible for the preparation of each Club’s Emergency Action Plan. 95. In addition to the Lead Sports Scientist and the Lead Strength and Conditioning Coach, each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall employ a minimum of one additional Full-Time sports scientist or strength and conditioning coach. Senior Academy Physiotherapist 96.Each Club which operates an Academy shall appoint a Senior Academy Physiotherapist who shall: 96.1.be Full Time; 96.2.be a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council (save that a Club which operates a Category 3 or 4 Academy may continue to employ as its Senior Academy Physiotherapist any Person so employed at the time of these Rules coming into force who does not hold the qualifications specified in this Rule provided that he/she has successfully completed the Football Association’s Diploma in the Treatment and Management of Injuries course or an equivalent or higher qualification. Any Person appointed thereafter must hold the qualifications specified by this Rule); 96.3. have recent and relevant professional experience in a sports performance environment; 96.4. if employed by a Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy hold a current Football Association Advanced Resuscitation and Emergency Aid certificate or Advanced Trauma Medical Management in Football or if employed by a Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy hold a current ITMMiF (or in either case an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board); 96.5.co-ordinate and lead the physiotherapy service within the Academy; 96.6.ensure that Rules 216.1 and 217 are complied with; and 96.7.undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. 98. Any Sports Therapist employed by a Club must be subject to the management and supervision of a registered physiotherapist member of the Health and Care Professions Council. 99. Each physiotherapist and Sports Therapist must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club and shall hold a current ITMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_35.GIF

Staff Staff Guidance This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. Education Programme as set out in Rules 174 to 190; programmes including attendance at educational programme supported in respect of the ‘End Point Assessment’ on the SEP; with the Club (subject to the duties of any educational Guidance 1. Ideally a Club’s strategy for talent identification and recruitment should flow from its Vision Statement and Playing Philosophy and be fully integrated into its Academy Performance Plan and the multi-disciplinary approach to youth development envisaged by the Elite Player Performance Plan. Clubs may wish to document a recruitment strategy which sets out: • the profile of the players it seeks to recruit in each age group, having regard to the desired technical, tactical, maturation, social and psychological characteristics required at each age; its target groups (e.g. local v national recruitment, players attending Development Centres or local schools/boys’ clubs etc); synchronisation between coaches and recruiters to ensure that, for example, assessment procedures match those by which the Academy’s existing Academy Players are assessed, and that new recruits transit easily into the Academy environment; a strategy for late developers (including the Academy’s own Academy Players whose maturation rates are slow but who eventually catch up with their peers); and ensuring accurate scouting records are maintained. • • • • Clubs may then wish to develop an activity plan to implement the recruitment strategy. With regard to Rule 107.4 above, it is envisaged that a new qualification for Scouts will be developed in due course. This section of the Rules should be read subject to Rule 46. 2. 3. 383 384 Youth Development Rules Head of Education 105.Each Club which operates an Academy shall appoint a Head of Education who shall: 105.1.report to the Academy Manager; 105.2.have responsibility for: 105.2.1.the organisation, management and delivery of the Club’s 105.2.2. pursuant to Rule 175.5, the oversight of the Scholar education meetings, ensuring adherence to such programmes and, where required, taking appropriate action in the event that targets are not met; 105.2.3.ensuring that Scholars are appropriately managed and 105.2.4. the educational progression of all Academy Players registered establishment at which an Academy Player’s education is taking place); 105.2.5. ensuring that the education of an Academy Player engaged on the Hybrid or Full Time Training Model is not prejudiced as a result of his being so engaged; and 105.2.6. ensuring all documents and records relating to the education of Academy Players required by these Rules are in place and up-to-date. 105.3. undertake benchmarking of the educational progression of each year group of Academy Players engaged on the Hybrid and Full Time Training Models against national data, and make the result of that benchmarking available to the League; 105.4. ensure that the Academy’s educational provision reflects the strategy and performance targets set out in the Club’s Academy Performance Plan; 105.5.hold Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) or Qualified Teacher Learning and Skills (QTLS) and have relevant experience (in the case of Category 1 and 2 Academies) or, as a minimum, possess a teaching qualification or further education teaching qualification (in the case of Category 3 and Category 4 Academies); 105.6.be Full Time (in the case of Category 1 and Category 2 Academies); and 105.7.undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. 106. Each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall, in addition to the Head of Education, employ one Person Full Time to support the delivery of the Academy’s education programme. 104.The Performance Analysts must undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club. Head of Recruitment 107.Each Club which operates an Academy shall employ a Head of Recruitment who shall: 107.1.report to the Academy Manager; 107.2.have responsibility for the organisation, management and delivery of the Club’s policies and procedures for the recruitment of Academy Players; 107.3. have responsibility for the recruitment and training of the Club’s Scouts (including taking all reasonable steps to ensure that they comply with the requirements regarding qualifications, registration and Continued Professional Development set out at Rule 225); 107.4.be in possession of (or be actively working towards): 107.4.1.the FA Talent ID Level 4 for a Club operating a Category 1 Academy; 107.4.2.the FA Talent ID Level 3 for a Club operating a Category 2 Academy; and 107.4.3.the FA Talent ID Level 2 for a Club operating a Category 3 or a Category 4 Academy, 107.5.undertake at least five hours of in-service training each year; 107.6.undertake Continued Professional Development organised by the Club; and 107.7. be Full Time in the case of Category 1 and Category 2 Academies, and at least Part Time in the case of Category 3 and 4 Academies.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_36.GIF

Youth Development Rules Coaching Staff the circumstances set out in Rule 58, the Head of Academy Coaching) who shall Executive, coaching staff, the Academy Management Team and the Technical Guidance Clubs’ attention is also drawn to Section S of the Premier League Rules: Safeguarding and Mental Health. Clubs must ensure that these Rules are complied with in respect of any intern to whom they are applicable. Clubs must also ensure that they comply with all applicable legislation, including that concerning the national minimum wage. Guidance Reference is made in the Rule to sections 6.6 to 6.8 of the Elite Player Performance Plan, which set out further detail about the Coaching Curriculum in each Development Phase. It is recommended that the Coaching Curriculum gives particular consideration to desired outcomes and the coaching strategies needed to achieve them at each Development Phase. See also Rule 56.6 (role of Academy Manager in the Coaching Curriculum) and Rule 64.2 (role of the Head of Academy Coaching). Academies shall take place over 46 weeks of each year, such weeks to be determined therein during which no matches in the Foundation Phase and Youth Development delivered by Academies each week to each Academy Player (subject to his fitness, per Development Phase are as follows: 385 386 Youth Development Rules Coaching Hours 115.The coaching of age groups Under 15 and older in Category 1 and Category 2 by reference to the Games Programme Schedule (including the two periods set out Phase Games Programmes shall take place). 116.All other coaching in Academies shall take place over 40 weeks of each year. 117.Save as otherwise permitted by the PGB, the minimum hours of coaching to be welfare and academic status) and the permitted Training Model per Category and Academy Players who the professional Foundation Phase Youth Development Phase Professional Development Phase Category 1 Coaching hours per week 4 rising to 8 for older Academy Players 10 rising to 12 for older Academy Players 14 reducing to 12 for have commitments to squad during the Professional Development Phase Player Care 109.Each Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy shall employ an individual, who shall: 109.1.be Full Time for each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy and Part Time for each Club which operates a Category 2 Academy; and 109.2. be responsible for the management and delivery of the Personal Development and Life Skills Plan for Academy Players and the Induction and Transition Strategy, in addition to the other aspects of the Club’s Duty of Care, including mental and emotional wellbeing of Academy Players. 110.Each Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy may nominate an existing member of Academy Staff to carry out the responsibilities referred to in Rule 109.2 above, in addition to his/her other duties. Academy Psychologist 111.Each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall employ one or more Academy Psychologist(s), who shall: 111.1. be Full Time (however more than one Person may be employed for this purpose to ensure that overall working hours are commensurate with one Full Time employee) for each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy; and 111.2. be on the Health & Care Professions Council (HCPC) Register of Health and Care Professionals or on one of the approved training routes/pathways towards HCPC registration. Coaching Curriculum 112. Each Club which operates an Academy shall prepare (and make available to the League and to the ISO on request) a Coaching Curriculum which shall have regard to: 112.1.the Club’s Vision Statement, Coaching Philosophy and Playing Philosophy; 112.2.the Club’s Academy Performance Plan; 112.3.the minimum hours of coaching delivered; and 112.4.these Rules. 113. The Club’s Coaching Curriculum shall be drawn up by the Academy Manager (or, in consult with all appropriate Club Officials (which may include the Manager, the Chief Director if the Club has appointed one). 114.The Club’s Technical Board shall approve the Club’s Coaching Curriculum. Interns 108. The Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine must ensure that the Club records and, if requested, makes available to the League, the following details of every intern working within the Academy: 108.1. name, date of birth and contact details (phone number, address and email address); .108.2.qualifications (both academic and sporting such as coaching qualifications); 108.3. details of the intern’s current course, including the institution at which he is enrolled, the name of the course, and the name and contact details of his tutor; and 108.4. the contact details of a member of Academy Staff who is responsible for supervising the intern whilst he is at the Academy.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_37.GIF

Coaching Coaching Where an Academy falls short of providing its Academy Players with the above hours of coaching, the Academy will need to demonstrate that despite this, its Academy Players are being provided with a proper Coaching Curriculum. This can be demonstrated by the progression of the Academy Player at each stage of the development process. For Category 3 Clubs in the Youth Development Phase, the hours stated above should be applied as follows: 2. U12 and U13: U14: U15 and U16: 4 hours 5 hours 6 hours 3. A Club may be permitted to operate a Training Model in a particular Development Phase other than as set out in the table in Rule 117. This would need to be approved in advance by the League (who may take advice from the Education Advisor). his specific needs; any changes thereto) as soon as reasonably practicable in advance of his maintained for all coaching sessions (save that the ratio for Category 1 Academies participates at least once a year in a Festival (or other coaching event such as a Guidance 1. The above hours of coaching are the minimum the Rules require per week, subject to the Academy Player’s fitness. It is acknowledged, however, that Academies can alter these hours as they see fit, provided that the above stated hours are achieved on average over each six or 12 week Multi-disciplinary Review period (as relevant). As regards “subject to fitness”, this includes not only where an Academy Player is recuperating from injury, but also where in the opinion of the coaching staff and/or the medical and sports science staff, his coaching hours need to be reduced for him to receive adequate rest and recovery and/or avoid overuse injuries. Coaching in the above tables refers to on-the-pitch coaching (and for the avoidance of doubt excludes time in matches). It is expected that Clubs will need to spend additional time in other environments off the pitch in order to work with Academy Players to assist them in developing the key technical, tactical, physical and psychological and social skills. 387 388 Youth Development Rules 118. The maximum time in which Academy Players in the Foundation Phase can be engaged in a single coaching session is 90 minutes and there will be appropriate rest periods between each such session. 119.Each Club shall ensure that: 119.1.each Academy Player has access to an individual coaching plan tailored to 119.2.each Academy Player is made aware of his individual coaching plan (and being coached in accordance with it; and 119.3.all coaching is recorded on the Academy Player’s Performance Clock. 120.Each Club shall ensure that a coach to Academy Players and Trialists ratio of 1:10 is using the Full Time Training Model shall be 1:8). 121.Each Club shall ensure that each Academy Player in age groups Under 9 and older Training Camp or a Tournament). 122. Each Club shall ensure that each of its coaches plans each coaching session by setting out the learning objectives which the session is designed to achieve and the coaching which will be given in order to achieve them. Development Centres 123. Each Club which operates a Category 1, Category 2 or Category 3 Academy may operate one or more Development Centres, to be located within one hour’s travelling time of the location of its principal venue for the provision of coaching and education to Academy Players. 124.A Child being coached at a Club’s Development Centre: 124.1.may not be registered for that Club; 124.2.may not play in matches for that Club unless registered as a Trialist; and 124.3.will be free to play for other teams. Foundation Phase Youth Development Phase Professional Development Phase Category 1 Permitted Training Model Part Time, Hybrid Part Time, Hybrid, Full Time Full Time, Hybrid Category 2 Coaching hours per week 3 rising to 5 for older Academy Players 6 rising to 12 for older Academy Players 14 reducing to 12 for Academy Players who have commitments to the professional squad during the Professional Development Phase Permitted Training Model Part Time Part Time, Hybrid Full Time Category 3 Coaching hours per week 3 4 rising to 6 for older Academy Players (See Guidance below) 12 Permitted Training Model Part Time Part Time Full Time Category 4 Coaching hours per week N/A N/A 14 reducing to 12 for Academy Players who have commitments to the professional squad during the Professional Development Phase Games Programmes Permitted Training Model N/A N/A Full Time


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_38.GIF

Youth Development Rules Games Programme Coaching by the League and by the ISO. may include: football against a team representing another Club (or a Football League club). Guidance With regard to Rule 133.1, the matches which are to be recorded on an Academy Player’s Performance Clock include all Authorised Games in which he plays. The Performance Clock may be used to record other playing information about the Academy Player, e.g. substitutions, cautions, position played in. It forms part of the Performance Management Application. Guidance The above Rules are based on the existing provisions concerning Development Centres. It is proposed that further consultation is undertaken with Clubs to explore and redefine the future role of Development Centres. 389 390 Youth Development Rules 134. In all matches that form part of the Games Programme, each Club is required to ensure that all participating Academy Players wear a shirt bearing a clearly visible number on the back, which corresponds to the number allocated to the relevant Academy Player on any teamsheet submitted in accordance with these Rules or otherwise. Foundation Phase Games Programme 135. The League will organise a games programme for teams in each of the Under 9 to Under 11 age groups of Clubs operating Category 1 and 2 Academies (and for the avoidance of doubt teams from both Categories shall participate together in this games programme). 136.The Football League will organise a games programme for teams in each of the Under 9 to Under 11 age groups of Clubs operating Category 3 Academies. 137.The games programmes referred to in Rules 135 and 136 shall consist of matches which: 137.1. shall be competitive but whose results (except in the case of Tournaments) shall not give any particular competitive significance between Academies (for example, no league table or the like shall be produced); 137.2. subject to Rule 137.3 shall be organised on a local basis so that, as far as reasonably possible, no team has to travel more than one hour to an away match (save that longer travel times may be necessary in order that each Club can participate meaningfully in the games programme); 125.Clubs which operate Development Centres shall keep an attendance record of all the Children who participate in coaching sessions thereat. 126.Each Development Centre operated by a Club may be inspected from time to time 127.Without prejudice to the generality of Rule 126, the inspection referred to in that Rule 127.1.inspection of the facilities provided; and 127.2.assessment of whether the coaching provided at the Development Centre is in accordance with the Club’s coaching syllabus. 128. No Club shall cause or permit a Child whose registration is held by another Club (or club) or with whom another Club (or club) has entered into a pre-registration agreement which remains current to attend its Development Centre. 129.No Club shall cause or permit a team representing its Development Centre to play General 130. Save as permitted by the Board, Clubs shall not affiliate to any other youth leagues or enter any cup competitions except The Football Association Youth Challenge Cup. 131. An Academy Player whose registration is held by a Club which operates an Academy shall play football only in a Games Programme or in Authorised Games and in coaching and training games (participation in which is limited to registered Academy Players and Trialists) organised by and played at an Academy. 132.A Club which operates an Academy shall not require, cause or allow an Academy Player whose registration it holds to play football except as permitted by Rule 131. 133.Each Club which operates an Academy shall record in each Academy Player’s Performance Clock: 133.1.each match in which he has played; and 133.2.his playing time in each match.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_39.GIF

Games Programme Games Programme A six-week programme of Festivals of Futsal and other small-sided indoor football for each age range in the Foundation Phase will be staged. This programme will run from November to February and be organised on a basis of five regions (North East, North West, Midlands, London and South West, and London and South East). A Futsal tournament involving a regional qualification process culminating in a national finals event will be organised for each of the Under 9, Under 10 and Under 11 age groups. types listed in paragraphs c), d), f) and g) of that definition only (which Guıdance The Games Programme Schedule will incorporate free weeks (in addition to those referred to in Rule 173) during which no fixtures will be arranged by the Leagues. This will allow Clubs to organise additional fixtures pursuant to Rule 138.2. In addition, Clubs will be able to rearrange fixtures in the Foundation Phase Games Programme in order to attend tournaments and Festivals provided suitable notice is given, the integrity of the Games Programme is maintained, and a suitable date for the rearrangement of the fixture is agreed. of matches in the Foundation Phase Games Programme and any other matches spread out over the season. Guidance An Academy Player in the Foundation Phase may still play for his school team or school representative county side. When assessing whether Rule 139 has been complied with, each Academy Player’s playing time over the course of the Season will be assessed and an average calculated (i.e. the Academy Player need not play in half the time of every match). In addition, Rule 139 requires that the playing time is spread relatively evenly over the course of the fixture programme. This is to ensure Clubs do not try to backload playing time at the end of the Season simply to ensure the average is met. Guidance The League will organise a regional indoor programme during the second half of December, and the entirety of January and February. In particular, a programme of Futsal will be delivered for Category 1 and Category 2 Academies. Clubs will be free to apply to organise Authorised Games outside pursuant to Rule 138.2. The League will organise Tournaments (lasting more than one day) for each of the Under 9, Under 10 and Under 11 age groups in the May or June of each year (and in scheduling them it will be borne in mind that June is often the month when Academy “downtime” occurs). The Tournaments so arranged for the Under 11 age group will include teams from clubs in countries other than England and Wales. In order to deliver the Foundation Phase Games Programme to all Clubs, the target travel time of 1 hour may be exceeded from time to time, in particular in order to accommodate those Clubs whose home “locality” is small. Both Leagues will co-operate to create cross-Category Festivals from time to time which shall include all Categories of Academy and be regionally based. 391 392 Youth Development Rules Youth Development Phase Games Programme 140. The League will organise a games programme for teams in each of the Under 12 to Under 14 age groups of Clubs operating Category 1 and 2 Academies (and for the avoidance of doubt teams from both Categories shall participate together in this games programme). The League will also organise a games programme for teams in the Under 15 age group of Clubs operating Category 1 Academies and of those Category 2 Academies wishing to participate. 141.The Football League will organise a games programme for teams in each of the Under 12 to Under 14 age groups of Clubs operating Category 3 Academies. 142. The games programme for Category 1 Clubs referred to in Rule 140 shall include the Under 13, Under 14 and Under 15 Premier League National Cups, participation in which shall not be mandatory. 139.Each Club shall ensure that each of its Academy Players in the Foundation Phase shall, subject to fitness, participate in at least half the playing time in any one Season organised by the Club pursuant to Rule 138.2 such playing time to be reasonably 138.Each Club which operates a Category 1, Category 2 or Category 3 Academy: 138.1.must participate fully in the Foundation Phase Games Programme; and 138.2.may organise and participate in additional Authorised Games of the shall be notified to the League (if the Club operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy) no later than 72 hours before they are scheduled to take place). 137.3. may be played in Festivals organised on a local, regional or national basis and each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall organise and host a minimum of three Festivals per Season; 137.4.shall take place during the Games Programme Schedule; 137.5.may include matches against representative county schoolboy sides (being sides selected by the English Schools’ Football Association); 137.6.shall be played outdoors, save in respect of: 137.6.1. Clubs operating Category 1 or 2 Academies when, during the second half of December and the whole of both January and February, they shall be played indoors; and 137.6.2. Clubs operating Category 3 Academies when, during the second half of December and the whole of both January and February, they may be played indoors; 137.7.shall consist of matches played in accordance with the following formats (save that some matches played indoors may be played as Futsal games): the The participating Clubs shall endeavour to agree which of the above formats shall be utilised, but in default of agreement the home Club shall decide. Age group Team size Pitch size (yards) Goal size (feet) Ball size Under 9 4v4, 5v5, 6v6 or 7v7 30x20 to 40x30 (4v4 and 5v5) 50x30 to 60x40 (7v7) 12x6 3 (or 4 at Home Club’s option) Under 10 4v4, 5v5, 6v6 and 7v7 30x20 to 40x30 (4v4 and 5v5) 50x30 to 60x40 (7v7) 12x6 (4v4 and 5v5) 12x6 to 16x7 (7v7) 4 Under 11 7v7 or 9v9 50x30 to 60x40 (7v7) 70x40 to 80x50 (9v9) 12x6 to 16x7 (7v7) 16x7 (9v9) 4


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_40.GIF

Games Programme Games Programme Guidance In order to deliver the Youth Development Phase Games Programme to all Clubs, the target travel time of two hours may be exceeded from time to time, particularly in order to accommodate those Clubs whose home geographical “region” is small. Players in the Under 16 age group of Clubs operating Category 1 Academies, and Category 2 Academies. (and Football League clubs) which operate Category 1 Academies so on a regional basis, that is to say so that as far as reasonably possible no team has be necessary in order that each Club can participate meaningfully in the games clubs in membership of a national association other than The Football Association Clubs operating Category 1 Academies and from time to time for Clubs operating games programme). in accordance with the following format: 393 394 Youth Development Rules 145.The League shall organise a games programme for teams consisting of Academy another for teams of Academy Players in these age groups of Clubs operating 146.Save for any matches played abroad pursuant to Rule 149, the games programme for Category 1 Clubs referred to in Rule 145 shall: 146.1.be constituted either on a national basis or, if a majority of those Clubs determined by no later than 31 March in the preceding Season, on a regional basis (as that term is defined in Rule 147); and 146.2. be competitive but whose results shall not be given any particular competitive significance between Academies (for example, no league table or the like shall be produced). 147.The games programme for Category 2 Clubs referred to in Rule 145 shall be organised to travel more than two hours to an away match (save that longer travel times may programme). 148. Matches in the games programmes for Category 1 and Category 2 Clubs referred to in Rule 145 shall, unless the Board otherwise permits, be played on Saturdays and arranged so that as far as possible a Club’s fixtures in it mirror those of its teams in the Professional Development Phase Games Programme. 149.As part of the Youth Development Phase Games Programme, the League shall organise matches (which may be organised as Tournaments) against teams from or the Football Association of Wales. Such matches shall be organised regularly for Category 2 Academies. 150.The Football League shall organise a games programme for teams consisting of players in the Under 15 and Under 16 age groups of Clubs operating Category 3 Academies, to be played on a regional basis so that as far as reasonably possible no team has to travel more than two hours to an away match (save that longer travel times may be necessary in order that each Club can participate meaningfully in the 151.Matches played pursuant to Rules 145 to 150 shall, when played outdoors, be played Team size Pitch size (yards) Goal size (feet) Ball size 11v11 110x70 24x8 5 143. Each Club must inform the League by 30 April in each year whether it wishes to compete in the Under 13, Under 14 and Under 15 Premier League National Cups the following season. 144.The games programmes referred to in Rules 140 and 141 shall consist of matches which shall: 144.1.be competitive but whose results (save for matches in the Under 13, Under 14 and Under 15 Premier League National Cups) shall not be given any particular competitive significance between Academies (for example, no league table or the like shall be produced); 144.2. (in the case of the games programme referred to in Rule 140) be organised on a regional basis so that as far as reasonably possible no team has to travel more than two hours to an away match save that longer travel times may be necessary: 143.2.1.in order that each Club can participate meaningfully in the games programme; and 143.2.2. for matches in the Under 13, Under 14 and Under 15 Premier League National Cups; 144.3. (in the case of the games programme referred to in Rule 141) be organised on a local basis so that as far as reasonably possible no team has to travel more than one hour to an away match and/or regional basis so that as far as reasonably possible no team has to travel more than two hours to an away match (save that in both cases longer travel times may be necessary in order that each Club can participate meaningfully in the games programme); 144.4. shall include one or more Festivals or Tournaments for each Club organised on a regional, national or international basis (which may include matches organised pursuant to Rule 149), with the number of such Festivals and Tournaments increasing for the older age groups in the Youth Development Phase; 144.5.take place during the Games Programme Schedule; 144.6.be played outdoors, except for matches for age groups Under 12 to Under 15 during the second half of December and the whole of both January and February involving teams of Category 1 and Category 2 Academies, which shall be played indoors; and 144.7. consist of matches played in accordance with the following formats (save that some matches played indoors may be played as Futsal games): Age group Team size Pitch size (yards) Goal size (feet) Ball size Under 12 11v11 (or 9v9 if both Clubs so agree) 90x60 (11v11) 70x40 to 80x50 (9v9) 21x7 (11v11) 16x7 (9v9) 4 Under 13 11v11 90x60 21x7 4 Under 14 11v11 90x60 to 100x60 21x7 to 24x8 5 Under 15 11v11 110x70 24x8 5


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_161-200_PAGE_41.GIF

Games Programme Games Programme Guidance The Games Programme Schedule will incorporate free weeks (in addition to those referred to in Rule 173) during which no matches will be arranged by the Leagues. This will allow Clubs to organise additional matches pursuant to Rule 152.2. age groups shall, subject to fitness, participate in half the playing time of matches in by his Club pursuant to Rule 152.2, the Academy Player’s playing time to be matches organised by his Club pursuant to Rule 152.2). Participation in a match shall Guidance An Academy Player in the Youth Development Phase may still play for his school team or school representative county side. When assessing whether Rule 153 has been complied with, each Academy Player’s playing time over the course of the season will be assessed and an average calculated (i.e. the Academy Player need not play in half the time of every match). In addition, Rule 153 requires that the playing time is spread relatively evenly over the course of the fixture programme. This is to ensure clubs do not try to backload playing time at the end of the season simply to ensure the average is met. Category 1 Academies and one for teams of Clubs operating Category 2 Academies. Category 3 and Category 4 Academies, and following such consultation determine developed for those Clubs, Rules relating to the games programme and (subject to 395 396 Youth Development Rules Professional Development Phase Games Programme 155.The League will organise two games programmes, one for teams of Clubs operating 156.The Football League will organise a games programme for teams of Clubs operating with those Clubs in its absolute discretion what games programme(s) should be Rule 157.3) how that games programme should be delivered. 153.Each Club shall ensure that each of its Academy Players in the Under 12 to Under 14 the Youth Development Phase Games Programme and any other matches organised reasonably spread over the season. 154. Each Club shall ensure that each of its Academy Players in the Under 15 to Under 16 age groups shall, subject to fitness, participate in at least 20 matches per season (being matches in the Youth Development Phase Games Programme or any other for the purposes of this Rule mean playing at least 50% of the game time. 157.The games programmes organised by The League and The Football League pursuant to Rules 155 and 156 will be constituted on the following geographical bases: 157.1.Category 1: 157.1.1. a national league and a regional league (depending on age group) with some matches played on a national basis and some international matches against teams representing clubs in membership of national associations other than The Football Association or the Football Association of Wales (and such matches may be played either in England or abroad); 157.2.Category 2: 157.2.1. in two leagues, each of which shall be constituted on a geographical basis (for example one league of northern based teams and one of southern based teams), the exact constitution of each league to be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion having regard to those Clubs (and Football League clubs) which operate Category 2 Academies; 157.2.2. where practical, international matches against teams representing clubs in membership of a national association other than The Football Association or the Football Association of Wales (and such matches may be played either in England or abroad); and 157.3.Categories 3 and 4: 157.3.1. in two or more leagues, each of which shall be constituted on a geographical basis (for example one league of northern based teams and one of southern based teams), the exact number of leagues and their geographical constitution to be determined by The Football League in its absolute discretion and having regard to those Football League clubs (and Clubs) which operate Category 3 and 4 Academies. 158.Matches in the Professional Development Phase Games Programme organised under Rule 155: 158.1. shall be played in accordance with the Laws of the Game (and for the avoidance of doubt shall be in the 11v11 format); 158.2. shall be for Players in the Under 18 age group (and younger) only, save that a Club may name in its team sheet a goalkeeper in the Under 19 age group; 158.3. shall only have five substitutes named on the team sheet (and for the avoidance of doubt up to three substitutes may enter the field of play); 158.4.shall consist of competitive leagues and Tournaments; and 158.5. may include of an optional Futsal programme organised by the League (for Clubs operating Category 1 and Category 2 Academies) in the months of December, January and February. 152.Each Club which operates a Category 1, Category 2 or Category 3 Academy: 152.1. must participate fully in the Youth Development Phase Games Programme (save that participation in the Under 13 and Under 14 Premier League National Cups is voluntary); and 152.2. may organise and participate in additional Authorised Games of the types listed in paragraphs c), d), f) and g) of that definition only (which shall be notified to the League (in the case of a Club operating a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy) no later than 72 hours before they are scheduled to take place).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_02.GIF

Games Programme Games Programme competitive basis and organised on a regional basis, the composition of such to be at the absolute discretion of The Football League who shall so far as reasonably (or club) has to travel no more than three hours to each match (save that longer together in Professional Development League 3. Guidance Rule 159.2 will be implemented on a trial basis for one season only and will be reviewed following the conclusion of Season 2021/22. 158.4 shall be set out in the rules of those leagues. Programme; and part of the Professional Development Phase Games Programme. Development League as part of the Professional Development Phase Games first team matches during the preceding Season in those competitions set in Rule development league to be organised by The Football League as part of the 397 398 Youth Development Rules 160.Further provisions binding on Clubs competing in the leagues referred to in Rule 161.Each Club which operates an Academy: 161.1.must participate fully in the Professional Development Phase Games 161.2. may organise and participate in additional Authorised Games (which shall be notified to the relevant League no later than 72 hours before they are scheduled to take place). Premier League 2 and Professional Development League 162.Each Club which operates a Category 1 Academy shall compete in Premier League 2 as 163.Each Club which operates a Category 2 Academy shall compete in the Professional Programme, unless it is able to demonstrate to the League that its starting 11s in its L.9.1 to Rule L.9.5 included on average at least five Players in the Under 21 age group or younger. 164.Each Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy may compete in the Professional Development Phase Games Programme. 165.The League will organise Premier League 2, which shall consist of a national league competition played on a competitive basis. 166. The League will organise the Professional Development League, which shall consist of a league or leagues played on a competitive basis organised on a regional basis, the composition of such regional league(s) to be at the absolute discretion of the Board who shall so far as reasonably possible determine the composition of each such league to ensure that each Club has to travel no more than three hours to each match (save that longer travel times may be necessary in order that each Club (or club) can participate meaningfully in the Professional Development League). 167. The Football League will, if required, organise (or procure the organisation of, for example, through the Football Combination or Central League) Professional Development League 3, which shall consist of a league or leagues played on a regional league(s) and the minimum number of matches to be played by each Club possible determine the composition of each such league to ensure that each Club travel times may be necessary in order that each Club (or club) can participate meaningfully in Professional Development League 3). For the avoidance of doubt teams of Clubs operating Category 3 and Category 4 Academies shall compete 168.Further provisions binding on Clubs competing in Premier League 2 and the Professional Development League shall be set out in the rules of those Leagues. 169. The League will in addition organise international matches (which may take place by way of Tournaments) for teams competing in Premier League 2 and the Professional Development League. Games Programme: Postponement etc. of Matches 170. A match in the games programme between Academy teams in age groups Under 9 to Under 16 inclusive shall not be cancelled, postponed or abandoned except with the written consent of the Board or on the instructions of the officiating referee (or if the officiating referee is a minor, the official of the county FA who has accompanied him/her to the match) who shall be empowered to instruct that such match be cancelled, postponed or abandoned only if he/she considers that the pitch is unfit for, or if adverse weather conditions preclude, the playing of the match in which event the Club at whose ground the match should have been played shall within seven days give to the Board notice in writing to that effect. 171. Except in the case of an Under 9 to Under 16 games programme match which, without either participating Club being at fault, is cancelled, postponed or abandoned under the provisions of Rule 170, any Club which causes the cancellation, postponement or abandonment of such a match will be in breach of these Rules. 172.The Board shall have power to specify the equipment and facilities to be provided by Clubs for the playing of matches between Academies. 173. In consultation with The Football Association, a minimum of four weekends each Season will be identified by the League upon which there will be no fixtures for Academy teams, such weekends being devoted to international development, selected players’ courses and in-service training of coaches and staff. 159.Matches in the Professional Development Phase Games Programme organised under Rule 156: 159.1. shall be played in accordance with the Laws of the Game (and for the avoidance of doubt shall be in the 11 v 11 format); 159.2. shall be for Players in the Under 18 age group (and younger) only, save that up to three Players in the Under 19 age group may be named on the team sheet for a match; 159.3. shall only have five substitutes named on the team sheet (and for the avoidance of doubt all five substitutes may enter the field of play); 159.4.shall consist of competitive leagues and/or Tournaments; and 159.5. may include an optional Futsal programme organised by the League in the months of December, January and February.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_03.GIF

Youth Development Rules Duty of Care Duty of Care which shall set out the activities to be undertaken by the Club to ensure that the Rules; and Phase to ensure it is meeting its objectives as set out therein. as a result of his being coached by the Club’s Academy; Agreement with the Club, consists of the sporting excellence professional Guidance With regard to Rule 179.2, Rule 36.2 states that Academy Players in the Under 12 to Under 18 age groups shall receive a Multi-disciplinary Review every six weeks. The educational progress report need only be undertaken once every 12 weeks (i.e. not for each Multi-disciplinary Review) but must be undertaken as part of a Multi-disciplinary Review. Guidance In respect of the approval required from the League in Rule 175.5: • Should a Club wish one of its Academy Players to engage in an apprenticeship or education programme outside the SEP framework, it must first obtain the League’s permission to do so and agree appropriate measures for monitoring and quality assurance. Should a Club wish to enter into an agreement with a training provider that is not the League this must be pre-approved and will be subject to annual monitoring by the League. Any other programme of education approved in writing by The Football League will be in conjunction with the PFA. • • shall be recorded electronically and be made available to the League. 399 400 Youth Development Rules 176.Each Academy Player’s educational progression under his Education Programme Delivery of the Education Programme 180.Part Time Training Model Each Club which operates an Academy shall, in respect of each of its Academy Players being trained under the Part Time Training Model Model, make contact in writing with the Academy Player’s school on a minimum of three occasions in each academic year, to: 180.1. inform the Academy Player’s school that he is being so trained; 180.2. if the League so requests obtain from the Academy Player’s school his school reports and, where possible, educational attainment data; 180.3. use the information obtained (if any) to monitor the Academy Player’s academic progression by reference to his school reports and, where possible, educational attainment data, and record it electronically; and 180.4. liaise with the school on two occasions in each academic year basis in order to discuss and address any issues concerning the Academy Player’s education which have risen or may arise as a consequence of his being trained at the Club’s Academy. Education 174.Each Club which operates an Academy shall establish an Education Programme education of its Academy Players and Players up to the Under 23 age group who are not regular members of the Club’s first team squad is supported effectively and which: 174.1. is appropriate to the Category of its Academy; 174.2. complies with all applicable requirements set out in this section of the 174.3. is evaluated by the Club within each Training Model and/or Development 175.Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that each of its Academy Players receives a formal Education Programme which: 175.1.is appropriate to his age and Training Model; 175.2.meets his specific academic needs; 175.3.complies with all legal requirements; 175.4.is structured to ensure that his academic development is not compromised 175.5. in the case of an Academy Player who is entered into a Scholarship apprenticeship ("SEP") and an educational programme approved by the League (which must include an academic or vocational qualification approved by the League and be subject to ongoing quality assurance by the League); and 175.6. shall continue notwithstanding that the Academy Player signs a professional contract and which shall comply with the requirements of the Education and Skills Act 2008 with regard to education and training. 177.Each Club which operates an Academy shall nominate a member of staff who shall be responsible for: 177.1.liaising with the school at which Academy Players are being educated; 177.2. ensuring that any issues concerning an Academy Player’s education arising from that liaison are addressed to the satisfaction of the school; 177.3. ensuring that for Academy Players on the Full Time and Hybrid Training Models (and where the League requests, for Academy Players on the Part Time Training Model) each Academy Player’s school performance and educational data are obtained from his school, recorded electronically and be made available to the League; and 177.4.co-ordinating and delivering the SEP. Reports on Educational Progression 178. Each Club which operates an Academy shall provide progress reports to the Parent of each Academy Player in the Youth Development Phase to whom it provides a Full Time Education Programme. 179.The progress reports shall: 179.1.detail the educational progression of the Academy Player; and 179.2.be provided as and when necessary, but as a minimum at least once every 12 weeks.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_04.GIF

Duty of Care Duty of Care Guidance The Part Time Training Model may be used by Category 1, 2 and 3 Academies in the Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase: see further Rule 117. The Part Time Training Model envisages that coaching will take place outside the Core Coaching Time, but Clubs should nevertheless establish good communication with each Academy Player’s school. The written communication referred to in Rule 180 should be used by Clubs to obtain reports and educational attainment data (in accordance with Rule 180.2) and/or address any issues (including any conflict between the demands of coaching and education) which have arisen or may arise as a consequence of the Academy Player being trained at the Academy (in accordance with Rule 180.4). Guidance The Hybrid Training Model may be used by Category 1 Academies in the Foundation Phase (Under 9 to Under 11), and by Category 1 and Category 2 Academies in the Youth Development Phase: see further Rule 117. Compensatory education should meet the requirements of each individual Academy Player’s specific educational needs, as well as replacing the lessons being missed whilst away from their school. It is not expected that this is matched hour for hour, but it is expected that the content missed is able to be covered effectively in the compensated delivery time. In the case of practical subjects or those requiring specific resourcing (e.g. Sciences / Design and Technology) alternative plans should be made and be evident. A teacher to learner ratio of 1:10 is optimal for compensatory education. Players in the Youth Development Phase being trained under the Full Time Training approved in advance by the League. and be structured in accordance with one of the three options set out below or in the Under 12 and Under 13 age groups to participate in the Full Time groups being educated at schools are fully integrated with other pupils of Academy Player engaged on the Full Time Training Model, his Parent and provides him with a minimum of 20 hours’ education during each week of activity in which the Academy Player is engaged; ‘Progress 8’ measurement of educational assessment and attainment 401 402 Youth Development Rules 183.Full Time Training Model Each Club which operates an Academy shall, in respect of each of its Academy Model, ensure that it provides the Academy Player with coaching and education in accordance with a programme which complies with Rules 184 to 189 and which is 184.The education element of the Full Time Training Model must comply with these Rules accordance with such other proposals as the League may approve. 185.Each Club which operates the Full Time Training Model must: 185.1.unless otherwise approved by the League, only enable Academy Players in Training Model where they reside within 90 minutes of the Club’s principal training venue; 185.2. enter into an agreement with any school at which its Academy Players are being educated setting out the obligations of the Club and the school in respect of the education of those Academy Players; 185.3.ensure that Academy Players in the Under 12, Under 13 and Under 14 age their age, which obligation shall include (without limitation) attending lessons with such other pupils according to the school’s normal timetable (save where the Academy Players are being coached in the Core Coaching Time in accordance with these Rules); 185.4.ensure that there is in place a written agreement between the Club, each his school which sets out full details of his education and Coaching Curriculum; 185.5.ensure that the Education Programme of each such Academy Player the school term; 185.6.ensure that appropriate staff/student ratios are utilised for all educational 185.7.ensure that each Academy Player follows a curriculum which reflects the (save where there are educational reasons why an Academy Player requires an amended curriculum to be followed, the League may grant dispensation from this requirement, subject to the approval of an Education Advisor); 181.Hybrid Training Model Each Club which operates the Hybrid Training Model must appoint a sufficient number of appropriately qualified teaching staff to provide the educational support referred to in Rule 182.2. 182.Each Club which operates an Academy shall, in respect of each of its Academy Players being trained under the Hybrid Training Model: 182.1. undertake all necessary liaison and co-operation with the Academy Player’s school to ensure that the required element of coaching can take place within the Core Coaching Time; 182.2. provide to the Academy Player such additional educational support (to be detailed in the written agreement referred to in Rule 182.5) as shall be necessary to compensate for teaching he has missed, and to ensure that his education is not adversely affected, as a result of being released from school to undertake coaching during the Core Coaching Time; 182.3. obtain from the Academy Player’s school his school reports and, where possible, educational attainment data; 182.4. monitor the Academy Player’s academic progression (including by use of the information obtained from the Academy Player’s school pursuant to Rule 182.3) and record the information obtained pursuant to Rule 182.3 electronically in a timely fashion and at least every 12 weeks (to coincide with dates of his Multi-disciplinary Reviews); 182.5. enter into a written agreement with the Academy Player’s school and Parent which sets out details of the delivery of the Hybrid Training Model to the Academy Player, including weekly timetables, the likely impact on the Academy Player’s education, and outline the compensatory education which will be provided by the Club; 182.6.ensure that the Academy Player follows a curriculum which reflects the ‘Progress 8’ measurement of educational assessment and attainment (save that where there are educational reasons why an Academy Player requires an amended curriculum to be followed, the League may grant dispensation from this requirement, subject to the approval of an Education Advisor); and 182.7. liaise with the school at least every twelve weeks in order to discuss and address any issues concerning the Academy Player’s education which may arise or have arisen as a consequence of his being so trained.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_05.GIF

Duty of Care Duty of Care Guidance The Full Time Training Model may be used by Category 1 Academies in the Youth Development Phase, and must be used by all Academies in the Professional Development Phase: see further Rule 117. PLYD Form 5A must be used for all Academy Players whom the Club wishes to engage on the Full Time Training Model. If the Academy Player is not already registered with the Club, PLYD Form 5 (Academy Player Registration Application) must also be completed and submitted to the League (see Rule 258). If the Academy Player is already registered with the Club, PLYD Form 5 need not also be submitted. Clubs’ attention is drawn to the undertakings that they must give under PLYD Form 5. The three options referred to in Rule 184 are set out below. This list of options is not exhaustive, and Clubs are free to develop other models which deliver the same results as the options set out in the Elite Player Performance Plan. Each Club’s proposals for how it will deliver the Full Time Training Model must be approved in advance by the League. The League may also check each Club’s delivery of the Full Time Training Model in order to verify that it is in accordance with these Rules and with the pre-approved proposals, and in order to verify that no Academy Player’s education is being prejudiced as a result of his being engaged on the Full Time Training Model. Clubs’ attention is drawn to Rules 275 and 276 in this regard. Guidance With regard to Rule 185.9 pursuant to Rule 36.1 Academy Players in the Under 12 to Under 18 age groups must receive a Multi-disciplinary Review every six weeks. The requirement in Rule 185.9 must be undertaken at every second such Multi-disciplinary Review. Option 1 Clubs may enter into a contractual relationship with an identified school (with the option of an alternative school if approved by the League) at which Academy Players receive their education. The relationship will need to be flexed in terms of the amount of time that Academies would require Academy Players to be available for daily coaching. The school day will need to be flexed to accommodate the Coaching Curriculum whilst ensuring that boy’s educational development does not suffer. Specific tutor support for the Education Programme will be required for all Academy Players engaged in the Full Time Training Model over and above the normal curriculum. Additional tutor support will need to be individually tailored to the Academy Players’ needs. Clubs will need to decide how and where Academy Players will be coached. The optimum environment is at the Club’s dedicated training facilities but this will require a school in Education Option 1 to be in close proximity to the Club’s training facility so that the Academy Players can move easily between the school and the Club. With the Full Time Training Model, the school will need to be in close proximity to the training ground or else the training will need to be accommodated at the school. The other major consideration for Clubs which operate Category 1 Academies will be the need to provide dedicated housing, house parents and a secure environment in which to live and work whilst staying with the Club. This will need to apply to all Academy Players who live outside a short commute from their Club’s training ground. Guidance The League may take advice from its Educational Advisers in connection with the assessment pursuant to Rule 186. In the case of concerns over a Training Model which has been previously approved, it is anticipated that in the first instance an action plan to address any issues would be drafted, and the Club Support Manager or Educational Adviser would work with the Club over a specific period to put the recommendations in place. Accordingly, Rule 187 below would be regarded as a last resort. Option 2 In this option, Clubs may choose to develop and extend their own educational facilities at the training ground and, in effect, develop an onsite school facility. For Clubs which operate a Category 1 Academy, accommodation would still be required on or near the training ground to house the Academy Players and the associated social and welfare support would need to be factored into the delivery of this approach. Clubs may continue to contract an educational partner/provider but the schooling would take place at the Club. Option 3 Clubs may wish to establish their own schools. These schools may be general in their recruitment with specialist classes or groups of classes catering for the Academy Players’ specialist needs. In this Education Option the same issues regarding the location of the school on or near the training ground remain relevant as does the need to provide appropriate housing and care. 403 404 Youth Development Rules 187.If the League is not satisfied that a Club’s delivery of the Hybrid or Full Time Training Model complies with these Rules: 187.1.it may refuse to an application to register an Academy Player on it; and 187.2.the Board may exercise its powers set out in Rule 276. 188. If a Club wishes to engage an Academy Player on the Full Time Training or Hybrid Model (whether or not the Academy Player is already registered with the Club), it shall complete and submit to the Board either PLYD Form 5A or PLYD Form 5B (as appropriate) signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory. 189. If the registration of an Academy Player on the Full Time Training Model is terminated by the Club or by the Board of its own volition, or if he changes to another Training Model, the Club shall, unless his Parent agrees otherwise, continue to provide to him until the end of the academic year in which he reaches the age of 16 education and accommodation in accordance with the arrangements made at the time of he was first engaged on the Full Time Training Model. 186.Without prejudice to the generality of Rule 32, each Club which operates the Hybrid or Full Time Training Model must in respect of each such Training Model: 186.1. not do so unless the League has pre-approved and annually certified its proposed delivery of the Training Model; 186.2. permit the League to monitor and assess its delivery of the Training Model, including in respect of an individual Academy Player, in order to ensure that it complies with these Rules; and 186.3. forthwith implement any changes to its delivery of the Training Model that the League may require. 185.8. obtain from the Academy Player’s school his school reports and, where possible, educational attainment data; 185.9. monitor the Academy Player’s academic progression (including by use of the information obtained from the Academy Player’s school pursuant to Rule 185.8) and record the information obtained pursuant to Rule 185.8 electronically in a timely fashion and at least every 12 weeks (to coincide with dates of his Multi-disciplinary Reviews); 185.10.permit the League to conduct reviews with Academy Players in the Under 12 to Under 18 age groups, as required; and 185.11. pursuant to Rule 175.5, ensure that Scholars are provided with sufficient time and support to prepare for the ‘End Point Assessment’.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_06.GIF

Duty of Care Duty of Care mechanisms to invite and receive feedback from Academy Players and their Parents. procedure for Academy Players and Parents, a copy of which shall be submitted to Guidance The League may conduct surveys and questionnaires from time to time to ascertain the views of Academy Players and their Parents. each of its Academy Players and Players up to the Under 23 age group who continue wellbeing action plan, to include details of support available and a referral process time. Guidance A Club’s Induction and Transition Strategy should include, as a minimum, provision for: • • • Academy Players joining the Club; Academy Players leaving the Club; and Academy Players transitioning between Development Phases at the end of season. to attend such induction meetings on request. breach thereof by such Academy Players or by Clubs or Officials shall be treated as a 405 406 Youth Development Rules 196. The induction meeting referred to in Rule 195 shall provide such information to the Academy Players and their Parents as is necessary in order for them to understand the coaching and, if relevant, education that the Academy Player will receive from the Club. 197.Each Club which operates an Academy shall permit a representative of the League 198.The Code of Conduct set out in Appendix 12 shall be binding on all Academy Players registered on a PLYD Form 5 (and their Parents) and on Clubs and Officials and any breach of these Rules. 199.Each Club which operates an Academy shall devise and implement an Induction and Transition Strategy. Safeguarding and Mental and Emotional Wellbeing 202.Each Club shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that it protects the welfare of to train with the Academy on a regular basis by offering support for his wellbeing and pastoral care generally. 203.Each Club which operates an Academy shall devise a mental and emotional for concerns, in accordance with such guidance issued by the League from time to 204.The provisions of Section S of the League’s Rules (concerning Safeguarding and Mental Health) apply to Academies and Development Centres. 205.Without prejudice to the generality of Rule 204 each Club shall appoint an Academy safeguarding officer who shall: 205.1.undertake the functions set out in Rule S.5.8 specifically with regard to the Academy; and 205.2.liaise with the Club’s Head of Safeguarding. Health and Safety 206. Clubs and Academy Staff shall observe and comply with any guidance issued by the League in respect of safe event management and any breach thereof shall be treated as a breach of these Rules. 207.Clubs shall ensure that their Academy Players are insured in accordance with advice circulated by the League from time to time. Inclusion, Diversity and Equality 208. Each Club which operates an Academy and is in membership of the Premier League must comply with Premier League Rule J.4. Each other Club bound by these Rules must comply with the EFL Code of Practice regarding equality and diversity. 209.Each Club which operates an Academy shall deliver training for its Academy Players and Academy Staff on equality, diversity and inclusion each Season. Academy Player and Parent Voice 200.Each Club which operates an Academy shall devise and implement one or more 201.Clubs shall establish, maintain and, when necessary, implement a complaints the League. 190. Each Club which operates an Academy shall notify the League, in such a manner as the League shall from time to time specify, of the Training Model on which each of its Academy Players is engaged and, if there is a proposed change in circumstances for an Academy Player (for instance, changing to/from the Full Time Training Model or Hybrid Training Model or Part Time Training Model), forthwith inform the League of the change in Form 5C and provide such evidence as the League may require to show that the Academy Player and his Parent consented to the change. Personal Development and Life Skills Plans 191.Each Club which operates an Academy shall establish a Personal Development and Life Skills Plan to support the holistic development of each of its Academy Players. 192. The programme referred to in Rule 191 shall ensure that each Academy Player trained under the Full Time Training Model and/or in the Professional Development Phase has the opportunity to engage in activities outside the Academy which will encourage him to take an active part in the community and develop an understanding of good citizenship. 193. Each Academy Player shall engage in the activities referred to in Rule 192 unless he has good cause not to do so and each Club shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that each of its Academy Players does so engage. 194. Each Club shall nominate an Official to be responsible for the welfare and supervision of Academy Players engaged on the Part Time Training Model or Hybrid Training Model, while they are present at the Club’s facilities. Inductions and Transitions 195. Each Club shall arrange a pre-season induction event for Academy Players and their Parents and there shall be at least one such induction event per Development Phase and on every occasion that a new Academy Player joins the Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_07.GIF

Duty of Care Duty of Care without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing or to any Rules applicable to an Programme, the following qualified individuals must be present at the Phase, the following qualified individuals shall be present at the match Guidance For the avoidance off doubt, the Emergency Action Plan should be produced in addition to the Club’s Medical and Safety Action Plan (see Premier League Rule O.16). All members of the Academy’s medical staff should be made aware of the contents of the Club’s Medical and Safety Action Plan. See Rule 100.5: the Academy Doctor shall be responsible for the preparation of his/her Club’s Emergency Action Plan. The League will assist with the sharing of Emergency Action Plans. 407 408 Youth Development Rules 216. Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that there is available at all games involving Academy teams appropriate first aid or primary care provision and, Authorised Game, that: 216.1.in respect of each match in the Professional Development Phase Games match venue: qualification approved by the Board or a paramedic and (for Premier an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board qualification approved by the Board; or 216.2.In respect of each match in the Foundation Phase and Youth Development venue: or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board 216.3.a defibrillator is maintained at each venue at which matches are played and at which coaching takes place. Academy Category Individuals who must be present Category 1 a doctor, physiotherapist or Sports Therapist who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Category 2 a doctor, physiotherapist or Sports Therapist who holds a current ITMMiF Category 3 a doctor, physiotherapist or Sports Therapist who holds a current ITMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Academy Category Individuals who must be present Category 1 • a doctor who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board; • a paramedic and ambulance; and • a physiotherapist (or Sports Therapist) who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Category 2 • a doctor who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher League Clubs) an ambulance; and • a physiotherapist (or Sports Therapist) who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Category 3 • a doctor who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board; or • a physiotherapist (or Sports Therapist) who holds a current ITMMiF or Category 4 • a doctor who holds a current ATMMiF or an equivalent or higher • a physiotherapist (or Sports Therapist) who holds a current ITMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Injury and Medical 210. Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that each of its Academy Players undergoes the following tests to measure physical and physiological fitness (in accordance with any guidance issued by the League from time to time): 210.1.age-appropriate medical and physical screening; 210.2.anthropometric assessments; 210.3.physiological/fitness testing; 210.4.movement and posture/functional screening; 210.5. predictive testing of size and shape/maturation measurement (save that a Club operating a Category 4 Academy shall not be obliged to conduct such tests); 210.6.psychological profiling (Category 1 Academies only); 210.7.cardiac screening for Academy Players in the Under 15 age group and above; and 210.8.monitoring of physical exertion (Category 1 Academies only), and shall submit to the League such information as it may from time to time require in order to establish a national database of athletic development. 211. Subject to a Club complying with Rule 210, the Premier League will make available to it (on an anonymised basis) benchmarked data derived from the information provided to it by all Clubs. 212. Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that each of its registered Academy Players on the Full Time Training Model is registered with an NHS general practitioner for the provision of general medical services, using the address at which he resides. 213. Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that details of all injuries suffered by its Academy Players and of all rehabilitation are recorded and provided to the Premier League and The Football Association in order that a national audit of injury and rehabilitation may be maintained. 214.Subject to a Club complying with Rule 213, the Premier League will make available to it benchmarked data derived from the national audit of injury and rehabilitation. 215. Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that it has in place an Emergency Action Plan, and that all relevant Academy Staff are aware of its contents, and that it provides a copy of it in advance of all its home matches in the Games Programmes to its opponents.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_08.GIF

Youth Development Rules Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Duty of Care Guidance Rule 76 requires each coach to hold a current Basic First Aid for Sport Qualification, current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board. Thus, all coaches attending matches in all of the Development Phases should hold this qualification. Knowledge of how to use a defibrillator is a requirement of the Basic First Aid for Sport Qualification / EFAiF. Accordingly, the net effect of these Rules is that there must be somebody present at all games who knows how to use a defibrillator. Each Club’s Emergency Action Plan should include details of the members of Academy Staff required by Rules 216.1 and 216.2. shall be present at all venues at which coaching is taking place: 409 410 Youth Development Rules 217.Without prejudice to the requirements of Rule 216, the following qualified individuals qualification approved by the Board Academy Category Individuals who must be present Category 1 a physiotherapist or a Sports Therapist with a current ITMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Category 2 a physiotherapist or a Sports Therapist with a current ITMMiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Category 3 a member of staff who holds a current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher qualification approved by the Board Category 4 a member of staff who holds a current EFAiF or an equivalent or higher Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme 218. Each Club which operates an Academy shall establish a Sports Science and Medicine/ Performance Support Programme (in accordance with the criteria set out in these Rules which apply to the Category of its Academy) for the benefit of its Academy Players. 219. Each Club’s Sport Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme shall be managed by its Head of Academy Sports Science and Medicine (in the case of a Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy) or by an appropriately qualified Official (in the case of the Club which operates a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy). 220. The Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme of each Club should detail the planned provision to each of its Academy Players of at least the following areas: 220.1.physical development; 220.2.medical services (including the prevention and treatment of injury and diet and nutrition); 220.3.Performance Analysis; and 220.4.psychology. 221. The progress and development of each Academy Player under the Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme (including without limitation the results of the tests set out in Rule 210, and full details of any injuries, the treatment thereof, and the length of any period of rehabilitation) shall be noted in his Multi-disciplinary Review and recorded in his Performance Clock. Performance Analysis 222.Each Club operating a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy shall: 222.1.have such technical facilities as are necessary to undertake the Performance Analysis required of it by Rule 222.2; 222.2. undertake Performance Analysis (including, in the case of a Club which operates a Category 1 Academy, by undertaking GPS evaluation in the Professional Development Phase and in the Youth Development Phase if the Full Time Training Model is utilised) of training activity and matches in the Youth Development Phase Games Programme, the Professional Development Phase Games Programme and the Professional Development League; 222.3. use the results of such Performance Analysis in its monitoring of the coaching and development of Academy Players in the Youth Development Phase and the Professional Development Phase; and 222.4. make available to the League such Performance Analysis data as it reasonably shall require to undertake the benchmarking of data for that Academy against national trends. 223.Each Club operating a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy shall comply with Rule 222 but only in respect of players in the Under 17 to Under 18 age groups.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_09.GIF

Youth Development Rules Talent Identification and Recruitment duties include the identification of Academy Players whose registration the Club may Premier League Rules): Guidance The League will produce further detail of the proposed national programme of Performance Analysis for the older Academy age groups. The proposals in this regard will be presented to Clubs in due course. If Clubs approve these proposals, then (subject to Club approval) a requirement will be inserted in the Rules for Clubs to contribute information to this national programme. Guidance Clubs should take steps to provide opportunities for their registered Scouts to undertake relevant qualifications, such as the FA Talent ID Level 2 badge. 411 412 Youth Development Rules 226. Each Club shall ensure that, where the relevant Scout’s duties include those referred to in Rule 225, in addition to complying with the Scout registration requirements of Section Q of the Premier League Rules, it provides evidence to the League within five days of employing or engaging the Scout that the Scout holds the qualification required by Rule 225.1, and the League shall register the Scout where it is satisfied that the registration requirements of Section Q have been complied with and the Scout holds the qualification required by Rule 225.1. Scouts: Attendance at Matches 227.Each Club which operates an Academy shall permit the Scouts of other Clubs to attend at matches played in the Games Programmes provided that: 227.1.the Club which has employed or engaged the Scout notifies both Clubs involved in the match of the Scout’s proposed attendance by no later than 12 noon on the last Working Day before the published date of the match; and 227.2.the Scout is able to produce on demand to the home Club the identification card issued to him by his Club in accordance with the Premier League Rules. 228.Each Scout shall inform the home Club of his arrival at a match. 229. Each Club which operates an Academy shall prepare and produce a document setting out the process of how Scouts employed by that Club should approach Academy Players (and other players) and the process thereafter. Such process should comply in full with the Premier League Rules, these Rules and the Code of Conduct for Scouts and should build upon the training that the Scout received while obtaining the relevant scouting qualification referred to in Rule 225.1. Registrations and Provision of Information by the League 230. Upon receiving an application by a Club to register an Academy Player, the League shall immediately provide to the Academy Player’s Parent a copy of these Rules and of the Parent’s Charter. Scouts: Qualifications 225.Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that each of its Scouts whose wish to secure (in addition to complying with the provisions of Section Q of the 225.1.is in possession of such qualification as the League may require from time to time; 225.2.understands and complies in full with the Premier League Rules, these Rules and the Code of Conduct for Scouts; and 225.3.undertakes Continued Professional Development each year. 224. Subject to a Club complying with Rule 222 or 223 (as appropriate depending on the Category of its Academy), and to a sufficient number of Clubs (and Football League clubs) likewise complying, the Premier League may make available to it benchmarked data derived from comparing the Performance Analysis data it has submitted to the League with that submitted by other Clubs (on an anonymised basis).


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_10.GIF

Talent Identification and Recruitment Talent Identification and Recruitment whether permission should be granted to register the relevant Academy Player, shall Academy for up to eight consecutive weeks in any one season without being Guidance Rule 230 The League will where possible send the Rules and Charter to Parents by email with a read-receipt, or by recorded delivery if no email address is provided. Rule 234 The presumption set out in this Rule is rebuttable if the new Club can establish to the satisfaction of the Board that it did not in fact breach Rule 299. register Academy Players who reside within the travel times measured from the 413 414 Youth Development Rules Time/Distance Rules 235.Subject to Rule 265, each Club which operates an Academy shall be permitted to location of the Club’s principal venue for the provision of coaching and education set out in the following table. Development Phase Academy Players Model between the Under 16 age other Academy Any question or dispute concerning the travelling time requirements in this Rule, and be determined by the Board. Trials 236.Subject to the conditions set out in Rules 237 and 243, a Trialist may attend an registered provided that: 236.1. at least seven days’ prior written notice to that effect shall be given to any junior club of which such Trialist is a member and the Trialist’s school; and 236.2. before the trial commences his particulars shall be notified forthwith to the League by sending to the Board: (a) PLYD Form 2 duly completed; (b) proof of his home address and date of birth in such form as is required by the Board; and (c) a photographic image of the Trialist in such format as is required by the Board. 237. In the case of the Trialist in one of the age groups Under 9 to Under 16, a Club may apply to the Board for permission to extend the period of eight weeks referred to in Rule 236 for an additional period of four weeks. 238.An application to extend a trial period must be: 238.1.made by the Club at least one week before the Trialist’s trial period is due to expire; 238.2.accompanied by such information and assurances as the League may require; and 238.3.consented to by the Trialist and his Parent. Permitted recruitment time/distance Foundation Phase Youth Development Phase Professional Category 1 1 hour No limit for engaged in the Full Time Training Under 14 and groups; 1 ½ hours for all Players in the Youth Development Phase. no limit Category 2 1 hour 1 ½ no limit Category 3 1 hour 1 ½ no limit Category 4 N/A N/A no limit 231.Subject to Rule 232, the League will undertake the registration (which shall be backdated to the date of application) of the Academy Player if: 231.1. seven days have elapsed from the date the League receives the application referred to above; and 231.2. during that time, the League has not been contacted by the Academy Player or his Parent to inform the League that he no longer wishes to be registered as an Academy Player for that Club, a and in such circumstances, the Academy Player may be coached by and play for the Club during the period of seven days referred to in Rule 231.1. The provisions of Rules 299 to 302 shall apply during the period referred to in Rule 231.1. 232. Without prejudice to its powers of inquiry under Section W of the Premier League Rules, prior to undertaking any registration of an Academy Player, the League may, in its absolute discretion, request: 232.1. any Official of the Club seeking to register the Academy Player, any Official of a Club with which the Academy Player has previously been registered, the Academy Player himself and/or his Parent(s) to appear before it to answer questions; and 232.2.such Persons or any Club (or club) to produce documents, in each case, to ensure that there has been no breach of Rules 299 to 302. 233. Where a request is made by the League in accordance with Rule 232, the League may, in its absolute discretion, stay the registration of the Academy Player until it is satisfied that there has been no breach of Rules 299 to 302 (and, in such circumstances, the Academy Player may not be coached by or play for the Club seeking to register him until the League notifies the Academy Player and the Club that the registration has been undertaken). 234. If the Academy Player directly or indirectly contacts another Club, and such contact results in the Academy Player becoming registered with that other Club without the consent of the Club referred to in Rule 230, the other Club shall be presumed to have breached Rule 299.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_11.GIF

Talent Identification and Recruitment Talent Identification and Recruitment to Under 11 inclusive who has his permanent residence within one hour’s hours’ travelling time of the Club’s Academy or for a player that a Club to Under 16 inclusive; the Club holding his registration that it will not offer to enter into a the aggregate exceed eight weeks; Academy Player who is exercising his entitlement under either Player at the Academy of another Club (or club). 415 416 Youth Development Rules 239. An application to extend a trial period shall only be granted by the League if it is satisfied as to arrangements put in place by the Club for the welfare and education of the Trialist. 240. A Trialist may not register with another Club (or club) during the first seven weeks of the initial eight week trial period but may at any time terminate an extended trial period to which he is subject. 241.Rule 35 (Performance Clocks) and Rule 36 (Multi-disciplinary Reviews) shall apply with regard to Trialists. 242. Each Club shall give the League all such access to information and Persons as it may require in order to monitor the welfare and progression of Trialists and to determine whether to grant an application to extend a trial period. 243.The conditions referred to in Rule 236 are as follows: 243.1.a trial may be offered or given by a Club to anyone in age groups Under 9 travelling time of the Club’s Academy; 243.2.a trial may be offered or given by any Club to anyone in age groups Under 12 and Under 13 who has his permanent residence within one and a half proposes to register under Rule 265; 243.3.a trial may be offered or given by a Club to anyone in age groups Under 14 243.4.subject to Rule 243.5.2 a trial may be offered or given by one or more Clubs to an Academy Player in age group Under 16 who has been informed by Scholarship Agreement with him, any such trial or series of trials may not in 243.5.a trial may not be offered or given to anyone: 243.5.1.who is on trial at another Academy; or 243.5.2.whose registration is held by another Club (or club) except with the written consent of such Club (or club) or in the case of an Rule 269, Rule 271 or Rule 272 to seek registration as an Academy Any question or dispute concerning the travelling time requirements in this Rule shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion. 244. If a Trialist attending an Academy is injured so that he cannot be coached or play football or if the period of his trial is interrupted by any other occurrence, application may be made to the Board in writing to extend the period of his trial, giving full reasons therefor, and the Board shall have power to extend such period in such terms as it may think fit. 245. If before the date upon which a Trialist’s trial period is due to end his trial is terminated, notice to that effect shall be given to the League by sending to the Board PLYD Form 3 duly completed. 246.Upon a Trialist commencing a trial, the League may provide to him and his Parent a copy of these Rules and such other information as the League considers relevant. 247. Where a Club makes an application to the League in PLYD Form 5 that an Academy Player who is a Trialist with that Club at the time of the application be registered as an Academy Player with that Club, the relevant trial will be immediately deemed cancelled by the League and the provisions of Rules 230 to 234 shall apply. Pre-Registration Agreements 248. Subject to the provisions of Art. 19 of the FIFA Regulations on the Status and Transfer of Players, on or after 1st January in any season a Club may enter into a pre-registration agreement with a player who does not reside within one and a half hours’ travelling time of its Academy provided that such a player is then: 248.1.in his Under 16, Under 17 or Under 18 year; 248.2.in Full Time Education; and 248.3. not registered with another Club or Football League club (except in circumstances where the Board grants approval for the player to remain registered at his current Club until the agreement takes effect). 249. A pre-registration agreement shall be in PLYD Form 4 and shall include an undertaking by the Club to enter into a Scholarship Agreement with the player upon the Club having acquired the player’s registration and: 249.1. in the case of a player in his Under 16 year, on or after the last Friday in June in the academic year in which the Academy Player reaches the age of 16; or 249.2.in the case of a player in his Under 17 or Under 18 year, upon his ceasing Full Time Education. Unless authorised in writing by the Board, a breach of such an undertaking will constitute a breach of these Rules. 250.Clubs shall submit to the Board copies of all pre-registration agreements within five days of their being entered into. 251. A written Coaching Curriculum shall be annexed to each pre-registration agreement and the player shall not be coached by or at the Club’s Academy or participate in its matches, tours, Festivals, Training Camps or Tournaments until the programme has been approved in writing by the Board and then only to the extent set out in the programme. Registrations 252. Each Club shall ensure that only Academy Players registered with that Club, Trialists attending Trials in accordance with Rule 236 and players with whom the Club has entered into a pre-registration agreement in accordance with Rule 248 shall be coached by or at that Club’s Academy or participate in matches, tours, Festivals, Training Camps or Tournaments in which the Club operating that Academy is involved.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_12.GIF

Talent Identification and Recruitment Talent Identification and Recruitment Players registered in a particular age group is as a consequence of the Club agreeing the Under 15 age group; and/or the Under 16 age group. to register any additional Academy Players until it complies with the limits in Rule signed by the Academy Player before the third Saturday in May immediately a half hours’ travelling time from the nearest Academy may be registered as an Category subject to the following conditions: Rule at an Academy, the Head of Education shall make enquiries of the currency of his registration so as to satisfy himself/herself that the Curriculum and that it is not adversely affecting his education; the result of the event of an adverse report shall apply to the Board for the cancellation 417 418 Youth Development Rules 262. The Board may from time to time direct the minimum number of Academy Players to be registered by each Club in each age group, and each Club shall comply with any such direction. 263.Subject to Rule 263A, the maximum numbers of Academy Players registrable by a Club at any one time are as follows: Age groups Under 9 to Under 14 inclusive:30 in each age group Age groups Under 15 and Under 16 inclusive:20 in each age group Age groups Under 17 and Under 18:30 across both age groups Age groups Under 19 to Under 21 inclusive:15 in each age group save that no Club shall be in breach of this Rule where any surplus of Academy Season 2020/21 Registration Extensions with one or more of its Academy Players. 263A.No Club shall be in breach of Rule 263 if: 263A.1. in Season 2021/22, they have a surplus of Academy Players registered in 263A.2. in Season 2022/23, they have a surplus of Academy Players registered in 263B.A Club with a surplus pursuant to Rules 263A.1 and/or 263A.2 shall not be permitted 263. 264.No application to register any Academy Player in the Under 9 age group may be preceding his Under 9 year. 265.A player in age groups Under 12 to Under 16 inclusive who resides more than one and Academy Player at the nearest Club which operates an Academy of the appropriate 265.1. an application for registration of an Academy Player under the provisions of this Rule shall be accompanied by a written Coaching Curriculum which shall include full particulars of any coaching the Academy Player will receive at or in the locality of his place of residence; 265.2. the Coaching Curriculum shall be designed so as to ensure that it does not cause the Academy Player to be absent from school; 265.3. in the case of an Academy Player registered under the provisions of this Academy Player’s school at least four times each season during the Academy Player’s best interests are being served by the Coaching each enquiry shall be reported in writing to the Academy Manager who in of the Academy Player’s registration; and 265.4. unless any other travelling arrangements have been submitted to and approved in writing by or on behalf of the Board, on the occasion of each visit by the Academy Player to the Academy at which he is registered he shall be accompanied on both the outward and the return journey by his Parent. 253. Each Club must ensure that every player who represents it in a match, Festival, Tournament or any other event that forms part of the Games Programme is able to produce at that event, on request by the League, a valid registration card issued by the League. 254.Subject to Rule 255 (and save for any instances in which a Season 2020/21 Registration Extension is agreed), players in age groups Under 9, Under 10, Under 11, Under 12, Under 14 and Under 16 shall be registered for one year and those in age groups Under 13 and Under 15 for two years. 255.The registration of an Academy Player shall endure until the last Friday in June in the academic year in which he reaches the age of 16 if: 255.1.he is engaged in the Full Time Training Model; or 255.2. the Club has made an application to the Board to this end, having offered to engage the Academy player on the Full Time Training Model and the Academy Player having rejected this offer for sound educational reasons. In such a case the Board shall enquire into the circumstances and satisfy itself as to the bona fides of the application, and if so satisfied shall have the power to determine that the Academy Player’s registration should so endure. 256.The registration of Academy Players will be undertaken by the League and all registrations are subject to the approval of the Board. 257. Registrations of Academy Players undertaken by The Football League which are held by Clubs promoted to the League shall be treated as having been undertaken by the League provided all circumstances surrounding that registration comply with these Rules, failing which the League shall be at liberty to reject that registration unless otherwise determined by the Board. 258. An application for the registration of an Academy Player at an Academy shall be made by completing and submitting to the Board: (a) PLYD Form 5 signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory; (b) a copy of the Code of Conduct referred to in Rule 198; c) proof of both the Academy Player’s home address and date of birth in such form as is required by the Board (with any subsequent change(s) of address to be submitted by the Club to the League); and (d) a photographic image of the Academy Player in such format as is required by the Board. The completed PLYD Form 5 must be submitted to the Board by the Club within five days of signature by the Academy Player. 259. A Club shall request each Academy Player (or if he is a minor his Parent) to complete PLYD Form 6 at the same time that he completes PLYD Form 5. If he does so the Club shall submit the completed PLYD Form 6 to the Board at the same time that it submits PLYD Form 5. If the Academy Player or his Parent (as applicable) elects not to complete PLYD Form 6, he should nevertheless submit PLYD Form 5 to the Board forthwith. 260. An application in PLYD Form 5 shall be refused if it is made in respect of a player with whom a Club (or club), other than the applicant Club, has entered into a pre-registration agreement which remains current. 261.Except in the case of a Scholar, a player shall not be registered as an Academy Player unless he is in Full Time Education.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_13.GIF

Talent Identification and Recruitment Talent Identification and Recruitment and Scholarship Agreement in accordance with Rule 280 or agreed a Season 2020/21 is held, each Club shall give or send to each of its Academy Players in age to retain or to terminate his registration with effect from the first Saturday Club’s intention to terminate his registration shall be at liberty following receipt of Guidance In the circumstances outlined in Rule 272, where a different Club or club signifies its intent to register the Academy Player beyond his Under 16 year, the two Clubs/clubs concerned, the Academy Player (through his Parents) and the League shall enter into discussions, where appropriate, to consider means by which he might begin training with his new Club or club before the end of his Under 16 year, provided always that his education is not negatively affected in any way. 419 420 Youth Development Rules 266.An application to register an Academy Player shall be refused if: 266.1.the Academy Player is in age groups Under 10, Under 11 or Under 12; 266.2. the registration of that Academy Player was held by another Club or Football League club (“the former Club”) within the period of 12 months prior to the making of the application; 266.3. the former Club had given notice to that Academy Player under the provisions of Rules 268.1 or 268.2 that it intended to retain his registration; and 266.4. the Club making the application had within the said period of 12 months registered two Academy Players in age groups Under 10, Under 11 or Under 12 whose registrations had been held by the former Club, unless the Club making the application and the former Club agree otherwise. 267. On or before the third Saturday in May in every year each Club shall send to the Board a list in PLYD Form 7 containing the names of each of the Academy Players whose registration it then holds (other than those who have entered into a Scholarship Agreement whose names are included in the list required by Rule U.32), indicating: 267.1.which it retains; 267.2.which it intends to retain; 267.3.which it intends to terminate (with effect from the first Saturday in June); 267.4. in the case of Academy Players in the Under 9, Under 10, Under 11, Under 12 and Under 14 age groups, which of those Academy Players have agreed to a Season 2020/21 Registration Extension. End of Season Procedure 268.Except in the case of an Academy Player who has been offered and has accepted a Registration Extension: 268.1. on or before the third Saturday in May in every year in which his registration groups Under 9 to Under 11 PLYD Form 8 notifying him whether it intends in June; and 268.2. on or before the third Saturday in May, each Club shall give or send to each of its Academy Players in age groups Under 12 and Under 14 PLYD Form 9 notifying him whether it intends to retain his registration for the next two seasons or to terminate it with effect from the first Saturday in June. 269.An Academy Player who receives notification under Rule 268.1 or Rule 268.2 of his such notification to seek registration as an Academy Player at the Academy of any other Club (or club). 270.Where a Club and Academy Player agree to a Season 2020/21 Registration Extension: 270.1. that agreement must be confirmed to the League (in such form as approved by the League) by the third Saturday in May; 270.2.by no later than the date falling two weeks before the last day of the Season 2020/21 Registration Extension each Club shall: 270.2.1. provide to each relevant Academy Player in the Under 9 to Under 11 age groups a PLYD Form 8 notifying him whether it intends to retain or to terminate his registration with effect from the end of the Season 2020/21 Registration Extension; 270.2.2. provide to each relevant Academy Player in the Under 12 and Under 14 age groups a PLYD Form 9 notifying him whether it intends to retain his registration for the next two seasons or to terminate his registration with effect from the end of the Season 2020/21 Registration Extension; 270.3. where a Club offers to retain the Academy Player’s registration in line with Rule 270.2.1 or 270.2.2, confirmation of whether the Academy Player has accepted or refused that offer must be provided to the League (in such form as approved by the League) before the conclusion of the Season 2020/21 Registration Extension 270.4. an Academy Player who receives notification under Rule 270.2.1 or 270.2.2 of his Club’s intention to terminate his registration (or who has received an offer of retention under those Rules but has refused it) shall be at liberty to seek registration as an Academy Player at the Academy of any other Club (or club) with effect from the conclusion of his Season 2020/21 Registration Extension 271. An Academy Player who receives notification under Rule 268.1 or Rule 268.2 of his Club’s intention to retain his registration shall likewise be at liberty after the first Saturday in June to seek registration as an Academy Player at the Academy of any other Club (or club) provided that: 271.1.by the first Saturday in June he has given written notice to his Club and the Board terminating his registration; and 271.2.he has received the Board’s written acknowledgement of the same. 272. An Academy Player in age group Under 16 who has not received an offer to enter into a Scholarship Agreement by 31 December or who has been notified in writing by his Club that such an offer will not be forthcoming shall thereafter be at liberty to seek registration as an Academy Player at the Academy of any other Club (or club) and, in such circumstances (save where the Academy Player concerned remains in Full Time Education beyond his Under 16 year), the Club that holds his registration shall not be entitled to receive compensation from any Club (or club) that subsequently registers the Academy Player for its training and development of that Academy Player, in accordance with Rule 328.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_14.GIF

Talent Identification and Recruitment Talent Identification and Recruitment enquire into all the circumstances of the application (adopting such procedures as application should be granted or refused. If the application is granted, the Board disciplinary action pursuant to Section W of the Premier League Rules. Player in age group Under 16 who is seeking registration under the provisions of Rule under the provisions of Rule 272, but only on or after 1 January in his Under of it being made. In addition, any offer of scholarship to a player registered with a the Board by the Club within five days of such offer being made. days by completing and submitting to the Club making the offer PLYD Form 12, a copy Player who does not accept the offer shall be at liberty after the first Saturday in June 421 422 Youth Development Rules 277. The Board will not exercise its powers set out in Rule 276 without having first given the Club, the Academy Player and his Parent the opportunity to make representations to it. 278.The Board shall determine such an application in such manner as it shall think fit and, in particular, shall have power to appoint one or more suitably qualified Persons to are considered appropriate) and to report to the Board, recommending whether the may impose conditions (e.g. as to compensation) on the cancellation of the registration. For the avoidance of doubt, the ability to determine any application, and any conditions relating thereto, shall continue notwithstanding any expiry of the registration after the date of the original application. 279.Upon an Academy Player’s registration terminating by virtue of the provisions of thereof. Scholarships Rule 273.2, the Board shall provide him with a copy of PLYD Form 10 as evidence 280. On or after 1 January in the year in which he attains the age of 14 years and in any event on or before 31 December in his Under 16 year, a Club may offer to enter into a Scholarship Agreement with an Academy Player whose registration it holds. 281.Failure by a Club to honour any offer of a scholarship notified to the League in accordance with Rule 284, without reasonable cause shall render that Club liable to 282.A Club may likewise offer to enter into a Scholarship Agreement with an Academy 272. 283.A club which operates a Category 4 Academy may only offer to enter into a Scholarship Agreement with: 283.1.anyone who is not an Academy Player; or 283.2.an Academy Player in age group Under 16 who is seeking registration 16 Year. 284.Any offer made under the provisions of Rules 280 or 282 shall be in PLYD Form 11, a copy of which shall be sent to the Board by the Club making the offer within five days club not in membership of the Premier League or Football League shall be sent to 285.An Academy Player receiving an offer in PLYD Form 11 shall respond thereto within 28 of which shall be sent to the Board by the Club within five days of receipt. An Academy following his Under 16 year to seek registration at any other Club (or club). 286.An Academy Player who fails to respond as required by Rule 285 shall be deemed to have not accepted the offer. Termination of Registration 273. Subject to Rule 275, the registration of an Academy Player who has not entered into a Scholarship Agreement with a Club shall terminate upon the happening of the earliest of the following events: 273.1.the Academy Player completing his Full Time Education; 273.2. the receipt by the Board at any time of a mutual cancellation notification in PLYD Form 10 duly completed and signed by the Academy Player and his Parent and on behalf of the Club holding his registration; 273.3. the receipt by the Board of the Academy Player’s notice duly given in accordance with the provisions of Rule 271.1; 273.4.the first Saturday in June following the receipt by the Board of PLYD Form 7 upon which his Club has indicated its intention to terminate the Academy Player’s registration; 273.5. at the conclusion of a Season 2020/21 Registration Extension, where no agreement has been reached in accordance with Rule 270.3; or 273.6. the expiry, surrender, suspension or revocation of the Academy licence of the Club holding the registration 274. Where a club is relegated to the National League (a “Former Football League club”), the club shall be entitled to retain the registration of any Academy Players registered at the date of relegation, and such registrations shall automatically terminate upon the happening of the earliest of the following events: 274.1.the club ceases to operate an Academy in accordance with these Rules; or 274.2. on 30 June immediately after the second Season following relegation (unless by that date the club has been promoted back to the Football League). 275.The Board shall have power at any time to cancel the registration of an Academy Player: 275.1.upon the written application of either: 275.1.1. the Academy Player or, if the Academy Player is a Child, his Parent on his behalf (and one of the grounds, but not the only ground, on which such an application may be made is that the categorisation of the Club’s Academy has been lowered pursuant to Rule 21.3); or 275.1.2.the Club holding his registration; or 275.2.of its own volition in the circumstances set out in Rule 276. 276. If the Board is not satisfied that a Club is complying with any one or more of the Rules concerning the Hybrid or Full Time Training Model, or if it is of the view that the education of an Academy Player engaged on the Hybrid or Full Time Training Model is being prejudiced as a result of his engagement thereon (regardless of whether the Club is in compliance with these Rules) it may, either of its own volition or on the written application of an Academy Player who is affected thereby (or of his Parent on his behalf if he is a Child): 276.1.cancel the registration of the Academy Player; or 276.2.order that the Academy Player be deemed to be engaged on one of the other Training Models.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_15.GIF

Talent Identification and Recruitment Talent Identification and Recruitment appeal. with: registration agreement which remains current. interest in an Academy Player whose registration is held by another Club (or club) or agreement which remains current shall be deemed for the purpose of Rule 299 to be to another Club (or club). enter into a Scholarship Agreement and in particular no Club shall pay or 288.1; and 423 424 Youth Development Rules 295.Order for Costs The Board shall have power to make an order for costs: 295.1.in determining appeals under Rule 291 or Rule 292; and 295.2.if any such appeal, having been commenced, is withdrawn. 296.The Board shall have power to determine the amount of any such costs which may include, without limitation, those incurred by the League in the conduct of the 297.Costs ordered to be paid as aforesaid shall be recoverable: 297.1.in the case of a Club, under the provisions of Rule E.27; or 297.2.in the case of an Academy Player, as a civil debt. 298.Further Appeal Within 14 days of a decision of the Board given under the provisions of Rule 294 either party may by notice in writing appeal against such decision to the Premier League Appeals Committee whose decision shall be final. Approaches by and to Clubs and Inducements 299.A Club shall not, either directly or indirectly, make any approach to or communicate 299.1.an Academy Player registered with another Club (or club); or 299.2.a player with whom another Club (or club) has entered into a pre-300.A public statement made by an Official of or Intermediary for a Club expressing a player with whom another Club (or club) has entered into a pre-registration an indirect approach in breach of that Rule. 301.Except as permitted by Rules 269, 270.4, 271, 272 and 285, an Academy Player whose registration is held by a Club shall not, either directly or indirectly, make any approach 302. Except that a Club may, not earlier than 1 November next following the commencement of his Under 16 year, offer an Academy Player a contract as a Contract Player upon his attaining the age of 17 years and subject to Rules 248 and 280: 302.1. no Club shall induce or attempt to induce a player to become registered as an Academy Player by that Club by offering him, or any Person connected with him, either directly or indirectly, a benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind; 302.2.no Club shall likewise induce or attempt to induce an Academy Player to offer to pay to an Academy Player upon his entering into a Scholarship Agreement remuneration in excess of the remuneration referred to in Rule 302.3. no Academy Player shall, either directly or indirectly, accept any such inducement. 287.A Club may enter into a Scholarship Agreement with an Academy Player if: 287.1.it holds his registration; or 287.2.his registration is not held by another Club (or club); and 287.3. (except in the case of an Academy Player who has entered into a Scholarship Agreement with another Club (or club) which has been cancelled by mutual agreement) he is under the age of 18 years; and 287.4.the Scholarship Agreement commences no earlier than the last Friday in June in the academic year in which the Academy Player reaches the age of 16. 288.An Academy Player who enters into a Scholarship Agreement with a Club shall be: 288.1.entitled to receive such remuneration as shall be determined by the Board from time to time; and 288.2.required to complete his Education Programme (as defined in PLYD Form 1). 289. The registration of an Academy Player who enters into a Scholarship Agreement with a Club shall be effected by completion of and submission to the Board of Football Association Form G(4), signed on behalf of the Club by an Authorised Signatory, together with copies of the Academy Player’s Scholarship Agreement, the initial duration of which must not exceed two years, and by such evidence as the League may require to demonstrate that the Academy Player may take up employment in the United Kingdom. 290. If the parties to a Scholarship Agreement have agreed in writing that they will enter into a contract of employment in Form 15 prior to or immediately upon the termination of the Scholarship Agreement, and provided that the written agreement between them specifies the length of the contract and full details of all the remuneration and benefits payable under it, the Club shall not be obliged to complete and sign a mutual cancellation notification upon the Academy Player’s application for cancellation of his registration pursuant to clause 13.1 of the Scholarship Agreement. If the Club chooses not to cancel the Academy Player’s registration, the Academy Player shall remain registered with the Club and the Scholarship Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 291.Appeal against Termination An appeal by an Academy Player under the provisions of clause 10.3 or by a Club under the provisions of clause 12.3 of PLYD Form 1 shall be commenced by notice in writing addressed to the other party to the agreement and to the Board. 292.Appeal against Disciplinary Decision An appeal by an Academy Player under the provisions of paragraph 3.3.2 of the Schedule to PLYD Form 1 shall be commenced by notice in writing addressed to the Club and to the Board. 293.Appeals pursuant to Rule 291 or Rule 292 shall be conducted in such manner as the Board may determine. 294.The Board may allow or dismiss any such appeal and make such other order as it thinks fit.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_16.GIF

Youth Development Rules Facilities Facilities 305 to 319; and Guidance Because of Rule 309, Clubs may need to have a greater number of pitches than the bare minimum necessary to fulfil matches in the Games Programme. complied with. Guidance The Premier League and Football League are consulting on the requirements for Category 3 Clubs’ indoor facilities to have an Artificial Surface. 425 426 Youth Development Rules 310.Artificial Surface Pitch to obtain planning permission for floodlighting then the requirement for effect from 1 July 2016 that this pitch complies with Rule K.15. 311.Indoor area for training and the playing of matches Note: ideally a Club’s indoor facility should be located at its principal venue for the coaching of Academy Players and any new facility must be located at the principal venue. It is accepted, however, that a number of Clubs have existing indoor facilities which are located elsewhere, or that it may be impossible for a Club’s indoor facility to be located at its principal venue for planning reasons. In such cases, where the Board is satisfied that the Club’s indoor facility may be located other than at its principal venue, there shall also be a requirement that the Rules relating to the maximum travel time from an Academy Player’s residence to the coaching venue are 40 yards which shall be owned by the Club (or alternatively the Club must its use by the Club, expiring not earlier than the end of the current Categories 1 and 2 One indoor Artificial Surface pitch measuring a minimum of 60 yards by have a legally enforceable agreement with the owner of the facility for Season) and which shall be for the exclusive use of the Academy at all times. (Note: an indoor pitch which complies with the size requirements set out in Rule K.15 is recommended). Categories 3 and 4 Access to one indoor pitch measuring 60 yards by 40 yards during the months of November to April. Alternatively, the pitch may measure 30 yards by 20 yards but if so the Club shall only be permitted to coach the following maximum numbers of Academy Players at any one time: Age groups Under 9 to Under 14 inclusive: 18 in each age group Age groups Under 15 and Under 16 inclusive: 15 in each age group Age groups Under 17 to Under 21 inclusive: 12 in each age group Categories 1 and 2 One floodlit outdoor Artificial Surface pitch (save that if a Club is unable floodlighting shall be waived). It is recommended and mandatory with Categories 3 and 4 Access to one floodlit outdoor Artificial Surface pitch (which need not be at the principal venue). Facilities 303.Each Club which operates an Academy shall ensure that: 303.1.it provides as a minimum the facilities and accommodation set out in Rules 303.2. if it operates a Category 1 Academy, such facilities and accommodation are available for the exclusive use of its Academy at all times when it requires access to them in order to comply with these Rules. 304. Save where otherwise indicated, or with the permission of the Board, the facilities and accommodation set out in Rules 305 to 319 shall be provided at the Club’s principal venue for the coaching and education of Academy Players. 305.Grass pitches 306. Each Club shall take all reasonable steps to maintain each grass pitch used by its Academy at all times when such pitches are required by the Academy for matches or coaching. 307. The League shall inspect the Academy grass pitches of each Club which operates a Category 1 or Category 2 Academy at least twice a year, and of each Club which operates a Category 3 Academy from time to time. Category 1 a) A sufficient number of grass pitches of the appropriate sizes (as required by the Rules relating to Games Programmes and with goals sized as required by the Rules relating to Games Programmes) to enable the Club to play all its matches in the Games Programmes and fulfil its commitments under these Rules as regards coaching. b) One floodlit grass pitch enclosed with perimeter fencing and with designated areas for spectator attendance (save that if a Club is unable to obtain planning permission for floodlighting then the requirement for floodlighting shall be waived). c) A designated area (on grass) for the coaching of goalkeepers. Category 2 and 3 a) A sufficient number of grass pitches of the appropriate sizes (as required by the Rules relating to Games Programmes and with goals sized as required by the Rules relating to Games Programmes) to enable the Club to play all its matches in the Games Programmes and fulfil its commitments under these Rules as regards coaching. b) A designated area for the coaching of goalkeepers. Category 4 a) A sufficient number of grass pitches of the appropriate sizes (as required by the Rules relating to Games Programmes and with goals sized as required by the Rules relating to Games Programmes) to enable the Club to play all its matches in the Games Programmes and fulfil its commitments under these Rules as regards coaching. b) A designated area (on grass) for the coaching of goalkeepers. 308.Each Club shall take such steps as the Board may require if the Board is not satisfied that a pitch is being maintained to an adequate standard. 309. Without prejudice to the generality of Rule 306, each Club shall ensure that the quality of its pitches used for matches in the Games Programme is not adversely affected by coaching taking place on them.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_17.GIF

Facilities Facilities Guidance Each club should carefully consider provision of facilities suitable for the medical practice undertaken at each venue. In general, a medical consulting room should be not less than 16 square metres and should be larger if it includes a separate area for the examination couch. There should be provision for: • • Privacy sufficient to ensure confidentiality of consultation; Desk, examination couch and equipment to facilitate medical examinations to include: • Thermometer; • Sphygmomanometer; • Otoscope and ophthalmoscope; and • Stethoscope; Electronic or paper medical records in secure format; Secure/lockable filing system; Secure/lockable storage for any medicines; Sufficient provisions for all aspects of medical treatment to be undertaken including: • Protocols and equipment for the provision of Basic Life Support and if not provided elsewhere; • Protocols and equipment sufficient for Advanced Trauma and Life Support; Basin with hot and cold water, provision of hand cleansers, clinical taps, hand drying facilities and all necessary provision for effective infection control procedures; Provision of space and seating for person accompanying examinee; Flooring and fittings of materials which can be cleaned to meet infection control standards; and Telephone. Guidance Sufficient and suitable facilities must be provided at all venues. Thus, if a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy utilises an Artificial Surface pitch or an indoor pitch which is located away from its principal venue, it must ensure that there is substantial compliance with this Rule 312 with regard to changing room and washing facilities. A changing room may not be used as any of the other rooms (e.g. team meeting room) required by these Rules. • • • • • Guidance In Category 3 and 4 Academies, this room: • • • a) b) need not be located at the principal venue; but if it is so located (but not otherwise), may also be used as the guest lounge described in Rule 314. 427 428 Youth Development Rules 317.Administration office space each member of Academy Staff requires in order to perform Categories 1 to 4 a) Such office space and access to IT, email and the internet as the responsibilities set out in his/her job description; b) A private meeting room. 314.Guest lounge Categories 1 to 4 A guest lounge for the use of Parents at each training session and match that is open to Parents. The guest lounge shall be large enough to hold 50 people and have access to refreshments and toilet facilities. Note: in Category 3 and 4 Academies, this room may also be used as the team meeting room described in Rule 313 provided that it is large enough. 313.Team meeting room Categories 1 to 4 A dedicated room large enough to hold 20 people and equipped with individual desks (one per Person), audio/visual projection equipment and a large screen, internet access and computers. 312.Changing rooms and washing facilities Officials (with separate male and female facilities in the case of arrangements made at Category 3 and Category 4 Academies to Categories 1 to 4 a) suitably-sized changing rooms equal in number to the number of teams (including visiting teams) playing at the Academy at any one time so that each such team has exclusive use of a changing room; b) a sufficient number of washing and toilet facilities, of a suitable quality, for the exclusive use of all registered Academy Players; c) a sufficient number of separate washing and toilet facilities, of a suitable quality, for the use of visiting teams; d) a sufficient number of separate changing rooms and washing and toilet facilities, of a suitable quality, for the exclusive use of Match Category 1 and Category 2 Academies only, with appropriate facilitate the changing requirements of both male and female Match Officials); and e) (in the case of Category 1 and Category 2 Academies only) a sufficient number of changing rooms and washing and toilet facilities, of a suitable quality, for the exclusive use of therapists and coaches employed at the Academy and other relevant Academy Staff. 315.Match analysis suite 316.Medical facilities Such medical facilities as the Club requires to deliver its Sports Science and Medicine/Performance Support Programme. Categories 1 and 2 A room large enough to hold 20 people and equipped with such appropriate video and IT technology as is necessary to undertake, and present the results of, Performance Analysis. If the facility is shared with the professional squad, access for the Academy sufficient for its purposes needs to be clearly demonstrated. Category 3 A match analysis suite is recommended but not mandatory.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_18.GIF

Youth Development Rules Finance and Expenses Facilities Guidance For Category 3 and Category 4 Academies, these can be provided at a place other than the principal venue (e.g. at the Club’s Stadium). Guidance Clubs may provide such accommodation by lodging students with private households (subject to compliance with all applicable legal requirements including as to DBS checks) or by operating their own dedicated facilities (such as hostels). Guidance The League will produce benchmarked Club by Club information (on an anonymised basis) with regards to expenditure on youth development on an annual basis. The League will keep the Academy Financial Information provided to it pursuant to Rules 320 and 322 confidential save that: 1. the League may disclose the Information if properly required to do so by law or by any regulatory authority; the League may disclose the Information to the ISO or the PGB (and if it does so, the League shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the ISO or the PGB keeps the Information confidential); the League may disclose the Information to any Person or entity retained to undertake an audit of a Club’s Academy Financial Information pursuant to Rule 324 (and if it does so, the League shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Person or entity so retained keeps the Information confidential); and the League may use the Information to develop and publish benchmarked information on an anonymised basis. 2. 3. 4. Guidance In Category 3 and 4 Academies, this may also be used as the team meeting room provided that the timetabling of lessons in the classrooms allows. Flexibility will be accorded to a Club’s provision of classrooms depending on the number of Academy Players that are engaged in each Training Model. Clubs which operate a Category 3 or Category 4 Academy who have in place an artificial pitch which does not meet the requirements of such a pitch as defined in Rule 1.15 may continue to use such a pitch until the end of its natural life. Thereafter however, they must use a pitch which complies with the definition. 429 430 Youth Development Rules Expenses 326. Without prejudice to Rules 299 to 302, each Club that operates an Academy shall be permitted to reimburse Academy Players and their Parents for actual expenses legitimately incurred as a direct result of the Academy Player’s participation in the activities of the Academy, in accordance with such guidance as is issued by the Board to Clubs from time to time. 327. Without prejudice to Rules 299 to 302, no payment of any kind may be made by a Club to an Academy Player or his Parent (whether directly or indirectly) outside the terms of the guidance issued by the Board in accordance with Rule 326, without the express prior consent of the Board. 319.Classrooms Category 1 A minimum of three classrooms which shall each: • contain sufficient desks for 20 students; • contain 20 electronic devices with access to the internet; and • conform in all respects with any requirements for classrooms issued by the Department for Education. Category 2 A minimum of two classrooms which shall each: • contain sufficient desks for 20 students; and • contain 20 electronic devices with internet access. At least one of the classrooms must conform in all respects with any requirements for classrooms issued by the Department for Education. Categories 3 and 4 Access for Academy Players and Trialists to a study area large enough to hold 20 people and which contains at least 20 electronic devices with internet access. 318.Academy Player accommodation Players and Trialists under the age of 18 not residing with their Player accommodation published by the League from time to time Categories 1 to 4 Sufficient and adequate accommodation for all registered Academy Parents. Clubs shall comply with any guidelines about Academy and with all applicable legal requirements in relation to the provision of such accommodation. Such accommodation shall be located in as close proximity as is reasonably practicable to the Club’s principal venue for the coaching and education of Academy Players and to the place at which Academy Players undertake their education (if this is not the principal venue). Finance 320. Each Club which operates an Academy shall by 1 July in each year submit to the League its budgeted Academy Financial Information for its Academy for the following season. 321. Each Club which operates an Academy shall by 1 September in each year submit to the League its actual Academy Financial Information for its Academy for the previous season together with the budgeted Academy Financial Information for that season. 322.The Academy Financial Information required by Rule 320 shall be submitted in the format required by the League. 323. The League may, at its discretion, require (and the Club shall deliver), such further information and explanations as it deems fit in connection with the Academy Financial Information submitted by the Club pursuant to Rules 320 and 322. 324.The League shall have the power to obtain an independent audit of a Club’s Academy Financial Information submitted pursuant to these Rules. 325. Each Club’s Academy Financial Information shall be assessed by the Board in order to determine whether to award to the Club a grant from the Professional Youth Game Fund.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_19.GIF

Youth Development Rules Compensation Compensation accordance with the provisions of Appendix 11) determine the compensation registered for the Applicant Club; or shall consist of an initial fee payable to the most recent Training Club (and to be paid and, if the Academy Player is in age group Under 12 or older, contingent compensation and Academy Player was registered for the Training Club (subject to Rule 341). Guidance There may be two “applicable fixed fees”. For example, if an Academy Player was registered with a Category 2 Training Club from the age of Under 9 to Under 16, then the applicable fixed fee is £3,000 for each of his initial three years of development (totalling £9,000) and £25,000 for each of the five subsequent years (totalling £125,000) making a total initial fee of £134,000. Guidance For clarity, until 30 June immediately after the second Season following relegation to the National League, the Former Football League club shall be entitled to compensation for its registered Academy Players if it continues to operate an Academy in accordance with these Rules. recent Training Club, such sum as shall have been agreed between them. when he is first registered with the Applicant Club save for an Academy Player to 431 432 Youth Development Rules 329.The amount of compensation referred to in Rule 328 shall be: 329.1.such sum as shall be due pursuant to this section of the Rules; or 329.2.as regards the compensation payable by the Applicant Club to the most 330.Rules 332 to 342 govern the compensation due in respect of an Academy Player who is in, or about to enter, any age group between Under 9 and Under 16 at the time whom Rule 331.2 applies. 335.The applicable annual fixed fees by reference to the age group of the Academy Player and the Category of Academy are as follows: Age group of the Academy Player Category of the Academy of the Training Club at the relevant time Applicable Annual Fixed Fee Under 9 to Under 11 All Categories £3,000 Under 12 to Under 16 Category 1 £40,000 Under 12 to Under 16 Category 2 £25,000 Under 12 to Under 16 Category 3 £12,500 331.In default of agreement between the Applicant Club and the Academy Player’s most recent Training Club, the Professional Football Compensation Committee shall (in payable to the latter in respect of an Academy Player: 331.1.who is in any age group between Under 17 and Under 21 when he is 331.2.to whom the Training Club made an offer of a Scholarship Agreement pursuant to Rule 280. 332.The compensation due in respect of an Academy Player to whom Rule 330 applies within seven days of the Academy Player being registered for the Applicant Club) is payable to all qualifying Training Clubs in accordance with these Rules. 333.The initial fee referred to in Rule 332 shall be calculated by: 333.1. multiplying the applicable annual fixed fee (or fees) calculated in accordance with Rule 334 by the applicable number of years; and 333.2. adding thereto any initial fee (capped at such sum as would have been payable when calculated in accordance with this section of the Rules) paid by the most recent Training Club when it acquired the registration of the Academy Player. 334.In Rule 333: 334.1.the “applicable annual fixed fee” means the fee set out in the table in Rule 335 referable to: 334.1.1.the age group of the Academy Player during any year that he was registered with the Training Club; and 334.1.2.the Category of the Training Club’s Academy during that year; 334.2.the “applicable number of years” means the number of years for which the Compensation 328. The registration of an Academy Player at an Academy shall impose an obligation on the applicant Club or Football League club (“the Applicant Club”) to pay compensation for the training and development of that Academy Player to any Club, Football League club or Former Football League club (in respect of such period as that club were a member of the Football League) which previously held his registration (“the Training Club”) provided that: 328.1. the Training Club had indicated in PLYD Form 7 (or, in the case of a Football League club, the equivalent Football League form) its intention to retain the Academy Player’s registration; or 328.2. the Training Club had offered to enter into a Scholarship Agreement pursuant to Rule 280 with the Academy Player; or 328.3. the Academy Player sought registration at the Applicant Club because he had moved residence outside the permitted travelling time from his last Training Club; or 328.4. save where Rule 272 applies, the Training Club and Academy Player mutually agreed to terminate the Academy Player’s registration pursuant to Rule 273.2 and agreed that the Training Club should retain the right to receive compensation should the Academy Player sign for another Club (or club); or 328.5.the Board has made a determination to that effect pursuant to Rule 278; and 328.6. in all the above cases, the Training Club held a valid licence to operate an Academy in accordance with these Rules (or to operate a Football Academy or Centre of Excellence in accordance with the Rules pertaining to youth development which these Rules replaced). 328A. The obligation in Rule 328 to pay compensation to a Former Football League club shall not apply in the following circumstances: 328A.1. the registration of an Academy Player is released from a Former Football League club in accordance with Rule 274.2; or 328A.2. the Former Football League club ceases to operate an Academy in accordance with these Rules.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_20.GIF

Compensation Compensation Guidance In order to give effect to the compensation Rules under the EPPP, Clubs’ previous Football Academies and Centres of Excellence will have a “deemed”, retrospective categorisation to give effect to the provisions for fixed fee compensation in respect of the years up until the coming into force of the Rules. The following applies: Appearances (up to a maximum of 100) made by the Academy Player for Academy Player subsequently becomes registered (including by way of a birthday to a club affiliated to a national association other than The payment paid to the Applicant Club and the Training Club Players; and Training Club to acquire the Academy Player’s registration; association other than the Football Association (save for any Guidance Clubs will be obliged to pay contingent compensation as it falls due in accordance with Rule V.36 (payment within seven days of the triggering event). 433 434 Youth Development Rules 336.The contingent compensation referred to in Rule 332 shall consist of: 336.1.appearance fees calculated by reference to the number of First Team the Applicant Club or any other Club or Football League club for whom the Temporary Transfer or other loan) and to the divisional status of the relevant Club as set out in the table in Rule 337; 336.2.if the Academy Player’s registration is transferred prior to his twenty-third Football Association (save for any Welsh club which is a member of the League, The Football League or the National Division of the National League), 20% of any Compensation Fee, Loan Fee and Contingent Sum that the Applicant Club receives which is in excess of: 336.2.1. any amounts of training compensation and/or solidarity pursuant to the FIFA Regulations for the Status and Transfer of 336.2.2. the actual sum (if any) paid by the Applicant Club to the 336.3.5% of all Compensation Fees (and transfer fees, where applicable), Loan Fees and Contingent Sums paid in respect of: 336.3.1. all future transfers of the Academy Player’s registration to Clubs (or clubs) in membership of the League, The Football League or the National Division of the National League; and 336.3.2. all future transfers on loan to a club affiliated to a national Welsh club which is a member of the League, The Football League or the National Division of the National League). StatusDeemed retrospective Category for the purposes of calculating compensation (in respect of the period up until the end of Season 2011/12) Club operated a licensed Football Academy which is placed into Category 1 under the new Rules (all Category 1 Clubs will be the subject of an ISO audit by no later than 31 May 2012) Category 1 Club operated a licensed Football Academy which is not placed into Category 1 under the new Rules. Category 2 Club operated a licensed Centre of Excellence Category 3 337.The appearance fees referred to in Rule 336.1 are as follows: 338.In Rule 336: 338.1. “First Team Appearance” means an appearance either in the starting eleven or as a playing substitute in a first team fixture in the Premier League, the Football League Championship and Football Leagues 1 and 2 (including play-offs), the Football League Cup, the FA Cup, the Football League Trophy, the UEFA Europa League or the UEFA Champions League; 338.2. in the event that the Academy Player’s registration at a Club (or Football League club) is terminated (whether by effluxion of time, cancellation, transfer or otherwise) prior to his having made sufficient appearances to trigger one of the payments set out in Rule 337, that Club (or Football League club) shall pay a pro rata amount to the relevant Training Club(s) and the obligation to pay future sums pursuant to that Rule shall transfer to any new Club (or Football League club) for whom the Academy Player subsequently becomes registered; and 338.3. “Compensation Fee”, “Loan Fee” and “Contingent Sum” shall be interpreted to exclude compensation payable pursuant to Rule 328. 339. Reference in Rules 336 and 338 to the transfer or termination of an Academy Player’s registration shall be interpreted to include transfers or terminations of his registration after he has ceased to be an Academy Player and Clubs who subsequently sign the Academy Player shall be bound to comply with Rules 336.1 and 336.3 and for the avoidance of doubt the original Applicant Club shall not be liable to the Training Club in respect of: 339.1. any appearance fees payable pursuant to Rule 336.1 and due in respect of appearances made by the Academy Player after he has ceased to be permanently registered for the Applicant Club; or 339.2. sums payable pursuant to Rule 336.2 and 336.3 arising from transfers in respect of which the Applicant Club was not the Transferor Club. Divisional Status of the Club Number of First Team Appearances Premier League Club Football League Championship Club Football League 1 Club Football League 2 Club 10 £150,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 20 £150,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 30 £150,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 40 £150,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 50 £150,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 60 £150,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 70 £100,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 80 £100,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 90 £100,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000 100 £100,000 £25,000 £10,000 £5,000


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_21.GIF

Compensation Compensation Guidance The fees set out in Rules 335 and 337 are to be revised annually by the PGB. The Regulations of the Professional Football Compensation Committee referred to in Rule 343 are in Appendix 11 to Premier League Rules. They remain unchanged as regards the calculation of compensation for: • • Academy Players in the Under 18 and older age groups; an Academy Player with whom the Training Club had agreed to enter into a Scholarship Agreement; and an Academy Player with whom the Applicant Club enters into a Scholarship Agreement. Guidance Rule 342 covers the following situations: 1. where an Academy Player has been registered for only one Training Club but not for the entirety of the period from the start of his Under 12 year to the conclusion of his Under 16 year; and where the Academy Player has been registered for more than one Training Club during the period. • 2. In either case, the Training Club(s) receive(s) contingent compensation pro rata to the period that it/they held the Academy Player’s registration. 435 436 Youth Development Rules 343. The compensation set by the Professional Football Compensation Committee in respect of an Academy Player to whom Rule 331 applies shall be determined in accordance with the Committee’s Regulations (set out at Appendix 11). 344. The new registration of a Contract Player under Premier League Rule U.17 shall impose an obligation on the Club next holding his registration to pay to the former Club (or club) compensation for the training and development of that Player if the Club (or club): 344.1.had held that Player’s registration as an Academy Player; 344.2.had offered to enter into a Scholarship Agreement with him which offer he had not accepted; or 344.3.had entered into a Scholarship Agreement with him; and either 344.3.1.the Scholarship Agreement had been terminated at the Player’s request; or 344.3.2. in accordance with the terms thereof the former Club (or club) had offered him a contract as a Contract Player which offer he had not accepted. 345.The amount of compensation payable pursuant to Rule 344 shall be: 345.1.such sum as shall have been agreed between the applicant Club (or club) and the former Club; or 345.2.such sum as the Professional Football Compensation Committee on the application of either Club (or club) shall determine pursuant to Rule 343. 346. Any agreement between Clubs or between a Club and a Football League club as to the amount of compensation payable shall be in writing, and a copy provided to the League within five days of being entered into. 347. All compensation (including instalments thereof and contingent sums) payable to a Club or Football League club shall be paid by the Applicant Club into the Compensation Fee Account. 340. Any agreement between a Club and another Club (or club) as to the compensation payable on the transfer of a registration, whether pursuant to Rule 329.2 or otherwise, may not take effect so as to vary the contingent compensation payable pursuant to this section of the Rules to any other Club (or Football League club). 341. If an Academy Player has spent part only of any year at the Training Club, the amount of compensation in respect of that year shall be calculated pro rata (taking into account whether or not the Training Club’s Academy was operational or not during the Close Season or any part of it). 342. If the Academy Player has been registered for a Training Club for part only of the period between the start of his Under 12 year to the conclusion of his Under 16 year, the amount of contingent compensation payable to that Training Club calculated in accordance with these Rules shall be paid pro rata to the Training Club.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_22.GIF

Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_23.GIF

Premier League and The Football League PLYD Form 1 Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 Scholarship Agreement “Gross Misconduct” shall mean serious or persistent conduct, behaviour, activity or omission by the Scholar involving one or more of the following: AN AGREEMENT made the (day) ............................. day of (month and year) ............................. Between (club company name) ........................................................................... whose registered office is at (address) ....................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................. (hereinafter called “the Club”) of the one part and (Scholar’s full name) ......................................................................... of (address) ............................................................................... (hereinafter called “the Scholar”) of the other part (a) (b) (c) (d) theft or fraud; deliberate and serious damage to the Club’s property; use or possession of or trafficking in a Prohibited Substance; incapacity through alcohol affecting the Scholar’s performance as a player; breach of or failure to comply with any of the terms of this agreement; (e) WHEREBY it is agreed as follows: or such other similar or equivalent serious or persistent conduct, behaviour, activity or omission by the Scholar which the Board reasonably considers to amount to gross misconduct; 1. Definitions and Interpretation 1.1 The words and phrases below shall have the following meanings: “Authorised Games” shall have the meaning set out in the League Rules; “the League” shall mean the football league of which the Club is a member from time to time; “the Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Club for the time being or any duly authorised committee of such board of directors; “the League Rules” shall mean the rules or regulations from time to time in force of the League; “the Club Rules” shall mean the rules or regulations affecting the Scholar from time to time in force and published by the Club; “National Minimum Wage” means the National Minimum Wage as determined by the Low Pay Commission from time to time; “Contract Player” shall mean any player (other than a Academy Player or Scholar or Youth Player) who has entered into a written contract of employment with a Club as defined by the League Rules; “Parent” means a person who has parental responsibility for the Scholar; “PFA” shall mean the Professional Footballers Association; “Education Programme” shall mean the programme of education provided by the Club being either the Level 3 Apprentice, Sporting Excellence Professional or any other programme of education approved in writing by the League in conjunction with the PFA; “Player” shall have the meaning set out in the League Rules; “Prohibited Substance” shall have the meaning set out in the FA Rules; “the FA” shall mean The Football Association Limited; “the Rules” shall mean the FA Rules, the League Rules and the Club Rules. “the FA Rules” shall mean the rules and regulations from time to time in force of the FA; 1.2 For the purpose of this agreement and provided the context so permits, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and any gender includes any other gender. “Football Development Programme” shall mean the programme of football training provided by the Club including the Scholar’s participation in Authorised Games; 439 440 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_24.GIF

Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 5.1.2 when directed by an authorised official of the Club to: 2. Purpose 5.1.2.1 attend at any reasonable place for the purposes of and to participate in training and match preparation; play in any Authorised Games in which he is selected to play for the Club; attend other matches in which the Club is engaged; 2.1 The purpose of this agreement is to provide the Scholar with a period of work-based learning in preparation for a possible future career as a professional association football player. 5.1.2.2 5.1.2.3 3. Duration 5.1.3 5.1.4 to train and play to the best of his skill and ability at all times; except to the extent prevented by injury or illness, to maintain a high standard of physical fitness at all times; to observe the Laws of the Game when playing football; to observe the Rules but in the case of the Club Rules to the extent only that they do not conflict with or seek to vary the express terms of this agreement; that he has given all necessary authorities for the release to the Club of his medical records and will continue to make the same available as requested by the Club from time to time during the continuance of this agreement; to submit promptly to such medical and dental examinations as the Club may reasonably require and undergo such treatment as may be prescribed by the medical or dental advisers of the Club and/or the Club’s insurers; to permit the Club to photograph him individually or as a member of a squad of players and staff of the Club provided that such photographs are for use as the official photographs of the Club; to comply with and act in accordance with all lawful instructions of any authorised official of the Club; and to sign the declaration set out at Schedule Three to this Agreement and to procure that his Parent signs the same. 3.1 Subject as hereinafter provided, this agreement shall remain in force from the date set out in Schedule One for two years. If during the currency of this agreement the Club wishes to offer the Scholar a contract as a Contract Player it may only do so on the condition that the Scholar continues his Education Programme. 3.2 5.1.5 5.1.6 4. Extension of Agreement 5.1.7 4.1 If by reason of illness or injury the Scholar is prevented from participating in the Football Development Programme for a period in excess of five weeks (hereafter “the excess period”): 5.1.8 4.1.1 the duration of this agreement shall be extended by the length of the excess period or, if earlier, until the Scholar’s nineteenth birthday; and within fourteen days of the end of the excess period the Club shall give written notice to the League and to the FA indicating the date to which the duration of the agreement is extended. 4.1.2 5.1.9 5.1.10 4.2 The Club shall be entitled to extend the duration of this agreement by one year by giving to the Scholar written notice to that effect on or before the third Saturday in May in the second year of the agreement and a copy of any such notice shall be sent to the League and to the FA within fourteen days of the date on which it was given. 5.1.11 5.2 Subject to Clause 5.3.4 below, the Scholar may contribute to the media in a responsible manner but whenever circumstances permit the Scholar shall give to the Club reasonable notice of his intention to make any contribution to the public media in order to allow representations to be made to him on behalf of the Club if it so desires. 5. Obligations of the Scholar 5.1 The Scholar agrees: 5.1.1 to participate in the Football Development Programme and the Education Programme; 441 442 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_25.GIF

Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 remain open and capable of acceptance by the Scholar for a period of one month from the date upon which the Club gave it to him. 5.3 The Scholar shall not: 5.3.1 reside at any place which the Club reasonably deems unsuitable for the performance of his obligations under this agreement; undertake or be engaged in any employment or be engaged or involved in any trade, business or occupation; indulge in any activity or practice which might endanger his fitness or inhibit his mental or physical ability to train or play or which might cause to be void or voidable any policy of insurance provided for the Scholar by the Club in compliance with the Rules; or knowingly or recklessly do, write or say anything which is likely to bring the Club or the game of football into disrepute. 7. Illness and Injury 5.3.2 7.1 Any injury to or illness of the Scholar shall be reported by him or on his behalf to the Club immediately and the Club shall keep a record of such illness or injury. 5.3.3 8. Permanent Incapacity 8.1 In the event that the Scholar shall be permanently incapacitated the Club shall be entitled to serve a notice upon the Scholar terminating this agreement. The minimum length of such notice shall be three months. The notice may be served at any time after: 5.3.4 8.2 8.3 6. Obligations of the Club The Club shall: 8.3.1 the Scholar is declared to suffer from Permanent Total Disablement as defined in the League’s personal accident insurance scheme; or an appropriately qualified independent medical consultant (the identity of whom shall be agreed between the Club and the Scholar, each acting reasonably, save that in the event that the parties are unable to agree, such individual as shall be appointed by the President or next available officer of the Royal College of Surgeons) certifies that the Scholar has suffered permanent incapacity. 6.1 provide the Football Programme; Development Programme and the Education 8.3.2 6.2 observe the Rules, save that the FA Rules and League Rules shall take precedence over the Club Rules; pay to the Scholar throughout the duration of this agreement (and during agreed holiday periods) the remuneration which by virtue of the League Rules he is entitled to receive as more particularly set out in Schedule One. Such remuneration shall not be less than the National Minimum Wage and shall not exceed any maximum amount specified pursuant to the League Rules; provide the Scholar each year with copies of all the Rules which affect the Scholar and the terms and conditions of the policy of insurance referred to in clause 5.3.3; arrange promptly such medical and dental examinations and treatment as may be prescribed by the medical or dental advisors of the Club in respect of any injury to or illness of the Scholar and shall ensure that any such treatment for any football related injury is undertaken and completed without expense to the Scholar notwithstanding that this agreement expires after such treatment is prescribed; comply with all relevant statutory provisions relating to industrial injury and any regulations made pursuant thereto; and on or before the third Saturday in May in the final year of this agreement give written notice to the Scholar indicating whether or not upon the expiry of this agreement it intends offering to the Scholar a professional contract as a Contract Player and if so setting out the terms thereof, which offer shall 6.3 9. Disciplinary Procedure 6.4 9.1 The Club shall operate the disciplinary procedure set out in Schedule Two hereto in relation to any allegation that there has been a breach of or failure to observe the terms of this agreement or the Rules. 6.5 10. Termination by the Club 10.1 The Club shall be entitled to terminate this agreement by fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Scholar if after due investigation and enquiry it is reasonably satisfied that he: 6.6 10.1.1 10.1.2 shall be guilty of Gross Misconduct; or has failed to heed any final written warning given under the provisions of Schedule Two hereto; or is convicted of any criminal offence where the punishment consists of an immediate custodial sentence of or exceeding three months. 6.7 10.1.3 443 444 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_26.GIF

Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 12. Termination by the Scholar 10.2 There shall be included in any such notice full particulars of the Club’s reasons for terminating the agreement and a copy of it shall be sent to the League, the FA and the PFA. Within seven days of receiving a termination notice the Scholar by written notice served on the Club and the League may appeal against the decision of the Club to the League in accordance with the League Rules and the parties shall seek to ensure that such appeal shall be heard within a further 28 days. If the Scholar exercises his right of appeal the termination of this agreement shall not become effective unless and until it shall have been determined that the Club was entitled to terminate the agreement pursuant to clause 10.1. Pending such determination the Club may suspend the Scholar. Any such termination shall be subject to the rights of the parties provided for in the League Rules. 12.1 The Scholar shall be entitled to terminate this agreement by fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Club if the Club shall be guilty of serious or persistent breach of the terms and conditions of this agreement. There shall be included in any such notice full particulars of the Scholar’s reasons for terminating the agreement and a copy of it shall be sent to the League, the FA and the PFA. Within seven days of receiving a termination notice the Club by written notice served on the Scholar and the League may appeal against the termination and the appeal shall be determined in accordance with the League Rules and the parties shall seek to ensure that such appeal shall be heard within a further 28 days. If the Club exercises its right of appeal the termination of this agreement shall not become effective unless and until it shall have been determined that the Scholar was entitled to terminate the agreement pursuant to clause 12.1. Any such termination shall be subject to the rights of the parties provided for in the League Rules. 10.3 12.2 12.3 10.4 10.5 12.4 11. Grievance Procedure 12.5 11.1 In the event of any grievance in connection with his education under this agreement and/or its operation the following procedures shall be available to the Scholar in the order set out: 13. Cancellation of Registration 11.1.1 the grievance shall in the first instance be brought informally to the notice of such person as the Club identifies as the person dealing with grievances, failing which to any member of the Club’s youth management; if the grievance is not settled to the Scholar’s satisfaction within 14 days thereafter formal notice of the grievance may be given in writing to the Secretary of the Club requiring it to be considered by the Board. The matter shall thereupon be dealt with by the Board at its next convenient meeting and in any event within four weeks of receipt of the notice; if the grievance is not settled by the Club to the Scholar’s satisfaction the Scholar shall have a right of appeal to the League exercisable within seven days of receipt by the Scholar of written notice of the decision of the Board by notice in writing to the Club and the League and such appeal shall be determined in accordance with the League Rules. 13.1 At any time during the currency of this agreement the Scholar may, by giving fourteen days’ notice in writing to the Club and League, apply for cancellation of his registration, whereupon 13.1.1 the Club may complete and sign a mutual cancellation notification in accordance with the League Rules whereupon this agreement shall terminate (and clause 13.2 shall apply); or within fourteen days of receipt of any notice of cancellation, the Club may apply for the application to be determined by the League in accordance with Youth Development Rule 275. 11.1.2 13.1.2 13.2 In consequence of such a termination, the Scholar shall not be permitted by the League to be registered as a Player until the expiry of two years from its effective date unless either: 11.1.3 13.2.1 13.2.2 the Club gives its written consent; or the Club has received compensation for the training and development of the Scholar in accordance with the League Rules. 445 446 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_27.GIF

Schedule One Scholarship Agreement PLYD Form 1 PLYD Form 1 Scholarship Allowance 14. Holidays Supplemental Provisions and Employment Rights Act 1996 14.1The Scholar shall be entitled to five weeks holiday a year, to be taken at a time or times as shall be determined by the Club. 1. This Scholarship Agreement commences on ……….......... and terminates on ……….......... 2. The Scholar’s employment with the Club began on the date set out in paragraph 1 [replace the words in italics with the appropriate date if it began earlier]. 15. Entire Agreement 15.1This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Club and the Scholar and supersedes any and all preceding agreements between the Club and the Scholar. 3. No employment with a previous employer shall count as part of the Scholar’s continuous period of employment hereunder. 4. The Scholar’s hours of work are such as the Club may from time to time reasonably require of him to carry out his duties and the Scholar shall not be entitled to any additional remuneration for work done outside normal working hours. 16. Jurisdiction and Law 16.1This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. 5. The place of employment shall be at the Club’s ground and training ground but the Club shall be entitled to require the Scholar to play and to undertake his duties hereunder at any other place throughout the world. 6. The terms and conditions of this contract form part of a number of collective agreements between the Club (through the League) and the Scholar (through the PFA) affecting the Scholar’s employment. 17. Privacy Notice 17.1 For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) the Scholar acknowledges that the Club, the League, The FA, the PFA and any relevant training body are collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about the Scholar including such data in this contract and using it for all relevant administrative and statistical purposes connected with the Scholar’s education and potential future in professional football and any other purpose as set out in their data protection notices and policies. The League’s, the PFA’s and The FA’s Player Privacy Notice will be provided to you directly during the registration process and/or will be available on their respective websites. The Club’s Data Protection Policy can be found in the Club’s employee handbook. 7. No contracting out certificate pursuant to the Pensions Scheme Act 1993 is in force in respect of the Scholar’s employment under this contract. 8. There is no entitlement to pensions benefit in relation to the Scholar’s employment. However, the Club shall provide access to a designated stakeholder pension scheme as required by law. For the avoidance of doubt, the Club will not make any contributions to such stakeholder scheme. 9. The wage payable by virtue of Clause 6.3 of this agreement is calculated as follows and shall be paid monthly in arrears:-£ ………... per month from ………... to ………... £ ………... per month from ………... to ………... If the agreement is extended pursuant to the exercise by the Club of the option set out in Clause 4.2, the rate of wage will be as follows: £ ………... per month from ………... to ………... Any other provisions: …………………………………………………………………......................................................................................................... …………………………………………………………………......................................................................................................... 447 448 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_28.GIF

Schedule Two PLYD Form 1 Disciplinary Procedure and Penalties PLYD Form 1 Disciplinary Procedure and Penalties 1. Introduction 3.2.2 Subject as provided in paragraph 3.2.3 no disciplinary penalty will be imposed without first giving the Scholar the opportunity to state his case. A disciplinary hearing may proceed in the Scholar’s absence and a disciplinary penalty may be imposed if he fails to appear at such hearing after having received proper notice thereof. The disciplinary procedure aims to ensure that the Club behaves fairly in investigating and dealing with allegations of unacceptable conduct with a view to helping and encouraging all Scholars to achieve and maintain appropriate standards of conduct and performance. The Club nevertheless reserves the right to depart from the precise requirements of its disciplinary procedure where the Club considers it expedient to do so and where the Scholar’s resulting treatment is no less fair. 3.2.3 3.3 Appeals 3.3.1 The Scholar shall have a right of appeal to the Board against any disciplinary decision. The Scholar should inform the Board in writing of his wish to appeal within seven days of the date of notification to him of the decision which forms the subject of such appeal. The Board will conduct an appeal hearing as soon as possible thereafter at which the Scholar will be given a further opportunity to state his case either personally or through his representative. The decision of the Board will be notified to the Scholar in writing within seven days and subject to paragraph 3.3.2 will be final and binding under this procedure. In the event of any sanction being imposed or confirmed in excess of an oral warning the Scholar may by notice in writing served on the Club and the League within seven days of receipt by the Scholar of written notification of the decision of the Board appeal against it to the League and such appeal shall be determined in accordance with the League Rules. If the Scholar exercises any right of appeal as aforesaid any sanction imposed by the Club upon the Scholar shall not take effect until the appeal has been determined and the sanction confirmed, varied or revoked as the case may be. 2. Records All cases of disciplinary action under this procedure will be recorded and placed in the Club’s records until deleted in accordance with paragraph 4.2. A copy of the Club’s disciplinary records concerning the Scholar will be supplied to the Scholar at his request. 3. The Procedure The following steps will be taken as appropriate in all cases of disciplinary action 3.3.2 3.1 Investigation No action will be taken before a proper investigation has been undertaken by the Club into the matter complained of. If the Club determines the same to be appropriate the Club may by written notice suspend the Scholar for up to fourteen days while the investigation takes place. If the Scholar is so suspended this agreement will continue together with all the Scholar’s rights under it except that during the period of suspension the Scholar will not be entitled to access to any of the Club’s premises except at the prior request or with the prior consent of the Club and subject to such conditions as the Club may impose. The decision to suspend the Scholar will be notified in writing to the Scholar by the Club. 3.3.3 4. Disciplinary Penalties and Termination 3.2 Disciplinary Hearing 4.1 At a disciplinary hearing or on an appeal to the Board against a disciplinary decision the Club may dismiss the allegation or if it is proved to the Club’s satisfaction may: 3.2.1 If the Club decides to hold a disciplinary hearing about the matter complained of the Scholar will be given full details in writing of the complaint against him and reasonable notice of the date and time of the hearing. At the hearing the Scholar will be given an opportunity to state his case either personally, through his representative or the PFA. 4.1.1 give an oral warning, a formal written warning or after a previous warning or warnings a final written warning to the Scholar; impose a fine not exceeding the amount of 50% of his monthly salary; 4.1.2 449 450 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_29.GIF

Schedule Three Disciplinary Procedure and Penalties PLYD Form 1 PLYD Form 1 Declaration by Scholar and Parents* To be signed by the Scholar: 4.1.3 order the Scholar not to attend at any of the Club’s premises for such period as the Club thinks fit not exceeding two weeks; or where the circumstances set out in Clause 10.1 of this agreement apply, terminate this agreement. I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) ............................................... ......................................................................................................... Post Code ........................................... and (email address) ........................................... certify that the Club has not made any approach to me or engaged in any communication with me or any person connected with me, either directly or indirectly, whilst I was registered with another club in membership of the Premier League or EFL (a “League Club”) save as permitted by the League Rules, nor have I approached or engaged in communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst registered with another League Club, nor has the Club induced or attempted to induce me to enter into the scholarship agreement dated .............................. (the “Scholarship Agreement”) by offering me or any person connected with me, either directly or indirectly, a benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, nor have I accepted any such inducement from anybody in connection with the Scholarship Agreement. I agree to be bound by the League Rules. 4.1.4 4.2 Any warning or sanction given under this disciplinary procedure will be deleted in the Club’s records after twelve months. SIGNED by the Scholar .……………………………………………………………… in the presence of his Parent: [Signature] ……………………………………………………................................... [Address] ……………………………………………………................................... Signed …………………………………………………..........…………............... ……………………………………………………................................... Date ………………………………………………….............…………............... [Occupation] ……………………………………………………................................ To be signed by the Parents*: SIGNED by [insert name] .…………………………………………………………. for and on behalf of the Club in the presence of: I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) .......................................... ............................................................................................................. Post Code .......................................... and (email address) ...................................................................................... being a person having parental responsibility for the above-named Academy Player, and [Signature] ……………………………………………………................................... [Address] ……………………………………………………................................... I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) ............................................. .......................................................................................................... Post Code .......................................... and (email address) ...................................................................................... being each a person having parental responsibility for the above-named Academy Player, and each certify that the above details are correct and that: ……………………………………………………................................... [Occupation] ……………………………………………………................................ (a) the Club has not made any approach to or engaged in any communication with me, my son or any person connected with me or my son, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by League Rules; 451 452 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_30.GIF

Premier League Declaration by Scholar and Parent PLYD Form 1 PLYD Form 2 Notification of Trialist’s Particulars (Youth Development Rule 236.2) To: The Board The Premier League We hereby give notice that the Trialist whose particulars appear below is attending the Academy of ............................................................................................................................ Football Club: Surname ..................................................................... Other name(s) .......................................................... Address .................................................................................................................................................................. ...................................................................................................................... Post Code ...................................... Parents’ email address .................................................................................................................................... Travelling time from this address to the Academy # ........................................................................... Date of birth ....................... Place of birth ...................................... Nationality ..................................... Countries for which eligible to play (if known) ....................................................................................... Date of commencement of trial period .................................................................................................. Date trial period is due to end § ................................................................................................................ Other clubs (if any) at whose Academy the Trialist has attended for a trial during the current Season .................................................................................................................................................... Other clubs (if any) at which the Trialist has been registered: Club ..................................................................... From ........................................ To ........................................ Club ..................................................................... From ........................................ To ........................................ (Continue separately if more than three such Clubs) Details of the Trialist’s School: ..................................................................... (b) I have not approached or engaged in communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by League Rules; (c) the Club has not induced or attempted to induce me or anyone connected with me, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to persuade or encourage my son to enter into the Scholarship Agreement; or (d) so far as I am aware, the Club has not induced or attempted to induce my son or anyone connected with him, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to enter into the Scholarship Agreement. I acknowledge that the acceptance of any inducement referred to at points (c) and (d), above, and/or engaging in any approach or communication referred to at points (a) and (b), above, constitutes a breach of the League Rules by my son. I further acknowledge and agree that (e) the League may request that I attend a meeting in person to answer questions relating to the Scholarship Agreement and the payment of any such inducement and/or the engagement in any such approach/communication and/or to produce relevant documents (including, for example, financial records and/or telecommunications records) within a reasonable deadline; and Certificate by Player I hereby certify that the above particulars are correct and consent to this application, and, where I am over the age of 16, I: • further consent to the conduct of drug testing on me in accordance with The FA’s Memorandum on Drug Testing and to me receiving medication as instructed and any emergency dental, medical or surgical treatment, including anaesthetic or blood transfusion, as considered necessary by the medical authority present; • acknowledge that for the purposes of the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) the Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data contained within this Form for the purpose of discharging its function as a regulatory, administrative and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/ player-privacy-policy. (f) should I refuse or fail to comply with any request by the League in accordance with point (e), above, the League may refuse to register my son as a Scholar with the Club or suspend or cancel any such registration already in place and any tribunal appointed to consider an alleged breach of League Rules by my son will be entitled to draw an adverse inference against him in those proceedings. Signed (1) ………………………………………………….......... Signed (2) ………………………………………………….......... Date …………………………………….…………….............…………….……………............. * A declaration in this form must be signed by every Parent (as defined) of the Academy Player 453 454 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_31.GIF

Premier League Notification of Trialist’s Particulars PLYD Form 2 PLYD Form 3 Notice of Ending of Trial Period (Youth Development Rule 245) I further certify that I have provided to the Club giving this notice full written particulars of any medical condition from which I suffer and I undertake to inform the Club forthwith in writing if any such medical condition arises during the trial period. Finally, I confirm that I have read and agree to be bound by and comply with the Rules of the Premier League and the Youth Development Rules (copies of which can be found on the Premier League website – www.premierleague.com). Endorsement by Parent+ To: The Board The Premier League We hereby give notice that the trial period of [name of Trialist] ……………………………………………………………………… who has been attending the Academy of ……………………………………………………………………… Football Club on trial ended on [date] …………………………………………………………............... I, (full name) ...................................................................... of (address) ....................................................... ................................................................................................................ Post Code ........................................... being the Parent (as defined in Premier League Rules) of the above-named Trialist, hereby certify that the above particulars are correct and consent to this application, to the conduct of drug testing on him in accordance with The FA’s Memorandum on Drug Testing and to his receiving medication as instructed and any emergency dental, medical or surgical treatment, including anaesthetic or blood transfusion, as considered necessary by the medical authorities present. I further acknowledge that for the purposes of the Data Protection Act 2018 and the GDPR the Premier League shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about the Player including such data contained within this Form for the purpose of discharging its function as a regulatory, administrative and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice. I further certify that I have provided to the above-named Club full written particulars of any medical condition from which the above-named Trialist suffers and I undertake to inform the Club forthwith in writing if any such medical condition arises during the trial period. Signed …………………………………………………......... Position ……………………………………………............ Date …………………………………………………............. Signed by the Parent ………………….….……………………………………………… Date ................................ Countersigned by the Trialist ……………………………………………………… Date ................................ Signed on behalf of the Club ……………………………………………………… Position ……………………………………………………………………………………......... Date ……………………………………………………………………………………................. # to be completed if the Trialist is in age groups Under 9 to Under 13 inclusive (subject to the exception set out in the Youth Development Rules) § + not more than eight consecutive weeks from the date of commencement to be completed if the Trialist is a minor 455 456 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_32.GIF

Premier League PLYD Form 4 Pre-Registration Agreement PLYD Form 4 Pre-Registration Agreement (Youth Development Rule 249) I acknowledge further to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that the Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this Pre-Registration Agreement and in the annexed player’s Coaching Curriculum for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. Date ............................................................ Parties (1) .................................................................. Football Club of ................................................(“the Club”) (2) .................................................................. of .......................................................................... (“the player”) whose date of birth is ............................................................ Undertakings by the Player’s Parent The player’s parent hereby certifies that: Place of birth .............................................................................. Nationality .............................................. Countries for which eligible to play (if known) .................................................................................... 1. the Club has not made any approach to or engaged in any communication with me, my son or any person connected with me or my son, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by the League Rules; Email address of his player’s Parent ....................................................................................................... Undertakings by the Club Pursuant to Rule 249 of the Premier League Youth Development Rules (“the Rules”), the Club hereby undertakes that: 2. I have not approached or engaged in communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by the League Rules; 1. upon the player reaching the statutory school leaving age applicable in England/ ceasing Full Time Education* it will apply to register the player as an Academy Player at its Academy and having acquired the registration will enter into a Scholarship Agreement with the player in the form annexed to the Rules; and 3. the Club has not induced or attempted to induce me or anyone connected with me, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to register my son as an Academy Player with the Club or to encourage or facilitate that registration; or 2. upon the player’s Coaching Curriculum (of which a copy is annexed hereto) or any variation of it being approved under the provisions of Rule 251 of the Rules, to coach the player in accordance therewith until the said Scholarship Agreement is entered into. 4. so far as I am aware, the Club has not induced or attempted to induce my son or anyone connected with him, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to register with the Club as an Academy Player. Undertakings by the Player The player hereby undertakes that: I acknowledge that the acceptance of any inducement referred to at points (3) and (4), above, and/or engaging in any approach or communication referred to at points (1) and (2), above, constitutes a breach of the Youth Development Rules by my son. 1. save for the exception in Rule 248.3, he is not registered with nor during the currency of this agreement will he consent to becoming registered with any Premier League or Football League club other than the Club; and I further acknowledge and agree that: 2. upon his Coaching Curriculum or any variation of it being approved as aforesaid, he will participate in the same to the very best of his ability. 457 458 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_33.GIF

Premier League Pre-Registration Agreement PLYD Form 4 PLYD Form 5 Academy Player Registration Application (Youth Development Rule 258) 5. the Premier League may request that I attend a meeting in person to answer questions relating to my son’s proposed registration and the payment of any such inducement and/or the engagement in any such approach/communication and/ or to produce relevant documents (including, for example, financial records and/or telecommunications records) within a reasonable deadline; and Academy Player’s Particulars Surname ………………………………………………………. Other name(s) ................................................................. Address .................................................................................................................................................................. ......................................................................................................................................... Post code .................... Parent’s email address: ................................................................................................................................... Travelling time from the above address to the principal venues§ ................................................ Date of birth ........................................................................... Place of birth ............………………………………. Nationality† ................................................................... Countries for which eligible to play (if known) ..................................................................................... Other clubs (if any) at which the Academy Player has been registered: Club ............................................................................ From ........................................... To ............................... Club ........................................................................... From ........................................... To .............................. School .................................................................................................................................................................... 6. should I refuse or fail to comply with any request by the Premier League in accordance with point (5), above, the Premier League may refuse to register my son as an Academy Player with the Club or suspend or cancel any such registration already in place and any Commission appointed to consider an alleged breach of Youth Development Rule 302.3 by my son, in accordance with Section W (Disciplinary) of the Premier League Rules, will be entitled to draw an adverse inference against him in those proceedings. Signed on behalf of the Club .................................................................................... Training Model on which the Academy Player is to be engaged: ...................................................................................................................................+ Position .............................................................................................................................. Signed on behalf of the player Length of registration: .................................. year(s) [complete as appropriate] Last day of registration: ............................... 20............... Signed by his Parent ..................................................................................................... [Note : Youth Development Rules 273 to 279 set out the circumstances in which an Academy Player’s registration can be terminated earlier than the date set out above, and the consequences of early termination. Further guidance can be obtained from the Premier League or from the PFA Independent Registration Advisory Service, both of whose contact details are set out in the Charter for Academy Players and Parents which the Premier League will send to the Academy Player’s parent when it receives this form. ] *delete as appropriate Certificate I certify that the Coaching Curriculum annexed to the Pre-Registration Agreement of which this is a copy has been approved/not approved* by the Board. Signed ......................................................................................... For and behalf of the Board of the Premier League Date .............................................................................................. 459 460 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_34.GIF

Academy Player Registration Application PLYD Form 5 Academy Player Registration Application PLYD Form 5 Application to Register Endorsement by Parents* We, ....................................................................... Football Club (“the Club”), apply for the Academy Player to be registered at our Academy for the period set out above. I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) ............................................. ..................................................................................................................... Post Code ........................................ (and of the above email address) I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) ............................................. ..................................................................................................................... Post Code ........................................ (and of the above email address) being each a person having parental responsibility for the above-named Academy Player, and each certify that the above details are correct and consent to: We certify that we have not, either directly or indirectly, made an improper approach to him nor have we induced or attempted to induce him to become registered as an Academy Player with the Club by offering him, or any person connected with him, a benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind. Signed …………………………………………………………………………………….. Authorised Signatory (a) (b) this application; the conduct of drug testing on the Academy Player in accordance with the Football Association’s Anti-Doping Regulations; his receiving medication as instructed and any emergency dental, medical or surgical treatment, including anaesthetic or blood transfusion, as considered necessary by the medical authorities present; the Club having access to the Academy Player’s school reports and educational attainment data (including Key Stage 2 and Key Stage 4 outcomes); Date ……………………………………………………………………………………....... (c) Endorsement by Academy Player I consent to the above application and for the purposes of the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) acknowledge that The Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this Registration Application for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. I certify that the above particulars are correct. I further certify that the Club has not made an approach to me or engaged in any communication with me or any person connected with me, save as permitted by League Rules, nor have I approached or engaged in any communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst registered with another club in membership of the Premier League or EFL (a “League Club”), nor has the Club induced or attempted to induce me to become registered with it by offering me or any person connected with me, either directly or indirectly, a benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, nor have I accepted any such inducement from anybody in connection with my registration at the Club. I agree to be bound by the Rules of the Premier League. (d) Furthermore, I certify that: (e) the Club has not made any approach to or engaged in any communication with me, my son or any person connected with me or my son, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by the League Rules; I have not approached or engaged in communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by the League Rules; the Club has not induced or attempted to induce me or anyone connected with me, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to register my son as an Academy Player with the Club or to encourage or facilitate that registration; or so far as I am aware, the Club has not induced or attempted to induce my son or anyone connected with him, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to register with the Club as an Academy Player. (f) (g) (h) Signed …………………………………………………………………………………….. Date ……………………………………………………………………………………....... 461 462 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_35.GIF

Premier League Academy Player Registration Application PLYD Form 5 PLYD Form 5A Full Time Training Model (Youth Development Rule 188) I acknowledge that the acceptance of any inducement referred to at points (g) and (h), above, and/or engaging in any approach or communication referred to at points (e) and (f), above, constitutes a breach of the Youth Development Rules by my son. Academy Player’s Particulars Surname ……………………………................... Other name(s) ............................................................................ Address .................................................................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................................. Post Code .......................... Date of birth .............................................. Place of birth ……………………………….………………………….......... I further acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Premier League may request that I attend a meeting in person to answer questions relating to my son’s proposed registration and the payment of any such inducement and/or the engagement in any such approach/communication and/ or to produce relevant documents (including, for example, financial records and/ or telecommunications records) within a reasonable deadline; and should I refuse or fail to comply with any request by the Premier League in accordance with point (i), above, the Premier League may refuse to register my son as an Academy Player with the Club or (suspend or cancel any such registration already in place) and any Commission appointed to consider an alleged breach of Youth Development Rule 302.3 by my son, in accordance with Section W (Disciplinary) of the Premier League Rules, will be entitled to draw an adverse inference against him in those proceedings. Application to Register the Academy Player on the Full Time Training Model 1. We, ………………………………………………………………………….....……….....……….....………... Football Club, apply to register the above-named Academy Player on the Full Time Training Model until ……………………………. 20…........., being the day that he will finish full time education. (j) 2. The residence arrangements for the Academy Player will be as follows (please provide details of his proposed home address and confirm whether this is his home address or whether it is proposed that he resides with a host family, at onsite Club accommodation or at a boarding school): …………………………………………………………………………………………………......................................................... …………………………………………………………………………………………………......................................................... …………………………………………………………………………………………………......................................................... 3. We undertake to: Signed …………………………………………………………………………………….. 3.1 ensure the Academy Player’s coaching and education are scheduled in accordance with the requirements of the Full Time Training Model as set out in the Youth Development Rules; provide the Academy Player with education until the date set out in paragraph 1 (even if the Academy Player’s registration is terminated by us or his training is switched to a different Training Model) as follows (being either one of the four options set out in the guidance to Youth Development Rule 189 or another model which has been approved by the League): ………………………………………………………………………………………....................................................... ………………………………………………………………………………………....................................................... ensure that the Academy Player has the opportunity to engage in community and citizenship activities as set out in Youth Development Rule 192; and advise the Academy Player’s Parent(s), school and the League immediately if the Club changes or proposes to change any of the above arrangements. Date ……………………………………………………………………………………....... 3.2 § to be completed if the Academy Player is in age groups Under 9 to Under 16 inclusive and time restrictions apply to the Club’s registration of Academy Players (see Youth Development Rule 235). if the Academy Player last played for a club affiliated to a national association other than the Football Association, unless the Academy Player is aged under 10 years, this Form must be accompanied by written confirmation from the Football Association that an international registration transfer certificate has been issued in respect of the Academy Player. to be completed if the Academy Player is a minor. In such case, a declaration in this form must be signed by every Parent (as defined in the Premier League Rules) of the Academy Player Complete PLYD Form 5A if the Academy Player is to be registered on the Full Time Training Model or PLYD Form 5B if the Academy Player is to be registered on the Hybrid Training Model. † * + 3.3 3.4 Signed ………………………………………………………............................... Date ………………………............................... Authorised Signatory 463 464 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_36.GIF

Premier League Full time Training Model PLYD Form 5A PLYD Form 5B Hybrid Training Model (Youth Development Rule 188) Consent by Academy Player Academy Player’s Particulars I acknowledge further to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that the Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this Registration Form for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. Surname ……………………………................... Other name(s) ............................................................................ Address. ................................................................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................................. Post Code .......................... Date of birth .............................................. Place of birth ……………………………….………………………….......... Application to Register the Academy Player on the Hybrid Training Model 1. We, ......……………………………………………......... Football Club, apply to register the above-named Academy Player on the Hybrid Training Model until ……………………………. 20 …... Signed ………………………………………………………………….. 2. We undertake to: Date ………………………………………………………….………….. 2.1 ensure the Academy Player’s coaching and education are scheduled in accordance with the requirements of the Hybrid Training Model as set out in the Youth Development Rules and in accordance with the written agreement with his school and Parent entered into pursuant to Rule 182.5, a copy of which is annexed hereto; ensure that the Academy Player has the opportunity to engage in community and citizenship activities as set out in Youth Development Rule 192; and advise the Academy Player’s Parent(s), school and the League immediately if the Club changes or proposes to change any of the above arrangements. Consent by Parent to be completed if the Academy Player is a minor I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) ............................................... ................................................................................................................... Post Code ..................................and email address .............................................being the person having parental responsibility for the above-named Academy Player, hereby certify that the above particulars are correct and consent to this application, to the access of Key Stage 2 and Key Stage 4 outcomes, to the conduct of drug testing on him in accordance with the Football Association’s Anti-Doping Regulations and to his receiving medication as instructed and any emergency dental, medical or surgical treatment, including anaesthetic or blood transfusion, as considered necessary by the medical authorities present. 2.2 2.3 Signed ………………………………………………………......... Authorised Signatory Signed ………………………………………………………………….. Date ………………………………………………………….......... Date ………………………………………………………….………….. 465 466 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_37.GIF

Premier League Hybrid Training Model PLYD Form 5B PLYD Form 5C Change In Circumstances (Youth Development Rule 190) Consent by Academy Player Academy Player’s Particulars I acknowledge further to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that the Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this Registration Form for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. Surname ……………………………................... Other name(s) ............................................................................ Address. ................................................................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................................. Post Code .......................... Date of birth .............................................. Place of birth ……………………………….………………………….......... Application for Change in Circumstances 1. The reason for the change in circumstances, with reference to any enclosed evidence, is as follows: Signed ………………………………………………………………….. ........................................................................................................................................................................ Date ………………………………………………………….………….. ........................................................................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................................................................................ Consent by Parent to be completed if the Academy Player is a minor ........................................................................................................................................................................ I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) .......................................... ............................................................................................................................ Post Code ............................... and email address .................................................... (and of the above email address) being the person having parental responsibility for the above-named Academy Player, hereby certify that the above particulars are correct and consent to this application, to the access of Key Stage 2 and Key Stage 4 outcomes, to the conduct of drug testing on him in accordance with the Football Association’s Anti-Doping Regulations and to his receiving medication as instructed and any emergency dental, medical or surgical treatment, including anaesthetic or blood transfusion, as considered necessary by the medical authorities present. ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2. We undertake to: 2.1 ensure the Academy Player’s coaching and education are scheduled in accordance with the requirements of the Youth Development Rules and in accordance with the written agreement with his school and Parent, a copy of which is annexed hereto; and 2.2 advise the Academy Player’s Parent(s), school and the League immediately if the Club changes or proposes to change any of the above arrangements. Signed ………………………………………………………………….. Signed ………………………………………………………......... Authorised Signatory Date ………………………………………………………….………….. Date ………………………………………………………….......... Consent by Academy Player I acknowledge further to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) that the Football Association Premier League Limited shall be collecting, sharing and otherwise processing Personal Data which may include Special 467 468 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_38.GIF

Premier League Change In Circumstances PLYD Form 5C PLYD Form 6 Academy Ethnicity Monitoring Questionnaire (Youth Development Rule 259) Categories of Personal Data (both as defined in the GDPR) about me including such data in this Registration Form for the purpose of discharging its functions as a regulatory and governing body of football and otherwise in accordance with the Premier League Player Privacy Notice available at www.premierleague.com/player-privacy-policy. Signed ………………………………………………………......... Date ………………………………………………………….......... Consent by Parent to be completed if the Academy Player is a minor I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) .......................................... ............................................................................................................................ Post Code ............................... and email address……………………………….………………………………………………………..… being the person having parental responsibility for the above-named Academy Player, hereby certify that the above particulars are correct and consent to this application to change the circumstances of my son. What is your ethnic group? (Choose ONE section from A to F, then tick the appropriate box to indicate the ethnicity that you identify with from the list below) A Asian or Asian British C Mixed or Multiple ethnic groups E White Indian Pakistani Bangladeshi Chinese Any other Asian background English, Welsh, Scottish, Northern Irish or British Irish Gypsy or Irish Traveller Roma Eastern European Any other White background Signed ………………………………………………………………….. White and Black Caribbean White and Black African White and Asian Any other Mixed or Multiple ethnic background Date ………………………………………………………….………….. B Black, African, Caribbean or Black British Caribbean African Any other Black, Black British or Caribbean background D Other ethnic groups F Undeclared Arab Any other ethnic group Prefer not to disclose my ethnic origin Name of Academy Player ...................................................................................................................... Signed....................................................................... (Parent / Guardian to sign if Player is a minor) Date............................................. 469 470 Youth Development Forms USE OF INFORMATION Completion of this questionnaire is voluntary. If you provide the information it will be used as set out below and will not be used for selection or any other purposes. The information provided on this ethnicity questionnaire will be recorded on a computer system shared by the Football Association Premier League Limited (“Premier League”) (and The Football League Limited should the Player ever compete in the Football League) against the Academy Player’s record and will be used: • to help the Premier League gain insight as to who is playing the game at this level • to help ensure compliance with the Premier League’s Inclusion and Anti-Discrimination Policy (a copy of which is in Appendix 2 of the Premier League’s Rules) • to compile aggregate statistics and reports - on a club by club basis which we may wish to share with the relevant club only and The Football Association Limited - on a league basis which we may wish to publish for public interest and to share with other bodies that have a legitimate interest in equal opportunities such as the Professional Footballers Association and the Equality and Human Rights Commission


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_39.GIF

Premier League Premier League PLYD Form 7 PLYD Form 8 List of Academy Players (Youth Development Rule 267) Retention/Termination Notification (Youth Development Rules 268.1 and 270.2.1) To:The Board The Premier League For Academy Players entering into age groups under 10, under 11 and under 12 To: [name and address of Academy Player] ..................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... We, ………………………………………………………………………………………... Football Club, hereby give you notice that it is our intention to retain/terminate* your registration with effect from the first Saturday in June/the end of the Season 2020/21 Registration Extension*. The registrations of the following Academy Players (other than those who have signed a Scholarship Agreement) are held by .................................................................................................... Football Club as at the third Saturday in May (year) ......................................................................... Full Name ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ Current Age Group ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ ........................................................ Category ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... ....................................................... Signed ……………………………............................ Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ………………………...................................... * delete as appropriate. If the registration is retained, it is for a period of 1 year pursuant to Rule 254 (subject to Rule 255). Signed ……………………………...................................................................... Position …………………………………………….. Date ………………………........ [Note : The categories of Academy Players are : 1. Academy Players whose registration has been retained (indicate “1F” if on Full Time Training Model). 2. Academy Players whose registration it is intended to retain (indicate “2F” if on Full Time Training Model). 3. Academy Players whose registration it is intended to terminate. 4. Academy Players whose registration it is intended to extend to 11 December 2021 471 472 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_40.GIF

Premier League Premier League PLYD Form 9 PLYD Form 10 Retention/Termination Notification (Youth Development Rules 268.2 and 270.2.2) Academy Player’s Registration: Mutual Cancellation Notification (Youth Development Rule 273.2) For Academy Players entering into age groups under 13 and under 15 To: The Board The Premier League To: [name and address of Academy Player] ..................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... We, ………………………………………………………………………………………... Football Club, hereby give you notice that it is our intention to retain/terminate* your registration with effect from the first Saturday in June/the end of the Season 2020/21 Registration Extension*. [Your registration will be retained on the Full Time Training Model+.] The registration of [name of Academy Player] ......................................................................... held by ........................................................................................................................................................ Football Club has today been cancelled by mutual agreement. Unless otherwise set out below the Club will retain rights to compensation in respect of the Academy Player pursuant to the Premier League Youth Development Rules and the FIFA Regulations for the Status and Transfer of Player, which (under the Youth Development Rules) includes a right to receive an initial fee of £............................, together with additional contingent fees as set out in Youth Development Rule 336, in the event that the Academy Player subsequently registers with another Premier League or Football League club. Signed ……………………………............................ Position ……………………………………………....…. Date ………………………...................................... Signed by the Academy Player ……………………………………………....….......................... * delete as appropriate. If the registration is retained, it is for a period of two years pursuant to Youth Development Rule 254 (subject to Rule 255). + delete if inapplicable Date ....................................................................................................................................... Signed by the Parent* ……………………………………………....…........................................... Date ....................................................................................................................................... Signed on behalf of the Club ……………………………………………....…............................. Position ................................................................................................................................. Date ....................................................................................................................................... * if the Academy Player is aged under 18 years 473 474 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_201-240_PAGE_41.GIF

Premier League Premier League PLYD Form 11 PLYD Form 12 Scholarship Offer (Youth Development Rule 284) Response to Scholarship Offer (Youth Development Rule 285) To : [name and address of Academy Player] ........................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................................................... To: ....................................................................................................................... Football Club (“the Club”). I, [name of Academy Player] ..................................................................................................................... hereby accept/refuse* your offer in PLYD Form 11 dated ........................... Signed by the Academy Player ………………………………………............….............. Date of birth .............................................. Signed by his Parent ……………………………………………………...................….............. * delete as appropriate Other clubs (if any) at which the Academy Player has been registered: Club ................................................................ From ........................................... To ............................................ Where the offer in PLYD Form 11 has been accepted by the Academy Player, the following declarations must also be signed: Club ................................................................ From ........................................... To ............................................ Endorsement by Academy Player We, ..................................................................................................................................... Football Club, hereby offer to enter into a Scholarship Agreement with you upon your reaching the statutory school leaving age applicable in England. I certify that the Club has not made an approach to me or engaged in any communication with me or any person connected with me, save as permitted by League Rules, nor have I approached or engaged in any communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst registered with another club in membership of the Premier League or EFL (a “League Club”), nor has the Club induced or attempted to induce me to accept its offer in PLYD Form 11 by offering me or any person connected with me, either directly or indirectly, a benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, nor have I accepted any such inducement from anybody in connection with my acceptance of the offer. I agree to be bound by the Rules of the Premier League. The Scholarship Agreement will be in PLYD Form 1. Signed ……………………………............................ Position ……………………………………………....…. Signed ……………………………………………………………….................................. Date ............................................ Date ………………………...................................... To be signed by the Parents*: I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) ............................................. ..................................................................................................................... Post Code ............................... and (email address).........................................................................................................................................., and I, (full name) ................................................................................. of (address) .............................................. .................................................................................................................... Post Code ............................... and (email address).................................................................................................................................................... being a person having parental responsibility for the above-named Scholar, certify that: 475 476 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_02.GIF

Response to Scholarship Offer PLYD Form 12 (a) the Club has not made any approach to or engaged in any communication with me, my son or any person connected with me or my son, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by the League Rules; I have not approached or engaged in communication with the Club, either directly or indirectly, whilst my son was registered with another League Club, save as permitted by the League Rules; the Club has not induced or attempted to induce me or anyone connected with me, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to persuade or encourage my son to facilitate the acceptance of this PLYD Form 12; or so far as I am aware, the Club has not induced or attempted to induce my son or anyone connected with him, either directly or indirectly, through any benefit or payment of any description whether in cash or in kind, to accept that offer. (b) (c) (d) I acknowledge that the acceptance of any inducement referred to at points (c) and (d), above, and/or engaging in any approach or communication referred to at points (a) and (b), above, constitutes a breach of the League Rules by my son. I further acknowledge and agree that (e) the League may request that I attend a meeting in person to answer questions relating to the Scholarship Agreement and the payment of any such inducement and/or the engagement in any such approach/communication and/or to produce relevant documents (including, for example, financial records and/or telecommunications records) within a reasonable deadline; and (f) should I refuse or fail to comply with any request by the League in accordance with point (e), above, the League may refuse to register my son as a Scholar with the Club (or suspend or cancel any such registration already in place) and any tribunal appointed to consider an alleged breach of League Rules by my son will be entitled to draw an adverse inference against him in those proceedings. Signed (1) ………………………………………………………………............................. Date ............................................ Signed (2) ………………………………………………………………............................ Date ............................................. * A declaration in this form must be signed by every Parent (as defined) of the Academy Player 477 478 Youth Development Forms


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_03.GIF

Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_04.GIF

Appendix 1 Schedule of Offences Appendix 2 Inclusion and Anti-Discrimination Policy (Rule F.1.5.3) (Rule J.4) 1. The Premier League and Clubs, to support their commitment to diversity and inclusion and to removing discrimination by reason of any protected characteristic under the Equality Act 2010, will: • be an equal opportunities employer; • encourage and promote similar commitment from every other organisation or individual acting within the game; • not tolerate discriminatory behaviour, whether physical or verbal, and take appropriate disciplinary or other action; and • participate fully in the Premier League Equality Diversity and Inclusion Standard, as detailed in Rule J.4. 2. In relation to the Premier League Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Standard (“PLEDIS”) each Club shall: • actively engage with the process by continually working towards a level of the PLEDIS and make submissions within the stated timelines; and • as a Promoted Club, make a preliminary submission at the end of their first Season in the Premier League if engaging with the PLEDIS for the first time, or, if on return to the Premier League, the previous PLES/PLEDIS certification has expired. 3. Validity of PLEDIS certification from the point of Premier League notification: • Preliminary: two seasons • Intermediate: three seasons • Advanced: three seasons (retained for a further three seasons following a successful Advanced Health Check) 4. Breaches in relation to the PLEDIS will be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Premier League Board. The relevant themes, outcomes and key indicators for PLEDIS awards are agreed by Clubs and published by the Premier League in ‘The Premier League Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Standard, championing equality, diversity and inclusion in the Premier League’ (April 2021). 481 482 Appendices to the Rules Offence Contrary to Dishonestly receiving a programme broadcast from within the UK with intent to avoid payment Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 s.297 Admitting spectators to watch a football match at unlicensed premises Football Spectators Act 1989, s.9 Persons subject to a banning order (as defined) Football Spectators Act 1989 Schedule 1 Ticket touting – football tickets Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 s.166


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_05.GIF

Appendix 3 Camera Positions Appendix 3 Close-Up Camera (2) • Positioned on television gantry. Normally located next to the camera 1, it is used to provide closer coverage of the action and player/referee close-ups • A large lens must be used (Rule K.60) Each Club shall provide at each League Match played at its Stadium positions for television cameras in accordance with the requirements of this Appendix 3, and each such position shall be Hardwired. Pitch-Side Halfway Camera (3) • A fixed camera on the half-way line at pitch level on the same side as camera 1 • The position should enable an unobstructed view of the field of play and substitutes’ benches for the fourth Official, and a clear view of the pitch for the Club representatives • A large lens must be used 1. Pursuant to Rule K.60, and subject to paragraph 2 below, Clubs must provide Hardwired camera positions in the locations shown on: 1.1 Plan A in respect of League Matches to be broadcast live in the United Kingdom; and Plan B in respect of all other League Matches. Close-Up Camera (4) • Positioned on television gantry. Normally located next to cameras 1 and 2, it is used to provide closer coverage of the action and player/referee close-ups • A large lens must be used 1.2 2. In each case, the key to the relevant Plan explains the type of camera required and provides further detail. Steadicams (5 and 6) • Up to two hand held portable “steadicams”, each positioned either side of the half-way line on the same side as main camera may work the length of each half but concentrating on a zone extending between the goal-line and 18 yard line • The cameras should not cause any viewing obstructions to the trainers’ benches and sufficient space must be allowed for Players to warm up • Host Broadcasters are permitted to use their “steadicams” on the pitch during the pre-match warm up for a short period of time, up until 30 seconds before kick-off and after the final whistle • Positions and timings to be agreed with each Club at the start of each season 3. The Stadium lay-out shown in Plans A and B is indicative only. It is not intended to be an exact representation of a Stadium; rather it is intended to show: 3.1 3.2 where cameras should be placed in relation to the pitch; and the relative height above the pitch of each camera. 4. The League will work with each Club to identify and agree the location of each camera illustrated on the Plans at the Club’s Stadium. This will then be recorded on the Club’s agreed Technical Specification. 18 Yard Cameras (7 and 8) • Two cameras installed on the same side as camera 1 at the same level or higher than the main camera positions, facing each of the 18 yard lines. Often used to cover play in a wide angle, but also used for close up coverage • Large lenses may be used • (Cameras 5 & 6 on the UK Non-Live Camera Plan) CAMERA PLANS: KEY Numbers in brackets refer to the designated Camera Number. All camera positions must provide a full and clear view of the whole pitch. All camera positions are manned, with the exception of camera 13 and cameras 16-21, which are remotely operated cameras. High-Behind Goal Camera (9 and 10) • Two cameras installed in the stands behind either goal, at a height which permits an unobstructed view of the penalty spot from above the crossbar. Both Main Camera (1) • Positioned on television gantry exactly on the halfway line facing away from the sun • Ideal angle is 12-14 degrees from the gantry to the centre spot and 22-24 degrees from the gantry to the near-side touchline • This camera will be used to provide the main wide-shot coverage of the game 483 484 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_06.GIF

Appendix 3 Appendix 3 cameras need to be able to see the far side goal in its entirety and all four corner flags. Large lenses may be used • (Camera 8 on the UK Non-Live Camera Plan, and only one of the two shown will be used) Mini-Cameras (20 and 21) • Mini-cameras may be placed directly behind the goal net but cannot be attached to the net or the actual posts and crossbar. It can be as close to the net as desired as long as it does not touch the net. A mini-camera may therefore be attached to the poles which support the net or the cable connecting the back of the net to the vertical stanchions directly behind the goal Low-Behind Goal Cameras (11 and 12) • Two cameras, one at each end, at pitch level in fixed positions behind each goal-line, on the side closest to camera 1. Ideally aligned where the six yard line meets the goal-line • (Camera 7 on the UK Non-Live Camera Plan) Corner Cameras (22, 23, 24 and 25) • Options for cameras to be placed in all four corners approximately five metres above the pitch • Large lenses may be used • (Camera 9 on the UK Non-Live Camera Plan) Beauty-Shot Camera (13) • A fixed camera mounted high in the stadium to give a panoramic static shot of the pitch • This camera is remotely operated • (Camera 10 on the UK Non-Live Camera Plan) Electronic Newsgathering (ENG) Cameras (26, 27, 28 and 29) • Four portable ENG cameras at pitch level, behind each goal-line • These cameras must be positioned outside (nearer the touchline) the cabled Host Broadcaster cameras and would be required to be fixed during each half • There may be a requirement for these cameras to change ends at half-time Reverse Angle Camera (14 and 15) • Two cameras located opposite camera 1 for “reverse-angle” coverage and usually for coverage of the trainers’ benches • On or close to the centre line • One of these cameras covers close up shots of the Managers, therefore if your gantry is opposite the trainers’ benches, camera 14 should be included as part of the TV gantry requirement • Large lenses may be used • (Camera 9 on the UK Non-Live Camera Plan) Hi Motion or Big Lens Close Up Cameras (30 and 31) • Up to four big lens cameras, at pitch level, between the six yard and 18 yard line ISO and Analysis Cameras (32 and 33) • Two cameras positioned on the television gantry. If space is not available on the main gantry then suitable positions must be made available near to, and at a similar level to, the main gantry and not more than 20 metres from the half-way line • Large lenses may be used Pole Cameras (16 and 17) • A camera on a pole mount may be used behind goals in front of the advertising boards. They will be rigged at full height, up to the top of the goals. These cameras may be static or mounted on a jib arm. Where a jib style pole cam is in use, Broadcasters will lower the jib arm as low as possible if play is at the opposite end of the pitch Goal-Line Cameras (18 and 19) • Two cameras located on the same side as the main camera, level with the goal-line and with an unobstructed view of the whole goal and the goal-line inside the penalty area 485 486 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_07.GIF

Appendix 3 Appendix 3 Plan A UK Live Camera Plan Plan B UK Non-Live Camera Plan 487 488 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_08.GIF

Appendix 4 Medical Examinations and Information to be Conducted / Collected Annually on all Contract Players and Academy Players Registered on Scholarship Agreements (Rule O.22) Appendix 4 and again when he is aged 20; and investigations or follow-up should investigations minimum necessary for blood borne viruses checked and immunisation offered to all. GPs to scholars travel plans for the Collection of the above information is considered necessary for the safety of the Player to ensure that medical emergencies can be managed appropriately. For tournaments and foreign trips, it is recommended that the responsible clinician has access to these details in case of emergency. Beyond this, no further tests are mandated. However, it is recognised that Clubs will collect more personal information and may justify and undertake more tests; in particular, those Clubs competing in UEFA competitions will be subject to additional obligations under UEFA’s rules. PFA Complete Standard for Cardiac Screening 489 490 Appendices to the Rules • a physical examination, cardiac history and standard 12-lead ECG should be conducted when the Player is aged 18 • in addition, any further cardiac be performed, as advised by expert opinion. Blood and urine testing: • annual full blood count, liver and kidney function and a urine dip-test for blood, sugar, and protein; and • a single test, where appropriate, for haemoglobinopathies. Mandatory Doctors may see fit to conduct other These stipulated tests are considered the players on a professional contract Immunisation Immunisation history and status Hepatitis B carrier/immune status to be Mandatory See FA guidelines on Meningitis ACWY immunisation Mandatory Now administered by Other immunisations and medicines necessary for foreign travel Mandatory To reflect work related age-group Requirement Mandatory or Recommended Comment Personal details Name Date of birth Details of next of kin or guardian Home address Name and address of GP Faith or religion Languages spoken and understood Mandatory Necessary minimum dataset required in emergencies Medical history Medical history and examination Mandatory To include family history and personal medical history Allergies Mandatory Asthma or other potentially life threatening conditions Mandatory Medications and supplements being taken by the Player Mandatory Current therapeutic use exemptions held by the Player Mandatory Testing Concussion history and baseline testing: • conduct SCAT and computerised neurocognitive baseline test at recruitment • Repeat at intervals no greater than two years Mandatory These examinations should comply with the requirements set out in guidelines published by The FA Cardiac testing:Mandatory • a physical examination, cardiac history and standard 12-lead ECG and echocardiography must be performed on all Player on signing their first professional contract; These examinations to comply with The FA and OperatingProcedures Scholarship Programme


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_09.GIF

Appendix 4A Pocket Concussion Recognition Tool Appendix 4A (Rule O.20) 491 492 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_10.GIF

Appendix 5 Code of Conduct for Managers Appendix 5 6. A Manager shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that Players and other employees under his control accept and observe the authority and decisions of Match Officials and to promote the highest standards on the field of play generally. (Rule P.1) 1. A Manager shall strictly observe the terms of his contract with his Club and shall not (either by himself or through any third party) enter into negotiations with another Club (or club) relating to his employment without having first obtained the permission of his Club to do so. 7. A Manager shall not make public any unfair criticism of any Match Official or any other Manager or any Player, Official or employee of his or another Club. 8. A Manager shall ensure that he understands and acts in accordance with his Club’s written transfer policy (see Rule H.4). 2. A Manager shall not, either directly or indirectly (including by making any statement to the media): 9. In all discussions, negotiations, transactions and arrangements relating to the employment of Players by his Club (“Player Transactions”) including, without limitation, the renewal or renegotiation of existing contracts or any related contracts or arrangements involving his Club and a Player and/or third party (for example, involving his Club’s or a Player’s intellectual property rights, including the exploitation of name or image), a Manager shall, in addition to his duty to act in accordance with the club’s written transfer policy, act with the utmost good faith and in accordance with his primary duty to act in the best interests of his Club. 2.1 make an approach to a Contract Player with a view to the Manager’s Club negotiating a contract with such Player except as permitted by either Rule T.1 or Rule T.2; make an approach to an Academy Player registered at the Academy of another Club (or club) or a player with whom another Club (or club) has entered into a pre-registration agreement which remains current; or make an approach to any other employee of another Club (or club) with a view to inducing or attempting to induce such employee to terminate a contract of employment with that Club (or club), whether or not by breach of that contract, except with the written consent of the Club (or club) by which he is employed. 2.2 2.3 10. A Manager shall at all times observe the principles of honesty, transparency, accountability and personal impartiality (whether financial or otherwise) in his dealings involving Player Transactions. 3. A Manager shall comply with the Laws of the Game, the Rules and Regulations of The Football Association (including, without limitation, The Football Association Regulations on Working with Intermediaries), the Rules of the Premier League, the rules of any competition in which his Club participates and his Club Rules (collectively “the Rules”) and he shall not encourage or invite any person (including Players and other employees of his Club) to act in breach of the same but shall take all possible steps to ensure that they comply with them. 11. A Manager shall forthwith disclose to his Club the nature and extent of any direct or indirect interest or any conflict or potential conflict of interest he may have in any transaction or arrangement involving his Club (including, without limitation, any Player Transaction), he shall not be involved in the same without the written consent of his Club, and, if such consent is granted, he shall account to his Club for any benefit which either directly or indirectly he derives therefrom. 12. If a Manager is in any doubt as to whether there exists any interest or conflict (actual or potential) to be disclosed as required by paragraph 11 above, he may consult with the League Managers Association for guidance and advice. 4. A Manager shall use his best endeavours to ensure that there is in force at his Club a fair and effective disciplinary policy applicable to Players and other employees under his control and that it is applied consistently. 13. Upon becoming aware of any breach of the Rules, including by way of example only, any financial or other benefit or inducement offered in connection with a Player Transaction in breach of the Rules, a Manager shall immediately report such breach in writing to the League. 5. A Manager shall not use racist or other discriminatory language. A Manager’s behaviour should demonstrate to Players and other employees under his control that discrimination in any form is unacceptable. A Manager shall use all possible steps to ensure that others in his control adopt the same standards of behaviour in this regard. 493 494 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_11.GIF

Appendix 6 Code of Conduct for Clubs Appendix 5 (Rule P.2) 14. A Manager shall conduct himself at all times in an ethical and professional manner and shall observe the highest standards of integrity and fair dealing. 1. In all discussions, negotiations and transactions relating to the employment of Managers, each Club shall behave towards each other Club with the utmost good faith. 15. A Manager shall take all possible steps to promote the reputation of the game of association football and to prevent it being brought into disrepute. 2. A Club shall not (either directly or through any third party) enter into negotiations relating to the employment of another Club’s Manager without the prior permission of that Club. 3. A Club shall not take any steps (including the making of statements to the media) to induce another Club’s Manager to act in breach of the terms of his contract with his Club. 4. A Club shall strictly observe the terms of its contract with its Manager and, in particular, if on the determination of the contract any sum is payable by the Club to the Manager, the Club shall ensure that prompt settlement is made. 495 496 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_12.GIF

Appendix 7 Standard Clauses for inclusion in Managers’ Contracts of Employment Appendix 8 Code of Conduct for Scouts (Rule P.8.1) (Rule Q.7) 1. The Manager shall observe and comply with the rules and regulations for the time being in force of any organisation or body the rules and regulations of which the Club is bound to observe including those of The Football Association and the League and in particular he shall at all times act in accordance with the League’s Code of Conduct for Managers. 1. The function of a Scout is to identify to his Club players with whom his Club may wish to enter into negotiations with a view to securing their registration. Scouts are not themselves entitled to enter into any such negotiations nor are they able to make promises to or offer inducements to any players whom they approach. 2. Scouts are employed by and represent their Clubs and are Officials within the meaning of the Rules of the Premier League (“the Rules”) by which they are bound. 2. The Manager shall comply with all reasonable instructions and requests (a) (b) given to Club Managers by the League or given to the Manager by the Club 3. Scouts must therefore be familiar with the Rules and in particular those relating to Academy Players set out in the Youth Development Rules. They must maintain an awareness of and at all times comply with the Rules setting out the circumstances in which their Club may make an approach to a Player or Academy Player (as defined in the Rules) whose registration is held by another Club. In addition, those Scouts that come into contact with and/or have access to Children as part of their duties must familiarise themselves with (and abide by) their Club’s safeguarding policies and procedures and the League’s ‘Guidance for Safer Working Practice’. which arise in the first case out of any commercial contract entered into by the League for the benefit of its members or in the second case out of any such contract entered into by the Club for its own benefit and the Manager shall not himself enter into any such contract which conflicts or competes or is reasonably likely to conflict or compete with those entered into by the League or by the Club as aforesaid. 3. Any dispute or difference arising between the parties hereto as to the construction of this Agreement or the rights duties or obligations of either party hereunder or any matter arising out of or concerning the same or the Manager’s employment hereunder shall be referred to the Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal in accordance with the Rules of the League for the time being in force. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause [3] and without prejudice thereto, the parties shall use and until the conclusion of the arbitration shall continue to use their best endeavours to attempt to reach a settlement of their dispute by mediation. 4. When acting in the course of his duties a Scout shall at all times carry the formal means of identification issued to him by his Club and/or the League and shall produce the same upon demand. 5. Scouts are responsible for the conduct of their contacts and shall be liable for any act or omission by a contact which constitutes a breach of the Rules. 6. Scouts shall conduct themselves in a manner befitting their role as Officials of their Clubs and shall take all possible steps to promote the reputation of the game of association football and to prevent it being brought into disrepute. [Note : The names and addresses of organisations offering an appropriate mediation service are available upon application to the League.] 7. A Scout shall forthwith disclose to his Club the nature and extent of any direct or indirect interest he may have in any transaction or arrangement involving his Club and he shall account to his Club for any benefit which either directly or indirectly he derives therefrom. 8. A Scout shall conduct himself at all times in an ethical and professional manner and shall observe the highest standards of integrity and fair dealing. 497 498 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_13.GIF

Appendix 9 Standard Clauses for inclusion in replica Strip manufacturers’ contracts Appendix 9 (Rule R.16) 1. [The manufacturer’s name] (“the Company”) will not itself or through any officer of the Company or any person authorised to act on behalf of the Company:-2. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing shall prevent the Company from recommending resale prices to dealers provided no impression is given that, in doing so, the Company is notifying a minimum price. 1.1 include in a contract for sale or agreement relating to the sale of replica football kit a term or condition which purports to establish or provide for the establishment of minimum prices to be charged on the resale of replica football kit in the United Kingdom ; require, as a condition of supplying replica football kit to a dealer, the inclusion in a contract or agreement of any such term or condition, or the giving of any undertaking to the like effect ; notify to dealers, or otherwise publish on or in relation to replica football kit, a price stated or calculated to be understood as the minimum price which may be charged on the resale of those goods the replica football kit in the United Kingdom ; or withhold supplies of replica football kit from a dealer seeking to obtain them for resale in the United Kingdom on the ground that the dealer: 3. The Company may, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, withhold supplies from a dealer, or cause or procure a supplier to do so, if it has reasonable cause to believe that within the previous 12 months the dealer, or any other dealer to whom the dealer supplies goods, has been using as a loss-leader any replica football kit whether or not obtained from the Club. 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 has sold in the United Kingdom at a price below the resale price replica football kit obtained, either directly or indirectly, from the Company, or has supplied such replica football kit, either directly or indirectly, to a third party who had done so ; or is likely, if the replica football kit is supplied to him, to sell it in the United Kingdom at a price below that price, or supply it, either directly or indirectly, to a third party who would be likely to do so. 1.4.2 In this subclause 1.4, “resale price” in relation to a sale of any description, means any price notified to the dealer or otherwise published by or on behalf of the Company as the price or minimum price which is to be charged on or is recommended as appropriate for a sale of that description, or any price prescribed or purporting to be prescribed for that purpose by a contract or agreement between the dealer and the Company. 499 500 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_14.GIF

Appendix 10 Notice to Manufacturer Licensed to Manufacture and Distribute Club Replica Strip Appendix 11 Regulations of the Professional Football Compensation Committee (Rule R.17) Definitions 1. In these Regulations: 1. You will not: 1.1 “Club” means a football club in membership of the Premier League or the Football League; “Compensation Fee” means any sum of money (exclusive of Value Added Tax) payable by a Transferee Club to a Transferor Club upon the transfer of the registration of a Player; “the Football League” means The Football League Limited; “PFNCC” means the Professional Football Negotiating and Consultative Committee; “Player” means a player who is the subject of an application to the Professional Football Compensation Committee (“the Committee”) pursuant to Regulation 2 of these Regulations; “the Premier League” means The Football Association Premier League Limited; “Secretary” means the person or body appointed by the PFNCC to administer these Regulations; “Transferee Club” means a Club to which the registration of a Player has been transferred; and “Transferor Club” means a Club from which the registration of a Player has been transferred. 1.1 include in a contract for sale or agreement relating to the sale of replica football kit a term or condition which purports to establish or provide for the establishment of minimum prices to be charged on the resale of replica football kit in the United Kingdom; require, as a condition of supplying replica football kit to a dealer, the inclusion in a contract or agreement of any such term or condition, or the giving of any undertaking to the like effect; notify to dealers, or otherwise publish on or in relation to replica football kit, a price stated or calculated to be understood as the minimum price which may be charged on the resale of replica football kit in the United Kingdom; or withhold supplies of replica football kit from a dealer seeking to obtain them for resale in the United Kingdom on the ground that the dealer: 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.4.1 has sold in the United Kingdom at a price below the resale price* replica football kit obtained, either directly or indirectly, from you, or has supplied such replica football kit, either directly or indirectly, to a third party who had done so; or is likely, if the replica football kit is supplied to him, to sell it in the United Kingdom at a price below that price, or supply it, either directly or indirectly, to a third party who would be likely to do so. 1.8 1.9 1.4.2 Jurisdiction 2. You shall not be prevented from recommending resale prices to dealers provided no impression is given that, in doing so, you are notifying a minimum price. 2. The Committee shall determine applications made pursuant to: 2.1 Premier League Rules T.38, V.27.2 and Youth Development Rules 329 and 343.2; Football League Regulations 63.20, 63.21, 63.22, 67.5 and Football League Youth Development Rules 329 and 343.2; appeals from a decision of the Board of the Football League made pursuant to Football League Regulation 66.1. 3. You may, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, withhold supplies from a dealer, or cause or procure a supplier to do so, if it has reasonable cause to believe that within the previous 12 months the dealer, or any other dealer to whom the dealer supplies goods has been using as a loss-leader any replica football kit whether or not obtained from the Club. 2.2 2.3 3. In making a determination as aforesaid, the Committee shall take into account the costs set out in Regulation 4 and any of the following criteria: *In this paragraph 1.4.1 “resale price” in relation to a sale of any description means any price notified to the dealer or otherwise published by you as the price or minimum price which is to be charged on or is recommended as appropriate for a sale of that description, or any price prescribed or purporting to be prescribed for that purpose by a contract or agreement between the dealer and you. 3.1 3.2 3.3 the status of each of the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club; the age of the Player; the Training Model(s) (as that term is defined in Youth Development Rule 1.87) on which the Player was engaged with the Transferor Club. 501 502 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_15.GIF

Appendix 11 Appendix 11 3.4 the amount of any fee paid by the Transferor Club upon acquiring the registration of the Player; the length of time during which the Transferor Club held the registration of the Player; the terms of the new contract offered to him by both the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club; his playing record including any international appearances; substantiated interest shown by other clubs in acquiring the registration of the Player. 6. If the chairman of the Committee is unable to act or to continue acting as such in the determination of any application, the PFNCC shall appoint in his stead a person with an appropriate legal background. 3.5 3.6 7. If following his appointment any other member of the Committee is unable to act or to continue acting, his appointor may appoint a replacement so that the composition of the Committee is maintained as provided in Regulation 5. 3.7 3.8 8. If the members of the Committee fail to agree, they shall decide by a majority provided that, if the Committee is composed of an even number of members, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. 4. The costs to be taken into account under Regulation 3 shall be: 4.1 any cost incurred by either Club in operating an Academy, a Football Academy or Centre of Excellence including (without limitation) the cost of providing for players attending thereat: Committee Procedures 9. The parties to proceedings before the Committee shall be the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club. 4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 4.1.7 living accommodation training and playing facilities; scouting, coaching, administrative and other staff; education and welfare requirements; playing and training strip and other clothing; medical and first aid facilities; and friendly and competitive matches and overseas tours, 10. Proceedings shall be commenced by either party making a written application to the Secretary: 10.1 10.2 identifying the respondent Club and the Player; setting out the facts surrounding the application including the criteria referred to in Regulation 3; identifying any documents relied upon, copies of which shall be annexed; and in the case of an application made by a Transferor Club, giving full particulars of the costs set out in Regulation 4. 10.3 4.2 any other cost incurred by either Club directly or indirectly attributable to the training and development of players including any fee referred to in Regulation 3.3. 10.4 11. Each Club which is a party in proceedings shall pay an administration fee to the Secretary the amount of which will be determined by the PFNCC from time to time. Composition of the Committee 5. The Committee shall be composed of: 12. Upon receipt of an application the Secretary shall: 5.1 an independent chairman with an appropriate legal background who, subject to the prior written approval of the Premier League, the Football League and The Professional Footballers’ Association, shall be appointed by the PFNCC in such terms as it thinks fit; an appointee of each of the leagues of which the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club are members or, if the Transferor Club and the Transferee Club are both members of the same league, an appointee of that league; an appointee of The Professional Footballers’ Association; an appointee of The League Managers’ Association. 12.1 procure that for the purpose of determining the application the Committee is composed in accordance with Regulation 5; send a copy of the application and any documents annexed to it to the chairman; send a copy of the same by recorded delivery post to the respondent. 12.2 5.2 12.3 5.3 5.4 13. Within 14 days of receipt of the copy application the respondent shall send to the Secretary by recorded delivery post a written response to the application, annexing thereto copies of any documents relied upon, and, in the case of a response by a Transferor Club, giving full particulars of the costs set out in Regulation 4. 503 504 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_16.GIF

Appendix 11 Appendix 11 14. Upon receipt of the response the Secretary shall send a copy thereof together with a copy of any document annexed to: 24.The Committee shall give reasons for its decision. 25.The decision of the Committee shall be final and binding. 14.1the chairman; and 14.2the party making the application. Fees and Expenses 15. The chairman of the Committee shall give directions as he thinks fit for the future conduct of the proceedings addressed in writing to the parties with which the parties shall comply without delay. 26. The chairman and members of the Committee shall be entitled to receive fees and expenses in such sum or sums as shall be determined by the PFNCC from time to time. 16. The Committee by its chairman shall have power to summon any person to attend the hearing of the proceedings to give evidence and to produce documents and any person who is bound by these Regulations and who, having been summoned, fails to attend or to give evidence or to produce documents shall be in breach of these Regulations. Committee’s Powers 27. Upon determining an application made in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations, the Committee may make an order with regard to the amount and payment of a Compensation Fee and any other order as it thinks fit. Amendments 17. Upon the Chairman’s directions having been complied with or time for compliance having passed the Secretary shall make all necessary arrangements for the hearing of the proceedings (including supplying a full copy of all documents necessary for the hearing to each member of the Committee) and shall give written notice of the date, time and place thereof to the parties. 28. No amendment to these Regulations shall be proposed or made without the prior written approval of the Premier League, the Football League and the Professional Footballers’ Association. 18. If a party to the proceedings fails to attend the hearing the Committee may either adjourn it or proceed in their absence. 19. The chairman of the Committee shall have an overriding discretion as to the manner in which the hearing of the proceedings shall be conducted. 20. The Committee shall not be bound by any enactment or rule of law relating to the admissibility of evidence in proceedings before a court of law. 21. The hearing shall be conducted in private. 22. Each party shall be entitled to be represented at the hearing by a solicitor or counsel provided that they shall have given to the other party and to the chairman of the Committee 14 days’ prior written notice to that effect. 23. The Committee’s decision shall be announced as soon as practicable and if possible at the end of the hearing and shall be confirmed in writing by the Secretary to the parties. 505 506 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_17.GIF

Appendix 12 Code of Conduct for Clubs, Academy Players Registered on PLYD Form 5 and Their Parent(s) (the ‘Code’) Appendix 12 (Youth Development Rule 198) 2. The Academy Player agrees to: (a) attend the Academy regularly and punctually, behave with self-discipline and give notice of and reasons for any absence; practise the techniques and skills taught by the Academy and attempt to apply them in matches; maintain their academic progression and attainment; follow a lifestyle appropriate to development – spending leisure time positively; eating, drinking, relaxing and sleeping sensibly; communicate with the Academy staff, keeping them informed about any matters affecting them; never engage in abusive, bullying, violent or discriminatory behaviour in any form, including whilst online; adhere to any code of conduct issued by the Club and/or any rules for its Academy; and The following Code applies to each Club, Academy Player registered on PLYD Form 5 and their Parent(s) and sets out the standards expected of each party. By signing this Code, each party agrees to abide by it, and any breach of this Code (as determined by the Premier League Board) may be deemed a breach of Youth Development Rule 198. (b) (c) (d) 1. The Club agrees to: (a) provide a safe and inclusive environment in which the Academy Player can learn and develop free from abuse, bullying, mistreatment and discrimination in any form; ensure all Staff receive regular safeguarding training approved by the Club’s Head of Safeguarding and have been subject to safer recruitment procedures; protect the welfare of the Academy Player, including their mental and emotional wellbeing; ensure medical screening, monitoring and support for the Academy Player; provide a structured football learning programme, appropriate to the age, ability and growth of the Academy Player; provide participation in football matches arranged or approved by the Premier League as part of the Games Programme; provide trained and qualified coaching and other staff and facilities as determined by the Youth Development Rules; provide guidelines to the Academy Player and Parent(s) on the best ways for them to contribute to the Academy Player’s football and personal development; provide compensatory education and support (in consultation with the Academy Player’s Parent(s) and school) for the continued academic and personal development of the Academy Player which, appropriate to their educational needs and training model; provide regular communication and reports to the Academy Player and Parent(s) on their progress; provide any additional code of conduct and/or rules for its Academy; (e) (f) (b) (g) (c) (d) (e) 3. The Parent(s) agree to (a) support the Academy Player to meet targets, including this Code and any code of conduct issued separately by the Club and/or any rules for its Academy; support the Academy Player without pressure, praise good work and refrain from criticising lapses; set a good example to the Academy Player; not approach or engage in communication, either directly or indirectly, with another Academy whilst the Academy Player is registered with an Academy, save as permitted by the Youth Development Rules. communicate with the Academy staff to resolve any issues of concern and to keep them informed about any matters affecting the Academy Player; adhere to any code of conduct issued by the Club and/or any rules for its Academy. (f) (b) (g) (c) (d) (h) (i) (e) (f) (j) We, the undersigned, agree to the Code (k) Name ................................................................................................ .......................................................................... Football Club Signature......................................................................................... Name ................................................................................................ .......................................................................... 507 508 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_18.GIF

Appendix 13 Terms of Reference for the Judicial Panel Appendix 12 A. Introduction Academy Player Signature......................................................................................... 1. At their 6 February 2020 Shareholders’ Meeting, the Premier League’s Member Clubs resolved to establish a Judicial Panel in accordance with the provisions of these Terms of Reference, from which individuals will be appointed to assist with disciplinary, arbitral and regulatory issues arising under the Premier League Rules (‘Rules’), including (without limitation) the following sections: Section W (Disciplinary); Section Y (Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal); Section Z (Premier League Appeals Committee) and the Youth Development Rules (‘YDRs’). Name ................................................................................................ .......................................................................... Parents Signature......................................................................................... Note: This Code should be signed in quadruplicate, one copy being provided to the Academy Player, one to his Parent(s), one being submitted to the League in accordance with Youth Development Rule 258 and the fourth being retained by the Club. B. Chair of the Judicial Panel Appointment 2. The Chair of the Judicial Panel shall be appointed by resolution of Clubs at a Shareholders’ Meeting for a term of five years (with no reappointment). Where the term is curtailed by the resignation of the Chair, the Board shall be empowered to appoint an interim Chair of the Judicial Panel from those individuals appointed to the Judicial Panel until such time as a permanent replacement is appointed by a resolution of Clubs. Experience and expertise 3. The individual appointed to the role of Chair of the Judicial Panel shall ordinarily meet the following criteria: 3.1 be a barrister or solicitor of at least fifteen years’ post-qualification experience; hold recent, relevant experience of involvement in sports disciplinary matters; hold extensive knowledge of: 3.2 3.3 3.3.1 best practice in conducting sports disciplinary matters arbitrations; and 3.3.2 ancillary relevant legal subjects, such as competition law commercial law and arbitration; and have a working knowledge and awareness of the Rules. and and 3.4 509 510 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_19.GIF

Appendix 13 Appendix 13 Duties and responsibilities Disciplinary Panel 4. The Chair of the Judicial Panel shall be responsible for: 7. The Disciplinary Panel shall ordinarily comprise: 4.1 appointing suitable individuals to the Disciplinary Panel and Appeals Panel, through an open recruitment process (which may include seeking nominations or suggestions from various stakeholder groups within English football, which the Chair may or may not accept), ensuring where reasonably practicable that the appointees and their respective skills at all times comply with the provisions of paragraph 7, below; appointing individual members of the Judicial Panel to sit on Commissions, Appeal Boards, tribunals and otherwise, as provided for in the Rules; where appropriate, and pursuant to paragraph 20, below, appointing on an ad-hoc basis individuals who are not members of the Judicial Panel, but whom he considers would be suitable for the particular appointment, to sit on Commissions, Appeal Boards, tribunals and otherwise, as provided for in the Rules; where appropriate, sitting as a member of an Appeal Board (whether as chair or otherwise); where appropriate, considering and adjudicating on preliminary issues that arise under the Rules; attending a meeting of the Legal Advisory Group on an annual basis to present on the work of the Judicial Panel over the preceding year; and carrying out such other functions as reasonably requested by the Board from time to time, including the organisation of training for members of the Judicial Panel. 7.1 legally qualified individuals, each of greater than ten years’ post-qualification experience (whether as a barrister or solicitor); authorised insolvency practitioners; individuals who hold nationally recognised qualifications as accountants or auditors; and individuals with extensive and demonstrable experience in football administration and/or youth development. 7.2 7.3 7.4 4.2 4.3 8. Each member of the Disciplinary Panel shall (unless proscribed under the Rules) be eligible to: 8.1 8.2 sit as a member of a Commission, appointed under Section W; sit as a member of an appeal tribunal appointed under Rule E.36 or Rule F.16; in the case of an arbitration under Rule P.12 and Section Y (Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal) of the Rules, sit as a member of a Managers’ Arbitration Tribunal or as a single arbitrator; sit as a member of the Premier League Appeals Committee, in accordance with Section Z of the Rules; and assist with such other matters as are referred to the member by the Chair of the Judicial Panel and arising from the Rules including, for example, an application by an Academy Player to have his registration terminated in accordance with YDR 276. 4.4 8.3 4.5 8.4 4.6 8.5 4.7 5. The Chair of the Judicial Panel shall, at his discretion, appoint a deputy chair from the membership of the Judicial Panel to assist with such tasks as he thinks fit. He may also delegate any administrative and/or secretarial function required by his role to any other member or employee of his chambers or firm, as appropriate. Appeals Panel 9. The Appeals Panel shall ordinarily comprise individuals who: (a) are barristers or solicitors of no fewer than fifteen years’ post-qualification experience; and/or (b) hold or have held judicial office. C. Composition of the Judicial Panel 10. Each member of the Appeals Panel (and the Chair of the Judicial Panel) shall be eligible to sit as a member of an Appeal Board appointed under Section W (as well as any of the entities referred to in paragraphs 8.3 and 8.4, above). 6. The Judicial Panel shall comprise a Disciplinary Panel and an Appeals Panel, appointments to which shall be the responsibility (and at the discretion) of the Chair of the Judicial Panel, save that no member of the Judicial Panel shall: 6.1 6.2 6.3 be a representative or employee of the League; be an Official or Director of a Club (or club in membership of the EFL); accept any instruction, whether appearing as advocate or otherwise, from a party to any proceedings or process under the Premier League Rules; or subject to any of the matters set out in Rule F.1. D. Term and termination 11. Subject to paragraph 13, below, the term of each member of the Judicial Panel shall be 10 years. At the end of that term, the member may be reappointed for a further term by the Chair of the Judicial Panel, at his absolute discretion. 6.4 511 512 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_20.GIF

Appendix 13 Appendix 13 12. A member of the Judicial Panel appointed for any purpose provided for by the Rules may continue to act on the matter for which he was so appointed notwithstanding that his term of office has expired, with the permission of the Chair of the Judicial Panel. Where the Chair of the Judicial Panel does not grant such permission, any questions as to the future progress of the matter shall be determined by the Chair of the Judicial Panel at his absolute discretion. 16. Liability for payment of the sums referred to at paragraph 15, above, shall be determined in accordance with the Rules and, in particular, the provisions empowering Commissions, Tribunals and Appeal Boards to impose cost orders. Where the Rules are silent as to liability for payment of the sums referred to at paragraph 15, above, the matter shall be referred to the Chair of the Judicial Panel to determine in such manner as he thinks fit. 13. The appointment of any member of the Judicial Panel (including the Chair) shall cease before the conclusion of the applicable term if: 17. No amendment to these Terms of Reference shall be made without the approval of Clubs at a General Meeting. Any amendment made pursuant to this paragraph 17 shall be effective immediately and shall be binding on all members of the Judicial Panel, including the Chair, all Clubs and the League. 13.1 by notice in writing to the Chair of the Judicial Panel, the member resigns from the Judicial Panel; the member accepts a position that would render the member ineligible from appointment to the Judicial Panel, in accordance with paragraph 6, above; the member becomes subject to any of the matters set out in Rule F.1; in the opinion of the Chair of the Judicial Panel: 13.4.1 the member becomes physically or mentally incapable of discharging his duties as a member of the Judicial Panel; and/or 13.4.2 the member has refused or failed to conduct proceedings properly and/or efficiently and expeditiously and in either case substantial injustice has as a result been caused to a party to such proceedings. 13.2 18. Any hearings, appeals, deliberations or proceedings of any description held pursuant to or arising from the Rules which are in progress as of 6 February 2020 shall continue in full force and effect, without variation, with any individuals validly appointed to conduct such matters under any iterations of the Rules previously in force fully empowered to conclude those matters, whether or not those individuals are (or become) members of the Judicial Panel. 13.3 13.4 19. Save where specifically defined in these Terms of Reference, capitalised terms bear the meaning given to them in the Premier League’s Articles of Associations and/or the Rules (including the YDRs). E. Miscellaneous 20. Notwithstanding all of the above, the Chair of the Judicial Panel may, in his absolute discretion, when appointing Commissions, Appeal Boards, tribunals and otherwise, as provided for in the Rules, appoint on an ad hoc basis individuals who are not members of the Judicial Panel but whom he considers would be suitable for the particular appointment (and for the period of their temporary appointment each such person will be considered a member of the Judicial Panel). It is anticipated that the Chair of the Judicial Panel will exercise this power only in exceptional circumstances (for example, where specific and/or unforeseen knowledge or expertise is required). Those individuals appointed on an ad hoc basis will be subject to the same daily rates and the same approach to expenses reimbursement as members of the Judicial Panel. 14. The Chair of the Judicial Panel shall be remunerated for his role as Chair by way of an annual fee or salary, payable by the League (with the level of fee agreed for the entire term at the start of the term). The terms of his appointment shall, at the start of the term, be subject to the approval of the Premier League’s Audit and Remuneration Committee. 15. Each member of the Judicial Panel will be paid a daily rate for his work on matters covered in these Terms of Reference, the level of which shall be agreed by the League and the Chair of the Judicial Panel and subject to the approval of the Premier League’s Audit and Remuneration Committee. In addition, members of the Judicial Panel may be reimbursed for any reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred during the course of their work. 513 514 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_21.GIF

Appendix 14 COVID-19 – Season 2021/22 Training Protocol Appendix 14 iv. A process for the implementation of ‘Emergency Measures’ by the League in the event of an ‘Outbreak’ or imposition of heightened restrictions by Government at either a local or national level (‘Escalation Protocol’, section E, below). This is applicable to all activities, whether involving the first team or Academy. A. Introduction 1. While the public health situation associated with the COVID-19 pandemic continues to improve, allowing many restrictions to be relaxed, there remains a requirement for diligence and for the implementation of protocols within training ground environments to ensure that: 4. The League will continue to monitor compliance with these Protocols through the use of regular Club Assurance Officer visits and dedicated Compliance Officers, who will conduct ‘spot checks’ at Training Grounds and Academy Training Grounds. i. Players and Staff continue to be able to train in as safe an environment as possible; 5. For the avoidance of doubt, in line with Rule O.1, nothing in these Protocols replaces, reduces or affects in any way the obligations imposed on Clubs by statute and/or common law in the fields of medicine, occupational health and/or health and safety. Capitalised terms not otherwise defined in this document bear the meaning given to them in the Rules (including the Youth Development Rules). ii. The bio-security of the environment in which Players and Staff are training can be maintained at all times, with necessary and proportionate limitations placed on interaction between those individuals and others (ie, the creation and maintenance of a ‘bubble’); iii. Government and stakeholder confidence is maintained in the Premier League and the activities of Clubs and Players; and B. First Team Protocol iv. The League, Clubs and Players are able to adapt quickly in the event that the COVID-19 situation deteriorates, whether as a result of an outbreak, the spread of a new variant or otherwise. In such circumstances, it is vital that these protocols can be escalated quickly, to ensure that the Premier League can continue to operate. Overview 6. This First Team Protocol is divided into: i. obligations binding on Clubs and incorporated into the Rules, a breach of which will be dealt with under Section W (Disciplinary) of those Rules. These obligations are set out in numbered paragraphs 7 to 22 and apply principally to the following individuals (collectively referred to in this Protocol as ‘Relevant Persons’): 2. As in previous seasons, this document sets out a series of uniform operating procedures, applicable to all Clubs. It has been produced following consultation with a range of stakeholders and with the agreement of Clubs. a. Players; and 3. It is divided into the following sections: b. Club employees, consultants and contractors essential for the performance of first team training (including coaches, analysts, doctors, physios, sport scientists and other members of the Club’s medical and administration team, but not including security staff, cleaners or members of the Club’s catering staff); i. A protocol applicable to Clubs’ first team training operations (the ‘First Team Protocol’, section B, below); ii. A protocol applicable to Clubs’ Academy training operations as they relate to the Professional Development Phase (the ‘PDP Protocol’, section C, below); ii. non-binding guidance issued by the League to assist Clubs and facilitate compliance with their obligations to ensure the safest possible environment at any site where the Club conducts coaching or training of its first team Players (‘Training Ground’). This guidance is in italicised text following the obligation to which it relates. Further guidance will continue to be issued by the League in accordance with Government advice. iii. A protocol applicable to Clubs’ Academy training operations as they relate to the Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase and their Development Centre programme (the ‘Academy Protocol (Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase)’, section D, below); and 515 516 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_22.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 Policies and procedures vii. Include a framework to support the education and familiarisation of all Relevant Persons with regard to the Club’s COVID-19 operational policy; and 7. Each Club must, by no later than the date on which it commences pre-season training for Season 2021/22, conduct an updated formal inter-disciplinary risk assessment of the Training Ground and all activities to be carried out within the Training Ground while Relevant Persons are present, with specific regard to: viii. Include guidance as to the process by which a Relevant Person can opt out of the policy at a later date, should they choose to do so (in which case, they will not be permitted to attend the Training Ground). i. the optimisation of any social distancing and/or COVID-19-related hygiene measures specified by Government or this Protocol; 9. Each Club must ensure that, before any Relevant Person attends the Training Ground, they have provided written confirmation (in such terms as are approved by the Premier League) that they have received and agree to be bound by the Club’s COVID-19 operational policy. ii. modification of existing facilities and arrangements to ensure that compliance with this First Team Protocol can be maintained at all times, notwithstanding the presence of any Academy Players or other training activity at the Training Ground; and Guidance iii. any updates in Government guidance, The Designated COVID-19 Officer should be either: (a) a senior employee who holds appropriate qualifications and/or is appropriately experienced in health and safety but who is not part of the Club’s medical team; or (b) a consultant or external specialist with such experience and/or qualifications who reports directly to a board-level employee. In either case, the individual shall take leadership responsibility for devising and administering the COVID-19 operational policy and managing compliance with that policy and this First Team Protocol. the ‘COVID-19 Risk Assessment’, the results of which must be provided to the League on request. Guidance For the purposes of this Protocol, ‘pre-season training’ shall be the first occasion in which the whole or the majority of the first team squad convenes at the Training Ground following the conclusion of the preceding season. It shall not include any injury rehabilitation session nor individual or small group training session. The COVID-19 Risk Assessment must consider what steps are necessary to minimise the risk to all individuals who will be present at the Training Ground, whether or not they are a Relevant Person, and must contain provision for any individuals considered to be ‘clinically vulnerable’ or ‘clinically extremely vulnerable’ in line with Government guidance. 8. Each Club must devise and implement a COVID-19 operational policy, which must: i. Reflect the Club’s most recent COVID-19 Risk Assessment; Return from international travel ii. Include a contingency plan (the content of which must be approved by the League) to facilitate the introduction of any Emergency Measures introduced by the League (in accordance with Section E, below); 10. Each Club must ensure that no Relevant Person who travels outside of the UK is permitted to attend the Training Ground following that international travel unless they have complied with all applicable Government guidance regarding post-travel quarantine measures. iii. Be agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer; iv. Identify an individual as the ‘Designated COVID-19 Officer’; Management of COVID-19 Symptoms and Testing v. Be communicated to every Relevant Person; 11. Where there is a requirement to submit to a test for COVID-19 (‘Test’) in this Protocol, the Test will be conducted in accordance with the process administered by the League. vi. Be submitted to the League by no later than the date on which they commence pre-season training for Season 2021/22 (and re-submitted to the League as soon as possible following any revisions agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer); 12. Each Club must ensure that: i. before pre-season training for Season 2021/22 begins, each Relevant Person has submitted to a Test, which has returned a negative result; and 517 518 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_23.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 ii. each Relevant Person continues to submit to Tests at such frequency as is required by the League. c. the use of face coverings; and d. congregation in indoor spaces; Guidance ii. Every individual present at the Training Ground while Relevant Persons are present but who is not a Relevant Person themselves complies with applicable Government requirements in respect of the following areas: The requirement at paragraph 12 applies, for example, to a Player returning for pre-season training in advance of Season 2021/22, any newly registered Player, any Academy Player training with Relevant Persons for the first time in accordance with these Protocols or any new member of Staff. a. social distancing; b. the use of face coverings; and For Season 2021/22, the League will operate a twice-weekly Test programme (utilising COVID-19 rapid lateral flow tests) for all Relevant Persons. These will be administered at the Training Ground by the League’s appointed testing provider. This programme will be kept under regular review throughout the course of the season and periodically considered by the Premier League Clinical Oversight Group. c. congregation in indoor spaces; iii. Prior to entering the site, each Relevant Person and each individual who is not a Relevant Person but who will be present at the Training Ground at the same time that any Relevant Persons are present must complete a COVID-19 screening protocol, in a manner devised by the Team Doctor, but which: 13. In respect of each Test taken by a Relevant Person, the Team Doctor must: a. may include, at the Club’s discretion, a non-invasive temperature check and a medical questionnaire; and i.assess and contemporaneously record whether the individual submitting to the Test is experiencing any symptoms of COVID-19 at the time that the Test is taken; and b. must include, in respect of any individual who is not a Relevant Person but who will be present at the Training Ground at the same time that any Relevant Persons are present, a self-declaration that the individual has submitted to a COVID-19 rapid lateral flow test in the preceding three days, which has returned a negative result; ii. be the individual responsible for the receipt and co-ordination of all Test results. 14. Each Club must comply with any action plan published by the League from time to time in relation to any instance of a positive Test result for one of its Relevant Persons and/or record of any symptoms of COVID-19. iv. At any time when one or more Relevant Person(s) is/are present at the Training Ground, it permits other individuals (ie, individuals who are not Relevant Persons) to be present in the same area(s) of the Training Ground as those occupied by the Relevant Person(s) only where necessary (including where required by the Rules), where such presence is strictly in accordance with this Protocol and where such individuals maintain social distancing in respect of all Relevant Persons while at the Training Ground. 15. Each Club must ensure that all Relevant Persons comply with Government guidance regarding management of COVID-19 symptoms experienced by them or any member of their household, including any ‘test and trace’ guidance or policy implemented by Government. Guidance The Training Ground Each Club should review its list of Relevant Persons periodically, to identify those individuals deemed to be essential to the delivery of training or operation of the Training Ground and limit access to areas of the Training Ground where training will be conducted to only those individuals. To this end, it is recommended that, at all times while Relevant Persons are at the Training Ground a ‘Red Zone’ is designated, restricting access to that Red Zone only to Relevant Persons, to minimise (to the maximum extent possible) contact between Relevant Persons and other individuals. 16.Each Club must ensure that: i. Every Relevant Person complies with applicable Government requirements in respect of the following areas: a. the use of transport when travelling to and from the Training Ground; b. social distancing; 519 520 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_24.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 Engagement by Relevant Persons with a broadcaster, sponsor or other commercial partner (whether a Club partner, Premier League partner or non-rights holder) is permitted at the Training Ground, provided that: c. under no circumstances do they attend the Training Ground for further assessment. Training Ground hygiene overnight protocol • Such activity is assessed as part of the Club’s COVID-19 Risk Assessment; 19. Each Club must ensure that, every day, after all training activity has been completed and all Relevant Persons have vacated the Training Ground, cleaning of the Training Ground is undertaken in accordance with the processes set out in Appendix 14.1. • Any non-Relevant Person attending the Training Ground as part of such activity confirms in advance their agreement to the Club’s COVID-19 operational policy and submits to the screening referred to at paragraph 16.iii; and • Social distancing, use of face coverings and hygiene protocols are maintained at all times. Guidance In addition to the cleaning requirements of paragraph 19 and Appendix 14.1, Clubs are recommended to engage in more substantial, industrial-scale ‘deep cleansing’ of the Training Ground on a regular basis. For Season 2021/22, Premier League Rule K.90 (which requires ‘Content Sessions’ to be held in person) has been re-instated in the Handbook, save where it is ‘requested by the relevant Club and/or relevant Broadcaster(s) and agreed by the League.’ Permission will only be granted by the League in such cases where: (a) the Content Session can be captured by a camera of suitable specifications (approved by the League) provided by the Club or a Host Broadcaster; and (b) where the footage is delivered in a timely manner. Transition between Protocols 20. Subject to paragraphs 21 and 22, no individual, whether a Player, Academy Player (including a PDP Player), member of Staff or otherwise may become a Relevant Person (and thereby engage in training activities permitted under this First Team Protocol with other Relevant Persons) unless they have first: Where the Content Session is to be conducted in person at the Training Ground, the Club should permit attendance by one producer or assistant producer from the Broadcasters, in addition to the reporter and camera operator. i. Returned a negative Test; and ii. Confirmed their agreement in writing to the Club’s COVID-19 operational policy. Cardiac and respiratory screening 17.Each Club must ensure that it conducts ongoing risk assessments of every Player who attends the Training Ground for potential respiratory and/or cardiac complications associated with COVID-19, in accordance with any such protocol issued by the Premier League, and to record the results of such assessments. 21. A Club may permit a Relevant Person to participate in a friendly or competitive match involving its PDP Players, provided that: i. All PDP Persons participating in the PDP Match are engaged in the Testing programme referred to paragraph 30 below; Living arrangements and isolation ii. The Relevant Person(s) continue to submit to Tests as required by this Protocol (albeit, provided that the provisions of this paragraph 21 are complied with, it will not be a requirement that the Relevant Person(s) return a negative Test between participating in the PDP Match and then re-engaging in training activities with Relevant Persons under this Protocol); 18.Each Club must require all Relevant Persons to: i. Comply with Government requirements regarding isolation and social distancing whilst not at the Training Ground (whether at their own homes or otherwise); iii. The involvement of the Relevant Person(s) in the PDP Match is risk assessed by the Club as part of its COVID-19 Risk Assessment; ii. Ensure that if they or a member of their household experience symptoms of COVID-19 whilst they are not at the Training Ground: iv. The Relevant Person(s) do not share indoor facilities (including changing rooms) with the PDP Persons with whom they are playing prior to or after the PDP Match (but may do so at half-time); a. they inform the Team Doctor immediately; b. they stay at home unless advised otherwise by the Team Doctor; and 521 522 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_25.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 v. Where applicable, the Relevant Person(s) travel(s) separately from the PDP Persons to and from the PDP Match; and C. PDP Protocol Overview vi. Prior to participating in the PDP Match, each such Relevant Person has first confirmed their agreement in writing to the PDP COVID-19 operational policy. Where the individual is a minor, their Parent must also confirm their agreement in writing. 23. Given the elite nature of training in the Professional Development Phase (as recognised by Government) and the possible transition of Academy Players in the Professional Development Phase into the first team environment, it is necessary to implement a bespoke Protocol for such training. Nevertheless, each Club must ensure that no aspect of its training of Academy Players in the Professional Development Phase impacts upon its ability to comply in full with their obligations under the First Team Protocol. Guidance Paragraphs 20 and 21 are intended to allow Clubs near-total flexibility in respect of training and matches involving both Relevant Persons and PDP Persons, provided that activity is outdoors, and the PDP Persons involved in the activity are subject to the Testing regime referred to at paragraph 30. 24. This PDP Protocol applies to all training conducted by a Club of Academy Players in the Professional Development Phase, whether that training is conducted at the Training Ground or at an alternative training facility utilised for the training of Academy Players (‘Academy Training Ground’). It is divided into: Friendly matches 22.Clubs may engage in non-competitive, friendly or training matches with teams from another Club or club at the Training Ground, whether or not the individuals representing the opponent team are subject to the Test process administered by the League, provided that: i. obligations binding on Clubs and incorporated into the Rules, a breach of which will be dealt with under Section W (Disciplinary) of those Rules. These obligations are set out in numbered paragraphs 25 to 38 and apply principally to the following individuals (collectively referred to in this PDP Protocol as ‘PDP Persons’): i. The staging of such matches is risk assessed by the Club as part of its COVID-19 Risk Assessment; a. Academy Players in the Professional Development Phase, either registered to the Club or on trial (‘PDP Players’); and ii. Any individual who is not a Relevant Person but who is participating in or present at such a match (whether as a player, match official or essential member of staff) has confirmed their agreement in writing in advance to the Club’s COVID-19 operational policy; and b. Club employees, consultants and contractors essential for the performance of training of PDP Players and/or compliance by the Club with their responsibilities under the Youth Development Rules (including coaches, analysts, educators, safeguarding staff, doctors, physios, sport scientists and other members of the Club’s medical team, but not including security staff, cleaners or members of the Club’s catering staff); iii. Facilities (including dressing rooms) are modified as necessary to ensure no sharing of indoor spaces between Relevant Persons and non-Relevant Persons. ii. non-binding guidance issued by the Premier League to assist Clubs and facilitate compliance with their obligations to ensure the safest possible environment at any site where the Club conducts coaching or training of its Players. This guidance is in italicised text following the obligation to which it relates. Further guidance will continue to be issued by the League in accordance with Government advice. Guidance While the provisions of paragraph 22 permit Clubs to engage in pre-season friendly matches against other clubs that are not part of the Testing regime, Clubs may wish to conduct their own due diligence on what, if any, testing process the opponent club will be subject to. Clubs should also be mindful that any planned friendly against a club based outside the UK will need to comply with all relevant Government guidance regarding international travel. 25. Each Club must, by no later than the date on which they commence pre-season training for PDP Players for Season 2021/22, conduct a formal inter-disciplinary risk assessment of the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground (as appropriate) Paragraph 22 also permits the use of referees who are not subject to the League-administered Test process. 523 524 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_26.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 and all activities to be carried out within the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground while PDP Persons are present, with specific regard to: Guidance Where PDP Persons will be involved in training activity within the Training Ground, Clubs may combine the PDP COVID-19 Risk Assessment and the risk assessments referred to in paragraphs 7 and 40 into one document. However, where training of PDP Players will take place at an Academy Training Ground, Clubs are recommended to conduct separate risk assessments for each site. i. the optimisation of social distancing and all hygiene measures specified by Government during the COVID-19 pandemic; ii. modification of training facilities and the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground environment to mitigate risk; and The Designated PDP COVID-19 Officer may be the same person as the Club’s Designated COVID-19 Officer. If both roles are not held by the same person, the Designated PDP COVID-19 Officer should: iii. any relevant Government guidance, the ‘PDP COVID-19 Risk Assessment’, the results of which must be provided to the League on request. • report to the Club’s Designated COVID-19 Officer; and 26. Each Club must devise and implement a PDP COVID-19 operational policy, which must: • be either: (a) a senior Academy employee who holds appropriate qualifications and/ or is appropriately experienced in health and safety but who is not part of the Club’s medical team; or (b) a consultant or external specialist with such experience and/ or qualifications, who reports directly to a board-level employee. In either case, the individual must take leadership responsibility for devising and administering the PDP COVID-19 operational policy and managing compliance with that policy and this PDP Protocol. i. Reflect the Club’s PDP COVID-19 Risk Assessment; ii. Include a contingency plan (the content of which must be approved by the League) to facilitate the introduction of any Emergency Measures introduced by the League (in accordance with Section E, below); iii. Be agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer; The Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer may be the Team Doctor, the Academy Doctor or another suitably qualified medical doctor. iv. Identify an individual as the ‘Designated PDP COVID-19 Officer’; v. Identify an individual as the ‘Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer’; 27. Each Club must ensure that, before any PDP Person attends the Training Ground or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate), they have provided written confirmation (in such terms as are approved by the Premier League) that they have received and agree to be bound by the Club’s PDP COVID-19 operational policy. Where the PDP Person is a minor, written confirmation should also be provided by a Parent. vi. Be communicated to every PDP Person (and where the PDP Person is a minor, their Parent); vii. Be submitted to the League by no later than the date on which it intends to begin training of PDP Players in advance of Season 2021/22 (and re-submitted to the League as soon as possible following any revisions agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer); Location of Training viii. Include a framework to support the education and familiarisation of all PDP Persons (and where such PDP Persons are minors, their Parents) with regard to the Club’s PDP COVID-19 operational policy; and 28. Each Club must ensure that, where it intends to conduct training of PDP Players at the Training Ground (as opposed to the Academy Training Ground), measures are implemented to ensure that, save as permitted by the First Team or PDP Protocol, PDP Persons are prohibited from accessing any indoor area in which Relevant Persons are present. ix. Include guidance as to the process by which a PDP Person (or their Parents on their behalf) can opt out of the policy at a later date, should they choose to do so (in which case, they will not be permitted to attend the Training Ground/ Academy Training Ground). 525 526 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_27.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 Return from international travel The Training Ground/Academy Training Ground 29.Each Club must ensure that no PDP Person who travels outside of the UK is permitted to attend the Training Ground or Academy Training Ground following that international travel unless they have complied with any applicable Government guidance regarding post-travel quarantine measures. 34. Each Club must ensure that: i. Every PDP Person complies with applicable Government requirements in respect of the following areas: a. the use of transport when travelling to and from the Training Ground/ Academy Training Ground; Optional Testing and Management of COVID-19 symptoms 30.Where there is a requirement to submit to a test for Test in this Protocol, the Test will be conducted in accordance with the process administered by the League. b. social distancing; c. the use of face coverings; and Guidance d. congregation in indoor spaces; For Season 2021/22, the League will offer a twice-weekly Test process (utilising COVID-19 rapid lateral flow tests) for PDP Persons. These will be administered at the Training Ground by the League’s appointed testing provider. ii. Every individual present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground while PDP Persons are present, but who is not a PDP Person themselves complies with applicable Government requirements in respect of the following areas: While take-up of this Test process will be optional for PDP Persons, should any PDP Person wish to engage in any training or match activities of any kind involving the Club’s Relevant Persons, as noted in paragraph 21, they will need to demonstrate that they are engaged in this Testing process. a. social distancing; b. the use of face coverings; and c. congregation in indoor spaces; 31. In respect of any Test taken by a PDP Person, the Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer must: i.assess and contemporaneously record whether the individual submitting to the Test is experiencing any symptoms of COVID-19 at the time that the Test is taken; and iii. Prior to entering the site, each PDP Person and each individual who is not a PDP Person but who will be present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground at the same time that any PDP Persons are present must complete a COVID-19 screening protocol, in a manner devised by the Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer, but which: ii. be the individual responsible for the receipt and co-ordination of all Test results. a. may include, at the Club’s discretion, a non-invasive temperature check and a medical questionnaire; and 32. Each Club must comply with any action plan published by the League from time to time in relation to any instance of a positive Test result for one of its PDP Persons and/or record of any symptoms of COVID-19. b. must include, in respect of any individual who is not a PDP Person but who will be present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground at the same time that any PDP Persons are present, a self-declaration that the individual has submitted to a COVID-19 rapid lateral flow test in the preceding three days, which has returned a negative result; 33. Each Club must ensure that all PDP Persons comply with Government guidance regarding management of COVID-19 symptoms experienced by them or any member of their household, including any ‘test and trace’ guidance or policy implemented by Government. iv. At any time when one or more PDP Person(s) is/are present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground, it permits other individuals (ie, individuals who are not PDP Persons) to be present in the same area(s) of the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground as those occupied by the PDP Person(s) 527 528 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_28.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 only where necessary, where such presence is strictly in accordance with this Protocol and where such individuals maintain social distancing in respect of all PDP Persons while at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground. Transition between Protocols 37. Subject to paragraph 20 to 22, no individual, whether a Player, Youth Player, member of Staff or otherwise may become a PDP Person (and thereby engage in training activities permitted under this PDP Protocol with other PDP Persons) unless they have first confirmed their agreement in writing to the Club’s COVID-19 operational policy. Guidance Each Club should review its list of PDP Persons periodically, to identify those individuals deemed to be essential to the delivery of training or operation of the Training Ground/ Academy Training Ground and limit access to areas of the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground where training will be conducted to only those individuals. To this end, it is recommended that, at all times while PDP Persons are at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground a ‘PDP Red Zone’ is designated, restricting access to that PDP Red Zone only to PDP Persons, to minimise (to the maximum extent possible) contact between PDP Persons and other individuals. Friendly matches 38. Clubs may engage in non-competitive, friendly or training matches with teams comprising non-PDP Persons at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground (whether from within the Club or otherwise), whether or not the individuals representing the opponent team are subject to the Test process administered by the League, provided that: i. The staging of such matches is risk assessed by the Club as part of its COVID-19 PDP Risk Assessment; Cardiac and respiratory screening 35.Each Club must ensure that it conducts ongoing risk assessments of every PDP Player who attends the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground for potential respiratory and/or cardiac complications associated with COVID-19, in accordance with any such protocol issued by the Premier League, and to record the results of such assessments. ii. Any individual who is not a PDP Person but who is participating in or present at such a match (whether as a player, match official or essential member of staff) has confirmed their agreement in writing in advance to the Club’s PDP COVID-19 operational policy; and iii. Facilities (including dressing rooms) are modified as necessary to ensure no sharing of indoor spaces between PDP Persons and non-PDP Persons. Living arrangements and isolation 36. Each Club must require all PDP Persons to: Guidance i. Comply with Government requirements regarding isolation and social distancing whilst not at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground (whether at their own homes or otherwise); The provisions of paragraph 38 permit Clubs to engage in pre-season friendly matches against sides taken from younger age groups in their Academy and/or other Clubs (or clubs). It also permits the use of referees who are not subject to the League-administered Test process. ii. Ensure that if they or a member of their household experience symptoms of COVID-19 whilst they are not at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground: D. Academy Protocol (Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase) a. they inform the Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer immediately; Overview b. they stay at home unless advised otherwise by the Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer; and 39. This Academy Protocol (Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase) applies to all training conducted by a Club of Academy Players in the Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase, together with all Development Centre training activity, whether (in all cases) that training is conducted at the Training Ground or at an Academy Training Ground. It is divided into: c. under no circumstances do they attend the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground for further assessment. 529 530 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_29.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 i. obligations binding on Clubs and incorporated into the Rules, a breach of which will be dealt with under Section W (Disciplinary) of those Rules. These obligations are set out in numbered paragraphs 40 to 51 and apply principally to the following individuals (collectively referred to in this Academy Protocol (Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase) as ‘Academy Persons’): 41. Each Club must devise and implement an Academy COVID-19 operational policy, which must: i. Reflect the Club’s Academy COVID-19 Risk Assessment; ii. Include a contingency plan (the content of which must be approved by the League) to facilitate the introduction of any Emergency Measures introduced by the League (in accordance with Section E below); a. Academy Players in the Foundation Phase or Youth Development Phase, either registered to the Club or on trial, together with all players in attendance at Development Centres operated by the Club (‘Youth Players’); and iii. Be agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer; iv. Identify an individual as the ‘Designated Academy COVID-19 Officer’; b. Club employees, consultants and contractors essential for the performance of training of Youth Players or players training at the Club’s Development Centre and or compliance by the Club with their responsibilities under the Youth Development Rules (including coaches, analysts, educators, safeguarding staff, doctors, physios, sport scientists and other members of the Club’s medical team, but not including security staff, cleaners or members of the Club’s catering staff); v. Identify an individual as the ‘Designated Academy COVID-19 Medical Officer’; Be communicated to every Academy Person (and where such Academy Persons are minors, their Parents); vi. vii. Be submitted to the League by no later than the first date on which training of Youth Players will take place in advance of Season 2020/21 (and re-submitted to the League as soon as possible following any revisions agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer); ii. non-binding guidance issued by the Premier League to assist Clubs and facilitate compliance with their obligations to ensure the safest possible environment at any site where the Club conducts coaching or training. This guidance is in italicised text following the obligation to which it relates. Further guidance will continue to be issued by the League in accordance with Government advice. viii. Include a framework to support the education and familiarisation of all Academy Persons (and where such Academy Persons are minors, their Parents) with regard to the Club’s Academy COVID-19 operational policy; and ix. Include guidance as to the process by which an Academy Person (or Parent, on behalf of an Academy Person who is a minor) can opt out of the policy at a later date, should they choose to do so (in which case, they will not be permitted to attend the Training Ground and/or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate)). Policies and Procedures 40.Each Club must, by no later than the date on which it commences pre-season training for Youth Players for Season 2021/22, conduct a formal inter-disciplinary risk assessment of the Training Ground and/or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate) and all activities to be carried out within the Training Ground/ Academy Training Ground while Academy Persons are present, with specific regard to: Guidance Where Academy Persons will be involved in training activity within the Training Ground, Clubs may combine the Academy COVID-19 Risk Assessment and the risk assessments referred to in paragraphs 7 and 25 into one document. However, where training will take place at an Academy Training Ground, Clubs are recommended to conduct separate risk assessments for each site. i. the optimisation of social distancing and all hygiene measures specified by Government during the COVID-19 pandemic; ii. modification of training facilities and the Training Ground and/or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate) environment to mitigate risk; and The Designated Academy COVID-19 Officer may be the same person as the Club’s Designated COVID-19 Officer and/or its Designated PDP COVID-19 Officer. If the roles are not held by the same person, the Designated Academy COVID-19 Officer should: iii. any relevant Government guidance, the ‘Academy COVID-19 Risk Assessment’, the results of which must be provided to the League on request. 531 532 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_30.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 • report to the Club’s Designated COVID-19 Officer; and The Training Ground/Academy Training Ground • be either: (a) a senior Academy employee who holds appropriate qualifications and/ or is appropriately experienced in health and safety but who is not part of the Club’s medical team; or (b) a consultant or external specialist with such experience and/ or qualifications, who reports directly to a board-level employee. In either case, the individual must take leadership responsibility for devising and administering the Academy COVID-19 operational policy and managing compliance with that policy and this Protocol. 46. Each Club must ensure that: i. Every Academy Person complies with applicable Government requirements in respect of the following areas: a. the use of transport when travelling to and from the Training Ground/ Academy Training Ground; b. social distancing; The Designated Academy COVID-19 Medical Officer may be the same person as the Designated PDP COVID-19 Medical Officer. If the roles are not held by the same person, the Designated Academy COVID-19 Medical Officer must be a suitably qualified medical doctor. c. the use of face coverings; and d. congregation in indoor spaces; ii. Every individual present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground while Academy Persons are present but who is not an Academy Person themselves complies with applicable Government requirements in respect of the following areas: 42.Each Club must ensure that, before any Academy Person attends the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground (as appropriate), they have provided written confirmation (in such terms as are approved by the Premier League) that they have received and agree to be bound by the Club’s Academy COVID-19 operational policy. Where the Academy Person is a minor, written confirmation should also be provided by a Parent. a. social distancing; b. the use of face coverings; and Location of Training c. congregation in indoor spaces; 43.Each Club must ensure that, where it intends to conduct training of Youth Players at the same site as training of Players and/or PDP Players, measures are implemented to ensure that, save as permitted by the First Team or PDP Protocol, Academy Persons are prohibited from accessing any indoor area in which Relevant Persons or PDP Persons are present. iii. Prior to entering the site, each Academy Person and each individual who is not an Academy Person but who will be present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground at the same time that any Academy Persons are present must complete a COVID-19 screening protocol, in a manner devised by the Designated Academy COVID-19 Medical Officer, but which may include, at the Club’s discretion: Return from international travel a. a non-invasive temperature check and a medical questionnaire; and 44.Each Club must ensure that no Academy Person who travels outside of the UK is permitted to attend the Training Ground and/or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate) following that international travel unless they have complied with any applicable Government guidance regarding post-travel quarantine measures. b. in respect of any individual who is not an Academy Person but who will be present at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground at the same time that any Academy Persons are present, a self-declaration that the individual has submitted to a COVID-19 rapid lateral flow test in the preceding three days, which has returned a negative result. Management of COVID-19 symptoms Cardiac and respiratory screening 45.Each Club must ensure that all Academy Persons comply with Government guidance regarding management of COVID-19 symptoms experienced by them or any member of their household, including any ‘test and trace’ guidance or policy implemented by Government. 47. Each Club must ensure that it conducts ongoing risk assessments of every Youth Player who it envisages will be required to attend the Training Ground or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate) for potential respiratory and/or cardiac 533 534 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_31.GIF

Appendix 14 Appendix 14 complications associated with COVID-19, in accordance with any such protocol issued by the Premier League, and to record the results of such assessments. Safeguarding 50.Each Club must ensure that it complies with the Return to Club Activities – Coronavirus (COVID-19) Safeguarding Guidance at Appendix 14.2. Living arrangements and isolation 48.Each Club must require all Academy Persons to: Testing i.Comply with Government requirements regarding isolation and social distancing whilst not at the Training Ground or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate) (whether at their own homes or otherwise); 51. Each Club must comply (and ensure that its Academy Persons comply) with any guidance issued by the League from time to time in relation to COVID-19 Antigen Testing of Academy Persons. ii. Ensure that if they or a member of their household experience symptoms of COVID-19 whilst they are not at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground: E. Escalation Protocol 52. In the event of either: a. they inform the Designated Academy COVID-19 Medical Officer immediately; i. a Club experiencing an ‘Outbreak’ (as defined in the League’s Outbreak Protocol); or the imposition of new Government restrictions (whether imposed at a local or national level) in response to an escalation in the public health risks posed by COVID-19 (whether due to the emergence of a new variant of COVID-19, an increase in the COVID-19 infection rate or otherwise), ii. b. they stay at home unless advised otherwise by the Designated Academy COVID-19 Medical Officer; and c. under no circumstances do they attend the Training Ground or Academy Training Ground for further assessment. the League may implement such emergency measures as it considers necessary to enhance the bio-security of the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground, protect the safety of Relevant Persons (as well as PDP Persons and Academy Persons), minimise the spread of COVID-19 among Relevant Persons (as well as PDP Persons and Academy Persons) so far as possible and maintain Government and stakeholder support for the continuation of League Matches involving the Club (‘Emergency Measures’). Friendly matches 49.Clubs may engage in non-competitive, friendly or training matches with teams comprising non-Youth Players or Youth Players of different ages at the Training Ground or Academy Training Ground (as appropriate), provided that: i.The staging of such matches is risk assessed by the Club as part of its relevant Academy COVID-19 Risk Assessment; and 53. While the specifics of any Emergency Measures will be for the League (at its absolute discretion) to determine, for the avoidance of doubt, they may include some or all of the following: ii. Any individual who is not an Academy Person but who is participating in or present at such a match (whether as a player, match official or essential member of staff) has confirmed their agreement in writing in advance to the Club’s Academy COVID-19 operational policy. i. a revised regime for Tests of the Club’s Relevant Persons and/or PDP Persons (whether an increase frequency, an alternative form of Test or otherwise); Guidance ii. restrictions on the use of indoor spaces at the Training Ground; The provisions of paragraph 49 permit Clubs to engage in pre-season friendly matches against sides taken from their cohort of Academy Players (whether PDP Players or Youth Players) as well as sides from other Clubs or clubs. iii. restrictions on manual therapy by Staff; iv. restriction on the use of showering or bathing facilities, ice baths and/or cryogenic chambers; Further, there is no restriction under this Academy Protocol (Foundation Phase and Youth Development Phase) on Youth Players in different age groups training with and/or playing against one another. v. restrictions on training methods; 535 536 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_32.GIF

Appendix 14.1 Government guidance – COVID-19: cleaning in non-healthcare settings outside the home Updated 16 October 2020 (https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/covid-19-decontamination-in-non-healthcare-settings) Appendix 14 vi. limitations on use of and access to the Training Ground by anyone other than Relevant Persons; vii. requirements in respect of personal protective equipment; viii. a suspension of Academy activities at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground; and Contents ix. additional monitoring measures to ensure compliance with the Protocol and the Emergency Measures (including the continued presence of Premier League representatives at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground to monitor compliance). 1. Background 2. General principles of cleaning during the COVID-19 pandemic 3. Principles of cleaning after an individual with symptoms of, or confirmed COVID-19, the case has left the setting or area Guidance While any decision as to the imposition and nature of Emergency Measures will be at the discretion of the League, prior to taking any such decision it will procure advice from the Premier League Clinical Oversight Group and consult with the relevant Club Please note that this guidance is of a general nature. Employers should consider the specific conditions of individual places of work and comply with all applicable legislation, including the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974. 54. Where the League implements Emergency Measures in respect of a Club: Background i. they will be time-limited and subject to regular review by the League to ensure that they continue to be necessary and proportionate; and The risk of coronavirus (COVID-19) infection depends on many factors, including: • the type of surface contaminated • the amount of virus shed from the individual • the time the individual spent in the setting • the time since the individual was last in the setting ii. the Club subject to the Emergency Measures must comply with them in all respects. Failure to do so will constitute a breach of this Protocol. COVID-19 spreads from person to person through small droplets, aerosols and through direct contact. Surfaces and belongings can also be contaminated with COVID-19 when people with the infection cough or sneeze or touch them. The risk of spread is greatest when people are close to each other, especially in poorly ventilated indoor spaces and when people spend a lot of time together in the same room. Social distancing, washing your hands regularly, good respiratory hygiene (using and disposing of tissues), cleaning surfaces and keeping indoor spaces well ventilated are the most important ways to reduce the spread of COVID-19. Increased frequency of cleaning of general room surfaces reduces the presence of the virus and the risk of contact. The infection risk from a COVID-19 contaminated environment decreases over time. It is not yet clear at what point there is no risk from the virus, however, studies suggest that, in non-healthcare settings, the risk of residual infectious virus is likely to be significantly reduced after 48 hours. 537 538 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_33.GIF

Appendix 14.1 Appendix 14.1 In situations where someone has symptoms of COVID-19, we continue to advise storing personal waste for 72 hours as an additional precaution. Food business operators should continue to follow the Food Standard Agency’s (FSA) guidance on good hygiene practices in food preparation, Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) processes, and preventative practices (pre-requisite programmes (PRPs)). General principles of cleaning during the COVID-19 pandemic This section provides general cleaning advice for non-healthcare settings where no one has symptoms of, or confirmed COVID-19. For guidance on cleaning where there has been an person with symptoms of, or confirmed COVID-19, please refer to the section on principles of cleaning after a case has left the setting or area. Bathrooms Clean frequently touched surfaces regularly. Ensure suitable hand washing facilities are available including running water, liquid soap and paper towels or hand driers. Where cloth towels are used, these should be for individual use and laundered in accordance with washing instructions. There is also additional guidance for employers and businesses on working safely during the COVID-19 pandemic. Waste Cleaning and disinfection Waste does not need to be segregated unless an individual in the setting shows symptoms of or tests positive for COVID-19. Regular cleaning plays a vital role in limiting the transmission of COVID-19. Reducing clutter and removing difficult to clean items can make cleaning easier. Increase the frequency of cleaning, using standard cleaning products such as detergents and bleach, paying attention to all surfaces but especially ones that are touched frequently, such as door handles, light switches, work surfaces, remote controls and electronic devices. Dispose of routine waste as normal, placing any used cloths or wipes in ‘black bag’ waste bins. You do not need to put them in an extra bag or store them for a time before throwing them away. Principles of cleaning after an individual with symptoms of, or confirmed COVID-19, the case has left the setting or area As a minimum, frequently touched surfaces should be wiped down twice a day, and one of these should be at the beginning or the end of the working day. Cleaning should be more frequent depending on the number of people using the space, whether they are entering and exiting the setting and access to handwashing and hand-sanitising facilities. Cleaning of frequently touched surfaces is particularly important in bathrooms and communal kitchens. Personal protective equipment (PPE) The minimum PPE to be worn for cleaning an area after a person with symptoms of COVID-19, or confirmed COVID-19, has left the setting, is disposable gloves and an apron. Wash hands with soap and water for 20 seconds after all PPE has been removed. When cleaning surfaces, it is not necessary to wear personal protective equipment (PPE) or clothing over and above what would usually be used. If a risk assessment of the setting indicates that a higher level of virus may be present (for example, where someone unwell has spent the night such as in a hotel room or boarding school dormitory) then additional PPE to protect the cleaner’s eyes, mouth and nose may be necessary. The local Public Health England (PHE) Health Protection Team can advise on this. Laundry Items should be washed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. There is no additional washing requirement above what would normally be carried out. Cleaning and disinfection Kitchens and communal canteens Public areas where a symptomatic person has passed through and spent minimal time but which are not visibly contaminated with body fluids, such as corridors, can be cleaned thoroughly as normal. It is very unlikely that COVID-19 is transmitted through food. However, as a matter of good hygiene practice, anyone handling food should wash their hands often with soap and water for at least 20 seconds before doing so. Crockery and eating utensils should not be shared. Clean frequently touched surfaces regularly. All surfaces that the symptomatic person has come into contact with should be cleaned and disinfected, including all potentially contaminated and frequently touched areas such as bathrooms, door handles, telephones, grab rails in corridors and stairwells 539 540 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_34.GIF

Appendix 14.1 Appendix 14.1 Use disposable cloths or paper roll and disposable mop heads, to clean all hard surfaces, floors, chairs, door handles and sanitary fittings – think one site, one wipe, in one direction. This waste should be stored safely and kept away from children. It should not be placed in communal waste areas until negative test results are known, or the waste has been stored for at least 72 hours. Use one of the options below: If the individual tests negative, this can be put indisposed of immediately with the normal waste. If COVID-19 is confirmed this waste should be stored for at least 72 hours before disposal with normal waste. • a combined detergent disinfectant solution at a dilution of 1,000 parts per million available chlorine (ppm av.cl.) or If during an emergency you need to remove the waste before 72 hours, it must be treated as Category B infectious waste. You must: • a household detergent followed by disinfection (1000 ppm av.cl.). Follow manufacturer’s instructions for dilution, application and contact times for all detergents and disinfectants • keep it separate from your other waste • arrange for collection by a specialist contractor as hazardous waste or There will be a charge for this service. • if an alternative disinfectant is used within the organisation ensure that it is effective against enveloped viruses Other household waste can be disposed of as normal. Avoid mixing cleaning products together as this can create toxic fumes. Avoid creating splashes and spray when cleaning. Any cloths and mop heads used must be disposed of and should be put into waste bags as outlined below. When items cannot be cleaned using detergents or laundered, for example, upholstered furniture and mattresses, steam cleaning should be used. Laundry Wash items in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Use the warmest water setting and dry items completely. Dirty laundry that has been in contact with an unwell person can be washed with other people’s items. To minimise the possibility of dispersing virus through the air, do not shake dirty laundry prior to washing. Clean and disinfect anything used for transporting laundry with your usual products, in line with the cleaning guidance above. Waste Personal waste from individuals with symptoms of COVID-19 and waste from cleaning of areas where they have been (including PPE, disposable cloths and used tissues): 1. Should be put in a plastic rubbish bag and tied when full 2. The plastic bag should then be placed in a second bin bag and tied 3. This should be put in a suitable and secure place and marked for storage until the individual’s test results are known 541 542 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_35.GIF

Appendix 14.2 Safeguarding Return to Club Activities Season 2021/22 Appendix 14.2 4. Definitions Activity means any face to face or remotely delivered/online activity or series of activities, arranged by or in the name of a Club for or to be attended by Children and/ or Adults at Risk. 1. Introduction The Premier League is committed to promoting and protecting the safety, welfare and wellbeing of Children and Adults at Risk during and beyond COVID-19 measures. Adult at Risk means any person aged eighteen or over who has needs for care and support (whether or not the local authority is meeting any of those needs) and is experiencing, or at risk of, abuse or neglect and as a result of those care and support needs is unable to protect themselves from either the risk of, or the experience of abuse or neglect. This may include people with learning disabilities, sensory impairments, mental health needs, older people and people with a physical disability or impairment. It may also include people who are affected by the circumstances that they are living in, for example, experiencing domestic violence (this list is not exhaustive). An individual’s level of vulnerability to harm may vary over time depending on the circumstances they are in and their needs at that time. This guidance does not supersede other local or national Government guidance. This guidance has been prepared to support Clubs with the safe return to Activities while ensuring continued compliance with Premier League Rules and Safeguarding Standards and where relevant, Keeping Children Safe guidance issued under the Education Act). in Education requirements (statutory 2. Scope Premier League Rule S.2. places a requirement on Clubs to prepare, implement, regularly review written safeguarding policies and proce-dures which must comply with any guidance published by the Premier League from time to time. Should any regulations, protocols or guidelines conflict, the safety and welfare of Children and Adults at Risk must always take precedence. Child and Children is defined by The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child as any person or persons who have not yet reached their eighteenth birthday. While we use the term ‘children and young people’ in practice, it is essential that Clubs understand the definition of a Child in the context of safeguarding and this guidance. This guidance should be read in conjunction with: Premier League Rules and Safeguarding Standards, current Government guidance in response to COVID-19, Working Together 2018 and any other protocol or guidance published by the Premier League in response to COVID-19. Club means an association football club in membership of the Premier League. Head of Safeguarding means the member of Staff appointed to that role by each Club in accordance with Rule S.4. The responsibilities set out in Rule S.4. and this document can only be delegated to experienced and trained Academy or other Safeguarding Officers. The Head of Safeguarding contin-ues to hold responsibility for having oversight and supervising their work/delegated responsibilities. This guidance will be reviewed as circumstances continue to evolve or following updated Government guidance. 3. Principles Senior Safeguarding Lead means the Board-level representative appointed to that role by each Club in accordance with Rule S.3. • Safeguarding is everyone’s responsibility • Working together underpins the work undertaken to effectively promote and protect the safety, welfare and wellbeing of Children and Adults at Risk 5. Safeguarding Children • Maintaining robust safeguarding standards and practice and strengthening these where necessary is essential Safeguarding Children is the action that is taken to promote their welfare and protect them from harm. This means: • Decisions affecting Children and Adults at Risk should be undertaken with systematic consideration of their safety, welfare and best interests • Protecting Children from abuse and maltreatment; • Children and Adults at Risk have the right to meaningful involvement in decision-making/decisions that affect them • Preventing harm to their mental and physical health or development; • Ensuring they grow up with the provision of safe and effective care; and • Taking action to enable all Children to have the best outcomes. 543 544 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_36.GIF

Appendix 14.2 Appendix 14.2 Adults at Risk Safeguarding Adults at Risk means protecting an adult’s right to live in safety, free from abuse and neglect. It is about people and organisations work-ing together to prevent and stop both the risks and experience of abuse or neglect, while at the same time making sure that the adult’s wellbeing is promoted. Abuse of adults links to the circumstances rather than the characteristics of the people experiencing the harm. An individual’s level of vul-nerability to harm may vary over time depending on the circumstances they are in and their needs at that time. Labelling groups of people (such as people with learning disabilities or older people) as inherently ‘vulnerable’ is seen to be disempowering. Instead the Care Act describes adults poten-tially ‘at risk’ from harm or abuse. Staff means any person involved in any Activity on behalf of or with the authorisation of the Club and/or who works directly with (and/or has influence over) Children or Adults at Risk (or acts on their behalf in any way). 545 546 Appendices to the Rules Governance, policies and procedures Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Premier League Rules, Safeguarding Standards and other helpful publications can be accessed via our website and Club Safeguarding Portal. The Premier League Safeguarding Team is available to provide support and advice. A list of Government guidance in response to COVID-19 can be accessed via the following link: h t t p s : // w w w . g ov. u k /g ove r n m e n t /c o ll e c t i o n s / coronavirus-covid-19-list-of-guidance Coronavirus outbreak FAQs - What you can and can’t do: ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ coronavirus-outbreak-faqs-what-you - can - and - cant-do NSPCC COVID-19: safeguarding and child protection: ht tps://learning.nspcc.org.uk/safeguarding-child-protection/covid-pandemic Ann Craft Trust: https://www.anncrafttrust.org/?s=covid Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Consideration should be given to implementing delivery assessment measures to establish whether new or adapted policies, operational plans and risk assessments are understood, effective in practice and being adhered to. Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Ensure that safeguarding remains a priority by continuing to comply with Premier League Rules, Safeguarding Standards and any protocol or guidance published by the Premier League in response to COVID-19. This includes ensuring that the Board-level Senior Safeguarding Lead and Head of Safeguarding remain responsible for continuity in safeguarding leadership across the return to all Activities. The return to Activities must be delivered in line with national and local Government requirements and guidance on COVID-19 and the status of the pandemic response to prioritise the health, safety and wellbeing of Children and Adults at risk engaged in Club Activities. Clubs must demonstrate that decisions affecting Children and Adults at Risk have been undertaken with systematic consideration of their safety, welfare and individual best interests which vary, for example but not limited to: by individual circumstance and needs, age, under-standing and competency. Clubs must be aware of new and continuing challenges to the health, safety and wellbeing of Children and Adults at Risk. Planning for the safe return to any Activity must be informed by a consistent and effective multidisciplinary approach. The Head of Safeguarding must be involved in the development and regular review of COVID-19 operational policies, plans, multidisciplinary risk assessments. Early planning, shared ownership, diversity of perspectives, regular review and adaptation/ amendment of arrangements are important components of risk assess-ments.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_37.GIF

local resources (not all services may be Ann Craft Trust Safeguarding and the Coronavirus – coronavirus-covid-19/safeguarding-adults assessing the adequacy of procedures and Appendix 14.2 Appendix 14.2 547 548 Review safeguarding and related policies and procedures to reflect the current working arrangements and amendments to policies and procedures as a consequence of COVID-19. Established safeguarding and safer recruitment policies and practices must not be compromised or scaled back as a consequence of planning for the return to any Activity. Consideration should be given to undertaking a multidisciplinary review of the following operational policies, procedures and processes in response to COVID-19 which may impact on the safety, welfare and wellbeing of Children and Adults at Risk: • Staff handbook, safeguarding handbook and/ or guidance for safer working practice. • Lone working policies and procedures. • Emergency contacts/next of kin details. • Emergency and evacuation procedures. • Changes to local GP and hospital opening hours and arrangements. • Review of codes of conduct to include COVID-19 requirements and measures for dealing with accidental or deliberate breaches. • Remote/online teaching or engagement. • Dispersal procedures. • Visitors and spectators. • Use of alternative/new venues. • Travel, transpor t and chaperone arrangements. • Trips, tours and tournaments. • Academy player retention and release procedures and aftercare/support. • Academy trialists and players on loan. • Academy day release where education has been impacted. Information and resources are available on the NSPCC learning website: ht tps://learning.nspcc.org.uk/safeguarding-child-protection/coronavirus#heading-top Info, Tips, and Resources: https://w w w.anncrafttrust.org/safeguarding-and-the-coronavirus-info-tips-and-resources/ SCIE safeguarding adults during the COVID-19 crisis: h t t p s : / / w w w . sc ie . o r g . u k / c a r e - p r o v id e r s / Maintain standards for safeguarding in commissioned services, partnership work and where alternative venues and facilities are used. Consideration should be given to: • Establishing a multidisciplinary approach to ensuring that venues and facilities meet agreed Club standards. • Establishing primacy in planning, delivery and review. • Obligations in contractual agreements. • Operating and information sharing protocols. Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. The Board must be aware of additional/heightened safeguarding risks and delivery plans to support informed decision-making at a senior level about the return to and ongoing delivery of Activities. Continue to regularly review and update Prevent Duty risk registers. Home Office Prevent Duty guidance: ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ prevent-duty-guidance Ensure adequate safeguarding staffing levels to: maintain existing standards, proactively support the safe return to Activities, ongoing participation/attendance and to lead or support the response to any support and intervention needs that arise. Maintain adequate ratios and supervision arrangements. Contingency plans must be established in the case of illness or other unexpected events. Consideration should be given to supervision arrangements and the staffing levels required for each Activity, particularly when operating in fixed groups or ‘bubbles’ to reduce the risk of transmission. Review records to establish whether system/data access permissions need to be amended and whether any training or checks have become out of date during lockdown measures. Maintain contact with local agencies and partners to be aware of any changes to local requirements, guidelines, working arrangements and/or contacting key Staff/teams, for example but not limited to: the LADO, Adult Social Care, MASH team, mental health services and key workers for vulnerable Children and Adults at Risk receiving or in need of support, protection and/or care. Consideration should be given to: • Changes to referral routes into and thresholds. • Changes to availability and access to other operational). • Utilising insight from partners and ensur-ing mutual expectations are clear around safeguarding arrangements.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_38.GIF

Listening culture Awareness and communication ht tps:// w w w.anncraf t trus t .org/free - accessible - ht tps://w w w.nspcc.org.uk/keeping-children-safe/ mental-health/ Safety, welfare and wellbeing Actions for FE colleges and providers during the Appendix 14.2 Appendix 14.2 549 550 Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Implement proportionate and effective measures for screening/identifying whether personal or home circumstances have changed, the impact of any bereavements and trauma, vulnerabilities, allocation of or changes to key workers and safeguarding and wellbeing concerns to inform support and intervention measures. A collaborative multidisciplinary approach (including safeguarding expertise) is essential to effectively identify concerns and needs, and to make appropriate professional judgements about any support and intervention measures. Consideration should be given to introducing a wellbeing questionnaire to understand concerns and potential soft disclosures. Department for Education: Keeping Children Safe in Education: ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ keeping-children-safe-in-education--2 Department for Education COVID-19 guidance-coronavirus outbreak: ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ c o r o n a v ir us-c o v i d - 1 9 - m a in t a in in g - f u r t h e r - education-provision NSPCC Coronavirus briefing - safeguarding guidance and information for schools: h t t ps : // l e a rn i n g . n s p c c . or g . u k / m e d i a / 21 5 4 / coronavirus-briefing-safeguarding-guidance-and-information.pdf Public Health England guidance on promoting children and young people’s emotional health and wellbeing: ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ p r o m o t in g - c h il dr e n - an d - y o u n g - p e o p l e s - emotional-health-and-wellbeing Mental Health Foundation - Returning to school after the coronavirus lockdown: ht t p s :// w w w. m e ntal h e al t h .o rg .u k /c o ro n a v ir us/ returning-school-after-lockdown NSPCC returning to school and COVID-19: ht tps://w w w.nspcc.org.uk/keeping-children-safe/ away-from-home/at-school/#cornavirus • Safeguarding and wellbeing information is widely promoted, including internal and external pathways for accessing support, advice and raising concerns • Everyone is aware of infection prevention and control measures. Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Implement an effective awareness/communication plan to: • Reinforce existing safeguarding principles and expectations. • Ensure Staff, partners, Children, Adults at Risk and parents/ carers are aware of: new and adapted working/ participation environments, policies, procedures, guidance and support measures. Child friendly and accessible resources to support the return to Activities should be made available. Ann Craft Trust Accessible Resources About Coronavirus: resources-about-coronavirus/ NSPCC talking to a child worried about COVID-19: c h i l d r e n s-m e n t al - h e al t h /d e p r e s si o n - a n x i e t y - Childline support and advice for children and young people: https://www.childline.org.uk/info-advice/ your-feelings/anxiety-stress-panic/worries-about-the-world/ Implement a training/awareness plan to ensure that: • Staff are aware of and competent and confident in responding to safeguarding, wellbeing issues that may arise as a consequence of COVID-19. • Staff are prepared for changes to working arrangements, enhanced hygiene requirements, social distancing, new or adapted policies and procedures. • Children, Adults at Risk and parents/carers are prepared for changes to the physical environment, participation, use of facilities, hygiene measures and social distancing. Consideration should be given to: • The re-induction of Staff to ensure new or amended policies and procedures are understood. • Delivering training and providing guidance on secondary and vicarious trauma. Recommended free e-learning module for Club Staff: https://www.acesonlinelearning.com/ Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Meaningful consultation measures must be established to support the return to Activities and ongoing participation/ attendance. Consideration should be given to the provision of appropriate safe spaces to seek advice or raise concerns while complying with Government guidance on COVID-19 on the use of facilities and social distancing measures.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_39.GIF

ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ vulnerable -persons-from-covid-19/guidance - on-persons-from-covid-19 Providing a safe environment ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ settings Accommodation arrangements ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ cant-do COVID-19 advice for accommodation providers: accommodation-providers#accommodation-for-Public Health England COVID-19 guidance for ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ https://www.gov.uk/uk-border-control C o v i d % 20 d o c u m e n t s / C o v i d -19 % 20 S p ac e % 20 From%20An%20Architect.pdf settings, including the use of personal protective ht t p s : // w w w. go v.u k /go v e r n m e nt /pu bl i c at i o n s/ childrens-social-care/safe-working-in-education-Appendix 14.2 Appendix 14.2 551 552 • Local Private Fostering Regulations must adhered to in the case of any Child under the age of sixteen placed in the care of a host family. Existing safer recruitment and procurement policies and practices must not be compromised or scaled back when appointing new host families or Staff. • A multidisciplinary risk assessment (including safeguarding) must be undertaken with control measures proactively monitored/regularly reviewed: - Host families are aware of and competent and confident in responding to safeguarding and wellbeing issues that may arise as a consequence of COVID-19. - Host families are prepared for changes to working arrangements, enhanced hygiene requirements, social distancing, reporting symptoms, new or adapted policies and procedures. - Children and Adults at Risk at Risk placed in the care of a host family are prepared for changes to the physical environment, participation, use of facilities, hygiene measures, social distancing and reporting symptoms. * This section should be read in conjunction with Annex 1. • Developing guidance and FAQs. • Managing potential reduction in the number of host families due to changes in personal circumstances, illness, vulnerability, shielding etc. • Managing potential increased downtime and homesickness. • Communication with host families and Staff about potential reduced training time/ increased downtime and quarantine requirements in the case of an individual returning from overseas. • Using downtime for delivery of remote/online education, particularly where education has been impacted as a consequence of COVID-19. Joint Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport and Department of Health and Social Care https://w w w.gov.uk/guidance/covid-19-advice-for-non-critical-workers households with possible coronavirus infection: covid-19-stay-at-home-guidance Government guidelines on entering the UK: Multi-occupancy boarding accommodation • The Senior Safeguarding Lead and Head of Safeguarding must have oversight of all safeguarding risks and control measures associated with multi-occupancy boarding accommodation. • Existing safer recruitment and procurement policies and practices must not be compromised or scaled back when appointing new Staff and agency or third-party staff. • A multidisciplinary risk assessment (including safeguarding) must be undertaken with control measures proactively monitored/regularly reviewed. Consideration should be given to: • Reviewing multi-occupancy boarding accommodation policies, procedures, guidance and contractual agreements to reflect changes as a consequence of/in response to COVID-19. • Managing potential reduction in staffing levels due to changes in personal circumstances, illness, vulnerability, shielding etc. • Managing potential increased downtime and homesickness. • Using downtime for delivery of remote/online education, particularly where education has been impacted as a consequence of COVID-19. COVID-19 space planning guidance: h t t ps: // w w w . b o a r d i n g . o r g . u k / u s e r f i l e s / bs a / Planning%20 -%20Boarding%20 -%20Thoughts%20 Department for Education guidance-Safe work-ing in education, childcare and children’s social care equipment (PPE):): s af e - w ork i n g - i n - e d u c at i on - ch i l d c a r e - a n d - c h il d c are - an d - c h il dre n s - s o c i al - c are - s e t t in g s - in c l u d in g - t h e - us e - of - p e r s o n al - p r o t e c t i v e - equipment-ppe Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Host family accommodation • The Senior Safeguarding Lead and Head of Safeguarding must have oversight of all safeguarding risks and control measures associated with the provision of host family accommodation. Consideration should be given to: • Reviewing host family policies, procedures, guidance and contractual agreements to reflect changes as a consequence of/in response to COVID-19. Coronavirus outbreak FAQs - what you can and can’t do: coronavirus-outbreak-faqs-what-you - can - and - Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. The use of venues and facilities to deliver Activities must comply with Premier League, national and local Government requirements and guidance in response to COVID-19. Consideration should be given to: • Additional support needs to support understanding of and adherence to control measures. • Simple signage and language should be used to explain safety measures, and to reiterate/ reinforce key messages. Public Health England COVID-19 guidance on cleaning of non-healthcare settings: cov i d -19 - d e contam in at ion - in - n on - h e al t h care - Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Risk assessments and support measures must specifically take into account: • Vulnerable Children and Adults at Risk receiving or in need of safeguarding support, protection and/or care. • The physical and mental health of individuals as well as other individuals at higher risk from COVID-19 and therefore vulnerable. Public Health England guidance on shielding and protecting people who are clinically extremely vulnerable from COVID-19: guidance-on-shielding-and-protecting-extremely-shielding-and-protec ting-ex tremely-vulnerable -


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_40.GIF

Appendix 14.2 Appendix 14.2 Annex 1: Government and occupational health guidance (correct at 28 June 2021) This guidance set out in this Annex is not exhaustive. Club and Activity specific multidisciplinary risk assessments must be carried out taking account of all relevant national Government guidance and local circumstances. Travel Department for Transport - Travel safely during the coronavirus outbreak: https://www. gov.uk/guidance/coronavirus-covid-19-safer-travel-guidance-for-passengers Club transport • Consider using dedicated Club drivers transporting fixed groups or ‘bubbles’. • Undertake a multidisciplinary risk assessment and proactively monitor/regularly review control measures. • Follow Government guidelines on social distancing measures. • Provide face masks for Club drivers and passengers. • Implement enhanced cleaning arrangements. • Use barriers/screens wherever possible. Host family accommodation • Current Government guidance permits the return to host family accommodation in a limited set of circumstances. This includes providing accommodation for an elite athlete for the purposes of training or competition. An ‘elite athlete’ is defined as a person who: (i) derives a living from competing in a sport, (ii) is a senior representative nominated by a relevant sporting body, (iii) is a member of the senior training squad for a relevant sporting body, or (iv) is aged 16 or above and on an elite development pathway. • Provision of host family accommodation for individuals who do not meet the definition of an elite athlete must be delivered in line with Government guidance, paying particular attention to the Department of Health and Social Care guidance on overnight stays away from households, support bubbles and limiting interaction: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/meeting-people-from-outside-your-household#making-a-support-bubble-with-another-household. Careful consideration should be given to whether the exposure to two households, the family and social contact of both households, travel, attending education and Activities is in line with Government guidance to reduce the risk of transmission and to avoid breaching the guidance and potentially incurring liability as a result. 553 554 Appendices to the Rules agency or third-party staff are aware of and competent Guidance Guidance and signposting to further information and support. Boarding Schools Association COVID-Safe Charter: h t t ps: // w w w . b o a r d i n g . o r g . u k / u s e r f i l e s / bs a / Covid%20 document s/Covid%20Safe%20 Char ter. pdf Maintaining safeguarding standards in partner school relationships Considerations Clubs must give conscious and systematic consideration to the issues set out in this section. Requirements Club have a duty to comply with the requirements set out in this section. • Implement a training/awareness plan to ensure that: - Residential/boarding accommoda-tion Staff and and confident in responding to safe-guarding and wellbeing issues that may arise as a consequence of COVID-19. - Residential/boarding accommodation Staff and agency or third-party staff are prepared for changes to working arrangements, enhanced hygiene requirements, social distancing, identifying and reporting symptoms, new or adapted policies and procedures. - Academy players are prepared for changes to the physical environment, participation, use of facilities, hygiene measures, social distancing and reporting symptoms. * This section should be read in conjunction with Annex 1. Maintain standards for safeguarding in partnership work by seeking assurance that safeguarding policies and working arrangements of partner schools delivering boarding accommodation or other provision is robust and in line with current Government guidelines and any Club and/or Premier League safeguarding and education requirements and guidelines.


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_241-280_PAGE_41.GIF

Appendix 14.2 Appendix 14.2 • Physical risk assessments of all accommodation to be carried out by an occupational health expert to support the implementation of effective control measures. These occupational health risk assessments should be used to inform safe occupancy levels i.e. individuals per house and bedroom. • Enhanced cleaning arrangements must be implemented. • Develop a policy and procedure to manage isolation for an individual(s) showing symptoms of or confirmed to have COVID-19. • Government guidelines on quarantine to be implemented in the case of individuals returning from overseas. • Screening of both households by an occupational health expert to identify individuals who are clinically vulnerable, at high risk or shielding. • Implement symptom questionnaires and/or testing. • Develop a policy and procedure to manage isolation for an individual(s) showing symptoms of or confirmed to have COVID-19. • Government guidelines on quarantine to be implemented in the case of individuals returning from overseas. Multi-occupancy boarding accommodation • Dormitory-type or shared bedrooms in multi-occupancy boarding accommodation and indoor facilities/communal areas where social distancing cannot be observed is not currently permitted (except where housing individuals from the same household or support bubble). • The use of multi-occupancy boarding accommodation will increase risk of transmission, therefore reduced occupancy levels and social distancing measures must be implemented. • A physical risk assessment of boarding accommodation to be carried out by an occupational health expert to support the implemen-tation of effective control measures. • Occupational health risk assessments should be used to inform safe occupancy levels, sharing bedrooms, scheduled access to communal areas where social distancing can be observed and the implementation of fixed groups or ‘bubbles’. • Careful consideration should be given to the risk of transmission through exposure to multi-occupancy boarding accommodation, family and social contact, travel, attending education and Activities. • Implement symptom questionnaires and/or testing. • Screening of occupants by an occupational health expert to identify individuals who are clinically vulnerable, at high risk or shielding. • Implement symptom questionnaires and/or testing. • Use of symptom questionnaires and/or testing. 555 556 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_02.GIF

Appendix 15 Match Day Protocol (COVID-19) Appendix 15 A. Introduction Definitions Overview Capitalised terms not otherwise defined in this Match Day Protocol bear the meanings given to them in the Rules. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to pose challenges for the staging of League Matches in a safe environment for participants and supporters, despite the relaxation of Government restrictions and a return of fans at full stadium capacity. References to ‘Relevant Persons’ are to those individuals identified as such in paragraph 6.i of the Training Protocol. This Match Day Protocol implements a series of measures that seek to balance the need to return to normal operations with the essential requirement to maintain a level of COVID-19 preparedness, to ensure that League Matches can be completed in all conditions and to ensure the safe and fair delivery of the Competition for all stakeholders. References to ‘Match Day Personnel’ are to: • Staff (whether employees, contractors or consultants) and/or representatives of the participating Clubs • Employees and/or representatives of the League • Match Officials • Other individuals (whether representatives of Broadcasters, commercial partners or otherwise) working on site at the Stadium on a match day The provisions of this Match Day Protocol do not replace or vary the obligations placed on Clubs in the Training Protocol, which will remain in force and continue to regulate Club conduct in the training ground environment. Further, in line with Rule O.1, nothing in this Protocol replaces, reduces or affects in any way the obligations imposed on Clubs by statute and/or common law in the fields of medicine, occupational health and/or health and safety. References to ‘Cleared Individuals’ are to the Relevant Persons and Match Day Personnel who are permitted to attend the Red Zone designated for the venue (as defined at paragraph 1.ii, below) for a League Match. Where, in accordance with any Rule, Club resolution or directive from a statutory body, a League Match is required to be played at a neutral venue, the League, the venue hosting the League Match and the two participating Clubs will enter into good faith discussions to determine who assumes the obligations imposed on the Home Club in this Match Day Protocol. References to ‘Supporters’ are to individuals in attendance at a League Match who are not Relevant Persons or Match Day Personnel and whose admission to the Stadium on a match day is subject to the conditions of entry referred to at paragraph 24, below. Premier League Designated Roles Format The Premier League’s COVID-19 Competition Officer is Jamie Herbert (jherbert@premierleague.com). In line with the Training Protocol, this Match Day Protocol sets out obligations binding on Clubs and incorporated into the Rules, a breach of which will be dealt with under Section W (Disciplinary) of those Rules. The obligations apply in respect of all League Matches during Season 2021/22. The Premier League’s COVID-19 Medical Officer is Professor Mark Gillett (mgillett@premierleague.com). Supplementing this Match Day Protocol is a range of non-binding guidance, issued by the Premier League in consultation with Clubs in the form of the Match Day Operations Plan and seeks to support Clubs in the practical application of their obligations to ensure the safest possible stadium environment for the delivery of a League Match. The guidance covers considerations for all areas of match day delivery. B. Match Day Protocol Policies and Procedures 1. By no later than seven days prior to the day of its first League Match as the Home Club in Season 2021/22, each Club must complete, submit to the League for its approval and subsequently comply with a multi-disciplinary risk assessment of all aspects of hosting a League Match at its Stadium (‘COVID-19 Stadium Risk Assessment’) that incorporates the following: It is envisaged that the Match Day Operations Plan will be a ‘living document’ and will evolve as Government guidance in relation to COVID-19 develops. However, given that its provisions operate as Rules, no amendment to this Match Day Protocol will be made without the necessary approval by Clubs at a Shareholders’ Meeting. 557 558 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_03.GIF

Appendix 15 Appendix 15 i. a venue operation plan for the preparation for and hosting of League Matches at its Stadium, including a plan of the Stadium and its environs, defining all areas, routes and access/egress points and including measures for the optimisation of Government recommended social distancing and all hygiene measures throughout ix. provision for any individual who attends the Stadium and who is considered to be ‘clinically vulnerable’ or ‘clinically extremely vulnerable’ (in line with Government guidance) x. provision for the conduct of anti-doping during and/or immediately after a League Match, including appropriate modifications to all facilities necessary for doping control to maintain compliance with any Government guidance concerning social distancing and necessary hygiene measures ii. the creation of a ‘Red Zone’ (which must become active no later than three and a half hours prior to kick-off on each match day) and which must include the stadium entry point for Relevant Persons, the pitch, technical areas, changing rooms and any other area that will be accessed by Relevant Persons on a match day xi. provision for the delivery of each Club’s broadcaster access obligations (and other essential media activities) in accordance with the Rules, this Match Day Protocol and any guidance issued by the Premier League iii. the creation of a ‘Purple Zone’ in accordance with paragraph 8, below xii. a copy of the relevant safety certificate (and shall make available all documents, information and evidence submitted to the SAG and/or SGSA in order to secure the relevant safety certificate to the League on request) iv. the creation of a ‘buffer’ or barrier (the precise details of which should be agreed with the League) between any seated area in the Red Zone that would otherwise be immediately adjacent to Supporters in attendance and the Supporters themselves 2. By no later than seven days prior to the day of its first League Match as the Home Club in Season 2021/22, each Club must devise a ‘COVID-19 Stadium Operations Policy’, which must: v. subject to paragraphs 4 to 6, below, appropriate modification of facilities within the Red Zone (and, where appropriate, the Purple Zone) to facilitate social distancing between Relevant Persons and between Relevant Persons and all other individuals i. be agreed by its Board and/or Chief Executive Officer ii. identify an individual as the ‘Designated COVID-19 Stadium Operations Officer’ (who may be the same as the Club’s Designated COVID-19 Officer) vi. a security plan, screening process and accreditation system for all Cleared Individuals that limits contact between Relevant Persons and Match Day Personnel wherever possible iii. reflect the Club’s COVID-19 Stadium Risk Assessment iv. include a framework to: vii. an assessment of the impact of all measures adopted as part of the COVID-19 Stadium Risk Assessment on existing emergency action plans, security plans, health and safety plans and/or fire evacuation plans a. support the education and familiarisation of all of the Club’s Cleared Individuals with regard to the Club’s COVID-19 Stadium Operations Policy b. ensure that, no later than four days before any League Match at which it is the Home Club, the following individuals are provided with a copy of the Club’s COVID-19 Stadium Operations Policy: viii. designation of: a. an isolation room within the Stadium and consideration of steps to be taken to manage any individual(s) who develop COVID-19 symptoms while within the Stadium A. the Team Doctor and COVID-19 Officer of the Visiting Club B. a representative of Professional Game Match Officials Limited b. an individual (with the qualifications and experience referred to at paragraph 10.i, below) responsible for oversight of the isolation room and clinical management of any individuals who develop suspected or confirmed cases of COVID-19 while within the Stadium, ensuring that all such cases are managed in line with standard COVID-19 case management protocols, this Match Day Protocol and Government guidance v. include guidance as to the process by which the Cleared Individual can opt out of the policy at a later date, should they choose to do so (in which case, they will not be permitted to attend the Stadium) vi. be submitted to the League (and any revisions of that document must be submitted to the League within two days of their agreement under 559 560 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_04.GIF

Appendix 15 Appendix 15 paragraph 2.i and no later than 48 hours prior to the League Match in respect of which they are intended to take effect). Purple Zone 8. The Home Club must create a Purple Zone, details of which shall be agreed between the Home Club and the League (which must become active at the same time as the Red Zone): 3. Each Club must ensure that, before any Cleared Individual attends the Stadium, they have provided written confirmation (in such terms as are approved by the Premier League) that they have received and agree to be bound by the Club’s COVID-19 Stadium Operations Policy. Confirmation provided by the individuals listed at paragraph 2.iv.b, above, shall constitute acceptance on behalf of all Relevant Persons and Match Day Personnel employed by or representative of the Visiting Club or PGMOL (as appropriate) that they agree to be bound by the relevant Club’s COVID-19 Stadium Operations Policy. i. to provide an area or areas in which pre-and post-match interviews and other essential pre-and post-match activity can be conducted indoors and in which representatives of broadcasters entitled to be present in the Stadium in close proximity to the Red Zone in accordance with the Rules must be located ii. with access limited only to those whose attendance in the Purple Zone is essential for performance of the functions referred to at paragraph 8.i, above, and who have complied with the requirements of paragraph 14, below Red Zone 4 Subject to paragraph 5, below, each Home Club must ensure that all indoor areas within the Red Zone (including the changing rooms) are configured so as to allow for social distancing between all Relevant Persons (and between Relevant Persons and all other individuals). 9. Where, due to the configuration of the Stadium, it is not possible to facilitate pre-and/or post-match interviews in a socially distanced way within the Purple Zone (ie, with social distance maintained between any Relevant Persons and any non-Relevant Persons), such interviews must be conducted in the pitchside presentation positions required by Rule K.56. 5. The League may grant dispensation from the requirement in paragraph 4, where due to the configuration of the Stadium and the return of Supporters, compliance with that requirement is impossible. Where a Club wishes to obtain such dispensation, it must, as part of the COVID-19 Stadium Risk Assessment, detail any additional measures the Home Club has implemented to mitigate: (a) the risk of transmission of COVID-19 between Relevant Persons; and (b) the number and extent of ‘close contacts’ engaged in by Relevant Persons while inside the Stadium. These may include (but are not limited to) measures to increase and monitor ventilation levels in indoors areas and measures to ensure social distancing in any areas where it is possible to achieve it. Designated Roles 10. In addition to the roles required by paragraph 1, above, each Club must designate an individual as: i. its ‘COVID-19 Medical Officer’, who will ordinarily be the Club’s Team Doctor, but in all cases must: a. be a registered medical practitioner, licensed to practice by the General Medical Council 6. Granting of the dispensation at paragraph 5 will be at the League’s discretion. Where an application for dispensation is refused (due to the League not being satisfied with the mitigating measures referred to in the COVID-19 Stadium Risk Assessment), the League will discuss with the Club a plan to re-configure the Stadium to ensure that the requirement at paragraph 5 is met and the Club must comply with any reasonable directions from the League in that regard. b. hold a current ATMMiF c. be familiar with all relevant developments and Government guidance in relation to COVID-19 and post COVID-19 pathology d. be in attendance at the Stadium for the period from one hour prior to kick-off of each League Match until one hour after the conclusion of the League Match 7. Where no dispensation is granted in respect of a Stadium, pursuant to paragraph 5, each Club must ensure that its Relevant Persons maintain social distancing in all indoor areas at the Stadium. ii. its ‘Red Zone Doctor’, who will ordinarily be the Club’s Tunnel Doctor, but in all cases must: 561 562 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_05.GIF

Appendix 15 Appendix 15 a. be a registered medical practitioner, licensed to practice by the General Medical Council Venue operations and control 17. Each Club must comply with the limit specified by the League from time to time on the number of individuals present within the Red Zone (and, if applicable, the Purple Zone) for any League Match. b. hold a current ATMMiF c. be in attendance at the Stadium for each League Match at which the Club is the Home Club for the period from one hour prior to kick-off until one hour after the conclusion of the League Match 18. Each Home Club must develop, monitor and enforce an accreditation process that limits access to the Red Zone and Purple Zone in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 12 to 14, above. d. be responsible for all medical oversight within the Stadium’s Red Zone 19. In all areas outside the Red Zone and Purple Zone, each Club must ensure that it complies with all applicable Government guidance in relation to: Testing, screening and Stadium access 11. Where there is a requirement to submit to a COVID-19 Antigen Test (‘Test’) in this Match Day Protocol, the Test must be conducted in accordance with the process administered by the League. i. social distancing ii. use of face coverings 12. Each Home Club must ensure that only the following Cleared Individuals may access the Red Zone on a match day and that the number of individuals inside the Red Zone at any time does not exceed the number stipulated by the League: iii. the preparation and service of food and beverages iv. congregation in indoor spaces v. the provision of hand sanitisation facilities i. Relevant Persons who have submitted to the Test regime set out in paragraph 12 of the Training Protocol and whose most recent Test prior to the League Match has returned a negative result 20. Each Club must ensure that that it complies with all applicable Government guidance in relation to: ii. Match Day Personnel in possession of a ‘clinical passport’ (in such format as approved by the League) permitting access to the Red Zone i. use of hotels and other accommodation prior to and following the League Match 13. Any Visiting Club that permits access to the Red Zone by a representative of its Clubs (whether a Player, member of Staff or guest) who does not meet the criteria set out in paragraphs 12.i and 12.ii, above, will be in breach of this Protocol. ii. transport to and from the League Match Supporters and Match Day Personnel 21. A Club may only stage a League Match with Supporters at its Stadium during Season 2021/22 where: 14. Each Home Club must ensure that no person may access the Purple Zone on a match day unless they are in possession of a ‘clinical passport’ (in such format as approved by the League) permitting access to the Purple Zone and that the number of individuals inside the Purple Zone at any time does not exceed the number stipulated by the League. i. permission has been granted by the relevant SAG for the staging of such a League Match with Supporters in attendance and a safety certificate issued for that purpose 15. Each Club must comply with the action plan in relation to any instance of a positive Test result for one of its Relevant Persons and/or record of any symptoms of COVID-19 set out in the League’s guidance applicable at the relevant time. ii. in doing so, the Club complies at all times with: a. the terms of that safety certificate b. the SGSA Guidance (a breach of which shall constitute a breach of the Match Day Protocol) 16. No Club may permit any Relevant Person who is required to self-isolate under the results management framework detailed in the League’s guidance applicable at the relevant time to attend the Stadium on the day of a League Match. c. this Match Day Protocol 563 564 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_06.GIF

Appendix 15 22. Each Club must implement, monitor and enforce a code of conduct for Supporters, compliance with which must form a condition of entry to its Stadium (‘Code of Conduct’). The League will provide a template Code of Conduct for this purpose, which shall be used by Clubs, save where prior consent is granted to an alternative by the League. ii. restrictions on the attendance of Supporters (including limitation on attendance of Supporters of the Visiting Club) iii. restrictions on the use of indoor spaces within the Stadium iv. restrictions on the preparation and service of food and beverages 23. Each Club must implement a code of conduct for Match Day Personnel who are not Cleared Individuals (and will therefore not enter the Red Zone on a match day), which may (but need not) be identical to the Code of Conduct. v. restrictions on manual therapy by Staff vi. restriction on the use of showering or bathing facilities, ice baths and/or cryogenic chambers 24. Each Home Club must ensure that prior to their attendance at a League Match, each Supporter and Match Day Personnel who is not a Cleared Individual has complied with such directions as issued by the League regarding vii. reduced numbers in the Red Zone and/or reduced numbers in (or cessation of) the Purple Zone viii. requirements to modify facilities (including changing rooms) to enable social distancing among Relevant Persons a. COVID-19 status certification b. the provision of information necessary to enable the Club to facilitate the Government’s ‘Test and Trace’ system ix. requirements in respect of personal protective equipment x. additional monitoring measures to ensure compliance with the Protocol and the Emergency Measures (including the continued presence of Premier League representatives at the Training Ground/Academy Training Ground to monitor compliance) C. Emergency Measures 25. In the event of either: i. a Club experiencing an ‘Outbreak’ (as defined in the League’s Outbreak Protocol); or 27. Where the League implements Emergency Measures in respect of a Club: i. they will be time-limited and subject to regular review by the League to ensure that they continue to be necessary and proportionate ii. an escalation in the public health risks posed by COVID-19 (whether due to the emergence of a new variant of COVID-19, an increase in the COVID-19 infection rate or otherwise), ii. the Club subject to the Emergency Measures must comply with them in all respects. Failure to do so will constitute a breach of this Match Day Protocol the League may implement such emergency measures as it considers necessary to enhance the bio-security of the Red Zone and/or Purple Zone, protect the safety of Relevant Persons, minimise the spread of COVID-19 among Relevant Persons so far as possible, ensure the safe and fair completion of the Competition and maintain Government and stakeholder support for the continuation of League Matches involving the Club (‘Emergency Measures’). 26. While the specifics of any Emergency Measures will be for the League (at its absolute discretion) to determine, for the avoidance of doubt, they may include some or all of the following: i. a revised regime for Tests of the Club’s Relevant Persons (whether an increase frequency, an alternative form of Test or otherwise) or the requirements regarding ‘clinical passports’ 565 566 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_07.GIF

Appendix 16 Calculation of Season 2019/20 Reduction Share Appendix 16 A. Introduction Method 1. As a consequence of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting Government restrictions on the scheduling and format of Season 2019/20, the League’s allocation of UK Broadcast Revenue and International Broadcast Revenue is subject to a reduction in the amount of the Season 2019/20 Reduction. 5. The share of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by each 19/20 Club and 19/20 Relegated Club will be calculated in accordance with the method detailed in this paragraph 5: Step 1 – Calculating the Revenue % Share 2. The cost of the Season 2019/20 Reduction will be borne by: 5.1 The League will calculate the Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue and will identify the amount payable to each 19/20 Club and 19/20 Relegated Club in accordance with the process detailed in Rules D.15 to D.19 and D.25. Based on this calculation, the percentage share of the Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue payable to each 19/20 Club and each 19/20 Relegated Club will be determined (its ‘Revenue % Share’) (for example, if the League’s Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue is £1 billion and the amount so payable to a 19/20 Club in accordance with Rules D.15 to D.19 would have been £150 million, its Revenue % Share will be 15%). 2.1 Clubs in membership of the League in Season 2019/20 (‘19/20 Clubs’) (see Section B) 2.2 Relegated Clubs (as defined in Rule A.1.171) in Season 2019/20 (‘19/20 Relegated Clubs’) (see Section B) 2.3 Subject to paragraph 7, below, Promoted Clubs (as defined in Rule A.1.164) in Seasons 2020/21 and 2021/22 (see Section C) 3. The share of the 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by each of the Clubs (and clubs) referred to in paragraph 2 will be calculated in accordance with this Appendix 16 to the Rules. Step 2 – Calculating the Proportionate Reduction Allocation 5.2 Next, the League will attribute a portion of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to each 19/20 Club and 19/20 Relegated Club based on its Revenue % Share (its ‘Proportionate Reduction Allocation’) (for example, if a 19/20 Club’s Revenue % Share is 10% and the Season 2019/20 Reduction is £100 million, its Proportionate Reduction Allocation would be £10 million). B. 19/20 Clubs and 19/20 Relegated Clubs Overview 4. The calculation of the share of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by each 19/20 Club and 19/20 Relegated Club shall comprise three steps, as explained in further detail at paragraph 5, below: Step 3 – Defraying the cost of the Proportionate Reduction Allocation 5.3 Next, in order to determine the maximum reduction to be borne by each 19/20 Club and 19/20 Relegated Club, the League will calculate the amount of the Season 2019/20 Reduction that would have been borne by each 19/20 Club and 19/20 Relegated Club simply by treating the Season 2019/20 Reduction as a reduction in revenue and applying the provisions of Rules D.15 to D.19 and D.25 without alteration (its ‘Maximum Reduction Allocation’). 4.1 Step 1 – The League will determine each 19/20 Club’s and each 19/20 Relegated Club’s Revenue % Share (see paragraph 5.1, below) 4.2 Step 2 – The League will then use the relevant Revenue % Share figures to calculate each 19/20 Club’s and each 19/20 Relegated Club’s Proportionate Reduction Allocation (see paragraph 5.2, below) 5.4 Finally, the League will utilise the Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution (as defined at paragraph 6.2, below) to reduce each 19/20 Club’s and each 19/20 Relegated Club’s Proportionate Reduction Allocation as follows: 4.3 Step 3 – The League will then use the Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution to defray in part the costs of each 19/20 Club’s and each 19/20 Relegated Club’s Proportionate Reduction Allocation (see paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4, below) 567 568 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_08.GIF

Appendix 16 Appendix 16 5.4.1 A portion of the Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution will be utilised to defray the Proportionate Reduction Allocation of each 19/20 Club and each 19/20 Relegated Club in each case by an amount commensurate with its Revenue % Share; and 7.3 In that event, the League will utilise a portion of the fees that it would otherwise have been required to provide to the Re-Promoted Club(s) under Rule D.25 (ie, the ‘parachute payments’) to ensure that the quantum of the Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution remains at the level calculated in accordance with paragraph 6.2, above 5.4.2 The remainder of the Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution will be utilised to further reduce each 19/20 Club’s and 19/20 Relegated Club’s Proportionate Reduction Allocation to ensure that no 19/20 Club or 19/20 Relegated Club bears a share of the Season 2019/20 Reduction that is greater than its Maximum Reduction Allocation. D. Illustrative example 8. Given the complexity of the calculation methods referred to in this paper, attached at Annex One is a worked example of applicable process, drafted on the assumption that the Season 2019/20 Reduction totals £330 million. 5.5Having utilised the Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution in the way described in paragraph 5.4, above, the final share of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by each 19/20 Club and each 19/20 Relegated Club will be determined. C. Season 2020/21 and Season 2021/22 Promoted Clubs 6. Subject to paragraph 7, below: 6.1The share of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by each of the Promoted Clubs in Seasons 2020/21 and 2021/22 will be the mean of the Maximum Reduction Allocations of the three 19/20 Relegated Clubs (calculated in accordance with the method set out in paragraph 5.3) 6.2The total amount of the six shares of the Season 2019/20 Reduction to be borne by the six Promoted Clubs in total in Season 2020/21 and Season 2021/22 will comprise the ‘Promoted Clubs’ Reduction Contribution’ 7. Where one or more 19/20 Relegated Clubs is promoted back to the League in Season 2021/22 (becoming a ‘Re-Promoted Club’): 7.1 The Re-Promoted Club(s) shall not be required to bear the further share(s) of the Season 2019/20 Reduction that it/they would otherwise have borne in accordance with paragraphs 2.3 and 6, above 7.2 Instead, the number of Promoted Clubs in Seasons 2020/21 and 2021/22 that will be required to bear shares of the Season 2019/20 Reduction, calculated in accordance with paragraph 6.1, above, will be reduced by the number of Re-Promoted Clubs 569 570 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_09.GIF

Appendix 16 Appendix 16 Annex One – Calculation of Season 2019/20 Reduction Share Illustrative Example: Scenario - Season Completion with £330m Reduction Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue is based on forecast. Actual allocation of reduction will be calculated on actual results at the end of the Season. Thus Revenue % Share will alter. Use a portion of the Promoted Club Reduction Contribution to defray each Club’s share of reduction calculated in Step 2 by allocation in the same Revenue % Share calculated in Step 1. Share of the pre reduction revenue. reduction further so that no Club’s r reduction shall not exceed this. 2019/20 Reduction ranges from £7.1m to £17.3m. share of reduction as under the Maximum Reduction Allocation. Promoted Club Rebate Contribution Rebate Borne By Each Promoted Club Promoted Club Rebate Contribution Season 2019/20 Rebate 571 572 Appendices to the Rules 330.0 Para 6 Para 7 8.4 50.4 The Promoted Club Reduction Contribution is therefore £50.4m. 50.4 Each Promoted Club in Season 2020/21 and 2021/22 will bear £8.4m of the Season 2019/20 Reduction. 330.0 (29.9) (20.6) (50.4) 279.6 330.0 Grand Total 2,797.8 100% 28.7 (2.6) (10.7) (13.3) 15.4 15.4 Total Relegated Clubs 243.2 8.7% Relegated Clubs assume the same Para 6 and 7 Calculate the share of reduction to be borne by each of the six Promoted Clubs in Seasons 2020/21 and 2021/22 by taking the average reduction allocated to the three Clubs relegated in Season 2019/20 i n Step 3 – Para 5.3 i.e. in this scenario, average of £9.0m, £9.1m and £7.1m = £8.4m. In this example: Each Club’s Final Share of Season 4.9 (0.4) (1.8) (2.3) 2.6 4.9 (0.4) (1.8) (2.3) 2.6 4.9 (0.4) (1.8) (2.3) 2.6 4.0 (0.4) (1.5) (1.9) 2.2 4.0 (0.4) (1.5) (1.9) 2.2 4.0 (0.4) (1.5) (1.9) 2.2 1.8 (0.2) (0.7) (0.8) 1.0 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.0 Relegated 1 41.8 1.5% Relegated 2 41.8 1.5% Relegated 3 41.8 1.5% Relegated 4 34.2 1.2% Relegated 5 34.2 1.2% Relegated 6 34.2 1.2% Relegated 7 15.2 0.5% Clubs and Relegated Clubs’ share of the Step 3 – Para 5.5 Each Club’s Final Share of Season 2019/20 Reduction is determined by combining its Proportionate Reduction Allocation in Step 2 with its allocation of Promoted Club Reduction Contribution calculated in Step 3 – Para 5.4. Step 3 – Para 5.3 In order to determine the maximum reduction for each Club and each Relegated Club, calculate each Club’s share of revenue by following Rules D.15 to D.19 & D.25 without alteration and by treating the reduction as a reduction in revenue. Step 2 – Para 5.2 Calculate each Club’s share of the reduction according to the Revenue % Share as determined in Step 1. Step 3 – Para 5.4.2 Using the remainder of the Promoted Club Reduction Contribution, allocate to Clubs in order to defray the share of share will exceed the share of eduction calculated in Step 3 – Para 5.3 under the Section D Allocation. Step 1 – Para 5.1 At the end of Season 2019/20, calculate the Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue due to each Club and Relegated Club without giving effect to the reduction. Thus determining each Club’s Revenue % Step 2 Step 3 Para 5.2 Para 5.4.1 Para 5.4.2 Para 5.4 Para 5.5 Proportionate Reduction Allocation £'m Promoted Club Reduction Contribution Allocation Final Share of Season 2019/20 Reduction £'m Initial Allocation £'m Additional Allocation £'m Total Allocation £'m 19.0 (1.7) 0.0 (1.7) 17.3 18.5 (1.7) 0.0 (1.7) 16.8 17.8 (1.6) 0.0 (1.6) 16.2 17.9 (1.6) 0.0 (1.6) 16.3 17.4 (1.6) 0.0 (1.6) 15.8 16.2 (1.5) 0.0 (1.5) 14.8 15.6 (1.4) 0.0 (1.4) 14.2 16.5 (1.5) 0.0 (1.5) 15.0 16.1 (1.5) 0.0 (1.5) 14.7 14.7 (1.3) 0.0 (1.3) 13.4 14.6 (1.3) 0.0 (1.3) 13.3 14.8 (1.3) 0.0 (1.3) 13.5 14.0 (1.3) 0.0 (1.3) 12.7 13.2 (1.2) (0.1) (1.3) 11.9 13.0 (1.2) (0.5) (1.7) 11.3 13.5 (1.2) (0.7) (1.9) 11.6 12.8 (1.2) (1.3) (2.5) 10.3 12.1 (1.1) (2.0) (3.1) 9.0 12.5 (1.1) (2.2) (3.3) 9.1 11.2 (1.0) (3.1) (4.1) 7.1 301.3 (27.3) (9.9) (37.1) 264.2 Step 3 Para 5.3 Maximum Reduction Allocation £'m 24.5 23.4 22.1 21.9 20.8 18.9 17.8 18.6 17.7 15.4 14.9 14.8 13.4 11.9 11.3 11.6 10.3 9.0 9.1 7.1 314.6 Step 1 Para 5.1 Total Season 2019/20 Broadcast Revenue Place Total £'m Revenue % Share 1 161.1 5.8% 2 156.7 5.6% 3 150.7 5.4% 4 151.5 5.4% 5 147.2 5.3% 6 137.7 4.9% 7 132.5 4.7% 8 140.3 5.0% 9 136.8 4.9% 10 124.7 4.5% 11 123.8 4.4% 12 125.5 4.5% 13 118.6 4.2% 14 111.7 4.0% 15 110.0 3.9% 16 114.3 4.1% 17 108.2 3.9% 18 102.2 3.7% 19 105.6 3.8% 20 95.2 3.4% Total PL Clubs 2,554.5 91.3% Step 3 – Para 5.4.1


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_10.GIF

Appendix 17 Competition Interruption - Squad Management Protocol Appendix 17 A. Introduction 5. Further, in respect of any application by a Club to reschedule or postpone a League Match due to concerns regarding insufficient Squad List Players, the Board will also give consideration to: 1. This document details a range of measures that Clubs have agreed, pursuant to Rule C.18, may be implemented by the Board in the event that it considers them necessary to ensure the completion of a Competition. In accordance with Rule C.19, they may be implemented by written notice to Clubs (‘Implementation Notice’). i. The number of registered Under 21 Players (and their relevant experience) available to the Club at the relevant time. Clubs will be expected to utilise appropriately experienced Under 21 Players. This will include any Under 21 Player who has made a first team appearance for: 2. Any of the below, though more particularly elements of Section B, may be subject to future overriding FIFA regulations and be updated accordingly as a result. a. The Club B. Postponement of League Matches b. Another Premier League or EFL club Guidance c. An overseas club 3. Following the issue of an Implementation Notice, the Board will only permit the rearrangement or postponement of a League Match in exceptional circumstances, which will be judged on a case-by-case basis. ii. The relevant position(s) of the Squad List Player(s) who is/are unavailable (for example, the availability of appropriately experienced goalkeepers) 4. However, by way of guidance to Clubs: 6. For the avoidance of doubt, the Board believes that it would be extremely difficult to realistically apply and enforce any sort of subjective weighting against the level of a Player who may become unavailable for whatever reason. i. Permission will not be granted to postpone a League Match where the applicant Club has 14 or more Players listed on its Squad List available Process ii. Where the Club has fewer than 14 such Players available to participate in the relevant League Match, the Board may permit the application, save where one or more of the following scenarios applies: 7. Any application by a Club for the Board to exercise its discretion to rearrange or postpone a League Match must be: a. One or more of the Club’s Squad List Players’ inability to participate is attributable to a failure by the Club or the Player concerned to comply with any medical (or other) protocol issued by the Board in accordance with Rule C.18 (‘Protocol’) i. Made as far in advance of the relevant League Match as reasonably practicable ii. Accompanied by all evidence that the Club wishes the Board to consider in support of its application 8. If the Club’s application is turned down by the Board, the Club must complete the fixture. b. One or more of the Club’s Squad List Players’ inability to participate is as a result of the Player being subject to Government-mandated isolation following a return from overseas c. The Club was able to utilise a Replacement Player (as defined at paragraph 11, below) but, for whatever reason, failed to do so 573 574 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_11.GIF

Appendix 17 Appendix 17 9. In the event that the Club refuses to complete the fixture, and the Board determines that a Club has: 12. Further, in considering whether to grant consent for the Replacement Player to be added to the Squad List outside of a Transfer Window, the Board will be mindful of the following factors: i. Failed to use its best endeavours to ensure that a League Match takes place on the scheduled time and date; and/or i. In accordance with FIFA Regulations, the Player must have been on loan to a club in a league which has been curtailed. If subsequent FIFA Guidance relaxes this restriction that will be reflected accordingly ii. Causes the postponement of a League Match, the matter will be dealt with in accordance with Section W (Disciplinary). In the event that the matter is referred to the Chair of the Judicial Panel, who appoints a Commission to hear the complaint, that Commission will have the sanctioning powers set out at Rule W.49.4 (including the power to deduct points to be scored in a League Match). ii. Where a Player previously available to the Club has become unavailable due to the expiry of his contract or a loan, what steps the Club has taken to agree an appropriate extension with that Player (and his parent Club/club, as appropriate) iii. The availability of ‘appropriately experienced Under 21 Players’ (as referred to at paragraph 5.i, above) registered to the Club C. Squad management 10. Following the issue of an Implementation Notice, the provisions of this Section C will apply, subject to the rules and regulations of FIFA and The FA. iv. The guidance in respect of goalkeepers set out in the League’s Squad Limits Guidance Note 11. In the event that a Club loses one or more Players from its Squad List in place prior to the interruption of the Competition, whether due to: v. Whether the Player had previously been on the Club’s Squad List during the relevant season i. The Player’s contract expiring and the Club and Player being unable to agree a new contract or an appropriate extension 13. Clubs retain the ability under Rule U.1 to field Under 21 Players without restriction. D. Full Strength Teams ii. The Player being on loan and the two Clubs/clubs and Player being unable to agree an appropriate extension 14. Rule L.19 requires Clubs to field a full-strength team in every League Match. iii. The Player refusing to train or play due to concerns over COVID-19 or equivalent 15. The League’s Squad Limits Guidance Note provides that ‘where a team is drawn exclusively from its Squad List as submitted to the Premier League, then such team will be classed as “full strength” for the purposes of this Rule.’ iv. The Player self-isolating because they have been in close contact with someone showing symptoms of COVID-19 or equivalent 16. The Rule requiring full strength teams should remain unamended to protect the integrity of the competition and ensure fairness to all. v. The Player becoming infected with COVID-19 or equivalent or becoming injured due to the increased volume of League Matches, 17. The Board will not consider the Rule to have been breached where a team fielded by a Club (ie, its starting eleven) is comprised solely of Players from its Squad List. However, while all cases will be considered on their merits, where a team fielded by a Club features Players who are not on its Squad List, when other Players from its Squad List are available to play, it may elect to take disciplinary action in accordance with Section W (Disciplinary) of the Rules. the Board will only consent to the replacement of the lost Player(s) in its Squad List with: vi. Any player who was registered with (and eligible to play for) the Club prior to the suspension but who was not included in the Squad List vii. A Player who is returning to the Club following an expired loan with another club and then only in the circumstances detailed at paragraph 12.i, below, (in either case, a ‘Replacement Player’). 575 576 Appendices to the Rules


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_12.GIF

Appendix 17 Appendix 17 E. Disciplinary approach 20. Where the Board refers a breach to a Commission, Section W of the Rules provides that a prescribed timetable is ordinarily followed, resulting in a period of at least a month before a hearing is convened and an award issued (Clubs have 14 days to respond to a complaint, with the Board having a further 14 days to reply, before a directions hearing is convened to set out a further timetable, again with the parties able to agree abridged timetables). However, all of the relevant timeframes can be abridged either with the consent of the Chair of the Judicial Panel/Commission or the agreement of the parties (see Rule W.28). 18. Following the issue of an Implementation Notice, the following disciplinary and procedural provisions shall apply in respect of breaches of any Protocol. 19. As with all disciplinary matters, ultimately any allegation of a breach of a protocol will be dealt with on its facts, on a case-by-case basis. However, given the critical importance of adherence to Protocols in place following an interruption to a Competition and the unanimous view of Clubs that breaches should be dealt with swiftly and with significant consequences, the Board envisages adopting the following approach: 21. The Board considers it essential that allegations of breaches of a Protocol are dealt with as expeditiously as possible, given the condensed timeframes in which the remainder of the relevant season will be completed. To that end, it proposes that, in every case where an alleged breach of a Protocol is referred to a Commission: i. Where an alleged breach of a protocol is reported the Board will consider a range of factors, including those set out in the following non-exhaustive list: a. The extent to which the breach has compromised the safety of one or more other Relevant Persons i. The complaint should be issued by email (rather than recorded delivery post) and is deemed to be received on the same day (rather than three days after posting) b. The extent to which the breach was intended to secure (and/or did secure) a competitive advantage ii. The Chairman of the Judicial Panel should be required to appoint a Commission within 24 hours of the matter being referred to him c. The state of mind of those committing the breach (eg, inadvertent, negligent or intentional) iii. Within 24 hours of their appointment, the Commission must convene a directions hearing to determine a timeline for resolving the case and to consider the matters set out at Rule W.35 (rather than such a hearing being convened after submissions have been exchanged) d. The number of individuals involved in the breach e. Whether the breach represents a repeated breach of the Protocol by the Club iv. The presumption will be that all cases should be dealt with within seven days, save that: ii. Having considered these factors, the Board will determine which of the following three categories the breach falls into, and take the disciplinary action set out in the adjacent column: a. either the Board or an affected Club can apply to the Commission at the directions hearing for an extended timetable in exceptional circumstances b. where the Board considers that urgent provisional measures are required (for example, where ongoing conduct of a Club is demonstrably risking the safety of one or more individuals), it may apply to the Chairman of the Judicial Panel for these timelines to be abridged further 577 578 Appendices to the Rules Nature of breach Board approach Minor breach Warning and reprimand, which are retained on file. Standard breach Fine of up to £25,000 (in line with its summary jurisdiction) Significant breach Refer the matter to a Commission


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_13.GIF

Match Officials


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_14.GIF

National List of Referees Season 2021/22 National List of Assistant Referees Season 2021/22 ADCOCK, JAMES Derbyshire ALLISON, SAM Wiltshire ATKINSON, MARTIN West Riding ATTWELL, STUART Birmingham BACKHOUSE, ANTHONY Cumberland BANKES, PETER Liverpool BARROTT, SAMUEL West Riding BELL, JAMES Sheffield and Hallamshire BOND, DARREN Lancashire BOURNE, DECLAN Nottinghamshire BOYESON, CARL East Riding BRAMALL, THOMAS Sheffield and Hallamshire BREAKSPEAR, CHARLES Surrey BROOK, CARL Sussex BROOKS, JOHN Leicestershire and Rutland BUSBY, JOHN Oxfordshire COGGINS, ANTONY Oxfordshire COOTE, DAVID Nottinghamshire COY, MARTIN Durham DAVIES, ANDY Hampshire DEAN, MICHAEL Cheshire DONOHUE, MATTHEW Manchester DOUGHTY, LEIGH Lancashire DRYSDALE, DARREN RAF EDWARDS, MARC Durham ELTRINGHAM, GEOFF Durham ENGLAND, DARREN Sheffield and Hallamshire FINNIE, WILL Northamptonshire FRIEND, KEVIN Leicestershire and Rutland GILLETT, JARRED Liverpool HAINES, ANDY Durham HAIR, NEIL Huntingdonshire HANDLEY, DARREN Lancashire HARRINGTON, TONY Durham HICKS, CRAIG Surrey HOOPER, SIMON Wiltshire HOWARD, PAUL London HUXTABLE, BRETT Devon JOHNSON, KEVIN Somerset JONES, ROBERT Cheshire JOYCE, ROSS North Riding KAVANAGH, CHRIS Manchester KETTLE, TREVOR RAF KITCHEN, ANDREW Durham LANGFORD, OLIVER Lancashire LEWIS, ROBERT Shropshire LININGTON, JAMES Hampshire MADLEY, ANDREW West Riding MADLEY, ROBERT West Riding MARRINER, ANDRE Birmingham MARTIN, STEPHEN Staffordshire MATHER, SIMON Manchester MOSS, JONATHAN West Riding NIELD, TOM West Riding OLDHAM, JAMES Derbyshire OLDHAM, SCOTT Lancashire OLIVER, MICHAEL Durham PAWSON, CRAIG Sheffield and Hallamshire POLLARD, CHRISTOPHER Suffolk PURKISS, SAM London REEVES, TOM Birmingham ROBINSON, TIM Sussex ROCK, DAVID Hertfordshire SALISBURY, MICHAEL Lancashire SARGINSON, CHRISTOPHER Staffordshire SCOTT, GRAHAM Berks and Bucks SIMPSON, JEREMY Lancashire SMITH, JOSHUA Lincolnshire SPEEDIE, BENJAMIN Liverpool STOCKBRIDGE, SEBASTIAN Durham STROUD, KEITH Hampshire SWABEY, LEE Devon TAYLOR, ANTHONY Cheshire TIERNEY, PAUL Lancashire TONER, BEN Lancashire WARD, GAVIN Surrey WEBB, DAVID Durham WELCH, REBECCA Durham WHITESTONE, DEAN Northamptonshire WOOLMER, ANDY Northamptonshire WRIGHT, PETER Liverpool YATES, OLLIE Staffordshire YOUNG, ALAN Bedfordshire AMEY, JUSTIN Dorset AMPHLETT, MARVYN Worcestershire ASPINALL, NATALIE Lancashire ATKIN, ROBERT Lincolnshire AVENT, DAVID North Riding AYLOTT, ANDREW Bedfordshire BANDARA, DAMITH Sussex BARNARD, NIK Cheshire BARTLETT, RICHARD Cheshire BECK, SIMON Bedfordshire BEGLEY, MICHAEL Dorset BENNETT, ANDY Surrey BENNETT, SIMON Staffordshire BESWICK, GARY Durham BETTS, LEE Norfolk BICKERDIKE, JOHNATHON West Riding BICKLE, OLIVER Derbyshire BLUNDEN, DARREN Kent BONNEYWELL, DANIEL Kent BRISTOW, MATTHEW Manchester BROWN, CONOR Lancashire BROWN, STEPHEN Kent BURT, STUART Northamptonshire BUTLER, STUART Kent BYRNE, GEORGE Suffolk CANN, DARREN Norfolk CHARD, MICHAEL London CHEOSIAUA, RAVEL Worcestershire CLARK, JOE Staffordshire CLAYTON, ALAN Cheshire CLAYTON, SIMON Durham COOK, DAN Hampshire COOK, DANIEL Essex COOPER, IAN Kent COOPER, NICHOLAS Suffolk CROWHURST, LEIGH Sussex CRYSELL, ADAM Berks and Bucks CUNLIFFE, MARK Liverpool DA COSTA, ANTHONY Cambridgeshire DABBS, ROBERT Dorset DALLISON, ANDREW Nottinghamshire DAVIES, NEIL London DERMOTT, PHILIP Lancashire DERRIEN, MARK Dorset DESBOROUGH, MIKE Hampshire DUNN, NICHOLAS Kent DWYER, MARK West Riding EATON, DEREK Gloucestershire EDWARDS, HELEN Liverpool EVANS, PAUL Northamptonshire FARMER, AARON Essex FARRELL, CONOR London FINCH, STEPHEN Army FITCH-JACKSON, CARL Suffolk FLYNN, DANIEL Somerset FLYNN, JOHN RAF FORD, DECLAN Lincolnshire FOX, ANDREW Birmingham FREEMAN, LEE Sheffield and Hallamshire FYVIE, GRAEME Durham GEORGE, MICHAEL Norfolk GILL, BHUPINDER Berks and Bucks GOOCH, PETER Lancashire GORDON, BARRY Durham GRAHAM, PAUL Manchester GRATTON, DANNY Staffordshire GREENHALGH, NICK Lancashire GRUNNILL, WAYNE East Riding HALL, BRADLEY Birmingham HARTY, THOMAS Shropshire HATZIDAKIS, CONSTANTINE Kent HENDLEY, ANDREW Birmingham HILTON, GARY Lancashire HODSKINSON, PAUL Lancashire HOLMES, ADRIAN West Riding HOLMES, MARTYN Cambridgeshire HOPTON, NICK Derbyshire HOWICK, KEVIN Berks and Bucks HOWSON, AKIL Leicestershire and Rutland HUDSON, SHAUN Durham HUGHES, KENWYN Nottinghamshire HUNT, DAVID Nottinghamshire 581 582 Match Officials


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_15.GIF

National List of Assistant Referees Season 2021/22 National List of Assistant Referees Season 2021/22 HUNT, JONATHAN Liverpool HUSBAND, CHRISTOPHER Worcestershire HUSSIN, IAN Liverpool HYDE, ROBERT Essex ISHERWOOD, CHRIS Lancashire JACKSON, OLIVER Kent JAMES, ALEX Cheshire JONES, MARK Nottinghamshire JONES, MATTHEW Staffordshire KANE, GRAHAM Sussex KARAIVANOV, HRISTO Nottinghamshire KELLY, PAUL Kent KHAN, ABBAS Leicestershire and Rutland KIDD, CHRISTOPHER Oxfordshire KIRKUP, PETER Northamptonshire LAVER, ANDREW Hampshire LEACH, DANIEL Oxfordshire LEDGER, SCOTT Sheffield and Hallamshire LEE, MATTHEW Sussex LENNARD, HARRY Sussex LEWIS, SAM Bedfordshire LIDDLE, GEOFFREY Durham LISTER, PAUL Surrey LONG, SIMON Cornwall LUGG, NIGEL Sussex MAINWARING, JAMES Lancashire MARKS, LOUIS Hampshire MASKELL, GARRY Essex MASSEY-ELLIS, SIAN Birmingham MCGRATH, MATTHEW East Riding MELLOR, GARETH West Riding MERCHANT, ROBERT Staffordshire MEREDITH, STEVEN Nottinghamshire MOORE, ANTHONY Manchester MORRIS, KEVIN Herefordshire MORRIS, RICHARD Gloucestershire MULRAINE, KEVIN Cumberland NELSON, ALISTAIR Nottinghamshire NEWHOUSE, PAUL Durham NUNN, ADAM Wiltshire OGLES, SAMUEL Hampshire O’SHEA,DECLAN Army PARRY, MATTHEW Liverpool PERRY, MARC Birmingham PLANE, STEVEN Worcestershire POTTAGE, MARK Dorset RAPER, LEWIS Liverpool RASHID, LISA Birmingham READ, GREGORY Surrey REES, PAUL Devon RICKETTS, ADAM Gloucestershire ROBATHAN, DANIEL Norfolk RUSHTON, STEVEN Staffordshire RUSSELL, GEOFFREY Northamptonshire RUSSELL, MARK Somerset SCHOLES, MARK Berks and Bucks SHAW, SIMON Gloucestershire SIMPSON, JOE Manchester SMALLWOOD, BILLY Cheshire SMART, EDWARD Birmingham SMEDLEY, IAN Derbyshire SMITH, MATTHEW Leicestershire and Rutland SMITH, ROB Hertfordshire SMITH, WADE Manchester STANKOVIC, IVAN Northumberland STEVENS, MARK Bedfordshire STOKES, JOSEPH Kent STONIER, PAUL Staffordshire TAYLOR, CRAIG Staffordshire TAYLOR, GRANT Birmingham TRANTER, ADRIAN Kent TRELEAVEN, DEAN Hampshire VALLANCE, JAMES Berks and Bucks VENAMORE, LEE Kent VICCARS, GARETH Berks and Bucks WADE, CHRISTOPHER Hampshire WADE, STEPHEN East Riding WARD, CHRISTOPHER Sheffield and Hallamshire WATERS, ADRIAN Hertfordshire WEBB, MICHAEL Surrey WEST, RICHARD East Riding WHITAKER, RYAN London WIGGLESWORTH, RICHARD Sheffield and Hallamshire WILD, RICHARD Lancashire WILDING, DARREN Worcestershire WILKES, MATTHEW Birmingham WILLIAMS, ANDREW Middlesex WILLIAMS, DARREN Northumberland WILLIAMS, OLLIE Worcestershire WILLIAMS, SCOTT London WILSON, JAMES Manchester WILSON, MARC Bedfordshire WOOD, TIMOTHY Gloucestershire WOODWARD, DANIEL Durham WOODWARD, RICHARD Cheshire YATES, PAUL Kent 583 584 Match Officials


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_16.GIF

Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_17.GIF

Memorandum of Association Memorandum of Association No. 2719699 (g) to carry out any other transactions or things as can be advantageously carried on in connection with or ancillary to the Premier League or as may be calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of the property or rights of the Company; to invest and deal with the monies of the Company not immediately required in any manner and hold and deal with any investment so made; to pay or to provide or to make arrangements for providing gratuities, pensions, benefits, loans and other matters and to establish, support, subsidise and subscribe to any institution, association, club, scheme, fund or trust; to raise or borrow money and to give security over the Company’s assets; to lend or advance money and to give credit and to enter (whether gratuitously or otherwise) into guarantees or indemnities of all kinds, whether secured or unsecured, and whether in respect of its own obligations or those of some other person or company; to pay or agree to pay all or any of the promotion, formation and registration expenses of the Company; to contribute to or support any charitable, benevolent or useful object relating to association football, or participants therein; to do all other things to further the objects of the Company or as may be deemed incidental or conducive to the attainment of such objects or any of them. THE COMPANIES ACT 1985 COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION of THE FOOTBALL ASSOCIATION PREMIER LEAGUE LIMITED (h) (i) 1. The name of the Company is “THE FOOTBALL ASSOCIATION PREMIER LEAGUE LIMITED”. (j) (k) 2. The registered office of the Company will be situated in England. 3. The objects for which the Company is established are: (a) to organise and manage under the jurisdiction of The Football Association a league of association football clubs to be known as “The Football Association Premier League” or such other name as the Company may from time to time adopt (“the Premier League”); to make, adopt, vary and publish rules, regulations and conditions for the management of the Premier League and matters relating thereto, and to take all such steps as shall be deemed necessary or advisable for enforcing such rules, regulations and conditions; to promote, provide for, regulate and manage all or any details or arrangements or other things as may be considered necessary or desirable for, or ancillary to, the comfort, conduct, convenience or benefit of football players and of the public or of any other persons concerned or engaged in or associated with the Premier League; to enter into television, broadcasting, sponsorship, commercial or other transactions of any kind in connection with the Premier League; to co-operate with The Football Association and the International Football Association Board in all matters relating to international competitions or relating to the laws of the game of association football and generally to adhere to and comply with the applicable rules and regulations of The Football Association; to carry out operations and to produce or deal with goods and to purchase or otherwise acquire, construct, lease, hold or deal with property, rights or privileges; (l) (m) (b) (n) (c) It is hereby declared that (except where the context expressly so requires) none of the several paragraphs of this clause, or the objects therein specified, or the powers thereby conferred shall be limited by, or be deemed merely subsidiary or auxiliary to, any other paragraph of this clause, or the objects in such other paragraph specified, or the powers thereby conferred. (d) (e) 4. The liability of the members is limited. 5. The share capital of the Company is £100 divided into 99 Ordinary Shares of £1 each and 1 Special Rights Preference Share of £1. (f) We, the several persons whose names, addresses and descriptions are subscribed, are desirous of being formed into a Company in pursuance of this Memorandum of Association and we respectively agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company set opposite our respective names. 587 588 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_18.GIF

Articles of Association Memorandum of Association Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscribers Number and class of shares taken by each subscriber No. 2719699 THE COMPANIES ACT 2006 PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of THE FOOTBALL ASSOCIATION PREMIER LEAGUE LIMITED (As amended by Special Resolution passed on 10 June 2021) Rick N. Parry Chief Executive – F.A. Premier League 14 Dormer Close Rowton Chester CH3 7SA 22 Ordinary Shares Interpretation R.H.G. Kelly Chief Executive – Football Association 16 Lancaster Gate London W2 3LW Dated the 22nd day of May 1992 1 Special Rights Preference Share 1. In these Articles: “the Act” means the Companies Act 2006 including any statutory modification or reenactment thereof for the time being in force; “the Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company and reference to a number following the word “Article” is a reference to an article so numbered in the Articles; Witness to the above signatures: I.L. Hewitt Solicitor 65 Fleet Street London EC4Y 1HS Graeme E.C. Sloan Solicitor 65 Fleet Street London EC4Y 1HS “Association Football” means the game of football as played in accordance with the rules and regulations of, or adopted by, the Football Association; “Audit and Remuneration Committee” means a committee convened by the Board under Article 51, comprised of three representatives of Clubs and the non-executive Directors in position from time to time; “the Board” means the board of directors for the time being of the Company; “Chair” means the person appointed as the Chair pursuant to Article 42 or any acting Chair appointed pursuant to Article 57.1; “Club” means an Association Football club which is for the time being a Member; “the Company” means the The Football Association Premier League Limited; “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day for which the notice is given or on which it is to take effect but including the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; “Curtailment Resolution” bears the meaning given to it in Rule A.1.58; “Director” means a director of the Company; “the Football Association” means The Football Association Limited; 589 590 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_19.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association “the Football Association Rules” means the rules and regulations for the time being of the Football Association; “Successor” means any manager, receiver, administrative receiver or liquidator appointed in any of the circumstances referred to in Article 10.1; “F.A Cup” means the Football Association Challenge Cup competition; “the United Kingdom” means Great Britain and Northern Ireland; and “the Football League” means The Football League Limited; “written” or “in writing” means the representation or reproduction of words, symbols or other information in a visible form by any method or combination of methods, whether sent or supplied in electronic form or otherwise. “Former Companies Acts” has the meaning set out in section 1171 of the Act; “General Meeting” means any meeting of the Members and shall include for the purpose of the Articles (except where expressly stated) the annual general meeting and a separate class meeting of the holders of Ordinary Shares in the Company; A reference to a person includes a body corporate and an unincorporated body of persons. Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in the Articles bear the same meaning as in the Act but excluding any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof not in force when the Articles or the relevant parts thereof are adopted. “the League” means the Association Football league managed by the Company and consisting of Association Football clubs which are from time to time Members; “League Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company; Headings “Member” means an Association Football club the name of which is entered in the register of Members as the holder of an Ordinary Share; 2. The headings in the Articles are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of the Articles. “the Memorandum” means the Memorandum of Association of the Company; “Ordinary Share” means an ordinary share of £1 in the capital of the Company; Share Capital “Representative” means any director or the secretary of a Club or any person who has been authorised to act as the representative of a Club as referred to in Article 36.1; 3. The authorised share capital of the Company at the date of adoption of the Articles is £100 divided into 99 Ordinary Shares and one special rights preference share of £1. 4. Subject to Article 12, an Ordinary Share shall only be issued, allotted or transferred to an Association Football club entitled, pursuant to the Articles and the Rules, to be a Member and such club shall, on issue, allotment or transfer to it of an Ordinary Share, become a Member. “Resolution” means a resolution of the Company which has been passed at a General Meeting by a majority of Members as specified in Article 27 or a resolution of the Members passed pursuant to the provisions of Article 33; “the Rules” means the rules of the League as made, adopted or amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of Article 16; 5. No person shall be entitled to be a Member unless that person is: 5.1 a company limited by shares formed and registered in England and Wales under the Act; or a company limited by shares formed and registered in England and Wales under any of the Former Companies Acts; or any other person which the Board may determine, in its discretion, shall be entitled to be a Member. “the Seal” means the common seal of the Company; “Secretary” means the secretary of the Company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary; 5.2 5.3 “Special Share” means the one special rights preference share of £1 referred to in Article 3; 6. No member shall be entitled to own, or have a beneficial interest in, more than one Ordinary Share. “the Special Shareholder” means the holder of the Special Share; 591 592 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_20.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association The Special Share 7.4 On any distribution of capital on a winding up of the Company, the Special Shareholder shall be entitled to repayment of the capital paid up or treated for the purposes of the Act or the Insolvency Act 1986 as paid up on the Special Share in priority to any repayment of capital to any Member. The Special Share shall carry no other right to participate in the capital, and no right to participate in the profits, of the Company. 7.1 The Special Share may only be issued to and held by the Football Association. 7.2 Notwithstanding any provision in the Articles or the Rules to the contrary, each of the following matters shall be deemed to be a variation of the rights attaching to the Special Share and shall accordingly be effective only with the consent in writing of the Special Shareholder and without such consent shall not be done or caused to be done: Share Certificates 8.1 Every Club, upon being registered as the holder of an Ordinary Share, shall be entitled without payment to one certificate for the Ordinary Share so held. Every certificate shall be executed in accordance with the Act and shall specify the distinguishing number of the Ordinary Share to which it relates and the amount paid up thereon. 7.2.1 the amendment, or removal, or the alteration of the effect of (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be taken to include the ratification of any breach of) all or any of the following: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) the objects of the Company set out in clause 3 of the Memorandum; in Article 1 the definition of “Special Share” or “the Special Shareholder”; Article 4 (issue of Ordinary Shares); this Article 7 (rights attaching to the Special Share); Article 42 (number of Directors); Article 44 (appointment and re-appointment of Directors); Article 80 (adherence to the Football Association Rules); and Articles 81 and 82 (winding-up); 8.2 If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating such evidence as the Board may determine but otherwise free of charge, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out of the share certificate) subject to delivery up of the old certificate. Transfer of Shares 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.2.4 any change of the name of the Company; the variation of any voting rights attaching to any shares in the Company; and the making and adoption of or any amendment to, removal of or waiver of any of the provisions of the Rules which relate to: 9.1 The instrument of transfer of an Ordinary Share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee. (a) (b) the name of the League; the number of Members and promotion to and relegation from the League; the criteria for membership of the League; the arranging of fixtures on or prior to specified international match dates and commitment to support the Football Association in relation to international matches; the obligation of each Club to enter the F.A. Cup; the ownership of more than one club; or any rules common to the League and the Football League. 9.2 The Board shall refuse to register the transfer of an Ordinary Share to a person who is not entitled, pursuant to the Articles or the Rules, to be a Member. (c) (d) 9.3 The Board may also refuse to register the transfer of an Ordinary Share unless: 9.3.1 the instrument of transfer relating thereto is lodged at the League Office or at such other place as the Board may appoint and is accompanied by the certificate for the Ordinary Share to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; and it is in respect of only one Ordinary Share. (e) (f) (g) 9.3.2 7.3 The Special Shareholder shall have all the rights of a Member in relation to receiving notice of, and attending and speaking at General Meetings and to receiving minutes of General Meetings. The Special Shareholder shall have no right to vote at General Meetings. 593 594 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_21.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association 10.1 If a Member 10.2 If any Member shall cease to be entitled to be a member of the League pursuant to the provisions of the Rules, then that Member, shall, on receiving notice in writing from the Board to that effect, transfer its Ordinary Share to such person as the Board shall direct at a price of £1. 10.1.1 enters into a Company Voluntary Arrangement pursuant to Part 1 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (“the 1986 Act” which expression shall include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) or a compromise or arrangement with its creditors under Part 26 of the Act, or it enters into any compromise agreement with its creditors as a whole; or lodges, or its shareholders or directors lodge, a Notice of Intention to Appoint an Administrator or a Notice of Appointment of an Administrator at the Court in accordance with paragraphs 26 and 29 of Schedule B1 to the 1986 Act or it or its shareholders or directors make an application to the Court for an Administration Order under paragraph 12 of Schedule B1 to the 1986 Act or where an Administrator is appointed or an Administration Order is made in respect of it (“Administrator” and “Administration Order” having the meanings attributed to them respectively by paragraphs 1 and 10 of Schedule B1 to the 1986 Act); or has an Administrative Receiver (as defined by section 251 of the 1986 Act) or a Law of Property Act Receiver (appointed under section 109 of the Law of Property Act 1925) or any Receiver appointed by the Court under the Senior Courts Act 1981 or any court appointed Receiver or any other Receiver appointed over any of its assets which, in the opinion of the Board, are material to the Club’s ability to fulfill its obligations as a Member; or has its shareholders pass a resolution pursuant to section 84(1) of the 1986 Act to voluntarily wind it up; or has a meeting of its creditors convened pursuant to section 95 or section 98 of the 1986 Act; or has a winding up order made against it by the Court under section 122 of the 1986 Act or a provisional liquidator is appointed over it under section 135 of the 1986 Act; or ceases or forms an intention to cease wholly or substantially to carry on its business save for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation otherwise in accordance with a scheme of proposals which have previously been submitted to and approved in writing by the Board; or enters into or is placed into any insolvency regime in any jurisdiction outside England and Wales which is analogous with the insolvency regimes detailed in Articles 10.1.1 to Articles 10.1.6 hereof, 10.3 Any Member ceasing to be entitled to be a member of the League as referred to in Article 10.1 or 10.2 shall, as from the date of receiving the notice therein referred to, have no rights in relation to the Ordinary Share held by it save in relation to Articles 81 and 82. 10.1.2 10.4 If any Member or its Successor (as the case may be) shall fail to transfer such Member’s Ordinary Share in accordance with and within seven days of the notice in writing by the Board calling for the transfer of the same, the Board may authorise any Director to execute a transfer thereof in favour of a person entitled to be a member of the League and a transfer so executed shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been executed by the Member or its Successor (as the case may be) and the transferee shall be entered into the register of Members as the holder of such Ordinary Share accordingly. 10.1.3 10.5 On registration of the transfer of an Ordinary Share held by a Member, executed by such Member, its Successor or any Director (as the case may be) pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, the Member shall cease to be a Member. 10.1.4 10.1.5 11.1 No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any Ordinary Share. 10.1.6 11.2 If the Board refuses to register a transfer of an Ordinary Share, the Board shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal. 10.1.7 11.3 The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the Board refuses to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given. 10.1.8 Excess Shares then the Board may at any time thereafter by notice in writing call upon the relevant Successor to transfer the Ordinary Share held by such Member to such person as the Board shall direct at a price of £1 and on receipt of such notice the Member shall thereupon cease to be entitled to be a Member of the League. 12.1 In the event that the maximum number of Association Football clubs entitled to be members of the League in accordance with the Articles or the Rules is less than the number of Ordinary Shares then in issue then, unless the excess of such Ordinary Shares shall be purchased by the Company or otherwise redeemed in accordance 595 596 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_22.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association with the provisions of the Act, such excess Ordinary Shares shall be transferred to and be registered in the name of the Secretary and, whilst so registered, such Ordinary Shares shall carry no voting, dividend or other rights, including on any winding up of the Company. General Meetings 17.1 A General Meeting may be convened by the Board at any time. 17.2 If there are at any time less than two Directors then a continuing Director or the Secretary may convene a General Meeting for the purposes referred to in Article 57.1. 12.2 On any change of the Secretary, any Ordinary Shares so registered in the name of the Secretary shall forthwith be transferred into the name of the person holding such office following such change and in the event that such shares shall not be so transferred within fourteen days of the change of the Secretary, the Board may authorise any Director to execute a transfer of such shares in favour of the Secretary for the time being of the Company and a transfer so executed shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been executed by the holder of such shares and the transferee Secretary shall be entered in the register as the holder of such Ordinary Shares accordingly. 17.3 The Board shall convene each year at approximately quarterly intervals not less than four General Meetings (to include an annual general meeting) to be held at such time and at such place as the Board shall determine. 17.4 The Board (and if there are less than two Directors, a continuing Director or the Secretary) shall on receipt by the Company of the requisition to that effect from two or more Members forthwith proceed to convene a General Meeting (other than an annual general meeting) for a date not later than: 17.4.1 twenty eight clear days after the receipt of such requisition if it is signed by less than two thirds in number of the Members; or fourteen clear days after the receipt of such requisition if it is signed by two thirds or more in number of the Members; or twenty one clear days after receipt of such requisition if the meeting is for any of the purposes referred to in Articles 18.1.2, 18.1.3, or 18.1.4. Alteration of Share Capital 13.The Company may by Resolution cancel Ordinary Shares which, at the date of the passing of the Resolution, have not been issued and allotted or agreed to be issued and allotted to any Association Football club entitled thereto and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled. 17.4.2 17.4.3 14.Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account. Notice of General Meetings – End of Season 2019/20, Season 2020/21 and Season 2021/22 17A.1 This Article 17A shall apply in replacement of Article 18 for the period beginning from its date of adoption and expiring on the date of the first annual general meeting convened following the conclusion of Season 2021/22. On its expiry, it shall automatically cease to apply and be deemed deleted from the Articles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may propose an Ordinary Resolution to amend the expiry date should it deem it necessary to do so. Purchase of Own Shares 15.Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) and make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of distributable profits of the Company or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares. Rules 17A.2 At least twenty-one clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for: 16.1 The Company may by Resolution make and adopt and from time to time amend the Rules for the purpose of regulating all matters affecting the organisation and management of the League to the extent not provided for in, and so far as the same do not conflict with, the provisions of the Articles. 17A.2.1 17A.2.2 any annual general meeting; any meeting at which it is proposed to pass a special resolution or an elective resolution; and any meeting at which it is proposed to pass a Resolution appointing a person as a Director. 17A.2.3 16.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Articles or the Rules, the provisions of the Articles shall prevail in the event of any conflict with any of the provisions of the Rules. 597 598 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_23.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association 17A.3 At least five clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for any meeting at which it is proposed to make, amend or adopt a Rule that the Board considers necessary or advisable in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. 20. Notice of any General Meeting shall be given to the Special Shareholder, all the Members, any Successor of a Member and to each Director and the auditors. 21. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any member or person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting. 17A.4 No fewer than two clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for any General Meeting at which the Board intends to table a Curtailment Resolution. For the avoidance of doubt, no Member (or group of Members) may table a Curtailment Resolution at any time. Proceedings at General Meetings 22. No business shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present. Save as otherwise provided in these Articles, two thirds in number of the Members shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. 17A.5 At least fourteen clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for any General Meeting not otherwise covered by Articles 17A.2, 17A.3 or 17A.4. Notice of General Meetings1 23. If such a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, or if during a meeting such a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the notice of the meeting shall be deemed to be, and the meeting shall be, cancelled. 18.1 At least twenty one clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for: 18.1.1 18.1.2 any annual general meeting; any meeting at which it is proposed to pass a special resolution or an elective resolution; any meeting at which it is proposed to pass a Resolution appointing a person as a Director; and any meeting at which it is proposed to make, adopt or amend the Rules. 18.1.3 18.1.4 24. The Chair, or, in his or her absence, a Director shall preside as chair of the meeting. If none is willing to act as chair, or if not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall elect another Director or one of the Representatives of a Member who is present to be the chair of the meeting. 18.2 No fewer than two clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for any General Meeting at which the Board intends to table a Curtailment Resolution. For the avoidance of doubt, no Member (or group of Members) may table a Curtailment Resolution at any time. 18.3 At least fourteen clear days’ notice in writing shall be given for any other General Meeting. 25. Notwithstanding that he is not a Member, a Director shall be entitled to attend and speak at any General Meeting. 19. The notice of a General Meeting shall specify the time and place of the meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted and shall include a statement that a Member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or two proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member and that a proxy need not also be a Member and, in the case of an annual general meeting, shall specify the meeting as such. 26. The chair of the meeting may, with the consent of a General Meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall, if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more notice shall be given in accordance with Article 18 specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice. 1 By elective resolution passed at a General Meeting of Shareholders held on 3rd December 1998 it was resolved that the provisions of Section 369(4) and Section 378(3) of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended by the Companies Act 1989) are to have effect in relation to the Company as if, for the references, in those sections, to 95%, there were substituted references to 90%. Accordingly any agreement of the members to the calling of a general meeting on short notice (Section 369) or to consider a special resolution at a General Meeting on short notice, requires the agreement of a majority of 90% (rather than 95%) in number, of the members having the right to attend and vote at a meeting. 599 600 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_24.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association 27. Except where the Act specifies that a particular resolution of the Company requires a greater majority, two-thirds of such Members who are present and who vote by their Representative or by proxy at a General Meeting of which notice has been duly given shall be required for the passing of all resolutions of the Company. 32.2 No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken. 28. A resolution put to the vote of a General Meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the provisions of the Act, a poll may be demanded: 28.1by the chair of the meeting; or 28.2by at least two Members, and a demand by a person as Representative of or proxy for a Member shall be the same as a demand by the Member. 33. In accordance with the Act, a resolution in writing signed on behalf of two thirds of the Members by a Representative of each of them shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a General Meeting duly convened by notice appropriate thereto and held, except where the Act specifies that a particular resolution of the Company requires a greater majority, in which case a resolution in writing signed on behalf of such greater majority of the Members by a Representative of each of them shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a General Meeting duly convened by notice appropriate thereto and held. Any such resolution may consist of several documents in the like form each signed on behalf of one or more of the Members by a Representative of each of them. 29. Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chair of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost, or not carried by a particular majority, and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the General Meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution. Votes of Members 34. Every Member present at a General Meeting by a Representative or proxy shall have one vote whether on a show of hands or on a poll. 30. The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn, but only with the consent of the chair of the meeting and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made. 35. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any Representative or proxy except at the General Meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chair of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive. 31. A poll shall be taken as the chair of the meeting directs and he or she may fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. A poll demanded on the election of a chair of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either forthwith or at such time and place as the chair of the meeting directs not being more than thirty days after the poll is demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made. 32.1 Representatives 36.1 Any director or the secretary of a Club shall be entitled to act as the Representative of the Club at, and for all the purposes of business at, any General Meeting. A Club may separately or additionally, by resolution of its directors, authorise any of its employees as it thinks fit (not being a director or the secretary as aforesaid) to act as the Representative of the Club at any General Meeting. The Board may require reasonable evidence of any such authorisation. 36.2 A Representative shall be entitled to exercise all the powers of a Member for whom he acts as Representative. 601 602 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_25.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association 36.3 Each Club shall, on becoming a Member, or when so requested by the Secretary, give notice to the Secretary, setting out, in such order or priority as the Club shall determine, details of each of its directors, secretary and any employee who has been authorised by the Club to act as its Representative at General Meetings and shall from time to time send to the Secretary details of any changes in such persons. Voting 40.1 A maximum of two Representatives or proxies of a Club shall be entitled to attend General Meetings but, in the event that more than one of such Representatives or proxies shall attend then, whilst such Representatives or proxies shall be entitled to speak, only the Representative present who is senior in order of priority in the notice referred to in Article 36.3 or, (if no Representative but more than one proxy is present), only the first named proxy shall be entitled to vote at such General Meeting on behalf of the Club. 36.4 A Representative shall be entitled to attend and where appropriate vote at a General Meeting notwithstanding that the member of which he is the Representative has appointed a proxy to attend the same. 40.2 Unless otherwise agreed by the Board or by a majority of the Members present at any General Meeting, no other Representative, proxy or any other person representing a Club shall be entitled to attend General Meetings and in any event such person, shall not be entitled to speak thereat unless invited to do so by the chair of the meeting. Proxies 37.1 An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, signed on behalf of the Member by one of its directors or its secretary or any of the Member’s employees authorised by the Member to sign the same and shall be in the usual common form or in such form as the Board shall approve. Unless otherwise indicated on the instrument appointing the proxy, the proxy may vote or abstain from voting as such proxy shall think fit. 41. A vote given or poll demanded by the Representative or proxy of a Member shall be valid notwithstanding the previous termination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll unless notice of such termination was received by the Company at the League Office (or at such other place at which the instrument of proxy was duly deposited) before the commencement of the General Meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or the poll demanded or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the General Meeting or adjourned meeting) the time appointed for taking the poll. 37.2 38. The instrument appointing a proxy and (where such instrument is not signed by a director or the secretary of a Member) a copy of the authority under which it is signed shall be in writing and shall: 38.1 be deposited at the League Office or with the Secretary no later than 48 hours prior to the time appointed for the commencement of the General Meeting which the person or persons named in the instrument propose to attend unless otherwise specified in the notice convening such General Meeting; or in the case of a poll taken more than forty eight hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than forty eight hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the General Meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chair of the meeting or to the Secretary. Number and Appointment of Directors 42. The Board shall consist of not less than two Directors one of whom shall be the Chair and one of whom shall be the chief executive. 38.2 43. A Director need not hold any shares of the Company to qualify him as a Director but he shall be entitled to attend and speak at all General Meetings. 38.3 44. No person shall be appointed or re-appointed as Chair or as a Director except pursuant to a Resolution and unless: 44.1 such person is proposed by the Board and notice of intention to propose such person is included in the notice of the General Meeting at which the Resolution is to be proposed; or 39. The chair of the meeting may in his or her discretion permit the appointment of a proxy other than as provided herein if the circumstances arise which prevent a Member attending a General Meeting. 603 604 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_26.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association 44.2where the General Meeting has already been convened, not less than fourteen and, where the General Meeting has not already been convened, not less than twenty two and, in any case not, more than thirty five clear days before the date appointed for a General Meeting, a notice signed by a Member has been given to the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment or re-appointment; and 44.3in each case, appointment or re-appointment has been or is endorsed by the Special Shareholder (such endorsement not to be unreasonably withheld, refused or delayed). 49. The Board shall not in relation to any dealings relating to television, broadcasting, sponsorship or like transactions or other matters materially affecting the commercial interests of the Members enter into any contract or agreement or conduct themselves in any way as would bind the Company to any contract or agreement without the prior authority or approval by Resolution of the Members. 50. No alteration of the Memorandum or the Articles nor any direction of the Members shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. 45.The terms and conditions relating to the appointment or re-appointment of (including the remuneration and other terms and conditions of service of) the Chair or any other Director, shall be determined by the Audit and Remuneration Committee. Delegation of the Board’s Powers 51. Subject to the Articles, the Directors may delegate any of the powers which are conferred on them under the Articles and which are not specifically reserved to the Directors only: 51.1 51.2 51.3 51.4 51.5 to such person or committee; by such means (including by power of attorney); to such an extent; in relation to such matters or territories; and on such terms and conditions, 46.Subject to the requirements of the Act, and without prejudice to any claim or rights in respect of any breach of contract between the Company and such person, the Members may by Resolution terminate the appointment of the Chair or of any Director (as the case may be). as they think fit. If the Directors so specify, any such delegation may authorise further delegation of the Directors’ powers by any person to whom they are delegated. The Directors may revoke any delegation in whole or part, or alter its terms and conditions. Powers of the Board 52. 47. Subject to the Memorandum and the Articles the affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Board subject always to any directions from time to time given and any policy resolved upon by the Members in General Meeting. 53. Committees to which the Directors delegate any of their powers must follow procedures which are based as far as they are applicable on those provisions of the Articles which govern decision making by Directors. 48. The Board shall: 48.1 manage the affairs of the Company including the operation of the League and the operation and implementation of the Rules; exercise all powers of the Company but subject always to such powers of supervision and policy direction as the Members in General Meeting may from time to time exercise or give; take such executive steps as it considers necessary to give effect to any policy resolved upon by the Members in General Meeting; 48.2 54. Subject always to Article 53, the Directors may make rules solely in relation to procedure for all or any committees, which prevail over rules of procedure derived from the Articles if they are not consistent with them. 48.3 Borrowing Powers 48.4 make such recommendations to the Members on such importance to the Company as it considers appropriate; and matters of 55. The Board may with the prior approval or authority of a Resolution exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or raise money and to mortgage or charge its assets and, subject to Section 80 of the Act, to issue debenture stock and other debt securities as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. 48.5 subject to the provisions of the Articles and the Act, determine any and all matters of procedure to be followed by the Company. 605 606 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_27.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association Disqualification and Removal of Directors Directors’ Expenses 56. The office of a Director shall be vacated upon the happening of any of the following events: 58. A Director and any person appointed by the Board under Article 51 may be paid all reasonable travelling, hotel, and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties. 56.1 if he resigns his office by notice in writing under his hand to the Secretary sent to or left at the League Office; if he becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; if he is, or may be, suffering from mental disorder and either: 56.3.1he is admitted to hospital in pursuance of an application for admission for treatment under the Mental Health Act 1983 or, in Scotland, an application for admission under the Mental Health (Scotland) Act 1984; or 56.3.2an order is made by a court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment of a receiver, curator bonis or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs; if he dies; if he ceases for any cause to hold office as Chair or chief executive; or if he ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Act or becomes prohibited bylaw from being a director. 56.2 Directors’ Interests 56.3 59. Subject to the provisions of the Act and provided that he has disclosed to the Members the nature and extent of any material interest which he has, and obtained the consent of the Members by Resolution, a Director notwithstanding his office: 59.1 may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested; may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested; and shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit. 59.2 56.4 56.5 56.6 59.3 57.1 In the event of a vacancy occurring on the Board, the continuing Director(s) shall forthwith convene a General Meeting for the purpose of appointing a Director to fill that vacancy and may appoint as a Director a person who is willing to act including as acting Chair. An acting Director so appointed shall hold office until the General Meeting convened as aforesaid shall be held and if not reappointed thereat shall vacate office at the conclusion thereof. 60. For the purpose of Article 59: 60.1 a general notice given to the Members that a Director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the Director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his. 60.2 57.2 Pending such General Meeting an acting Chair or other Director (as the case may be) appointed as aforesaid shall be treated as and shall have all the powers and duties of the Chair or Director (as the case may be) for all the purposes of the Articles. Proceedings of the Board 61.Subject to the provisions of the Articles and the Rules, the Board may regulate its proceedings as it thinks fit. A Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Board. Any question arising at a meeting of the Board on which the Directors are not unanimous shall be referred to the Members at the next General Meeting. 607 608 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_28.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association 62. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Board shall be whichever number is required for a majority of Directors to be in attendance. Secretary 69. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Secretary shall be appointed by the Board subject to ratification by the Members in General Meeting for such term, at such remuneration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board thinks fit and any Secretary so appointed may be removed by the Board or by Resolution of the Members. 63. If the number of Directors is less than two, the continuing Director may act only for the purpose of calling a General Meeting or for the purposes referred to in Article 57.1. 64. The Chair shall be the chair of all meetings of the Board or in his or her absence one of the Directors present. Minutes 65. All acts done by a meeting of the Board, or by a person acting as a Director (as provided by the Articles) shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of the Director or such other person or that any of them was disqualified from holding office, or if a Director, had vacated office, or was not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and, if a Director, had continued to be a Director and had been entitled to vote. 70. The Board shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all proceedings at General Meetings, of all Resolutions passed by the Members and of all meetings of the Board, including the names of the Directors present at each of such Board meetings. The Board shall cause all such minutes to be circulated to Members within fourteen days of the date of any such meeting. Execution of Documents 71. The Seal shall only be used pursuant to the authority of the Board. The Board may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the Seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by the two Directors or one Director and the Secretary. Any document signed by two Directors or one Director and the Secretary or one Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature and expressed (in whatever form of words) to be executed by the Company has the same effect as if executed under the Seal. 66. A resolution in writing signed by the Directors shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one of the Directors. Without prejudice to Article 66, a meeting of the Board may consist of a conference between the Directors who are not in one place, but where each is able (directly or by telephonic communication) to speak to the other, and to be heard by the other simultaneously. A Director taking part in such a conference shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in a quorum accordingly. In relation to any meeting of the Board reference to the word “meeting” in the Articles shall be construed accordingly. 67. Dividends 72.1 No dividend shall be declared or paid in respect of any share except pursuant to a Resolution in General Meeting. 68. Unless authorised by a Resolution to do so, a Director shall not vote at any meeting of the Board or on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, an interest or duty which is material and which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the Company but shall nevertheless be counted in the quorum of Directors present at that meeting. 72.2 For the avoidance of doubt, Article 72.1 shall not affect the provisions relating to payments to Members in respect of broadcasting or sponsorship or other income received by the Company which shall be as laid down from time to time in the Rules and which shall be implemented by the Board in accordance with the Rules. Accounts 73.No member or other person has any right to inspect any accounting record or book or document of the Company unless: 73.1 73.2 73.3 he is entitled by law; he is authorised to do so by the Board; or he is authorised to do so by a Resolution. 609 610 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_29.GIF

Articles of Association Articles of Association Notices 79. A notice may be given by the Company to a Successor of a Member in consequence of the insolvency, administration or receivership of a Member, by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by the Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to the Member by name or to the Successor at the address, if any, within the United Kingdom supplied for that purpose by the Successor. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the insolvency, administration or receivership had not occurred. 74.1 A notice calling a meeting of the Board need not be in writing. 74.2 Any other notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to the Articles shall be in writing. 75. Any notice or other document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member or any Director either personally, or by sending it by post addressed to the Member or Director at his registered address or by facsimile transmission or electronic mail or other instantaneous means of transmission to the number or other transmission address or identification provided by the Member or the Director for this purpose, or by leaving it at its registered address addressed to the Member or the Director, or by any other means authorised in writing by the Member or Director concerned. Rules of The Football Association 80.The Company shall adhere to and comply with the Football Association Rules. Winding Up 81. On the winding-up of the Company the surplus assets shall be applied first, in repaying to the Members the amount paid on their shares respectively and, if such assets shall be insufficient to repay the said amount in full, they shall be applied rateably. If the surplus assets shall be more than sufficient to pay to the Members the whole amount paid upon their shares, the balance shall be paid over to The Football Association Benevolent Fund or to such other charitable or benevolent object connected with Association Football as shall be determined by Resolution at or before the time of winding-up and approved by The Football Association. 76. Any notice or other document, which is sent by post, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered twenty four hours after posting and, in proving such service or delivery, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice or document was properly addressed, stamped and put in the post. Any notice or other document left at a registered address otherwise than by post, or sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail or other instantaneous means of transmission, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered when it was left or sent. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 76 relating to service or delivery of any notice or document any notice or document not posted or delivered personally shall also be confirmed by sending or delivering a copy thereof by post or personally as provided in Article 75 but so that, in any such case, the accidental omission to so post or serve the same or non receipt of the same shall not invalidate the due service or delivery of the notice or other document in question. 82. 77. Indemnity 83. Subject to the provisions of the Act, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a Director may otherwise be entitled, every Director or other officer or auditor of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the Company. 78. A Member present, either by Representative or by proxy, at any General Meeting shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called. 611 612 Memorandum & Articles of Association


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_30.GIF

Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_31.GIF

Points Based System Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players 2021/2022 Season (4 June 2021 onwards) Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players The rules and criteria set out in this document will apply for the 2021/22 season and will be effective from 4 June 2021. The criteria will be reviewed in late 2021 in order that revised criteria can be issued in advance of the winter transfer window in January 2022. For any queries regarding these criteria or the application process, please contact Freddie Carter (Player Status Department) at Freddie.Carter@thefa.com (or registrations@ thefa.com) or on 0844 980 8200 # 4818. Glossary Aggregated FIFA World Rankings means the aggregated rankings list for senior men’s international teams over the International Reference Period that are published by The FA following publication of the FIFA World Rankings. This list is available on www.TheFA. com. The FA is the approved governing body for Football in the UK. The FA has the ability (subject to other requirements being met) to issue a Governing Body Endorsement for a player, coach or manager who is intended to participate in any of the following: Auto Pass Percentage means the percentage set out in Table 1 of this criteria. Available Continental Minutes means the total number of minutes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any injury time or added time) played by the Player’s club (in the group stages onwards) in a Continental Competition during the Reference Period, minus the number of minutes that the Player was Unavailable for Selection. • any match that has been organised and/or sanctioned by The FA, FIFA or UEFA; • any match that has been organised by either the Premier League or the English Football League and that has also been sanctioned by The FA; or • any match or category of match whereby consent of the FA has been given for that player, coach or manager’s club to play. Available Domestic Cup Minutes means the total number of minutes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any injury time or added time) played by the Player’s club in a Domestic Cup during the Last Season, minus the number of minutes that the Player was Unavailable for Selection. Please note that this guidance should be reviewed in conjunction with the relevant advice issued by the Home Office. The FA is not registered to give advice on immigration routes or processes or to advise on an individual’s immigration status and clubs should fully apprise themselves of their duties and responsibilities as sponsors. Information on aspects of immigration policy and law can be found on the Home Office website at www. gov.uk/browse/visas-immigration. You may also wish to seek advice from an Office of the Immigration Services Commissioner (OISC) registered advisor or someone who is appropriately qualified but otherwise exempt from such a registration requirement, for example, a qualified solicitor. The UK Visas and Immigration Centre can be contacted on 0300 123 2241. Available Domestic Minutes means the total number of minutes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any injury time or added time) played by the Player’s club in its domestic league competition during the Reference Period (including any play-off games), minus the number of minutes that the Player was Unavailable for Selection. Available International Matches means the total number of matches played by the Player’s National Association in Senior Competitive International Matches during the International Reference Period, minus the number of matches that the Player was Unavailable for Selection. If less than 30% of the matches played by the Player’s National Association during the International Reference Period were Senior Competitive International Matches, Available International Matches shall also include International Friendlies. If a club is seeking a GBE during a transfer window, any application should be submitted to The FA by midday on the relevant transfer deadline day (at the latest) in order for The FA to process the application that day. If a club signs and registers a Player who does not have a GBE, it should do so in the knowledge that the Player may not be granted a GBE if his application does not comply with the terms of these criteria and the Player may not be able to undertake any employment duties for the applicant club. Clubs are also advised to allow sufficient time for entry clearance or leave to remain to be granted. The time taken may vary depending upon where the player is making his application from. A guide to visa processing times is available on the Home Office website at: www.gov.uk/ visa-processing times. Band 1 means the English Premier League, the Bundesliga, La Liga, Serie A and Ligue 1. Band 1 Continental Competition means the UEFA Champions League and the Copa Libertadores. Band 2 means the Portuguese Primeira Liga, Eredivisie, Belgian First Division A, the Turkish Super Lig and the English Championship. Band 2 Continental Competition means the UEFA Europa League and the Copa Sudamerica. Please note that an individual’s personal and immigration history may be taken into account when their application is being considered. Band 3 means the Russian Premier League, Campeonato Brasileiro Série A, Primera División of Argentina, Liga MX and the Scottish Premiership. 615 616 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_32.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Band 3 Continental Competition means any continental competition which is not a Band 1 Continental Competition or Band 2 Continental Competition. English Club means a club affiliated to The FA. Exceptions Panel means a panel appointed by The FA to consider an application for a GBE in accordance with paragraphs 45-53. Band 4 means the Czech First League, Croatian First Football League, the Swiss Super League, La Liga 2, Bundesliga 2, Ukrainian Premier League, the Greek Superleague, the Colombian Categoría Primera A, the USA’s Major League Soccer, the Austrian Football Bundesliga, the Danish Superliga and Ligue 2. Extended GBE means a new GBE applied for by a Club in respect of a Player who has already received a GBE for that Club which is due to expire. FIFA means the Fédération Internationale de Football Association. Band 5 means the Serbian SuperLiga, , the Polish Ekstraklasa, the Slovenian PrvaLiga, the Chilean Primera División, the Uruguayan Primera División, the Swedish Allsvenken division, the Norwegian Elitserien division and the Chinese Super League. Final League Position means the final league position of the Player’s Last Club at the end of the Last Season. If the Last Season did not finish but a final league table was compiled, the Last Club’s league position shall be taken from that final league table. Band 6 means all leagues not in Band 1, Band 2, Band 3, Band 4 or Band 5. Free Agent means a Player who is not registered for any club as at the date that the application for a GBE is made. Certificate of Sponsorship means a certificate assigned to a Player pursuant to a club’s Sponsor’s Licence. GBE means Governing Body Endorsement. Continental Competition means a Band 1 Continental Competition, a Band 2 Continental Competition or a Band 3 Continental Competition. Home Associations means The Scottish Football Association, the Football Association of Wales and The Irish Football Association. Continental Progression means the progress made by the Player’s Last Club in a Continental Competition in the Last Season. Where the Player has played in a Continental Competition which has concluded following the end of the Last Season, in particular where a Continental Competition concludes before the end of a season, Continental Progression means the progress made by the Player’s club in that Continental Competition. International Friendlies means any match played by the National Association’s senior team which is not a Senior Competitive International Match. International Reference Period means: 1) the twenty four months prior to the date of the application for a GBE, if the Player is not a Youth Player; or Current Club means: 2) the twelve months prior to the date of the application for a GBE, if the Player is a Youth Player. 1) the Player’s Last Club, if the application for a GBE is made after the club the Player plays for as at the date of the application has completed its season; or Last Club means the club the Player played for in the Last Season. If the Player played for two (or more) clubs during the Last Season, the Player’s Last Club is the club the Player played for at the end of the Last Season. If the Player is a Free Agent and was not registered for any club at the end of the Last Season, he shall not be granted any points for the criteria which adopt this definition. 2) the club the Player is playing for as at the date the application is made, if the application for a GBE is made before the club the Player plays for as at the date of the application has completed its season (i.e. mid-season). If the Player is a Free Agent, the Player’s Current Club is the club the Player played in the half of the season immediately before the date the application is made. If the Player is a Free Agent and was not registered for any club in the half of the season immediately before the date the application is made, he shall not be granted any points for the criteria which adopt this definition. Last Season means the last full season prior to the date of the application for a GBE. National Association means a football association that is a member of, and recognised by, FIFA. PBS means the Home Office Points Based System. Domestic Cup means any domestic cup competition which is open to clubs in the country’s top domestic division and provides a route for qualification to a Band 1 Continental Competition or Band 2 Continental Competition. Player means any player who is not a citizen of the United Kingdom or Ireland and has not acquired permanent residence in the United Kingdom, been granted pre-settled status or settled status under the EU Settlement Scheme. 617 618 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_33.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Player’s Domestic Cup Minutes means the percentage of Available Domestic Cup Minutes the Player played in. T2 means T2 Sportsperson. T5 means T5 (Temporary Worker) Creative or Sporting. Player’s Domestic Minutes means the percentage of Available Domestic Minutes the Player played in. The FA means the Football Association. Unavailable for Selection means the Player was not available to play due to injury, on-field suspension, or the Player’s club not being obliged to release the Player for a Senior Competitive International Match or an International Friendly (as the match falls outside the FIFA international match calendar). For the avoidance of doubt, a player may not be classed as injured (and therefore Unavailable for Selection) if he was listed as a substitute in a match and was not used and such matches may not be eligible for exclusion when calculating the Available Minutes (as applicable). In international competitions where players are listed as substitutes regardless of whether or not they are injured, players may be classed as injured (and therefore Unavailable for Selection) if sufficient evidence is provided of their injury. Player’s Continental Minutes means the percentage of Available Continental Minutes the Player played in. Player’s International Appearances means the percentage of Available International Matches the Player played in. Player’s National Association means the National Association the Player plays for, or has declared for, as at the date of the application for a GBE. Reference Period means the twelve months prior to the date of the application for a GBE. Relevant Interested Parties means a representative of (i) the league in which the Player plays, or will play if the application for a GBE is successful, and (ii) the Professional Footballers’ Association. Youth Player means a Player who is born on or after 1 January 2000 GBE Status Season means the period commencing on the date of the first match of the Premier League or English Football League and ending on the date of the last match of the Premier League or English Football League. 1. A Player can register for a club without a GBE but, in order to play any football or undertake any employment duties for the club (including participation at training and in friendly matches), he must have obtained a GBE, been assigned a Certificate of Sponsorship by that club and secured leave to remain under T2 or T5 of the PBS (subject to satisfying any other eligibility requirements of The FA and any competitions the club participates in). Senior Competitive International Matches means any match played by the National Association’s senior team in the following tournaments: 1) 2) 3) FIFA World Cup Finals; FIFA World Cup Qualifying Groups; and Continental Cup Qualifiers and Finals, including but not limited to: 2. A club can apply for a GBE for a Player at any time during the Season. In order to apply for a GBE, a club must hold a valid Sponsor’s Licence under T2 and/or T5 of the PBS. In order to apply for and obtain a valid Sponsor’s Licence, a club must have obtained an endorsement letter for a Sponsor’s Licence from the FA. If a Club’s Sponsor’s Licence is revoked, any Player who has obtained a GBE in order to play for the Club may have his leave curtailed and may have to make a change in employment application which must be granted before the Player can undertake any employment duties for the new club. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) UEFA European Championships and Qualifiers; UEFA Nations League Groups and Final Stages; CAF African Cup of Nations and Qualifiers; AFC Asia Nations Cup and Qualifiers; CONCACAF Gold Cup; CONCACAF Nations League; UNCAF Nations Cup; CONMEBOL Copa America; and OFC Nations Cup. 3. Clubs in the Premier League or English Football League are eligible for a Sponsor’s Licence. Clubs in other leagues within the men’s football pyramid are not permitted to field Players unless: Sponsor’s Licence means a licence obtained from the Home Office under the PBS. Stakeholders means The FA, The Premier League, The English Football League and The Professional Footballers’ Association. a. The Player has obtained a visa outside the GBE system which permits them to play football (on such terms as they in fact play); and 619 620 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_34.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players secure leave to remain under T2 of the PBS (in addition to the documents listed in paragraph 17). b. The Player’s employment by the club complies with the terms and conditions of their visa and any relevant immigration law, including the Immigration Rules (or any successor legislation), and including but not limited to in relation to the requirements regarding professional sportspersons. 8. A Player who has been granted a GBE must submit a new application for a GBE if he wishes to permanently transfer (or has permanently transferred) to another club. If the GBE is granted, the player must submit a change of employment application to the Home Office, which must be granted before the Player can undertake any employment duties for the new club. 4. If The FA grants an application for a GBE for a Player in accordance with these criteria, the club is permitted to assign a Certificate of Sponsorship to the Player for the period covered by the GBE. The GBE must be presented to the Home Office when the club applies for entry clearance on behalf of a player, which must be done within 3 months of a Certificate of Sponsorship being assigned. Any Certificate of Sponsorship and a copy of the player’s biometric residence permit must be submitted to The FA by the club within 3 months of being assigned. Clubs must keep a copy of the relevant page of the Player’s passport evidencing their entitlement to work and contact details for the Player, which must be provided to The FA upon request. The club will also have to comply with any other criteria set by the Home Office in order to secure leave to remain under T2 or T5 of the PBS. 9. Any application for an Extended GBE (in accordance with paragraph 6), a transfer of a GBE (in accordance with paragraph 7) or a new club application for a GBE (in accordance with paragraph 8) shall be considered as follows: a. If the Player’s International Appearances meet the Auto Pass Percentage set out in Table 1 of the criteria, a new or Extended GBE will be granted (as appropriate). b. If the Player’s International Appearances do not meet the Auto Pass Percentage set out in Table 1 of the criteria, but the value of the Player’s Domestic Minutes for the applicant Club is at least 30% a new or Extended GBE will be granted (as appropriate). 5. A GBE under T2 of the PBS will be granted for three years or the length of the player’s contract (whichever is shorter) and a GBE under T5 of the PBS will be granted for twelve months or the length of the player’s contract (whichever is shorter). A Player will not be eligible to play for the club beyond the expiry date of the GBE unless the club has applied for and obtained an Extended GBE before the existing GBE has expired in accordance with these criteria and the PBS. c. If the Player does not satisfy the requirements in either paragraph a or b above, the club must submit details of the Player’s Domestic Minutes for the last 12 months and any other information which it considers to be relevant to its application to The FA. The FA will then provide this information to the Relevant Interested Parties by email. The FA and the Relevant Interested Parties shall consider this information, and any other information which they deem to be relevant in their absolute discretion, to determine whether the player remains of sufficient quality to be awarded a GBE. The FA and the Relevant Interested Parties shall make a decision by simple majority and if a majority of The FA and the Relevant Interested Parties recommend that the player should be awarded a GBE, a new or Extended GBE will be granted (as appropriate). Extensions to or transfers of a GBE 6. An Extended GBE under T2 of the PBS can be obtained for three years or the length of the player’s contract (whichever is shorter). If a GBE was granted for less than twelve months under T5 of the PBS, an Extended GBE can be obtained to extend the period of the Player’s GBE to a total of twelve months and the application can be made within the country. If a Club wishes to grant an Extended GBE under T5 of the PBS to extend the period of the Player’s GBE to over twelve months, the Player must leave the country before the expiry of the twelve month period and make an application for an Extended GBE under T5 of the PBS. d. The player shall not have a new or Extended GBE granted (as appropriate) other than in accordance with paragraphs a or b above. 7. A Player who has been granted a GBE under T5 of the PBS can apply (in country) to transfer to a GBE under T2 of the PBS, provided that application is made within twelve months of the T5 GBE being granted. The club must submit a new application for a GBE and provide a pass certificate, or other written confirmation containing an appropriate reference number, from an accredited English language test centre that the Player has passed the English language test required to 10. If a Player: a. b. c. d. does not turn up for employment; is absent for more than 10 working days without permission; has his contract terminated during the period that a GBE is effective; is no longer sponsored by the club for any other reason; or 621 622 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_35.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Application Process e. experiences significant changes in his circumstances (such as a change in job title, salary or location of employment), 17. A club must submit any application for a GBE to The FA’s Player Status Department along with any evidence in support of the application, including: the club must inform the Home Office within 10 days. 11.The club must also inform the Home Office if there is a change of circumstances at the club within 20 working days. A change in circumstances might include changes of name, address or contact details, changes in structure (including mergers, takeovers and de-mergers), changes in financial circumstances (such as administration, receivership, company voluntary arrangement, debt arrangement scheme, liquidation or sequestration). a. A fully completed application form (see Appendix 1). b. A fully completed application spreadsheet (see Appendix 2). c. A transfer agreement (or loan agreement) in respect of the Player (in draft or final form). d. A playing contract in respect of the Player (in draft or final form). Temporary Transfers/Loans e. Written evidence to support any claim made by the applicant club that a Player was Unavailable for Selection for a particular match, including the reason(s). 12. If a Player who has been granted a GBE in accordance with these criteria is loaned to another club during the period of validity of the GBE, the Player’s club must notify the Home Office of the loan and change of location via the Sponsor Management System within 10 working days (regardless of the jurisdiction in which the loanee club is based). The loaning club will retain responsibility as the Player’s sponsor. If a Player is loaned from an English Club to another English Club (a “Domestic Loan”), no GBE application will be required by the loanee club. If the Player is loaned from an English Club to a club affiliated to another Home Association, or another National Association, the governing body endorsement process of that association will have to be satisfied by the loanee club. f. Written evidence to support any claim made by the applicant club that exceptional circumstances prevented the Player from achieving 15 points (where appropriate, in accordance with paragraph 25). g. Written evidence to support any claim made by the applicant club that a Youth Player has significant potential and is of sufficient quality to enhance the development of the game in England and justify the Exceptions Panel recommending that a GBE be awarded (where appropriate, in accordance with paragraph 25). 13. 18. The club must also pay an administration fee of £500 plus VAT for each application, which must be paid before the application will be considered by The FA. Each club shall bear its own costs in respect of any application. 14. If a Domestic Loan is made permanent, the new club will be required to submit an application for a GBE (which must comply with the requirements set out in these criteria). If the GBE is granted, the player will need to make a change of employment application. Provided the Domestic Loan continues until the date on which the change of employment application is granted, the Player can continue to play for the new club in the interim period. 19. If any information submitted as part of the GBE application process is amended (including the terms and conditions of a Player’s contract): a. before a GBE has granted and before the Player is registered with The FA, the club must inform The FA who may require a new application to be submitted (and a new fee to be paid); 15. If a Player is loaned from a club affiliated to another National Association (including any Home Nation) to an English Club, a GBE application will be required (which must comply with the requirements set out in these criteria). b. after a GBE has been granted but before the Player is registered with The FA, the club must inform The FA who may require a new application to be submitted (and a new fee to be paid); 16. When a Player returns to his parent club after a loan period, no GBE application will be required by the parent club (provided the GBE remains valid beyond the date of the Player’s return). GBEs will not be issued in respect of Players who are trialling with an English Club. If a Club wishes to trial a Player, it should contact the Home Office. 623 624 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_36.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players c. after a GBE has been granted and after the Player is registered, the club must inform the Home Office via the Sponsorship Management System. The Home Office will confirm whether they require a new application to be submitted (and a new fee to be paid). Calculations 27. If a Player has played for two (or more) clubs during the Reference Period, or a Player is or has been a Free Agent during the Reference Period, the Player’s Continental Minutes, Player’s Domestic Cup Minutes and Player’s Domestic Minutes (each, the “Minutes”) will be calculated in accordance with paragraphs 28-29 below. 20.If a new application is required in accordance with paragraph 19, it will be assessed by reference to the criteria set out in this document and the Club must comply with paragraphs 17-18 of these criteria in respect of the new application. The FA may also inform the Home Office who may curtail the Player’s right to work. 28. For each of the Minutes criteria, the applicant club should calculate a weighted average (using the annex to the application form at Appendix 1) as follows: a. Calculate the number of days during the Reference Period the Player has been registered for each/any club or no club (as appropriate). Criteria b. Calculate the percentage of the overall Reference Period that each of those periods of time represents. 21. All Players shall be assessed in accordance with paragraphs 31-44. 22. The FA will grant a GBE if the Player’s International Appearances meet the Auto Pass Percentage set out in Table 1 of the criteria. c. Calculate the percentage of Minutes played as a proportion of the total Available Continental Minutes, Available Domestic Cup Minutes or Available Domestic Minutes (respectively). 23. If a Player is not granted a GBE in accordance with paragraph 22 above, The FA will grant a GBE if a Player achieves 15 or more points in accordance with paragraphs 31-44. d. Multiply each of the numbers at (b) by their corresponding number at (c). e. Add each of the numbers at (d) to find the weighted average value for the Minutes. 24. The Club may request that an Exceptions Panel consider the application if: a. a Player achieves between 10 and 14 points in accordance with paragraphs 31-44 and the Club can evidence that exceptional circumstances prevented the Player from achieving 15 points; or 29. If only one of the clubs played in a Continental Competition, the Player’s Continental Minutes shall be the percentage the Player played in for that club. 30. If the calculation of a Player’s International Appearances, Player’s Domestic Minutes, Player’s Domestic Cup Minutes or Player’s Continental Minutes (or any other percentage) results in: b. If the Player is a Youth Player, the Club can evidence that the Youth Player shows significant potential and is of sufficient quality to enhance the development of the game in England. a. a decimal number of .5 or higher, the number will be rounded up to the next whole number; or 25. If the Club requests an Exceptions Panel, the procedure in paragraphs 45-53 shall apply. b. a decimal number of lower than .5, the number will be rounded down to the next whole number. 26. If a Player is not granted a GBE in accordance with paragraph 22, 23 or paragraphs45-53, he will have no further opportunity to apply for a GBE in the same transfer window unless his circumstances change and will not be eligible to play for the applicant club. Player’s International Appearances 31.A Player shall be granted the number of points set out in Table 1 in respect of the Player’s International Appearances. 625 626 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_37.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players 34.If a Player is eligible for points in multiple columns of Table 2, including where: Table 1 a. the Player has played in two domestic league competitions during the Reference Period; b. a Youth Player made his first appearance in more than one band during the Reference Period; or c. a Youth Player has made his first appearance for the senior team of a club during the Reference Period but has also played in a sufficient percentage of minutes to be eligible for points elsewhere, the Player shall be granted the higher of the points he is eligible for in Table 2. Player’s Continental Minutes 35.A Player shall be granted the number of points set out in Table 3 in respect of the Player’s Continental Minutes. Player’s Domestic Minutes Table 3 32.A Player shall be granted the number of points set out in Table 2 in respect of the Player’s Domestic Minutes. Band 1 Continental Band 2 Continental Band 3 Continental Continental 33.A Youth Player shall be granted the number of points set out in the final row of Table 2 if he made his first appearance (on the pitch) for the senior team of a club during the Reference Period. Table 2 Minutes 36.If the Player has played in two Continental Competitions during the Reference Period, the Player shall be granted the higher of the points he is eligible for in Table 3. Final League Position of Player’s Last Club 37.A Player shall be granted the number of points set out in Table 4 in respect of the Final League Position of the Player’s Last Club, provided (i) the Player appeared on the matchday squad list for the Player’s Last Club for at least one match in its domestic league competition or (ii) the value of the Player’s Domestic Cup Minutes was at least 1%, during the Last Season. 627 628 Miscellaneous Player’s DomesticBand 1 Band 2Band 3 Band 4Band 5 Band 6 90-100% 12108642 80-89%1197531 70-79%1086420 60-69%975310 50-59% 864200 40-49%7 53 10 0 30-39%6 42 00 0 20-29% 0 00 00 0 10-19% 000000 1-9% 0 00 00 0 Debut for 6 Youth Player 54 32 1 Player’s CompetitionCompetitionCompetition Minutes 90-100% 1052 80-89%941 70-79%830 60-69%720 50-59% 610 40-49%500 30-39%400 20-29% 000 10-19% 000 1-9% 000 Player’s International Appearances Aggregated FIFA World Ranking of the Player’s National Association 1-10 11-20 21-300 31-50 51+ 90-100% Auto PassAuto PassAuto PassAuto Pass2 80-89% Auto PassAuto PassAuto PassAuto Pass1 70-79% Auto PassAuto PassAuto PassAuto Pass0 60-69% Auto PassAuto PassAuto Pass100 50-59% Auto PassAuto Pass1080 40-49% Auto PassAuto Pass970 30-39% Auto Pass10860 20-29% 109700 10-19% 98000 1-9% 87000


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_38.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Table 4 40.If the relevant Continental Competition is knock-out only, the Player will be awarded the points listed for group stage in Table 5 for any round prior to the Round of 32. 41.For the avoidance of doubt, a Player shall only be granted the higher of the points he is eligible for in Table 5. League Quality of Player’s Current Club 42.A Player shall be granted the number of points set out in Table 6 in respect of the band of the Player’s Current Club, provided (i) the Player appeared on the matchday squad list for the Player’s Current Club for at least one match in its domestic league competition or a Continental Competition or (ii) the value of the Player’s Domestic Cup Minutes was at least 1%, during the Reference Period. 43.For the purposes of paragraph42, Available Domestic Cup Minutes shall be calculated by reference to the Reference Period rather than Last Season. Table 6 38.For the avoidance of doubt, a Player shall only be granted the higher of the points he is eligible for in Table 4. Continental Progression of Player’s Last Club 39.A Player shall be granted the number of points set out in Table 5 in respect of the Continental Progression of the Player’s Last Club, provided (i) the Player appeared on the matchday squad list for the Player’s Last Club for at least one match in its domestic league competition or a Continental Competition or (ii) the value of the Player’s Domestic Cup Minutes was at least 1%, during the Last Season. 44. If a Player has been loaned to a club in a lower band than his parent club and has made a first team appearance (on the pitch) for his parent club during the Reference Period, he shall be granted the higher of the points he would have been eligible for in accordance with Table 6 if his parent club was the Player’s Current Club. Table 5 629 630 Miscellaneous Player’s Continental Band 1 Continental Band 2 Continental Band 3 Continental MinutesCompetitionCompetitionCompetition Final 1072 Semi-Finals961 Quarter-Finals850 Round of 16740 Round of 32630 Group stage520 Other000 Band of Player’s Points Current Club Band 112 Band 210 Band 38 Band 46 Band 54 Band 62 Last Club’s Final League PositionBand 1 Band 2Band 3 Band 4Band 5 Band 6 Title winner 6 54 32 1 Qualified for group stages of a Band 1 Continental5 Competition Qualified for qualifiers of a Band 1 Continental4 Competition 43 32 21 10 0 0 Qualified for group stages of a Band 2 Continental3 Competition Qualified for qualifiers of a Band 2 Continental2 Competition 21 10 00 00 0 0 Mid-table1 00 00 0 Relegation 0 00 00 0 PromotionN/A 11111


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_39.GIF

Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Governing Body Endorsement Requirements for Players Exceptions Panels Please note that Exceptions Panels will not be available after the summer transfer window in 2021. a. exceptional circumstances prevented the Player from achieving 15 points, and if those exceptional circumstances did not apply, the Player would have achieved 15 points; or b. the Youth Player shows significant potential and is of sufficient quality to enhance the development of the game in England and justify the Exceptions Panel recommending that a GBE be awarded. 45. If a club requests an Exceptions Panel in accordance with paragraph 24, The FA will appoint an independent panel of three members, which shall include one legally qualified chair and two panel members who have relevant experience at the top level of the game (the “Panel Members”). 51. The Exceptions Panel will make its decision, based on the papers submitted to it, at an in-person or virtual meeting at which The FA’s Player Status Department will provide appropriate secretarial support. Each Panel Member has one vote and the decision will be made by a simple majority, with the chair having a casting vote. 46. The FA may also, at its absolute discretion, refer any question in relation to the interpretation or application of any aspect of these criteria to either a legally qualified chair of the Exceptions Panel or an Exceptions Panel (as appropriate) to determine. Any decision made by a chair of the Exceptions Panel or an Exceptions Panel under this paragraph shall be final and binding. 52. If the Exceptions Panel recommends to The FA that a GBE be granted, The FA will consider whether to grant a GBE (but is under no obligation to do so). 47. A fee of £5,000 plus VAT will be charged for every Exceptions Panel, which must be paid by the club before the application will be considered by the Exceptions Panel. 53. Written reasons for the decision will be supplied by the Exceptions Panel to the applicant club. An anonymised summary of each decision will be made available (on a confidential basis) to all Stakeholders and Stakeholders may make these summaries available to clubs in the Premier League or English Football League. 48. The club will be notified of the identity of the Panel Members and have the opportunity to challenge the appointment of any Panel Member on the basis of an actual or perceived conflict of interest. Each Panel Member shall also have the opportunity to declare an actual or perceived conflict of interest (of him or herself or any other Panel Member) to the Chair or, if the conflict of interest relates to the Chair, to The FA. The Chair, or The FA respectively, shall then determine whether the Panel Member should be excluded from participating in the application. If the Panel Member is excluded from participating in the application, The FA will appoint a replacement Panel Member (to whom this paragraph shall also apply). 49. The Exceptions Panel can request any further information from The FA’s Player Status Department, the applicant club or any third party (via The FA’s Player Status Department) that it deems necessary, in its absolute discretion, in order to make its decision. If an Exceptions Panel meeting has been convened or is in progress when a request for further information is made, the Chair may adjourn the meeting to allow the information to be gathered. Where it is able to do so, the applicant club or The FA’s Player Status Department will supply the further information to the Exceptions Panel within a reasonable timescale. 50. The Exceptions Panel shall only recommend to The FA that a GBE be granted if it is satisfied that either: 631 632 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_40.GIF

Appendix 1: Application Form Points Based System Appendix 1: Application Form Points Based System Application for a Governing Body Endorsement for a Player Please refer to the criteria for The FA’s Governing Body Endorsement (“GBE”) under the Points Based System (the “Criteria”) when filling in this application form. Defined terms used in this application form are set out in that document. Please calculate the Player’s points totals for items 4, 5 and 6 below in the spreadsheet at Appendix 2 and submit an electronic version of the spreadsheet to The FA along with this application form. Name (Club Secretary): E-mail: 633 634 Miscellaneous 5. Player’s Domestic Minutes Club(s) the Player played for during the Reference Period: Band(s) of the Club(s): Available Domestic Minutes of the Player’s Club(s) during the Reference Period: If the Player played for multiple clubs, Available Domestic Minutes of each club: 2. Player details Title: Surname/Family Name: First Name: Date of birth: Age: Nationality: Government issuing passport: Has the Player previously held a Work Permit/Certificate of Sponsorship: If YES: (a) please give details of employer and dates: (b) please confirm whether this is an application for an extension of a GBE: Player’s current place of residence: Telephone: Mobile: 4. Player’s International Appearances National Association: International Reference Period: 12 months 24 months Aggregated FIFA World Ranking: Available International Matches: Are International Friendlies included: Percentage of Player’s International Appearances: Has the Player met the Auto Pass Percentage: Points claimed for the Player’s International Appearances in accordance with the Criteria: 1. Contact details of applicant Club (employer) 3. Application details T2 or T5 of the Home Office Points Based System: If the application is made under T2, please provide evidence that the Player has met the English language qualification requirements: Length of player’s contract From: To: Length of any Option period: Length of GBE sought:


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_41.GIF

Appendix 1: Application Form Points Based System Appendix 1: Application Form Points Based System 635 636 Miscellaneous 10. Exceptions Panel If you are claiming between 10 and 14 points for the Player, are there exceptional circumstances which prevented the Player from achieving 15 points: If so, are you requesting that an Exceptions Panel consider the application: If so, please provide written evidence of the exceptional circumstances which prevented the Player from achieving 15 points: If the Player is a Youth Player, does the Youth Player show significant potential and is he of sufficient quality to enhance the development of the game in England: 9. League Quality of Player’s Current Club Player’s Current Club: Band of Player’s Current Club: Points claimed for Quality of Player’s Current Club in accordance with the Criteria: 6. Player’s Continental Minutes Continental Competitions played by the Player’s Club(s) during the Reference Period: If the Player played for multiple clubs, Continental Competitions played by each club: Band(s) of Continental Competition(s): Available Continental Minutes of the Player’s Club(s) during the Reference Period: If the Player played for multiple clubs, Available Continental Minutes of each club: Percentage of Player’s Continental Minutes: If the Player played for multiple clubs and/or was a Free Agent during the Reference Period: (a) the number of days during the Reference Period that the Player played for each club; (b) the percentage of the overall Reference Period that each of those periods of time represents; (c) the percentage of Player’s Continental Minutes for each club; (d) each number at (b) multiplied by the corresponding number at (c); and (e) weighted average of Player’s Continental Minutes. Points claimed for the Player’s Continental Minutes in accordance with the Criteria: 8. Final League Position of Player’s Last Club Player’s Last Club: League of Player’s Last Club: Band of Player’s Last Club: Final League Position of Player’s Last Club (by reference to the Criteria): Points claimed for Final League Position of Player’s Last Club in accordance with the Criteria: Percentage of Player’s Domestic Minutes: If the Player played for multiple clubs and/or was a Free Agent during the Reference Period: (a) the number of days during the Reference Period that the Player played for each club; (b) the percentage of the overall Reference Period that each of those periods of time represents; (c) the percentage of Player’s Domestic Minutes for each club; (d) each number at (b) multiplied by the corresponding number at (c); and (e) weighted average of Player’s Domestic Minutes. If the Player is a Youth Player, did he make his first appearance (on the pitch) for the senior team a club during the Reference Period: Points claimed for the Player’s Domestic Minutes in accordance with the Criteria: 7. Final League Position of Player’s Last Club Player’s Last Club: League of Player’s Last Club: Band of Player’s Last Club: Final League Position of Player’s Last Club (by reference to the Criteria): Points claimed for Final League Position of Player’s Last Club in accordance with the Criteria:


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_42.GIF

Appendix 1: Application Form Points Based System Appendix 1: Application Form Points Based System Please submit the application to: Player Status Department The Football Association Wembley Stadium PO Box 1966 London SW1P 9EQ Email: Registrations@thefa.com Name: E-mail: 637 638 Miscellaneous 12. Declaration (to be given by an authorised signatory of the applicant club) The details given in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. The employer named in this application is responsible for the terms and conditions of employment and any requirements for registration or licensing necessary for the employment which is subject to this application. The employer holds a valid sponsor’s licence under T2 and/or T5 of the PBS so as to be eligible to assign Certificates of Sponsorship and is aware of its duties to comply with immigration law, including co-operating, record-keeping and reporting. Signature: Date: Name (in CAPITALS): Position: For and on behalf of: Telephone: Mobile: 11. Details of Representatives being used by Club (e.g. Solicitors) Total points claimed: If so, are you requesting an Exceptions Panel to consider the application: If so, please provide written evidence to support the claim that the Youth Player shows significant potential and is of sufficient quality to enhance the development of the game in England:


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_43.GIF

Constitution of The Professional Football Negotiating and Consultative Committee (England and Wales) Constitution of The Professional Football Negotiating and Consultative Committee (England and Wales) 1. Title The committee shall be called Consultative Committee (PFNCC). 4. Chair a) b) the Professional Football Negotiating and The PFNCC shall appoint an independent chair. In the event of the unavoidable absence of the independent chair, a meeting may be chaired by a Member of the PFNCC by agreement of all four Members. The independent chair shall be appointed for a term of 3 years and no individual may serve more than 2 consecutive terms. The independent chair shall retire at the July meeting next following their 75th birthday. Clauses (c) and (d) shall not apply to the independent chair in post at the date of adoption of this revised constitution (the Current Chair). The Current Chair shall continue to hold office until 30th June 2019, whereupon he shall retire from office. Any independent chair to be appointed after 30th June 2019 shall be permitted to attend meetings of the PFNCC prior to their appointment. 2. Membership The PFNCC shall consist of: c) a) Four representatives (the PFA); from the Professional Footballers’ Association d) b) c) d) e) Two representatives from The Football League Limited (the EFL); Two representatives from The FA Premier League Limited (the PL); One representative from The Football Association Limited (the FA); The Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent) of each of the four bodies listed above, or their respective nominees, (and the PFA, EFL, PL and FA are together the Members and each a Member). e) f) 3. Terms of Reference a) The PFNCC shall be the forum in which the Members consider matters relating to the employment of, and any associated rules and regulations relating to, those professional football players (Players) employed by clubs in membership of EFL and the PL (the Leagues), including (but not limited to): 5. Secretary a) The Chief Executive Officer of the EFL and the Chief Executive of the PFA shall act as joint secretaries of the PFNCC. The administration and secretarial services to be provided by the EFL. b) i) standard terms and conditions for contracts of employment of Players (including contractual obligations, minimum pay, pension provision, treatment of benefits in kind and holidays); matters relating to health & safety of Players, and appropriate insurance arrangements; a code of practice for clubs and Players to abide by; minimum standards for the resolution of disputes between clubs and Players; the effects of any applicable legislation. 6. Executive Officers A senior executive officer of each of the Members shall meet as and when necessary and in any event shall meet before any meeting of the PFNCC in order to give preliminary consideration to items which are to appear on the agenda for the next PFNCC meeting. ii) iii) iv) 7. Meetings a) There shall be four ordinary meetings of the PFNCC each Season. They shall ordinarily take place in July, October and April, and in January. An ordinary meeting shall be called on not less than 14 days’ notice. Special meetings may be called (in addition to the ordinary meetings set out in paragraph 7(a)) at the discretion of the Chair at the request of any Member. At least seven days’ notice of such meetings shall be given and the business of the meeting shall be stated in the notice. Other parties may be invited to attend any meeting of the PFNCC at the request of any Member and at the Chair’s discretion. The Chair shall also be empowered to invite third parties to any meeting following consultation with the Members. v) b) No major changes in the regulations of the Leagues affecting a Player’s terms and conditions of employment shall take place without full discussion and agreement in the PFNCC. The PFNCC can be used to facilitate consultation on any matter relating to professional football upon which any of the Members considers that the view of the PFNCC would be desirable to help further the best interests of the game. b) c) c) 639 640 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_44.GIF

Constitution of The Professional Football Negotiating and Consultative Committee (England and Wales) Constitution of The Professional Football Negotiating and Consultative Committee (England and Wales) d) The EFL and PL shall communicate with those clubs employing any Player nominated by the PFA as a representative in accordance with Clause 2(a), and request that such representatives and deputies are given reasonable facilities to attend meetings of the PFNCC. 12. Amendment of Constitution Any proposed amendments to the constitution of the PFNCC shall only be considered at a meeting called specifically for that purpose and notice of any proposed amendment shall be given in writing 28 days previous to such meeting. Any amendment to the constitution shall only take effect after approval to it has been given by each of the Members. 8. Minutes Full minutes of all meetings shall be drafted by the secretary provided by the EFL in accordance with Clause 5(b). The draft minutes shall not be circulated until approved by the Chair. Draft minutes should normally be circulated within 4 weeks of the meeting to which they relate. Minutes will be subject to approval of the PFNCC at the next meeting. 13. Status of Constitution The constitution shall be subject to the approval of each of the Members. If approved by each of them it shall be regarded as an agreement binding on each and all of them and shall be appended to the rules of each League and published in their respective handbooks. 9. Resolution of Differences a) It shall be the duty of the Members of the PFNCC to take all reasonable steps to ensure the acceptance of agreements reached. Where appropriate, any Member may seek the assistance of the Chair in expounding and explaining agreements reached. Where the Members are unable to reach agreement they may by agreement seek the advice of the Chair on any matters before the PFNCC. If the Members are unable to reach agreement following the processes outlined above they may by agreement seek independent arbitration by the Advisory Conciliation and Arbitration Service or any other agreed independent arbitrator. b) c) 10. Sub-Committees a) The PFNCC shall have the power to set up such sub-committees or joint working parties not restricted to Members of the PFNCC as it considers necessary. Each sub-committee or joint working party shall agree terms of reference which shall be subject to the approval of the PFNCC. Full minutes of sub-committee and/or joint working party meetings shall be kept and appended to minutes of meetings of the PFNCC for distribution to Members. b) c) 11. Finance a) Each Member shall be responsible for meeting the expenses of its representative(s) for attending meetings. Any fees and/or expenses of the Chair shall be shared equally by the Members. Any other expense shall be shared equally by the Members. b) c) 641 642 Miscellaneous


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_45.GIF

Statistics


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_46.GIF

Premier League Table Premier League Results Season 2020/21 Season 2020/21 Arsenal Aston Villa Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea Crystal Palace Everton Fulham Leeds United Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Manchester United Newcastle United Sheffield United Southampton Tottenham Hotspur West Bromwich Albion West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers 645 646 Statistics Arsenal Aston Villa Brighton & Hove Albion Burnley Chelsea Crystal Palace Everton Fulham Leeds United Leicester City Liverpool Manchester City Manchester United Newcastle United Sheffield United Southampton Tottenham Hotspur West Bromwich Albion West Ham United Wolverhampton Wanderers Home Away Pos Club PW D LFAW D LFA GD Pts 1Manchester City38 13244317143240155186 2Manchester United 38 9463828127035162974 3Liverpool 38 10362920106339222669 4Chelsea 38 9643118104527182267 5Leicester City38 9193430115334201866 6West Ham United38 1045322294630251565 7Tottenham Hotspur 38 1036352085633252362 8Arsenal 38 8472421103631181661 9Leeds United38 856282110093433859 10 Everton 38 649242811442320-1 59 11 Aston Villa 38 74829279372619955 12 Newcastle United38 65826336492029 -16 45 13 Wolverhampton Wanderers 38 74821255591527 -16 45 14 Crystal Palace 38 658203263102134 -25 44 15 Southampton38 838282544111943 -21 43 16 Brighton & Hove Albion 38 49622225591824-6 41 17 Burnley 38 469142763101928 -22 39 18 Fulham 38 24139283971825 -26 28 19 West Bromwich Albion 38 3610153925122037 -41 26 20 Sheffield United38511312272116836 -43 23 2-1 3-3 0-4 2-0 1-3 0-3 0-2 0-1 1-0 3-1 1-3 0-0 0-3 2-1 1-3 0-1 1-1 0-1 1-0 0-1 2-1 0-3 1-2 0-1 1-0 1-1 2-1 2-0 2-1 0-1 0-1 0-3 1-2 3-2 1-1 3-2 0-0 0-3 2-1 2-2 1-0 2-1 1-2 1-0 0-3 2-1 1-0 0-1 3-0 0-1 0-0 4-2 1-1 0-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 0-4 1-0 0-0 4-0 3-2 1-0 3-1 3-1 5-0 0-1 4-2 1-0 0-2 1-2 0-3 2-0 0-0 0-0 0-1 2-1 0-1 3-3 0-1 1-1 1-2 0-2 0-0 1-2 0-1 2-0 0-0 0-1 1-0 1-4 0-3 1-3 2-1 3-1 2-0 1-1 1-5 4-1 3-1 0-2 1-2 1-3 4-0 2-0 2-1 2-0 1-2 1-1 4-0 1-0 1-2 3-0 0-0 1-2 0-1 0-1 0-1 2-0 0-1 2-1 3-3 5-0 0-2 0-2 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-0 1-1 0-0 0-0 0-1 1-0 1-0 2-2 1-1 3-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 2-0 0-1 1-2 4-3 0-2 0-0 2-0 1-1 0-0 3-1 1-1 1-0 2-0 0-5 3-0 0-2 0-1 1-2 6-2 1-2 4-3 1-3 1-2 0-1 4-1 3-1 0-4 2-0 0-3 4-2 0-0 3-2 0-3 0-2 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-5 3-0 1-4 0-2 1-1 1-1 2-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 0-1 0-1 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-0 0-2 0-0 2-4 1-1 3-1 1-1 1-1 2-2 0-7 0-2 0-3 1-1 7-2 0-3 1-3 1-1 0-5 2-0 0-1 0-1 3-4 0-0 1-4 0-2 1-1 0-3 1-3 0-2 1-3 0-2 3-2 1-2 0-1 1-2 1-3 1-1 1-3 2-3 2-3 1-4 0-2 0-0 2-2 0-0 1-2 1-3 0-0 0-0 0-1 2-3 1-3 0-0 1-1 0-2 0-0 1-1 2-0 1-0 3-1 2-0 1-1 2-4 5-2 0-2 0-2 0-2 2-0 1-2 3-0 2-0 3-0 1-0 3-0 1-0 4-0 3-0 1-0 1-2 1-0 2-1 5-0 2-1 1-0 0-1 2-0 4-1 1-0 1-1 1-0 2-1 1-1 3-0 3-0 2-1 0-2 3-2 9-0 5-2 2-0 2-0 3-0 0-0 1-0 1-0 3-3 0-1 1-2 3-4 1-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 2-5 1-3 2-2 1-6 3-0 2-1 2-4 3-1 0-1 2-2 1-1 0-0 0-1 1-0 0-2 2-1 2-3 2-1 2-0 2-0 2-1 2-1 1-0 1-1 1-1 3-0 3-1 2-0 5-2 1-0 2-5 0-0 1-1 2-2 3-1 2-3 1-3 3-3 0-0 0-1 3-2 1-0 2-1 2-1 0-3 1-2 0-0 0-1 2-3 3-0 1-2 1-1 1-3 2-1 4-0 1-1 2-0 1-2 0-2 1-1 1-0 4-1 4-0 1-0 0-1 0-1 1-0 1-0 0-0 2-1 3-3 0-0 1-2


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_47.GIF

Premier League Appearances and Goals Season 2020/21 Premier League Appearances and Goals Brighton & Hove Albion Aston Villa Burnley P P NP GS P P NP GS Key: P = Played Sub P = Sub Played Sub NP = Sub Not Played GS = Goals Scored 647 648 Statistics Sub SubSub Sub Anthony Glennon 00 120 Joel Mumbongo 0450 Anthony Mancini 0020 Jóhann Gudmundsson 16642 Ashley Barnes 15733 Josh Benson 24 170 Ashley Westwood38003 Josh Brownhill 32110 Bailey Peacock-Farrell 40 310 Kevin Long 71 210 Ben Mee 30002 Lewis Richardson 0270 Bobby Thomas 0020 Mace Goodridge 0020 Charlie Taylor 28110 Matej Vydra 15 1353 Chris Wood 3210 12 Matthew Lowton 34021 Dale Stephens34 190 Max Thompson 0020 Dwight McNeil 34202 Nick Pope 32000 Erik Pieters137 120 Phil Bardsley 31 230 Jack Cork 15150 Richard Nartey 0090 James Tarkowski 36001 Robbie Brady 12721 Jay Rodriguez 12 1931 Will Norris 20 150 Jimmy Dunne 30 301 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Ahmed El Mohamady 86 240 Kaine Hayden 0040 Anwar El Ghazi 17 116 10 Keinan Davis 1 14 181 Bertrand Traoré 29707 Kortney Hause 70 101 Björn Engels 00 230 Marvelous Nakamba 94 250 Carney Chukwuemeka 0250 Matt Targett 38000 Conor Hourihane 31 111 Matthew Cash 28010 Douglas Luiz32140 Morgan Sanson 3620 Emiliano Martínez38000 Neil Taylor 01 260 Ezri Konsa Ngoyo 35102 Ollie Watkins 3700 14 Frédéric Guilbert0080 Ross Barkley 18643 Jack Grealish 24206 Tom Heaton 00 230 Jacob Ramsey6 1680 Trézéguet 12922 Jaden Philogene-Bidace 0160 Tyrone Mings 36002 Jed Steer 00 150 Wesley 0340 John McGinn 37003 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Aaron Connolly 98 112 José Izquierdo 0190 Adam Lallana 16 1411 Leandro Trossard 30515 Adam Webster29021 Lewis Dunk 33005 Alexis Mac Allister13891 Mat Ryan 11010 Alireza Jahanbakhsh6 1560 Max Sanders 0020 Andi Zeqiri 09 170 Michal Karbownik 0070 Ben White36010 Moisés Caicedo 0040 Bernardo 2190 Neal Maupay 29418 Christian Walton0080 Pascal Groß 27743 Dale Stephens0010 Percy Tau 12 130 Dan Burn 234 101 Reda Khadra 0110 Danny Welbeck 17726 Robert Sánchez 27000 Davy Pröpper 25 140 Solly March 19202 Florin Andone 0010 Steven Alzate 105 201 Jakub Moder 7570 Tariq Lamptey 11001 Jason Steele 00 300 Teddy Jenks 0020 Jayson Molumby 0150 Thomas McGill 0020 Jensen Weir 0020 Yves Bissouma 35101 Joël Veltman 25351 Sub SubSub Sub Arsenal P P NP GSP P NP GS Ainsley Maitland-Niles5680 Martin Ødegaard 9521 Alexandre Lacazette2295 13 Mat Ryan 30 120 Bernd Leno 35020 Matt Macey 0020 Bukayo Saka 30245 Miguel Azeez 0010 Calum Chambers 8280 Mohamed Elneny 176 131 Cédric Soares 82 150 Nicolas Pépé 16 136 10 Dani Ceballos 178 100 Pablo Marí 10070 David Luiz17321 Pierre-Emerick Aubameyang 2633 10 Eddie Nketiah4 13 112 Reiss Nelson 0240 Emile Smith Rowe 18232 Rob Holding 28250 Gabriel Magalhães 221 102 Rúnar Alex Rúnarsson 01 210 Gabriel Martinelli7792 Sead Kolasinac 1030 Granit Xhaka 29221 Shkodran Mustafi 0360 Héctor Bellerín 24191 Thomas Partey 18600 Joseph Willock 25 100 Willian 16981 Kieran Tierney 26101


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_48.GIF

Premier League Appearances and Goals Premier League Appearances and Goals Everton Crystal Palace Fulham P P NP GS P P NP GS 649 650 Statistics Sub SubSub Sub Aboubakar Kamara 2960 Josh Onomah 47 130 Ademola Lookman 31304 Kenny Tete18420 Aleksandar Mitrovic13 1433 Marek Rodák 20 280 Alphonse Areola 36020 Mario Lemina 19921 André-Frank Zambo Anguissa 29720 Maxime Le Marchand 1130 Anthony Knockaert0030 Michael Hector31 230 Antonee Robinson 24430 Neeskens Kebano 1480 Bobby De Cordova-Reid 28525 Ola Aina 31042 Cyrus Christie 0010 Ruben Loftus-Cheek21921 Denis Odoi 30 180 Stefan Johansen0010 Fabio Carvalho 3111 Sylvester Jasper0010 Fabri 0080 Terence Kongolo 1090 Harrison Reed 26510 Tim Ream 70 310 Ivan Cavaleiro 27903 Tom Cairney 9151 Joachim Andersen 30101 Tosin Adarabioyo 33010 Joe Bryan 79 181 Tyrese Francois 0100 Josh Maja 9623 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Andros Townsend 25941 Luka Milivojevic 27411 Cheikhou Kouyaté35111 Mamadou Sakho 3180 Christian Benteke2194 10 Martin Kelly 01 240 Connor Wickham 0030 Max Meyer 0050 Eberechi Eze29524 Michy Batshuayi 7 11 172 Gary Cahill 20071 Nathaniel Clyne 13090 Jack Butland10 300 Patrick van Aanholt 202 110 Jairo Riedewald 19 1432 Reece Hannam 0050 James McArthur17110 Ryan Inniss 0010 James McCarthy10680 Sam Woods 0010 James Tomkins 6240 Scott Dann 150 151 Jean-Philippe Mateta 25 111 Stephen Henderson 0030 Jeffrey Schlupp 15 1202 Tyrick Mitchell 190 111 Jesurun Rak-Sakyi 0030 Vicente Guaita 37010 Joel Ward 25170 Wayne Hennessey 0050 Jordan Ayew 23 1031 Wilfried Zaha 2910 11 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Abdoulaye Doucouré 29012 Jonjoe Kenny 1370 Alex Iwobi 17 1351 Jordan Pickford 31020 Allan 23120 Joshua King 0 1150 André Gomes 17 1160 Kyle John 0060 Anthony Gordon 1280 Lucas Digne 30000 Ben Godfrey 29220 Mason Holgate 26231 Bernard 39 211 Michael Keane 33223 Cenk Tosun 0560 Moise Kean 0210 Dominic Calvert-Lewin3210 16 Nathan Broadhead 0170 Ellis Simms 0010 Niels Nkounkou 11 240 Fabian Delph 2670 Reece Welch 0020 Gylfi Sigurdsson 24 1226 Richarlison 33107 Harry Tyrer 0050 Robin Olsen 70 210 Isaac Price0020 Ryan Astley 0010 James Rodríguez 21216 Séamus Coleman 18730 Jarrad Branthwaite0040 Theo Walcott 0110 Jean-Philippe Gbamin 0100 Tom Davies 178 100 João Virgínia 01 160 Tyler Onyango 0080 Jonas Lössl0080 Yerry Mina 23162 Sub SubSub Sub Chelsea P P NP GSP P NP GS Andreas Christensen15260 Kepa Arrizabalaga 61 280 Antonio Rüdiger 190 131 Kurt Zouma 222 115 Ben Chilwell 27073 Marcos Alonso 11292 Billy Gilmour 32 120 Mason Mount 32416 Callum Hudson-Odoi 10 13 102 Mateo Kovacic 21630 César Azpilicueta242 121 N’Golo Kanté 24620 Christian Pulisic18924 Olivier Giroud 89 184 Édouard Mendy 31030 Reece James 25731 Emerson 02 190 Ross Barkley 0210 Faustino Anjorin 0030 Ruben Loftus-Cheek 1000 Fikayo Tomori 0140 Tammy Abraham 12 1086 Hakim Ziyech 15852 Thiago Silva 23022 Jorginho235 107 Timo Werner 29636 Kai Havertz18944 Valentino Livramento 0020 Karlo Ziger 0010 Willy Caballero 1060


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_49.GIF

Premier League Appearances and Goals Premier League Appearances and Goals Liverpool Leicester City P P NP GS P P NP GS 651 652 Statistics Manchester CitySub SubSub Sub Adrián Bernabé 0050 Kyle Walker 22291 Aymeric Laporte142 120 Liam Delap 0150 Benjamin Mendy 112 192 Luke Mbete0020 Bernardo Silva 242 102 Nathan Aké9171 Claudio Gomes 0010 Nicolás Otamendi0010 Cole Palmer 0060 Oleksandr Zinchenko 15580 Ederson 36000 Phil Foden 17 11 109 Eric García 33 160 Raheem Sterling 2835 10 Felix Nmecha 0010 Riyad Mahrez 234 109 Fernandinho 129 110 Rodri 31342 Ferran Torres 159 137 Rúben Dias 32041 Gabriel Jesus 22719 Scott Carson 1030 Ilkay Gündogan 2356 13 Sergio Agüero 7574 James Trafford 0010 Taylor Harwood-Bellis 0020 João Cancelo 27162 Tommy Doyle 0050 John Stones220 124 Zack Steffen 10 340 Kevin De Bruyne 23246 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Ayoze Pérez 15 1042 Kelechi Iheanacho 169 13 12 Çaglar Söyüncü 19421 Luke Thomas 122 171 Cengiz Ünder 18 170 Marc Albrighton 17 1471 Christian Fuchs81 200 Nampalys Mendy 158 140 Daniel Amartey84 151 Ricardo Pereira 10560 Danny Ward 00 380 Shane Flynn 0010 Demarai Gray 0100 Sidnei Tavares 1120 Dennis Praet105 101 Tawanda Maswanhise 0010 Hamza Choudhury 46 210 Thakgalo Leshabela 0140 Harvey Barnes 22319 Thanawat Suengchitthawon 0020 Islam Slimani 0100 Timothy Castagne 27002 James Justin23002 Vontae Daley-Campbell 00 100 James Maddison 24708 Wes Morgan 03 100 Jamie Vardy 3130 15 Wesley Fofana 27110 Jonny Evans28002 Wilfred Ndidi 25111 Kasper Schmeichel 38000 Youri Tielemans 37106 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Adrián 30 270 Joseph Gomez 6100 Alex Oxlade-Chamberlain 2 11 121 Konstantinos Tsimikas 02 200 Alisson33001 Leighton Clarkson 0030 Andrew Robertson38001 Liam Hughes 0010 Ben Davies 0040 Mohamed Salah 3430 22 Ben Woodburn 0030 Naby Keita7380 Billy Koumetio 0030 Nathaniel Phillips 152 131 Caoimhin Kelleher 20 130 Neco Williams 33 250 Curtis Jones13 11 121 Ozan Kabak 9010 Diogo Jota12709 Rhys Williams 72 160 Divock Origi 27 170 Roberto Firmino 33309 Fabinho 28200 Sadio Mané 3140 11 Georginio Wijnaldum 34402 Takumi Minamino 27 111 Jake Cain 0020 Thiago 20411 Jakub Ojrzynski 0010 Trent Alexander-Arnold 34202 James Milner 11 1540 Virgil van Dijk 5001 Joel Matip9101 Xherdan Shaqiri 59 130 Jordan Henderson 20121 Sub SubSub Sub Leeds United P P NP GSP P NP GS Charlie Cresswell 0070 Leif Davis 02 230 Cody Drameh 0010 Liam Cooper 25011 Crysencio Summerville 0010 Luke Ayling 38000 Diego Llorente 14131 Mateusz Bogusz 0010 Elia Caprile 0050 Mateusz Klich 28714 Ezgjan Alioski 29722 Niall Huggins 0180 Gaetano Berardi 1190 Oliver Casey 0090 Hélder Costa139 103 Pablo Hernández 3 13 100 Ian Poveda-Ocampo 0 14 180 Pascal Struijk 225 101 Illan Meslier 35020 Patrick Bamford 3710 17 Jack Harrison 34208 Raphinha 26406 Jack Jenkins00 180 Robin Koch 13420 Jamie Shackleton3 10 180 Rodrigo 14 1207 Joe Gelhardt0080 Sam Greenwood 0010 Kalvin Phillips 28101 Stuart Dallas 38008 Kiko Casilla 30 310 Tyler Roberts 14 13 101


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_50.GIF

Premier League Appearances and Goals Premier League Appearances and Goals Sheffield United Newcastle United Southampton P P NP GS P P NP GS 653 654 Statistics Sub SubSub Sub Alex McCarthy30070 Kyle Walker-Peters30010 Alexandre Jankewitz11 100 Michael Obafemi 04 100 Allan Tchaptchet0110 Mohammed Salisu84 110 Caleb Watts0360 Moussa Djenepo 15 1271 Che Adams 30609 Nathan Redmond 17 1212 Daniel N’Lundulu 0 13 160 Nathan Tella 7 11 101 Danny Ings 2630 12 Oriol Romeu 20101 Fraser Forster80 300 Ryan Bertrand29000 Harry Lewis0020 Ryan Finnigan 0020 Ibrahima Diallo 10 1260 Shane Long 1 1070 Jack Stephens171 200 Stuart Armstrong32114 Jake Vokins 1070 Takumi Minamino 9152 James Ward-Prowse 38008 Theo Walcott20133 Jan Bednarek 36011 Will Ferry 00 160 Jannik Vestergaard29113 William Smallbone 2150 Kayne Ramsay 10 130 Yan Valery 1260 Kgaogelo Chauke 00 100 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Allan Saint-Maximin19603 Javier Manquillo 103 160 Andy Carroll 4 14 171 Jeff Hendrick 175 142 Callum Wilson 2331 12 Joelinton 23864 Ciaran Clark 21181 Jonjo Shelvey 29131 Daniel Langley 0010 Joseph Willock 11318 DeAndre Yedlin 5130 Karl Darlow 25060 Dwight Gayle 4 1491 Mark Gillespie 00 200 Elliot Anderson 0180 Martin Dúbravka 130 110 Emil Krafth142 171 Matt Ritchie 153 120 Fabian Schär 13501 Matthew Longstaff 41 130 Federico Fernández 24030 Miguel Almirón 28624 Isaac Hayden 22230 Paul Dummett 14151 Jacob Murphy 17972 Ryan Fraser 9920 Jamaal Lascelles 19002 Sean Longstaff 15790 Jamal Lewis204 120 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Aaron Ramsdale 38000 John Egan 30100 Antwoine Hackford 0100 John Fleck 29220 Ben Osborn 177 101 John Lundstram 23560 Billy Sharp 7993 Kean Bryan 121 101 Chris Basham 31000 Kyron Gordon 0060 Daniel Jebbison3101 Lys Mousset 2980 David McGoldrick 28728 Max Lowe 71 250 Enda Stevens 30000 Michael Verrips 00 130 Ethan Ampadu 23240 Oliver Burke 14 1181 Femi Seriki0100 Oliver McBurnie 12 1111 Frankie Maguire 0040 Oliver Norwood 26650 George Baldock 32030 Phil Jagielka 64 210 Harry Boyes0010 Rhian Brewster 12 1570 Iliman Ndiaye 0160 Sander Berge 13201 Jack O’Connell 2000 Wes Foderingham 00 250 Jack Robinson 9270 William Osula 0010 Jayden Bogle 12472 Zak Brunt 0070 Sub SubSub Sub Manchester United P P NP GSP P NP GS Aaron Wan-Bissaka 34032 Harry Maguire 34002 Alex Telles81 220 Jesse Lingard 0040 Amad 2180 Juan Mata 63 171 Anthony Elanga 2001 Lee Grant 0060 Anthony Martial 17514 Luke Shaw 30221 Axel Tuanzebe 45 210 Marcus Rashford 3341 11 Brandon Williams 22 160 Mason Greenwood 21 1047 Bruno Fernandes 3520 18 Nathan Bishop 0010 Daniel James114 123 Nemanja Matic 128 170 David de Gea 26070 Odion Ighalo 0110 Dean Henderson 121 250 Paul Pogba 21533 Donny van de Beek 4 15 151 Scott McTominay 24844 Edinson Cavani 13 130 10 Shola Shoretire 0230 Eric Bailly 102 140 Timothy Fosu-Mensah 1020 Fred 27351 Victor Lindelöf 29051 Hannibal Mejbri 0100 William Fish 0100


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_51.GIF

Premier League Appearances and Goals Premier League Appearances and Goals West Ham United West Bromwich Albion Wolverhampton Wanderers P P NP GS P P NP GS 655 656 Statistics Sub SubSub Sub Adama Traoré 28902 Morgan Gibbs-White 4791 Andreas Söndergaard0030 Nélson Semedo 34021 Christian Marques 0040 Nigel Lonwijk 0030 Conor Coady 37001 Oskar Buur 0120 Daniel Podence 22203 Owen Otasowie24 170 Diogo Jota0010 Patrick Cutrone0210 Fábio Silva 11 2164 Pedro Neto30105 Hugo Bueno 0010 Raúl Jiménez10004 João Moutinho 28511 Rayan Aït-Nouri16581 John Ruddy 11 360 Romain Saïss27073 Jonny7000 Rúben Neves 31515 Ki-Jana Hoever 57 220 Rúben Vinagre 1110 Leander Dendoncker 28511 Rui Patrício 37010 Lewis Richards 00 100 Taylor Perry0030 Luke Cundle 0060 Theo Corbeanu 01 100 Marçal 7640 Vitinha5 14 150 Maximilian Kilman 144 190 Willian José12521 Meritan Shabani 0030 Willy Boly 21051 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Ahmed Hegazi 1010 Karlan Grant 147 101 Ainsley Maitland-Niles14100 Kieran Gibbs 9170 Andy Lonergan 0010 Kyle Bartley 28233 Branislav Ivanovic 8570 Kyle Edwards 1460 Caleb Taylor 0020 Lee Peltier 31 230 Callum Robinson 208 105 Matheus Pereira 3030 11 Cédric Kipré 0080 Matt Phillips 20 1312 Charlie Austin0530 Mbaye Diagne 14223 Cheikh Diaby 0010 Okay Yokuslu 15100 Conor Gallagher 28222 Rekeem Harper 0280 Conor Townsend 25020 Robert Snodgrass 6220 Dara O’Shea 25380 Romaine Sawyers 172 110 Darnell Furlong 32331 Sam Field 0320 David Button10 370 Sam Johnstone 37000 Filip Krovinovic 5650 Semi Ajayi 31242 Grady Diangana 15591 Taylor Gardner-Hickman 0040 Hal Robson-Kanu2 1782 Tim Iroegbunam 0010 Jake Livermore 153 120 Toby King 0010 Kamil Grosicki 2170 Sub SubSub Sub P P NP GSP P NP GS Aaron Cresswell 36000 Jamal Baptiste 0010 Ademipo Odubeko 00 180 Jarrod Bowen 30808 Andriy Yarmolenko 1 14 100 Jesse Lingard 16009 Angelo Ogbonna 28013 Lukasz Fabianski 35000 Arthur Masuaku 12000 Manuel Lanzini 5 12 151 Ben Johnson59 191 Mark Noble 8 13 110 Conor Coventry0070 Michail Antonio 2420 10 Craig Dawson 22043 Nathan Trott 00 100 Darren Randolph 30 240 Pablo Fornals 31235 David Martin00 150 Robert Snodgrass 0380 Declan Rice32002 Ryan Fredericks 68 151 Fabián Balbuena 131 201 Saïd Benrahma 14 1621 Felipe Anderson 0220 Sébastien Haller 10603 Frederik Alves00 110 Tomas Soucek 3800 10 Issa Diop 153 172 Vladimir Coufal 34010 Sub SubSub Sub Tottenham Hotspur P P NP GSP P NP GS Alfie Devine 0020 Japhet Tanganga 6080 Ben Davies 14690 Joe Hart 00 380 Carlos Vinícius36 161 Joe Rodon 8490 Dane Scarlett0130 Lucas Moura 14 1673 Davinson Sánchez 171 100 Matt Doherty 134 110 Dele Alli 7880 Moussa Sissoko 15 10 100 Eric Dier 28090 Nile John 0010 Erik Lamela 5 1851 Pierre-Emile Højbjerg 38002 Gareth Bale 10 10 10 11 Serge Aurier 19062 Gedson Fernandes 0030 Sergio Reguilón 26140 Giovani Lo Celso 11721 Son Heung-Min 3610 17 Harry Kane 3500 23 Steven Bergwijn 13851 Harry Winks96 150 Tanguy Ndombele 28533 Hugo Lloris 38000 Toby Alderweireld 250 101


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_52.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables 657 658 Statistics Premier League 1993/94PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 422711480384292 2Blackburn Rovers42259863362784 3Newcastle United422381182414177 4Arsenal 421817753282571 5Leeds United421816865392670 6Wimbledon 421811135653365 7Sheffield Wednesday 4216161076542264 8Liverpool 42179165955460 9Queens Park Rangers 421612146261160 10 Aston Villa 421512154650-4 57 11 Coventry City421414144345-2 56 12 Norwich City421217136561453 13 West Ham United421313164758-11 52 14 Chelsea 421312174953-4 51 15 Tottenham Hotspur 421112195459-5 45 16 Manchester City42918153849-11 45 17 Everton 42128224263-21 44 18 Southampton42127234966-17 43 19 Ipswich Town 42916173558-23 43 20 Sheffield United42818164260-18 42 21 Oldham Athletic42913204268-26 40 22 Swindon Town 425152247100-53 30 Premier League 1995/96PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38257673353882 2Newcastle United38246866372978 3Liverpool 382011770343671 4Aston Villa 381891152351763 5Arsenal 381712949321763 6Everton 3817101164442061 7Blackburn Rovers381871361471461 8Tottenham Hotspur 381613950381261 9Nottingham Forest381513105054-4 58 10 West Ham United38149154352-9 51 11 Chelsea 381214124644250 12 Middlesbrough 381110173550-15 43 13 Leeds United38127194057-17 43 14 Wimbledon 381011175570-15 41 15 Sheffield Wednesday 381010184861-13 40 16 Coventry City38814164260-18 38 17 Southampton38911183452-18 38 18 Manchester City38911183358-25 38 19 Queens Park Rangers 3896233857-19 33 20 Bolton Wanderers 3885253971-3229 Premier League 1992/93PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 422412667313684 2Aston Villa 4221111057401774 3Norwich City42219126165-4 72 4Blackburn Rovers4220111168462271 5Queens Park Rangers 421712136355863 6Liverpool 421611156255759 7Sheffield Wednesday 421514135551459 8Tottenham Hotspur 421611156066-6 59 9Manchester City421512155651557 10 Arsenal 421511164038256 11 Chelsea 421414145154-3 56 12 Wimbledon 421412165655154 13 Everton 42158195355-2 53 14 Sheffield United421410185453152 15 Coventry City421313165257-5 52 16 Ipswich Town 421216145055-5 52 17 Leeds United421215155762-5 51 18 Southampton421311185461-7 50 19 Oldham Athletic421310196374-11 49 20 Crystal Palace 421116154861-13 49 21 Middlesbrough 421111205475-21 44 22 Nottingham Forest421010224162-21 40 Premier League 1994/95PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Blackburn Rovers42278780394189 2Manchester United 422610677284988 3Nottingham Forest422211972432977 4Liverpool 4221111065372874 5Leeds United422013959382173 6Newcastle United4220121067472072 7Tottenham Hotspur 421614126658862 8Queens Park Rangers 42179166159260 9Wimbledon 421511164865-17 56 10 Southampton421218126163-2 54 11 Chelsea 421315145055-5 54 12 Arsenal 421312175249351 13 Sheffield Wednesday 421312174957-8 51 14 West Ham United421311184448-4 50 15 Everton 421117144451-7 50 16 Coventry City421214164462-18 50 17 Manchester City421213175364-11 49 18 Aston Villa 421115165156-5 48 19 Crystal Palace 421112193449-15 45 20 Norwich City421013193754-17 43 21 Leicester City42611254580-3529 22 Ipswich Town 4276293693-5727


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_53.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables *Middlesbrough deducted 3 points 659 660 Statistics Premier League 1997/98PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Arsenal 38239668333578 2Manchester United 38238773264777 3Liverpool 381811968422665 4Chelsea 382031571432863 5Leeds United381781357461159 6Blackburn Rovers381610125752558 7Aston Villa 38176154948157 8West Ham United38168145657-1 56 9Derby County38167155249355 10 Leicester City3813141151411053 11 Coventry City381216104644252 12 Southampton38146185055-5 48 13 Newcastle United381111163544-9 44 14 Tottenham Hotspur 381111164456-12 44 15 Wimbledon 381014143446-12 44 16 Sheffield Wednesday 38128185267-15 44 17 Everton 38913164156-15 40 18 Bolton Wanderers 38913164161-20 40 19 Barnsley 38105233782-45 35 20 Crystal Palace 3889213771-3433 Premier League 1999/00PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38287397455291 2Arsenal 38227973433073 3Leeds United382161158431569 4Liverpool 381910951302167 5Chelsea 381811953341965 6Aston Villa 3815131046351158 7Sunderland 381610125756158 8Leicester City38167155555055 9West Ham United381510135253-1 55 10 Tottenham Hotspur 38158155749853 11 Newcastle United381410146354952 12 Middlesbrough 381410144652-6 52 13 Everton 3812141259491050 14 Coventry City38128184754-7 44 15 Southampton38128184562-17 44 16 Derby County38911184457-13 38 17 Bradford City3899203868-3036 18 Wimbledon 38712194674-28 33 19 Sheffield Wednesday 3887233870-3231 20 Watford 3866263577-42 24 Premier League 1996/97PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 3821 12576 11873 443275 2Newcastle United3819 403368 3Arsenal 381911862323068 4Liverpool 381911862372568 5Aston Villa 3817101147341361 6Chelsea 381611115855359 7Sheffield Wednesday 38141595051-1 57 8Wimbledon 381511124946356 9Leicester City381211154654-8 47 10 Tottenham Hotspur 38137184451-7 46 11 Leeds United381113142838-10 46 12 Derby County381113144558-13 46 13 Blackburn Rovers38915144243-1 42 14 West Ham United381012163948-9 42 15 Everton 381012164457-13 42 16 Southampton381011175056-6 41 17 Coventry City38914153854-16 41 18 Sunderland 381010183553-18 40 19 Middlesbrough 381012165160-9 39* 20 Nottingham Forest38616163159-28 34 Premier League 1998/99PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 382213380374379 2Arsenal 382212459174278 3Chelsea 382015357302775 4Leeds United381813762342867 5West Ham United38169134653-7 57 6Aston Villa 381510135146555 7Liverpool 381591468491954 8Derby County381313124045-5 52 9Middlesbrough 381215114854-6 51 10 Leicester City381213134046-6 49 11 Tottenham Hotspur 381114134750-3 47 12 Sheffield Wednesday 38137184142-1 46 13 Newcastle United381113144854-6 46 14 Everton 381110174247-5 43 15 Coventry City38119183951-12 42 16 Wimbledon 381012164063-23 42 17 Southampton38118193764-27 41 18 Charlton Athletic38812184156-15 36 19 Blackburn Rovers38714173852-14 35 20 Nottingham Forest3879223569-3430


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_54.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables 661 662 Statistics Premier League 2001/02PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Arsenal 38269379364387 2Liverpool 38248667303780 3Manchester United 38245987454277 4Newcastle United38218974522271 5Leeds United381812853371666 6Chelsea 381713866382864 7West Ham United38158154857-9 53 8Aston Villa 381214124647-1 50 9Tottenham Hotspur 38148164953-4 50 10 Blackburn Rovers381210165551446 11 Southampton38129174654-8 45 12 Middlesbrough 38129173547-12 45 13 Fulham 381014143644-8 44 14 Charlton Athletic381014143849-11 44 15 Everton 381110174557-12 43 16 Bolton Wanderers 38913164462-18 40 17 Sunderland 381010182951-22 40 18 Ipswich Town 3899204164-23 36 19 Derby County3886243363-3030 20 Leicester City38513203064-3428 Premier League 2003/04PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Arsenal 382612073264790 2Chelsea 38247767303779 3Manchester United 38236964352975 4Liverpool 3816121055371860 5Newcastle United381317852401256 6Aston Villa 381511124844456 7Charlton Athletic381411135151053 8Bolton Wanderers 381411134856-8 53 9Fulham 381410145246652 10 Birmingham City381214124348-5 50 11 Middlesbrough 38139164452-8 48 12 Southampton381211154445-1 47 13 Portsmouth38129174754-7 45 14 Tottenham Hotspur 38136194757-10 45 15 Blackburn Rovers38128185159-8 44 16 Manchester City38914155554141 17 Everton 38912174557-12 39 18 Leicester City38615174865-17 33 19 Leeds United3889214079-3933 20 Wolverhampton Wanderers 38712193877-3933 Premier League 2000/01PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38248679314880 2Arsenal 382010863382570 3Liverpool 38209971393269 4Leeds United382081064432168 5Ipswich Town 382061257421566 6Chelsea 3817101168452361 7Sunderland 381512114641557 8Aston Villa 381315104643354 9Charlton Athletic381410145057-7 52 10 Southampton381410144048-8 52 11 Newcastle United38149154450-6 51 12 Tottenham Hotspur 381310154754-7 49 13 Leicester City38146183951-12 48 14 Middlesbrough 38915144444042 15 West Ham United381012164550-5 42 16 Everton 38119184559-14 42 17 Derby County381012163759-22 42 18 Manchester City38810204165-24 34 19 Coventry City38810203663-27 34 20 Bradford City38511223070-40 26 Premier League 2002/03PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38258574344083 2Arsenal 38239685424378 3Newcastle United382161163481569 4Chelsea 381910968383067 5Liverpool 3818101061412064 6Blackburn Rovers381612105243960 7Everton 38178134849-1 59 8Southampton381313124346-3 52 9Manchester City38156174754-7 51 10 Tottenham Hotspur 38148165162-11 50 11 Middlesbrough 381310154844449 12 Charlton Athletic38147174556-11 49 13 Birmingham City38139164149-8 48 14 Fulham 38139164150-9 48 15 Leeds United38145195857147 16 Aston Villa 38129174247-5 45 17 Bolton Wanderers 381014144151-10 44 18 West Ham United381012164259-17 42 19 West Bromwich Albion 3868242965-3626 20 Sunderland 3847272165-44 19


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_55.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables 663 664 Statistics Premier League 2005/06PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Chelsea 38294572225091 2Manchester United 38258572343883 3Liverpool 38257657253282 4Arsenal 382071168313767 5Tottenham Hotspur 381811953381565 6Blackburn Rovers38196135142963 7Newcastle United38177144742558 8Bolton Wanderers 381511124941856 9West Ham United38167155255-3 55 10 Wigan Athletic38156174552-7 51 11 Everton 38148163449-15 50 12 Fulham 38146184858-10 48 13 Charlton Athletic38138174155-14 47 14 Middlesbrough 38129174858-10 45 15 Manchester City38134214348-5 43 16 Aston Villa 381012164255-13 42 17 Portsmouth38108203762-25 38 18 Birmingham City38810202850-22 34 19 West Bromwich Albion 3879223158-27 30 20 Sunderland 3836292669-43 15 Premier League 2007/08PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38276580225887 2Chelsea 382510365263985 3Arsenal 382411374314383 4Liverpool 382113467283976 5Everton 381981155332265 6Aston Villa 3816121071512060 7Blackburn Rovers381513105048258 8Portsmouth38169134840857 9Manchester City381510134553-8 55 10 West Ham United381310154250-8 49 11 Tottenham Hotspur 381113146661546 12 Newcastle United381110174565-20 43 13 Middlesbrough 381012164353-10 42 14 Wigan Athletic381010183451-17 40 15 Sunderland 38116213659-23 39 16 Bolton Wanderers 38910193654-18 37 17 Fulham 38812183860-22 36 18 Reading 38106224166-25 36 19 Birmingham City38811194662-16 35 20 Derby County3818292089-69 11 Premier League 2004/05PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Chelsea 38298172155795 2Arsenal 38258587365183 3Manchester United 382211558263277 4Everton 38187134546-1 61 5Liverpool 381771452411158 6Bolton Wanderers 381610124944558 7Middlesbrough 381413115346755 8Manchester City381313124739852 9Tottenham Hotspur 381410144741652 10 Aston Villa 381211154552-7 47 11 Charlton Athletic381210164258-16 46 12 Birmingham City381112154046-6 45 13 Fulham 38128185260-8 44 14 Newcastle United381014144757-10 44 15 Blackburn Rovers38915143243-11 42 16 Portsmouth38109194359-16 39 17 West Bromwich Albion 38616163661-25 34 18 Crystal Palace 38712194162-21 33 19 Norwich City38712194277-3533 20 Southampton38614184566-21 32 Premier League 2006/07PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38285583275689 2Chelsea 382411364244083 3Liverpool 382081057273068 4Arsenal 381911863352868 5Tottenham Hotspur 38179125754360 6Everton 3815131052361658 7Bolton Wanderers 38168144752-5 56 8Reading 38167155247555 9Portsmouth381412124542354 10 Blackburn Rovers38157165254-2 52 11 Aston Villa 381117104341250 12 Middlesbrough 381210164449-5 46 13 Newcastle United381110173847-9 43 14 Manchester City38119182944-15 42 15 West Ham United38125213559-24 41 16 Fulham 38815153860-22 39 17 Wigan Athletic38108203759-22 38 18 Sheffield United38108203255-23 38 19 Charlton Athletic38810203460-26 34 20 Watford 38513202959-3028


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_56.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables *Portsmouth deducted 9 points 665 666 Statistics Premier League 2009/10PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Chelsea 382756103327186 2Manchester United 38274786285885 3Arsenal 38236983414275 4Tottenham Hotspur 382171067412670 5Manchester City381813773452867 6Aston Villa 381713852391364 7Liverpool 381891161352663 8Everton 381613960491161 9Birmingham City381311143847-9 50 10 Blackburn Rovers381311144155-14 50 11 Stoke City381114133448-14 47 12 Fulham 381210163946-7 46 13 Sunderland 381111164856-8 44 14 Bolton Wanderers 38109194267-25 39 15 Wolverhampton Wanderers 38911183256-24 38 16 Wigan Athletic3899203779-42 36 17 West Ham United38811194766-19 35 18 Burnley 3886244282-40 30 19 Hull City38612203475-41 30 20 Portsmouth3877243466-3219* Premier League 2011/12PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester City38285593296489 2Manchester United 38285589335689 3Arsenal 382171074492570 4Tottenham Hotspur 38209966412569 5Newcastle United38198115651565 6Chelsea 3818101065461964 7Everton 3815111250401056 8Liverpool 381410144740752 9Fulham 381410144851-3 52 10 West Bromwich Albion 38138174552-7 47 11 Swansea City381211154451-7 47 12 Norwich City381211155266-14 47 13 Sunderland 381112154546-1 45 14 Stoke City381112153653-17 45 15 Wigan Athletic381110174262-20 43 16 Aston Villa 38717143753-16 38 17 Queens Park Rangers 38107214366-23 37 18 Bolton Wanderers 38106224677-31 36 19 Blackburn Rovers3887234878-3031 20 Wolverhampton Wanderers 38510234082-42 25 Premier League 2008/09PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38286468244490 2Liverpool 382511277275086 3Chelsea 38258568244483 4Arsenal 382012668373172 5Everton 381712955371863 6Aston Villa 381711105448662 7Fulham 381411133934553 8Tottenham Hotspur 38149154545051 9West Ham United38149154245-3 51 10 Manchester City38155185850850 11 Wigan Athletic38129173445-11 45 12 Stoke City38129173855-17 45 13 Bolton Wanderers 38118194153-12 41 14 Portsmouth381011173857-19 41 15 Blackburn Rovers381011174060-20 41 16 Sunderland 3899203454-20 36 17 Hull City38811193964-25 35 18 Newcastle United38713184059-19 34 19 Middlesbrough 38711202857-29 32 20 West Bromwich Albion 3888223667-31 32 Premier League 2010/11PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 382311478374180 2Chelsea 38218969333671 3Manchester City38218960332771 4Arsenal 381911872432968 5Tottenham Hotspur 38161485546962 6Liverpool 381771459441558 7Everton 381315105145654 8Fulham 381116114943649 9Aston Villa 381212144859-11 48 10 Sunderland 381211154556-11 47 11 West Bromwich Albion 381211155671-15 47 12 Newcastle United381113145657-1 46 13 Stoke City38137184648-2 46 14 Bolton Wanderers 381210165256-4 46 15 Blackburn Rovers381110174659-13 43 16 Wigan Athletic38915144061-21 42 17 Wolverhampton Wanderers 38117204666-20 40 18 Birmingham City38815153758-21 39 19 Blackpool 38109195578-23 39 20 West Ham United38712194370-27 33


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_57.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables 667 668 Statistics Premier League 2013/14PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester City382756102376586 2Liverpool 382666101505184 3Chelsea 38257671274482 4Arsenal 38247768412779 5Everton 38219861392272 6Tottenham Hotspur 38216115551469 7Manchester United 381971264432164 8Southampton381511125446856 9Stoke City381311144552-7 50 10 Newcastle United38154194359-16 49 11 Crystal Palace 38136193348-15 45 12 Swansea City38119185454042 13 West Ham United38117204051-11 40 14 Sunderland 38108204160-19 38 15 Aston Villa 38108203961-22 38 16 Hull City38107213853-15 37 17 West Bromwich Albion 38715164359-16 36 18 Norwich City3889212862-3433 19 Fulham 3895244085-45 32 20 Cardiff City3879223274-42 30 Premier League 2015/16PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Leicester City382312368363281 2Arsenal 382011765362971 3Tottenham Hotspur 381913669353470 4Manchester City381991071413066 5Manchester United 381991049351466 6Southampton381891159411863 7West Ham United381614865511462 8Liverpool 3816121063501360 9Stoke City38149154155-14 51 10 Chelsea 381214125953650 11 Everton 381114135955447 12 Swansea City381211154252-10 47 13 Watford 38129174050-10 45 14 West Bromwich Albion 381013153448-14 43 15 Crystal Palace 38119183951-12 42 16 AFC Bournemouth38119184567-22 42 17 Sunderland 38912174862-14 39 18 Newcastle United38910194465-21 37 19 Norwich City3897223967-28 34 20 Aston Villa 3838272776-49 17 Premier League 2012/13PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester United 38 285586434389 2Manchester City38 239666343278 3Chelsea 38 229775393675 4Arsenal 38 2110772373573 5Tottenham Hotspur 38 219866462072 6Everton 38 1615755401563 7Liverpool 38 1613971432861 8West Bromwich Albion 38 147175357-4 49 9Swansea City38 1113144751-4 46 10 West Ham United38 1210164553-8 46 11 Norwich City38 1014144158-17 44 12 Fulham 38 1110175060-10 43 13 Stoke City38 915143445-11 42 14 Southampton38 914154960-11 41 15 Aston Villa 38 1011174769-22 41 16 Newcastle United38 118194568-23 41 17 Sunderland 38 912174154-13 39 18 Wigan Athletic38 99204773-26 36 19 Reading 38 610224373-3028 20 Queens Park Rangers 38 413213060-3025 Premier League 2014/15PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Chelsea 38269373324187 2Manchester City38247783384579 3Arsenal 38229771363575 4Manchester United 382010862372570 5Tottenham Hotspur 38197125853564 6Liverpool 38188125248462 7Southampton381861454332160 8Swansea City38168144649-3 56 9Stoke City38159144845354 10 Crystal Palace 38139164751-4 48 11 Everton 381211154850-2 47 12 West Ham United381211154447-3 47 13 West Bromwich Albion 381111163851-13 44 14 Leicester City38118194655-9 41 15 Newcastle United38109194063-23 39 16 Sunderland 38717143153-22 38 17 Aston Villa 38108203157-26 38 18 Hull City38811193351-18 35 19 Burnley 38712192853-25 33 20 Queens Park Rangers 3886244273-31 30


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_58.GIF

Premier League Tables Premier League Tables 669 670 Statistics Premier League 2017/18PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester City38 324 256 21062779100 2Manchester United 38 768284081 3Tottenham Hotspur 38238774363877 4Liverpool 382112584384675 5Chelsea 382171062382470 6Arsenal 381961374512363 7Burnley 381412123639-3 54 8Everton 381310154458-14 49 9Leicester City381211155660-4 47 10 Newcastle United38128183947-8 44 11 Crystal Palace 381111164555-10 44 12 AFC Bournemouth381111164561-16 44 13 West Ham United381012164868-20 42 14 Watford 38118194464-20 41 15 Brighton & Hove Albion 38913163454-20 40 16 Huddersfield Town 38910192858-3037 17 Southampton38715163756-19 36 18 Swansea City3889212856-28 33 19 Stoke City38712193568-3333 20 West Bromwich Albion 38613193156-25 31 Premier League 2019/20PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Liverpool 383233 853352 1023567 99 2Manchester City382639 81 3Manchester United 381812866363066 4Chelsea 382061269541566 5Leicester City381881267412662 6Tottenham Hotspur 3816111161471459 7Wolverhampton Wanderers 381514951401159 8Arsenal 381414105648856 9Sheffield United381412123939054 10 Burnley 38159144350-7 54 11 Southampton38157165160-9 52 12 Everton 381310154456-12 49 13 Newcastle United381111163858-20 44 14 Crystal Palace 381110173150-19 43 15 Brighton & Hove Albion 38914153954-15 41 16 West Ham United38109194962-13 39 17 Aston Villa 3898214167-26 35 18 AFC Bournemouth3897224065-25 34 19 Watford 38810203664-28 34 20 Norwich City3856272675-49 21 Premier League 2018/19PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Manchester City383224 952372 98 2Liverpool 383071 892267 97 3Chelsea 382198 633924 72 4Tottenham Hotspur 3823213 673928 71 5Arsenal 3821710 655411 70 6Manchester United 3819910 655411 66 7Wolverhampton Wanderers 3816913 47461 57 8Everton 3815914 54468 54 9Leicester City3815716 51483 52 10 West Ham United3815716 5255-3 52 11 Watford 3814816 5259-7 50 12 Crystal Palace 3814717 5153-2 49 13 Newcastle United3812917 4248-6 45 14 AFC Bournemouth3813619 5670-14 45 15 Burnley 3811720 4568-23 40 16 Southampton3891217 4565-20 39 17 Brighton & Hove Albion 389920 3560-25 36 18 Cardiff City3810424 3469-35 34 19 Fulham 387526 3481-47 26 20 Huddersfield Town 383728 2276-54 16 Premier League 2016/17PW D LGFGA GD PTS 1Chelsea 38303 585335293 2Tottenham Hotspur 38268 486266086 3Manchester City 38239 680394178 4Liverpool 382210 678423676 5Arsenal 38236 977443375 6Manchester United 381815 554292569 7Everton 381710 1162441861 8Southampton 381210 164148-7 46 9AFC Bournemouth 381210 165567-12 46 10 West Bromwich Albion 38129 174351-8 45 11 West Ham United 38129 174764-17 45 12 Leicester City 38128 184863-15 44 13 Stoke City 381111 164156-15 44 14 Crystal Palace 38125 215063-13 41 15 Swansea City 38125 214570-25 41 16 Burnley 38117 203955-16 40 17 Watford 38117 204068-28 40 18 Hull City 3897 223780-43 34 19 Middlesbrough 38513 202753-26 28 20 Sunderland 3866 262969-40 24


NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_281TO389_PAGE_59.GIF

Premier League Brunel Building 57 North Wharf Road London W2 1HQ premierleague.com T +44 (0) 20 7864 9000 E info@premierleague.com The Football Association Premier League Limited Registered Office: Brunel Building, 57 North Wharf Road, London, W2 1HQ. No. 2719699 England


Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Joel Glazer, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Manchester United plc (the “Company”);

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 20 September 2021

By:

/s/ Joel Glazer

Joel Glazer

Executive Co-Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)


Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Cliff Baty, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Manchester United plc (the “Company”);

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 20 September 2021

By:

/s/ Cliff Baty

Cliff Baty

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)


Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with this annual report on Form 20-F of Manchester United plc (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joel Glazer, Executive Co-Chairman of the Company and Principal Executive Officer, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(i)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 20 September 2021

By:

/s/ Joel Glazer

Joel Glazer

Executive Co-Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)


Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with this annual report on Form 20-F of Manchester United plc (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Cliff Baty, Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Principal Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(i)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 20 September 2021

By:

/s/ Cliff Baty

Cliff Baty

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)


Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-183277) and Form F-3 (No. 333-227606) of Manchester United plc of our report dated 20 September 2021 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Manchester, United Kingdom

20 September 2021